NBhū-YA 2,2~tasyādau '­pra­ṇa­mya­' ityādi vākyaṃ ma­ṅga­lā­rthaṃ sa­mba­ndha­pra­yo­ja­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ca. pra­ṇā­ma­kṛ­te­na hi ma­ṅga­le­nā­dha­rma­pra­ti­ba­ndha­ke­nā­dha­rma­mū­lā vi­ghna­vi­nā­ya­kāḥ pro­tsā­rya­nte­, tataḥ śā­stra­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­r ity a­rtha­vā­n pra­ṇā­maḥ­. yatra tu na sa­mā­pti­s tatra pra­ṇā­ma­sya a­sa­mya­ktva­m a­nu­me­yaṃ karttur a­dha­rma­bā­hu­lyaṃ vā. na caivam a­sā­ma­rthya­m eva pra­ṇā­ma­sya­, anyatra sā­ma­rthyā­t­. na hi pra­dī­pta­ha­sti­śā­lā­gnyu­pa­śa­mā­sa­ma­rtha­sya ku­mbha­śa­to­da­ka­syā­nya­trā­py a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. yatrāpy a­nta­re­ṇa praṇāmaṃ śā­stra­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­r dṛṣṭā tatrāpi mānasaḥ kāyiko vā praṇāmo '­nu­me­yaḥ­, sā­dha­nā­nta­ra­sā­dhyo vā dharmaḥ. vā­ci­ka­pra­ṇā­me tv a­nye­ṣā­m apy u­pa­de­śa­si­ddhiḥ syāt. sarvāpi kriyā ma­he­śva­ra­pra­ṇā­ma­pū­rvi­kai­va mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇai­va ka­rtta­vyā­, yena śā­stra­pa­ri­sa­mā­pti­va­d mo­kṣa­sa­mā­pti­r apy a­vi­ghna­taḥ syād iti. atha vi­ghna­he­tu­r adharma eva nāsti, dharmo vāsti ta­tpra­ti­ba­ndha­kaḥ pū­rva­kṛ­taḥ­. tathāpi ta­dā­śa­ṅka­yā karttavya eva pra­ṇā­maḥ­, śa­trvā­dyā­śa­ṅka­yā­strā­di­sa­ṅgra­ha­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 2,15~śro­tṛ­pra­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sa­mba­ndhā­dya­bhi­dhā­na­m­, a­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­dvā­re­ṇa pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­t­. ta­da­na­bhi­dhā­ne tv a­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­yo 'pi ni­vṛ­tti­he­tuḥ syāt, pra­ti­jñā­tā­pra­ti­jñā­ta­bho­ja­na­gṛ­ha­yoḥ pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­va­t­. na cā­na­va­sthā­, prathamaṃ ji­jñā­sā­taḥ kāpī­ḍa­yā­pi pravṛtteḥ sa­mbha­vā­t­. u­tta­ro­tta­ra­pra­vṛ­ttau punaḥ pra­yā­sa­bhū­ya­stvaṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ sa­mba­ndhā­dya­bhi­dhā­naṃ pre­kṣā­vā­n a­pe­kṣa­te­. na ca sa­mba­ndhā­di­mā­traṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sā­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­da­bhi­pre­taṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ pra­yo­ja­no­pā­yā­di­saṃ­jñi­taṃ cā­bhi­dhe­ya­m­. tābhyāṃ śi­ṣyā­cā­ryā­bhyāṃ ca saha śāstrasya sa­mba­ndha­ś ceti. tathā ca sūtram — "­pra­mā­ṇā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sā­dhi­ga­ma­" iti. atra śā­stra­śi­ṣyā­cā­ryā­ṇāṃ nyā­ya­la­bhya­tvā­n nā­bhi­dhā­naṃ kṛ­ta­m­, vyākhyātrā tu ka­rta­vya­m­, yena pra­yo­ja­nā­di­sa­mba­ddha­m idaṃ śā­stra­m­, ayam ācārya e­ta­cchā­stra­vyā­khyā­ne yogyaḥ, aham apy atra śra­va­ṇā­dhi­kā­rī­ty evaṃ sa­mbhā­vyā­trai­vā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­r bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti ma­nya­mā­naḥ śrotā pra­va­rta­te­. paraṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vya­va­hi­taṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sā­khyaṃ tad eva mukhyaṃ pra­vṛ­ttya­ṅga­tve­na saṅgrahe kasmān noktam iti cet, na, pra­bo­dhā­khya­sya pra­yo­ja­na­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva la­bdha­tvā­t­, ta­da­rtha­tvā­t pra­bo­dha­sya­, ta­da­rtha­tvaṃ co­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­. ve­da­sū­tra­śru­ti­to vā ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­tu­tve­na niścitaṃ tena ta­ttva­jñā­na­he­tā­v eva jijñāsā ta­da­nu­ro­dhe­nā­pa­ra­m eva pra­yo­ja­na­m uktam iti.

NBhū-YA 5,8~samyag a­dhyā­tma­jñā­na­ra­hi­tā­nā­m a­nya­śā­stro­pā­dhyā­yā­nā­m apy a­tro­pa­sa­nnā­nāṃ pu­tra­va­d vyu­tpā­dya­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ śi­śu­gra­ha­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 5,11~dvi­vi­dha­m a­trā­bhi­dhe­ya­m — pra­dhā­na­m a­pra­dhā­naṃ ca. tatra pradhānaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­da­yaḥ pa­dā­rthāḥ­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m a­pra­dhā­na­m­; ta­nni­śca­yā­rtha­tvā­t la­kṣa­ṇa­sya­. pra­mā­ṇā­di­ṣv api pradhānaṃ pra­me­ya­m­, tatrāpy ā­tma­ta­ttva­m­, ta­da­rtha­tvā­d i­ta­re­ṣā­m iti. la­kṣa­ṇa­m eva pradhānaṃ prā­pta­m­, ta­tpu­ru­ṣa­syo­tta­ra­pa­da­prā­dhā­nyā­d iti cet, na; pū­rva­pa­da­prā­dhā­nya­syā­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, yathā chā­tra­śa­taṃ bho­ji­ta­m iti. bhavatu vā la­kṣa­ṇa­sya prādhānyaṃ tathā ca sū­tra­kā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇā­dī­nāṃ tattvam iti śaiṣikyā ṣa­ṣṭhyā­rthā­nta­raṃ tattvam uktvā "­ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sā­dhi­ga­ma­" ity āha. tattvaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇā­dī­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­vo­cya­te­. pra­mā­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­vi­jñe­ya­tva­m a­vyā­khye­ya­tvaṃ ca prāptam ity etad apy a­co­dya­m­, na hi go­la­kṣa­ṇe khu­ra­ka­ku­da­da­go­tva­sā­snā­di­saṃ­jñi­to gaur a­ni­ści­to bha­va­ti­, pratyuta su­ni­ści­ta eva bha­va­ti­. tathā hi — sva­ni­śca­ya­sā­ma­rthyā­t pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­rā­saṃ­ka­re­ṇa ni­ścā­ya­ko dharmo la­kṣa­ṇa­m ity ucyate ta­da­ni­śca­ye pa­dā­rthā­nā­m apy a­ni­śca­ya evety ataḥ prādhānyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 6,10~nanu coktam —

NBhū-YA 6,13~ity evaṃ pra­me­yā­di­ṣv api vācyam iti. a­ne­nai­ta­d ucyate — na hi tāval la­kṣa­ṇe­na lakṣyaṃ kri­ya­te­, gavādeḥ sā­snā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­nai­ka­kā­la­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­, ā­tmā­di­la­kṣya­sya ca ni­tya­tvā­t­. nāpi jñā­pya­te­, la­kṣa­ṇā­pra­si­ddhā­v api loke la­kṣya­pra­tī­ti­da­rśa­nā­t­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca du­rni­vā­raḥ syāt. atha pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­rū­paḥ­, śābdo, bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca pra­mā­ṇā­di­ṣu la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa na si­dhya­tī­ti­, na; tasyāpi si­ddha­tvā­t­. loke bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­la­kṣa­ṇo 'pi siddha e­ve­ti­. saṃjñā ni­ya­me­nā­pra­si­ddhe­ti cet, na; pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi strī­śū­drā­da­yo 'pi bruvanto dṛśyante — tvadīyaṃ vacaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va bādhyata ity evam ādi. tasmāt pra­mā­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 7,2~atra tāvad u­tpa­tti­pa­kṣe '­na­bhyu­pa­ga­ma eva pa­ri­hā­raḥ­. pra­ti­pa­tti­s tu la­kṣa­ṇa­dvā­re­ṇa dṛṣṭaiva ga­vā­dau­. tathā hi — bahuṣv api goṣv a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­ne­nā­tmī­yāṃ gāṃ ni­ści­no­ti­, la­kṣa­ṇā­n a­bhi­jña­s tu sa­ndi­hya­ta iti. evaṃ sarvatra sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­ma­ra­tnā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv apy u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­pi la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa niścaye saty a­na­va­sthe­ti cet, na; sa­nde­ha­vi­ṣa­ya eva ni­ya­mā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. yatraiva vastuni sa­nde­ha­s tatraiva la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­la­mbha­pū­rva­ko niścaya ity ayaṃ niyamo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. na ca sarvatra sandeho 'sti, na hi sthā­ṇvā­di­ṣv iva va­krā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv api sandeha u­tpa­dya­te­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ syāt. atha kasmāt sthā­ṇvā­di­ṣv eva sandeho bha­va­ti­, na va­krā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­sv a­pī­ti­? sthā­ṇvā­di­ṣu sa­nde­ha­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­di­ta­ra­trā­sa­dbhā­vā­d iti. na, atrāpi pa­rya­nu­yo­gā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­, kasmāt ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­sv api sa­nde­ha­kā­ra­ṇaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti­? va­stu­sva­bhā­vai­r a­tro­tta­raṃ vā­cya­m­. ye evaṃ bha­va­nti­.

NBhū-YA 7,15~vayaṃ tu ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭa­m arthaṃ bruvāṇā no­pā­la­mbha­m a­rhā­maḥ­. sa­nde­ha­vi­ṣa­ye 'pi niścayo vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t­, na la­kṣa­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­d iti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣā­ṅka­ci­hna­la­kṣa­ṇa­śa­bdā­nāṃ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t­. a­vyā­pa­kā­ti­vyā­pa­ka­yo­r api la­kṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; a­ti­vyā­pa­ka­syā­pi vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tvā­t — vi­ṣā­ṇā­dy api ke­na­ci­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇye­nā­va­ga­mya­te yadā, tadā go­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­ne­ṣṭa­m­. a­vyā­pa­ko 'pi viśeṣo la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, yathā dravyasya kri­yā­va­ttva­m­; na hi kri­yā­va­ttva­m u­pa­la­bhya­mā­naṃ dra­vya­ni­śca­yaṃ na ka­ro­ti­. yad eva kri­yā­va­t tad eva dravyam ity a­bhi­prā­ya­va­taḥ khalv a­vyā­pti­do­ṣa u­dbhā­vya­te ni­ṣkri­ya­syā­kā­śā­de­r a­dra­vya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti. yat kri­yā­va­t tad dravyam evety a­bhi­prā­ya­va­ta­s tu ni­ra­va­dyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti. e­te­ne­cchā­dyā­tma­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, ce­ṣṭā­śra­ya­tvaṃ śa­rī­ra­sya­, yu­ga­pa­jjñā­nā­nu­tpa­tti­r ma­na­saḥ­, vi­mṛ­śye­tyā­di­ni­rṇa­ya­sya lakṣaṇaṃ ca vyā­khyā­ta­m­. la­kṣyā­nta­re tu mu­ktā­tmā­dau u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­ve 'pi la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­rā­d ā­tmā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ si­dhya­ti­. yathā kri­yā­va­ttvā­bhā­ve 'pi ā­kā­śā­di­ṣu gu­ṇa­va­ttvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­d dra­vya­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, evam ā­tma­tvā­n mu­ktā­tma­svā­tma­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, ra­ṇḍā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇe­ṣu ma­na­stvā­n ma­no­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, śi­lā­nta­rga­ta­śa­rī­re­ṣu śa­rī­ra­tvā­d i­ndri­yā­śra­ya­tvā­c ca śa­rī­ra­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, ka­ra­ta­lā­di­ni­rṇa­ye­ṣv a­vya­bhi­cā­ri ni­śca­yā­nu­bha­va­tvā­n ni­rṇa­ya­vya­va­hā­raḥ — ity evam a­nya­trā­py ūhyam iti. la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­ra­m evāstu vyā­pa­ka­tvā­t­, a­na­rtha­ka­m a­vyā­pa­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­na­m iti cet, na; asyāpi sva­la­kṣya­ni­śca­ye sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t­, ā­tma­tvā­di­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v i­cchā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va sa­ma­rtha­tvā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 8,17~lakṣaṇe 'pi vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­rā­bhi­dhā­ne saty a­na­va­sthe­ti cet, na; sarvatra vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ka­tha­m­? yadi tāvad ayaṃ vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­naḥ ce­ta­nā­ce­ta­no­pā­yo­pe­yā­di­sva­rū­paṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tadā pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣaṃ prati ta­nnyā­ye­nā­nyo 'py arthaḥ pra­sā­dha­yi­ta­vyaḥ­. atha kiṃcid api na pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tadā pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­m prati śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣo­ccā­ra­naṃ na prā­pno­ti­. kutaḥ? vṛ­kṣā­di­kaṃ dṛṣṭvāpi yat kiṃcid brū­yā­t­, tataś co­nma­tta­va­d u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 9,1~na ceyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­raṃ­pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ka­smā­t­? la­kṣa­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sa­ka­la­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­rga­vya­va­cche­da­ka­tve­na svātmano 'pi vya­va­cche­da­ka­tvā­t­. yathā anityaḥ sarvaḥ śabda ity e­ta­dvā­kyaṃ svātmano 'py a­ni­tya­tā­m a­bhi­dha­tte­. "­svā­dhyā­yo '­dhye­ta­vyaḥ­" ity ayaṃ vidhiḥ svātmano 'py a­dhye­ya­tvaṃ vidhatta iti. ka­rma­ka­ra­ṇa­yo­r e­ka­kri­yā­yā­m e­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na, pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­ya­va­t kvacid dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­nte­nai­va sa­rva­dā­py a­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na, pa­ṭa­tu­rī­ve­mā­dī­nāṃ bhedasya pra­tya­kṣā­di­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tad evaṃ sarvatra sa­nde­ha­vi­ṣa­ye ni­śca­ya­he­tu­tvā­t na la­kṣa­ṇa­va­ca­naṃ ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­m iti. la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­va ni­śca­ya­he­tu­tve ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, na, la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­pi ni­śca­ya­sā­dhya­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. atha lakṣaṇaṃ kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ryā­yaḥ­, uta pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­tta­da­rthā­nta­raṃ veti? ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­ty eke. a­smā­bhi­s tv a­bhi­hi­ta­m eva "­vi­śe­ṣā­ṅgā­di­śa­bdāḥ pa­ryā­yā­" iti. ata eva na pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ryā­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dha­na­sya sa­rva­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, lakṣaṇaṃ tu pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­m eva. tac ce­ndri­yā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na pra­tya­kṣā­di­vya­pa­de­śa­m api la­bha­te­. ta­syā­va­ya­vā­di­va­t pra­yo­ja­na­va­śā­t pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 10,2~śāstram a­nta­re­ṇā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­si­ddha­m eva. anyathā laukikā kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­di­vya­va­hā­raṃ ku­rva­ntī­ty ato '­na­rtha­kaṃ tadarthaṃ śāstram iti cet, na, bhrā­nti­ni­vṛ­tta­ye '­nu­vā­da­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. da­rśa­nā­nta­rā­bhi­ni­vi­ṣṭaiḥ khalu bhrāntair a­nya­thā­nya­thā la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne­na loke 'pi pra­mā­ṇā­di­ṣu vi­saṃ­vā­dya­te­, ataḥ pra­si­dda­m eva la­kṣa­ṇa­m anūdya tadbhramo ni­va­rttya­te bhrā­nta­pi­tṛ­da­rśa­na­sya ta­cci­hnā­nu­vā­de­na bhra­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­va­t­, tathā hi — pra­tya­kṣā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­m anūdya yatra bhrāntāḥ samyak pra­mā­ṇe­ṣv apy ā­tmā­di­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­sa­tā­m a­na­rthā­nta­re­ṣv apy a­rthā­pa­ttyā­di­ṣv a­rthā­nta­ra­tāṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­, tatra vi­dhī­ya­te­. yatra punaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­se­ṣv apy a­dvai­ta­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­ve­dā ni­tya­tvā­tmā­dya­sa­ttvā­di­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­m a­rthā­nta­re­ṣv apy a­na­rthā­nta­ra­tāṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­, tatra pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te — ity evam ā­tmā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu saṃ­śa­yā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu cā­nu­vā­da­pra­yo­ja­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti. e­te­nā­tmā­di­jñā­na­m u­pā­ya­tve­na niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ co­pe­ya­tve­no­pa­ni­ṣa­tsv anyeṣu ca yo­ga­śā­stre­ṣu pra­si­ddha­m ato '­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­dvi­dhā­ya­ka­m etac chāstram ity etad api pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­, na, hy a­trā­tmā­di­vi­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ vā vi­dhī­ya­te kiṃ tarhi? ta­tpra­si­ddha­m e­vā­nū­dya śā­kyā­di­da­rśa­nā­pa­hṛ­ta­ce­ta­sā­m ā­tmā­di­jñā­naṃ mi­thyā­tve­na saṃ­sā­ra­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sātmakaṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m a­vi­dya­mā­naṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­nā­nāṃ bhra­ma­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m ā­tmā­di­sa­ma­rtha­na­dvā­re­ṇā­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dvā­re­ṇa ca pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ tasya vi­dhī­ya­te­, ye­no­pa­ni­ṣa­dā­dya­bhi­hi­ta­m eva sarvaṃ tathyam eveti niścitya ni­rā­śaṃ­ka­sya pre­kṣā­va­taḥ ta­tpra­si­ddha­m e­vo­pā­ya­m a­nu­ti­ṣṭha­to '­pa­va­rga­prā­pti­r bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 10,21~tathā cā­tmā­dī­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya "­a­dhyā­tma­vi­dhyu­pā­yaiḥ­" ity uktaṃ śrī­ma­tsū­tra­kṛ­te­ti­. ye 'pi tarhi śi­va­mu­ṣṭi­nyā­ye­nā­dhyā­tma­śā­strā­rthaṃ gṛ­hī­tvā­nu­ti­ṣṭha­nti­, te 'py a­pa­va­rgaṃ prā­pnu­va­nty evāto '­na­rtha­ka­m idaṃ śāstram iti na, nyā­ya­kā­ṅkṣi­ṇaḥ sā­rtha­ka­tvā­t­. na hi sa­rvā­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ śāstram ā­ra­bhya­te­, sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­nu­gra­ha­syā­śa­kya­tvā­t­, ā­na­ntyā­d a­vya­va­sthi­tā­bhi­prā­ya­tvā­c ca prā­ṇi­nā­m­. kiṃ tv a­dhi­kā­ri­pu­ru­ṣā­nu­gra­hā­rtha­m­. a­dhi­kā­ri­ṇa­ś cātra santy eva nyā­ya­kāṃ­kṣi­ṇaḥ sa­ndi­gdhā­di­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, yeṣām apy u­kti­mā­trā­d a­dhyā­tma­śā­strā­rtha­ni­śca­ye sati vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ śṛ­ṇva­tā­m api ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­t sandeho na bha­va­ti­, teṣām apīdaṃ śāstraṃ śrotuṃ yuktaṃ pa­rā­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ sva­ni­śca­ya­pā­la­nā­rthaṃ ca. tathā coktam — "­ta­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­" i­tyā­di­. evaṃ ca sarvāṇy u­dde­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pa­rā­ṇi sūtrāṇy a­nu­vā­dā­rthā­ni­, pa­rī­kṣā­sū­trā­ṇi tv a­nu­vā­dā­rtha­pha­le­na vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­saṃ­jña­ke­nā­rtha­va­nti dra­ṣṭa­vyā­nī­ty evaṃ pa­ra­tā­sya śā­stra­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 11,11~nanu ca kṛ­ṣyā­di­ṣu śā­stra­śra­va­ṇe ca ya­dva­da­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d e­vā­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r bhavaty evaṃ mo­kṣa­sā­dha­ne 'pi bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty ataḥ kim anena śā­stre­ṇe­ti­? na, kṛ­ṣyā­di­pha­la­sya bā­hu­lye­na dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tve­nā­sa­mbhā­vya­tvā­d a­pa­va­rga­sya­. na ca kṛ­ṣyā­di­ṣu pū­rvo­pā­rji­ta­sa­ma­sta­vi­tta­dā­rā­di­tyā­ge­na pravṛttiḥ pha­la­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r vāsti, vi­pa­rya­s tv a­pa­va­rga­sā­dha­ne 'to '­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­ni­vṛ­tti­he­tuḥ sa­sā­dha­no '­pa­va­rga­ni­śca­yaḥ prārthyate pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­bhiḥ­. sa ca niścayaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­ni­śca­yā­t­, pra­mā­ṇa­ni­śca­ya­s tu la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­śca­yā­d ato la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­vā­dā­v ucyate —

NBhū-YA 11,18~"­sa­mya­ga­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­" iti. anena sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ye­bhyaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­se­bhyo '­sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ye­bhya­ś ca pra­me­yā­di­bhyo vya­va­cche­daḥ pra­sā­dhya­te­. evaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m api sa­mā­nā­sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­vya­va­cche­da­ka­tvaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 11,22~pra­mā­ṇa­sya sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­ni vya­va­cche­dyā­ni naiva santīti yo manyate taṃ pratyāha — "­sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­po­hā­rtha­m­"­. saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tve­na vyā­vṛ­tti­r ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­m a­po­ha­s ta­da­rtha­m­. atha vā saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­bhyāṃ sa­kā­śā­d apoho vyā­vṛ­tti­r a­nu­bha­va­sya ta­da­rtha­m ity arthaḥ. tataḥ ta­tsā­dha­nā­nā­m api pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ bha­va­ti­. phalasya hi sa­mya­ktvā­sa­mya­ktvā­bhyāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­dā­bhā­sa­yoḥ sa­mya­ktvā­sa­mya­ktve niścetuṃ śa­kye­te­, tena samyag ity etat pha­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vyā­khyā­ya­te — samyak cāsāv a­nu­bha­va­ś ceti. ta­thā­bhū­tā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ sa­mya­ktva­m­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­tā­nu­bha­va­sva­bhā­va­tva­m a­sa­mya­ktvaṃ­.

NBhū-YA 12,7~tac ca saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­yo­r asti lo­ka­śā­stra­yo­s ta­thā­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­d iti. nā­jñā­ta­sva­rū­paṃ hātum u­pā­dā­tuṃ vā śakyam ity atas tayoḥ svarūpaṃ va­kta­vya­m iti. a­the­da­m ucyate — "­ta­trā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­" . a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ca tajjñānaṃ ceti. vyā­ghā­tā­n na yuktam iti cet, na, go­śa­bdā­di­va­j jā­ti­ni­mi­tta­tvā­j jñā­na­śa­bda­sya­. yathā go­pa­ṅka­jā­di­śa­bdā na vyu­tpa­tti­va­śe­na svārtheṣu rūḍhāḥ, kiṃ tarhi? jā­ti­ni­mi­tta­tve­na tathā jñā­na­śa­bdo 'pi jñā­na­tva­jā­ti­ni­mi­ttaḥ svārthe ni­rū­ḍhaḥ­. sā ca jñā­na­tvā­di­jā­ti­r ni­śca­yā­ni­śca­ya­sva­bhā­vā­su vyaktiṣu va­rta­te­. a­ni­śca­ya­jñā­naṃ cā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m ity u­kta­m­. ata eva ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­sya saṃ­śa­ya­tvaṃ na pra­sa­jya­te­, tasyāpi ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t­. ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ca ta­tpra­bha­va­smṛ­tya­nu­me­ya­m­. tathā hi — idaṃ vastu tatra nāsty eva, anena sa­dṛ­śa­m eva ta­dva­stu­, e­ta­smā­d adhikaṃ nyūnaṃ cety evam ātmikā smṛtiḥ pū­rvā­nu­bha­vaṃ ni­śca­yā­tma­kaṃ sū­ca­ya­ti­. yataś cā­nu­bha­vā­d a­ni­śca­yā­tmi­kā smṛtir u­tpa­dya­te sa saṃśaya e­vā­ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­tvā­t­. a­nu­bha­vā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­ṇī hi smṛtiḥ, sā katham anyathā bhaved iti? pra­tha­mā­kṣa­da­rśa­na­jaṃ jñānaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­mi­tta­m a­nta­re­ṇo­pa­jā­ya­mā­naṃ ni­śca­yā­tma­kaṃ saṃ­śa­yā­tma­kaṃ vā kathaṃ bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­tī­ti cet, na, a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sā­ma­grī­va­śā­t ta­tho­tpa­tteḥ­. a­nya­thā­na­va­sthā­bha­yā­d vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­na­m a­nta­re­ṇo­pa­jā­taṃ vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­na­m a­ni­śca­yā­tma­kaṃ syāt. tasya cā­ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­tve vi­śe­ṣa­va­to 'py a­ni­śa­ca­ya ity a­ni­śca­yā­tma­kaṃ jagat syāt. na hi śi­raḥ­pā­ṇyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ni­śca­ya­jñā­nā­t puruṣe '­ni­śca­yo dṛṣṭaḥ. a­dṛ­ṣṭā­de­ś ca sā­ma­rthyā­bhyu­pa­ga­me tataḥ eva niścayo bha­va­tu­, kim a­ni­śca­yā­tma­ke­na vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­ne­nā­nu­pa­pa­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­ke­ne­ti­? tad evaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­mi­tta­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi kvacin ni­śca­yā­tma­ka­m a­ni­śca­yā­tma­kaṃ ca jñānam astīty ato ni­ra­va­dyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m — "­a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­" iti.

NBhū-YA 13,18~yady etāv ataiva saṃ­śa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­ra­va­dyaṃ "­sa­mā­nā­ne­ka­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tte­r­" i­tyā­di­sū­traṃ tarhy a­na­rtha­ka­m­? nā­na­rtha­kaṃ vi­bhā­gā­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ ca. ta­da­rtha­m evāha — "sa ce­tyā­di­. pañcadhā bhi­dya­te­" sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­di­mā­trā­d a­sa­mbha­vī saṃśaya iti cet, na, a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. na hy evam a­va­dhā­rya­te sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­d eva saṃśaya iti, kiṃ tarhi? i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­va­d a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­va­ca­naṃ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m­, vi­jā­tī­ya­vya­va­cche­da­s tu sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇe­nai­va kṛ­ta­tvā­n nā­nu­kri­ya­te­, sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­vā­de­na hi vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. te­nā­ya­m arthaḥ siddhyati — sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­t sā­ma­grya­ntaḥ­pa­ti­tā­d a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­da­ne­ka­dha­rmā­dyu­pa­la­kṣi­ta­sā­ma­grī­ja­ni­te­bhyaḥ saṃ­śa­ye­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­m iti. evam a­nya­trā­pi vyā­khyā­ta­vya­m ity ato nā­ti­vyā­pti­do­ṣo 'py asti.

NBhū-YA 14,8~sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa tū­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ku­co­dya­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ sa­ha­kā­ryu­dā­ha­ra­nā­rthaṃ ca kṛ­ta­m­, na tv a­ne­nai­va saṃpūrṇā sāmagrī pra­ti­pā­dya­te­, a­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r a­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. kucodyaṃ punar atraivaṃ bhavati — sa­mā­na­dha­rmo­pa­la­mbho 'pi na saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­m­, saty api tasmin ga­ccha­ta­s tṛ­ṇā­di­ṣu saṃ­śa­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti. ta­tro­tta­ra­m — vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣā iti vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv apekṣā ākāṅkṣā smṛ­ti­rū­pā yasya saṃ­śa­ya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na sa ta­tho­ktaḥ­. kim uktaṃ bha­va­ti­? vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ṅkṣā ca yataḥ saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­m­, ataḥ tām a­nta­re­ṇā­pi saṃśayo na bha­va­ti­. na ca yasya sadbhāve 'pi sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t kāryaṃ no­tpa­dya­te ta­syā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m eva, sa­rva­syā­py a­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 14,17~nanv evam api dū­ra­sthā­yāṃ pri­ya­ta­mā­yā­m u­bha­ya­sa­dbhā­ve 'pi saṃśayo na bha­va­ti­, ato '­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ṅkṣā­sa­hi­to 'pi samāno dharma iti. a­syo­tta­ra­m — u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­ta iti. vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­tve­na ni­śca­ya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d ity arthaḥ. etad uktaṃ bhavati — na vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ṅkṣai­va sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ki­ntū­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­pī­ty atas ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi saṃśayo na bha­va­ti­. tathā vegena gacchataḥ pa­na­sā­di­ṣu vṛ­kṣa­sa­mā­na­dha­rmo­pa­la­mbhe 'py u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­yā­m api vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ṅkṣā­bhā­vā­n na saṃśayo bha­va­tī­ty ataḥ sa­ka­la­sa­ha­kā­ryu­pe­ta­syai­va sa­mā­na­dha­rma­sya saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta iti. a­dṛ­ṣṭā­de­ś ca kā­ryā­nta­re­ṣv api sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­na­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ labhyata ity a­bhi­prā­ya­va­tā­tra no­kta­m­. sa­mā­na­dha­rma­va­d a­ne­ka­dha­rmā­de­r apy a­śe­ṣa­sa­ha­kā­ryu­pe­ta­sya saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ vyā­khye­ya­m iti. a­syai­vā­rthaḥ pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ pra­pa­ñci­ta ity a­pau­na­ru­ktya­m­. sa­mā­na­dha­rma ity atra sa­mā­sa­dva­yaṃ vi­ka­lpe­na dra­ṣṭa­vya­m — ka­rma­dhā­ra­yaḥ ṣa­ṣṭhī­ta­tpu­ru­ṣa­ś ceti. yadā ka­rma­dhā­ra­ya­s tadā samānaḥ sadṛśaḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo dharmaḥ praty āśrayaṃ bhinno la­bhya­te­. yadā ta­tpu­ru­ṣaḥ tadā praty āśrayaṃ abhinno dharmaḥ sā­mā­nyā­va­ya­va­saṃ­yo­gā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo labhyata iti. a­tro­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m — "tad yathā" iti. ūrdhvatvaṃ ca di­gvi­śe­ṣā­va­sthi­te dī­rgha­dra­vya ū­rdhva­pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­m­. tac ca pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ vā bhavatu sāmānyaṃ vā ṣa­ṭpa­dā­rtha­vya­ti­ri­kta­dha­rma­saṃ­jña­kaṃ vā nāsya vicāraḥ kriyate a­nu­pa­yo­gi­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 15,15~"­a­ne­ka­dha­rmā­d­" iti. vi­va­kṣi­ta­jā­tī­yaṃ ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ cā­ne­ka­m­. a­ne­ka­smā­d vyā­va­rtta­ko dharmo '­ne­ka­syā­sa­mba­ndhī vā­ne­ka­smi­n pra­ti­ṣi­ddho vā­ne­ka­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­r vā bhe­da­sā­dha­ka­tve­ne­ty ato '­ne­ka­dha­rma iti sarvatra ma­dhya­ma­pa­da­lo­pe­na sa­mā­saḥ­, sa­rva­thā­py a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­dha­rmo '­bhi­pre­taḥ­. tathā cā­kā­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­t kim ayaṃ śabdo nityaḥ syād anityo vety u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. kathaṃ punar a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo dharmaḥ saṃśayaṃ ka­ro­ti­? na hy ayaṃ vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ saha ka­dā­ci­d u­pa­la­bdho 'pi ye­nā­syo­pa­la­mbhaḥ ta­tsmṛ­ti­he­tuḥ syāt. na cā­pra­ti­ba­ddhā­rtha­da­rśa­ne smṛtir yuktā, sarvadā sa­rvā­nu­bhū­tā­rtha­smṛ­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­smṛ­ti­m a­nta­re­ṇa saṃśayo bha­va­ti­, a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. api cāyam a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo dharmaḥ sva­dha­rmi­ṇāṃ viśeṣa eva, vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­c cānyo 'pi saṃśayo ni­va­rtta­te­, kathaṃ tataḥ saṃśayo bha­va­tī­ti­? na hi go­tva­da­rśa­nā­d gavi saṃśayaḥ prā­du­rbha­va­nn u­pa­la­bhya­te­, a­nu­cche­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. yas tāvat sa­mā­na­dha­rma­da­rśa­no­tpa­nnaḥ saṃśayaḥ sa vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­n ni­va­rtta­te­, yas tu vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­d u­tpa­nnaḥ­, sa kutaḥ pra­dhvaṃ­sa­m ā­sā­da­yi­ṣya­tī­ti­? tasmān nā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo dharmaḥ saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­r iti.

NBhū-YA 15,28~atraike pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­naṃ kurvanti — tu­lya­jā­tī­ye­ṣv a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­te­ṣu ca vi­śe­ṣa­syo­bha­ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­n na vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ sa­hā­da­rśa­na­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sye­ti­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — yadā tu­lya­jā­tī­ya­tve­nā­ni­tyāḥ padārthā vi­va­kṣi­tā­s ta­dā­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­tā nityā uktāḥ teṣu tu­lya­jā­tī­ye­ṣu gha­ṭā­di­ṣu a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­te­ṣu cā­tmā­di­ṣu vi­śe­ṣa­sya gha­ṭa­tvā­de­r ā­tma­tvā­de­ś ca u­bha­ya­thā pra­kā­ra­dva­ye­na ni­tya­tvā­ni­tya­tva­sa­ha­ca­ri­ta­tve­na dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bdha­tvā­d ity arthaḥ. asti ca śabde viśeṣaḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tva­m ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ca. tan na vidmaḥ, kiṃ nityasya sataḥ śa­bda­syā­yaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? u­tā­ni­tya­sye­ti­? nedaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­m­, ka­tha­m­? vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttvaṃ hi vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­smṛ­ti­he­tu­tve­na saṃ­śa­ya­ni­mi­tta­m­, tac ca sā­mā­nya­va­ttvā­di­va­n ni­tyā­ni­tya­yoḥ sa­mā­na­m iti katham a­rthā­nta­raṃ bha­ve­t­? pūrvaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­va­ttva­m uktam idānīṃ tv a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­da­rma­va­ttva­m ity etāv ataiva vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pṛ­tha­gva­ca­na­m ity eke. vayan tv a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇe­nai­va rū­pe­ṇā­sya saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ va­rṇa­yā­maḥ­. katham iti? nityebhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­tva­m­, a­ni­tye­ṣv eva dṛṣṭam a­ni­tye­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­tvaṃ ca nityeṣv eva dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ayan tu śabdaḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa nityebhyo '­ni­tye­bhya­ś ca vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ­, tan na jā­nī­ma­he kiṃ nityebhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­d anityaḥ syād u­tā­ni­tye­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­tvā­d ā­tmā­di­va­n nitya iti? na ca ni­tya­tvā­ni­tya­tva­yo­r ekatra sambhavo 'sti pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sthi­ti­dha­rma­tvā­t­. na cā­tya­nta­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­syo­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­deḥ sā­ta­tye­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. nāpy a­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­n ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. na ca vi­śe­ṣa­tva­sā­myā­c chrā­va­ṇa­tvā­di­va­t kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­to 'pi saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­r a­ni­tya­tvā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­nā­nya­tro­pa­la­bdha­tvā­d iti. tasmād a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo 'pi dharmaḥ saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­r iti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 16,18~atha vā­ne­ka­ś cāsau dharmaś ceti ka­rma­dhā­ra­ya­s tena vi­ru­ddhā­ne­ka­dha­rma­syai­ka­tro­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­sya saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ la­bhya­te­, yathā kiṃ nu kri­yā­va­ttvā­t śa­ra­va­n mūrtaṃ manaḥ syād u­tā­spa­rśa­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­d a­mū­rtta­m iti? na ca mū­rtta­tvā­mū­rtta­tva­yo­r ekatra sa­mbha­vaḥ­, pa­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sthi­ti­dha­rma­tvā­t­. u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­de­ś cātrāpi sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­m ato na sarvadā sarvatra vā saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅga iti. tu­lya­ba­la­tve tayor vi­ro­dhā­n ni­rṇa­yā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tvaṃ syān na saṃ­śa­yo­tpā­da­ka­tva­m iti cet, na, ata eva ta­tsi­ddheḥ­. na hy ayaṃ ni­rṇa­yā­nu­tpa­ttā­v a­ce­ta­na­ku­ḍyā­di­va­d āste vi­pa­rye­ti vā, kiṃ tarhi? pa­ryā­lo­ca­ya­n praśnaṃ vā kurvann u­pa­la­bhya­te na ca saṃ­śa­ya­m a­nta­re­ṇa pa­ryā­lo­ca­naṃ pra­śna­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vā yu­jya­te­. a­na­dhya­va­sā­ya iti cet —

NBhū-YA 17,4~atha manyase ni­rṇa­yā­nu­tpa­ttā­v a­na­dhya­va­sā­yo 'sya na tu saṃśaya iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­to 'py a­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi vi­pra­ti­pa­ttyā sa­hā­syā­ne­ka­dha­rma­sya viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti. kiṃ cā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­pi saṃśaye '­nta­rbhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. pra­de­śā­nta­re ca vi­ru­ddha­dha­rma­dva­ya­sya saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tve­na svayam u­kta­tvā­t­. tathā ca "­ga­ma­na­tvaṃ kiṃ ka­rma­tva­pa­ryā­ya ā­ho­svi­d aparaṃ sā­mā­nya­m iti? praśnaṃ kurvataḥ kutas te saṃśaya ity a­nu­yo­gaṃ ca kṛtvā sa­rve­ṣū­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­ṣu ka­rma­tva­va­d a­nu­ga­ta­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tva­m u­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­va­t pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­hi­ta­tvaṃ ca dha­rma­dva­yaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tve­no­kta­m­" iti. tasmād aneko 'pi dharmaḥ saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­r iti.

NBhū-YA 17,12~vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti, vyāhataḥ pravādo vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. tāṃ śṛṇvataḥ pū­rvo­kta­sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­dbhā­ve sati saṃśayo bhavati — kiṃ bhau­ti­kā­nī­ndri­yā­ṇy u­tā­bhau­ti­kā­nī­ti­? kiṃ śa­rī­rā­di­vya­ti­ri­kta ātmāsty uta nāsti? nityo 'nityo ve­tyā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­tta­yo draṣṭavyā iti. vi­dhi­mu­khe­na pravṛttaṃ jñānam u­pa­la­bdhiḥ­. pra­ti­ṣe­dha­mu­khe­na pravṛttaṃ jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nu­tpā­da­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, tayoḥ pṛthak saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tva­m a­vya­va­sthā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ ca, tenātra pa­ñca­sū­trī draṣṭvyā — u­pa­la­bdhyu­pa­pa­tte­r u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­to vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣo vimarśaḥ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, a­nu­pa­la­bdhyu­pa­pa­tte­r u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhya­vya­va­sthā­to vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣo vimarśaḥ saṃśaya iti, evaṃ sa­mā­na­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tte­r i­tyā­di­ṣv api yo­jya­m­. evaṃ ca sa­rva­trā­py u­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ye '­nu­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ye ca saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅga ity a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ co­dya­m­, na hy a­tro­pa­la­bdhi­mā­tra­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­mā­traṃ vā saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­m iṣṭam iti. bhavatu nāmaivaṃ tathāpy anayoḥ sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ nāsti. ka­tha­m­? yadi tāvad u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­vi­ṣa­ya eva sa­tyā­sa­tya­tve­na saṃ­śa­ya­s ta­do­pa­la­bdhi­tva­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­tvaṃ ca sā­mā­nya­m­. a­tho­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­ṣu ja­la­pi­śā­cā­di­ṣu vi­dya­mā­nā­vi­dya­mā­na­tve­na saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, tathāpi jñā­nā­va­bhā­si­tva­m a­na­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ ca sā­mā­nya­m iti. atraike pa­ri­ha­ra­nti — samāno '­ne­ka­ś ca dharmo jñe­ya­sthaḥ­, u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhī punar jñā­tṛ­sthe­, e­tā­va­tā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pṛ­tha­gva­ca­na­m iti. vayaṃ tu brūmaḥ — pra­yo­ja­na­va­śā­t prtha­ga­bhi­dhā­na­m­. ka­tha­m­? a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­mā­tre­ṇa vādinaḥ sva­rgā­pū­rva­de­va­tā­de­r a­sa­ttva­m i­ccha­nti­, u­pa­la­bdhi­mā­tre­ṇa śabde sthāyitvaṃ śarīre cai­ta­nyā­di­kaṃ sā­mā­nyā­deḥ svā­śra­ye­ṇā­bhe­daṃ ce­ccha­nti­. ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m u­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­mā­tra­sya saṃ­de­ha­ni­mi­tta­tva­m uktam iti.

NBhū-YA 19,3~sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇe­na saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yau ni­rā­kṛ­tau­. atha ū­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­yau kena ni­rā­kṛ­tau­? iti yaś co­da­yi­ṣya­te ta­sye­da­m uttaraṃ va­kta­vya­m — a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­tve­ti­. yadā tu na saṃ­śa­yā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­va­s tadā saṃ­śa­ya­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe­nai­va ta­dā­tma­bhū­ta­yo­r apy ū­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tvaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m ity arthaḥ. tathā ca sū­tra­kā­re­ṇa saṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m eva kṛtaṃ no­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ pa­dā­nta­ra­m iti. vi­ka­lpe­no­bha­yā­rthā­va­la­mbī saṃ­śa­ya­s ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇau tū­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­yau­, tat kathaṃ tayoḥ saṃ­śa­yā­n nā­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­va iti cet, na, ta­de­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­yo­r a­vā­nta­ra­vai­dha­rmya­mā­trā­t ta­da­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­yo­gā­t­. na hi mṛ­dvai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­t pā­ṣā­ṇa­sya pṛ­thi­vī­to 'py a­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­va iti nyā­yya­m­. tathā ca yady api loke bhū­bhā­ga­vi­śe­ṣa eva pṛ­thi­vī­vya­va­hā­ra­s tathāpi śāstre ga­ndha­va­ttvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pā­ṣā­ṇā­dā­v api pṛ­thi­vī­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­, ta­thā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ū­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­yoḥ saṃ­śa­ya­tva­m iṣṭam iti.

NBhū-YA 19,14~pra­mā­sā­dha­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nā­m e­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­do­ṣaḥ­. eka evāyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­va­rga­s tasya pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhe­do '­vā­nta­ra iti. na ca pra­tya­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m a­nu­mā­nā­dā­v asti, a­nu­mā­na­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ ce­ta­ra­trā­sti­, yataḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ro ni­va­rtte­ta­. etena pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­yo­r ekatvaṃ pa­ryu­da­sta­m­. na caivaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­tva­m ūhādau nā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 20,3~kaś cāyam ūhaḥ? saṃ­śa­ya­ni­rṇa­yā­nta­rā­la­bhā­vī bha­vi­ta­vya­tā­tma­kaḥ pra­tya­yaḥ­. tad yathā — vā­hyā­lī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 20,5~saṃ­śa­ya­s tarhi, a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­tvā­t­. a­vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­tvā­n na saṃśaya iti cet — atha manyase vi­ka­lpā­tma­kaḥ saṃśayo bhavati kim ayaṃ sthāṇuḥ puruṣo veti? ayaṃ tu vā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­t ko­ṭya­nta­rā­śa­ṅkā­yāṃ ni­vṛ­ttā­yāṃ paścād bha­va­tī­ty ato na saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, nāpi nirṇayaḥ sā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve 'py u­tpa­tteḥ­. na hi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ni­ṣe­dhā­d eva nirṇayo bha­va­ti­, pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m iti va­ca­nā­t­, pṛthag u­ddi­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca na saṃśayo na nirṇayo veti. yat tāvad vi­ka­lpā­tma­kaḥ saṃśaya iti, tat na, a­nya­thā­pi saṃ­śa­ya­sya da­rśa­nā­t­. ya­thā­va­ga­ta­pha­la­vi­śe­ṣa­syo­pā­ya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ prati saṃśayo bhavati — ko 'sya pha­la­syo­pā­ya­vi­śe­ṣa iti? yathā vā jātasya dhruvaṃ mṛtyur iti niścitya kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­jā­nā­naḥ saṃdegdhi — kadā mṛtyur me bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti­? a­dya­ta­na­śva­sta­nā­di­vi­ka­lpo '­trā­na­nu­bhū­ya­mā­no 'pi nyā­ya­la­bhya eva. tathā hi — pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa tāvad anena bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, pu­ru­ṣa­sa­mbhā­va­ne kā­ra­ṇa­bhū­ya­stva­da­rśa­nā­t­. pa­kṣā­nta­ra­m api vā ka­dā­ci­t syāt, sarvasya pa­kṣā­nta­ra­syā­bhā­vā­ni­śca­yā­t­. niścaye tu nirṇaya eva syāt. sa­rva­pa­kṣā­nta­rā­bhā­vo­pa­la­kṣi­ta­m ū­rdhva­tva­m eva hi pu­ru­ṣa­sya viśeṣa iti, tathā kṣe­tra­vi­śe­ṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā manyate kaścit — atra kṣetriṇā sa­sya­bā­hu­lye­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, gṛ­ha­stha­vi­śe­ṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā bho­ja­na­prā­ptyā bha­vi­ta­vya­m ity e­va­mā­di­ṣu­, na pa­kṣā­nta­rā­bhā­va­ni­śca­yo 'sti, atha ca bha­vi­ta­vya­tā­tma­kaḥ pratyayo dṛṣṭa iti. saṃ­śa­yā­d ūrdhvam u­tpa­dya­mā­na­tvā­d ity ayaṃ hetur yadi va­rgā­pe­kṣa­yo­kta­s tadā sā­dhyā­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ­, ū­ha­jñā­na­syā­pi saṃ­śa­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­tve­ne­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. atha vya­kti­vi­va­kṣa­yā ta­dā­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ­, saṃ­śa­ya­syā­pi saṃ­śa­ya­vya­ktyu­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­tvā­t­. pṛ­tha­gu­ddi­ṣṭa­tvā­d ity ayam apy a­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ­, pra­mā­ṇā­na­rthā­nta­ra­tve 'py a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ pṛ­tha­gu­ddi­ṣṭva­tvā­t­. he­tvā­bhā­sā­dī­nāṃ ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nta­rbhā­ve '­pī­ti­. sū­tra­vi­ro­dho 'py ata eva nāsti, pra­yo­ja­nā­nta­ra­va­śe­na pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. saṃ­śa­ya­sya tāvat sā­mā­nye­na pra­yo­ja­naṃ nyā­ya­pra­va­rta­ka­tva­m­. ka­tha­m­? "­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe na nirṇīte 'rthe nyāyaḥ pra­va­rtta­te­, kiṃ tarhi? saṃ­śa­yi­te­" kiṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­? a­nu­pa­la­bdhe tāvad ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, nirṇīte ca vaiyarthya pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ity ataḥ sā­mā­nya­ta u­pa­la­bdhe vi­śe­ṣa­ta­ś cā­ni­ści­te nyāyaḥ pra­va­rtta­ta iti. kiṃ punar a­trā­va­dhā­rya­te­? yadi saṃdigdha evārthe nyāyaḥ pra­va­rta­ta iti, tan na, a­saṃ­di­gdhe 'pi pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. na hi vādinaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­no vā nyāyaṃ pra­va­rtta­ya­taḥ sandeho 'sti. svā­rthā­nu­mā­na eṣa niyamaḥ iti cet, na, pra­yo­ja­nā­nta­re­ṇā­ṭa­vyā­m aṭato dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. atha saṃdigdhe 'py arthe nyāyaḥ pra­va­rtta­te evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­, tad apy a­sa­mbha­vi kvacid a­na­rthi­tvā­di­ni­mi­ttā­d a­pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­d ity ato '­kā­ra­ṇaṃ nyā­ya­pra­vṛ­tteḥ sandeha iti. naitad asti, yo­gya­tā­pe­kṣa­yā pū­rvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. saṃ­śa­yi­ta evārthe saṃ­śa­ya­yo­gya evārthe nyāyaḥ pra­va­rtta­ta iti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­. yogyatā ca sā­mā­nya­ta u­pa­la­bdhi­r vi­śe­ṣā­ni­śca­ya­sa­hi­tā vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca vā­dā­di­ṣv iti. evaṃ ca sati na saṃ­śa­ya­va­d vi­pa­rya­ya­syā­pi vi­cā­rā­ṅga­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­pa­da­sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­syā­pi pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­naṃ prā­pta­m­. na hi vi­pa­rya­yā­dhya­va­si­te dharmiṇi hetuḥ sa­mya­ksā­dha­na­tā­m ā­sā­da­ya­ti­. nāpi sa­nde­ha­ni­vṛ­tti­va­d vi­pa­rya­ya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pra­va­rtta­mā­naḥ kaścid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. yo 'pi pra­ti­vā­di­r vi­pa­rya­ya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pra­va­rtta­te­, so 'pi vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­bu­ddhyā sva­ni­śca­ya­po­ṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ śi­ṣyā­dī­nāṃ ni­śca­yā­dhā­nā­rthaṃ ca vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­ye nyāyaṃ pra­va­rtta­ya­ti­. sa ca vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­sa­nde­hā­rtha ity ataḥ sandeha eva vi­cā­rā­ṅga­tve­no­ktaḥ sū­tra­kā­re­ṇe­ti­. tasmād u­pa­pa­nnaṃ nyā­ya­pra­va­rtta­ka­tvaṃ sa­nde­ha­sya pra­yo­ja­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 21,20~sa­nde­hā­nta­rbhū­ta­sya tarkasya pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne tarhi kiṃ pra­yo­ja­nā­nta­ra­m­? tad ucyate pra­mā­ṇā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tva­m­. "­ta­rka­vi­vi­kte viṣaye pra­mā­ṇā­ni pra­va­rta­mā­nā­ni ta­rke­ṇā­nu­gṛ­hya­nta­" iti pū­rvā­cā­ryāḥ­. vayaṃ tu pra­ti­pa­dyā­ma­he — vā­dā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ tarkaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ­. katham iti? kecid evaṃ manyante — vā­dā­di­ṣu nai­yā­yi­ka­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r na yuktā. kiṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­? vi­cā­ra­ka­sya ni­śca­ya­m a­nta­re­ṇa pra­vṛ­tte­r a­yo­gā­t­. na cātra niścayo 'sty anena dū­ṣa­ṇe­na sā­dha­ne­na vā mayātra pra­ti­vā­dī pa­rā­je­ta­vyaḥ sa­mbo­dha­yi­ta­vyo veti, pa­rā­bhi­prā­ya­sya du­ra­nva­ya­tvā­t­. yasyāpi hi prajñā kāle na pa­rī­kṣi­tā­, tasyāpi ka­dā­ci­d u­pā­dhyā­yā­di­nā pra­ti­pā­dya­mā­na­syā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nya­thā­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca dṛ­śya­te­. ta­tho­pā­dhyā­yo 'pi kvacin ni­ru­tta­rī­kri­ya­mā­ṇa u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tena sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo 'pi vya­bhi­cā­rī­ty ataḥ pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­no­pā­yā­ni­śca­yā­d vā­dā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­na­rtha­kaṃ vā­dā­di­pa­ri­jñā­na­m iti. tān prati sū­tra­kā­raḥ tarkaṃ pṛthag uddiśya la­kṣa­yi­tvā vā­dā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­sā­dha­na­tve­no­kta­vā­n "­pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­" iti. etad uktaṃ bhavati — ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­ya­he­tu­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ści­tau vā sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbhau ta­rka­vi­ṣa­yī­kṛ­tau vā vā­dā­di­ṣu nai­yā­yi­ke­nā­bhi­dhā­ta­vyau­. ka­smā­t­? tato '­rtha­prā­ptya­na­rtha­pa­ri­hā­ra­yoḥ sa­mbha­vā­t­. yadā tāvat pra­mā­ṇe­nā­rtha­m a­va­dhā­rya pra­va­rtta­te­, tadāsya so 'rthaḥ sidhyaty eva. yadā ni­śca­yā­bhā­ve sati kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­taḥ sa­mbhā­vyā­rthaṃ pra­va­rtta­te­, tadāpi so 'rthas tāvad asya sidhyaty eva. kā­la­tā­lī­ya­nyā­ye­na yadi vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, yathā tantuṣu pra­vṛ­tta­sya ku­vi­nda­sya paṭa iti. tasmāt parair ā­kṣi­pte­nā­pi nai­yā­yi­ke­na vā­dā­di­ṣu tāvan na pra­va­rti­ta­vyaṃ yāvan na svātmanaḥ sāmarthyaṃ jñā­nā­dya­ti­śa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­taṃ ca pa­ra­syā­sā­ma­rthya­m­, sa­bhā­pa­ti­prā­śni­ka­yo­r a­nyā­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthya­m­, mādhyasthyaṃ ca su­ni­ści­taṃ su­sa­mbhā­vi­taṃ vā bha­va­ti­. yaḥ punar a­haṃ­kā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa sva­sā­ma­rthyā­di­ka­m a­vi­cā­ryai­va pra­va­rta­te­, sa nai­yā­yi­ka eva na bha­va­ti­, a­vi­cā­ra­ka­tvā­t­. na hi su­bu­bhu­kṣi­to 'pi sa­vi­ṣa­tvā­śaṃ­kā­m a­ni­va­rtya pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­rī bhoktum annaṃ pra­va­rtta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 22,17~a­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­syā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­d iti cet — atha manyase ya­thā­na­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­na­rtho­hā­na­rtha­ni­śca­yā­s trayo 'py a­pra­vṛ­tti­he­ta­vaḥ pra­si­ddhā­s ta­thā­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­rtho­hā­rtha­ni­śca­yā api pra­vṛ­tti­he­ta­vaḥ­. kathaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­sya vā­dā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvaṃ nā­stī­ti­? na, a­nya­thā­rtha­saṃ­śa­ya­sya pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­t­. yadā duḥkhārtaḥ kaścid duḥ­kho­pa­śa­ma­na­he­tu­ṣu saṃ­di­hya­mā­no 'nyaṃ duḥ­kho­pa­śa­ma­na­he­tuṃ na pa­śya­ti­, ta­dā­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d eva pra­va­rtta­te­, pra­va­rtta­mā­na­sya hi duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tti­r bhavati ka­dā­ci­t­. a­pra­va­rtta­mā­na­sya ta­da­va­stha­m eva duḥkham iti. ya­dā­pī­ṣṭā­rtha­he­tu­ṣu saṃ­di­hya­mā­no 'nyam i­ṣṭā­rtha­he­tuṃ na paśyati pra­yā­sa­bhū­ya­stva­m a­na­rtha­prā­ptiṃ vā pravṛttau na sa­mbhā­va­ya­ti­, ta­dā­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d eva pra­va­rta­ta iti. itthaṃ vi­cā­ra­ka­syā­rtha­saṃ­śa­yo 'pi pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­r na tu dyū­tā­di­ṣv i­ve­ti­. ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yo­s tu pa­rā­ji­ta­sya mahān anartho bha­va­ti­, a­pra­va­rtta­mā­na­sya tu na kācin mahatī kṣatir ity ato vi­cā­ra­ke­ṇa saṃ­de­hā­d vāde 'pi prathamaṃ na pra­va­rti­ta­vya­m­. a­sa­tsā­dha­nā­di­pra­yo­gaṃ ku­rvā­ṇa­sya hi ja­ḍa­bu­ddhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­na­va­dhe­ya­va­ca­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yo 'pi prathamaṃ sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­ni­śca­yaḥ­, ta­nni­śca­yā­rthaṃ gu­rvā­di­bhiḥ saha vādaṃ ka­ro­ti­, so 'pi śiṣya eva jñā­nā­rja­nā­bhi­prā­ya­tvā­c chā­strā­rtha­ci­nta­na­pra­vṛ­tta­va­n na sa­mya­gvā­dī­ti­. tad evaṃ vā­dā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ tarkaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ saṃ­śa­yā­nta­rbhū­yo '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23,9~kiṃ saṃjñako 'yaṃ vṛkṣa i­tya­na­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yā­n na bhi­dya­te­. vṛ­kṣa­saṃ­jñā­vi­ṣa­yo hi yo 'rthaḥ so '­pa­ra­saṃ­jñā­vi­ṣa­yo 'pi dṛṣṭo, ya­thā­mrā­di­r ity evaṃ sā­mā­nye­na vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā­m a­nu­mā­ya ta­dbhe­da­m ā­mrā­di­va­d a­nu­sma­ra­n saṃ­di­hya­te kiṃ saṃjñako 'yaṃ vṛkṣa iti? saṃ­jñā­bhe­da­sya hi pra­si­ddha­syā­pra­si­ddha­sya ca ba­hu­tve­na sthā­ṇvā­di­saṃ­śa­ya­va­d vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jño­lle­khī no­tpa­dya­te­, yathā tva­dī­yai­kā gauḥ pra­sū­te­ty ukte pra­si­ddha­go­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jña­syā­pi go­sa­ha­sra­pa­teḥ katamā gauḥ pra­sū­te­ty evam ākāra eva saṃśayo bha­va­ti­, na bhadrā na na­nde­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ka­lpī­. etena vyā­sa­ṅgā­d a­na­rthi­tvā­c ce­ṣu­kā­rā­dī­nā­m a­na­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ saṃ­śa­yā­nta­rbhā­vi­to dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. sthā­ṇvā­di­saṃ­śa­ye 'pi hi na jānīmaḥ kim idam ity ullekho bhavaty e­vā­nta­rā­le nai­tā­va­tā­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m­, sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­yo­r i­vā­vā­nta­ra­bhe­de 'pi la­kṣa­ṇai­ka­tvā­d iti. tad evaṃ sthitam e­ta­da­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ū­hā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­yo­r na saṃ­śa­yā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 23,21~nanu ca saṃśaya eva nāsti kutas ta­trā­nta­rbhā­va­ś ci­ntye­ta­? tathā hi — tasmin saṃ­śa­ya­jñā­ne kiṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­? dharmī dharmo vā? yadi dharmī, sa tāttviko '­tā­ttvi­ko vā? yadi tā­ttvi­kaḥ­? kathaṃ tadbuddheḥ sa­nde­ha­rū­pa­tā­? tā­ttvi­kā­rtha­gṛ­hī­ti rū­pa­tvā­t ka­ra­ta­lā­di­ni­rṇa­ya­va­t­. a­thā­tā­ttvi­ka­s tathāpy a­tā­ttvi­kā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ke­śā­di­jñā­na­va­d bhrāntir eva, na sa­nde­haḥ­. atha dharmaḥ, sthā­ṇu­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­? pu­ru­ṣa­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­? ubhayaṃ vā? yadi sthā­ṇu­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tatas tā­ttvi­kā­tā­ttvi­ka­yoḥ pū­rva­va­d doṣaḥ. atha pu­ru­ṣa­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, tatrāpi pū­rva­va­d eva doṣaḥ. a­tho­bha­ya­m­, tathāpi u­bha­ya­sya tā­ttvi­kā­tā­ttvi­ka­yoḥ sa eva doṣaḥ. a­thai­ka­sya tā­ttvi­ka­tva­m a­nya­syā­tā­ttvi­ka­tva­m­, tathāpi ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānaṃ tad eva bhrāntaṃ tad eva cā­bhrā­nta­m iti prā­pta­m­. atha saṃdigdho 'rtho '­va­bhā­ti sa­nde­ha­jñā­ne­, sa saṃdigdho 'rtho vi­dya­te­? na vā? i­tye­va­mā­di — vi­ka­lpa­ga­ha­ne patitaḥ khalv ayaṃ sa­nde­ha­s ta­pa­svī­, na ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­pa­rya­yā­bhyā­m a­rthā­nta­raṃ bhū­tvā­tmā­na­m ā­ve­da­yi­tuṃ samartha iti.

NBhū-YA 24,8~so 'yaṃ go­ma­ya­pā­ya­sī­ya­nyā­ye­na saṃdehaṃ ni­rā­ku­rvā­ṇaḥ pra­kṛ­ta­ja­nai­r apy u­pe­kṣya­te­. sandehaḥ khalu sa­rva­prā­ṇi­nā­m a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­pra­tya­yā­tma­ka­tve­na svā­tma­saṃ­ve­dyaḥ­, sa dha­rmi­vi­ṣa­yo vāstu, dha­rma­vi­ṣa­yo vā, ekaṃ vā jñānaṃ bhavatv anekaṃ vā, tā­ttvi­kā­tā­ttvi­kā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yo vā, kim ebhir vi­ka­lpai­r asya vā­lā­gra­m api kha­ṇḍa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­? pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­bhe­da­syā­pa­hna­ve hi su­kha­duḥ­kha­bhe­da­syā­pa­hna­vaḥ syāt. iṣṭa eveti cet, kutaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­t­? ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­si­ddhe­r iti cet, sāpi kutaḥ siddhā? yadi pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­, pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vo 'pi kutaḥ si­dhya­ti­? la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­, ity atrāpi yadi la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v u­pa­pa­tti­r u­cya­te­, tadā sai­vo­pa­pa­tti­s tattvam iti kathaṃ ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va­si­ddhiḥ­? atha nocyate tathāpy u­pa­pa­ttya­bhā­vā­d a­si­ddhiḥ­. va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa ca siddhau sa­rva­vā­da siddhiḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 24,18~kiṃ ca la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­va­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, kathaṃ sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­? atha pa­ra­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga eva kriyate '­smā­bhi­r na ka­sya­ci­t siddhir iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, pa­ra­sva­rū­pā­ni­śca­ye pa­rya­nu­yo­gā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­? sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n na lokaḥ siddho na ta­dvya­va­hā­ro na ta­syā­vi­cā­ri­ta­sya ra­ma­ṇī­ya­tva­m ity ataḥ pra­lā­pa­mā­traṃ sarvam a­na­rtha­ka­m iti. a­rthā­nta­ra­sya sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­de­r da­rśa­nā­d a­rthā­nta­re dharmiṇi saṃśayo na yukta ity eke. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ta­ntvā­di­va­d dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. kiṃcid eva ka­sya­ci­t sa­ha­kā­ri janakaṃ ca, na sarvaṃ sa­rva­sye­ti­. sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­di­ma­dda­rśa­nā­t tasminn eva vi­śe­ṣa­tve­na saṃśaya ity ā­cā­ryo­dyo­ta­ka­raḥ­. tasmād asti saṃśayaḥ sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­di­ja­nya­ś ceti.

NBhū-YA 25,7~mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ­. vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­ni­śca­yo '­ta­smiṃ­s ta­da­bhi­mā­no vi­pa­rya­ya ity arthaḥ. tad yathā — dvau candrāv iti. suptasya ga­jā­di­da­rśa­naṃ ca — ity u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­nta­raṃ kim a­rtha­m­? sa­ka­la­vi­pa­rya­ya­sa­ṅgra­hā­rthaṃ ma­tā­nta­ra­ni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ ca. kecid atra sva­pna­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­smṛ­tyā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­m i­ccha­ntī­ty atas ta­nni­ṣe­dhaḥ kri­ya­te­. na hi vi­pa­rya­ya­la­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­sya tato '­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. yad api sva­pna­jñā­naṃ vi­pa­rya­yā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, tad api nā­vi­dyā­nta­ra­m­. kiṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­? yad tāvad a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­m­, ta­tsaṃ­śa­yā­nta­rbhū­ta­m­. sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­di­vi­ṣa­yakā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­n na suptasya saṃśaya iti cet, na, vi­ṣa­ya­śa­bde­na vi­ṣa­yi­ṇa­s ta­jjñā­na­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. tac ca sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­di­jñā­naṃ samyag vā bhavatu bhrāntaṃ vā ity u­bha­ya­thā­pi sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­hi­taṃ saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­ne­ṣṭa­m­, kā­rya­da­rśa­nā­d dhi kā­ra­ṇa­sya sā­ma­rthya­m a­va­dhā­rya­ta iti. yac cā­nu­bhū­tā­rtha­mā­trā­va­bhā­si­sva­pna­jñā­na­m­, ta­tsma­ra­ṇa­m­. yat tu sa­mya­ga­nu­bha­vā­tma­ka­m­, ta­tpra­tya­kṣā­di­pha­la­m­, yathā su­khā­di­saṃ­ve­da­na­m iti. evaṃ ca yat sva­pna­jñā­naṃ ya­lla­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­ṅgṛ­hī­taṃ tat ta­trai­vā­nta­rbhū­taṃ draṣṭavyaṃ jā­gra­jjñā­na­va­n na tebhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­m iti. ni­mi­tta­bhe­de­nā­py a­ne­ka­dhā vi­pa­rya­yo bhi­dya­te­, yad yathā — sā­dṛ­śyā­d rajjau sarpa iti, sthāṇau puruṣa ity e­va­mā­di jñā­na­m­, dra­vyā­nta­ra­saṃ­sa­rgā­c chukle 'pi paṭādau ra­ktā­di­jñā­naṃ spha­ṭi­kā­dau co­pā­dhi­saṃ­ni­dhā­na­mā­trā­d iti, kra­ma­bhā­vi­ṣv apy ā­śu­bhā­vā­d yu­ga­pa­jjñā­na­m­, nā­vā­di­yā­nā­t sthireṣv api ca­la­dbu­ddhiḥ­, ma­ntrau­ṣa­dhā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d i­ndra­jā­lā­di­jñā­na­m ity e­va­mā­di bā­hya­ni­mi­tta­pra­dhā­naṃ vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti. a­thā­dhyā­tmi­ka­ni­mi­tta­pra­dhā­naṃ — ca­kṣu­rā­deḥ pi­ttā­dya­bhi­bha­vā­c cha­ṅkhā­di­ṣu pī­tā­di­jñā­na­m­, ti­mi­ra­do­ṣā­t ke­śā­bhā­ve 'pi ke­śo­ṇḍu­ka­jñā­na­m­, e­ka­smiṃ­ś ca­ndrā­dā­v a­ne­ka­tvā­va­bhā­sa­ś ca, saṃ­skā­rā­ti­śa­yā­d asaty api yu­va­tyā­dya­rthe yu­va­tyā­dya­va­bhā­saḥ­, a­sa­cchā­strā­bhyā­sā­d a­śre­ya­sy a­nu­pā­yā­di­ṣu ca vi­pa­rī­ta­bu­ddhiḥ­, a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthyā­d di­gā­di­mo­haḥ­, tathā ni­drā­sa­hi­te­bhyaḥ saṃ­skā­rā­ti­śa­yā­di­bhyaḥ sva­pna­jñā­naṃ ve­di­ta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 26,8~vi­ṣa­ya­dvā­re­ṇa tarhi vi­pa­rya­yo vi­cā­rya­tāṃ kim a­khyā­ti­r eva? kiṃ vā a­sa­tkhyā­tiḥ­? atha pra­si­ddhā­rtha­khyā­tiḥ­? u­tā­lau­ki­kā­rtha­khyā­tiḥ­? kiṃ vā smṛ­ti­vi­pra­mo­ṣaḥ­? u­ta­svi­d ā­tma­khyā­tiḥ­? atha sa­da­sa­ttvā­dya­ni­rva­ca­nī­yā­rtha­khyā­tiḥ­? ā­ho­svi­d vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 26,13~tatra pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t tāvad a­khyā­ti­r a­yu­ktā­, na, pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tathā hi — jā­lā­va­bhā­si­ni jñāne tāvad na ja­la­sa­ttā­va­la­mba­nī­bhū­tā­sty a­bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, ja­lā­bhā­va­s tu na pra­ti­bhā­ty evāto nā­la­mba­na­m­, ata eva ma­rī­ca­yo 'pi nā­la­mba­naṃ pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­syā­bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti. to­yā­kā­re­ṇa ma­rī­ci­gra­ha­ṇa­m ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, ta­da­nya­tvā­t­, na hi gha­ṭā­kā­re­ṇa ta­da­nya­sya pa­ṭā­de­r grahaṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tasmān ni­rā­la­mba­naṃ ja­lā­di­vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ sva­pna­vi­pa­rya­ya­va­d iti. tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, vi­śe­ṣa­to '­ni­rde­śa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tatra hi svā­tma­rū­paṃ pa­ra­rū­paṃ vā na kiṃcid api pra­ti­bhā­ti­, tatkena vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ja­la­jñā­naṃ ra­ja­ta­jñā­na­m iti ca vya­pa­di­śye­ta­? bhrā­nti­su­ṣu­ptā­va­stha­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca syāt. na hy atra pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­rtha­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­nyo 'sti vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­ś cārthas ta­jjñā­na­syā­la­mba­na­m ity u­cya­te­. katham a­khyā­ti­r eva vi­pa­rya­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 27,7~anyas tv āha — satyaṃ bha­va­to­ktaṃ tathāpi sa pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no 'rthaḥ sadrūpo vā­sa­drū­po vā vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇo nāstīty ato '­sa­tkhyā­ti­r e­ve­ṣṭā­. śu­kti­kā­di­ṣv api na śu­klā­di­pra­ti­bhā­so bhrāntaḥ, kiṃ tarhi? ra­ja­ta­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ­, sa ca ra­ja­tā­kā­ra­s tatra nāstīty ato '­sa­tkhyā­ti­r e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27,12~tad apy a­yu­kta­m ity a­pa­raḥ­. ka­smā­t­? asataḥ kha­pu­ṣpā­di­va­t pra­ti­bhā­sā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. bhrā­nti­vai­ci­tryā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. na hy a­sa­tkhyā­ti­vā­di­no '­rtha­ga­taṃ jñā­na­ga­taṃ vā vai­ci­trya­m asti, ye­nā­ne­kā­kā­rā bhrāntiḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­, tasmāt pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha eva vicitro 'rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti bhrāntāv api. na ca tasya vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­sa­ttva­m­, vi­cā­ra­sya pra­tī­ti­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­nya­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, pra­tī­ti­vā­dhi­ta­tvā­c ca. ka­ra­ta­lā­de­r api hi pra­ti­bhā­sa­ba­le­nai­va sattvaṃ si­dhya­ti­, sa ca pra­ti­bhā­so '­nya­trā­py asti, yady apy u­tta­ra­kā­laṃ tathā so 'rtho na pra­ti­bhā­ti­, tathāpi yadā pra­ti­bhā­ti tadā tāvad asty eva. anyathā vi­dyu­dā­de­r api sa­ttva­si­ddhi­r na syād iti. tasmāt pra­si­ddhā­rtha­khyā­ti­r eva yu­kte­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27,21~naitad apy u­pa­pa­nnaṃ yathā vya­va­sthi­tā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣe hi bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vaḥ syāt. api co­tta­ra­tro­da­kā­de­r abhāve 'pi ta­cci­hna­sya bhū­sni­gdha­tā­de­r u­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt. na hi vi­dyu­dā­de­r i­vo­da­kā­de­r apy ā­śu­bhā­vī ni­ra­nva­yo vināśaḥ kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­, sa­rva­ta­dde­śa­dra­ṣṭṭa­vi­saṃ­vā­de­no­pa­la­mbha­ś ca vi­dyu­dā­de­r iva syāt. vā­dhya­vā­dha­ka­bhā­va­ś ca na prā­pno­ti­, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ pra­si­ddhā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. tasmād a­lau­ki­ko 'yam artha evaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, te­nā­lau­ki­kā­rtha­khyā­ti­r e­ve­ṣṭe­ty āha ka­ści­t­.

NBhū-YA 28,4~tad apy a­sā­ra­m­, ta­syā­rtha­sya pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­si­ddheḥ­. yas tāvat to­yā­di­r arthaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­si­ddhaḥ sa bhrāntau na pra­ti­bhā­ty eva, pū­rvo­kta­do­ṣā­t­. pra­tya­kṣā­di­si­ddhā­d a­vya­ti­ri­kta­s tu kutaḥ siddha iti? ni­ṣpra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­d e­vā­lau­ki­ko 'sāv iti cet, na, pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. anyathā hi sa­rva­trā­py a­pra­mā­ṇi­kai­va vyavasthā bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti kiṃ pramāṇaiḥ ka­lpi­tai­r iti? ta­da­rtha­si­ddha­ye tarhi vi­pa­rya­yā­khyaṃ pramāṇaṃ ka­lpa­nī­ya­m — na cāsāv artho '­na­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī da­rśa­na­jā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­t ca­ndrā­di­va­d iti. na, ca­ndrā­di­da­rśa­na­va­d a­vā­dhya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca loke śāstre vā vā­dhya­mā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ dṛṣṭam iti. api ca ya­thā­bhū­ta evārthaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhiḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­thā­bhū­ta eva bhrā­nti­jñā­ne 'pi pra­ti­bhā­ti­, nā­lau­ki­ko 'nyaḥ, tenāyaṃ bhramaḥ smṛ­ti­vi­pra­mo­ṣa ity u­cya­te­, dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­kā­ri­tvā­t ta­da­nya­smṛ­ti­va­d ity aparo ma­nya­te­.

NBhū-YA 28,15~tad apy a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m — na hi smṛtir idaṃ ra­ja­ta­m ity evam ākārā bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­, a­nu­bha­ve­nā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca smṛtiḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­re­ṇa vā­dhya­te­, ya­thā­nu­bha­vā­ve­di­tā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti. vi­pra­mu­ṣi­ta­tvā­d iti cet, ko 'yaṃ vi­pra­mo­ṣo nāma? yadi ma­no­do­ṣā­d a­nya­vi­ṣa­ya u­tpā­daḥ­, sa smṛter a­sa­mbha­vī leśato 'pi hy a­pū­rvāṃ­śa­pra­ti­bhā­si­tve pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­va­d a­smṛ­ti­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. yadi ma­no­do­ṣā­d anyam eva viṣayaṃ sva­vi­ṣa­yā­kā­re­ṇā­va­bhā­sa­ya­ti smṛtis tadā vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r eva saṃ­jñā­nta­re­ṇe­ṣṭā syāt. na ca ma­no­do­ṣā­d eva bhrāntiḥ, ti­mi­rā­di­do­ṣā­d apy u­tpa­tteḥ­. ato 'pi na smṛtir i­ya­m­. a­thā­nu­bha­ve­na saha kṣī­ro­da­ka­va­d a­vi­ve­ke­na smṛter utpādo vi­pra­mo­ṣa ity u­cya­te­. ko 'yam a­vi­ve­kaḥ kṣī­ro­da­ka­yo­r api? yadi bhinnayoḥ sa­to­ra­bhe­de­na gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tadā vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­tiḥ syāt. atha saṃ­śle­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, saṃ­jñā­na­yo­r na sa­mbha­vī­ti­. a­thā­na­nta­rye­ṇo­tpā­daḥ­, ta­dā­nu­me­ya­śa­bdā­rtha­de­va­da­ttā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ sma­ra­ṇā­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­nāṃ smṛ­ti­vi­pra­mo­ṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. yad apy uktaṃ smṛ­tya­nu­bha­va­yo­r vi­ve­kā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­khyā­ti­r eva smṛ­ti­vi­pra­mo­ṣaḥ­. tata uttaraṃ jñānaṃ tayor bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­yo­r vivekaṃ kurvad u­tpa­dya­te na bādhakaṃ ka­sya­ci­d iti. tad api pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhā­n na yu­kta­m­. tathā hi — yad tad ra­ja­ta­m ity a­va­ga­taṃ pūrvaṃ ta­cchu­kti­kā­śa­ka­laṃ na ra­ja­ta­m ity evaṃ bādha u­tpa­dya­mā­no '­nu­bhū­ya­te­, na tu rajataṃ smṛtaṃ śu­kti­kā­śa­ka­la­m idam a­nu­bhū­ta­m iti. ra­ja­ta­m iti jñā­na­sye­da­m iti jñā­na­sa­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na­syā­pi smṛtitve śu­kti­ke­ti jñā­na­syā­pi smṛ­ti­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo­, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­. tataś cedam iti pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ na rajataṃ na śu­kti­ke­ty a­nu­pā­khya­m eva prā­pta­m­. na caitad u­pa­pa­nna­m­. kiṃ cā­ti­ni­ra­nta­ro­tpa­nnā­pi smṛtir a­nu­bha­va­bu­ddhi­ś ca yadi ya­thā­va­sthi­tā­kā­re­ṇa svārtham a­va­bhā­sa­ya­ti­, tadā kutas tatra bhra­ma­vya­va­hā­raḥ­? tad a­nya­ya­thā­va­t svā­rthā­va­bhā­si­jñā­na­va­t­. a­thā­nya­thā­va­bhā­sa­ya­ti tadā vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 29,21~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — ra­ja­ta­jñā­naṃ ja­la­jñā­na­m ity e­va­mā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ro vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­ve sati na yuktaḥ, te­nā­va­śyaṃ jñā­na­ga­to '­rtha­ga­to vā viśeṣo vācyaḥ. tatra ra­ja­tā­de­r a­rtha­syā­vi­dya­mā­na­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tva­m a­yu­ktaṃ­. na hi yo yasya sa­mba­ndhi­tve­na viśeṣo nā­va­dhā­ri­taḥ­, sa tasya vi­śe­ṣa­ko bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­; smṛ­tyu­pa­sthā­pi­to 'pi pū­rvā­nu­bha­va­syai­va vi­śe­ṣa­kaḥ syāt, ne­dā­nī­nta­na­sya ta­da­sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­t­. atha ra­ja­tā­di­bhrā­nteḥ śu­kti­kā­di­r eva viṣaya iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ra­ja­tā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi rū­pa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānaṃ rasam a­va­bhā­sa­ya­tī­ti yu­kta­m­. ata eva bhrāntir iti cet — atha mataṃ yata e­vā­nya­d ā­la­mba­na­m anyac ca pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ata eva bhrāntir ity u­cya­te­. yasmiṃs tu jñāne tad e­vā­la­mba­naṃ tad eva ca pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ta­tta­ttva­jñā­na­m e­ve­ti­. tad idam a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­; na hi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­rtha­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa jñā­na­syā­la­mba­nā­rtho 'nyaḥ kra­ya­krī­to 'sti. kena vā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ta­syā­la­mba­na­tva­m­? yadi ka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tve­na­, ta­tka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ ja­na­ka­tve­nā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tā­m a­nta­re­ṇa katham a­va­ga­ntuṃ pā­rya­te­? taddeśaṃ prati va­rtta­mā­na­tvā­d iti cet, na; ta­dde­śa­va­rti­na­s tṛ­ṇā­de­r api ka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi pra­ti­bhā­sa­m a­nta­re­ṇa ma­rī­cyā­bhi­mu­kha evāyaṃ pravṛtto na ta­dde­śa­stha­tṛ­ṇā­dya­bhi­mu­kha ity atra vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r asti. api cā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­si­jñā­naṃ prati kasya ka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tva­m­? yadi ta­syai­va­, ta­trā­vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­t­. a­thā­nya­sya­, tadā ta­jjñā­na­sya bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tataś cā­tī­tā­dya­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­bhā­va iti, tasmād yad eva pra­ti­bhā­ti tad e­vā­va­la­mba­naṃ vi­ṣa­ya­ś cety u­cya­te­. na ca śu­kti­kā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣi­ta­tve 'pi sati rajataṃ me pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ra­ja­ta­jñā­na­m idaṃ ja­la­jñā­na­m ity e­va­mā­di­vya­va­hā­ro yuktaḥ. tasmād u­pa­la­mbha­syai­va ra­ja­tā­dyā­kā­ro '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. sa cā­nā­dya­vi­dyo­pa­pla­va­sā­ma­rthyā­d bahir iva pra­ti­bhā­ti­, a­nā­di­vi­ci­tra­vā­sa­nā­ś ca kra­ma­vi­pā­ka­va­tyaḥ puṃsāṃ santi. te­nā­ne­kā­kā­rā­ṇi vi­jñā­nā­ni svā­kā­ra­mā­tra­saṃ­ve­dyā­ni krameṇa bha­va­ntī­ti tasmād ā­tma­khyā­ti­r eva si­ddhe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 30,24~naitad api yu­kta­m­, svā­tma­saṃ­vi­tti­ni­ṣṭha­tve a­rthā­kā­ra­tve ca hi jñā­na­syā­tma­khyā­tiḥ si­dhye­ta­. tad u­bha­ya­m apy u­tta­ra­tra ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­. kiṃ ca sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ svā­tmā­kā­ra­grā­hi­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vi­ve­ko vā­dhya­vā­dha­ka­bhā­va­ś ca na prā­pno­ti­, svā­tmā­kā­ra­vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­d iti. yadi ca jñā­nā­tma­ni sthita eva ra­ja­tā­dyā­kā­raḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te­, tadā su­khā­dyā­kā­ra­va­n na bahiṣṭhaḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­. pra­ti­pa­ttā­pi ta­du­pā­dā­nā­rthaṃ na pra­va­rte­ta­, a­sthi­ra­tve­na pra­vṛ­ttya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti. a­thā­vi­dyo­pa­pla­va­va­śā­d va­hi­ṣṭha­sthi­ra­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya iti ma­nya­se­. nanv evaṃ tarhi vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r eveṣṭā bha­va­ti­. bo­dhā­bhi­nna­syā­sthi­ra­syā­rthā­kā­ra­syā­nya­thā­dhya­va­sā­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 31,8~anyas tv āha — na jñānasya viṣaya u­pa­de­śa­ga­myo '­nu­mā­na­sā­dhyo vā, yena vi­pa­rī­to 'rthaḥ ka­lpye­ta­. kiṃ tarhi? yo yasmin jñāne ca bhāti, sa tasya viṣaya ity u­cya­te­. ja­lā­di­jñā­ne ca ja­lā­dya­rtha eva pra­ti­bhā­ti­, na ta­dvi­pa­rī­taḥ­, ja­lā­di­jñā­na­vya­pa­de­śā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sa ja­lā­di­r arthaḥ san na bha­va­ti­, ta­dbu­ddhe­r a­bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpy a­sa­n­, kha­pu­ṣpā­di­va­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­vṛ­ttyo­r a­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi sa­da­sa­dā­tma­kaḥ­, u­bha­ya­do­ṣā­t­, sa­da­sa­to­r ai­kā­tmya­vi­ro­dhā­c ca. di­ga­mba­ra­ma­te­nā­pi sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­kā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­si­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, tasmād ayaṃ bu­ddhi­saṃ­da­rśi­to 'rthaḥ sa­ttve­nā­sa­ttve­nā­nye­na vā dha­rmā­nta­re­ṇa nirvaktuṃ na śakyata iti. ata e­vā­vi­dyā brahmaṇaḥ kiṃ bhi­nnā­thā­bhi­nne­tyā­di­vi­ka­lpo ni­ra­va­kā­śaḥ­. kasmāt na hy avidyā pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ kenāpi rūpeṇa ni­rva­ca­nī­yā­. yadi ni­rva­ca­nī­yā syāt, tatas tattvam eva syāt nā­vi­dye­ti­. a­ta­ttva­rū­pā hy avidyā sarvair iṣṭā tasmād a­ni­rva­ca­nī­yā­rtha­khyā­tiḥ si­ddhe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 31,21~etad apy a­yu­kta­m — a­dvai­ta­si­ddhau ta­tsi­dhya­ti­, tac cādvaitaṃ ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­. yac coktaṃ na vi­jñā­na­sya viṣaya u­pa­de­śa­ga­mya i­tyā­di­, nanu bha­va­tā­m e­vo­pa­de­śa­ga­myaḥ prāptaḥ. tathā hi — ja­lā­di­bhrā­ntau ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­la­sva­bhā­vaḥ sa­dā­tma­ka­tve­nai­va ja­lā­di­r arthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ta­dgra­ha­ṇe­pso­s tatraiva pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. katham asāv a­ni­rva­ca­nī­yaḥ syāt? na hy evaṃ bhūte pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­vṛ­ttī a­ni­ra­ca­nī­ye 'rthe sambhvata iti. atha vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇa evāsau sa­da­sa­ttvā­di­bhi­r a­ni­rva­ca­nī­yaḥ saṃ­pa­dya­te­, na tu bhrā­nti­kā­le tathā pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti­. evaṃ tarhi a­nya­thā­pra­ti­bhā­sā­d vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r e­ve­ti­. nanu ca vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r api pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ro­dhā­n na yu­kte­ti­, na, a­bhi­prā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. na brūmo vi­pa­rī­to 'yam artha ity evaṃ khyātiḥ, kiṃ tarhi? pu­ru­ṣa­vi­pa­rī­te sthāṇau puruṣo 'yam iti khyātir vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­r ity u­cya­te­. nanu ca pu­ru­ṣā­va­bhā­si­ni jñāne sthāṇor a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, sa­rva­trā­py a­vya­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. naitad asti sthāṇur eva hi puruṣo 'yam ity e­ta­smi­n jñāne pra­ti­bhā­ti­, na pu­ru­ṣaḥ­, pu­ru­ṣā­va­bhā­si­jñā­na­m ity etad ity ayam api bhramaḥ sthā­ṇu­pra­ti­bhā­si­tvā­t­. tathā hi — bā­dho­tta­ra­kā­laṃ pra­ti­saṃ­dha­tte — sthāṇur ayaṃ me puruṣa ity evaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa iti. dra­vya­bu­ddhyā ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­pa­dra­vya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tad api vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­tā­v eva yu­jya­te­. tathā ca hastena gṛ­hī­tvā­nye­ṣā­m api ka­tha­ya­ti — mayedaṃ suvarṇaṃ rajataṃ vā labdhaṃ krītaṃ veti. tasmāt sthā­ṇvā­di­r eva ta­ttva­syā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­dha­rmā­di­va­śā­c ca pu­ru­ṣā­dyā­kā­re­ṇā­dhya­va­sī­ya­ta iti yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 32,15~atha sva­pnā­di­jñā­ne kas tarhi vi­pa­rī­to 'rtha iti? ta­dde­śa­sthaḥ kha­ṭvā­di­r ity eke. tan na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi sa­nni­hi­ta­tvā­d eva jñānasya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? yaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti sa co­tta­ra­kā­laṃ pra­ti­saṃ­dhā­na­ba­le­nā­pi vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. na ca khaṭvādau pra­ti­saṃ­dhā­na­m apy asti, tasmān nāsau vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? pū­rvo­pa­la­bdho '­nu­pa­la­bdho vā vi­dya­mā­no '­vi­dya­mā­no vā yaḥ pra­ti­bu­ddhā­va­sthā­yāṃ bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ye­na sthā­ṇvā­di­va­d a­nu­saṃ­dhī­ya­te­, sa khalu de­śa­kā­la­sva­bhā­vā­nya­tve­na sva­pna­jñā­ne pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t vi­pa­rī­ta ity u­cya­te­. tathā hi — prabuddhaḥ san ka­tha­ya­ti — mayādya svapne mṛtaḥ pitā jī­va­tī­ti dṛṣṭaḥ, putras tu de­śā­nta­ra­sthi­ta i­ha­sthi­ta iti, andho nāndha ity e­va­mā­di­. ke­śo­ṇḍu­ka­jñā­ne 'py a­vi­dya­mā­naḥ ke­śa­sa­mū­haḥ sa­dā­kā­ra­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­ti­, bā­dha­ko­tpa­ttau ta­thā­nu­saṃ­dhā­nā­t­. nanu cā­vi­dya­mā­na­syā­la­mba­na­tvā­yo­gā­n ni­rvi­ṣa­yo vi­pa­rya­yaḥ prāpta iti. na, a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r a­vi­dya­mā­na­tve 'py ā­la­mba­na­tvā­t­. ni­rā­la­mba­na­tve hy a­khyā­ti­r eva syāt. tatra ca doṣa ukta iti. a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­sva­pnā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m a­vi­dya­mā­nā­rthā­la­mba­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­, bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti cet, na; ta­drū­pā­ta­drū­pa­gṛ­hī­ta­tve­na ta­ttva­jñā­ne­ta­ra­yo­r vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tteḥ­. na hi vi­dya­mā­nā­vi­dya­mā­nā­rthā­la­mba­na­tve­na ta­ttva­jñā­ne­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? a­vi­dya­mā­no 'py artho yadā ta­thā­bhū­te­nai­vā­vi­dya­mā­nā­kā­re­ṇa ni­ścī­ya­te­, tadā ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­na­m eva; ta­drū­pā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. yadā tu vi­dya­mā­ne­nā­nye­na vā vi­pa­rī­tā­kā­re­ṇā­sa­nn artho '­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, tadā bhrāntir iti.

NBhū-YA 33,8~etena yad āhur eke — sa­tyo­da­ka­m a­sa­tyo­da­kaṃ cety u­da­ka­pra­pa­ñco 'yaṃ ma­dhu­ro­da­kā­di­va­t­. tatra yathā sa­tyo­da­ka­bu­ddhau nā­sa­tyo­da­kaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, a­nu­da­kaṃ vā, evam a­sa­tyo­da­ka­jñā­ne 'pi na sa­tyo­da­kaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ty a­nu­da­kaṃ veti. sva­vi­ṣa­ye pa­rya­va­sā­yi­nyo hi bu­ddha­yaḥ­. tasmān na vi­pa­rī­to '­stī­ti­. tad api ni­ra­sta­m­, na hy a­sa­tyo­da­kaṃ nāma kiṃcid asti. vi­dya­mā­na­m api ya­dī­da­m a­sa­tyo­da­ka­m ity evaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­, tadā bhaved a­bhrā­nta­jñā­na­m­. yadā tu pā­nā­di­sa­ma­rtho­da­kā­kā­re­ṇā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, tadā katham a­bhrā­nta­jñā­na­m­? vi­pa­rī­tā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya sa­rva­lo­ka­śā­stre­ṣu bhrā­nta­tve­na pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. ta­dvi­ro­dhe­na ca pra­va­rtta­mā­no 'yaṃ na laukiko na pa­rī­kṣa­ka ity u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33,17~nanu ca jñānasya bhrāntatvaṃ kuto '­va­ga­mya­te­? na pra­tya­kṣā­t­, ta­da­rtha­li­psa­yā hi bhrāntasya jñātuḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt, nāpi bā­dho­tpa­tti­kā­le tasya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­, tadā bhrā­nta­jñā­na­syā­tī­ta­tvā­t­. na cā­tī­ta­m a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa saṃ­ve­dya­ta iti tena cā­tya­ntā­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bā­dho­tpa­tte­r anyasya vā liṅgasya vyā­ptya­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nu­mā­na­m api na pra­va­rtta­te­, na hi sā­mā­nya­to 'pi kā­rya­ka­rtrā­di­va­d atra vyāptiḥ kvacid gṛ­hī­tā­. sarvatra cā­nu­mā­ne­na vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇe tv a­na­va­sthā syād iti. e­te­nā­bhrā­nta­tva­syā­pi grahaṇaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­. api cā­bhrā­nta­tva­sya liṅgaṃ kim a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ko­tpā­dya­tva­m uta bā­dhā­nu­tpā­daḥ­? kiṃ vā pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthya­m iti? na tāvad a­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ko­tpā­dya­tva­m­, na­ya­nā­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­tī­ndri­ya­tve­nā­du­ṣṭa­tva­syā­ni­śca­yā­t­. na hi svayam asiddhaṃ liṅgaṃ liṅginaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ka­m­. na ca ta­du­dbhū­ta­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­nā­d eva kā­ra­kā­du­ṣṭa­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­do­ṣe­ṇo­bha­yo­r a­si­ddhe­r iti. nāpi bā­dhā­nu­tpā­da­s tasya li­ṅga­m­, bā­dhā­nu­tpā­da­sya pu­ru­ṣā­pra­vṛ­tti­de­śā­nta­ra­ga­ma­na­ma­ra­ṇā­di­ni­mi­ttā­d api sa­mbha­vā­t­. api ca sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­bā­dhā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­sa­rva­vi­dā­va­ga­ntu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. pra­ti­pa­ttṛ­bā­dhā­nu­tpa­tti­s tv a­nai­kā­nti­kī ka­ti­pa­ya­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m api a­ne­ka­kā­la­bhrā­nta­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. ka­dā­ci­d api bādhā no­tpa­dya­ta ity etan nā­sa­rva­vi­dā­va­ga­ntuṃ pā­rya­te­. tasmān na bā­dhā­nu­tpa­tti­r api li­ṅga­m­. nāpi pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthya­m­, pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyaṃ hy a­rtha­prā­ptya­na­rtha­pa­ri­hā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, tac ced a­na­va­ga­taṃ katham asiddhaṃ gamakaṃ bha­ve­t­? a­thā­va­ga­ta­m­, ta­da­va­ga­te­r a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ katham a­va­ga­mya­ta ity a­pa­ri­hā­ryā pū­rvo­kta­vi­ka­lpa­pa­ra­mpa­rā syād iti. api ca ca­ndrā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­syā­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ na si­dhye­t­, ca­ndrā­dya­rtha­sya prā­ptya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na co­da­kā­rtha­syā­pi pra­ti­bhā­ta­sya prāptiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tasya vā­yvā­di­bhiḥ prā­ṇi­vi­śe­ṣai­ś cā­va­ya­va­kri­yo­tpā­da­na­dvā­re­ṇa pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­nā­śya­mā­na­tvā­t­, ta­jjā­tī­yā­rtha­prā­pte­s tv a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­n na ga­ma­ka­tva­m­. ta­dvaṃ­śa­jā­rtha­prā­pti­r ga­mi­ke­ti cet, na; a­ntyā­va­ya­vi­nā­m a­ja­na­ka­tve­na ta­dvaṃ­śa­jā­rthā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na ca ta­da­si­ddhau ta­dvaṃ­śa­jo 'yam artha ity a­nu­mā­naṃ kiṃcid asti, tad e­va­mā­di­bhi­r dū­ṣa­ṇai­r a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­sya liṅgam ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m ity ato na liṅgato 'pi gra­ha­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 34,16~a­tro­cya­te — yadi bhrā­nta­tvā­di­ni­śca­yo nāsti, kathaṃ tarhy ayaṃ lo­ka­śā­stre­ṣu vya­va­hā­raḥ — samyag a­va­ga­taṃ mayā, mithyā jñātaṃ tva­ye­ti­. na hi va­stu­ta­thā­tva­ni­śca­ya­m a­nta­re­ṇa ta­dvya­va­hā­ro yu­jya­te­. mi­thyā­ni­śca­ya­pū­rva­ko 'yaṃ vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, nanu ni­śca­ya­sya mi­thā­tvā­na­va­ga­me kathaṃ jānīṣe mi­thyā­ni­śca­ya­pū­rva­ko vya­va­hā­ra iti. yaś cātra pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­s tva­yo­cya­te­, tata e­vā­nya­trā­pi bhrā­nta­tva­ni­śca­ya­s ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­c cā­bhrā­nta­tva­ni­śca­yo 'pīti kathaṃ sarvatra bhrā­nta­vā­di­ni­śca­yā­bhā­va iti? na mayā pramāṇaṃ kvacid ucyate sarvatra sa­nde­ha­mā­tra­pra­da­rśa­nā­d iti cet, nanu sandeho 'py u­bha­yā­da­rśa­ne sati bha­va­ti­, tataś ca sthā­ṇu­tva­pu­ru­ṣa­tvā­di­va­d bhrā­nta­tvā­di­ni­śca­yaḥ kvacid a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. tatsiddhau ca ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ pramāṇaṃ yad u­pa­pa­dya­te tad avaśyaṃ tvayāpi ci­nta­nī­ya­m­, pra­si­ddha­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­tta­ci­ntā­pa­ra­tvā­t pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇā­m­. sa­nde­ha­pra­da­rśa­na­m api nā­pra­mā­ṇe­na yu­jya­te­, yenaiva pra­da­rśya­te tasyaiva pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, kathaṃ na pramāṇaṃ kvacid u­cya­te­? a­thā­ne­ka­vi­ka­lpaiḥ parasya sandehaḥ kriyate na tu pra­da­rśya­te iti, na; a­ne­ka­vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ sa­nde­ha­ja­na­ka­tvā­ni­śca­ye saty u­pā­dā­nā­yo­gā­t­. na hi kā­ra­ṇa­sya sā­ma­rthyā­ni­śca­ye kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­tyu­pā­dā­naṃ yu­kta­m­, yasya ka­sya­ci­d u­pā­dā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sandehe 'pi ta­ntvā­dī­nāṃ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­tyu­pā­dā­naṃ dṛṣṭam iti cen na; ta­ntvā­dī­nā­m api pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­yo­gya­tā­yā ni­ści­ta­tvā­t­, ta­ntvā­dya­bhā­ve pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryā­nu­tpā­da­sya ca ni­ści­ta­tvā­t ni­ya­to­pā­dā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. bha­va­ta­s tu na kvacin niścaya ity a­pra­vṛ­tti­r a­vya­va­sthi­ta­pra­vṛ­tti­r vā pra­sa­kte­ti­. tasmād ātmano '­sa­mba­ddha­pra­lā­pi­tva­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ kvacid vācyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tac cā­ni­ści­taṃ vaktum aśakyaṃ tan ni­śca­ya­ś ca bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vi­ve­ka­ni­śca­yā­bhā­vā­n no­pa­pa­dya­ta ity ato 'sti bhrā­nta­tvā­di­ni­śca­yaḥ­. sa tarhi kutaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d iti cet, nanu pa­ryā­lo­ca­nī­ya­m etad ā­va­yo­r api. tatra jñā­no­da­yā­na­nta­ra­m eva ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pratyakṣaṃ bhrā­nta­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­grā­ha­ka­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m anyathā hy ayaṃ bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vya­hā­ro nirmūlaḥ syāt. na ca vi­pa­rya­sta­syā­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­dbhrā­nta­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­vya­kta­tvā­d dhāvataḥ ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­va­t­. vyaktaṃ hi jñānaṃ sma­ra­ṇā­tma­ka­m a­nu­bha­vā­tma­kaṃ vā­ni­ṣṭa­vi­ṣa­ya­ni­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. a­vya­kta­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­d vyaktā smṛtir dṛṣṭā. yathā pra­tha­ma­go­pi­ṇḍa­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­le go­tva­syā­nu­ga­ta­vyā­vṛ­tta­sva­rū­pā­vya­kta­gra­ha­ṇe saty u­tta­ra­kā­laṃ sa­jā­tī­ya­vi­jā­tī­ya­pi­ṇḍa­da­rśa­nā­t spaṣṭā smṛtir bhavati — anena sadṛśo mayā dṛṣṭaḥ, e­ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇo mayā dṛṣṭa, etat sādṛśyaṃ ta­syai­ta­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ iti. evaṃ bhrā­nta­tvā­bhrā­nta­tva­yo­r a­spa­ṣṭa­gra­ha­ṇo­tta­ra­kā­laṃ bā­dha­ka­saṃ­vā­da­ka­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttā­t spaṣṭā smṛtir bhavati — mithyā samyag vā jñānaṃ tad iti. atha vā bā­dha­ka­saṃ­vā­da­ka­jñā­no­tpa­ttya­na­nta­ra­m eva tayoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­, tadānīṃ tayoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m iti cen na, ma­na­sa­s tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. anyathā hi yo­gi­nā­m apy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na syāt. yogināṃ yo­ga­ja­dha­rma­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­tī­tā­di­pra­tya­kṣaṃ yuktam iti cet, nanv a­sma­dā­de­r api kvacid viṣaye ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­hi­ta­pū­rvo­pā­rji­tā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthyā­t kiṃ na yu­kta­m­? kā­ryā­nu­me­ya­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­sye­ti­. atha bā­dho­tpā­dā­dya­nu­mā­ne­nai­va bhrā­nta­tvā­di ni­ścī­ya­te­. vyāptis tarhi kena gṛ­hī­tā­? nanv a­nu­mā­nā­nta­re­ṇa tasyāpy a­nu­mā­nā­nta­re­ṇe­ti bhūtā tarhy a­na­va­sthā­. tataḥ ko doṣaḥ? saṃ­sā­ra­syā­nā­di­tvā­d i­ṣṭai­ve­ti­. prathamaṃ tāvad ā­hā­rā­di­sma­ra­ṇa­va­d vyā­pti­sma­ra­ṇa­m api ja­nmā­nta­ra­bhā­vi­saṃ­skā­rā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭo­pe­tā­d bha­va­ti­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­pa­ra­mpa­rā­sā­dha­no­pa­kṣī­ṇa­sya na pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­si­ddhi­r iti cet, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya prāg eva si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi kaścid a­gnya­nu­mā­na­kā­le ma­hā­na­sā­di­ṣv a­gni­dhū­ma­yoḥ sambandhaṃ pra­tye­ti­. atha paraṃ pra­tya­nu­mā­na­kā­le 'vaśyaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ sā­dha­nī­ya iti. sa yadi paraḥ sarvatra dṛṣṭāntaṃ prati vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tadāsya tanmūlo bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­ni­śca­yo na prā­pno­ti­, ta­da­bhā­ve lo­ka­śā­stra­pra­si­ddha­s ta­dvya­va­hā­ro ni­va­rtta­te­. dhū­mā­di­vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­pi a­pa­hna­vaṃ kurvāṇo hi lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhe­nai­va ni­rā­kri­ya­te nā­nya­thā­. sa ca virodho 'trāpi sa­mā­naḥ­, tasmāt pa­ra­syā­pi kvacit prasiddho dṛṣṭāntaḥ ta­dba­le­nā­nyo 'pi sādhyata iti. atha vā ādau tāvat sa­rva­pra­tya­kṣa­da­rśi­nā ke­na­ci­d a­sa­rva­vi­daḥ kecid vyāptiṃ grā­hi­tāḥ­, tais tv ā­pto­pa­de­śā­dy asya jñānasya bādhā bhavati ta­dbhrā­nta­m­, yasya tu saṃ­vā­da­kaṃ jñā­nā­nta­raṃ bhavati ta­da­bhrā­nta­m ity evaṃ vyāptiṃ gṛ­hī­tvā­nye grā­hi­tā­s tair apy anye tair apy anya ity evaṃ yāvad a­sma­dā­da­yo gha­ṭā­di­di­vya­vyā­pti­va­d iti. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r api pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyāṃ vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­yai­vo­pa­pa­ttyā sa­ma­rtha­yi­ta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 36,18~yac coktam a­du­ṣṭa­sā­ma­grī­ja­nya­tva­m a­bhrā­nta­tva­li­ṅgaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta eva, bā­dhā­nu­tpa­tti­s tu gamikā kvacid iṣṭaiva ya­trā­va­bhā­tā­rthā­vi­pa­rī­ta­tva­m a­nta­re­ṇā­nya­thā bā­dhā­nu­tpa­tti­r na sa­mbhā­vya­te vi­cā­ra­kai­r api yathā de­śa­kā­lā­va­sthā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­ta­sya jñātuś ca­ndrai­ka­tva­jñā­ne­, yat punar e­ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­naṃ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­thā­vi­dha­m u­tpa­nna­m­, ya­dbā­dha­ka­jñā­no­tpā­da­pra­ti­ba­ndha­kṛ­t ta­ddha­vaṃ­so 'pi ta­thā­vi­dha eva, pa­re­ṣṭa­sa­mya­gjñā­na­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 37,3~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hi pareṇa sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­jñā­no­tpā­da­pra­ti­ba­ndha­kṛ­d i­ṣṭa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ya­thā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­vai­pa­rī­tyaṃ bhrā­ntya­nu­tpā­do vā. na ca ka­sya­ci­d u­tpā­da­sya bhū­ta­syā­bhū­ta­sya vā pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? kāraṇaṃ pra­ti­ba­dhya­te­, yat kāraṇaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṣu satsv api ka­sya­ci­t sadbhāve kāryaṃ na ka­ro­ti­, abhāve tu ka­ro­ti­, tat tena pra­ti­ba­ddha­m u­cya­te­, yathā gu­ru­tvā­di­kaṃ saṃ­yo­gā­di­nā­. bā­dho­tpa­ttau ca kiṃ kena pra­ti­ba­dhya­ta iti. na ca yad yasya pra­ti­ba­ndha­kaṃ taddhvaṃso 'pi tasya pra­ti­ba­ndha­ko bha­va­ti­, na hi saṃ­yo­gā­di­dhvaṃ­so 'pi gu­ru­tvā­deḥ pra­ti­ba­ndha­kaḥ­, pratyuta sa­ha­kā­rye­ve­ti­. tasmāt taddhvaṃso 'pi ta­thā­vi­dha evety a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. śu­kti­ke­yaṃ ra­ja­ta­m i­tyā­di­jñā­na­sya prā­gu­tpa­nna­ra­ja­ta­m idam i­tyā­di­jñā­na­bā­dha­ka­tve­na lo­ka­śā­stre­ṣu pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tasya kim artho bā­dhya­te­, jñānaṃ ve­tyā­dya­ne­ka­vi­ka­lpai­r ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ go­ma­ya­pā­ya­sī­ya­nyā­ya­m ā­kṣi­pa­ti­. tathā ca keyaṃ jñānasya bādhā vi­ṣa­yā­pa­hā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇā pha­lā­pa­hā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇā vetyādi vicāro 'pi na kvacid u­pa­yu­jya­te­. bhrā­nti­jñā­na­syai­va bādhā bhavati na ya­thā­rtha­jñā­na­sye­ty evaṃ vyā­pti­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m e­vo­pa­yu­jya­te­. tad evaṃ bā­dhā­nu­tpā­de­na kvacid a­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­. kvacit punaḥ pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­na ya­tho­da­kā­dya­rtha­prā­ptyā pū­rvo­di­to­da­kā­di­jñā­na­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 37,18~nanu ca pra­ti­bhā­tā­rtha­sya prāptir na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­, na; pā­ṣā­ṇā­dya­rtha­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­va­bhā­ta­sya prā­pti­sa­mbha­vā­t­, u­da­kā­dya­rtha­sya tu vināśe 'pi ta­tsaṃ­tā­na­bhā­vi­naḥ prāptir ga­mi­kā­. kaḥ punar ayaṃ sa­ntā­naḥ­? ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­ni­ra­nta­ro­tpā­daḥ­. tad e­ve­da­m iti lau­ki­kā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­pra­tya­ya­he­tuḥ­. na hi bhrā­ntyā­rtha­m a­va­dhā­rya pra­va­rtta­mā­na­s ta­tsa­ntā­na­bhā­vya­rtha­m api yathā pra­ti­bhā­naṃ prā­pno­ti­, tasmād a­va­bhā­tā­rtha­prā­ptyā ta­tsa­ntā­na­bhā­vya­rtha­prā­ptyā ca pū­rva­jñā­na­syā­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­. etena ta­dde­śa­tvaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­. ta­da­ni­śca­ye kutaḥ ta­tsa­ntā­na­bhā­vi­tva­ni­śca­ya iti cet, na; a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­ta­s ta­nni­śca­yā­t­, na hy a­va­bhā­tā­rtha­syā­sa­mbha­ve '­nya­thā­tve vāyaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttā pra­vṛ­ttyu­tta­ra­kā­laṃ sa e­vā­ya­m iti tam arthaṃ vya­va­sā­yā­ne­ke­ṣu ja­na­sa­mū­he­ṣu vya­va­ha­ra­nn api na vi­saṃ­vā­dya­te­. tad evam a­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­n ni­ścī­ya­te ya­thai­vā­sā­v arthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ta­s ta­thai­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 38,5~yas tu punar a­pra­vṛ­tto 'py a­va­bhā­tā­rtha­sya vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­bha­te sa ta­dde­śa­stha eva tair vi­śe­ṣai­r a­rtha­ta­thā­bhā­vaṃ vya­va­sā­ya pū­rva­jñā­na­syā­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­va­ca­na­saṃ­vā­dā­d veti. evaṃ ca ca­ndrā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m a­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ na sidhyed ity u­kta­m­, na hi pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d evety a­va­dhā­rya­te­, hu­tā­śa­nā­di­va­d a­bhrā­nta­tva­syā­pi vi­ka­lpe­nā­ne­ka­li­ṅgā­nu­me­ya­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­ga­mya­tvā­c ceti.

NBhū-YA 38,10~anye tu va­rṇa­ya­nti — pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthya­m ity anena pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­saṃ­vā­do '­bhi­pre­taḥ­. sa cā­va­bhā­tā­rtha­sya na­ṣṭa­syā­na­ṣṭa­sya vā vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­mbhā­t sa­mbhā­vi­tā­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­dhā­nā­d vā bha­va­ti­, tena sa­rva­trā­pi saṃ­śa­ya­vi­ṣa­ye pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d e­vā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­ni­śca­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā na doṣaḥ kaścid iti.

NBhū-YA 38,14~yā punar iyam a­na­va­sthā coditā ta­da­va­ga­te­r a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ katham a­va­ga­mya­ta i­tyā­di­nā­, sāpi ni­śca­ya­pū­rva­ka­lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnā­. yato dvi­tī­ye­na tṛ­tī­ye­na vā vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­mbhe­na ni­rā­kā­kā­ṅkṣā vya­va­ha­rtā­ro dṛśyanta iti. prāg eva vā­na­va­sthā ni­rā­kṛ­te­ty ato '­na­va­sthā­bha­yā­t sva­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇya­m api nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 38,19~yad āhur eke —

sva­taḥ­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ca — pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m utpattau pravṛttau jñaptau ca ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­m­. a­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ tv a­pe­kṣā­tra­yo­pe­ta­tvā­t parato '­prā­mā­ṇya­m iti. yathā hi — mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ bo­dha­ja­na­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­lā­pa­vya­ti­ri­kta­m i­ndri­yā­di­do­ṣa­m a­pe­kṣyo­tpa­dya­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, na tv evaṃ sa­mya­gjñā­naṃ ya­thā­rtha­tve bo­dho­tpā­da­ka­sā­ma­grya­ti­ri­ktaṃ kiṃcid a­pe­kṣa­te­, sva­bhā­ve­nai­va ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ ni­rma­la­tvā­t­, na nai­rma­lyā­pe­kṣā­pi yuktā, doṣās tv ā­ga­ntu­kā iti a­prā­mā­ṇya­sya yuktā ta­da­pe­kṣā­, ata eva do­ṣa­pro­tsā­ra­ṇe guṇānāṃ vyā­pā­ro­, na tu prā­mā­ṇyo­tpa­ttau­. na hy a­jā­ta­ti­mi­rā­di­do­ṣā­kṣa­syāṃ­ja­nā­di­gu­ṇā­bhā­ve sati prāmāṇyaṃ no­tpa­dya­te­. na cā­dṛ­ṣṭā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­syā­pi sa­ttā­mā­tre­ṇa kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yuktam a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­ñja­nā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­d a­nye­ṣā­m apy ā­pto­kta­tvā­di­gu­ṇā­nāṃ do­ṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa eva vyāpāro '­nu­mā­ta­vya iti. tathā sa­mya­ga­rtha­pra­kā­śa­nā­khye svakārye pra­va­rtta­mā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ svā­tma­jñā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇā­n vā nā­pe­kṣa­te­. sva­jña­ptā­v api bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa na kiṃcid a­pe­kṣa­te­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ tu he­tū­ttha­do­ṣa­jñā­na­m a­rthā­nya­thā­tva­jñā­naṃ vā­pe­kṣa­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 39,14~yat tāvad utpattau ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­m iti tan na, pra­kā­śa­de­śā­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­. na hi ya­thā­bhū­tāḥ pra­kā­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣāḥ sa­mya­gjñā­no­tpa­ttau ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­r a­pe­kṣya­nte­, ta­thā­bhū­tā mi­thyā­jñā­no­tpa­ttā­v a­pī­ti­. na ca tair do­ṣā­pa­ga­ma eva kri­ya­te­, ta­da­bhā­ve ta­ttva­jñā­no­tpa­tte­r apy a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. li­ṅgā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ cā­nu­me­yā­di­bu­ddhā­v a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­va­dhā­ri­ta­sā­ma­rthya­m a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r a­pe­kṣya­te­. tat kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­sya ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­m­? kā­ca­kā­ma­lā­da­ya­s tu go­la­kā­di­sa­nni­vi­ṣṭā­nāṃ dhātūnāṃ vai­ṣa­myā­va­sthā­mā­tra­tvā­t­. kathaṃ ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā parataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­m­? sā­myā­va­sthā­pe­kṣa­yā parataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. api ca bhā­va­va­d a­bhā­va­syā­py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ­, pa­ta­na­ka­rmā­di­ṣv iva kathaṃ na do­ṣā­bhā­vā­pe­kṣi­tve 'pi ca­kṣu­rā­deḥ prā­mā­ṇyo­tpa­ttau sā­pe­kṣa­tva­m­, bhāvād a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ cā­bhā­va­syo­tta­ra­tra pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 39,24~atha bhā­vā­tma­ka­m adhikaṃ kāraṇaṃ nā­pe­kṣa­ta iti sva­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇya­m u­cya­te­, na; sa­ma­ya­mā­tra­tvā­t­. a­nya­thā­pi samayaḥ śakyate kartum iti nai­tā­va­tā kācid a­rtha­si­ddhiḥ­. na ca sva­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇyo­tpa­ttau kiṃcit pra­mā­ṇa­m asti, vi­pa­rya­ye tv idam a­nu­mā­na­m — prāmāṇyaṃ parato bhavati a­bhū­tvā­bhā­vi­tvā­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­va­d iti. sva­kā­rya­pra­vṛ­ttā­v api prā­mā­ṇya­sya sā­pe­kṣa­tva­m­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­bo­dha­ja­na­ka­sya ca­kṣu­rā­de­r eva pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. tasya ca sā­pe­kṣa­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­. sā­ma­grya­va­sthā­yāṃ tu ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­m a­prā­mā­ṇye 'py asti na viśeṣaḥ ka­ści­t­. ke­va­la­syai­va bodhasya prāmāṇyaṃ ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ tena tasya svataḥ parato vā pra­vṛ­tti­r na ci­ntya­te­. yo 'py ayaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ sva­taḥ­pra­vṛ­ttā­v uktaḥ —

NBhū-YA 40,8~so '­prā­mā­ṇye 'py a­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ­. kiṃca gha­ṭa­syā­pi saṃ­yo­gā­dya­pe­kṣa­tvā­n ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tva­m a­si­ddha­m iti. tathā ca jñaptir api pa­ra­taḥ­, svato jña­pti­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. vi­pa­rya­ye punar idam a­nu­mā­na­m — prāmāṇyaṃ parato jñāyate jñe­ya­tvā­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­va­d iti. bo­dhā­tma­ka­tve­nai­va prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhau sva­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇya­m iti cet, na; bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­syā­prā­mā­ṇye 'pi sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. a­tho­tsa­rgā­pa­vā­dā­bhyāṃ tayoḥ siddhiḥ, yasmād uktam —

iti tad a­yu­kta­m­, mi­thyā­jñā­na­syā­pi prā­ga­pa­vā­dā­d bo­dhā­tma­ka­tve­na prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­te ca bodhe bā­dho­tpa­tti­r a­yu­ktā­, sa­rva­bo­dhe­ṣu bā­dho­da­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na cai­ka­syai­va bodhasya prā­mā­ṇyā­prā­mā­ṇye yukte, vi­ru­ddha­sva­bhā­va­yo­r e­ka­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. kā­la­bhe­de­na sa­kri­ya­tva­ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­di­va­t tayor apy e­ka­trā­vi­ro­dha iti cen na, bo­dha­syā­sthi­ra­tve­na ta­da­sa­mbha­vā­t­, na hi naṣṭasya dharmiṇaḥ paścād dharmo bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­tī­ti­. atha bha­vi­ṣya­ntī­m api bādhām apekṣya bodhasya prā­mā­ṇyā­pa­vā­da i­ṣya­te­, yasmād uktam — yasya de­śā­nta­re kā­lā­nta­re pu­ru­ṣā­nta­re a­va­sthā­nta­re ca bādho no­tpa­dya­te sa bodhaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti. na tarhi bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­mā­traṃ prā­mā­ṇya­ni­ścā­ya­ka­m­, kiṃ tarhi? trai­kā­li­ka­bā­dhā­bhā­va­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ bo­dha­tva­m­, tac cā­śa­kya­ni­śca­yaṃ kim a­syo­tta­ra­kā­laṃ bādhā bha­vi­ṣya­ti na veti? sa­mya­ktve­nā­dhya­va­si­ta­syā­pi pa­kṣa­mā­sā­di­kā­la­vi­ka­lpe­na bā­dho­tpa­tte­r u­pa­la­mbhā­t­. "­do­ṣa­jñā­ne tv a­nu­tpa­nne nāśaṅkā ni­ṣpra­mā­ṇi­kā­" ity api na yu­kta­m­, do­ṣa­jñā­ne tūtpanna e­vā­śa­ṅkā­yā sa­mbha­vā­t­. utpanne hi do­ṣa­jñā­ne sa­tya­prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­ya eva syāt. a­thā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvā­di­ni­śca­ye­nā­prā­mā­ṇyā­śa­ṅkā ni­va­rta­te­, nā­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvā­di­ni­śca­ya­syā­pi pū­rva­ni­śca­ya­va­d ā­śa­ṅkā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. atha tatrāpi ta­da­du­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvā­di­ni­śca­ye­nā­śa­ṅkā ni­va­rtya­te­, na; ta­nni­va­rtta­ka­syā­pi ni­śca­ya­sya pū­rva­va­d ā­śa­ṅkā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. tatrāpy ā­śa­ṅkā­ni­va­rtta­ka­ni­śca­ya­prā­rtha­ne sati kathaṃ nā­na­va­sthā syāt. nanu cā­na­va­sthā bha­ṭṭe­nai­va pa­rya­hri­ya­ta­. yasmād uktam —

NBhū-YA 42,1~adhikā matir na prārthyata iti kutaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­? sarvatra saṃ­śa­yā­bhā­vā­n ni­rā­kā­ṅkṣa­tve­na vi­cā­ra­kā­ṇā­m api vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­c ceti. nanv ayam e­vā­na­va­sthā­pa­ri­hā­ro '­a­smā­bhi­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­naḥ kim iti bhavatāṃ vidveṣaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­? yenaiva pra­mā­ṇe­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­śa­ṅkā ni­va­rtya­te tenaiva prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yo 'pi kriyate sthā­ṇvā­di­ni­śca­ya­va­t­, pra­mā­ṇa­dva­ya­vyā­pā­rā­na­nu­bha­vā­t tan nā­śa­ṅkā­ni­vṛ­ttau paścād bo­dha­tve­na prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­ya iti. atha prāg eva bo­dha­tve­na prāmāṇyaṃ niścitaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa tv ā­śa­ṅkai­va ni­rā­kri­ya­ta iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; prā­ga­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya bo­dha­tva­syo­rdhva­tvā­di­va­d a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tve­na ni­śca­ya­ja­na­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t­. ni­rni­mi­tta­ś ca niścayo na bha­va­ti­. kiṃca bu­ddhi­mā­tra­syā­pi bha­va­nma­te '­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­nu­me­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, kuto bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣa­sya prāmāṇyaṃ svataḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­? atha pra­mā­ṇa­m a­jñā­ta­m evārthaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti tena sva­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇya­m u­cya­te­, anyathā hi jñā­ta­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tve­nā­na­va­sthā syāt tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 42,19~tad a­yu­kta­m­, na hi vayaṃ ni­ści­ta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­cchā­mo ye­nā­ya­m a­rtha­vā­n u­pā­la­mbhaḥ syāt. jñā­no­tpā­da­ka­tva­m eva hi pra­mā­ṇa­syā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ nai­yā­yi­kai­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. tac ca jñānam a­ni­ści­tā­d eva pra­mā­ṇā­d bha­va­ti­, na kevalaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­d a­pra­mā­ṇā­d apy a­ni­ści­tā­d eva jñānaṃ bha­va­ti­. pra­vṛ­tti­r api pu­ru­ṣa­syā­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­pū­rvi­kā­rtha­prā­ptya­na­rtha­pa­ri­hā­rā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā bhavantī prāyeṇa pra­mā­ṇa­ta­dā­bhā­sa­vi­ve­ka­ni­śca­yaṃ nā­pe­kṣa­te­, kin tu tathā pravṛtto '­rtha­prā­pti­vi­pra­la­mbhā­bhyāṃ saṃ­di­hya­mā­naḥ kvacid ai­kā­nti­kā­rtha­prā­ptya­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ni­śca­ya­m apekṣya pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­rī pra­va­rtta­ta ity a­rtha­va­ttvaṃ tatra pra­mā­ṇa­ni­śca­ya­sye­ti­. bo­dha­mā­tre yathā prathamaṃ sa­mya­ktvā­dhya­va­sā­yo ni­mi­ttā­nta­rā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d api, na tathā kvacin mi­thyā­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yo bha­va­ti­, tena pra­mā­ṇā­pra­mā­ṇa­yoḥ sva­taḥ­pa­ra­ta­s tadbhāva iti cet, nā­nya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. yathā bā­hu­lye­na sā­dhu­pu­ru­ṣā­n dṛ­ṣṭa­va­taḥ pu­ru­ṣa­mā­tre prathamaṃ sā­dhu­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yo bha­va­ti­, a­sā­dhu­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­s tu ni­mi­ttā­nta­ro­pa­la­mbhā­t­. tathā bodhānāṃ bā­hu­lye­na sa­mya­ktva­da­rśa­nā­t ta­da­bhyā­sa­ja­ni­ta­pa­ṭu­saṃ­skā­ra­sya bo­dha­mā­tre prathamaṃ sa­mya­ktvā­dhya­va­sā­yo bha­va­ti­, mi­thyā­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­s tu ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­pā­ṭa­vā­bhā­vā­n ni­mi­ttā­nta­ro­pa­la­mbha­m a­pe­kṣa­te­. na cai­tā­va­tā ni­mi­tte­na sva­taḥ­pra­taḥ­prā­mā­ṇyā­prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇe pra­kṛ­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­r ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­. tad evaṃ sa­mya­ktvā­sa­mya­ktva­yoḥ sa­ṅgrā­hyā­po­hya­yoḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­d a­nu­bha­va­sya samyag iti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ sā­rtha­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 43,17~"­sma­ra­ṇā­jñā­na­" iti. sma­ra­ṇa­sya a­jñā­na­sya ca yāgādeḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­m a­nu­bha­va­gra­ha­ṇe­na pa­ryu­da­sta­m­, na hi tayor bhā­va­vyu­tpa­ttā­v a­nu­bha­va­śa­bda­vā­cya­tvaṃ kvacit pra­si­ddha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 44,2~sā­dha­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti. kathaṃ punar e­tā­vā­n arthaḥ sā­dha­na­śa­bdā­d a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­t pra­tī­ya­te­? neṣṭataḥ kā­ra­ka­pa­ri­gra­ha­ṇe­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, yasmād iṣṭataḥ kā­ra­ka­pa­ri­gra­haṃ śa­bda­vi­do '­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­nti­. tad ayaṃ sādhyate '­ne­ne­ti vi­va­kṣi­ta­ka­ra­ṇā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yī sā­dha­na­śa­bdaḥ­, pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­ye ka­rtṛ­ka­rma­ṇī phalaṃ ca ka­ra­ṇa­ja­nyaṃ katham a­bhi­dhā­tu­m a­rha­ti­? sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ hi ka­ra­ṇa­m­, na ca ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m asti. atha kim idaṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ nāma?

NBhū-YA 44,10~ka­rtṛ­vyā­pā­ro '­śe­ṣa­kā­ra­ka­ja­nya ity eke. sarvāṇi khalu kā­ra­kā­ṇi sa­vyā­pā­rā­ṇi bhūtvā karttur vyāpāraṃ ja­na­yi­tvā ca­ri­tā­rthā­ni bha­va­nti­, ka­rtṛ­vyā­pā­ra­sya cā­ca­ri­tā­rtha­tvā­d a­vya­va­dhā­ne­na kri­yā­ja­na­nā­c ca sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m­. kartāpi kā­ra­kā­nta­ra­vyā­pā­ra­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­s tena vyā­pā­re­ṇa kriyāṃ ni­ṣpā­da­ya­n svatantraḥ kartety u­cya­te­. sambhūya kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ kri­yā­ja­na­ka­tve hi tu­lya­vyā­pā­ra­tvā­t kaḥ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvā­rthaḥ sva­ta­ntrā­rtho veti sa­rva­pā­ri­ṣa­daṃ vyā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­. ata eva jñā­tṛ­vyā­pā­ra­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m āhuḥ. sa ca jñā­tṛ­vyā­pā­ra­ś cidrūpe jñātari tā­dā­tmye­na sthi­ta­tvā­d bo­dhā­tma­ka iti.

NBhū-YA 44,19~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, ka­rtṛ­tā­dā­tmye­na sthitasya vyā­pā­ra­syo­tpā­de hi kartur apy utpādaḥ syāt. tad a­nu­tpā­de vā vyā­pā­ra­syā­nu­tpā­da­s tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dho vā vyo­ma­ja­lā­di­va­t syāt. nityatve ca vyā­pā­ra­sya kri­yā­nu­pa­ra­maḥ syāt. atha bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tvaṃ tā­dā­tmya­śa­bdā­rtha iti, na; a­ne­kā­nta­pa­kṣa­syo­tta­ra­tra ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. atha bhinna eva vyā­pā­raḥ­, sa kiṃ ca­la­nā­tma­ko '­ca­la­nā­tma­ko vā, a­nti­ma­sa­ha­kā­ri­bhū­to veti? ca­la­nā­tma­ka­tve ni­śca­lā­nāṃ ni­rvyā­pā­ra­tve­na kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na syāt. a­thā­ca­la­nā­tma­kaḥ sa kā­rya­he­tu­r vā na vā? yady a­he­tu­s tadā kiṃ te­nā­kiṃ­ci­tka­re­ṇa kā­ra­ka­sya­. atha karoti kiṃcit sa kiṃ vyā­pā­rā­nta­rā­pe­kṣī vā na vā? vyā­pā­rā­nta­rā­pe­kṣi­tve ta­dvyā­pā­rā­nta­ra­syā­pi pū­rva­va­d a­nya­vyā­pā­rā­nta­rā­pe­kṣi­tva­prā­ptā­v a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. atha ni­rvyā­pā­ra­s tadā kā­ra­kā­ṇy api ni­rvyā­pā­rā­ṇy eva kāryaṃ ka­ri­ṣya­nti­, na vyāpāraḥ ka­lpa­nī­yaḥ­; tasya ni­ṣpra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. api ca ya­dā­śra­yo vyāpāra u­tpa­dya­te ta­syā­va­śyaṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaṃ guṇaṃ prati dra­vya­va­t­. tataś ca ta­tkā­ra­kaṃ sva­vyā­pā­raṃ kurvat kiṃ sa­vyā­pā­ra­m iti kṛtvā ka­ro­ti­? ni­rvyā­pā­raṃ vā? sa­vyā­pā­ra­tve vyā­pā­ra­pa­ra­mpa­rā­pra­sa­ṅge­no­pa­kṣī­ṇa­sya pra­kṛ­ta­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇaṃ na syāt. ni­rvyā­pā­ra­tve ca vyā­pā­ra­ka­ra­ṇa­va­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­m api ni­rvyā­pā­ra­syai­vā­stu kiṃ vyā­pā­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā­? tataś ca yad āhuḥ — "­sa­rvā­ṇi kā­ra­kā­ṇi sva­kri­yo­tpa­ttau ka­rtṝ­ṇi­, pra­dhā­na­kri­yo­tpa­ttau ca ka­rma­ka­ra­ṇā­di­rū­pā­ṇi bha­va­nti­" iti tad apy a­pā­sta­m­. na hy a­ne­ka­kā­ra­ka­ja­nya­kri­yā­vya­ti­ri­kta­kri­yā­sti­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti, e­ka­syai­va ja­na­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 45,15~nāpy antimaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vyā­pā­ra­s ta­syā­nti­mā­nta­rā­sa­mbha­ve­na ni­rvyā­pā­ra­tva­prā­ptā­v a­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmān na kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­vya­ti­ri­kto vyāpāraḥ kaścid asti. tataś ce­ndri­yā­di­bhya e­vā­rtha­saṃ­vi­ttyu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. kṣīṇā jñā­tṛ­vyā­pā­raṃ pra­tya­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­, na ca saṃ­vi­tti­pra­mi­tyā­di­śa­bdai­r bodhād anyo 'rtho '­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, ye­ne­ndri­yā­dī­nā­m a­rthā­va­bo­dha­ja­na­ka­tve 'pi ja­ḍa­sva­bhā­va­tve­na a­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ na syāt. na ca bo­dha­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa te­jaḥ­pra­bhā­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa vānyo '­rtha­dha­rmaḥ prakāśaḥ prākaṭyaṃ vā pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bhya­te­, ya­syā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­na­tve­na bu­ddhi­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvaṃ syāt. tasmāt sva­rū­pā­si­ddheḥ pha­lā­bhā­vā­c ca na buddher eva ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 46,2~vi­va­kṣā­taḥ kā­ra­kā­ṇi bha­va­ntī­ty anye. yathā mṛtpiṇḍo ghaṭaṃ ka­ro­ti­, mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­m āsādya ghaṭo bha­va­ti­, mṛ­tpi­ṇḍe­na ghaṭaṃ kulālaḥ ka­ro­ti­, mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­d ghaṭo bha­va­ti­, mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­sya ghaṭo vi­kā­ro­, mṛtpiṇḍe ghaṭa u­tpa­dya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 46,6~ta evaṃ praṣṭavyāḥ kiṃ vi­va­kṣā­taḥ kā­ra­ka­m a­vi­dya­mā­na­m api bhavaty uta kā­ra­ka­tve sthite paścād vi­va­kṣā­ta­s ta­da­bhi­dhā­yi­śa­bda­pra­yo­go bha­va­tī­ti­? prathame pakṣe gha­ṭo­tpa­ttau mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­sya saṃ­pra­dā­na­tvaṃ ku­lā­la­sya ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m api syāt, na kvacit kā­ra­kā­pa­pra­yo­ga­do­ṣo bha­ve­t­, sarvatra vi­va­kṣā­yāḥ pra­tī­ghā­tā­bhā­vā­t­. a­tho­tta­raḥ pakṣaḥ, tadā teṣāṃ kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ bhe­da­vya­va­sthā­he­tuḥ sva­rū­pa­bhe­do vācyo yena ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­sa­mā­ve­śe tu­lā­di­ṣv iva śa­bda­sa­mā­ve­śo yuktaḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 46,13~pra­mi­ti­kri­yā­m apekṣya tāvad a­rthā­kā­ra­syai­va jñā­na­ga­ta­sya ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti śākyāḥ. tathā ca tair uktam —

na hi kriyāyāḥ sā­dha­na­m ity eva sarvaṃ sarvasyāḥ sā­dha­na­m­, kiṃtu yā yataḥ pra­si­ddhi­m u­pa­yā­ti­. ta­trā­nu­bha­va­mā­tre­ṇa sa­dṛ­śā­tma­no jñānasya sarvatra karmaṇi te­nā­tma­nā bha­vi­ta­vyaṃ ye­nā­sye­da­m iti pra­ti­ka­rma vi­bha­jya­te­. a­nā­tma­bhū­ta­ś cā­sye­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­ṣu hetuṣu vi­dya­mā­no 'pi bhedo bhinne karmaṇy a­bhi­nnā­tma­no na bhedena ni­yā­ma­kaḥ­, kri­yā­ni­ba­ndha­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­tva­sya­. ta­da­vi­śe­ṣe tasyā api vi­śe­ṣā­si­ddhe sato 'pi vā vi­śe­ṣa­sya ta­da­na­ṅga­ta­yā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. tasmād yato '­syā­tma­bhe­dā­d a­sye­ya­m a­dhi­ga­ti­r ity ayam asyāḥ karmaṇi ni­ya­ma­s ta­tsā­dha­na­m­. na ceyam a­rtha­gha­ṭa­nā a­rtha­sā­rū­pyā­d anyato jñānasya sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hi pa­ṭu­ma­ndā­kṣā­di­bhiḥ sva­bhe­dai­r bhe­da­ka­m a­pī­ndri­yā­dya­rthe­nai­ta­d gha­ṭa­ya­ti­, tatra pra­tyā­sa­tti­ni­ba­ndha­nā­bhā­vā­t­. asty a­nu­bha­va­vi­śe­ṣo '­rtha­kṛ­to yata iyaṃ pra­tī­ti­r na sā­rū­pyā­d iti cet, atha kim idānīṃ sato 'pi rūpaṃ na ni­rdi­śya­te­? nedam i­da­nta­yā śakyaṃ vya­pa­de­ṣṭu­m­. a­ni­rū­pi­te­nā­ya­m ātmanā bhāvān vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­ti idam asyedaṃ neti su­vya­va­sthi­tā bhāvāḥ, tasmāt pra­me­yā­dhi­ga­teḥ sādhanaṃ me­ya­rū­pa­tā iti.

NBhū-YA 47,14~yat tāvad arthena gha­ṭa­ya­ty enām ity ādi, tatra yadi gha­ṭa­ya­ti sa­mba­ndha­ya­tī­ti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yato nā­rtha­sa­mba­ndho jñā­na­syā­rtha­rū­pa­ta­yā kri­ya­te­, kiṃtu sva­kā­ra­ṇai­s ta­jjñā­na­m a­rtha­sa­mba­ddha­m e­vo­tpā­di­ta­m­. na hi jñānam utpadya paścād arthena sa­mba­dhya­te­. na cā­rtha­rū­pa­tā jñānasya kā­ra­ṇa­m­, tā­dā­tmyā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­thā­rtha­rū­pa­tā arthena gha­ṭa­ya­ti jñānam a­rtha­sa­mba­ddhaṃ ni­ścā­ya­ya­tī­ti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, sa­mba­ndhā­pra­si­ddheḥ­. na hi jñā­na­ga­tā­rtha­rū­pa­tā­rtha­sa­mba­ddhe­na jñānena sa­ha­ca­ri­tā kvacid u­pa­la­bdhā yena sā ta­tpra­ti­pā­di­kā syāt.

NBhū-YA 48,5~a­thā­ya­m a­bhi­prā­yaḥ — a­rtho­tpā­dya­tva­m eva hi jñā­na­syā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, sa ca jñānād a­na­rthā­nta­raṃ ta­thā­bhū­te­na ca jñā­ne­nā­rthā­kā­ra­sya tā­dā­tmya­sa­mba­ndho 'sti. tataś ca jñānasya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t­, ta­da­na­rthā­nta­raṃ sambandho 'pi pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha iti kathaṃ sa­mba­ndhā­pra­si­ddhiḥ­? na; tā­dā­tmya­sa­mba­ndha­syā­nu­mā­na­vi­cā­re vi­sta­re­ṇa ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. evaṃ ca na hi kri­yā­sā­dha­na­m ity eva sarvaṃ sarvasyāḥ kriyāyāḥ sā­dha­na­m ity a­trā­vi­vā­da eva, kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­syai­va sā­dha­na­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48,11~yac coktam — kiṃtu yā yataḥ pra­si­ddhi­m u­pa­yā­tī­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­si­ddhe­r u­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā jña­pti­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā­ś ca vi­cā­ri­ta­tvā­d a­bhi­dhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­yā­s tu vi­va­kṣā­sā­dhya­tvaṃ na tv a­rthā­kā­ra­sā­dhya­tva­m iti. ta­trā­nu­bha­va­mā­tre­ṇe­tyā­dya­py a­yu­kta­m­, yato va­ca­na­sva­bhā­ve­na sa­rva­ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­ṣu sa­dṛ­śā­tma­no vācas ta­dā­kā­ra­vi­ra­hi­ta­tve 'pi pra­ti­ni­ya­mo dṛśyate — nī­la­śa­bdaḥ­, pī­ta­śa­bda iti de­va­da­tta­vā­g iyaṃ jña­da­tta­vā­g iti.

NBhū-YA 48,16~yad apy a­nā­tma­bhū­ta­ś cā­sye­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato '­nā­tma­bhū­ta­syai­va ni­yā­ma­ka­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā pitṛbhyāṃ putro ni­ya­mya­te­, svāminā bhṛtyaḥ, saṃ­yo­gā­di­nā da­dhyā­di­ka­m iti. kri­yā­ni­ba­ndha­na­tvaṃ ca ka­ra­ṇa­ta­ttva­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­.

NBhū-YA 48,19~yat tu ta­da­vi­śe­ṣe tasyā api vi­śe­ṣā­si­ddhe­r ity etan na yu­kta­m­, ka­rmā­di­kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣā­d api kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tasmād yato '­syā­tma­bhe­dā­d ityādy api na yuktaṃ svātmana eva bhe­dā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, bhede hy a­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta­. na ca svā­tma­ni­yā­ma­ka­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti, vi­pa­rya­ye tv a­nu­mā­na­m — a­thā­nta­ra­ni­yā­mye­ya­m a­dhi­ga­ti­r ni­yā­mya­tvā­t pu­trā­di­va­t­. yater apy a­rthā­nta­re­ṇa jñā­na­pra­ya­tnā­di­nā ni­yā­mi­ta­tvā­n nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m­. na ceyam a­rtha­gha­ṭa­ne­tyā­dy api na yu­kta­m­, a­rtha­gha­ṭa­nā­yā­ś ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhya eva sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48,26~nanv atroktaṃ na hi pa­ṭu­ma­nda­tā­di­bhi­r i­tyā­di­, tan na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — cakṣuṣā rūpaṃ pa­śyā­mī­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­d a­va­ga­mya­te — ca­kṣu­rā­dy e­vā­dṛ­ṣṭā­dyu­pa­kṛ­taṃ rūpādau pratītiṃ gha­ṭa­ya­ti­. pra­tyā­sa­tti­ni­ba­ndha­nā­bhā­vo 'py a­si­ddhaḥ­, sa­nni­ka­rṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. a­thā­sye­daṃ jñānam ity a­rtha­sa­mba­ddha­jñā­na­pra­tī­ti­r eva gha­ṭa­nā­. sāpy a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇe­nā­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sa­ha­kṛ­te­na kri­ya­te­, bā­hyā­dhyā­tmi­kā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­sya­. api ca vi­śi­ṣṭo­tpā­da eva jñā­na­syā­rtha­sa­mba­ndho na tu saṃ­śle­ṣā­tma­kaḥ­, tasmin ma­na­so­pa­la­bdhe bhavaty asyedaṃ jñānam — ity a­dhi­ga­tiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49,6~yac cā­nu­bha­va­vi­śe­ṣe dūṣaṇaṃ uktam — atha kiṃ idānīṃ sato 'pi rūpaṃ na ni­rdi­śya­ta i­tyā­di­nā­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; santy eva hi ta­thā­bhū­tāḥ kecid viśeṣā ye pra­tī­ya­mā­nā api vi­śe­ṣa­to nirdeṣṭuṃ na śa­kya­nte­, yathā ra­sā­dī­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, uktaṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 49,12~evaṃ ca sthite '­ta­smā­t pra­me­yā­dhi­ga­teḥ sādhanaṃ me­ya­rū­pa­tā­' iti ni­ga­ma­na­m a­yu­kta­m­. api cā­dhi­ga­te­r abhinnā me­ya­rū­pa­tā kathaṃ sā­dha­na­m­? si­ddhā­si­ddhā­va­stha­yoḥ svātmani kri­yā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. syād etad uktam evātra pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­na­m­. yad āha —

NBhū-YA 50,1~yat tāvat sādhane '­nya­smi­nn a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne ta­tkri­yā­ka­rma­ṇo­s ta­tsā­dha­na­ka­rma­ṇo­r vā sambandho na pra­si­dhya­tī­ti­. tad a­yu­kta­m­, bhinna eva sādhane sati chi­dā­di­kri­ya­yā ku­ṭhā­rā­di­sā­dha­ne­na ca vṛ­kṣā­di­ka­rma­ṇaḥ sa­mba­ndha­pra­si­ddheḥ­, ku­ṭhā­re­ṇa vṛkṣaṃ chinatti vṛkṣasya che­da­na­m iti. na ca ku­ṭhā­ra­sya chi­dā­na­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ vṛ­kṣā­kā­ra­tvaṃ vā ta­tsā­dha­na­tve 'pi pra­si­ddha­m­. yat punar etat dadhānaṃ tac cā­rtha­jñā­naṃ svātmani dhā­ra­ya­n tām a­rthā­kā­ra­tāṃ svasminn a­rtha­rū­pe karmaṇi sa­vyā­pā­ra­m i­vā­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­sva­bhā­ve­na vyā­pā­re­ṇā­bhā­ti svayam a­kā­ra­ka­m api ta­da­rthā­kā­ra­tā­va­śā­t ta­tpra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­nā­d iti. tad apy a­sā­dhu­, yasmād anena gauṇatvaṃ sā­dha­na­sya uktaṃ syāt. tathā ca mu­khya­pū­rva­ka­tvā­d gau­ṇa­sya­, mukhyaṃ kiṃ sā­dha­na­m iti vā­cya­m­? na hi kriyām a­ku­rva­d eva pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­na­tve­no­tpa­dya­mā­na­tve­na vā mukhyaṃ sādhanaṃ loke śāstre vā pra­si­ddha­m­. tad ayaṃ ri­ktā­bhi­r eva vāgbhiḥ śā­strā­bhā­saṃ ra­ca­yi­tvā ma­nda­ma­tī­n pra­tā­ra­ya­n lā­bha­pū­jā­khyā­tī­r eva sa­mī­ha­te ḍi­ṇḍi­ka­va­n na pa­ro­pa­kā­raṃ leśato '­pī­ti­. sa­vyā­pā­ra­m ivety u­pa­mā­pi na yuktā, sa­vyā­pā­rā­sa­vyā­pā­ra­bhe­dā­sa­mbha­vā­d go­ga­va­ya­va­t­. na hi bhavatāṃ mate bhū­ti­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa vyāpāraḥ kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ vā ka­sya­ci­d asti. a­bhi­nna­s tu vyāpāraḥ sa­rva­trā­py a­vi­śi­ṣṭo 'sti, kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­yo­r bhū­tyā­tma­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tathāpy upamā na yuktā, na hi bhavati gaur ivāyaṃ sā­snā­di­mā­n artha iti. sa­mā­no­pa­me­yaṃ iti na yu­kta­m­, tasyāḥ pra­mā­ṇa­śā­stre­ṣu lo­ka­vya­va­hā­re­ṣu cā­pra­yo­gā­t ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­tvā­c ca. na hi yathā rā­ma­rā­va­ṇa­yo­r ivety a­ne­nā­na­nya­vṛ­tti­r yu­ddhā­ti­śa­yaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te­, tathā sa­vyā­pā­ra­m ivety anena kaścid a­rthā­ti­śa­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 50,20~lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­sā­ri­tvaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti cet, syān matir eṣā sarva eva lokāḥ pa­ra­śvā­di­ka­m u­dya­ma­na­ni­pā­ta­nā­di­kri­yā­khye­na ca vyā­pā­re­ṇa sa­vyā­pā­raṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­nāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­m iti vya­va­ha­ra­nti­. ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­m a­nu­sa­ra­dbhi­r asmābhiḥ sa­vyā­pā­ra­m ity u­kta­m­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — yathaiva lokaiḥ sa­vyā­pā­ra­pra­tī­ti­ve­śe­na ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pa­ra­śvā­de­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ta­thai­vā­smā­bhi­r a­rthā­kā­ra­sya jñā­na­syā­rthā­dhi­ga­mā­tma­nā vyā­pā­re­ṇa sa­vyā­pā­ra­tva­pra­tī­teḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­. lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­syai­va śabdārthaṃ prati pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. na ca pa­ra­śvā­de­r apy u­dya­ma­nā­di­kri­yā­tma­ko vyāpāraḥ sva­vya­ti­ri­kto 'sti, kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na sa­rva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­nā­śra­ya­tvā­t­, ta­tkṛ­to­pa­yo­gā­bhā­vā­c ca. tathāhi — sva­he­to­r eva taddravyaṃ yadi sa­kri­ya­m u­tpa­nna­m­, ta­dā­rthā­nta­ra­kri­ya­yā na kiṃcit pra­yo­ja­na­m­, vai­ya­rthyā­t­. atha ni­ṣkri­ya­m­, tadā a­rthā­nta­ra­kri­yo­tpā­de 'pi kathaṃ sakriyaṃ bhaved a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmāt pa­ra­śvā­de­ś cha­trā­di­cchā­yā­va­n ni­ra­nta­ra­de­śo­tpā­da eva kriyety u­cya­te­, ta­tpra­tī­ti­va­śe­na tasya ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yathā, tathā jñā­na­syā­pi kra­ma­bhā­vi­nīṃ nī­la­pī­tā­dya­ne­kā­kā­ra­tāṃ dharataḥ sa­vyā­pā­ra­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te ta­dva­śe­na pa­ra­śvā­di­va­t tasyāpi mukhyam eva ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 51,14~yat tāvat kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­ba­le­na pa­ra­śvā­de­r a­rthā­nta­ra­kri­yā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­m­, tan na yu­kta­m­; ma­no­ra­tha­mā­tra­tvā­t­. yathā cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­syai­va sataḥ pa­ra­śvā­de­r a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­ta­yai­va kriyayā sa­kri­ya­tvaṃ ta­tho­tta­ra­tra pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. yadi sa­vyā­pā­ra­pra­tī­ti­mā­tre­ṇa ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tadā puṃso 'pi che­da­ka­sya sa­vyā­pā­ra­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­ta iti ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ syāt. atha vṛ­kṣā­di­dvai­dhī­bhā­va­kri­yāṃ prati paraśoḥ pra­tyā­sa­nna­tve­na sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ tena tasyaiva ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na pu­ru­ṣa­sye­ti­; nanv evaṃ tarhi pra­tyā­sa­nna­sya kri­yā­sā­dha­ka­sya ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ tataś ca dvai­dhī­bhā­va­kri­yā­va­d a­rthā­kā­ra­jñā­na­sā­dhyā kriyā sā­dha­nā­d vya­ti­ri­ktā vā­cye­ti­, kathaṃ nā­rthā­nta­raṃ pha­la­m­. atha manyase pa­ra­śo­r api na dvai­dhī­bhā­va­sā­dha­ka­tve­na ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, sarveṣāṃ ta­tsā­dha­kā­nāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, kiṃ tu dvai­dhī­bhā­va­ni­mi­tta­m āsādya vi­śi­ṣṭā­kā­re­ṇa pa­ra­śo­r utpādo 'syedaṃ sā­dha­na­m iti pra­si­ddhi­he­tuḥ­, ta­dva­śe­na tasya ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­hri­ya­te­, tathā jñā­na­syā­pī­ti­, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve hy eṣā prakriyā śo­bhe­ta­, ta­syā­si­ddhiṃ ca va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 52,1~api ca dvai­dhī­bhā­va­kri­yāṃ prati kasya ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m­? na hi ka­ra­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa kriyā sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca dvai­dhī­bhā­va eva karaṇaṃ tasya che­dyā­tma­ka­tve ka­rma­tve­nai­va pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­vi­śle­ṣā­tma­ka­tve 'pi kri­yai­ka­rū­pā­tve­na pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tato '­rthā­nta­ra­m anyat karaṇaṃ vā­cya­m­, tataś ca ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na sarvatra kri­yā­ka­ra­ṇa­yo­r bhe­da­si­ddheḥ kathaṃ kvacid abheda iti.

NBhū-YA 52,6~yac ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­na­yoḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vā­nā­m u­pa­pa­tti­m a­bhi­dhā­ya jñā­nāṃ­śa­yo­s tu sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo vya­va­sthā­śra­ya­tvā­d ity u­kta­m­, tad a­ti­ma­hā­subhā­ṣi­ta­m­. bhi­nna­yo­r vastunoḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo '­ne­ko­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­si­ddho 'pi na yuktaḥ, e­ka­jñā­nāṃ­śa­yo­s tu sva­rū­pe­ṇā­sa­to­r api yukta iti ka evaṃ sva­pa­kṣa­rā­ga­mo­hā­ndhī­bhū­tā­d anyo vaktum a­rha­ti­? vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­m api vya­va­sthā­pye kriyāṃ kurvad bha­va­ti­, yathā śiṃ­śi­pā­tvaṃ vṛkṣe niścayaṃ kurvad ity ato na vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tve 'pi sā­dha­na­sya kriyāto '­na­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m­, vya­va­sthā­pyaṃ tu prameyaṃ na kri­ye­ti­. nāyaṃ va­stu­saṃ­ni­ve­śī vya­va­hā­ra ity ayam api na yuktaḥ pa­ri­hā­raḥ­. sarvathā ni­rva­stu­ka­tve vya­va­hā­ra­sya yasya ka­sya­ci­t sā­dha­na­tvā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś cā­nya­pa­kṣa­vyu­dā­se­nā­rthā­kā­ra­jñā­na­syai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­na­pra­yā­so vyartha iti. tasmād vi­śi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­tva­m eva ka­ra­ṇa­vya­va­hā­re ni­mi­tta­m­. tac cā­rthā­nta­ra­kri­yā­nu­tpa­ttau na yuktam iti.

NBhū-YA 52,17~nanu ca kri­yā­nta­rā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tve 'pi sā­dṛ­śya­vi­śi­ṣṭo­tpā­da­mā­tre­ṇa ka­rmā­di­kā­ra­ka­vya­va­sthā dṛṣṭā, tad yathā — mā­ta­ra­m a­nu­ha­ra­ti putraḥ pi­ta­ra­m a­nu­ha­ra­tī­ti­, na hy atra pi­tṛ­sa­dṛ­śa­pu­tro­tpā­da­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­nyā­nu­ha­ra­ṇa­kri­yā vidyata iti. yadi na vidyate kā­ra­ka­vya­va­sthā­py atra tarhi vāstavī mā bhūt, yathā gavayo gām a­nu­ha­ra­ti i­tyā­dau­. sā­dṛ­śya­pra­ti­pa­tti­kri­yā­yā­s tu vya­ti­ri­kta­m eva karaṇaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­di­. evaṃ ca yatra kriyā pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bhya­te ta­trā­va­śyaṃ che­da­na­kri­yā­va­t ta­dvya­ti­ri­kte­na ka­ra­ṇe­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m anyathā hy ā­ka­smi­kī kriyā syād iti. na cādṛṣṭe pitari va­stu­ta­s ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­pu­tra­rū­pa­da­rśa­nā­d eva pitū rūpaṃ gṛ­hṇā­tī­ti kaścid evaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. e­te­nai­ka­kā­la­ja­bhrā­tṛ­sa­dṛ­śo­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ vai­bhā­ṣi­ka­pa­kṣe ni­ra­sta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 53,8~api ca jñāne yo nī­lā­dya­rthā­kā­raḥ­, sa kiṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa iti? yadi sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ sa­ttvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, tadā kathaṃ tataḥ pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā si­dhya­ti­? ta­dā­kā­ra­ka­sya sa­rva­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. a­thā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo nī­la­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo '­ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇo vā, tadā jñānasya ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­d a­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kasmāt nī­la­tva­sa­mba­ddha­syā­nī­le­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­sya vā ni­ya­me­nā­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. go­ga­va­ya­yo­r e­kā­kā­ra­tve 'pi bhi­nna­jā­tī­ya­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­d a­ne­kā­nta iti cet, na; ta­dā­kā­ra­syā­va­ya­va­sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d dā­ru­ci­trā­di­ma­ye­ṣv api ta­dā­kā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­. etena pi­tṛ­pu­trā­dyu­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m api pra­tyu­kta­m­, jñānasya hi rū­pā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t ni­ra­va­ya­va­tvā­c ca. ta­thā­vi­dha­m api sādṛśyaṃ nāsti. na ca ta­thā­vi­dha­sā­dṛ­śya­yo­gi­tve 'py a­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­pra­sa­kti­r vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, tataś ca na jñānaṃ nārtha iti ga­rdda­bhī­kṣī­ra­ma­tha­na­va­t na kiṃcit syād iti.

NBhū-YA 53,19~sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ bo­dhā­tma­ka­tvā­t­, a­bo­dhā­tma­tve dṛṣṭānta eva nāsti, kuto jñā­na­syā­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­pra­sa­kti­r iti cet, nanv etad api vyasanaṃ te ni­va­rtta­yi­ṣyā­mo mā tv a­ri­ṣṭhāḥ­. mu­khā­kā­ra­da­rpa­ṇa­va­d ity api na yu­kta­m­, tasya bhrā­nta­tvā­t­. yadi nāma mu­kha­jñā­naṃ ta­trā­bhrā­ntaṃ ta­dda­rpa­ṇā­bhe­da­jñā­naṃ tu bhrāntam e­ve­ti­. api ca tato jñā­na­sthā­n nī­lā­dya­rthā­kā­rā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dyā­kā­raḥ kiṃ bhinno '­thā­bhi­nna iti? yadi bhinnas tato nī­lā­dya­rthā­kā­ra­syā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, kṣa­ṇi­kā­kā­ra­vyā­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­sye­ti­. tato bā­hyā­rtha­syā­pi nī­la­tvā­di­si­ddhi­va­d a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­si­ddhi­r api syāt. a­thā­bhi­nna­s tathāpi te­nā­rthā­kā­re­ṇā­rtha­sya nī­la­tvā­di­si­ddhi­va­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­si­ddhi­r api kṛtety a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­da­rtha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ syāt, asiddhau vā kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­de­s ta­dā­kā­rā­n nī­la­tvā­de­r api siddhir na syāt, ta­du­bha­yā­kā­ra­jñā­na­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 54,6~syād etat — ni­ścā­ya­kaṃ hi pra­mā­ṇa­m iṣṭaṃ te­nā­ne­ka­sva­bhā­vā­rthā­kā­ra­tve 'pi jñānasya yasminn evāṃśe saṃ­skā­ra­pā­ṭa­vā­n ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­ka­tvaṃ tatraiva prāmāṇyaṃ na sa­rva­tre­ti­. sa tarhi niścayaḥ sākāro vā ni­rā­kā­ro veti? sā­kā­ra­tve so 'pi ta­da­rthā­kā­raḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dyā­kā­rā­t kiṃ bhinno '­thā­bhi­nna iti pū­rva­va­t pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tatrāpi ni­śca­yā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­yā­m a­na­va­sthā syāt. atha ni­rā­kā­raḥ­, tadāpi ni­śca­yā­tma­nā sa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya jñā­na­syā­ya­m a­syā­rtha­sya niścaya iti ka­rma­ni­ya­maḥ kutaḥ pra­si­dhye­t­? ni­rā­kā­ra­syā­pi ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­t pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­si­ddhā­v a­nya­trā­pi tata eva tatsiddheḥ kim ā­kā­ra­ka­lpa­na­ye­ti­. yadi cā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­rthā­kā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tadā ke­śā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi bhrāntasya ke­śā­dyā­kā­raḥ pramāṇaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 54,15~nanu cā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­jñā­na­syai­vā­rthā­kā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m iṣyate yasmād uktaṃ "­pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­jñā­na­m­" iti. atha kim idam a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ nāma? nanv a­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­va­stu­prā­pa­ka­tva­m ity u­kta­m­, yad āha — "na hy ābhyām arthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rtta­mā­no '­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ vi­saṃ­vā­dya­ta­" iti loke 'pi pūrvam u­pa­da­rśi­ta­m arthaṃ prā­pa­ya­t saṃ­vā­da­ka­m u­cya­te­, tadvaj jñānam api pra­da­rśi­ta­m arthaṃ prā­pa­ya­t saṃ­vā­da­ka­m iti. ta­thā­bhū­tā­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tvaṃ ca jñānasya ta­da­rtha­pra­vṛ­tti­ja­na­ka­tva­m eva, yataḥ pravṛttau satyāṃ so 'rthaḥ prā­pya­te­. pra­vṛ­tti­ja­na­ka­tva­m api pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­m eva, na hi jñānaṃ grīvāṃ gṛhītvā puruṣaṃ pra­va­rta­ya­ti­. tasmād a­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­va­stu­pra­da­rśa­ka­tva­m eva jñā­na­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti. tan na; a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, na hi ta­syā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­va­stu­pra­da­rśa­ka­tva­m asti. a­sa­tsā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na bhrā­nta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­bhrā­nte­r apy a­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­ka­tva­m ity api na yu­kta­m­, grā­hyā­rthe­nā­nu­mā­na­sya sa­mba­ndhā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­grā­hyā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­ka­tve tu sva­pne­ndra­jā­lā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m api ke­na­ci­d arthena sa­mba­ndhā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta­. a­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­da iti cet. syād etan matam — dvividho hi pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ viṣayo grāhyaś cā­dhya­va­se­ya­ś ceti. tatra yady apy a­nu­mā­na­sya grā­hyā­rthā­pe­kṣa­yā­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tvaṃ na bha­va­ti­, tathāpy a­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­prā­pti­r asti, yato '­nu­mā­ne­nā­pi dā­hā­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha e­vā­gni­r a­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­; ta­da­rtha­kri­yā­rthi­nāṃ tataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. tasmāt pra­tya­kṣa­va­d a­dhya­va­si­tā­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tve­nā­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 55,12~sa punar a­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ kiṃ dṛṣṭam e­vā­rtha­m a­dhya­va­sya­ti a­thā­dṛ­ṣṭa­m a­pī­ti­? dṛ­ṣṭā­dhya­va­sā­yi­tve dā­hā­di­sa­ma­rtho 'gnir nā­nu­mā­ne­nā­dhya­va­sī­ye­ta­, tena ta­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. dṛṣṭatve vā pra­tya­kṣa­va­n na bhrā­nta­tva­m­. a­dṛ­ṣṭā­dhya­va­sā­yi­tve tu trai­lo­kyā­dhya­va­sā­yo 'pi syād a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. atha manyase sma­ra­ṇā­dhyā­ro­pa­sā­ma­rthyā­n na trai­lo­kyā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ­, yathā pra­dī­pa­da­rśa­ne maṇir e­vā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te na trai­lo­kya­m­. bhrānter evaṃ sva­bhā­va­tvā­d yad a­nya­da­rśa­ne 'nyad a­dhya­va­sī­ya­ta iti. evaṃ tarhi pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi bhrāntatvaṃ prāptaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­vya­ti­ri­kta­kṣa­ṇā­dhya­va­sā­yā­t­, na hi na­śva­ra­kṣa­ṇā­dhya­va­sā­ye '­rtha­kri­yā­rthi­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­pa­dya­te­. na ca nīlāṃśo 'pi kṣaṇād anyo 'sti yatra pra­vṛ­ttyā­dya­vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ syāt. jñā­na­mā­traṃ tu ke­śā­di­ṣv apy a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t nā­vi­saṃ­vā­dī­ti­. ya eva santānaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dṛṣṭaḥ sa e­vā­dhya­va­sī­ya­ta iti na ca yu­kta­m­, kṣa­ṇa­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­ntā­na­syā­pi vastuto '­sa­mbha­vā­t­. saṃ­vṛ­ti­sa­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya ne­ṣṭa­m­, a­nu­mā­ne­nā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. lo­ka­saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa pra­tya­kṣa­sya dṛ­ṣṭā­dhya­va­sā­yi­tve­nā­bhrā­nta­tve tata e­vā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi ta­thā­bhā­vaḥ syād a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. āstāṃ tāvad iyaṃ mahatī kathā.

NBhū-YA 56,4~tathā yo­gi­jñā­nā­nā­m api na va­stu­sa­da­rtha­pra­da­rśa­ka­tva­m asti, a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r a­sa­ttve­nā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­yo­gā­t­. tathā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­yā­pra­da­rśa­ka­tve­nā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ na syāt. tad evam a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m api na sau­ga­ta­ma­te vi­cā­ra­kṣa­ma­m­. tasmād a­rthā­kā­ra­mā­tra­sya bhrā­nti­jñā­ne 'pi sa­mbha­vā­t na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 56,8~api ca bā­hyā­rtha­syā­bo­dha­sva­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te vā na vā? yadi na pra­tī­ya­te bā­hyā­rtha­vā­rttā­pi tarhi ni­vṛ­ttā­, bo­dha­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sva­bhā­vā­pra­tī­teḥ­. atha pra­tī­ya­te 'sau ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa jñā­ne­na­, ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa vā­ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa vā? yady a­ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa tadvan nī­lā­de­r apy a­nī­lā­dyā­kā­re­ṇai­va jñānena pra­tī­ti­r astu, kiṃ nī­lā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa jñānasya ka­lpi­te­ne­ti­? a­thā­bo­dha­sva­bhā­vo 'pi ta­dā­kā­re­ṇai­va jñānena pra­tī­ya­te­, nanv evam a­bo­dha­sva­bhā­vā­kā­ra­tā­dā­tmyā­di­vi­jñā­na­syā­py a­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­. a­thā­bo­dhā­kā­ra­tā­dā­tmye 'pi vi­jñā­na­syā­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ ne­ṣṭa­m­, evaṃ tarhi bo­dhā­kā­ra­tā­dā­tmye 'pi nī­lā­dyā­kā­ra­syā­jñā­nā­tma­ka­tva­m e­vā­stu­, a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. jñā­nā­jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­yo­ś ca vi­ru­ddha­tvā­d e­ka­tva­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. tathā ca dha­rma­kī­rti­nai­vo­kta­m — "­a­ya­m eva hi bhedo bhe­da­he­tu­r vā bhāvānāṃ ya­dvi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­saḥ kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­ś ca" iti. tataś cen na bhe­da­si­ddhi­r na ka­sya­ci­t kutaś cid bheda ity ekaṃ dravyaṃ viśvaṃ syād iti. tad evaṃ jñā­nā­rthā­kā­ra­yo­r bhi­nna­tvā­n na pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yo­s tādātmyaṃ śā­kya­ma­te hy u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tataś ca yad uktam —

NBhū-YA 57,10~tan ni­ra­sta­m­, grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­saṃ­vi­tti­bhe­da­sya vā­sta­va­tve­na pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. yadi ca vi­pa­rya­sta­da­rśa­nā­nu­sā­re­ṇa mā­na­me­ya­pha­la­sthi­ti­r a­vi­dya­mā­nā­pi kri­ya­te­, tataḥ ke­śā­di­bhrā­ntī­nā­m api kiṃ na sā kri­ya­te­, vi­pa­rya­sta­da­rśa­nā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. tataś ca pra­mā­ṇā­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­bhā­gā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti. nanu coktam evātra pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­na­m­. kiṃ tad iti? ucyate — vi­jña­pti­mā­tra­vā­dy apy u­pa­pla­va­vā­sa­nā­bhi­sa­ndhi­do­ṣā­d a­pra­bu­ddha­syā­py a­nā­śvā­si­kaṃ vya­va­hā­ra­m u­tpa­śya­nn ekam a­pra­mā­ṇa­m ā­ca­kṣī­ta­, a­pa­ra­m ā­saṃ­sā­ra­m a­vi­śli­ṣṭā­nu­ba­ndha­dṛ­ḍha­vā­sa­na­tvā­d iha vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­mā­ṇa­m­, sāṃ­vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­sya caitat pra­mā­ṇa­sya rūpaṃ yu­kta­m­. atrāpi pare vimūḍhā vi­saṃ­vā­da­ya­nti lokam iti ci­ntā­ma­yī­m eva prajñām a­nu­śī­la­ya­nte vi­bhra­ma­vi­ve­ka­ni­rma­la­m a­na­pā­yi pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ a­bhi­mu­khī­ku­rva­ntī­ti­. tad a­yu­kta­m­, sarvasya hi lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tve vi­bhra­ma­vi­ve­ka­ni­rma­laṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ kuto ni­ścī­ya­te­? na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa­, yo­gi­jñā­na­syā­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. atha sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evaikaṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­, tathāpi na tena pā­ra­mā­rthi­ke­ta­ra­vi­ve­ka­si­ddhiḥ­, ta­syā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sva­sa­ttā­ve­da­na­mā­tra­tvā­t­. nāpy a­nu­mā­ne­na­, tasya tri­rū­pa­li­ṅgā­va­ga­mā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­. na ca ni­raṃ­śa­sya jñā­na­syā­rtha­sya vā trairūpyaṃ vā­sta­va­m asti, ka­lpi­ta­trai­rū­pyā­d vā­sta­vā­rtha­si­ddhau tu pa­ra­pa­ri­ka­lpi­tā­nu­mā­nā­d api vā­sta­vā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ syāt, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­sya tu pra­mā­ṇa­pra­mi­tyā­di­bhe­dā­nu­mā­ne 'pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. api cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dya­rthā­nāṃ sa­rva­lo­kā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na da­ha­nā­dya­nu­mā­na­va­t pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t kim ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na kri­ya­te­. vi­cā­ra­kai­r bā­dha­ko­dbhā­va­nā­d iti cet, na; bā­dha­ka­syo­tta­ra­tra ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. yadi ca lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na pra­tī­ya­mā­na­syā­pi vi­cā­ra­kaiḥ bā­dha­ka­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na kri­ya­te­, jñā­na­ga­tā­rthā­kā­ro 'pi tarhi nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­s ta­dbā­dha­ka­sya tva­yai­vo­kta­tvā­t­. tad uktam —

ā­tmā­dvai­ta­vā­di­naṃ praty etad vākyam iti cet, na; sa­mā­na­tvā­d iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. vi­sta­re­ṇā­py u­tta­ra­tra jñā­na­syā­rthā­kā­raṃ ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­ma ity ataḥ śā­kya­ma­te 'pi sā­dha­ka­ta­mo 'rtho no­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 58,14~anye tv anyathā va­rṇa­ya­nti — bahūnāṃ sā­dha­kā­nāṃ madhye '­ti­śa­ye­na yat sā­dha­ka­m­, tat sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­m ucyate "­a­ti­śā­ya­ne ta­ma­bi­ṣṭha­nā­v­" iti va­ca­nā­t­. sa­tya­m­, kintu tam e­vā­ti­śa­yaṃ na ka­sya­ci­t sā­dha­ka­sya paśyāmaḥ sa­rva­kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m e­ka­kri­yā­yāṃ vyā­pā­rā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. nanu tamo '­ri­ṇā­ne­ka­dhā­ti­śa­yo vyā­khyā­taḥ­. katham iti? bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s tadvattā — pramāṇe sati pramā bhavantī bhavaty eva, pra­mā­ta­ri prameye tu sati bha­va­ti­, na tu bhavaty e­ve­ti­. sator vā pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­ya­yoḥ pra­mā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tvaṃ yad a­bhā­vā­t so '­ti­śa­yaḥ­. ca­ra­ma­bhā­vo vā. pra­ti­pa­tte­r ā­na­nta­ryaṃ vā — yad a­na­nta­ra­m eva pra­ti­pa­tte­r janma, so '­ti­śa­ya ity arthaḥ. a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vā­ti­śa­yaḥ­. pra­mā­ja­na­ka­saṃ­yo­gā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ vā. a­ca­ri­tā­rtha­tā vā — pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­ye pramāṇaṃ kṛtvā ca­ri­tā­rthe bha­va­taḥ­, pramāṇaṃ tv a­ca­ri­tā­rthaṃ pramāṃ kurvat sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­m ucyata ity arthaḥ. yadvān vā pra­mi­mī­te­, so '­ti­śa­yaḥ iti. śiṣyasya saṃ­śa­ya­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­tte­nā­cā­rye­ṇa a­vya­va­sthi­tā­n a­ne­ka­pa­kṣā­n pra­da­rśyā­bhi­va­rddhi­ta eva saṃśayaḥ — kim atra sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­m iti?

NBhū-YA 59,11~sa­rva­pa­kṣe­ṣv a­nti­ma­syai­va kā­ra­ṇa­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m ity eke. tac ca naivam — pra­me­ya­syā­pi su­kha­duḥ­khā­deḥ svo­pa­la­bdhau ca­ra­ma­bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t­, na hi tatra sambandho 'pi paścād bha­va­ti­. tatrāpi su­kha­tvā­di­jñā­na­sya ca­ra­ma­bhā­va iti cet ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣe sā­mā­nya­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, tathā ca va­kṣyā­maḥ­. sva­ga­ta­rū­pā­dyu­tpa­ttau cā­va­ya­vi­nāṃ ca­ra­ma­bhā­vo 'sti, teṣāṃ tv a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­n na ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. rū­pā­dyu­pa­la­bdhau ca na­ya­nā­deḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ta­tsa­tva­si­ddhiḥ kri­yā­tvā­nu­mā­nā­n na syāt. loke 'pi pa­ra­śvā­deḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, na va­sta­vā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ syāt, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­sya tu pra­mā­ṇa­ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­syai­va­. tu­lā­sū­tra­vi­ro­dhā­c ca na ca­ra­ma­syai­va ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti. a­ne­ka­pa­kṣo­pa­nyā­se yad atra yuktaṃ tad eva grā­hya­m­, svayaṃ vānyad a­bhyū­hya­m iti ru­ci­kā­raḥ tamo 'rer a­bhi­prā­yaṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya sa­rva­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­sya sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m u­kta­vā­n­. etac ca yadvān vā pra­mi­mī­te so '­ti­śa­ya ity a­ne­no­kta­m­. kathaṃ yāni sa­ha­kā­rī­ṇi vidyante 'syeti ya­dvā­n­, yaiḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­bhi­r upetaḥ kartā karmaṇi kriyāṃ ni­ṣpā­da­ya­ti­, tāny eva sā­dha­ka­ta­mā­ni­, na karttā karma vety arthaḥ. svayaṃ vā­bhyū­hyo­ktaṃ ka­rma­ka­rttṛ­vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sarvaṃ kārakaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 60,14~anye tu vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­mā­tre­ṇa kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m a­ti­śa­yā­nu­pa­pa­ttiṃ ma­nya­mā­nāḥ sāmagryā eva sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m āhuḥ. sā hi ni­ṣpa­ttya­na­nta­ra­m eva kriyāṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, nai­ka­de­śa­va­t kiṃcid a­pe­kṣa­ta ity ayam asyās ta­de­ka­de­śe­bhyo '­ti­śa­yaḥ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tve­no­cya­ta iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ka­rtṛ­ka­ra­ṇā­di­kā­ra­ka­sā­ka­lyaṃ hi sā­ma­grī­, kathaṃ sā ka­ra­ṇa­m e­ve­ti­. na ca ka­rtrā­de­r a­ja­na­kā­va­sthā­yā­m eva ka­rtrā­di­rū­pa­tva­m­, ja­na­kā­va­sthā­yāṃ ca ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, ka­rtrā­di­bhā­va­syā­pi kri­yā­ni­ba­ndha­na­tvā­t­. nāpi ja­na­kā­va­sthā­yā­m eva sa­mu­dā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ e­ka­de­śā­pe­kṣa­yā ca ka­rtrā­di­bhā­vaḥ­, tasya kā­lpa­ni­ka­tve­na śā­kyā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­va­d a­pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha ka­rtrā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­raṃ sā­ma­grī­, tasyāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti, na; ka­rtrā­de­r a­ja­na­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, sā­ma­grī­ta eva kā­ryo­tpa­tte­r i­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, ca­ra­ma­kā­ra­ṇa­pa­kṣo­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­du­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca. dha­rma­mā­tra­tve­na kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­tā­yā api sāmagryāḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m ayuktaṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d iti. evaṃ tarhi ru­ci­kā­ra­ma­ta­m e­vā­stu­, na; saṃ­pra­dā­nā­di­kā­ra­kā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tṛ­ṇo­la­pa­nyā­ye­na ka­ra­ṇa­bhe­de­ṣu saṃ­pra­dā­nā­di­vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, na; pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t­. na hi ya­tho­la­pā­di­ṣu tṛ­ṇa­pra­tī­ti­r dṛṣṭā, tathā saṃ­pra­dā­nā­di­ṣv api ka­ra­ṇa­pra­tī­ti­r iti. sa­ma­ya­mā­tre­ṇa tathā vya­va­hā­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ka­rtṛ­ka­rma­ṇoḥ ka­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo 'py a­ni­vā­ryaḥ syāt. tataś ca vāstavī kā­ra­ka­vya­va­sthā kvacid api na syāt. na ca ka­rtṛ­ka­rma­bhyāṃ vai­la­kṣṇya­mā­tre­ṇa kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ a­ti­śa­ya­va­ttvaṃ yu­kta­m­, tayor api pa­ra­spa­ra­vai­la­kṣye­ṇa sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 61,16~kim idānīṃ tarhi sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ bhaved iti? sā­kṣā­tka­rtrdhi­ṣṭhi­ta­syā­sā­dhya­sya sataḥ kri­yā­sā­dha­ka­tva­m­. na cai­ta­tsaṃ­pra­dā­nā­di­ṣv asti, na hi go­dā­nā­di­kri­yāṃ kurvatā sā­kṣā­du­pā­dhyā­yā­da­yo '­dhi­ṣṭhī­ya­nte­. kintu hasto vā, vāg vā, mano vā, anyad vā kiṃcid iti. yatra cai­ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ nāsti tatra ka­ra­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ro bhavann api na mukhyaḥ, ka­rmā­di­ṣu ka­rtṛ­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. na hi sva­ta­ntra­tā­m a­nta­re­ṇa mukhyaṃ kartṛvaṃ yu­kta­m­. svātantryaṃ punaḥ svecchayā kri­yā­sā­dha­ka­tva­m­. tac ca ce­ta­ne­ṣv au­pa­cā­ri­kaṃ ka­lpa­nā­sa­mā­ro­pi­taṃ vā, yathā kuḍyaṃ pa­ti­tu­m i­ccha­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 61,23~su­khā­di­ka­rma­ṇo 'pi sākṣāt pu­ru­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­sya svo­pa­la­bdhi­kri­yā­sā­dha­ka­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ iti cet, na; a­sā­dhya­sye­ti vi­śe­ṣi­ta­tvā­t­. tri­vi­dha­m api hi karmātra sā­dhya­śa­bde­no­kta­m — nirvartyaṃ ca vikāryaṃ ca prāpyaṃ ceti. na ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­sa­mā­ve­śa­m a­nta­re­ṇa kasyāpi karmaṇaḥ ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­sa­mā­ve­śa­s tu kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vastuto 'pi kvacid asti, yathā svā­tma­pra­ti­pa­tti­kri­yā­yāṃ ta­syai­vā­tma­naḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­ka­rma­tva­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ceti. tad evaṃ kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­da­si­ddhe­r vāstava eva ka­rmā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­s ta­dā­bhā­se­ṣu gauṇa eva. yatra punar u­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m api nāsti, tatrāpi ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­ka­lpa­nā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇa vya­va­hā­ra u­pa­pa­dya­te­. vā­sta­vā­bhā­ve tu ka­lpa­nā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇā­pi na syāt, na hi sa­rva­thā­py adṛṣṭo 'rthaḥ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­, vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r api gavādau dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va śa­śā­di­ma­sta­ke ka­lpa­ne­ti­. tad evaṃ vā­sta­va­m eva pramāṃ prati sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ yat, tad bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­m a­bo­dha­sva­bhā­vaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­m ity u­cya­te­. tatra ta­da­bhi­dhā­yi­nā sā­dha­na­śa­bde­na pra­mā­pra­mā­tṛ­pre­me­yā­ny a­bhi­dhī­ya­nta iti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 62,11~pra­mā­pra­mā­tṛ­pra­me­yā­ṇā­m api bhedo nā­vā­sta­va­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇā­nāṃ vā­sta­ve­bhe­dā­t­. tathā ca sa­mya­ga­nu­bha­vaḥ pramā. pra­mā­śra­yaḥ pra­mā­tā­, pra­mā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m ity arthaḥ. pra­mā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pra­me­ya­m — pramāyāṃ yo 'rthaś cakāsti sa pramāyā viṣayaḥ pra­me­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 62,15~yady evaṃ pra­tha­ma­sū­tre tarhi pra­mā­ṇā­d bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t pra­me­yā­di­va­t pra­mā­tā­pi pṛ­tha­gu­pa­de­ṣṭa­vya iti, na; pra­mā­ṇo­dde­śā­d eva ta­tsi­ddheḥ­. na hi pra­mā­tā­ra­m a­nta­re­ṇa pramāṇaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca. yenaiva nyāyena pra­mā­ṇa­sya sattvaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pha­la­ja­na­ka­ta­vaṃ ca sā­dhya­te­, tenaiva pra­mā­tu­r a­pī­ti­, ato nāsya pṛ­tha­gu­dde­śaḥ kṛtaḥ. pra­me­ya­syā­pi tarhi pṛ­tha­gu­dde­śo na prā­pno­ti­, sa­tya­m­; pra­me­ya­mā­tra­sya pṛ­tha­gu­dde­śā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­syo­dde­śaḥ kṛtaḥ, pra­yo­ja­na­va­śā­t­. tac ca pra­yo­ja­na­m u­tta­ra­tra vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­va­rṇa­ne da­rśa­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. pra­mi­ti­mā­tra­syā­pi pra­me­ya­mā­tra­va­t pra­mā­ṇo­dde­śā­d e­vo­dde­śaḥ­. ta­ttva­jñā­na­pa­de­na tu ta­dvi­śa­ṣa­syo­dde­śo '­pa­va­rga­he­tu­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m iti. yadi pra­me­ya­pa­de­na pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­syo­dde­śaḥ kri­ya­te­. nanv evaṃ tarhi di­kkā­la­pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ saṅgraho na prā­pno­ti­. tataś ca sa­ma­sta­sya ja­ga­tkā­ra­ṇa­syā­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d a­dhyā­tma­śā­stra­tva­m a­syā­nu­pa­pa­nna­m iti. naiṣa doṣaḥ, pra­mā­ṇo­dde­śa­sā­ma­rthyo­ddi­ṣṭa­pra­me­ya­mā­tre sa­rva­syā­nta­rbhā­vā­t­. evaṃ ca sati sa­drū­pa­m a­sa­drū­paṃ vā na kiṃcid a­trā­nu­ddi­ṣṭa­m asti pra­mā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na sarvasya pra­me­ya­tvā­d iti. saṃ­sa­yā­dī­nā­m api tarhi pṛ­tha­gva­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­, pra­mā­ṇe­ṣu prameye vā­nta­rbhā­vā­d iti, na; a­nta­rbhā­ve 'pi pra­yo­ja­na­va­śe­na pṛ­tha­gu­dde­śa­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. tathā ca saṃ­śa­ya­sya pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ nyā­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tva­m iti. pṛ­tha­gu­dde­śa­ni­rde­śā­bhyāṃ khalu su­ni­ści­ta­sva­rū­pā­ṇāṃ saṃ­śa­yā­dī­nāṃ pṛ­tha­kpra­yo­ja­na­va­ttvaṃ su­khā­va­bo­dhaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty a­bhi­prā­ya­va­tā śrī­ma­tsū­tra­kṛ­tā sū­tra­lā­gha­va­m a­nā­dṛ­tya da­ṇḍa­ka­sū­traṃ ru­ci­ta­m iti. tatra saṃ­śa­ya­syai­va svarūpaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ tu prā­gu­kta­m­, na tu pra­yo­ja­nā­dī­nā­m atas teṣām iti va­kta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 63,6~atha pra­yo­ja­na­sya tāvat kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti? nāyaṃ yukataḥ praśnaḥ, ta­dā­tma­ka­tvā­t­. a­pra­yo­ja­nā­tma­ka­syo­pā­dā­ne hi pra­yo­ja­na­pra­śna u­pa­pa­dya­te kim anena pra­yo­ja­na­m iti? pra­yo­ja­nā­tma­ka­sya tu pra­yo­ja­na­pra­śnā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na hi bhavati sukhena kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti, na; a­bhi­prā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. na brūmaḥ pra­yo­ja­ne­na kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti, kiṃ tarhi? pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yā­nta­rbhū­ta­syā­pi pra­yo­ja­na­sya pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti? tatra bhā­ṣya­kṛ­d a­bra­vī­t — "­te­nā­ne­na sarve prāṇinaḥ sarvāṇi karmāṇi sarvāś ca vidyā vyāptāḥ, ta­dā­śra­ya­ś ca nyāyaḥ pra­va­rtta­te­" iti. vayaṃ tv etan na sa­ho­da­ra bu­ddhyā­ma­he pra­yo­ja­na­vyā­pte­r a­nya­trā­pi loke śāstre ca pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — sarve śāstrajñā lau­ki­kā­ś ca sa­rva­prā­ṇi­ka­rma­vi­dyā­nāṃ nyāyasya ca pra­yo­ja­na­va­ttvaṃ sā­mā­nye­nā­va­ga­ccha­nta­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣaṃ prati pa­rya­nu­yo­gaṃ kurvanti — kena pra­yo­ja­ne­nā­yaṃ pumān pra­vṛ­ttaḥ­? kim artham idaṃ karma? kim artham idaṃ śā­stra­m­? kim a­ne­nā­nu­mā­ne­ne­ti­? tasmād a­nya­tpra­yo­ja­na­m u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 63,18~kecid atra pa­ra­mā­tma­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­ni­mi­ttaṃ ni­rā­ci­kī­rṣa­vaḥ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­syai­va pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t pra­vṛ­ttya­sa­mbha­ve­nā­bhā­vaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ntaḥ sa­rva­prā­ṇi­ni­gra­hā­nu­gra­ha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ nai­yā­yi­ke­no­ktaṃ na pra­ti­pa­dya­nte kila, nā­nya­dī­yaṃ sukhaṃ duḥ­khā­bhā­vo vānyasya pra­yo­ja­naṃ yu­kta­m­. pa­ri­ni­gra­ho 'pi vī­ta­rā­ga­sya na pra­yo­ja­na­m iti, tat sa­ma­rtha­nā­rthaṃ sū­tra­kā­raḥ pra­si­ddha­m eva pra­yo­ja­na­sva­rū­paṃ pṛthag u­ddi­śyā­nu­va­da­ti — "yam artham a­dhi­kṛ­tya pra­va­rtta­te tat pra­yo­ja­na­m­"­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — loke 'pi yasmād yo yam arthaṃ svātmanaḥ pareṣāṃ vā saṃ­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­mi ni­va­rtta­yi­ṣyā­mi vety u­ra­rī­kṛ­tya pra­va­rtta­te­, tat tasya pra­yo­ja­naṃ si­ddha­m­. tasmād bha­ga­vā­n api yam artham a­dhi­kṛ­tya pra­va­tta­te­, tad evāsya pra­yo­ja­na­m­. sa hi bha­ga­vā­n ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­jñā­na­vai­rā­gyai­śva­ryo­pe­to 'py e­vaṃ­sva­bhā­vo yena sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ ka­rmā­nu­rū­pā­rthā­na­rtha­saṃ­pā­da­na­m a­dhi­kṛ­tya pra­va­rtta­te­, tasmāt tad eva bha­ga­va­taḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m­, pra­yo­ja­na­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t­, u­bha­yā­bhi­ma­ta­su­khā­di­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 64,6~atha dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya kiṃ svarūpaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ ceti? ba­hi­rvyā­pti­sthā­na­m­, dṛṣṭānta ity eke. sā­dhya­dha­rmi­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­ndha­rma­vāṃ­s ta­dra­hi­ta­ś ca dṛṣṭānta ity eke. "­pra­tya­ka­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yo 'rtho dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­" iti bhā­ṣya­m­. "yatra lau­ki­ka­prī­kṣa­kā­ṇāṃ bu­ddhi­sā­myaṃ sa dṛṣṭāntaḥ " iti sū­tra­m­. yatra ba­hi­rvyā­pti­sthā­ne­, yatra co­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­, yatra vā sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­va­ti­, ta­dra­hi­te cety a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­, lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­nāṃ bu­ddhi­sā­myaṃ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, sa dṛṣṭānta iti. svā­rthā­nu­mā­na­kā­le pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­bhā­vā­t kathaṃ ta­dbu­ddhi­sā­mya­vi­ṣa­yo dṛṣṭānta iti cet, na; tatrāpi pa­ryā­lo­ca­ya­ta­s ta­syai­vo­bha­ya­rū­pa­tvā­c chā­stra­ka­rtṛ­va­t­. yo­gya­tā­pe­kṣa­yā vā sa­ma­rtha­nī­ya­m­, la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­raṃ vānena la­kṣa­ṇe­nā­sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­sya dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­, kri­yā­va­ttve­nā­sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­sye­va dra­vya­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 64,16~anye tu va­rṇa­ya­nti — laukikāḥ sā­dhya­dha­rmāḥ­, pa­rī­kṣa­kāḥ sā­dha­na­dha­rmāḥ­, teṣāṃ vyā­pa­ka­vyā­pya­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v a­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r yatra, sa dṛṣṭānta iti. tasya pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­ne bhā­ṣya­kṛ­tā pra­yo­ja­na­m uktam — "­ta­dā­śra­yau a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mau­, tasmin sati syātām a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mau­, asati ca na syā­tā­m­. ta­dā­śra­yā ca nyā­ya­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­vi­ro­dhe­na pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dho va­ca­nī­yo bha­va­ti­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sa­mā­dhi­nā ca svapakṣaḥ sthā­pa­nī­yo bha­va­ti­. nā­sti­ka­ś ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­n nā­sti­ka­tvaṃ ja­hyā­t­, a­na­bhyu­pa­ya­n kiṃ­sā­dha­naḥ param u­pā­la­bhe­ta­? nirukte ca dṛṣṭānte śakyam a­bhi­dhā­tuṃ "­sā­dhya­sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­d vā vi­pa­rī­ta­m­" iti. a­smā­bhi­s tu prāg e­vo­kta­m — u­dde­śa­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­nu­vā­dā­rtha­m­, a­nu­vā­de ca vi­pa­rya­stā­nāṃ bhrā­nti­ni­vṛ­tta­ye dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­ta­dā­bhā­sa­yo­r vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau pra­yo­ja­na­m­. ta­da­vi­ru­ddhaṃ bhā­ṣya­kā­ro­kta­m api pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 65,7~si­ddhā­nta­sya tarhi svarūpaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ ca vācyam iti. svayam a­bhyu­pa­ga­to 'rthaḥ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. a­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pū­rva­pa­kṣa­tve­na prau­ḍhi­vā­di­tve­na vā svayam a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­syā­pi sva­si­ddhā­nta­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ va­rtta­mā­na­kā­le 'py a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­na­sya si­ddhā­nta­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ ca. "asty ayam ity a­bhya­nu­jñā­ya­mā­no 'rthaḥ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­" iti bhā­ṣya­m­. "­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­n arthaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­mū­le­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­naḥ si­ddhā­nta­" iti ṭī­kā­kā­rāḥ­. te bhāṣyam apy e­ta­smi­nn arthe vyā­ca­kṣa­te­. tatra sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­n iti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ va­rta­mā­nā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ca, na hi prā­ga­bhyu­pa­ga­to na si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­to 'pi siddhānta iti cet, evaṃ tarhi a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­gra­ha­ṇa­m evāstu kim a­kṣa­ra­gau­ra­ve­ṇa­? pra­mā­ṇa­mū­le­ne­ti kim a­rtha­m­? yadi bau­ddhā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­tā­rthā­nā­m a­si­ddhā­nta­tva­m­, evaṃ tarhi teṣāṃ si­ddhā­nta­vi­ro­dho no­dbhā­va­yi­ta­vyaḥ­. si­ddhā­ntā­sa­mbha­ve hi kutas ta­dvi­ro­dhaḥ­? pra­mā­ṇa­śa­bda­va­t ta­dā­bhā­se 'pi si­ddhā­nta­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rtta­ta iti cet, na; vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tra­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­. na hi jānann api kaścid a­nu­nma­taḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­se­nā­pi vi­ro­dha­m u­dbhā­va­ya­ti­. ta­du­dbhā­va­yi­tu­r e­vā­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād bau­ddhā­dya­bhyu­pe­tā­rthā­nā­m api ta­da­bhi­prā­ya­si­ddha­tve­na si­ddhā­nta­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. tathā ca loke śāstre 'py ayaṃ vya­va­hā­ro 'sti — bau­ddhā­nā­m ayaṃ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­, sāṃ­khyā­nā­m a­ya­m­, mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nā­m ayam iti. kiṃ ca sā­mā­nye­nai­ṣāṃ si­ddhā­nta­tve sati pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi syād iti. "­ta­ntrā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­saṃ­sthi­tiḥ si­ddhā­nta­" iti sū­tra­m­. saṃ­sthi­ti­r iti si­ddhā­nta­pa­ryā­yaḥ­. ta­ntra­saṃ­sthi­tiḥ­, a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sthi­tiḥ­, a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­saṃ­sthi­ti­r iti trividhaḥ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­, ta­ntra­bhe­dā­d u­tta­ra­sū­tre­ṇa ca­tu­rvi­dha ukta iti bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­ma­ta­m­. ṭī­kā­kā­rā­s tv āhuḥ — "tantraṃ pramāṇaṃ ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ mūlaṃ yasyā a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­saṃ­sthi­teḥ sā ta­tho­ktā­, tataś ca sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­vā­n i­tyā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­ne­no­ktaṃ bha­va­tī­ti ma­nya­nte­.­" bhāṣyaṃ trai­vi­dhyā­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­m e­ka­de­śī­ya­ma­te­na vyā­ca­kṣa­te­.

NBhū-YA 66,4~a­sma­da­bhi­prā­ye tv a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­saṃ­sthi­ti­r ity etad eva la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. ka­tha­m­? a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­pa­de­na ka­rma­sā­dha­ne­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­to 'rtha uktaḥ, tasya saṃsthitiḥ vya­va­sthā­? yo yenārtho '­bhyu­pa­ga­taḥ sa tasya siddhānta ity arthaḥ. sā ca saṃsthitiḥ trividhā bhavati — ta­ntra­vi­śe­ṣi­tā­, a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣi­tā­, ni­rvi­śe­ṣi­tā cety atas trividhaḥ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. tantram a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mya vivādaṃ ku­rva­tā­m a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ntā­bhyāṃ vi­ro­dhe­nai­vā­pa­si­ddhā­nto bha­va­ti­, na ta­ntrā­rtha­vi­ro­dhe­ne­ty a­syā­rtha­sya jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ trai­vi­dhyā­bhi­dhā­na­m­. ta­ntra­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣa­yā tu ca­tu­rvi­dha­s tadarthaṃ "­sa­rva­ta­ntra­pra­ti­ta­ntrā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­saṃ­sthi­tya­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­d­" iti sū­tra­m­. a­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vo 'siddha iti cet, na; la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de­na pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t­. tadarthaṃ sū­tra­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­m­. tatra "­sa­rva­ta­ntrā­vi­ru­ddha­s tantre '­dhi­kṛ­to 'rthaḥ sa­rva­ta­ntra­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­"­. tad yathā — mā­na­ni­ba­ndha­nā me­ya­sthi­tiḥ­, kā­ra­ṇā­t kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ­, pra­si­ddha­saṃ­ke­ta­vā­kya­śra­va­ṇā­d va­ktṛ­vi­va­kṣi­tā­rthā­va­ga­ti­r iti. na hy etad a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ka­sya­ci­d a­nu­nma­tta­sya śā­stra­pra­ṇa­ya­na­śra­va­ṇa­vyā­khyā­ne­ṣu vivāde vā pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­pa­dya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 66,17~"­sa­mā­na­ta­ntra­pra­si­ddhaḥ pa­ra­ta­ntrā­pra­si­ddhaḥ pra­ti­ta­ntra­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­"­. samānaṃ tantraṃ kā­pi­lā­nāṃ pā­ta­ñja­la­m­, pā­ta­ñja­lā­nāṃ ca kā­pi­la­m ity evaṃ pra­kā­ra­ka­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ kecid i­ccha­nti­. ṭī­kā­kā­rā­s tu ne­ccha­nti­, a­pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­d iti ma­nya­mā­nāḥ­. tanmate tv etad e­vo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m — samānaṃ tantraṃ nai­yā­yi­kā­nāṃ vai­śe­ṣi­ka­śā­stra­m­, vai­śe­ṣi­kā­ṇāṃ nyā­ya­śā­stra­m iti. vayaṃ tv anyathā vyā­ca­kṣma­he — a­ne­ke­ṣā­m u­pa­ni­ba­ndha­kā­rā­ṇāṃ vyā­khyā­tṛ­śro­tṝ­ṇāṃ ca mū­la­bhū­ta­m ekaṃ tantraṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ sā­mā­na­m ity u­cya­te­. yathā samānaṃ gṛhaṃ samānaṃ dhanam iti, tasmin sa­mā­na­ta­ntre yaḥ siddho 'rthaḥ pa­ra­ta­ntre tu kvacit sarvatra vā na siddhaḥ, sa pra­ti­ta­ntra­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. evaṃ ca sva­śā­strā­si­ddho 'rthaḥ sa­dṛ­śa­ta­ntra­si­ddho 'pi pra­ti­ta­ntra­si­ddhā­nto na bha­va­tī­ti ga­mya­te­. tataś ca ta­dvi­ro­dhe 'pi nā­pa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ pra­sa­jya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 67,1~"yat siddhāv a­nya­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ so '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­" ya­syā­rtha­sya siddhau sā­ma­rthyā­kṣi­ptā­yāṃ ta­da­nya­sya pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sya pra­kri­ya­ta iti pra­ka­ra­ṇa­m­, tasya pra­kṛ­tā­rtha­sya siddhir ni­ra­va­dyā bhavati so '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. yathā kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­sya bu­ddhi­ma­t ka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tva­si­ddha­s tatkartuḥ sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­dha­rma­si­ddhau sā­ma­rthyā­kṣi­ptā­yāṃ ni­ra­va­dyā bha­va­ti­. na hi sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­dha­rma­ra­hi­taḥ prā­ṇi­ka­rma­vi­pā­kā­nu­rū­pā­ṇi ta­nu­bhu­va­nā­di­kā­ryā­ṇi u­tpā­da­yi­tuṃ sa­ma­rthaḥ­. tad evaṃ sā­dhyā­nu­ṣaṃ­gī jñāto 'rtho '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta iti, atha vā sādhyo '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. ka­tha­m­? yasya sādhyasya siddhau kri­ya­mā­ṇā­yāṃ ta­da­nye­ṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­t ta­tsā­dha­nā­d eva siddhir bha­va­ti­, sa sādhyo 'rthas tān vi­śe­ṣā­n gṛhītvā siddho '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta iti. "­he­tva­rtha e­vā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta­" iti ṭī­kā­kā­raḥ­. ka­tha­m­? yasya dhūmādeḥ siddhau satyāṃ ta­da­nya­syā­gnyā­deḥ siddhiḥ, sa dhū­mā­di­r a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 67,12~"­a­pa­rī­kṣi­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­"­. "­sā­dhya­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­" iti ṭī­kā­kā­rāḥ­. ka­tha­m­? a­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­syā­ni­tya­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­vi­cā­ri­ta­sya śabdādeḥ dha­rmi­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣo '­ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rmaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ta iti pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­nta­ś ceti. bhāṣyasya tu ya­thā­śru­tā­rtha­pa­rī­kṣi­tā­d vi­pa­rī­to 'rtho '­pa­rī­kṣi­to '­sva­śā­stra­kaḥ sa e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭo '­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­, te­nā­pa­rī­kṣi­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo '­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­nta ity etad eva la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ sūtraṃ vi­bha­ja­nī­ya­m­. tatra yadi kaścid āha — kim arthaṃ jānann apy a­sva­śā­stra­ka­m artham a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tī­ti­? ta­tro­tta­ra­m — a­pa­rī­kṣi­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ kartum i­ccha­tī­ty a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­. kim anyathā ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ kartuṃ na śa­kno­tī­ti­? ka evam āha? kiṃtu sva­bu­ddhya­ti­śa­ya­khyā­pa­naṃ ca vī­ta­rā­ga­sya mu­mu­kṣo­r a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na; bau­ddhā­dī­nā­m a­rtha­lā­bha­pū­jā­khyā­tya­rtha­m evaṃ pa­ra­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t teṣām a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhā­nte­na virodhaṃ bru­va­tā­m a­pa­si­ddhā­nto­dbhā­va­naṃ mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā­pi kriyata ity etad artham asya ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m­. sva­pa­kṣa­syā­ne­ka­nyā­ya­pu­ṣṭa­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ vi­du­ṣā­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vā­de­na pra­vṛ­tti­r dṛṣṭā. yathā vedānāṃ ni­tya­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­py ā­pta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d eva prāmāṇyaṃ sā­dhya­te­. na hy a­vyā­khyā­tā­d eva vedāt ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bha­va­ti­, vyākhyānaṃ cā­pra­kṛ­ta­m eva sa­mya­ga­rthā­va­bo­dha­na­m iti. viduṣāṃ cā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vā­daṃ ku­rva­tā­m a­pa­si­ddhā­nta­pa­ri­hā­raḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m­. si­ddhā­nta­bhe­dā­bhi­jño hi ta­dvi­ro­dhaṃ sva­vā­kye­ṣu pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ pa­ra­vā­kye­ṣū­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ śaknoty etad arthaṃ sarve si­ddhā­nta­bhe­dā ni­rū­pi­tā iti. bhā­ṣya­kā­raḥ punar idaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m āha — "­si­ddhā­nta­bhe­de­ṣu satsu vā­da­ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍāḥ pra­va­rta­nte nāto '­nya­thā­" iti.

NBhū-YA 68,2~a­thā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ kiṃ svarūpaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ ceti? "­sā­dha­nī­ya­syā­rtha­sya yāvati śa­bda­sa­mū­he siddhiḥ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­te­, tasya pa­ñca­bhā­gāḥ — pra­ti­jñā­da­yaḥ­. sa­mū­ha­m a­pe­kṣyā­va­ya­vā ity u­cya­nte­" ity a­va­ya­va­sva­rū­pa­m uktaṃ bhā­ṣya­kā­re­ṇa­, tad iṣṭam a­smā­ka­m­. teṣāṃ pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­ne pra­yo­ja­na­m u­kta­m­. teṣu pra­mā­ṇa­sa­ma­vā­yaḥ — āgamaḥ pra­ti­jñā­, hetur a­nu­mā­na­m­, pra­tya­kṣa­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­, u­pa­mā­na­m u­pa­na­yaḥ­, sa­rve­ṣā­m e­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­ye sā­ma­rthya­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ ni­ga­ma­na­m iti. so 'yaṃ paramo nyāyaḥ. etena vā­da­ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍāḥ pra­va­rta­nte ta­dā­śra­yā ca ta­ttva­vya­va­sthe­ti­, ta­da­smā­kaṃ sva­ma­tā­vi­ro­dhe­ne­ṣṭa­m­. svamate tu pra­ti­jñā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­vā­da­pū­rva­kau pra­ti­jñā­di­ta­ttva­ta­dā­bhā­sa­yo­r vi­pa­rya­stā­n prati vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau pra­yo­ja­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 68,12~tarkasya tu svarūpaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ ca pūrvam eva ni­rū­pi­ta­m­. tasya la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m idaṃ sūtram — "­a­vi­jñā­ta­ta­ttve 'rthe kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­ta­s ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rtha­m ūhas tarkaḥ" iti. a­vi­jñā­taṃ tattvaṃ ni­rṇa­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ya­syā­rtha­sya so '­vi­jñā­ta­ta­ttvaḥ­, tasminn arthe kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­ta iti bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­sa­mbha­vā­d ūhaḥ ta­rka­pa­ryā­yo bha­va­ti­. sa ca ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rthaḥ­, ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ve­ca­ka­tvā­d iti pū­rvā­cā­ryāḥ­. vayaṃ punar brūmaḥ — kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­ttiḥ sā­dha­na­sa­mbhā­va­nā­, yat sādhanaṃ svasādhyaṃ prati ka­dā­ci­d eva yadi vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, ta­dda­rśa­nā­d anena bha­vi­ta­vya­m iti sā­dhya­vi­ṣa­yo bhavaty ūhaḥ. sa ca pu­ru­ṣa­pra­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇa ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rtho 'pi bha­va­ti­, tathā vā­dā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇa pū­rvo­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­na­pā­la­nā­rtho ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­ya­ta­ttva­jñā­na­syo­tpa­tya­rtha­ś ca bha­va­ti­. yogārthaṃ ca pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­pra­si­ddhe '­nta­rā­yo­pa­śa­ma­sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣe ci­tta­sthi­ti­sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣe cohaḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­tma­da­rśa­nā­rtho bhavaty evam a­nya­trā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇa sva­vi­ṣa­ye vi­ṣa­yā­nta­re vā ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rtha­tva­m ūhasya dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 68,25~"­vi­mṛ­śya pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m a­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­rṇa­yaḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. vimṛśya saṃśayaṃ kṛtvā pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa nirṇayaḥ kri­ya­te­, kutaḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m — pa­kṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ sādhanaṃ pa­kṣa­śa­bde­no­kta­m­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ṣa­yaṃ dūṣaṇaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­śa­bde­no­kta­m­. kim u­pa­cā­re pra­yo­ja­na­m­? vi­ṣa­ya­vi­bhā­ga­si­dhiḥ — pa­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­m eva sā­dha­na­m­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­m eva dū­ṣa­ṇa­m iti. sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhyā­m ity u­cya­mā­ne hi tayor e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m apy ā­śaṃ­kye­ta­. a­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m iti pa­ryā­yā­bhi­dhā­na­m­. vi­mṛ­śye­ty a­yu­kta­m­, vi­ma­rṣā­bhā­ve 'pi hi ka­ra­ta­lā­di­ṣv a­gnyā­di­ṣu cākṣajo lai­ṅgi­ka­ś ca niścayo dṛṣṭa iti, na; a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­ni­rṇa­ya­sya la­kṣya­tve­nā­bhi­pre­ta­tvā­t­. kutaḥ? niḥ­śre­ya­sā­rtha­tvā­c chā­stra­sya­, niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ cā­tmā­di­ni­rṇa­yā­d evety ataḥ sa eva la­kṣa­ya­te­. ā­tmā­di­ni­rṇa­yo 'pi ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d ā­ga­mā­d eva sva­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nā­d eva vā bha­va­tī­ty ataḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m ity a­yu­kta­m­. na, vi­cā­ra­kaṃ prati śā­strā­ra­mbhā­t — nyā­ya­śā­stra­tvā­d atra vi­cā­ra­ko '­dhi­kri­ya­te­, tasya ca vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­rā­sa­mu­khe­na nirṇayaḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ­, sa ca tathā nirṇayo na sā­dha­na­mā­trā­t­, u­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­no­pa­pa­ttau vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi dū­ṣa­ṇa­mā­trā­t­, sā­dha­nā­bhā­ve sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t­. kiṃ tarhi? pra­ti­pa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇa­sa­hi­tā­t sva­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nā­t sa­ma­rthi­tā­t bha­va­tī­ty ataḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m ity u­kta­m­. ni­rṇa­ya­mā­tra­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tv a­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ nirṇaya ity e­tā­va­d eva sūtraṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 69,16~nanu ca ni­rṇa­ya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tvā­t ta­du­dde­śā­d e­vo­dde­śaḥ siddhaḥ, ta­dvi­śe­ṣo 'pi ta­ttva­jñā­na­pa­de­no­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ­, tat kim arthaṃ pṛthag a­syā­ra­mbhaḥ­? na, a­na­nya­pa­ra­tve­na niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­tu­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t­. pra­mā­ṇā­dī­nāṃ tattvam la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­, ta­nni­śca­yā­t pra­mā­ṇā­di­ni­śca­yaḥ­. pra­mā­ṇā­di­ni­śca­yā­d ā­tmā­di­ni­rṇa­yaḥ­, ity anena krameṇa pra­mā­ṇā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­kā­ra­ṇa­m u­kta­m­. yadāpi pra­mā­ṇā­di­ni­śca­ya eva pa­ra­mā­ṇā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­na­m­, tadāpi ā­tmā­di­ni­rṇa­ya­dvā­re­ṇai­va ta­nniḥ­śre­ya­sa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, na tv evam ā­tmā­di­ni­rṇa­yo '­nya­tra­ni­śca­yaṃ kurvan niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­tu­r ity ato 'sya yuktaḥ pṛ­tha­gā­ra­mbhaḥ ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­rthaḥ — nau­pa­de­śi­ka­va­d ā­tmā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­na­mā­traṃ vi­cā­ra­ka­sya niḥ­śre­ya­sa­kā­ra­ṇa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yan ni­rṇa­yā­tma­ka­m­, ta­dvi­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­hi­tā­t su­vi­cā­ri­tā­t sā­dha­nā­d utpānnaṃ na vi­ca­la­tī­ti­. bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­s tu pra­yo­ja­na­m āha — "­ta­da­va­sā­no vādas tasya pā­la­nā­rthaṃ ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍe­. tāv etau ta­rka­ni­rṇa­yau lo­ka­yā­trāṃ va­ha­ta­" iti.

NBhū-YA 70,6~vā­dā­dī­nāṃ sva­rū­pa­m u­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­. pra­yo­ja­naṃ tu vādasya tāvat "­pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­na­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­. u­pa­la­kṣi­te­na vya­va­hā­raḥ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rthaṃ bha­va­ti­" iti bhā­ṣya­m­. vā­da­sva­rū­pa­m anūdya ta­ttva­jñā­nā­rthi­naḥ ka­rta­vya­tve­nā­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, lā­bhā­dya­rtha­tā­sya pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­ta iti ma­nma­ta­m­. tathā ca sūtram — "taṃ śi­ṣya­gu­ru­sa­bra­hma­cā­ri­śi­ṣṭa­śre­yo '­rthi­bhi­r a­na­sū­yi­bhi­r a­bhyu­pe­yā­t­" iti. ta­tro­tta­ma­pra­jñaiḥ saha saṃ­śa­yo­cche­dā­rtha­m a­va­si­tā­bhya­nu­jñā­nā­rtha­m­, a­na­va­si­tā­va­bo­dhā­rthaṃ ca vinīto bhūtvā vādaṃ ku­ryā­t­, sa­mā­na­pra­jñai­r madhyasthaiḥ saha ni­ra­haṃ­kā­ra­sya vādaṃ kurvataḥ pra­jñā­pa­ri­pā­kaḥ­, pūrvoktaṃ ca pha­la­m­, nyū­na­pra­jñaiḥ sādhubhiḥ saha pa­rā­nu­gra­haḥ phalaṃ pūrvoktaṃ cā­nu­ṣaṃ­gā­d iti. ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yo­s tu ta­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tva­m u­kta­m­, tac co­pa­ri­ṣṭhā­d vi­cā­ri­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 70,17~he­tvā­bhā­sa­ccha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nāṃ tu sva­vā­kye­ṣu pa­ri­va­rja­naṃ pa­ra­vā­kye­ṣu co­dbhā­va­naṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­. he­tvā­bhā­sā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ cānūdya ta­tsva­rū­pe­ta­ra­yo­r vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­naṃ prati vi­dhī­ya­te pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te ceti. "­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­bhyaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭā he­tvā­bhā­sā vāde co­da­nī­yā bha­vi­ṣya­nti­" iti bhā­ṣya­m­. na, u­bha­ya­thā­pi vyāpter a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yadi tāvad ye ye ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­bhyaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭā­s te te vāde co­da­nī­yāḥ­, tadā saṃ­śa­yā­da­yo 'pi vāde co­da­nī­yāḥ syuḥ. atha ye ye vāde co­da­nī­yāḥ­, te te ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­bhyaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭāḥ­, ta­dā­pa­si­ddhā­ntā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kā­ntaḥ­, teṣāṃ vāde co­da­nī­ya­tve 'pi pṛ­tha­ga­nu­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­d iti. ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nta­rbhū­tā santo ye tataḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭā­s te vāde co­da­nī­yāḥ cha­lā­di­va­d ity eke pa­ri­ha­ra­nti­. na, pra­yo­ja­nā­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. cha­la­jā­tyo­r api ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­bhya­s tra­yā­ṇā­m api pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne pra­yo­ja­naṃ va­kta­vya­m­, tac ca no­kta­m­. vāde co­da­nī­ya­tvaṃ cā­pa­si­ddhā­ntā­di­va­d a­pṛ­tha­gu­pa­de­śe 'py u­pa­pa­dya­ta ity ato '­na­rtha­kaṃ pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­naṃ prāptam iti. vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­pa­ñca­dvā­re­ṇa he­tvā­bhā­sā­nāṃ bhe­da­pra­pa­ñca­pra­ti­pa­tya­rthaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne­bhyaḥ pṛ­tha­gu­pa­de­śa iti mataṃ me. na hi pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­dī­nā­m a­pṛ­tha­gu­pa­di­ṣṭā­nā­m itthaṃ prapañco 'sti. he­tvā­bhā­sa­bhe­da­pra­pa­ñca­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa­ttau cā­nu­mā­tu­r a­ti­nai­pu­ṇyaṃ bhavati nānyathā iti. cha­la­jā­tyo­r api yadi ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nta­rbhā­vi­tvaṃ ta­dai­ta­d eva pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne pra­yo­ja­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 71,13~seyam ā­nvī­kṣi­kī nyā­ya­vi­dyā pra­mā­ṇā­di­bhiḥ padārthaiḥ pra­ti­vi­bha­jya­mā­nā —

iti bhā­ṣya­m­. tac cedaṃ vi­cā­rya­te — kiṃ vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­d vidyānāṃ bheda uta pra­yo­ja­na­bhe­dā­d iti? yadi vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­dā­t­, na tarhi catasra eva vidyāḥ ca­tu­rda­śā­nāṃ vidyānāṃ bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, tad uktam —

iti. ca­tu­rda­śā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m api na yu­kta­m­, śai­va­si­ddhā­ntā­dī­nāṃ vai­dya­śā­strā­dī­nāṃ ca bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 72,1~atha pra­yo­ja­na­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ, tathāpi da­ṇḍa­nī­ti­vā­rtta­yo­r apy e­ka­pra­yo­ja­na­tvā­d a­bhe­daḥ­, ta­tho­pa­ni­ṣa­dā­nvī­kṣi­kyo­r apy abheda e­ve­ti­, kathaṃ tra­yyā­di­bhe­de­na catasro vidyāḥ syuḥ? tasmād mu­khya­gau­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­bhe­de­na catasro vidyā dra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­, dha­rmā­rtha­kā­ma­mo­kṣa­śā­strā­ṇī­ti­. tatra kā­ma­mo­kṣau su­kha­duḥ­kho­pa­ga­mā­pa­ga­mā­v uktau, ta­du­pā­yau dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­bhe­de­nā­rtha­dha­rmā­v uktāv iti. nanv evaṃ tarhi tra­yyā­nvī­kṣi­kyo­r a­pa­va­rgā­rtha­tvā­d abhedaḥ prā­pno­ti­. sa­tya­m­, tathāpi vi­cā­ra­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na sa­rva­vi­dyā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tve­na cāsyāḥ sa­rva­vi­dyā­bhyaḥ prā­dhā­nya­m a­vā­nta­ra­bhe­da­ś cāsti. sa­rva­vi­dyā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ ca nyā­ya­śā­stra­tvā­t­. nyāyena hi sa­rva­vi­dyā­nāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ sa­ma­rthya­te pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi nyā­ya­śā­stra­m evedaṃ kutaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m iti ced ucyate — nyā­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­śu­ddhya­ṅga­tve­nā­tra saṃ­śa­yā­dī­nā­m u­dde­śā­di­bhiḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. ata e­vā­nya­śā­strā­ṇā­m a­nu­mā­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­tve 'pi na nyā­ya­śā­stra­tva­m­. na hy a­nya­śā­stre­ṣv itthaṃ saṃ­śa­yā­da­yo ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ntā ni­rū­pi­tāḥ­. tad evaṃ nyā­ya­pra­dhā­na­tvā­d iyam eva nyā­ya­vi­dyā sa­rva­vi­dyā­nu­grā­ha­ka­tvā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­to­s ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya ca ni­mi­tta­tvā­d uttamā ceti.

NBhū-YA 72,15~tat khalu vai ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ kim ā­tma­lā­bhā­na­nta­ra­m eva niḥ­śre­ya­saṃ saṃ­pā­da­ya­tī­ti­? ucyate — na, kiṃ tarhi? ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d "­duḥ­kha­ja­nma­pra­vṛ­tti­do­ṣa­mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nā­m u­tta­ro­tta­rā­pā­ye ta­da­na­nta­rā­pā­yā­d a­pa­va­rgaḥ­. bha­va­ti­" iti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ­. atra duḥ­kha­ja­nma­pra­vṛ­tti­do­ṣa­mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nā­m anādiḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ saṃsāra ity a­dhyā­hā­re­ṇa dvitīyaṃ sūtraṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. ta­ttva­jñā­nā­nu­tpā­do­tpā­dā­bhyāṃ hi saṃ­sā­rā­pa­va­rga­yoḥ sambhava ity etad anena sūtreṇa pa­rī­kṣya­te­, yena ta­ttva­jñā­na­syā­pa­va­rgā­vā­pti­sā­ma­rthya­m a­va­dhā­rya ta­du­tpa­tta­ye khalv ayaṃ mu­mu­kṣu­r ā­da­re­ṇa pra­va­rte­ta­. saṃ­sā­ra­syā­nā­di­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dī­nāṃ vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­trā­bhi­dhā­naṃ kṛ­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 72,23~ta­trā­tmā­dau prameye mi­thyā­jñā­na­m a­ne­ka­pra­kā­raṃ vartate — sa­tyā­tmā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­dau nāstīti jñā­na­m­, a­nā­tma­ny ā­tme­ti­, bhinneṣv a­bhi­nna­m iti, aśucau śucir iti, sva­kṛ­te­ṣu duḥkheṣv anyaḥ ka­rtte­ti­, pa­ra­kṛ­te­ṣv ahaṃ ka­rtte­ti­, ju­gu­psi­te '­bhi­ma­ta­m iti, anitye nityam iti, hātavye pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m iti — e­vaṃ­vi­dhā­n mi­thyā­jñā­nā­d a­nu­kū­le­ṣv artheṣu rāgaḥ, pra­ti­kū­le­ṣu dveṣaḥ, tābhyāṃ pra­yu­kta­sya vā­kkā­ya­ma­no­bhiḥ pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya dha­rmā­dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yau bha­va­taḥ­. ka­tha­m­? di­vya­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ja­nmā­nta­ra­bho­gye­ṣu­, a­di­vya­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu vā rāgāt pra­va­rtta­mā­no vi­hi­ta­yā­gā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­na­dvā­re­ṇa dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yaṃ ka­ro­ti­. dṛṣṭeṣu punar vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu rāgāt pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­vi­hi­tā­ti­kra­ma­dvā­re­ṇā­dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yaṃ ka­ro­ti­. dveṣād api prāyeṇa vi­hi­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­sa­mbha­vā­d a­dha­rma­saṃ­ca­ya­m eva ka­ro­ti­. tāv etau da­rmā­dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yau pra­vṛ­tti­sā­dha­na­tvā­d atra pra­vṛ­tti­śa­bde­no­ktau­, tābhyāṃ de­va­ma­nu­ṣya­ti­rya­ksthā­ne­ṣu śa­rī­re­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ndha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ janma bha­va­ti­, tato ga­rbha­vā­sā­dya­ne­ka­pra­kā­raṃ duḥkhaṃ mi­thā­jñā­naṃ ca bha­va­ti­, tataḥ punar do­ṣā­di­sa­mbha­va ity evaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­nā­dī­nā­m a­vi­cche­de­na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ saṃsāra ity u­cya­te­. yadā tu ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t mi­thyā­jñā­na­m a­pai­ti­, tadā mi­thyā­jñā­nā­pā­ye doṣā a­pa­ya­nti­, do­ṣā­pā­ye pra­vṛ­tti­r a­pai­ti­, pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­ye ja­nmā­pai­ti­, ja­nmā­pā­ye duḥ­khā­pā­yo '­tya­nta­m a­pa­va­rgo bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 73,14~atha ko 'yaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­na­syā­pā­yaḥ — kim a­nu­tpa­ttiḥ­? kiṃ vā pradhvaṃsa iti? a­nu­tpa­tti­s tāvan na ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d bha­va­ti­, na hy a­nu­tpa­tti­r anādiḥ satī ke­na­ci­t kartuṃ śa­kya­te­. atha pra­dhvaṃ­saḥ­, sa ta­ttva­jñā­nā­nu­tpā­de 'pi bhavati sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m ā­śu­ta­ra­vi­nā­śi­tvā­t­, na ca nāśe 'pi kā­ra­ṇa­kṛ­to viśeṣaḥ kaścid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n nivṛtte mi­thyā­jñā­ne­, mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nta­raṃ nānyad u­tpa­dya­ta ity etad api nāsti. tathāhi — rajvādau sa­rpā­di­jñā­ne ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n nivṛtte 'pi punaḥ kā­lā­nta­re tatrāpi rajvādau sa­rpā­di­jñā­naṃ prā­du­rbha­va­d u­pa­la­bhya­te­; tathā ca kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­ba­ndho 'pi ni­ra­nu­mā­na iti. mi­thyā­jñā­nā­pā­ye do­ṣā­pā­ya ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­tā­m api rā­ga­dve­ṣā­ndhī­bhū­ta­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. na te ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­nto ye rā­gā­dya­bhi­bhū­tā iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ nyā­ya­śā­stra­m api vyā­ku­rva­tāṃ na ta­ttva­jñā­no­tpa­ttiḥ sa­mbhā­vya­te­? sā tarhi kiṃ sādhanā bha­ve­t­? rā­gā­dyu­pa­śa­ma­s tu kiṃcit kālaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­na­ra­hi­tā­nā­m api ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d u­pa­la­bhya­te­, ā­tya­nti­ka­s tu na ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d apy asti, ma­hā­yo­gi­nā­m api ha­ri­hi­ra­ṇya­ga­rbha­pra­bhṛ­tī­nāṃ kvacid viṣaye ka­dā­ci­d rā­gā­dya­bhi­bha­va­śra­va­ṇā­t­. ataś ca na ci­ntā­ma­ya­m api ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ rā­gā­dyu­pa­śa­ma­kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. do­ṣā­pā­ye pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­ya ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hy ayaṃ jīvann eva pā­ṣā­ṇa­va­d a­va­sthā­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­. yadi ca dha­rma­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ vihitaṃ na ka­ro­ti­, pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­c ca na ni­va­rtta­te­, ta­dā­va­śya­m a­dha­rme­ṇa bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, vi­hi­tā­ti­kra­ma­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­ca­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­dha­rma­he­tu­tvā­t­, ta­dvi­pa­ryā­c ca dharma iti katham u­bha­ya­pa­ri­hā­raḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­? tad evaṃ pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­yā­sa­mbha­vā­n na janmano 'py a­pā­yaḥ­, ta­da­sa­mbha­vā­n nā­tya­nti­ka­duḥ­khā­pā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇo '­pa­va­rga u­pa­pa­dya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 74,5~atra pra­ti­vi­dhī­ya­te — mi­thyā­jñā­na­syā­pā­ya­s tāvad a­nā­ga­ta­syā­nu­tpa­tti­r u­tpa­nna­sya dhvaṃsaś ceti. yac coktam a­nā­di­tvā­d a­nu­tpa­tteḥ kathaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d bhāva iti? tan na, a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na brūmaḥ prā­ga­sa­tī ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d a­nu­tpa­tti­r mi­thyā­jñā­na­sya bha­va­tī­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­da­nu­tpa­tte­r ni­rva­rtta­ko yo hetur a­dha­rmā­diḥ­, tasya pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d bha­va­ti­. na ca kā­ra­ṇa­pra­ti­ba­ndho ni­ra­nu­mā­naḥ­, ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ye sthāṇvādau mi­thyā­jñā­no­tpa­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na hi mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ kvacit ta­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­yaṃ bādhitvā prā­du­rbha­va­nn u­pa­la­bhya­te­. ta­ttva­jñā­na­mi­thyā­jñā­na­yo­r iva ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­yo­r api bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo '­nu­me­yaḥ­, tathā hi — sa­kṛ­du­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­na­ja­ni­to 'pi saṃ­skā­ra­s ta­tsa­mā­na­vi­ṣa­yaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­na­ja­saṃ­skā­ra­sa­mū­ha­m api bādhitvā vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­sa­ma­rthāṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­ṇī­m eva smṛtiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, tataś ca ta­ttva­jñā­nā­bhyā­sā­t tajjaḥ saṃskāraḥ pra­ti­di­na­m u­pa­cī­ya­te­, mi­thyā­jñā­na­ja­ś cā­pa­cī­ya­te tā­va­t­, yāvat sarvo 'pi mi­thyā­jñā­na­jaḥ saṃskāraḥ pra­kṣī­ya­te­. tataś cādharmo 'pi sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ta­ttva­jñā­ne­na ta­tsaṃ­skā­re­ṇa vā pra­ti­ba­ddha­tvā­c ca mi­thyā­jñā­na­m a­ku­rva­nn eva ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­t ka­dā­ci­d atyantaṃ vi­na­śya­ti­, tannāśe ca mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­n na ka­dā­ci­d u­tpa­dya­te­, tataś ca mi­thyā­jñā­nā­nu­tpa­ttiḥ ka­dā­ci­d api na ni­va­rtta­te­, sā tathā pālitā satī ta­ttva­jñā­ne­na kṛtā ity u­pa­ca­rya­te­. dhvaṃ­sa­pa­kṣe tu yad uktaṃ na vināśe viśeṣaḥ kaścid iti, tanna, dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — pra­dī­pa­sya hi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ vināśe 'pi na ta­tkā­rya­sya cā­kṣu­ṣa­vya­va­hā­rā­ñja­na­sa­ñca­yā­de­r ni­rvṛ­tti­r bha­va­ti­. yadā punar u­da­kā­di­nā vināśaḥ kriyate tadā sa­rva­syā­pi pra­dī­pa­kā­rya­syā­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­dī­pā­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca bha­va­ti­. ka­ndo­tpā­ṭa­va­d vā — yathā ka­nda­vi­ṭa­pa­sya kha­ni­trā­di­nā sa­mū­lo­tpā­ṭa­ne kṛte punas tatra na sa­mbha­vaḥ­, tathā ta­ttva­jñā­ne­na mi­thyā­jñā­na­sya sa­saṃ­skā­ra­sya vināśe kṛte punar na sa­mbha­vaḥ­, sa­mū­lo­cchi­nna­tvā­t­. ta­ttva­jñā­na­sya tu mi­thyā­jñā­na­saṃ­skā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttā­v asti sāmarthyaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­jñā­na­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­t saṃ­skā­ra­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 75,4~ekatra mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttā­v apy a­nya­tro­tpa­tti­r a­ni­vā­ryā iti cet, na vai sarvaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ yena sa­rva­syā­pi ni­vṛ­tti­r a­nvi­ṣya­te­. kiṃ tarhi ā­tmā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­m eva. tasmiṃś cātmādau prameye tattvato niścite sthā­ṇvā­dā­v iva na mi­thā­jñā­naṃ punar u­tpa­dya­ta iti. nanu coktaṃ tatrāpi kā­lā­nta­re mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ prā­du­rbha­va­d u­pa­la­bdha­m iti. sa­tya­m­, bhra­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­sa­ndhā­na­sya prā­du­rbha­va­ti na punar ā­tmā­di­vi­ṣa­ye­, mu­mu­kṣo­r vi­śe­ṣā­nu­sa­ndhā­naṃ ni­va­rtta­te­. tasya hi saṃ­sā­ra­bha­yā­d a­ha­rni­śaṃ bhā­va­nā­sthi­rī­ka­ra­ṇe pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. tathā ca bha­ga­vā­n a­kṣa­pā­daḥ — "­ta­ttva­jñā­na­pa­ri­pā­la­nā­rthaṃ ta­dvi­dyai­ś ca saha saṃ­vā­da­" i­tyā­di­nā sa­ta­tā­bhyā­se­na bhā­va­nā­sthi­rī­ka­rta­vye­ty u­pa­di­ṣṭa­vā­n iti. pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­py a­na­nta­vya­kti­tvā­t kathaṃ tatrāpy e­kā­nte­nā­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na; sā­mā­nyo­pā­dā­ne­na sa­rva­syā­tmā­de­s ta­thā­bhā­va­ni­śca­ye sati saṃ­sā­ra­mū­la­syā­jñā­ja­sya ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. na hi pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi sarvaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ ni­va­rtta­yi­ta­vya­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yo do­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­dvā­re­ṇa saṃ­sā­ra­mū­la­m­. yady ā­tmā­di­mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m­, pra­la­yā­dya­va­sthā­yāṃ tarhi ta­syā­sa­mbha­vā­d a­pa­va­rgaḥ prā­pno­ti­, na, ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­va­sthā­ne ta­da­tya­nto­cche­dā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ata eva sa­rva­śa­rī­ri­ṇā­m api mi­thyā­jñā­na­ni­mi­ttaḥ saṃ­sā­raḥ­. ka­sya­ci­t tv īdṛśaṃ hi mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ samaste vyaste vā­tmā­di­pra­me­ye vidyate ya­ddo­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­dvā­re­ṇa saṃsāraṃ pra­ta­no­ti­. tac ca sā­mā­nyo­pā­dā­ne­na sa­rva­smi­n prameye tattvato niścite punar na bha­va­ti­, ya­thai­ka­trā­mṛ­ta­vi­ṣa­yo­r a­rthā­na­rtha­he­tu­tvaṃ vi­ni­ści­tya sa­rva­trā­pi ta­jjā­tī­ya­tva­ni­śca­yaṃ kurvāṇo na vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa pra­va­rtta­te­, ta­the­ndri­yā­rtha­tva­sā­mā­nye­na sarve viṣayā vi­ṣa­va­n ni­ści­tāḥ­, punas teṣu na rā­ga­ni­mi­ttaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. duḥ­kha­he­ta­va­s tu sarve sva­ka­rma­pha­la­dā­ya­ka­tve­nā­śa­kya­pa­ri­hā­rā iti niścitāḥ punas teṣu na dve­ṣa­ni­mi­ttaṃ mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. tathā śa­rī­rā­di­vya­ti­ri­kte pa­ra­lo­ki­ni sa­ttva­ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­ke niścite punar api vya­ti­re­kā­di­jñā­naṃ mo­ha­ni­mi­ttaṃ na bha­va­ti­. evaṃ sarvatra pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣe mi­thyā­jñā­na­syā­na­rtha­mū­la­sya ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d apāyo draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 76,6~yat punar etat — ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­tā­m api rā­gā­di­do­ṣa­sa­mbha­vā­t na mi­thyā­jñā­nā­pā­ye do­ṣā­pā­ya iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. dṛṣṭas tāvad iha mi­thyā­jñā­nā­pā­ye do­ṣā­pā­yaḥ­. tathā hi — mitrādau śatrur iti mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yā­d utpanno dveṣas ta­ttva­jñā­nā­t ta­ccha­tru­pra­tya­ya­ni­vṛ­ttā­v a­pai­ti­. mātrādau ca pri­ya­ta­me­ti mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yā­d utpanno rāgas ta­ttvo­pa­la­mbhā­t ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­ni­vṛ­ttau ni­va­rtta­ta ity evaṃ ba­hu­dhā­py u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti. mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yā­bhā­ve tu na kvacid rā­gā­di­sa­mbha­vo dṛṣṭaḥ. tathā coktam — "teṣāṃ mohaḥ pā­pī­yā­n nā­mū­ḍha­sye­ta­ro­tpa­tteḥ­" iti. nanu ca śā­strā­rtha­vi­dā­m api ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d rā­gā­dya­bhi­bha­vo dṛṣṭaḥ. sa­tya­m­, kiṃtu teṣām apy ā­dhyā­tmi­ka­do­ṣo ba­li­ṣṭhaḥ­, ta­ttva­jñā­na­m a­bhi­bhū­ya raṃ­ja­nī­ya­ko­pa­nī­yau mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yau ja­na­ya­ti­, tābhyāṃ rā­ga­dve­ṣau prā­du­rbha­va­ta iti. dṛṣṭaś ca ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­to 'py ā­dhyā­tmi­ka­do­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­n mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ­. tad yathā — a­rko­da­yā­di­li­ṅge­nā­va­dhā­ri­ta­di­gvi­bhā­ga­syā­pi ka­sya­ci­d a­dha­rma­sā­ma­rthyā­d diṅmoho bha­va­ti­. ni­ści­ti­ca­ndrai­ka­tva­syā­pi ti­mi­rā­di­do­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­ne­ka­ca­ndrā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ­. ity evaṃ ra­sa­nā­di­do­ṣa­ja­ni­to 'py u­dā­ha­rtta­vyo mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­ya iti. yathā ca ta­tre­ndri­ya­do­ṣā­d ayaṃ me mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­ya ity evaṃ vidvān au­ṣa­dha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ndri­yā­di­do­ṣā­pa­ga­maṃ kurvan mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yaṃ ni­va­rtta­ya­ti­. tadvad ayam api śā­strā­rtha­ta­ttva­jño mu­mu­kṣu­r i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthyā­d imau raṃ­ja­nī­ya­ko­pa­nī­yau mi­thyā­dhya­va­sā­yau me prā­du­rbha­va­ta ity evaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya pra­saṃ­khyā­na­pa­ro bhūtvā yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­bhi­yo­ge­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­skā­ra­kṣa­pa­ṇa­dvā­re­ṇa tāv api raṃ­ja­nī­ya­ko­pa­nī­yau mi­thyā­saṃ­ka­lpau ni­va­rtta­ya­ti­. tathā ca sūtram — "­ta­da­rthaṃ ya­ma­ni­ya­mā­bhyā­m ā­tma­saṃ­skā­ro yogāc cā­dhyā­tma­vi­dhyu­pā­yai­r­" iti. ye punaḥ pra­mā­dā­la­syo­pa­ha­tā­s tair anyo 'pi pu­ru­ṣā­rthaḥ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ na śakyate kim u­tā­pa­va­rga iti. tad evaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d a­pra­mā­di­naḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­nā­bhi­yu­kta­sya mi­thyā­jñā­no­cche­de doṣā apy u­cchi­dya­nta iti. ta­ttva­jñā­na­ra­hi­tā­nāṃ tu bā­lo­nma­ttā­di­va­d do­ṣa­bī­je­na mo­hā­nvi­ta­tvā­t kuto rā­gā­dyu­cche­daḥ­? yathā coktam —

NBhū-YA 77,9~yad apy uktam — yo­gi­nā­m api rā­gā­dya­bhi­bha­va­śra­va­ṇā­n na ci­ntā­ma­ya­m api ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ rā­gā­dhyu­pa­śa­ma­ni­mi­tta­m iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ci­ntā­ma­ya­ta­ttva­jñā­na­sva­rū­pā­na­va­bo­dhā­t­. yasmād ātmādau prameye he­yā­di­rū­pe­ṇa caturdhā bhāvanā sthi­rī­bhū­tā ci­ntā­ma­yaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­na­m u­cya­te­, na tu yo­gi­jñā­na­mā­tra­m­. na hi sarve 'pi yogino mu­mu­kṣa­va­s ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­nto vā, ba­hū­nā­m api jñā­na­si­ddha­ye tāvan mā­tro­pa­de­śe­nā­pi yo­gā­bhyā­sa­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­. tathā jai­gī­ṣa­vyā­di­śā­stre­ṣu bahvyo dhāraṇā bhogārthaṃ vyā­khyā­tāḥ­. sa­na­tku­mā­ra­ś ca yo­gai­śva­ryā­ti­śa­ye­na ha­ri­hi­ra­ṇya­ga­rbhā­dya­bhya­dhi­ko 'pi pa­ra­me­śva­raṃ prati vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no bha­ga­va­tā­kṣa­pā­de­na pa­rā­ji­ta iti śrū­ya­te­. tasmān na yo­gi­tvā­d eva ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­ttvaṃ rā­gā­di­hī­na­tvaṃ vā si­ddhya­tī­ti­. tasmād u­kta­sva­rū­pā­d eva ta­ttva­jñā­nā­n mo­ho­cchi­ttau do­ṣo­cche­da iti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 77,19~yat punar idam uktam — do­ṣā­pā­ye 'pi pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­yo na yujyata iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­ya­sva­rū­pā­na­va­bo­dhā­t­. na hy atra kri­yā­mā­tra­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­pā­yo '­bhi­pre­taḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r a­nā­ga­ta­yoḥ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­tpa­ttiḥ saṃ­ci­ta­yo­ś ca kā­ryā­va­sā­yā­j jñā­nā­gni­dā­hā­c ca prakṣaya iti. nanu cā­nā­ga­ta­yoḥ sā­dha­na­pa­ri­hā­rā­śa­kya­tvā­d a­nu­tpa­tti­r a­yu­kte­ty u­kta­m­, na; do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­ra­syo­kta­tvā­t­. doṣo hi pradhānaṃ sādhanaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve ca dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r i­ta­ra­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­ve 'py a­nu­tpa­ttiḥ śā­li­bī­jā­bhā­ve ta­da­ṅku­rā­nu­tpa­tti­va­t­. tathā ca sūtram — "na pravṛttiḥ pra­ti­saṃ­dhā­nā­ya hī­ṇa­kle­śa­sya­" iti. pā­ta­ñja­la­m api sūtram — "­kle­śa­mū­laḥ ka­rmā­śa­yo dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ja­nma­ve­da­nī­yaḥ­"­. "sati mūle ta­dvi­pā­ko jā­tyā­yu­rbho­gā­" iti ta­thā­nu­mā­na­m apy a­tro­cya­te — '­vi­va­kṣi­taḥ puruṣaḥ pra­va­rta­mā­no 'pi na dha­rmā­dha­rmā­bhyāṃ sa­mba­dhya­te­, do­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t­, ma­he­śva­ra­va­d­' iti. pra­kṣī­ṇa­do­ṣa­syai­va ca ta­ttva­jñā­na­m a­ti­ni­rma­laṃ dha­rmā­dha­rma­ma­lā­pa­ga­me 'pi sa­ma­rtha­m­, nā­pra­kṣī­ṇa­do­ṣa­sya yogino 'pi ka­lu­ṣi­to­da­ka­va­t­. yathā vā samiddho 'py agniḥ kā­rpā­sā­di­dā­hya­m o­ṣa­dhī­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sambaddhaṃ na da­ha­ti­, evaṃ jñā­nā­gni­r api do­ṣa­sa­mba­ddhaṃ karma dagdhuṃ na śa­kno­tī­ti­. ka­rma­dā­hya­tvaṃ ca sa­rva­yo­ga­śā­stre­ṣu ve­dā­nte­ṣu ca prasiddhaṃ te­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m api na bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 78,11~sva­kā­ryā­va­sā­yā­d eva karmaṇāṃ nāśa ity eke kila — "­nā­bhu­ktaṃ kṣīyate ka­rma­ka­lpa­ko­ṭi­śa­tai­r api" iti. jñātvā prā­ptai­śva­ryaḥ khalu yogī sa­rva­sthā­ne­ṣu ka­rmā­nu­rū­pā­ṇi se­ndri­yā­ṇi śa­rī­rā­ṇi nirmāya yu­ga­pa­d i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­bho­gā­nu­pa­bhu­ṅkta iti.

NBhū-YA 78,14~evaṃ tarhi bra­hma­ha­tyā­śva­me­dhā­di­prā­pa­kā­bhyāṃ karmabhyāṃ tatkāryaṃ kṛtvā ni­va­rti­ta­vya­m­, tataḥ punaḥ ka­rma­saṃ­ca­ya iti katham a­tya­nto­cche­daḥ­? pra­kṣī­ṇa­kle­śa­tva­m api na prāpnoti yato rā­gā­di­he­tu­nā karmaṇā rā­gā­di­kaṃ kṛtvā ni­va­rti­ta­vya­m iti prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­vi­ro­dha­ś ca prā­pno­ti­. atha rā­gā­dya­rtho 'py adharmo duḥ­kha­mā­tra­m eva kṛtvā ni­va­rtta­te­, dharmas tu su­kha­mā­tra­m eva kṛ­tve­ti­, ta­ntvā­dī­nā­m iva sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­gu­ṇyā­t kā­rya­vai­gu­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ka­rma­vi­pā­ka­kā­lā­ni­ya­mā­c ceti. bhavaty eṣāpi kalpanā na kaścid doṣaḥ. pa­ra­mā­tma­da­rśa­na­m ekam a­ṅgī­kṛ­tya śā­stra­śra­va­ṇā­dau yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­ne ca pra­vṛ­tta­sya sa­nto­ṣa­ja­khe­da­je su­kha­duḥ­khe kṛtvā niḥ­śe­ṣā­v eva dha­rmā­dha­rmau pra­ṇa­śya­ta ity āhur ā­cā­ryāḥ­. yogino yu­ga­pa­dbho­ga­mu­kti­r apy ā­ga­ma­ba­le­nai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, kas tarhi jñā­nā­gni­ka­rma­dā­he­nā­pa­rā­dhaḥ kṛtaḥ, sa­rvā­ga­ma­si­ddha­tve 'pi yenāsau nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­? "­nā­bhu­ktaṃ kṣīyate karma" — i­tyā­di­r āgamo 'pi yady ayaṃ tathāpy a­kṛ­ta­prā­ya­ści­ttā­ta­ttva­vi­dvi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 79,11~ka­rma­dā­ha­ka­tve jñānasya yo­ga­ja­dha­rmo­pa­ca­ya­vi­ro­dha iti cet, na; a­kṣī­ṇa­do­ṣā­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­. saṃ­skā­ra­va­d vā pra­ti­pa­kṣa­syai­va nivṛttiḥ — ya­thai­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­nā­bhyā­sā­t ta­tsaṃ­kā­ra­syo­pa­ca­yaḥ ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­saṃ­skā­ra­sya pra­kṣa­ya­ś ca bhavati evaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ji­hā­soḥ pa­ra­mā­tma­jñā­nā­bhyā­sā­t saṃ­sā­ra­ni­mi­tta­yo­r dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ sa­mā­dhi­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­t prakṣayo bha­va­ti­. sa­mā­dhi­ni­mi­tta­sya dharmasya co­pa­ca­ya­s tā­va­t­, yāvat pa­ra­mā­tma­da­rśa­naṃ bha­va­ti­. so 'pi dharmaḥ sva­kā­ryā­va­sā­yā­n ni­va­rtta­te­. pra­hī­ṇa­do­ṣa­tvā­c ca nā­syā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ ka­dā­ci­d apy u­tpa­ttiḥ­, tataḥ kā­ra­ṇa­syā­tya­nto­cche­dā­j janmano 'py a­tya­nto­cche­daḥ­, ta­da­tya­nto­cche­dā­c ca duḥ­khā­nā­m apy a­tya­nto­cchi­tti­r ity u­pa­pa­nno '­pa­va­rga iti.

NBhū-YA 79,20~a­the­dā­nīṃ ta­ttva­jñā­no­tpa­ttya­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­di­saṃ­khyā­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni ji­jñā­sa­mā­naṃ prati pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­khyā tāvad ucyate — tri­vi­dha­m iti. tri­vi­dha­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­m­, sarvāsāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­vya­ktī­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­la­kṣa­ṇai­s tribhir eva sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­. tathā co­pa­mā­nā­dī­nā­m a­trai­vā­nta­rbhā­vaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 80,5~pra­tya­kṣa­m evaikaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity eke, tad a­yu­kta­m­, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gā­si­ddheḥ­, su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­sā­dha­nā­pra­ti­pa­tte­ś ca. tanmūle pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttī api na syā­tā­m­. nā­pra­tya­kṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m astīty a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­nā­rthaṃ śāstraṃ pra­ṇa­ya­n vākyaṃ co­ccā­ra­ya­n svām eva pravṛttiṃ svavācā vi­ḍa­mba­ya­tī­ty aho bhadraṃ pā­ṇḍi­tya­m ātmanaḥ pra­ka­ṭi­vā­n iti.

NBhū-YA 80,11~a­nu­mā­na­m evaikaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity etad api na yu­kta­m­, pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­ve '­nu­mā­no­tthā­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. su­dū­ra­m api gatvā dha­rmi­li­ṅga­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­nā­m a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­m i­ccha­tā­va­śyaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gra­ha­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. e­te­nā­ga­ma evaikaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity etad api ni­ra­sta­m­, tatrāpi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na vā pa­da­vā­kyā­dya­pra­si­ddhā­v ā­ga­mā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 80,17~pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣa­bhe­de­na dvi­vi­dha­m eveti cet, na; ta­dvya­va­hā­rā­pra­si­ddheḥ­. na hi pa­ro­kṣe­ṇā­haṃ jā­nā­mī­ti vya­va­hā­raḥ kvacit pra­si­ddho­, yathā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­haṃ jā­nā­mi­, a­nu­mā­ne­na vā­ga­me­na veti. ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­tvā­c ca — yathā pṛ­tha­kpṛ­tha­k prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nāṃ bhe­de­nā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­yo­ja­na­m­, naivaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­tve­nā­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­yoḥ saṅgrahe pra­yo­ja­naṃ kiṃcid asti. yadi punar ayaṃ sva­pa­kṣa­rā­ge­ṇa dvai­vi­dhya­mā­tra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ parokṣaṃ sā­mā­nya­m a­bhi­dhā­ya ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­v a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mau bhi­nna­la­kṣa­ṇau brū­yā­t­, bravītu ko 'sya ni­vā­ra­yi­tā­? na tv evam apy asmad uktaṃ traividhyaṃ ni­va­rtta­te­, trayāṇāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­to '­saṃ­kī­rṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d iti. atha pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­m iti yo 'rthaḥ sa evārthaḥ pratyakṣaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­m iti, tathāpi na dvi­vi­dha­m eva, tato '­rthā­nta­ra­syā­ga­ma­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. tasya cā­nu­mā­ne '­nta­rbhā­vaṃ ni­ṣe­tsyā­maḥ­, tato na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­bhe­de­nā­pi dvi­vi­dha­m­. tasmāt tri­vi­dha­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 81,7~vi­bhā­ga­sū­tra­vi­ro­dhā­n na hi tri­vi­dha­m iti cet, syān matir eṣā — "­pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­na­śa­bdāḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni­" iti vi­bhā­ga­sū­tra­m e­ta­t­, vi­bhā­ga­sya ca nyū­nā­dhi­ka­saṃ­khyā­vya­va­cche­daḥ pha­la­m­, anyathā hi la­kṣa­ṇa­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva ca­tu­ṣṭva­si­ddhi­r ity a­na­rtha­ko vibhāgaḥ syāt. na cāyam u­dde­śaḥ­, pa­rī­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. na hi pra­mā­ṇā­dī­nā­m uddeśaḥ pa­rī­kṣi­taḥ­, vi­bhā­ga­s tu "na ca­tu­ṣṭva­m­" i­tyā­di­nā pa­rī­kṣi­taḥ­; tasmāc catvāry eva pra­mā­ṇā­nī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 81,13~tad etat sarvaṃ ghrā­ṇā­di­sū­tre­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m­. ghrā­ṇā­di­sū­tre hi i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ vibhāgaḥ kṛtaḥ, "­tva­ga­vya­ti­re­kā­d­" i­tyā­di­nā pa­rī­kṣi­ta­ś ca. na ca pa­ñcai­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­, manaso '­pī­ndri­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, pa­rī­kṣya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi pra­tya­kṣā­di­sū­tra­m eva vi­bhā­gā­rtha­m­, ghrā­ṇā­di­sū­traṃ tv a­nu­vā­dā­rtha­m ity atra ko­śa­pā­na­m eva ka­rtta­vya­m­. na hi vi­śe­ṣa­he­tuḥ kaścid a­stī­ti­. tasmād ya­the­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ nyū­na­tva­m e­vā­śaṃ­kya sū­tra­kṛ­tā ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m ity a­dhi­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na vi­ru­dhya­te­, tathā pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­dhi­ka­tva­m e­vā­śaṃ­kya ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m ity atas trai­vi­dhyā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na vi­ru­dhya­te­, nyā­ya­la­bhya­tva­syo­bha­ya­trā­pi sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. nyā­ya­la­bhya­tvaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­trai­vi­dhya­sya sū­trā­vi­ro­dhe­no­tta­ra­tro­pa­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­ma iti.

NBhū-YA 81,23~pra­mā­ṇa­m ity e­ka­va­ca­naṃ kim a­rtha­m­? tra­yā­ṇā­m apy e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m — yathā pa­rva­tā­di­pra­de­śe­ṣv ā­pta­va­ca­nā­d agniṃ pra­ti­pa­dya pra­va­rtta­mā­na­s tam eva dhūmaṃ dṛṣṭvā pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. tato '­ti­pra­tyā­sa­nnaḥ tam evāgniṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. ta­thā­pto­pa­de­śā­d ā­tma­sva­rū­paṃ pra­ti­pa­dya i­cchā­di­li­ṅge­nā­pi pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, punaḥ sa­mā­dhi­ba­le­na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa­, iti saṃ­pla­va­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 82,5~"­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­m ā­ga­ma­" iti vya­stā­bhi­dhā­naṃ kvacid e­kai­ka­śo 'pi ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­, yathā "­a­gni­ho­traṃ ju­hu­yā­t sva­rga­kā­ma­" i­tyā­dyā­ga­mā­rthe '­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ na pratyakṣaṃ nā­nu­mā­na­m iti. sta­na­yi­tnu­śa­bde śrū­ya­mā­ṇe śa­bda­he­tā­v a­śru­tā­ga­ma­syā­sma­dā­de­r a­nu­mā­na­m evaikaṃ pra­va­rtta­ta iti. pāṇau pra­tya­kṣa­ta u­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne '­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­yo­r ā­kā­ṅkṣā­bhā­vā­d a­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­bdha evārthe pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­kā­ṅkṣā ni­va­rtta­te­, nā­ga­mo­pa­la­bdhe '­nu­mā­no­pa­la­bdhe vā ity a­pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, na; pra­tya­kṣa­syai­va ni­rde­śyā­ni­rde­śyā­ne­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­da­rśa­ka­tve­nā­kā­ṅkṣā­ni­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­t­, na hi yāvad vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭo 'rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pra­da­rśya­te­, tāvad vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭo '­nu­mā­nā­di­nā­pī­ti­. evaṃ tarhy a­tu­lya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­nā­di­nā pra­tya­kṣa­sye­tya­nu­pa­pa­nnaḥ saṃplava iti, naitad asti; ki­ya­ddha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dha­rmya­pe­kṣa­yā saṃ­pla­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ya eva hi de­śā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭo vahnir ā­ga­me­na pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ­, sa e­vā­nu­mā­ne­na pra­tī­ya­te­, sa eva ca pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa — iti. yady api pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­bdhe 'py arthe kvacid a­tī­ndri­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tve­no­pa­la­bdhi­m icchato '­ni­ccha­to vā pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­pra­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­ti­, tathāpi sarvatra na bhavati tataś ca yatra pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ na pra­va­rtta­te tatra vyavasthā si­dhya­ti­, anyatra tu saṃplava iti. e­ke­no­pa­la­bdhe 'rthe dvi­tī­ya­sya vyarthā pra­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na; su­kha­duḥ­kha­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­na­ka­tvā­t saṃ­skā­rā­ti­śa­ya­ja­na­ka­tvā­c ca. na ca sarvatra pu­ru­ṣā­rthā­ya­ttā pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­ne 'pi tṛ­ṇā­dā­v aniṣṭe 'pi ca ba­ndha­nā­dau pra­mā­ṇa­pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­la­mbhā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 83,12~nanu ca sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­m eva pra­tya­kṣa­m­, sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­vā­nu­mā­na­m ity a­nu­pa­pa­nnaḥ saṃplava iti, sa­tya­m­; asty ayaṃ bauddhānāṃ ma­no­ra­thaḥ­, sa tu a­lī­kā­rtha evety u­pa­ri­ṣṭā­n ni­ve­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ . tasmād asti saṃ­pla­vaḥ­, kvacid vyavasthā ceti. sū­tra­kṛ­tā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ sa­ma­ste­nai­ka­pa­de­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d a­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sū­ci­ta­m­, ba­hu­va­ca­ne­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d vya­va­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sū­ci­ta­m iti. ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­pra­kā­ra­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m i­hā­nya­thā saṃ­pla­va­vya­va­sthe sūcita iti. i­ti­śa­bda u­kta­pra­kā­rā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rthaḥ — a­ne­nai­va pra­kā­re­ṇa tri­vi­dha­m ity a­va­dhā­rya­te­. anyathā hi sa­mya­ga­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇai­ka­vi­dha­m eva. pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nā­m a­vā­nta­ra­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣa­yā tu sa­pta­vi­dha­m a­bhya­dhi­ka­vi­dhaṃ ceti. tasmāt pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhe­de­nai­va tri­vi­dha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 84,3~"tatra sa­mya­g­" iti. sa­mya­kpa­da­va­d a­pa­ro­kṣa­pa­da­syā­py a­nu­bha­va­pa­de­na ka­rma­dhā­ra­yaḥ­. pra­tya­kṣa­m iti kaḥ sa­mā­saḥ­? yady akṣam akṣaṃ prati varttata ity a­vya­yī­bhā­vaḥ kri­ya­te­, tadā pa­ñca­mī­tṛ­tī­yā­sa­pta­mī­vya­ti­ri­ktā­nāṃ vi­bha­ktī­nā­m '­a­m­'­bhā­va eva syāt, tataś ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, pratyakṣo ghaṭaḥ, pratyakṣā nārī — i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­ro na syāt. tena pra­ti­ga­ta­m akṣaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti "­ku­ga­ti­prā­da­ya­" i­tya­ne­na ta­tpu­ru­ṣaḥ samāsa i­ṣya­te­. evam api "­pa­ra­va­lli­ṅgaṃ dva­ndva­ta­tpu­ru­ṣa­yo­r­" i­tya­ne­na pa­ra­va­lli­ṅga­tva­prā­pteḥ pratyakṣo ghaṭaḥ i­tyā­de­r a­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti, naitad asti; ga­ti­sa­mā­se hi pa­ra­va­lli­ṅga­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d a­bhi­dhe­ya­li­ṅga­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­. tathā ca "­prā­ptā­pa­nnā­laṃ­ga­ti­sa­mā­se­ṣu pa­ra­va­lli­ṅga­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­" iti va­ca­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 84,13~kathaṃ punar akṣaṃ pra­ti­ga­ta­m­? ta­jja­nya­tve­na ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tve­na ceti. phalaṃ tāvad a­kṣa­ja­nya­tve­nā­kṣaṃ prati ga­ta­m­, pha­la­sā­dha­naṃ ca ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na­, ta­da­rtha­s tu ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tve­ne­ti­. yady a­kṣa­sa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na pratyakṣaṃ sā­dha­na­m i­ṣṭa­m­, nanv akṣasya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ na prā­pno­ti­, na hi tad eva tasya sa­ha­kā­rī­ti yu­kta­m­, pra­mā­tu­ś cā­kṣa­sa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­, tathā saṃ­śa­yā­deḥ su­khā­de­ś cā­kṣa­ja­nya­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­ta iti, na; vyu­tpa­tti­dvā­re­ṇa śa­bdā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­mā­tra­tvā­t­. na tu vyu­tpa­tti­r eva śabdānāṃ ni­ya­tā­rtha­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­tve­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tathā hi — go­pa­ṅka­jā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ na vyu­tpa­tti­va­śā­n ni­ya­tā­rtha­tva­m­, kintu go­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­śā­t­. pra­tya­kṣa­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­yo­r apy asti la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­daḥ — sa­mya­ga­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­m­, tasya sādhanaṃ pratyakṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 85,9~nanv a­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­yo­r api pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­tpha­la­syā­pi su­khā­di­va­d a­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­d iti na; a­pa­ro­kṣa­śa­bda­sya jā­ti­ni­mi­tta­tve­na vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t­, su­khā­de­ś cā­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m­, na tu vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv a­pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ jātir asti, sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, jāteḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t na hi nī­la­tva­jā­ti­yu­ktaṃ ka­sya­ci­d eva ta­nnī­la­m­, na sa­rva­sye­ti­. yadā tv a­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­yu­ktaṃ jñānam e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ta­dā­rtha­sya na sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­, ya­dī­ya­syai­vā­pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­sya viṣayo 'rthaḥ ta­syai­vā­pa­ro­kṣa iti. yathā na sarveṣāṃ sandigdho 'rthaḥ, kintu yasyaiva tasminn arthe sandigdhaṃ jñānaṃ bha­va­tī­ti­. tan na sa­ndi­gdha­tva­va­d a­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­r artheṣv a­stī­ti­, evaṃ cā­nu­mā­nā­di­jñā­na­sya pa­ro­kṣa­syā­pi sa­ndi­gdha­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na sa­ndi­gdha­tva­va­d a­pa­ro­kṣa­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m­, na tv a­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­yo­ge­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 85,20~yo 'pi pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­v eva jñāneṣu nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tī­ti­, tenāpi ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ vā­cya­m­. na ce­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tva­m a­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m­, ta­syā­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­si­ddhā­v a­si­ddheḥ­, a­si­ddha­sya ca vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. na cā­rthā­nu­bha­va­mā­traṃ tasya li­ṅga­m­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­ś cā­nu­bha­vo '­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­tya­bhā­vā­n na sa­mbha­va­ti­, sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­tvaṃ cā­pro­kṣa­tva­syai­va paryāya iti. pra­tya­kṣa­lai­ṅgi­kā­tmā­nu­bha­va­yo­r apy ātmanaḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tvā­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­di­jā­tya­bhā­ve vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. ni­rde­śyā­ni­rde­śya­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ jñā­na­dha­rmo '­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m­, na jātir iti cet; nanu tam apy a­va­bhā­si­tva­śa­bda­vā­cyaṃ jñānasya jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­d anyaṃ dharmaṃ na pā­śyā­maḥ­, kiṃ ca ni­rvi­śi­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­va­bhā­si­jñā­na­syā­pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ na syāt. kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tve­nā­pi vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­, gha­ṭa­vṛ­kṣā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi tata eva syāt, na gha­ṭa­tva­vṛ­kṣa­tvā­di­jā­ti­taḥ­. tataś ca pū­rṇa­ma­no­ra­thaḥ ta­thā­ga­tāḥ syur iti. tasmāt satsv api kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu gha­ṭa­vṛ­kṣā­dī­nā­m iva jñā­na­vya­ktī­nā­m a­nu­ga­ta­vyā­vṛ­tta­vya­va­hā­ra­he­ta­vo '­vā­nta­ra­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyāḥ­, ye­nā­sa­jjā­ti­vā­di­nā­m apy a­va­kā­śo na bhaved iti. tad evam a­nu­bha­va­tvā­pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­di­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ sma­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­nā­di­jñā­ne­bhyaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pha­laṃ vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m a­tī­ndri­yaṃ sa­mā­nā­sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ye­bhyo vya­va­cchi­na­ttī­ty a­ne­nā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa sū­tra­kā­ro '­pī­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo­tpa­nna­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ pha­la­syai­vo­kta­vā­n iti.

NBhū-YA 86,15~atra "­i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo­tpa­nna­m­" ity a­ne­nā­nu­bha­va­tvā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m ity a­bhi­pre­taṃ ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­sya pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­tve­na la­kṣa­ṇa­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. pha­la­vi­śe­ṣā­si­ddhau hī­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­syai­vā­si­ddha­tvā­t ta­du­tpā­dya­tvaṃ katham a­ni­ści­taṃ lakṣaṇaṃ syāt? na ca vya­va­hi­tā­rthā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣā­nu­mā­pī­kā­, sā hi ta­da­bhā­vā­nu­mā­pi­kā yadi syāt, a­thā­vya­va­hi­ta­syai­va yā­rtha­syo­pa­la­bdhiḥ sā ta­tsa­dbhā­vā­nu­mā­pi­ke­ti­.

NBhū-YA 86,21~kim idaṃ vya­va­dhā­na­m­? dū­ra­de­śā­va­sthā­na­m­, ta­dā­rkā­de­r api vya­va­dhā­naṃ syāt. a­thā­nta­rā­le gha­nā­dya­va­ya­vi­dra­vya­sa­dbhā­vaḥ­, tadā kā­cā­bhra­spha­ṭi­kā­dya­nta­ri­ta­syā­pi vya­va­dhā­naṃ syāt. atha yasminn e­vā­nta­ra­sthe ya­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, tad eva tasya vya­va­dhā­na­m­. evaṃ tarhi ku­ḍya­nta­ri­ta­syā­gnyā­de­r a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­bhyā­m u­pa­la­bdhe­r a­vya­va­hi­ta­tvaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 87,1~a­thā­kṣa­jo­pa­la­bdhi­r a­vya­va­hi­ta­tve li­ṅga­m­, nanu kiṃ mano 'kṣaṃ na bha­va­ti­? kiṃ cā­nu­mā­nā­di­jñā­naṃ ma­no­ja­ni­taṃ na bha­va­tī­ti­? ka evam āha? kintv a­rthā­sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭe­na manasā ja­ni­ta­m ity a­na­kṣa­jaṃ tad u­cya­te­. nanv evam api cakrakaṃ du­ru­tta­raṃ syāt — a­kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tve­nā­kṣa­ja­tva­m­, a­kṣa­ja­tve­na cā­vya­va­hi­tā­rtho­pa­la­bdhi­tvaṃ tena cā­kṣā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tva­m — ity e­ka­syā­dā­v asiddhau sa­rvā­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 87,6~ka­ra­ṇa­sya ca sato manasaḥ katham a­nu­me­yā­di­ka­rma­ṇy a­sa­mba­ddhe kri­yā­ja­na­ka­tva­m­? ja­na­ka­tve cā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ syāt. a­thā­nu­me­yā­di­nā manasaḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣo nāstīty a­sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ mana u­cya­te­, na; ā­tmā­dya­nu­me­yā­di­nā saṃ­yo­gā­dyu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. a­thā­tmā­de­r i­ndri­yā­rtha­tva­m eva nāsti, tena ta­tsa­mba­ndho ne­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa iti. evaṃ tarhi ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m­, i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­jaṃ na syāt. atha yo­gā­pe­kṣa­yā­tmā­de­r i­ndri­yā­rtha­tva­m i­ṣya­te­. kim atra kā­ra­ṇa­m­? yo­gī­ndri­yaṃ tatra viśiṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti cet, ko '­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­sā­mā­nyā­d anyo vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­tva­m api tasyaiva pa­ryā­yaḥ­. sa­mba­ndha­sma­ra­ṇā­ja­nya­tvaṃ viśeṣa iti cet, na; tasyāpy a­ni­śca­yā­t­.

NBhū-YA 87,15~ta­da­nu­pa­la­mbhe ta­du­tpā­dā­d eva ta­nni­śca­ya iti cet, na; ā­śu­bhā­vi­tve 'pi sa­mba­ndha­sma­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­mbha­sya sa­mbha­vā­t­. pra­ṇi­dhā­ne­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­di­sa­mba­ndha­sma­ra­ṇe saty a­na­nta­ra­m eva kvacid a­rtha­pra­tya­kṣo 'pi bha­va­ti­, nai­tā­va­tā ta­syā­ni­ndri­yā­rtha­tva­m­. tasmād ya­trai­vā­rthe yasya puṃso pa­ro­kṣa­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­m a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­va­śā­d bha­va­ti­, sa eva ta­sye­ndri­yā­rtha iti yuktam u­tpa­śyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 87,21~yady api sma­ra­ṇa­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­rtha­ja­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pā­dī­ya­te kaiścit tad api na yu­kta­m­, a­na­rtha­ja­syā­py a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tve­ne­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. anyathā hy a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­sya ja­na­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­n na vi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yatvam ity a­pra­me­ya­tva­m eva prāptaṃ ja­na­ka­tve­nā­va­rtta­mā­na­tai­va syāt, vi­dya­mā­na­syai­va ja­na­ka­tva­sa­mbha­vā­t­. tasmān na ja­na­ka­tve­nai­vā­rtha­sya pra­me­ya­tva­m­. yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t na pratyakṣe 'py ayaṃ niyama iti.

NBhū-YA 88,4~nanu cā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rthau nā­śā­nu­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­bhā­vā­v eva tayoś ceha śāstre ja­na­ka­tva­m iṣṭam evātaḥ kathaṃ ta­jjñā­na­syā­na­rtha­ja­tva­m iti? naitad asti, ya­nni­ṣpa­ttya­rthaṃ hi kā­ra­ṇo­pā­dā­naṃ kri­ya­te­, ta­da­nā­ga­ta­m ucyate na cetthaṃ prā­ga­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­syā­nā­di­tvā­t­. tathā yad eva nirvṛttaṃ tad e­vā­tī­ta­m ucyate na pra­dhvaṃ­sā­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­syā­ni­vṛ­tta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 88,8~kiṃ sva­bhā­va­s tarhi so '­tī­tā­dya­rtha iti? na bhāvaḥ sa­ttvā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t­, nāpy abhāvaḥ prā­ga­bhā­vā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­; atas tṛtīyaṃ pra­me­ya­m ity eke. tac ca nai­va­m­, gha­ṭā­gha­ṭa­va­t sa­rva­vyā­pteḥ — yo hi ghaṭo na bha­va­ti­, sa sarvo 'py aghaṭa eva, ta­nni­ṣe­dhe ca ghaṭa eva syān na ga­tya­nta­ra­m­. evaṃ yaḥ kaścid bhāvo na bhavati sa sarvo 'py abhāva eva pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­ye hi bhāva eva syāt. na cā­dha­rma­va­d a­bhā­va­sya jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣo lakṣaṇaṃ yena tṛtīyaṃ prameyaṃ syāt. idam eva hy a­bhā­va­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m — yad bhāvād a­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m­. vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vya­ti­ri­kta­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vā­c ca na tṛtīyaṃ pre­me­ya­m a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 88,16~a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­sya tarhi kiṃ sva­rū­pa­m­? bhā­va­sva­rū­pa­m eva. sa­ttvā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — gha­ṭā­di­r artha e­vā­tī­to '­nā­ga­to va­rta­mā­na­ś co­cya­te­, kathaṃ tasya sa­ttvā­di­ra­hi­ta­tva­m­? sarvadā sa­ttvā­dyu­pe­ta­tvā­n ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. gha­ṭā­di­dha­rmy eva na sa­rva­dā­sti kutas tasya sa­ttvā­di­dha­rma iti? na hi vinaṣṭo '­nu­tpa­nno vā ghaṭo 'stīti śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­. nanv a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­rū­pe­ṇa vi­dya­te­. atha kim ayaṃ ghaṭo na­ṭa­va­d a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tāṃ dhatte? sa­tya­m­, kuta e­ta­t­? ta­tho­pa­la­mbhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 89,7~nanv evam a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tāṃ dadhānaḥ kathaṃ nāstīty u­cya­te­? sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, so 'pi sa­ttvā­di­dha­rmaḥ prāk paścād gha­ṭa­va­d a­ne­ka­rū­pa­tāṃ dadhānaḥ kathaṃ nāsti? ta­dgha­ṭa­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, na; atrāpi codyasya sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. etena va­rtta­mā­na­tvā­bhā­vo '­bhi­vya­ktya­bhā­va­ś ca pra­tyu­ktaḥ­, tasmād asann eva ghaṭo '­nu­tpa­nno naṣṭaś ca na kenāpi rūpeṇa vidyata iti.

NBhū-YA 89,13~a­vi­dya­mā­na­sya ghaṭasya prā­ga­bhā­vā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tvaṃ katham iti cet, śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t ka­lpa­nā­sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­sye­ty eke. ya­thā­nya­tra vi­ṣā­ṇa­m uplabhya ta­jjā­tī­yaṃ śa­śa­ma­sta­ko­tpa­nna­tve­na ka­lpa­yi­tvā ta­da­bhā­va­m u­pa­la­bha­mā­naḥ śa­śa­vi­ṣā­na­syā­bhā­va iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, na punaḥ śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇaṃ kvacid asti. yadi punaḥ ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na gṛhītaṃ syāt tadā sā­mā­nyā­di­va­t ta­da­bhā­vo na syāt. ata eva śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ro mithyā na ta­da­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi, candrādau dvi­tvā­di­ta­da­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. a­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­sya mithyātve bhā­va­si­ddhi­r eva syāt. evaṃ gha­ṭā­de­r api prā­kpa­ścā­d a­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ro na mithyā, bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­s tu mi­thyai­va­, bhāve sa­tya­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. tasmād anyatra dṛṣṭasya pa­ṭā­de­r iha ka­lpa­nā­sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­syā­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tvaṃ na tu pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 89,24~naitad asti. śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇaṃ hi na kvacid deśe kāle vā kenāpy u­pa­la­bdha­m atas ta­syā­tya­ntā­sa­taḥ ka­lpa­nā­sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na gha­ṭā­de­s tasya ka­dā­ci­d u­pa­la­mbhā­t­, tasyaiva ca vi­śe­ṣa­ka­tva­pra­tī­teḥ­. tathā hi — yo 'sau ghaṭo dṛṣṭaḥ, ta­sye­dā­nīṃ ni­vṛ­tta­tvā­n nāstīti pra­tī­tiḥ­, a­bhā­va­kā­le tu tasya sma­rya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ syān na ka­lpi­ta­tva­m­. smṛtir eva ka­lpa­ne­ti cet, kas tvāṃ saṃjñāṃ kurvantaṃ ni­vā­ra­ya­ti­? loke tv a­ya­thā­rtha­sa­mā­ro­pa­sya ka­lpa­nā­tvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, yathā svātmani gu­ru­ḍā­di­ka­lpa­nā­, citrādau rā­jā­śvā­di­ka­lpa­ne­ti­. na caivaṃ sma­ra­ṇe­nā­nya­thā­rthaḥ ka­lpya­te­, tasya ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­sa­ndhā­na­rū­pa­tvā­d iti. smṛtir eva tarhy a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­syā­nu­bha­vo 'stīti cet, na; a­nu­bha­vā­bhā­ve smṛter a­bhā­vā­t­. yo hi yam arthaṃ na prā­ga­nu­bhū­ta­vāṃ­s tasya katham ādau tatra smṛtiḥ? pā­ṇḍa­vā­di­ṣv iva. na cā­nyā­rthā­nu­bha­ve '­nyā­rtha­sma­ra­ṇa­m a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmāt smṛ­ti­ni­mi­tta­syā­rtha­syā­dau gra­ha­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 90,10~ta­drū­pe­ṇa gṛ­hya­mā­ṇa­sya katham a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­tva­m iti cet, na; kā­la­vya­va­dhā­nā­t ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yathā sa eva ta­thā­bhū­taḥ sthāṇur de­śa­vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­va­dhā­nā­bhyāṃ dūrasthaḥ sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ś cety u­cya­te­, tathā sa evārthaḥ prā­ga­bhā­va­kā­le­na vya­va­dhā­nā­d a­nā­ga­taḥ­, pra­dhvaṃ­sā­bhā­va­kā­le­na vya­va­dhā­nā­d a­tī­taḥ­, ta­du­bha­yā­vya­va­dhā­nā­d va­rtta­mā­na iti. de­śa­vya­va­hi­ta­sya ca­ndrā­de­r iva kā­la­vya­va­hi­ta­syā­pi a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. candrādeḥ khalu de­śa­vya­va­hi­ta­syā­pi pu­ru­ṣā­kṣa­ku­mu­dā­di­bhiḥ saha sambandho 'stīti yuktam a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m­. kā­la­vya­va­hi­ta­sya tu sva­rū­pe­ṇai­vā­vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­n na sambandhaḥ ke­na­ci­d a­stī­ti­, ato nā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m­. vi­dya­mā­na­tve vā kā­la­vya­va­hi­ta­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta — na hi prā­ga­bhū­taṃ vinaṣṭaṃ ca vi­dya­mā­na­m iti yu­kta­m­, a­vi­dya­mā­na­tve­nā­ja­na­ka­tve sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­ve ca '­ta­sye­daṃ jñā­na­m­' ity ayaṃ niyamaḥ kuta iti cet, a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sā­ma­gryāḥ­. ta­tpra­ti­bhā­si­tve­na ni­ya­mi­ta­syai­va jñā­na­syo­tpa­tteḥ ta­dda­rśa­nā­d a­ja­na­ka­syā­pi ta­jjñā­ne­na saha vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ṣa­yi­bhā­vaḥ sambandha iti vya­va­hri­ya­te­. yac ca na jñāne pra­ti­bhā­ti tasya ja­na­ka­syā­pi na vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ya­the­ndri­yā­deḥ­.

NBhū-YA 91,2~nanu cā­tī­tā­dya­rthaṃ jā­nā­mī­ti — a­ja­na­ka­sya kathaṃ ka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tva­m­? na, vaktur vi­va­kṣā­mā­tre­ṇa a­kā­ra­ke­ṣv api kā­ra­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­. yathā ghaṭaṃ ja­na­yā­mi ghaṭo jāyata iti, yathā cātra kā­ra­ka­tva­m e­vā­vi­dya­mā­na­m ā­ro­pya­te na ja­ni­kri­yā­, ta­thā­tī­tā­dya­rtha­sya jñā­na­kri­yā nā­vā­sta­vī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 91,6~nanv evaṃ tarhi kha­pu­ṣpa­bu­ddhi­r api nā­vā­sta­vī­ti kha­pu­ṣpa­si­ddhi­r api syāt. naitad e­va­m­, yadi hi khapuṣpaṃ nāstīty eṣā buddhiḥ, kha­pu­ṣpa­bu­ddhiḥ sā ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhi­kā­, kathaṃ ta­dvi­dhā­yi­kā syāt? atha kha­pu­ṣpa­m astīti buddhiḥ, sāpi bā­dhya­mā­na­tve­na bhrā­nta­tvā­n na ta­tsā­dhi­kā­. atha kha­pu­ṣpa­śa­bdā­d e­vo­tpa­nnā sāpi ta­tsa­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­yi­nī vā, sandigdhā vā, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhi­kā veti, nā­nya­thā­rtha­bu­ddhi­r u­pa­la­bhya­te­. a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­bu­ddhi­r e­ṣai­va­m iti cet, na; tasyās ta­da­rthā­dhya­va­sā­yi­tve 'pi a­bā­dhya­mā­nā­bhrā­nta­tvā­t­. na hy atīto 'rtho nāsīd a­nā­ga­ta­ś ca bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti­. yadi punar i­dā­nī­m apy asti so 'rtha ity evaṃ pratītiḥ syāt, tadā tasyā iṣṭam eva bhrā­nta­tva­m­, ta­drū­pa­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­.

NBhū-YA 91,17~kiṃ­cā­tī­tā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­py a­sa­mya­ktve tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta­. syād etat — kā­ra­ṇa­śa­ktya­nu­mā­na­m e­vā­nā­ga­tā­nu­mā­na­m­, nadyā upari vṛ­ṣṭi­ma­dde­śa­sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­nu­mā­na­m a­tī­tā­nu­mā­na­m ity ato na virodha iti, tarhi kā­ra­ṇa­sya kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ nadyā upari vṛ­ṣṭi­ma­dde­śa­sa­mba­ndhi­tvaṃ ca ya­dī­dā­nīṃ vi­dya­mā­na­m e­vā­nu­mī­ya­te­, tadā va­rta­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­vā­nu­mā­naṃ syāt, katham a­tī­tā­dya­rthā­nu­mā­na­m­? a­thā­vi­dya­mā­na­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­, tadā kathaṃ nā­ja­na­ka­sya pra­me­ya­tva­m­. kā­ra­ṇa­śa­ktyā­dā­v a­nu­mi­te sā­ma­rthyā­d e­vā­nā­ga­tā­dya­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, sā­ma­rthyā­d api pra­tī­tya­bhyu­pa­ga­me kathaṃ nā­ja­na­ka­sya pra­me­ya­tva­m­? mithyaiva sā pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, su­sa­ma­rthi­taṃ tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­na­m­. de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ja­na­ka­tvā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve '­nā­ga­tā­rthā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va iti cet, naitad asti; de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m eva hi ja­na­ka­tve­na vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­vo 'stu na ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m­, tato '­nya­tvā­t­, anyasya ja­na­ka­tve­nā­nya­sya vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­ve hy a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 92,9~atha nā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rthā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va i­ṣya­te­, ta­jjñā­na­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d­; api tu ta­du­pa­sa­rja­nā de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā eva yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­sa­ma­dā­dya­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­sya vā­la­mba­nī­bha­va­ntī­ti­, naitad apy u­pa­pa­nna­m­; yadi hy a­tī­tā­rtha­jñā­naṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­m i­ṣṭa­m­, evaṃ tarhi ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­de­śā­di­jñā­na­m apy a­sa­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­va­cche­de­no­tpa­nnaṃ bhrāntam eva pra­sa­kta­m­. 'dvau ca­ndrau­'­, 'sukhī stambha' i­tyā­di­jñā­na­va­d a­bhrā­nta­tve cāvaśyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­tī­tā­dya­rtha­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m a­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t­, ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā­ja­na­ka­syā­pi vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­va iti si­ddha­m­. na cā­tī­tā­dya­rtha­jñā­naṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tve­na bhrā­nta­m­, ta­drū­pe­ṇa gra­ha­ṇa­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t­. a­nya­thā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ khalu vi­dya­mā­ne 'py arthe vya­bhi­cā­ry a­bhi­dhī­ya­te sthāṇau pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­na­va­t­. yadā tv asanto 'py arthāḥ '­pā­ṇḍa­vā­da­yo '­bhū­va­nn­' iti '­bha­vi­ṣya­nti gha­ṭā­da­ya­' ity a­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇai­va gṛ­hya­nte­, tadā ta­jjñā­na­m­, bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d a­bhrā­nta­m e­vā­sti­, ayaṃ ghaṭa iti jñā­na­va­t­. na cā­ja­na­ka­sya ja­na­ka­tve sarveṣāṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, saṃ­sā­ri­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­nā­nāṃ dha­rmā­di­sā­ma­grī­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mi­tā­nāṃ ni­ya­tā­rtha vi­ṣa­ya­tve­no­tpā­dā­t­. yat tu jñānaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­gryā na ni­ya­mi­taṃ tad asty eva nityaṃ sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ bha­ga­va­to ma­he­śva­ra­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 93,2~api ca smṛter api katham a­na­rtha­ja­tva­m­? a­rthā­bhā­ve 'pi smṛ­tyu­tpa­tte­r iti cet, kutaḥ punar asāv asann arthaḥ smṛtiṃ na ja­na­ya­ti­? a­sa­ttvā­d eveti cet, a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­jñā­na­sya tarhi katham a­rtha­ja­tva­m­? api ca yathā smṛteḥ pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­di­sa­hi­tā­t saṃ­skā­rā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­nā­yā­s ta­da­rtha­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ nāsti, tathā sa­mba­ndha­smṛ­ti­sa­hi­tā­c cha­bdā­di­jñā­nā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­na­syā­nu­bha­va­syā­pi nā­rthā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­, sa­nni­hi­tā­sa­nni­hi­tā­rtha­yo­s tataḥ pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. a­rthā­bhā­ve saty u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ śa­bdā­di­jñā­na­m eva bhrāntaṃ syāt na smṛtir iti cet, na; a­nya­thā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tve­nai­va bhrā­nta­tvā­t­. tathā ca smṛtir apy a­nya­thā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tve­no­da­ya­m ā­sā­da­ya­ntī mi­thyai­va­. yathā śa­tru­sa­dṛ­śa­da­rśa­ne bhavati mithyā smṛtiḥ — 'kiṃ na smarāmy ahaṃ yo 'nena ma­mā­pa­kā­raḥ kṛta' iti. evaṃ pā­ṭha­vyā­khyā­nā­di­ṣv apy anyathā smṛtir dra­ṣṭa­vyā­. tasmāt tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d āyātaṃ smṛter apy a­rtha­ja­tva­m­, śa­bdā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi cā­na­rtha­ja­tva­m iti ta­trā­rtha­ja­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ smṛ­ti­vyu­dā­sā­rthaṃ yuktam iti. tasmād i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣo­tpa­nna­tve­nai­kā­rtha­sa­mba­ddhe­nā­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­tva­m eva pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­sya lakṣaṇaṃ sū­tra­ka­rttu­r a­bhi­pre­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 93,17~la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­tte­r evam api dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — yathā yo 'yaṃ śuklo gacchati sa gaur iti, ya­syo­pa­ry ayaṃ chatrī puruṣo dṛśyate so 'śva i­tye­va­mā­dya­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi ga­ma­nā­dyu­pa­la­kṣi­taṃ ta­da­na­nya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ gotvādy eva la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na pra­ti­pa­dya­nte vya­va­ha­rttā­ra­s ta­thā­trā­pi ca­kṣu­rā­dī­ndri­ya­gha­ṭā­dya­rtha­sa­mba­ndha­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na yad ayaṃ ghaṭa i­tyā­di­jñā­na­m u­tpā­dya­te ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­m ity a­bhi­hi­te 'pi ta­da­nya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tve­no­pa­la­kṣi­ta­m a­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­tva­m eva lakṣaṇaṃ vi­cā­ra­kaiḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­, na tu sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tva­m­, ta­syā­na­nya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­d ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 94,2~kim arthaṃ tarhi tad e­vā­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­tvaṃ na sākṣād uktam iti? pra­tya­kṣa­bhe­da­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ yad a­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ta­di­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nnni­ka­rṣa­ja­m eveti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. sa­nni­ka­rṣā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­tthā­na­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ vā, vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau hi pa­rī­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, ta­nni­śca­yo bhavati tataś ca kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­vā­di­no vi­jñā­na­vā­di­na­ś cā­tmā­di­ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­plā­va­ne ni­ra­va­kā­śā bha­ve­yu­r iti. tathā ca te kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅgā­di­si­ddhya­rthaṃ saṃ­yo­gā­di­sa­mba­ndhaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­tyai­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvaṃ bhi­nnā­nā­m e­ka­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ne pra­ti­ba­ndha­m āhuḥ, grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­vaṃ ca vi­jñā­na­vā­da­si­ddhya­rtha­m iti. tatra sa­rva­sa­nni­ka­rṣā­bhā­ve dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­si­ddhya­rthaṃ tāvad āhuḥ —

NBhū-YA 94,11~na prā­pya­kā­ri­ṇī ca­kṣuḥ­śro­tre sā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­t — prā­pya­kā­ri­tve hi ca­kṣu­ra­rtha­yoḥ śro­tra­śa­bda­yo­ś cā­nta­rā­la­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na syāt pa­ra­śu­vṛ­kṣa­va­t­. prāptiś ca ka­tha­m­? kiṃ ca­kṣu­rde­śa­m āgatya sa­mba­dhya­te arthaḥ? u­tā­rtha­de­śaṃ gatvā ca­kṣuḥ­sa­mba­dhya­ta iti? prathame pakṣe pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, a­gni­da­rśa­ne ca­kṣu­rā­di­dā­ha­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. dvitīye 'pi pakṣe pra­tī­ti­vi­ro­dhaḥ — na hi śa­ra­va­da­rtha­sa­ṅga­taṃ cakṣuḥ ke­na­ci­d u­pa­la­bhya­te­. sū­kṣma­tvā­d a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r iti cet, naitad asti; go­la­ka­m eva hi cakṣur iti sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­tī­ta­m­, ta­du­pa­ghā­te '­rtha­da­rśa­nā­bhā­vā­c ca. sū­kṣu­ma­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi kiṃ ta­dā­kā­śa­va­d a­mū­rta­tve­na sū­kṣma­m­? u­tā­lpa­pra­mā­ṇa­tve­ne­ti­? prathame pakṣe sa­rvā­rtha­sa­mba­ddha­tvā­dyu­pa­grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ syāt, a­mū­rtta­dra­vya­sya vyā­pa­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­thā­lpa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tve­na sū­kṣma­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pṛ­thu­ta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­t — yā­va­tai­va pra­de­śe­na sambandhaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ na­kha­ni­kṛ­nta­nā­di­, tāvaty eva pradeśe kriyāṃ kurvad u­pa­la­bdhaṃ tataś cā­lpa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­sya cakṣusaḥ pa­rva­tā­di­grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ no­pa­pa­dya­ta iti. itaś ca na prā­pya­kā­ri cakṣuḥ, śā­khā­ca­ndra­ma­so­s tu­lya­kā­la­gra­ha­ṇā­t­, gacchato hi cakṣuṣaḥ kra­ma­sa­mba­ndhā­rha­sya kra­me­ṇai­va grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na caitad asti. nāpy ā­śu­bhā­vā­d yu­ga­pa­d a­bhi­mā­naḥ­, ca­ndra­ma­so '­ti­vi­pra­ka­rṣā­d avaśyaṃ ci­ra­kā­la­vya­va­dhā­ne­na sambandha iti. śabdasya tarhi sa­ntā­ne­nā­ga­ta­sya śro­tra­sa­mba­ndhā­d u­pa­la­bdhi­r astu, na; di­gde­śa­vya­pa­de­śā­t­. na hi ka­rṇa­de­śe śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhau pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­di­gvya­pa­de­śo grā­mā­ra­ṇyā­di­gde­śa­vya­pa­de­śo vā yujyata iti. tatsiddhaṃ śro­tra­syā­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m­, tasmād anena dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na sa­rve­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ ni­ṣe­ddha­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 94,30~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvat sā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d iti, ta­da­si­ddha­tvā­d a­sā­dha­na­m­, ca­kṣu­rā­de­r a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t­. kathaṃ tato 'rthasya viśleṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­grā­hyaḥ syāt? a­nu­mā­ne­na tv a­rtha­saṃ­śli­ṣṭa­syai­va ca­kṣu­rā­deḥ pra­dī­pā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­d a­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­. yac coktaṃ prāptiḥ katham i­tyā­di­, ta­tro­cya­te — cakṣur eva ra­śmi­dvā­re­ṇā­rtha­de­śaṃ gatvā pra­dī­pa­va­t sa­mba­dhya­te­, ta­dra­śma­ya­ś cā­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­pa­tvā­t na dṛ­śya­nte­. a­nu­dbhū­ta­rū­pā­ṇā­m a­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na; pra­dī­pā­di­pra­kā­śa­sa­hi­tā­nāṃ ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ata eva yeṣām a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthyā­d u­dbhū­ta­rū­pā nā­ya­na­ra­śma­ya u­tpa­nnā­s teṣāṃ bā­hya­pra­kā­śa­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­yā evārthaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­nti yathā na­ktaṃ­ca­rā­ṇā­m­, tathā ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n na­ktaṃ­ca­rā­ṇāṃ nā­ya­na­ra­śma­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va dṛśyanta iti.

NBhū-YA 95,10~atha vā­lo­kā­va­ya­va­sa­hi­te­bhyaḥ ta­da­va­ya­ve­bhya u­dbhū­ta­rū­pā eva nā­ya­na­ra­śma­ya u­tpa­dya­nte­. dṛṣṭau hi te­ja­sā­m ā­śu­ta­ra­vi­nā­śo­tpā­dau rū­pa­spa­rśau co­dbhū­ta­tvā­nu­dbhū­ta­tva­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpo­pe­tā­v iti. u­dbhū­ta­rū­pa­tve­no­tpa­nnā­nā­m api ra­śmī­nā­m a­nya­smi­n sa­mā­ve­śā­d vi­ve­ke­nā­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ya­thā­ne­ka­pra­dī­pa­ra­śmī­nā­m e­kā­rtha­sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m iti.

NBhū-YA 95,15~pṛ­thu­ta­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d ity etad a­nai­kā­nti­ka­m­, na hi yāvat pa­ri­mā­ṇaḥ pra­dī­pa­s tāvat pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m evārthaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ra­śmi­dvā­re­ṇa pṛ­thu­ta­ra­syā­pi vyā­pa­ka­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 95,18~yat punaḥ śā­khā­ca­ndra­ma­so­s tu­lya­kā­la­gra­ha­ṇā­d iti, tad apy a­si­ddha­tvā­d a­sā­dha­na­m­, ā­śu­bhā­vi­tve­na yu­ga­pa­d a­bhi­mā­nā­t­. ca­ndra­ma­so '­ti­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d iti cet, na; lā­gha­vā­ti­śa­ye­na ra­śmī­nā­m a­ti­śī­ghra­ga­ti­tvā­d a­rka­ra­śmi­va­t — na hi bhā­nu­ra­śma­yo 'rthaiḥ saha sa­mba­dhya­mā­nāḥ kra­me­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 96,5~yac coktaṃ di­gde­śa­vya­pa­de­śā­d iti, tan na; ta­syā­nya­thā­pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. tathā hi — yadā pū­rva­di­gvi­śi­ṣṭa ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lya­va­ya­vā­va­cchi­nne na­bho­de­śe śabdam u­pla­bha­te tadā pūrvasyāṃ diśi śabda utpanna iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. evaṃ da­kṣi­ṇā­di­di­gvi­śe­ṣv api dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lya­va­ya­vai­r a­va­cchi­nno hi na­bho­de­śaḥ śro­tra­m­. te cā­va­ya­vāḥ sa­rva­di­kṣu vidyanta iti yuktā di­gvi­śe­ṣā­va­cche­de­na śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhi­r iti. iyati dūre śabda utpanna iti pra­ti­pa­tti­ś cā­nu­mā­ni­kī­. ka­tha­m­? yāvato dūrāt pra­tya­kṣā­ga­mo­pa­la­bdha­kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­pā­ra­bhā­vi­naḥ śabdasya sa­ntā­ne­nā­ga­ta­sya yān vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­bdha­vāṃ­s tāvad dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­syā­pi śabdasya vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­bdha­mā­na­s tāvati dūre śa­bdo­tpā­daṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. yathā kaiścid eva viśeṣaiḥ śa­ṅkhā­di­kaṃ va­ktṛ­vi­śe­ṣaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti. yas tu ta­thā­bhū­tā­n vi­śe­ṣā­n na la­kṣa­ya­ti tasya saṃśaya iti dṛśyate — kasya kuto vāyaṃ śabda iti? tasmiṃś ca di­gde­śa­vi­śe­ṣe '­nu­mi­te grā­mā­di­kaṃ sambhāvya tatra śa­bdo­tpā­daṃ vya­pa­di­śa­ti­, na tu de­śā­dī­nāṃ śro­tra­grā­hya­tva­m iti. tasmād bā­hye­ndri­ya­tvā­d ra­sa­nā­di­va­c ca­kṣuḥ­śro­tra­yo­r api prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ si­ddha­m­.

NBhū-YA 96,19~prā­ptya­bhā­ve hi sa­rvā­rtho­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt, na hi prā­ptya­bhā­ve 'nyā kācid yo­gya­tā­sti­, ye­no­cya­te yo­gya­de­śā­va­sthi­ta­syai­va gra­ha­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 96,22~a­ya­skā­ntā­di­va­d iti cet, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­mā­tre­ṇa sa­nde­hā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. kim a­ya­skā­ntā­di­va­d a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m i­ndri­yā­ṇā­m­? uta prā­pya­kā­ri­tvaṃ vā­śyā­di­va­d iti? nātra vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r u­cya­te­. api cā­ya­skā­nta­saṃ­śli­ṣṭaṃ vā­yu­dra­vyaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­m utpannaṃ śarīre prā­ṇa­va­t­, tac cāyaḥ prā­pye­vā­ka­rṣa­ti prāṇa iva to­ya­tū­lā­di­ka­m­, ta­tspa­rśā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi ta­tkā­rye­ṇai­va ta­thā­bhū­ta­sya ta­syo­tpa­nna­sya sadbhāvo '­va­ga­mya­ta iti. mantro 'pi sa­mba­ddha­m eva de­va­tā­tmā­na­m ā­rā­dha­ya­ti­. sa ca de­va­tā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ prāpyaiva ja­pi­tu­r a­bhi­pre­ta­m arthaṃ ka­ro­tī­ti na ka­sya­ci­d a­prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 97,7~śa­bdā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r a­tī­tā­dya­rthe­nā­prā­pta­syā­pi ta­jjñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvā­t kathaṃ prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m iti cet, na; a­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaṃ prāpya kā­ra­ṇa­sya kā­rya­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ prā­pya­kā­ri­tva­m u­cya­te­. tac ca śa­bdā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r apy asti. a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­sya tu kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m eva nāstīty u­kta­m­, tena ta­da­prā­pa­ka­tve 'pi nā­prā­pya­kā­rti­tva­m­. na caivaṃ cā­kṣu­ṣā­dya­rtha­syā­py a­ja­na­ka­tva­m­, ta­syā­lo­kā­di­va­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ­. prā­pta­syā­py a­ñja­nā­de­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r ity etad api na yu­kta­m­, na hi yad i­ndri­ye­ṇa prāptaṃ tad u­pa­la­bhya­ta eveti ni­ya­mya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? yad bā­hye­ndri­ye­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­te ta­tprā­pta­m eveti ni­ya­maḥ­. kiṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­? bā­hye­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ bhau­ti­ka­tve­na pra­dī­pa­va­t prā­ptā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvā­t­. i­ndri­ya­tvā­n manaso 'pi prasaṅga iti cet, kvacit ta­thā­bhā­vā­t­. si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­, ni­ya­ma­pa­kṣe tv a­tī­tā­dya­rthai­r ukto vi­ro­dhaḥ­. kiṃ cā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ bā­hye­ndri­ye­ṇa vi­dya­mā­naṃ ja­na­ka­m e­vo­pa­la­bhya­te ja­na­kā­nāṃ ca gha­ṭā­di­he­tū­nā­m iva pa­ra­spa­ra­sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m e­vai­ka­kā­rya­he­tu­tva­m iti siddhaḥ sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ­, ta­jja­ni­ta­tvaṃ jñā­na­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 97,20~a­thā­vya­pa­de­śya­pa­daṃ kim a­rtha­m­? u­bha­ya­ja­jñā­na­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m ity eke, tad a­sa­mbha­vā­d a­yu­kta­m ity a­pa­re­. tathā hi — śrotram a­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya manaḥ śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhiṃ kṛtvā kri­yā­vi­bhā­ga­dvā­re­ṇa gatvā yāvac cakṣur a­dhi­ti­ṣṭha­ti­, tāvac chabdo ni­va­rtta­ta eveti na vyā­pri­ye­ta­. na ca mano '­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­nāṃ bā­hye­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ vyāpāraḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. nāpi yu­ga­pa­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tvaṃ manaso '­ṇu­tvā­t­. vayaṃ punar a­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­pi brūmaḥ — kiṃ tad u­bha­ya­jaṃ jñā­na­m­? sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­, na vā? yadi sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­, tadā ta­da­po­hyaṃ na yu­kta­m­, sā­kṣā­tkā­rya­nu­bha­va­sya pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­tve­na sarvatra pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. atha na sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­, tathāpi ta­dvi­ṣa­yo ne­ndri­yā­rtha iti kathaṃ ta­di­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­m­? na hī­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ddha­tvā­d e­ve­ndri­yā­rthaḥ­, kintu ya eva sā­kṣā­tkā­ri­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. a­nya­thā­nu­me­ya­syā­pi ka­sya­ci­d i­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ddha­tvā­d i­ndri­yā­rtha­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti, ta­jjñā­na­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m api vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nta­raṃ karttavyaṃ syāt. kathaṃ vā śa­bda­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­no jñā­na­sye­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­? i­da­nta­yo­tpa­tte­r iti cet, tan na; spa­rśā­nu­me­ye 'gnāv a­pī­da­nta­yā jñā­no­da­ya­da­rśa­nā­t­. api ca ta­du­bha­ya­jaṃ jñānam u­bha­ya­pha­la­m astu, pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­pha­laṃ vā, kathaṃ śābdam eveti u­cya­te­? sū­tra­kṛ­tai­va khalv evam u­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­d iti cet, na khalu vai sū­tra­kā­ra­ni­yo­ga­bha­yā­t padārthāḥ svadharmaṃ hātum a­rha­nti­. yadi cā­vi­cā­ri­ta­m eva sū­tra­kā­ra­va­caḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, pa­rī­kṣā­sū­trā­ṇāṃ tarhi vaiyarthyaṃ syāt. tasmād u­bha­ya­ja­sya śābdatve nyāyo vācyaḥ. ta­da­vya­pa­de­śā­d iti cet, na; anyathā ta­dvya­pa­de­śo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. asya śa­bda­syā­ya­m artho '­bhi­dhe­ya ity ayaṃ sambandho de­va­da­tte­nā­khyā­ta iti ma­nya­mā­no vya­pa­di­śa­ti — de­va­da­tte­nā­yaṃ sa­mā­khyā­ta iti. anyathā hi ta­tsa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­tiḥ kutaḥ syāt? dṛṣṭaś cāyaṃ sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v eva vya­pa­de­śo yathā kaścid a­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­yo nai­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­ma­dhye caitraṃ paśyann api ayaṃ caitara ity a­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­naḥ pṛcchati — ko 'tra caitra iti? tataḥ kaścit ta­syā­ṅgu­lyā­di­ni­rde­śa­mā­traṃ ka­ro­ti­, tato 'sau a­ṅgu­lyā­di­da­rśa­nā­d eva samayaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya vya­pa­di­śa­ty a­ne­nā­yaṃ caitro ma­mā­khyā­ta iti. na ca sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­jā­, tasmān na ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­vya­pa­de­śya­pa­da­m­.

NBhū-YA 98,23~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­ne saṃ­jñā­vi­śi­ṣṭo 'rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yo­ś cai­ka­jñā­nā­va­la­mba­na­tva­m­, tena ta­sye­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tvaṃ na yu­kta­m­. tathāpy a­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ kai­ści­t­, atas ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m āha — a­vya­pa­de­śya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 99,3~yady evam ā­nu­mā­ni­ka­syā­pi ka­sya­ci­j jñānasya sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tvaṃ kaiścid a­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ kiṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­? sa­nni­ka­rṣa­ja­tva­m eveti cet, gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­na­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m api ta­de­vā­stu kim a­vya­pa­de­śya­pa­de­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 99,6~ye 'pi śa­bdā­dvai­ta­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m a­vya­pa­de­śya­pa­daṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti­, tair api bra­hmā­dvai­tā­di­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nta­raṃ ka­rta­vya­m­, tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 99,9~kim i­dā­nī­m a­na­rtha­ka­m e­vā­vya­pa­de­śya­pa­da­m­? nā­na­rtha­ka­m­, ni­rṇa­ya­va­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. yat tan ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pratyakṣaṃ tad anena la­kṣya­te­. tad dhi sa­rva­yo­gi­bhiḥ prā­rthya­te­, vi­ka­lpa­va­ta­ś ci­tta­sthi­te­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. sa­rva­mū­laṃ ca tat, ta­da­bhā­ve '­nya­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­ve '­nu­mā­nā­deḥ pravṛttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kā­pra­vṛ­ttau sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­sya pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tasya saṃ­jñā­smṛ­ti­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. smṛtis tu ta­da­rtha­da­rśa­nā­d udbhūtā gaur ayam i­tyā­di­jñā­na­he­tu­r na smṛ­ti­mā­tra­m­, tasya sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­nāṃ sva­rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇe hi paścād da­ṇḍī­tyā­di­jñā­na­m api bha­va­ti­, tasmān ni­rvi­ka­lpa­pū­rva­ka­m eva sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m­. evaṃ ca yat pratyakṣaṃ tat sarvaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, a­nu­mā­na­va­d ity etad vā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m iti. na ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ vya­va­hā­rā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­, a­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­va­d iti cet, na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — sa­rpa­ka­ṇṭa­kā­de­r a­pa­ri­mi­ta­syā­ni­ṣṭa­syā­bhā­vaṃ ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va paśyan ni­rā­śaṃ­kaḥ pra­va­rtta­te­. ta­thā­bhā­vā­tma­kaṃ vā­pa­ri­mi­ta­m arthaṃ sakṛd dṛṣṭvā krameṇa smṛ­ti­ni­mi­ttaṃ prāpya smṛtvā smṛ­tvā­nya­syā­pi ka­tha­ya­tī­daṃ dṛṣṭam idaṃ na dṛṣṭam iti. na ca tad api darśanaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva, tasya nīlam idam ity ā­kā­re­ṇā­nu­tpa­tte­r iti. tad evaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­n ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­sya yuktaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, tadāha — a­vya­pa­de­śya­m iti. de­va­da­tta iti jñānaṃ daṇḍīti jñānam ity e­va­mā­di vya­pa­de­śā­rhaṃ na bha­va­tī­ty arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 10­0­,1~sa­vi­ka­lpa­m api pra­tya­kṣa­m "­pṛ­thi­vyā­di­gu­ṇā­s ta­da­rthā­" ity anena "­vya­ktyā­kṛ­ti­jā­ta­ya­s tu pa­dā­rthāḥ­" ity anena ca leśataḥ sū­ci­ta­m­. pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya vi­śe­ṣya­tva­vā­cya­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d a­dhi­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ceti. atha vā vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­pa­de­nai­va sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m apy a­va­ru­ddha­m iti samyag iti vaktavye yad a­vya­bhi­cā­ri vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­m ity a­kṣa­ra­gau­ra­vaṃ karoti te­nā­sa­mya­gjñā­na­sya vya­bhi­cā­rya­vya­va­sā­ya­bhe­de­na dvai­vi­dhya­m eva, na cā­tu­rvi­dhya­m iti jñā­pa­ya­ti­, etac ca prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­. a­vya­bhi­cā­ri vya­va­sā­yā­tma­kaṃ yat taj jñānam eva pra­si­ddha­m ato na jñānaṃ pṛthag vā­cya­m­, sa­tya­m­, tathāpi kecid a­jñā­na­ni­vṛ­tteḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tva­m āhuḥ. ta­dā­śa­ṅkā­pa­no­da­nā­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ca pṛ­tha­gjñā­na­m a­pa­di­ṣṭa­m iti na doṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 10­0­,12~tad evaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­bhi­dhā­ya sū­trā­vi­ro­dhe­na bhe­da­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m idam ucyate — tad dvividhaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ceti. ca­śa­bdā­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­bhe­de­nā­pi dvi­vi­dha­m iti si­ddha­m­. dvi­vi­dha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca­tu­rvi­dha­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ mā­na­sa­rā­gā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­yo­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 10­1­,6~pa­ra­ma­te hi "­sva­vi­ṣa­yā­na­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇe­ndri­ya­jñā­ne­na janitaṃ jñānaṃ mā­na­sa­m­" pra­tya­kṣa­m­. su­khā­dī­nāṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m su­khā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ spa­ṣṭa­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m­, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m api sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m ity anena gṛhītaṃ tac caitad u­bha­ya­m api pratyakṣaṃ ni­ṣpra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­n na yu­kta­m­. kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­ni­ṣe­dhā­c ca mānasaṃ ni­ṣi­ddha­m­. sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ni­ṣe­dhā­t su­khā­de­r a­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tvā­c ca rā­gā­di­saṃ­ve­da­na­m api ni­ṣi­ddha­m­. ma­na­sa­ś ce­ndri­ya­tvā­n ne­ndri­ya­pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nya­pra­tya­kṣa­m asti, tasmād e­tā­va­d eva yuktaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ceti.

NBhū-YA 10­2­,9~yady api yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­ti­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d ādāv u­dde­śa­s tathāpy a­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhā­v eva ta­da­sma­dā­di­nā­va­ga­mya­ta iti dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­si­ddhya­rthaṃ tatra tasmin pra­tya­kṣa­sa­mu­dā­ye tāvad ādau ni­rdhā­ryā­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ vyā­khyā­ya­te "­pra­kā­śa­de­śa­dha­rmā­dya­nu­gra­hā­di­ndri­yā­rtha­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sthū­lā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­m­" iti. prakāśaḥ pra­dī­pā­di­la­kṣa­naḥ ci­tta­sa­mā­dhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­ś ca deśaḥ pu­ro­va­rtyā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­. dharma i­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhau­, a­ni­ṣṭo­pa­la­bdhau tv a­dha­rmaḥ­, anyad apy a­trā­nu­ktaṃ nimitttaṃ yena vinārtho na gṛhyate tat sarvam ā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­va­ga­nta­vya­m­. tad evaṃ pra­kā­śā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­mi­tta­m a­nu­gra­ho gṛhyate '­ne­ne­ti kṛtvā ta­da­nu­gra­hā­d akṣaṃ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­m­, sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ cā­kṣa­syā­rthe­na saha sa­nni­ka­rṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­s te­no­pe­taṃ ta­di­ndri­ya­m a­rtha­gṛ­hī­tiṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 10­3­,4~nanu ca pra­dī­pe­na pa­śyā­mī­ti pra­dī­pa­syā­pi sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, na cātra bādhakaṃ kiṃcid asti, tat katham akṣam eva sā­dha­ka­ta­maṃ pra­dī­pa­ś ca ni­mi­tta­m iti? sa­tya­m­, kintu prā­dhā­nyā­pe­kṣa­yā­kṣaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m u­kta­m­, prādhānyaṃ ca ta­tpha­la­sya ta­dvya­pa­de­śya­tvaṃ ya­vā­ṅku­rā­di­va­t­. pra­dī­pa­syā­pi sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m i­ta­ra­ni­mi­ttā­nu­gra­hā­t­, a­rtha­sa­mba­ndha eva pha­lo­tpa­tteḥ­, sambandha eva sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m u­cya­te­. tad yathā — ca­kṣuḥ­spa­rśa­saṃ­yo­gā­d a­na­nta­ra­m eva gha­ṭā­di­dra­vya­jñā­na­m iti. yady api kvacid a­ca­ra­ma­syā­pi sa­mba­ndha­sya jñā­na­he­tu­tva­m asti, tathāpi bā­hu­lyā­d a­pe­kṣa­yai­ta­d u­kta­m­. pa­ra­mā­rtha­s tu yad eva caramaṃ tad e­ve­ndri­yā­deḥ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m iti 'tva' pra­tya­ya­vā­cya­m­.

NBhū-YA 10­3­,13~yadi tarhi sambandhaḥ sā­dha­ka­ta­ma­tva­m­, tadā sa­rvā­tma­nā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­rvā­tma­nā­rtha­sya sa­mba­ddha­tvā­d iti, na; kā­ra­ṇa­sya ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ye sā­ma­rthyā­t — na hi paraśuḥ sa­mba­ddha­tvā­d eva vṛ­kṣa­va­t ta­ddha­rmā­nā­kā­śā­di­kaṃ cāpi chi­na­tti­, dhūmaś cā­gni­dha­rmā­n a­śe­ṣā­n na ga­ma­ya­ti­. bhavata eva pakṣe dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t sa­rvā­tma­nā­rthe­na ja­ni­ta­syā­rpi­ta­svā­kā­ra­sya jñānasya sa­rvā­tma­nā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. so 'yam u­ṣṭra­la­ku­ṭa­nyā­ya­m a­nu­ti­ṣṭha­n kathaṃ no­pa­hā­sa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ syād iti? dha­rmi­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ khalu bhede sati ya­syai­ve­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­rtha­tvaṃ sa eva dharmo dharmī vā sambaddha i­ndri­ye­ṇa gṛ­hya­te­. yasya tu ne­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­rha­tvaṃ sa sambaddho 'pi na gṛhyate ta­da­rtha­m evoktaṃ sthū­lā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 10­4­,6~nanu cā­sthū­la­syā­rtha­sya grā­ha­ka­m­, na tu jñā­nā­kā­ra­sya sthaulyam astīty ato na jñā­nā­tma­kaṃ sthūlaṃ grāhyam iti jñānād a­rthā­nta­raṃ sthūlaṃ sutarāṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­, tathā hi — na tāvad eko '­va­ya­vī­, tathā sati tasya pā­ṇyā­di­ka­mpe sa­rva­ka­mpa­prā­pteḥ­, a­ka­mpa­ne vā ca­lā­ca­la­yoḥ pṛ­tha­ksi­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, va­stro­da­ka­va­t­. ekasya cā­va­ra­ṇe sa­rva­syā­va­ra­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­bhe­dā­t na vā ka­sya­ci­d ā­va­ra­ṇa­m ity a­vi­ka­laṃ dṛ­śye­ta­. a­va­ya­va­syā­va­ra­ṇaṃ nā­va­ya­vi­na ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'py a­rddhā­va­ra­ṇe 'py a­nā­vṛ­ta­tvā­t prag ivāsya da­rśa­na­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. a­va­ya­va­da­rśa­na­dvā­re­ṇā­va­ya­vi­da­rśa­na­m ity asminn api pakṣe sa­rva­thā­va­ya­vi­no '­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­rvā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ draṣṭum a­śa­kya­vā­t­. ka­ti­pa­yā­va­ya­va­da­rśa­nā­d a­va­ya­vi­da­rśa­ne yadvad a­trā­va­ya­va­da­rśa­ne 'pi ta­thā­bhū­ta­syai­va da­rśa­na­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. rakte cai­ka­smi­nn a­va­ya­ve yady a­va­ya­vī raktas ta­dā­nyā­va­ya­va­stho 'pi rakta eva dṛ­śye­ta­, no cet tadā sa­rvā­va­ya­va­rā­ge 'py a­va­ya­vya­ra­kta e­vo­pa­la­bhye­ta­. vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś cā­va­ya­vī nāsti, tathā hi — gavi śṛṅgam iti lau­ki­ka­m­, śṛṅge gaur ity a­lau­ki­kaṃ tato yady a­va­ya­vi­ny a­va­ya­vā varttante ta­dai­ke­nai­vā­va­ya­ve­nā­kha­ṇḍa­syā­va­ya­vi­no '­va­ru­ddha­tvā­d anye a­va­ya­vāḥ kva va­rtte­ra­n­? na hi mū­rttā­nā­m e­ka­de­śā­va­sthā­na­m asti. na cā­va­ya­va­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­va­ya­vi­naḥ pra­de­śa­bhe­do 'sti, ye­nā­va­ya­vā­nā­m e­ka­de­śa­tvaṃ na pra­sa­jye­ta­. e­ka­dra­vya­vṛ­tti­tve ca dra­vya­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­me yu­kti­bā­dhā­pi syāt. a­thā­va­ya­ve­ṣv a­va­ya­vī vartata iti pakṣaḥ. tatrāpy e­ka­smi­nn e­vā­va­ya­ve yadi sa­rvā­tma­nā va­rtta­te­, tadānye '­va­ya­vā­s ta­da­nā­śra­yāḥ syuḥ; e­kā­śra­ya­tve ca dravyasya sa­do­tpa­tti­r a­vi­nā­śa­ś ca syāt. a­thai­ka­de­śe­nai­ka­trā­va­ya­ve va­rtta­te­, na; ta­syā­kha­ṇḍa­syā­va­ya­va­vya­ti­ri­kta­de­śā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā teṣv api deśeṣv anyair deśair vṛttir ity a­na­va­sthā syāt.

NBhū-YA 10­6­,3~itaś ca nāsty a­va­ya­vī­, buddhyā vi­ve­ca­ne '­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na hi ayaṃ tantuḥ, ayaṃ tantuḥ — ity evaṃ buddhyā pṛ­tha­kkri­ya­mā­ṇe­ṣv a­va­ya­ve­ṣu tadanyo '­va­ya­vī pra­ti­bhā­ti­. e­te­nā­va­ya­va­dha­rmo '­va­ya­vī­ty ayam api pakṣo ni­ra­staḥ­. tasmān nāsty eko '­va­ya­vī yaḥ sthū­la­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ syāt. nāpi pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sa­mū­ha eva sthū­la­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, tasya pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vya­ti­ri­kta­syā­va­ya­vi­nyā­ye­nā­pā­sta­tvā­t­. pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ca pratyekaṃ na sthū­la­tva­ma­stī­ti­, sa­mu­di­tā­nā­ma­pi kathaṃ syāt? na hi pra­tye­ka­m a­ra­ktā­nāṃ sa­mu­dā­yā­va­sthā­yāṃ ra­ktā­kā­ra­to­pa­la­bhya­te­. ma­rī­cī­nā­m u­da­kā­kā­ra­tā­va­d bhrā­nto­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 10­6­,11~a­thai­va­m ucyate — yadi sthūlaṃ jñānād a­rthā­nta­raṃ grāhyaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­, sūkṣmam eva tarhi grāhyaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti­. tad apy a­sa­t­, yataḥ —

iti.

NBhū-YA 10­7­,1~mūrtasya ca di­kpra­vi­bhā­ge­nā­va­śyaṃ da­śāṃ­śa­ta­yā­pi bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, na ca sva­rū­pe­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­syā­sti­tvaṃ śakyam a­bhi­dhā­tu­m­. kiṃ cā­kā­śa­vya­ti­bhe­dā­d ā­kā­śā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvaṃ vety ato na pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r apy asti, tasmān na bāhyaṃ grāhyam u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 10­7­,6~sva­vya­ti­ri­kta­grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vi­ra­hā­t ta­du­bha­yā­kā­rā buddhiḥ svayam e­vā­tma­sva­rū­pa­pra­kā­śi­kā pra­kā­śa­va­d iti sa­mu­dā­yā­rthaḥ­. api ca — "­sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mā­d abhedo nī­la­ta­ddhi­yoḥ | "

NBhū-YA 10­8­,1~na hi bhi­nnā­va­bhā­si­tve 'py a­rthā­nta­ra­m evaṃ rūpaṃ nī­la­syā­nu­bha­vā­t tayoḥ sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mā­t­, dvi­ca­ndrā­di­da­rśa­na­va­t­. na hy a­na­yo­r e­kā­nu­pa­la­mbhe '­nyo­pa­la­mbho 'sti na caitat sva­bhā­va­bhe­de yu­kta­m­, pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 10­8­,4~atha paścād a­rtho­pa­la­mbha­sya jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇa saṃ­ve­da­na­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yasmāt —

NBhū-YA 10­8­,6~na hi vi­ṣa­ya­sa­tta­yā vi­ṣa­yo­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­du­pa­la­mbha­sa­tta­yā­, sā cā­prā­mā­ṇi­kī na sa­ttā­ni­ba­ndha­nāṃ­s ta­dvya­va­hā­rā­n a­nu­ru­ṇa­ddhi­. ta­da­pra­si­ddhau vi­ṣa­ya­syā­py a­pra­si­ddhi­r iti sa­dvya­va­hā­ro­cche­daḥ syāt, na hi sad apy a­nu­pa­la­mbhya­mā­naṃ sad iti vya­va­ha­rttuṃ śa­kya­te­.

NBhū-YA 10­8­,10~a­thā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­m anyena saṃ­ve­da­ne­na saṃ­ve­dya­te­, tad api saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­si­ddha­sa­ttā­ka­m a­sa­tka­lpaṃ katham anyasya sādhakaṃ syāt? tatrāpi saṃ­ve­da­nā­nta­rā­nve­ṣa­ṇe '­na­va­sthā syāt, tathā ca na ka­sya­ci­d arthasya siddhir iti a­ndha­mū­kaṃ jagat syāt. kvacin ni­ṣṭhā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca svayam ātmānaṃ vi­ṣa­yā­kā­raṃ yu­ga­pa­du­pa­la­bha­ta iti tad anye 'pi tathā bha­va­ntu­, vi­śe­ṣa­he­tva­bhā­vā­t­. tatsiddhaḥ sa­ho­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, tasmāt sa­ho­pa­la­mbhā­d abhedo '­rtha­ta­ddhi­yo­r iti. evaṃ ca nī­lo­pa­la­mbha iti nī­la­sva­bhā­vo­pa­la­mbha ity e­tā­va­d uktaṃ bhavati — a­nā­di­vā­sa­nā­va­śā­d buddhir e­vā­ne­kā­kā­ro­tpa­dya­mā­nā saṃ­ve­dya­te sva­pna­bu­ddhi­va­d iti. api ca —

NBhū-YA 10­8­,20~yady ayaṃ nī­lā­kā­ro buddher eva dharmas ta­dā­tma­bhū­to '­va­bhā­sa­te­, tatas ta­dvya­ti­ri­kto nī­lā­di­r artho 'stīti na kiṃcid pra­mā­ṇa­m­. atha nāyaṃ buddher ākāra i­ṣya­te­, tathāpi sā ni­rā­kā­rā­nya­thā­kā­rā vā buddhiḥ kathaṃ nīlādeḥ sādhikā syāt? na hi pra­ti­ba­ndha­m a­nta­re­ṇā­rthā­nta­rā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­sya siddhiḥ, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­ti­ba­ndhe tu na­ya­nā­dṛ­ṣṭā­dī­nā­m api vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­vaḥ syāt. svā­kā­rā­na­rpa­ka­tve ja­na­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­py a­si­ddheḥ­. kathaṃ ja­na­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ka­rma­kā­ra­ka­tva­m­? sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ vā ta­syai­va­? ucyate — ye 'py e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvaṃ pra­ti­ba­ndha­m āśritya sa­mā­na­kā­la­yo­r eva grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhā­va­m i­ccha­nti­, tanmate 'pi na­ya­nā­dṛ­ṣṭā­dī­nāṃ tad e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­nā­nāṃ grāhyatvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 10­9­,1~a­thā­rthā­kā­ra­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­s tathāpi bāhyārthaḥ kiṃ­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­? ekaḥ khalv ayaṃ nī­lā­kā­ra u­pa­la­bhya­te­, sa jñā­nā­tmai­ve­ṣṭaḥ ta­ddvi­tī­ya­s tv ākāro na dṛ­śya­te­, so '­dṛ­śya­mā­naḥ kathaṃ bā­hya­tve­nā­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta­? vyā­ptya­si­ddhe­r a­nu­mā­na­ga­myo 'pi na sa­mbha­va­ti­.

anye tv evaṃ paṭhanti —

NBhū-YA 10­9­,7~atrāpy ayaṃ tā­tpa­ryā­rthaḥ — buddher ni­rā­kā­ra­tve pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, sā­kā­ra­tve ca bāhyo 'rtho '­pra­mā­ṇa­ka iti. atha brūyād a­rthā­kā­ro grā­hya­tve­nai­va pra­tī­ya­te­, bo­dhā­kā­ra­s tu grā­ha­ka­tve­nai­ve­ti­. katham a­na­yo­r ai­kya­m­? ekatve hi vya­tya­ye­nā­pi tayoḥ pra­ti­bhā­saḥ syād iti, naitad asti; a­nā­dyu­pa­pla­va­vā­sa­nā­sā­ma­rthyā­d evaṃ pra­tī­ti­vya­va­stho­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 10­9­,16~asyārthaḥ — sva­rū­pe­ṇā­vi­dya­mā­na­ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­rā­pi buddhir yathā bhrāntair vya­va­ha­rtṛ­bhi­r ni­rī­kṣya­te­, tathaiva kṛ­ta­vya­va­sthe­yaṃ vya­va­hri­ya­te­. tais tu bhrāntair iyaṃ vi­bha­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­grā­hya­grā­ha­kā­kā­ra­vi­pla­vā ni­rī­kṣya­te­. vi­bha­kta­la­kṣa­nā­v iva grā­hya­grā­ha­kā­kā­rā­v eva viplavo yasyāḥ sā ta­tho­ktā­, kim iva? ke­śā­di­jñā­na­bhe­da­va­t­. yathā ti­mi­rā­dyu­pa­plu­tā­kṣā­ṇā­m a­vi­dya­mā­nā eva ke­śā­da­yo bodhāt bhinnā iva pra­ti­bhā­nti­, tadvan nī­lā­da­yo '­pī­ti­. ya­dā­ya­m a­vi­dyā­ni­ba­ndha­na eva buddheḥ pra­vi­bhā­gaḥ­, tadā evaṃ na saṃ­co­dya­grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā — saṃcodye pa­rya­nu­yo­jye­, grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­la­kṣa­ṇe yasyāḥ sā tathā na bha­va­ti­. na hy a­vi­dyā­sa­mā­ro­pi­tā­kā­raḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­m a­rha­tī­ti­. tad evaṃ bu­ddhi­vya­ti­ri­kta­grā­hya­grā­ha­kā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, buddhir e­vā­nā­di­vā­sa­nā­va­śā­d a­ne­kā­kā­rā­va­bhā­sa­te tasmād a­yu­kta­m uktam — sthū­lā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 10­9­,27~atra pra­ti­vi­dhī­ya­te — yat tāvan nāsty eko '­va­ya­vī­, tasya pā­ṇyā­di­ka­mpe sa­rva­ka­mpa­prā­pte­r iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; vyāpter a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi yasya pā­ṇyā­di­ka­mpe sa­rva­ka­mpa­prā­ptiḥ­, ta­syā­bhā­va ity evaṃ vyāptiḥ kvacid gṛ­hī­tā­. nāpi yasya sa­ttva­m­, tasya na pā­ṇyā­di­ka­mpe sa­rva­ka­mpa­prā­pti­r ity evaṃ vyāptiḥ pareṇa dṛṣṭā, na ca dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­ve sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhau pa­ra­pa­kṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe vā kvacid dhetoḥ sāmarthyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. prasaṅgo 'py u­bha­yo­r vyā­pti­si­ddhā­v ātmānaṃ la­bha­te­, pra­bhā­pra­dī­pa­pra­sa­ṅga­va­t­. a­ka­mpa­ne vā ca­lā­ca­la­yoḥ pṛ­tha­ksi­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅga ity api bā­hyā­rthā­sa­mbha­ve '­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. na hy evaṃ kaścid a­nu­nma­ttaḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te — nāsty eko va­ndhyā­pu­tra­s tasya pā­ṇyā­di­ka­mpe sa­rva­ka­mpa­prā­pteḥ­, a­ka­mpa­ne vā ca­lā­ca­la­yoḥ pṛ­tha­ksi­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­; kha­pu­ṣpa­kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­d iti. ca­lā­ca­la­yo­r e­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d e­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­la­tva­m eva sa­rvā­tma­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. ca­lā­ca­la­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā caikatvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m ity ayaṃ pra­sa­ṅgā­rtha iti cen na, vai­ya­rthyā­t­. na hi nai­yā­yi­ko vai­śe­ṣi­ko vā kaścid e­ka­syā­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­lā­ca­la­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ti­, yaṃ pratyayaṃ prasaṅgo '­rtha­vā­n bha­ve­t­.

NBhū-YA 11­0­,12~nanv e­kā­va­ya­va­ka­mpa­ne 'py a­nyā­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­ka­mpa­nā­d asti ca­lā­ca­la­tva­m­, tena bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­. tataḥ kim a­ni­ṣṭa­m­? yadi nā­mā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ ca­lā­ca­la­tve­na bhedaḥ tato '­rthā­nta­ra­syā­va­ya­vi­naḥ kim ā­yā­ta­m­? yadā khalv a­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­la­tva­m u­tpa­dya­te ta­dā­va­ya­va­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­ca­la­tve 'pi na ta­syā­ca­la­tva­m­. yadā tu no­tpa­dya­te ta­dā­va­ya­va­sya calatve 'pi nā­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­la­tva­m­. tayor a­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­ca­la­na­yo­r bhi­nna­sā­ma­grī­ja­nya­tve­na yu­ga­pa­du­tpa­tti­ni­ya­mā­yo­gā­t­. a­rdhā­va­ya­va­ca­la­na­kā­le tarhi kim a­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­la­tva­m asti vā na veti na vidmaḥ, tathā pra­tya­ya­syo­bha­ya­thā­pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. tathā niścale 'pi calatsv ā­śre­ye­ṣu dṛ­śya­mā­ne­ṣu ca­la­na­pra­tya­yo rū­pā­di­ṣv i­vo­pa­pa­dya­te­, calaty api ni­śca­lā­va­ya­va­sa­ma­vā­ya­ni­mi­tte­na ca­la­na­syā­gra­ha­ṇā­n ni­śca­la­pra­tya­yaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, dū­rā­di­ni­mi­ttā­d a­gṛ­hī­ta­ca­la­na­va­t­. na caivaṃ sa­rva­trā­nā­śvā­saḥ­, saṃ­śa­ya­ni­mi­ttā­nu­pa­la­bdhau ta­nni­śca­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. anyathā hi ca­lā­ca­la­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ni­rmū­la­tai­va syād iti.

NBhū-YA 11­1­,6~atha vā saṃ­yo­ga­va­c ca­la­na­syā­pi pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ te­nai­ka­syā­pi ca­lā­ca­la­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te­, dhāvati puruṣe ca­la­na­syā­pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­d a­yu­ktya­m iti cet, evaṃ tarhi va­stro­da­kā­di­saṃ­yo­ga­syā­pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t saṃ­yo­ga­syā­pi pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 11­1­,10~ta­tro­da­kā­di­nā sa­rvā­va­ya­va­saṃ­yo­gaiḥ saha vastrādeḥ saṃ­yo­go­pa­la­mbhā­d a­pra­de­śa­vṛ­ttya­bhi­mā­na iti cet, sa­mā­na­m atrāpi sa­rvā­va­ya­va­ca­la­naiḥ sa­hā­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca­la­no­pa­la­mbhā­d a­pra­de­śa­vṛ­ttya­bhi­mā­na eveti ku­ḍyā­di­nā­ṅgu­li­saṃ­yo­ge śa­rī­ra­syā­pi saṃyogo 'sti, na tu ha­sta­ca­la­ne 'pi śa­rī­ra­sya ca­la­na­m ity atra vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­ye pramāṇaṃ na pa­śyā­maḥ­, pra­kri­yā­mā­trā­t tu sa­rva­vā­da­si­ddhiḥ syāt. tasmāc ca­la­na­syā­pi pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvā­d e­ka­smi­nn a­va­ya­vi­ni saṃ­yo­go­pa­la­mbhā­nu­pa­la­mbha­va­c ca­la­na­syā­py u­pa­la­mbhā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­v a­vi­ru­ddhā­v iti. etena vṛ­tā­nā­vṛ­ta­tvaṃ pra­yu­kta­m­. na vā­va­ya­vyu­pa­la­mbhe '­va­ya­vo­pa­la­mbho '­va­ya­vā­kṣa­sa­nni­ka­rṣo vā kāraṇaṃ ye­nā­rdha­tri­bhā­gā­dya­va­ya­vā­va­ra­ṇe '­va­ya­vi­no 'py a­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­tsa­nni­ka­rṣo '­śe­ṣa­sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­hi­taḥ­, sa ca ta­du­pa­la­mbhā­nu­me­ya­s ta­da­nu­pa­la­mbhe­na tu sa­ha­kā­rya­sa­ma­gra­tai­vā­nu­mī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 11­1­,20~a­rdhā­va­ra­ṇe 'py a­vi­ka­lo '­va­ya­vī kin na dṛśyata iti cet, na; a­bhi­nnā­tma­na­s ta­syā­vi­ka­la­syai­va dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t tasmiṃs ta­thā­va­ya­ve dṛṣṭe '­va­ya­vā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā sandeho 'py a­vi­ru­ddhaḥ ta­da­va­ya­vā­dyu­pa­la­mbhā­nāṃ cā­va­ya­vyu­pa­la­mbha­sya ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­n na sa­ha­bhā­va­ni­ya­maḥ­, tasmād a­va­ya­vā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'py a­va­ya­vī gṛhyata iti.

NBhū-YA 11­1­,24~yad apy uktam — rakte cai­ka­smi­nn i­tyā­di­. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hy a­va­ya­va­ra­ktā­ra­kta­tā­bhyā­m a­va­ya­vi­na­s ta­thā­bhā­va­s tasya tebhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t­, api tv a­va­ya­vi­na eva ra­kta­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­go raktatā ta­da­bhā­va­ś cā­ra­kta­te­ti saṃ­yo­ga­sya cā­vyā­pya­vṛ­tti­tve­na ra­kta­tā­ra­kta­tva­m apy e­ka­syā­va­ya­vi­no na vi­ru­dhya­te­. katham e­ka­syā­vyā­pti­r iti cet, na; saṃ­yo­ga­syai­va hy evaṃ dharmo yena yatra ya­trā­va­ya­ve sambaddho '­va­ya­vī dṛśyate tatra tatra rū­pā­di­va­t ta­du­pa­la­mbha­kā­ra­ṇā­vai­gu­ṇye 'pi saṃyogo no­pa­la­bhya­te­. tathā yatra ya­trā­kā­śa­m asti tatra tatra na ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lyā­kā­śa­saṃ­yo­ge­nā­va­cchi­dya­te­, sa­rva­śa­bdā­nāṃ ta­tsa­ma­vā­ye­nai­ka­śro­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ata eva śa­bda­syā­pi na vyā­pya­vṛ­tti­tva­m­, kvacid u­tpa­nna­syā­pi sa­rva­śro­tra­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. evaṃ dha­rma­ka­tvaṃ saṃ­yo­ga­śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tva­śa­bde­nā­pi vya­va­hri­ya­te na punar ā­kā­śā­de­r a­kha­ṇḍa­sya pradeśo 'sti. yady apy a­va­ya­vi­no '­va­ya­vaḥ pradeśo 'sti, tathāpi na ta­trā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­yo­go va­rtta­te­, sa­rva­syā­py a­va­ya­vi­naḥ saṃ­yo­gā­nā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pa­ra­mā­ṇo­s tu pra­de­śā­bhā­vā­t saṃyogo na syāt. tataś ca śa­rī­rā­dya­nu­tpa­ttau sa­rva­syā­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tasmād yathā tvanmate ni­rvi­ka­lpe­na jñānena tad eva sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ jñānam ā­tma­sa­dṛ­śaṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­tpā­di­taṃ ka­thaṃ­ci­n nety a­bhi­nna­syai­vāṃ­śaḥ pa­ri­ka­lpya­te­, tathā saṃ­yo­gā­dyā­dhā­ra­syā­pī­ty aduṣṭaṃ saṃ­yo­gā­deḥ pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tva­m­. tasmād e­ka­syā­pi ra­ktā­ra­kta­tva­m a­vi­ru­ddha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 11­2­,13~yas tarhi ra­ktā­ra­ktai­r e­vā­va­ya­vai­r a­va­ya­vī ni­ṣpā­di­ta­s tasya kiṃ rūpam iti? vi­śe­ṣā­nā­ra­mbhā­d a­ni­rde­śya­m eva vi­śe­ṣa­to vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­rū­pā­ṇāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­ra­mbhe tu virodho na sā­mā­nyā­ra­mbhe nī­la­pī­tā­di­ṣu sarvatra rū­pā­tma­naḥ sa­mbha­vā­t nī­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­m api rūpam u­tpa­nna­m ity a­va­ya­vi­da­rśa­nā­d e­vā­va­ga­mya­te nī­rū­pa­dra­vya­sya da­rśa­nā­yo­gā­d a­nya­rū­pe­ṇā­nya­da­rśa­ne cā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād vi­śe­ṣa­to '­ni­rde­śyaṃ rū­pa­mā­tra­m eva ta­to­tpa­nna­m iti, ci­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­s tu tatra ci­trā­va­ya­va­sa­mba­ndhā­t sphaṭike nī­lā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­va­t­. yady evaṃ dvya­ṇu­ka­rū­pa­m api vi­ru­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­rū­pā­ra­mbhā­d a­ni­rde­śyaṃ prāptaṃ tataś ca ta­tpū­rva­ka­sya sa­rva­syā­py a­va­ya­vi­rū­pa­syā­ni­rde­śya­tvaṃ syāt tataḥ pa­ra­rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­d rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rde­śo­cche­da eva syād iti.

NBhū-YA 11­3­,2~naitad e­va­m­, sa­rvā­ra­mbha­syā­dṛ­ṣṭā­ya­tta­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sya ca pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­gi­kā­ryā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­t­, ta­thā­ra­mbhe tu na pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­yo­ga iti na, sarvatra ta­thā­ra­mbhe rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­mbha­vi­ro­dhā­c ceti. atha vā citram eva ta­drū­pa­m utpannaṃ ta­thai­vā­bā­dhi­ta­pra­ti­bhā­sā­t­. ekaṃ tac citraṃ ceti vi­ro­dhā­d a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na; e­ka­syā­py a­ne­ka­nī­la­tvā­di­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na ci­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­sa­mbha­vā­t­; yathā gai­ri­kā­dya­ne­ka­va­rṇa­sa­mba­ddhaṃ vastraṃ citram iti pra­tī­ya­te­. nī­la­tvā­di­jā­tī­nāṃ vi­ru­ddha­tvā­d e­ka­tra­sa­ma­vā­yo na yukta iti cet, na; vi­ro­dha­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. anyatra sa­hā­da­rśa­nā­t ta­tsi­ddhi­r iti cet, na; nī­la­tvo­tpa­la­tva­yo­r api vi­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tayor ekatra da­rśa­nā­d a­vi­ro­dha iti cet, sa­mā­na­m e­ta­t­. yuktyāpi bhi­nna­jā­tī­ya­rū­pā­ra­bdha­syā­va­ya­vi­rū­pa­syā­ne­ka­jā­tya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ sa­mbhā­vya­te­, a­va­ya­va­rū­pā­ṇāṃ ni­ya­me­nā­va­ya­vi­ni sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­rū­pā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­da­rśa­nā­d iti. pa­ra­ma­te 'py a­ne­ka­vā­sa­nā­kha­ci­taṃ jñānaṃ citram ity a­stū­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. jā­ti­bhe­dā eva hi vyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­da­śa­kti­bhe­da­śa­bdā­bhyā­m a­bhi­la­pya­nte­. teṣām ā­śra­ye­bhyo '­nya­tva­m a­na­nya­tvaṃ veti vi­vā­dā­nta­ra­m e­ta­t­. tasmād a­ne­ka­jā­tya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m ekaṃ rūpaṃ vi­ci­tra­m­. tac ca ta­thā­bhū­ta­m api yadā ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­d a­ne­ka­jā­tya­da­rśa­nā­d e­kai­ke­nai­va jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa viśiṣṭaṃ gṛ­hya­te­, tadā śuklam iti vā raktam iti vā gṛhyate na citram iti. yathā dhā­ra­ṇi­rū­pa­m­. atha śuklam iti raktam iti vā­va­ya­vi­rū­pa­m eva gṛ­hya­te­. a­va­ya­vi­rū­pa­sya tu citram iti gra­ha­ṇa­kā­la eva pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m i­ṣya­te­. evam astu nātra nirbandho '­smā­ka­m­, śā­kyo­kta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­pa­ri­hā­ra­sya sa­rva­tho­pa­pa­tteḥ­.

NBhū-YA 11­3­,21~ye tv a­va­ya­vi­naṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­nti­, tair api ci­trā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya viṣayo va­kta­vyaḥ­, pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­va­ya­va­vi­ṣa­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­me sa e­vā­va­ya­vya­bhyu­pa­ga­to bha­va­ti­. pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ tv a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­n nā­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­c ca, svā­kā­ra­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ hi vi­ṣa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tair i­ṣṭa­m­. na ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ svā­kā­ra­ja­na­ka­tva­m asti, sarvatra sthū­lā­dyā­kā­ra­syai­va saṃ­ve­da­nā­t­. vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­kā­ra­ja­na­ka­syā­pi vi­ṣa­ya­bhā­ve ca­kṣu­rā­de­r api vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 11­4­,6~atha nī­lā­dyā­kā­rā­rpa­ka­tvaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m asti ta­dva­śe­nai­va vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yato nī­lā­dyā­kā­raḥ sthū­lā­dyā­tma­ka­tve­nai­va saṃ­ve­dya­te­, nānyo '­saṃ­śli­ṣṭa­pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­tma­ko nī­lā­dyā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. kutaś cāyaṃ viśeṣo '­va­dhā­rya­te nī­lā­dyā­kā­ra­syai­va bā­hyo­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ na sthū­lā­dyā­kā­ra­sye­ti­? na hy ā­kā­ra­vā­di­nā sthū­lā­dyā­kā­ra­va­n nī­lā­dyā­kā­ro 'pi jñā­na­sthā­d ā­kā­rā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­to dṛṣṭaḥ. tat kathaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­bhyā­m a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ta­dā­kā­ra­yo­r he­tu­pha­la­bhā­vo vya­va­sthā­pya­te­? a­rthā­pa­ttyā tu sthū­lā­kā­ra­syā­pi bā­hyo­pā­dā­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d iti. bahavaḥ sa­nni­vi­ṣṭāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va eva sthū­la­tve­nā­va­bhā­sa­nta iti cet, na; u­kta­tvā­t­. pra­tye­ka­m a­saṃ­ci­tā­sthū­le­ṣu pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu ta­thā­kā­raṃ jñānaṃ bhrāntam eva syāt. api ca te bahavaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ kim ekam e­vā­kā­ra­m a­rpa­ya­nti­? uta pra­ti­pa­ra­mā­ṇu bhinnam iti? yady ekam e­vā­kā­raṃ jñāne '­rpa­ya­nti­, tadā pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­kā­ra­grā­ha­ka­tve­na sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­, bhrāntatvaṃ ca pratyekaṃ bhi­nnā­kā­rā­ṇā­m e­kā­kā­re­ṇa gra­ha­ṇā­t­. ci­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ś ca na syāt, na hy e­kā­kā­ra­sya citratā nāma. atha pra­ti­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhi­nnā­kā­raṃ jñā­na­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; a­bhi­nna­jñā­na­syā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ā­kā­ra­bhe­de hi jñā­na­syā­pi bhedaḥ syāt, tā­dā­tmya­vi­pa­rya­yo vā, ga­tya­nta­rā­bhā­vā­d iti. iṣṭa e­vā­kā­ra­bhe­de jñā­na­bhe­da iti cet, na; a­nu­bha­va­vi­ro­dhā­t­. ekam eva sta­mbhā­di­jñā­na­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te na pra­ti­pa­ra­mā­ṇu bhinnāny a­pa­ra­saṃ­khyā­tā­ni jñā­nā­nī­ti­. e­kai­kā­kā­ra­pa­rya­va­si­ta­tve ca jñānānāṃ bhi­nna­sa­ntā­na­jñā­nā­nā­m iva pa­ra­spa­rā­saṃ­vi­di­tā­kā­ra­tvā­t kathaṃ bahuṣv api sthū­lā­dyā­kā­ra­tve­na pra­ti­pa­tti­r i­ṣya­te­?

NBhū-YA 11­5­,1~atha naiva bāhyo 'rtho 'stīti sarvatra buddhir eva ta­dā­kā­rā­va­bhā­sa­ta iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; buddhir apy ekā satī kathaṃ ci­trā­kā­rā bha­ve­t­? a­bhi­nnā­tma­na­ś ci­tra­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­, khalv a­va­ya­vi­nā ko '­pa­rā­dhaḥ kṛto, yenāsau sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddho 'pi ni­rā­kri­ya­te­?

NBhū-YA 11­5­,4~atha nā­bhi­nnā­tma­na­ś ci­trā­kā­ra­te­ṣya­te­, kintu pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­kā­raṃ yu­ga­pa­du­tpa­nna­m anekaṃ vijñānaṃ citram ity ucyata iti, tad api na yu­kta­m­; sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ni­ṣṭha­tve­nai­ka­syai­vā­kā­ra­syā­nu­bha­vā­n na jātu jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­kā­ra­m a­nu­bha­va­ti­. a­na­nu­bha­ve ca yu­ga­pa­d a­ne­kā­kā­ra­jñā­no­tpā­da­ka­sya kathaṃ citratvaṃ bhi­nna­sa­ntā­nā­ne­kā­kā­ra­jñā­na­va­t­? atha tair e­ka­sa­ntā­no­dbha­vai­r eko vi­ka­lpa­ś ci­trā­kā­rā­dhya­va­sā­yī janyata iti, na; spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­no 'pi ci­tra­jñā­na­sya da­rśa­nā­t­. na ca vi­ka­lpa­sya spa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si­tvaṃ bha­va­dbhi­r i­ṣṭa­m­. vikalpo 'pi yady e­kā­kā­raḥ­, tadā kathaṃ ci­trā­kā­rā­dhya­va­sā­yī­? bhi­nnā­kā­ra­ś cet katham a­bhi­nna­sya bhi­nnā­kā­ra­te­ti­? vā­sa­nā­pra­pa­ñco 'py a­ne­nai­va ni­ra­staḥ­.

NBhū-YA 11­5­,12~atha yu­ga­pa­du­tpa­nnā­ne­ka­jñā­nā­nā­m e­ko­pā­dā­na­ja­nya­tve­nā­nyo­nya­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m i­ṣya­te­, te­nā­ne­kā­kā­ro­pa­la­mbha eva ci­tra­pra­ti­bhā­sa iti. naitad asti, yadi hi jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­kā­raṃ svī­ku­rva­d u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tataḥ katham e­kā­kā­raṃ ta­dā­kā­ra­ra­hi­taṃ ca? kathaṃ tatrāsya saṃ­ve­da­na­m­? tadvad a­rtha­syā­pi syāt. a­ta­dā­tma­bhū­ta­ś ced ākāraḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te ni­ṣprā­mā­ṇi­ky e­vā­kā­ra­ka­lpa­nā syād iti.

NBhū-YA 11­5­,18~astu tarhi ci­trā­dvai­ta­m­. na caivaṃ bā­hya­m­, tasya vi­ve­cya­mā­na­sya bhi­nnā­tma­no '­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na ca jñā­na­syā­pi vi­ve­ca­naṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, na hi jñānena svayam ātmā vi­vi­cya­te­, ta­syā­bhi­nnā­tma­sva­rū­pa­syai­va ve­da­nā­t­. nāpi jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇa­, tasyāpi svā­tma­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­tvā­t­. atha pū­rva­jñā­nā­kā­rā­d a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­d idānīṃ kevalaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no 'nya iti vi­ve­ca­na­m­, na, pūrvasya pa­ro­kṣa­tve­nā­saṃ­ve­da­nā­t­. ta­da­pra­tī­tau ca tato 'haṃ bhinnam iti kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­? atha smṛtyā jñā­ya­te­, na, smṛter a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. a­nu­bha­va­ja­nya­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­m eveti cet, na; ta­jja­nya­tve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. na hy a­nu­bha­va­m a­vi­di­tvai­va smṛtiḥ '­a­nu­bha­vā­d aham u­tpa­nnā­' — iti jā­nā­ti­. a­nu­bha­va­ve­da­ne tv a­nu­bha­va eva syān na smṛtir iti. e­te­nā­nu­mā­nā­di­jñā­naṃ ni­ra­sta­m­, tasyāpi sva­saṃ­vi­nni­ṣṭha­tvā­n nā­nya­saṃ­ve­da­ne sā­ma­rthya­m asti. a­nya­ve­da­ne hi ta­dā­kā­rā­pa­ttau tad eva syād iti. tasmād a­śa­kya­vi­ve­ca­na­tvā­d grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­nī­lā­dyā­kā­ra­ci­tra­bu­ddhi­r e­kai­ve­ti siddhaṃ ci­trā­dvai­ta­m­. pra­mā­ṇa­tve­ne­tthaṃ sva­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­mbhā­d virodho 'pi nā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 11­6­,7~a­tro­cya­te — saṃ­khyai­kā­ntā­si­ddhiḥ kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttyu­pa­pa­tti­bhyā­m ity a­ne­nai­va sūtreṇa sa­rva­syā­py a­dvai­ta­vā­da­sya ni­ra­sta­tvā­d a­nu­pa­pa­tti­s tathā caitad u­tta­ra­tra pra­pa­ñca­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. kintv e­tā­va­d iha pa­rya­nu­yu­jya­te — yadi ci­trā­dvai­ta­vā­da e­vā­bhi­pre­to bha­va­taḥ­, tadā kim arthaṃ ve­da­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe ma­hā­pra­yā­saḥ­? tatrāpi hi bo­dha­sva­bhā­va eka evātmā vi­śvā­kā­ra iti pa­ra­mā­rthaḥ­. tathā ca "sarvaṃ khalv idaṃ brahma" iti, "­jñā­na­gha­na evāyaṃ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­" iti, "­e­ka­m evedaṃ na dvi­tī­ya­m­" iti ca śrutiḥ. e­ta­syai­va ve­dā­rtha­sya ni­śca­yā­rtha­m idaṃ śāstram ity evam eva bhavato 'pi vaktuṃ yu­kta­m­. śā­rī­ra­kā­di­śā­stra­kā­ra­va­t na tu ta­da­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vaktuṃ nyā­yya­m­. ta­da­bhi­nnā­rtha­tve­na tva­cchā­stra­syā­py a­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. syād etat —

NBhū-YA 11­7­,3~ci­trā­kā­ra­tā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d a­vā­sta­vī eva, tathā hi — sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ jñānaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­kā­ra­ve­da­na eva ni­ma­gna­tvā­d nā­kā­rā­nta­ra­ve­da­na­m­. ta­dve­da­ne 'pi ko virodha iti cet, sva­rū­pa­pa­ra­rū­pā­sa­mbha­va eva. tad dhi vedanaṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇā­kā­rā­nta­raṃ vettīti na yu­kta­m­, sva­rū­pa­sya svātmani vya­va­sthā­nā­t­. svarūpe niviṣṭaṃ yadrūpaṃ tat svā­bhi­mu­kha­m eva kathaṃ paraṃ vetti? a­nyā­bhi­mu­khaṃ tad iti cet, tena tarhi svātmā na pra­tī­ya­te­, tataḥ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­ve­da­na­va­n na dva­ya­pra­tī­tiḥ­. yasya ta­dā­bhi­mu­khya­dva­yaṃ sa eka eveti cet, dvayam etad iti kaḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­mā­n­? sa eveti cet punar ā­bhi­mu­khya­dva­yaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ca tṛtīyaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. tatas tra­ya­ve­da­ne 'para ā­tmā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, ta­syā­bhi­mu­khya­tra­yaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ ca caturthaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. punar aparaḥ punar apara iti mahaty a­na­rtha­pa­raṃ­pa­rā syāt. tasmād ekam eva vedanaṃ tatra bhe­dā­va­bhā­sa u­pa­pla­va eva iti. jñānam api sva­rū­pe­ṇā­pra­ti­pa­nna­m asad eveti śū­nya­tai­vā­va­śi­ṣya­te­. na hi ta­da­nyā­pra­ti­pa­trā ta­drū­pa­pa­rā­vṛ­ttaṃ śakyaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­m­. na cā­ve­da­nā­d vyā­vṛ­tta­tvā­na­va­ga­ma­ve­da­na­m iti vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ śakyam iti. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 11­7­,19~yadi svayam e­vā­rthā­nā­m etad a­bhi­pre­taṃ yad vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇo ni­va­rta­ta iti. tataḥ kim atra vayaṃ kurmaḥ? na cā­vi­cā­ri­taṃ vastu nyā­ya­vā­di­nā pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tre­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­ntuṃ yu­kta­m­, sva­pnā­dya­rtha­syā­py a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. kathaṃ tarhi pa­ra­pa­kṣa­vyu­dā­se­na pra­tya­kṣā­di­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m­? uktam atra sāṃ­vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­sye­tyā­di­. tasmād iha sa­rva­dha­rma­śū­nyaṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­tra­m advaitaṃ na bra­hmā­dvai­tā­di­tu­lya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 11­8­,5~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato vede 'pi ekam e­ve­da­m ity a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­, na citratvaṃ vastutaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvaṃ vā­bhi­pre­ta­m­. yathā bhavatāṃ sāṃ­vyā­va­hā­ri­ka­mā­tre­ṇa sā­kā­ra­tva­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­da­yo dharmā uktās tathā vede 'pi ni­tya­tva­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­da­yo dharmā iti. yathā ca bha­va­tā­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­mu­khe­na cā­dvai­ta­m uktaṃ tathā vede 'py a­ga­ndha­m a­ra­sa­m a­rū­pa­m i­tyā­di­no­kta­m iti. atha na kiṃcid apy astīti śūnyam a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­, sva­va­ca­no­ccā­ra­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­t­. u­pa­pla­va e­vo­ccā­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, tathāpi yena yac co­pa­plū­ya­te­, tad asty eva. anyathā hi tamo '­kā­śya­m evedaṃ sarvaṃ syād iti. yadi nāmāsti kiṃcit tataḥ kim? nanu ve­da­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ na ka­rtta­vya­m­, tatrāpi vi­dyā­vi­dya­yoḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. atha vede '­nya­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe­nā­dvai­taṃ pra­tī­ta­m­, atra punar anyan na vi­dhī­ya­te na pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, api tu bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya mi­thyā­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d e­vā­dvai­ta­m iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­, yāvad dhi bhedo na pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te tāvat ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­sya kathaṃ mi­thyā­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m­? nanu pa­rā­ma­rśā­d eva bhe­da­ve­da­na­m a­ta­thya­m­, tathā hi — sva­pa­ra­ve­da­naṃ yadi bhe­da­ve­da­na­m­, tadā sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pa­ra­ve­da­naṃ cety uktaṃ syāt, tathā ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ svā­tma­ni­ṣṭhaṃ pa­ra­ve­da­na­m api parasya svā­tma­ni­ṣṭha­m iti naikam api bhe­da­ve­da­na­m­. atha nī­la­pī­tā­di­ve­da­naṃ bhe­da­ve­da­na­m­, tad apy a­sa­t­, yato nī­la­ve­da­naṃ nī­lā­tma­ni­ṣṭhaṃ pī­ta­ve­da­naṃ pī­tā­tma­ni­ṣṭha­m iti sarvaṃ vedanaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m eveti kim atra bhe­da­ve­da­na­m­? a­thā­ne­ka­nī­lā­dya­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­m ekaṃ vedanaṃ bhe­da­ve­da­na­m­, tathāpi tad eva nī­la­ve­da­naṃ tad eva pī­ta­ve­da­na­m ity a­bhi­nna­ve­da­na­syai­va pa­ryā­yā­bhi­dhā­na­mā­traṃ syāt. na cā­bhi­nna­ve­da­nā­d bhi­nna­vya­va­sthā yuktā, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmān na bhe­da­prai­bhā­saḥ samyag iti.

NBhū-YA 11­8­,24~tad etad ā­kā­śa­ca­rva­ṇa­m iva sau­ga­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­sa­mba­ddha­m eva pra­ti­bhā­ti­. tathā hi — bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­s tāvat sarveṣāṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­syā­sa­tya­tā kutaḥ pra­tī­ya­te — kiṃ tata eva pra­ti­bhā­sā­d­? uta pra­ti­bhā­sā­nta­rā­d iti? tata e­ve­ti­, na yu­kta­m­, tasya bhe­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. na hi bhinnā ete 'rthā iti pra­ti­bhā­saḥ svātmano '­sa­tya­tāṃ ni­ści­no­ti­, ta­nni­śca­ye hi vi­pa­rya­yā­t pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. atha jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇā­sa­tya­tvaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­, tad api jñā­nā­nta­raṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ni­ya­taṃ katham a­nya­syā­sa­tya­tvaṃ vetti? a­tho­bha­ya­vi­ṣa­yaṃ kathaṃ na bhe­dā­va­ga­tiḥ­? u­bha­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi na bhe­dā­va­ga­ti­r iti sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d a­vi­ro­dha iti cet, sa pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ kiṃ svā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­bhe­de­nā­va­ga­taḥ­? atha bhe­de­ne­ti­? yady a­bhe­de­nā­va­ga­taḥ­, tadāsau svā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma eva syāt. atha bhe­de­nā­va­ga­taḥ­, ta­da­va­stha eva vi­ro­dhaḥ­. lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­vā­da eṣa iti cet, na; sa khalu lo­ka­vya­va­hā­raḥ ta­ttva­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­rthā­nta­ra­m­? a­na­rthā­nta­raṃ veti? yadi nā­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tatas ta­ttva­dṛ­ṣṭi­r eva lo­ka­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, tatas ta­dvya­va­hā­rā­d eva bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­. atha ta­ttva­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­rthā­nta­raṃ lo­ka­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, tataḥ kathaṃ na bhedaḥ? u­pa­pla­va eṣa iti cet, so 'pi ta­ttva­da­rśa­nā­d bhinnaḥ? a­thā­bhi­nnaḥ iti? pū­rva­va­t pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 11­9­,15~sāṃvṛto 'sti bheda ity api na yu­kta­m­, saṃ­vṛ­ti­r api ta­ttva­dṛ­ṣṭe­r a­nyā­na­nyā vā? ity a­ni­vṛ­ttaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tasmād a­dvai­ta­vā­di­nāṃ varaṃ maunaṃ jyāyaḥ. punar apy advaitaṃ vi­sta­re­ṇa ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 11­9­,19~sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vā­dī tāvad a­nu­yu­jya­te — ve­dya­ve­da­na­bhe­dā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya mithyātvaṃ kena ni­ścī­ya­te­? na tāvat te­nai­va­, tasya bhe­da­ni­śca­ya­rū­pa­tvā­t­. nāpi jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇa­, jñānasya jñā­nā­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, a­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­d ity ayaṃ hetur asiddhaḥ syāt. atha bhrāntyā jñānasya jñā­nā­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, na; bhrānter a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. etac cā­nu­mā­ne pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 11­9­,24~kā ceyaṃ bhrāntiḥ — kiṃ svā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­tra­m­? kiṃ vānyatra svā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇa­m­? uta svātmany a­nyā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇa­m iti? na tāvat svā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­mā­traṃ bhrāntiḥ, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpy anyatra svā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ bhrāntiḥ, tad a­nya­smi­nn adṛṣṭe svā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na hi sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhe 'rthe ka­sya­ci­d ā­kā­ra­syā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. atha svātmany a­nyā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ bhrāntiḥ, tatrāpi kiṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇa­m­? a­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇa­m iti? dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ tāvan na yu­kta­m­, mi­thyā­kā­ra­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. na hi bhavatāṃ mate grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhe­dā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya mithyātvaṃ kvacid a­dhya­kṣe­ṇo­pa­la­bdhaṃ ya­dā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ jñā­nā­nta­re syāt. a­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇa­m­, tan na; a­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇā­da­rśa­nā­t­. sarvatra hi bhrāntau dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va pī­tā­dyā­kā­ra­sya saṃ­khā­dā­v ā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ dṛ­śya­te­. ca­ndrā­di­ṣv api dvi­tvā­di­dha­rma­syā­nya­tra dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­vā­ro­pa­ṇa­m iti. yadi cā­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­ro­pa­ṇaṃ bhrāntiḥ, tadā sā dvi­ca­ndrā­di­bhrā­nti­va­t ta­dā­kā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī na syāt. tataś ca grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhe­dā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya mi­thyā­tva­jñā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva syāt. ta­da­prā­mā­ṇye ca grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­bhe­dā­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ samyag e­ve­ti­. bā­hyā­rtha­bhrā­ntā­v api sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhau bā­hyā­rthā­kā­raḥ katham ā­ro­pya­te­? na hi rā­ja­ko­śa­ra­tna­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­ro '­ta­dda­rśi­nā kvacid ā­ro­pi­to dṛ­śya­te­. api ca bhrāntau bā­hyā­rthā­kā­raḥ kiṃ jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇā­ro­pya­te­? atha saiva ta­dā­kā­re­ti­? jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇa tāvan nā­ro­pya­te­, ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, na hy a­vi­ṣa­ye ra­sā­di­ṣv iva cakṣuṣā kaścid ākāraḥ ke­na­ci­d ā­ro­pya­te­. na ca tvanmate jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nta­ra­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. atha bhrāntir eva ta­dā­kā­re­ti­, na; a­bhi­nnā­tma­no bhi­nnā­ne­kā­kā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­t­. a­thā­vi­dya­mā­nai­vā­ne­kā­kā­ra­tā­va­bhā­ti­, na; sa­rva­śū­nya­tā­va­kā­śa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tatra ca doṣa uktaḥ. a­sa­tkhyā­ti­vā­da­ś ca syāt. sa ca bhavataḥ sva­kṛ­tā­nta­vi­ro­dhī­. a­thā­ne­kā­kā­ra­tvaṃ jñā­na­syai­va svabhāva i­ṣya­te­, na cā­tmī­ye­nai­va sva­rū­pe­ṇa ka­sya­ci­d virodha iti. nanv evaṃ tarhi kiṃ sa­ma­sta­ma­ryā­dā­ti­kra­me­ṇa­? varaṃ bā­hyā­rtha­syai­va ta­drū­pa­m i­ṣya­tā­m­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me hi na lo­ka­vi­ro­dho na yu­kti­vi­ro­dha iti. na hi dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r e­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tai­ka­syā­ne­kā­kā­ra­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­. sa­rva­ja­ga­tsva­bhā­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'py ekasya vi­ro­dhā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād a­ne­ka­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­m ekam e­vā­va­ya­vi­no rūpam ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­me na kaścid virodho 'sti.

NBhū-YA 12­1­,2~yac cedam uktaṃ dhiyā vi­vi­cya­mā­na­sya bā­hya­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, na tu jñānasya vi­ve­ca­naṃ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­, tad a­pa­ryā­lo­ci­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m­; sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pa­kṣe hi jñānaṃ tāvad u­pa­la­bdhi­yo­gya­tvā­t ka­dā­ci­d vi­ve­ca­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. bāhyaṃ punar a­tya­ntā­nu­pa­la­mbha­sva­bhā­vaṃ kathaṃ vi­ve­cya­te­? na hy adṛṣṭvā rā­jā­ntaḥ­pu­rā­bha­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ vi­ve­ca­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. jñā­nā­kā­kā­ra­sya bā­hya­tve­nā­bhi­ma­ta­sya dṛ­śya­tvā­d vi­ve­ca­no­pa­pa­tti­r iti cet, kiṃ ta­dvi­ve­ca­nā­t ta­syai­vā­bhā­vo '­thā­nya­sye­ti­? ta­syai­ve­ti na yu­kta­m­, jñānasya ni­rā­kā­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ca ci­trai­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. nāpy a­nya­syā­bhā­vaḥ­, a­nya­vi­ve­ca­ne hy a­nyā­bhā­va­si­ddhau trai­lo­kyā­bhā­vaḥ syāt. atha tasyaiva jñānād a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ ni­ṣi­dhya­te­, na; a­pra­stu­ta­tvā­t­. nātra jñānād a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­na­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ vā pra­stu­ta­m­, kin tu ci­trā­kā­ra­tā katham e­ka­sye­ti pra­stu­ta­m­. tatra jñānād a­rthā­nta­ra­tve ci­trā­kā­ra­tā­yāḥ su­ta­rā­m a­nu­pa­pa­tti­r ity u­kta­m­. atha bā­hya­syā­ne­kaiḥ pu­ru­ṣai­r vi­ve­ca­nā­d a­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, jñānaṃ punaḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­tvā­d a­ne­kā­kā­ra­m ātmānaṃ viditvā nivṛttaṃ kena vi­ve­cya­te­? tad a­yu­kta­m­; jñānasya jñā­nā­nta­rā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve hy a­dvai­ta­vā­da eva syāt. ka­thaṃ­ci­d vi­ṣa­ya­tve vā tathaiva vi­ve­ca­na­m apīti kathaṃ vi­ve­ca­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. bā­hya­syā­ne­kaiḥ pu­ru­ṣai­r vi­ve­ca­nā­d a­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti — ity etad api vyā­ha­ta­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m­, yasya hy a­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ tasya kuto '­sa­ttva­m­? bhrā­nti­ta­s ta­syā­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m iti cet, bhrāntaṃ tarhi vi­ve­ca­naṃ tato '­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­n nā­sa­ttva­sā­dha­ka­m­. bhrāntir apy a­rtha­sa­mba­ndha­taḥ prameti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­; bā­hyā­rthe­na hi bhrānteḥ sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. ta­tsa­mba­ndhe vā na ta­syā­sa­ttva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 12­1­,21~api ca kim a­va­ya­vi­bu­ddhyā­va­ya­vī vi­ve­cya­te­? a­thā­va­ya­va­bu­ddhye­ti­? na tāvad a­va­ya­vi­bu­ddhye­ti­, vi­ve­cya­mā­na­syā­va­ya­vi­no 'sattvaṃ si­dhya­ti­; tasyās ta­tsa­ttva­gṛ­hī­ti­rū­pa­tvā­n nī­lā­di­bu­ddhi­va­t­. yadi punas ta­tsa­ttva­bu­ddhyā ta­da­sa­ttvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­, tadā ta­da­sa­ttva­bu­ddhyā tatsattvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­ta iti syāt. tataḥ sādhvī vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­. atha ta­da­sa­ttva­bu­ddhyā vi­ve­cya­mā­na­sya ta­syā­sa­ttva­m­, bhavatv evaṃ yatra ta­da­sa­ttva­bu­ddhi­r a­bhrā­ntā­sti­, na sarvatra gha­ṭā­dya­sa­ttva­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­, tato na sa­rva­trā­sa­ttva­si­ddhiḥ­. a­thā­va­ya­va­bu­ddhyā vi­ve­cya­mā­na­sya ta­syā­sa­ttva­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yato '­va­ya­va­bu­ddhi­r a­va­ya­vā­nā­m eva sattvaṃ vi­dha­tte­, nā­va­ya­vi­naḥ sattvaṃ vidhātuṃ pra­ti­ṣe­ddhuṃ vā śa­kno­ti­, ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t tasyāḥ.

NBhū-YA 12­2­,5~a­thā­va­ya­ve­ṣū­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­ṣv a­va­ya­vī no­pa­la­bhya­te­, tato 'sau nāsty e­ve­ti­, evaṃ tarhi ga­ndha­spa­rśa­rū­pe­ṣū­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­ṣu raso no­pa­la­bhya­te pu­ru­ṣā­nta­rā­jñā­naṃ ca, tatas tayor apy abhāvaḥ prā­pno­ti­. i­ndri­yā­nta­re­ṇa rasasya pu­ru­ṣā­nta­re­ṇa ta­jjñā­na­sya co­pa­la­mbhā­n nābhāva iti cet, evaṃ tarhi a­va­ya­vi­no 'py u­pa­la­mbhā­nta­re­ṇo­pa­la­mbhā­n nā­bhā­vaḥ­. tathā hi — bhi­nnā­kā­ra­pra­ti­bhā­so '­va­ya­ve­ṣv eva bha­va­ti­, a­va­ya­vi­ni tv a­bhi­nnā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa iti. a­bhi­nne­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n na bheda iti cet, na; nī­la­pī­tā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kā­ntā­t­. api ce­ndri­yā­ṇā­m eva kathaṃ bhedaḥ? pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­d iti cet, sa e­vā­nya­trā­py astu kim i­ndri­ya­bhe­do­pa­nyā­se­na­? a­thā­va­ya­vī yady asti kim ity a­va­ya­va­vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ ka­sya­ci­d api na pra­ti­bhā­ti­? ka evam āha? mamaiva tāvat pra­ti­bhā­ti­. bhrāntir eṣā taveti cet, ta­thai­vā­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhrāntiḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī khalv eṣā mama pratītiḥ — ba­hu­bhi­s ta­ntu­bhi­r ayam ekaḥ paṭo ni­ṣpā­di­ta iti, kathaṃ bhrāntiḥ syāt? ta­tho­tpā­do 'pi, kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­ni­ṣe­dhā­d a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, tasmān na vi­ve­ca­nā­d abhāvo '­va­ya­vi­naḥ­. etena ta­ntva­pa­ka­rṣa­ṇe­na pa­ṭa­bu­ddhi­r a­nu­pa­pa­nne­ti ni­ra­sta­m­. yadi hi tantūnāṃ vi­śle­ṣa­ṇa­m a­pa­ka­rṣa­ṇaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tataḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śā­d a­bhā­va­s ta­sye­ṣya­ta eva. na ca yasya pradhvaṃsaḥ ta­syā­tya­ntā­sa­ttva­m­, jñā­na­syā­py a­tya­ntā­sa­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. bu­ddhyā­pa­ka­rṣa­ṇaṃ tu vi­ve­ca­ne­nā­bhi­nnā­rtha­tvā­t ta­nni­ṣe­dhe­nai­va ni­ṣi­ddha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 12­2­,22~yad api sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ svā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ pa­rā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ ce­tyā­di­ka­m u­kta­m­, tatra jñānasya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvaṃ nāstīti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tena svā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ ne­ṣya­te­, pa­rā­bhi­mu­khyaṃ jñā­na­dha­rmo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta eva, yasya vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ṣa­yi­bhā­va­saṃ­jñā­. ta­da­ve­da­ne 'py arthasya ve­da­nā­d a­na­va­sthā­pi nāsti. dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­ś ca bhedān na dha­rma­bhe­de dharmiṇo 'pi bheda iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. yataś cābhinne 'pi jñāne nī­la­pī­tā­da­yo '­ne­kā­rthāḥ kecid a­va­bhā­nti tasmād idam apy a­yu­kta­m­. na cā­bhi­nna­ve­da­nā­d bhi­nnā­rtha­vya­va­sthā yuktā, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. tasmād e­ka­syā­pi jñā­na­syā­ne­kā­rtha­ve­da­ne ko 'pi na doṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 12­3­,8~yad apy a­va­ya­vi­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tti­r ity u­kta­m­. tatra kim idaṃ sva­ta­ntra­sā­dha­na­m­? atha pra­sa­ṅgā­pā­da­na­m iti? sva­ta­ntra­sā­dha­naṃ tāvan na yu­kta­m­, na hi bhavatāṃ pakṣe ka­sya­ci­d api kā­rtsnye­nai­ka­de­śe­na vā kvacid vṛttir astīty ato vṛ­ttya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­rva­syā­py abhāvaḥ prā­pno­ti­. nāpi pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m­, pra­dī­pa­pra­bhā­va­d vyā­ptya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. vyā­ptya­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā pra­dī­pa­va­d eva na kṛ­tsnai­ka­de­śā­bhyā­m a­va­ya­vi­vṛ­tte­r a­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­, vyā­pa­kā­bhā­va­si­ddhau hi vyā­pyā­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r yuktā. na cā­tya­ntā­nu­pa­la­bdhā­yā vṛtter vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ śakyam a­va­ga­ntu­m­, tat kathaṃ vṛ­ttya­bhā­vā­d a­va­ya­vi­no '­sa­ttva­m­? kvacid vyā­pa­ka­tvā­va­ga­me 'pi nā­va­ya­vi­no '­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­? pareṇa vṛtter a­va­ya­vi­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d iti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­; evaṃ hi pareṇa mū­la­pra­kṛ­te­r a­śe­ṣa­kā­rya­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t tan nivṛttau sa­rva­syā­pi bo­dhā­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­sya kā­rya­syā­bhā­vaḥ syāt. na ca parair a­va­ya­vi­naḥ kṛ­tsnai­ka­de­śā­bhyāṃ vṛttir a­bhyu­pa­ga­tā ity ataḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dho­dbhā­va­na­m api no­pa­pa­dya­te­. bhinneṣv a­va­ya­ve­ṣv abhinno '­va­ya­vī sa­ma­vā­ya­vṛ­ttyai­va vartata iti pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­. sa­ma­vā­yo '­syā­stī­ti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 12­3­,21~vaṃśo 'pi stambheṣu saṃ­yo­ga­vṛ­ttyā va­rta­te­, nai­ka­de­śe­na­, e­ka­de­śa­syā­vṛ­tti­tvā­t­. kathaṃ tarhi vaṃ­śa­sta­mbhe­ṣv e­ka­de­śe­na vartata iti pra­tī­tiḥ­? neyaṃ du­rgha­ṭā­, deśo '­va­ya­vi­naḥ khalv a­va­ya­va­s te­nai­ke­nā­va­ya­ve­na saha saṃyuktaṃ ca saṃ­pa­śya­ta­s tathā pra­tī­ti­r iti. na punar e­ka­de­śa eva vṛttir vṛ­tti­he­tu­r vā pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­kā­śā­deḥ saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tataḥ sa­rva­kā­ryā­nu­tpā­da eva syād iti.

NBhū-YA 12­4­,3~atha yad ekaṃ tad e­ka­trai­va vartate yathā rūpam ity ato '­va­ya­vyā­de­r e­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­ne­ka­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m iti, na; tu­lya­pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­t­. yata eva pra­mā­ṇā­d rū­pa­syai­ka­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ siddhaṃ tata e­vā­va­ya­vyā­de­r a­ne­ka­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ siddhaṃ kiṃ ne­ṣya­te­? yathā vā rū­pā­śra­ya­syā­ne­kai­r ga­ndha­ra­sā­di­bhiḥ saha sa­ma­vā­ya­s ta­thā­va­ya­vyā­de­r api a­ne­kā­śra­yaiḥ saheti ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 12­4­,8~nanu ca vṛkṣe śākhā gavi śṛṅgam iti sarveṣāṃ pra­tī­tiḥ­, tat katham a­va­ya­vā­nā­m ā­śra­ya­tva­m iti? na, anyathā ta­tpra­tī­teḥ­. vṛ­kṣā­dya­va­ya­vi­ni ya­thā­va­sthi­te ta­da­dha­sta­na­va­ya­va­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­d a­pa­ta­naṃ śā­khā­dya­va­ya­vaṃ paśyatāṃ vṛkṣādau ta­dā­śra­ya­tva­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­. a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ tv ā­śra­ya­tvaṃ teṣu satsv e­vā­va­ya­vi­no '­va­sthi­ti­r asatsu cābhāva e­ve­ti­. etena rū­pā­dī­nā­m api dra­vyā­śri­ta­tvaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­. ta­dda­rśa­nā­d ni­tyā­nā­m api ā­śri­ta­tvaṃ ka­lpya­te­. tathā sā­mā­nyā­nāṃ ni­tyā­nā­m api piṇḍeṣv e­vo­pa­la­mbhā­n na vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ nāsatsu piṇḍeṣv ity atas ta­dā­śri­ta­tvaṃ vya­va­hri­ya­te­. tasmād —

ity etad api a­pa­ryā­lo­ci­tā­rthā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, na hi gu­ru­tva­pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka e­vā­dhā­ro loke prasiddhaḥ kintv a­nya­thā­pi­. yathā darpaṇe mu­kha­m­, śarīre duḥ­khā­da­yaḥ­, khaṅge dīptir iti tasmād a­va­ya­vyā­de­s tāvad e­ka­syā­ne­kaiḥ saha dra­vya­syai­ka­sya rū­pā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kai­r iva sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣo yatnena sā­dhya­te­. ta­trā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vo ya­thā­sa­mbha­vaṃ ka­lpya­tā­m iti.

NBhū-YA 12­5­,8~atha rū­pā­dī­nā­m api dravye sa­ma­vā­yo ne­ṣya­te­, kim ā­śra­ya­s tarhy ayaṃ prasaṅgaḥ — yad ekaṃ tad e­ka­trai­va vartata iti. api ca rūpaṃ rū­pā­nta­ra­m u­tpā­da­ya­ti kiṃ sa­rvā­tma­nā­thai­ka­de­śe­ne­ti­? yadi rū­pā­nta­ro­tpā­da­ne sa­rvā­tma­nā rūpaṃ pa­rya­va­si­ta­m­, tadāsya jñā­nā­di­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ na syāt — na hi ta­syā­tma­bhe­do 'sti, nāpy e­ka­de­śe­na ni­rbhā­ga­sya de­śā­bhā­vā­t­. de­śa­syai­va ja­na­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. jñānam api kiṃ sa­rvā­tma­nā rūpād u­tpa­nna­m­, u­tai­ka­de­śe­ne­ti­? sa­rvā­tma­nā ced rūpād utpannaṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­d u­tpa­nna­m­, tarhi na prā­pno­ti­. nāpy e­ka­de­śe­na tasya de­śā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 12­5­,15~vi­jñā­na­mā­tra­vā­di­no nāyaṃ prasaṅga iti cet, na; tatrāpy ekasya jñā­na­syā­ne­ka­jñā­na­ja­nya­tve '­ne­ka­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tve '­ne­kā­kā­ra­ve­da­ka­tve ca prasaṅgo na ni­va­rtta­te­. ta­da­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me cā­dvai­ta­m eva syāt tatra coktaṃ do­ṣa­jā­laṃ vakṣyate ca. e­te­nā­dhi­pa­ti­pra­tya­ya­sa­ma­na­nta­ra­pra­tya­ya­bhā­vo 'py a­nu­pa­pa­nno dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. tasmād vṛ­tti­vi­ka­lpe­nā­va­ya­vi­na­m ni­rā­ku­rva­taḥ sva­śā­strā­rtho 'pi ni­va­rta­ta iti. e­ka­syai­va jñānasya tā­dṛ­ktva­bhā­va­ś ced a­va­ya­vi­no 'pi tarhi ta­thā­bhū­taḥ svabhāvaḥ sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­n na pa­rya­nu­yo­jyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 12­6­,6~itas tarhi nā­va­ya­vī pṛthag asti a­va­ya­vā­gra­he ta­da­gra­hā­d iti. ya­syā­gra­he yan na gṛ­hya­te­, tan na pṛthag asti, yathā ca­ndrā­gra­he ca­ndrā­nta­ra­m iti. nāyaṃ hetur a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. tathā hi — kṛ­tti­kā­nta­rā­gra­ha­ṇe kṛ­ti­kā­nta­raṃ na gṛ­hya­te­, atha ca bhinnāḥ kṛttikāḥ santi a­si­ddha­tvā­c ca hetoḥ. tathā hi — dūrāt ta­ntvā­dya­va­ya­vā­nā­m agrahe 'pi pa­ṭā­di­r a­va­ya­vī gṛ­hya­te­. na ca ta­ttvā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'pi ta­ntvā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. "­se­nā­va­na­va­d gra­ha­ṇa­m­" iti cet, na; a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­d a­ṇū­nā­m­. syān matir eṣā — yathā ha­stya­śva­ra­thā­dī­nāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ ca dūrāt ta­drū­pā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na tato 'nyatra seneti vanam iti ca gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tathā dūrāt ta­ntvā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­gra­he 'pi teṣv eva pa­ṭā­di­bu­ddhi­r iti. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vya­ti­ri­ktā­s ta­ntvā­da­yo 'py a­va­ya­vya­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n na vi­dya­nte­, kathaṃ teṣv api pa­ṭā­di­bu­ddhiḥ­? pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv eveti cet, na; a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­d a­ṇū­nā­m­. na hi bhrāntir apy a­tī­ndri­ye­ṣu i­ndri­yā­d bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­. na hi cākṣuṣaṃ jñānaṃ ra­sā­di­ṣu bha­va­ti­. yathā ca pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv a­tī­ndri­ye­ṣv i­ndri­ya­jaṃ jñānaṃ na bhrāntaṃ nāpy abhrāntaṃ yu­kta­m­, tathā ta­dga­te­ṣu gu­ṇā­di­ṣv a­pī­ti­. a­va­ya­vā­bhā­vā­c cha­bda­su­khā­de­r apy u­tpa­tti­r na bha­va­tī­ti ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­m api na syād etad evāha — "­sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­va­ya­vya­si­ddhe­r i­ti­"­. ke­śa­sa­mū­he tai­mi­ri­ko­pa­la­bdhi­va­d iti cet, atha manuṣe yathā ti­mi­ro­pa­ha­ta­ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ pratyekaṃ na keśāḥ pra­ti­bhā­nti­, saṃ­ha­tā­s tu pra­ti­bhā­nty eva, tathā pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo '­pī­ti­. yathā cā­nu­pa­ha­ta­ca­kṣu­ṣaḥ pra­tye­ka­m api keśāḥ pra­ti­bhā­nti­, tato na sa­rva­thā­tī­ndri­yā­s tathā yoginaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ pratyekaṃ pra­ti­bhā­nti tatas te 'pi na sa­rva­thā­tī­ndri­yā iti. evaṃ tarhi na kiṃcid a­tī­ndri­ya­m astīti prā­pta­m­, sarveṣāṃ yo­gī­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. tataḥ sarve 'py arthāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­va­d a­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ ka­dā­ci­d i­ndri­ye­ṇo­pa­la­bhye­ra­n­. na co­pa­la­bhya­nte­, tasmād a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­va­n nā­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­nte­, keśās tu ti­mi­ro­pa­ha­ta­ca­kṣu­ṣo 'pi nā­tī­ndri­yāḥ­, ke­śa­sa­mū­ho 'yam iti pra­tī­teḥ­. na tv evaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sa­mū­ho 'yam iti ka­sya­ci­t pra­tī­ti­r asti. yadi ca sa­rva­trā­ṇu­saṃ­ghā­ta eva dṛ­śya­te­, tadā vṛ­kṣa­saṃ­ghā­te va­na­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­d a­ne­ka­dhā jā­ti­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na syāt. sa­mu­dā­yi­nāṃ bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tvā­t ta­tsa­mu­dā­ye­ṣv a­ne­ka­dhā jā­ti­bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti cet, pa­ṭa­ta­ntvā­dī­nāṃ tarhi yady anye sa­mu­dā­yi­na­s tataḥ siddhaṃ pa­ṭa­ta­ntvā­dī­nā­m a­nya­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 12­7­,11~atha ya eva paṭasya sa­mu­dā­yi­na­s ta eva ta­ntvā­dī­nā­m iti kathaṃ tarhi jā­ti­bhe­do­pa­la­bdhiḥ­? na hi se­nā­sa­mu­dā­ye 'pi se­nā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­la­bdhi­r asti. jā­ti­pra­dve­ṣi­bhi­r api tatsthāne vyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­do '­bhyu­pa­ga­taḥ­, so 'pi a­va­ya­vya­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me na syāt. na hi ke­śa­pu­ñje­bhya­s ta­tsa­mu­dā­yo vyā­vṛ­tta­s ta­ntu­pa­ṭa­va­tpra­ti­bhā­ti­. a­rtha­kri­yā­bhe­dā­nu­ro­dhā­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­da iti cet, na; ta­da­da­rśa­ne 'pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­da­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 12­7­,17~yo­gya­tā­da­rśa­nā­d iti cet, kānyā khalu yogyatā jā­ti­bhe­daṃ muktvā? a­bhi­nnā­śra­yā­sau yo­gya­te­ti cet, na; ta­da­va­ya­ve­ṣv api pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasyās ta­trā­da­rśa­nā­d iti cet, a­tī­ndri­yā tarhi sā yogyatā ye­nā­śra­ye gṛ­hya­mā­ṇe 'pi na gṛ­hya­te­, tataś ca na ka­dā­ci­d api pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ syāt. sa­ma­stā­va­ya­vai­s ta­da­rtha­kri­yā sādhyate tena sa­ma­sto­pa­la­bdhā­v eva sā yo­gya­to­pa­la­bhya­ta iti cet, na; sa­rvā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ draṣṭum a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. tasmād a­va­ya­vi­sa­dbhā­vā­d eva jā­ti­śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. tena vṛ­kṣa­tva­jā­tyu­pa­la­bdhau ta­dā­śra­ya­sa­mū­he va­na­saṃ­jñā­. saṃ­ke­tā­d vanaṃ vanam iti pratyayo 'py u­pa­pa­dya­te­. ta­nni­mi­ttā­bhā­ve hi saṃketo 'pi kartuṃ na pāryata iti va­na­pra­tya­ya­syā­py abhāvaḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 12­7­,26~anye tu nā­bhi­nna­pra­tya­yaḥ kvacid bhinneṣv artheṣv astīti ma­nya­mā­nāḥ se­nā­di­pra­tya­yo 'pi ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā­vi­ṣa­ya ity āhuḥ. sa­ttā­vi­ṣa­ya ity a­pa­re­. na tāvat se­nā­di­bu­ddhau ba­hu­tva­saṃ­khyā sa­ttā­di­kaṃ vā pra­ti­bhā­ti­. a­bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā cet ka­lpya­te­, pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya tarhi saṃ­khyā­di­r eva viṣayo 'stu. ta­syā­va­ya­vi­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, sā­dha­kā­bhā­ve 'pi kathaṃ ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­. a­va­ya­va­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m eva sā­dha­ka­m iti cet, na; saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi ta­dvai­la­kṣa­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tasmād yathā pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya kri­yā­gu­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­n na saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, tathā se­nā­di­pra­tya­ya­syā­pi­. tathā ca sū­tra­kṛ­tā se­nā­va­nā­di­va­d gra­ha­ṇa­m iti codyasya na se­nā­di­r apy a­bhi­nna­tvā­t sai­ni­kā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­d veti pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­naṃ no­kta­m­, kintu nā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­d a­ṇū­nā­m ity u­kta­m­. "­bhi­nne­ṣv a­bhi­nna­vya­va­hā­ro na bha­va­ti­" iti bru­vā­ṇa­sya sū­tra­vi­ro­dho 'pi syāt. "te vi­bha­ktya­ntāḥ pa­da­m­" ity a­nte­na­, na hi a­va­ya­vā api varṇā ekaṃ padam ity u­kta­m­. yadi ca puṣpitaṃ chidyate va­na­m­, mahatī gacchati senety e­va­mbhū­ta­syā­pi pra­tya­ya­sya gu­ṇa­kri­yai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­ya­ni­mi­tta­tve­na saṃ­khyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sa­ma­rthya­te­. tadā jā­ti­pa­dā­rtha­vā­dy api śuklo gaur ga­ccha­tī­tyā­di­sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ pra­tyā­sa­tti­vi­śe­ṣa­m āśritya sa­ma­rtha­yi­tuṃ śaknoty eva. tataś ca "­vya­ktyā­kṛ­ti­jā­ta­ya­s tu pa­dā­rthāḥ­" ity a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva syat. tasmād gu­ṇa­kri­yā­śra­ya eva se­nā­di­bu­ddhau pra­ti­bhā­ty a­bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­sa­s tu tatra bhrānta eva, dūrād bhe­da­syā­gra­ha­ṇā­d grāme vṛkṣā iti pra­ti­bhā­sa­va­t­. pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yo 'py evam iti cet, na; vi­cā­ri­ta­tvā­t­. yatra vā rū­pā­di­ma­ty a­bhi­nna­pra­ti­bhā­so na bhrāntaḥ sa e­vā­va­ya­vī­ti­. na ca sa­rva­trai­va bhrā­nta­tva­m­. bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇe­na hy a­bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­so bā­dhya­te­. na ca sa­rva­trā­bhi­nna­syā­gra­ha­ṇe bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇa­m api vāstavaṃ yu­kta­m­, bhe­da­syā­bhi­nnā­ne­kā­śra­ya­tvā­t­. pa­ra­mā­ṇā­va­bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti cet, na; a­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t­. api caite pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vi­ṣa­yāḥ­, ma­ha­tpra­tya­ye­na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­d ā­kā­śā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­t­. ato yatrāpi a­ṇu­vya­ti­ri­kte pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ so '­va­ya­vī­ti­. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­dha­rma e­vā­sā­v ity āhur anye. sa kiṃ rū­pā­di­yu­kta­s ta­dra­hi­to vā? yadi rū­pā­di­mā­n a­ṇu­vya­ti­ri­kta­s tadā na vivādaḥ ka­ści­t­, kāryasya kā­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­t­. atha rū­pā­di­ra­hi­taḥ­, ta­dā­dhya­kṣa­vi­ro­dhaḥ­; pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va rū­pā­dyu­pe­ta­sya pa­ṭā­de­r u­pa­la­mbhā­t­. sāṃ­khya­pa­kṣe 'pi dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­tī­ndri­ya­dha­rma­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. pra­tya­kṣa­tve hi ta­da­bhi­nna­sya dharmiṇo 'pi pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tā­dā­tmya­vi­pa­rya­yo veti.

NBhū-YA 12­9­,6~dvau imau ghaṭau saṃ­yu­ktā­v iti ca pra­tī­ti­r na bahavaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇa­va­s taddharmo veti. ta­dde­va­ku­lā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­d iti cet — atha manyase ya­the­ṣṭa­kā­dī­nāṃ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa eva de­va­ku­laṃ prā­kā­ra­ś co­cya­te­. atha ca tatra rū­pā­di­ma­ntau de­va­ku­la­prā­kā­rau saṃ­yu­ktā­v ity evaṃ pratyayo bha­va­ti­, tathā gha­ṭā­di­ṣv a­pī­ti­, na; de­va­ku­lā­de­r apy a­va­ya­vi­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tamo 'riṇā tu sāṃ­khyā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa de­va­ku­lā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­ṣa­ya uktaḥ, sarvathā bau­ddha­pa­kṣe dṛṣṭānto no­pa­pa­dya­ta iti jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­. na ca sa­rva­vyā­khyā­tṛ­ma­tā­vi­ro­dhe­na śāstraṃ vyākhyātuṃ śa­kya­te­. sa­rva­śā­stre­ṣu vi­ru­ddhā­bhi­prā­ya­vyā­khyā­tṛ­bhe­da­sa­mbha­vā­t­, anyo '­nya­vyā­khyā­tṝ­ṇāṃ do­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. tasmāt pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dha eva yatnena pa­ri­ha­rtta­vyaḥ­. prā­kā­rā­deḥ khalu saṃ­yo­gā­tma­ka­tve­na kevalaṃ pū­rvo­kta­pra­tya­yo na sa­mbha­va­ty a­bhi­nna­pra­tya­yo na syād i­ṣṭa­kā­di­saṃ­yo­gā­nāṃ ba­hu­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 12­9­,17~nanu ca sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nā­m eva dra­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­t kathaṃ vi­jā­tī­yaiḥ kā­ṣṭe­ṣṭa­kā­di­bhi­r ā­ra­bdha­sya de­va­ku­lā­de­r a­va­ya­vi­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ru­ddhaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti­? na, vi­jā­tī­yā­nā­m api śa­rī­rā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. ka­thaṃ­ci­t teṣāṃ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­tve kā­ṣṭhe­ṣṭa­kā­dī­nā­m api pā­rthi­va­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇa sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­tva­m astu, kim a­trā­vi­ru­ddha­m­? nanu ca pā­rthi­vā­di­rū­pa­tve 'pi ta­ntu­vī­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ kim iti pa­ṭā­ra­mbha­ka­tvaṃ nāsti? nanu ke­va­lā­nā­m api vī­ra­ṇā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ kim iti pa­ṭā­dya­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m­? a­sā­ma­rthyā­d iti cet, a­sā­ma­rthya­m eva tarhi vā­cya­m­, na vi­jā­tī­ya­tva­m­. ra­jvā­dyā­ra­mbhe tu ta­ntu­vī­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m api sā­ma­rthya­m asti tasmāt sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ vā yatra kārye '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ sā­ma­rthya­m a­va­dhā­ri­taṃ ta­tkā­ryā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m a­bhya­nu­jñe­ya­m­. nāyam e­kā­ntā­gra­haḥ ka­ra­ṇī­yaḥ — sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nā­m e­vā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 12­9­,27~nanv evaṃ pa­ñcā­nā­m api bhū­tā­nā­m e­ka­kā­ryā­ra­mbha­ka­tve 'py a­vi­ro­dhaḥ syāt. bha­va­tu­, yadi ta­thā­bhū­taṃ kāryam u­pa­la­bhya­te­. ta­tkā­rya­m eva na paśyāma iti nā­bhya­nu­jñā­ya­te­. nanu śarīraṃ pa­ñcā­tma­ka­m asti, na; tasya pa­ñca­ni­mi­tta­tve­na pa­ñcā­tma­ka­tvo­pa­cā­rā­t­, na tu pa­ñca­sa­ma­vā­yi­tve­na­. tathā hi — vyā­pa­ka­tvā­d a­spa­rśa­tvā­c cā­kā­śa­sya tāvad dra­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m eva nāsti, ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tve śa­rī­ra­sya vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ rū­pā­di­vi­hī­na­tvaṃ ca syāt, vā­yu­ja­nya­tve 'pi spa­rśai­ka­gu­ṇa­tva­m­. te­jo­ja­nya­tve 'pi ga­ndha­ra­sa­gu­ru­tva­yo­gi­tvaṃ na syāt, u­da­ka­ja­nya­tve ca ga­ndha­va­ttvaṃ na syāt. vi­ru­ddha­rū­pā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca syāt, a­va­ya­vi­no '­va­ya­va­rū­pā­dya­nu­vi­dhā­nā­t­. ato nā­ne­ka­bhū­ta­ja­nya­tvaṃ śa­rī­ra­sya­. pra­tya­kṣa­ta­ś ca pā­rthi­vā­va­ya­vā­nā­m eva gra­ha­ṇā­t kle­do­ṣmo­cchvā­sā­dī­nāṃ gha­ṭā­di­ṣv iva saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­tā­nā­m eva gra­ha­ṇā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 13­0­,10~evaṃ jha­ṣā­dyā­ra­mbhe 'pi pā­rthi­vā­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m i­ta­re­ṣāṃ tu ni­mi­tta­tva­m iti. yadi tu ci­tra­rū­pā­di­yu­ktaṃ kāryaṃ dṛ­śya­te­, tadā ta­da­va­ya­vā­nāṃ vi­ru­ddha­dha­rma­kā­ra­ṇā­nā­m apy e­ka­kā­ryā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m iṣyata eveti prāg u­kta­m­. tad evaṃ kā­ṣṭhe­ṣṭa­kā­dī­nāṃ de­va­ku­lā­dyā­ra­mbhe ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ sarveṣāṃ vā sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ya­thā­da­rśa­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. tatsiddhaṃ de­va­ku­lā­de­r apy a­va­ya­vi­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 13­0­,15~grā­mā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo 'py a­va­ya­vī tarhy a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, satyam iti eke. pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­saṃ­yu­ktā­nāṃ gṛ­hā­dī­nāṃ grā­mā­dyā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m ity a­pa­re­. saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­ge­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tve de­śā­nta­rā­va­sthi­tā­va­ya­vā­nā­m apy ā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād gṛ­hā­di­sa­mu­dā­ye­ṣv eva grā­mā­di­vya­va­hā­ro dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. pa­ri­ṣa­dā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi e­te­nai­va vyā­khyā­taḥ­. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sa­mu­dā­ye­ṣv i­ttha­mbhū­to 'pi vya­va­hā­ra­bhe­do na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty uktaṃ prāg eva. tasmād asty a­va­ya­vī­ti­. yad api ṣa­ṭke­ne­tyā­di pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m u­kta­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ta­tkā­ryo­pa­la­mbhe­nai­va bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. na hy u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve kāryasya sattvam u­pa­la­bhya­te­. pra­sā­dhi­taṃ cā­va­ya­vi­naḥ sa­ttva­m­, ta­syo­pā­dā­ne­nā­va­śyaṃ bhā­vya­m­. yat tasya mūlam u­pā­dā­naṃ sa pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ­, asya sā­va­ya­va­tva­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. sā­va­ya­va­tve hi mū­la­tva­m eva na syāt. atha nāsty eva mū­lo­pā­dā­na­m­, tathāpi mū­lā­bhā­vā­t sa­rva­syā­py abhāvaḥ syāt. a­thā­va­ya­va­pa­ra­mpa­rā sā­va­dhi­r ne­ṣya­te­, tathāpy a­na­ntā­va­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe tru­ṭi­pa­rva­tā­deḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­gu­ru­tva­vi­śe­ṣo na syāt. tasmād a­lpa­ta­ra­ta­mā­de­r asty a­va­dhi­s tasya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­d a­kṛ­ta­ka­tvaṃ si­ddha­m­. na hi ni­ru­pā­dā­na­sya tu­lyā­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇo­pā­dā­nā­d vā ka­sya­ci­d u­tpa­tti­r asti. pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ ṣa­ḍaṃ­śa­te­ti sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­d a­yu­kta­m­, mātā me vandhyeti yathā. yato hy a­ṇu­ta­raṃ nāsti sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r u­cya­te­, tasya kutaḥ ṣa­ḍaṃ­śa­tā­? ta­daṃ­śa­syai­vā­ṇu­ta­ra­tvā­d aṃ­śa­va­taḥ kha­lū­pa­cā­re­ṇa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tva­m­, mukhyas tu niraṃśa eva pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r iti. "­ṣa­ṇṇā­m e­ka­de­śa­tve 'pi piṇḍaḥ syād a­ṇu­mā­tra­kaḥ­" — ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato '­va­ya­va­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d a­va­ya­vi­naḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇā­ti­śa­yo dṛśyate tataḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­ra­bdha­syā­py a­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­. ta­tpa­ri­mā­ṇā­c ca ta­tkā­rya­syā­dhi­ka­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­m iti katham a­ṇu­mā­tra eva piṇḍaḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 13­1­,11~yac coktam — di­gvi­bhā­ge­na da­śāṃ­śa­te­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yato '­nya­smi­nn a­va­dhi­bhū­te 'nyāny eva dravyāṇi digbhiḥ pra­vi­bha­jya­nte yathā pra­yā­gā­d u­tta­re­ṇa sthito hi­mā­la­yo­, da­kṣi­ṇe­na vindhya i­tyā­di­.

NBhū-YA 13­1­,14~nanu cā­va­dhi­bhū­ta­syā­pi pra­vi­bhā­go dṛ­śya­te­, ya­thā­syā­yaṃ pūrvo bhāgo 'yaṃ paścimo 'yaṃ dakṣiṇo 'yaṃ cottara iti, na; tatrāpy a­va­ya­vā­nta­rā­va­dhi­tve­nā­va­ya­vā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ pra­vi­bhā­go­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ni­ra­va­ya­va­ś ca pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r ato na tasya pū­rvā­di­di­gvi­bhā­ga­vi­ka­lpaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 13­1­,17~atha dra­vyā­nta­re­bhyo '­va­dhi­bhū­te­bhyaḥ sa pa­ra­mā­ṇuḥ pūrvo dakṣiṇaḥ paścima u­tta­ra­ś ceti vi­ka­lpya­te­, tadā na kaścid vi­ro­dhaḥ­; u­pā­dhi­bhe­de­nā­bhi­nne 'pi vastuni vya­pa­de­śa­bhe­da­da­rśa­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 13­2­,2~ā­kā­śa­vya­ti­bhe­dā­d ity api na yu­kta­m­, ni­tya­ni­ra­va­ya­va­syā­śa­kya­bhe­dā­t­. atha yady antas ta­syā­kā­śaṃ nāsti, tato '­sa­rva­ga­ta­m ākāśaṃ prā­pno­tī­ti­, na; sa­rva­ga­ta­sva­rū­pā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. tathā hi — ya­syā­bhi­nnā­tma­naḥ sa­rva­mū­rti­ma­dbhiḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, tad dravyaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta­m u­cya­te­. asti cā­kā­śa­syai­ta­d rūpaṃ sarvatra śa­bdo­tpā­dā­nu­mi­ta­m­, tasmāt tad api sa­rva­ga­ta­m eva. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ma­dhye­nā­sa­mba­ndhā­d a­sa­rva­ga­ta­m iti cet, na; tasya śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d a­tya­ntā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi ni­raṃ­śa­syai­ka­sya bā­hyā­nta­ra­bhā­vo 'sti. yac cāsti mūrttaṃ tena sarveṇa saṃ­yu­jya­ta iti katham a­sa­rva­ga­ta­m­? tasmād a­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­vyā­mo­ha­na­mā­tra­m etad a­pī­ti­. evaṃ cā­va­ya­vyā­di­sa­dbhā­vā­d grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­vai­dhu­ryā­d ity asiddho hetuḥ.

NBhū-YA 13­2­,11~yad apy uktam — sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mā­d abhedo '­rtha­ta­dbu­ddhyo­r dvi­ca­ndrā­di­da­rśa­na­va­d iti. ta­trā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ tāvad asya hetoḥ, tathā hi — kṛ­tti­kā­nāṃ sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mo 'sti, na cā­bhe­daḥ­, ta­dbhe­da­sya sa­rvā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. yathā ca vi­cā­ra­ya­taḥ kṛ­tti­kā­nāṃ vi­ve­ke­no­pa­la­mbha­s tathā jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r a­pī­ti­. vi­ru­ddha­ś cāyaṃ hetuḥ sa­ha­śa­bdā­rtha­sya bhede saty eva sa­mbha­vā­t­, na hy e­ka­smi­nn eva sahārthaḥ kaścid asti. bhrā­ntya­pe­kṣa­yā sahārtho 'stīti cet — atha manuṣe bhrāntyaiva a­bhi­nna­m api bhe­de­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā sa­ho­pa­la­mbha ity ucyate dvi­ca­ndro­pa­la­mbha­va­t­, va­stu­sthi­tyā tv e­ka­syai­vo­pa­la­mbha iti, na; tatra bhi­nnā­kā­ra­syā­ro­pi­ta­syā­va­bhā­sa­nā­t­, tena cā­ro­pi­tā­kā­re­ṇa va­stu­bhū­ta­syā­kā­ra­syā­bhe­da­sā­dha­naṃ na yu­kta­m­. na hi pī­tā­kā­re­ṇa śa­ṅkha­rū­pa­syā­bhe­daḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tathā hi — bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tā tatra vi­dya­mā­nā vā pra­ti­bhā­ti a­vi­dya­mā­nā vety u­bha­ya­thā­py a­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. pa­ra­mā­rtha­to hi bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tā yayos tayor abhedaḥ kutaḥ? a­pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī ced bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tā­, tasyāḥ pa­ra­mā­rthe­na sa­hā­bhe­daḥ ka­tha­m­? bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tve­no­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­yo­r e­vā­bhe­daḥ sā­dhya­te­. nanu bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tā­yā­s tasyās tu­ccha­rū­pa­tvā­d iti cet, tathāpy a­nai­kā­nti­ko hetuḥ; yato '­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­tā­pi bhi­nnā­kā­ra­tā bo­dhā­kā­re­ṇa sa­hai­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­, ta­da­na­rthā­nta­ra­tve vā ta­dā­tma­bhū­ta­sya bo­dhā­kā­ra­syā­pi tu­cchā­tma­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti. e­ke­nai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d ity ayam api hetvartho '­si­ddha­tvā­d ayukto '­rtha­syā­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣai­r u­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 13­3­,9~yo 'py āha — sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mā­d ity a­syā­ya­m arthaḥ — e­ka­syai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d iti. tenāpi va­kta­vya­m — kiṃ jñā­na­syai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d u­tā­rtha­syai­ve­ti­? yadi jñā­na­syai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­t­, tadā ta­syā­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne­nā­rthe­na saha katham a­bhe­daḥ­? trai­lo­kye­nā­py a­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­dā­tma­nai­va ta­syā­bhe­da­sā­dha­ne vyartho hetuḥ, tatra vi­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t­. e­te­nā­rtha­syai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d iti pra­tyu­kta­m­. a­si­ddha­tvaṃ ca, jñā­na­syā­rtha­sya co­pa­la­mbhā­d iti. a­thā­rtho­pa­la­mbha­kā­le jñānaṃ no­pa­la­bhya­te­, jñā­no­pa­la­mbha­kā­le vā nārthaḥ, te­nai­ka­syo­pa­la­mbhaḥ si­ddhya­ti­, tathāpi sva­si­ddhā­nta­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ra­pa­kṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­ś ca pra­sa­jye­ta­.

NBhū-YA 13­3­,17~atha jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r eka e­vo­pa­la­mbha­s tata e­ko­pa­la­mbhā­n na bhe­da­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­, sa tarhi tayoḥ kiṃ bhe­da­grā­hī vā, na vā? yadi na bhe­da­grā­hī­, ta­da­bhe­dā­t kathaṃ jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r ity u­cya­te­? bhe­da­grā­hī cet, kathaṃ tato na bhe­da­vya­sthe­ti­? dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­na­va­d iti cet, na; ta­trā­ro­pi­tā­kā­re­ṇā­bhe­dā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r ity u­kta­tvā­t­. kutaś ca jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r eka e­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ si­ddhya­ti­? na­nū­kta­m — "­a­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­mbha­sya nā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭiḥ pra­si­ddhya­ti­" iti. keyam a­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ prasiddhiḥ — kim utpattiḥ ā­ho­svi­d u­pa­la­bdhiḥ­? kaś co­pa­la­mbho 'pi ya­syā­rtha­pra­tya­kṣa­tve saty a­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­r na pra­si­ddhya­ti — kiṃ sai­vā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­r uta ta­jja­na­kaṃ jñānam iti? tad yadi sai­vā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­r u­pa­la­mbha­s ta­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tve saty u­tpa­tti­r na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; utpāde hi sati paścād a­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ yuktaṃ na pūrvam eva, na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa paścād u­tpa­tti­r ity ayaṃ kramaḥ kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. a­thā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­ja­na­kaṃ jñānam u­pa­la­mbhaḥ ta­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tve '­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭi­r no­tpa­dya­ta iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ca­kṣu­rā­di­va­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­py u­tpā­da­ja­ka­tva­sa­mbha­vā­t­, tī­vra­spa­rśā­di­nā su­ṣu­pta­pra­bo­dhe pū­rva­jñā­nā­saṃ­ve­da­nā­c ca, na cā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­mbha­ja­nya­tve 'py a­rtha­jñā­na­yo­r e­ko­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­maḥ si­ddhya­ti­. a­thā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭeḥ pra­si­ddhi­r u­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, tathāpy ayaṃ vākyārtho bhavati — '­a­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­mbha­sya nā­rtho­pa­la­mbhaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­h­' iti, na vā tena kiṃcit sādhitaṃ bha­va­ti­. atha dṛśyata iti dṛṣṭir artha eva, tataś cā­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­mbha­syā­rtho 'pi pratyakṣo na bha­va­tī­ty ayaṃ vā­kyā­rthaḥ­, na; u­pa­la­mbhā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t­. na cai­ka­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tve ta­da­nya­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ nyā­yya­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, a­tho­pa­la­mbha­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tve saty artho dṛṣṭa ity evaṃ pra­tī­ti­r na bha­va­ti­. etad a­smā­ka­m apy a­bhi­ma­ta­m '­nā­gṛ­hī­taṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­tau ni­mi­tta­m i­ti­'­. na ca sarvatra da­rśa­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa evārtho gṛ­hya­te­, śuklo gacchati gaur iti — nātra go da­rśa­na­m a­nu­bhū­ya­te­, api tu gu­ṇa­kri­yā­vi­śi­ṣṭo gaur e­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 13­5­,6~nanv atroktaṃ na hi vi­ṣa­ya­sa­tta­yā vi­ṣa­yo­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­du­pa­la­mbha­sa­tta­ye­ti­. tataḥ kim? nanūktaṃ sā cā­prā­mā­ṇi­kī na sa­ttā­ni­ba­ndha­nā­n vya­va­hā­rā­n a­nu­ru­ṇa­ddhī­ti­. ko 'sya vā­kya­syā­rthaḥ — kim a­pra­tī­tā­yāḥ sattāyā vya­va­hā­ra­mā­traṃ pra­va­rtta­ka­tva­m api nāsty uta sva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­va­rtta­ka­tvaṃ nā­stī­ti­? na tāvad ādyaḥ pakṣaḥ, a­pra­tī­tā­yā­pi ca­kṣu­rā­di­sa­ttā­to rūpādau jñā­nā­bhi­dhā­nāṃ na­ya­nā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­ṇāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. ta­da­pra­tī­tau tato 'mī vya­va­hā­rāḥ pravṛttā iti kuto '­va­ga­ma iti cet, ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­d e­vā­ṅku­ra­duḥ­khā­di­da­rśa­nā­t­, bī­jā­di­dha­rmā­di­ni­śca­ya­va­t­. a­thā­pra­tī­ta­sa­ttva­sya ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­va­rtta­ka­tvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­, nātra vi­vā­daḥ­, kiṃ tu sarvatra ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­rā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­n nā­va­śya­m a­rtho­pa­la­mbha­syo­pa­la­mbha iti. ta­da­pra­si­ddhau vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pra­si­ddhi­r iti cet, kim atra kā­ra­ṇa­m­? na hi ta­du­pa­la­mbhaḥ sva­vi­ṣa­yaṃ li­ṅga­va­t sā­dha­ya­ti­, yena ta­da­pra­si­ddhau vi­ṣa­ya­syā­py a­pra­si­ddhiḥ syāt, kiṃ tarhi? ta­dgṛ­hī­ta­rū­pa­ta­yo­tpā­da­na­mā­tre­ṇa taṃ vi­ṣa­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­yo­gyaṃ ka­ro­ti­. ta­da­pra­si­ddhā­v api viṣayaḥ prasiddha evety u­cya­te­. ta­du­pa­la­mbha­syā­py u­tta­ra­kā­laṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to vā­nu­mā­na­to vā­dhi­ga­ma i­ṣya­te­. na caivam a­ni­ṣṭā­pa­ttiḥ­, sa­rva­syo­pa­la­mbha­sya ve­da­nā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ya e­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te tasya saṃ­ve­da­naṃ jñā­nā­nta­ra­m u­cya­te­, na punar a­vi­di­to nāsty e­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ svakāryaṃ vā na ka­ro­tī­ti­. e­tā­va­t tu yuktaṃ yāvan na vedyate tāvad astīti vya­va­ha­rtuṃ na śakyate da­ha­nā­di­va­d iti. na cā­vi­di­te da­ha­nā­dau ta­tkā­rya­sya dhūmādeḥ a­nu­tpa­tti­r a­pra­ti­pa­tti­r veti. tad evam a­gnyā­di­va­d a­saṃ­vi­di­tā­d e­vo­pa­la­mbhā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­sma­ra­ṇā­bhi­dhā­na­na­ya­nā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya kāryasya sa­mbha­vā­n na ta­du­pa­ro­dhe­na sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 13­5­,26~yadi na sva­saṃ­vi­di­taṃ jñā­na­m­, a­pra­kā­śā­tma­kaṃ tarhi prā­pta­m­, svayam a­pra­kā­śā­tma­kaṃ ca gha­ṭā­di­va­d a­nya­syā­pi kathaṃ pra­kā­śa­kaṃ bhaved iti.

NBhū-YA 13­6­,1~kim idam a­pra­kā­śā­tma­ka­tvaṃ nāma — kiṃ bo­dhā­ja­na­ka­tva­m­? u­tā­pra­bha­tva­m­? ā­ho­svi­d a­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tva­m iti? bo­dhā­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ tāvad a­yu­kta­m­, ca­kṣu­rā­de­r a­sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­syā­pi bo­dha­ja­na­ka­tvā­t­. a­thā­pra­bha­tva­m­, tatas te­jo­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t e­vā­pra­bha­tva­m a­bhā­sva­ra­rū­pa­tva­m­, na sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­d iti. a­thā­bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­, na; a­vi­di­ta­syā­pi sva­rū­pā­tyā­gā­n na hi yo yasya svabhāvaḥ sa ta­syā­sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d eva ni­va­rtta­ya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 13­6­,7~sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­ve ko 'nyo bodhasya svabhāva iti cet, bo­dha­tva­m eva bodhasya sva­bhā­vaḥ­. tad eva sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m iti cet, na; saṃ­jñā­nta­ra­mā­tre­ṇa svā­tmā­va­bhā­sa­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. svā­tmā­va­bo­dha­ka­tvā­bhā­ve katham asau bo­dha­sva­bhā­va iti cet, svā­tma­dā­ha­ka­tvā­bhā­ve 'pi ya­thā­gne­r da­ha­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, svā­tma­dī­pa­ka­tvā­dya­bhā­ve 'pi, yathā dā­trā­di­kaṃ dā­trā­di­sva­bhā­va­m iti.

NBhū-YA 13­6­,13~nanu ca dṛṣṭaṃ mayeti sa­rva­da­rśa­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syai­vā­rtha­sya sma­ra­ṇā­t kathaṃ nā­nu­bha­vā­rtha­yo­r e­ko­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­ma iti, naitad asti; ke­va­la­syā­py arthasya smṛ­ti­da­rśa­nā­t­. tathā hi — mātaraṃ pitaraṃ śu­śrū­ṣi­ta­vā­n a­ha­m­, santi me pañca bhṛtyā daśa gāvaś ca gṛhe 'sti de­va­da­tta i­tyā­dā­v artha eva sma­rya­te­, nā­nu­bha­va iti.

NBhū-YA 13­6­,17~nanv a­nu­bha­vo 'py atra smaryate yasmād asau pṛṣṭaḥ sannāha — mayaiva dṛṣṭo de­va­da­tta iti, na; a­nya­thā­pi ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ke­va­la­syā­py a­rtha­sma­ra­ṇā­t tasya dṛ­ṣṭa­tva­m a­nu­mā­ya ta­thā­bhi­dha­tta iti. yadi punar evaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tadā ca­kṣu­rā­de­r api sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­maḥ syāt. tathā hi — kathaṃ tvayāsau jñātaḥ ity evaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ sannāha ca­kṣu­ṣai­va dṛṣṭa iti. bhavatu tathāpi sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­ma iti cet, na; pra­tī­ti­sva­śā­stra­vi­ro­dhā­t­. na hi tāvan nī­lā­dya­rtha­grā­hi­ṇi jñāne ca­kṣu­rā­di­pra­tī­tiḥ ka­sya­ci­d asti. nāpi ca­kṣu­rā­dyā­kā­raḥ svaśāstre '­bhyu­pa­ga­ta iti. kiṃ vā­bhi­lā­pa­saṃ­sa­rga­syā­pi sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­ma­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­tsaṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va sma­ra­ṇā­t­. na hi su­śi­kṣi­to 'pi kaścic chuddham arthaṃ sma­ra­ṇe­no­pa­sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­, pṛṣṭo vānyeṣāṃ ka­tha­yi­tu­m iti. a­bhi­lā­pa­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­sya cā­nu­bha­ve ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m i­tyā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ śa­bdā­dvai­ta­vā­da­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. tasmān na sma­ra­ṇā­d api sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­ma­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 13­7­,4~sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­ve jñānasya rū­pā­di­va­d bāhyatvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te svā­tmī­yā­bhā­va­ś ca sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­jñā­na­va­d iti cet, kim idaṃ tāvad bā­hya­tva­m­? yadi sva­śa­rī­rā­d ba­hi­rde­śā­va­sthā­na­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yato na rū­pā­de­r apy a­sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­tvā­d bā­hya­tva­m­, kiṃtu sva­sā­ma­grī­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­tro­tpa­nna­tvā­t­. jñā­na­su­khā­de­s tu śa­rī­rā­nta­rde­śa e­vo­tpā­di­kā sāmagrī vi­dya­te­, tato na bahir u­tpā­daḥ­. etena ba­hi­ṣṭha­tve­na saṃ­ve­da­naṃ bā­hya­tva­m a­pā­sta­m­.

NBhū-YA 13­7­,10~nāpi jñā­na­va­rgā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ bā­hya­tva­m­, ta­jjā­tī­ya­sya ta­dva­rgā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­yo­gā­t­. su­khā­de­s tu jñā­na­va­rgā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ bā­hya­tva­m iṣṭam eva. tathāpi sva­sā­ma­grī­sā­ma­rthyā­c cha­rī­rā­nta­rde­śa e­vo­tpa­nnaṃ vedyata iti bāhyaṃ no­cya­te­. yad vā­tma­sa­ma­vā­yi­tvā­d a­bā­hya­tva­m­, ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­tvaṃ ca sva­he­tu­ni­ya­mi­ta­tvā­t­, na tu sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 13­7­,15~yad apy a­nā­tmī­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­jñā­na­va­d iti u­kta­m­, tad apy a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­; yato na sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhyā­m ā­tmī­ya­tvā­nā­mī­ya­tve­, kiṃ tarhi? svā­tma­sa­mba­ndhā­sa­mba­ndhā­bhyā­m­. tvanmate tu sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­tvā­n na kiṃcid a­nā­tmī­yaṃ jñānaṃ syāt. atha yady asya sva­saṃ­ve­da­kaṃ na bha­va­ti­, tat ta­syā­nā­tmī­ya­m­. evaṃ tarhi pū­rvo­tta­ra­jñā­naṃ ja­nmā­nta­ro­pā­rji­tā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ cātmīyaṃ na syāt, na hi sa­rva­jñā­nā­nu­yā­yī sva­saṃ­ve­da­kaḥ santāno 'py asti, yasya satsarvaṃ svātmīyaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 13­7­,21~a­tho­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­ve­nā­sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­m apy ā­tmī­ya­m u­cya­te­, hanta tarhi na vaktavyaṃ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­jñā­na­va­d a­sva­saṃ­vi­di­ta­tvā­d a­nā­tmī­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 13­7­,24~yad apy anyad uktam — svā­tma­pra­kā­śa­kaṃ jñā­na­m­, pra­kā­śa­tvā­t pra­dī­pa­va­d iti. atrāpi svā­tma­pra­kā­śa­ka­m iti ko 'rthaḥ? yadi sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m eva vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tadā sā­dhya­śū­nyaṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m — na hi bha­va­nma­te 'pi sva­rū­pā­tma­ka­sya pra­dī­pa­sya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m asti. jñā­nā­tma­ka­tvaṃ ca pra­dī­pa­syo­bha­yo­r a­si­ddha­tvā­n no­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. a­thā­svā­tma­ve­da­naṃ prati sa­jā­tī­yā­n apekṣyaṃ svā­tma­pra­kā­śa­ka­tva­m u­cya­te­, tadā spa­rśā­de­r api svā­tma­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ syāt. na ca svā­tma­saṃ­ve­da­no­tpā­da­ne sa­jā­tī­yaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­m a­pe­kṣa­ta ity e­tā­va­tai­va sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­si­ddhiḥ­. pra­kā­śa­ka­syā­pi sa­jā­tī­yā­na­pe­kṣa­tva­m asiddhaṃ ta­da­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­rū­pa­yo­r a­nyo­nya­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­n na­ya­na­rū­pā­pe­kṣi­tvā­c ceti, kuta e­ta­t­? pra­kā­śya­mā­na­sya ta­da­rthā­nta­re­ṇa pra­kā­śa­nā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 13­8­,9~yat punar a­tro­kta­m — "na ca ghaṭo 'pi pra­dī­pe­na pra­kā­śya­te­, api tu ta­thā­bhū­ta­syai­va u­tpa­tti­r­" iti, na; kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­sya ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. ta­tho­tpā­de 'pi, a­nya­ta­s ta­tho­tpa­tteḥ pūrvaṃ ghaṭasya siddham a­pra­kā­śā­tma­ka­tva­m­, ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­t pra­dī­pa­sya jñānasya ceti katham a­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ jñānaṃ nāstīty u­cya­te­? nanu ca yathā cakṣuṣi svā­va­ya­ve rūpe ca saty api ghaṭaḥ pradīpaṃ pra­kā­śa­ka­m a­pe­kṣa­te­, tathā dīpo 'pi syād. atha dīpo nā­pe­kṣa­te­, ghaṭo 'py evaṃ syāt, evaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­di­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa nānyaṃ pra­kā­śa­ka­m a­pe­kṣe­ta­. "atha ghaṭasya dvayaṃ pra­kā­śa­kaṃ pra­dī­pa­ś cakṣuś ca, pra­dī­pa­sya tu cakṣur e­ve­ti­, evaṃ tarhi,

NBhū-YA 13­9­,1~a­tya­nta­m a­śa­kta­sya dva­ya­m­, a­pa­ra­syai­ka­m­, anyasya naikam apīti va­stu­sva­bhā­va eṣa iti. kaivātra kṣatiḥ?

NBhū-YA 13­9­,3~atha svātmani kri­yā­vi­ro­dha ity u­cya­te­, tad a­yu­kta­m ity āha —

yad tāvat — 'ekaṃ ka­sya­ci­d­' i­tyā­di­, tad a­yu­kta­m — yadi nāma kvacid ekaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­ma­rthaṃ kvacid anekaṃ tathāpy ā­ka­smi­kī kriyā na yuktā. tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 13­9­,10~na ca sa­ma­sta­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­ka­la­sya vṛ­kṣā­śmā­deḥ svā­tma­ca­la­nā­di­kri­yā­yāṃ sāmarthyaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­saṃ­khyā­vi­ka­lpa­s tv a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ dṛṣṭo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. yadā svarūpaṃ tat ta­sye­tyā­dy apy a­yu­kta­m­, tathā sva­rū­pa­syai­vā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­he­tvo­r a­nu­pa­pa­ttau svā­tma­saṃ­ve­da­ka­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­. pra­kā­śa­ka­tvā­d ity asyāpi ko 'rthaḥ kiṃ bhā­sva­ra­rū­pa­tvā­t­? uta ve­dya­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t­? ā­ho­svi­d bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d iti? bhā­sva­ra­rū­pa­tvaṃ bo­dha­syā­si­ddha­m­, ve­dya­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ tu ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kā­nti­ka­m­. bo­dha­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ punar a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m eva.

NBhū-YA 13­9­,17~na cā­ni­rū­pi­tā­d arthasya hetor ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, śa­bda­sā­myā­d a­bhe­di­na­s tu svayam eva śākyair a­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 13­9­,20~jñā­nā­nta­ra­ve­dya­tve­'­pi jñānasya kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, yad eva de­vā­ryai­r uktam — "jñānaṃ sva­vya­ti­ri­kta­ve­da­na­ve­dyaṃ ve­dya­tvā­t­, rū­pā­di­va­d­" iti. tadvad bā­hya­tvā­bo­dha­tvā­di­pra­sa­ṅga ity u­kta­m­, vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddha­syā­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­sya jñā­na­dva­ya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇa vā sa­rva­jña­tva­m­. a­ni­tya­tve satīti vā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rtta­vya­m iti. tad evaṃ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­si­ddheḥ sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­mo­'­py asiddha iti na jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r a­bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 13­9­,26~tataś caitad apy a­yu­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 14­0­,1~api cāyaṃ sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­ya­maḥ kim a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ko­pa­pa­nno 'tha ta­dvi­ka­la iti? na tāvad a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­vi­ka­la­sya ga­ma­ka­tva­m a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ko­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ ca bhe­dā­gra­ha­ṇe kathaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­? na hi svātmany eva kaścid a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kau pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kno­ti­. na ca bhrā­nte­nai­va bhe­do­pa­la­mbhe­na vya­ti­re­kā­di­vya­va­sthā yuktā, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca sa­rva­thai­va bhe­dā­pra­ti­pa­ttau bhrā­ntya­bhrā­nti­vya­va­sthā­pi gha­ṭa­te­, vā­ṅmā­tre­ṇa ca sa­rva­vā­da­si­ddhiḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 14­0­,7~atha jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r eva bhedo na gṛ­hya­te­, na tu jñā­na­yo­r a­pī­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yataḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pa­kṣe jñā­na­yo­r api bhedaḥ pratyetuṃ na śakyata ity uktaṃ ci­tra­vi­cā­ra­pra­stā­ve­. api ca jñānayoḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bhedas tāvan na gṛ­hya­te­, svā­tma­ve­da­na­mā­tra­tvā­t­. na hi pa­rā­pra­tī­tau sva­pa­ra­yo­r bhe­da­pra­tī­ti­r yuktā. pa­ra­pra­tī­tya­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca nānyo '­nu­bhā­vya i­tyā­de­r vyā­ghā­ta­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ś cā­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ syāt. na cā­ta­dā­kā­re­ṇa jñā­nā­nta­ra­sya grahaṇaṃ yu­kta­m­, nī­lā­de­r apy a­nī­lā­dyā­kā­re­ṇai­va jñānena gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­dā­kā­ra­tve ca tad eva syāt, kathaṃ jñā­na­yo­r api grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­yo­r bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­? siddhau vā ta­dva­da­rtha­jñā­na­yo­r api syāt. tasmān na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa jñā­na­yo­r eva bhedo gṛ­hya­te­, nāpy a­nu­mā­ne­na­, tasya pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. na hi sarvathā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vyā­ptya­gra­ha­ṇe '­nu­mā­na­m ā­tmā­na­m ā­sā­da­ya­ti­. tad evaṃ grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­yo­r a­bhe­da­vā­di­nāṃ sva­sa­ntā­ne jñā­nā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nāsti, kutaḥ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­si­ddhiḥ­? tataś ca pa­ra­lo­ka­bu­ddā­di­vā­rtā­pi dū­ro­tsā­ri­tai­ve­ty a­sa­maṃ­ja­saṃ sarvam eva saugataṃ śāstram iti. na hi bhe­dā­dya­si­ddhau sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­di­vya­va­hā­ra u­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 14­0­,21~atha matam — grā­ha­ka­sya grā­hye­ṇai­va sa­hā­bhe­do '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, na tv a­dhya­va­se­ye­ne­ti­. atha grā­hyā­dhya­va­se­ya­yoḥ ko bhedaḥ? ucyate — yo buddhau vastutaḥ pra­ti­bhā­tyā­kā­raḥ­, sa grāhyaḥ. yas tv ā­ro­pi­taḥ so '­dhya­va­se­yaḥ­. atha vā yad buddhau pra­ti­bhā­ti­, tad grā­hya­m­, yasmiṃs tu a­pra­ti­bhā­te 'pi gṛ­hī­ta­tā­bhi­mā­naḥ­, ta­da­dhya­va­se­ya­m­. ta­da­dhya­va­sā­yā­d eva pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. tad uktam — sva­pra­ti­bhā­se­nā­rthe '­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rtta­nā­. bhrāntir apy a­rtha­sa­mba­ndhe­na ta­da­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m — yathaiva hi bā­hyā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya bā­hyā­rthe­nā­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭe­na sa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­si­ddheḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. tathā sva­pa­ra­sa­ntā­na­jñā­na­bhe­dā­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­pi­. lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­mā­tre­ṇa pra­mā­ṇa­tve bā­hyā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­pi lo­ka­vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­da­mā­tre­ṇa ta­da­rtha­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tva­m astu sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 14­1­,3~atha sva­jñā­nā­nta­raṃ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­jñā­naṃ ca ta­dā­tma­nai­va dṛṣṭaṃ tena ta­du­tpa­nna­sya bhrā­nta­syā­pi ta­da­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya pra­mā­ṇa­ta­vaṃ yu­kta­m­. bāhyas tv artho na kenāpi dṛṣṭa iti kathaṃ ta­da­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya ta­du­tpa­nna­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ca śakyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m iti? na; ta­da­dhya­va­sā­ye­na ta­da­bhā­vā­na­va­ga­mā­t­. yathaiva bā­hyā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na svā­tmai­ka­grā­hi­ṇā na bā­hyā­rtha­sya sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m a­saṃ­ve­dya­tvaṃ vā­va­ga­ntuṃ pā­rya­te­, tathā jñā­nā­nta­ra­syā­pi ta­da­dhya­va­sā­ye­ne­ti­, na hy atra viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti. smṛtis tv a­dhya­va­sā­ya eveti na sma­ra­ṇa­m api jñā­nā­nta­ra­vya­va­sthā­pa­kaṃ jñā­nā­nta­rā­d u­tpa­nna­m sva­rū­pa­m ātmano gṛhṇat sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ kathaṃ na jñā­nā­nta­raṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­m iti cet, bā­hyā­rthā­d u­tpa­nna­m ātmanaḥ svarūpaṃ gṛhṇat kathaṃ na bā­hyā­rtha­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­m iti samānaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. na ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evainaṃ viśeṣaṃ jānāti — jñā­nā­nta­rā­d e­vā­ha­m utpannaṃ na bā­hyā­rthā­d iti. tad evaṃ jñā­nā­nta­ra­sthā­pa­ne­na bā­hyā­rtha­sthā­pa­na­sya sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­n na bā­hyā­rthā­sa­mbha­vo na vā­na­yo­r api bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­. tataś ca sa­ho­pa­la­mbhā­di­ko hetus trai­rū­pyā­va­ga­ma­sya mūlaṃ bhe­do­pa­la­mbha­s ta­nni­rā­ku­rva­nn ā­tmā­na­m eva hantīti kathaṃ tato bā­hyā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­? etena "dhiyo nī­lā­di­rū­pa­tva­" ityādy api ni­ra­sta­m­.

NBhū-YA 14­1­,17~tathā hi —

iti sa­ṅgra­ha­ślo­kāḥ­.

NBhū-YA 14­2­,2~tad evaṃ grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­yo­r bhedaṃ ni­rā­ku­rvā­ṇe­nā­dvai­ta­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. ta­da­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me hi a­ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­rā yathā bhrāntaiḥ i­tyā­de­r apy a­nu­pa­pa­nna­tva­m­. jñā­nā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇe­na bā­hyā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­sya sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tve­na da­rśi­ta­tvā­t­. a­dvai­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi virodho '­pa­ri­hā­rya evety uktaṃ so 'yaṃ ga­ḍu­pra­ve­śā­kṣi­tā­ra­ka­vi­ni­rga­ma­nyā­yaḥ śā­kyā­nā­m ā­pa­ti­taḥ­. tasmād itthaṃ vi­ro­dha­pa­ri­hā­rā­ya bāhyārtho '­ta­dā­kā­re­ṇai­va jñānena vedyata ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. sa ca bāhyo 'rthaḥ prāyas tāvad yathā vya­va­sthi­te­nai­vā­kā­re­ṇa gṛ­hya­te­. kvacit tv ā­ro­pi­te­nā­py ā­kā­re­ṇā­va­bhā­sa­te ti­mi­rā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d ato bhrā­ntya­bhrā­nti­vya­va­sthā­pi yuktā. na tv a­nyo­pā­dhi­vi­ni­rmu­kta­jñā­na­saṃ­ve­da­ne sa­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 14­2­,12~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — "sarve vi­vā­dā­s pa­dī­bhū­tāḥ pratyayā ni­rā­la­mba­nāḥ pra­tya­ya­tvā­t­, sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­d­" iti. yathā ca sva­pnā­va­sthā­yāṃ bā­hyā­rthā­sa­mbha­ve 'pi jñā­nā­kā­ra­mā­tra­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d eva bā­hyā­rthā­dhya­va­sā­yo bhrā­ntya­bhrā­nti­vya­va­sthā ca bha­va­ti­, tathā jā­gra­da­va­sthā­yā­m api, bhe­dā­va­bhā­so 'pi tadvad eva dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. evaṃ ca ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­m eva sādhyate na tu bhe­dā­va­bhā­so ni­ṣi­dhya­te­. tato '­nu­mā­ne bhe­da­vi­tyā virodho 'pi nāsti. bhe­dā­va­bhā­sa­sya ca bhrāntatve 'pi vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­n nā­nva­yā­dya­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 14­2­,19~saṃ­di­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­s tāvad ayaṃ hetuḥ — pra­tya­ya­tva­sā­la­mba­na­tva­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­si­ddheḥ­. na ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ya­thā­dhya­va­si­ta­m ā­la­mba­naṃ na dṛṣṭam ity e­tā­va­tai­va vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhiḥ tva­dda­rśa­ne 'py a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tathā coktam —

NBhū-YA 14­3­,3~a­thā­nya­d a­nya­syā­la­mba­naṃ na yu­kta­m­. ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­? sa­rva­syā­la­mba­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo '­nya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti cet, na; anyatve 'pi kā­ra­ṇa­va­n ni­ya­ma­sa­mbha­vā­t­, na hi dhūmasya svātmaiva kāraṇaṃ sarvaṃ vā­nya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. bo­dho­tpā­de 'pi prāg i­vā­pra­kā­śo 'rthaḥ kathaṃ pra­kā­śa­tāṃ yā­yā­t­? pra­kā­śā­tmo­tpā­de vā sa eva bodhas tasya pra­kā­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d iti cet, na; a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­si­ddhau ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­pra­kā­śa­sa­mba­ndhā­d eva tasya pra­kā­śya­vā­t pra­dī­pa­gha­ṭa­va­t­. kiṃ cā­ne­ka­jñā­tṛ­saṃ­ve­dyaṃ na jñā­na­m­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­s tu bāhyo 'rthaḥ. tathā hi — nartakī na­rti­ṣya­ti iti śrutvā ta­dda­rśa­no­tsu­kā bahavo lokāḥ pra­vṛ­ttā­s tām a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pa­śya­nti­. svapne 'py etad astīti cet, na; ta­tro­tta­ro­tta­ra­saṃ­vā­dā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. 'sarva eva pratyayā ni­rā­la­mba­nā­' iti bru­vā­ṇa­sya sva­vā­kyo­pa­nyā­sa­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, tathā hi — idaṃ vākyaṃ sā­dha­na­tve­na bhavatā pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­nā­rtha­m u­pa­nya­sta­m­, na ca bhavataḥ pa­rā­va­bo­dho 'sti, a­va­bo­dhe vā, pa­rā­va­bo­dha­syai­va sā­la­mba­na­tvā­t te­nai­vā­nai­kā­ntaḥ­. pa­rā­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca kathaṃ sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ pra­tya­ya­tvaṃ gṛ­hya­te­? na cā­gṛ­hī­taṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ ga­ma­ka­m­, tathā dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­si­ddhā­va­ga­ma­ka­tva­m­, tatsiddhau vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m­. ta­thā­nu­mā­na­m api yadi sa­rva­pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­m­, tadā tasyaiva sā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ no cet tadā kathaṃ sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? sa­rvā­nu­mā­na­sya ni­rā­la­mba­na­syai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d ayam adoṣa iti cet? tad a­yu­kta­m­; ni­rā­la­mba­na­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t­. na hi pā­ri­bhā­ṣi­kaṃ jñānasya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ ca. kiṃ tarhi? prameyaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya­te yena tat pra­mā­ṇa­m­, yatra tu na kiṃcit pra­ti­bhā­ti tan ni­rā­la­mba­na­m u­cya­te­. tat kathaṃ nā­na­yo­r vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 14­3­,22~svā­tmā­la­mba­na­syā­py a­rthā­nta­rā­la­mba­na­tvā­bhi­dhā­nā­d a­vi­ro­dha iti cet, na; kim idānīṃ svā­tmā­pe­kṣa­yai­va ta­syā­nu­mā­na­tva­m­. na ca svā­tmai­ka­vi­ṣa­ye­ṇā­rthā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ sā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ vā siddhyaty a­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. na hi yo yasya na vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, sa tena sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­, ta­tsā­dha­ne hi sa eva tasya viṣayaḥ syāt, ā­tma­sva­rū­pa­va­t sā­dhya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d vi­ṣa­ya­sya­. ma­ṇi­va­d a­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­py a­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­d eva siddhir iti cet, na; a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­no ma­ṇi­jñā­na­sya pra­bhā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, siddhau vā sa eva vi­saṃ­vā­da iti kathaṃ ta­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m­? ta­du­tta­ra­m eva ma­ṇi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. pra­tya­yā­nta­ra­si­ddhyā ca bā­hya­si­ddheḥ sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvaṃ prāg eva da­rśi­ta­m­. tena ca pra­tya­yā­nta­ra­si­ddhi­va­n nī­lā­de­r apy a­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ­. ka­sya­ci­d bā­hyā­rtha­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­sa­tva­da­rśa­nā­t sa­rva­bā­hyā­rtha­jñā­nā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­sa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, sva­pnā­va­sthā­nu­mā­na­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­sa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataḥ kim a­trā­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­? ni­rā­la­mba­nā­nu­mā­na­m eva nānyat kiṃ­ci­t­. ni­rā­la­mba­nā­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­pra­mā­ṇa­tve bhavataḥ kā­rtha­si­ddhi­r iti cet, na kācid a­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhiṃ muktvā. syād etad — yathā ka­dā­ci­d ra­ja­ta­pra­tya­ya­bā­dha­ka­sya śu­kti­kā­pra­tya­ya­sya pra­tya­yā­nta­re­ṇa bā­dhi­ta­syā­sa­ttve 'pi naiva sva­pne­ndra­jā­lā­di­ṣu ra­ja­ta­pra­tya­ya­sya sa­tya­to­pa­pa­dya­te­. tadvan ni­rā­la­mba­nā­nu­mā­na­syā­sa­ttve 'pi tad bā­dhi­ta­sya sā­la­mba­na­jñā­na­sya satyatā na yu­kte­ti­. kim anena vaktum a­bhi­pre­ta­m­? yadi pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­se­na cā­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇā­m a­sa­tya­tai­va vya­va­sthā­pya­ta iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, pra­mā­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa pra­me­ya­vya­va­sthā­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t­.

NBhū-YA 14­4­,9~bā­hyā­rtha­vya­va­sthā­si­ddhi­r api tata eva syāt ta­tsi­ddhi­ni­mi­tta­syai­vā­bhrā­nta­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. na hi pra­mā­ṇā­bhrā­ntā­v asya viṣāṇe staḥ, kiṃ tarhi? yenaiva pa­dā­rtha­s ta­thā­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pya­te tad e­vā­bhrā­ntaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tvanmate sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­t­. na ca ra­ja­ta­jñā­na­syā­py a­sa­tya­tvaṃ bhrāntena śu­kti­kā­jñā­ne­na vya­va­sthā­pya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? tad u­tta­re­ṇā­bhrā­nte­nai­va jñā­ne­no­bha­yo­r api ra­ja­ta­śu­kti­kā­jñā­na­yo­r a­sa­tya­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­.

NBhū-YA 14­4­,14~yad vā śu­kti­kā­jñā­na­sya śu­kti­kā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nai­v bhrāntatvaṃ mi­thyā­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ra­ja­ta­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na bhrā­nta­tva­m eva ta­trā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­na­ś ca bhrāntatve sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi bhrāntatvaṃ syāt, tataś ca pā­ri­bhā­ṣi­kaṃ jñānānāṃ bhrā­nta­tva­m uktaṃ syāt. atha ra­ja­ta­jñā­nā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­yā­nā­m a­vya­va­sthai­va sā­dhya­te­. tathā sati su­ra­gu­ru­ma­tā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ tataś ca pa­ra­lo­kā­di­vi­cā­ra­s ta­nni­mi­tta­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­cā­ra­ś cā­nu­pa­pa­nna e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 14­4­,20~nanu cā­vya­va­sthā­pya­pra­tī­tā­nāṃ pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ na śa­kya­te­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­nai­ka­ni­ṣṭha­s tu bhavān na pra­tya­yā­nta­raṃ pa­śya­ti­. sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­ve­dya­sya cātmano ni­rā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ bhrāntatvaṃ vā sā­dha­ya­ntaṃ na kaścit tvāṃ ni­vā­ra­ya­ti­, kintu sa­rva­śa­bdo '­na­rtha­kaḥ­, pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­va­ga­me vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m u­kta­m­, viruddho vāyaṃ hetuḥ. tathā hi — sarve pratyayāḥ sā­la­mba­nāḥ pra­tya­ya­tvā­t­, pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­la­mba­na­pra­tya­ya­va­d iti. dha­rmya­si­ddho dṛṣṭānta iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­yāḥ pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­pra­tya­yā­ś ca na pra­tī­ya­nta eva? a­pra­tī­tai­ś ca taiḥ kathaṃ vya­va­hā­ra iti? ka evam āha — na pra­tī­ya­nta iti, kintu nā­la­mba­nī­bha­va­ntī­ti brūmaḥ. pra­tī­ya­nte na cā­la­mba­nī­bha­va­ntī­ti su­vyā­hṛ­ta­m­. na hi pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­d anyad e­vā­la­mba­na­m­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­pi ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yad vastu yasminn a­nu­bha­ve sva­rū­pe­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­ti tat ta­syā­la­mba­naṃ na pra­tī­ya­mā­na­mā­tra­m­, sma­rya­mā­ṇa­syā­py ā­la­mba­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti cet, na; ā­la­mba­na­vi­pa­rī­tā­vi­pa­rī­ta­sa­ndi­gdhā­dya­ne­ka­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t­, yato jñeyam ā­la­mba­naṃ viṣayo 'rthaḥ pra­tya­yā­va­bhā­sī­ti pa­ryā­yāḥ­. yac cā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­ni jñāne pra­ti­bhā­ti ta­tsva­rū­pe­ṇai­va pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti kathaṃ na pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇy ā­la­mba­nī­bha­va­nti­?

NBhū-YA 14­5­,4~nanu ca pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇa pratīteḥ kathaṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­tī­tiḥ­? na hi teṣāṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ sva­rū­pa­m asti, yac ca teṣām a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­, svarūpaṃ tat pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­n na pra­ti­bhā­ty evāto nā­la­mba­na­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­rū­pa­syā­pi vā­sta­va­tvā­t ta­da­nu­mā­na­sya ceti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 14­5­,8~yadi ca pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­saṃ­sa­rgya­vā­sta­va­m eva rūpaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti tasyaiva ni­rā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te­, tataḥ śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­tai­kṣa­ṇya­sā­dha­kā­nu­mā­na­va­d a­na­rtha­ka­m evedaṃ syāt. na hi śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d a­tya­ntā­nu­pa­la­bdhaiḥ pa­ra­mā­rthā­sa­dbhiḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­raiḥ saha pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇā­pi sambandho '­va­ga­ntuṃ pā­rya­te­. ma­ṇi­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto 'py atra na sā­dhī­yā­n­, yato ma­ṇi­sva­rū­paṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­d eva tenaiva pramātrā pra­vṛ­ttyu­tta­ra­kā­la­m u­pa­la­bhya­te naivaṃ pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ sva­rū­pa­m­, ta­du­pa­la­mbhe vā kathaṃ na ta­du­pa­la­mbha­sya sā­la­mba­na­tva­m­?

NBhū-YA 14­5­,15~yad apy uktam — lo­ka­pra­tī­tyai­va jāgrat sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ bhe­da­si­ddheḥ­, ta­dā­śra­ye­ṇa tāvat sā­dha­na­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, tataḥ paścād yadi pa­rā­mṛ­śa­tā kiṃcid atra vi­bhā­ga­kā­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­la­kṣya­ta ity abhedaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, tathā sati kaḥ parasya doṣaḥ? evaṃ hi doṣe ve­da­prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­ne 'pi doṣaḥ syāt. tathā hi — yāvad ve­da­syā­pra­mā­ṇe­bhyo lau­ki­ka­vā­kye­bhyo na pṛ­tha­ggra­ha­ṇaṃ tāvan na dha­rmi­sva­rū­pa­si­ddhiḥ­, ta­da­si­ddhau ca na ta­tprā­mā­ṇya­m api siddham iti ni­ṣpha­la­m a­nu­mā­naṃ syāt. na ca sva­ra­va­rṇā­nu­pū­rvī­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhiḥ­, ta­da­nye­ṣā­m api pa­ra­spa­ra­ta­s tathā bhe­da­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 14­5­,22~athāsti tāvad ayaṃ prabandhaḥ — kim ayaṃ vedaḥ, uta na? iti vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇo yadi pramāṇaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ti tadāyaṃ veda eva, a­thā­nya­thā nānena pra­yo­ja­na­m iti pa­ri­tya­jā­maḥ­. sa­mā­na­m a­trā­pi­. pra­tya­ya­s tāvad īkṣyate sva­pna­pra­si­ddhi­r asmāt kiṃ bhinnā, na vā? iti vi­ka­lpa­ne yathā paraṃ bha­vi­ṣya­taḥ tadā drakṣyāma ity api yadi paścād vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇaṃ sva­pna­jñā­na­m anyad vā pa­ra­spa­raṃ bhinnaṃ bhavet tadā bhedaṃ gra­hī­ṣyā­maḥ­. atha bhe­da­kā­ra­ṇaṃ na kim apy astīty abhedaṃ tad pra­ti­pa­tsyā­ma­he­. tataḥ ko 'tra virodha iti? tad etad a­ndha­vi­jṛ­mbhi­taṃ ve­da­prā­mā­ṇya­vā­di­naḥ­? khalu tāval lokaṃ paśyanti ta­tpra­tī­tiṃ ca jā­na­nti­, tataḥ sā­mā­nye­na lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­sya ve­dā­khya­sya dharmiṇaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. tvaṃ punaḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa kiṃcid api na pa­śya­si­. pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­se­na ca pa­kṣā­di­gra­ha­ṇe katham a­lī­kā­ṅgo hetuḥ pramāṇaṃ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 14­6­,7~nanu cā­la­ṅkā­re pra­jñā­ka­ra­gu­pte­nai­va svayam etad āśaṅkya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­. yad āha — "pūrvaṃ bhe­da­grā­ha­ka­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, bhavatu ko doṣaḥ? pa­kṣā­di­pra­vi­bhā­go na bhaved iti cet, mā bhūd idānīṃ kiṃ no vi­gha­ṭi­ta­m­? idam eva — yad a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­sye­ti evaṃ tarhi ve­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­mā­ṇā­pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­dha­rmi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva syāt, paścāt pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­ne­na ni­va­rtta­nā­t­. tato dha­rmi­sā­dha­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t ta­ddvā­re­ṇa prā­mā­ṇya­sā­dha­na­m api a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ bhaved iti na ve­da­prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhiḥ­. tataḥ sa­ka­la­sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­vya­va­hā­ro vi­śī­rye­ta­.

NBhū-YA 14­6­,14~atha dharmiṇaḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sya grahaṇe 'pi na ta­dgrā­ha­ka­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m­, prā­mā­ṇya­syā­dhi­ka­sya tatraiva sā­dha­nā­d iti. tad apy a­sa­t­, yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 14­6­,18~pra­mā­ṇa­sva­rū­paṃ hi ve­da­va­ca­naṃ tasya ta­dvi­pa­rya­ya­gra­ha­ṇe ta­dvi­pa­rya­yo­nmū­la­ne pareṇa kṛte katham a­pra­mā­ṇa­tā na bha­ve­t­?

NBhū-YA 14­6­,21~atha vya­ti­ri­kta­dha­rmā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n naitad dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­, na; a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 14­7­,3~a­bhe­da­pra­ti­pa­ttuḥ pa­kṣā­di­vi­bhā­ge­na sādhanaṃ na pra­va­rtta­ta ity api nā­śa­ṅka­nī­ya­m­, yataḥ pa­ra­pra­tya­yā­pe­kṣa­ye­da­m a­nu­vā­da­mā­tra­kaṃ svayam api cā­pū­rvā­bhyā­se­na sā­dha­na­pra­yo­ga ity a­na­va­dya­m­. mamāpy evam āsīd iti paraḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­ta­" iti.

NBhū-YA 14­7­,6~tad etad ī­rṣyā­śa­lya­vi­tu­dya­mā­na­ma­rmmā­yaṃ viklavaṃ kro­śa­tī­ti pa­śyā­maḥ­. tathā hi — vedasya tāvat sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇau dharmau yadi vya­ti­ri­ktau sā­dha­yi­ṣyā­ma­s tathā saty a­na­va­kā­śa eva tva­dda­rśa­na­sya­.

NBhū-YA 14­7­,9~athāpy a­ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­ni­ba­ndha­nau­, tathāpi dṛṣṭe dharmiṇi sa­dṛ­śā­tma­nā niścite sati dha­rmā­nta­rā­da­rśa­na­sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rtta­ta iti yu­kta­m­. yadā tu dharmiṇa eva pra­tya­yā­nta­ra­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ ka­dā­ci­d api na dṛ­ṣṭi­go­ca­rā­s tadā kim ā­śra­ya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rtte­ta­? na hi su­śi­kṣi­to 'pi kaścid ākāśe ci­tra­vi­nyā­saṃ śaktaḥ ka­rttu­m­. yadi hi dharmiṇaḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­ra­la­kṣa­ṇāḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa dṛṣṭā bha­va­nti­, tadā ta­dda­rśa­na­ba­lo­dbhū­te­na pra­tya­ya­tva­ni­śca­ye­na ni­rā­la­mba­na­tvā­da­rśa­na­sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rtta­ta ity eṣāpi prakriyā sa­mbhā­vye­ta­, na ca pi­śā­ca­va­d a­dṛ­ṣṭe­ṣu dha­rmi­ṣu­.

NBhū-YA 14­7­,16~na ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa bhavataḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­ro­pa­la­mbho 'py astīty u­kta­m­. yat punar etad bhe­de­nā­pi gṛ­hī­ta­sye­tyā­dī­daṃ vi­smṛ­ta­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, yataḥ sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­sā­dha­naṃ prakrāntaṃ nādvaitaṃ sā­dha­na­m­. atha sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tve­nā­vi­śe­ṣa e­vā­bhe­do '­bhi­pre­to na tv a­dvai­ta­m­, tathāpi pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­gra­ha­ṇe '­nu­mā­nā­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ ta­dgra­ha­ṇe tv a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ hetor ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 14­7­,21~a­thā­ne­na krameṇa sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syai­va bhe­da­sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­daḥ sā­dhya­te­, na, prāg eva vi­cā­ri­ta­tvā­t­. api ca kiṃ yenaiva bhedaḥ sa­mā­ro­pya­te­, tenaiva vya­va­cchi­dya­te­? pra­tya­yā­nta­re­ṇa veti? te­nai­ve­ti na yu­kta­m­, sa­mā­ro­pa­ṇa­vya­va­cche­da­kā­kā­ra­yo­r e­kā­tma­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­.

pa­ra­pra­tya­yā­pe­kṣa­ye­da­m a­nu­vā­da­mā­tra­ka­m­, svayam api pū­rvā­bhyā­se­ne­tyā­dy api a­bhe­da­vi­ru­ddhā­d a­yu­kta­m e­ve­ti­. na cā­pra­ti­pa­nna­pra­tya­yaḥ pūrvo '­bhyā­sa­ś ca he­tu­tve­nā­bhi­dhā­tuṃ yuktaḥ. ke­śā­di­va­d a­nā­la­mba­ne­nai­va pra­tī­ya­ta iti cet, na, ke­śā­di­jñā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. ata eva '­a­ve­dya­ve­da­kā­kā­rā­' i­tyā­di­ślo­ka­dva­yaṃ pra­mā­ṇī­ku­rva­tā śā­kye­nā­dvai­ta­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m anyathā ta­dvi­ro­dhaḥ syāt. pra­tya­yā­nta­ra­va­d bā­hyā­rtha­si­ddhi­r api ni­rā­la­mba­na­pra­tya­yā­d eva bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti dustare vyasane batāyaṃ bhikṣuḥ patita iti.

NBhū-YA 14­8­,4~yadi ca svā­tmā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tadā sā­dhya­vi­ka­lo dṛṣṭāntaḥ sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­yā­nā­m api svā­tmā­la­mba­na­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va­syo­kta­tvā­t­, a­nya­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya ca sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 14­8­,7~atha na kiṃcid ā­la­mba­na­m astīti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tadā gha­ṭā­di­va­d bo­dha­syā­py a­si­ddhi­s tataḥ sva­dṛ­ṣṭi­vi­ro­dho 'staṃ ja­ga­tsyā­t­. atha bā­hyā­la­mba­na­m eva vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­ti­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t­, smṛter api sma­rtta­vyā­la­mba­na­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. yathā pra­ti­bhā­tā­rthā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ sva­pnā­di­jñā­na­va­d iti cet, evaṃ tarhi bo­dhā­va­bhā­si­te 'pi pra­tya­ya­sya ta­dā­la­mba­na­tvaṃ na syāt. tataś ca bā­hyā­rtha­va­d bo­dha­syā­py a­si­ddhi­r ity ā­yā­ta­m āndhyam a­śe­ṣa­sya ja­ga­taḥ­, na hi ka­sya­ci­t tattvato 'siddhau bhrā­ntyu­pa­pla­vo 'pi siddhyati pa­ri­bhā­ṣā­mā­tra­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha bā­hya­tve­na pra­tī­ta­sya ke­śā­de­r a­rtha­prā­ptya­nu­pa­la­mbhe­nā­sa­ttva­si­ddhe­s ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­sya ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­si­ddhau ta­tsa­mā­na­rū­po­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­t sa­rva­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­si­ddhi­r na punar ā­tmā­la­mba­na­tve bādhakaṃ kiṃcid a­stī­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; sa­mā­na­rū­po­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­si­ddheḥ­, sa­rva­trā­rtha­prā­ptau hi sa­mā­na­rū­pa­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­. yadā tu kvacid arthaḥ prā­pya­te­, tadā kutaḥ sa­mā­na­rū­pa­tva­m­? atha naiva kvacid a­rtha­prā­pti­r asti, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­s tarhi ka­tha­m­? na hi pi­śā­cā­di­va­d a­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ śakyaḥ ka­rttu­m­. jñānād asya bhedaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, na tv artha eva tasya jñā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d iti cet, bhedo 'py a­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭaḥ kathaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­? dṛṣṭaś cen na tarhi ta­syā­tya­ntā­sa­ttva­m­. kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­pra­dhā­nā­deḥ kathaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha iti cet, na; tatrāpi hi dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va vi­ṣā­ṇa­jā­tī­ya­sya kha­ra­ma­sta­ko­dbhū­ta­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­. su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hā­nāṃ ca ja­ga­du­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­. ja­ga­du­pā­dā­na­sya vā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­nyā­ye­nā­nu­mi­ta­sya su­khā­dyā­tma­ka­tva­m ekatvaṃ ca ni­ṣi­ddhya­ta ity evam a­nya­trā­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­syai­va de­śa­kā­la­sā­ma­rthyā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dho draṣṭavya iti. sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pa­kṣe ca bhe­da­da­rśa­naṃ na kvacid astīty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 14­8­,28~pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pā­sta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­c ca na bhe­da­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tathā hi — jñānam a­nta­rmu­khā­kā­rā­sthi­ra­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇa ve­dya­te­, nī­lā­dya­rtha­s tu ba­hi­ṣṭha­tva­sthi­ra­tvā­di­ru­pe­ṇe­ti­. prā­ṇa­bhṛ­nmā­tra­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­c ca — na hi kṣa­ṇa­dhvaṃ­si­jñā­na­mā­trā­va­ga­me kaścid i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­ta iti. sva­pnā­di­va­d etat sarvam iti cet, na; u­tpa­nna­bā­dha­kā­nāṃ bha­va­tā­m api pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 14­9­,4~nanu ca jñānād a­rthā­nta­ra­tve 'rthasya kathaṃ kaścid e­vā­rtha­s tena dṛṣṭaḥ? yadi da­rśa­na­sa­mba­ndhā­t­, so 'pi sambandho yady a­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tadā ta­tsa­mba­ndha­syā­pi sa­mba­ndhā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­ne­ty a­na­va­sthā syāt. a­thā­na­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tataḥ kathaṃ jñānād a­rthā­nta­ra­m arthaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa si­ddhya­ti­. tasmāt saṃ­ve­da­nā­ntaḥ­pra­vi­ṣṭaḥ sann arthaḥ saṃ­ve­dya­ta iti yu­jya­te­, na tu ta­da­saṃ­spa­rśī­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 14­9­,16~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m — prāg eva hi sa­rva­syā­pi vedyasya ve­da­nā­nta­ra­ve­dya­tvaṃ sā­dhi­ta­m­. dha­rma­dha­rmi­no­ś cā­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 14­9­,19~kiṃ ca ni­śca­ya­va­n nā­na­va­sthā­. yathā tva­dda­rśa­ne vi­ka­lpa­rū­po ni­śca­yaḥ­, sa cā­tmā­na­m a­ni­ści­nva­nn e­vā­rthā­nta­raṃ ni­ści­no­ti­, na ca ni­śca­yā­na­va­sthā­. ta­thā­nya­syā­pi jñā­ta­syā­jñā­ta­syai­vā­rthā­nta­ra­jñe­ya­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tva­m a­du­ṣṭa­m­, ni­śca­ya­sya cā­rthā­nta­ra­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tvaṃ tva­yai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­. yasmād uktam — "­ke­śa­jñā­ne sati pū­rvā­nu­bhū­ta­sma­ra­ṇā­d e­va­mbhū­ta­pra­ti­bhā­sā­na­nta­raṃ prāptir ā­sī­t­. ta­dvi­ka­lpo grā­hya­grā­ha­ko­lle­khe­no­tpa­tti­mā­n­, so 'pi sva­rū­pe­ṇa grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­rū­pa­ra­hi­ta e­vā­pa­re­ṇa tathā vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. na tasyāpi svato '­vya­va­sthā­" iti vikalpaḥ smṛ­ti­rū­pa­tvā­d a­nā­la­mba­na eveti cet, bhavatu tathāpi tāvad asya grā­hya­grā­ha­ka­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dyā­tma­ka­tve­nā­rthā­nta­ra­vya­va­sthā­pa­ne sā­ma­rthya­m iṣṭam eva. tadvat sthi­ra­tvā­di­ka­bā­hyā­rtha­vya­va­sthā­pa­ne ni­rā­la­mba­na­m eva sāmarthyaṃ bhavatu iti nāsmākaṃ grahaḥ. syād etat — vi­ka­lpa­sya smṛ­ti­rū­pa­tvā­d ya­thā­nu­bhū­tā­rtha­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­tve­nai­va prā­mā­ṇya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. sva­vi­di­ta­jñā­na­dha­rma­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­syai­va vi­ka­lpa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na tv a­nu­bhū­ta­bā­hyā­rtha­dha­rma­vya­va­sthā­pa­ka­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 15­0­,1~kuta etat pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­? na khalu tāvan ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ke­nai­vā­tma­naḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­sva­bhā­vo '­nu­bhū­ya­mā­naḥ pra­tī­ya­te­? ni­śca­ya­s tu bāhye 'py astīti kathaṃ ta­syā­na­nu­bhū­ta­tva­m­? na ca tvanmate gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­ṇaḥ prā­mā­ṇya­m i­ṣṭa­m­, ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­n na pra­mā­ṇa­m iti va­ca­nā­t a­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­kā­śo veti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 15­0­,6~api ca sva­pnā­di­jñā­ne­ṣv api vi­cche­de­nā­va­bhā­tā­nā­m a­rthā­nā­m asattvaṃ kathaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­? yadi vi­saṃ­vā­dā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­d a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r vety u­cya­te­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yadi hy a­vi­saṃ­vā­de­nā­rtha­kri­ya­yā vā vyāpto 'rthaḥ kvacid u­pa­la­bdho bha­va­ti­, tadā ta­da­bhā­vā­d a­rthā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhya­ti­; da­ha­nā­bhā­vā­d dhū­mā­bhā­va­va­t­. yadā tu bā­hyā­rtha­syā­pa­hna­va­s tadā na tasya kenāpi saha vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pa­nna iti kathaṃ vi­pa­rya­ya­vyā­ptiḥ syāt? syān matam — sva­pnā­di­bu­ddhī­nāṃ vi­ṣa­yā­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­si­ddha­tvā­n nāsmābhiḥ sādhyata iti, na; lo­ka­pra­si­ddheḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā tata eva jā­gra­dbu­ddhī­nāṃ pa­kṣī­kṛ­tā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­si­ddhi­r iti kathaṃ sa­ra­va­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? svayaṃ vā pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­sya pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­mā­tre­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pā­dā­na­m a­yu­kta­m­, pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­sya sva­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­kā­śa­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. tathā coktam — "­ya­thai­va hi svayaṃ tri­rū­pā­l liṅgāl liṅgini jñānam utpannaṃ tathaiva paratra li­ṅgi­jñā­no­tpi­pā­da­yi­ṣa­yā tri­rū­pa­li­ṅgā­khyā­naṃ pa­rā­rtha­m a­nu­mā­na­m­, kāraṇe kā­ryo­pa­ca­rā­t sva­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­ga­mā­t­, pa­ra­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ na sādhanaṃ nāpy a­na­rtha­taḥ siddhir iti jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­" iti. tasmān na pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­mā­tre­ṇa sva­pnā­di­jñā­nā­nā­m­, dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, sa­ho­pa­la­mbhā­di­sā­dha­naṃ ca prāg eva ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m iti na tato dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­si­ddhiḥ­. siddhau vā tata eva sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r apy u­pa­pa­tti­r iti vyarthaṃ pra­tya­ya­tva­m­. api ca yo 'yaṃ nī­lā­dyā­kā­raḥ sva­pnā­di­jñā­ne­ṣu pra­ti­bhā­ti ta­syai­vā­sa­ttvaṃ bā­dha­kā­t pra­ti­pa­dya­nte vya­va­ha­rttā­raḥ­. tad yad asau jñānād a­rthā­nta­raṃ na bha­va­ti­, tadā jñā­na­syai­vā­sa­ttvaṃ prā­pta­m­. na vā nī­lā­dyā­kā­raṃ sva­pnā­di­jñā­na­m­. tataś ca ni­rā­kā­rāḥ sarve pratyayāḥ pra­tya­ya­tvā­t­, sva­pnā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­d iti vākyārtho ni­rā­la­mba­nā­nu­mā­na­sya prāptaḥ. yadā caivaṃ na vya­ti­ri­kto nāpy a­vya­ti­ri­kto nī­lā­dyā­kā­ro 'sti jñānasya tadā sa­rva­vya­va­hā­ro­cche­da eva pra­sa­jya­ta iti. yadi ca sarva eva pratyayā ni­rā­la­mba­nā­s tadā vya­va­ha­rtṝ­ṇāṃ kvacid vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ kvacit tu de­śa­kā­lā­di­vya­va­dhā­ne 'pi saṃvāda eveti kuto 'yaṃ ni­ya­maḥ­? vā­sa­nā­bhe­dā­d iti cet — atha ma­nya­se­, ya­trā­dṛ­ḍha­vā­sa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ tatra vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ­, yatra tu dṛ­ḍha­vā­sa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ tatra saṃvāda iti, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­1­,5~api ca varam evaṃ bā­hyā­rthā­nā­m eva dṛ­ḍhā­dṛ­dha­bhe­de­na ni­mi­tta­tva­ka­lpa­na­m­, teṣāṃ vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ­, na tu vā­sa­nā­nā­m­. vā­sa­nā­dṛ­ḍha­tve ca kiṃ ni­mi­tta­m­? na tāvat paṭuḥ pra­tya­yaḥ­, a­pū­rvā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­ka­smā­c ca pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣo jñā­na­mā­trā­n no­pa­pa­ya­te­. a­thā­da­ra­pra­tya­yo '­bhyā­sa­pra­tya­yo vā ni­mi­tta­m­, na; vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. tathā hi — kā­ma­śo­kā­dya­bhi­bhū­tā­nāṃ kā­mi­nya­pa­tyā­dya­rthe­ṣv a­tyā­da­rā­bhyā­sā­ti­śa­ya­pra­tī­te­ṣv api punaḥ ka­dā­ci­t ta­thā­rtha­pra­tya­ya­sya vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ dṛ­śya­te­, kvacit punar a­tya­ntā­pū­rve '­rthe­nā­śca­rya­kā­ri­ṇy api pratyayaḥ saṃvādy e­ve­ti­. tatrāpi ja­nmā­nta­ro­dbha­va­vā­sa­nā­stī­ti cet, na; a­ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­pra­tya­yā­bhyā­sā­t tasyās ti­ro­bhā­va­sa­mbha­vā­t­. anyathā hi nai­rā­tmyā­dya­bhyā­sā­d rā­gā­di­vā­sa­nā­nā­m api ti­ro­bhā­vo na syāt. na ca jñā­na­vya­ti­ri­ktā­rthā­sa­mbha­ve ni­ya­ta­vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dha­kaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m asti. pū­rva­jñā­na­vi­nā­śe hi sāṃ­pra­ta­m a­ne­ka­vā­sa­nā­tma­ka­m eva jñānam asti kathaṃ tata eva ni­ya­ta­pra­ti­bhā­so­da­yaḥ­? u­tta­ra­trā­pi vā­sa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ vi­cā­ra­yi­ṣyā­ma ity āstāṃ tā­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­1­,18~itaś ca na jñā­nā­tma­ka eva nī­lā­di­r arthaḥ, sva­pa­ra­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­t­. na hi jñā­na­sva­bhā­va­syā­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­. kathaṃ punar a­rtha­syā­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­ve­dya­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­? va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­ttyā­dya­vi­saṃ­vā­di­li­ṅgā­t­. tai­mi­ri­ka­dva­ya­va­ca­nā­de­s tu pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­d a­li­ṅga­tva­m­. yadi ca pa­rā­va­bo­dhaḥ pratyetuṃ na śakyate tataḥ śā­stra­pra­ṇa­ya­nā­di­ṣv a­pra­vṛ­tti­r eva prāptā. na hy unmatto 'pi kaścid ā­tmā­va­bo­dhā­rtha­m eva śāstraṃ vyācaṣṭe sā­dha­nā­dyu­pa­nyā­saṃ ca vāde karoty a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­nā­dyu­dbhā­va­ne­na cā­tmā­na­m eva ni­gṛ­hṇa­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 15­1­,25~atha bā­hyā­rthā­bhā­ve 'pi pa­rā­va­bo­dha­vyā­pā­ra­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­li­ṅgā­nu­me­ya­tvā­d a­do­ṣaḥ­; tathā hi — sva­ga­ta­pra­ya­tna­vi­va­kṣā­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­yo­ś ce­ṣṭā­vā­kya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­yo­r a­nyā­dhi­pa­tye­no­tpa­tti­r a­nu­mī­ya­ta iti, naitad asti; sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­vā­di­nāṃ sva­jñā­nā­nta­rā­va­ga­mo 'pi na sa­mbha­va­ti­, kutaḥ pa­rā­va­bo­dhā­va­ga­maḥ­? iti prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­2­,2~api ca sva­pna­va­t sa­rva­pra­tya­yā ni­rā­la­mba­nā iti bru­vā­ṇa­sya kathaṃ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­si­ddhiḥ­? na hi sva­pna­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhyāṃ ga­ma­na­va­ca­na­pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhyāṃ vāstavī pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­si­ddhi­r u­pa­pa­dya­te­, nāpi sva­pna­va­d bu­ddhā­khyā­na­vā­dā­di­ka­ra­ṇe pa­rā­nu­gra­ha­ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yā­di­kaṃ vā kiṃcid u­pa­pa­dya­te­. dha­rmā­pa­va­rgā­di­sā­dha­nā­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ na prā­pno­ti­. na hi svapne kṛtaṃ bu­ddhā­śra­yā­di­ka­rma bra­hma­ca­ryā­di­kaṃ vā dha­rma­sā­dha­na­m­, a­bha­kṣya­bha­kṣa­ṇā­ga­mya­ga­ma­nā­di­kaṃ vā­dha­rma­sā­dha­naṃ yu­kta­m­. na ca ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe sva­pna­jā­gra­d a­va­stha­yo­r viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti.

NBhū-YA 15­2­,10~ye­nai­ka­tra dha­rmā­di­sā­dha­na­vya­va­sthā nā­nya­tre­ti dha­rmā­di­sā­dha­ne 'pi bhrāntita eva pra­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, bha­va­nta­s tarhi ta­ttva­da­rśi­naḥ santaḥ kim arthaṃ bu­ddha­dha­rma­sa­ṅgha­dā­nā­dyu­pa­de­śe­no­pā­sa­ka­pra­ti­bo­dha­nā­ya pra­va­rtta­nte­. pū­rva­saṃ­skā­rā­d ity etad apy asad u­tta­ra­m­, na hi vi­ka­la­va­t pra­ti­bu­ddho 'pi kaścid a­me­dhyā­di­bha­kṣa­ṇe pra­va­rtta­te­. tasmād ime saugatāḥ śū­nya­tā­bhi­dhā­ne­nā­sā­ra­tāṃ pradarśya buddhāya de­ya­m­, dharmāya de­ya­m­, saṅghāya deyam ity eva lokān vi­pra­tā­rya mi­ṣṭhā­nna­pā­nā­dyu­pa­yo­gaṃ kurvantaḥ pū­rva­saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi a­me­dhya­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­kaṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­nta­ś ca­kra­bhra­ma­ṇa­va­d asmākaṃ pū­rva­saṃ­skā­rā­d eva pra­vṛ­tti­r ity evaṃ bru­vā­ṇā­ś ca dhū­rta­tā­m e­vā­tma­naḥ pra­ka­ṭa­ya­ntī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 15­2­,18~yathaiva hi ca­kra­syā­bhrā­ntau satyāṃ bhra­ma­ṇa­saṃ­skā­ro na bha­va­ti­. evaṃ mi­ṣṭhā­nnā­di­bhrā­nti­ni­vṛ­ttau taddhetuḥ saṃskāro na yu­jya­te­. na hi ja­lā­di­bhrā­nti­ni­vṛ­ttau ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­d eva ta­da­rtha­kri­yā­si­ddhya­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ kaścid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. api ca nī­lā­dya­rthā­bhā­ve kathaṃ nī­lā­di­jñā­na­m­, na hi ni­rhe­tu­kaṃ kāryaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, nityaṃ sattvam asattvaṃ ce­tyā­di­bā­dha­kā­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­2­,23~na ca jñā­na­mā­trā­d a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­d eva vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi nī­lā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ pra­tye­ka­m a­vi­cche­de­nā­nā­diḥ santāno gṛ­hya­te­, yena kā­ra­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­naṃ kāryasya pra­tī­ye­ta­. e­kā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­vā­he khalu ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­he­tu­saṃ­ni­pā­ta­m a­nta­re­ṇa kathaṃ ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pra­ti­bhā­saḥ prā­du­rbha­va­ti­? bā­hyā­rtha­pa­kṣe tv a­du­ṣṭa­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ puṃso ja­lā­dya­rtha­sa­nni­pā­tā­d a­vi­ta­thaṃ ja­lā­di­jñā­naṃ ta­da­rthā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­nai­va bha­va­ti­. du­ṣṭa­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­s tu vi­pa­rya­ya iti. yathā nī­hā­re­ṣv a­dṛ­ṣṭā­dyu­pa­plu­tā­kṣā­nāṃ ga­ndha­rva­na­ga­ra­jñā­na­m­. ma­ntrā­dyu­pa­plu­tā­kṣā­ṇāṃ mā­yā­vi­pra­yu­kta­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣe bho­ja­nā­di­jñā­na­m­. sva­pnā­di­jñā­na­m api ni­mi­ttā­nta­ro­pa­ni­pā­tā­d bāhya evārthe bha­va­tī­ti prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­3­,4~na caivaṃ he­tu­vai­ci­tryaṃ vi­jña­pti­mā­tra­pa­kṣe 'sti, tat kutaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­vai­ci­trya­m iti? vā­sa­nā­va­śā­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­vai­ci­trya­m iti cet, jñā­na­vya­ti­ri­ktā­rthā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me kā vā­sa­nā­?

NBhū-YA 15­3­,7~nanu coktam — vā­sa­ne­ti pū­rva­jñā­na­ja­ni­tāṃ śaktim ā­ma­na­nti vā­sa­nā­vi­da iti. atha kiṃ pū­rva­jñā­ne­nā­tma­tu­lya­jñā­no­tpā­di­kā śaktir ja­nya­te­, vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­jñā­no­tpā­di­kā veti? pū­rva­smi­n pakṣe nī­la­jñā­no­tpā­di­kā nī­la­jñā­nā­n nī­la­jñā­na­syo­tpa­ttiḥ­, tato 'pi nī­la­jñā­na­syai­ve­ti nī­la­jñā­na­sa­ntā­naḥ­, e­ka­smi­n santāne '­ne­kā­kā­ra­jñā­no­da­yo na syāt. u­tta­ra­smi­n pakṣe tu ki­ya­nta­m api kālam e­kā­kā­ra­jñā­na­pra­vā­ho na syāt. kā­lā­nta­re ca ta­tsa­dṛ­śo­tpā­da­ka­tva­m ity apy a­yu­kta­m­; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na naṣṭasya ja­na­ka­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. kārpāse ra­kta­tā­va­d ity etad apy u­tta­ra­tra ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 15­3­,14~kiṃ co­pā­dā­nā­d anyena vā­sya­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭaṃ yathā lā­kṣā­di­nā ka­rpā­sā­di­kaṃ pu­ṣpā­di­nā vastraṃ ceti. na ca jñā­na­syo­pā­dā­nā­d a­nya­kā­ra­ṇa­m iṣṭaṃ sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­jñā­naṃ tu bā­hyā­rtha­va­d a­vi­di­taṃ kathaṃ vā­sa­ka­tve­na ka­lpye­ta­? yadi ca vā­sa­nai­va nimittaṃ syāt tataḥ smṛtir eva syān na spa­ṣṭā­bha­tā­. na hi ke­va­la­vā­sa­nā­taḥ spa­ṣṭa­jñā­ne spa­ṣṭā­bha­tā­yā­m­, u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhau dṛṣṭānto 'sti, vi­pa­rya­ye tu smṛtir eva dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. kā­mā­dya­bhi­bhū­tā­nāṃ stryā­di­ni­rbhā­sa­jñā­naṃ sā­dhya­tvā­d a­nu­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­, tasyāpi sta­mbhā­dyā­la­mba­na­tvā­n ni­mī­li­tā­kṣa­syā­nu­tpā­dā­c ceti.

NBhū-YA 15­3­,21~yad apy ucyate — sva­pno­pa­la­bdhā­rthā­nāṃ yathā jā­gra­da­va­sthā­yā­m a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d asattvaṃ tathā jā­gra­du­pa­la­bdhā­nāṃ sva­pnā­va­sthā­yā­m a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­sa­ttva­m iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m — sva­pno­pa­la­bdhā­rthā­nāṃ sva­pnā­va­sthā­yā­m api vi­pla­va­da­rśa­nā­t­. tathā hi — pra­bhū­ta­m udakaṃ pibato 'pi ta­rṣo­pa­śa­mo na bha­va­ti­, bhojyaṃ bhu­ñjā­na­syā­pi kṣunna ni­va­rtta­te­. mṛtā chi­nna­śi­ra­sa­ś ca jīvanto bru­va­ntaḥ­, a­śva­ga­vā­da­yo 'pi bruvāṇā dṛ­śya­nte­, ti­rya­ṅmā­nu­ṣā­dī­nāṃ ca kṣa­ṇa­mā­tre­ṇa jā­ti­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vi­pa­rya­ya­ś cety e­va­mā­di­vi­pla­vo drśyate. na ca jā­gra­du­pa­la­mbhāḥ sva­pnā­va­sthā­yā­m apy a­sa­tya­tve­nai­vā­nu­sa­ndhī­ya­nte­.

NBhū-YA 15­4­,7~nanu sva­pno­pa­la­bdhaḥ śu­kra­vi­sa­rgo na vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­. tataḥ kim? ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­syā­pi strī­saṃ­pa­rka­sya sa­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; mi­thyā­jñā­na­jā­d api rā­gā­ti­śa­yā­d retaḥ spandasya sa­mbha­vā­t­, sra­gvi­le­pa­na­na­kha­kṣa­tā­di­kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­c ca. tasmāj jāgrataḥ svapato vā yad a­vi­saṃ­vā­di jñānaṃ tat sa­tyā­rtha­m eva, yasya tu vi­saṃ­vā­do bhavati tad a­sa­tyā­rthaṃ vi­pa­rī­tā­la­mba­na­m ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 15­4­,12~api ca bhā­va­nā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ ya­syo­pa­la­bhya­te­, ta­dvā­sa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ yuktaṃ yathā kā­ma­kro­dhā­di­. dha­na­dhā­nyā­di­kaṃ tu bhā­va­nā­ti­śa­yā­d api kṛ­ṣyā­dyu­pā­ya­hī­na­sya na saṃ­pa­dya­te­. vināpi bhā­va­nā­m i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭā­pū­rvā­rtha­prā­pti­r u­pa­la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 15­4­,15~atha vai­jā­tyā­d a­pū­rvā­rtho nai­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­, tad ucyate — tadā mo­kṣa­śā­stro­pa­la­mbho 'py apūrvo na syāt tataś ca mo­kṣo­pā­ya­vā­sa­nā­pi saṃ­sā­ra­ni­mi­tta­vā­sa­nā­va­d a­tā­ttvi­ka­tvā­n na mo­kṣa­sā­dhi­kā­, na hi ka­dā­ci­d a­pū­rva­vā­sa­nā­dhā­ya­kaṃ ni­mi­tta­m u­pa­la­bhya­te ya­dva­śā­d apūrvo '­pa­va­rgaḥ syād iti. tad evaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhiḥ pramāṇaiḥ sva­śā­strā­rthe­na ca vi­ru­ddha­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m evoktaṃ sarvaṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­m eva jñānam iti. tasmād arthasya sthū­lā­kā­ra­tā na jñā­na­sye­ti yuktam u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­4­,22~a­rtha­syā­pi na pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sa­mū­hā­tma­ka­sya sthū­la­tva­m­, kiṃ tu ta­du­tpā­di­ta­syā­va­ya­vi­vi­śe­ṣa­sye­ti jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ gha­ṭā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. '­ā­di­'­gra­ha­ṇaṃ tu sa­rva­syā­sma­dā­dī­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­va­ya­vi­naḥ sa­ṅgra­hā­rtha­m­, tasyāpi rū­pā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ '­dra­vya­'­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. ā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­da­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ ca ghaṭādeḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va gṛ­hya­te­, yasmād i­ndri­ya­vyā­pā­ra­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na ghaṭo 'yam i­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ rū­pā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sa­rve­ṣā­m u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. atra kaścid āha —

asyārthaḥ — a­vi­dya­mā­ne­nā­bhe­de 'py a­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ghaṭasya kathaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m ity a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­. ya­thai­vā­vi­dya­mā­na­sye­ndri­ya­jñā­no­tpa­ttā­v a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ tathā gha­ṭa­sye­ty eṣo '­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tasmāt ta­da­kṣā­go­ca­ra­tva­taḥ­, na hi na­ya­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­sya svātmani ca­kṣu­rjñā­no­tpā­da­ne sā­ma­rthya­m asti. ta­da­kṣā­go­ca­ra­tvaṃ ca nāsiddhaṃ yataḥ spṛśato 'py asti sā buddhiḥ, ca­kṣu­rvi­ṣa­ye spā­rśa­na­bu­ddhi­r na yuktā spa­rśa­na­vi­ṣa­ye ta­cca­kṣu­rbu­ddhi­r na yukteti ma­nya­te­. vi­śe­ṣa­ka­s tv āha — dravyaṃ ta­tspā­rśa­naṃ yadi. dhī­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvaṃ ghaṭasya yady asti, tataḥ siddhaṃ rū­pā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m ity a­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. a­tro­tta­ra­m — 'nāyaṃ ghaṭa' i­tyā­di­, na hy ayaṃ ghaṭa iti jñānaṃ spa­rśa­ne­ndri­ya­jaṃ yu­kta­m­, nī­lā­di­va­rṇa­syā­py atra pra­tya­va­bhā­sa­nā­t­, tena rū­pa­spa­rśa­vi­jñā­nā­nva­yo mānasa eva smārtto vikalpa iti. tad idaṃ vyā­mū­ḍha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m — na hi spārśane gha­ṭa­jñā­ne rū­pa­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ ka­sya­ci­d asti, kiṃ tu gha­ṭa­jñā­nā­na­nta­ra­m ā­nu­mā­ni­kaṃ rū­pa­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. na cai­tā­va­tai­va gha­ṭa­jñā­na­sya spa­rśa­ne­ndri­yā­ja­nya­tva­m­, spa­rśa­jñā­na­syā­py a­ta­jja­nya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­5­,14~nanu ca spārśanaṃ jñānaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ na bha­va­ti­, ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­jñā­ne tu naiva ghaṭaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti spa­rśa­syai­va pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d iti ko­śa­pā­na­m evātra ka­rta­vya­m­, na hi nyāyaḥ kaścid asti. bhavato 'pi tulyam iti cet, na; bhi­nnā­kā­ra­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya bhi­nnā­kā­ra­ni­śca­ye­na vya­va­sthā­pi­ta­sya nī­la­pī­tā­di­va­d a­rtha­ni­ba­ndha­na­tvā­t­. abhinne 'py arthe kā­mi­nī­ku­ṇa­pā­di­ni­śca­ya­bhe­dā­d a­ne­kā­nta iti cet, na; tatrāpi dha­rma­bhe­da­sya vā­sta­va­tvā­t­. ya eva dṛṣṭo mayā sa eva spṛśyata iti ca pratyayaḥ kathaṃ? rū­pa­spa­rśa­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­stva­gra­ha­ṇe bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­.

NBhū-YA 15­5­,21~nanu ca da­rśa­na­yo­gī dṛṣṭa ity u­cya­te­, sa ca kathaṃ sparṣṭuṃ śakyata iti? atraike pa­ri­ha­ra­nti — da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa eko 'rtho ma­na­sai­vā­dhya­kṣī­kri­ya­te­, manasaḥ sa­rvā­rtha­tvā­t­. na ca sa­rva­jña­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ ca­kṣu­rā­di­vai­ya­rthyaṃ vā, ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­ha­kā­rya­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na manasaḥ pra­vṛ­tya­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. anye tu va­rṇa­ya­nti — da­rśa­na­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­smṛ­ti­sa­hi­te­na spa­rśa­ne­ndri­ye­ṇa sa eva dṛṣṭo mayā spṛśyata iti jñānam u­tpa­dya­te­, sā­ma­grī­bhe­dā­d e­ka­smi­nn evārthe pra­tya­ya­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyo­pa­pa­tte­r iti. na cedaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ bhrāntam a­bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t­. bhrāntam api pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ sā­dṛ­śyā­d u­tpa­dya­te yathā pra­dī­pā­di­ṣu­, na ca rū­pa­spa­rśa­yoḥ sādṛśyaṃ manāg api vi­dya­te­. na ca bhrāntyāpi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­rū­pa­spa­rśa­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na saṃ­ve­dya­te­. na hy evaṃ kaścit pra­tya­bhi­jā­nā­ti — yad evāhaṃ śauklyam adrākṣaṃ tad etarhi spa­rśā­mi­, yac cauṣṇyam asprākṣaṃ tad e­ve­dā­nīṃ pa­śyā­mī­ti­. rū­pā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­raṃ gha­ṭā­di­dra­vya­m a­ne­ke­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­na pra­ti­saṃ­dhī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t­, a­ha­ṅkā­ra­va­d ity a­nu­mā­na­m api ku­ta­rkā­bhi­ni­vi­ṣṭa­pra­ti­bo­dha­nā­rtha­m u­cya­te­. rū­pā­dya­gra­he 'pi ca dravyaṃ gṛhyate — yathā spa­rśā­gra­he 'py u­da­ka­m­, rū­pā­gra­he 'pi spha­ṭi­kā­di­ka­m iti. a­thā­gni­sa­mba­ndhā­d u­da­ka­spa­rśa evoṣṇa u­tpa­dya­te spha­ṭi­kā­di­rū­paṃ ca ni­mi­ttā­nta­ra­sa­nni­dhā­nā­t ta­drū­pa­sa­dṛ­śa­m iti, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­t siddhe a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve vā­va­ya­vi­ni ca siddhe sati ā­śu­ta­ra­vi­nā­śi­no 'pi na ni­ra­nva­yo vināśaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­nai­va ca kā­rya­gu­ṇo­tpa­tti­r iti, kathaṃ ta­tho­tpā­daḥ­? tasmād rū­pā­di­bhyo 'nyad eva spha­ṭi­kā­di­dra­vya­m iti sthi­ta­m­. evaṃ cāsyāpy a­na­va­kā­śa eva —

iti. evaṃ tāvad dra­vya­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­6­,15~idānīṃ gu­ṇā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ vyā­kyā­tu­m u­pa­kra­mya­te — saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d i­tyā­di­nā­. cakṣuṣā saṃyukte gha­ṭā­di­dra­vye sa­ma­ve­tā­nāṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ saṃ­khyā­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­pṛ­tha­ktva­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­ga­pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­dra­va­tva­sne­ha­ve­ga­ka­rma­ṇāṃ cākṣuṣaṃ jñā­na­m­, spa­rśa­ne­na saṃyukte ca dravye sa­ma­ve­tā­nāṃ teṣām eva spārśanaṃ jñānam iti. '­ca­kṣu­sai­va­' saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d ity a­nu­va­rtta­te­. rū­pa­jñā­na­syā­nye­ndri­ya­ja­nya­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ ca­kṣu­sai­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­. yady api manaso 'pi vyāpāro 'sti, tathāpi cakṣuṣa eva prā­dhā­nya­m­, sā­kṣā­da­rtha­sa­mba­ddha­tvā­c cākṣuṣaṃ jñānam iti vya­pa­de­śā­c ca. spa­rśa­nā­nu­vṛ­tti­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­tvā­d vā ity evam u­tta­ra­trā­pi dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. spa­rśe­nai­va spa­rśa­jñā­na­m­, ghrā­ṇe­nai­va ga­ndha­jñā­na­m­, ra­sa­ne­nai­va ra­sa­jñā­na­m­, ma­na­sai­va su­khā­di­jñā­na­m­. sarvatra saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d ity a­nu­vṛ­ttaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­6­,25~nanu ca su­khā­dī­nāṃ jñā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­t sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m eva. jñā­nā­tma­ka­tvaṃ tu­lya­he­tu­ja­tvā­t­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 15­7­,3~tad a­yu­kta­m — jñā­na­syā­pi hi sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tvaṃ nāstīti hi prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­. su­khā­de­s tu jñā­nā­tma­ka­tva­m eva nāsti, kutaḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­m­? tu­lya­he­tu­ja­tvaṃ ca nā­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m­, pā­ka­jai­r a­ne­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. tvanmate 'pi gha­ṭā­di­bha­ṅga­jaḥ śabdaḥ ka­pā­la­kha­ṇḍā­di­tu­lya­he­tu­jo na ca tadrūpa ity a­nai­kā­ntaḥ­. sarvathā tu­lya­he­tu­ja­tvaṃ cā­si­ddha­m­, su­khā­de­r a­bhi­lā­ṣā­na­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d iti. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­na­nda­tā­pā­di­bhe­da­grā­hi­ṇā­pā­sta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­c ca bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m a­yu­kta­m­. saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­ni­rṇa­yā­di­va­d a­vā­nta­ra­bhe­do 'yam iti cet, na, saṃ­śa­yā­di­ṣv iva su­khā­di­ṣu jñānaṃ jñānam ity a­nu­vṛ­tta­pra­tya­yā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na cā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na saṃ­śa­yā­di­va­t su­khā­da­yaḥ saṃ­ve­dya­nte­, tasmān na jñā­na­rū­pāḥ su­khā­da­ya iti. a­bo­dhā­tma­ka­tve tu su­khā­dī­nāṃ bāhyatvaṃ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca pra­sa­jya­ta iti cet, na, ā­tma­sa­ma­yā­yi­tve­na ta­da­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ce­ta­nā­ś caite su­khā­da­yaḥ saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­rū­pā­d ity ayaṃ rū­pā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­d a­he­tuḥ­. pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā ca ni­rā­kā­ra­tve 'pi sā­dhi­tā­, vi­jñā­na­vā­do 'pi ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ ity a­pa­ri­hā­rya­m a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya ca vi­sta­re­ṇa ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­n na sva­saṃ­ve­dyāḥ su­khā­da­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 15­7­,17~eteṣu saṃ­khyā­di­ṣu sa­ma­ve­tā­nāṃ sā­mā­nyā­nāṃ svā­śra­ya­grā­ha­kai­r indriyaiḥ saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d gra­ha­ṇa­m — ity atra saṃ­khyā­di­va­ca­naṃ gha­ṭa­tvā­di­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, sā­mā­nye­ṣu sa­ma­ve­ta­sā­mā­nyā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ā­di­gra­ha­ṇe­na su­khā­di­pa­ryya­ntaṃ gṛ­hya­te­. teṣu sa­ma­ve­tā­nāṃ sa­ttā­gu­ṇa­tva­saṃ­khyā­dī­nāṃ su­khā­dya­ntā­nāṃ sā­mā­nyā­nā­m­. svā­śra­ya­grā­ha­kai­r iti saṃ­khyā­di­ka­rmā­nte­ṣu sa­ma­ve­tā­nāṃ cakṣuṣā spa­rśa­ne­na vā saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d gra­ha­ṇa­m­. rū­pā­śri­tā­nāṃ ca­kṣu­ṣai­va­, spa­rśā­śri­tā­nāṃ spa­rśa­ne­nai­va­, ga­ndhā­śri­tā­nāṃ ghrā­ṇe­nai­va­, ra­sā­śri­tā­nāṃ ra­sa­ne­nai­va­, su­khā­dyā­śri­tā­nāṃ ma­na­sai­va­, sa­ttā­gu­ṇa­tva­yo­s tu sa­rva­gu­ṇā­śri­ta­tvā­t sa­rve­ndri­yai­r gra­ha­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 15­7­,25~nanu ca sattāyāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ ka­dā­ci­d bha­va­ti­, sarvatra satsad iti pra­tya­kṣa­da­rśa­nā­t­, gu­ṇa­tva­sya tu kathaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­? na hi vai­śe­ṣi­kai­r a­pra­tā­ri­tā­nāṃ rū­pā­di­ṣv a­nu­ga­taṃ guṇatvaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. loke śā­strā­nta­re­ṣu cā­nya­trā­pi gu­ṇa­vya­va­hā­ro dṛṣṭaḥ kathaṃ rū­pā­di­ṣv eva gu­ṇa­tva­m­? yadi ca rū­pā­di­ṣv eva guṇatvaṃ syāt tato rūpe rase vā gu­ṇa­sa­ṅkai­ta­gra­ha­ṇā­t sarvatra gu­ṇa­vya­va­hā­raḥ syāt, ga­vā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. na hi sāmānyaṃ sva­vya­va­hā­rā­rthaṃ pra­tyā­dhā­raṃ sa­ṅke­ta­m a­pe­kṣa­te­.

NBhū-YA 15­8­,1~yad apy a­nu­mā­naṃ kaiścid uktam — "­rū­pā­da­yaḥ sa­ttā­vya­ti­ri­ktā­pa­ra­sā­mā­nya­sa­mba­ndhi­naḥ­, a­pa­ra­sā­mā­nya­sa­mba­ndhi­da­tvā­t­, u­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­va­d­" iti tad api gu­ṇa­tva­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­sā­dha­kaṃ na bha­va­ti­. atha tyaktaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­, sattvam e­vā­ne­na sā­dhya­te­, na, ka­rma­ṇā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. na hi karmasu sa­ttā­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ ka­rma­tvā­t paraṃ sā­mā­nya­m asti. ka­rma­tva­m e­vo­tkṣe­pa­ṇa­tvā­di­bhyaḥ param iti cet, evaṃ tarhi nī­la­tvā­di­bhyaḥ paraṃ rū­pa­tva­m evāstu ma­dhu­ra­tvā­di­bhyaḥ paraṃ ra­sa­tva­m ity evaṃ sarvatra yo­jya­m­.

NBhū-YA 15­8­,8~atha rū­pa­ra­sā­di­ṣv a­nu­ga­te­na sa­ttā­vya­ti­ri­kte­na pra­yo­ja­na­m­, ka­rma­rū­pā­di­ṣv a­nu­ga­te­nā­pi tarhi pra­yo­ja­na­m iti ka­rma­va­rgo 'pi pa­ñca­viṃ­śa­ti­ta­mo gu­ṇa­bhe­da evāstu na kaṃcid atra viśeṣaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. kim eṣāṃ gu­ṇa­tva­m iti cet, gu­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m eva. tac cā­spa­rśa­tve sā­mā­nya­va­tve ca sati dra­vyā­śri­ta­tvaṃ sa­rve­ṣā­m asti rū­pā­dī­nā­m­. sa­rve­ndri­ya­pra­tya­kṣaṃ tu guṇatvaṃ pū­rvā­cā­ryai­r i­ṣṭa­m­. tac ca tathāstu mā bhūd veti, nātra nirbandho '­smā­ka­m­, pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t­. dra­vya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca dravyatvaṃ gu­ṇā­śra­ya­tvaṃ ca bhavatu mā bhūd vā, sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ tu kena vā­rya­te­? gu­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ saṃ­khyā­di­ṣu na yuktaṃ la­kṣyā­si­ddha­tvā­d iti cet, na, yau­kta­pra­tya­ya­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — e­kā­di­pra­tya­yā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣāḥ­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­tvā­t­, daṇḍīti pra­tya­ya­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­8­,18~evam api sa­ttvā­di­va­d e­ka­tvā­deḥ kathaṃ gu­ṇa­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? na hi sa­dā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­d e­kā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ kvacin na bha­va­ti­. ko vātra viśeṣo yena sa­ttvā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇā­di­ṣv api vṛttiḥ sā­mā­nyā­nā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ ce­ṣya­te­, nai­ka­tvā­dī­nā­m­? e­kā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca gu­ṇā­di­ṣu ta­de­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yā­t ta­dā­dhyā­ro­pā­d vā. na tv evaṃ sa­dā­di­vya­va­hā­ra iti. atha manyase — yadi saṃkhyā guṇo na syād a­ni­tya­tva­m a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca na syāt, asti ca ta­du­bha­ya­m­, tathā coktam — "­e­kā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ saṃkhyā, sā punar e­ka­dra­vyā cā­ne­ka­dra­vyā ca. ta­trai­ka­dra­vyā­yāḥ sa­li­lā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­dī­nā­m iva ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­ni­ṣpa­tta­yaḥ­, a­ne­ka­dra­vyā tu dvi­tvā­di­kā pa­rā­rdhā­ntā­. tasyāḥ khalv e­ka­tve­bhyo '­ne­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­bu­ddhi­sa­hi­te­bhyo ni­ṣpa­ttiḥ­, a­pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­vi­nā­śā­c ca vi­nā­śaḥ­"­. ka­dā­ci­d ā­śra­ya­vi­nā­śā­d u­bha­ya­vi­nā­śā­c ceti cārthaḥ. tathā dvi­tva­ba­hu­tva­yoḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ pra­tya­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m uktam iti. yat tāvad e­ka­tva­sya ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­ni­ṣpa­tta­yaḥ iti, tan na, bhe­da­va­d a­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 15­9­,7~yathā na kā­rya­bhi­nna­tā­yāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­bhi­nna­tā­nā­m a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ka­lpya­te­, bhi­nna­tā­yāḥ sa­ttvā­di­va­d u­tpa­ttyā­dya­sa­mbha­vā­t­, ta­thai­ka­tva­syā­pi ta­syā­bhe­da­pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t­. a­bhe­da­bhe­dau ca svā­tma­pa­rā­tmā­pe­kṣau rū­pā­di­ṣv api bhavata iti na tayor gu­ṇa­tvā­di­ka­lpa­ne­ti­. yathā caikam a­bhi­nna­m iti pa­ryā­ya­s ta­thā­ne­kaṃ bhinnam iti ca pa­ryā­ya­s tataś ca dvi­tvā­di­r apy a­ne­ka­pa­ryā­yaḥ ta­syo­tpa­ttyā­di­ka­lpa­nā na kāryā.

NBhū-YA 15­9­,12~kathaṃ tarhi dve trī­ṇī­tyā­di­pra­vi­bhā­gaḥ­? kathaṃ ca na syāt? a­ne­ka­tva­syā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, na, a­pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t tatsiddheḥ — ya­thā­ne­ka­vi­ṣa­yi­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi kācid a­pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­r dvi­tvo­tpā­di­kā­, kācit tri­tvo­tpā­di­ke­ti­. na cā­pe­kṣā­bu­ddheḥ pū­rva­va­d dvi­tvā­di­gu­ṇo 'sti, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­ja­ni­ta­sya ca dvi­tvā­de­r ā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yata eva vi­śe­ṣā­d a­pe­kṣā­bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣa­s tata eva dvi­tā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'stv iti kim a­nta­rga­ḍu­nā dvi­tvā­di­gu­ṇe­na ka­lpi­te­ne­ti­? evaṃ hi gu­ṇā­di­ṣv api dvi­tva­vya­va­hā­ro '­ka­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­naḥ syāt. tathā ga­ṇi­ta­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi ṣaḍbhir viṃ­śa­ti­bhiḥ sārdhaṃ śatam ity e­va­mā­diḥ sugamaḥ syāt. tasmād abhinnaṃ tāvad ekam ity u­cya­te­, ta­da­pa­re­ṇā­bhi­nne­na saha dva iti, te ta­da­pa­re­ṇā­bhi­nne­na saha trī­ṇī­ti­, tāny a­pa­re­ṇā­bhi­nne­na saha ca­tvā­rī­ty e­va­mā­diḥ samayo ga­ṇi­ta­śā­stra­pra­si­ddha­ś ca dvi­tvā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­r draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 15­9­,23~yad api pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ praty a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m u­kta­m­, tad apy a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m eva. na hi saṃkhyāyāḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. pa­ri­śe­ṣa iti cet, na, kā­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­syai­vā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­sa­mbha­vā­d rū­pā­di­va­t­. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­ja­nya­tve dvyaṇuke 'pi pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tva­pra­sa­ṅga ity a­yu­kta­m­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­s tu­lya­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tve dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­t­. sarvatra hi kā­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d a­dhi­ka­m eva kā­rya­pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ dṛ­śya­te­.

NBhū-YA 16­0­,3~atha ta­ntu­dvi­ta­ntu­kā­dī­nāṃ ma­ha­ttve­na tu­lya­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­m e­ve­ti­, pa­ra­mā­ṇu­dvya­ṇu­ka­yo­r apy a­ṇu­tve­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­ṇu­ta­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kena vā­rya­te­? pa­ra­mā­ṇu­saṃ­khyā pa­ri­mā­ṇa­sya kāraṇaṃ na bha­va­ti­, saṃ­khyā­tvā­t­, pa­ṭā­di­saṃ­khyā­va­t­. tathā vi­vā­da­go­ca­rā­pa­nnā saṃkhyā ma­ha­tvā­ra­mbhi­kā­pi na bha­va­ti­, saṃ­khyā­tvā­d u­bha­yā­bhi­ma­ta­saṃ­khyā­va­t­. etena hra­sva­tva­dī­rgha­tvā­ra­mbha­ni­ṣe­dhaḥ kṛto dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca dī­rgha­tva­ma­ha­tva­yoḥ kāraṇaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­syā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ vā kalpyam iti nā­smā­ka­m ā­gra­haḥ­. tu­lya­pa­ri­mā­ṇai­r ba­hu­bhi­r ārabdhe ma­ha­tvā­ti­śa­ya­da­rśa­nā­t kathaṃ saṃkhyā na kā­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, na, a­nai­kā­ntā­t­. tu­lya­pra­ya­tnai­r bahubhiḥ pā­ṣā­ṇo­tthā­pa­nā­dya­ti­śa­ya­da­rśa­ne 'pi, na tatra saṃkhyāyāḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­. tatrāpi ni­mi­tta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d iti cet, atrāpi ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ kena vā­rya­te­? sā­mā­nyā­dī­nā­m api ni­mi­tta­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 16­0­,15~anye tu pa­ri­mā­ṇa­syā­pi guṇatvaṃ ne­ccha­nti­. ma­ha­dā­di­vyā­pā­ra­syā­pe­kṣā­ni­ba­ndha­na­tvā­t­. na ca guṇeṣv evaṃ vya­va­hā­ro 'sti, na hi rū­pā­di­ṣu śu­klā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ kṛ­ṣṇā­dya­pe­kṣa­yā iti. nanu ca sa­mi­di­kṣu vaṃ­śā­di­ṣu bhākto hra­sva­vya­va­hā­ra ity u­kta­m­, na, atra mu­khya­gau­ṇa­vi­bhā­ga­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t­. na hi yathā siṃ­ha­mā­ṇa­va­kā­di­ṣu mu­khya­gau­ṇa­vi­ve­ka­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sa­rve­ṣā­m asti, tathā dvyaṇuke e­vā­ṇu­tva­hra­sva­tve mukhye 'nyatra bhākta iti ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­pa­tti­r asti. pra­kri­yā­mā­tra­sya ca sa­rva­śā­stre­ṣu su­la­bha­tvā­n na tata eva vi­vā­da­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 16­0­,23~pṛ­tha­ktva­syā­pi gu­ṇa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, bhi­nna­tva­syai­va pṛthag iti vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­tvā­t­. yadā tāvad ekaṃ vastv i­ta­re­bhyo bhinnaṃ paśyati tadaikaṃ pṛthag iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. yadā buddhe va­stu­nī­ta­re­bhyo vi­la­kṣa­ṇai­ka­dha­rma­yo­gā­d bhinne pa­śya­ti­, tadā dve pṛthag iti ma­nya­te­. yadā tv e­ka­de­śa­tvā­di­nā dha­rme­ṇe­ta­re­bhyo bahūni bhinnāni pa­śya­ti­, ta­dai­tā­ny etebhyaḥ pṛthag iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, yathā rū­pā­da­yo dravyāt pṛthag iti. evaṃ ca bhe­da­pra­tyā­ya­ka­dha­rma­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa nānyad asti pṛthaktvaṃ tataś ca ta­tpra­kri­yā­ga­ha­na­m api nistīrṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 16­1­,2~vibhāgo 'pi saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­n na guṇaḥ, ci­ra­ni­vṛ­tte 'pi saṃyoge kvacid a­nu­tpa­nne 'pi vi­bha­kta­pra­tya­ya­da­rśa­nā­t­. ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­vi­bhā­ga­sva­rū­pā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­n no­pa­cā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­pi sā­dhvī­ti­. vi­bhā­gā­bhā­ve kutaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na, karmaṇa eva saṃ­yo­ga­ni­va­rtta­ka­tvā­t­. ka­rma­mā­trā­d api saṃ­yo­ga­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, saṃ­yo­ga­mā­tra­ni­vṛ­tti­r i­ṣṭai­va­. ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­t tu saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣai­vṛ­ttiḥ tvanmate 'pi vi­bhā­ga­vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tti­va­d iti. saṃ­yo­go­tpā­da­ka­sya kathaṃ ni­va­rtta­ka­tva­m iti cet, ka­rmo­tpā­da­ka­sya tarhi saṃ­yo­ga­sya ka­rma­ni­va­rtta­ka­tvaṃ na prā­pno­ti­. anyasya ta­nni­va­rtta­ka­tva­m iti cet, sa­mā­na­m­, saṃ­yo­gā­ntaṃ karmeti va­ca­nā­t­. na hi yenaiva karmaṇā yaḥ saṃyogo ja­ni­taḥ­, sa tenaiva ni­va­rttya­ta iti. gu­ṇā­nā­m eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇo­bha­ya­vi­ro­dhi­tvaṃ na karmaṇa iti cet, na, va­ca­na­mā­trā­d vi­vā­da­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ hi yad yathā dṛ­śya­te­, tat ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. karmaṇo 'pi ca gu­ṇa­tva­m eva sā­mā­nya­va­taḥ spa­rśā­nā­dhā­ra­tve sati dra­vyā­śri­ta­tvā­t­, rū­pā­di­va­d iti. vi­bhā­ga­ja­vi­bhā­ga­sya śabdaṃ praty a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t kathaṃ na gu­ṇa­tva­m iti cet, na, a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. vaṃ­śa­pā­ṭa­nā­di­ṣu vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­d eva śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣo­tpa­tteḥ­, a­ṅgu­li­mu­kta­ta­ntrī­va­t­. vā­yu­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­t kvacid īdṛśo bhavati gha­ṇṭā­di­va­t­, tan na śa­bda­li­ṅgo 'pi vi­bhā­gaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 16­1­,18~yad apy uktam — vi­va­kṣi­tā­va­ya­va­kri­yā­kā­śā­di­de­śe­bhyo vibhāgaṃ na karoti dra­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­ro­dhi­vi­bhā­go­tpā­da­ka­tvā­t­. yā punar ā­kā­śā­di­de­śa­vi­bhā­ga­ka­rtrī sā saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­va­rta­ka­vi­bhā­ga­ja­ni­kā­pi na bhavati ya­thā­ṅgu­li­kri­ye­ti­. evam cā­kā­śā­di­de­śa­vi­bhā­go­tpā­da­ko 'vaśyaṃ vibhāgo '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. karmaṇo hi vi­bhā­go­tpā­da­ne viramya vyā­pā­rā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti, na, vi­bhā­go­tpā­da­ka­tva­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. kriyāta eva saṃ­yo­ga­ni­vṛ­tti­r ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 16­1­,24~a­thā­kā­śā­di­de­śa­saṃ­yo­gaṃ sā na ni­va­rta­ya­ti­, dra­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­saṃ­yo­ga­ni­va­rta­ka­tvā­d iti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­. tathāpy a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetuḥ, sapakṣe 'py ā­kā­śā­di­de­śa­saṃ­yo­gā­ni­va­rta­ke rūpādau na vartata iti. vi­ro­dhā­bhā­va­ś ca yathā kācid a­va­ya­va­kri­yā­kā­śā­di­de­śa­saṃ­yo­gaṃ dra­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­saṃ­yo­gaṃ ca yu­ga­pa­n na ka­ro­ti­, atha ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­kri­yā karoti ta­tho­bha­ya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śa­m api. yady api kācit kriyā kurvatī na dṛṣṭā, tathāpi viśiṣṭā ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 16­1­,30~yadi vi­bhā­ga­ja­vi­bhā­go nāsti ha­sta­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śe 'pi tarhi śa­rī­ra­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śo na prā­pno­ti­, na vai ha­sta­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa śa­rī­ra­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­gaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. so '­dṛ­śya­mā­naḥ kathaṃ ka­lpya­te­? ha­sta­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­d eva kalpyata iti cet, ha­sta­ka­rma­da­rśa­nā­t tarhi śarīre 'pi karma kasmān na kalpyate tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­. api ca ha­sta­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­nā­śā­d eva śa­rī­ra­ku­ḍya­saṃ­yo­ga­nā­śo bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, na vi­bhā­ga­ja­vi­bhā­ge­na pra­yo­ja­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 16­2­,5~nanu pra­ti­ba­ddha eva vināśo vi­nā­śa­he­tu­r iṣṭo na sarvaḥ. pra­ti­ba­ddha­tvaṃ khalu no­pa­de­śa­ga­myaṃ kin tv a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­m­, tac cātrāpy astīti na saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­va­vya­ti­ri­kto vi­bhā­gaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 16­2­,9~nāpi pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tve­, saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­gā­lpī­ya­stva­bhū­ya­stva­yoḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­ja­nma­no­ś ca pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­tvā­t­. vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ param iti vā­na­yo­r bhedaṃ na paśyāmaḥ tathā sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­pa­ra­m iti vā­na­yo­r apy e­kā­rtha­tva­m­. tasmād vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­bu­ddhi­bhyāṃ pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­yo­r u­tpa­tti­r ity api na yu­kta­m­, na hi gha­ṭa­bu­ddhi­m apekṣya kumbha u­tpa­dya­ta iti yu­kta­m­. api caivaṃ sā­mā­nye­ṣv api ma­ha­da­lpā­dhā­ra­tva­bu­ddhya­pe­kṣa­yoḥ pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­yo­r utpattiḥ ka­lpa­nī­yā syāt, a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. tasmāt sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣv iva sa­ṅke­ta­ni­ba­ndha­no 'yaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, sa­ṅke­ta­ni­mi­ttaṃ ca saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­ga­bhū­ya­stvā­di ci­nti­ta­m e­ve­ti­. kiṃ ca pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­yo­r gu­ṇa­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­nya­tvaṃ ca guṇo bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, kā­la­kṛ­ta­di­kkṛ­tā­nya­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­sa­mā­na­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 16­2­,19~vego 'pi na gu­ṇā­nta­ra­m­, kriyāṇāṃ śī­ghro­tpā­da­mā­tre ve­ga­vya­va­hā­rā­t­. vegena ga­ccha­tī­ti pratīteḥ kriyāto '­rthā­nta­raṃ vega iti cet, na, vegena ga­ccha­tī­ti śīghraṃ ga­ccha­tī­ty e­kā­rtha­tvā­t­. tad yathā vegena śāstraṃ jā­nā­ti­, vegena "­ṣa­ṣṭhi­kāḥ pa­cya­nta­" iti. sa­ntā­ne­nā­ga­taḥ śabda ity atrāpi na śa­bda­vya­ti­ri­kto guṇaḥ sa­ntā­nā­khyo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. śa­bda­dha­rmaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­śa­bdo vā santāna iti cet, evaṃ tarhi ka­rma­ka­rma­, kā­ra­ṇa­ka­rma vā vega ity astu. karmaṇaḥ ka­rmā­ra­mbha­ka­tve '­nu­pa­ra­ma­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na, śa­bda­va­t ta­du­pa­ra­mo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. "karma ka­rma­sā­dhyaṃ na vi­dya­ta­" ity asya virodha iti cet, na, va­ca­na­mā­tra­vi­ro­dha­syā­vi­ro­dhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 16­2­,27~nanu sa­rva­jña­tvā­t kā­ṇā­da­sū­trā­ṇāṃ va­ca­na­mā­tra­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. asya muṣṭinā vajraṃ dhṛ­ta­va­taḥ śakraḥ pratyakṣo 'bhūd iti śrū­ya­te­, sa tathā cāsya bha­ga­vā­n ma­he­śva­raḥ pratyakṣo 'bhūd iti śrū­ya­te­. sa­tya­m­, jai­mi­ne­r api sa­rva­jña­tvā­t ta­tsū­trā­ṇā­m api va­ca­na­mā­tra­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, tathā cāsyāpi muṣṭinā vajraṃ dhṛ­ta­va­taḥ śakraḥ pratyakṣo 'bhūd iti śrū­ya­te­. tathā śā­rī­ra­ka­sū­tra­pra­ṇe­tu­r api sa­rva­jña­tva­m­, a­tī­ndri­ya­jñā­na­dā­tṛ­tvā­t­. tad uktaṃ —

NBhū-YA 16­3­,7~tathā ka­pi­la­syā­pi sa­rva­jña­tva­m­, nai­sa­rgi­ka­jñā­nā­ti­śa­ya­pra­bhā­vā­ti­śa­ya­yu­kta­tvā­t­. tathā cāsya dṛ­ṣṭi­ni­pā­ta­mā­trā­d eva ma­hā­vī­rya­pa­rā­kra­mā­ṇāṃ sa­ga­rā­ṇāṃ ṣa­ṣṭi­sa­ha­srā­ṇi bha­smī­bhū­tā­nī­ti śrū­ya­te­. ta­thā­kṣa­pā­da­syā­pi sākṣād upetya pra­tya­kṣī­bhū­tvā bha­ga­va­tā ma­he­śva­re­ṇa nyā­ya­śā­stra­ka­ra­ṇe '­bhya­nu­jñā datteti śrū­ya­te­. evam eteṣāṃ ma­ha­rṣī­ṇāṃ śāstrāṇi sa­rva­jño­kta­tve­na kiṃ nāsmābhiḥ śra­ddhī­ya­nte­? kintu ma­nda­bu­ddhi­bhi­r a­smā­bhi­r a­vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­tve­na vyākhyātuṃ na śa­kya­nte­. anyair api yathā vyā­khyā­tā­ni tathā pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ru­ddhā­rthā­ny eva pra­tī­ya­nte­, vi­ru­ddhā­rthā­nāṃ ca sarveṣāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ vaktum a­śa­kya­m­. ka­ta­ma­syā­tra pa­kṣa­pā­taṃ kurmaḥ? sarveṣāṃ sa­rva­jña­tvā­t pū­jya­tvā­c ca. tasmād ya­thā­śru­tā­rthā­nā­m eva yeṣāṃ nyā­ya­vi­ru­ddha­tvaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, teṣāṃ ve­da­vā­kyā­nā­m iva ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d va­ca­na­mā­tra­tve­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m uktam iti doṣaḥ. nyā­ya­śā­straṃ ca vyākhyātuṃ vayaṃ pra­vṛ­ttā­s te­nā­smā­kaṃ vai­śe­ṣi­ka­ta­ntre­ṇa virodho na do­ṣā­ya­. na ca nyā­ya­sū­traṃ karmaṇaḥ sa­jā­tī­yā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­gu­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­kaṃ saṃ­khyā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇa­tva­vi­dhā­ya­kaṃ cā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 16­3­,19~yady evaṃ saṃ­khyā­dyā­śri­tā­nāṃ sā­mā­nyā­nāṃ saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yā­d gra­ha­ṇa­m ity etad vi­ru­dhya­te­, na, vi­cā­ra­ṇā­rtha­m a­nya­ma­te­nā­syo­pa­kṣe­pā­t­. asmākaṃ punar ayam a­bhi­prā­yaḥ — pradhāne vastuni yatnaḥ ka­ra­ṇī­yaḥ­, pradhānaṃ ca vastu niḥ­śre­ya­sā­ṅgaṃ va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­ka­m­, yad asiddhau tan na si­ddhya­ti­, tad api yatnataḥ sā­dha­nī­ya­m­, yat siddhau ca ta­syā­si­ddhi­s tac ca pra­ti­ṣe­ddha­vya­m e­ve­ti­. saṃ­khyā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe 'pi nāsmākaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­, kintu vi­bhā­ga­je vibhāge dvitve cā­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ kartavya ity u­pa­de­śa­śra­va­ṇā­d atraiva mu­mu­kṣu­bhi­r āgraho na ka­rta­vyaḥ­, saṃ­khyā­dī­nāṃ gu­ṇa­tvā­si­ddhā­v api mu­mu­kṣū­ṇāṃ na kācit kṣatir ity eted jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dho 'pi darśita iti. ta­thā­tī­ndri­ya­gu­ru­tva­m ity atrāpy āgraho na ka­rta­vyaḥ­. ka­ra­ta­lā­dyu­pa­ri sthite dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣe pa­ta­nā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi gu­ru­tva­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. ra­jaḥ­pra­bhṛ­tī­nā­m api gurutvaṃ kasmān na gṛhyata iti cet, gra­ha­ṇā­yo­gya­tvā­t­. yo­gyā­yo­gya­tve ca ta­dgra­ha­ṇā­gra­ha­ṇā­nu­me­ye­, ra­sā­dī­nā­m iva. anyathā ga­ndha­ra­sā­dī­nā­m apy a­tī­ndri­ya­tvaṃ syāt, ta­dā­śra­ya­pra­tya­kṣe 'pi kvacid a­gra­ha­ṇā­d iti. tai­ja­sa­syā­py asti dra­vya­tva­m ity atrāpy āgraho na ka­rtta­vyaḥ­, su­va­rṇā­dī­nā­m ā­ga­ma­ta­s tai­ja­sa­tva­si­ddhā­v api pā­rthi­va­syai­va dra­va­tva­sya ra­sā­di­va­t tatra saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­syā­pi gra­ha­ṇa­sa­mbha­vā­t­. sarvaṃ tejo dra­va­tva­yu­ktaṃ rū­pi­tvā­t to­ya­va­d iti cet, na, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa sya­nda­na­ka­rmā­nu­pa­la­mbhe­na ca bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. itthaṃ dharmakaṃ ta­tte­ja­si dravatvaṃ jātaṃ yat pratyakṣaṃ na bhavati spa­nda­na­kri­yāṃ ca na ka­ro­tī­ti cet, gu­ru­tva­ra­sā­v apy e­vaṃ­dha­rma­kau rū­pi­tvā­d eva kinna tejaso '­bhyu­pa­ga­mye­te­? tu­lya­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­ra­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 16­4­,11~sneho 'pām eva guṇa ity atrāpy āgraho na ka­rta­vyaḥ­, ghṛ­tā­de­r api loke vai­dya­kā­di­śā­stre ca sni­gdha­tve­na pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. ghṛ­tā­dā­v a­nya­ni­mi­tta au­pa­cā­ri­ko vā sni­gdha­pra­tya­ya iti cet, vi­pa­rya­yaḥ kasmān ne­ṣya­te­? tathā hi — to­ya­saṃ­pa­rke 'py o­da­nā­dau gātrādau ca sni­gdha­pra­tya­yo nāsti, ghṛ­tā­di­saṃ­pa­rke tu sni­gdha­pra­tya­yaḥ sa­rve­ṣā­m api bhavaty e­ve­ti­. mṛ­jā­di­he­tu­tvaṃ ca vā­yva­gnyā­di­va­d dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­t­, sa­ṅgra­ha­he­tu­tva­m api sne­ha­ra­hi­ta­syā­pi kṣī­ra­ja­tvā­de­r da­rśa­nā­n na sne­ha­ni­mi­tta­m­. tasmān nāpāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaḥ sneha iti.

NBhū-YA 16­4­,19~yadi punaḥ kā­ṭhi­nya­mā­rda­vā­di­va­t sni­gdha­tā­pi na guṇa iti kaścid u­pa­pā­da­ya­ti­, tatrāpi nāsmākaṃ grahaḥ, pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t­. nanu ca kā­ṭhi­nyā­de­r api saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tvā­t kathaṃ na gu­ṇa­tva­m­? tathā coktam — "­a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ pra­śi­thi­la­saṃ­yo­ge mṛ­du­tva­m ity ā­khyā­ya­te­, kā­ṭhi­nya­m api saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa eva" iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, cakṣuṣā saṃ­yo­ge­ṣu gṛ­hya­mā­ṇe­ṣv api mā­rda­vā­de­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. ka­ṭā­dya­va­ya­vā­nāṃ pra­śi­thi­la­saṃ­yo­ge 'pi mṛ­du­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­ca­rmā­dya­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­pra­śi­thi­la­saṃ­yo­gi­tve 'pi mṛ­du­tvo­pa­la­bdheḥ­. kathaṃ tarhi ka­ṭhi­na­m eva dravyaṃ ma­rda­nā­di­nā kvacin mṛ­du­tva­m ā­pa­dya­te­? na caitad eva dravyaṃ mṛdu bha­va­ti­. kiṃ tarhi? pū­rva­dra­vya­ni­vṛ­ttau dra­vyā­nta­raṃ ta­ddha­rma­ka­m u­tpa­dya­te­. saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­mṛ­du­tva­vā­di­nā­pi pū­rva­dra­vya­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyai­va­. dra­vya­dha­rma­tve mṛ­du­tvā­deḥ gha­ṭa­tvā­di­va­d dvī­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na, su­va­rṇā­dī­nāṃ sthā­va­ra­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d dvī­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­da­rśa­nā­t­. spa­rśa­dha­rmo vāstu mṛ­du­tvā­diḥ­, mṛ­du­spa­rśaḥ ka­ṭhi­na­spa­rśa iti pra­tī­teḥ­. ata eva sparśasya pā­ka­ja­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­, gha­ṭā­di­ṣu rū­pā­di­va­d vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­spa­rśo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na ca kā­ṭhi­nyā­di­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa spa­rśa­syā­nya­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ śakyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m­. a­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye 'pi pā­ka­ja­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, pa­ri­mā­ṇā­de­r api pā­ka­ja­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kā­ṭhi­nyā­de­ś cā­gni­saṃ­yo­gā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. a­nya­trā­pi spa­rśā­nta­ra­prā­du­rbhā­va­da­rśa­ne­nā­dṛ­ṣṭo 'py a­gni­saṃ­yo­go dra­vyā­nta­ra­prā­du­rbhā­va­da­rśa­ne­nai­vā­nu­mā­ta­vya ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­.

NBhū-YA 16­5­,11~śa­bdā­śri­tā­ni sā­mā­nyā­ni śa­bda­tva­ka­tvā­dī­ni­, teṣāṃ śro­tre­ndri­ya­sa­ma­ve­tā ye śabdāḥ teṣu sa­ma­vā­ye­na gra­ha­ṇa­m ity arthaḥ. śro­tre­ndri­ye sa­ma­vā­yaḥ śabdānāṃ kutaḥ siddha iti cet, ā­kā­śa­syai­va śro­tra­tvā­t­. nanv ā­kā­śa­m eva tāvad asiddhaṃ kutas tasya śro­tva­tva­m iti, na, ā­kā­śa­sya śa­bda­li­ṅga­tvā­t­. tathā hi — kvacit sa­ma­ve­taḥ śabdo gu­ṇa­tvā­t­, rū­pā­di­va­t­. yatra sa­ma­ve­ta­s ta­syā­kā­śa­m iti saṃjñā kri­ya­te­. guṇatvaṃ kuta iti cet, ucyate — guṇaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve sati sā­mā­nya­va­d a­nā­dhā­ra­tvā­t­, rū­pā­di­va­d iti. de­śā­nta­ra­ga­ti­pra­tī­teḥ dravyaṃ śabda iti cet, na, u­tpa­tti­sa­ntā­nā­c chā­yā­va­d de­śā­nta­re pra­tī­teḥ­. duḥ­kha­vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­tvā­t spa­rśa­vā­ñ chabdaḥ ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­va­d iti cet, na, tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t duḥ­kha­vi­śe­ṣa­sya­, tasmāt spa­rśa­vā­ñ chabdaḥ iti bhrāntiḥ. spa­rśa­va­tve hi śabdasya pra­ti­vā­te pa­rṇā­di­va­d ā­ga­ma­naṃ na syāt. ku­ḍyā­di­pa­ra­to '­va­sthi­ta­sya ca śa­ra­vā­yvā­di­va­d ā­ga­ma­naṃ na syāt. tṛ­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ca śabdajaḥ kampo gṛ­hya­te­, ve­ga­va­d dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mba­ndha­sya kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­t­, tasmāt sa­ntā­na­vā­n guṇaḥ śabda iti. pū­rvā­cā­ryai­s tv ayaṃ hetur uktaḥ — sā­mā­nya­va­ttve saty a­ni­tya­tve sati bā­hya­ni­ya­tai­ke­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­d iti. a­trā­spa­rśa­va­ttve satīty api vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­m­, anyathā vā­yu­nā­nai­kā­nti­ko hetuḥ syāt. sa hi tva­gi­ndri­ye­ṇai­va gṛ­hya­te­. na hi spa­rśa­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe vāyur ayam iti pratyayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. cākṣuṣo 'pi prasakta iti cet, na, a­rū­pi­dra­vya­syā­cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­t­, tṛ­ṇa­dhū­li­vṛ­kṣa­pa­rṇā­di­kri­yā­de­s tu li­ṅga­syā­nu­pa­la­mbhe vā­yu­pra­ti­bhā­sā­bhā­vā­c ceti. tva­gi­ndri­ye­ṇā­pi spa­rśa­gra­ha­ṇā­d vāyur a­nu­mī­ya­ta iti cet, na, u­ṣṇā­di­spa­rśe­nā­bhi­bhū­ta­sya vā­yu­spa­rśa­syā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi vā­yu­pra­ti­bhā­sa­da­rśa­nā­t­, sva­śa­rī­rā­di­kri­yā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi sa­kri­ya­vā­yu­pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­c ceti. pṛthivyāṃ spa­rśa­bhe­da­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa eva vāyur ity eke, tad a­yu­kta­m­, ja­la­te­ja­so­r api pṛ­thi­vī­vi­śe­ṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa bhi­nna­jā­tī­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­trā­pi sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. gu­ru­tva­ra­hi­ta­tvā­c ca na pṛ­thi­vī­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tad eva kuta iti cet, tad ucyate — yāvad eva gurutvaṃ riktāyā bha­strā­yā­s tāvad eva vā­yvā­pū­ri­tā­yā apy u­pa­la­bhya­ta ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­. tan na tāvad asiddhaṃ śabdasya gu­ṇa­tva­m ato 'sti kaścid āśrayo '­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 16­6­,7~sa tarhi pṛ­thi­vyā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa iti kuto '­va­ga­mya­te­? na pṛ­thi­vyā­dyā­śra­yaḥ śabdaḥ śro­tra­grā­hya­tvā­t­, cha­bda­tvā­di­va­t­. pṛ­thi­vyā­di­gu­ṇa­tva­śro­tra­grā­hya­tva­yoḥ ko virodha iti cet, ucyate — yadi bhe­ryā­di­śa­bdo bhe­ryā­dyā­śra­ya­s tadā bheryādau vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe vya­va­hi­te vā ta­ccha­bda­śra­va­ṇaṃ na syāt. na hī­ndri­ye­ṇā­saṃ­yu­kte guṇini tadguṇo grahītuṃ śakyate ga­ndha­va­d iti cet, na, ga­ndha­va­ddra­vyā­va­ya­vā­nā­m āgatya ghrā­ṇe­ndri­ye­ṇa sa­mba­ddhā­nāṃ ta­dga­ndho­pa­la­bdheḥ pra­ti­vā­te ca ga­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. na caivaṃ bheryā a­va­ya­vā­nā­m ā­ga­ma­na­m­, ta­da­va­ya­ve­ṣu tā­dṛ­ccha­bdā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ pra­ti­vā­te 'pi ta­ccha­bda­śra­va­ṇā­c ca. nā­pī­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ vyā­pa­ka­tva­m­, sa­rvā­rtha­grā­ha­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. vyā­pa­ka­tve '­pī­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­rtha­yo­r avaśyaṃ pra­tyā­sa­tti­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ye­ti­. tasmān na bhe­ryā­di­sa­ma­ve­taḥ śabdaḥ. vya­ktya­nta­re śabdaḥ sa­ma­ve­ta iti cet, na, vya­ktya­nta­raṃ khalu kiṃ bhe­ryā­di­de­śa­stha­m­, uta śro­tra­de­śa­stha­m­? bhe­ryā­di­de­śa­stha­tve pū­rva­va­d doṣaḥ. śro­tra­de­śa­stha­tve katham a­nya­trā­va­sthi­taṃ bhe­ryā­di­kaṃ śro­tra­sa­mba­ddhe dravye śabdaṃ ja­na­ye­t­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. e­te­nai­va ma­no­gu­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ra­sta­m­.

NBhū-YA 16­6­,20~vyāpakaṃ tad vya­ktya­nta­ra­m iti cet, tad e­vā­kā­śa­m­. vyā­pa­ka­spa­rśā­dya­sa­mbha­vā­d ātmā iti cet, na, ātmano '­na­nta­tvā­d iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. ta­dgu­ṇa­tve cānanto gakāraḥ sakṛd u­pa­la­bhye­ta­. dik kālo vā śa­bda­syā­śra­ya iti cet, na, saṃ­jñā­bhe­da­mā­tra­tvā­t­. yadi hi dikkālau śa­bdā­śra­yā­d bhinnau sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kṣyā­ma­s tatas tāv a­bhyu­pa­ga­mi­ṣyā­mo no cet tadā na tābhyāṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­. śa­bdā­śra­ya­s tv ā­kā­śa­m iti si­ddha­m­.

NBhū-YA 16­6­,27~tathāpi tad eva śrotram iti kutaḥ si­ddhya­ti­? pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t­. tathā hi — pārthivaṃ tāvan na śro­tra­m­, i­ndri­ya­tve sati ga­ndhā­grā­ha­ka­tvā­t­, ra­sa­nā­di­va­t­. evaṃ ra­sā­grā­ha­ka­tvā­n nā­pya­m­, rū­pā­grā­ha­ka­tvā­n na tai­ja­sa­m­. spa­rśā­grā­ha­ka­tvā­n na vā­ya­vī­ya­m iti vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa u­dā­ha­rtta­vya­m­. ghrāṇasya tu pā­rthi­va­tva­m eva rū­pa­ra­sa­ga­ndha­spa­rśe­ṣu madhye ga­ndha­syai­va vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­, u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddha­pā­rthi­va­dra­vya­va­t­. grī­ṣma­va­rṣo­da­ke­nā­nai­kā­nta iti cet, na, tasya ra­sa­syā­pi vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­. tathāpy ayam eva rasanaṃ teṣu madhye ra­sa­syai­va vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­, da­nto­da­ka­va­t­. tathā tai­ja­sa­m eva cakṣuḥ teṣv eva madhye rū­pa­syai­va vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­, pra­dī­pa­va­t­. tathā vā­ya­vī­ya­m eva sparśanaṃ teṣv eva madhye spa­rśa­syai­va vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­, vya­ja­nā­ni­la­va­t­. bā­hye­ndri­ya­grā­hya­gu­ṇa­sa­ma­vā­yi śrotraṃ bā­hye­ndri­ya­tvā­t­, ra­sa­nā­di­va­t­. ta­dva­tsva­gu­ṇā­grā­ha­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na, vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ro­dha­syā­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. svatantraṃ cet sā­dha­na­m­, na, śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhyai­va bā­dhi­tvā­t­. ni­rgu­ṇe­nai­ve­ndri­ye­ṇa śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhi­r iti cet, na, ni­rgu­ṇa­sye­ndri­ya­tve ma­no­va­n ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. bhau­ti­kā­nā­m eva pra­dī­pā­dī­nāṃ ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. "dik śro­tra­m­" ity ā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­n na bhautikaṃ śrotram iti cet, na, a­nyā­rtha­tvā­d ā­ga­ma­sya­. dig iti devatā kācid u­cya­te­. tathā ca jai­gī­ṣa­vyā­di­śā­stre­ṣu cetanā da­śa­bhu­jā ca śro­trā­dhi­ṣṭhā­trī devatā sā dhye­ya­tve­na di­vya­śro­trā­rthaṃ vyā­khyā­tā­. ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ śrotraṃ di­cchro­tra­m ity u­pa­ca­rya­te­. yathā manaś candramā i­tyā­di­. tasmād ā­kā­śa­sya ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lya­va­cchi­nna­sya śro­tra­tvā­t ta­tsa­ma­vā­yā­d eva śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti yuktam u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 16­7­,19~etad iti pūrvoktāḥ — saṃ­yo­gaḥ­, saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­, saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­, sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­, sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­vā­ya­ś ceti pa­ñca­sa­mba­ndhā­s taiḥ sambandhaiḥ sambaddhā ye 'rthās taiḥ sa­hā­bhā­va­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vaḥ ṣaṣṭhaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 16­7­,22~kutaḥ punaḥ ṣa­ḍvi­dha­sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhiḥ­? '­saṃ­'­śa­bdo­pā­dā­nā­t­, ni­ka­rṣa­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva sa­mba­ndha­mā­tra­si­ddheḥ­, '­saṃ­'­śa­bdo '­na­rtha­kaḥ syāt. tasmāt sambhavī ni­ka­rṣaḥ­, sambhavī ca ṣaḍvidha e­ve­ti­. ā­cā­ryā­dhya­ya­na­pā­daḥ­, vi­śva­rū­pa­pra­bhṛ­ta­yo 'py evam eva vyā­ca­kṣa­te­. tais tu '­ni­'­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­pi pra­yo­ja­nā­nta­raṃ vā­cya­m­. ka­rṣa­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva sa­mba­ndha­mā­tra­si­ddhe­r a­ne­kā­rtha­tvā­c ca dhātor iti. sa­mba­ndhā­rtha­tve­na ka­rṣa­śa­bda­syā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­d iti cet, ni­ka­rṣa­śa­bdaḥ kva sa­mba­ndha­vā­ca­ka­tve­na pra­si­ddaḥ­? kin tu ni­kṛ­ṣṭi­r nikarṣa iti ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­tā­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­tve­nai­va pra­si­ddhaḥ­. tasmād u­pa­sa­rga­dva­ya­sa­hi­ta­sya kṛṣeḥ sa­mba­ndha­vā­ca­ka­tvaṃ yathā sa­ma­vā­bhyāṃ sa­hi­ta­sye­ṇaḥ­. śi­ṣṭa­pra­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­nu­ro­dhe­na hi dhātūnāṃ vya­sta­sa­ma­sto­pa­sa­rga­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nyā­rtha­tvaṃ svā­rthā­va­dyo­ta­naṃ vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. ya­dṛ­cchā­śa­bda­ś ced u­pa­sa­rga­vi­cā­re­ṇa tarhi kim? kutas tarhi ṣa­ḍvi­dha­sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhiḥ­? pra­kā­śā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­si­ddhi­va­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ nyā­ya­si­ddha­syā­pi sū­tra­kā­rā­nu­ma­ta­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 16­8­,10~tatra saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­ve­nā­bhā­va­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m — yathā '­gha­ṭa­śū­nyaṃ bhū­ta­la­m­' ity atra gha­ṭā­bhā­va i­ndri­ya­saṃ­yu­kta­bhū­ta­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na pra­tī­ya­te­, '­bhū­ta­le ghaṭo nāsti' ity atra vi­śe­ṣya­tve­ne­ti­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­syā­ni­ya­ta­tvā­d u­bha­ya­thā­py u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. evaṃ sa­rva­tro­dā­ha­ra­ṇī­ya­m­. anuṣṇo 'yaṃ sparśa iti saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­ve­nau­ṣṇyā­bhā­vo gṛ­hya­te­. to­ya­spa­rśe nāsty auṣṇyam iti saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­ve­ne­ti­. aśuklaṃ nī­la­tva­sā­mā­nya­m­, nīlatve śauklyaṃ nāstīti saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­ve­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­c chau­klyā­bhā­vo gṛ­hya­te­. atīvro vī­ṇā­śa­bdo­, vī­ṇā­śa­bde tīvratvaṃ nāstīti sa­ma­ve­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­t tī­vra­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­. bhe­da­śū­nyaṃ śa­bda­tva­m­, śabdatve bhedo nāstīti sa­ma­ve­ta­sa­ma­ve­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­d bhe­dā­bhā­vaḥ śabdatve gṛ­hya­te­.

NBhū-YA 16­8­,20~saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­di­bhā­ve­na sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, nai­ta­t­, i­ṣṭa­kā­ryaṃ dṛṣṭvā hi kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ka­lpya­te­, na tu kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­d a­vi­dya­mā­na­m api kāryaṃ ka­lpya­te­, ca­kṣuḥ­saṃ­yo­gā­d a­ñja­nā­kā­śā­de­r api pra­tya­kṣa­tva­ka­lpa­nā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. dṛ­śyā­bhā­va­sye­ti vi­śe­ṣi­ta­tvā­t tena ya­thā­bhū­te deśe ya­thā­bhū­to 'rtho da­rśa­na­yo­gyaḥ­, ta­thā­bhū­te deśe ta­thā­bhū­tā­rthā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛhyata iti saṃ­yo­gā­dya­bhā­vo '­pī­ndri­ya­sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭe­nā­rthe­nā­bhā­va­sya sa­nni­dhi­vi­śe­ṣo 'sty eva yas ta­dda­rśa­na­he­tuḥ­, ta­dda­rśa­ne­nai­va cā­nu­me­yaḥ­. sa ca sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­he­tu­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va ity ucyate saṃ­yo­gā­di­sa­mba­ndha­vai­la­kṣṇya­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­, na tu vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va eva sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­sya sarvatra vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 16­8­,29~na cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa eva sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, ta­syā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t­. sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­pi vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yo­tpa­ttā­v a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­tvā­t­. tathā hi — daṇḍo '­syā­stī­ti daṇḍīti pra­tī­ya­te­, da­ṇḍa­pu­ru­ṣa­sa­mba­ndhā­pra­tī­tau ca na daṇḍīti pra­tī­ti­r asti, ata eva pratyakṣaḥ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­. ta­da­pra­tya­kṣa­tve hi śuklaḥ paṭa ity evaṃ gu­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭe guṇini pratyayo na syāt. sa­ma­vā­yo 'pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na ta­dvi­śe­ṣya­tve­na vā gṛ­hya­te­. tatas ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅga ity a­na­va­sthā syād iti cen na, sa­ma­vā­ya­sya sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇā­kṣe­pa­ka­tve­nā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣā­d anayoḥ sa­ma­vā­ya iti, idam atra sa­ma­ve­ta­m iti vā, sa­ma­vā­yy etad iti vā ka­sya­ci­t pra­tī­ti­r asti, yathā bhūtale ghaṭo nāstīti sa­rve­ṣā­m asti pra­tī­tiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 16­9­,10~ata eva sa­ma­vā­ya­syā­pi sambandho ne­ṣya­te­. na hi ya­thā­na­yoḥ saṃyoga iti saṃ­yu­kta­m etad iti ca pratyayaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­saṃ­yo­gi­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇā­kṣe­pa­ko 'sti, tathā sa­ma­vā­ya­sa­ma­vā­yi­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇā­kṣe­pa­kaṃ kiṃcid asti. yau­kti­ke­nā­py anayoḥ sambandha iti jñānena sa­mba­ndhā­nta­raṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­ta iti cet, na, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. iṣyata e­vā­na­va­sthe­ti cet, evam astu yadi gha­ṭa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. e­ka­sa­mba­ndha­ni­rā­ci­kī­rṣa­yā­na­ntā­n sa­mba­ndhā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­tma­no '­ni­ṣṭa­pa­ri­hā­ra­kau­śa­laṃ khyāpitaṃ bha­va­ti­. na mayā sa­mba­ndhā­na­ntya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, kintu mau­la­sa­mba­ndha­sā­dha­ka­sya hetor a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m u­dbhā­vya­ta iti cet, na, a­kṣa­ja­pra­tya­ya­sya he­tu­tve­no­kta­tvā­t­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yo 'kṣajo vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa na bha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. a­na­kṣa­ja­s tu pratyayaḥ sva­rū­pa­bhe­da­ka­lpa­na­yā­pi bha­va­ti­, yathā dra­vyā­di­ṣu satī sa­tte­ti­. na hī­ndri­yā­d evaṃ pra­ti­bhā­so bha­va­ti­, a­śru­ta­śā­strā­ṇā­m api bha­ve­t­. tasmāt "­sa­ma­vā­ya­sya tu kvacid eva gra­ha­ṇa­m­, yathā ghaṭe rū­pa­sa­ma­vā­ya­" ity etad e­ka­de­śī­ya­ma­te­na dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. mamaiva vā skha­li­ta­m e­ta­t­, a­pa­ryā­lo­ci­ta­gra­ntha­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. nanu ca ya­the­ndri­ye­ṇa gha­ṭā­bhā­vo bhū­ta­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na vā gṛ­hya­te­, tathā sa­ma­vā­yo 'pi gha­ṭā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na vā gṛhyata ity uktaṃ kaiścit tatas tasyāpi sambandho '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya iti, naitad asti, yataḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­sya tu kvacid eva buddhau ta­thā­va­bhā­sa­na­m­, yathā ghaṭe rū­pa­sa­ma­vā­ya iti. a­sa­du­pa­de­śa­vi­pa­ryā­si­ta­bu­ddhā­v eva sa­ma­vā­ya­sya ta­thā­va­bhā­sa­naṃ na tv a­bhā­va­sye­va sa­rva­vya­va­ha­rtṛ­bu­ddhā­v ity arthaḥ. tasmād yau­kti­ka­m eva sa­ma­vā­ya­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­. a­sa­mba­ddha­sya sa­ma­vā­ya­sya kathaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m iti cet, na, pra­tya­kṣa­yo­gyo­bha­ya­sa­mba­ndhī­ndri­ya­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣā­d e­vā­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sa­hi­tā­t sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r na sa­mba­ndha­syā­pi sa­nni­ka­rṣā­nta­ra­m a­nvi­ṣya­te­, sattāyāṃ sa­ttā­nta­ra­va­t­, sa eva ca sa­ma­vā­ya­sa­ma­vā­yi­no­r i­ndri­ya­saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­yo­r ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yoḥ pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t saṃyukte vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­vā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­maṃ vya­pa­de­śa­m api la­bha­te­. ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā­na­va­sthā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 17­0­,8~ye tu nyā­ya­śā­strā­rtha­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ mahatā pra­pa­ñce­na sa­ma­vā­yaṃ ni­rā­ku­rva­nti­, tān prati nai­yā­yi­kai­r api sa­ma­vā­ya­sa­ma­rtha­nā­rthaṃ mahatā pra­pa­ñce­na gu­ṇi­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ tādātmyaṃ ni­rā­ka­rtta­vya­m­, ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­nyā­yaṃ vā­nyā­po­ha­dū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­stā­ve '­nai­kā­nta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­stā­ve ca da­rśa­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. tataḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhiḥ sa­ka­la­śā­strā­rtha­saṃ­si­ddhi­ś ca.

NBhū-YA 17­0­,13~tatra yu­ta­si­ddha­yoḥ saṃśleṣaḥ saṃ­yo­gaḥ­, yu­ta­si­ddhi­s tu — dravyayoḥ pā­raṃ­pa­rye­ṇā­py a­va­ya­vā­va­ya­vi­bhā­va­ra­hi­ta­tva­m­. evam "­yu­ta­si­ddhya­bhā­vā­n nāsti vibhūnāṃ saṃ­yo­ga­" ity a­yu­kta­m­, hetor a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­ś ca vibhūnāṃ saṃ­yo­gaḥ­. tathā hi — ā­kā­śe­na saṃyukta ātmā śa­rī­ra­saṃ­yu­kta­tvā­t­, bhū­ta­lā­di­va­t­. a­yu­ta­si­dda­yoḥ saṃśleṣaḥ sa­ma­vā­ya iti. evaṃ ca na bhū­ta­la­gha­ṭā­bhā­vā­di­sa­mba­ndhe­nā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ma­vā­ya­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 17­0­,19~de­śa­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭāḥ sa­tya­lo­kā­da­yo '­ti­dū­ra­sthā vya­va­hi­tā­ś ca nā­ga­bhu­va­nā­da­yaḥ­, kā­la­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­s tv a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tāḥ­, sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­kā­śā­da­ya iti, teṣāṃ tri­pra­kā­rā­ṇāṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ sa­ma­stā­nāṃ vyastānāṃ vā grāhakaṃ pratyakṣaṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m ity u­cya­te­. tac cā­va­sthā­dva­ye bhavati — yu­ktā­va­sthā­yā­m a­yu­ktā­va­sthā­yāṃ ca. tatra yu­ktā­va­sthā­yā­m ā­tmā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­d eva dha­rmā­di­sa­hi­tā­d a­śe­ṣā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. etac ca pa­ra­ma­yo­gi­vi­va­kṣa­yo­kta­m­, na tu yo­gi­mā­tra­syā­śe­ṣā­rtha­sya grahaṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. ā­tmā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­d eva ity a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­rtha­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, na tu sa­ha­kā­ri­mā­tra­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, dha­rmā­di­sa­hi­tā­d ity u­kta­tvā­t­. a­rtha­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa­ni­ṣe­dho­pa­pa­tta­yaḥ prāg evoktā iti.

NBhū-YA 17­0­,27~tatra ra­sa­na­ca­kṣu­stva­cā­m a­nya­ta­me­nā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­sa­nni­ka­rṣaḥ caturṇāṃ saṃyoga ity arthaḥ. ātmā manasā saṃ­yu­jya­te­, mana i­ndri­ye­ṇa­, i­ndri­ya­m a­rthe­ne­ti­. śro­tre­ṇā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe tra­yā­ṇā­m ā­tma­ma­naḥ­śro­trā­ṇāṃ saṃ­ni­ka­rṣaḥ­. ma­na­sā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe dvayor ā­tma­ma­na­soḥ saṃ­ni­ka­rṣa iti. evaṃ cārṣam a­trai­vā­nta­rbhū­ta­m­, na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m­, yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­. de­śā­di­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe­ṣv artheṣu sa­mya­ga­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vo hi yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. vyā­sā­dī­nā­m apy e­va­mbhū­ta e­vā­nu­bha­vaḥ pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­d dharmād bha­va­ti­. pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­dha­rma­s tu yo­gā­ṅgā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d vā bha­va­tu­, ta­paḥ­pra­ka­rṣā­d vā, ya­jñā­di­sā­dha­na­pra­ka­rṣā­d veti. na ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­d eva pra­mā­ṇā­bhe­da­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. yo­gi­sa­dbhā­va­s tu śru­ti­smṛ­ti­pu­rā­ṇe­ti­hā­sā­ne­ka­yo­ga­śā­stre­ṣu prasiddha iti. ta­da­pa­lā­paḥ pā­pā­ti­śa­ya­m eva na­ra­kā­dya­na­nta­yā­ta­nā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. a­nu­mā­na­m api yo­gi­sa­dbhā­vā­ve­da­ka­m u­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 17­1­,11~anye tv anyathā yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ vyā­ca­kṣa­te —

yo­gi­nā­m api pra­śru­ta­ma­ye­na jñā­ne­nā­rthā­n gṛhītvā yu­kti­ci­ntā­ma­ye­na vya­va­sthā­pya bhā­va­ya­tāṃ ta­nni­ṣpa­ttau ya­tspa­ṣṭā­va­bhā­si jñānaṃ ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­m­, tac cā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­t pramāṇaṃ spa­ṣṭā­bha­tvā­d a­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m iti. bha­yā­dā­v ivety a­rtha­sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­bhā­ve­nā­pi bhā­va­nā­ba­lā­d eva spaṣṭaṃ jñānam u­tpa­dya­ta ity atra ni­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m­. tad eva spa­ṣṭa­ya­ti —

tatra kā­mā­dyu­pa­plu­tā­nā­m a­bhū­ta­bhā­va­nā­taḥ spaṣṭam api jñānaṃ vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­n na pra­mā­ṇa­m­. yogināṃ tu bhū­ta­bhā­va­nā­taḥ ca­tu­rā­rya­sa­tya­pa­ra­lo­kā­di­da­rśa­na­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tad e­vo­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 17­2­,8~atredaṃ vi­cā­rya­te — sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ ni­rā­la­mba­na­tve sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­tve ca yo­gī­ta­ra­pra­tya­kṣa­yoḥ ko vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? śu­ddhā­śu­ddha­tvaṃ viśeṣa iti cet — atha manyase yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m — "­vi­dhū­ta­ka­lpa­nā­jā­laṃ spaṣṭam e­vā­va­bhā­sa­te­"­. bhavatu nā­mai­va­m­, tathāpi ca­tu­rā­rya­sa­tyā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ na yu­kta­m­, na hi svā­tma­mā­tra­saṃ­ve­da­ne­na ca­tu­rā­rya­sa­tyā­di­kaṃ sā­kṣā­tkṛ­ta­m iti yuktam a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­dā­kā­ra­tvā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tva­m iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ sau­trā­nti­ka­ma­ta­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­? sa­tya­m­; tathāpy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ka­tha­m­? na hy asataḥ kaścid ākāro 'sti. dṛ­ṣṭa­śru­tā­nu­mi­tā­kā­ra­ś ca yadi bhā­va­nā­va­la­taḥ spaṣṭa eva pra­ti­bhā­ti­, tathā sati bhrāntam eva yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ syād a­vi­dya­mā­na­sya vi­dya­mā­nā­kā­ra­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­, sva­pnā­di­jñā­na­va­t­. a­thā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­n na bhrā­nta­m­, na, a­nu­mā­na­jā­ta­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tve 'pi bhrā­nta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha bhrā­nta­syā­pi saṃ­vā­di­tve na prā­mā­ṇya­m­, tathāpi pra­tya­kṣa­syā­bhrā­nta­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­. na cā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m api tanmate yu­kta­m­, yataḥ prā­pyā­rtha­pra­da­rśa­ka­tva­m­, pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­pra­da­rśa­ka­tvaṃ vā, a­va­bhā­tā­rthā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ṣpa­tti­r vā, bha­va­tā­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m a­bhi­pre­taṃ­? na caitad a­tī­tā­dya­rtha­jñā­na­sya sa­mbha­va­ti va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­pi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­pa­kṣe no­pa­pa­dya­ta eva, tasmāt sau­ga­tā­nāṃ yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­va­rṇa­na­m apy a­sa­ṅga­ta­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 17­3­,10~tad iti yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ca­śa­bdā­d a­yo­gi­pra­tya­kṣa­m api dvi­vi­dha­m ity arthaḥ. tatra saṃ­jñā­di­sa­mba­ndho­lle­khe­na jñā­no­tpa­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­. tac cā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t ta­tsā­kṣā­d u­dā­ha­rtuṃ na śa­kya­te­, ta­tpha­la­m e­vo­dā­hri­ya­te — yathā de­va­da­tto da­ṇḍī­tyā­di­, de­va­da­tta iti jñānaṃ ke­va­la­saṃ­jñā­sa­mba­ndho­lle­khe­no­tpa­dya­te­, daṇḍīti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sa­mba­ddho­lle­khī­ty evaṃ gu­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­sa­mba­ndho­lle­khy api jñānam u­dā­ha­rta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 17­3­,15~atha vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­naṃ kiṃ ke­va­la­vi­śe­ṣyā­la­mba­na­m­? ā­ho­svi­d vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣyā­la­mba­na­m iti? kiṃ cātaḥ? ke­va­la­vi­śe­ṣyā­la­mba­na­tve daṇḍīti pratyayo na syād adaṇḍe puruṣe yathā, sato 'py a­na­va­bhā­sa­mā­na­syā­sa­tka­lpa­tvā­t­. sva­jñā­na­vi­śi­ṣṭe­na daṇḍena janitaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­naṃ katham a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m iti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­, sva­jñā­na­vi­śi­ṣṭe hi li­ṅgā­di­nā­nu­me­yā­di­jñā­naṃ ja­nya­te­, na ca ta­ddhū­mī­ye­tyā­di­rū­pe­ṇo­tpa­dya­mā­na­m u­pa­la­bhya­te­. kiṃ cā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśa iti jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­pha­laṃ pra­sa­jya­te ke­va­la­pra­de­śa­sye­ndri­ya­sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d iti. u­bha­yā­la­mba­na­tve 'pi da­ṇḍa­pu­ru­ṣā­v iti syāt. ta­de­ka­jñā­nā­la­mba­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­bhā­vo 'pi na syāt. de­va­da­ttā­di­pra­tya­ye­nā­sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ceti.

NBhū-YA 17­3­,24~ya­thā­da­rśa­na­m ity anye. surabhi dravyam i­tyā­di­jñā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣya­m e­vā­la­mba­na­m a­nu­me­yā­di­jñā­na­syo­bha­yā­la­mba­na­m iti, na, vi­śe­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­sya ni­ṣpra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t­. a­nu­me­yā­di­pra­tya­ya­syā­pi pa­rva­tā­di­pra­tya­ye­na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. rā­ṣṭra­se­nā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya ta­nnā­ya­ka­pra­tya­ye­na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­d a­nai­kā­nta iti cet, na, tatrāpi rā­ṣṭrā­di­vya­va­hā­ro­pa­ca­ri­ta­sya rā­jā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. daṇḍīti pratyayo da­ṇḍa­vi­ṣa­yo na bha­va­ti­, pu­ru­ṣa­pra­tya­ye­na sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, de­va­da­ttā­di­pra­tya­ya­va­d ity evaṃ sarve pratyayā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nā­la­mba­nāḥ sā­dha­yi­ta­vyā iti. bhrāntaṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m iti cet, āyātaṃ tarhi śā­kya­da­rśa­na­m­. tatra ca sa­rva­ka­lpa­nā­jñā­nā­nāṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d ā­la­mba­na­ci­ntā­nu­pa­pa­nnai­ve­ti­. śā­kya­dṛ­ṣṭi­ni­ṣe­dhe ca yathā daṇḍīti jñānam a­bhrā­nta­m­, tathā sa eva daṇḍī bhuṅkta ityādi jñānam apy a­bhrā­nta­m eva. a­va­ya­ve sa­mu­dā­yo­pa­cā­rā­d iti cet, ta­du­pa­cā­ra­jñā­naṃ bhrāntam abhrāntaṃ veti? bhrāntam iti na yu­kta­m­, ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. abhrāntaṃ cet, yady u­pa­cā­rā­d api daṇḍīti jñānam abhrāntaṃ ke­va­la­pu­ru­ṣā­la­mba­naṃ siddhaṃ tadā mukhyam anyad u­bha­yā­la­mba­na­m astīti kim atra pra­mā­ṇa­m­? na ca ta­da­nya­sya mukhyasya siddhāv u­pa­cā­ra­tva­ka­lpa­nā nyāyyā, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pra­dhā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m iti cet — atha manyase yad eva daṇḍīti jñāne pradhānaṃ tad eva de­va­da­ttā­di­jñā­ne '­pī­tyu­pa­pa­dya­te sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m iti, na, a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na hy evaṃ pratītiḥ ka­sya­ci­d asti yad da­ṇḍī­ti­jñā­ne pradhānaṃ tad de­va­da­tta iti jñāne '­pī­ti­. api tu de­va­da­tta eva daṇḍīti daṇḍy eva ca de­va­da­tta iti. pra­dhā­na­ni­rde­śa e­vā­ya­m iti cet, kaḥ pra­ti­kū­lo '­nu­kū­la­m ā­ca­ra­ti­. yadā daṇḍīty anena pra­dhā­na­m eva ni­rdi­śya­te pra­dhā­na­m e­vā­la­mba­na­m iti siddhaṃ naḥ sa­mī­hi­ta­m­. tathā ca daṇḍo yasyāsti sa eva daṇḍīti vya­pa­di­śya­te '­ya­thā­vya­pa­de­śaṃ ca pra­tī­ti­r­' iti. yac coktam — sva­jñā­na­vi­śi­ṣṭe­na li­ṅgā­di­nā­nu­me­yā­di­jñā­naṃ janyate na ca ta­ddhū­mī­ye­tyā­di­rū­pe­ṇo­tpa­dya­ta iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, na hy e­tā­va­d eva kāraṇaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­no­tpa­ttau ni­ya­mya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? sa­ma­ya­sma­ra­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­jñā­ne­na viśiṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ ja­nya­te­, vyā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­si­ddha­ma­tva­rthā­di­sa­ma­ya­bhe­dā­nu­vi­dhā­na­va­t­. smṛ­ti­ni­mi­ttaṃ cā­ni­ya­taṃ pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­di­sū­tre '­bhi­hi­ta­m­. te­nai­ka­smi­nn arthe '­ne­ka­dhā sa­ma­yo­pa­yo­ge yathā yathā saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dhā­t smṛtir bhavati tathā tathā sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇe­ndri­ye­ṇa tasminn evārthe pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣo ja­nya­te­, na ca sa­hā­gni­sa­mba­ndhe­na pra­de­śa­stho dhūmo gṛhyate yena tasyāgnau dhū­mī­ti­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­ś co­dya­te­. yad apy a­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśa iti jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­pha­laṃ pra­sa­jya­ta ity u­kta­m­, tatra ya­dī­ndri­yā­rtha­saṃ­ni­ka­rṣā­d a­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśa iti vijñānaṃ bha­va­ti­, tadā kim iti pra­tya­kṣa­pha­laṃ ne­ṣya­te­? a­nu­mā­na­tve­na pra­si­ddhe­r iti cet, na, u­pa­cā­ra­to 'pi pra­si­ddhi­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­nu­me­yā­gni­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pradeśo 'py a­nu­me­ya ity u­cya­te­. na ca dhū­ma­syā­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo hi dharmī pakṣa ity ucyate sa cā­nu­me­yo bhavatu vā mā vā bhūt tatstho he­tu­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­r eva ta­tra­stha­syai­vā­gne­r a­nu­mī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t­, na vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m api, na; mahatī jñā­na­mā­lā i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvaṃ vā pra­sa­jya­te vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nta­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tva­ni­ya­mā­n a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ato '­nu­mā­nā­d a­gni­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­vi­ṣa­ya­m ekam eva jñānam a­ni­rde­śya­m u­tpa­dya­te tato '­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśa iti jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to 'pi bha­va­ti­. ye tv a­tī­ndri­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m iti ma­nya­nte­, tanmate sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pratyakṣaṃ na prā­pno­ti­, de­va­da­tta­saṃ­jñā­vi­śi­ṣṭo hi puruṣo de­va­da­tta iti pra­tī­ya­te­. na ca tadā de­va­da­tta­saṃ­jñā­pra­tya­kṣaḥ saṃ­jñā­yā­ś ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m­, da­ṇḍā­di­vya­va­cche­da­ka­tvā­t­. tad yathā brā­hma­ṇe­ṣu da­ṇḍi­na­m āhūya bho­ja­ye­d iti brā­hma­ṇā­nta­re­bhyo brāhmaṇo daṇḍena vya­va­cchi­dya­te­, tathā pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu de­va­da­ttaṃ vyā­ha­re­d iti pu­ru­ṣā­nta­re­bhyaḥ puruṣaḥ saṃ­jña­yai­va vya­va­cchi­dya­te­. kā­ka­va­d u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­tvā­d iti cet, na, pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t­. u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ vya­va­cche­da­ka­m iti paryāyā eva. de­va­da­tta­gṛ­haṃ kākīti pra­tī­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti cet, na, u­kta­tvā­t­. ya­thā­sa­ma­yaṃ pra­tī­ti­r iti daṇḍena pa­ri­brā­ja­kaḥ­, kākena de­va­da­tta­gṛ­ha­m iti nā­na­yo­r vya­va­cche­da­ka­tve viśeṣo 'sti. tasmāt sa­jā­tī­yā­d vā vi­jā­tī­yā­d vā­va­sthā­nta­rā­d vā yad vya­va­cche­da­kaṃ tatsarvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m ity u­cya­te­. tasmād ga­vā­di­saṃ­jñā­ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­v api sma­rya­mā­ṇau gaur ityādi viśiṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­ntau vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m eva bha­va­taḥ­. gotvam eva tatra vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m iti cet, na, go­tva­da­rśa­ne 'py a­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­ya­sya gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­r ity u­bha­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 17­5­,15~atraike vadanti — saṃ­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve go­saṃ­jña­ko 'yaṃ go­śa­bda­vā­cyo 'yam iti jñānaṃ syāt tac cā­nu­mā­ni­ka­m e­ve­ṣya­te­. go­śa­bda­sa­ha­kā­ri­ba­le­na hi sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ go­saṃ­jña­ka­tva­m ucyate tac cā­tī­ndri­ya­m e­ve­ti­. gaur iti jñānaṃ ca go­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­d e­vo­tpa­nnaṃ tena pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­te­. tathā hi — gaur ayaṃ go­tva­vā­n ayam ity eko 'rthaḥ, saṃketo 'py evam eva pra­ti­pā­dya­te pra­tī­ya­te ceti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, yato na kaścid go­tva­yo­gi­tvaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­kā­le pratyeti pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti vā tasya sa­ṅke­tā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­tvā­d a­gṛ­hī­ta­saṃ­ke­to hi ma­hi­ṣā­di­bhyo vyā­vṛ­ttā­tāṃ śā­va­le­yā­di­pi­ṇḍā­nāṃ sādṛśyaṃ paśyaty eva. tasmād a­bhi­dhā­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­sa­mba­ndha eva samayaṃ grā­ha­yi­tvā pra­ti­pā­dya­te gaur ayaṃ go­saṃ­jña­ko 'yaṃ go­śa­bda­vā­cyo 'yam ity e­kā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yi­nā­nya­ta­ma­śa­bde­na pra­ti­pa­trā­pi tathaiva pra­tī­ya­te­. tasmād gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­m icchatā na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yo­r e­ka­jñā­nā­la­mba­na­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. nāpy a­tī­ndri­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ja­ni­taṃ vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­na­pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­m e­ve­ti­. a­ne­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­jñā­naṃ citram etat i­tyā­di­rū­paṃ katham iti cet? nedaṃ du­rgha­ṭa­m­, yato vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yo­r eva krameṇa gra­ha­ṇa­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te na tu vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­nā­m api, teṣām e­kai­ka­jñā­nā­la­mba­na­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. kvacit kra­ma­gṛ­hī­tā­nā­m apy e­ka­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­ṣa­yī­kṛ­tā­nāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m iti. kra­ma­gṛ­hī­tā­nāṃ tv e­ka­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ yathā tathā vā­kya­vi­cā­re va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tad evaṃ sthitam etad vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­naṃ no­bha­yā­la­mba­naṃ kiṃtu vi­śe­ṣyā­la­mba­na­m e­ve­ti­. ka­lpa­nā­jñā­na­tvā­n nākṣajaṃ śa­bdā­di­saṃ­yo­ja­na­jñā­naṃ nāpy a­rthā­la­mba­na­m iti cet, na, vi­ka­lpa­jñā­na­syā­py a­kṣa­ja­tve a­rthā­la­mba­na­tve ca vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t­. yāś co­pa­pa­tta­ya­s tvayā vyā­khyā­tā­s tā agrata eva dū­ṣa­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. tatsiddhaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­.

NBhū-YA 17­6­,8~pra­tha­mā­kṣa­sa­nni­pā­ta­jaṃ hi jñānaṃ sa­ma­ya­sma­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­m utpannaṃ tena ta­nni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­m­. yogaḥ samādhiḥ e­kā­gra­to­cya­te­. tatra sthitasya yogino ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva pra­tya­kṣa­m iti vi­ka­lpa­tā­yā­m e­kā­ga­ra­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r iti.

NBhū-YA 17­6­,12~yat pratyakṣaṃ tat sarvaṃ ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­m eveti śākyāḥ. tathā ca pratyakṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m iti di­gnā­go­ktaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­vā­de­nai­ta­d dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. tena yad a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­jñā­naṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍhaṃ tat pra­tya­kṣa­m ity uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. ka­lpa­nā­yā a­po­ḍha­m apetaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m­, ka­lpa­nā­sva­bhā­va­ra­hi­ta­m ity arthaḥ. atha keyaṃ ka­lpa­nā­? nā­ma­jā­tyā­di­yo­ja­nā­, nā­mā­di­saṃ­sa­rga ity arthaḥ. tatra de­va­da­tta ityādi nā­ma­yo­ja­nā­, gaur ityādi jā­ti­yo­ja­nā­, ga­ccha­tī­tyā­di kri­yā­yo­ja­nā­, śukla ityādi gu­ṇa­yo­ja­nā­, da­ṇḍī­tyā­di dra­vya­yo­ja­nā­, ity eṣā pa­ñca­vi­dhā kalpanā pa­ra­pra­si­ddhyo­dā­hṛ­tā­. svamate tu sa­rvai­ve­yaṃ nā­ma­ka­lpa­ne­ti­. tathā cāha kīrttiḥ — "­a­bhi­lā­pi­nī pratītiḥ ka­lpa­nā­"­. "­a­bhi­lā­pa­saṃ­sa­rga­yo­gya­pra­ti­bhā­sā pratītiḥ ka­lpa­nā­" iti. saṃ­sa­rga­s tv a­bhi­dhā­nā­bhi­dhe­ya­tvā­kā­ra­yo­r ekatra jñā­na­grā­hyā­kā­ra­ta­yā mīlanaṃ nāmādi nai­ka­ta­vā­pā­da­na­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ity anye. yo­gya­gra­ha­ṇe­nā­vyu­tpa­nna­syā­pi kalpanā sa­ṅgṛ­hī­tā­. bālo 'pi hi sta­nā­di­kaṃ dṛṣṭvā pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭe­na sa e­vā­ya­m ity e­ka­tva­m āpādya saṃ­tu­ṣya­ti­. te­nā­syā­pi ka­lpa­nā­stī­ty a­va­ga­mya­te­.

NBhū-YA 17­7­,1~yadi ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­, tadā dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­na­m api pratyakṣaṃ prā­pta­m­. tasya cā­vi­ka­lpa­ka­tva­m a­kṣa­ja­tvā­t­. tathā sva­pna­jñā­na­m api spa­ṣṭa­tvā­n ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ ga­ma­na­prā­ptyā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­dy api tat, ataḥ pratyakṣaṃ prā­pta­m­, ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ dha­rma­kī­rttiḥ "­pra­tya­kṣaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m a­bhrā­nta­m­" ity evaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ ca­kā­ra­. a­nya­thā­pra­ti­bhā­si­tvaṃ bhrā­nta­tva­m­, grāhye rūpe vi­pa­rya­sta­tva­m ity arthaḥ. naiva dvi­ca­ndrā­di­bhrā­nti­r i­ndri­ya­jā ity eke — kilaikaṃ candraṃ dṛṣṭvā dvittvena ka­lpya­te­. jñānasthaṃ ke­śā­kā­raṃ dṛṣṭvā bā­hya­tve­na kalpyata ity evam a­nya­trā­pi dra­ṣṭvya­m­. atra dū­ṣa­ṇa­m āha dha­rma­kī­rttiḥ — tan na, i­ndri­ya­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­ro­dha­sya ta­ttva­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t ta­sye­hā­pi tu­lya­tvā­t­. i­ndri­ya­vi­kā­re ca vi­kā­rā­t ta­nni­ba­ndha­na­tvā­c cā­śra­ya­sthi­teḥ­, sa­rpā­di­bhrā­nti­va­n ma­no­bhrā­nte­r a­kṣa­vi­kṛ­tā­v api ni­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, ta­thā­kṣa­vi­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttā­v apy a­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād i­ndri­ya­ja­m apy etad bhrānter a­pra­tya­kṣa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 17­7­,12~di­gnā­ga­syā­py a­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m iti da­rśa­ya­ti — ata eveti ka­ra­ṇa­vya­va­cchi­nnā­d vi­ka­lpa­va­rggā­t pṛthak ti­mi­ro­pa­la­kṣi­taṃ viplavaṃ pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­sa­m āha —

ity atra. asya tā­tpa­rya­m āha —

āśrayo vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, ta­syo­pa­pla­vaḥ ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­sma­ra­ṇa­m­. atha vā kā­ra­ṇa­jñā­na­m āśrayaḥ ta­syo­pa­pla­vaḥ vā­sa­nā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ tatas trividhaṃ ka­lpa­nā­jñā­naṃ bhavati — ra­jju­ma­rī­ci­kā­di­ṣu sa­rpa­ja­lā­di­jñā­na­m ekaṃ bhrā­nti­śa­bde­no­kta­m­. gha­ṭā­di­jñā­naṃ dvitīyaṃ saṃ­vṛ­ti­saṃ­jñā­na­śa­bde­no­kta­m­. a­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­m ā­nu­mā­ni­kaṃ ca li­ṅgi­jñā­na­m — etad ubhayaṃ pū­rvā­bhyā­m eva sa­ṅgṛ­hī­ta­m­. kiṃtu pū­rva­yo­r a­na­kṣa­ja­tva­si­ddhya­rthaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ttve­na pṛthag u­kta­m­. smā­rtā­bhi­lā­ṣi­kaṃ ceti tṛtīyaṃ da­rśa­na­m eṣv a­bhā­vi­no vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpa­yo­r i­da­nta­yo­tpa­dya­mā­na­yoḥ smā­rta­śa­bde­bā­bhi­dhā­na­m­. pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­syā­py a­na­kṣa­ja­tva­si­ddhya­rtha­m ā­bhi­lā­ṣi­kaṃ pṛthag u­kta­m­. e­ta­smā­d vi­ka­lpa­va­rgā­t pṛthak tai­mi­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­tva­syā­pa­vā­da­tva­sū­ca­nā­rtha­m u­kta­m­, tai­mi­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ co­pa­ghā­ta­jo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ sarvam e­vo­pa­ghā­ta­jaṃ jñānaṃ bhrāntam ity evāha dha­rma­kī­rttiḥ — "­ti­mi­rā­śu­bhra­ma­ṇa­nau­yā­na­saṃ­kṣo­bhā­dya­nā­hi­ta­vi­bhra­ma­m a­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­" iti. ke­śā­di­ca­ndrā­di­bu­ddhe­s tu sphu­ṭa­pra­ti­bhā­si­tvā­n na ka­lpa­nā­tva­m­. tasmād uktam —

"na vi­ka­lpā­nu­ba­ddha­sya spa­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­ti­bhā­si­tā­" iti. ta­thā­nya­trā­py uktam —

iti. ka­lpa­nā­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va gamyata ity āha —

NBhū-YA 17­8­,16~ka­lpa­nā­jñā­na­m apy a­ta­thā­rthā­va­bhā­si­tvā­d bhrāntam eva, tathāpi vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­vṛ­tya­rthaṃ pṛthag u­kta­m­. yataḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m api gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­na­m a­kṣa­ja­tvā­d bhrā­nta­tvā­c cādhyakṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti pa­re­ṣā­m a­bhi­ni­ve­śa­s a­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­m ity u­kta­m­. na hi nā­ma­saṃ­sa­rga­pra­ti­bhā­si­tva­m i­ndri­ya­jñā­ne sa­mbha­va­ti­, arthasya sā­ma­rthye­na sa­mu­dbha­vā­d a­rtha­sā­ma­rthye­no­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ ta­drū­pa­me­vā­nu­ku­ryā­t­. na hy arthe śabdāḥ santi ta­dā­tmā­no vā, yena tasmin pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­ne pra­ti­bhā­se­ra­n­. na cāyam a­rthā­saṃ­spa­rśā­saṃ­ve­da­na­dha­rmāḥ­, artheṣu ta­nni­yo­ja­nā­t­, tato '­rthā­nā­m a­pra­tī­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād ayam u­pa­ni­pa­tya vijñānaṃ ja­na­ya­nn arthaḥ svā­tmā­nu­rū­pa­m eva ja­na­yi­tuṃ yukto nā­rthā­nta­rā­kā­ra­m­. na hi nīlaṃ śu­klā­kā­raṃ ra­sā­dyā­kā­raṃ vā jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, nāpi ta­dba­le­no­dī­ya­mā­naṃ vi­jñā­na­m a­rthā­nta­ra­m a­nu­sa­rttuṃ yuktaṃ ra­sā­di­jñā­na­va­t­, sato 'pi ta­dā­tma­na i­ndri­yā­nta­ra­jñā­no­tpa­ttā­v a­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ tu ma­no­vi­jñā­na­m a­rtha­sa­nni­dhā­nā­na­pe­kṣaṃ vi­ka­lpa­vā­sa­no­tthā­pi­ta­m a­ni­ya­te­ndri­yā­rtha­grā­hi ku­ta­ści­d a­nu­bha­va­sa­mba­ndhā­t saha pṛthag vā gṛ­hṇī­yā­t­.

NBhū-YA 17­9­,7~api ca —

NBhū-YA 17­9­,10~na hi saṃ­ke­ta­kā­la­bhā­vi­na­m a­bhi­lā­pa­sā­mā­nya­m a­sma­ra­ta­s ta­dyo­ja­nā sa­mbha­va­ti śa­bdā­nta­ra­va­t­. na cā­rthā­bhi­pā­ta­kṛ­ta a­sa­tyā­nta­re vikāre śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣe smṛtir yuktā, ta­syā­ta­tkṛ­ta­tve ta­nnā­mā­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tatsmṛtyā vya­va­dhā­nā­n nā­rtho­pa­yo­go '­na­nta­ra­vyā­pā­ra­pha­laḥ syāt, tataś ca "yaḥ prāg a­ja­na­ko buddher u­pa­yo­gā­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ­"­. sa paścād api syād ā­tmā­bhe­de­na sā­mā­rthyā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. nai­ka­syai­ka­tra kri­yā­kri­ye sa­mbha­va­taḥ­. "tena syād a­rthā­pā­ye 'pi ne­tra­dhīḥ­" arthasya sā­kṣā­dbu­ddhā­v a­nu­pa­yo­gā­t smṛ­ti­pra­bo­dhe co­pa­yu­kta­tvā­n nā­syā­nu­pa­kā­ri­ṇo bu­ddhi­rbhā­va­ma­pe­kṣe­ta­. a­rthā­bhi­pā­ta­kṛ­te ca bu­ddhi­ja­nma­ny a­bhi­lā­pa­smṛ­tya­nta­rā­bhā­vā­t­, mā mūnnāma vi­ka­lpa­syā­kṣa­ja­tva­m­, jā­tyā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya tu bha­vi­ṣya­tī­tyā­śaṃ­kā­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m āha —

NBhū-YA 17­9­,21~kiṃcit ke­na­ci­d viśiṣṭaṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­lo­ka­vya­va­sthā­pra­tī­tau ta­tsaṃ­ka­la­ne­na gṛhyate da­ṇḍā­di­va­t­. nā­nya­thā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­bhi­dhā­na­vya­va­sthā­pa­ri­jñā­ne '­bhā­vā­d­. jā­ti­gu­ṇa­kri­yā­va­tā­m etan na sa­mbha­va­ty eva rū­pa­vi­ve­ka­sa­mba­ndha­yo­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne­na gha­ṭa­nā­yo­gā­t­. kṣī­ro­da­ka­va­d a­ta­dve­di­ni yatrāpi vi­ve­ka­pra­ti­pa­tti­r asti tasyāpi gra­ha­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 18­0­,3~na hīdam iyato vyā­pā­rā­t kartuṃ samarthaṃ saṃ­ni­hi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­ba­le­no­tpa­nne '­vi­cā­ra­ka­tvā­t­, vi­cā­ra­ka­tve ce­ndri­ya­ma­no­jñā­na­yo­r a­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. abhede cā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­stu­pra­bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇā­gra­ha­ṇo­hā­nū­hā­rtha­bhā­vā­pe­kṣā­na­pe­kṣā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ma­no­vi­jñā­nā­bhi­saṃ­skṛ­ta­m i­ndri­ya­jñā­naṃ pra­tye­tī­ti cet, na, ya­tho­ktā­grā­hi­ṇa­s tathā pra­vṛ­ttya­yo­gā­t­, a­vi­ṣa­ye '­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, jā­tyā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­tī­ta­śa­bda­vya­va­hā­rā­dī­nā­m i­ndri­ya­jñā­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. tasmān ne­ndri­ya­jñā­na­m a­rtha­saṃ­yo­ja­nāṃ ka­lpa­nā­m ā­vi­śa­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­0­,9~vi­ka­lpo­tthā­pi­tā sā ca na va­rtte­te­ccha­yā matiḥ. nā­rtha­saṃ­ni­dhi­m ī­kṣe­ta­. api ceyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­di­vi­ka­lpo­tthā­pi­tā satī pra­vṛ­ttā­pi sa­ma­gra­sā­ma­grī­ka­sya punar icchayā ni­va­rte­ta­, ta­da­nya­vi­ka­lpa­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 18­0­,12~śakyante hi kalpanāḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­ne­na ni­vā­ra­yi­tu­m­, ne­ndri­ya­bu­ddhyaḥ­. sā­ma­grī­sā­ka­lye vi­ni­va­rtya go­bu­ddhi­m aśvam api ka­lpa­ya­to go­da­rśa­nā­t nā­pī­ya­m a­rtha­sa­nni­dhi­m ī­kṣe­ta­, na hi ga­vā­di­vi­ka­lpo '­rtha­sa­nni­dhā­v eva bha­va­tī­ti­. tasmād a­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva jñānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­. tatra bā­hyā­rtha­pa­kṣe '­rthā­kā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇā­m­, ta­da­rthā­dhi­ga­maḥ pha­la­m­. vi­jña­pti­mā­tra­tā­yāṃ sva­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ pha­la­m­, grā­ha­kā­kā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, ta­dva­śe­na sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t­.

ity e­ta­tpa­kṣa­dva­ye 'pi sa­mā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 18­0­,22~a­tro­cya­te — pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­vi­cā­ra­sya śā­kyā­di­ma­ta­vyu­dā­se­na prāg eva kṛ­ta­tvā­n neha sa punaḥ kri­ya­te­. kin tv atra gaur ityādi jñā­na­syā­kṣa­ja­tva­m eva sā­dhya­te­. yat tāvad a­rtha­sā­ma­rthye­no­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ ta­drū­pa­m e­vā­nu­ku­ryā­d iti, tan na, jñāne '­rthā­kā­ra­sya prāg eva ni­ra­sta­tvā­t­. yad api na hy arthe śabdāḥ sa­ntī­tyā­di­, tad api vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­yo­r e­ka­jñā­nā­la­mba­na­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­nai­va ni­ra­sta­m­. na cāyaṃ gaur iti jñāne śabdaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? sā­snā­di­mā­n arthaḥ, śuklo 'yaṃ pīno viṣāṇī ga­ccha­tī­tyā­di sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­pra­tī­teḥ­. ma­hi­ṣā­di­ṣu cāyaṃ gaur ityādi saṃ­vā­di­pra­tī­tya­nu­tpa­tteḥ­. "­sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­t ayaṃ mithyā pratyayaḥ ta­da­nya­sa­vi­ka­lpa­va­d­" ity a­yu­kta­m­, ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­t ta­da­nya­ni­rvi­ka­lpa­va­d ity asyāpi pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tu­lyā­kṣe­pa­pa­ri­hā­ra­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 18­1­,4~yac cā­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 18­1­,7~tatredaṃ vi­cā­rya­te — kiṃ tāv eva yu­ga­pa­du­tpa­nnau kra­mo­tpa­nnau vā sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpā­v e­ka­tve­nā­dhya­va­sya­ti­? atha tayor vi­ṣa­yā­v iti? kiṃ cātaḥ? pra­tya­ya­mā­trā­dhya­va­sā­ye vi­ṣa­yo­nmu­khā pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­tprā­pti­ś ca na syād a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­pra­tya­ya­sya ca bhrā­nta­tvā­yo­gā­n na bhrāntito 'pi pra­vṛ­tti­prā­ptī­. atha sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpā­rtha­yo­r aikyaṃ vya­va­sya­ti­, ya­tho­kta­m — dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpyā­v arthāv e­kī­kṛ­tya ta­da­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­nā­d iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­, ma­hi­ṣā­di­pi­ṇḍe­ṣv api gaur ity a­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pravṛttau hy a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ga­kā­rā­di­va­rṇaiḥ sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­va­syo­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. ta­de­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­syā­py u­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. tad api pa­ṇḍi­ta­ma­nye­no­kta­m — "­i­da­m iti pu­ro­va­rtti­ny arthe yad vijñānaṃ tat sva­vi­ṣa­yā­na­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā­kṣa­jñā­ne­na janitaṃ mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­ta­" iti, tad a­pa­ryā­lo­ci­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, yad eva hi gaur iti jñānaṃ ga­kā­rā­di­va­rṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ bha­va­te­ṣṭa­m­, ta­the­da­m ity a­pī­kā­rā­di­va­rṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva śa­bda­saṃ­sa­rga­pra­ti­bhā­sa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. idam iti pu­ro­va­rtti­spa­ṣṭā­kā­ra­tvā­n na gaur iti jñānam iti cet, divyam atra grāhyaṃ nyā­yā­bhā­vā­t­. kvacid a­rthā­bhā­ve 'pi gaur ity u­tpa­tte­r na tad a­rthā­pe­kṣe­ti cet, idam ity api jñānaṃ kvacid a­rthā­bhā­ve bhavaty eva. a­rthā­bhā­ve bhavad bhrāntam anyatra samyag evety etad u­bha­ya­trā­pi sa­mā­na­m­. i­kā­rā­di­śa­bda­saṃ­sa­rgā­pra­ti­bhā­sī­da­m iti jñānaṃ ni­rvi­ka­lpa­m iti cet, tad idaṃ vyā­ha­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 18­2­,1~api ca ga­kā­rā­di­śa­bda­saṃ­sa­rgā­pra­ti­bhā­si gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­naṃ ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m ity etad api bha­va­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. tataś ca gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­na­sya ka­lpa­nā­tve­nā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo '­nu­pa­pa­nna e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­2­,4~yad apy uktam — "­i­da­m ity eva kṛtvā pra­va­rtta­te tena pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­" iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato nedam ity eva kṛtvā pra­va­rtta­te­, kiṃ tv a­bhī­ṣṭa­ni­śca­yā­d eva jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­r iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tasmād etad e­vo­tta­raṃ yuktam — na mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ndri­ya­pra­tya­kṣā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­m­. a­rthā­nta­ra­m ā­ga­mo­kta­tve­nai­vo­kta­m­, na tv atra pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­2­,9~yad apy uktam — sato 'pi ta­dā­tma­na i­ndri­yā­nta­ra­jñā­no­tpa­ttā­v a­sā­ma­rthyā­d iti, ta­da­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nai­va pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­. na hi ca­kṣu­rā­di­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ śa­bda­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te kiṃ tu saṃ­ke­tā­nu­bha­va­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā ta­tsmṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā vā ca­kṣu­rā­di­ṇā svasminn eva viṣaye gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­na­m u­tpā­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 18­2­,13~yad apy uktam — a­rtho­pa­yo­ge '­pī­tyā­di­. tatra yadi smṛ­tya­pe­kṣi­tve 'rthasya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na vya­va­dhā­na­m u­cya­te­, tan na, kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nā­pi sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­d e­ka­sa­ntā­na­sya vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ka­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m eva. tataś ca ya­thai­kai­vā­gni­sa­ntā­naḥ ka­sya­ci­d ekasya mṛ­tsa­ntā­na­syā­śma­sa­ntā­na­sya vā sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­dā­nu­ro­dhe­na rū­pā­dyā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaṃ prati vya­va­hi­ta­tve­nā­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m i­ṣya­te­, ta­thā­rtha­sa­ntā­na­sye­ndri­ya­sa­ntā­na­sya ca ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kaṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­yi­tvā paścāl la­bdha­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­sya gaur i­tyā­dyā­kā­ra­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti kathaṃ vya­va­dhā­na­m­? etena — "yaḥ prā­ga­ja­na­ko bu­ddhe­r­" ityādy api ni­ra­sta­m­. na hi ya­syā­kā­ra­sya pra­ga­ja­na­ko vahnis ta­syā­kā­ra­sya paścād apy a­ja­na­ka eveti yu­kta­m­, u­pa­yo­gā­vi­śe­ṣa­ta ity a­si­ddha­m­, sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­prā­pte­r e­vo­pa­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d iti. nai­ka­syai­ka­tra kri­yā­kri­ye sa­mbha­va­ta ity etad apy a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­pra­stā­ve vi­cā­ra­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. kiṃ ca ta­tsa­ntā­na­syā­kṛ­ta­kā­rya­syā­pi ta­tkā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ pra­da­rśi­ta­m e­ve­ti­. evaṃ cārthasya sākṣād buddhāv a­nu­pa­yo­gā­d ity a­si­ddha­m­. smṛ­ti­pra­bo­dhe co­pa­yu­kta­tvā­d ity anena kim ucyate na tāvad arthasya smṛ­ti­ja­nma­ny u­pa­yo­gaḥ­, smṛter a­na­rtha­ja­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 18­2­,27~atha ta­jja­na­kā­nu­bha­va­ja­nma­ny u­pa­yo­gaḥ­, tataḥ kim? a­tro­pa­yu­kta­syā­nya­trā­nu­pa­yo­ga iti cet, na, vahneḥ kra­me­ṇā­ṅgā­ra­bha­smā­di­bhā­ve­ṣū­pa­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­t­. tathā mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe prāg apy u­pa­yu­kta­syā­rtha­sya paścād u­pa­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­t­, bhavati mānase 'rthasya paścād u­pa­yo­gaḥ­. kiṃ tu ta­da­kṣa­jaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti cet, a­kṣa­ja­tve tarhi vivādo nā­rtha­ja­tve­, yathā cārthasya prā­ga­rthā­kṣa­bu­ddhā­v eva sāmarthyaṃ ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ paścān mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe 'pi sā­ma­rthya­m i­ṣṭa­m­, ta­the­ndri­yā­rtha­yoḥ prā­ga­vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhā­v eva sā­ma­rthya­m­. paścād ā­sā­di­ta­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­bu­ddhā­v api sāmarthyaṃ kiṃ ne­ṣya­te­? ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­? ta­dā­kā­ra­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet — atha manyase ya­dī­ndri­yā­rthā­bhyāṃ paścād api jñānaṃ ja­nya­te­, tadā tad api jñānaṃ prā­gu­di­ta­jñā­ne­na tu­lyā­kā­raṃ pra­sa­jya­ta iti, naitad asti, vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­ryu­pa­kṛ­tai­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nyā­nā­m apy e­kā­kā­ra­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. anyathā ca­kṣuḥ­pra­kā­śā­bhyāṃ ja­ni­tā­nāṃ sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m e­kā­kā­ra­tai­va syāt. ka­thaṃ­ci­d e­kā­kā­ra­tve sa­vi­ka­lpā­vi­ka­lpa­yo­r apy e­kā­kā­ra­tva­m asty eva.

NBhū-YA 18­3­,10~yad api vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­m i­tyā­dya­bhi­dhā­ye­da­m uktaṃ jā­ti­gu­ṇa­kri­yā­va­tā­m etan na sa­mbha­va­ty eva rū­pa­vi­ve­ka­sa­mba­ndha­yo­r a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne­na gha­ṭa­nā­yo­gā­d iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­na­tva­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā hi — a­gṛ­hī­ta­sa­ma­yo 'pi ma­hi­ṣā­di­pi­ṇḍe­bhyo vyā­vṛ­ttā­n śā­va­le­yā­di­pī­ṇḍā­n e­kā­kā­rāṃ­ś ca vi­vi­kta­go­tva­sva­rū­pa­ta­tsa­mba­ndho­pa­la­mbhe­nai­va pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. vyā­vṛ­tte­bhyo 'nyā naiva vyā­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na, a­po­ha­sya ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­, ta­nni­ṣe­dhe siddhyaty eva jā­ti­gu­ṇa­kri­yā­ṇāṃ ta­tsa­mba­ndha­sya cā­śra­yā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 18­3­,17~kṣī­ro­da­ka­va­d a­ta­dve­di­ni ity apy a­si­ddha­m­. yenāpi hi kṣī­ro­da­ke pṛthag ādhāre na dṛṣṭe, tasyāpi pra­bhū­te­no­da­ke­na miśritaṃ kṣīraṃ kṣī­ro­da­ka­m etad iti pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhavaty eva. sva­lpe­nā­py u­da­ke­na miśritaṃ kṣīraṃ tajjñasya pra­ti­bhā­ty eva. yas tu svabhāvo vā pa­dā­rthā­nā­m eṣo yena kecid ā­sa­dbhā­vaṃ saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭāḥ­, kecit paścāt kiyantaṃ kā­la­m­, kecit saṃsṛṣṭā api padārthāḥ sa­rve­ṣā­m eva draṣṭṝṇāṃ vi­ve­ke­na pra­ti­bhā­nti kecit ta­jjñā­nā­m eva, kecit tv a­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­va­sthā­yā­m e­vā­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ vi­ve­ke­na pra­ti­bhā­nti saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­va­sthā­yāṃ tv a­vi­ve­ke­nai­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­3­,24~yad api saṃ­ka­la­na­jñā­na­m ity u­kta­m­. tatra yadi tāvad a­ne­kā­rtha­sma­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­m eva saṃ­ka­la­na­jñā­na­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tan na yu­kta­m­, da­ṇḍī­ti­jñā­na­syā­nu­bha­vā­kā­ra­tve­na saṃ­ve­dya­mā­na­tvā­t­. sma­ra­ṇa­m api da­ṇḍī­tya­nu­bha­vaṃ sū­ca­ya­ti­. na hi pu­ru­ṣa­da­ṇḍa­ga­vā­dī­nāṃ sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe daṇḍī dṛṣṭo gomān dṛṣṭa i­tyā­dyā­kā­rā smṛtir bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­3­,29~atha bhrā­nti­jñā­na­m eva saṃ­ka­la­na­jñā­na­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, nī­lā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­va­d asyāpi sarvadā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­saṃ­vā­de­no­tpa­tteḥ­. kiṃ ca bhrā­nti­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­t na tāvad i­ndri­ya­do­ṣā­d vā­tā­di­vai­ṣa­myā­d vā bhrāntiḥ, sa­rva­vya­va­ha­rtṝ­ṇāṃ saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣṭā­nā­m apy a­ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­lā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo­tpa­tteḥ­. vā­sa­nā­py a­ne­nai­va pra­tyu­ktā­. sā­dṛ­śyā­di­ni­mi­tta­m apy atra na sa­mbha­va­ty e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,3~atha vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tve­na saṃ­ka­la­nā­jñā­naṃ tad iṣyata eva dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­sye­vā­kṣa­syā­pi sā­ma­rthyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣā­n nā­na­kṣa­jaṃ da­ṇḍī­tyā­di­jñā­na­m­. na hi ya­trai­ka­sya sāmarthyaṃ ta­trā­nya­sya nāsty e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,6~yad api '­saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇa­' i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m eva, saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇo­pā­ya­tva­cā­kṣu­ṣa­tva­yo­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­. saṃ­ni­hi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m apy asty evāyaṃ da­ṇḍī­tyā­di­jñā­na­sya pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­syā­pi ca.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,9~nanu ca sa ity a­ne­nā­saṃ­ni­hi­taḥ pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭaḥ pa­rā­mṛ­śya­te­, na, ta­syā­ne­nā­bhi­nna­sya saṃ­ni­hi­ta­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ta­da­bhi­nna­tvaṃ kena gṛhata iti cet, ca­kṣu­ṣai­va­. pū­rva­da­rśa­na­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­m iti smṛ­ti­sa­hi­te­na cakṣuṣā gṛ­hya­te­. ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­jñā­na­m u­tpā­dya­ta ity arthaḥ. tasmiṃś ca pra­tya­bhi­jñā­jñā­ne­na sa­kā­rā­da­yo varṇāḥ pra­ti­bhā­nti­, na pū­rva­da­rśa­naṃ cā­va­bhā­ti­. kiṃ tu sa evārthaḥ sa ca yādṛśo dṛṣṭas tā­dṛ­śa­syai­va pa­ra­pra­tyā­khyā­nā­rthaṃ ta­da­bhi­dhā­ya­kaṃ sa e­vā­ya­m iti śabdaṃ smṛ­tyo­ccā­ra­ya­ti­. evaṃ da­ṇḍī­tyā­di­jñā­ne 'pi dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,16~yadi punar a­bhi­lā­pā­di­saṃ­sa­rga­śi­ṣṭo 'rthaḥ ka­dā­ci­d api na gṛ­hya­te­, tadā pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ ni­ya­ta­syai­va śa­bda­syo­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ na syāt. bhrā­nti­ta­ś ca yasya ka­sya­ci­d u­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ syāt sa­rva­vya­va­ha­rtṛ­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,19~yad api pū­rvā­pa­ra­pa­rā­ma­rśa­śū­nya­tva­m a­vi­cā­ra­ka­tva­m i­ndri­ya­jñā­na­syo­kta­m­, tatra a­vi­cā­ra­ka­ta­vaṃ kim u­cya­te­? yadā smṛ­ti­rū­pa­tvaṃ tena he­tu­nā­kṣa­jñā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ni­ṣi­dhya­te­, tadā smṛtir eva ta­thā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yā­bhyu­pe­yā tataś ca ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. na cā­nu­bha­va­vi­ṣa­yā­d anyo viṣayaḥ smṛteḥ śakyo vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tu­m­, sarvatra dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na smṛteḥ saṃ­ve­da­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,24~atha smṛtir api na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yā­, na, ta­dvya­va­hā­ro­cche­da pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yadā ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭā­rthaḥ smṛ­tyā­nu­bha­ve­na ca naiva vi­ṣa­yī­kri­ya­te­, tadā katham a­pra­ti­pa­nno 'sau vya­va­ha­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­? bhrāntita iti cet, na, bhrānteḥ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 18­4­,28~atha pa­rā­ma­rśa­ja­nya­tva­m a­vi­cā­ra­ka­tvaṃ hetuḥ, tathāpy a­si­ddha­tvā­d a­yu­ktaḥ­. pa­rā­ma­rśo hi smṛtiḥ syād ā­nu­mā­ni­kaṃ vā jñā­na­m­, saṃ­śa­yā­di­rū­paṃ vā? sa­rva­syā­pi vi­śi­ṣṭā­nu­bha­vo­tpa­ttā­v i­ndri­ya­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ pra­sā­dhi­ta­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­5­,1~yad apy uktam — vi­cā­ra­ka­tve ce­ndri­ya­ma­no­jñā­na­yo­r a­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­d i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­dya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­d a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yathā tvanmate ca­tu­rvi­dhā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­ṇāṃ ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­bhrā­nta­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­vā­nta­ra­dha­rma­bhe­do 'sti vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­daḥ kā­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­ś cāsti, tathā vi­cā­ra­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe '­pī­ndri­ya­ma­no­jñā­na­yo­r nābheda eva. nāpy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­stu­bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇā­di­pra­sa­ṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 18­5­,6~yad apy uktam — jā­tyā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­tī­ta­śa­bda­vya­va­hā­rā­dī­nā­m i­ndri­ya­jñā­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti, tad apy a­sā­ra­m­, jā­tyā­di­sa­mba­ndha­sye­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­sya ca ke­va­la­vi­śe­ṣyā­la­mba­na­tve­na pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­, nā­tī­ta­śa­bdā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. yad api vi­ka­lpo­tthā­pi­tā sā ce­tyā­di­, tad apy a­sa­t­, kā­mā­dyu­pe­ta­sya pu­ro­va­sthi­te kā­mi­nyā­dya­rthe ta­dvi­ka­lpa­sye­cchā­to 'py a­ni­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. atha pra­saṃ­khyā­nā­bhyā­sā­t kā­mi­nyā­di­vi­ka­lpo 'pi ni­va­rtta­te­. evaṃ tarhi ci­tta­vṛ­tti­ni­ro­dhā­bhyā­sā­d i­ndri­ya­bu­ddha­yo 'pi ni­va­rta­nta ity āhuḥ pa­ta­ñja­li­pra­bhṛ­ta­yaḥ­. kiṃ ca su­pta­vyā­sa­kta­ma­na­sāṃ ce­ndri­ya­saṃ­ni­kṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­syā­py a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­n na ma­no­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­sye­ndri­ya­syā­pi vyāpāraḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­5­,15~yac coktam — sā­ma­grī­sā­ka­lye vi­ni­va­rttya go­bu­ddhi­m aśvam api ka­lpa­ya­to go­da­rśa­nā­d iti, tad a­sa­mba­ddha­m eva pra­la­pi­ta­m­. tathā hi — ayaṃ gaur iti jñānaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­tī­ndri­ya­yo­r a­nya­ta­rā­bhā­ve 'pi no­pa­pa­dya­ta ity evaṃ pa­re­ṇo­kte sā­ma­grī­sā­ka­lye vi­ni­va­rtye­tyā­di kvo­pa­yu­jya­te­?

NBhū-YA 18­5­,19~yad apy uktam — nā­rtha­saṃ­ni­dhi­m ī­kṣe­ta­. na hi ga­vā­di­vi­ka­lpo '­rtha­saṃ­ni­dhā­v eva bha­va­tī­ti­, tad apy a­sa­mī­kṣi­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­vi­ka­lpa­syā­rtha­saṃ­ni­dhi­m a­nta­re­ṇo­tpa­tte­r a­da­rśa­nā­t­. śa­bda­sā­myā­d a­bhe­di­na­ś ca bha­va­tai­vā­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­na­tva­sya ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca ke­śā­di­jñā­na­va­d a­kṣa­ja­tva­sā­myā­t sa­rvā­kṣa­ja­jñā­nā­nā­m a­rtha­saṃ­ni­dhi­ni­ra­pe­kṣā­ṇā­m e­vo­da­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ca na ka­sya­ci­d a­rtha­sā­ma­rthye­no­dbha­va ity a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­d bha­va­tva­m asiddhaṃ syāt. yathā vā bhā­va­nā­ja­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi yo­gi­jñā­na­m e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­d abhrāntaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­te­, na tu sva­pnā­dyu­pa­pla­va­jñā­na­m­. tathā sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­tve 'py ayaṃ gaur i­tyā­di­jñā­na­m e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­d a­rtha­sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇa­pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­c ca pra­tya­kṣa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 18­5­,28~yad apy uktam — saṃ­ke­ta­ba­le­nā­rthe­ṣu śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­te­. saṃ­ke­ta­s tu na vyaktau śakyate karttuṃ grahītuṃ ca, nāpi sā­mā­nye­. yasmād —

NBhū-YA 18­6­,3~tad apy a­sa­t­, yasmād vyaktau sāmānye ca saṃ­ke­ta­sya karaṇaṃ grahaṇaṃ yathā sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­tho­pa­ri­ṣṭā­d vi­sta­re­ṇa pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­. tat siddhaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m api pra­tya­kṣa­m­.

NBhū-YA 18­6­,6~saṃ­śa­yā­de­r api vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­ne­nai­va nyā­ye­nā­kṣa­ja­tva­m a­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ca sā­dha­yi­ta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 18­6­,8~ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kā­dhi­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m iti cet, na; anyathā ta­da­dhi­ga­mā­t­. yo­gi­jñā­na­sya ca dṛ­ṣṭa­śru­tā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. saṃ­pla­va­sya ca prāg eva sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t a­dhi­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi na sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m­. na cā­dhi­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na smṛtir eva, sma­ra­ṇvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nā­m apy a­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅga ity alam a­ti­pra­saṃ­ge­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 18­9­,4~a­the­dā­nī­m a­nu­mā­na­sva­rū­paṃ vi­cā­rya­te —

NBhū-YA 18­9­,5~"­ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ tri­vi­dha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pū­rva­va­c che­ṣa­va­t sā­mā­nya­to dṛṣṭaṃ ca" iti sū­tra­m­. atra ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m ity e­tā­va­d eva la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­, pa­ri­śi­ṣṭaṃ tu vi­bhā­gā­rtha­m ity eke, ta­da­pa­vyā­khyā­na­m­; tad ity anena yadi pra­tya­kṣa­m eva pa­rā­mṛ­śya­te­, ta­dā­ti­vyā­ptya­vyā­pti­do­ṣau bhavataḥ — pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ke saṃskāre saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­ne cā­ti­vyā­pti­r a­nu­mā­nā­di­pū­rva­kā­nu­mā­ne cā­vyā­pti­r iti. te­nā­vyā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ vi­bhā­ga­sū­tra­pra­krā­ntā­ni sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­ni pa­rā­mṛ­śya­nte­. vi­gra­ha­vi­śe­ṣā­śra­ya­ṇā­d a­ti­vyā­pti­pa­ri­hā­ro 'pi siddhaḥ. te ca tāni ceti vi­gra­haḥ­. sva­rū­pā­ṇā­m e­ka­śe­ṣā­t tānīti bha­va­ti­. tāni pūrvaṃ yasya tad idaṃ ta­tpū­rva­ka­m­. tatra te ity a­ne­nā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­da­rśa­naṃ li­ṅga­da­rśa­naṃ cā­bhi­sa­mba­dhya­te­. tānīty anena sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­lā­ni­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — pra­tya­kṣā­dya­nya­ta­ma­pra­mā­ṇa­ja­ni­ta­m a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­da­rśa­naṃ li­ṅga­da­rśa­naṃ ca pūrvaṃ yasya tat ta­tho­kta­m­. a­nu­mi­ti­r a­nu­mā­na­m­. pha­la­la­kṣa­ṇe hi siddhe ta­tsā­dha­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ siddhyaty eva.

NBhū-YA 18­9­,17~atha vā ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ yataḥ ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­d bha­va­ti­, ta­da­nu­mā­na­m iti. ta­ccha­bde­nā­pi yadā pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇā­ny eva pa­rā­mṛ­śya­nte­, ta­dai­ka­sya pū­rva­ka­śa­bda­sya lu­pta­ni­rde­śo dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. ta­tpū­rva­ka­pū­rva­kaṃ jā­.­.­.­tyā­di vyā­khye­ya­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­0­,4~tri­vi­dha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ni­ya­mā­rtha­m — de­śa­kā­la­jā­tya­va­sthā­di­bhe­dā­d a­na­nta­m apy a­nu­mā­naṃ tri­vi­dha­m e­ve­ti­. pra­kā­rā­nta­re­ṇa trai­vi­dhyā­śaṃ­kā­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m — pū­rva­va­dā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. pū­rva­va­d iti kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­. kathaṃ? pū­rva­śa­bde­na kā­ra­ṇā­khya­m iha liṅgam u­kta­m­, tad vidyate ya­syā­la­mba­nī­bhū­taṃ li­ṅgi­jñā­na­sā­dha­na­sya jñānasya ta­tpū­rva­va­t­. pha­la­vi­va­kṣa­yā tu pūrvaṃ vidyate janakaṃ yasya li­ṅgi­jñā­na­sya tat pū­rva­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 19­0­,9~śe­ṣa­va­d ity atrāpy eṣaiva vyu­tpa­ttiḥ­. śe­ṣa­va­d iti kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­m­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yoḥ kāraṇaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­. ataḥ kāryaṃ śiṣyata iti śeṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 19­0­,11~sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ nāma ya­da­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tve 'py a­vi­nā­bhū­ta­m a­rthā­nta­ra­sya ga­ma­ka­m­. yathā ga­ndha­vi­śe­ṣo ra­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­sye­ti­. caśabdaḥ sa­mā­na­nyā­ya­tvaṃ sū­ca­ya­ti­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — śākyair a­rthā­nta­ra­sya kāryam eva ga­ma­ka­m i­ṣya­te­, na kā­ra­ṇa­m­, nāpy a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. tatra kāryasya ga­ma­ka­tve yo nyāyas tair a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇo '­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ­, sa i­ta­ra­trā­py astīti ca­śa­bde­na sū­cya­te­. tathā co­tta­ra­tra pra­pa­ñca­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 19­0­,16~atha vā pū­rva­va­d iti ke­va­lā­nva­yy a­nu­mā­na­m­, śe­ṣa­va­d iti ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­, sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­m ity a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī­ti­. kathaṃ? pū­rva­śa­bde­nā­nva­yo vya­pa­di­śya­te­, prāg a­dhya­va­sī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t­. na hi yāvan nā­gni­bhā­ve dhū­ma­bhā­vo '­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, tāvad a­gnya­bhā­ve dhū­mā­bhā­vo dṛṣṭo 'py a­dhya­va­sā­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. vi­dhya­dhya­va­sā­ya­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t ni­ṣe­dhā­vya­va­sā­ya­sya­. pūrvam eva vi­dya­te­, anvaya evāsti ya­syā­nu­mā­na­sya ta­tpū­rva­va­t­. śeṣo vya­ti­re­kaḥ sa evāsti yasya tac che­ṣa­va­t­. bā­dha­ko­pa­la­kṣi­ta­sya ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ka­sya gamakaṃ na vya­ti­re­ka­mā­tra­sye­ti pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ śe­ṣa­va­d ity u­kta­m­, na vya­ti­re­ka­va­d iti. a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­yoḥ sā­dha­nā­ṅga­yoḥ sā­mā­nye­na yad a­nu­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tat sā­mā­nya­to dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — ya­thā­nva­ye­nai­ta­d a­nu­mā­na­m u­pa­kṛ­taṃ tathā vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­pī­ti­. caśabdo '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­va­d i­ta­ra­yo­r api ga­ma­ka­tva­m astīti sū­ca­ya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 19­0­,26~śākyāḥ khalu ke­va­lā­nva­yi­naḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇa­ś ca ga­ma­ka­tvaṃ nāstīty āhuḥ, ta­nni­ṣe­dho 'pi sū­ci­taḥ­, tac co­pa­ri­ṣṭā­d va­rṇa­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,1~atra ta­tpū­rva­ka­m ity e­tā­va­d e­vā­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti na bu­dhyā­ma­he­, saṃ­skā­ra­saṃ­śa­yā­de­r api pra­tya­kṣā­di­pha­la­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. atha ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­vya­bhi­cā­rā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­m ity a­dhyā­hri­ya­te­, tathāpi pra­tya­kṣā­ga­ma­jñā­nā­bhyāṃ vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m apy a­dhyā­hā­rā­nta­raṃ yady ā­śrī­ya­te­, tadā ta­tpū­rva­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vyarthaṃ syāt. a­dhyā­hā­rai­r eva la­kṣa­ṇa­si­ddhe­r iti.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,6~nanu ca te iti vi­gra­hā­śra­ya­ṇā­d eva sa­rva­vya­bhi­cā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ siddhā. na hy a­vi­nā­bhā­va­dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­kā­ri­smṛ­ti­sa­hi­te­na li­ṅga­jñā­ne­na saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣā­ga­ma­jñā­naṃ vā janyata iti, na; a­pra­krā­nta­tvā­t­. na hi prāk kvacid a­vi­nā­bhā­va­da­rśa­na­li­ṅga­da­rśa­ne prakrānte yena tayor eva 'te' ity anena pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ syāt. a­pra­krā­nta­syā­pī­cchā­mā­tre­ṇa pa­rā­ma­rśā­bhyu­pa­ga­me vi­śi­ṣṭa­li­ṅgi­jñā­na­syai­va pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ syāt. tataś ca pū­rva­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ syāt tad ity e­tā­va­tai­vā­dhyā­hā­ra­sa­hi­te­nā­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­si­ddhe­r iti.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,13~anye tu ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ tri­vi­dha­m a­nu­mā­na­m ity e­tā­va­l la­kṣa­ṇa­vā­kyaṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti­.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,14~asyārthaḥ — pra­tya­kṣā­di­pra­mā­ṇa­pū­rva­kaṃ ke­va­lā­nva­yā­di­li­ṅga­tra­yā­la­mba­naṃ jñānam a­nu­mā­na­m iti, naitad api yuktaṃ; jñā­na­syai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. sarvaṃ hy a­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­naṃ jñānam ajñānaṃ cā­nu­mā­na­m i­ṣya­te­. kiṃ ca saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­naṃ ja­na­ya­d api ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ trividhaṃ li­ṅgā­la­mba­naṃ jñānam a­nu­mā­naṃ syāt. a­dhyā­hā­rai­r a­vyā­ptya­ti­vyā­pti­ni­vṛ­ttau tata eva la­kṣa­ṇa­si­ddhe­r a­na­rtha­kaṃ sūtraṃ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,20~apare tu pū­rva­va­dā­di­pa­dā­ni la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tve­na va­rṇa­ya­nti kila — pūrvam u­pā­dā­nā­t pakṣaḥ pū­rva­śa­bde­no­cya­te­, so 'sty eva yasya ta­tpū­rva­va­t pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaṃ liṅgam u­cya­te­. śeṣa iti sa­pa­kṣaḥ­, uktāt pakṣāc chi­ṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­d ataḥ śe­ṣa­va­d iti sa­pa­kṣa­va­d ity uktaṃ bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 19­1­,24~sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vipakṣe ity a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­. vipakṣe sa­mā­nye­nā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vi­pa­kṣa­śa­bdā­bhi­dhe­ye sa­rva­trā­dṛ­ṣṭa­m ity arthaḥ. caśabdo '­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve sa­mu­cci­no­ti­. evaṃ ca pa­ñca­rū­pa­li­ṅga­m uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ke­va­lā­nva­yi­no­r lakṣaṇaṃ śe­ṣa­va­tsā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­pa­da­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­lo­pe­na vyā­khye­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 19­2­,2~bhavatv evaṃ ka­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­na­yā trividhaṃ li­ṅga­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. tathāpy a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­stu­ta­m a­na­bhi­dhā­yā­pra­stu­taṃ li­ṅga­la­kṣa­ṇa­m e­vā­bhi­da­dha­to '­pra­stu­tā­bhi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ syāt. na hi liṅgam e­vā­nu­mā­na­m­, sa­rva­ka­ra­ṇa­grā­ma­syā­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­ka­syā­nu­mā­na­tvā­t­, saṃ­śa­yā­di­ja­na­ka­sya ca li­ṅga­syā­na­nu­mā­na­tvā­t­. a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­li­ṅga­jñā­nā­d apy a­nu­mi­ti­sa­mbha­vā­d a­kā­ra­ṇa­m api liṅgam a­nu­mi­te­s tat kathaṃ li­ṅga­la­kṣa­ṇā­d e­vā­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ si­ddhya­tī­ti­? tasmāt tri­vi­dha­m ity asya pū­rva­va­dā­di­pa­dā­nāṃ ca prāg uktam eva vyākhyānaṃ jyāyaḥ. ta­tpū­rva­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca sva­kī­yā­nu­mā­na­bhū­ṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ pa­ra­kī­yā­nu­mā­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ co­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­2­,11~katham iti? yat tāvat sāṃkhyaiḥ gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­na­m u­kta­m­, tan na yu­kta­m­; pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­kaṃ hy a­nu­mā­naṃ tair apy a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­, na ca tanmate pratyakṣaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­. ke­śo­ṇḍu­kā­di­jñā­na­va­da­lī­kā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na bhrā­nta­tvā­t­. tathā ca tair uktaṃ —

NBhū-YA 19­2­,16~evaṃ ca mā­yā­dhū­mā­di­da­rśa­na­pū­rva­kā­nu­mā­na­va­da­lī­ka­vi­kā­ra­da­rśa­na­pū­rva­kaṃ pra­dhā­nā­dya­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva.

NBhū-YA 19­2­,19~a­dvai­ta­vā­di­nā­m apy a­dvai­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­v a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­v a­nva­yā­di­grā­ha­ka­sya pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tve­nā­yu­ktau pra­mā­ṇa­tve 'pi tenaiva bā­dhi­tā­v iti. na ca tābhyāṃ pratyakṣaṃ bādhyate yatas ta­tpū­rva­kaṃ tayoḥ sattvam ity evaṃ yo­jya­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­3­,2~ye 'pi pra­tya­kṣa­m evaikaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity āhus tair api svārthaṃ parārthaṃ ca hi­tā­hi­ta­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­dbhi­s ta­ddhe­tu­sā­dha­na­sā­ma­rthya­ni­śca­yo na pra­tya­kṣā­t sa­mbha­va­ti­, ity atas ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m ato '­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­sya gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d i­tyā­dya­nu­pa­pa­nna­m iti.

NBhū-YA 19­3­,7~śā­kyā­nā­m api ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­naṃ na prā­pno­tī­ti yo­jya­m­. sā­dṛ­śya­jñā­na­sya pra­tya­kṣa­to '­sa­mbha­vā­t­, ta­da­sa­mbha­ve trai­rū­pyā­sa­mbha­vā­t katham a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te­? trai­rū­pyā­l liṅgato '­rtha­dṛ­ga­nu­mā­na­m ity eva hi ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m āhuḥ. trai­rū­pya­sya cā­tya­nta­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­va­stu­mā­tra­grā­hi­ṇaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­n niścayo na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti katham a­ni­ści­tā­t tato '­sa­tka­lpā­d a­rtha­dṛ­ga­nu­mā­na­m­? bhrā­nti­ta­s trai­rū­pya­gra­ha­ṇa­m ity etad apy a­ndha­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m­, mi­thyā­nu­mā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi loke bhrā­nti­ta­s tri­rū­pa­dhū­mā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d a­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtha­da­ha­nā­nu­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­3­,14~a­thā­nu­mā­ne­nai­va trairūpyaṃ gṛ­hya­te­, naitad asti; trai­rū­pya­grā­ha­kā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi trai­rū­pya­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣi­ta­tvā­t­. tatrāpy a­nu­mā­nā­nta­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­me trai­rū­pya­grā­ha­kā­nu­mā­nā­na­va­sthā­nā­d a­bhi­ma­tā­nu­me­yā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r eva syāt. ayam eva hi sū­tra­kā­rā­bhi­prā­yo 'nyair api pra­ka­ṭi­taḥ­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 19­3­,20~etac ca dū­ṣa­ṇa­m asmākaṃ saṃplavaṃ sa­mba­ndha­sā­dṛ­śyā­deḥ pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ cā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā bhū­ṣa­ṇa­m evety āha — ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 19­4­,2~nanu bhavato 'py a­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­pū­rva­kā­nu­mā­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t kathaṃ na tad dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­? na; tasyāpi pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. vya­va­hi­ta­kā­ra­ṇe 'pi ta­tpū­rva­ka­tva­vya­va­hā­ro dṛ­śya­te­, yathā vṛ­ṣṭi­pū­rvi­kā sa­sya­sa­mpa­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 19­4­,6~anye tu pra­tya­kṣa­syā­py a­nu­mā­ne '­nta­rbhā­va­m i­ccha­nti­. ta­nni­ṣe­dha­ka­he­tu­sū­ca­nā­rthaṃ coktam — ta­tpū­rva­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­m iti. tathā ca pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ "­pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­m e­ka­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇā­d u­pa­la­bdhe­r­" iti pū­rva­pa­kṣaṃ kṛtvā "na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa yāvat tāvad apy u­pa­la­mbhā­n­" nā­nu­mā­na­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­d iti pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­na­m uktam iti. tasmād anyārthaṃ ta­tpū­rva­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­ptī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 19­4­,12~yadi ta­tpū­rva­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m api na la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ kim idānīṃ tarhy a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ sū­tra­m­? a­nu­mā­na­pa­da­m eva sa­vyu­tpa­tti­kaṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­, yathā — "­pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­na­śa­bdāḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni­" ity atra pra­mā­ṇa­pa­da­m eva vyu­tpa­tti­sa­vya­pe­kṣaṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tve­na sa­rva­vyā­khyā­tṛ­bhi­r iṣṭam — pra­mī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti pra­mā­sā­dha­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. ta­tha­nu­mī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti a­nu­mi­tiḥ kriyate yena ta­da­nu­mā­na­m iti la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 19­4­,19~kā punar iyam a­nu­mi­tiḥ­? "­sa­mya­ga­vi­nā­bhā­ve­na pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vaḥ­"­. a­vi­nā­bhā­ve­ne­ti vyā­pti­sma­ra­ṇe­ne­ty uktaṃ bha­va­ti­, vi­ṣa­ya­śa­bde­na vi­ṣa­yi­ṇo '­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. yathā sau­rā­ṣṭra­de­śo bhagna iti. a­vi­nā­bhā­ve­ne­ti sā­dha­ka­ta­mā­rthe tṛ­tī­yā­. yady apy a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r apy a­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­na­tva­m asti, tathāpi ya­vā­ṅku­ra­va­d a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ni­rde­śo '­ya­m­. ata e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­va­syai­va sma­ra­ṇa­syai­va vā­nu­mā­na­tvaṃ no­kta­m­, kin tu te­nā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­bhū­te­na yaḥ pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vo janyate tasya sādhanaṃ karaṇaṃ sarvam e­vā­nu­mā­na­m iṣyata ity etad arthaṃ sa­mya­ga­vi­nā­bhā­va­ja­nya­m ity evaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ kṛ­ta­m­. a­vi­nā­bhā­va­smṛ­ti­ma­to 'pi ka­sya­ci­t ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­d vi­pa­rya­yaḥ saṃśayo vā bha­va­ti­, yathā lau­kā­yi­ta­ka­sya­, ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ samyag ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­5­,6~atha vā­nu­me­ya­jñā­naṃ bhrāntam evety āhuḥ śākyāḥ. tad uktam — "­bhrā­nti­r apy a­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­d­" iti tasya ni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇa­m­. na khalu bhrānteḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, bhrā­nti­tvā­t­, ke­śā­di­bhrā­nti­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 19­5­,9~nanv evaṃ sati jñā­na­tvā­d dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­na­va­t sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa tv a­ni­ṣṭaḥ­, tasmād yathā jñā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi na sarvaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­. kin tv a­vi­saṃ­vā­dy eva jñā­na­m­. tathā bhrāntir apy ā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī pra­mā­ṇa­m iti, na; vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t­. yadi bhrāntiḥ, katham a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī­? vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vo hy a­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­rthaḥ­. saṃ­vā­da­ś ced asti li­ṅgi­jñā­na­sya­. tato '­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­d a­bhrā­nta­tva­m eva, kathaṃ bhrā­nta­tva­m­? nanu cā­ta­smiṃ­s tadgraho bhrāntir ity u­cya­te­. tadrūpaṃ ca li­ṅgi­jñā­na­syā­py asti, sva­pra­ti­bhā­se 'narthe '­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­nā­t bhrā­nta­syā­py a­vya­va­si­tā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m asti tenāsya pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa va­stu­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­d asyaiva ya­thā­dhya­va­si­tā­rthā­va­ñca­ka­tva­m­, na li­ṅgā­bhā­sa­ja­bhrā­nte­r a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 19­5­,18~tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 19­6­,5~yat tāvad a­ta­smiṃ­s tadgraho bhrāntir iti, sa­tya­m­; bhavaty evaṃ bhrāntir na tv a­nu­me­yā­gni­jñā­na­syai­va ta­drū­pa­m asti. yat tv atra bhrāntitve sā­dha­na­m uktam — "­sva­pra­ti­bhā­se 'narthe '­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­nā­d­" iti, tan na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. agnāv e­vā­gnya­dhya­va­sā­yo na tu sva­pra­ti­bhā­se 'nartha iti.

NBhū-YA 19­6­,9~nanv a­nu­me­yā­gni­jñā­ne sā­mā­nyā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­te­. na ca sa e­vā­gniḥ­, tasya pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nya­thā gra­ha­ṇā­t­. vi­śi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­syai­va cā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­t pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­ttvaṃ ta­da­rtha­m e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­rthi­naḥ pra­va­rta­nte­. te­nā­na­rthā­va­bhā­sa­ne 'py a­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­vṛ­tti­r iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; na khalu sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­mā­traṃ pra­ti­bhā­ty a­nu­me­ya­jñā­ne­, kiṃ tarhi? sā­mā­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭo '­gnyā­di­r artha eva. tathā ca — 'ayaṃ ma­yā­nu­mā­ne­nā­va­ga­ta­' ity u­tta­ra­trā­py a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇī pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d e­kā­kā­ra­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ka­ra­ṇa­bhe­dā­d eva pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 19­6­,16~niruddhe 'py a­nu­me­ye '­nu­me­ya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­syā­ni­ro­dhā­n na va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m iti cet, na; yo­gi­jñā­na­sya va­stu­ni­ro­dhe 'py u­tpa­dya­mā­na­sya ta­dgrā­hi­tvā­bhrā­nta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na bhrāntam a­nu­me­ya­jñā­na­m­, a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvā­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­va­d iti. sva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­d anyat pra­tya­kṣa­m api bhrāntam eveti cet, na; lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­t­, sva­śā­stra­vi­ro­dhā­c ca. kiṃ ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­va­t sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­nā­nā­m a­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ na vā sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­syā­py a­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti. tad apy uktam — "­li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­dhi­yo­r­" i­tyā­di­.

NBhū-YA 19­6­,24~tatredaṃ va­kta­vya­m — kiṃ li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­no­r eva pra­ti­ba­ndha­s ta­da­rthā­va­ñca­ka­tve hetuḥ, āho svit tābhyāṃ saha ta­ddhi­yo­r iti? prācye vikalpe vivādo nāsti, a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndhā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. sa kiṃ tā­dā­tmya­ta­du­tpa­tti­bhyāṃ niyato '­thā­nya­thā­pī­ty etad u­tta­ra­tra vi­cā­ra­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 19­7­,3~pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi na va­kta­vya­m­, sākṣād eva li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­no­r a­nvi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndhā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha tābhyāṃ taddhiyoḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa pra­ti­ba­ndhā­t ta­da­rhā­ba­ndha­ka­tva­m­. mṛ­tyu­nā­śā­dya­nā­ga­tā­rthe­na saha taddhiyaḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­ve 'pi ta­da­rthā­va­ñca­ka­tvā­d iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 19­7­,7~yad apy uktam — tayos ta­drū­pa­śū­nya­yo­r i­tyā­di­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­nā­nā­m api nī­lā­dya­rthā­kā­ra­śū­nyā­nāṃ ta­da­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­kā­nāṃ bhrā­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi ka­sya­ci­d api jñā­na­syā­rtha­rū­pa­tā­stī­ti prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­. tan nā­dhya­va­si­tā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo vi­jñā­na­syā­rthā­kā­ra­śū­nya­tve 'pi bhrā­nta­tva­m iti. bhrāntatve hi ka­dā­ci­t ka­sya­ci­d avaśyaṃ vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 19­7­,12~yac cā­tro­kta­m — ma­ṇi­pra­dī­pa­pra­bha­yo­r i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­sā­dhī­yaḥ­; tathā hi — pra­vṛ­ttyu­tta­ra­kā­laṃ ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­yāṃ ma­ṇi­jñā­na­m utpannaṃ na maṇāv ity eva ta­syā­nya­sya vā vi­cā­ra­ka­sya bādhā bhavati vā, na vā? yadi na bha­va­ti­, kathaṃ pra­bhā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ tasya vya­va­sthā­pya­te­? ma­ṇi­vi­ṣa­ya­m eva ta­tta­da­vya­bhi­cā­ri­, ma­ṇi­jñā­na­tvā­t­, ka­ra­stha­ma­ṇi­jñā­na­va­d iti. atha bādhā bha­va­ti­, tathā sati ta­nma­ṇi­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m eva na bha­va­ti­, bā­dhi­tā­rtha­tvā­t­, ke­śā­di­bhrā­nti­va­t­. pra­va­rta­ka­tvaṃ ca smṛ­ti­saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­ṇā­m apy asti na ca pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 19­7­,19~yac coktam — a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ro­dhe­na vya­va­sthi­ta­m iti, tad apy a­sā­ra­m­; yataḥ smṛ­ti­saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­yā­ṇāṃ pravṛttiṃ ja­na­ya­tāṃ kvacid a­bhi­ma­tā­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tva­m asti, na ca pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m ity a­nai­kā­ntaḥ­. atha teṣāṃ ta­dde­śā­kā­rā­di­vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tvaṃ nāsti, te­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m iti; na tarhi ma­ṇi­jñā­na­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇī­ya­m­. na hi ku­ñci­kā­vi­va­ra­niḥ­sṛ­tā­yāṃ pra­bhā­yā­m utpannaṃ ma­ṇi­jñā­naṃ ta­dde­śa­sthaṃ maṇiṃ prā­pa­ya­ti­. na cā­pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­ne­no­dā­hṛ­te­nā­pi vi­vā­da­vi­ṣa­ya­sya jñānasya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­rtha­mi­thyā­jñā­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi vi­śe­ṣa­s tāvad astīty e­tā­va­d artham u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 19­7­,27~tataḥ kiṃ vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­sya si­ddha­tvā­t­. atha yathā mi­thyā­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py ayaṃ viśeṣaḥ siddhas tadvad a­ya­thā­rtha­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi syād iti, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­mā­trā­d a­rtha­si­ddhya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. athāpi syāt, tad etad api syāt. ya­thā­sa­mya­ktvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi mu­mū­rṣā­rthā­mu­mū­rṣā­rtha­sa­ntā­no­tpa­nna­jñā­na­yo­r e­ka­syā­bhi­ma­ta­dā­hā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­kṣa­mā­rtha­prā­pa­ka­tvaṃ nāsty a­pa­ra­syā­stī­ty ayaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tadvad ya­thā­rtha­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi kiṃcit pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid a­pra­mā­ṇa­m ity eṣo 'pi vi­śe­ṣa­s tva­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya iti.

NBhū-YA 19­8­,5~ya­thā­rtha­jñā­na­sya ka­sya­ci­d api vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na yukta iti cet, nanv evam a­ya­thā­rtha­jñā­na­sya ka­sya­ci­d api saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. saṃ­vā­di­jñā­na­syā­py a­ya­thā­rtha­tva­vi­ro­dhā­d a­ya­thā­rtha­tvā­va­ga­ma­syai­va vi­saṃ­vā­da­rū­pa­tvā­t­. a­pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­nā­d a­rtha­prā­ptiḥ katham iti cet, nanv a­pra­mā­ṇā­d apy a­rthi­tve­na pra­va­rta­mā­no yady asti ta­trā­rtha­s tadā tam avaśyaṃ prā­pno­tī­ty u­kta­m­. tan na; a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ro­dhe­nai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. tadā mu­mū­rṣā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­śa­kya­prā­ptya­rtha­jñā­na­sya cā­na­rthi­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­naṃ syāt. api ca sā­rtha­kri­yā­pra­mā­ṇe­nā­na­va­ga­tā satī svayam a­sa­tka­lpā na pū­rva­jñā­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­pi­kā­. pra­mā­ṇe­na ced a­va­ga­tā na tv evaṃ sati tasyāpy a­rtha­kri­yā­jñā­na­syā­nye­nā­rtha­kri­yā­jñā­ne­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­ta­vyaṃ tasyāpy a­ne­ne­ty a­na­va­sthe­ti­. atrāha —

NBhū-YA 19­8­,17~ya­syā­rtha­kri­yo­pa­ro­dhe­na pū­rva­syā­pi mānatā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te tasya ta­dai­vā­rtha­kri­yā bhavantī sutarāṃ mānatāṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­ti­, "­a­rtha­kri­yā­sthi­ti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m iti sā­mā­nye­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­d­" iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­, yasmān nā­rtha­kri­yā­mā­traṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­sā­dha­ka­m­, sva­pne­ndra­jā­lā­di­jñā­ne­ṣv api sa­mbha­vā­t­. kin tv a­rtha­kri­yā­sthi­ti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­da­na­m iti tva­yo­kta­m­. "­a­rtha­kri­yā­yā­ś ca sthitir a­vi­ca­la­naṃ vyavasthā vā" iti tvayaiva vyākhyānaṃ kṛ­ta­m­. tataś cā­vi­ca­li­ta­tva­m a­rtha­kri­yā­yā nā­rtha­kri­yo­pa­la­mbha­mā­trā­d eva si­ddhya­ti­, sva­pnā­di­ṣv apy a­rtha­kri­yo­pa­la­mbha­mā­tra­sya bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 19­9­,5~a­rtha­kri­yā­sva­rū­pa­m e­vā­vi­ca­li­ta­tvaṃ tatas ta­dve­da­ne ta­tsva­rū­paṃ kathaṃ na vi­di­ta­m iti cet, evaṃ tarhi pū­rvā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­pi sva­rū­pa­m e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­m­. tac ca ta­dve­da­nā­d eva vi­di­ta­m ity a­na­rtha­kaṃ ta­tpa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m­. vidite 'pi ta­tsva­rū­pe khalu vi­saṃ­vā­di­jñā­na­sā­dṛ­śyā­d bhramaḥ sandeho vā jāyate ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­m iti cet, a­vi­ca­li­ta­sva­rū­pa­ve­da­ne 'pi tarhi vi­ca­li­ta­sva­rū­pa­ve­da­ne 'pi tarhi vi­ca­li­tā­rtha­kri­yā­jñā­na­sā­dṛ­śyā­d bhramaḥ sandeho vā bhavaty eva ity atas ta­nni­vṛ­tta­ye 'pi pa­rī­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 19­9­,13~na ka­rta­vya­m­, ka­smā­t­? yasmād āha — "­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa śāstraṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m­" iti. na khalu su­śi­kṣi­to 'pi kaścit prā­mā­ṇe­na prāmāṇyaṃ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ śaktaḥ, tathā hi — pratyakṣaṃ tāvat sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­ve­da­nā­n nātmanaḥ prāmāṇyaṃ vetti. na hi jñā­na­sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­ve­da­ne pra­mā­ṇa­m idam iti. bhavati "svato hi sva­rū­pa­syai­va gatir na pa­ra­rū­pa­sya­, sā­kṣā­dga­ti­r hi pratyakṣaṃ sā­kṣā­tka­ra­ṇaṃ ca sva­rū­pa­sya na pa­ra­rū­pa­sya prā­pti­kā­la­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tā ca prā­pya­pa­dā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā­. na ca prā­pya­pa­dā­rthā­gra­ha­ṇe ta­tsa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. na ca ta­thā­na­va­sī­ya­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity a­va­si­taṃ bha­va­ti­. pu­ro­va­rti­rū­pā­sa­ṅgi­tā ca sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­. na tayā bhā­vi­rū­pa­sa­mba­ndha­pa­ri­gra­haḥ­. nāpi bhā­vi­nā­rtha­kri­yā­jñā­ne­na pū­rva­rū­pa­sa­mba­ndha­pa­ri­gra­ha­s tataḥ sva­rū­pa­saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­tvā­n na pratyekaṃ sa­mba­ndha­pa­ri­gra­ho­, nāpi sa­mu­dā­ya­sa­mbha­vaḥ­, krameṇa sā­dha­nā­rtha­kri­yā­jñā­na­yo­r bhā­vā­t­. ta­du­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi tu smaraṇaṃ ya­thā­nu­bha­vaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­na­m a­sa­mba­ddha­m eva dvayaṃ vi­ka­lpa­ya­ti­. ya­thā­nu­bha­va­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t tu ta­du­pa­plu­ta­m eveti na tataḥ sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, tatas ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­t paścād api dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­dha­rmyā­t kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­nā­d iti na prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya iti. sva­rū­pa­syai­va svato gatir na prā­mā­ṇya­sya­. atha prāmāṇyaṃ sva­rū­pa­m eva, bhā­va­pra­tya­ya­vā­cya­sya tato '­vya­ti­re­kā­t­. tad a­yu­kta­m­;

NBhū-YA 20­0­,8~na hi jñā­na­sva­rū­pa­m eva prā­mā­ṇya­m­, prā­pya­sva­rū­pa­sa­mba­ndhe­na ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t­. tasya cā­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m eva. tato '­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­kaṃ sva­sva­rū­pa­saṃ­ve­da­na­mā­tra­m eva, na bhe­da­vā­dā­va­tā­raḥ­. tasmān na pre­kṣā­va­dbhiḥ kvacit pa­ri­va­rti­ta­vyaṃ ni­va­rti­ta­vyaṃ vā ku­ta­ści­t­.

NBhū-YA 20­0­,12~kathaṃ tarhi prā­mā­ṇya­m a­prā­ma­ṇa­to nivṛttaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­? prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­ka­m etad iti pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­. saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇo vi­śī­rya­ta eva. tatra yady e­tā­va­tā pa­ri­to­ṣa­s tadā na kiṃcit ka­rta­vya­m iti. muktir eva saṃ­sā­rā­t­, tasya cā­tya­nta­m a­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. atha vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddhaḥ saṃ­sā­ra­s tathā sati pra­mā­ṇe­ta­ra­vi­bhā­go 'py asty eveti na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­ya yatna ā­sthe­yaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 20­0­,17~kiṃ ca sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­kaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tā pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta ekam eva sva­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m ity uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. . . . tasmād vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tra­pra­si­ddhā­nu­mā­nā­śra­ye­ṇa prasiddhaṃ sa­mba­ndha­m āśritya tad etad a­rtha­kri­yā­sā­dha­na­m iti da­rśa­ne­na spa­rśā­di­sā­dha­na­sya pra­ti­pa­ttau pra­va­rta­te­. paścād a­bhyā­sā­nu­mā­na­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­trā­d eva pra­vṛ­tti­r iti pra­tya­kṣa­m api pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­. ta­tro­cya­te — prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇe­ti­. nanu da­rśa­ne­na rūpam e­vo­pa­la­bhya­te na spṛśyaṃ tathā va­rta­mā­na­m eva na bhāvi prā­pya­m­. tathā sva­dṛ­śya­m eva na pa­ra­dṛ­śya­m api. tat katham a­nya­da­rśa­ne '­nya­prā­ptyā pra­mā­ṇa­m­? uktam atra sva­rū­pa­sya svato gatir iti.

NBhū-YA 20­0­,25~kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 20­1­,1~uktam etat — prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇe­ti­. tato vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddha­m a­va­ya­vi­na ekatvaṃ sa­mā­śri­tya yad eva dṛṣṭaṃ tad eva prāptam iti vya­va­sā­yā­t pra­mā­ṇa­tā­vya­va­hā­raḥ­. sa cai­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­yo de­śa­kā­lā­dya­bhe­dā­t­, ta­da­bhe­do 'pi ta­tsa­ma­rtha­sā­ma­grī­ja­na­nā­t­. evaṃ bhā­vi­bhū­ta­yo­r api tad e­ka­sa­ntā­na­pa­ti­ta­tve­na sa­mā­nā­rtha­kri­yā­ta­ś cai­ka­tvā­bhi­mā­naḥ­. tataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­s tato '­rtha­kri­yā­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­. tasmād vya­va­hā­re­ṇai­va pra­mā­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthi­ti­r " iti.

NBhū-YA 20­1­,7~"yadi tarhi vya­va­hā­re­ṇa prā­mā­ṇya­m­, pra­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­śā­straṃ kim a­rtha­m­? śā­stra­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­m api na va­ca­na­mā­trā­t tathā bha­va­ti­, api tu vya­va­hā­rā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­d eva, sa ced asti vyarthaṃ śāstram ity āha śāstraṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m­. yadi vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sva­rū­pa­m a­va­ga­mya­te­; kasmāt pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dhī­ni la­kṣa­ṇa­śā­strā­ṇi­? tato vya­va­hā­re 'pi vi­ma­ti­r eva vya­va­hā­ri­ṇā­m­. tathā hi —

tasmāt —

NBhū-YA 20­1­,18~ata eva śā­stre­ṇai­va sa­rva­jño­kte­na moho ni­va­rttya­te­, nānyena — ity anena pra­kā­re­ṇa sa­rva­jña­va­ca­na­m eva pra­mā­ṇa­m iti pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ­, sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­m eva pramāṇaṃ nā­pa­ra­m iti pa­ra­mā­rthaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 20­1­,23~kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo hy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­na­kā­la­de­śa­vyā­pi­sā­ha­ca­rya­rū­po na khalv a­sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. va­rta­mā­na­sa­nni­hi­ta­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇā­t pra­tya­kṣa­syā­nu­mā­na­sya cā­na­va­tā­rā­d­" iti.

NBhū-YA 20­2­,2~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvat prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇe­ti­. sa khalu vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ vā? yadi na pra­mā­ṇa­m­, kathaṃ tena prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­? na hy a­pra­mā­ṇā­t ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­; a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā ca sa­rva­śā­strā­ṇāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­, sthi­rā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ vya­va­sthi­ti­ś ca pra­sa­jya­te­, vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tra­sya sarvatra sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 20­2­,7~atha pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­te­na vya­va­hā­re­ṇa prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­mā­ṇa­dva­ya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­sya tva­yā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ta­da­nta­rbhā­ve 'pi vya­va­hā­ra­sya ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇe­nai­va dū­ṣi­ta­tvā­n na tataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 20­2­,10~a­thā­vi­cā­ri­tā­d eva vya­va­hā­rā­t prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­, tathāpy a­vi­cā­ri­ta­vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tra­sya sa­rva­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­ti­pra­sa­ṅga ity u­kta­m­. atha sa­rvā­vi­saṃ­vā­dī yo vya­va­hā­ra­s tataḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhi­r iti, na; sa­rvā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, vi­pra­ti­pa­tte­ś ca sarvatra sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 20­2­,14~a­thā­śru­ta­śā­strā­ṇā­m api yatra prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra­s tat pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ve­ti­. ve­dā­da­ya­s tarhi pra­mā­ṇa­m eva, teṣu prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra­sya sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. atha dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­jñā­nā­nā­m eva vya­va­hā­re­ṇa prā­mā­ṇya­m­, na ve­dā­dya­rtha­jñā­nā­nā­m iti, tat kim idānīṃ yūyaṃ lo­kā­ya­ta­śa­ra­ṇaṃ gatāḥ? tathā ca ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­m apy a­bhi­dhā­syā­maḥ­. bu­ddhā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ ca na syāt. atheha lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­su­kha­duḥ­kha­sā­dha­nā­pti­pa­ri­va­rja­na­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ jñānānāṃ yena ni­mi­tte­na prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­ha­rtṛ­bhi­r vya­va­hri­ya­te­, ta­nni­mi­tta­m a­nya­trā­pi ya­tro­pa­la­bhya­te­; tad api pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ve­ti­, evaṃ tarhi ya­trai­vā­sa­ndi­gdha­tvā­bhrā­nta­tva­m u­pa­la­bhya­te tatraiva vya­va­ha­rtṛ­bhiḥ prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­hri­ya­te­, ta­dvi­pa­rya­yo­pa­la­mbhe tv a­prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­. tasmād a­nya­trā­py a­sa­ndi­gdhā­bhrā­nta­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­d eva prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­si­ta­vya­m­, na tv a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ro­dhā­n nāpi prā­pyā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­t pra­va­rta­kā­d vā; mu­mū­rṣā­rtho­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­rtha­jñā­ne­ṣu pra­mā­ṇe­ṣv apy a­rtha­kri­yā­dī­nā­m a­sa­mbha­vā­t­, smṛ­ti­sa­nde­ha­vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­ne­ṣv api bhāvād ity u­kta­m­. a­sa­ndi­gdhā­bhrā­nta­tvaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇe­na ya­thā­va­ga­mya­te­, tathā prāg e­vo­kta­m — pra­mā­ṇa­sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­cā­re­.

NBhū-YA 20­3­,1~yad uktam — da­rśa­ne­na spa­rśā­di­sā­dha­na­sya pra­ti­pa­ttau pra­va­rta­nte paścād a­bhyā­sā­d a­nu­mā­na­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­trā­d eva pra­vṛ­tti­r iti pra­tya­kṣa­m api pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tatra ucyate — '­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vya­va­hā­re­ṇa­' iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­; a­tya­ntā­bhyā­sā­d api nā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭā vānyatra pravṛttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hy a­gni­da­rśa­ne toyārthī to­yā­bhi­mu­khaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tasmād a­tya­ntā­bhyā­sā­d ā­śu­bhā­vi­tve­no­tpa­nna­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­smṛ­tya­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­yoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­yo­s ta­dvi­ve­ka­tā­vya­va­hā­ra iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; a­va­ya­vye­ka­tvā­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v ayaṃ mi­thyā­bhi­mā­naḥ śākyasya — pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­nā­d eva pravṛtta iti. yadi ca rū­pa­da­rśa­nā­d e­vā­dṛ­ṣṭe 'pi spa­rśā­di­sā­dha­ne pravṛttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tato dhū­mā­di­da­rśa­nā­d e­vā­gnyā­di­ṣv api pra­vṛ­tti­r iti bru­vā­ṇa­ś cārvākaḥ kena vā­rya­te­?

NBhū-YA 20­3­,12~yad apy uktam — vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddha­m a­va­ya­vi­na ekatvaṃ sa­mā­śri­tya tad eva dṛṣṭaṃ tad eva prāptam iti vya­va­sā­yā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­vya­va­hā­ra iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; a­va­ya­vye­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­da­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca ta­dā­śra­ye­ṇa pra­si­ddha­sya prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra­syā­py a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ prāptaḥ, na hi svasthātmā kaścit sva­pne­ndra­jā­lā­dya­rthaṃ mi­thyā­tve­na pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­na­s ta­jjñā­nā­nāṃ ta­dā­śra­ye­ṇa prāmāṇyaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa prā­mā­ṇyā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo na pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m eva nāsti. tathā cā­pā­ra­mā­rthi­ke­na pra­mā­ṇe­na si­ddha­syā­va­ya­vyā­de­r iva kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­de­r api pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tvaṃ na syāt, tataś ca tadgraho '­na­rtha­ka eva.

NBhū-YA 20­3­,20~athāsti kiṃcit pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tasya kutaḥ siddhiḥ? na tāvat saṃ­vya­va­hā­re­ṇai­va­, tataḥ siddhasya pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­. sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ pā­ra­mā­rthi­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo vā. na hi saṃ­vya­va­hā­rā­d evāsya pā­ra­mā­rthi­kaṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m­, asya sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­ka­m ity ayaṃ viśeṣaḥ si­ddhya­ti­. nāpi anya upāyaḥ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v asti, prāk tvayaiva ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. yadi ca saṃ­vya­va­hā­raḥ sarva eva vāstavaḥ tatas ta­tsi­ddha­sya sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­syā­py a­vā­sta­va­tva­m­, ta­da­vā­sta­va­tve ca ta­tsā­dhi­ta­sya pa­ra­lo­kā­de­r apy a­vā­sta­ta­va­tvaṃ syāt. sva­pna­vya­va­hā­ra­si­ddha­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­sā­dhi­tā­rtha­va­t­. pa­ra­lo­kā­dya­vā­sta­va­tve tv a­na­rtha­ka­m eva śāstram iti.

NBhū-YA 20­3­,28~tasmāt saṃ­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇo vi­śī­rya­te — ity etad api mi­thyā­vi­cā­rā­bhā­sa­syai­va vi­cā­ra­tvā­ro­pa­ṇā­t­. vicāro hi pra­mā­ṇa­m ucyate na ca mū­la­ghā­ti­naḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ yuktam iti.

NBhū-YA 20­4­,4~yad apy u­dī­ri­ta­m — pra­mā­ṇa­tā ca prā­pyā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā i­tyā­di­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yasmād a­sthā­yi­pra­dī­pā­dya­rtha­jñā­ne pravṛttaḥ ta­da­rthā­prā­ptā­v api ta­cci­hna­da­rśa­ne­na ta­jjñā­na­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m eva vya­va­ha­ra­ti sarvo 'pi bu­ddhi­mā­n iti.

NBhū-YA 20­4­,7~nanu ca yady asāv artho na prā­pya­te­, a­rtha­kri­yāṃ ca na ka­ro­ti­, tadā pre­kṣā­va­to '­rtha­kri­yā­rthi­naḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r eva na syād a­bhi­ma­tā­rtha­syā­ni­ści­ta­tvā­t­. sa­nde­he­na pravṛttau tu na tasya prā­mā­ṇya­m­, sa­nde­ha­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. "­a­thai­va­m ucyate —

NBhū-YA 20­4­,12~na kha­lū­pe­ya­sa­nde­ha­pa­ri­ji­hī­rṣā­, sa­rva­tro­pā­ya­ni­śca­ya­mā­tre­ṇa pra­vṛ­tteḥ­. tata u­pā­ya­ni­śca­ye sati kṛ­ṣī­va­lā­di­va­t prā­mā­ṇi­kāḥ pra­va­rta­ntā­m­, tad a­sa­t­; yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 20­4­,16~ya­da­rtha­m iṣyate pra­mā­ṇa­m­, ta­tro­pe­ye sa­nde­hā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m iti kaiṣā vā­co­yu­ktiḥ­? nanu pra­mā­ṇe­nā­rtho jñā­pa­yi­ta­vyo na tv a­rtha­kri­yā ka­rta­vyā­. a­rtha­kri­yā hi ku­ta­ści­t sā­ma­grī­vi­śe­ṣā­t paścād bhavantī kathaṃ jñā­pa­yi­tuṃ śakyā, tad apy a­sa­t­;

NBhū-YA 20­4­,21~amutaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d a­bhi­ma­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­m ā­sā­da­ye­ya­m iti pra­mā­ṇa­tā­nve­ṣa­ṇa­pa­raḥ pre­kṣā­vā­n nā­nya­thā­, vya­sa­na­m eva tv anyathā bha­ve­t­. arthaś ca pra­kā­śi­to yadi nā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī­, kutas ta­syā­na­rthā­t tai­mi­ri­ko­pa­la­bdha­ke­śā­de­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? atha ka­dā­ci­t ta­trā­rtha­kri­yā bha­va­ti­, na ti­mi­rā­dau­. evaṃ tarhi tadarthī kathaṃ pra­va­rta­te­? na khalu sa­nde­hā­t pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ pra­mā­ṇā­t pravṛtto bha­va­ti­. pramāṇaṃ hi ni­ścā­ya­kaṃ na sa­nde­ha­kṛ­t­. a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­ṇi ni­śca­ya­ś cet, a­rtha­kri­yā­ni­śca­ye kathaṃ tathā ni­śca­yaḥ­? atha tena pra­mā­ṇe­nā­rtha­kri­yā­sā­dha­naṃ vastu da­rśi­ta­m­, a­rtha­kri­yā tu yadi ku­ta­ści­d vai­ka­lyā­n na bhavati na pra­mā­ṇa­syā­sau doṣaḥ, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­;

pra­mī­ya­te yena pa­ri­cchi­dya­te sa­mī­hi­to 'rthas tat pra­mā­ṇa­m­, na cā­jñā­pa­ka­sya pa­ri­cche­da­śa­kti­r ity a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva" iti.

NBhū-YA 20­5­,13~tad etad a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. yat tāvat pre­kṣā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r na syād iti, tan na; pre­kṣā­va­to 'py a­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­rtho­hā­bhyā­m api pra­vṛ­tti­sa­mbha­vā­d ity uktaṃ pu­ra­stā­t­. tataḥ pravṛttau na tasya prā­mā­ṇya­m ity a­yu­kta­m­, vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. yadi nā­mā­rtha­kri­yā­saṃ­de­ha­jñā­na­sya prāmāṇyaṃ nāsti. pū­rva­syā­rtha­sva­rū­pa­ni­śca­ya­jñā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tve kim ā­yā­ta­m­? e­te­no­pe­yā­rthi­ta­ye­tyā­dy api ni­ra­sta­m­. na hy a­na­yo­s tādātmyaṃ ye­no­pe­ya­sa­nde­he pū­rvā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­syā­py a­prā­mā­ṇya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 20­5­,19~yad apy uktam — "yad artha eṣa prā­ra­mbha­" i­tyā­di­, tac ca na; yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­pa­ri­cche­dā­d e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­rthi­nāṃ ta­tsā­dha­ne­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. ta­ntvā­di­ṣv iva pa­ṭā­dya­rthi­nā­m iti.

NBhū-YA 20­5­,21~arthaś ca pra­kā­śi­to yadi nā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī kutas ta­syā­na­rthā­t tai­mi­ri­ko­pa­la­bdha­ke­śā­de­r viśeṣa ity apy a­yu­kta­m­; tai­mi­ri­ko­pa­la­bdhā­rtha­sya bā­dha­ka­pra­tya­ye­nā­sa­tya­tvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. asya tv a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­tpa­ttā­v api vi­śe­ṣā­nta­ra­da­rśa­ne­na ta­thā­tva­bhe­dā­va­dhā­rya­ta iti katham a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 20­6­,3~yat punar etad a­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­la­mbhe kathaṃ ta­tsā­dha­na­ni­śca­ya iti, na; prāg eva ni­ści­ta­tvā­t — e­vaṃ­bhū­te­ṣv eva satsv e­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ kāryaṃ bhavati nāsatsv ity evaṃ prāg vyā­pti­ni­śca­ye sati ta­thā­vi­dha­kā­ryā­rthī ta­thā­vi­dha­tve­nā­va­dhā­ri­te­ṣu hetuṣu pra­va­rta­te pre­kṣā­vā­n api. ādau katham iti cet, na; āder a­bha­vā­t­, a­nā­di­r ayaṃ saṃsāra iti pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 20­6­,8~nanu ca nāvaśyaṃ hetavaḥ pha­la­va­nto bhavanty a­nta­rā­le pra­ti­ba­ndha­vai­ka­lya­da­rśa­nā­t­, tat kathaṃ ta­thā­vi­dhe­ṣu hetuṣu ta­tpha­lā­rthi­naḥ pre­kṣā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r iti? na; pha­la­saṃ­bhā­va­nā­to 'pi pra­vṛ­tti­sa­mbha­vā­t­. jī­vi­tā­rthi­naḥ pre­kṣā­va­to 'pi bho­ja­nā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 20­6­,12~na hi pre­kṣā­vā­n api pha­lā­vā­ptiṃ ni­ści­tyai­va pra­va­rti­tuṃ śaktaḥ, śa­rī­rā­va­sthi­tyā­dya­ni­śca­ye­na pha­la­prā­pti­vya­bhi­cā­rā­śaṃ­kā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya ca sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­hā­ni­r a­na­rtha­ś ca syad ity ataḥ pre­kṣā­va­to '­pre­kṣā­va­ttai­va bhaved iti. tasmāt sā­dha­na­yo­gya­tāṃ niścitya ta­tpra­ti­ba­ndha­vai­ka­lye cā­pa­śya­nn eva pha­la­prā­ptiṃ saṃbhāvya pra­va­rta­te pre­kṣā­vā­n­, na ta­nni­śca­yā­d e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 20­6­,17~yad apy a­jñā­pa­ka­tvaṃ mānasya na doṣo ya­dī­tyā­di­, tad apy a­cā­ru­, sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­pa­ka­tvā­t­. sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ hi sva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­pa­ka­tve­nai­va prā­mā­ṇya­m­. tatra vi­ṣa­yā­nta­rā­jñā­pa­ka­tve­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m a­yu­kta­m­, na hi rū­pa­jñā­naṃ sparśam a­jñā­pa­ya­d a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. evaṃ hi sa­rva­jñā­nā­nā­m a­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ syāt, vi­ṣa­yā­nta­rā­jñā­pa­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. vi­ṣa­yā­nta­raṃ ca sā­dha­na­jñā­na­sya tatphalaṃ ta­da­jñā­pa­ne kathaṃ ta­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­? pha­lā­ni­śca­ye ta­tsā­dha­na­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ katham iti cet, na; prāg eva ni­ści­ta­tvā­d i­tyā­di­no­kta­tvā­t­. tasmāt pha­lā­vā­ptya­ni­śca­ye 'pi pra­vṛ­tta­syā­pra­vṛ­tta­sya vā sā­dha­na­sva­rū­pa­jñā­naṃ vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­na­vya­va­sthā­pi­ta­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ nā­prā­mā­ṇa­m ity ataś ca yad uktaṃ prā­pya­rū­pa­sa­mba­ndhe­nai­va prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­m ity etad a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m eva. tathā hi rā­jya­pa­tnyā­la­ṅkā­rā­da­yo 'rthā na­kṣa­trā­da­ya­ś ca naiva prāptuṃ śa­kya­nte­, nāpi pre­kṣā­va­nta­s tatra pra­va­rta­nte­.

NBhū-YA 20­6­,28~atha ca ta­jjñā­na­sya prāmāṇyaṃ vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­mbhe­nā­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ṣpa­ttyai­va vya­va­sthā­pya­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. ta­da­pa­lā­pe cā­rtha­prā­ptyā­pi prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthi­ti­r na syād vya­va­hā­ra­syo­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. ta­tho­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­pi nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­. yadi nāma pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­n na vi­cā­ri­ta­m­, kim e­tā­va­tā tan nāsty eva? vi­vā­da­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ vā ji­jñā­su­bhiḥ kaiścid u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­rtha­jñā­na­sya vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdhi­taḥ prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 20­7­,6~nanv a­rtha­kri­yā­rthī sarvo 'pi pra­mā­ṇā­nve­ṣa­ṇe pra­va­rta­te­, na vya­sa­ne­na tat katham u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­rtha­jñā­na­m api pra­mā­ṇa­m iti? naitad yu­kta­m­; na hi pu­ru­ṣā­rthi­tva­m apekṣya ca­kṣu­rā­da­yaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­naṃ ja­na­ya­nti­, kiṃ tarhi? sa­ma­gri­sā­ka­lye saty a­ni­ccha­to 'pi pu­ru­ṣa­syā­na­rtha­ka­tṛ­ṇa­kī­ṭā­di­vi­ṣa­ya­m api pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­na­m u­tpa­dya­te­. a­rthā­dhi­ga­ma­mā­tre hi pra­mā­ṇa­sya vyā­pā­ro­, na pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­ṣu­, teṣām a­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­sā­dhya­tvā­t­. a­bhi­lā­ṣā­dy apy a­nu­mā­na­m ity a­yu­kta­m­, tasya li­ṅga­da­rśa­nā­dya­bhā­ve 'pi bhā­vā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­vi­cā­re tu pre­kṣā­va­tā­m a­rthi­tve­nai­va pra­vṛ­tti­r na vya­sa­ne­ne­ti yuktam e­ta­t­, tathāpi pra­mā­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­vyā­pti­do­ṣa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­rtha­jña­na­m api pre­kṣā­va­dbhiḥ sā­mā­nya­taḥ pa­rī­kṣi­ta­vya­m­, a­ti­vyā­pti­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ ta­dā­bhā­sa­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­va­t­, mumukṣoḥ śiṃ­śa­pā­dya­nu­mā­na­pa­rī­kṣa­ṇa­va­c ceti. yan no­pa­dī­ya­te tat sarvaṃ heyam ity ato no­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yaṃ vastv astīti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­, la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de­na va­stu­tra­ya­sya pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t­. tathā hi — pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­bu­ddhyā ta­tsā­dha­na­bu­ddhyā vā yat svī­kri­ya­te­, tad u­pā­de­ya­m­. yat tv a­na­rtha­bu­ddhyā­, ta­tsā­dha­na­bu­ddhyā vā yatnataḥ pa­ri­ha­rtu­m i­ṣya­te­, tad dhe­ya­m­. tatra tu pu­ru­ṣā­rthā­na­rtha­bu­ddhi­s ta­tsā­dha­na­bu­ddhi­ś ca na bha­va­ti­, tad u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­m iti. tasmād u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yā­ra­tha­jñā­na­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­n na pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­di­prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­re ni­mi­tta­m­.

NBhū-YA 20­7­,22~yat punar etat pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evaikaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti, tad a­ti­du­rma­ti­vi­spa­ndi­taṃ­; sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­sya prāg eva vi­sta­re­ṇa ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t­. sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­m evaikaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti bru­vā­ṇa­sya sa­rva­jña­jñā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ve­tyā­di­vi­ro­dha­ś ca, na hi va­rta­mā­nā­tmai­ka­jñā­na­mā­tra­ve­da­ne sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. abhrāntaṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­te­, tad yadi sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ pratyakṣaṃ sa­rva­jña­syā­sti­, tadā sarvam ā­la­mba­ne bhrama ity etad api pra­ma­tta­vā­kya­m­. sa­rva­jñā­syā­pi sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānaṃ bhrāntam e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tato nāsti virodha iti cet, śo­bha­na­m evaṃ sa­rva­jña­sya sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ varṇitaṃ ta­nmū­la­tve­na śā­stra­syā­pi prāmāṇyaṃ śra­ddhe­ya­m­. tad ayaṃ sva­pa­kṣa­rā­gā­bhi­ni­vi­ṣṭaḥ sva­tī­rtha­ṅka­ra­syā­pi bu­ddhā­de­r mohaṃ pra­ka­ṭa­ya­nn a­na­va­dhe­ya­va­ca­s tvā­du­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 20­8­,2~vya­va­hā­ri­ṇā­m api vya­va­hā­raḥ kaścin mi­thyā­rthaḥ­, kaścit tattvārtha iti katham a­pa­rī­kṣi­te­na vya­va­hā­re­ṇa prāmāṇyaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­? ta­tpa­rī­kṣā tū­bha­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­yo­s ta­ttve­ta­ra­vi­ve­ka­pa­ryā­lo­ca­nā­bhyā­saḥ­, tato dha­rmā­di­ta­ttve­ta­ra­vi­ve­ka­pa­ri­jñā­nā­bhyā­sā­rtha­tvā­c ca pra­mā­ṇa­vi­cā­ra­sye­ti­. yac coktam — "āstraṃ mo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­m­" iti, tat sa­tya­m­, yad a­bhrā­nta­jñā­na­mū­laṃ śāstraṃ tan mohaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ty eva. tvadīyaṃ tu śāstraṃ bhrā­nta­jñā­na­mū­la­m­, ta­da­bhya­sya­mā­naṃ havir iva hu­ta­bhu­jaṃ va­rddha­ya­ty eva moham iti. yad apy uktam — prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yā­sa­mbha­vā­d iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; ta­du­pā­ya­sya prāg eva da­rśi­ta­tvā­t­; u­tta­ra­trā­pi bhi­nna­kā­la­yo­r apy a­vi­nā­bhā­vā­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇo­pā­ya­m a­bhi­dhā­syā­maḥ­. api ca prā­mā­ṇya­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­d bhrā­nta­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v apy a­nyo­pā­yā­bhā­vā­d vya­va­hā­ra e­vā­nu­sa­rta­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 20­8­,13~tathā hi — sva­rū­pa­mā­trā­va­ga­ta­m eva pratyakṣaṃ vyā­pri­ya­te­, na tato bhrā­nta­tvā­va­ga­tiḥ­, na hi sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­saṃ­vi­ttā­v idaṃ bhrāntam iti bha­va­ti­. bhrāntatā ca grāhye vi­pa­rya­sta­tā­. na ca sā grā­hya­vai­pa­rī­tyā­na­va­ga­me '­va­ga­ntuṃ śa­kya­te­. na ca tad eva jñānaṃ sva­grā­hya­vi­pa­rya­sta­tā­va­ga­mā­tma­ta­yo­de­ti­, ta­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne hi vi­pa­rya­sta­sya puṃso '­va­ga­tā­rtha­prā­ptya­bhi­mā­ne­na pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. nāpi pra­vṛ­ttyu­tta­ra­jñā­ne­na bhrā­nta­tā­va­ga­mya­te­, tadā bhrā­nta­jñā­na­syā­tī­ta­tvā­t­. anyatra pra­va­rta­ka­tva­m eva bhrā­nta­tva­m ity etad api kena ve­dya­te­? na hi tad eva jñānaṃ '­grā­hyā­d a­nya­trā­haṃ pra­vṛ­tta­m­, pra­va­rta­kaṃ vā' — ity e­va­mā­tma­naṃ veti. nāpy e­kā­tma­sva­rū­pa­grā­hi­jñā­naṃ ke­na­ci­d ātmanaḥ sambandhaṃ vetti, na cai­ka­rū­pa­saṃ­vi­ttā­v eva sa­mba­ndha­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 20­8­,24~na ca tvanmate sva­rū­pa­dva­ya­grā­hi vijñānaṃ kiṃcid asti. api co­tta­re­ṇai­va jñānena bhrāntatvaṃ vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. tac co­tta­ra­jñā­naṃ grā­hya­vai­pa­rī­tya­grā­hi vā syād? grā­hyā­kā­rā­d vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­kā­rā­dhya­va­se­ya­ve­da­kaṃ vā? anyatra pra­vṛ­tti­ve­da­kaṃ vā? tataś ca bhrā­ntyu­tta­ra­jñā­na­yoḥ sva­sva­rū­pa­saṃ­ve­da­nā­tma­tvā­n na pratyekaṃ sa­mba­ndha­pa­ri­gra­haḥ­, nāpi sa­mu­dā­yaḥ­, tayoḥ kā­la­vya­va­dhā­nā­t­. u­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi tu smaraṇaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­na­m a­sa­mba­ddha­m eva dvayaṃ vi­ka­lpa­ya­ti­. ya­thā­nu­bha­va­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t tu ta­du­pa­plu­ta­m eveti na tataḥ sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. tatas ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­t paścād api dṛ­ṣṭya­sā­dha­rmyā­t kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 20­9­,6~na bhrā­nta­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo 'sti. vya­va­hā­rā­c ca ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttau­, a­nu­mā­na­jñā­naṃ bhrāntaṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­. na hi sa­mya­ga­nu­mā­na­jñā­ne bhrā­nta­tva­vya­va­hā­ro 'sti kvacid a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­ni jñāne bhrā­nta­tva­vya­va­hā­ro dṛṣṭa iti. evaṃ ca sva­pra­ti­bhā­se 'narthe '­rthā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­nā­t — ity etad vya­va­hā­re­ṇai­va bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­sā­dha­na­m­, ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu prā­mā­ṇya­m api na syāt, pū­rvo­ktā­n nyā­yā­t­. api cāprāpye '­dhi­ga­ta­prā­pyā­dhya­va­sā­ye­na pra­va­rta­nā­t pra­tya­kṣa­m api bhrāntaṃ syāt. sāṃ­vya­va­hā­ri­kaṃ cā­bhrā­nta­tva­m u­bha­yo­r api sa­mā­na­m iti, katham a­nu­mā­na­m eva bhrā­nta­m­? ta­tsi­ddha­m etat sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇa­m a­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­syā­bhrā­nta­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 20­9­,15~nanu ca ya­syā­nu­bha­va­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va­smṛ­ti­r a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ kāraṇaṃ sa pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra eva bha­va­ti­. tat kim arthaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­? na; vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. go­tvā­di­va­da­rthā­śri­taṃ pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m­, na jñā­nā­śri­ta­m iti ke­ci­t­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; sa­rva­pra­ti­pa­ttṝ­ṇāṃ nī­lā­di­va­da­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sa eva ka­sya­ci­t parokṣaḥ ka­sya­ci­d a­pa­ro­kṣa iti na syāt. na hi nīlādy api kaiścin nī­lā­di­rū­pe­ṇa vedyate kaiścid a­nī­lā­di­rū­pe­ṇe­ti­. pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­va­hā­ra­va­d iti cet, na; ta­syā­nya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. na khalu pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­va­hā­raḥ sā­mā­nya­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? saṃ­yu­kta­saṃ­yo­ga­ba­hva­lpa­bu­ddhi­ni­ba­ndha­na ity u­kta­m­. ba­hva­lpa­bhā­vo 'py a­pe­kṣā­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­, kuḍyād a­pa­ra­sta­mbhā­t para i­tyā­di­da­rśa­nā­d iti. na caivaṃ pa­ro­kṣā­pa­ro­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ro 'rtheṣu gu­ṇā­di­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­, sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu bhrā­nta­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo na syāt.

NBhū-YA 20­9­,25~a­vya­va­hā­rā­c ca ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttau­, nā­nu­mā­na­jñā­naṃ bhrāntaṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­. na hi sa­mya­ga­nu­mā­na­jñā­ne bhrā­nta­tva­vya­va­sthā­pi­, pa­ro­kṣā­pa­ro­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­. nāpi bā­hyā­rthā­pe­kṣaḥ­, ni­ya­me­na jñā­tra­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­, ma­mā­pa­ro­kṣa­s tava parokṣa ity evaṃ pra­tī­teḥ­. akṣāt paraḥ pa­ro­kṣa­s ta­da­nya­s tv a­pa­ro­kṣa iti cet, na; ā­tmā­dya­nu­me­ya­sya mano '­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­d ity uktaṃ prāg eva pra­pa­ñce­na­. tasmād a­nu­bhū­ta­tva­smṛ­ta­tva­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­di­va­d a­na­dhya­va­si­ta­tvā­di­va­c ca jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­la­mba­na­m eva pa­ro­kṣa­m a­pa­ro­kṣaṃ ceti. jñā­na­vya­kti­ṣu ca sa­nde­ha­tva­smṛ­ti­tvā­di­va­t pa­ro­kṣa­tvā­pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'py a­do­ṣaḥ­. pra­tya­yā­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi jā­ti­jā­ti­ma­dyo­gā­d api dṛṣṭaḥ. tadyathā — u­ṣṇa­tva­jā­ti­yo­gā­d u­ṣṇa­spa­rśa­s ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­d uṣṇo 'gnir uṣṇaḥ pāṣāṇa iti. evaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­tva­jā­ti­yo­gā­t parokṣo '­nu­bha­va­s ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­t parokṣo 'rtha iti. a­rtha­va­t pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­ve 'py a­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pa­ro­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi. a­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­ve 'pi pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na pa­ro­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ro 'pīti sarvaṃ su­stha­m­. tad etad vi­cā­ri­ta­m api pra­me­ya­sya vaiṣamyaṃ dṛṣṭvā punar vi­cā­ri­ta­m­, su­kha­sa­mbo­dha­nā­rtha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 21­0­,11~atha vā pra­tya­kṣā­dhi­ga­tā­rtha­ga­ntṛ­tve '­nu­mā­na­sya vai­ya­rthya­m­, pra­tya­kṣā­na­dhi­ga­tā­rtha­ga­ntṛ­tve '­nu­mā­na­sya gau­ṇa­tvā­di­do­ṣe­bhyaḥ prā­mā­ṇya­m eva na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty āhuḥ ke­ci­t­, ta­dvyu­dā­sā­rthaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­lo­dbhū­taḥ pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vaḥ samyag e­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­. ta­tsā­dha­na­syā­nu­mā­na­syā­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vaktum a­śa­kya­m­, sa­rva­lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­d ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 21­0­,17~kathaṃ punas taiḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddha­syā­nu­mā­na­syā­pa­hna­vaḥ kri­ya­te­? tad ucyate —

NBhū-YA 21­0­,19~pra­mā­ṇa­syā­gau­ṇa­tvā­d iti vi­pa­rya­ya­he­tuḥ­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — pra­mā­ṇa­syā­nu­pa­ca­ri­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na prāmāṇya pra­si­ddha­m­, yathā — pra­tya­kṣa­sya­. na cā­nu­mā­na­syā­gau­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­, tathā hi — na dharmy eva sādhyaḥ, tasya si­ddha­tvā­t­, dharmo 'py anyatra siddha eva, na ta­tsa­mu­dā­yaḥ sādhyaḥ, tatra ca na hetoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ nāpi te­nā­nva­yaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­te­, tasmād a­nva­ya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ dharma eva sā­dhya­tve­no­pa­ca­ri­ta­vyaḥ­, pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­gra­ha­ṇā­rthaṃ dharmy eva pakṣa iti. tathā cā­nu­mā­na­vā­di­bhi­r uktam — pakṣo dharmī, a­va­ya­ve sa­mu­dā­yo­pa­cā­rā­d iti. evaṃ ca saty u­pa­ca­ri­ta­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­nva­yo­pa­kṛ­tā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yo durlabha iti. ta­tro­pa­ca­ri­ta­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tte­r a­bo­dha­ka­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā dā­hā­di­sa­ma­rtho 'yaṃ baṭur a­gni­tvā­d iti. ta­tho­pa­ca­ri­tā­nva­ya­syā­py a­sā­dha­ka­tva­m­, ya­thā­ni­tyaḥ śabdaḥ, śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­t­, su­khā­di­va­t­. śrā­va­ṇa­śa­bda­bha­vi­ta­tve­na sukhādeḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tvo­pa­cā­rā­d a­nva­ya­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 21­1­,5~api ca sā­dhi­kri­yā­m apekṣya sādhyam u­cya­te­. sā cen ni­ṣpa­nnā­, vyarthaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ta­da­rtha­sya pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na cen ni­ṣpa­nnā­, kim apekṣya pa­kṣā­di­vya­va­sthā­? bhāvini bhū­ta­va­du­pa­cā­rā­śra­ya­ṇe sa e­vā­nu­mā­na­sya gau­ṇa­tva­do­ṣaḥ­, mu­khyā­nu­mā­nā­bhā­vā­d gauṇam apy a­yu­kta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 21­1­,10~sā­dhya­vi­ka­lpā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś cā­nu­mā­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. tathā hi — dharmiṇaḥ si­ddha­tvā­n na sā­dhya­tva­m­. dharmaś cet sādhyaḥ, sa kiṃ sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇo 'tha vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa iti? kiṃ cātaḥ? sāmānye si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­, viśeṣe '­nu­ga­mā­bhā­va iti. sā­mā­nya­syā­gni­ma­tvā­ni­tya­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya kvacit si­ddha­tvā­t­, vyarthaṃ ta­tsā­dha­na­m­. de­śā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­na­nva­yā­d e­vā­si­ddhiḥ­. na hi pa­rva­ta­sthe­nā­gni­nā śa­bda­ga­te­na cā­ni­tya­tve­nā­nva­yaḥ kvacid a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 21­1­,17~itaś cā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­sya gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m­. na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dhū­mā­gni­vya­kta­yo 'nantā vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vā­pa­nnā grahītuṃ śa­kya­nte­. sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­yo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇe­, tayor eva ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vaḥ syād a­nya­thā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ca vyartham a­nu­mā­naṃ bha­ve­t­, ta­nmā­tra­sya si­ddha­tvā­d a­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tvā­c ceti. ta­dva­tā­m apy ā­na­ntyā­d e­vā­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. na cai­da­ke­śa­gra­ha­ṇe vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, sa­ha­sra­śo 'pi sa­va­tsa­go­gra­ha­ṇe vya­bhi­cā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­. tan na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, nāpy a­nu­mā­ne­nai­va­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 21­1­,25~kiṃ ca vi­ru­ddhā­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dha­yoḥ sarvatra sa­mbha­vā­t nā­nu­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tatra vi­ru­ddha­pra­kā­ra­s tāvad ucyate — dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­di­pra­ti­vā­dya­bhi­ma­ta­pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, tathā sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­dya­nya­ta­ro­pā­tta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, tathā sā­dha­na­vā­di­pra­ti­vā­dī­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­pa­nna­vā­dya­bhi­ma­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­kā­la­vya­ti­ri­kta­kā­la­sa­mba­ndhi­vā­dya­bhi­ma­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­va ity ete sa­rva­gāḥ­. pra­ti­sā­dha­na­vṛ­tta­yo 'pi sarvatra sa­mbha­va­nti yathā — etad de­śa­kā­la­saṃ­la­gnā­gni­ma­ttvā­bhā­vaḥ­, śa­bda­syā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­śro­tra­grā­hya­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, su­khā­dī­nā­m ā­tmā­śri­ta­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, sa­rva­ga­tā­śra­yā­śri­ta­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, kṣityādeḥ sa­rva­jña­ka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, śa­rī­rā­di­vi­ni­rmu­kta­ka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhā­vaḥ — ity evaṃ sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣu vi­ru­ddha­pra­kā­ro dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 21­2­,10~a­thā­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ pra­da­rśya­te — na pra­kṛ­ta­vā­dya­bhi­ma­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhā­ro dharmī, dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­t sā­dhya­śa­bdā­rthā­va­ya­va­tvā­d vā, sā­dhya­dha­rma­va­t­. na vā prakṛte dharmī viṣayaḥ pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­dha­rmaḥ­, pū­rvo­kta­he­tu­dva­yā­d dha­rmi­va­t­. na pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­dha­rmi­dha­rma­yo­r a­nya­ta­raḥ­, sā­dhya­dha­rma­dha­rmi­tvā­t­, gha­ṭā­di­va­t­. na pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­dha­rma­vā­n ayaṃ pakṣaḥ, pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­nya­tra­tvā­t­, vi­pa­kṣa­va­t­. pa­kṣa­kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­yo­r a­nya­tra­tvā­d vā kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­t­. vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­nā­ska­ndi­tā­gni­vya­ti­ri­ktā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśo na bha­va­ti­, pra­de­śa­tvā­t sa­ttva­jñe­ya­tvā­di­bhya­ś ca, ta­da­nya­pra­de­śa­va­t­. na pra­kṛ­tā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśaḥ kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­syā­dhū­ma­tvā­t kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­t­. a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­kā­la­vya­ti­ri­kta­kā­la­vi­śi­ṣṭā­sma­tpra­ti­vā­di­pra­yu­kta­sā­dha­na­bhā­vā­pa­nna­dhū­ma­sā­dhya­si­ddhi­sa­mā­na­kā­la­gha­ṭaḥ­, na ghaṭaḥ, kha­pu­ṣpā­pa­tra­tvā­t­, pa­dma­pa­tra­va­d ity evaṃ sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv a­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dho draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 21­2­,22~tathā vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­nu­mā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tā­. vaktavyaḥ kaḥ punar ayaṃ vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī­? vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rya­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dha­yoḥ saṃ­jñā­mā­tre­ṇa bheda ity eke. tad a­yu­kta­m­, pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­nā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād a­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dha­ka­tve­no­ktaṃ yadā bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bu­ddhiṃ ja­na­ya­ti ta­dā­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dha u­cya­te­. yadā punas tu­lya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­no­pa­la­bhya­mā­naṃ saṃśayaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, tadā vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī­, evaṃ ca kā­rya­bhe­dā­d bheda iti.

NBhū-YA 21­3­,2~atha ka­dā­ci­d evaṃ brūyāt pa­ri­hā­ra­vi­dhā­nā­t sādhanaṃ sā­dha­nā­tma­nā vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­ta iti. atrāpi pa­ri­hā­ra­mā­rgaḥ pra­da­rśya­te — tatra viruddhe tāvad a­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ pa­ri­hā­ra­tve­no­cya­te — na pa­ro­pa­nya­sta­vi­ru­ddha­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo dharmī, dha­rma­dha­rmi­vya­ti­ri­ktā­śe­ṣa­bhā­va­vi­ni­rmu­kta­tvā­t­, sā­dhya­dha­rma­va­t­. na pra­kṛ­ta­dha­rmi­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­vā­da­rū­ḍha­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­sā­dha­ko 'yaṃ he­tu­dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­nya­tra­tvā­t­, dha­rmi­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 21­3­,7~a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­ta­vi­vā­dā­rū­ḍha­dha­rmi­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­sā­dha­ka­he­tu­sa­mā­na­kā­la­sa­ttva­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ, śa­śa­śṛ­ṅgā­śṛ­ṅga­tvā­t­, ba­ndhyā­pu­tra­va­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­ta­vi­vā­dā­rū­ḍha­dha­rmi­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­sā­dha­no­pa­nyā­sa­kā­lā­va­cchi­nna­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­dya­nya­ta­ra­vā­di­sa­mā­na­kā­la­sa­ttva­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ, sa­da­sa­to­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­t­, pa­ṭa­va­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­ta­sa­rva­jña­bu­ddhi­vi­jñā­ta­jñe­ya­sa­rva­bhā­vā­nta­rbhū­ta­pra­kṛ­ta­dha­rmi­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­vā­dā­rū­ḍha­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­sā­dha­no­pa­nyā­sa­kā­la­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­dya­nya­ta­ra­vā­di­sa­mā­na­kā­la­sa­tva­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ, sa­di­ta­rā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tvā­t­, pa­ṭa­va­t­, ity evaṃ viruddhe '­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhya­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhe vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī­, vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇi ca vi­ru­ddha­pa­ri­hā­ra­tve­na vaktavya iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­, yataḥ "­pra­mā­ṇe­na pa­ri­hā­re tatrāpi trayam ity a­na­va­sthā­"­. pa­ri­hā­rā­nu­mā­ne 'pi vi­ru­ddhā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tra­ya­m­. tatrāpy a­nu­mā­ne­na pa­ri­hā­re kri­ya­mā­ṇe punar dū­ṣa­ṇa­tra­ya­m ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­. athavā pra­mā­ṇe­ne­ti vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­ye­ṇa pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­te­na pa­ri­hā­rā­nu­mā­na­prā­mā­ṇya­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe kri­ya­mā­ṇe lau­kā­ya­ti­kai­r a­nu­mā­na­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ bha­va­ti­, vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­ya­syā­py a­nu­mā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d iti codye tatrāpi trayam ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­. vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­ye 'py a­nu­mā­na­tva­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m anyad vi­ru­ddhā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tra­yaṃ va­kta­vya­m­, tatrāpy anyad ity a­na­va­sthā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t katham a­nu­mā­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­. tasmād a­nu­mā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t pa­ro­kṣā­rtha­ni­śca­yo durlabha iti.

NBhū-YA 21­3­,24~atra pra­ti­vi­dhī­ya­te — yat tāvat ta­du­pa­ca­ri­ta­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tā­nva­yo­pa­kṛ­tā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yo durlabha iti, tan na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. naiva hi pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­nva­yau hetor au­pa­cā­ri­kā­v a­bhyu­pa­ga­mye­te­. ta­da­vya­ti­ri­kta­mu­khya­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­de­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na hi mu­khyā­sa­mbha­ve kvacid u­pa­cā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te­, tasmād va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­pa­kṣā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­t pa­kṣā­di­vya­va­sthā nā mu­khye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 21­4­,1~nanv a­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­yo­gā­t­, kathaṃ sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo dharmī pakṣaḥ? sa hi sā­dhya­dha­rmo '­gṛ­hī­ta­ś cet pakṣaṃ vi­śi­na­ṣṭi­, tataḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vyarthaṃ syāt; ta­da­nta­re­ṇa prāg eva sā­dhya­pra­tī­teḥ si­ddha­tvā­t­. a­pra­tī­te­na ca sā­dhya­dha­rme­ṇa kathaṃ dharmī vi­śi­ṣya­te­? ta­da­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ś ca kevalo dharmī na pakṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 21­4­,5~atha yatra dharmiṇi ji­jñā­si­to dharmaḥ, pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣi­to vā, sa sā­dhya­dha­rmi­vi­śi­ṣṭa u­cya­te­, tarhi ji­jñā­sā­dya­bhā­ve 'nyārthaṃ pa­rya­ṭa­to dhū­mā­di­da­rśa­nā­d a­gnyā­di­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhavati yadā, tadā kathaṃ pakṣa iti? na; a­bhi­prā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. na brūmo yadaiva sā­dhya­dha­rme­ṇa viśiṣṭo dharmī ta­dai­vā­sau pakṣaḥ. kiṃ tarhi? prāg api. etad uktaṃ bhavati — yat tu sādhyena dharmeṇa viśiṣṭo dharmī bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, sa tasya hetoḥ prāg api pakṣa iti. bha­vi­ṣya­ta­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­syā­pra­ti­pa­ttau kathaṃ pa­kṣa­tva­pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti cet, na yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­pra­tī­tā­v eva ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­si­ddheḥ­. yathā pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryā­rthi­na­s ta­ntvā­di­va­stū­ni yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­pra­tī­tā­v eva ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve­na vya­va­ha­ra­nti­. na hi kā­ryā­pra­tī­tau ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­tī­tiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. ta­da­sa­mbha­ve ca na ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­pra­tī­tiḥ­, tato na ta­tkā­ryā­rthi­nāṃ ta­du­pā­dā­nā­di­vya­va­hā­ra ity a­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­kaṃ jagat syāt. gau­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣu pravṛttau ca pā­kā­dya­rthi­nāṃ va­ṭvā­di­ṣv api pravṛttiḥ syāt. tasmād yathā yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­pra­tī­tyai­va ta­ntvā­di­va­stū­ni pa­ṭā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­na vya­va­hri­ya­nte­. na cā­gni­va­ṭvā­di­gau­ṇo vya­va­hā­raḥ­. sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­mpa­ttau ca tato '­bhi­pre­ta­kā­rya­si­ddhi­r api bha­va­ti­. tathā sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­yo­gya­tā­mā­tra­pra­tī­tyai­va kevalo 'pi dharmī pa­kṣa­tve­na vya­va­hri­ya­te­, na ca ta­tra­stha­sya hetor a­gni­tva­sya vaṭāv iva gau­ṇa­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 21­4­,21~nanu ca yathā ta­ntvā­di­bhyaḥ pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­tti­r u­pa­la­bdhā tato '­nā­ra­bdha­kā­rye­ṣv api ta­ntvā­di­ṣu ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­jjā­tī­ya­tva­m eva yo­gya­tā­khya­m asti, na tv evaṃ ke­va­la­dha­rmi­ṇi pa­kṣa­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­yo­gya­tā­khyaṃ kiṃcin nimittaṃ paśyāma iti, na; atrāpi sā­dhya­ta­n ni­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­la­mbha­sya yo­gya­tā­khya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. yatra hi dharmiṇi sā­dhya­dha­rma­s ta­nni­ṣe­dha­ś ca no­pa­la­bdhaḥ­, sa e­vā­nā­sā­di­te­na dharmeṇa viśiṣṭo bha­va­tī­ti­, ataḥ sā­dhya­ta­nni­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­la­mbho 'tra yo­gya­to­cya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 21­4­,27~athavā li­ṅga­sa­mba­ndha eva yo­gya­tā­. tathā hi — yatra dharmiṇi hy a­nā­dya­vi­nā­bhū­ta­dhū­mā­di­sa­mba­ndha u­pa­la­bdhaḥ­, sa eva dhū­mā­di­sā­dhi­te­na da­ha­nā­di­nā vi­śe­ṣi­to dṛṣṭaḥ. tato '­nu­pa­la­bdha­da­ha­nā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tve 'pi dharmiṇi ta­da­vi­nā­bhū­ta­dhū­mā­di­sa­mba­ndha­da­rśa­nā­t pa­kṣa­tva­vya­va­hā­raḥ­. tasya na gauṇatvaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­sya yo­gya­tā­khya­syā­gau­ṇa­tvā­t­, ta­ntvā­di­ṣu pa­ṭā­di­ja­na­ka­tva­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 21­5­,1~atha ta­ntvā­di­ṣv api ja­na­kā­va­sthā­taḥ prā­ga­ja­na­ka­tva­vya­va­hā­ro gauṇa e­ve­ṣya­te­. na; loke ba­ṭu­mā­ṇa­va­kā­di­va­d gau­ṇa­tvā­pra­tī­teḥ­. bhavatu vā ta­ntvā­di­ṣu pa­ṭā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­va­d dharmiṇaḥ pakṣatvaṃ gau­ṇa­m­, kin naś chi­nna­m­? nanu ta­nmū­lā­nu­mā­na­sya gau­ṇa­tve­nā­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pra­sa­kta­m ity u­kta­m­, naitad asthi; ni­mi­tta­sya gauṇatve 'pi ta­tpha­la­sya pa­ṭā­di­va­da­gau­ṇa­tvā­t­. yathā pa­ṭa­ja­na­nā­rthaṃ ye tantavaḥ krītās teṣāṃ pa­ṭa­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ gauṇaṃ tva­yā­bhi­hi­ta­m­, na ca sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­tai­s tair eva ja­ni­ta­syā­pi paṭasya gauṇaṃ pa­ṭa­tva­m­. tathā dharmiṇaḥ pakṣatve gauṇe 'pi sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­ta­ta­tpa­kṣa­gha­ṭi­tā­nu­mā­na­sya na gau­ṇa­tva­m iti. na cā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, prā­gu­kta­yo­gya­tā­śra­ya­ṇā­di­to vya­va­stho­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tasmād gau­ṇa­tvā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yo durlabha ity etad a­yu­kta­m e­vo­kta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 21­5­,12~yac coktam — sā­dhi­kri­yā­m apekṣya sādhyam ucyata iti tan na, arhaty arthe kṛ­tyā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. tena sā­dha­na­m arhati yat tat sādhyam u­cya­te­. sā­dha­nā­rha­tvaṃ ca si­ddhi­yo­gya­tā­. sā ca prāg apy asti tena sā­dhi­kri­yā­taḥ prāg api sādhyatvaṃ nā­yu­kta­m­. na ca sā­dhya­pa­kṣa­śa­bda­yoḥ pa­ryā­ya­tva­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te 'smābhiḥ śākyair iva, nāpi sa­mu­dā­yaḥ sādhyaḥ, kiṃ tarhi? dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo vā dharmī, ya­thā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pra­de­śaḥ­, dha­rmi­vi­śi­ṣṭo vā dharmaḥ sādhyaḥ, ya­thā­gni­r atra dhūmād iti. u­bha­ya­trā­pi pra­de­śā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo dharmy eva pakṣo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. ta­tra­stha­sya ca hetoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ mukhyam eva, nau­pa­cā­ri­ka­m­.

NBhū-YA 21­5­,21~a­nva­ya­syā­pi na gau­ṇa­tva­m­, mu­khyā­nva­ya­la­kṣa­ṇo­pe­ta­tvā­t­, tathā — hi sā­dhya­sā­mā­nye­na sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nya­sya vyāptir anvaya ity a­nva­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. tatra yadā dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo dharmī sādhyaḥ, tadā sādhyasya sā­mā­nya­m a­gni­ma­ttvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. yadāpi dharmistho dharmaḥ sādhyaḥ, tadā sādhyam e­vā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣaṃ sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmi­ṇoḥ sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t sā­mā­nya­m u­cya­te­. sā­dha­na­m api sāmānyaṃ dhū­ma­va­ttvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. tasya sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nya­sya tena sā­dhya­sā­mā­nye­na vyāptir vyāptatā a­nva­yaḥ­, sa kathaṃ gauṇa iti? tasmād u­pa­ca­ri­ta­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­nva­yo­pa­kṛ­tā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d a­rtha­ni­śca­yo durlabha ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 21­6­,1~kiṃ ca yady u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇau pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­nva­yau na mukhyau, tadānyau mukhyau va­kta­vyau­, na hi mu­khyo­pa­la­mbhā­sa­mbha­ve kvacit ta­du­pa­cā­raḥ pra­va­rta­te­. mukhyau ced a­nya­tra­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­nva­yau­, tathāpi tata e­vā­nu­mā­na­prā­mā­ṇya­sya siddher nā­tya­ntā­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 21­6­,4~yad apy u­kta­m­, dharmiṇaḥ si­ddha­tvā­t sā­dha­na­vai­pha­lya­m iti, tan na; sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. ta­tsā­dhya­tve 'py a­nu­ga­mā­bhā­vo nāsti, sā­dhya­sā­mā­nye­nā­nu­ga­ma­syo­kta­tvā­t­. na hi sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nva­yaḥ kaiścid a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, loke vā pra­tī­ya­te­. kiṃ tarhi? yo yaḥ kaścid dhū­ma­vā­n kṛ­ta­ka­ś ca sa so '­gni­mā­n a­ni­tya­ś ceti loke pra­tī­ya­te­. dha­rma­sā­dhya­tve 'pi yad uktam — sāmānye si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā viśeṣe '­nu­ga­mā­bhā­va iti, tatra sā­mā­nya­m eva sā­dhya­m­. na ca si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­, vi­va­kṣi­te dharmiṇy a­si­ddha­sya sā­mā­nya­sya sā­dhya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tena cā­nu­pa­ga­mo 'sty eva. tathā hi yatra dhūmas ta­trā­gni­r ity evaṃ loke 'py anvayaḥ pra­si­ddha­s tā­va­nmā­tre­ṇa cā­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t tatra pra­de­śa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ta­tsa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vānvayo '­kā­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 21­6­,15~yad apy a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­sya gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d i­tyā­dyu­kta­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­. yato 'sti tāvad iyaṃ lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇā­m api pra­tī­ti­r abhrāntā ni­śca­yā­tmi­kā — yatra dhūmas ta­trā­gni­r a­gnya­bhā­ve kvacin na dhūma iti. tasyāḥ khalu ni­rū­pya­mā­ṇaṃ yadi kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­kṣa­li­ṅgā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­maṃ niścetuṃ śa­kya­te­, ta­dā­ti­bha­dra­ka­m­, no cet tathāpi ni­ści­ta­sya va­stu­na­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇā­ni­śca­yā­d eva nā­pa­hnu­ti­r yu­ktā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 21­6­,21~atra kecid āhuḥ — a­nu­mā­ne­nai­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vo na gṛ­hya­te­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t — ity a­trā­vi­vā­da eva. nāpi pra­tya­kṣa­mā­tre­ṇa­, kin tu bhū­yo­da­rśa­na­ga­myā hi vyāptir iti, bhū­yo­da­rśa­na­m iti ko 'rthaḥ? bahūni da­rśa­nā­nī­ty arthaḥ. tāni kiṃ pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya­tā­ni­? āho svid a­śe­ṣā­gni­dhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇī­ti­? yadi pra­tya­rtha­ni­ya­tā­ni­, tadā ka­lpa­sa­ha­sre­ṇā­pi nā­śe­ṣa­vya­kti­vi­ṣa­yaṃ da­rśa­na­m u­tpā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­, de­śa­kā­lā­di­bhe­de­na vya­ktī­nā­m ā­na­ntyā­t­. na cā­śe­ṣa­vya­kti­sa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇe vya­bhi­cā­ra­śaṃ­kā ni­va­rta­te­. na hi sa­ha­sra­śo 'pi pā­rthi­va­sya lo­ha­cche­dya­tva­da­rśa­nā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddhi­. atha pra­tye­ka­m a­śe­ṣā­gni­dhū­ma­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇi da­rśa­nā­ni­, ta­dai­ke­nai­va vyā­pti­si­ddheḥ śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­na­rtha­kya­m­. kiṃ ca kra­mo­tpa­nnā­nāṃ da­rśa­nā­nā­m a­na­va­sthā­yi­tvā­n na sā­hi­tya­kā­ri­tva­m­. yu­ga­pa­du­tpā­da­s tu na sa­mbha­va­ty a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 21­7­,4~anye tu pa­ri­śe­ṣa­ba­le­na mānasaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vyā­pti­grā­ha­kaṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; sa­rva­da­rśi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sa­ma­sta­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­da­rśa­ne hi yad yat kṛtakaṃ tat sarvam anityaṃ nityaṃ tu sarvam a­kṛ­ta­ka­m ity evaṃ rūpā vyā­pti­pra­tya­kṣā bhavati nā­nya­thā­. tathā ca sa­rvā­nu­mā­tuḥ sa­rva­da­rśi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 21­7­,8~sa­rva­smiṃ­s tu pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dṛṣṭe kim a­nu­mā­ne­na vai­ya­rthyā­t­? vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­la eva sa­rva­da­rśī bha­va­ti­, nā­nya­dā­. te­no­tta­ra­kā­la­m a­nu­mā­naṃ sā­rtha­ka­m eveti cet, na; pā­da­pra­sā­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­tvā­t­. yadi ca vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­le 'py asau sa­rva­da­rśī­, tadā kim iti vyu­tthi­ta­yo­gi­va­t sva­rgā­di­ṣv a­va­sthi­tā e­va­mbhū­tā arthā mayā dṛṣṭā iti vyāptim iva nā­nu­sa­ndha­tte­? a­tī­ndri­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­ttyo­r a­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. na hi mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ye 'py a­tī­ndri­ya­vya­va­hā­ro vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś cāsti, su­khā­di­ṣv a­da­rśa­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 21­7­,16~apare tv āhuḥ — ka­ti­pa­ya­sa­mba­ndhi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­tā­v a­gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndha­yo­r api ta­jjā­tī­ya­tva­sā­ma­rthyā­d ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vo bha­va­tī­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, pā­rthi­va­lo­ha­cche­dya­jā­tī­ya­tva­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇo­kto­tta­ra­tvā­d a­ta­jjā­tī­yai­r a­gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndha­tvā­vi­śe­ṣāṃ ceti. sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi vya­kti­vi­ṣa­ye pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­vṛ­ttī na syā­tā­m­, sā­mā­nyā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­d vya­ktī­nā­m­, na cā­nya­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇe tato '­rthā­nta­re '­nu­mi­ti­r yu­ktā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi sā­mā­nya­mā­tre­ṇa dā­hā­dya­rthaḥ sādhyate yatas ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­m e­vā­nu­mā­naṃ kṛtārthaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 21­7­,23~nanu "­ni­rvi­śe­ṣaṃ na sāmānyaṃ bhavec cha­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t­"­. ataḥ sāmānye '­nu­mi­te '­rthā­pa­ttyā vi­śe­ṣā­dhi­ga­ma­s tataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­s tato '­rtha­prā­ptau dā­hā­di­kā­rya­si­ddhiḥ­, tat kathaṃ sā­mā­nya­vi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­mā­naṃ ni­ra­rtha­ka­m e­ve­ti­? naitat sādhu; tathā hi — kiṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­s ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā viśeṣo '­va­ga­mya­te­? ta­dvi­pa­rī­to vā? prācīne pakṣe pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭā­gnyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yai­va tataḥ pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­vṛ­tti­ś ca syāt tato '­nu­mā­nā­rthā­pa­ttyā smṛtyā sa­hā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­m eva syāt. a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­syā­py a­va­ga­me 'py a­gni­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ga­rda­bhā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­va­ga­mo 'pi syāt. nanu cā­gni­bhā­vo '­gni­tva­m u­cya­te­, na ga­rda­bhā­di­bhā­vaḥ­, tatas ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā kathaṃ ga­rda­bhā­dya­va­ga­ma iti? a­gni­bhā­vo 'gnitvaṃ na ga­rda­bhā­di­bhā­va ity etad eva kuto ni­ści­ta­m­? lo­ka­pra­si­ddhi­ta iti cet, saiva prasiddhiḥ katam a­pra­mā­ṇa­mū­le­ti vi­cā­ra­yi­tuṃ prārabdhā loke ca kṛ­ṣṇā­kā­śā­di­pra­si­ddhi­va­n mithyā pra­si­ddhi­r api dṛṣṭā. a­thā­gni­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv e­vā­gni­tvaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ na ga­rda­bhā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv iti, na; sa­ma­stā­gni­ga­rda­bhā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­gra­ha­ṇe katham a­gni­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­si­ddhiḥ­? kiṃ cā­gni­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā kvāpy a­gni­vi­śe­ṣaḥ si­ddhya­tu­, vi­va­kṣi­ta­pra­de­śe kutaḥ si­ddhya­ti­? na hi ta­da­sa­mbha­ve 'gnitvaṃ no­pa­pa­dya­te­. ta­tpra­de­śo­pa­la­kṣi­ta­m a­gni­tva­m anyathā no­pa­pa­dya­ta iti cet, ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­pra­si­ddhau kuto 'yaṃ niyamaḥ siddhaḥ? kiṃ ca ta­tpra­de­śo­pa­la­kṣi­tā­gni­tva­sā­dha­ne 'yam aparo 'narthaḥ prāptaḥ — ta­thā­vi­dhe­na sa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi, ta­thā­vi­dhā­gni­tva­si­ddhau hi sa­rva­trā­py a­gni­tva­si­ddhiḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 21­8­,16~tat kim idānīṃ su­ra­gu­ru­ma­ta­m e­vā­nu­sa­rtta­vya­m­? nā­nu­sa­rtta­vyaṃ ka­smā­t­? tanmate 'pi pūrvam u­tta­ra­tra ca bā­dha­ka­bhū­ya­stva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t kutas tarhi vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­m­? kim ā­ka­smi­ka­m eva? na, pra­tya­kṣa­to 'pi tadvatāṃ vya­pti­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. tathā hi — yatra dhūmas tatrāgniḥ ta­dra­hi­te nāsti dhūma ity ayam a­vi­nā­bhā­va u­cya­te­, sa ca vi­sphā­ri­te­na sā­gnya­na­gni­de­śa­sa­mba­ddhe­na cakṣuṣā pra­tha­ma­m api gṛ­hya­te­. yadi pa­ra­ma­dhya­mā­lpa­me­dha­sāṃ saṃ­skā­ra­pā­ṭa­vā­rthaṃ bhū­yo­da­rśa­naṃ mṛgyate nā­ma­gra­nthā­bhyā­sa­va­t­. nanu ca dhū­ma­da­ha­na­yo­r vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vo '­vi­nā­bhā­va u­cya­te­. sa ca sa­ma­sta­dhū­mā­gni­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhaḥ­, tataḥ sa­rva­ta­dvya­ktya­gra­he kathaṃ gṛhyata iti? yaḥ sa­rva­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭhaḥ sa kim e­ka­dvi­tryā­di­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭho na bha­va­ti­, yena tadgrahe 'pi na gṛ­hya­te­? tathā hi — sā­mā­nya­sa­ma­vā­ya­yo­r a­na­nta­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tve 'py e­ka­dvi­tryā­di­vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­la eva grahaṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. a­va­ya­vi­na­ś ca na sa­rvā­śra­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva gra­ha­ṇa­m iti prāg eva sā­dhi­ta­m­. saṃ­yo­ga­syā­py e­kā­śra­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­d gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅga ity apy a­co­dya­m­, vi­ci­tra­śa­kta­yo dvi­pa­dā­rthāḥ tatra yo yathā gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gyaḥ sa tathā gṛ­hya­te­. ta­dyo­gya­tā ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­he­tva­nva­ya­vya­kti­r e­kā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­vā­va­ga­mya­te­, ca­kṣu­rā­di­bhiḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­rū­pā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 21­9­,2~a­vi­nā­bhā­va­s tu yadi dṛśyaḥ sambandhaḥ tadā sa­ma­vā­ya­va­t sa­mba­ndhi­dva­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­le 'pi gṛ­hī­taḥ­. atha vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ vyāpyatvaṃ cā­gni­dhū­ma­va­rga­yoḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­to dharmaḥ, tathāpy a­gni­tva­dhū­ma­tvā­di­va­d e­ka­dvi­tryā­di­vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­la eva gṛ­hī­taḥ­, na sa­rva­gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­kṣi­pa­ti­. a­thā­gni­tva­dhū­ma­tva­yo­r a­nyo­nyā­dhā­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ yathā gra­ha­ṇa­m­, na tathā vyā­pa­ka­tva­vyā­pya­tva­yo­r ity asamo dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. evam api pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tva­ma­dhya­tvā­di­va­d dvi­tryā­di­dha­rmi­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva gra­ha­ṇa­m­. a­dṛ­śya­tve tu sa­rva­dha­rmi­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na tasya grahaṇaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ­. ta­da­bhā­vā­d a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­c cā­nu­mā­na­to 'pi na gra­ha­ṇa­m ity abhāva e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sya prāptaḥ, tato '­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca doṣān va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tasmāt sa­rva­vya­ktya­gra­he 'pi gṛhīta e­vā­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 21­9­,12~yady evaṃ yayor a­vi­nā­bhā­vo gṛ­hī­ta­s tayor eva ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vo 'stu; nā­pū­rvā­gni­dhū­ma­yoḥ­, tayor a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­mba­ndha­tvā­t­. a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­mba­ndha­yo­r api ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­ve hy a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syād iti na; a­gni­dhū­ma­va­rga­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. sa cet kvacid dṛṣṭas tadā nā­gni­dhū­ma­yoḥ sambandhaḥ kvacid adṛṣṭo 'sti. yadi nāma dharmiṇāṃ kaścin na dṛṣṭaḥ, tadā ta­ddha­rma­sya dṛṣṭatve kim ā­yā­ta­m­? na hi dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r abhedo 'sti, nāpi dhū­mā­gni­vya­ktī­nāṃ pratyekaṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­dha­rma­bhe­do 'sti. ta­syā­gni­tvā­di­va­t sa­ma­vā­ya­va­d vā ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­c cai­ka­tva­m eva. na cā­bhi­nnā­tmai­va dṛṣṭo na dṛṣṭaś cety u­pa­pa­dya­te­. na tv evaṃ sa­ma­vā­yo 'py ekasya dṛṣṭaḥ sa­rva­syā­pi dṛṣṭa e­vā­bhe­dā­ta­, tataś cā­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtho­pa­la­mbhe 'pi ta­tsa­ma­vā­yi­naḥ sa­rva­syā­nu­mā­naṃ pra­sa­jya­ta iti na, sa­mba­ndha­syā­pi vi­ci­tra­śa­kti­tvā­t­. anyā khalu sa­ma­vā­ya­sya śaktiḥ, anyā saṃ­yo­ga­sya­, anyā ca sa­mba­ndhā­nta­ra­sya­, dha­rmā­nta­ra­sya vā. tatra vi­ṣa­ma­dhvā­dī­nā­m i­ve­ta­ra­śa­kti­sā­myā­pā­da­naṃ kiṃcit sā­dha­rmyā­d a­yu­kta­m­. vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sya tv itthaṃ sāmarthyaṃ yad e­ka­trā­py ayaṃ gṛhīto 'nyatra sma­rya­mā­ṇa­s ta­dva­to­r a­pū­rva­yo­r api ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­ve nimittaṃ bha­va­ti­. va­stu­ta­s ta­ddha­rma­tve 'pi ta­ddha­rma­tve­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sya kathaṃ smṛtir a­dṛ­ṣṭa­dhū­ma­da­rśa­nā­t­? a­pra­ti­ba­ddhā­rtha­da­rśa­na­sya smṛ­ti­he­tu­tve '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti cet, na; tena sa­hai­ka­dha­rmi­dha­rma­tve­na dṛṣṭasya dhū­ma­sā­mā­nya­sya smṛ­ti­he­tu­tvā­t­. sa­rva­vyā­pya­vyā­pa­kā­gra­he kathaṃ sa­rvo­pa­saṃ­hā­re­ṇa pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, na; a­nu­mā­na­ta­s ta­tsa­mbha­vā­t­. kathaṃ? ye dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣā dṛṣṭā atha vā de­śā­nta­ra­stha­tve­na bhū­ta­tve­nā­nā­ga­ta­tve­na sa­mbhā­vya­nte­, sarve '­gni­vyā­ptā dhū­ma­tvā­d u­pa­la­bdha­dhū­ma­va­t­. dhū­ma­va­ntaḥ pradeśā vā­gni­ma­ntaḥ sā­dhya­nte­, dhū­ma­va­ttvā­t­; ta­tho­pa­la­bdha­pra­de­śa­va­t­. tato yad yad ittham tat sarvaṃ ta­thai­ve­ty evaṃ sa­rvo­pa­saṃ­hā­re­ṇa smṛtir api bha­va­ti­. evaṃ sati pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t mānasaṃ pratyakṣaṃ vyā­pti­grā­ha­kaṃ na vaktavyaṃ pa­ri­śe­ṣa­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 22­0­,5~yadi punaḥ pū­rva­nī­tyā­vi­nā­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sa­ma­rtha­yi­tuṃ na śakyate ta­dā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­tya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā mā­na­sa­m eva pratyakṣaṃ sa­ma­rtha­nī­ya­m­. yadi tarhi sarvo 'pi prāṇī yogī bhūtvā vyāptiṃ gṛ­hṇā­ti­, ta­dā­gnyā­di­ṣu ca­kṣu­rā­di kvāpi na vyāpṛtaṃ yasya, tasyāpi yatra yatra dhūmas tatra tatra sa­rva­trā­gni­r iti pratītiḥ syād iti, na; manasaḥ sa­rvā­rtha­tve 'py a­ni­ya­ta­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t­. yathā sma­rta­vyā­rtha­sma­ra­ṇe manasaḥ kvacit saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa eva sa­ha­kā­rī ta­da­pa­kṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­skā­ra­sa­hi­ta­sya tu saṃ­skā­ra­tā­ra­ta­myā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m apy u­pa­la­bhya­te­. evaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­no­tpā­da­ne kvacid dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa eva sa­ha­kā­rī­. ta­da­pa­kṛ­ṣṭā­pa­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­rā­di­dha­rma­sa­hi­ta­sya ta­ddha­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­vi­dhā­na­na sa­mā­dhā­ne­ndri­ya­jñā­na­de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi sa­ha­kā­rī­ty ataḥ ca­kṣu­rā­di­ja­ni­tā­gni­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dhū­ma­jñā­na­sa­hi­ta­sya manasaḥ sa­rvo­pa­saṃ­hā­re­ṇa vyā­pti­grā­ha­ka­tva­m­, tan na ca­kṣu­rā­di­vyā­pā­ra­vai­pha­lya­m­.

NBhū-YA 22­0­,17~nāpi sa­rva­da­rśi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­va gra­ha­ṇā­t­. na khalu yo­gi­va­d a­syā­śe­ṣa­dhū­ma­vya­kti­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ka­ra­ta­lā­ma­la­ka­va­da­nyo­nyā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇā­kā­ra­ta­yā­pi gra­ha­ṇa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? dhū­mā­gnyā­di­sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­va­, yathā dū­ra­stha­syā­ṭa­vī­vṛ­kṣe­ṣu vṛ­kṣa­sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­va gra­ha­ṇa­m­, na dha­vā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­re­ṇā­pī­ti­. yatra yatreti ca de­śā­nā­m api dhū­mā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­kā­re­ṇa sā­mā­nye­nai­va gra­ha­ṇa­m­; na tu ma­ga­dha­pa­rva­tā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­re­ṇā­pi­, ta­drū­pā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­sya vi­ṣa­ya­ni­ya­mo '­nu­mā­na­sā­dhyaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? yatra jñāne yo 'rtho yathā pra­ti­bhā­ti sa tathā tasya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. tathā hi — cākṣuṣe 'pi pu­ru­ṣā­di­jñā­ne kvacit ke­na­ci­d vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sa­ma­ste­na vyastena vā viśiṣṭaḥ so 'rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, na sa­rva­trā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti­. tasmād dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mi­ta­sya manaso vyā­pti­grā­ha­ka­tvā­n na sarvathā sa­rvā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgo 'ta eva nā­nu­mā­na­vai­ya­rthya­m­. yathā grahaṇaṃ smaraṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, tena sva­rgā­di­ṣv a­va­sthi­tā e­vaṃ­bhū­tā arthā mayā dṛṣṭā ity a­nu­sma­ra­ṇaṃ na bha­va­ti­; ta­drū­pe­ṇā­gra­ha­ṇā­t­.

NBhū-YA 22­1­,7~a­tī­ndri­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttyo­r abhāvo 'pi na prā­pno­ti­, vi­śe­ṣā­kā­re­ṇa gra­ha­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na hi yat kiṃcit kṛ­ta­ka­m­, tat sarvam a­ni­tya­m ity asmin vijñāne dha­rmā­dha­rmā­dyā­kā­re­ṇā­pi sarvam anityaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. nāpi yatra kvacid dhūmas tatra sa­rva­trā­gni­r ity atra ca jñāne tā­rṇa­pā­ra­ṇa­pa­rva­tā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa sarvo 'gniḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. kin tu sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­vā­ta­s ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­kā­rā­pe­kṣa­yā­tī­ndri­ya­vya­va­hā­ro vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 22­1­,14~nanv evaṃ tarhi sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­vā­nu­mā­naṃ syāt — yat kṛtakaṃ tad anityaṃ yatra dhūmas ta­trā­gni­r iti. tataś ca si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ parvate 'gniḥ, śabdaś cānitya ity a­nu­mā­naṃ na syāt, te­nā­kā­re­ṇā­vi­nā­bhā­va­syā­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­. anyathā he­ṣi­tā­di­tā­rṇā­dyā­kā­re­ṇā­py a­nu­mā­naṃ syāt. na caitad asti na hi bhavati yasmāt kṛtakaḥ śabdas tasmād ayaṃ heṣitaḥ ke­kā­yi­ta­ś ceti. yasmād atra dhūmas tasmād atra tārṇo 'gniḥ, pārṇaś ceti. naitad asti, ca­kṣu­ṣā­de­r iva ni­ya­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhau sā­dha­na­sya sā­ma­rthyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. na hi striyāṃ vyāpṛtaṃ cakṣuḥ sa­rva­ta­dvi­śe­ṣaṃ gṛ­hṇā­ti­. na cā­kiṃ­ci­d ity u­pa­pa­dya­te­. yatra tasya sāmarthyaṃ tasyaiva gra­ha­ṇā­t­. liṅgasya hi sā­dhya­dha­rmi­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhā­v asti sāmarthyaṃ tena tam eva sā­dha­ya­ti­. na tā­rṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣaṃ tatra sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t­. kiṃ tat sā­ma­rthya­m iti cet? vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­kṛ­taṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tataḥ sā­dhya­dha­rmi­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddheḥ­. tathā hi — gṛ­hī­tā­vi­nā­bhā­vo dhūmaḥ pradeśe ya­trai­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­, ta­trai­vā­gni­bu­ddhiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. yadi punaḥ sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi dhū­ma­sa­dbhā­ve 'pi ta­tsa­mba­ndhy agnir na bhavet tadā yatra yatra dhūmas tatra ta­trā­gni­r iti mi­thyai­ve­yaṃ pratītiḥ syād, dhū­ma­sa­dbhā­vo vā na tatra vāstavaḥ syāt. na caivaṃ tā­rṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­sa­mbha­ve 'pi vyā­pti­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­r a­nya­tra­syā­pi virodho 'sti yena ta­tsi­ddhi­r api syāt.

NBhū-YA 22­1­,30~bhavatu vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vā mithyā, kiṃ naś chinnam iti cet, na; sa­tya­jñā­ne­na tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­d asyāpi sa­tya­tva­si­ddheḥ­. ya eva hi ta­vā­bhi­pre­ta­sya jñānasya satyatve de­śā­nta­rā­dhā­rā­vā­dhya­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo lo­ka­pra­si­ddhi­la­kṣa­ṇo vā nyāyaḥ, sa khalu mama pakṣe 'pi dha­rma­tva­vyā­pti­jñā­na­syā­pi satyatve samāna iti katham asya mi­thyā­tva­m­? kasyāpi na sa­tya­tva­m a­stī­tya­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dho 'pi syāt. yato 'syaiva vākyasya satyatve kathaṃ kasyāpi na sa­tya­tva­m asti? asyāpy a­sa­tya­tve kathaṃ sa­rva­syā­sa­tya­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­? tan na, pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­py a­sa­tya­tvaṃ ta­tsa­tya­tve cāvaśyaṃ pa­kṣa­sa­mba­ndhā­va­cchi­nna­syā­gneḥ siddhir a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyā­. va­hi­rvyā­ptya­nta­rvyā­pti­pra­sā­dā­d u­bha­ya­si­ddhi­r iti pū­rvā­cā­ryāḥ­. yataḥ pakṣād va­hi­rde­śe ma­hā­na­sā­dā­v a­gni­mā­tre­ṇa dhūmasya vyāptiḥ pra­ti­pa­nnā tato dhūmād agniḥ sā­mā­nye­na si­ddhya­ti­. yatas tu pa­kṣā­nta­rde­śe dhūma u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tatas ta­tsa­mba­ddhā­gni­vi­śe­ṣa eva si­ddhya­ti­, na tā­rṇā­diḥ­; tatsiddhau pra­ti­ba­ndhā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. tā­rṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­vi­nā­bhū­taṃ tu dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣaṃ yo vi­ve­ca­yi­tuṃ śaktaḥ, tasya ta­dvi­da­s tā­rṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­na­m api bha­va­ti­. etena śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­naṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­. yadā tu śabde kṛ­ta­ka­tva­mā­tra­m u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tadā tataḥ sā­mā­nye­na kā­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­m a­ni­tya­tva­mā­traṃ cā­nu­mī­ya­te­. tasya śa­bda­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r api pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­ba­lā­d a­gni­va­d dra­ṣṭa­vye­ti­. evam aneṣv a­thā­nu­mā­nā­nta­re­ṣu nyāyas tulyo dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. tasmād a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­sya grahītuṃ śa­kya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity u­kta­m­. e­te­nai­ta­d api ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ yad āha "­nai­vā­smā­bhiḥ sarvathā pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m a­nu­mā­na­sya pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, ye tu laukikaṃ pa­nthā­na­m utsṛjya tri­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ca­tu­rla­kṣa­ṇaṃ vā liṅgam a­nu­me­ya­pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti­, ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ kri­ya­ta­" iti.

NBhū-YA 22­2­,22~syād etad evaṃ yadi lau­ki­kā­nā­m a­pra­si­ddhā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­nā­dhā­ra­li­ṅga­da­rśa­nā­d a­nu­mā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. yāvatā te 'pi gṛ­hī­tā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­li­ṅgaṃ yatra paśyanti tatraiva ta­dvyā­pa­ka­m a­nu­mi­nva­nti­. na hi laukikā grāme dhūmaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­ṭa­vyā­m agniṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­. nāpy a­pū­rva­śa­bdā­ṅku­rā­di­kā­rya­gra­ha­ṇā­t tā­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nu­mi­nva­nti­. tat kathaṃ vayaṃ laukikaṃ panthānaṃ tya­kta­va­ntaḥ­? nanu ca laukikā dhūmaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­thā­gniṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­, na tu yūyam iva pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­vya­va­hā­raṃ ku­rva­nti­. tasmād a­sā­dha­vo yūyam iti, naitad asti; yadi nāma vya­va­hā­ra­lā­gha­vā­rthaṃ sa­ttā­dī­nāṃ pra­tya­ya­saṃ­jñā­va­t pa­rva­ta­ma­hā­na­sā­dī­nāṃ pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣā­di­saṃ­jñāḥ kṛtāḥ katham a­smā­ka­m e­tā­va­tai­vā­sā­dhu­tva­m­? na hi saṃ­jñā­nta­re­ṇa vya­va­hā­rā­rthā­nya­thā­tvaṃ bha­va­ti­. na ca loke pa­kṣā­di­saṃ­jñā na prasiddhā ity e­tā­va­tai­va ta­da­rthā­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhya­ti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­da­rtha­s tu loke 'pi siddha ity u­kta­m­. pra­si­ddha­syā­py a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­nu­vā­dā­rtha­m­. a­nu­vā­de cā­tmā­di­ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­nu­mā­na­yo­r vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau pra­yo­ja­na­m ity u­kta­m­. evaṃ cā­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ na yu­kta­m­. dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­ne­na sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 22­3­,7~tathā ca sati vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhā­de­r api ni­ra­va­kā­śa­tvā­d a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m­. tathā hi — yadi vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­na­sya ne­ṣya­te­, tadāsya sa­rva­tra­ga­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­. pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ ca sa­rva­tra­ga­tva­m­, na cāsti viśeṣo yena dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ na ni­va­rta­ya­ty a­nu­mā­nā­nta­raṃ ca sarvam eva ni­va­rta­ya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 22­3­,12~atha dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­na­syā­pi ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­m e­ve­ṣya­te­, tadā sa­rva­lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ro­dhaḥ sva­va­ca­na­pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ro­dha­ś ca — yady a­nu­mā­naṃ na pramāṇaṃ ta­dā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tyā­ya­nā­rthaṃ va­ca­na­vi­śe­ṣo­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ na syāt. a­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­m a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­sya gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d i­tyā­di­vā­kyaṃ yāvad u­ccā­ra­ya­si­, tāvad a­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ pramāṇaṃ vā sa­mya­ga­rthā­va­bo­dha­sā­dhā­nā­d i­tyā­di­vā­kyaṃ kasmān no­ccā­ra­ya­si­? kasmād a­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ yataḥ pū­rvo­kta­syā­pi vākyasya pa­rā­va­bo­dho­tpā­da­ne sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. tathā sukhārthaṃ kṣī­ra­gu­ḍā­di­kaṃ yāvad ā­svā­da­ya­si­, tāvad a­gni­vi­ṣā­di­kaṃ kasmān nā­svā­da­ya­si­? tathā kū­pa­ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­va­rja­na­su­mā­rga­pā­da­vi­ha­ra­ṇā­di­ṣv apy a­nu­yo­gaḥ kāryaḥ. na hy amutaḥ sā­dha­nā­t sukhaṃ me bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, amutaḥ sā­dha­nā­d anartha ity a­nu­mā­naṃ vinānyaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yo 'sti. api cā­nu­mī­ya­te­ne­ne­ty a­nu­me­yo 'rthaḥ, samyak pa­ri­cchi­dya­te yena tad a­nu­mā­na­m u­kta­m­, tataś cā­nu­mā­naṃ cā­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ceti vyā­ghā­tā­d a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 22­3­,23~pa­rā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇā­na­nu­mā­na­m apy a­nu­mā­na­m uktam ato na virodha iti cet. a­nu­mā­naṃ vinā kathaṃ pa­rā­bhi­prā­yaṃ jñā­ta­vā­n asi? na ca tvanmate kiṃcid apy a­nu­mā­na­m asti, ya­tsā­dha­rmyā­d a­na­nu­mā­ne 'py a­nu­mā­na­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te pra­tya­kṣā­bhā­se­ṣu pra­tya­kṣa­śa­bda­va­t­. api cā­nu­mā­na­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ kena pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­? na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­na­syā­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ paraṃ ca pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣi­tuṃ kaścic cha­kno­ti­. a­nu­mā­na­sya cā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa prāmāṇyaṃ tvayā ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ śa­bdā­de­s tu sutarāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ neṣṭaṃ sa­tyā­nṛ­ta­saṃ­de­hai­r i­tyā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇā­t­. tasmād a­nu­mā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­m u­nma­tta­vā­kya­va­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m e­ve­ti­. yat punar a­tro­kta­m — pa­ra­pra­si­ddhe­na sva­prā­mā­ṇya­m a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­te­. na co­bha­ya­si­ddha­m eva pramāṇaṃ yasmād va­ca­nā­tma­ka­m a­nu­mā­naṃ vaktur na pra­mā­ṇa­m atha ca vaktā tena paraṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca pra­yā­sa­sya tāv asya u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhe­na pra­yo­ja­na­m idaṃ cātra sa­mpra­dhā­ryaṃ — sva­to­pra­si­ddho hetur dṛṣṭanto vā yasya pra­si­ddha­s taṃ pra­tyu­pā­dī­ya­mā­naḥ paraṃ pra­tyā­ya­ya­ti­? uta neti? na ca śakyaṃ vaktum — pra­tyā­ya­ya­tī­ti­, tasmād u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhi­r a­kā­ra­ṇa­m iti, tad etad a­yu­kta­m­; yato '­nu­mā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tve pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­r eva kutas tvayā ni­ści­tā­? na hi śa­rī­ra­m iva buddhiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ­, śa­rī­ra­svrū­pa­ni­śca­ye 'pi bu­ddhi­sva­rū­pe sa­nde­ha­da­rśa­nā­t­. evaṃ hetor dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya ca pa­ra­pra­si­ddha­tvaṃ tena ca pra­tī­ti­r bhavaty e­ve­ti­. tad etat sarvaṃ jā­tya­ndha­śu­kla­va­lā­kā­di­ni­da­rśa­na­va­d a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 22­4­,10~ta­dva­ca­nā­t pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­r a­va­ga­mya­ta iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ pa­ra­va­ca­na­m eva pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na tva­yā­ṅgī­kṛ­ta­m­? naivam iti cet, pa­ra­pra­si­ddha­s ta­dva­ca­nā­d a­va­ga­mya­te na ca ta­tpra­mā­ṇa­m ity aho mohasya mā­hā­tmya­m­? ye­nai­vaṃ­vi­dhaṃ satsu madhye vyāhataṃ vākyam u­ccā­rya­te­. na hi pra­mā­ṇa­sya viṣāṇe staḥ, kin tu yenārtho '­va­ga­mya­te­, tad eva pra­mā­ṇa­m iti. vaktur a­bhi­prā­ya­mā­tra­sū­ca­ka­tve tv a­nu­mā­na­tva­m eva va­ca­na­sya prā­pta­m­, na ca sva­yaṃ­pra­ti­pa­nne­na hetunā dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na vā pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­naṃ yu­kta­m­. na hy a­pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tā kaścid u­pa­pa­dya­te­. na hi bā­la­go­pā­lā­dī­nāṃ śā­strā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ne '­dhi­kā­ro 'sti. jā­tya­ndhā­da­yo hi na rū­pā­di­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­vi­cā­re '­dhi­kri­ya­nte­. tasmāt pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­c ca pra­yā­sa­sye­tyā­dy apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 22­4­,19~yac coktam — va­ca­nā­tma­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­va­ktu­r na pra­mā­ṇa­m iti, tad apy a­cā­ru­; yadi hi vaktus tena pra­mi­ti­r na ja­ni­tā­, tadāsau janitā tadāsau vaktā katham a­na­va­dhā­ri­ta­sā­ma­rthyaṃ vacanaṃ liṅgaṃ vā pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­yo­pa­di­śa­ti yat kiṃcid vo­pa­di­śe­d a­na­va­ga­ta­śa­kti­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. na cā­smā­bhi­r niyamaḥ kriyate yaiva vyaktir ubhayoḥ pramitiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, saiva pa­ra­pra­tyā­ya­nā­yo­pa­de­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. yataḥ pra­dī­pe­na kaścid a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā ta­nni­rvā­ṇe 'py a­nya­syo­pa­di­śa­ti tvam api pradīpaṃ jva­la­yi­tvā tam arthaṃ pa­śye­ti­. andho 'pi pū­rya­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­m e­vo­pa­di­śa­ti­. jā­tya­ndha­va­d iti cet, syān matam — yathā jātyandhaḥ pradīpaṃ ka­dā­ci­n na dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n­, nāpi tena pra­kā­śi­taṃ rū­pā­nta­ra­m­, tathāpy asau ca­kṣu­ṣma­ntaṃ pra­tyu­pa­di­śa­ti — pra­dī­pe­na rūpaṃ pa­śye­ti­. tadvad vayam api he­tvā­di­sva­rū­paṃ ta­tsā­dhyā­nu­me­ya­sva­rū­paṃ na jā­nī­ma­s tathāpi ma­hā­nu­bhā­ve­na pa­rā­nu­gra­ho 'vaśyaṃ kartavya ity a­jñā­tai­r eva he­tvā­di­bhi­s tadvidaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­vā­maḥ­. svayam a­mu­kta­sya yathā ni­ḍā­di­bhyaḥ paraṃ mo­ca­ya­to ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­tai­va no­pā­la­mbha­s tadvad asmākaṃ svayam a­vyu­tpa­nnā­nā­m iva paraṃ vyu­tpā­da­ya­tāṃ ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­tai­va sa­mbha­va­ti­, na tū­pā­la­mbha iti. svayam a­vyu­tpa­nnaḥ paraṃ ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­ta­yā vyu­tpā­da­ya­tī­ti ke­nai­ta­c chra­ddhī­ya­te­? na hi jā­ta­mā­tra­syai­vo­pā­dhyā­ya­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. jā­tya­ndha­s tu na tāvat pra­dī­pā­dyu­pa­de­śe­na ca­kṣu­ṣma­ntaṃ vyu­tpā­da­ya­nn u­pa­la­bhya­te­. e­tā­va­t tu yadi sa­mbhā­vya­te sva­pra­ti­bhā­sā­ma­rthyā­d ā­pta­va­ca­ne­bhyaḥ pra­dī­pa­sya ca­kṣuḥ­sa­hi­ta­sya rū­pā­di­pra­kā­śa­ka­tvaṃ jā­tya­ndhe­na yady a­va­ga­ta­m­, tadāsau ta­tho­pa­di­śa­ty api. tvaṃ punaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d api na hetvādeḥ sā­dha­na­bhū­ta­sya dū­ṣa­ṇa­bhū­ta­sya vā pa­rā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ pra­ti­pa­nno 'si, tat kathaṃ jā­ta­mā­tra­va­da­vyu­tpa­nnaḥ paraṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­si­? a­pra­ti­pa­nna­sā­ma­rthye­na he­tvā­di­nā pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­ne ca bu­ddhyā­di­li­ṅgai­r ā­tmā­dya­sti­tvaṃ ta­jjñā­nā­d a­pa­va­rgaṃ ca kasmān na pra­ti­pā­da­ya­si­? yena ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­tā­pi tava jyāyasī bhaved iti.

NBhū-YA 22­5­,12~na vayaṃ kiṃcit pra­ti­pa­ttā­raḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yā­mo vā, kiṃ tarhi? pareṣāṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­m eva kurmaḥ, sū­trā­ṇā­m api pa­rya­nu­yo­gā­rtha­tvā­d iti cet, yat kiṃcid etad iti, yadi hi vyartham eva pa­rya­nu­yo­gaṃ ka­ro­ṣi­, ta­do­nma­tta­va­du­pe­kṣī­ṇī­yo 'si. atha pa­rya­nu­yo­ge­nā­yaṃ ma­da­bhi­prā­yaṃ jñātvā yad uttaraṃ dā­sya­ti­, tena vayam a­syā­bhi­prā­yaṃ jñātvā gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­tve­na pa­rī­kṣi­ṣyā­ma­ha ity etad arthaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaṃ ka­ro­ṣi­, tadā kathaṃ pa­rā­bhi­prā­ya­pra­ti­pa­tti­sā­dha­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pramāṇaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­si­? na ca vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­mā­tre­ṇa ta­du­tta­ra­mā­tre­ṇa vā kaścid arthaḥ si­ddhya­ti­, ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yau vā bha­va­taḥ­. kiṃ tarhi? sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­yoḥ sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne­na­, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va svapakṣaḥ sā­dha­yi­tuṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣo dū­ṣa­yi­tuṃ na śa­kya­te­. sa­rva­trā­ni­śca­ye ca tat saṃ­bhā­va­nā­pi na syād ato na saṃ­bhā­va­na­yā­pi sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇo­pa­nyā­so '­tya­nta­sa­ndi­gdha­sye­ti­. api caite vi­ru­ddhā­di­he­ta­vaḥ kim a­nu­mā­ne prā­mā­ṇya­saṃ­de­ho­tpā­da­nā­yo­pa­nya­stāḥ­? āho svid a­pra­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­nā­ye­ti­? yadi saṃ­de­ho­tpā­da­nā­ya­, kim ā­tma­naḥ­? atha pa­re­ṣā­m iti? yady ā­tma­na­s tadā vya­rthā­vi­ru­ddhā­da­yaḥ­, tair vināpy a­nu­mā­ne saṃ­de­ha­s tavāsty eva. pareṣāṃ tu vi­ru­ddhā­di­bhyaḥ saṃdeho bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty a­nu­mā­nā­prā­mā­ṇye kutas tva­yā­va­ga­ta­m­? a­thā­mu­taḥ pareṣāṃ saṃdeho bha­vi­ṣya­ti ka­dā­ci­nna­ve­ty evaṃ saṃ­de­he­nai­va vi­ru­ddhā­da­ya u­pa­nya­sya­nte­, tathāpi vyarthas ta­du­pa­nyā­sa­s ta­da­nu­pa­nyā­se 'pi ta­da­rtha­sa­mbha­vā­t­. vyarthatve 'pi saṃdeha iti cet, so 'yaṃ saṃ­de­ha­gra­ha­gṛ­hī­taḥ saṃ­de­ha­kā­ra­ṇe 'pi sā­mā­nya­dha­rma­da­rśa­nā­dau yadi niścayaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ti­, tato '­ci­ki­tsya­tvā­d u­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya e­ve­ti­. atha vi­ru­ddhā­da­yo '­nu­mā­nā­prā­mā­ṇye ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­nā­yo­pa­di­śya­nte­, tathā sati ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­ka­tve­na prā­mā­ṇya­m e­vā­na­nu­mā­na­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­nu­mā­na­tvaṃ ceti kathaṃ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­? pa­ra­syā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ kurvad a­na­nu­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m eva pa­ra­kī­ye­ndri­ya­va­t­. yad apy uktam — tatrāpi trayam ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­, tad apy a­bhi­pre­tā­rthā­si­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­yu­kta­m­. vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­yā­d a­nu­mā­na­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhi­r a­bhi­pre­tā­, tac ca vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­ya­m a­na­va­stha­yā dū­ṣi­ta­m ity a­sā­dha­ka­m eva. a­na­va­stha­yā dū­ṣi­ta­syā­pi sva­sā­dhya­sā­dha­ka­tve­, mū­lā­nu­mā­na­syā­pi sva­sā­dhya­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 22­6­,8~atha matam — yathā ma­yo­pa­nya­staṃ vi­ru­ddhā­di­tra­ya­m a­na­va­stha­yā dūṣitaṃ svasādhyaṃ na sā­dha­ya­ti­, evaṃ tva­yo­pa­nya­sta­m ā­tmā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ vi­ru­ddhā­dya­na­va­stha­yā dū­ṣi­ta­m ity a­sā­dha­ka­m e­vā­tmā­de­r iti, naitad e­va­m­; yatas tva­yo­pa­nya­sta­sya vi­ru­ddhā­de­s tva­da­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d eva duṣṭatvaṃ si­ddha­m­, mayā tu sa doṣo nā­bhyu­pa­ga­taḥ­, kuta ā­tmā­dya­nu­mā­na­sya du­ṣṭa­tva­m­? na hi yathāhaṃ rā­jā­dhi­kṣe­paṃ kṛtvā ji­hvā­cche­da­nā­di­duḥ­kha­m a­nu­bha­vā­mi­, tathā tvam a­nu­bha­ve­ty a­bhi­dhā­na­mā­trā­d a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­rā­jā­dhi­kṣe­po 'pi tad duḥkham a­nu­bha­va­ti­. mū­lā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­c ca vi­ru­ddhā­de­r a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m­. yathā pū­rvo­tpa­nna­m api ca­ndrai­ka­tvā­ga­ccha­dvṛ­kṣā­di­jñā­naṃ sa­rva­lo­ka­saṃ­vā­da­pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­na­syā­kṣa­ja­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi bā­dha­ka­m eva, na tu dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­ne­no­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­nā­pi ca­ndrai­ka­tvā­di­jñā­naṃ bā­dhya­te­; tathā dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­na­jñā­naṃ sa­rva­lo­ka­saṃ­vā­da­pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthya­m ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ vi­ru­ddhā­di­jñā­na­sya bā­dha­ka­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. a­nya­thā­kṣa­ja­jñā­nā­m api bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vo na vya­va­ti­ṣṭhe­ta­, tataś ca pra­tya­kṣa­m api pramāṇaṃ na siddhet tathā ca ta­ttvo­pa­pla­va eva syāt, tatra dūṣaṇaṃ bahudhā prāg uktam iti. tasmād dhū­mā­dya­nu­mā­na­jñā­ne­na ni­ści­ta­prā­mā­ṇye­na bā­dhi­ta­sya vi­ru­ddhā­de­r dū­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­sa­tva­m eva dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. e­va­mā­tmā­dya­nu­mā­ne 'pi vi­ru­ddhā­de­s tu­lya­pra­kā­ra­tvā­d a­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m eva. a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­la­hī­na­tvā­c ca na vi­ru­ddhā­di­he­ta­vo mū­la­he­tuṃ bā­dha­nte­. mū­la­he­tu­s tv a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­lo­pe­ta­tvā­d dhi vi­ru­ddhā­di­he­tū­n bādhate e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 22­6­,26~kaḥ punar ayam a­vi­nā­bhā­va iti? ucyate — sva­bhā­va­taḥ sādhyena sā­dha­na­sya vyāptir a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­. yo 'yaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ sva­bhā­ve­nā­va­sthi­to niyamaḥ sādhyasya vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­na­sya vyā­pya­tva­m iti, so '­vi­nā­bhā­va iti. na ca yathā dhū­ma­syā­gni­nā­vyā­pya­tvaṃ sva­bhā­va­ta eva ni­ya­ta­m­, tathā dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­di­pra­ti­vā­dya­bhi­ma­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­bhā­ve­nā­pi vyāpyatvaṃ dhūmasya sva­bhā­ve­na ni­ya­ta­m asti. tasya dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­di­pra­ti­vā­dya­na­va­sthi­ta­tve­nā­na­va­sthi­tvā­t­. na hi sā­dha­na­vā­di­tvaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­di­tvaṃ ca puruṣe vya­va­sthi­ta­m asti. nāpi ta­du­kta­pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­tvaṃ ta­dvi­ka­laṃ ca sva­bhā­ve­na vya­va­sthi­ta­m artheṣv asti. anyathā pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­tvā­bhā­va­va­t pra­kṛ­ta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­vā­dyu­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­tvā­bhā­vo 'py a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. tataḥ kiṃ? pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dho vā bhaved uta ta­da­bhā­va iti. e­ka­syā­py a­sa­mbha­ve sva­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­ta­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dhā­n nobhayoḥ siddhir iti.

NBhū-YA 22­7­,7~etena dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­d ity e­va­mā­dī­nā­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­, ka­lpa­nā­mā­tre­ṇai­ṣā­m api vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vā­n na tv a­gni­dhū­ma­va­t sva­bhā­va­to 'sti vyāptiḥ. sva­bhā­va­vyā­ptau hi dhūmād a­gni­va­nni­ya­ta­dha­rma­si­ddhi­r eva syān no­pa­pla­vaḥ­. a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­di­bhya­s tū­pa­pla­vo dṛ­śya­te­. tathā hi — nityaḥ śabdaḥ pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­t sa­pa­kṣa­va­da­ni­tya­tve 'py ayaṃ sa­mā­naḥ­. ta­thā­kā­śa­śa­bda­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­va­t­, gha­ṭa­śa­bda­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d iti ni­tyā­ni­tya­tvo­pa­pla­vaḥ­. tathā ni­tya­vā­dyu­pa­nya­sta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhā­raḥ śabdo na bha­va­ti­, sā­dhya­dha­rma­śa­bda­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­t sā­dhya­dha­rma­va­d­, a­ni­tya­vā­dyu­kta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhā­raḥ śabdo na bha­va­ti­, he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntau pū­rva­va­d iti dū­ṣa­ṇo­pa­pla­vaḥ­. tathā na pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­dha­rmi­dha­rma­yo­r a­nya­ta­raḥ sā­dhya­dha­rmo dha­rmi­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­d ity etat pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­sā­dhya­dha­rmi­dha­rma­yo­r a­nya­ta­ro na sā­dhya­dha­rmo dha­rmi­tvā­t­, gha­ṭā­di­va­t­. tathā na pra­kṛ­ta­sā­dhya­dha­rma­vā­n ayaṃ pakṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­d vi­pa­kṣa­va­t­, pa­kṣa­kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­c ca kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­t­. tathā vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­nā­ska­ndi­tā­gni­vya­ti­ri­ktā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśo na bha­va­ti­, pra­de­śa­tvā­t­; sa­ttva­jñe­ya­tvā­di­bhya­ś ca ta­da­nya­pra­de­śa­va­d ity etat pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśo na bha­va­ti­, pra­de­śa­tvā­di­he­tu­bhya­s ta­da­nya­pra­de­śa­va­t­. atha vā vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­nā­ska­ndi­tā­gni­vya­ti­ri­ktā­gni­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vā­n ayaṃ pradeśo na bhavati pū­rvo­kta­he­tu­bhya­s ta­da­nya­pra­de­śa­va­t­. tathā na pra­kṛ­tā­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­yā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśaḥ kha­ra­śṛ­ṅgā­śṛ­ṅga­tvā­t kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­d ity etat pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­gni­mā­n nāyaṃ pra­de­śaḥ­, kha­śṛ­ṅgā­śṛ­ṅga­tvā­t kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­va­t­. atha vā na pra­kṛ­ta­pra­tya­nu­mā­na­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pra­de­śaḥ­, pū­rvo­kta­he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhyāṃ ta­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­kā­la­vya­ti­ri­kta­kā­la­vi­śi­ṣṭā­sma­tpra­ti­vā­di­pra­yu­kta­sā­dha­na­bhā­vā­pa­nna­dhū­ma­sā­dhya­si­ddhi­sa­mā­na­kā­la­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ kha­pu­ṣpa­pa­dma­pa­tra­tvā­t pa­dma­pa­tra­va­d ity etat pra­tya­nu­mā­nā­tma­lā­bha­sa­mā­na­kā­la­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ, tāv eva he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntau­. athavā a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­kā­la­vya­ti­ri­kta­kā­la­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vi­va­kṣi­ta­vā­di­pra­yu­kta­sā­dha­na­bhā­vā­pa­nna­dhū­ma­sā­dhya­si­ddhi­vi­pa­rya­ya­sa­mā­na­kā­la­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ, kha­pu­ṣpa­pa­dma­pa­tra­tvā­t­, pa­dma­pa­tra­va­d iti. tad evam a­vya­va­sthi­ta­sā­dhya­tvā­d a­nya­ta­ra­tvā­dī­nāṃ na sā­dhye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vo 'sti. na hi sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhū­ta­sya dhū­mā­de­r a­vya­va­sthi­ta­sā­dhya­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇā­m api dhū­mā­di­da­rśa­nā­d a­gnyā­di­ni­śca­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­prā­ptya­rtha­kri­yā­ni­ṣpa­tti­vya­va­sthā­da­rśa­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 22­8­,5~etena sa­dvi­tī­ya­pra­yo­go 'pi nirastaḥ ya­thā­hu­ś cārvākāḥ — "­a­bhi­vya­kta­cai­ta­nya­śa­rī­ra­la­kṣa­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­gha­ṭa­yo­r a­nya­ta­ra­sa­dvi­tī­yo ghaṭaḥ, a­nu­tpa­nna­tvā­t­. ku­ḍya­va­d­" iti. cai­ta­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ kāya eva puruṣo nānyaḥ pa­ra­lo­kī­ti pra­yo­gā­rthaḥ­. atrāpi no­kta­la­kṣa­ṇo '­vi­nā­bhā­vo 'sty a­vya­va­sthi­ta­sā­dhya­tvā­t­, tathā hi — ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­gha­ṭā­nya­ta­ra­sa­dvi­tī­yo ghaṭaḥ, a­nu­tpa­nna­tvā­t­, ku­ḍya­va­t­; tathā vi­jña­pti­mā­tra­pa­ra­lo­ki­pu­ru­ṣa­gha­ṭā­nya­ta­ra­sa­dvi­tī­yo ghaṭas tata eva hetor ity evaṃ yat kiṃcit sā­dha­yi­tu­m i­ṣya­te­, tat sarvam anena sādhyata iti vya­va­sthi­ta­sā­dhyā­bhā­vaḥ­. na cāyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­sya dharmaḥ, kiṃ tu vya­va­sthi­ta­sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tva­m­, gha­ṭe­nai­va ca sa­dvi­tī­ya­tvaṃ kuḍyasya dṛṣṭaṃ; ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na kathaṃ gha­ṭa­syā­bhi­pre­ta­pu­ru­ṣa­sa­dvi­tī­ya­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­du­pa­ga­mā­da­yo 'py a­ne­nai­va pra­tyu­ktā­s ta­du­pa­ga­ma­syā­pi ta­di­cchā­mā­tre­ṇa pra­vṛ­tte­r a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sva­bhā­va­vyā­ptya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­sa­rva­jñā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­syā­ya­thā­rtha­syā­pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ca du­rjñā­na­m­, yasyāpi sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ sa­mbhā­vya­te te­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­to 'rtha ā­ga­mā­rtha eva, nā­nu­me­ya iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. sa­rva­jño­kta­tve­na ta­dva­ca­na­sya prā­mā­ṇya­mā­trā­nu­mā­na­m iṣyata eva. tasmān na na­va­dra­vya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa dra­vyā­nta­ra­m asti, ka­ṇā­de­nā­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­. pa­ñca­viṃ­śa­ti­ta­ttva­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ta­ttvā­nta­raṃ nāsti, ka­pi­le­nā­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­. pa­ñca­ska­ndha­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ska­ndhā­nta­raṃ nāsti, bu­ddhe­nā­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­, kha­pu­ṣpa­va­d ity e­va­mā­de­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. tasmād yuktam uktaṃ sva­bhā­va­taḥ sādhyena sā­dha­na­sya vyāptir a­vi­nā­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 22­8­,24~sa dvividho '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­bhe­dā­t­. vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­tī­ti­bhe­dā­d ity arthaḥ. vi­dhi­mu­khe­na pra­tī­ya­mā­nā vyāptir a­nva­yaḥ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­mu­khe­na pra­tī­ya­mā­nā vyāptir vya­ti­re­ka u­cya­te­. nanu ca pra­de­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­stho 'gniḥ sādhyas tena cā­pra­tī­te­na sā­dha­na­sya vyāptiḥ kataṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­te­? sā­dhya­pra­tī­tau ca vyarthaṃ vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti, etat pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­m āha — sā­dhya­sā­mā­nye­na sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nya­sya vyāptir anvayaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti vā­kya­śe­ṣaḥ­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — sa­ka­lā­gni­dhū­ma­vya­ktya­nu­ga­ta eka e­vā­nva­yaḥ­, sa ekatra gṛhīto '­nya­trā­pi gṛhīta eva dhū­ma­tvā­di­va­t­, tad etad a­nva­ya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pū­rva­pra­sa­ṅge­na vyā­khyā­ta­m iti. tathā sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve­na sā­dhya­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­va­sya vyāptir vya­ti­re­kaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti śeṣaḥ. sā­dha­na­m e­vā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣaṃ sā­mā­nya­m u­cya­te­. ta­syā­bhā­vo dhū­ma­mā­trā­bhā­va ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 22­9­,6~sādhyaṃ ca dvividhaṃ dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo vā dharmī dha­rmi­vi­śi­ṣṭo vā dharma iti. dha­rmi­vi­śi­ṣṭo dharma iti na yu­kta­m­, vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya dha­rma­tvā­d vi­śe­ṣya­sya ca dha­rmi­tvā­d iti cet, na; sā­dha­na­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tve­na dha­rmi­tva­sya vi­va­kṣi­tvā­t­. pa­rā­śra­ya­tva­mā­tre­ṇa ca dharmatvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­. bhū­ta­bhā­vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā vā vi­śe­ṣya­yo­r dha­rmi­dha­rma­vya­va­hā­raḥ kṛta ity a­do­ṣaḥ­. yadā dharmī sādhyas tadā sādhyasya sā­mā­nya­m a­gni­mā­tra­m a­gni­ma­ttvaṃ vā; yadā tu dharmaḥ sādhyas tadā sādhyam e­vā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣaṃ sā­mā­nya­m­, ta­da­bhā­va­sya sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve­na vyāptir vya­ti­re­kaḥ­. atha vā sā­dha­na­sya sāmānyaṃ dhūmatvaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve­na­, sādhyasya sā­mā­nya­m agnitvaṃ ta­da­bhā­va­sya­, vyāptir ya­trā­gnya­bhā­vā­d a­gni­tvā­nu­pa­la­mbha­s tatra dhū­mā­bhā­vā­d dhū­ma­tvā­nu­pa­la­mbha iti vya­ti­re­kaḥ­. kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­s tu sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vā­t pū­rva­ka­m eva vyā­khyā­na­m­. atha vā sā­dha­na­sya sā­mā­nya­m a­sti­tva­mā­tra­m­, tac ca kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­r apy asti, tena kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­dya­sti­tvā­bhā­ve­nā­ni­tya­tvā­dya­sti­tvā­bhā­va­sya vyāptir vya­ti­re­ka ity uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. tatra sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nyaṃ vyāpyaṃ sā­dhya­sā­mā­nyaṃ vyā­pa­ka­m ity ayaṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vo '­nva­yaḥ­. sā­dhya­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vo vyāpyaḥ sā­dha­na­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vo vyāpaka ity ayaṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vo vya­ti­re­ka iti. "­u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ hetuḥ" "tathā vai­dha­rmyā­d­" iti sūtrābhyāṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sya dvaividhyaṃ si­ddha­m­.

NBhū-YA 22­9­,23~sādhanaṃ li­ṅga­m­, tad dvi­vi­dha­m — dṛṣṭaṃ sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ ca. caśabdaḥ svā­rtha­pa­rā­rtha­bhe­de­na ca dvi­vi­dha­m iti sū­ca­ya­ti­. dvi­vi­dha­gra­ha­ṇa­m u­kta­pra­kā­ra­ni­ya­mā­rtha­m­. u­kta­pra­ka­re­ṇai­va dvividhaṃ ni­ya­mya­te­, na punaḥ pū­rva­va­dā­di­pra­kā­re­ṇe­ti­. sūtre tu dṛ­ṣṭā­di­pra­kā­re­ṇa dvaividhyaṃ ca­śa­bda­sū­ci­taṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. kā­rya­sva­bhā­va­bhe­de­na dvai­vi­dhya­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­s tu pra­ti­ba­ndhā­nta­rā­bhā­vā­d a­trai­vā­nta­rbhā­va iti ke­ci­t­, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ cety u­kta­m­, tā­dā­tmya­pra­ti­ba­ndha­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­; tathā ca va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tatra pra­tya­kṣa­yo­gyā­rthā­nu­mā­pa­kaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā dhūmo 'gner iti. sva­bhā­va­vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­mā­pa­kaṃ sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā rū­pā­di­jñā­naṃ ca­kṣu­rā­de­r iti.

NBhū-YA 23­0­,2~pra­tya­kṣa­yo­gya­tā ca pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭa­tve­nai­vā­va­ga­mya­te­. yasmād yo 'rthaḥ pūrvaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dṛṣṭaḥ, sa eva de­śā­nta­ri­taḥ kā­lā­nta­ri­to vā­nu­mī­ya­te 'tas ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na dṛṣṭam u­kta­m­. vya­kti­bhe­de 'py e­ka­sā­mā­nyā­va­ṣṭa­mbhā­t­, sa eva dṛṣṭaḥ sa e­vā­nu­mī­ya­ta ity u­kta­m­. kvacit tu saiva vyaktiḥ śa­bdā­di­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nye­na vā­na­nya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­li­ṅga­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nu­mī­ya­te­, tad yathā — śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa bhrā­trā­dya­nu­mā­na­m­, ci­trā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭa­ci­tra­kā­rā­dya­nu­mā­na­m­, ha­stya­śva­ra­tha­cha­trā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭa­rā­jā­dya­nu­mā­na­m­, na­kṣa­trā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa na­kṣa­trā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 23­0­,10~sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­mā­ne tu na vya­ktye­ka­tva­m­, nāpi jā­tye­ka­tva­m­, vā­syā­dī­nāṃ ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ ca vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­jā­ti­tvā­t ta­thā­rū­po­pa­la­bdhyā­dī­nāṃ chi­dā­dī­nāṃ ca nai­ka­jā­ti­tvaṃ­; tathāpi kri­yā­mā­tra­sya ka­ra­ṇa­mā­tre­ṇā­vya­bhi­cā­ro­pa­la­mbhā­d a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­r a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta­ba­lā­d vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhau ca­kṣu­rā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'py ataḥ sā­mā­nya­mā­tre­ṇa da­rśa­nā­d a­nu­mā­naṃ sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­m u­cya­te­. yady api sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv api sā­mā­nya­mā­tre­ṇā­nva­ya­da­rśa­na­m­, tathāpy a­gnyā­dya­nu­me­yaṃ yena sā­mā­nye­na vya­va­hri­ya­te vya­va­hā­ri­bhi­s tad e­vā­gni­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­m anyatra dṛṣṭam atas ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 23­0­,18~nanu cā­gni­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­grā­hyaṃ na yu­kta­m­, va­stu­sva­rū­pa­grā­ha­kaṃ hi pra­tya­kṣa­m­, vastu ca vyā­vṛ­ttā­kā­ra­m eva nā­nu­ga­tā­kā­ra­m­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 23­0­,22~na tāvad vyaktayaḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m a­nvā­vi­śa­nti­, ta­de­kī­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. e­ka­vya­kti­tve ca kha­tva­va­n na sāmānyaṃ syāt. nāpi tābhyo '­rthā­nta­raṃ sā­mā­nya­m asti bhū­ta­ka­ṇṭhe­ṣu gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na cā­rthā­nta­rā­d a­rthā­nta­re­ṣv a­bhi­nnā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­tya­ya­pra­vṛ­tti­r yu­ktā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. saty api sambandhe saṃ­khyā­va­ya­vyā­di­bhya­s ta­dā­śra­ye­ṣu nā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­tya­yā­nu­vṛ­tti­r dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­. tasmād a­nā­di­vā­sa­nā­ni­rmi­to 'yaṃ vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhe­r a­nu­ga­tā­kā­ra­pra­ti­bhā­so na sā­mā­nya­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­. sa eva tarhi bu­ddhi­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ sāmānyaṃ tasya jñā­nā­tma­ka­tve­na vastutvaṃ cet, naitad api yu­kta­m­;

NBhū-YA 23­1­,1~jñānasya rūpaṃ katham arthānāṃ sā­mā­nya­m­, tasya teṣv a­bha­vā­t­. atha vā jñānād a­vya­ti­ri­kta­m e­ka­smā­t katham anyasya vya­ktya­nta­ra­bhā­vi­no jñānasya rūpaṃ syāt? tataś ca jñā­nā­nta­raṃ vya­ktya­nta­raṃ vā­vyā­pnu­va­t­? kathaṃ sā­mā­nya­m­? "­ta­smā­n mi­thyā­vi­ka­lpo 'yam artheṣv e­kā­tma­tā­gra­haḥ­"­. na hy a­rthā­vya­ti­ri­kte­na­, a­vya­ti­ri­kte­na vā, ke­na­ci­d ātmanā sa­mā­nā­s tathaiṣāṃ grahaṇaṃ mi­thyā­vi­ka­lpa e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23­1­,6~itaś ca nāsti sā­mā­nya­m — de­śa­kā­lā­va­sthā­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ni­ya­tai­ka­saṃ­sa­rga­vya­va­cchi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nta­ra­vi­ra­hā­d a­ne­ka­vṛ­tte­r ekasya na de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tā­nye­na yoga iti. asyārthaḥ — deśaś ca kālaś cāvasthā ca tā eva vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, vi­śi­ṣya­te 'nyata iti vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, teṣu vi­ni­ya­ta­ś cāsāv ekaś ca, tena saṃ­sa­rga­s tena vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ ca ta­tsva­bhā­vā­nta­raṃ ca, tasya vi­ra­hā­d iti hetuḥ. a­ne­ka­vṛ­tte­r i­tyā­di­pra­ti­jñā­pra­yo­ga­s tu yaś ci­tra­kū­ṭa­de­śe va­rta­mā­na­kā­le yau­va­nā­va­sthā­yāṃ ca vi­ni­ya­taḥ piṇḍas ta­tsaṃ­sa­rga­vya­va­cchi­nnaṃ gotvaṃ na de­śā­nta­ra­kā­lā­nta­rā­va­sthā­nta­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭe­na piṇḍena saṃ­yu­jya­te­. ta­tsva­bhā­va­vya­ti­ri­kta­sva­bhā­va­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t pi­ṇḍa­sva­rū­pa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 23­1­,15~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktaṃ vyaktayo nā­nu­ya­ntī­tyā­di­, ta­trā­vi­vā­da eva, na vyaktir vya­ktya­nta­rā­tmi­kā bha­va­ti­, nāpi vya­ktya­nta­ra­saṃ­śle­ṣṭe­ti­. bu­ddhi­sā­mā­nya­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe 'py a­vi­vā­da eva. yat tūktam anyad a­nu­yā­yi na bhāsata iti, tad a­si­ddha­m­; sā­dṛ­śya­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. bhū­ta­ka­ṇṭhe­ṣu gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d ity a­yu­kta­m­, sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. a­nya­rū­pe­ṇā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d abhāve hi nī­lā­dī­nā­m apy a­nyo­nya­sva­rū­pe­ṇā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d abhāvaḥ syāt. kiṃ ca ca bhū­ta­ka­ṇṭha­ga­tā­nā­m api gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d abhāvaḥ syāt. a­ne­ka­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­ne­ṣṭa­sya gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d abhāvaḥ sādhyata iti cet, na; ci­trā­di­jñā­na­syā­ne­ka­nī­lā­di­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­ne­ṣṭa­sya gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'py a­bhā­vā­si­ddheḥ­. kā­ra­ṇa­sya vā­ne­ka­kā­rya­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­ne­ṣṭa­sya gu­ṇa­va­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d a­bhā­va­sya siddhiḥ syād iti. sa­mba­ndha­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­n na ta­dva­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'py abhāva iti cet, sa­mba­ndha­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m atrāpy asty eva bhū­ta­ka­ṇṭhe­ṣu guṇaḥ saṃ­yo­gaḥ­, sā­mā­nya­sya tu svā­dhā­re­ṣu sa­ma­vā­ya iti. kā­rya­dra­vya­saṃ­khyā­de­s tu­lya­sa­mba­ndha­tvā­d e­kā­kā­ra­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; pa­dā­rtha­śa­kti­bhe­dā­t­. yathā kā­rya­tvā­d a­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi rū­pā­dī­nā­m­, pā­rthi­va­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi vi­ṣa­ma­dhvā­dī­nāṃ ca vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­kā­rya­da­rśa­ne­na śa­kti­bhe­do '­va­ga­ta­s tathā kā­rya­dra­vya­saṃ­khyā­deḥ sā­mā­nya­sya cā­ne­ka­vṛ­tti­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi pra­tya­yā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­kā­rya­da­rśa­ne­na śa­kti­bhe­da e­vā­nu­mā­tuṃ yukto na tv a­bhā­vā­va­ga­ma­s tu­lya­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo vā kartuṃ yukta iti.

NBhū-YA 23­2­,1~yad api de­śa­kā­le­tyā­di­, tatra tāvat pra­ti­jñā­yāṃ hetau ca de­śā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­. yadi hi de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­te­nā­nye­na yogaḥ ka­sya­ci­t siddhas tadā de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­te­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ sārthakaṃ bha­ve­t­. ta­thai­ka­saṃ­sa­rga­vya­va­cchi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nta­ra­vi­ra­hā­d ity ukteḥ ko '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgo­? ya­nni­vṛ­tta­ye de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pā­tta­m­. pra­ti­jñā­pa­da­yo­ś ca vyā­ghā­taḥ­, a­ne­ka­vṛ­tte­r ekasya dhā­rmi­tva­m anyena yogo nāstīti sā­dhya­m­, tad idaṃ jananī ba­ndhye­tyā­di­va­dvi­ro­dhā­d yu­kta­m­; na hy a­ne­ka­vṛ­tti­tva­m e­ka­syā­śra­yā­nta­re­ṇa yo­gā­bhā­ve yu­jya­te­, sā­mā­nya­rū­pa­tā­py ā­śra­yā­nta­re­ṇā­sa­mba­ndhe '­nu­pa­pa­nnā­. tan na sā­mā­nya­syā­pi dha­rmi­tva­m­. atha pa­rā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇā­ne­ka­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ sā­mā­nya­rū­pa­tā vā dharmiṇo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, na tu punaḥ svayam a­ne­ka­tra va­rta­mā­naṃ sā­mā­nya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya ta­syā­śra­yā­nta­re­ṇa yogaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­ta iti. svā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa tarhi dharmiṇaḥ kiṃ sva­rū­pa­m i­ṣya­te­? yady a­po­ha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vā bu­ddhi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ vā, tadā tasya vya­ktya­nta­re­ṇa yo­gā­bhā­va­sā­dha­ne si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­. na vā­po­hā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­syai­ka­vya­ktyā­pi saṃsargo 'sti tataś cāsiddho hetuḥ syāt. yasmād e­ka­saṃ­sa­rga­vya­va­cchi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nta­ra­vi­ra­hā­d ity asyārtha e­ka­saṃ­sa­rga­vya­va­cchi­nna­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d iti. nanu ca pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m idam uktaṃ te­nā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣo nāsti. kim idaṃ pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m a­nu­mā­na­m a­na­nu­mā­naṃ vā? yady a­nu­mā­na­m­, kathaṃ ta­tpa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­vi­hī­na­m ātmānaṃ la­bhe­ta­? na ced a­nu­mā­na­m­, kathaṃ tataḥ sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ­? pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­vya­ti­ri­kta­sya tvayā pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 23­2­,19~pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­si­ddhiṃ dharmiṇaṃ hetuṃ cāśritya pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m ucyate iti cet, sa pa­ro­pa­ga­maḥ sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ko vā? na vā? yadi sa­pra­mā­ṇa­kaḥ­, tadā tatsiddho 'rthaḥ tva­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pa­kṣa­pā­ti­tvā­t­. a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­ś cet pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­; tato 'siddha eva dharmo hetuś cety a­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva ta­dā­śra­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. nanu cādau sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvaṃ nā­va­ga­mya­te­, nāpi pa­rī­kṣā­kā­le ka­sya­ci­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­, kiṃ tu pa­rī­kṣi­ta­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­. tataḥ pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­s tāvat pa­rī­kṣya­te sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ko '­pra­mā­ṇa­ko veti? yadi sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m­, ta­dā­smā­ka­m apy asāv a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 23­2­,26~a­thā­pra­mā­ṇa­kaḥ­, tadā para eva u­pa­la­bhya­te­. yāvān artho yu­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­d ā­pa­ta­ti­, sa sarvas tva­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, pra­bhā­bhyu­pa­ga­me pra­dī­pā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­va­t­. na ca kaścit pra­dī­pā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me prabhām a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23­2­,30~asati hetau maulasya hetor vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­pra­kā­ra eṣaḥ — ya­thai­va­m idam api syān na co­bha­ya­m iti dharmayoḥ sa­mba­ndho­pa­da­rśa­nā­t­. maulo hetur u­pa­la­bhya­tve­nā­bhi­ma­ta­sya vi­ve­ka­to '­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ pra­sa­ṅga­vi­pa­rya­yo vā vyā­pi­tvā­n nai­ka­vya­kti­ni­śca­ya­ta­yo­pa­la­mbhaḥ syād iti pra­sa­ṅgā­rtho maulasya hetor vyā­pti­sā­dha­kaḥ­. yady evam e­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tva­m iṣyate tadā na de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tā­nye­na yo­go­'­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. a­thā­nye­na yogas tadā ta­syai­vai­ka­vya­kti­vi­ṣṭha­tvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. na cai­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tvaṃ de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tā­nye­na yogaś cety ubhayaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, vi­ro­dhā­t­. mā bhūd e­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tvaṃ ta­syā­śe­ṣa­vya­kti­vya­pi­tvā­d iti cet, naitad asti; yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 23­3­,10~yadi vyā­pi­sā­mā­nyaṃ vyā­pi­ta­yai­vā­dhya­kṣe­ṇa gṛ­hye­ta­, na khalu vi­pa­rī­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­. vyāpitā cet pra­tī­ya­te­, tataḥ sa­ka­la­vya­kti­pra­tī­ti­r eva bha­ve­t­. vyā­pyā­pra­tī­tau vyā­pa­ka­tā­yāḥ pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. na ca tathā svarūpaṃ sāmānyaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, tasmān nā­stī­ti­. yady ayaṃ sthitaḥ pakṣaḥ syāt, bhaved dha­rmya­si­ddhi­do­ṣaḥ­. pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ro­dha­pra­ka­ṭa­na­pa­ra­m e­vai­ta­t na vayam e­va­mbhū­ta­m arthaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ kṣamāḥ, e­vaṃ­bhū­ta­syā­pa­ra­syā­da­rśa­nā­t­. a­nu­mā­naṃ ca na dṛṣṭāntaṃ vi­nā­va­ta­ra­ti­.­"

NBhū-YA 23­3­,17~"atha mū­rta­syai­ka­sya vyāpitā na sa­mbha­va­ti­, sāmānyaṃ tv amūrtaṃ tena tatra vyā­pi­tai­ka­tva­yo­r na virodha iti, tan na; a­ntya­vi­śe­ṣa­ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ vyā­pi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sā­mā­nya­syā­pi vā na vyā­pi­tva­m­, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­. sā­mā­nye­ta­ra­bhā­va eva vyā­pti­te­ta­ra­tve ni­ba­ndha­naṃ bha­va­tu­, ko doṣa iti cet. nanu ca pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va eva doṣaḥ. pra­tya­kṣa­m eva pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vyā­pi­ta­ye­ta­ra­thā vā gṛ­hye­ta­?

NBhū-YA 23­3­,24~atha vyaktayaḥ sarvā na gṛ­hya­nte­, tathā tarhi sā­mā­nya­m e­ka­vya­kti­sa­ma­nvi­taṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaṃ kathaṃ vyā­pi­ta­yā gṛ­hī­ta­m­? e­ka­vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve ca vi­śe­ṣa­va­tsā­mā­nyaṃ bha­ve­t­. pa­ryā­yā­nta­re­ṇa vya­ktya­nta­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tā­dhi­ga­me 'pi. da­ṇḍā­di­va­d e­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ kutaḥ? pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­c cet, na; ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. tasmād u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sā­mā­nya­m a­pra­tī­te­r eva nāsti" iti.

NBhū-YA 23­4­,1~kathaṃ tarhy sā­mā­nya­syā­vyā­pi­tvaṃ sā­dhya­te­? dha­rmi­tve­na sā­mā­nya­sya siddhau hi tatra dharmasya ka­sya­ci­t sādhanaṃ syāt, nā­nya­thā­; uktam atra pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m etan na tvayaṃ maulo hetuḥ. yadi tvayā sāmānyaṃ vyā­pya­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tadā pra­mā­ṇe­na tat tathā pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­, pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ba­ndha­na­ka­tvā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­sya­. de­śā­dya­va­cchi­nnai­ka­vya­kti­saṃ­sa­rgā­va­cchi­nna­sva­bhā­vā­nta­ra­vi­ra­hi­ta­ta­yā ca pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ kathaṃ vyāpi tad ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­ntuṃ yu­kta­m­? pra­tye­kṣe­ṇa cā­ne­ka­va­stu­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na tato ta­dvyā­pi­ta­yā­nya­thā vā pra­tī­ya­ta iti nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo yuktas tan na sā­mā­nya­m a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23­4­,10~tad etat sarvam a­yu­kta­m­, yat tāvat sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tva­m a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvaṃ vādau nā­va­ga­mya­te­, nāpi pa­rī­kṣā­kā­le ka­sya­ci­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma iti, tan na; sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r ādāv eva dhā­rmi­he­tvā­di­sva­rū­paṃ pra­mā­ṇa­to '­va­ga­nta­vya­m anyathā ta­dba­le­na sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ kathaṃ syāt. na hi pa­ro­pa­ga­mā­d eva dha­rmi­he­tvā­deḥ si­ddhya­ṅga­tva­m­, kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dī­nā­m api kaiścid a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t si­ddhya­ṅga­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. pa­rī­kṣi­ta­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma ity a­trā­vi­vā­do­, na ke­va­la­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­. he­tvā­di­bhā­vo 'py a­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­sya na yuktaḥ, a­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 23­4­,16~yat pra­bhā­pra­dī­pa­va­d ity u­kta­m­, tan na; ka­smā­t­? tayor vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sya pra­mā­ṇa­to 'nyatra prasiddhau pra­sa­ṅgā­tma­lā­bhā­t­. nanv atra vyā­pya­vyā­pa­la­bhā­vaḥ kvacit prasiddhaḥ sā­mā­nyā­de­r a­tya­ntā­sa­ttvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. kvacit sattve vā pra­dī­pā­di­va­t pra­sa­ṅga­ba­lā­n nā­tya­ntā­sa­ttvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23­4­,21~yad apy uktam asati hetau maulasya hetor vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­pra­kā­ra eṣa iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; pra­mā­ṇa­dva­ya­ni­ya­ma­vā­di­no hi ko 'nyaḥ prakāro 'sti? yato vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ syāt. a­nu­mā­naṃ cet pra­kā­raḥ­, katham asati hetau syāt? pratyakṣaṃ cet pra­kā­raḥ­, kathaṃ ta­tsva­rū­paṃ de­śa­kā­le­tyā­di­vā­kye­na pra­bhā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma i­tyā­di­nā vo­cye­ta­? kaś cāyaṃ maulo hetuḥ? yady a­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, sā yady a­dṛ­śya­sya­, tadā katham abhāvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti pi­śā­cā­de­r iva? atheyaṃ dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, tadā gha­ṭā­di­va­n nā­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­, sā­mā­nya­sya kvacid u­pa­la­bdha­tvā­t­. anyathā kathaṃ dṛ­śya­tva­m­? pa­ro­pa­ga­ma­mā­tre­ṇa dṛ­śya­tve­, bu­ddhā­de­r api ke­na­ci­d dṛ­śya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me saty a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r abhāvaḥ syāt. a­si­ddha­tvaṃ cā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 23­5­,2~atha pra­sa­ṅga­vi­pa­rya­yo maulo hetuḥ. pra­sa­ṅga­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ kīdṛśo hetuḥ? yady e­ka­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­d iti, ta­do­bha­yo­r a­si­ddhiḥ­. a­thai­ka­tvā­d iti hetuḥ, yad ekaṃ tad asad eveti kva vyāptiḥ pra­si­ddhā­? e­ka­tve­na vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ vā sādhyata iti cet, na tarhi sā­mā­nya­dha­rmi­ṇaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho dha­rma­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d­, yathā rū­pā­de­r ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­ni­ṣe­dhā­d iti. a­ne­kā­śra­ya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kathaṃ sā­mā­nya­m astīti cet, kim āśrayaḥ tarhy e­ka­tvā­d iti hetuḥ? "­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­s ta­daṃ­śe­na vyāpto hetuḥ tridhaiva sa" iti bruvatā tvayāpy a­nā­śra­yo hetur a­he­tu­r e­ve­ṣṭaḥ­. tasmān na maulo 'pi hetuḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. yo 'py e­ka­vya­kti­ni­ṣṭha­tva­vyā­pi­tva­yo­r virodha uktaḥ, so '­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nai­va pa­ri­hṛ­taḥ­; sā­mā­nya­syā­ne­ka­vya­kti­stha­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 23­5­,11~yac coktam — sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tve­na tasya syād i­tyā­di­, tan na; vyā­pi­tva­dha­rma­syā­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. vyā­pi­tva­dha­rma­gra­ha­ṇe ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­ti­r bha­va­ti­, na ta­tsa­ttā­mā­trā­t­. aham ity ā­tma­sva­rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi vyā­pi­tvā­gra­ha­ṇā­d bhrāntir api na bhavaty a­vyā­pi­tve­nā­py a­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. vyā­pi­tvā­vyā­pi­tvā­kā­rau muktvā kathaṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m iti cet, ya­thā­tma­no 'haṃ su­khī­tyā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tathā sā­mā­nya­sya sā­dṛ­śyā­nu­ga­tā­dyā­kā­re­ṇe­ti­. sā­dhya­tvā­d a­nu­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, na; a­nya­trā­tma­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­sā­dha­nā­t­. api ca lo­ṣṭhā­di­va­stu gu­ru­sva­bhā­va­m api gurv idam iti na gṛ­hya­te­, tadā kiṃ lo­ṣṭhā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­pi ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ bhrāntaṃ syāt. vi­pa­rī­ta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ hi bhrāntam u­cya­te­. tena vyā­pī­da­m iti sā­mā­nya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ yadi syāt tadā bhaved bhrā­nta­m­, yadā tv anayoḥ sā­dṛ­śya­m­, tad anena sa­dṛ­śa­m­, tena sa­dṛ­śa­m idam iti vā, śe­ṣa­tve­na vā, ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­; tadā kathaṃ bhrā­nta­m­? yady apy a­vyā­pti­tā­kā­re­ṇa gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tathāpi na sā­mā­nya­sya siddhiḥ, sarvathā ta­jjñā­na­sya bhrā­nta­tā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yathā dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­naṃ dvi­tvā­dyaṃ­śa eva bhrāntaṃ na ca­ndrā­dyaṃ­śe 'pi, tataś ca­ndrā­dyaṃ­śa­syā­pi nā­si­ddhiḥ­. vi­ka­lpa­jñā­naṃ ca vi­ka­lpāṃ­śa eva bhrāntaṃ tvayeṣṭaṃ na tu bodhāṃśe 'pi, bo­dhāṃ­śa­si­ddhi­ś ca tata e­ve­ṣṭā­, tathā sā­mā­nya­jñā­na­vyā­pi­tāṃ­śa eva bhrāntam astu na tu vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­dyaṃ­śe '­pī­ti­. api ca vyā­pi­tva­m eva sā­mā­nya­sya gṛhyate ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­bo­dhe­na­. anyathā kathaṃ ta­ddvā­re­ṇa saṃ­ke­tā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndhau tadvatsu gṛhyete vya­ktī­nā­m ā­na­ntyā­t­. anyatra ta­dgra­ha­ṇe 'nyatra śa­bda­li­ṅgā­bhyāṃ pra­ti­pa­ttya­yo­gā­t­. bhrāntatve ca saṃ­vā­da­ni­ya­mā­yo­gā­t­, tasmāt sā­mā­nya­vyā­pi­tva­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva vya­ktyā­na­ntye 'pi saṃ­ke­tā­vi­nā­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇaṃ yuktam iti.

NBhū-YA 23­6­,1~yac coktam — vyā­pyā­pra­tī­to vyā­pi­tva­sya pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t sa­ka­la­vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇa­prā­g iti, tan na; pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ sa­ka­la­vya­kti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vyā­pi­tva­gra­ha­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­nu­mā­nā­c ca sa­ka­la­vyā­pya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vyā­pi­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­pī­ṣya­te­.

NBhū-YA 23­6­,4~pra­tya­kṣa­ta­s tv e­ka­vyā­pya­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi vyā­pa­ka­tva­gra­ha­ṇaṃ tvayāpy a­kā­me­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m a­nya­thā­gne­r dhū­ma­vyā­pa­ka­tva­pra­tī­ti­r api na syāt. na ca pu­ro­'­va­sthi­ta­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­kti­mā­trā­pe­kṣa­yā vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­, de­śa­kā­lā­nta­ri­ta­yo­s ta­dbhā­vā­vya­va­sthi­tā­v a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. a­nu­mā­nā­t ta­dbhā­va­vya­va­sti­tā­v a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syād i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣo vā. tasmād a­śe­ṣa­dhū­mā­gni­vya­ktya­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi tadvyāpī sā­mā­nya­yo­r vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vā­pa­nna­yo­r gra­ha­ṇā­d eva tadvatāṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­vya­va­sthe­ti yu­kta­m­. yadi punaḥ sā­mā­nya­mā­trā­nvi­tā­nā­m e­va­śe­ṣa­vya­ktī­nāṃ mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣā­gra­ha­ṇa­m iṣyate tathāstu puro '­va­sthi­ta­vya­kte­s tv a­ne­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo­pa­kṛ­taṃ cākṣuṣaṃ grahaṇaṃ tena ta­dva­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­naṃ sa­rva­vya­ktī­nāṃ na bhavati dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­ś cānyatvaṃ va­kṣyā­ma­s tena vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi nāvaśyaṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. ata eva dṛ­ṣṭa­jā­tī­yaṃ vya­ktya­nta­raṃ sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­mā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā prāg eva jñātaṃ ma­ye­da­m evaṃ jā­tī­ya­ka­m evaṃ saṃjñakaṃ ceti ni­ści­no­ti ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­tve dṛṣṭatvaṃ ma­nya­te­. ya­thā­pū­rve 'yaṃ strī na dṛṣṭo 'yaṃ mayā pumān iti. kiṃ ba­hu­no­kte­na­, a­śe­ṣa­vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇaṃ bhavatu vā mā bhūt sāmānyaṃ tv e­ka­vya­kti­gra­ha­ṇa­kā­le 'pi gṛ­hī­ta­m eva, anyathā vya­ktya­nta­re katham e­vaṃ­jā­ti­ya­m e­ve­da­m iti pratītiḥ syāt. bhrāntatvaṃ ca ni­ṣe­tsyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 23­6­,20~vyāpitvaṃ ca sā­mā­nya­sya yadi prāg eva na gṛhītaṃ ta­dā­ne­ka­vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­mā­nya­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­kṛ­te­na manasā paścād gṛhyata iti ka e­vo­bha­yo­r vi­ro­dhaḥ­? nanu vyā­pi­tvai­ka­tva­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­ra­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo 'tra virodhaḥ pra­ka­ṭi­ta eva iti, na; ā­kā­śā­dā­v i­vai­ka­tva­vyā­pi­tva­yo­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. sā­dhya­va­du­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, na; ā­tma­si­ddhau vi­sta­ra­ta­s ta­tpra­sā­dha­nā­t­. api ca sa­rva­jña­jñā­na­syai­ka­syā­py a­ne­ka­jñe­ya­pra­kā­ra­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya ca ka­sya­ci­d a­ne­kā­sva­kā­rya­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ tvayāpy a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­. yathā caikasya jñā­nā­di­kā­rya­syā­ne­ka­rū­pā­lo­kā­di­tyā­śva­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­na­nta­sya­da­rśa­ne 'pi ta­thā­bhū­ta­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­d ity a­ti­sā­ha­sa­m­. a­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­mba­ndhi­tve virodho nāsti. tadvad ekasya sā­mā­nya­syā­ne­kā­śra­ya­sa­mba­ndhe 'py a­vi­ro­dha iti. evaṃ ca sati yad uktam — na vayam e­va­mbhū­ta­m artham i­tyā­di­, tad a­ne­nai­va pra­tyu­kta­m­. na hi sa­rva­jña­jñā­nā­de­r apy a­ne­ka­jñe­yā­di­vyā­pa­ka­tve ta­thā­bhū­tā­nya­da­rśa­na­m asti pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ sa­rva­tra­vi­vā­dā­t­. sā­mā­nya­sya tu go­tvā­śva­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­na­nta­sya darśane 'pi tathā bhū­ta­syā­pi ra­syā­da­rśa­nā­d ity a­ti­sā­ha­sa­m­. atha sā­mā­nya­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­pa­ra­sya ta­thā­bhū­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­d iti sā­mā­nya­pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ na śa­kya­te­. evaṃ tarhi kha­ro­ṣṭrā­di­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa ta­thā­bhū­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­d iti kha­ro­ṣṭrā­d artham api bhavantaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ na kṣamā iti. atha sāmānyaṃ naiva dṛ­śya­te­, tadā tasyaiva da­rśa­nā­d iti va­kta­vya­m­. e­va­mbhū­ta­syā­pa­ra­sye­ty a­na­rtha­kaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ ca sā­mā­nya­da­rśa­naṃ tad vyā­pi­tva­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ca yad amūrtaṃ ta­dvyā­pye­ve­ty ayaṃ niyamo nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. tato nā­nta­vi­śe­ṣā­dī­nāṃ vyā­pi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. vi­ci­tra­śa­kta­yo hi pa­dā­rthā­s te­nā­mū­rta­tvā­dya­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi sā­mā­nya­syai­vā­na­nta­vya­kti­vyā­pa­na­śa­kti­r nā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­deḥ mū­rta­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py agnir dahati na jalam ity atra kaḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 23­7­,12~atha sā­mā­nya­sva­rū­pa­m e­vā­si­ddhaṃ tan na, pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­tvā­t­. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa tasya vyā­pi­ta­yā­nya­thā vā grahaṇaṃ bhavatu na doṣaḥ. yac coktam — na pra­tya­kṣa­sye­ya­tī gatir i­tyā­di­. tan na, mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­śe­ṣa­vya­kti­vyā­pi­sā­mā­nya­grā­ha­ka­tve 'py a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. e­ka­vya­kti­sa­ma­nvi­ta­gra­ha­ṇe tu yad uktaṃ kathaṃ vyā­pi­ta­yā gṛhītaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­va­da­sā­mā­nyaṃ ca bhaved iti, tan na; e­ka­vya­kti­sa­ma­nvi­ta­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi tadaiva paścād vā vyā­pi­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­syo­kta­tvā­t­. gu­ru­tva­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi hi yathā pāṣāṇaḥ pa­va­na­va­da­gu­ru­sva­rū­pa­sva­bhā­vo na bhavaty evaṃ vyā­pi­tvā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na sāmānyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­va­da­sā­mā­nya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 23­7­,21~pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya cā­na­nya­ni­mi­tta­sya pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­dha­yi­ṣyā­m astena kra­me­ṇā­pi vya­ktya­nta­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­gra­ha­ṇe sā­mā­nya­syai­ka­tvaṃ sidhyaty eva na da­ṇḍā­de­śa­bhe­da­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t ta­tpra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya sā­mā­nya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n na tu sāmānye sā­mā­nya­m asti. tasmāt sā­mā­nyai­ka­tva­ni­ba­ndha­na­m eva ta­dā­dhā­re­ṣv api pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 23­7­,26~yad apy uktam — pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m idaṃ yadi tvayā sāmānyaṃ vyāpyam a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tadā pra­mā­ṇe­na tat ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. pra­mā­ṇa­ni­ba­ndha­na­tvā­d a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­sya nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo yukta iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; ko hy a­pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­maṃ karoti yaṃ prati sā­rtha­ka­m idaṃ syāt. yadi ca sāmānyaṃ vyā­pi­ta­yā na pra­tī­ya­te kim ā­śri­tyā­nu­mā­na­śa­bdau pra­va­rta­te­. na hi vya­kti­sva­rū­pa­m eva vya­ktya­nta­re 'nvayi bhavaty a­nva­yā­bhā­vaṃ ca sarvo hetur a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ syāt. śabdo 'py '­saṃ­ke­ti­taḥ kathaṃ he­tvā­di­sū­ca­ko 'pi syāt, na hi kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­to 'pi ḍi­ttha­śa­bdo '­rthā­nta­raṃ ḍavitthaṃ sū­ca­ya­ti­. ḍi­ttha­ḍa­vi­tthā­di­ṣv iva dhū­ma­bhe­de­ṣv api na kiṃcid ekam a­nu­ga­taṃ ni­mi­tta­m asti ye­nai­ka­śa­bdā­nu­ga­maḥ­. ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇā­nu­mā­na­śa­bda­yoḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, sā ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­r vyaktibhyo 'nyā syād? ananyā veti? yady anyā, sa­rva­vya­kti­ṣv a­va­sthi­tai­kā ca, tadā tad eva sā­mā­nya­m nāmni vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r nārthe. a­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­ne­kā ca satī kathaṃ ke­ṣu­ci­d eva bhedeṣv a­bhi­nnā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­tya­ya­ni­mi­tta­m­? atha nānyā, tato vyā­vṛ­ttyai­ka­tve vya­ktī­nā­m apy e­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, vya­ktya­na­nta­tve vā vyā­vṛ­tte­r apy ā­na­nya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ta­dā­na­ntye vā­nu­ga­tai­ka­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­n na saṃ­ke­tā­nva­yā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 23­8­,13~yat punar a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 23­8­,15~tad apy a­sa­t­, yadi hi niḥ­sva­bhā­vā vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tadā kathaṃ ta­dā­śra­ye­ṇa saṃ­ke­tā­nva­yā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo vā? na hi kha­ra­śṛ­ṅgā­dyā­śra­ye­ṇa ke­ṣu­ci­d bhedeṣu saṃketaḥ kartum anvayo vā­dhi­ga­ntuṃ śa­kya­te­. kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­ni­tya­tvā­dī­nāṃ ca vyā­vṛ­tti­rū­pa­tvā­n niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ prāptaṃ tataś ca kha­ra­śṛ­ṅga­kha­pu­ṣpā­dī­nā­m iva ca sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­va vya­va­sthā­.

NBhū-YA 23­8­,21~etena jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r a­nta­rā­la­sthaṃ sāmānyaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­, sa­mā­nā­nāṃ bhāvo hi sā­mā­nya­m u­cya­te­, tat katham a­nta­rā­la­sthaṃ syāt? sarvataḥ sambaddhaṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­dha­rmi­dha­rma­tve­na vya­pa­di­śye­ta­. bhrā­nti­ta­s ta­ddha­rma­vya­pa­de­śe kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­kṛ­ta­ka­tva­yoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­si­ddha­tva­vya­va­sthā na syāt. yathaiva hi bhavatāṃ śabdeṣu kṛ­ta­ka­tva­bhrā­nti­dā­rḍhya­m­, tathā mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nā­m a­kṛ­ta­ka­tva­bhrā­nti­dā­rḍhya­m iti kasyātra vāstavaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m asiddhaṃ vā syād iti?

NBhū-YA 23­8­,28~astu tarhi śabdād a­na­rthā­nta­ra­m eva kṛ­ta­ka­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ca tayos tā­dā­tmyā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­. tad uktam — sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­ba­ndhe hi saty artho 'rthan na vya­bhi­ca­ra­tī­ti­. no­kto­tta­ra­tvā­d dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r abhede na tvayā lakṣaṇo doṣaḥ. prāg evoktaḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pa­ryā­ya­tvaṃ ca syāt tataś ca niḥśabdo '­bhi­lā­pā­d iti yādṛg idaṃ vākyaṃ syāt. tādṛg idam api syād anityaḥ śabdaḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d iti, naiṣa doṣo yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 23­9­,10~sarva eva bhāvāḥ sva­rū­pa­sthi­ta­yaḥ­, na te pa­re­ṇā­tmā­naṃ mi­śra­ya­nti­; tad e­kī­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca sā­mā­nya­ni­ba­ndha­naṃ bhā­vā­nā­m a­mi­śra­ṇa­m­. ta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­to '­bhā­vā­t­. bhāve vā tasyāpi svātmani vya­va­sthā­nā­d a­mi­śra­ṇa­m anyena tatrāpi sā­mā­nya­ka­lpa­ne '­na­va­sthā syāt. tasmād ime sva­bhā­vāḥ­; sa­jā­tī­yā­d a­bhi­ma­tā­d a­nya­smā­c ca vya­ti­ri­ktāḥ sva­bhā­ve­nai­ka­rū­pa­tvā­t­. yato yato bhinnās ta­dbhe­da­pra­tya­ye­no­pa­kṛ­ta­sa­nni­ve­śaiḥ śabdais tatas tato bhedam u­pā­dā­ya sva­bhā­vā­bhe­de 'py a­ne­ka­dha­rmā­ṇaḥ pra­tī­ya­nte­. te ca śabdāḥ sa­rva­bhe­da­nā­kṣe 'py e­ka­me­da­co­da­nā­t ta­tsva­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­ṣṭhā eva bha­va­nti­. ta­de­ka­smā­d api tasya bhedo 'stīti tasmād ekasya bhāvasya yāvanti pa­ra­rū­pā­ṇi tā­va­tya­s ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā vyā­vṛ­tta­yaḥ­, yā­va­tya­ś ca vyā­vṛ­tta­ya­s tā­va­tya­ś ca śrutayo '­ta­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa vya­va­hā­rā­rthāḥ­. tasmāt sva­bhā­vā­bhe­de 'pi yena dharmeṇa nāmnā yo viśeṣo bhedaḥ pra­tī­ya­te na sa śakyas tato 'nyena pra­tyā­ya­yi­tu­m iti naikārthāḥ sarve śabdāḥ. nāpy a­na­nva­yā­di­do­ṣo 'sti, na hy e­kai­vā­gni­vya­kti­r a­dā­hā­di­kā­ri­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tte­ti­.

NBhū-YA 23­9­,24~a­tro­cya­te — bhavantu nā­mā­mi­śrā­tmā­no 'rthās tathāpi yato yato bhinnās ta­dbhe­da­pra­tyā­ya­nā­ye­tyā­di na yu­kta­m­, bhedo hi vastunaḥ sva­rū­pa­m eva syād rū­pā­nta­raṃ vā? yadi va­stu­sva­rū­pa­m eva tadā ta­nni­mi­ttāḥ śabdāḥ kathaṃ nai­kā­rthāḥ­? kathaṃ ca ta­syā­ne­ka­dha­rma­tva­m­? na hi pa­ra­rū­pa­nā­nā­tve 'pi ta­syā­tma­bhe­do 'sti. u­pa­cā­rā­d iti cet, na; u­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­t­. sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vau­pa­cā­ri­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­c cau­pa­cā­ri­ka­dha­rma­mū­la­tvā­t siṃ­ha­tvā­di­va­d bhedaḥ kalpate nārtho 'pīti cet, ki­ma­rthā­d anyo 'pi bhedo 'sti ye­nai­va­m u­cya­te­? yadi ca dha­rma­bhe­da­s tatvato nāsti tadā śa­bdā­bhi­lā­pa­tvā­dī­nā­m i­vā­ni­tya­tva­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­dī­nāṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo na syāt ka­lpi­ta­bhe­da­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t ta­nni­mi­ttā­nāṃ śrutīnāṃ ca pa­ryā­ya­ta­yai­va syāc cha­bdā­bhi­lā­pā­di­śru­ti­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 24­0­,6~a­thā­bhi­nnā eva dharmā i­ṣya­nte­. tad uktam e­ka­syai­va bhāvasya yāvanti pa­ra­rū­pā­ṇi tā­va­tya­s ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā vyā­vṛ­tta­ya iti, na; sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi bhāvasya ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­bhiḥ saha sambandhaḥ kaścid asti saṃ­yo­gā­deḥ svayam a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t ta­du­tpa­tti­r api nāsti vyā­vṛ­ttī­nā­m a­ta­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. tādātmyaṃ ced iṣyate vyā­vṛ­ttī­nāṃ tarhi nānātve vyā­vṛ­tta­syā­pi nā­nā­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­s ta­de­ka­tve vā tāsām apy e­ka­tva­m iti du­rni­vā­raḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tataś cai­ka­syā­ne­ka­dha­rma­tvā­vi­ro­dha­s tathā yo yena dharmeṇa viśeṣaḥ sa­mpra­tī­ya­te na sa śakyas tato '­nye­ne­ty asyāpi vi­ro­dhaḥ­. yā ceyam a­na­gni­vyā­vṛ­tti­r a­gni­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­r iṣyate sā kiṃ sa­rvā­gni­vya­kti­ṣv a­bhi­nnai­kā­? atha pra­ti­vya­kti­bhi­dya­ta iti? a­bhi­nna­tve tad eva sāmānyaṃ ta­syā­bhi­nnā­tma­no '­ne­ka­trā­nu­vṛ­tti­vi­dhā­ya­ka­pra­tya­yā­bhi­dhā­ne he­tu­tva­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. pra­ti­vya­kti­bhe­de tu pra­ti­vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣa­va­n na ta­da­nu­ga­ma­sta­bhā­vā­n na saṃ­ke­tā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m ity a­pra­vṛ­tti­r eva śa­bdā­nu­mā­na­yoḥ syāt. yadi vā­ne­ka­trā­na­nu­yā­yi­tve 'pi śa­bdā­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tva­m i­ṣya­te­, tathā sati sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m eva śa­bdā­nu­mā­na­yo­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, tayor vi­dhi­mu­khe­na pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. a­śa­kya­sa­ma­ya­tvā­di­do­ṣa­ś cāpohe 'pi sa­mā­na­s tathāpi va­stvā­tma­ka­tve '­tya­nta­vyā­vṛ­tta­tvā­t ta­da­nā­tma­ka­tve ca pra­ti­pa­ttya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 24­0­,22~nanu ca va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tve '­nu­mā­nā­de­r ā­na­rtha­kya­m eva syāt, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va sa­rvā­kā­re­ṇa vastunaḥ pa­ri­cchi­nna­tvā­t­. tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 24­0­,28~yathā śuktau ra­ja­tā­kā­ra­sa­mā­ro­pa­s tathā yady a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­dyā­kā­raḥ sa­dṛ­śā­pa­rā­pa­ro­tpā­da­da­rśa­nā­di­ni­mi­tte­nā­ro­pi­to na syāt tadā pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­vṛ­tti­r a­na­va­kā­śā bha­ve­t­. yāvatā yāvanto 'sya pa­ra­bhā­vā­s tāvanta eva ya­thā­svaṃ­ni­mi­tta­bhā­vi­naḥ sa­mā­ro­pā iti ta­dvya­va­cche­da­kā­ni bhavanti pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­ṇi sā­rtha­kā­ni­, śuktau ra­ja­ta­sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­va­t­. na ca pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­ṇā­m a­pra­tyā­ya­ka­tva­m­, svāṃ­śa­pra­tyā­ya­ne vṛttis tasya dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­naṃ­śa­sya cai­ka­de­śe­na da­rśa­nā­yo­gā­t­.

NBhū-YA 24­1­,7~na kevalaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­dṛ­ṣṭe pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­, a­nu­mā­ne­nā­pi va­stu­ni­śca­ye sa eva doṣa ity āha —

NBhū-YA 24­1­,11~na hi tasmin niścite ta­dā­tma­nā­m a­ni­śca­yo yuktaḥ. yadā punar a­na­nu­mā­ne­na sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­daḥ kri­ya­te­, ta­dā­ne­ka­vya­va­cche­dā­d a­nya­vya­va­cche­da iti ta­da­rtha­m a­nya­tpra­va­rta­te­.

NBhū-YA 24­1­,17~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, yat tāvad va­stu­vi­ṣya­tve '­nu­mā­nā­de­r ā­na­rtha­kya­m eva syād iti, tan na; dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­bhe­dā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. yo hi dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­bhe­da­m a­bhyu­pai­ti taṃ prati bhavaty eṣa doṣaḥ, asmākaṃ tu bhinnā bahavo dharmā e­ka­syā­pi dha­rmi­ṇa­s ta­trai­ke­na dharmeṇa dṛṣṭo 'pi dharmī dha­rmā­nta­ra­vi­śi­ṣṭo na pratīta iti tadarthaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ pra­va­rta­te­. nanu ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭo 'pi sa eva, sa­tya­m­; tathāpi dha­rmā­nta­rā­gra­ha­ṇe ta­da­va­cche­de­na tatra pra­tī­ti­r na bhūteti ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭo '­pra­tī­ta ity u­cya­te­, yathaika eva girir dhū­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭo dṛṣṭo '­gni­vi­śi­ṣṭo na dṛṣṭa iti. na hi gi­ri­da­rśa­nā­d eva ta­da­va­ya­vā­nta­ri­to 'py agnir dṛṣṭa iti śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­. ta­dgra­ha­ṇe cā­gni­mā­n ayam a­trā­gni­r iti vā pratītiḥ . tasmād e­ka­syā­rtha­sva­bhā­va­sye­tyā­dy a­yu­kta­m eva.

NBhū-YA 24­1­,27~yad apy uktam — sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­kā­ni bhavanti pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­ṇi sā­rtha­kā­ni syur iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yato '­ka­smā­d dhūmād a­gnya­nu­mā­naṃ bhavan na sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da­kṛ­t­, na hi ta­trā­na­gni­sa­mā­ro­paḥ sa­mbhā­vya­te­. nanv atrāpy uktam — "­dha­rmi­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v a­bhe­dā­t sa­rva­dha­rma­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhede vā­sa­mba­ddha­sya tatra pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti. tasmāt tatrāpi ta­dda­rśi­na­s ta­tsva­bhā­vā­ni­śca­yaḥ kuto 'pi vi­pa­ryā­sā­t­. sa ca taṃ pradeśaṃ ta­dvi­vi­kte­na rūpeṇa ni­ści­nva­nn a­gni­ma­ttva­bhā­va­nā­vi­mu­kha­yā buddhyā katham a­vi­pa­rya­sto nāma? ta­dā­kā­ra­sa­mā­ro­pa­saṃ­śa­ya­ra­hi­ta­ś ca ta­tpra­ti­pa­tte liṅgam a­nu­sa­re­d­" iti. tad etad apy a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m e­vo­kta­m­, na hi da­ha­na­pra­de­śa­yo­r a­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r vā dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhā­ve 'py abhedaḥ sa­kṛ­ddṛ­ṣṭa­tvaṃ vā śakyate va­ktu­m­. nāpi bhi­nna­tvā­t ta­trā­gne­r a­pra­ti­pa­tti­r eveti salajjo vaktum a­rha­ti­. sa ca taṃ pradeśaṃ ta­dvi­vi­kte­ne­tyā­dy apy a­pra­tī­ti­ka­m e­vo­kta­m­. na hi vi­pa­rya­yaḥ saṃśayo vā­pra­tī­ya­mā­no 'py astīti vaktuṃ śa­kya­te­. na ca ta­da­pra­tī­tau kvacid dhū­ma­da­rśa­nā­na­nta­ra­m e­vā­gnya­nu­mā­naṃ bhavan na dṛ­śya­te­. nāpi vi­pa­rya­ya­sya saṃ­śa­ya­sya cā­nu­mā­naṃ prati sa­mba­ndha­smṛ­ti­va­tkā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­, yena tasya vi­ve­ka­to '­na­nu­bha­ve 'py a­sti­tva­si­ddhiḥ syāt. dha­rmi­ṇa­s ta­dvi­vi­kta­tva­ni­śca­ya eva vi­pa­rya­ya iti cet, na; a­nya­thā­ni­śca­ya­sya vi­pa­rya­ya­tvā­t­. yadi hi nā­gni­mā­n ayam iti niścayo bha­va­ti­, tadā syād vi­pa­rya­yaḥ­. yadā tu dhūmo 'yaṃ dhū­ma­vā­n ayam iti vā ni­śca­yaḥ­, tadā kathaṃ vi­pa­rya­yaḥ­? sa­mā­ro­pa­saṃ­śa­ya­ra­hi­ta­ś ca kim iti liṅgaṃ nā­nu­sa­re­t­? pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, na; a­gni­pra­tī­te­r eva pra­yo­ja­na­tvā­t­. dha­rmi­si­ddhā­v eva ta­tsi­ddhe­r iti cet, na; vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­va­dhā­na­to '­tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­. rū­pa­ra­sā­nāṃ cai­ke­ndri­yā­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇā­m api ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdheḥ­. a­bhyā­sā­ti­śa­yā­d a­ni­ccha­to 'py a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tte­r na sa­mā­ro­pā­bhā­ve '­nu­mā­nā­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. a­sa­ndi­gdhe 'pi yo­gya­ta­yā­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tte­r u­kta­tvā­d a­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. sandigdhe 'py a­nu­mā­na­sya na bhrā­nti­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pha­la­m­, bhrāntes ta­trā­bhā­vā­t sa­nde­ha­sya cā­bhrā­nti­tvā­t­. sandigdhe vi­ka­lpe­nai­ka­dha­rma­sa­mā­ro­po 'sti, ta­dvya­va­cche­do '­nu­mā­na­pha­la­m iti cet, astu nā­mai­va­m­, tathāpi va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­m e­vā­nu­mā­na­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­; anyathā tataḥ saṃ­śa­yo­cche­do na syāt. na hy anyatra niścaye 'nyatra saṃśayo ni­va­rta­te­; a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. vi­pa­rya­ya­ni­va­rta­ka­syā­py ata eva vastu vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ siddhaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­va­t­. yathā pratyakṣaṃ vastuny eva pra­va­rta­mā­naṃ saṃśayaṃ vi­pa­rya­yaṃ ca ni­va­rta­ya­ti­, ta­thā­nu­mā­na­m a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 24­2­,27~nanu ca pra­tya­kṣā­n na saṃ­śa­yā­di­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, sa­rvā­kā­ra­dṛ­ṣṭe 'py arthe saṃ­śa­yā­di­da­rśa­nā­t­. kiṃ tu ni­śca­yā­t ta­nni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, sa ca sarvo 'py a­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya evety āha —

NBhū-YA 24­3­,1~yatra hi ra­ja­ta­sthi­rā­di­sa­mā­ro­pa­s tatrāṃśe niścayo na bha­va­ti­, śa­ktyā­dyaṃ­śe tu sa­mā­ro­pā­bhā­vā­d bha­va­ti­; tena sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­vi­ve­ke ni­śca­ya­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r iti ga­mya­te­. ta­dvi­ve­ka eva cā­nyā­po­haḥ­. tasmād —

NBhū-YA 24­3­,9~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­sya prāg eva sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. api caivaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m apy a­po­ha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ prā­pta­m­, tasyāpy a­sa­mā­ro­pa­vi­ṣa­yā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣa­m api ti­mi­rā­di­ni­mi­ttā­ro­pi­ta­dvi­tvā­dyā­kā­re ya­thā­rthā­va­bhā­sa­kaṃ bha­va­ti­. yadi bhavet tadā bhrā­ntya­va­kā­śo na syāt, sa­mya­ṅmi­thyā­da­rśa­na­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 24­3­,13~atha ya­thā­va­d dṛṣṭe 'pi tattve dvi­tvā­dyā­kā­rā­ro­paḥ paścād bhāvī, tathā da­rśa­na­pṛ­ṣṭha­bhā­vi­tvā­d i­ndri­ya­je­yaṃ bhrāntiḥ, na; yataś cā­bhrā­nta­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ syāt. tasmād a­kṣa­ja­jñā­na­syā­py ā­ro­pa­vi­ve­ke pra­vṛ­tti­r ity a­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­. atha pra­tya­kṣa­sya sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nya­vya­va­cche­da­ka­tve 'pi va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m asti, na tu ni­śca­ya­sya­, ka­smā­t­? sa­rvā­kā­ra­grā­ha­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, na; va­kṣya­mā­ṇo­tta­ra­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi yadi sa­rvā­kā­re­ṇa gṛhīto 'rthaḥ, tadā ra­ja­tā­di­bhrā­nti­r api kathaṃ syāt? ta­ttva­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ye bhrānter a­na­va­kā­śā­d a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d vā.

NBhū-YA 24­3­,21~na­nū­kta­m atra — na hi sarvato bhinno dṛṣṭo 'pi bhāvas tathaiva pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­te­, kvacid bhede vya­va­dhā­na­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yathā śu­kti­tve­. yatra tu pra­ti­pa­ttu­r bhrā­nti­ni­mi­ttaṃ nāsti, ta­trai­vā­sya ta­dda­rśa­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi smārto niścayo bha­va­ti­, sa­mā­ro­pa­ni­śca­ya­yo­r bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vā­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhā­t — kvacid vya­va­dhā­naṃ kvacin neti bru­va­ta­s tā­dā­tmyā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo vi­ru­dhya­te­, ku­ḍyā­dyā­vṛ­tā­nā­vṛ­ta­yo­r iva. atha smṛ­ta­tvā­smṛ­ta­tve vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­va­dhā­ne vi­va­kṣi­te­, tato 'pi tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­; smṛ­tā­smṛ­ta­yo­r bhedād dṛ­ṣṭe­ta­ra­va­t­. anyathā dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tve­nā­pi bhedaḥ syāt. atha bhrā­nti­ni­mi­tta­sa­dbhā­vā­sa­dbhā­vau vya­va­dhā­nā­vya­va­dhā­ne­, tathāpi tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­yo­ś ca­ndra­bhu­vo­r iva bhe­dā­t­. bhrā­nti­ni­śca­ya­yo­r vā­sta­va­dha­rma­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d adoṣa iti cet; evaṃ tarhi dṛṣṭo bhavaḥ ka­thaṃ­ci­d api na pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­ta iti vā­cya­m­, kvacid i­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhi­dhā­ne ta­da­va­stho vi­ro­dhaḥ­, vya­va­dhā­na­pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi ga­ṅgā­ma­ru­ja­la­ni­śca­ya­yo­r bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. a­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tve dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi tasyaiva jñātus ta­trai­vā­rthe tadaiva bhrāntir a­bhrā­nti­ś cety a­tro­bha­ya­pra­si­ddho 'sti dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­, śu­kti­tvā­di­dha­rmā­ṇā­m api parair bhi­nna­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tvaṃ śukteḥ.

NBhū-YA 24­4­,10~api cā­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­, ni­śca­ya­sya bā­dha­ka­tva­m api na prā­pno­ti­, na hi dvi­ca­ndrā­di­jñā­naṃ ca­tu­śca­ndrā­di­bhrā­nte­r bā­dha­ka­m iti yu­kta­m­. sva­pna­va­d iti cet, na; tatra bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­va­syā­vā­sta­va­tvā­t­. ta­dva­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca prāmāṇyaṃ va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ dvayor ity a­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ syād a­pu­ru­ṣā­rthaṃ ca sarvaṃ ni­śca­ya­jñā­naṃ sva­pna­va­t syāt. tasmād va­stu­ba­la­pra­vṛ­ttaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­jñā­naṃ ta­dā­bhā­sa­sya bā­dha­ka­m iti yu­kta­m­. ittham etad iti cet, kathaṃ na va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ni­śca­ya­jñā­na­m­? sā­kṣā­da­ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d iti cet, bhra­ma­syā­pi va­stu­da­rśa­na­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t ta­da­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. śu­kti­kā­di­ni­śca­yo ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­ro '­nu­sa­ndhā­tā­, na ra­ja­tā­di­pra­tya­ya iti viśeṣa iti cet, ta­da­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kathaṃ ta­syā­nu­sa­ndhā­te­ty u­cya­te­? ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tve ca sa­rvā­kā­rā­nu­sa­ndhā­tṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo­, ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­t­. tasyāḥ tatra pra­va­rta­ka­tvā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvo­pa­cā­ra iti cet, na; pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pi ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­t kathaṃ kvacid evāṃśe niścaya u­cya­te­? a­ne­ka­to vyā­vṛ­tta­tvā­d a­ne­kāṃ­śo 'rthaḥ kalpyata iti cet, kalpyatāṃ nāma tathāpi dṛ­ṣṭa­va­nni­raṃ­śa evāsau ni­ścī­ya­te­. anyathā dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­kā­ro niścayo na syāt, ta­dda­rśa­naṃ vā­ya­thā­va­da­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. yathā ca darśane 'rthaḥ svākāraṃ nāṃ­śe­nā­rpa­ya­ti ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­t tasya, tathā ni­śca­ya­syā­py e­kāṃ­śe­nā­rthā­kā­ra­tvaṃ da­rśa­nā­kā­ra­tvaṃ vā na yuktaṃ ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­n ni­rā­kā­ra­tve ca pra­ti­ka­rma­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ da­rśa­na­syā­pi vā­nā­kā­ra­ka­lpa­nā­. na ca bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­yo­r vā bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ kvacit prasiddhaḥ sa­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ye tu bhū­pā­lā­di­va­llau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇāṃ siddha iti.

NBhū-YA 24­5­,2~nanu sa­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi jñānayoḥ kathaṃ bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ­? smṛ­tya­nu­bha­va­yo­s ta­dbhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, saṃ­pla­va­vi­ro­dhā­c ca vi­ru­ddha­yo­s tadbhāva iti cet, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇa vi­ro­dhā­t ta­dbhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. vi­ṣa­yā­pa­hā­ra­s tu bhū­pā­lā­de­r eva sa­mbha­va­ti­, na jñā­na­yoḥ­. na hi jñānasya viṣayo jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇā­pa­ha­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­, sva­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­da­rśa­na­mā­tra­tvā­t­. ata eva na jñānasya ta­da­rtha­sya vā­bhā­va­grā­ha­kaṃ jñānaṃ bā­dha­ka­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 24­5­,8~a­tro­cya­te — yatrārthe ya­jjñā­na­m a­ta­ddha­rmā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇa pravṛttaṃ tam arthaṃ tā­ttvi­ka­dha­rme­ṇa jñā­nā­nta­raṃ gṛhṇat ta­syā­ta­ddha­rmā­ro­pa­ka­tvaṃ ni­ści­no­ti­, ayam eva ca bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ­, tathā ca śu­kti­ke­yaṃ na ra­ja­ta­m iti va­stu­ta­ttvaṃ gṛhṇad eva bādhakaṃ bha­va­ti­. na cāsya va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tve virodhaḥ kaścid asti, yena va­stu­gra­ha­ṇā­nta­nta­ra­bhā­vi­tvā­t ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­tvā­bhi­mā­naḥ ka­lpya­te­. kiṃ cā­ne­ka­sa­mā­ro­pa­ni­rā­se 'pi na vi­dhi­mu­khe­na dha­rma­bhe­daḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, yathā — nāyaṃ kharaḥ, nāśvaḥ, na ma­hi­ṣaḥ­, na ga­va­yaḥ­; kiṃ tu gaur iti. tasmād yāvan na vi­dhi­mu­khe­na niścayāḥ saṃ­vā­di­na­s tāvanto '­rthā­nta­ra­dha­rmā da­ṇḍa­ku­ṇḍa­lā­di­va­da­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyāḥ­, ataś ca na sa­rva­dha­rma­gra­hā­di­do­ṣaḥ­. tā­dā­tmya­vā­di­na­s tu bhavaty ayaṃ doṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 24­5­,18~nanu ca bhi­nna­dha­rma­pa­kṣe 'pi sa doṣaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta eva, tathā cāha — yo 'py manyate bhinnā e­vo­pā­dha­yaḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­m ā­śra­yā­c ca ta­nni­ba­ndha­nāḥ śru­ta­ya­s ta­dā­dhā­re­ṣu va­rta­nte­, tatraiva vā ta­dā­ya­m a­pra­sa­ṅga iti, tasyāpi —

NBhū-YA 24­5­,23~yady apy u­pā­dha­yo bhinnā eva śa­bda­jñā­nā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ ni­mi­tta­m arthe ? e­vo­pa­lī­ya­te­. tasya nā­no­pā­dhī­nā­m u­pa­kā­rā­śra­ya­śa­kti­sva­bhā­va­sya svātmany a­bhe­dā­bhā­va­va­t­. sa­rvā­tma­nā grahaṇe ka e­vo­pā­dhi­bhe­do '­ni­ści­taḥ syāt? sa­rvo­pā­dhyu­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­na gra­ha­ṇā­t­. na hy u­pa­kā­ra­ka­tva­m anyad eva tasya rūpeṇa gṛ­hya­mā­ṇa­syā­gṛ­hī­ta­m­. ato yadi vāsya sva­bhā­ve­na grahaṇaṃ tad e­vo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­nā­pī­ti­, tayor ātmani sa­mba­ndhā­d e­ka­jñā­ne dva­ya­gra­haḥ­. ā­tma­bhū­ta­syo­pā­dhi­ta­dva­to '­rū­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­va­sya gra­ha­ṇā­d e­ka­jñā­ne dvayor api gra­ha­ṇa­m ity e­ko­pā­dhi­vi­śi­ṣṭe 'pi tasmin gṛ­hya­mā­ṇe sa­rvo­pā­dhī­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ta­dgra­ha­ṇā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­d u­pā­dhi­sa­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya­. anyathā tathāpi na gṛ­hye­ta­. na hy anya e­vā­nyo­pa­kā­ra­ko yo na gṛhītaḥ syāt. na cāpy u­pa­kā­ra­ke tathā gṛhīte u­pa­kā­ryā­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tasyāpy a­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t sva­svā­mi­tva­va­t­. tasmād a­rthā­nta­ro­pā­dhi­vā­de 'pi samānaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 24­6­,7~athāpi syād bhinnā eva śaktayaḥ śa­kti­ma­to yā­bhi­rū­pā­dhī­n u­pa­ka­ro­ti­, tato nāyaṃ prasaṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 24­6­,11~yadi pra­tyu­pā­dhyu­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvā­ni tasya na svā­tma­bhū­tā­ni nāpi tata u­pa­kā­ra­m a­nu­bha­va­nti­, kiṃ tasyeti tā u­cya­nte­? u­pa­kā­re vā svā­tma­bhū­tā­bhi­r ayam ekaḥ śaktibhiḥ śaktīr u­pa­ku­rva­n nai­ko­pā­dhi­nā­pi gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaḥ sa­rvā­tma­nā gṛhyata eva, tathā hy e­ko­pā­dhi­gra­ha­ṇe ta­du­pa­kā­ri­ṇyāḥ śakter grahaṇaṃ ta­dgra­ha­ṇe ta­du­pa­kā­rī bhāvaḥ svā­tma­bhū­ta­sa­ka­la­śa­ktyu­pa­kā­ro gṛhītaḥ sarvāḥ śaktīr grā­ha­ya­ti tāṃś co­pā­dhī­n iti ta­da­va­sthaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 24­6­,17~atha tā api śa­ktyu­pa­kā­ri­ṇyaḥ śaktayo bhinnā eva bhā­vā­t­. evam u­pā­dhī­nāṃ ta­ccha­ktī­nāṃ ca pa­rā­pa­rā­sv eva śaktiṣv a­pa­rya­va­sā­ne­na gha­ṭa­nā­yo­gā­t­. sa ekas tābhiḥ ka­dā­ci­d apy a­gṛ­hī­taḥ ta­du­pa­kā­rā­tmā ta­dva­ttve­na na gṛ­hye­ta­, yadi punaḥ ke­va­lā­n e­vo­pā­dhī­n śa­bda­jñā­nā­d u­pa­kṣi­pye­yuḥ­, tadā ta­syā­sa­mā­ve­śā­n na bhavati ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­mu­khe­na sa­rva­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. tadāpi tasya śabdair a­nā­kṣe­pā­n na syāt tatra pra­vṛ­tti­r iti vyarthaḥ śa­bda­pra­yo­gaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 24­6­,23~atha kri­yā­śra­yo hi sarvo vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhyāṃ vya­va­hā­ra u­pā­dha­ya­ś ca ta­trā­sa­ma­rthāḥ­. sa­ma­rtha­ś ca na codyata iti kiṃ śa­bda­yo­gaiḥ­? tataś co­pā­dha­yo no­pā­dha­yaḥ syuḥ. kvacit pravṛttau hi ka­sya­ci­t pra­dhā­na­syā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā ta­tho­cya­nte­. tasya śabdair a­nā­kṣe­pā­n na te ka­sya­ci­d a­ṅga­bhū­tā iti, la­kṣi­ta­la­kṣa­ṇā­d adoṣa iti cet; samānaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa tā­va­dbhi­r u­pā­dhi­bhi­r nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­ta­yo­pa­la­kṣya­mā­ṇa e­ke­nā­py u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­rvā­tma­no­pa­la­kṣi­ta iti ta­da­va­sthaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ko hy atra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? śabdāś cainam u­pa­la­kṣa­ye­yu­s ta­lla­kṣi­tā­ś co­pā­dha­yaḥ­. sa tāvat tadānīṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­. sa­rvo­pa­dṛ­śye sūryādau gṛ­hya­mā­ṇe 'pi na sarvatra dra­ṣṭṛ­da­rśa­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m asti. a­ne­nai­ta­d api ni­rā­kṛ­ta­m — na hy anya e­vā­nyo­pa­kā­ra­ko yo na gṛhītaḥ syān na cāpy u­pa­kā­ra­ke tathā gṛhīte u­pa­kā­ryā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ tasyāpy a­gra­ha­ṇa­pa­sa­ṅgā­t­, sva­svā­mi­tva­va­d iti. evaṃ hi sū­rya­gra­ha­ṇe ta­du­pa­kā­rya­sya trai­lo­kya­syā­pi grahaṇaṃ syāt. na hy u­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­na gṛ­hī­tā­d anya eva trai­lo­kyo­pa­kā­ra­ko bhānur yo na gṛhītaḥ syāt. u­pa­kā­ra­ka­gra­ha­ṇe co­pa­kā­ryā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nāsti sva­svā­mi­tva­va­d ity e­vaṃ­vā­di­naḥ sū­ryo­pa­kā­rya­trai­lo­kya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ du­rni­vā­raṃ syāt. yat punar idam uktam — ta­du­pa­kā­rī­bhā­vaḥ svā­tma­bhū­ta­sa­ka­la­śa­ktyu­pa­kā­rī gṛhītaḥ sarvāḥ śaktīr grā­ha­ya­ti tāṃś co­pā­dhī­n ity anena kila pā­ra­mpa­ryo­pa­kā­ryā­ṇā­m api ta­dgra­hā­gra­ha­ś codita iti. evaṃ khalu vai sutarāṃ sa­ka­la­ja­ga­dgra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kathaṃ bhū­dha­nā­rkā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­mo 'rthaḥ svo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­na gṛ­hya­mā­ṇo '­nyo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­nā­pi gṛhyata eva. svā­tma­bhū­taṃ hi ta­syā­nyo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ tathā gṛ­hī­ta­ś ca sarvāṇy u­pa­kā­ryā­ṇi grā­ha­ya­ti tāni cānyāni sva­svo­pa­kā­ryā­ṇi tāny apy a­nyā­nī­ti­. ta­tho­pa­kā­ra­ko­pa­kā­rya­tva­m api vastunaḥ svā­tma­bhū­ta­m eva, tena va­stu­gra­ha­ṇe tasyāpi gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tathā gṛ­hī­ta­ś ca bhū­dha­nā­di­r arthaḥ svo­pa­kā­ra­kā­ṇi ca sarvāṇi grā­ha­ya­ti­. tāni vānyāni sva­svo­pa­kā­ra­kā­nta­rā­ṇi tāni vā­nyā­nī­ti sa­ka­la­ja­ga­dgra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 24­7­,15~kiṃ ca rūpasya ya­drū­pā­tma­ta­yā grahaṇaṃ tad eva ra­sā­dyu­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­na­, ta­dā­tma­bhū­ta­tvā­t tasya. tathā gṛhītaṃ ca rūpaṃ ra­sā­dī­n api grā­ha­ya­tī­ti ra­sā­dī­nāṃ ca ca­kṣu­rgrā­hya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś ce­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, tad evam ebhiḥ pra­sa­ṅgai­r bhadanta e­vo­pa­hū­ya­te­, na va­ya­m­; tenaiva pra­sa­ṅga­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­tvā­t­. asmākaṃ yad eva vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ gṛhītaṃ ta­da­va­cche­de­nai­va vi­śe­ṣya­gra­ha­ṇa­m ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­, na tv e­ke­nā­py a­va­cchi­nnaṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaṃ sarvair e­vā­va­cchi­nnaṃ gṛhyata iti, tathā pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­t­. ya­tho­kta­m — yad evāsya sva­bhā­ve­na grahaṇaṃ tad e­vo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­nā­pī­ti tan na, svo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tva­dha­rma­sya tato '­nya­tvā­t­. bhavatu vo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, tathāpi tato '­rthā­nta­rā­ṇā­m u­pā­dhī­nāṃ grahaṇe kim ā­yā­ta­m­? ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe ta­du­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ kathaṃ gṛhyata iti cet? nanu ta­da­nyā­gra­ha­ṇe ta­da­nya­kā­ra­ka iti na kiṃcid etad iti.

NBhū-YA 24­7­,26~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — nā­no­pā­dhyu­pa­kā­ra­ni­mi­tta­śa­ktya­bhi­nnā­tma­no 'rthasya sa­rvā­tma­nā grā­ha­kaḥ­, u­pa­kā­rya­sya bheda u­pā­dhe­r bhedaḥ syād a­ni­śca­ye­na ... naitad yu­kta­m­, bhede saty e­ka­gra­he ta­da­pa­ra­gra­ha­ni­ya­mā­yo­gā­d­, ata eva bhe­da­ni­śca­ya­s ta­de­ka­gra­he hy a­bhe­dā­śa­ṅkā­pi syāt. ā­śra­ya­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi nā­śra­yi­ṇāṃ ni­ya­me­na gra­ha­ṇa­m­, bhū­bhū­dha­rā­di­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ta­dā­śri­tā­nāṃ sa­rve­ṣā­m a­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. atha teṣām e­ka­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti, evam api yāvat pa­ri­mā­ṇe 'sāv e­ka­de­śo gṛ­hī­ta­s tāvat pra­de­śa­sthā­nāṃ sarveṣāṃ na gra­ha­ṇa­m ity a­nai­kā­ntaḥ­, tathā śa­rī­ra­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na ta­dā­śri­tā­nā­m ā­bha­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m iti. atha sa­rvā­tma­nā ta­dgra­ha­ṇaṃ nāsti. na tv anyad apy ekaṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇa­m e­kā­tma­nai­va gṛ­hya­te­, na sa­rvā­tma­nā­; e­kā­tma­naḥ sa­rvā­tma­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. atha sā­mā­nyā­śra­ya­sa­rva­sva­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tve­na sā­rvā­tmye­ty u­cya­te­, tathāpy asau sa­rva­dha­rmā­gra­ha­ṇe sa­rva­dha­rmā­dhā­ro 'yam ity evaṃ na gṛ­hī­taḥ­, va­stu­sthi­tyā tu ta­thā­bhi­dhā­ne śa­rī­rā­di­ka­m api sa­rva­sva­dha­rmā­śra­ya­tvā­t sa­rvā­tma­nai­va gṛ­hī­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 24­8­,6~a­thā­kha­ṇḍā­tma­nā sa­rvā­tma­ne­ty arthaḥ. śa­rī­ra­sva­pra­de­śā­de­r apy a­kha­ṇḍā­tma­nai­va gra­ha­ṇa­m­, na ca ta­dā­śri­tā­nāṃ sarveṣāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m iti. sādhitaṃ ca śa­rī­rā­de­r a­va­ya­vi­tva­m­, te­nā­kha­ṇḍā­tma­tvaṃ nā­si­ddha­m iti. api cā­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r e­kā­śra­ya­tvaṃ tvayāpy a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, anyathā vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo hetuḥ syāt. na ca dhū­mā­śra­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­vā­gni­gṛ­hī­taḥ­, ta­dā­kā­rā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'pi ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ trai­lo­kya­gra­ha­ṇa­ka­lpa­nā­pi syāt. kiṃ ca na­rta­kī­gra­ha­ṇe sa­rva­dra­ṣṭṛ­jñā­nā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­tsa­mba­ndhi­tvā­t sva­jñā­na­va­t­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca "tasyā nā­nu­bha­vo '­pa­raḥ­" — ity asya virodhaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­vi­ro­dha­ś ca; na hi pa­ra­kī­yā­ni da­rśa­nā­ni ka­sya­ci­d a­pa­ro­kṣā­ṇi pra­ti­bhā­nti­. yathā ca ta­du­pa­kā­ra­śa­ktya­bhi­nnā­tma­no nartakyāḥ sa­rvā­tma­nā grahaṇe 'pi, na ta­du­pa­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ grahaṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­tho­pā­dhi­ma­dgra­ha­ṇe 'pi na sa­rvo­pā­dhī­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­m iti. ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­d u­pā­dhi­sa­dgra­ha­ṇa­syā­nya­thā tathāpi na gṛ­hye­te­ty a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m e­vo­kta­m­. na sa­rvo­pā­dhi­gra­ha­ṇā­d e­vo­pā­dhi­mā­n gṛ­hya­mā­ṇo dṛṣṭaḥ sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇe cai­ko­pā­dhi­nā­py a­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti. tathā hi — sva­da­rśa­no­pā­dhi­vi­śi­ṣṭe vyā­vṛ­tta­tvaṃ kathaṃ gṛ­hya­te­? ta­da­nya­gra­ha­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­me cai­kā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe sa­rvā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sarveṣāṃ tato '­nya­tvā­t tataś ca pra­tya­kṣā­nta­ra­syā­py a­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ syāt. de­va­da­ttā­gra­ha­ṇe 'yaṃ sa de­va­da­tta ity evaṃ niścayo mā bhūd, vyā­vṛ­tta­tvaṃ tu ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi sva­rū­pa­to gṛhyata iti cet, yady evam u­pā­dhya­nta­rā­gra­ha­ṇe ta­du­pa­kā­ra­ko 'yam ity evaṃ niścayo mā bhūt ta­du­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ tu ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi sva­rū­pa­to gṛhyata iti na kiṃcid e­ta­t­. sa­rvo­pā­dhī­nā­m e­ka­trā­va­sthi­tā­nā­m e­ka­dai­va grahaṇaṃ kasmān na bha­va­tī­ti cet, ta­thā­grā­ha­kā­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sā­ma­grī­vai­ka­lyā­t­. ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ke­na tu ke­ṣā­ñci­d bhavaty api tathā gra­ha­ṇa­m­. sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ tu kra­ma­bhā­vi­saṃ­jñā­sma­ra­ṇā­di­sa­ha­kā­ry a­pe­kṣa­te­. tena kra­me­ṇai­va tad bha­va­ti­. tasmān nā­rthā­nta­ro­pā­dhi­vā­de sa­ka­la­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. gaur i­tyā­di­śa­bda­ś ca na ke­va­lo­pā­dhi­vi­ṣa­yo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. tataś ca ta­tpa­kṣo­ktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nai­va pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 24­8­,30~a­na­rthā­nta­ro­pā­dhi­vā­de '­pa­ri­hā­rya eva sa­ka­lo­pā­dhi­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. e­ka­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇā­bhe­da­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­d iṣṭa eva sa­rvā­po­ha­gra­haḥ­, tathā ni­śca­ya­s tu bhrāntyā na bha­va­tī­ti cet, na; atrāpi sa­mā­na­pra­sa­ṅga­tvā­t­. e­kā­po­ha­ni­śca­ye ta­da­bhi­nnā­nāṃ sa­rvā­po­hā­nāṃ niścayaḥ pra­sa­jya­te­. na hi niścayaṃ pra­tya­po­haḥ khaṇḍaśo bhūtvā tādātmyaṃ ja­hā­ti­. atha va­stu­na­s tā­dā­tmya­m i­ṣṭa­m­, na tv a­po­hā­nā­m­, na; vyā­vṛ­ttya­po­ha­yo­r a­na­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t­. vyā­vṛ­tti­ś ca vyā­vṛ­ttā­d vastuno nānyā, tat kathaṃ na va­stu­tvā­tma­ka­tva­m a­po­hā­nā­m­? yadi ca va­stu­vi­ṣa­yo na ni­śca­yaḥ­, tato '­ni­ści­ta­m eva vastu syāt. a­ni­ści­taṃ kathaṃ vya­va­ha­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­? pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛ­hī­ta­m iti cet, nanu kiṃ sandigdhaṃ mu­gdhā­tma­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣaṃ­? naiveti cet, tataḥ kathaṃ na ni­ścā­ya­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­?

NBhū-YA 24­9­,10~yac coktam — na pratyakṣaṃ ka­sya­ci­n ni­ścā­ya­ka­m­. tad yad api gṛ­hṇā­ti­, na ta­nni­śca­ye­na­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­tpra­ti­bhā­se­ne­ti­, tan na; a­ni­śca­ya­pra­ti­bhā­sa­sya sa­nde­hā­kā­ra­tvā­t­. na hi tṛtīyaṃ pra­ti­bhā­saṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. vi­pa­rī­ta­ni­śca­ya­s tu vi­pa­ryaḥ­, ta­rkā­na­dhya­va­sā­ya­yoḥ sa­nde­hā­nta­rbhā­vā­t­. smṛtis tv a­nu­bha­vā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­ṇī ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­jñā­na­syā­pi dvaividhyaṃ saṃ­śa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇe sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 24­9­,15~smṛ­ti­śa­bdā­nu­mā­na­jñā­naṃ ca niścayo '­bhi­pre­taḥ­, so '­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya eva na va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya iti cet, na; tasyāpi hi va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sā­dhi­ta­m­, sā­dha­yi­ṣya­te ca. yadi ca smā­rta­ni­śca­yo na va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, tadā kathaṃ gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hī­tve­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­m u­cya­te­? na hy a­rthā­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ni­rvi­ṣa­yaṃ vā jñānaṃ gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hī­ti yu­kta­m­. pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ ca prā­pta­m­, na hi ta­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­, pratyakṣe '­nta­rbhā­vo vā, saṃ­vā­di­tve saty a­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­na­va­t­. nāpy a­nu­mā­na­m­, tri­rū­pa­li­ṅgā­ja­nya­tvā­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 24­9­,21~nanu ca pra­tya­kṣa­gṛ­hī­te bhede bhavantī smṛtiḥ kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m­? sa­rvā­kā­ra­ni­śca­ya­s tu sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ka­lyā­n na bha­va­ti­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 24­9­,25~yady apy aṃ­śa­ra­hi­taḥ sarvato bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vo '­nu­bhū­taḥ tathāsti na sa­rva­bhe­de­ṣu tāvan niścayo bha­va­ti­, kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­. a­nu­bha­vo hi yathā vi­ka­lpā­bhyā­sa iti ni­śca­ya­pra­tya­yaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. yathā rū­pa­da­rśa­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ku­ṇa­pa­kā­mi­nī­bha­kṣya­vi­ka­lpāḥ­. tatra bu­ddhi­pā­ṭa­va­ta­dvā­sa­nā­bhyā­saḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­m ity e­va­mā­da­yo '­nu­bha­vā­bhe­da­ni­śca­yo­tpa­tti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ­, teṣām eva ca pra­tyā­sa­tti­tā­ra­ta­myā­di­bhe­dā­t pau­rvā­pa­rya­m­. yathā ja­na­kā­dhyā­pa­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe pi­ta­ra­m āyāntaṃ dṛṣṭvāpi iti.

NBhū-YA 25­0­,4~tad etad apy a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­, na hy ayaṃ bhāvaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­d eva vi­bhe­ti­, yena tasyaiva niraṃśo bhū­tvā­tmā­naṃ sa­ma­rpa­ya­ti­. kutaś ca tena ma­ntrau­ṣa­dha­m i­ndra­jā­laṃ śi­kṣi­ta­m­? yad ayaṃ niraṃśo 'pi niścayaṃ pra­tya­ne­kāṃ­śo bhū­tvai­ka­m e­vāṃ­śa­m ātmano da­rśa­ya­tī­ti­. sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­do 'pi na niraṃśaṃ vastu khaṇḍaśaḥ kartuṃ śa­kno­ti­. tato ni­śca­ya­bhe­da­ś ced, bhede 'pi va­stu­bhe­dā­t tathaiva ni­ścī­ya­ta a­ne­ka­pu­ru­ṣaiḥ sū­rya­va­d­, anyathā da­rśa­na­bhe­dā­d apy a­ne­kāṃ­śa­ka­lpa­nā syāt. tattvato dha­rma­bhe­de hi sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­do­pa­va­rṇa­naṃ yu­kta­m­. bhi­nnā­nā­m a­tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d da­ṇḍa­ku­ṇḍa­lā­di­va­t­. ku­ṇa­pā­di­vi­ka­lpa­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto 'py a­yu­ktaḥ­, ku­ṇa­pa­tvā­di­dha­rmā­ṇā­m api bhi­nna­tvā­t­. a­nya­thā­tra bu­ddhi­pā­ṭa­va­ta­dvā­sa­nā­bhyā­sā­di­ni­ścā­ya­ka­m asty anyatra nā­stī­ti­y api tasmād ekatra da­rśa­nā­da­rśa­na­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 25­0­,14~atha ni­śca­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­ṇā­m a­po­hā­nāṃ tādātmyaṃ ne­ṣya­te­, tato na sa­rva­gra­ha­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa tarhi niścayaḥ kim a­po­ha­dvā­re­ṇa vastuny api pra­va­rta­te­? a­thā­po­ha­mā­tra iti? vastuny api pravṛttau prāptaḥ sa­rvā­po­ha­gra­haḥ­. kasmād a­nu­pa­kā­ra­ke ta­ddvā­re­ṇa tatra pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ta­du­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve ca yady a­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ va­stu­na­s tad eva sa­rvā­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ka­tva­m ity ā­kā­rā­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­nā­pi niścitaṃ vastu sa­rvā­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­nai­va niścitaṃ syāt. na ca sa­rvā­po­hā­ni­śca­ye sa­rvā­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ka­tvaṃ niścetuṃ śakyate sva­svā­mi­tva­va­d ity ataḥ sa­rvā­po­ha­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ ke­va­lā­po­ha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve śabdānāṃ ca bhavati ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­mu­khe­na sa­rva­pra­ti­pa­tti­s tadāpi vastunaḥ śabdair a­nā­kṣe­pā­n na syāt tatra pra­vṛ­tti­r iti vyarthaḥ śa­bda­pra­yo­gaḥ syāt. a­rtha­kri­yā­śra­yo hi sarvo vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhyāṃ vya­va­hā­ro '­po­ha­ś ca ta­trā­sa­ma­rthaḥ sa­ma­rtha­ś ca na codyata iti, kiṃ śa­bda­pra­yo­gaiḥ­? tataś cā­po­hā­nā­m apohāḥ syuḥ, a­po­hya­mā­na­sya hi ka­sya­ci­d a­ṅga­bhā­vā­t ta­tho­cya­nte­. tasya śabdair ā­kṣe­pā­n na te ka­sya­ci­d a­ṅga­bhū­tā iti katham a­po­hāḥ­? etena bu­ddhyā­kā­ro '­nta­rā­la­va­rtī vā­po­ha­śa­bdā­rthaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. la­kṣi­ta­la­kṣa­ṇā­d iti cet; samānaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa tā­va­dbhi­r a­po­hai­r nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­ta­yo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa e­ke­nā­py u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇe­na sa­rvā­tma­no­pa­la­kṣi­ta iti ta­da­va­sthaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ko hy atra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? śabdā vainam u­pa­la­kṣa­ye­yu­s ta­lla­kṣi­tā vāpohaḥ sa tāvat tadānīṃ ni­ścī­ya­te sa­rvo­pa­kā­ra­ka iti sa­rva­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 25­0­,31~nanu ca ta­vā­po­ho­pa­kā­ra­ko bhāvas tato '­rthā­nta­rā­po­hā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, tathāpi ni­va­rta­mā­na­syā­po­hā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād yaiva vyāvṛttiḥ sa eva vyāvṛttaḥ —

NBhū-YA 25­1­,5~yad āhuḥ — a­nyā­po­he 'pi śabdārthe ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ta­dva­tpa­kṣo­di­taḥ sa­rva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ samāna iti, tad api pra­tyā­khyā­ta­m­; tatra hy a­rthā­nta­ra­m u­pā­dā­yā­nya­tra pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ śabdo '­svā­ta­ntryā­di­do­ṣai­r u­pa­hū­ya­te­. na cā­rthā­nta­ra­m anyathā vyā­vṛ­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 25­1­,9~so 'yam u­jva­la­ka­ṭa­nyā­yo '­nu­sṛ­taḥ­. tathā hi — daṇḍam u­pā­dā­ya daṇḍīti śabdaḥ puṃsi pra­va­rta­mā­no na ku­ṇḍa­lā­dya­bhi­dhā­ya­kaḥ­, tena ku­ṇḍa­lī­tyā­di­śa­bdo 'pi tatra sārthakaḥ syāt. ni­raṃ­śa­sya tu kim a­ni­ści­ta­m asti yadarthaṃ śa­bdā­nta­raṃ pra­va­rte­ta pu­na­ru­kta­tā vā syāt. śa­bda­pra­ti­pa­tti­bhe­daḥ saṃ­ke­ta­bhe­dā­n na tu vā­cya­bhe­dā­d astīti cet, nanu vā­cya­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t saṃ­ke­ta­bhe­do 'py ayuktaḥ paryāyo vā syāt, gha­ṭa­ku­mbhā­di­va­t­. da­ṇḍā­di­va­n ni­mi­tta­bhe­da­syā­py a­bhā­vā­t­. ni­mi­tta­bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca na dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r a­bhe­daḥ­. kiṃ ca gavāṃ bhāvo gotvam iti ṣa­ṣṭhī­va­ca­na­bhe­da­ta­ddhi­tpra­yo­go na syāt; pra­kṛ­tya­rthā­ti­ri­ktā­rthā­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 25­1­,18~nanv a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 25­1­,21~na hi va­stvā­ya­ttā śa­bda­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? va­ktri­cchā­ya­ttā­, tena bhe­da­ma­dhyā­ro­pya saṃ­ke­ti­tā vi­bha­kti­r ya­thā­saṃ­ke­taṃ pra­tī­ti­he­tu­r bha­va­ti­. ya­thai­ka­va­ca­nā­rthe ba­hu­va­ca­naṃ yūyaṃ vayaṃ gurava iti gau­ra­vā­di­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­m­. na cātra saṃ­ke­ta­bhe­da­sya pra­yo­ja­na­m asti. tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 25­2­,5~yadā saṃjñātā vya­va­cche­dā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣo '­rtha­vi­śe­ṣe '­śva­vya­va­cche­da­mā­traṃ ji­jñā­sa­mā­naṃ ji­jñā­pa­yi­ṣya­ti­, tadā ta­thā­rtha­kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­taṃ śabdam a­na­śva­tva­m a­syā­stī­ti prayuṅkte yadā tu vya­va­cche­dā­nta­ra­pra­ti­kṣe­pe­ṇa ta­jjñā­pa­yi­tu­m i­ccha­ti­, ta­dā­na­śvo 'yam iti. ata eva pūrvatra pra­ti­kṣi­pta­bhe­dā­nta­ra­tvā­c cha­bda­vṛ­tte­r na sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vo vā gotvam asya śuklam iti. a­pra­ti­kṣi­pta­bhe­dā­nta­re tu bhavati gauḥ śukla iti.

api ca

NBhū-YA 25­2­,17~yadi nāmaite śabdāḥ puruṣaiḥ kvacit pra­ṇi­nī­ṣi­tāḥ­. api na śakyate pra­ṇe­tu­r va­stu­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­d dhū­mā­di­va­t ta­dā­ya­m u­pā­la­mbhaḥ syāt — kathaṃ ṣa­ṣṭhyā­da­ya iti?

NBhū-YA 25­2­,19~yadā punaḥ

NBhū-YA 25­2­,26~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — vā­cya­le­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­ta iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ni­raṃ­śa­sya hi leśato 'pi kuto vā­cya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? na hi ke­na­ci­d aṃśena dha­rma­bhe­do­pī­ṣya­te­, a­ne­kā­nta­pa­kṣā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha bhe­dā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇa saṃ­ke­tā­t ta­tho­cya­te­, mithyaiva tarhi tathā pratītiḥ syāt. evam astv iti cet, evaṃ tarhi vastunaḥ śa­bda­tva­kṛ­ta­ka­tva­yoḥ pa­ryā­ya­tā syāt tayoḥ śabdād a­bhi­nna­tvā­t tataś ca śa­bda­tva­va­t kṛ­ta­ka­tva­syā­pi gha­ṭā­di­ṣu nānvayaḥ syāt. yad apy uktam — bhe­dā­nta­ra­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­pra­ti­kṣe­pā­v iti, tatra yathā ta­da­nya­bhe­da­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­pi go­tvā­di­dha­rmo 'sti ta­tho­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­. api ca bhe­dā­nta­rā­ṇy api yadi bhi­dya­mā­nā­n nā­rthā­nta­rā­ṇi­, tadā katham a­ta­tpra­kṣe­paḥ­? na hi su­śi­kṣi­te­nā­pi paṭas ta­dā­tmā­naṃ tyaktvā grahītuṃ śa­kya­te­. pa­ryā­ya­tā ca ta­da­va­sthai­va­. a­thā­rthā­nta­rā­ṇi­, tatra yadi tair viśiṣṭaṃ vastv a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, tadā vā­ntā­śi­tvaṃ bhavataḥ prāptam — prāg tyaktasya ta­dva­tpa­kṣa­sye­dā­nīṃ svī­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. ko hy atra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sā­mā­nyā­di­ma­dva­stva­bhi­dhī­ya­tā­m a­po­hai­r viśiṣṭaṃ veti. atha ke­va­lā­ny eva bhe­dā­nta­rā­ṇy a­bhi­dhī­ya­nte­, tadāpy a­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gya­syā­na­bhi­dhā­nā­d vyarthaḥ śa­bda­pra­yo­ga ity u­kta­m­. kiṃ ca sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­ś ca na syāt, gha­ṭa­pa­ṭā­di­śa­bda­va­t ta­de­kā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇai­ka­va­stu­sa­mba­ndho 'stīti cet, gha­ṭa­śa­rā­vā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m api sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇai­ka­ku­lā­la­sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­t­. tebhyas ta­trā­dhya­va­sā­yā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, kim ity a­dhya­va­sā­yo na bha­va­ti­? teṣāṃ tatra saṃ­ke­tā­vṛ­tte­r iti cet, evaṃ tarhi yatraiva saṃ­ke­ti­tā­s ta­trai­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­ni­śca­yaṃ kurvantaḥ sākṣād eva ta­dvi­ṣa­yāḥ­. kim ucyate pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇe­ti­? na ca pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi bhi­nna­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­ve va­stu­mā­tra­sa­mba­ndhe 'pi sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­d u­pa­pa­ttā­v u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddho 'sti dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. bhi­nna­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sa­mba­ndhe tu da­ṇḍyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ ta­thā­bā­vaḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddha ity asti dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 25­3­,20~yad api ji­jñā­pa­yi­ṣu­r i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; pa­rā­bhi­prā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. na brūmaḥ — kṛ­tta­ddhi­tā­di­śa­bdāḥ kvacid apy e­kā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yi­no bha­va­ntī­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? teṣām e­kā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yi­tve pa­ryā­ya­tai­va syād bhe­da­bhi­nna­tvā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m iva. tathā ca śa­bdā­nta­ro­ccā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthya­m­, gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­tvā­bhā­vaḥ­, śu­kla­tvā­di­ne­va go­tve­nā­py a­nva­yā­bhā­va­ś ca syāt. dha­rma­bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca kathaṃ na vākye 'sti viśeṣaḥ kaś cana?

NBhū-YA 25­3­,25~etena yeṣāṃ va­stu­va­śā vāca ityādy api ni­ra­sta­m­, na hi sarvā vāco '­smā­bhi­r api va­stu­pra­ti­ba­ddhā i­ṣya­nte­, kiṃ tarhi? pra­mā­ṇa­bhū­tā i­ndri­ya­bu­ddha­ya ivāta e­vo­bha­ya­thā­da­rśa­nā­d vi­cā­rya­te­. dārāḥ ṣa­ṇṇa­ga­rī­tyā­di­r apy a­nu­kto­pā­la­mbhaḥ­, na hi bahuṣv a­ba­hu­va­ca­na­m i­tyā­di­ni­ya­mo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ya­thā­sa­ma­yaṃ śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tathā ca sūtram — "­sā­ma­yi­ka­tvā­c chabdād a­rtha­saṃ­pra­tya­ya­sya­" iti. na ca gavām ity ekārthe ba­hu­va­ca­naṃ sa­mma­ta­m­, nāpy abhede ṣaṣṭhī, śā­ba­le­yā­dī­nāṃ ba­hū­nā­m e­ka­dha­rma­tve gotvasya pra­tī­teḥ­. nāpi bahuṣu gotvam ity eva vacanaṃ bahutve ta­syā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ata eva na rā­kṣa­sā­di­va­d idaṃ svārthe ta­ddhi­ta­vi­dhā­naṃ vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vā­c ca. yathā rakṣo rākṣasa iti rā­va­ṇā­di­sa­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na vya­va­hā­ro 'sti, na tathā gotvam ayaṃ piṇḍa iti vya­va­hā­ro 'sti.

NBhū-YA 25­4­,8~yat punar a­tro­kta­m — na ca sāmānyaṃ nāma kiṃcid asti, śa­bdā­śra­yā tu buddhir a­nā­di­vā­sa­nā­di­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­n api dharmān sṛjantī jā­ya­te­. tasyāḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­va­śe­na sāmānyaṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ca vya­va­sthā­pya­ta iti. dignāgo 'py āha — "sarva e­vā­ya­m a­nu­mā­nā­nu­me­ya­vya­va­hā­ro bu­ddhyā­rū­ḍhe­na dha­rma­dha­rmi­nyā­ye­na­" iti. tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, sva­pnā­di­va­nmi­thyā­nu­mā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­rthā­nva­yā­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. va­stu­da­rśa­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi vā­ṣpā­de­r api dhū­ma­tve­nā­vya­va­si­ta­syā­gnya­nu­mā­pa­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭa­dhū­ma­sā­dṛ­śyā­bhā­va­ś ca dhū­mā­nta­re 'pi sa­mā­naḥ­, sā­mā­nya­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo vā sā­dṛ­śya­syai­va sā­mā­nya­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. ta­da­tya­ntā­sa­ttve vātra sā­dṛ­śya­bu­ddhiḥ saṃ­vā­di­kā nātrety ayaṃ viśeṣaḥ kutaḥ syāt?

NBhū-YA 25­4­,18~saṃ­vṛ­tya­saṃ­vṛ­tti­kṛ­to 'sti viśeṣa iti cet, syān matam — yatra saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­t sāmānyaṃ tatra saṃvādī vya­va­hā­ro bha­va­ti­, nā­nya­tra­; vi­ka­lpa­mā­trā­ro­pi­taṃ hi saṃ­vṛ­tya­py asad iti. saṃ­vṛ­te­s ta­tsā­mā­nya­sya ca svarūpaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti —

NBhū-YA 25­4­,27~buddhiḥ khalu ta­da­nya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ pa­dā­rthā­nā­śri­tyo­tpa­dya­mā­nā vi­ka­lpi­kā sva­vā­sa­nā­pra­kṛ­ti­m a­nu­vi­da­dha­tī a­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­m a­go­vyā­vṛ­ttyā­di­rū­paṃ kāraṇaṃ bhinnam eṣāṃ rūpaṃ ti­ro­dhā­ya pra­ti­bhā­sa­m a­bhi­nna­m ā­tmī­ya­m a­dhya­va­sya tān saṃ­sṛ­ja­ntī da­rśa­ya­ti­. sā ceyaṃ saṃvṛtiḥ saṃ­vri­ya­te 'nayā sva­rū­pe­ṇa pa­ra­rū­pa­m iti. te ca tayā saṃ­vṛ­ti­bhe­dāḥ svayaṃ bhedino 'py a­bhe­di­na iva ke­na­ci­d rūpeṇa pra­ti­bhā­nti­. tad eṣāṃ bu­ddhi­pra­ti­bhā­sa­m a­nu­ru­ndhā­nai­r bu­ddhi­pa­ri­va­rti­nā­m eva bhā­vā­nā­m ā­kā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­pa­ri­gra­hā­d bahir iva pa­ri­sphu­ra­tāṃ sā­mā­nya­m ity u­cya­te­. katham i­dā­nī­m a­nyā­po­haḥ sā­mā­nya­m­? sa eva khalv a­nyā­po­ha­s tam eva gṛhṇantī sā pra­kṛ­ti­vi­bhra­mā­d vi­ka­lpā­nāṃ va­stu­grā­hi­ṇī ca pra­ti­bhā­ti­. sā hi ta­da­nya­vi­ve­ki­ṣv eva bhāveṣu bhavantī vi­ve­ka­vi­ṣa­ye­ti ga­mya­te­.

NBhū-YA 25­5­,9~nanu bāhyā a­vi­ve­ki­no na ca teṣu vi­klpa­vṛ­tti­r iti kathaṃ teṣu bha­va­ti­? vyā­khyā­tā­raḥ khalv evaṃ vi­ve­ca­ya­nti­, na vya­va­ha­rtā­raḥ­. te tu svā­la­mba­na­m e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gyaṃ ma­nya­mā­nā dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpā­v arthāv e­kī­kṛ­tya va­rta­nte­. ta­da­bhi­prā­ya­va­śā­d evam u­cya­te­. ta­tkā­ri­ta­yā­ta­tkā­ri­bhyo bhinnās tathā śabdena pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ntī­ti pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­di­bhya­s tu ta­ttva­ci­nta­kā nā­bhe­da­m a­nu­ma­nya­nte­. yadi pra­ti­pa­ttya­bhi­prā­yo '­nu­vi­dhī­ya­te­, a­nyā­po­ho 'pi sāmānyaṃ mā bhūt, na hy evaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti. na ca ke­va­la­m evam iti pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, vya­ti­ri­ktā­vya­ti­ri­ktai­ka­ni­tya­vyā­pi­tā­dyā­kā­ro 'pi naiva pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, ke­va­la­m a­bhi­nnā­kā­rā buddhir u­tpa­dya­te­. tasyāḥ ka ā­śra­yaḥ­? ity a­nyā­po­ha u­cya­te­, tasya vastuṣu bhāvād a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. vya­va­hā­ra­sya ca śa­bdā­śra­ya­sya tathā da­rśa­nā­t­. na punaḥ kiṃcit sāmānyaṃ nāmāsti yatheyaṃ buddhiḥ pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 25­5­,20~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, buddher a­rthā­kā­ra­sya prāk pra­pa­ñce­na pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. sa­vi­ka­lpa­sya pra­tya­kṣa­sya sā­dhi­tvā­t­. tena śā­ba­le­yā­di­ṣu sā­dṛ­śya­bu­ddhe­r bhrā­nta­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. bhrā­nti­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­c ca. na tāvad i­ndri­ya­do­ṣā­di­yaṃ bhrāntiḥ, sarvadā sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­bhā­si­tvā­n nī­lā­di­dṛ­ṣṭi­va­t­. nāpi sā­dṛ­śya­ni­mi­ttā­, sā­dṛ­śyā­nta­rā­bhā­vā­t­. nāpi nī­la­spha­ṭi­kā­di­va­d a­nya­saṃ­sa­rga­ni­mi­ttā­, sā­mā­nyā­sa­mbha­ve ta­da­nya­saṃ­sa­rgā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. nāpi nī­lā­kā­śā­di­va­d dūrād dṛ­ṣṭi­kṣo­bha­ni­mi­ttā­, sa­nni­hi­te­ṣv api śā­ba­le­yā­di­ṣu ta­tsā­mā­nya­sya pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. nau­yā­nā­de­ś cātra sambhava eva nāsti. nāpi vā­sa­nā­tra ni­mi­tta­m­, tasyāḥ svā­pā­di­sa­ka­kā­ri­ra­hi­tā­yā idan tayā bhrā­ntyu­tpa­ttau sā­ma­rthyā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. kā­mā­dya­bhi­bhū­ta­sya stryā­di­bhrā­nti­va­d iti cet, tadvad eva tarhi sa­rva­trā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa na syāt, ka­sya­ci­d eva syāt. na hi stryā­di­bhrā­ntiḥ sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa­, a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv eva bha­va­ti­. na ca tā­dṛ­ga­rtha­da­rśa­nā­sa­mbha­ve ke­va­lo­pa­de­śa­mā­trā­di­da­nta­yā bhrā­ntyu­tpa­tti­sa­ma­rthā vāsanā sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca ta­da­rthā­da­rśa­ne vāsanā e­ve­da­n ta­yo­tpa­nnā buddhir a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 25­6­,3~yac coktam — ta­da­nya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ pa­dā­rthā­nā­śri­tyo­tpa­dya­mā­ne­tyā­di­, tatra te ta­da­nya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo 'rthāḥ kiṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­to '­sa­mā­nāḥ­? samānā veti? yady a­sa­mā­nāḥ­, tadā ta­dā­śra­yā ta­de­ka­jā­tī­ya­bu­ddhi­r dhū­ma­vā­tyā­dyā­śra­ya­saṃ­vā­di­nī na syāt. atha sa­mā­nāḥ­, tadā teṣāṃ sā­mā­nya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m anyathā kathaṃ sa­mā­nāḥ­? sva­bhā­ve­na hi vi­sa­dṛ­śā­tmā­no 'rthās tva­ye­ṣṭāḥ­. vi­sa­dṛ­śe­ṣu ca sa­dṛ­śa­tva­bu­ddhiḥ kathaṃ saṃ­vā­di­nī śaṃ­kha­pī­tā­di­bu­ddhi­va­t­? e­ka­sa­mba­ndhā­t tu vi­sa­dṛ­śe­ṣv apy a­nu­ga­ta­bu­ddhi­r a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇī dṛ­śya­te­. ya­thai­ka­rā­ja­svī­kṛ­te­ṣu rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣo rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣa iti. nī­lā­di­ṣv e­ka­dṛ­ṣṭi­sa­mba­ndhā­c ca dṛṣṭaṃ dṛṣṭam iti. yatrāpi dṛ­ṣṭi­bhe­da­s tatrāpy a­dṛ­ṣṭi­tvaṃ ni­mi­tta­m iti. vi­ṣa­ya­ga­tā­va­ya­vi­ni ni­mi­ttā­bhā­ve tu ta­thā­vi­dha­bu­ddhyu­tpā­da eva na sa­mbha­va­ti­. kutas tayā pa­ra­rū­pā­ṇi sva­rū­pe­ṇa saṃ­vri­ya­ta iti? amutaḥ saṃ­vṛ­ti­sa­tsā­mā­nya­m api na si­ddhye­t­. yadi hi sa­mā­nā­rtha­da­rśa­naṃ vā­sa­nā­pra­kṛ­tiḥ syāt tatas tām a­nu­vi­da­dha­tī vi­ka­lpa­bu­ddhiḥ smṛtir bhaved a­nya­thā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. na ca sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve samānā iti.

NBhū-YA 25­6­,16~ta­da­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­r eva sā­mā­nya­m iti cet, na; tasyāḥ pra­ti­vya­ktya­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­na­nva­yā­t­. sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tve ca jā­tyā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. ya­thai­ka­jā­tyā­nva­yi­ṣv artheṣu saṃketo 'pi gṛ­hya­te­, ta­thai­ka­vyā­vṛ­ttyā­nva­yi­ṣv api, ko hy atra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? ta­dva­tpa­kṣo­kta­do­ṣa­s tavāpy a­nu­ṣa­jya­te­.

NBhū-YA 25­6­,20~nanv astu nāma ta­dva­ddo­ṣaḥ­, jātir anyā mā bhūt. jātim api hy a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā­va­śyaṃ bhāvānāṃ bhedo '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­s ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣv artheṣu śabdādeḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r astu sarvathā do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­ra­sya kartum a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. a­ni­ṣṭa­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtho hi śa­bda­pra­yo­ga­s tenāsau vya­va­cche­da­pha­la­s tathā hi — ā­na­ye­ty a­bhi­dhā­ne dra­vyā­nta­re 'py ā­na­ya­na­yo­gye śaṃkā syāt, tad vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ dhṛ­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, dhṛ­ta­gra­ha­ṇa­m anyathā vyarthaṃ syāt. evaṃ kri­yā­nta­ra­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­mā­na­ya­na­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ de­va­da­tta­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. evaṃ sarvatra vya­va­cche­daḥ śa­bdā­rthaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 25­6­,27~atha jā­ti­ma­d a­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi vya­va­cche­do na vi­cā­rya­te­. ta­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 25­6­,30~a­tro­cya­te — yady a­vṛ­kṣa­vyā­vṛ­tto vṛkṣa u­cya­te­, ta­dvyā­vṛ­tta­ś cāvṛkṣa iti, so 'yam i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yo du­rni­vā­raḥ­. tathā hi — a­vṛ­kṣa­va­rgā­pra­ti­pa­ttau­, na ta­dvya­va­cche­de­na vṛ­kṣa­va­rga­pra­ti­pa­tti­s ta­da­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca na ta­dvya­va­cche­de­nā­vṛ­kṣa­va­rga­pra­tī­ti­s tatas tatra na saṃketo '­pī­tya­vya­va­hā­ra eva syāt. tulyaṃ bhavato 'pīti cet, na tu­lya­m­; na hi va­stu­sa­tsā­mā­nya­vā­di­nā ka­sya­ci­d vya­va­cche­de­na kiṃcid vi­dhī­ya­te­. kiṃ tarhi? vastv ekaṃ puro '­va­sthi­taṃ saṃdarśya vṛkṣo 'yam iti saṃketaḥ kri­ya­te­. saṃ­ke­ta­kā­le tatas tam arthaṃ jā­ti­sa­ma­nvi­taṃ jñātvā ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­m api pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti. nanv atrāpi vṛkṣo 'yam apy ayam eveti saṃ­ke­tā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na; u­bha­ya­thā­pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. vi­śe­ṣā­na­pe­kṣa­yā ayam apy anyo 'py e­vaṃ­la­kṣa­ṇo vṛkṣa iti. jā­tya­pe­kṣa­yā tv ayam eva vṛkṣa iti vyu­tpā­di­to yatraiva vṛkṣatvaṃ na pa­śya­ti­, tam e­vā­vṛ­kṣaṃ svayam api pra­ti­pa­dya­te­; dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­pa­rī­ta­sya su­jñā­na­tvā­t­. naivaṃ vya­va­cche­da­vā­di­naḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. sa­mu­cca­ya­pa­kṣe na vya­va­cche­da­si­ddhiḥ­, a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­pa­kṣe tu dṛṣṭasya kvacid a­na­nva­yā­d vya­ktya­nta­re 'pi na syād vṛ­kṣa­pra­tī­tiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 25­7­,13~nanu ca jñā­nā­dye­kā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­ṇo '­ta­tkā­ri­bhyo vya­va­cchi­nnāḥ sarve, te­nai­ka­trā­pi ta­dvya­va­cche­da­m u­pā­dā­ya saṃketaḥ kri­ya­te­. tato vya­va­hā­ra­kā­le 'py a­ta­tkā­ri­vya­va­cche­da­pra­tī­ti­r iti kim a­trā­sa­ma­ñja­sa­m­? katham asati sāmānye bhi­nnā­nā­m abhinnaṃ kāryaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­? pra­kṛ­ti­r eṣā bhā­vā­nā­m­, yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 25­7­,21~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad e­kā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ tad a­ta­tpra­vi­bhā­ga­ni­mi­tta­m iti, tan na; vā­ha­dā­hā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi ga­vā­gnyā­di­pra­tya­ya­da­rśa­nā­t­. na ca ta­da­ka­ra­ṇe 'pi ta­tkā­ri­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yo­gya­tai­va ta­tkā­ri­tva­m iti cet, keyaṃ yo­gya­tā­? na tāvat sva­rū­pa­m eva, ta­syā­na­nva­yā­t ta­ta­na­nva­ye ca tato vyā­vṛ­tta­sya vya­ktya­nta­ra­syā­py a­ta­dbhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­pū­rva­syā­pi sva­rū­pa­da­rśa­nā­t ta­tkā­ri­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ syāt. atha yogyatā tasya dharmaḥ, sa yady a­na­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tatas ta­tsva­rū­pa­m eva tatra coktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. a­thā­rthā­nta­raṃ tatas tad eva sā­mā­nya­m­, nāsti vi­vā­daḥ­. etena śaktes ta­tkā­ri­tva­m iti pra­tyu­kta­m­. 'bhede 'pi niyatāḥ ke­ci­d­' i­tyā­di­, tan na; e­ka­sā­ma­grya­ntaḥ­pa­ti­tā­nā­m i­ndri­yā­lo­kā­dī­nā­m e­ka­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na tu vyaktīnāṃ de­śa­kā­la­vya­va­hi­tā­nā­m e­ka­sā­ma­grya­ntaḥ­pā­ti­tva­n asti, e­ka­sā­ma­grya­ntaḥ­pā­ti­tvaṃ ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­jā­tyu­pa­kṛ­tā­nā­m eva sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. ka­smā­t­? a­sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m a­nya­jā­tī­ya­sa­mba­ddhā­nāṃ ca ta­tkā­rya­kā­ri­tvā­da­rśa­nā­t­. na hy a­sa­mba­ddhe­na rūpeṇa saha sa­mba­ddhe­na ca spa­rśā­di­nā cakṣur ja­na­ya­ti jñā­na­m­. e­te­nau­ṣa­dhī­nā­m e­ka­kā­rya­tvaṃ vyā­kyā­ta­m­. tatrāpi gu­ḍū­cī­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyā­nva­yā­d e­ka­kā­ryā­nva­yaḥ­, kṣī­ra­da­dhyā­dī­nāṃ tu ta­da­bhā­vā­n na ta­tkā­rya­kā­ri­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 25­8­,9~nanv a­tro­kta­m — yadi hi sā­mā­nyā­j jva­rā­di­śa­ma­naṃ kāryaṃ syāt, "­ta­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­d vyaktīnāṃ kṣe­trā­di­bhe­de 'pi ci­ra­śī­ghra­pra­śa­ma­nā­di­vi­śe­ṣo gu­ṇa­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ ca na syād" iti uktam idam a­yu­kta­m­; na hi yatraikaṃ sā­mā­nya­m asti tatrānyaḥ sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­ra­vi­śe­ṣo vā nāsti, yena ta­tkā­rya­vai­ṣa­myaṃ na syāt. na ca sā­mā­nya­m eva ta­tkā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣṭa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ta­da­nvi­ta­vya­kta­yaḥ tās tv a­vā­nta­ra­sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­tāḥ­. a­vā­nta­ra­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­tā­ni tā­dṛ­śā­ni kāryāṇi ku­rva­nti­. sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­ra­vi­śe­ṣo­pe­tā­s tv a­nyā­dṛ­śā­ny api kā­ryā­ṇī­ti­. tathā cai­vaṃ­jā­tī­ya­sa­ha­kā­ryu­pe­tā­d e­vaṃ­jā­tī­yā­t kā­ra­ṇā­d e­vaṃ­jā­tī­yaṃ kāryaṃ bha­va­tī­ty a­nu­mā­na­m apy u­pa­pa­dya­te­. sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve tu sā­ma­grya­nta­ra­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā­m apy a­tya­nta­bhi­nna­tvā­t kuto '­nva­ya­s ta­da­bhā­ve kuto '­nu­mā­na­m ity a­pra­vṛ­tti­r eva syāt kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­rthi­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu­. ta­tkā­ri­tvaṃ tu yadi sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tato '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇe­bhyo '­nya­tvā­t tad eva sā­mā­nya­m ity u­kta­m­. na ca ta­tkā­ryā­da­rśa­ne 'pi ta­tkā­ri­tva­ni­śca­yo 'sti. na hy ekatra ku­lā­lā­di­ni­śca­ye 'pi, a­nya­trā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tkā­rye­ṣu ku­lā­la­ku­vi­ndā­di­ṣu ta­nni­śca­yo ka­bha­va­ti­. ya­thai­ka­tra vyu­tpa­nna­syā­nya­trā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tkā­rye­ṣv api vi­ṣā­gnyā­di­ṣu sva­rū­pā­va­lo­pra­nā­d eva ta­nni­śca­ya iti. yadi ca ta­tkā­ri­ṣv a­ta­tkā­ri­bhyo vya­va­cche­de­na śabdo 'pi va­rta­te­, ta­dā­na­ya­nā­lo­kā­di­ṣv e­ka­kā­rya­kā­ri­ṣv a­ta­tkā­ri­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tte­r ekaḥ śabdaḥ pra­va­rte­ta­, śā­ba­le­yā­di­bhe­da­va­dbhi­nna­jā­tī­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca na syāt. kā­ryā­nta­ra­bhe­dā­d bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, na; kā­ryā­nta­ra­bhe­da­sya pra­ti­vya­kti­sa­mbha­vā­t­, sā­mā­nya­vya­va­hā­ro­cche­daḥ syāt. na ca kiṃcit kāryaṃ ke­va­le­na cakṣuṣā janyate yena tatraiva sa­ta­tkā­ri­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tte­ś ca­kṣuḥ­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rti­taḥ­, sarvatra jā­tī­ya­vi­jā­tī­ya­kā­ra­ka­mū­hā­t kā­ryo­tpa­tte­r u­pa­la­mbhā­t­, tasmāt sā­ma­gryā­m eva śabdaḥ pra­va­rti­taḥ­.

NBhū-YA 25­8­,30~atha viśeṣaṃ pra­tye­ka­syai­va kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, a­thā­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­syā­pi ghaṭasya mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­d eva mṛ­tsva­bhā­va­tā ta­tku­lā­lā­d eva sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa iti gha­ṭā­tma­ka­tve ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­sya kathaṃ nā­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tva­m­? gha­ṭa­syā­pi vā­ne­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvaṃ na syāt? bhede tu tā­dā­tmyā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­hā­niḥ­. kiṃ ca ku­lā­la­kṛ­tai­va mṛ­tsva­bhā­va­tā ta­tsa­nni­ve­śa­s tu mṛtkṛtaḥ kasmān ne­ṣya­te­? ta­da­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, katham a­bhā­vaḥ­? ku­lā­lā­bhā­ve 'pi va­lmī­kā­dau mṛ­tsva­bhā­va­to­pa­la­bdhe­r iti cet, sa­rva­syā­pi gha­ṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhā­ve ta­du­pa­la­bdheḥ­, mṛtpiṇḍo 'pi ta­ddhe­tu­r na syāt. anyā tatra mṛd asti hetur iti cet, a­nya­sa­dbhā­ve 'pi kathaṃ tato 'nyasya mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­sya he­tu­tva­m­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­? mṛtvaṃ tatrāpy astīti cet, so 'yaṃ gho­ṭā­rū­ḍha­sya vismṛto ghoṭa iti vṛ­ttā­ntaḥ­. gha­ṭa­śa­rā­vā­dī­nā­m a­nyo­nya­vyā­vṛ­tta­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t ta­ddhā­tū­nāṃ mṛdāṃ katham e­ka­kā­rya­kā­ri­tva­m a­ta­tkā­ri­vyā­vṛ­tta­tvaṃ vā sāmānyaṃ syāt? sā­mā­nya­vā­di­nāṃ tu mṛ­jjā­tī­ye hetau saty eva mṛ­jjā­tī­ya­syo­tpā­da­s ta­da­bhā­ve gha­ṭa­va­lmī­kā­dī­nā­m api mṛ­jjā­tī­ya­tvaṃ na syād ity a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­to 'pi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­pa­naṃ yu­kta­m­. sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve tv atyantaṃ vi­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣv e­kā­kā­ra­pra­tī­ti­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­pi na syāt.

NBhū-YA 25­9­,15~yat punar a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 25­9­,19~tad a­ti­du­rma­ti­vi­spa­ndi­ta­m­; na hy a­rtha­kri­yāṃ dṛṣṭvaiva tad e­kā­kā­ra­pra­tya­yo bha­va­ti­. ga­vā­gni­pa­na­sā­di­ṣu ta­da­rtha­kri­yā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'py e­kā­kā­ra­to­pa­la­nnā­d ity u­kta­m­. na ca nā­ma­saṃ­yo­ja­ne­nai­va pra­tya­bhi­jñā bha­va­ti­, a­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­ya­syā­pi hi sa­jā­tī­ye­ṣv e­ka­trā­va­sthi­te­ṣv api ja­ṅga­me­ṣu vā­mī­ṣā­m e­vai­kā­kā­ra­tā­, yo '­syā­kā­raḥ sa e­vā­syā­kā­ra iti ca pra­tya­bhi­jñā bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 25­9­,24~nanu caikāṃ jñā­nā­di­kā­m a­rtha­kri­yāṃ paśyato vā­sa­nā­pra­bo­dho­da­ye mi­thyā­pra­tya­yo bhavaty anyathā tu bhe­da­saṃ­sa­rga­va­tī buddhir na syād yathā da­ṇḍi­ṣu­. na hi ta­trai­ka­da­ṇḍa­yo­ge 'py anyatra sa e­vā­ya­m iti bha­va­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? tad i­he­ti­. na caivaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m­, kiṃ tarhi? tad e­ve­da­m iti, na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t — naiva hi vya­ktya­nta­re tad e­ve­da­m iti pra­tya­bhi­jñā bha­va­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? sa e­vā­syā­pyā­kā­ra­s tad e­vā­syā­pi vā rū­pa­m­, ta­jjā­tī­ya­m e­ve­da­m iti vā, na cātra bādhāsti tan neyaṃ bhrāntiḥ. yadi tu bhinneṣv a­bhi­nnā­tma­vya­va­sā­yi­nī pra­tya­bhi­jñā syāt tadā bhaven mithyā, yathā dī­pā­di­ṣu­. yāvatā yathaiva daṇḍas ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na­, so 'syety evaṃ vā ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vā pra­ti­bhā­ti­, tathā sā­mā­nya­m apy ā­kā­ra­rū­pa­sā­dṛ­śyā­di­śa­bdā­bhi­la­pyaṃ ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na tad asyety evaṃ vā ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vā pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti­. ja­la­ma­rī­ci­kā­di­ṣv i­vā­sā­mā­nye­ṣv e­kā­kā­re­yaṃ buddhir iti cet, na; tatrāpi sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­sya ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. kathaṃ tarhi bhrāntiḥ? ta­tsā­mā­nye­na saha dṛ­ṣṭa­syo­da­ka­tvā­de­r a­dha­rmā­dyu­pa­kṛ­ta­yā smṛ­tyā­dhyā­ro­pa­ṇā­t­. nanu sa e­vā­kā­ra­s tan na sāmāṇyaṃ yena bhrāntir na syāt. nāpi sarvatra tadvad ā­ro­pi­ta eva sā­mā­nyā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ta­dva­dbā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t­. a­tya­ntā­nu­pa­la­bdha­sya kha­ra­śṛ­ṅgā­di­va­d ā­ro­pā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ta­tsa­hi­ta­sā­mā­nyā­gra­ha­ṇe ca ta­dā­ro­po na syān ma­rī­ci­ṣu ga­rda­bhā­kā­ra­va­t­. tataś cā­ni­ccha­tā­pi sāmānyaṃ svī­kā­rya­m­. nanu vya­ktī­nā­m e­kā­rtha­ja­na­na­śa­kti­r eṣṭavyā tāsām anyebhyo bhi­dya­mā­nā­s tādṛśaṃ pratyayaṃ ja­na­ya­ntu­, kiṃ tatra sā­mā­nye­ne­ti cet, naitad asti; yasmāt sā­mā­nya­m eva yo­gya­tā­khyā śaktis tathā hi — ta­ntvā­da­ya­s ta­tsā­mā­nya­da­rśa­ne saty ete pa­ṭā­di­ja­na­na­yo­gyā iti ni­ści­tā­s ta­da­rthi­bhi­r u­pā­dī­ya­nte­. ca­ra­ma­śa­kti­gra­ha­ṇe tu tadā kāryasya si­ddha­tvā­t ta­da­rthi­nāṃ tatra pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. na ca sva­rū­pa­m eva śaktiḥ, a­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­rye­ṣu sva­rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ta­tsā­ma­rthya­ni­śca­yā­bhā­vā­t­. bhrānter a­ni­śca­ya iti cet, bhrāntiḥ kuto ni­va­rta­te­? ta­tkā­rya­da­rśa­nā­d iti cet, pra­vṛ­tti­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu ka­tha­m­? na hi tad eva vya­ktya­nta­re­ṣv api svarūpaṃ ye­nai­ka­trā­pi ta­nni­śca­ye '­nya­trā­pi ta­nni­ści­taṃ syāt, sā­mā­nya­va­t­. a­nya­kā­rya­gra­ha­ṇe cā­nya­śa­kti­ni­śca­ye '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. a­bhi­nnā­kā­ra­jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇe sarvatra ta­ccha­kti­ni­śca­ya iti cet, nanv etad e­vo­di­taṃ bhinneṣv a­bhi­nnā­kā­raṃ jñānaṃ katham a­vi­saṃ­vā­di syāt. va­stu­sā­mā­rthyā­d iti cet, utsannā tarhi pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ bhi­nnā­kā­ra­vya­va­sthā­. śukleṣv eva nī­la­pī­tā­dyā­kā­raṃ jñānaṃ va­stu­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti pā­da­pra­sā­ri­ko­pa­pa­tteḥ­. kiṃ ca bu­ddhī­nā­m api pra­tya­rtha­bhi­dya­mā­nā­nā­m e­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, jātito 'py ekatvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­, tatrāpi jāter a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. evam a­nyā­sā­ma­rtha­kri­yā­ṇā­m a­nyo­nya­vyā­vṛ­ttā­kā­ra­tvā­t kathaṃ kutas ta­ddhe­tū­nā­m e­kā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m a­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ syād iti. yad apy āha —

NBhū-YA 26­0­,28~tad apy a­sā­ra­m­, yataḥ pra­tya­va­ma­rśa­syā­pi katham e­ka­tva­m­? kiṃ vya­kti­taḥ­? atha jātita iti? vya­kti­ta­s tāvad a­yu­kta­m­, kra­ma­bhā­vya­ne­ka­vya­kti­da­rśa­nā­t­, pra­ti­pu­ru­ṣaṃ ta­da­nya­tvā­d a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­dī­nāṃ dhiyāṃ ta­de­ka­ja­na­ka­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­c ca. nāpi jā­tyai­ka­tva­m­, jāter a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tatrāpy e­ka­pra­tya­va­ma­rśa­he­tu­tva­ka­lpa­ne '­na­va­sthā syāt tataś ca ni­mi­ttai­ka­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v e­vo­pa­kṣī­ṇa­śa­kti­tvā­n mū­la­vya­kti­ṣv a­bhe­da­bu­ddhi­r na syāt. tasmāj jā­tye­ka­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­ni­ba­ndha­na eva vyaktiṣv a­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra iti. yac cedam uktam —

NBhū-YA 26­1­,5~idam api ku­co­dya­m­, na hy evaṃ bhavati — yayā pra­tyā­sa­ttyā da­ṇḍa­sū­trā­di­kaṃ pra­sa­rpa­ti kvacin nānyatra saiva pra­tyā­sa­ttiḥ­, pu­ru­ṣa­spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣu da­ṇḍi­sū­trī­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­ni­ba­ndha­na­m astu, kiṃ da­ṇḍa­sū­trā­di­ne­ti­? he­tu­sā­ma­grī­ni­ya­mā­c ca ni­ya­ta­jā­ti­ma­t kāryaṃ bha­va­ti­. na ca saiva sāmagrī sthi­rā­śe­ṣa­vya­ktya­nu­ga­tā gaur i­tyā­di­ni­śca­ya­śa­bde­ṣu nimittaṃ bha­vi­tu­m a­rha­ti­, vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­va­hā­ra­sya ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­. nanu ca vyaktayaḥ kiṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­he­ta­vo bhavanti vā na vā? yadi bhavanti kiṃ sā­mā­nye­na­? no cet tadā ta­jjñā­nā­t tatra pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt.

NBhū-YA 26­1­,14~atha na bhedo ja­na­na­vi­ro­dhī­, kiṃ tarhi? kaivalyaṃ tenaiva sahitā ja­na­ya­ty eva. kathaṃ tarhi vyaktīnāṃ sā­ma­rthya­ga­tiḥ­? pratyekaṃ tāsām abhāve 'pi ta­tsa­dbhā­vā­t­, sāmānye saty eva bhāvād iti, na; a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. nī­lā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­mā­pā­ye 'pi cakṣur jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, na tu ne­trā­pā­ye 'pi nī­lā­da­yaḥ­, tathāpi teṣāṃ nā­sā­ma­rthya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 26­1­,18~yad apy uktam —

NBhū-YA 26­1­,21~yadi bhinnā apy abhinnaṃ sā­mā­nya­m u­pa­ku­rva­nti­, tathaiva śa­kti­jñā­na­m e­vo­pa­ku­rva­ntu­, kiṃ ta­trā­nta­rga­ḍu­nā sā­mā­nye­ne­ti­? tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hy evaṃ bhavati — yayā śaktyā nī­lā­da­ya­ś ca­kṣu­ru­pa­ku­rva­nti­, tayā jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­m eva ku­rva­ntu­, kiṃ ca­kṣu­ṣā­? tathā da­ṇḍo­pa­kā­ra­ka­śa­ktyā daṇḍīti jñānam eva karotu pu­ru­ṣaḥ­, kiṃ da­ṇḍe­na­? evaṃ hi sa­rva­sa­ha­kā­ryā­kṣe­paḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 26­1­,27~nanu ca sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ma­rthyā­d api kathaṃ vastuṣu śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­te­? yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 26­1­,30~yatra hi sva­la­kṣa­ṇe vya­va­hā­rā­ya saṃketaḥ kṛtas ta­tsva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tadā vya­va­hā­ra­kā­le nāsti, tasya de­śa­kā­la­vya­kti­bhe­dā­nā­ska­ndi­ta­tvā­t­. tasmān na tatra sa­ma­yaḥ­, nāpi sā­mā­nye­, ni­ṣpha­la­tvā­t­. yo hi vā­ha­dā­hā­dya­rtha­kri­yā­sa­ma­rtho 'rthaḥ, sa na śabdena codyata iti kiṃ śa­bda­pra­yo­gaiḥ­? sāmānye '­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, vyaktiṣu ta­tsa­mba­ndhā­d iti cet? na; saty api sambandhe daṇḍaṃ chindhīty ukte daṇḍiṣu pra­vṛ­ttya­da­rśa­nā­t­. nāpi sa­mbha­vā­d vyaktau pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, evaṃ hy a­sa­mba­ddha­pra­lā­pi­tvaṃ syāt tato 'nyatra pra­vṛ­tti­r va­lī­va­rdda­do­ha­co­da­nā­di­va­t­. ni­rā­dhā­ra­sya sā­mā­nya­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ta­cco­da­nā­to vya­kti­co­da­ne­ti cet, na; vya­ktya­pā­ye ke­va­la­syā­py a­na­va­sthā­nā­t­. kiṃ ca kṣī­ro­da­kā­di­pā­na­co­da­nā­ta­s ta­dā­dhā­ra­pā­na­co­da­nā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ ca kri­yā­gu­ṇā­di­śa­bdaiḥ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­ś ca na syād iti.

NBhū-YA 26­2­,10~a­tro­cya­te — a­smā­bhi­r apy ayaṃ doṣas teṣām u­dbhā­va­nī­yaḥ­, ye gaur i­tyā­di­śa­bdā jā­ti­vā­ca­kā evety āhuḥ. vayan tu — go­tvā­di­śa­bdā jā­ti­vā­ca­kāḥ ga­vā­di­śa­bdā­s tu jā­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭa­vya­kti­vā­ca­kā e­ve­ti­, tatraiva ca saṃketaḥ kri­ya­te­. vyaktiṣu śa­bda­pra­vṛ­ttau jāter ā­na­rtha­kya­m iti cet, na; ke­va­la­vya­kti­ṣv a­na­ntā­su saṃ­ke­ta­sya kartum a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. jā­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣv apy a­ni­vṛ­tta­mā­na­ntya­m iti cet, na; ta­trā­na­ntya­syā­pra­yo­ja­ka­tvā­t­. yatredaṃ gotvaṃ sa sarvo 'pi gaur ity evaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­gra­ha­ṇe de­śa­kā­lā­kā­rā­nta­ri­te 'pi yatra yatra gotvaṃ paśyati tat sarvaṃ gaur iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve tu yu­dhi­ṣṭhi­rā­di­śa­bda­va­d ekatra kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­to '­rthā­nta­re na pra­tya­ya­he­tu­r iti taṃ na ku­ryā­t­. na hy a­sā­mā­nya­vā­di­nāṃ sa­rva­vya­kti­ṣv abhinnaṃ ni­mi­tta­m asti.

NBhū-YA 26­2­,20~yady evaṃ saṃketo vi­dhī­ya­te­, pā­ca­kā­di­ṣu kim abhinnaṃ ni­mi­tta­m iti cet, pa­ca­na­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ karma, e­vaṃ­jā­tī­ya­sya karmaṇo yaḥ kartā sa sarvaḥ pācaka ity evaṃ saṃketaḥ kri­ya­te­. tataś ca yad uktam — ka­rmā­śri­tā jātiḥ katham a­rthā­nta­re pra­tya­ya­he­tu­r iti, tan ni­ra­sta­m­; pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa he­tu­tvā­t­. jātitaḥ karmasv a­nva­ya­s ta­da­nva­yā­t ta­tka­rtṛ­ṣv anvaya iti. atītaṃ karma smṛtaṃ śabdād a­va­ga­taṃ vā vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­, a­nā­ga­ta­m apy a­nu­mā­ne­na vā­dhi­ga­ta­m­. ta­da­na­va­ga­me­na sandehaḥ — kim ayaṃ pā­ca­kaḥ­? na veti? asataḥ kathaṃ ni­mi­tta­tva­m iti cet, na; ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya jñānasya ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. jñānam evāstu sa­rva­tre­ti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­na­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sya hetutve ta­dvi­śe­ṣya­jñā­na­sya mi­thyā­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, viṣāṇī puruṣa i­tyā­di­jñā­na­va­t­. a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­jñā­ne­na ca ta­drū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­va­cche­de­nai­va vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­na­m u­tpā­di­taṃ saṃ­vā­di­kaṃ bhavati — a­pā­kṣī­d ayaṃ pā­ca­kaḥ­, pakṣyaty ayaṃ pācaka ity a­nya­thā­va­ga­tau ca bhrāntir eva syād iti.

NBhū-YA 26­3­,2~sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣā­di­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­ttau tarhi kiṃ ni­mi­tta­m­? tatrāpy asty ekaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m — sā­mā­nya­syai­kā­tma­no '­na­nta­bhe­de­ṣu svā­va­cche­de­nā­nva­yi­jñā­na­he­tu­tvaṃ ni­tyā­bhe­dā­tma­no '­ne­ka­tra sa­ma­ve­ta­tvaṃ vā. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vyā­vṛ­tta­pra­tya­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­tve­na ta­da­va­cche­do­da­yi­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na vā sādhyate sā­mā­nyā­dhā­ra­tva­m­, sthā­ṇvā­di­va­d iti. na ca ta­trā­va­ya­vā­di­vi­śe­ṣo 'sti, ni­ra­va­ya­va­tvā­t tu­lya­dha­rma­tvā­t­. tu­lya­dha­rma­ṇo '­ntya­vi­śe­ṣa­tve siddhe ta­ddṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pa­kṛ­tā­ni­tya­dra­vya­tvā­d a­tu­lya­dha­rma­ṇo 'pi ni­tya­dra­vya­tva­syā­ntya­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tva­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 26­3­,10~yadi punaḥ śa­bda­bu­ddhyā­dī­nā­m i­vā­ntya­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­ve 'pi tu­lya­dha­rma­ṇā­m apy anyena ke­na­ci­d vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ kaścid u­pa­pā­da­ye­t­, tato nā­smā­ka­m a­ntya­vi­śe­ṣaiḥ kiṃcit pra­yo­ja­na­m­. tatraiva cā­ntya­vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñāṃ ka­ri­ṣyā­mo ye ni­tya­dra­vye­ṣv a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­s te '­ntya­vi­śe­ṣā ity arthaḥ. sthitam etat sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­mi­ttaḥ sā­mā­nye­ṣu śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­te­, vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­ni­mi­tta iti. evaṃ pa­dā­rtha­va­rgā­di­śa­bdāḥ prā­ga­bhā­vā­di­śa­bdā­ś ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­ni­mi­ttā draṣṭavyā iti.

NBhū-YA 26­3­,17~nanu ta­tsā­mā­nyā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ yady a­ne­ka­trā­nva­yi­, tatas tad api sā­mā­nya­m eva syāt tataś ca sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu sā­mā­nyā­bhā­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mo vi­ru­dhya­te­. a­thā­na­nva­yi­, tadā tataḥ kathaṃ bhinneṣv a­bhi­nna­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ syād iti? atra kecid āhuḥ — sarvatra bhinneṣv a­bhi­nna­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­ttaṃ sā­mā­nya­m eva. tac ca kvacid vi­dhī­ya­mā­na­m­, kvacit pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­mā­na­m­, kvacit sā­kṣā­t­, kvacit pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇe­ti­. sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇai­ve­ty ato nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 26­4­,2~atha vā sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu sā­mā­nya­pra­ti­rū­pa­kaḥ kaścid dharmo 'sti, yataḥ sā­mā­nyā­di­śa­bda­pra­tya­yau bhinneṣv apy a­nu­ga­tau bha­va­taḥ­. śa­bda­pra­tya­yā­nu­ga­ma­he­toḥ kathaṃ na sā­mā­nya­bhā­va iti cet, na; ni­ṣkri­yā­di­śa­bda­pra­tya­yā­nu­ga­ma­he­tu­nā­nai­kā­ntā­t­. kutas tarhi sā­mā­nya­ta­t pra­ti­rū­pa­ka­vi­ve­kā­va­ga­maḥ­? pra­tya­yā­nu­ga­ma­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­t­. yo hy a­vyu­tpa­nna­syā­pi pra­tya­yā­nu­ga­maḥ­, sā­mā­nya­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­. ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tu dha­rma­mā­tra­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ­. na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṣv api go­tvā­di­ṣv a­bhā­va­bhe­de­ṣu ca nī­lā­di­ṣv i­vā­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­ya­syā­py e­kā­kā­ra­tā­va­ga­mo bha­va­ti­. kiṃ ca sā­mā­nya­va­tsu saṃśayaḥ prāpnoti ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ teṣu viśeṣa e­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. teṣv api vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu sāmānyaṃ tataḥ saṃ­śa­ya­s ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ tatrāpi viśeṣaḥ punas teṣv api sā­mā­nya­m ity a­na­va­sthā syād iti. tasmān na sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣu sā­mā­nya­m asti. yadi punaḥ śa­bda­pra­tya­yā­nu­ga­ma­he­toḥ sa­rva­syā­pi dharmasya sā­mā­nya­saṃ­jñā kri­ya­te­, tadā sā­mā­nyā­di­ṣv api sāmānyaṃ bhavatu ko vi­ro­dhaḥ­? viśiṣṭaṃ tu sāmānyaṃ tatra nāstīty u­kta­m­. dharmāś cai­ka­trā­pi dharmiṇi bahavaḥ santi tena śabdā api ta­nni­mi­ttā­s tāvanta eva tatra pra­va­rta­nte­. tat kathaṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­dya­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­?

NBhū-YA 26­4­,16~nanu ca bhi­nna­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­yo­r ekatra vṛttiḥ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m u­cya­te­, na va­stu­ta­s tat sa­mbha­va­ti­; tathā saṃ­ke­tā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi nī­la­śa­bdā­rthe u­tpa­la­śa­bdaḥ saṃ­ke­ti­taḥ­, u­tpa­la­śa­bdā­rthe ca nī­la­śa­bda iti. saṃ­ke­tā­na­pe­kṣa­ś ca na śabdo '­rtha­vā­ca­ka iti, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca nī­la­śa­bdā­d eva ta­da­rtha­pra­tī­tā­v u­tpa­la­śa­bdā­na­rtha­kyaṃ syāt, a­pra­tī­tau cā­ne­kā­rtha­tva­m­, na hi yo yasmān na pra­tī­ya­te sa tasyārtha iti yu­kta­m­. tasmād vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­to yo 'rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti bāhya iva eka i­vā­na­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­rī vā, tatrāyaṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­di­vya­va­hā­raḥ tatraiva ca dha­rma­dha­rmi­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi pa­ra­spa­raṃ ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­bhyā­m avācyaḥ pra­ta­nya­te­, sa ca mithyārtha eva vya­va­hā­ra­s te­nā­sa­mā­naḥ prasaṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 26­4­,26~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — tathā saṃ­ke­tā­bhā­vā­n nī­lā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ nai­kā­rtha­tva­m iti, tan na; tadvati saṃ­ke­ta­kā­ra­ṇā­t tataś co­tpa­la­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m artham u­tpa­la­śa­bdo '­bhi­dha­tte­. nī­la­gu­ṇa­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ca nī­la­śa­bda iti. tataś ca ya­tro­bha­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­yo­ga­s ta­tro­bhā­v api śabdau pra­va­rte­te­. na cā­nya­ta­rā­na­rtha­kya­m­, bhi­nna­dha­rmā­va­cche­de­nā­rtha­m a­bhi­da­dha­to­r a­tu­lyā­rtha­tvā­t­. dha­rmya­pe­kṣa­yā tu sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­m­. nanv evam u­tpa­la­śa­bdo ra­kto­tpa­lā­di­ka­m apy a­bhi­dha­tte nī­la­śa­bda­s tu kā­kā­di­ka­m a­pī­ti­, kathaṃ dvayor e­kā­rtha­tva­m­? naiṣa doṣaḥ, sā­mā­nye­na kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­to 'pi śabdaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhiḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta evārthe vya­va­sthā­pya­ta iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. ata eva vi­śe­ṣya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­vo 'py u­pa­pa­dya­te­. nī­la­śa­bdo hy a­ne­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­dha­rmo­pe­te 'rthe sā­mā­nye­na dṛṣṭas ta­thai­vā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­n vi­śe­ṣā­kāṃ­kṣāṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. tatas ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­tī­tya­rtha­m u­tpa­la­śa­bdaḥ pra­yu­jya­te­. ta­tho­tpa­la­śa­bdā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ nī­la­śa­bda iti.

NBhū-YA 26­5­,11~yac coktam — vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭhi­taḥ śa­bdā­rtha­s ta­trai­vā­ya­thā­rthaḥ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, na hi svā­tmai­ka­sa­mba­ndhe vi­ka­lpa­pa­ri­ni­ṣṭha­te vā­di­no­r vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­sā­dha­na­dū­ṣā­ṇo­pa­nyā­sa­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­kaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. bhrā­nti­ta­s ta­thā­bhā­ve sva­pnā­di­bhi­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­s tataś ca vi­ve­ki­nāṃ śā­stra­pra­ṇa­ya­na­m apy a­na­rtha­kaṃ syāt. ta­tpra­ti­ba­ddha­ja­nma­nāṃ vi­ka­lpā­nā­m a­ta­tpra­bhā­si­tve 'pi vastuny a­vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ pra­bhā­yā­m iva ma­ṇi­bhrā­nte­r iti cet? na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­, na hy a­rtha­prā­pti­mā­trā­d e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? ya­dde­śa­kā­lā­kā­ra­ta­yā­rthaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ta­s tathaiva yady asau prā­pye­ta­, anyathā ma­rī­cyā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi ka­thaṃ­ci­d u­da­ka­prā­pte­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ syāt. kiṃ ca ta­tpra­ti­ba­ddha­ja­nma­nā­m iti ko 'yaṃ pra­ti­ba­ndha­s tā­dā­tmya­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tāvad vi­ka­lpa­sā­ma­rthye­na vā­sta­ve­nā­ro­pi­te­na vā saha na sa­mbha­va­ti­? svā­kā­re­ṇa ca tādātmyaṃ sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­m­. ta­du­tpa­tti­ś cet, vi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­bhā­si­naḥ sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­sya sa­ttvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. kathaṃ tataḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­py u­tpa­ttiḥ­? prāpyād u­tpa­tti­s tu kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nāṃ na ka­sya­ci­t sa­mbha­va­ti­. kiṃ ca ra­ja­tā­di­bu­ddheḥ prā­pa­ṇī­ya­śu­kti­kā­dya­rthā­d u­tpa­tte­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. atha ya­thā­vya­va­si­tā­rthā­d u­tpa­tti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tve ni­mi­tta­m­. tatra ma­ṇi­jñā­ne kiṃ sā­mā­nyā­kā­ro vya­va­sī­ya­te­? atha sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­kā­ra iti? sā­mā­nyā­kā­ra­ś cet, kathaṃ tata u­tpa­ttiḥ­? ta­syā­va­stu­tve­nā­ja­na­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­kā­raḥ­, tatrāpi kiṃ pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­raḥ­? kiṃ vā ta­da­nya­sva­la­kṣa­ṇā­kā­ra iti? yadi pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭā­kā­raḥ­, so '­nya­trā­vi­dya­mā­naḥ katham u­tpā­da­kaḥ­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 26­5­,29~atha ta­dda­rśa­nā­hi­ta­vā­sa­nā­kra­me­ṇo­tpa­tti­s tata u­tpa­tti­r u­cya­te­, prabhāyāṃ ma­ṇi­jñā­na­syā­pi tarhi tata utpattiḥ syāt, tasyāpi ta­dvā­sa­nā­pra­bha­va­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 26­5­,31~atha yatra pravṛttiḥ so '­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, tata u­tpa­tti­ś cā­vya­va­dhā­ne­ne­ti­, na; ta­syā­na­nu­bhū­tvā­t­. na hi pi­śā­cā­di­va­d a­tya­ntā­na­nu­bhū­to 'rtho vya­va­sā­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. ke­śo­ṇḍa­kā­dyā­kā­ro 'pi prāg abhūta eva smṛtyā kvacid ā­ro­pyā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­, tadvad a­trā­pī­ti cet, na; tarhi ta­da­dhya­va­si­tā­kā­rā­d u­tpa­ttiḥ­. kiṃ cā­dhya­va­sā­yo 'pi vikalpa eva sa ca na bā­hyā­la­mba­na iti kṛ­tā­ntaḥ­, tat kathaṃ bāhye '­dhya­va­sā­yo bhavaty a­ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­ś ca kathaṃ te­nā­dhya­va­sī­ya­te­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 26­6­,6~yad apy uktam — vyā­khyā­tā­raḥ khalv evaṃ vi­ve­ca­ya­nti­, na vya­va­ha­rtā­ra­s te tu svā­la­mba­na­m e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gyaṃ ma­nya­mā­nā dṛ­śya­vi­ka­lpā­v arthāv e­kī­kṛ­tya pra­va­rta­nte ta­da­bhi­prā­ya­va­śā­d evam ucyata iti. ta­trai­kī­kṛ­tye­ti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ vikalpe dṛ­śyā­kā­ra­m ā­ro­pya­? kiṃ vā dṛśye vi­ka­lpā­kā­ra­m ā­ro­pye­ti­? prathame pakṣe vi­ka­lpā­bhi­mu­khye­nai­va dṛ­śyā­rthi­naḥ pravṛttiḥ syād ra­ja­tā­rthi­naḥ śu­kti­kā­bhi­mu­khye­ne­va­. dvitīye tu pakṣe 'rthe pra­vṛ­tti­r na prā­pno­ti­. na hy a­na­nu­bhū­te śu­kti­kā­dau ra­ja­tā­dyā­kā­ra­m āropya pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ kaścid u­pa­la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 26­6­,13~kiṃ ca ghṛ­ta­mā­na­ye­ti coditaḥ svāminā yo 'pi tai­lā­di­ka­m ā­na­ya­ti­. so 'py a­ku­śa­lo na syāt, u­bha­ya­sya vi­ka­lpā­kā­rā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇā­śa­bdā­rthe pra­vṛ­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. na hy a­na­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gye śabdaḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi pra­va­rta­te­, tatra saṃ­ke­tā­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 26­6­,17~yac coktam — yathā rū­pā­lo­ka­ca­kṣu­rā­di­ṣu vya­va­hā­ra­lā­gha­vā­rthaṃ kaścit saṃketaṃ ka­ro­ti­. yavo rū­pā­vi­jñā­na­he­tuḥ saro veti, tathānye 'pi ye kiṃcid ekaṃ sā­dha­ya­nty eke na sādhyante vā te 'pi sa­kṛ­tpra­tya­yā­rtha­brī­hyā­di­śa­bdāḥ kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­tāḥ kathyanta iti, viṣamo 'yam u­pa­nyā­saḥ­. tatra hi — jñānam evaikaṃ nimittaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­gra­ha­ṇe 'stu de­śā­di­bhe­de­nā­na­ntā­su ca vyaktiṣu nābhinnaṃ kāryaṃ kāraṇaṃ vāstīty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 26­6­,22~yad apy āha — ta­trai­vā­ne­na yogyās te 'rthāś co­da­nī­yā­s ta ekena śabdena co­dye­ra­n­, ba­hu­bhi­r veti svā­ta­ntrya­m atra vaktur iti, tad apy a­pa­ryā­lo­ci­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m­; yasmān nātra vaktuḥ svātantryaṃ ni­vā­rya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? śā­ba­le­ye kṛ­ta­saṃ­ke­to go­śa­bdaḥ­, kathaṃ ma­ha­ṣā­di­bhe­de­ṣv i­vā­bhi­nna­ni­mi­tta­m a­nta­re­ṇa bā­hu­le­yā­di­ṣu gṛ­hī­ta­saṃ­ke­to bha­va­ti­? a­gra­hī­ta­saṃ­ke­ta­ś ca kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ka­ro­ti­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca śā­ba­le­ya­bā­hu­le­yā­di­bhiḥ sahaikaṃ kāryaṃ kurvann e­ka­sā­dha­ne­na ja­nya­mā­no vā­nu­bhū­to ye­nai­ka­sā­dhya­ni­mi­ttaḥ sā­dha­na­ni­mi­tto vā śabdaḥ pra­va­rte­ta­. yo­gya­tā­śra­ya­ṇe ca sā­mā­nya­m eva nā­mā­nta­re­ṇe­ṣṭaṃ bhavaty anyathā vya­kti­rū­pa­va­da­ni­ści­tai­va yogyatā syāt. tasmād ekam a­ne­ka­tra va­rta­mā­na­m ekāṃ śrutiṃ pra­va­rta­ya­ty a­nva­ya­bu­ddhiṃ ca ja­na­ya­tī­ti yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 26­7­,2~nanu ca keyaṃ ta­syā­ne­ka­tra vṛttiḥ? kim ā­dhe­ya­tā ku­ṇḍa­ba­da­ra­va­t­? uta vyaktir iti? na tāvad ā­dhe­ya­tā­, ni­tya­syā­nu­pa­kā­rya­tvā­n nityasya kiṃ kurvāṇa ādhāraḥ syāt? tasya tatra sa­ma­vā­yā­d ādhāra iti cet. ko 'yaṃ sa­ma­vā­yaḥ­? a­pṛ­tha­ksi­ddhā­nā­m ā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vaḥ­. tad e­ve­da­m a­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka­syā­śra­ya­tvaṃ na sa­mbhā­va­yā­maḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅga­bha­yā­t­. tasmāt sa­ma­vā­ya­saṃ­yo­gai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yā­da­yo 'pi va­stu­sa­mba­ndhāḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­n na vya­ti­ri­cya­nte­. nāpi sthāpaka e­vā­dhā­raḥ­, sthāpako hy a­nu­pa­kā­ra­kaḥ kathaṃ syāt sā­mā­nya­sya ca ni­tya­vyā­pa­ka­tve­na sa­dā­va­sthā­nā­d vya­ti­ri­kta­sthi­tya­sa­mbha­vā­di­vya­ti­re­ke sthā­pa­ka­vai­ya­rthyaṃ sā­mā­nya­syā­ni­tya­tā ca. vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­va­sthi­tau­, a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga iti. a­thā­vya­kta­sya vya­kti­bhi­r vyakte sā­mā­nya­sya tatra vṛttir u­cya­te­, na; tad etad rū­pā­ka­ra­ṇe vya­ñja­ka­vai­ya­rthyā­t­. tasmād ye svajñānaṃ prati param a­pe­kṣa­nte­, te 'vaśyaṃ ta­dā­tmā­naṃ pra­ti­la­bha­nte­, sā­mā­nya­sya tu na ku­ta­ści­d ā­tma­pra­ti­la­mbhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tasmān na tat ke­na­ci­d vya­ṅgya­m­. kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 26­7­,17~a­tro­cya­te — vṛttir ā­dhe­ya­tā­, vyaktiś co­bha­ya­m i­ṣya­te­. tac co­bha­ya­m api sā­mā­nya­sya tat tasya sa­ma­vā­ya eva. yad uktam — nā­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka­syā­śra­ya­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, tan na; a­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka­tva­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. ta­tsa­hi­ta­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­naṃ hi kāryam e­vo­pa­kā­raḥ­, svā­tma­bhū­ta­ś co­pa­kā­ro na kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. na hi yo yena ja­ni­ta­s tasya te­no­pa­kā­raḥ kṛta iti pra­si­ddhi­r asti. na ca janaka e­vā­dhā­raḥ­, kuṇḍasya ba­da­rā­ja­na­ka­syā­pi ta­dā­dhā­ra­tvā­t­. nanv a­tro­kta­m — pra­kṛ­tyai­va guruṇo dra­vya­syā­sa­mā­na­de­śa­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­dha­rmi­ṇaḥ sa­mā­na­de­śa­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­bhā­va ā­dhā­ra­kṛ­taḥ­. tasmāt pū­rva­kṣa­ṇa­sa­ha­kā­ri kuṇḍaṃ tatraiva ba­da­ra­kā­ryaṃ ja­na­ya­d ādhāra ity ucyate iti, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­, tad asiddhiṃ co­tta­ra­tra ni­ṣe­dha­yo­ṣyā­maḥ­. tasmāt pā­ta­pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka eva ba­da­rā­dī­nāṃ ku­ṇḍā­di­r ādhāraḥ pā­ta­pra­ti­ba­ndha­ś ca saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa eva, ta­da­bhā­ve hi pā­ta­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ka­lyaṃ hi kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ śaktir a­sā­ka­lyaṃ vā śaktir iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tena saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣe sati ta­da­bhā­va­sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ka­lyā­t pāto na bha­va­tī­ti taddhetuḥ kuṇḍādiḥ pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka u­cya­te­. atha vā kasmāt tayor evāsau saṃ­yo­gaḥ­? sa­he­tu­sā­ma­grī­sā­ma­rthyā­t tayor eva sa­ma­ve­ta­syo­tpā­dā­t­. sa­ma­vā­yo 'pi kasmāt tayor eveti cet? a­nya­ta­ra­sa­ma­vā­yi­na­s ta­ddha­rma­tve­na sva­he­tu­sā­ma­rthya­ni­ya­mi­ta­syo­tpā­dā­t­, ni­tya­yo­s tu sva­bhā­vaḥ­. a­nya­ta­ra­ni­tya­sya tu sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­d u­tpa­dya­mā­ne­nā­dhā­re­ṇā­dhe­ye­na vā ya­thā­sa­mbha­vaṃ sa­ma­vā­ya­ni­ya­ma iti. ni­tya­syā­pi ya­thā­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti ta­tho­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­. pra­tya­kṣa­to 'pi ku­ṇḍa­ba­da­rā­dī­nāṃ saṃyogaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. ta­syā­dhi­kṣe­po go­ma­ya­pā­ya­sī­yaṃ nyāyam ā­kṣi­pa­ti­. tan na he­tu­pha­la­bhā­va e­vā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vaḥ­, kin tu pā­ta­pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka eva ba­da­rā­deḥ ku­ṇḍā­di­r ā­dhā­raḥ­. sā­mā­nya­sya tarhi pā­tā­bhā­vā­d ā­dhā­rā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na; anyathā sā­mā­nya­gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­dī­nā­m ā­dhā­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d a­va­ya­vi­vi­cā­re­.

NBhū-YA 26­8­,9~astu vā sthā­pa­ka­tvaṃ sa­rvā­dhā­ra­vyā­pi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­tha­m­? tatra tāvat patatāṃ ba­da­rā­dī­nāṃ ga­ti­ni­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­sthi­tiḥ ku­ṇḍā­di­bhiḥ kri­ya­te­. a­va­ya­vi­gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ ca krameṇa svā­tma­pra­kā­śa­naṃ kā­ryā­nta­ra­ka­ra­ṇaṃ ca sthitiḥ, sā ta­dā­dhā­ra­sā­ma­rthyā­d bha­va­ti­, ta­dā­dhā­rā­bhā­ve hy a­ni­tyā­nāṃ vināśa eva gatiḥ. sā­mā­nya­sya tv a­sā­ma­rthya­prā­ptiḥ sā ca sa­tyā­dhā­re­ṇa bha­va­tī­ty ādhāraḥ sthāpaka u­cya­te­. gha­ṭā­di­stha­gu­ṇā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na ni­tyā­śra­ya­sthā­nā­m api kra­me­ṇā­ne­ka­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ sthi­ti­śa­bda­vā­cya­m ā­śra­ya­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­va­ga­nta­vya­m­. na ca sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­raṃ sa­rva­ta­tkā­ryo­tpā­de nimittaṃ bha­va­ti­, ato nā­nya­trā­py ā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. svātmasthaṃ ca da­rśa­ya­ty ādhāro na he­tva­nta­ra­m­, ataś ca prāpto go­tvā­di­nā tadvān pra­dī­pā­di­r ity a­yu­kta­m­. yady api va­stu­sva­bhā­vā­t sva­he­tu­sā­ma­rthyā­d vā kaścid eva ka­sya­ci­d e­vā­dha­ro na sa­rva­sye­ti­, tathāpi ku­ṇḍā­di­ba­da­rā­dī­nā­m idam atrety ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­ve­no­pa­la­mbhaḥ sa­mba­ndhā­vi­nā­bhā­vo dṛṣṭa iti dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nā­m api sa­mba­ndha­ni­mi­tto 'pi vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. sa ca sambandhaḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t sa­ma­vā­ya ity u­cya­te­. tasmād asti sa­ma­vā­ya­la­kṣa­ṇā svā­dhā­re­ṣu sā­mā­nya­sya vṛttir iti.

NBhū-YA 26­8­,24~atha kim ā­kā­śā­di­va­t sa­rva­ga­taṃ sā­mā­nya­m­? kiṃ vā svā­śra­ya­mā­tra­ga­ta­m­? yadi sa­rva­ga­ta­m­, ta­dai­ka­trā­bhi­vya­ktaṃ sa­rva­trā­bhi­vya­kta­m e­vā­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tvā­t tasya na kvacid a­nu­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt, va­stu­sa­ṅka­ra­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca sa­rva­pi­ṇḍe­ṣu sa­rva­sā­mā­nya­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. kaścid eva piṇḍaḥ ka­sya­ci­d eva vya­ñja­kaḥ­, tato na sa­ṅka­ra­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ni­ya­ma­he­tva­bhā­vā­t­. kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 26­9­,1~sā­mā­nya­m eva vyañjakaṃ prāptam iti. atha svā­śra­ya­mā­tra­ga­ta­m­? tad apy a­sa­mbha­va­ti­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 26­9­,10~atraike pa­ri­ha­ra­nti — svā­śra­ya­sa­rva­ga­ta­m eva sā­mā­nya­m­, ta­trai­vo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na ca saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­ve pi­ṇḍā­nta­rā­lā­di­ṣu sāmānyaṃ vya­pa­de­ṣṭuṃ śa­kya­te­. yat punar etad anyatra va­rta­mā­na­sye­tyā­di­, tan na; pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­sya va­stu­sva­bhā­va­syo­pa­hā­sa­mā­tre­ṇa tyaktum a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. vicitrā hi pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ śaktis tena sā­mā­nya­syai­ve­dṛ­śī śaktiḥ, yayā he­tu­vi­śe­ṣai­r u­tpa­dya­mā­ne 'rthe pū­rva­sthā­nā­d a­ca­la­d eva va­rta­te­. calane hi pū­rva­sthā­naṃ tacchūnyaṃ syāt. yad api yatrāsau vartata i­tyā­di­nā­tya­dbhu­taṃ śa­ṅki­ta­m­, naitad apy a­dbhu­ta­m­, pa­dā­rtha­śa­kti­vai­ci­tryā­d eva. yathā ma­ntrā­di­saṃ­skṛ­ta­m astram u­da­ra­sthaṃ vyā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣaṃ chi­na­tti­, no­da­ra­m­; sū­trā­di­kaṃ cau­ṣa­dhi­saṃ­skṛ­taṃ nāgnir da­ha­ti­; ta­du­pa­ri bhā­ja­na­sthaṃ taṇḍulaṃ pa­ca­ti­; ka­po­ta­ś ca gṛ­ho­pa­ri­sthi­ta eva pā­dā­vā­bhya­nta­ra­sthi­te dadhyādau vi­nya­sya­ti­; tathā sā­mā­nya­m a­pī­dṛ­kśa­kti­ma­t­. gotvaṃ go­pi­ṇḍe­nai­va sa­mba­dhya­te­, na ta­da­va­ya­vā­di­bhi­s ta­dde­śai­r iti. a­nya­tro­tpa­dya­mā­ne­nā­śra­ye­ṇā­nya­trā­va­sthi­taṃ sāmānyaṃ kathaṃ sa­mba­dhya­ta iti cet, ta­dā­śra­yo­tpā­da­ka­he­tu­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­trā­pi­. va­stu­sva­bhā­va eṣa yena mūrtaṃ vastu de­śā­nta­ra­saṃ­yo­go­tpā­da­ka­he­tu­sā­ma­rthyā­d de­śā­nta­re bha­va­ti­, pū­rva­saṃ­yo­ga­ni­va­rta­ka­he­tu­ta­s tatra na bha­va­ti­. sāmānyaṃ tv ā­śra­yo­tpā­da­ka­he­tu­ta­s tatra bhavati ta­nni­va­rta­ka­he­tu­ta­s tu na tatra bha­va­tī­ti­, vi­nā­śo­tpā­da­ra­hi­ta­tva­m u­bha­ya­trā­pi samānaṃ kevalaṃ sa­mba­ndhā­sa­mba­ndha­he­tu­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­mā­tra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 26­9­,26~yat punar etad bhi­nna­de­śā­bhyā­m aṃ­śa­va­ta eva sambandho dṛṣṭa ā­lo­ka­ra­jju­vaṃ­śa­da­ṇḍā­di­va­n na ca sā­mā­nya­m aṃ­śa­va­d iti, tad apy a­va­ya­vi­dū­ṣa­ṇa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­d de­śa­kā­le­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅga­dū­ṣa­ṇe co­kto­tta­ra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 26­9­,30~nanu pra­la­yā­va­sthā­yāṃ sa­rva­gha­ṭā­di­vi­nā­śe gha­ṭa­tvā­di­sā­mā­nyaṃ kvāsti? na kva­ci­t­. nanu kiṃ vi­na­ṣṭa­m­? na; tasya ni­tya­tvā­t­. nityaṃ vi­dya­mā­naṃ na kvacid astīti kaiṣā vā­co­yu­ktiḥ­? tadā ni­rā­dhā­ra­m e­vā­stī­ty eṣā vā­co­yu­ktiḥ­, bhū­ta­bhā­vyā­dhā­rā­pe­kṣa­yā tu tadāpi sā­mā­nya­m u­cya­te­. na cā­vya­pa­di­śya­mā­na­m asad eva bha­va­ti­. na ca sarveṣāṃ gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ yu­ga­pa­dvi­nā­śa ity atrāsti pra­mā­ṇa­m­. nanu pu­rā­ṇā­di­ṣu pralayo ma­hā­pra­la­ya­ś ca śrū­ya­te­, sa­tya­m­; kin tu lo­ka­tra­ya­vi­nā­śaḥ pra­la­yaḥ­, sa­hā­ṇḍe­na ca­tu­rda­śa­sthā­na­vi­nā­śo ma­hā­pra­la­yaḥ­. sa­rvā­ṇḍā­nā­n tu yu­ga­pa­n na vināśaḥ te­nā­ṇḍā­nta­re­ṣu gha­ṭā­da­yaḥ santi. yadi punaḥ sa­rvā­ṇḍā­nāṃ vi­nā­śa­s tadā sa­rva­kri­yo­pa­ra­me "­rā­trī­ś ca tā­va­tī­ś caiva" iti. vi­ru­dhya­te­. na hy a­nta­re­ṇa kriyāṃ kālaḥ pa­ri­mā­tuṃ śakyata ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27­0­,11~astu vā sa­rva­ga­taṃ sāmānyaṃ tac ca nā­kā­śa­va­tsa­rva­saṃ­yu­kta­m­, nāpi sattvād gotvādy api sa­rva­sa­ma­ve­ta­m­. kiṃ tarhi? sa­nni­dhi­mā­tre­ṇa sa­rva­trā­sti­. yac cā­nya­trā­bhā­vaḥ­, tan na; yataḥ sa­rva­trā­pi vi­dya­mā­naṃ yatraiva sa­ma­ve­taṃ ta­trai­vo­pa­la­bdhi­yo­gya­m­. tena tasya sa­ma­vā­ye­nā­dhā­ro vya­ñja­ka­ś co­cya­te­. tan na jā­ti­saṃ­ka­ro­pī­ti­. nanu tad eva vyaktāv u­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­m a­nya­trā­py asti, tat kiṃ nā­nya­trā­py u­pa­la­bhya­te­? ka evam āha — u­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­d a­nya­tro­pa­la­bhya­te­? kiṃ tarhi? vya­ktya­nta­rā­lā­de­s ta­dā­dhā­ra­va­d vya­ñja­ka­tvaṃ nāsti tena ta­tro­pa­la­bdhya­bhi­mā­no na bha­va­ti­. na cā­dhā­ra­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇā­dhī­na­tve­nā­gra­ha­ṇe '­tre­da­m iti pratyayo bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27­0­,20~yat punar etad vya­ñja­kā­pra­ti­pa­ttau hī­tyā­di­, tan na; a­ni­ya­mā­t­. nāyaṃ niyamaḥ — vya­ñja­ka­pra­tī­ti­pū­rvi­kai­va vya­ṅgya­pra­tī­ti­r iti, api tu vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­pra­tī­ti­pū­rvi­kai­va vi­śe­ṣya­pra­tī­ti­r ity ayaṃ ni­ya­maḥ­. tataś ca gha­ṭā­dya­rtho 'pi pra­kā­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ yadi syāt tataḥ prāg eva gṛ­hye­ta­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­tvā­bhā­ve tu vya­kti­jā­tyo­r apy a­ni­ya­me­na grahaṇaṃ yau­ga­pa­dye­na vā. na ca sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyā pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­tti­he­tu­r vyañjaka iti vya­ñja­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te­; i­ndri­yā­de­r a­pra­tī­ta­syā­pi vya­ñja­ka­tvā­t­. tasmāt sad eva vastu yad vai­ka­lyā­d a­nu­pa­la­bhya­m āsīt tattasya vya­ñja­ka­m­, na ca jā­ti­vi­ka­lā vyaktiḥ ka­dā­ci­d āsīd yena jātir eva vya­kti­vya­ñji­kā syād iti.

NBhū-YA 27­0­,29~yat punar e­ta­syo­pa­la­bhyā­bhi­ma­ta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r abhāvo '­nu­pa­la­bhya­tā­yāṃ ca ta­dda­rśa­nā­śra­yāḥ śa­bda­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­da­yo na bha­ve­yu­r iti, tan na; a­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. nanu sato 'pi vyaktiṣu sā­mā­nya­syo­pa­la­bdhi­r na la­kṣya­te­. sā hi va­rṇa­saṃ­sthā­nā­kā­ra­va­tī vi­bhā­vya­te­. na cedṛśaṃ sā­mā­nya­m­, na ca tato 'nyaḥ kaścid ākāro daṇḍiṣu da­ṇḍa­va­t pra­ti­bhā­ti­, na cā­kā­ra­bhe­dā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'pi va­stu­bhe­da­vya­va­sthā­pa­naṃ yu­kta­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, naitad asti; sa­mā­na­tā­kā­re­ṇa hi sāmānyaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ti na vyaktir ity u­kta­m­. yat tu da­ṇḍa­va­n na pra­ti­bhā­ti­, ta­tpa­dā­rthā­nā­m i­ta­re­ta­ra­vai­dha­rmyā­t­. ata eva sāmānyaṃ pa­dā­rthā­nta­ra­m­, da­ṇḍa­va­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­ne tu dra­vyā­nta­rbhū­ta­m eva syāt. de­śa­bhe­de­nā­gra­ha­ṇā­da­ya­s tu hetavaḥ prāṅ nirastā e­vā­va­ya­vi­vi­cā­re tena tato 'pi nā­sa­ttva­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 27­1­,11~nanu vyaktayaḥ sva­bhā­ve­nai­va yadi sa­mā­nāḥ­, kiṃ ta­trā­pa­re­ṇa sā­mā­nye­na­? vai­ya­rthyā­t­? a­thā­sa­mā­nāḥ­, tataḥ kathaṃ tāsu sā­mā­nya­m­? sa­mā­nā­nāṃ bhāvo hi sā­mā­nya­m u­cya­te­, na ca sā­mā­nye­nai­va samānaḥ kriyate ta­tsā­ma­nya­he­tu­ka­tvā­d iti. ucyate — sva­bhā­ve­nai­va sa­mā­nāḥ­, svo bhāvaḥ svakīyo dharmas ta­da­vi­yo­gī sā­mā­nya­m e­vo­cya­te­. tenaiva saṃśliṣṭāḥ samānāḥ pra­ti­bhā­ntya­bhi­dhī­ya­nte cety ataḥ kathaṃ sā­mā­nya­vai­ya­rthya­m­? atha sva­bhā­ve­ne­ty a­nva­yi­dha­rma­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇe­ty a­bhi­pre­ta­m­. ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi kathaṃ samānā a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca da­ṇḍā­de­r api vai­ya­rthya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ sva­bhā­ve­nai­va daṇḍinaḥ ku­ṇḍa­li­na­ś ca bha­vi­ṣya­nti­. kiṃ ca da­rśa­na­syā­pi vai­ya­rthya­m­, ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi dṛṣṭā arthā iti. evaṃ tarhi yathā sva­bhā­ve­nā­da­ṇḍi­no 'pi da­ṇḍa­yo­gā­d daṇḍino bha­va­nti­. tathā sva­rū­pe­ṇā­sa­mā­nā api sā­mā­nya­yo­gā­t samānā iti prā­pta­m­, na; sā­mā­nya­sya yā­va­dvya­kti­sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­t­. etad eva kuta iti cet? va­stu­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­, da­ha­na­śī­ta­dru­tā­di­vi­ci­tra­sva­bhā­va­va­t­. yadi sāmānyaṃ no­pa­la­bhya­te kim āśritya sa­rvo­pa­saṃ­hā­re­ṇa vyā­pti­saṃ­ke­ta­yoḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­r bha­va­ti­? a­po­ha­m ā­śri­tye­ti cet, na; tasya ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca tasyāpy u­pa­la­bhyā­bhi­ma­ta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r abhāvo '­nu­pa­la­bhya­tā­yāṃ vā ta­dda­rśa­nā­śra­yāḥ śa­bda­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­da­yo na syuḥ, na cāsau daṇḍiṣu da­ṇḍa­va­dā­kā­ra­bhe­de­no­pa­la­kṣya­te vi­ka­lpā­ro­pi­ta­mā­tra­sya cāsataḥ kha­pu­ṣpā­di­va­n nā­śra­ya­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. a­nya­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa pra­vṛ­tte­r a­nya­vyā­vṛ­tti­r eva śabdārtha iti cet, va­stvā­bhi­mu­khye­na pra­vṛ­tte­r vastv eva kiṃ na śabdārthaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­va­dva­stu­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ta­da­nya­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇai­va pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. pra­tya­kṣā­c ca pra­vṛ­tti­s tva­yā­pī­ṣṭā "na hy ābhyām arthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­no '­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ vi­saṃ­vā­dya­ta­" ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 27­2­,6~yac ca vastunaḥ śa­bdā­rtha­tve bā­dha­ka­m­, ta­tpa­ri­hṛ­taṃ pa­ri­ha­ri­ṣya­te ca. dvi­vi­dha­ś ca śabdārtho vācyo gamyaś ca. tatra gaur i­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ jā­ti­vi­śi­ṣṭo 'rtha eva vācyo '­ta­dvya­va­cche­da­s tu gamyaḥ. nāgaur i­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ tv a­ta­dvya­va­cche­da­vi­śi­ṣṭo vācyaḥ, sāmānyaṃ tu ga­mya­m­. ta­syā­tya­ntā­bhā­ve tu ta­da­ta­dva­rga­pra­vi­bhā­go 'pi na syād ity u­kta­m­. tasmāt sā­mā­nya­gra­ha­ṇā­śra­yai­ṣā­na­nta­vya­kti­ṣu vyā­pti­saṃ­ke­ta­yoḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 27­2­,12~tad evaṃ sthitam etat — vya­kti­bhe­de 'pi dṛ­ṣṭai­ka­sā­mā­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­mā­pa­ka­m a­nu­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam iti. tasmin pakṣe sū­rya­ga­tyā­dya­nu­mā­na­m api dṛṣṭam eva, sa­mba­ndhi­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye 'py a­bhi­nna­jā­ti­tvā­d gateḥ. pa­rva­tā­di­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye 'py a­gni­jā­ti­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 27­2­,15~anye tu bruvate — ya­trā­nu­me­yaṃ prāg dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, pra­vṛ­ttyu­tta­ra­kā­le ca draṣṭuṃ śakyate yadi na naśyeta pra­mā­tṛ­sa­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ vā puṃsāṃ kadāpi dṛṣṭaṃ ta­da­nu­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tu sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­m iti. asmin pakṣe sū­ryā­di­ga­tya­nu­mā­na­m api sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭa­m eva. kim atra li­ṅga­m­? de­śā­nta­ra­prā­ptiḥ­. kim idaṃ de­śā­nta­raṃ digdeśo 'tha vā deśo vā syāt? ubhayaṃ na pratyakṣaṃ ta­dvṛ­tti­saṃ­yo­go 'pi vā­yu­gi­ri­saṃ­yo­ga­va­n na pra­tya­kṣa­s tat kathaṃ te­nā­si­ddhe­na gatir a­nu­mī­ya­te­? ke­va­la­m ayam ā­di­tya­ma­ṇḍa­laṃ paśyati na de­śā­nta­ra­śa­bda­vā­cyaṃ kiṃcid iti. a­nu­mi­tā de­śā­nta­ra­prā­pti­r liṅgam ity a­do­ṣaḥ­. kathaṃ de­śā­nta­ra­prā­pti­mā­n ā­di­tyaḥ­? dravyatve sati kṣa­ya­vṛ­ddhi­pra­tya­yā­vi­ṣa­ya­tve ca prā­ṅmu­kho­pa­la­bhya­tve cā­nu­tpa­nna­pā­da­vi­hā­ra­syā­pi pa­ri­vṛ­ttya pra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­n ma­ṇyā­di­va­d iti. evaṃ tarhi ni­ṣkri­yai­kā­bhi­mu­kha­syā­rka­ca­ndrā­di­bi­mbaṃ paśyato '­rddha­gha­ṭi­kā­dyu­tsthā­na­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na syāt. tasmād anyaḥ kaścid dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣo­r kādeḥ prā­pti­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­pa­ko va­kta­vyaḥ­, pratyakṣā vā prāptir di­gā­di­pra­de­śā­nta­re­ṇa ya­thā­rddha­gha­ṭi­kā­di­pra­tī­tiḥ syān na ca pra­tya­kṣā­pra­tya­kṣa­vṛ­tti­tve­na vā­yu­gi­ri­prā­pti­va­d a­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­. na hi dṛṣṭe '­nu­pa­pa­nnaṃ nāma. kutaś cā­rddha­gha­ṭi­kā­di­pra­tī­ti­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī­? yady a­nya­trā­nya­n nimittaṃ gha­ṭa­mā­naṃ kiṃcid u­cya­te­, tad evāstu nāsmākaṃ nirbandha iti. tat punaḥ svā­rtha­pa­rā­rtha­bhe­de­na dvividhaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ sā­mā­nya­to dṛṣṭaṃ caikaṃ dvividhaṃ vidyate —

NBhū-YA 27­3­,2~tatra pa­ro­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣaṃ svā­rtha­m­, ta­da­pe­kṣaṃ ca pa­rā­rtha­m iti. naivaṃ dvividhaṃ yu­kta­m­, svā­rtha­pa­rā­rthā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. va­ktra­pe­kṣa­yā­nu­vā­daḥ śro­tra­pe­kṣa­yā tu svārtham eva. kaś cātra viśeṣaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa vā­nu­mā­ne­na vā śabdena vā­nu­ga­taṃ liṅgam iti? tan na; la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­t ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­, dṛ­ṣṭā­di­bhe­da­va­t­. ata eva na va­ktra­pe­kṣa­ye­tyā­di yu­kta­m­. na hi va­ktra­pe­kṣa­yā śro­tra­pe­kṣa­yā vā­nu­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam u­cya­te­, sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ vā, kin tu la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā­. bhavatu vā va­ktra­pe­kṣa­yā parārthaṃ yata eva vaktus ta­da­pe­kṣā nāsty a­nu­vā­da­ka­tvā­d ata eva pa­ra­pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ te­no­pa­nya­sta­m iti pārārthyaṃ tasya. astu vā śro­tra­pe­kṣa­yā svayaṃ vyā­pti­sma­ra­ṇā­dau mū­ḍha­tvā­t sā­ma­rthya­vi­ka­laḥ pa­ra­smā­t pra­ti­pā­da­kā­d arthaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m a­nu­mā­nā­khyaṃ prā­pno­tī­ti pa­rā­rtha­m u­cya­te­. yat punaḥ kaś cātra viśeṣa ity uktaṃ tatra pa­ri­hā­raḥ pa­ro­pa­de­śa­s tu pa­ñcā­va­ya­vaṃ vākyam iti. etad uktaṃ bhavati — yo hi śabdaṃ ca­kṣu­rā­di­va­t sva­sva­rū­pa­mā­tre­ṇa liṅgaṃ brūte va­ktra­pe­kṣaṃ svārtham eva. na hi paras ta­trā­nu­mā­nā­rthaṃ śabdam u­ccā­ri­ta­vā­n­, kin tv a­pra­tī­ta­dhū­mā­di­pra­tī­tya­rtha­m­, nāpi śrotā vyā­pti­sma­ra­ṇā­dau mūḍhaḥ param a­pe­kṣa­te­. yas tu liṅgaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no 'pi vyā­pti­sma­ra­ṇā­dau mūḍhaḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­ve­na vākyena pra­ti­bo­dhya­te­, tasya ta­dvā­kyā­pe­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pa­rā­rtha­m u­kta­m­, ta­nmo­ha­ni­va­rta­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti­. atra gṛhīte 'pi vyāptyādau ta­thā­tvā­sma­ra­ṇa­m eva mohas tena sa­ndi­gdha­syā­pi pra­ti­bo­dha­kaṃ pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27­3­,19~nanu ca so 'yaṃ paramo nyāya ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­d vākyam e­vā­nu­mā­na­m­, tat kim ucyate ta­da­pe­kṣa­m iti? na; vā­kya­syo­pa­cā­re­ṇā­nu­mā­na­tvā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. na hi vākyaṃ sākṣād a­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­na­m­, tasya sa­ma­rtha­he­tu­pra­khyā­pa­ne­nai­va ca­ri­tā­rtha­tvā­t­. ni­mi­tta­pra­yo­ja­na­yo­r a­bhā­vā­d a­nu­pa­cā­ra iti cet, na; ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tathā hi — nimittaṃ tāvat tādarthyaṃ sādhanaṃ vā — ta­tpra­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ vākyaṃ ta­tsā­dha­kaṃ vā ta­ccha­bde­no­kta­m­, prāg a­va­sthi­ta­m apy a­nu­mi­ti­sā­dha­naṃ vākyena śa­kti­ma­t kri­ya­te­. pra­yo­ja­naṃ punaḥ so 'yaṃ paramo nyāya ity atraiva va­kṣyā­maḥ­. gauṇasya mu­khyā­pe­kṣi­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ pa­ro­pa­de­śā­pe­kṣa­m ity uktam —

NBhū-YA 27­3­,27~nanv evam uktam — pa­ro­pa­de­śaḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­va­vā­kya­m iti. kiṃ punar atra vākyam u­cya­te­? kutaḥ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­? vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ —

NBhū-YA 27­3­,30~kecid atra bruvate — va­rṇa­vya­ti­ri­ktāḥ pa­da­vā­kyā­tmā­naḥ śabdāḥ santi. yathā — svam arthaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­ya­ntaḥ sphoṭākhyāṃ labhanta iti, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi ta­thā­bhū­ta­śa­bdā­sti­tve pra­mā­ṇa­m asti. na nāsti pra­tya­kṣā­rthā­pa­ttyoḥ sa­mbha­vā­t­. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va tāvad a­bhi­nnā­kā­ra­jñā­ne­na padaṃ vākyaṃ ca pra­tī­ya­te­. na ca bhinneṣv a­bhi­nna­bu­ddhi­r a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī yu­ktā­va­ya­vi­pra­tya­kṣa­tve 'py ayam eva nyāyaḥ so 'tra kin na mṛ­ṣya­te­? kiṃ ca spho­ṭā­bhā­ve '­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r na syāt, na hi varṇānāṃ sa­ma­stā­nāṃ vyastānāṃ vā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­na­sā­ma­rthya­m asti. sa­mu­dā­yā­sa­mbha­va iti cet, na; ta­da­bhā­ve sa­rvā­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­d ity u­kta­m­. na caivaṃ spho­ṭā­bhā­ve kiṃcid a­ni­ṣṭa­m ā­pa­dya­te­. kiṃ vā­va­ya­vā­gra­ha­ṇe 'py a­va­ya­vi­bu­ddhi­va­d va­rṇā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi pa­dā­di­bu­dhya­bhā­vā­t­. kiṃ ca varṇeṣv eva vi­bha­ktya­nta­tve­na śiṣṭaiḥ pa­da­saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. "­su­pti­ṅa­ntaṃ pa­da­m­" "te vi­bha­ktya­ntāḥ pa­da­m­" iti ca. ta­tsaṃ­ke­tā­nu­sā­re­ṇa varṇeṣv eva pa­da­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­tī­ti­. tan na pra­tya­kṣa­grā­hyaḥ sphoṭaḥ. nāpy a­tha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­, varṇebhya e­vā­rtha­pra­tī­teḥ­. sphoṭād a­rtha­pra­tī­tau ca va­rṇo­ccā­ra­ṇa­vai­ya­rthyaṃ syāt. ta­dvya­ñja­ka­tvā­n na vai­ya­rthya­m iti cet, na; sa­mā­na­do­ṣa­tvā­t­. ye doṣā a­rtha­vya­ñja­ka­tve va­rṇā­nā­m­, spho­ṭa­vya­ñja­ka­tve kathaṃ na? ato yena ca pra­kā­re­ṇa spho­ṭa­vya­ñja­ka­tva­m iṣṭaṃ te­nā­rtha­vya­ñja­ka­tva­m evāstu kim iti — pra­yā­se­ne­ti­?

NBhū-YA 27­4­,18~ye 'py āhuḥ — varṇaiḥ sa­ntā­ne­nā­kā­śe va­rta­mā­naiḥ padam ā­ra­bhya­te­, padais tu vākyam iti. ta­nma­ta­m api spho­ṭa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­nyā­ye­na ni­rā­ka­rta­vya­m­, va­rṇa­vya­ti­re­ka­pa­kṣa­sya sa­rva­syā­pi spho­ṭa­sa­mā­na­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 27­4­,22~va­rṇa­sa­mū­haḥ pa­da­m­, pa­da­sa­mū­ho vā­kya­m­, vā­kya­sa­mū­haḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­m­, pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mū­ho ya­thā­sa­ma­yaṃ pādo vāhnikaṃ vādhyāyo vā, ta­tsa­mū­haḥ śāstram iti. kathaṃ punaḥ kṣa­ṇi­kā­nāṃ varṇānāṃ samūhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­? naivātra va­nā­di­va­da­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ samūho vi­va­kṣi­taḥ­, kin tu ka­lpa­na­yā yā­gā­di­kri­yā­sa­mū­ha­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 27­4­,26~kathaṃ punar va­rṇa­sa­mū­haḥ pa­dā­rtha­jñā­na­sya hetuḥ? kathaṃ ca na syāt? a­ntya­va­rṇā­śra­va­ṇe pa­dā­rtha­jñā­nā­nu­tpa­tte­r a­ntya­va­rṇa­kā­le pū­rva­va­rṇā­nāṃ ti­ro­bhā­vā­d a­he­tu­tva­m iti. na cā­ntya­syai­va he­tu­tva­m­, a­dha­sta­no­ccā­ra­ṇā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. atraike bruvate — vinaṣṭ nām api he­tu­tva­m asti, ya­the­ṣṭa­de­śa­prā­ptā­v a­ntya­kri­yā­kā­le a­dha­sta­na­kri­yā­ṇā­m iti, tan na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. a­ntya­kri­yai­va tatra hetur na naṣṭāḥ kriyāḥ, naṣṭānāṃ ja­na­ka­tve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. a­ntya­va­rṇā eva tarhi pa­da­m­. na cā­dha­sta­nā­na­rtha­kya­m­, a­dha­sta­nā­nu­ccā­ra­ṇe '­ntya­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, pū­rva­kri­yā­nu­tpa­ttā­v a­ntya­kri­yā­va­d iti. viṣamo 'yam u­pa­nyā­sa­s tarhi yato hi dū­ra­de­śa­stha­syā­bhi­pre­ta­de­śā­t pū­rva­pū­rva­de­śaiḥ saha saṃyogo yāvan na sa­mbha­va­ti­, tāvad u­tta­ro­tta­ra­pra­de­śaiḥ saṃyogo na bha­va­ti­, tena pū­rva­pū­rva­pra­de­śā­d u­tta­ro­tta­ra­pra­de­śa­saṃ­yo­gā­rthā­ni karmāṇy u­pa­kā­rī­ṇi sa­mbha­va­nti­. yas tv a­bhi­pre­ta­de­śā­na­nta­ra­de­śa­sthaḥ sa ka­rmā­nta­rā­ṇy a­kṛ­tvai­vā­bhi­pre­ta­de­śe­na saṃ­yu­jya­te­. na cātra pū­rva­pū­rva­va­rṇā­nu­ccā­ra­ṇe '­bhi­pre­ta­va­rṇā­c cā­ra­ṇa­m a­śa­kya­m­, yena tad u­ccā­ra­ṇa­m apy a­rtha­va­t syād iti.

NBhū-YA 27­5­,8~pū­rva­va­rṇa­saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣo 'ntyo varṇaḥ padam iti cet, na; saṃ­skā­ra­sya sā­kṣā­da­nu­bha­vo­tpa­ttau sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. anyathā hi li­ṅga­śa­bdā­v api saṃ­skā­rā­pe­kṣā­v e­vā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ka­ri­ṣya­taḥ­, kiṃ vyā­pti­saṃ­ke­ta­yoḥ smṛtyā ka­lpi­ta­ye­ti­? evaṃ tarhi pū­rva­saṃ­skā­rāḥ smṛtīr ja­na­ya­nti­, tābhiḥ sahāntyo varṇaḥ padam iti, na; jñā­na­yau­ga­pa­dya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t­. ekām eva tarhi smṛtiṃ mecakāṃ ja­na­ya­ntu­, tayā sahāntyo varṇaḥ padam iti, na; pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. e­kā­tma­sa­ma­vā­yi­tva­pra­ti­ba­ndhe­, de­śa­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­de­no­tpa­nnā­nā­m api saṃ­skā­rā­ṇā­m e­ka­smṛ­ti­ja­na­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. etena tebhya e­ka­saṃ­skā­ra­s tasmāc caikā smṛtir ity eṣāpi kalpanā pra­tyu­ktā­. tā etāḥ kalpanā vā­kya­pa­kṣe 'pi kṛtvā dū­ṣa­yi­ta­vyāḥ­, sa­mā­na­nyā­ya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 27­5­,18~anye tv āhuḥ — pra­tha­ma­va­rṇe­na viśiṣṭo dvitīyaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, dvi­tī­ye­na viśiṣṭaḥ tṛ­tī­ya­s tāvad yāvad antyo varṇaḥ. sa caivaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭe­nā­nu­bha­ve­na saha padaṃ vākye 'py eṣā kalpanā yadi kri­ya­te­, tato '­pra­tī­tā­rthai­r api padair vi­śi­ṣṭa­m a­ntya­pa­daṃ vākyaṃ syāt te­nā­trai­vaṃ kalpanā — pa­dā­rtha­jñā­na­kā­le pa­da­jñā­na­sya vi­na­śya­ttā dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­na­syo­tpa­dya­mā­na­tā­, tato dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­naṃ pū­rva­pa­da­pa­dā­rthā­va­cchi­nna­m u­tpa­dya­te pa­ra­tha­ma­pa­da­saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­te­r vi­nā­śa­s tṛ­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­na­syo­tpa­dya­mā­na­te­ty ekaḥ kālaḥ, tato dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­pa­dā­rtha­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ tṛ­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­naṃ sa­mbha­va­ty evaṃ pa­da­śa­te 'pi yo­jya­m­. smṛ­tya­nu­bha­va­yo­r virodho nāsti, vi­jā­tī­ya­tvā­t tena smṛteḥ smṛ­tya­nta­rā­d eva vināśa ukto '­nu­bha­va­syā­nu­bha­vā­nta­rā­d e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 27­5­,27~atha vā pra­tha­ma­pa­da­jñā­ne­na saṃ­ke­ta­sma­ra­ṇā­d vi­na­śya­da­va­sthe­nai­va pa­da­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ta­tpa­dā­rtha­jñā­na­m u­tpā­dya­te­, tena ta­tpa­dā­rthā­va­cchi­nnaṃ dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­na­m ity evaṃ pa­da­śa­te 'pi yo­jya­m­. evaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­m a­ntya­pa­daṃ vākyam u­cya­te­. na cātra pū­rva­pa­da­smṛ­tyā pra­yo­ja­na­m­, ta­tkṛ­ta­syā­rtha­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nu­kta­vi­śe­ṣya­jñā­no­tpā­dā­d eva si­ddha­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 27­6­,2~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, u­tta­ra­pa­de hi jñānam a­ne­ka­va­rṇā­nu­bha­va­kra­me­ṇo­tpa­dya­te tat kathaṃ vi­na­śya­da­va­sthe­na pū­rva­pa­da­jñā­ne­na ta­da­rtha­jñā­ne­na co­tta­ra­pa­da­jñā­naṃ ja­nya­te­? tasya pra­tha­ma­va­rṇā­nu­bha­vā­d eva na­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. kiṃ cā­kṛ­ta­pra­yo­ja­na­syā­ti­bi­la­mbi­to­ccā­ra­ṇe 'pi pa­dā­rtha­sya vā­kyā­rtha­sya ca pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhavati va­rṇā­nta­rā­le pa­dā­nta­rā­le ca kṣu­nni­ṣṭhī­va­nā­di­ka­m api karoti yadā, tadāpy a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r bhavaty eva. tan na pū­rvo­tta­ra­va­rṇa­yoḥ pa­da­yo­ś ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 27­6­,9~anye tu ve­dā­dya­bhyā­sa­ba­le­na saṃ­skā­ra­sya saṃ­skā­ra­he­tu­tvaṃ prasādhya vākyam anyathā ka­lpa­ya­nti — pra­tha­ma­pa­da­jñā­ne­na saṃskāro ja­nya­te­. ta­tsa­hi­te­na dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­ne­na viśiṣṭo 'nyaḥ saṃskāro ja­nya­te­. evam u­tta­ro­tta­ra­pa­de­ṣv apy u­pā­ntya­pa­daṃ yāvad viśiṣṭaṃ saṃ­skā­ro­tpa­tti­ś ci­nta­nī­yā sa ca saṃskāra u­tta­ra­pa­dā­nu­bha­vā­na­nta­ra­m eva pū­rva­pa­de­ṣv ekāṃ smṛtiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. ta­yā­nu­bha­ve­na ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­m a­ntya­pa­daṃ vā­kya­m­. saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­ti­s tu ci­ntya­te­, vākye saṃ­ke­tā­yo­gā­t­. pade tarhi ka­tha­m­? tatrāpy a­ntya­va­rṇā­nu­bha­vā­na­nta­raṃ pū­rva­va­rṇe­ṣu saṃkete caikaiva smṛtir u­tpa­dya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 27­6­,17~pare tv a­pra­si­ddhā­rthā­nā­m api padānāṃ vā­kya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­bha­yā­d anyathā vākyaṃ ka­lpa­ya­nti — pa­da­saṃ­skā­re­ṇa pa­dā­rtha­jñā­ne­na ca viśiṣṭaḥ saṃskāraḥ kṛtas ta­tsa­hi­te­na dvi­tī­ya­pa­da­jña­ne­nā­nya­s ta­tsa­hi­te­na dvi­tī­ya­pa­dā­rtha­jñā­ne­nā­nya­s ta­tsa­hi­te­na tṛ­tī­ya­pa­da­jñā­ne­nai­ve­ty evam u­pā­ntya­pa­daṃ yāvat tataḥ pū­rva­va­da­ntya­pa­daṃ smṛ­tya­nu­bha­va­sa­hi­taṃ vā­kya­m­. a­ntya­pa­dā­rtha­syai­va vā­kyā­rtha­tvā­t tena tatra saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­ti­r api na ci­nti­tā­.

NBhū-YA 27­6­,22~pū­rva­pa­da­pa­dā­rthe­ṣv a­ntya­pa­da­saṃ­ke­te caikā smṛtir ity anye.

NBhū-YA 27­7­,2~apare tv a­ntya­pa­dā­rtha­syai­va vā­kyā­rtha­tvaṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­nte­, pra­dhā­na­sya vā­kyā­rtha­tvā­t­. na cā­ntya­pa­dā­rtha­syai­va pra­dhā­na­tvaṃ gu­ṇa­pra­dhā­na­bhā­va­syā­ni­ya­ta­tvā­t­. ā­di­ma­dhya­pa­de 'pi pradhānaṃ kriyākhyaṃ ka­rtṛ­saṃ­ja­kaṃ vānyad vā pra­tī­ya­ta eva. te tv evaṃ ka­lpa­ya­nti — a­ntya­pa­da­pa­dā­rtha­jñā­ne­nā­pi pū­rva­saṃ­skā­ra­sa­hi­te­na viśiṣṭo 'nyaḥ saṃskāro ja­nya­te­, punar a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­d a­va­sthi­te '­ntya­pa­de '­nu­bha­va­s tataḥ sa­rva­pa­da­pa­dā­rthe­ṣv ekā smṛtis ta­yā­nu­bha­ve­na ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­m antyaṃ padaṃ pra­tha­ma­pa­dā­rthe 'pi viśiṣṭāṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ kurvad vākyam ucyata iti. nā­śa­he­tau saty apy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­n na nāśa ity a­ti­śra­ddhe­yaṃ bu­ddhī­nā­m apy evaṃ kasmān na kalpyata iti. smṛ­ti­sthā­ne mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m eva ka­lpa­ya­nty anye, tasya tri­kā­la­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo '­ti­pra­sa­ṅga­ni­vā­ra­kaḥ­. saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­ra­mbha­m eva sma­ra­ṇa­vā­di­nā­py a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, tadvaraṃ mā­na­sa­m eva pra­tya­kṣa­m astu vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇā­di­ṣv api a­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 27­7­,14~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — sā hi śu­ddha­pa­da­pa­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣi­ṇo '­mā­na­sā­d bhavatu tataḥ sa­rva­vā­kya­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇā­d vā­kyā­rthā­va­ga­mo bha­va­ti­. te­nā­ntya­pa­da­gra­ha­ṇā­na­nta­raṃ kri­yā­kā­ra­kā­nva­ya­sa­hi­te­ṣu pa­da­pa­dā­rthe­ṣv a­dhya­va­sā­yā­khya­mā­na­saṃ pratyakṣaṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­tsa­hi­ta­m a­ntya­pa­daṃ vākyam iti, tad apy a­sa­mī­kṣyo­kta­m­. ka­smā­t­? tau­sa­lā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yady e­va­mbhū­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­te­, tadā vākyena kiṃ ka­lpi­te­na­? ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­s tu mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣā­d eva pa­dā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇā­pe­kṣi­ṇo bha­va­tu­, tataḥ sarvaṃ vākyaṃ da­śa­dā­ḍi­mā­di­tu­lya­m ity e­vaṃ­vā­di­no '­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ syāt. ko hy atra viśeṣo yena kri­yā­kā­ra­kā­nva­yā­di­ṣv eva mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m i­ṣya­te­? na ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭe 'rthe vā­kyā­rtha­tve­nā­bhi­pre­te­? kiṃ cā­śa­bdā­tma­ka­tve vākyasya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. śa­bdā­tma­ka­tve tu kathaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­ni­ra­pe­kṣā­t tato '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, sū­tra­vi­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca? na ca vākye saṃketo 'sti, a­pū­rva­vā­kyā­d apy a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 27­7­,25~kiṃ cā­ntya­pa­dā­rtha­jñā­na­sa­ma­ka­la­m e­vā­ntya­pa­da­syā­pi na­ṣṭa­tvā­n na vā­kyā­rtha­pra­tī­tiḥ śābdī na cā­ntya­pa­dā­rthe­na pra­tī­ya­te­. tadā ca nā­śa­he­tau saty apy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­d a­nā­śa­pū­rva­pa­dā­nā­m apy a­vi­nā­śa­ka­lpa­nā­pra­sa­ṅga­s tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. tasmād ya­di­ṣṭai­va vā­kya­saṃ­jñā­, vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa ta­da­rthā­nāṃ saṃ­sa­rga­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­s tu mānasa eva. padam api na pū­rva­smṛ­tya­pe­kṣo 'ntyo varṇaḥ, kramasya bā­hye­ndri­yā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t ta­tkra­mā­gra­ha­ṇe ca na pa­da­bhā­va­pra­tī­tiḥ­. tasmāt saṃ­tā­ne­nā­kā­śe va­rta­mā­nāḥ kra­ma­vi­śi­ṣṭā yu­ga­pa­nma­na­sā­nu­bhū­tāḥ padam iti tau­sa­laḥ­. kim ayaṃ yu­ga­pa­da­nu­bha­vaḥ śro­trā­pe­kṣaḥ­? a­na­pe­kṣo veti? śro­trā­pe­kṣa­ś cet tatra varṇānāṃ yu­ga­pa­da­sa­ma­vā­yā­n na yuktaḥ. śro­trā­na­pe­kṣa­tve cā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ śro­tra­vai­ya­rthyaṃ vā­dhi­ryā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. śro­tre­ṇai­kai­kaṃ gṛhītvā tu yu­ga­pa­nma­na­sā gṛ­hṇā­tī­ti cet, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. ta­dā­śu­bhā­vi­tvā­n mi­thyā­bhi­mā­naḥ śa­ta­pa­tra­bhe­da­va­t­. vi­la­mbya­vi­la­mbyo­ccā­ra­ṇe ca ta­thā­bhi­mā­no 'pi nāsti, kra­ma­pra­ti­pra­tti­r apy asti. tasmāt pū­rva­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­kṛ­ta­bā­hye­ndri­ye­ṇā­pi kramo gṛhyata iti kā­la­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya katahaṃ bā­hyā­kṣa­grā­hya­tva­m iti cet, na; ga­ndha­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya ca­kṣu­rgrā­hya­tva­va­t ta­tsa­mbha­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 27­8­,14~yac coktam — "­śa­bdā­tma­ka­tve vākyasya kathaṃ saṃ­ke­ta­ni­ra­pe­kṣā­t tato '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r­" iti, tan na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t saṃ­ke­tā­bhā­va­sya pa­da­sa­mū­ho hi vākyam u­kta­m­. teṣāṃ saṃ­ke­ta­gra­ha­ṇe kathaṃ vākyasya ta­da­bhā­vaḥ­? na hi sa­rva­vṛ­kṣā­ṇāṃ che­da­pu­ṣpā­di­bhā­ve 'pi vanasya ta­da­bhā­vaḥ sa­mbha­vī­.

NBhū-YA 27­8­,18~yac coktam — "vākye saṃketo nāsty a­pū­rva­vā­kyā­d apy a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r­" iti, tan na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. a­vyu­tpa­nnā­nā­m api ve­dā­dya­rtha­pra­tī­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yad apy uktam — "­vya­va­hā­ra­mā­tre­ṇa padeṣv eva vā­kya­saṃ­jñe­ṣṭai­va­" iti. tad apy a­sa­t­; saṃ­sa­rga­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­na saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. ta­thā­bhū­te 'rthe saṃ­ke­tā­pra­si­ddheḥ kathaṃ śa­bde­bhya­s tasya pra­tī­ti­r iti cet? na; li­ṅga­va­tpra­tī­teḥ­. yathā sā­mā­nye­nai­va dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­mba­ndhaṃ liṅgaṃ pra­de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nnaṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nna­m eva sādhyaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­. tathā padam apy a­rtha­mā­tre­ṇa pra­tī­ta­sa­mba­ndhaṃ pa­dā­nta­ra­sa­nni­dhā­ne­na śrū­ya­mā­ṇaṃ ta­da­rtha­saṃ­sa­rgā­va­cchi­nna­m evārthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. evaṃ hi śabdasya sā­rtha­ka­tvaṃ bha­ve­t­, anyathā sāmānye si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­va­da­syā­pi vai­pha­lya­do­ṣaḥ syāt tā­va­nmā­trā­rtha­sya saṃ­ke­ta­kā­le 'pi pra­tī­ta­tvā­t sū­tra­vi­ro­dho 'pi nāsti. yathā sā­mā­nye­na gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndhaṃ liṅgaṃ de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­d api na vyā­pti­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­m u­cya­te­. tathā śabdo 'pi sā­mā­nye­na gṛ­hī­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ sa­nni­hi­ta­pa­dā­nta­rā­rtha­vi­śi­ṣṭa­ta­yā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­nn api sā­ma­yi­ka e­vo­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 27­9­,3~nanu ca liṅgasya yatra yatreti sambandhaḥ pra­si­ddha­s tena yatra tad u­pa­la­bhya­te tatraiva deśādau sva­vyā­pa­kaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, na tu śa­bda­syai­vaṃ prakāro 'sti, li­ṅgā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­li­ṅga­va­tpa­dā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­pa­dā­d apy a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣā­va­ga­ma­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, nedaṃ sā­dhī­yaḥ­; śabdo hi pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ va­kṣyā­ma­s tato nāsya sarvathā liṅgena sā­dha­rmya­m­, sa­rva­sā­dha­rmye hi liṅgam eva śabdaḥ syāt. kiṃcit sā­dha­rmye­ṇa liṅgam u­dā­hṛ­ta­m­. kiṃ cā­pto­pa­de­śaḥ śabda ity u­kta­m­. na ca śuddhān pa­dā­rthā­n padaiḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­n nāptaḥ kaścid u­cya­te­, kin tu sopāyaṃ he­yo­pā­de­ya­ta­ttva­m u­pa­di­śa­n­. na ca saṃ­sa­rga­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­yi­bhiḥ padais ta­du­pa­de­ṣṭuṃ śa­kya­te­. saṃketo 'pi prāyeṇa vā­kya­bhā­vā­pa­nnā­nāṃ padānāṃ gṛ­hya­te­. yathā vyā­ka­ra­ṇe kri­yā­kā­ra­kā­bhi­dhā­yi­nāṃ pa­dā­nā­m a­nyo­nyā­rtha­saṃ­sa­rge­ṇa vi­śi­ṣṭe­ṣv apy artheṣu samayaḥ pra­tī­ya­te nī­lo­tpa­lā­di­pa­dā­nā­m a­nyo­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthe­ṣv a­pī­ti­. evaṃ lo­ka­vya­va­hā­re 'pi bā­la­vṛ­ddhe­bhya āryāḥ ka­ṇā­dā­di­bhya­ś ca samayaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­nta iti. evaṃ saṃ­skṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r a­nya­thā­vi­nya­sta­syā­pi vākyasya pra­ti­bho­hā­bhyāṃ vākyārthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. yasyāpi ke­va­la­pa­da­sya kvacid arthe samayaḥ pra­ti­pa­nna­s tasyāpi gṛ­hī­ta­vā­kya­bhā­va­pa­de­ṣu madhye pra­yu­kta­sya ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ pra­ti­bho­hā­bhyāṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. yathā kvacit pa­rti­pa­nna­sa­ma­ye­ṣu padeṣu madhye pra­yu­kta­syā­pra­ti­pa­nna­sa­ma­ya­syā­pi pa­da­syā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. tadaiva tatra pra­ti­bho­hā­bhyāṃ samayaṃ gṛhītvā tasyārthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te na tv a­saṃ­ke­ti­tā­d a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, vā­kya­syā­pi tarhi kiṃ naiva śi­ṣya­te­? tathā hi yatra pra­ti­bho­hā­bhyāṃ samayaṃ grahītuṃ na śa­kno­ti­, tatra pra­si­ddhe­ṣv api pa­dā­rthe­ṣu vākyārthaṃ pra­ti­vyā­khyā­na­m a­pe­kṣa­te­. atha keyaṃ pra­ti­bhe­ti ja­nmā­nta­rā­bhyā­sa­jaḥ saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­t pra­ti­bu­ddhaḥ smṛ­ti­he­tuḥ pra­ti­bhā­tra vi­va­kṣi­tā na tv ārṣaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m iti. ūhas tu bauddhī śaktiḥ pa­rā­ma­rśo vā. yady evam artho 'sya ta­dā­ne­na saṃ­ga­tā­rtha­tvaṃ na syād ato 'yam artha iti pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ­. nanu caivaṃ pa­rā­ma­rśā­t prāg eva naṣṭaḥ śabdaḥ sa katham arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t­? kiṃ ca da­śa­dā­ḍi­mā­di­pa­da­sa­mū­ho 'pi vākyārthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t­. tasmān na pa­da­sa­mū­ho vā­kya­m­, kin tu padāni yathā svam arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya ni­va­rta­nte tataḥ pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­hā­d vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ity a­pa­re­.

NBhū-YA 27­9­,29~tad apy a­sā­dhī­yaḥ­, pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­ho 'pi hi nāvaśyaṃ vi­dya­mā­naḥ­, pā­ṇḍa­vā­di­pa­dā­rthā­nā­m a­gni­ho­trā­di­kri­yā­ṇāṃ ca ta­tpha­lā­nāṃ cā­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­t­. kutas tato vā­kyā­rthā­va­ga­maḥ­? ta­tsā­dha­naṃ pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­ha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānam iti cet. pa­da­sa­mū­ha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānaṃ kin na tathā?

NBhū-YA 28­0­,1~kiṃ ca da­śa­dā­ḍi­mā­di­pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­ho 'pi vākyārthaṃ kin na ga­ma­ye­t­? ta­trā­pe­kṣā­sa­nni­dhe yo­gya­tā­di­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­d iti cet. pa­da­sa­mū­he 'py ayaṃ samānaḥ pa­ri­hā­raḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. na hi pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­haḥ pra­tya­kṣā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­me '­nta­rbha­va­ti śabdād a­va­ga­taḥ pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­ho vākyārthaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, tenāsau śabde '­nta­rbha­va­tī­ti cet, evaṃ tarhi pra­tya­kṣā­va­ga­ta­yoḥ śa­bda­li­ṅga­yoḥ svā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­t tayoḥ pratyakṣe '­nta­rbhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­c ca, na hi pa­dā­rthe­ṣu vākyam idam iti — pa­dā­rthe­bhyo mayā vākyārthaḥ pra­ti­pa­nna iti vā pra­tī­ti­r asti.

NBhū-YA 28­0­,9~nāpy a­bhi­hi­tā­nva­yaḥ­, prāg apy a­nva­ya­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. anvayo hi kri­yā­kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­nyo­nya­saṃ­sa­rga­vi­śe­ṣo '­bhi­dhī­ya­te­. sa ca prāg apy asti taddarśī hi ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­ya vākyam u­ccā­ra­ya­ti — śyāmaḥ puruṣaḥ ku­ṭhā­re­ṇa girau mahāntaṃ vṛkṣaṃ chi­na­ttī­ti­. a­bhi­hi­tā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ paścād anvayaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, te­nā­bhi­hi­tā­nva­ya iti cet, sa punaḥ kiṃ paścād a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­tī­ya­te­? kiṃ vā śa­bda­sā­ma­rthyā­d iti? yady a­rtha­sā­ma­rthyā­t tadā śyāmena kuṭhāraḥ puruṣaṃ giraye mahato vṛkṣeṇa chinatty eva śabdair a­bhi­hi­tā­nā­m apy arthānāṃ sā­ma­rthyā­d anvayaḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­. na hy a­nya­thā­bhi­dhā­ne­na pa­dā­rthā­nāṃ sāmarthyaṃ ni­va­rta­te '­nya­thā­tvaṃ vā bha­ve­t­.

NBhū-YA 28­0­,17~kiṃ ca kā­vya­śā­strā­di­ṣu pa­dā­rtha­pra­tī­tā­v a­nva­ya­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vyā­khyā­pe­kṣi­tva­da­rśa­nā­t­. kiṃ cā­nva­yā­na­bhi­dhā­ne katham a­nvi­ta­m idaṃ vā­kya­m­, idaṃ tv a­na­nvi­ta­m iti vya­pa­de­śaḥ­? atha śa­bda­sa­ma­rthyā­t paścād anvayaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, sa kiṃ sva­ta­ntraḥ­? atha pa­dā­rtha­ni­ṣṭha iti? na tāvat sva­ta­ntra­s tathā pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­d a­bhi­hi­tā­nā­m anvaya iti vi­ro­dhā­c ca. ata eva na pa­dā­rthā­nta­ra­ni­ṣṭha­s ta­tpra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­yā­bhā­vā­c ca. nāpy a­bhi­hi­ta­pa­dā­rtha­ni­ṣṭhaḥ­, śyā­ma­śa­bde­na hi ya­thā­sa­ma­yaṃ pra­vṛ­tte­nā­pu­ru­ṣo 'py a­bhi­hi­taḥ pu­ru­ṣa­śa­bde­na cāśyāmo 'py evaṃ ku­ṭhā­rā­di­śa­bde­na ku­ṭhā­rā­di­mā­tra­m­. na cai­vaṃ­bhū­tā­nāṃ pa­dā­rthā­nā­m anvayo bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 28­0­,25~a­thā­nyo­nya­saṃ­sa­rga­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rthā­bhi­dhā­nā­yo­ccā­ri­tāḥ śyā­mā­di­śa­bdāḥ pa­ra­spa­rā­rtha­jñā­nā­pe­kṣā­s ta­thā­vi­śi­ṣṭā­ne­vā­rthā­na­bhi­da­dha­te­. samayo 'py e­va­m­, na hi te sā­mā­nya­śa­bdāḥ­, ye pra­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­pe­kṣā ity u­pa­de­śā­d vya­va­hā­ra­ta­ś ca pra­tī­ya­nta iti siddhaṃ tarhy a­nvi­tā­bhi­dhā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 28­0­,29~yat tu kaścid āha — mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­je­ya­m a­nva­ya­pra­tī­ti­r bā­dhi­tā­nya­sā­dha­na­tve sati vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­ti­tvā chvo me bhrā­tā­ga­nte­ti pra­tī­ti­va­d iti, tan na; vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi vā­kya­ja­nya­tve 'syāḥ kiṃcid bā­dha­ka­m astīti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. śvo me bhrā­tā­ga­nte­ti na ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d asti pra­tī­ti­r ity asiddhaṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m­. nanu bālānāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d asti, kathaṃ tva­yā­va­ga­ta­m­? ta­dva­ca­nā­vi­saṃ­vā­dā­d iti cet? na; ya­thā­ka­thaṃ­ci­d bruvataḥ saduktiḥ ka­sya­ci­d va­ca­na­sya kā­ka­tā­lī­ya­va­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­do bhavaty apy u­nma­ttā­di­va­n nai­tā­va­tā teṣāṃ ta­da­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ si­ddhya­ti­. atha vā kā­ka­ru­tā­di­va­d bā­la­va­ca­naṃ śa­ku­na­tve­nā­rthaṃ sū­ca­ya­l liṅgam eva yadi sa­mā­na­saṃ­pra­tya­kṣaṃ vā­kyā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ syāt. tadā śa­bdā­śra­va­ṇe 'pi su­khā­di­ṣv iva vā­kyā­rthe­ṣu tad bha­ve­t­. sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ka­lyā­n na bha­va­tī­ti cet, kiṃ śa­bda­jñā­naṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­? pa­dā­rtha­jñā­naṃ vā? śa­bda­jñā­naṃ cet kathaṃ na vā­kyā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r vā­kya­jā­? pa­da­sa­mū­ha­jñā­na­jai­va hi vā­kya­je­ty u­cya­te­. ya­thā­tī­ta­li­ṅga­jñā­na­jā­py a­nu­me­ya­tra­tī­ti­r na mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­jā­, kin tu lai­ṅgi­kai­vo­cya­te­. atha pa­dā­rtha­sa­mū­ha­jñā­naṃ ma­naḥ­sa­ha­kā­ri­, tathā saty a­bhi­hi­tā­nva­ya­pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ syāt tatra coktaṃ do­ṣa­jā­ta­m­. na cā­bhi­hi­tā­nva­ya­vā­dy api manasaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tyā­ca­ṣṭe­, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ ma­naḥ­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. na ca ma­no­ja­nya­tvā­d eva mānasaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­, sa­rva­jñā­nā­nāṃ ta­dbhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. bā­hye­ndri­yā­ja­nyā­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vo ho mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣaṃ pha­la­m­, na cā­dṛ­ṣṭe­śva­rā­dau vākyārthe '­sma­dā­de­r a­pa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­vaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti yo­gya­yo­gi­no­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca vākyārthe su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­pra­tya­kṣe ca pra­tī­ti­vi­śe­ṣo na syān mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­.

NBhū-YA 28­1­,18~kiṃ ca pa­dā­rtha­pra­tī­te­r api mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣa­ja­tvaṃ ka­lpa­yi­ta­vya­m­, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. sū­kṣme­kṣi­ka­yā pa­dā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r api na śābdī, pa­da­syā­pi tṛtīye kṣaṇe 'vaśyaṃ mū­rta­dra­vyasaṃ­yo­gā­t kā­rya­śa­bdā­d vā nivāśaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca tṛtīye kṣaṇe pa­dā­rtha­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­ti­r api hi tadā na sa­mbhā­vya­te­. na ca nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­ge 'py a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­d a­va­sthā­naṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, pa­da­sa­mū­ha­syā­py a­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­śā­d vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­va­sthā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kvacit tu pra­ṇi­dhā­na­dha­rmā­dha­rmā­di­bhi­ś cireṇa saṃketaṃ smṛtvā padārthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. tathā li­pya­kṣa­re­ṣu ma­na­sai­va padāny a­nu­sa­ndhā­ya ta­tsaṃ­ke­taṃ smṛtvā pa­dā­rthā­d vākyārthaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. tad evaṃ vā­kyā­rtha­jñā­ne­na sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t pa­dā­rtha­jñā­na­syā­pi mā­na­sa­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­. tataś ca śabdākhyāṃ pramāṇaṃ ni­va­rta­te­. na hi pa­dā­rtha­jñā­ne 'pi kvacit śabdasya sā­kṣā­ddhe­tu­tva­m asti, śrū­ya­mā­ṇa­syā­py a­na­va­sthā­na­syo­kta­tvā­t ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tte­r a­nya­thā­pi sa­mbha­vā­n na ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­pi śa­bdā­va­sthā­na­si­ddhiḥ­. tasmād vā­kya­bhā­ve­na śa­bdā­nu­sa­ndhā­nā­d bhavantī vā­kyā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r api śābdīty u­cya­te­. mu­khya­ta­s tu śa­bdā­nu­sa­ndhā­ne­nai­va sa­ma­yā­dya­pe­kṣe­ṇa pa­dā­rthe­ṣu vā­kyā­rthe­ṣu ca pra­ti­pa­tti­r ja­nya­te­. tatra ca pa­dā­dya­nu­sa­ndhā­ne padatvaṃ vākyatvaṃ śa­bdā­khya­tvaṃ ca gau­ṇa­m­, pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ tu mukhyam eva. amukhye tu śabde gauṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m­, sā­kṣā­da­rtha­jñā­nā­sā­dha­na­tvā­t­. a­nā­pta­va­ca­naṃ tu pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā­pi na sa­mya­ga­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­na­m ity a­pra­mā­ṇa­m evety u­cya­te­. naivam ā­pta­va­ca­na­m­, tasya pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­sā­dha­na­tvā­t­. tan na gau­ṇa­tvā­d a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ ca sa­rva­va­rṇā­nāṃ sa­rva­pa­dā­nāṃ cāsti, ta­nnā­ntya­va­rṇa eva pa­da­m­, nā­ntya­pa­da­m eva ca vākyam iti. tathā ca "te vi­bha­ktya­ntāḥ pa­da­m­" iti sūtraṃ "­sā­dha­nī­ya­syā­rtha­sya yāvati śa­bda­sa­mū­he­" ityādi bhāṣyaṃ ca. vā­kyai­ka­de­śā­ś cā­va­ya­vā u­cya­nte­, na cā­ntya­pa­dai­ka­de­śāḥ pra­ti­jñā­da­ya iti. tasmāt pa­da­sa­mū­ha eva vākyam iti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 28­2­,13~ta­de­ka­de­śāḥ kiṃ padāny e­vā­va­ya­vā iti? ucyate — na, kiṃ tarhi? pra­ti­jñā­he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇo­pa­na­ya­ni­ga­ma­nā­ny a­va­ya­vāḥ­. sā­dha­nā­ṅgā­bhi­dhā­ya­kaṃ vākyam api ma­hā­vā­kya­syā­va­ya­va­m ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 28­2­,17~tatra — "­pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣa­yā pa­kṣa­va­ca­naṃ pra­ti­jñā­"­. ji­jñā­su­r api sā­dha­na­ji­jñā­sa­nā­rthaṃ pa­kṣa­va­ca­na­m u­ccā­ra­ya­ti tad api pratijñā mā bhūd iti pra­ti­pi­pā­da­yi­ṣa­ye­ti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­, tatra co­dya­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ vā "­sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñā­" iti sū­tra­m­. tatra he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yoḥ sā­dha­nā­nta­re­ṇa si­ṣā­dha­yi­ṣa­yā nirdeśaḥ kri­ya­te­, tadā pratijñā sā­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­. na hi pa­ra­syā­si­ddha­m ity eva sādhyam a­trā­bhi­pre­ta­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yad yadā pra­ti­pā­da­ke­na si­ṣā­dha­yi­ṣi­taṃ tad, u­kta­sā­dha­nā­pe­kṣa­sya sā­dhya­tvā­t­. kiṃ punar a­trā­va­dhā­rya­te­? yadi sā­dhya­ni­rde­śa eva pra­ti­jñe­ti pra­ti­jñā­va­dhā­rya­te­, tadā sā­dhya­ni­rde­śo '­na­va­dhā­ri­to '­nya­thā­py astīty a­ti­vyā­pa­kaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ syāt. atha punaḥ sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñai­ve­ti sā­dhya­ni­rde­śo '­va­dhā­rya­te­, tathāpy a­na­va­dhā­ri­tā pratijñā a­nya­thā­py astīty avyāpi lakṣaṇaṃ syād iti, nā; a­ni­ya­mā­d iti tamoriḥ — nāyaṃ niyamo 'sti sarvaṃ vākyaṃ sā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m iti. yathā "eṣa panthāḥ srughnaṃ gacchai" iti.

NBhū-YA 28­3­,2~atrāpy a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m asty eveti kīrtir yasmād —

NBhū-YA 28­3­,11~te­nā­trā­pi yadā pa­thya­nta­re śaṅkā, tadaiṣa evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­. yadā tu grā­mā­nta­raṃ ga­mi­ṣya­tī­tyā­śaṃ­kā­, tadā srughnam evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­; yadā tu naiṣa srughnaṃ yāvad ga­mi­ṣya­tī­tyā­śaṃ­kā­, tadā gacchaty evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 28­3­,15~atrāpi ta­mo­ri­r u­kta­vā­n — nā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­sya viṣayaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. sā­mā­nya­śru­tā­v a­ti­pra­sa­ṅga­ni­vṛ­tta­ye hy a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te­. yatra hi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­va­kā­śa­s ta­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­syā­pī­ti­. na ca mā­rga­sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­ji­jñā­suṃ prati go­pā­la­ke­nai­ṣa panthāḥ srughnaṃ ga­ccha­tī­ty u­pa­di­ṣṭe kvacit prasaṅgo 'sti, sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñe­ty ukte vā, ya­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m ā­śrī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 28­4­,5~pārtho dha­nu­rdha­ra ity atrāpi dro­ṇa­śi­ṣya­tve­na śi­ṣyā­nta­re­ṣu ta­ttu­lya­dhā­nu­rdhā­ryā­śaṃ­kā­yāṃ ta­dvya­va­cchi­tta­ye '­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­, anyathā tv a­yu­kta­m eva. na hi pārtha eva dha­nu­rdha­ra­s tattulyo 'dhiko vā nāstīti śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­?

NBhū-YA 28­4­,8~caitro dha­nu­rdha­ra ity a­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m a­yu­kta­m­, dhā­nu­rdhā­rya­vi­dhā­nā­d e­vā­yo­ga­vya­va­cche­da­si­ddhe­r vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r e­ka­trā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. e­ka­de­śā­vṛ­tti­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ tu yu­kta­m­, yathā pā­ṇḍu­pu­trāḥ śūrā e­ve­ti­. e­ka­de­śa­vṛ­ttā­v api vṛ­tti­vya­pa­de­śo 'sti, yathā vi­ṣā­ṇi­tvaṃ vipakṣe vartata iti.

NBhū-YA 28­4­,12~nīlaṃ sarojaṃ bhavaty evety api na yuktaṃ bha­va­ti­, śabdād e­vā­tya­ntā­yo­ga­vya­va­cche­da­sya si­ddha­tvā­t­. vya­va­cche­da­pha­la­tvaṃ ca vākyasya ni­rā­kṛ­taṃ ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣya­te ca. va­stva­bhi­dhā­ya­ka­syā­pi sā­ma­rthyā­d vya­va­cche­da­si­ddhi­r i­ṣṭai­va­.

NBhū-YA 28­4­,15~sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñe­ty atrāpi sā­ma­rthyā­d a­sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pratijñā na bha­va­tī­ti ga­mya­te­. tathā ca sati pra­ti­jñā­bhā­sā api ni­ra­stā­s tāṃś ca pra­sa­ṅge­no­pa­ri­ṣṭā­d u­dā­ha­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­. sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo dharmy evātra sā­dhya­śa­bde­no­kta­s tena sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ pa­kṣa­va­ca­na­m ity eko 'rthaḥ. sā­dhya­dha­rma­ni­rde­śa­s tu na pra­ti­jñe­ty ā­cā­ryāḥ­. bhavatu vā dha­rmi­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dha­rma­syā­pi sā­dhya­śa­bde­nā­tra gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ta­nni­rde­śo 'pi pa­kṣa­va­ca­naṃ na hy agnir atreti śabdād a­gni­mā­n pradeśo na pra­tī­ya­te­. na ca vi­śe­ṣya­mā­ṇa eva dharmī pakṣa uktaḥ, kin tu yo­gya­ta­yā­pi ke­va­la­dha­rmi­ṇo 'py a­bhi­dhā­naṃ tarhi pratijñā syāt, na; vai­ya­rthyā­t­. na hi tato '­bhi­pre­tā­rthaḥ kaścit si­dhya­ti­. a­sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ vacanaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 28­4­,25~evaṃ tarhi pra­ti­jñai­va na ka­rta­vyā­, tataḥ sā­kṣā­tpā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa vā si­ddhya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. sākṣāt tāvan na kiṃcid vacanaṃ sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m­. yasmāt —

NBhū-YA 28­5­,5~svārthe 'pi li­ṅga­sa­mba­ddha­dha­rmi­da­rśa­naṃ vyā­pti­smṛ­ti­ś cai­tā­va­d e­vo­pa­yo­gi dṛṣṭaṃ tena sva­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­t pa­ra­syā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ci­kī­rṣa­yā a­nta­rvyā­pti­ba­hi­rvyā­ptī eva khyā­pa­nī­ye­. tathā pra­ti­pā­di­to 'pi hetuḥ pratijñāṃ vinā pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ na ka­ro­tī­ti cet, tat kim idānīṃ pa­rā­rthi­no dṛṣṭvā pa­rva­brā­hma­ṇa­va­d ayaṃ mūlyaṃ mṛ­ga­ya­te­? kiṃ ca yo yaḥ kṛ­ta­kaḥ­, sa sarvo 'py a­ni­tyaḥ­, yathā ghaṭaḥ, śabdaś ca kṛtaka ity ukte 'py anityaḥ śabda ity arthād gamyad eva. tathā ca ḍi­ṇḍi­ka­rā­gaṃ pa­ri­tya­jyā­kṣi­ṇī ni­mī­lya­ci­nta­ya tāvat kim i­ya­tā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r bhavati na veti saṃ­śa­yā­t pra­ti­jñā­to nā­rtha­ni­śca­yaḥ­, tasmād a­sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ pra­ti­jñe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 28­5­,14~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvat sākṣān na sā­dha­na­m iti ta­trā­vi­vā­daḥ­. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi sādhanaṃ sā­dhyā­bhi­dhā­nā­d ity u­kta­m­, hetor a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. he­tva­nu­pa­kṛ­ta­sā­dhyā­bhi­dhā­na­va­n nā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­te­ti cet, na; he­tva­bhi­dhā­na­syā­py a­va­ya­vā­nta­rā­nu­pa­kṛ­ta­he­tva­bhi­dhā­na­va­d a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasya śa­kta­sū­ca­ka­tvā­d iti cet, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­ca­sā­mā­ne­kā­nta­tvā­t­, śa­ktā­ṅga­sū­ca­ka­tvaṃ ca pra­ti­jñā­va­ca­na­so 'py asti, ta­dvi­ṣa­yo­pa­da­rśa­ka­tvā­t­. na hi kaścid a­nu­pa­da­rśya viṣayaṃ ta­tsā­dha­na­m u­pa­di­śa­ti­, gṛhe sthitaṃ ghaṭaṃ pra­dī­pe­na paśyety u­pa­de­śa­va­t­. etena sva­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­d ityādy api ni­ra­sta­m­, sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­mā­tro­pa­de­śo hi gṛhe cakṣuṣā pra­dī­pe­ne­ty e­tā­va­d e­vo­pa­de­ṣṭa­vyaṃ syāt, na caivam u­pa­di­śa­ty a­bhi­pre­tā­rtha u­pa­di­ṣṭo bha­va­ti­. kiṃ ca vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­ci­ntā parārthe '­nu­mā­ne kri­ya­te­, na svārthe.

NBhū-YA 28­5­,24~sā ca pa­kṣā­di­pra­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­mū­lā­, na ca pratijñāṃ vinā sa­pa­kṣā­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­ve­ka­jñā­na­m­, ta­da­bhā­ve vi­ru­ddha­ta­ttva­vā­di­vi­ve­ko 'pi na syāt. yat kṛtakaṃ tad anityaṃ gha­ṭā­di­va­d iti va­ca­na­sya pra­ti­jñā­m a­nta­re­ṇo­bha­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. tat kim idānīṃ vi­ru­ddha­vā­di­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­m ātmanaḥ pra­ti­jñe­ṣya­te­? naitad e­va­m­, kiṃ tarhi? vi­ru­ddha­bā­dha­vi­śe­ṣā­śa­ṅkā­po­hā­rtha­m­, pratijñāṃ vinā hi prā­śni­kā­nāṃ saṃdeho 'pi syāt. kṛ­ta­ka­tva­sya ni­tya­tvā­ni­tya­tvā­bhyāṃ vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­nā­d vi­ru­ddha­tva­vā­di­vi­ve­ka­si­ddhi­r iti cet, na; sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣā­na­dhi­ga­me ta­ddo­ṣa­gu­ṇo­dbhā­va­na­syā­yu­kta­tvā­t­. a­ni­tya­tve sādhye hi kṛ­ta­ka­tva­ni­tya­tve­na vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi na vi­ru­ddha­m u­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ yu­kta­m­. vi­pa­rī­ta­vyā­pti­va­ca­na­do­ṣa eva vaktur u­dbhā­va­nī­yaḥ­. nityatve ca sādhye nā­ni­tya­tve­na vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­ne 'py a­vi­ru­ddhaṃ yu­kta­m­. nityatvaṃ śabde '­bhi­pre­tyā­nu­nma­ttaḥ kathaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tva­syā­ni­tya­tve­na vyāptiṃ da­rśa­ya­tī­ti cet? kṛ­ta­ka­tva­sya ni­tya­tve­na vyāptim apy a­nu­nma­ttaḥ katham a­bhi­dha­tte­? bhrāntita iti cet, tad i­ta­ra­trā­pi tu­lya­m­. na tv evaṃ pra­ti­jñe­ṣya­te­. nai­ta­t­, evam u­pa­nyā­se 'py a­nā­śvā­sa iti, na; vākyasya gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­pa­rī­kṣā­dvā­re­ṇa vaktus ta­dva­ttvo­dbhā­va­nā­c ci­trā­de­r gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­va­tta­yā ta­tka­rtu­r gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­va­ttvo­dbhā­va­na­va­t­. na ca pa­ra­vyā­mo­ha­nā­rthā viduṣāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r yena svā­bhi­prā­ya­ni­ve­da­kaṃ pa­ri­sphu­ṭaṃ vākyaṃ no­ccā­rya­te­. pa­kṣā­va­ca­ne hi ma­nda­ma­dhya­ma­śa­ktī­nāṃ śrotṛṇāṃ sā­dhyā­bhi­prā­yā­na­va­ga­me sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r api vyāmohaḥ syāt. tasmāt ta­tpa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ pa­kṣa­va­ca­naṃ ka­rta­vya­m iti. yac coktam — yo yaḥ kṛtaka i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­sa­t­; na hi kaścid a­ta­rki­ta­m u­dga­ra­pā­tā­ya­mā­naṃ sa­bhā­ma­dhyaṃ gatvā yo ya i­tyā­dyu­pa­nyā­sa­m a­pra­stu­ta­m e­vaṃ­ku­rva­nvi­du­ṣāṃ no­pa­hā­sa­m a­rha­ti­. yadi ca pa­kṣo­kti­r a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m­, tat kiṃ tvayā sai­vo­pa­di­śya­te — pakṣoktiḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa nāpy a­la­m­, a­ne­ka­vṛ­tte­r ekasya na de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­va­tā­nye­na yoga ity e­va­mā­dyā­. śāstre vā­la­vyu­tpā­da­nā­rtha­m u­pa­di­śya­ta iti cet, a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­ne­na kathaṃ bālānāṃ vyu­tpa­ttiḥ­, pra­tyu­tā­py a­saṃ­skā­ra eva syāt. vyutpattiṃ vā kurvan katham a­sā­dha­na­m­? bālān praty astu sā­dha­na­m iti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­, pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­pra­ti­pā­dya­ttvā­vi­śe­ṣā­c ceti. na ca vāde 'py evaṃ kaścid u­pa­la­bhya­te­, yaḥ sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaṃ na ka­ro­ti­. yadi nāma mū­la­pra­yo­ge dvitīye vā tṛtīye vā na ka­ro­ti­, nai­tā­va­tā ta­tpa­ri­hā­ro 'vaśyaṃ hi svapakṣaṃ mahatā pra­pa­ñce­na vi­cā­ra­ya­te­da­m itthaṃ nedam ittham iti vā kvacid vaktavyaṃ tad eva pa­kṣa­va­ca­na­m­, ta­da­rtha­si­ddha­ye he­tū­pa­nyā­saḥ­.

NBhū-YA 28­6­,26~yac coktam — a­nu­vā­da­mā­traṃ pa­kṣa­va­ca­na­n na tu sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; tathā hi — yady a­nu­vā­da­mā­tra­m­, ni­ra­rtha­kaṃ kiṃ te­no­kte­na­? ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ca syāt. a­nya­pra­yo­ja­na­m apy a­pra­stu­ta­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m­. atha pra­ṇā­li­ka­yā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m­, tataḥ kathaṃ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa nāpy a­la­m­?

NBhū-YA 28­6­,30~yat punar etaj ji­jñā­sā­dī­nā­m apy a­va­ya­va­ttvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­, pra­ti­jñā­va­ddhe­tu­va­caḥ­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yasya hi śa­bda­syai­ka­vā­kya­bhā­vo 'sti tasya vā­kyā­va­ya­va­tva­m­. vā­kyai­ka­de­śā hy a­va­ya­vā ity u­kta­m­. na ca ji­jñā­sā­dī­nāṃ ta­thā­bhā­vo 'sti, tathā hi — vi­śe­ṣa­to 'rthe jñātum icchā ji­jñā­sā­, vyā­ha­ta­dha­rmo­pa­sa­ndhā­tā saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, a­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­ni­ścā­ya­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­sa­mbha­vaḥ śa­kya­prā­ptiḥ­, ta­nni­śca­yaḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ saṃ­śa­ya­vyu­dā­sa iti. na caite va­ca­nā­tma­kā­s tan na da­śā­va­ya­va­pra­sa­ṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 28­7­,7~yat punar atra bha­da­nte­no­kta­m — "idaṃ tvayā ji­jñā­si­ta­m­, atra te saṃśaya i­tyā­di­va­ca­nā­nā­m a­va­ya­va­tva­pra­sa­ktau da­śā­va­ya­vaṃ vākyaṃ pra­sa­jya­ta­" iti, tan na yu­kta­m­; na hi va­ca­na­tvā­d e­vā­va­ya­vāḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? sā­dha­ka­vā­kyai­ka­de­śa­tvā­t­, na caite sā­dha­ka­vā­kyai­ka­de­śāḥ­. pra­ti­jñā­pi tarhi na sā­dha­ka­vā­kyai­ka­de­śaḥ­, saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvā­t­, na; a­va­ya­vā­nta­rā­nu­pa­kṛ­ta­sya he­tvā­di­va­ca­so 'pi saṃ­śa­ya­he­tu­tvā­t­. svārthe tato na saṃśaya iti cet, na; svārthe 'pi saṃ­de­hā­t­. kim ayaṃ hetvarthaḥ sādhako '­thā­sā­dha­kaḥ­? kasya cāyam iti dha­rmi­mā­tre pra­ti­jñā­rthe 'pi saṃ­de­haḥ­. kiṃ ca he­tvā­dya­rthe 'pi na sarveṣāṃ sa­mpra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, tadvaco 'pi ka­sya­ci­t sandehaṃ kurvad a­sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ tena ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ prā­pta­m­. na hi pra­ti­jñā­pi sarveṣāṃ sa­nde­ha­ka­rtrī yathā ca paścād api ni­śca­yī­te hetvādau tadvaco nā­sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ tathā pa­kṣa­va­co '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 28­7­,17~pra­stā­vā­t pra­ti­jñā­rtho labhyate ity a­pa­raḥ­. ko 'yaṃ pra­stā­vaḥ­? vādinoḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­haḥ­, nanu saiva pra­ti­jñā­. na ca pa­ñcā­va­ya­vaṃ pra­yo­kta­vya­m iti ni­ya­mya­te­. kiṃ tarhi? pa­ñcā­va­ya­va­m eva vākyaṃ sā­dha­ka­m iti. tatra yadi kaścid a­va­ya­vaḥ ku­ta­ści­d ga­mya­mā­nā­rtha­tvā­t pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­jñā­nu­ro­dhā­c ca na pra­yu­jya­te­, na tāvatā doṣaḥ ka­ści­t­. nyūnaṃ tu ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ tadā, yadi ji­jñā­si­ta­m api sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tuṃ na śa­kno­ti­. yathā kim atra sādhyam ity evaṃ pṛṣṭo 'pi bauddhaḥ sva­sa­ma­ya­vi­ro­dha­bha­yā­t sādhyam ni­rde­ṣṭu­m a­śa­ktaḥ­, sā­ma­rthyā­d jā­nī­ṣṭha­, no cet sā­ma­rthyā­d jñātuṃ śaknoti tato 'dyāpy a­vyu­tpa­nna­s tvam, si­ddha­mā­tṛ­kā­śā­lāṃ pra­vi­śa­, kas te vāde '­dhi­kā­raḥ — ity e­va­mā­dya­sa­du­tta­raṃ vakti. na caitat satāṃ yu­kta­m­. tasmāt pa­rā­va­bo­dhā­rtha­pra­vṛ­tte­na pa­kṣo­kti­r api pra­yo­kta­vye­vā­to nā­sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ pra­ti­jñe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 28­7­,29~sā­dha­na­tva­khyā­pa­kaṃ li­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ hetuḥ. pa­ñca­mya­ntaṃ tṛ­tī­yā­ntaṃ vā yena liṅgasya sā­dhya­si­ddhau hetutvaṃ khyā­pya­te­. tadvat ta­dva­ca­naṃ hetur ity u­pa­ca­rya­te­. mu­khya­ta­s tu liṅgam eva hetus tasyaiva pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. sa trividha ityādy api mu­khya­gau­ṇa­bhā­ve­na vyā­khye­ya­m­, pa­ro­kta­trai­vi­dhya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī­tyā­dyu­ktaṃ na tu pū­rva­va­dā­di­pra­kā­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­.

NBhū-YA 28­8­,6~paro hy evam āha — kā­rya­sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­la­kṣa­ṇā­s trayo he­ta­vaḥ­, ya­thā­gni­r atra dhū­mā­t­; vṛkṣo 'yaṃ śiṃ­śa­pā­tvā­t­; iha pradeśe nāsti ghaṭaḥ, u­pa­la­bdhi­la­kṣa­ṇa­prā­pta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. tra­yā­ṇā­m apy eṣāṃ sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­ba­ndho 'sti nānyeṣāṃ ma­te­nā­nye­ṣāṃ he­tu­tva­m­. sva­bhā­va­he­tu­r dvividhaḥ — u­pā­dhya­pe­kṣaḥ­, śuddho vā; nāśe kṛ­ta­ka­tva­sa­ttva­va­t­. a­pe­kṣi­ta­pa­ra­vyā­pā­ro hi bhāvaḥ kṛtaka ity u­cya­te­. a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu dṛ­śyā­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­bhe­dā­d dvi­vi­dhā­. ta­trā­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ sa­dvya­va­hā­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­mā­tra­sā­dha­nī na tv abhāvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tu bhā­va­sā­dha­nī­.

NBhū-YA 28­8­,13~sā cai­kā­da­śa­dhā — tatra sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ pū­vo­dā­hṛ­tā­. kā­ryā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — ne­hā­pra­ti­ba­ddha­sā­ma­rthyā­ni dhū­ma­kā­ra­ṇā­ni santi, dhū­mā­bhā­vā­t­. vyā­pa­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — na śiṃ­śa­pā­tra­, vṛ­kṣā­bhā­vā­t­. sva­bhā­va­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — na śī­ta­spa­rśo '­trā­gneḥ­. vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — na śī­ta­spa­rśo 'tra, dhū­mā­t­. vi­ru­ddha­vyā­pto­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — dhru­va­bhā­vī vināśo bhū­ta­syā­pi he­tva­nta­rā­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t­. kā­rya­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — nā­trā­pra­ti­va­ddha­sā­ma­rthyā­ni śī­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­, vahneḥ. vyā­pa­ka­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — nātra tu­ṣā­ra­spa­rśo vahneḥ. kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — nātra dhūmo '­na­gneḥ­. kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddho­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — nāsya ro­ma­ha­rṣā­di­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, sa­nni­hi­ta­da­ha­na­vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­t­. kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ru­ddha­kā­ryo­pa­la­bdhi­r yathā — ro­ma­ha­rṣā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­yu­ktaḥ puruṣo 'tra, dhū­mā­t­. yāvān kaścit pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, sa sarvo 'py a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r iti sa­ma­ya­s tena vi­ru­ddhā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­r apy a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r e­vo­kte­ti­.

NBhū-YA 28­8­,26~atra sva­bhā­va­he­tu­s tāvad a­nu­pa­pa­nna­s tā­dā­tmya­pra­ti­ba­ndha­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ta­da­sa­mbha­va­ś ca dha­rma­yo­r dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­ś cā­rthā­nta­ra­tva­sya pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r apy ata eva na hetuḥ. pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhe hy abhāve '­pā­rthi­kā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­. a­nu­pa­la­bdhau cā­bhā­va­si­ddhau dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­na­va­sthā syāt. kvacit pa­ra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­, kathaṃ yāvān kaścit pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ sa sarvo '­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r ity u­cya­te­? mūḍhaṃ prati vya­va­hā­raḥ sādhyata iti cet, sa yady a­bhi­dhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, pra­vṛ­tyā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo vā; tadā ta­tkā­ra­ka­sya na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m­. ta­jjñā­pa­ka­tve tv a­rthā­nta­ra­sā­dhya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tathā ca na tādātmyaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ­. smṛ­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo 'pi vya­va­hā­ro yadi jñā­pya­te­, tadā tad eva dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. atha kri­ya­te­, tadāpi na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m­, smṛ­ti­sā­dha­na­sya pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­de­r api pra­mā­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha vya­va­hā­ra­yo­gya­tā sā­dhya­te­. sāpy arthād a­nyā­na­nyā vā? yady anyā, tataḥ kathaṃ ta­tsva­bhā­vo hetuḥ? a­thā­na­nyā­, tathāpi he­tu­si­ddhyai­va ta­tsi­ddhe­r vyartham a­nu­mā­na­m­. yasya he­tu­si­ddhā­v apy a­si­ddhi­s tasya hetunā tādātmyaṃ na yu­kta­m­, dhū­mā­gni­va­t­. dha­rmya­pe­kṣa­yā tā­dā­tmya­m evaikaḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ syāt, dhū­mā­gni­ma­to 'pi dharmiṇaḥ pra­de­śā­de­r e­kā­tma­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 28­9­,14~siddhe 'pi sādhye sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da e­vā­nu­mā­ne­na kriyata iti cet, ko 'yaṃ sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­daḥ­? kim a­nu­tpa­ttiḥ­? pradhvaṃso vā? ta­da­sa­tya­tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ vā? ta­dvi­ro­dhi­jñā­naṃ vā? a­nu­tpa­tti­pra­dhvaṃ­sau tāvan na pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­m­. ta­da­sa­tya­tā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ cet, ta­da­sa­tya­ta­yā saha nārthasya tā­dā­tmya­m­, tan nārthaḥ sa­mā­ro­pā­sa­tya­tā­yāḥ sā­dha­na­m­. atha ta­dvi­ro­dhi­jñā­naṃ sa­mā­ro­pa­vya­va­cche­da u­cya­te­. tat kiṃ gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­m­? u­tā­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­m­? ni­rvi­ṣa­yaṃ vā? yadi gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­m­, ta­dā­nu­mā­na­sya gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tve­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m eva prā­pta­m­, smṛ­tya­nta­ra­va­t­. sa­rva­smṛ­ti­sā­dha­nā­nāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgo vā. a­thā­gṛ­hī­tā­rtha­m­, tataḥ kathaṃ gṛ­hī­tā­gṛ­hī­ta­yo­r li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­no­s tādātmyaṃ gha­ṭa­pi­śā­ca­yo­r iva? atha ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­m­, ta­dā­nu­mā­naṃ na yu­kta­m­; na hi vi­ṣa­yā­na­pe­kṣaṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m asti "­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ va­stu­vi­ṣa­yaṃ dvayoḥ" — ity asya vi­ro­dha­ś ca syāt. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tve li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­ni­śca­ya­yo­r a­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­nya­ta­rā­na­rtha­kya­m­, dhūmo 'yaṃ dhūmo 'yam ity e­kā­rtha­ni­śca­ya­yo­r iva. tasmān na svabhāvaḥ svātmani hetur nāpi sva­bhā­vā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. nāsty atra ghaṭa iti jñānaṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­pha­la­m eveti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­0­,3~vya­va­hā­re 'pi sādhye na svabhāvo hetur a­rthā­nta­ra­sā­dhya­tvā­d ity u­kta­m­. tasmāt pū­rva­va­dā­di­bhe­de­nai­va hetos trai­vi­dhya­m­, a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­pra­kā­rā­s tu pū­rva­va­dā­di­ṣv e­vā­nta­rbha­va­nti­. vi­ru­ddha­vyā­pto­pa­la­bdhe­s tu na pa­ro­kta­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­, dhru­va­bhā­vi­no 'pi gha­ṭā­dya­sa­bhā­ga­kṣa­ṇa­sya he­tva­nta­rā­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­. kiṃ tv idam u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m — na he­tva­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣo vināśaḥ kā­la­bhe­de­nai­va pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 29­0­,9~yadi svabhāvaḥ svātmani na hetuḥ kāryam evaiko hetus tarhi prāpto 'nyasya pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­ve­nā­he­tu­tva­m­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 29­0­,17~svabhāvo ni­va­rta­mā­no bhāvaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ti­, yathā — vṛkṣaḥ śiṃśapāṃ śā­khā­di­ma­dvi­śe­ṣa­syai­va tathā pra­si­ddheḥ­, sa tasya sva­bhā­vaḥ­. svaṃ ca svabhāvaṃ pa­ri­tya­jya kathaṃ bhāvo bha­ve­t­? kā­ra­ṇa­m api ni­va­rta­mā­naṃ kāryaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ti­, anyathā tad asya kāryam eva na syāt. siddhas tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ svabhāvaṃ ni­ya­ma­ya­tī­ty u­bha­ya­thā sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­ba­dhyā­d eva ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­0­,26~tasmāt sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­d eva hetuḥ sādhyaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­. sa ca tā­dā­tmya­la­kṣa­ṇa­s ta­du­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇo vā. sa e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vo dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhyāṃ pra­da­rśya­ta ity ataḥ sva­bhā­va­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­vā­n na kā­ra­ṇa­sya­, a­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­sya vā he­tu­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 29­1­,4~a­tro­cya­te — kiṃ kā­rya­tve­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­m­? u­tā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na kā­rya­tva­m iti? na tāvat kā­rya­tve­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­m­; yasmād a­ra­ṇi­ni­rma­ntha­na­kā­rya­tva­m agner asti, na ca ta­da­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­m­; vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. a­gni­pā­ṣā­ṇā­bhi­ghā­tā­di­bhyo 'py agner u­tpā­dā­t­. bī­jo­dbha­va­ka­ndo­dbha­va­ka­da­lyā­di­va­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ra iti cet, na; a­śa­kya­ni­śca­ya­tvā­t­. na hi kaścid evaṃ niścetuṃ śaknoti — a­ra­ṇi­ni­rma­ntha­na­jo 'gnir īdṛśo 'gniḥ, pā­ṣā­ṇā­bhi­ghā­ta­ja­s tv ī­dṛ­śaḥ­, sū­rya­kā­nta­ja­ś cedṛśa iti. na cā­pra­tī­ya­mā­no 'pi viśeṣo 'stīti śakyaṃ ka­lpa­yi­tu­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­thā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na kā­rya­tva­m­, ta­da­si­ddhā­v apy a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­ttva­sya siddheḥ. i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvaṃ vā — yāvan nā­gni­kā­rya­ttvaṃ dhūmasya siddhyati tāvan nā­gnya­vi­nā­bhā­vi­ttva­m­, yāvac ca nā­gnya­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ na tāvad a­gni­kā­rya­tva­m iti. na ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­, kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­s ta­da­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca ka­sya­ci­t prāṇinaḥ ke­na­ci­d ā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vṛddhyādi dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, na ca ka­sya­ci­d vṛ­dhyā­di­nā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣo '­nu­mā­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. mātuḥ kṣīraṃ vā śā­lyo­da­no vā, ko­dra­vā­dī­nāṃ māṃ­sa­ka­nda­pha­lā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­vi­śe­ṣo veti; sarvatra vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. na cā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­kā­ri­taḥ śa­rī­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kaścid a­vya­bhi­cā­ry asti, va­rṇa­lā­va­ṇyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. tan na kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­ne 'py ā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 29­1­,21~nai­vā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ śa­rī­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­pi hetus tathāpi hi —

na hi yasya yam a­nta­re­ṇa bhāvaḥ sa tasya hetur bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 29­1­,26~yady āhāro na hetuḥ, sa kasmāt sa­rva­prā­ṇi­bhiḥ śa­rī­ra­vṛ­ddhi­sthi­tyā­dyā­rthi­bhi­r a­pe­kṣya­te­? bhavaty ā­hā­ra­s taddhetuḥ kiṃ tv ā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣo na hetur iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ sāmānyaṃ hetuḥ? tathā ca sva­kṛ­tā­nta­yu­kti­vi­ro­dha­s te du­rni­vā­raḥ­. tasmād ā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa eva de­ha­vṛ­ddhyā­di­he­tuḥ­. śā­strau­ṣa­dhā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca vra­ṇa­ro­ha­ṇā­di­he­tu­r na ca te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ kāryasya gṛhyate tan na kā­rya­tvā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­2­,4~yac coktam — sakṛd api da­rśa­nā­da­rśa­nā­bhyāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­, tatas ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­r nā­nya­thā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­yo­r niḥ­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­da­rśa­nā­yā­tta­tvā­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; niḥ­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­da­rśa­nā­t sambhave 'py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­. kvacid a­ya­thā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi na sarvatra ta­thā­tva­m­, rū­pā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­syā­pi kvacid a­ya­thā­rtha­tve sa­rva­trā­ya­thā­rtha­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­pi sa­kṛ­dda­rśa­ne 'pi kathaṃ na vya­bhi­cā­rā­śaṃ­kā­? nanv a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 29­2­,13~yeṣām u­pa­la­mbhe ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhaṃ yad u­pa­la­bhya­te ta­trai­kā­bhā­ve 'pi no­pa­la­bhya­te tat tasya kāryaṃ tasya ca sva­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇa bhāve he­tu­ma­ttai­va na syāt tataś ca —

iti, naitad asti; yathā hi de­ha­vṛ­ddhyā­di­kā­rya­sya he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­nta­rā­t tā­dṛ­śa­syai­va bhavato nā­he­tu­ka­tva­m­, tathā dhū­ma­syā­pī­ty a­ni­vṛ­ttai­va he­tva­nta­rā­śa­ṅkā­. kiṃ cā­gni­va­ttṝ­ṇā­syā­pi sa­kṛ­dda­rśa­nā­da­rśa­nā­bhyāṃ he­tu­tva­ni­śca­yā­n na ca ta­da­bhā­ve dhūmo na bha­va­ti­, tasya ghṛtānn a­kā­ṣṭhā­di­to 'pi bhā­vā­t­. da­ha­nā­d api ke­va­lā­d a­bhā­vā­t­. tṛ­ṇā­bhā­ve 'pi kā­ṣṭhā­di­to dhūmasya bhāvān na tṛ­ṇa­he­tu­tva­m iti cet. kā­ṣṭhā­dya­bhā­ve 'pi tṛṇād utpatteḥ kā­ṣṭhā­di­he­tu­ka­tva­m api na syāt. tṛ­ṇa­kā­ṣṭhā­dī­nā­m a­he­tu­tve a­gni­sa­ha­kā­ri­ttva­m api na syāt, a­he­tū­nāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­. kevalo 'gniś ca na dhūmasya hetur ity a­he­tu­ka eva dhūmaḥ prāptaḥ. dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­syai­va tṛṇaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­n na dhū­ma­sye­ti cet, kiṃ tṛ­ṇa­kā­ṣṭhā­di­ja­nya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo 'nyo 'py asti dhūmo ya­syā­gni­r eva hetuḥ syāt? yathā — dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­grī kā­rye­ṇā­nu­mī­ya­ta iti cet, na; anyathā sā­ma­grī­da­rśa­nā­t­. yādṛśī dhūmasya ra­sa­va­tyāṃ sā­ma­grī­, na tādṛśy a­gni­ho­tre­. tathā kvacit kā­ṣṭho­pa­la­kṣi­tā kvacit tṛ­ṇā­dyu­pa­la­kṣi­tā­, tathā de­ha­vṛ­ddhyā­di­he­tu­sā­ma­grī cā­nya­thā­nya­thā dra­ṣṭa­vyā­. de­śa­kā­lā­dya­nya­ta­ma­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye­nā­pi sā­ma­grī­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­t­.

NBhū-YA 29­3­,3~atha ya­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ kāryaṃ yena kā­ra­ṇe­na vyāptaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­, ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m eva tasya liṅgam iti, kathaṃ tarhi sa­kṛ­dda­rśa­nā­d evetthaṃ niścayo bhavaty agniḥ sa­rva­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­hi­ta­syā­pi dhūmasya vyā­pa­kaḥ­, na tṛṇaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ veti. bahuśo 'pi kecit tṛ­ṇā­gni­bhyā­m eva ja­nya­mā­naṃ dhūmaṃ pa­śya­nti­. kecit kā­ṣṭhā­gni­bhyā­m e­ve­ti­. tat kuto 'gner eva vyā­pa­ka­tva­ni­śca­yaḥ­. kiṃ ca yathā sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­ro­pe­te­nā­gni­no­tpā­di­ta­sya dhūmasya na kā­ṣṭhā­ja­nya­tve­nā­dhū­ma­ttva­m­. tathā sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­ro­pe­te­na kāṣṭhena tṛṇena co­tpā­di­ta­sya dhūmasya nā­gnya­ja­nya­tve­nā­dhū­ma­tvaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ti­. tataś ca yad uktam — śa­kra­mū­rddhā­di­r api yadi dhūmaṃ ja­na­ya­ti tato 'gnir eva saḥ. a­thā­sā­v a­na­gni­s tato 'sau dhūmaṃ kathaṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti­? ta­da­pā­sta­m­, atha tṛ­ṇa­ja­ni­to 'pi yo dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa ta­da­bhā­ve na bhavaty evety a­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­. evaṃ tarhy a­gni­ja­nyo 'pi dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣo 'gniṃ mā sma vya­bhi­ca­re­d anyas tu dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣo vya­bhi­ca­ri­ṣya­ti­. tayoś ca vya­bhi­cā­rya­vya­bhi­cā­ri­dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r viveko na lakṣyate tadā kathaṃ dhū­me­nā­gni­r a­nu­mī­ya­te­, de­ha­pu­ṣṭyā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣa­va­t­? nanu cā­na­gni­ja­nyo dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣo '­tṛ­ṇa­ja­nya­va­n na kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tato '­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d evāsau nāstīti kathaṃ nā­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­? kvacin no­pa­la­bhya­ta ity etad a­sa­rva­vi­dā­va­ga­ntu kathaṃ pā­rya­te­? yathā tā­rṇa­dhū­mo­pa­la­mbha­kā­le '­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­no 'pi kā­ṣṭhā­di­ja­ni­to dhūmaḥ kā­lā­nta­re­ṇo­pa­la­mbhā­d api na nāsti ghṛ­ta­nā­ri­ke­la­drā­kṣā­di­ja­nya­ś ca dhūmaḥ kaiścit ki­rā­tā­di­bhiḥ sa­rva­dā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi na nāsti, anyair a­nya­tro­pa­la­mbhā­t­, ta­thā­na­gni­ja­nyo 'pi dhūmaḥ kaiścit kvacid u­pa­la­psya­te a­sma­dā­di­bhi­r vā ka­dā­ci­d iti. tan nā­gni­ja­nya­sva­bhā­va eva dhūmaḥ. kiṃ ca ci­ra­ni­vṛ­tte 'py agnau go­pā­la­gha­ṭi­kā­dau dhū­ma­ja­nya­sva­bhā­va­syā­pi dhū­ma­syo­pa­la­mbhā­t pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa vā de­hā­da­yo 'py a­gni­ja­nyā iti. nāpy a­gni­ja­nyo dhūma eva, bha­smā­de­r apy a­gni­ja­nya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 29­3­,25~nāpi dhū­ma­ja­na­ka­sva­bhā­va e­vā­gniḥ­, a­yo­go­la­kā­ṅgā­rā­dya­va­sthā­yāṃ dhū­mā­ja­na­ka­syā­py a­gni­tvā­t­. nāpi dhū­ma­ja­na­ko 'gnir eva, kā­ṣṭhā­de­r apy a­gni­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­ma­te kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ si­ddhya­tī­ty a­bhi­dhā­syā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­3­,29~api ca dhū­me­nā­gniḥ kim atīta eva jñā­pya­te­? kiṃ vā ta­tsa­mā­na­kā­laḥ­? atha prāpyo 'gnir iti? yady atīta eva jñā­pya­te­, tadā vyartham a­nu­mā­na­m­, na hy a­tī­te­na kaścid arthaḥ sā­dhya­te­. "­a­rtha­kri­yā­rthī sarvaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ ce­tyā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, na hy ā­myā­m­" — ity a­vi­ro­dha­ś cety ato nā­tī­ta­jñā­pa­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. etena dhū­ma­sa­mā­na­kā­lā­gnya­nu­mā­naṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­. dhū­ma­sa­mā­na­kā­la­syā­py agner a­na­va­sthā­yi­tve­na pra­vṛ­tti­prā­ptyo­r a­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­vā­di­ma­te tu — jñā­na­sa­mā­na­kā­lā­rtha­sya kasyāpi pra­vṛ­tti­prā­pti­vi­ṣa­tvaṃ nāstīti sa­rva­syā­pi va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­jñā­pa­ka­syā­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ prā­pta­m­. na vā sa­mā­na­kā­la­yoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo 'sty akāryaṃ cā­rthā­nta­ra­sya liṅgaṃ tvayā nai­ve­ṣṭa­m­. prā­pya­syā­py a­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d e­vā­na­nu­me­ya­tva­m­. atha ta­jjā­tī­ya­sya ta­tsa­ntā­na­sya vā kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, prā­ptyā­rtha­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m u­cya­te­; gauṇaṃ tarhi kāraṇaṃ nā­nu­me­yaṃ yu­kta­m­, na hi de­va­da­tta­kṛ­taṃ kā­vya­śā­strā­di­kā­ryaṃ ta­tpu­tra­pau­trā­di­ka­m a­nu­mā­pa­ya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 29­4­,12~kiṃ cā­gni­kā­ryaṃ bhasmāpi bha­va­ti­. na ca ta­tsa­mā­na­kā­laṃ prāpyaṃ vāgniṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. e­te­nai­ta­d api ni­ra­sta­m­, yad āha —

NBhū-YA 29­4­,16~ya­the­ndha­na­vi­kā­ro­pā­dā­na­sa­ha­kā­rya­gni­nā janito dhūmas ta­thā­bhū­ta­m agnim a­nu­mā­pa­ya­nni­ndha­na­vi­kā­ra­m apy a­nu­mā­pa­ya­ti­. tathā rū­pa­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo rasād utpanno rasas ta­thā­bhū­ta­m eva rasam a­nu­mā­pa­ya­n rūpam apy a­nu­mā­pa­ya­tī­ti­. etena pi­pī­li­ko­tsa­ra­ṇa­ma­tsya­vi­kā­rā­de­r va­rṣā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ vyā­khyā­ta­m­, tatrāpi bhū­ta­pa­ri­ṇā­ma eva kaścid va­rṣā­he­tu­pi­pī­li­kā­saṃ­kṣo­bhā­di­he­tu­r iti. evaṃ tarhi pi­pī­li­ko­tsa­ra­ṇā­di­sa­mā­na­kā­lai­va vṛṣṭiḥ syād e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tvā­t­, rū­pa­ra­sā­di­va­t­, tataś ca pra­tya­kṣai­va vṛṣṭis ta­lli­ṅga­va­t tadānīṃ vṛṣṭer a­nu­pa­la­mbha­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t pi­pī­li­ko­tsa­ra­ṇā­di­li­ṅge­na ca bha­vi­ṣya­ntī­m eva vṛṣṭim a­nu­mi­nva­nty a­nu­mā­tā­ra­s tayoś cai­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. na cai­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­na­tve 'py a­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vāsti ya­ma­la­ka­yo­r apy e­ka­sā­ma­gryā­dhī­na­tve­na tathā bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. api cā­rka­syo­da­ye­nā­he­tu­r a­svā­tma­bhū­ta­ś ca bha­vi­ṣya­nn a­sta­ma­yo '­nu­mī­ya­te­. candrasya śu­kla­pa­kṣe pra­ti­di­naṃ vṛddhiḥ, kṛ­ṣṇa­pa­kṣe cā­pa­ca­ya­ntya­s tathā de­ha­gha­ṭā­nāṃ vi­nā­śaḥ­, kṣa­ṇa­saṃ­jña­ko vi­sa­dṛ­śa­kṣa­ṇo­tpā­dā­khyo vā. a­ri­ṣṭā­bhi­jñai­ś ca kā­la­saṃ­khya­yā­pi mṛtyur a­nu­mī­ya­te­. jyo­ti­śśā­stra­jñai­ś ca ka­sya­ci­n ni­mi­tta­sya da­rśa­ne­na so­ma­gra­hā­di­r ity e­va­ma­nu­mā­naṃ tā­dā­tmya­ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­ve 'pi na vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti ka­dā­ci­d vya­bhi­ca­ri­ṣya­tī­ty ā­śaṃ­kā­yāṃ sa­rva­trā­nā­śvā­sa­pra­sa­ṅga iti. na ca ni­ṣpa­nnā­ni­ṣpa­nna­yo­s tādātmyaṃ nāpy a­ni­ṣpa­nnā­d u­tpa­tti­s tatra bha­vi­ṣya­d a­nu­mā­pa­ka­sya svabhāve kārye vā­nta­rbhā­vaḥ­. bha­vi­ṣya­ty arthe pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­va iti bruvata ebhir e­vā­nu­mā­nai­r vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­5­,10~kiṃ ce­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­yoḥ prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthā pravṛttiḥ pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ na syāt. na hi dha­rmā­di­pha­lā­nā­m a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­va­ni­śca­ye tadarthaṃ siddhasya dha­na­dā­rā­de­r arthasya tyāgo yuktaḥ. tyāge hy a­pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syād iti. a­pa­ra­s tv āha — ya­dā­rthā­nta­ra­vyā­pa­kaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m­, vyāpyaṃ ca kā­rya­m­, tena yayoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­va­s tayor e­ka­kā­la­yo­r bhi­nna­kā­la­yo­r vā pa­ra­spa­raṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­, yatra tu vi­ṣa­ma­vyā­pti­r a­gni­dhū­mā­di­va­t­, tatra kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo 'pi na; pa­ra­spa­raṃ vyā­pya­syai­va kā­rya­tvā­d iti, naitad asti; sva­pa­ri­bhā­ṣā­mā­tra­tvā­t­. na hi loke śāstre vā kvacid vyā­pa­ka­tva­mā­tre­ṇa sa­ha­bhā­vi­no '­nā­ga­ta­sya vā kasyāpi kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yad yasya janakaṃ tat tasya kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. na ca pa­ra­spa­raṃ ja­nya­ja­na­ka­bhā­vo 'sti; i­ta­re­ta­rā­si­ddha­tve­no­bha­yo­r apy a­nu­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­si­ddha­syā­pi ja­na­ka­tve svā­tma­ja­na­ka­tva­m api syād, vyā­pa­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. tasmād yad vyā­pā­rā­na­na­nta­raṃ yad u­tpa­dya­te­, tat tasya kā­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 29­5­,22~yac coktam — "­su­ṣu­pta­sya ciram u­tthi­ta­sya ye vi­ka­lpā­s teṣāṃ pū­rvā­bhyā­sā­d utpādo na syād a­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­tvā­bhā­vā­d­" iti, tatra pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­dyu­pa­kṛ­tā­t saṃ­skā­rā­t ta­du­tpā­da iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. bhavatāṃ bhavatv ayaṃ doṣaḥ, saṃ­skā­rā­de­r api sthi­ra­syā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 29­5­,27~yat punar etat — "na ca vyāpāra u­tpā­da­ś ca sva­rū­pā­d anyaḥ, tataḥ sva­rū­pā­t sva­rū­pa­m iti prā­pta­m­" na; vā­dā­nta­ra­tvā­t­, idam atra vyā­vṛ­ta­m idam asmād u­tpa­nna­m ity asti tāvad iyaṃ lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, sa ca vyāpāra u­tpā­da­ś cā­rthā­nta­ra­m a­na­rthā­nta­raṃ ceti vā­dā­nta­ra­m e­ta­t­. nanv a­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­ttve­na kā­ra­ṇa­ttve trai­lo­kya­syā­py a­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­ttvaṃ syāt. na ca sambandhaḥ kaścin ni­yā­ma­ko 'sti, bhi­nna­kā­la­tvā­t­. na khalu kā­ra­ṇa­kā­le kāryaṃ sva­rū­pa­to 'sti, "nāpi kā­rya­kā­le kāraṇaṃ pū­rva­ka­m api sva­rū­pa­to 'sti. a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­mā­traṃ tu bhāviny api vi­dya­te­. atha dṛṣṭaṃ bhūtaṃ vā yat, ta­dvyā­pa­kaṃ sa­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ na tu bhā­vī­ti­, a­tro­cya­te —

NBhū-YA 29­6­,8~dṛ­śya­mā­naṃ hi na tāvatā vyāpakaṃ vyāpyasya ta­dā­nī­m a­pra­tī­teḥ­. yadā ca vyā­pya­pra­tī­ti­s tadā ta­dbhā­vi­bhū­ta­rū­pe­ṇa vyā­pa­ka­m anyathā bhā­vi­sva­rū­pā­gra­ha­ṇe vyāpitā syāt. atha yenaiva sva­rū­pe­ṇa dṛṣṭaṃ tenaiva vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, na bhā­vi­rū­pe­ṇe­ti­, tad a­sa­d­; yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 29­6­,14~bhū­ta­bha­vi­ṣya­tkā­la­vyā­pi­tve­na hi pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­, nā­nya­thā­. sā ca vyāptir dṛṣṭasya dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­syā­pi sa­mā­nā­, dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­sya kathaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­? dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­pi ta­dā­nī­m a­sa­tvā­t­. katham iti sa­mā­na­m­. sattvāt ced, dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­syā­pi sā. tadā nety etad api sa­mā­na­m­. pūrvatā cet, kaḥ pū­rva­pa­ra­yoḥ svabhāve vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? dvayam apy ā­ro­pi­tā­kā­re­ṇa gṛhyate nā­pa­re­ṇe­ti na bhedaḥ. athaikaṃ pū­rva­rū­pa­ta­yā dṛṣṭam ā­ro­pya­te­, aparaṃ dra­kṣya­mā­ṇa­ta­yā pa­ra­rū­pa­ta­yā ca tena dvayor api nāsti kā­ra­ṇa­te­ti­;

NBhū-YA 29­6­,23~yena vinā yan na bha­va­ti­, tat tasya kā­ra­ṇa­m­. yathā ca kā­ra­ṇa­sya pū­rva­bhā­vaṃ vinā kāryaṃ na bha­va­ti­, ta­thā­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­naḥ kāryasya pa­ra­bhā­vaṃ vinā na kāraṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ti samānaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­ba­ndha­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 29­6­,28~na khalu vyāpitāṃ vya­ti­re­kaṃ ca vyu­da­syā­pa­ra­m atra jagati ni­ba­ndha­na­m u­pa­la­bhā­ma­he­. tac ca kā­ra­ṇa­va­da­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­naḥ kā­rya­syā­py asti te­no­bha­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­" iti.

NBhū-YA 29­7­,4~tad etad a­sa­cchā­strā­bhyā­sa­vi­va­rddhi­ta­ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m­, na hi kaścid a­nā­ga­tā­bhyāṃ naṣṭābhyāṃ vā pitṛbhyāṃ putro janyata ity a­vi­na­ṣṭa­dhīḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te nāpi pi­tṛ­va­t ta­tkā­la­va­rti­nā­m a­nye­ṣā­m api kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pitror eva, tena putreṇa saha ja­nya­ja­na­ka­sa­mba­ndho­pa­la­mbhā­t­. pi­trā­dyu­pa­la­mbha­va­tsa­mba­ndho­pa­la­mbha­syā­pi vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­n na bhrā­nta­tva­m­. sa ca sambandhaḥ kim a­rthā­nta­ra­m­? u­tā­na­rthā­nta­ra­m iti? vā­dā­nta­ra­m e­ta­t­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­s tāvat tva­yā­pī­ṣṭaḥ­. sa ca vya­va­ha­rtṛ­pra­si­ddhyā­, na sva­pa­ri­bhā­ṣā­mā­tre­ṇa vya­va­ha­rttā­ra­ś ca vi­dya­mā­na­syai­va kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­; yataḥ kā­ryā­rthi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv a­nu­tpa­nne­ṣu naṣṭeṣu ca kāryaṃ no­tpa­dya­ta iti ma­nya­mā­nāḥ kā­ra­ṇā­ṇy u­pā­da­da­te­. yadi punar a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­ny api kā­ra­ṇā­ṇi kāryaṃ ja­na­ya­nti­, tat kim arthaṃ kā­ryā­rthi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇā­ni va­rta­mā­nī­ka­rtuṃ pra­va­rta­nte­? tasmād va­rta­mā­nā­ny eva kā­ra­ṇā­ni kāryam u­tpā­da­ya­nti­. kā­ryo­tpa­dya­mā­na­tā­kā­le santy eva kā­ra­ṇā­ni­, kā­rya­kā­le tu bhavantu vā mā bhūvann iti. kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ kā­rya­kā­le 'pi kā­ra­ṇā­va­sthā­ne nāsti vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 29­7­,18~kiṃ cā­nā­ga­ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve sarvadā tataḥ kā­ryo­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­drū­pa­sya prāk sa­rva­dā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. na­ṣṭa­syā­pi ja­na­ka­tve nāśād ūrdhvaṃ tataḥ sarvadā kā­ryo­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­drū­pā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. ta­drū­pe­ṇai­va ca śa­kta­tvā­t­, śaktasya ca kṣe­pā­yo­gā­t­. sa­ha­kā­rya­pe­kṣa­sya ja­na­ka­tvaṃ cet, na; a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r a­nu­pa­kā­rya­tve­na sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ya­rthyā­t­, u­pa­kā­rya­tve co­pa­kā­ra­syo­pa­kā­ryā­d a­bhi­nna­tvā­t tayoḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­bhya u­tpā­de­na va­rta­mā­na­tā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ cā­rtha­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d vastuna ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r ja­na­ka­tve­na sa­tva­m­, satvena ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ pra­sa­kta­m­, tataś ca kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­m a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­tā ca syāt, kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­d va­rta­mā­na­tā­va­t­. kiṃ cā­nā­ga­tā­va­sthā­yāṃ kāryaṃ kṛtvā punar va­rta­mā­nā­va­sthā­yāṃ ka­ro­tī­ty ekasya ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ syāt, tataś cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ syād ekasya ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­tva­m eva hy a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 29­8­,3~yac cedam uktam — bhū­ta­bha­vi­ṣya­tkā­la­vyā­pi­tve­na hi pra­tī­ya­mā­naṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­, nā­nya­the­ti­, tac ca na; na hy evaṃ kaścit kāraṇaṃ pra­tye­ti­. svātmano 'pi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­ś coktaḥ. kiṃ ca kā­ra­ṇa­kā­rya­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­m a­nta­re­ṇā­vi­nā­bhā­vo na si­ddhya­tī­ty āha kīrtiḥ, tvayā punar vi­pa­rī­taṃ kalpitaṃ tathā ca yady ādau vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, na tarhi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­ni­ba­ndha­nā­vi­nā­bhā­va­pra­tī­tiḥ­. atha nādāv a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­tya­te na tarhi vyā­pi­tva­vya­ti­re­ka­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­ne ni­mi­tta­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 29­8­,10~yat punar etat — kāryasya pa­ra­bhā­vaṃ vinā kāraṇaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pa­ra­bhū­te kārye '­nu­tpa­nne 'py utpannaṃ kāraṇaṃ kathaṃ tena vinā na bhū­ta­m­? na hi yad u­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ yasya sattāṃ nā­pe­kṣa­te tat tasyāpi kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. agner api hi na vyā­pa­ka­tva­mā­tre­ṇa pū­rva­bhā­va­mā­tre­ṇa vā kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, kiṃ tu kā­ra­ṇā­nta­re­ṣu satsv api yāvat ta­trā­gni­r na bhavati tāvat tatra dhūmo no­tpa­dya­ta ity agneḥ sā­ma­rthyā­va­ga­tiḥ­. na caivam a­nā­ga­ta­sya sāmarthyaṃ ga­mya­te­. vyā­pa­ka­tva­mā­tre­ṇa vṛkṣo 'pi śiṃ­śa­pā­kā­ra­ṇaṃ syāt. vya­ti­ri­kta­tve satīti vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ na ka­rta­vya­m­. svātmano 'pi ya­dvyā­pa­kaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m e­vā­stu­. svātmanaḥ kāraṇaṃ lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇā­m a­pra­si­ddha­tvā­n neṣyata iti cet, a­nā­ga­tā­dy api tarhi ne­ṣṭa­vya­m­; na hi tatrāpi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­si­ddhi­r asti. tasmān nā­nā­ga­ta­m api kāraṇaṃ ta­trā­nā­ga­ta­sya pa­ra­lo­kā­de­r a­nu­mā­naṃ kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne '­nta­rbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 29­8­,22~nāpi vṛ­kṣa­tva­śiṃ­śa­pā­tvā­de­s tā­dā­tmya­m asty u­kta­nyā­yā­t­. atha ca ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vo 'sti. kiṃ ca sā­mā­nya­yo­r ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vaḥ­, na ca tayos tā­dā­tmya­m­, tādātmye hi śiṃ­śa­pā­tva­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­ni­śca­ya eva vṛ­kṣa­tvā­ni­tya­tvā­di­ni­śca­yaḥ syāt, na hi bhi­nna­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­yo­s tādātmyaṃ yu­kta­m­. vastuni ca tādātmye 'pi nā­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­vi­ka­lpa­yo­s ta­trā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, sambhave vā li­ṅga­ni­śca­ya eva li­ṅgi­ni­śca­yaḥ syāt, a­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. yena ca pra­kā­re­ṇa bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, tena tā­dā­tmya­m api nastīty a­nu­mā­naṃ na syāt.

NBhū-YA 29­8­,29~kiṃ ca vṛ­kṣa­śiṃ­śa­pa­yo­s tā­dā­tmyā­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­pa­rya­ye 'pi ga­mya­ga­ma­ka­bhā­vaḥ syāt. na hy aṃśena tā­dā­tya­m­. tā­dā­tmyā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi vyā­pa­kāṃ­śa­syai­va ga­mya­tva­m­, vyā­pyāṃ­śa­syā­nu­ga­ma­ka­tva­m eveti cet, na; ni­raṃ­śa­tvā­d e­kā­tma­naḥ­, sāṃśatve vā tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. ekaṃ ca tad vastu vyāpakaṃ vā syād vyāpyaṃ veti. etena vṛ­kṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ vṛ­kṣa­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vā ta­nmā­trā­nu­ba­ndhi­tvaṃ vā śiṃ­śa­pā­yāḥ­, na tu ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­tvaṃ ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vā ta­nmā­trā­nu­ba­ndhi­tvaṃ vā vṛ­kṣa­sye­ti niyamaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. vṛkṣo vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti na śiṃ­śa­pe­ti cet, tādātmye 'pi yadi vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, śiṃśapā na vya­bhi­ca­ri­ṣya­tī­ti kā pra­tyā­śā­? atha vṛkṣo '­śiṃ­śa­pā­sva­bhā­vo 'stīti tenāsau vya­bhi­cā­rī­, a­vṛ­kṣa­sva­bhā­vā śiṃśapā nāstīti kiṃ ni­rśe­ṣa­da­rśa­naṃ te 'sti? sāpi hi vṛ­kṣa­va­du­bha­ya­sva­bhā­vā śaṃ­kye­ta­. yathā kvacid deśe nī­lo­tpa­la­m evāsti tatas ta­dde­śa­jaiḥ sarvair apy a­nyā­dṛ­śo­tpa­lā­da­rśa­ne­na nī­la­sva­bhā­va­m e­vo­tpa­la­m iti vya­va­sthā­pi­ta­m­, na tathaiva bha­va­ti­. tasmāt "­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d vā sva­bhā­vā­d vā" ityādy a­yu­kta­m eva. tathā "­a­nya­thai­ka­ni­vṛ­ttyā­" — ityādy api na yu­kta­m­, vyā­pa­ka­ni­vṛ­ttau hi vyā­pya­ni­vṛ­tti­r vyā­pya­sa­nni­dhā­nā­c ca vyā­pa­ka­sya sa­nni­dhi­r bha­va­ti­. na ca ga­vā­śvā­dī­nāṃ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vo 'sti. atha ga­vā­śvā­di­va­d bhede sati na ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vaḥ prā­pno­tī­ty u­cya­te­, tādātmye saty api tarhi nī­lo­tpa­la­tvā­di­va­n na kvacid api syāt. kiṃ ca bhede sati ga­vā­śvā­di­va­d a­gni­dhū­mā­dī­nāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bha­vo 'pi na syāt. a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pītthaṃ sva­bhā­ve­na niyataṃ vastu kiṃcid eva ka­sya­ci­d vyā­pa­ka­m­, na sarvaṃ sa­rva­sye­ty alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­. ta­tsi­ddha­m etad a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kyā­di­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pa­rā­bhi­pre­ta­trai­vi­dhya­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­n na tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­di­bhe­da­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 29­9­,21~kathaṃ punaḥ kā­ra­ṇe­na kāryam a­nu­mī­ya­te­? na hy avaśyaṃ hetavaḥ pha­la­va­nto bha­va­nti­, a­nta­rā­le pra­ti­ba­ndha­vai­ka­lya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. sā­ma­grī­kā­le 'pi nā­nu­mā­na­m­, li­ṅga­da­rśa­nā­na­nta­ra­m eva kā­rya­ni­ṣpa­tteḥ tadā na kāryaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m eva syāt. na vā­pra­ti­ba­ndha­sā­ma­grī­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ kāraṇaṃ niścetuṃ śa­kya­te­, na cā­ni­ści­taṃ liṅgaṃ si­ddhya­ṅga­m iti. a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvan nāvaśyaṃ hetavaḥ pha­la­va­nta iti, tan na; ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­va­śya­pha­la­tvā­t­. na khalu sa­rva­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ kā­ryā­nu­mā­pa­ka­tvaṃ brūmaḥ, kiṃ tarhi? yad eva kāraṇaṃ ya­thā­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ yat kāryaṃ na vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, tenaiva ta­thā­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ta­tkā­rya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­, yathā — me­dha­vi­śe­ṣa­jñā medhena vi­śi­ṣṭe­na vṛṣṭim a­nu­mi­nva­nti­. na cā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­pi vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca ta­da­bhyā­sā­da­ra­pra­tya­yai­s ta­tkā­rya­sya saṃ­skā­ra­syā­nu­mā­na­m­, ta­tsaṃ­skā­re­ṇa vāyuṣi niścite bhāvinī smṛtir a­nu­mī­ya­te­, hiṃ­sā­di­bhi­ś cā­dha­rmo­tpa­tti­r vi­śi­ṣṭe­na parasya śa­rī­ra­dā­ha­cche­dā­di­nā duḥ­kho­tpa­tti­r ity evam a­nya­trā­pi kā­ra­ṇe­na kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­m ū­hya­m­. yat punar etat —

NBhū-YA 30­0­,11~ta­dvyā­mū­ḍha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m­, kā­ryo­tpā­do hi kā­rya­dha­rmaḥ­, sa kathaṃ he­tu­sva­bhā­vaḥ syāt? na hi he­tu­kā­rya­yo­s tādātmyaṃ yu­kta­m­, kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­yo­gya­tā tv a­sa­ma­grā­d api hetor a­nu­mī­ya­te­. kā­ryā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tā sa­ma­gra­syai­ve­ti cet, sāvaśyaṃ tarhi kāryam apy a­nu­mā­pa­ya­tī­ti siddhaṃ kā­ra­ṇe­na kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­m­. na­dī­pū­rā­di­kā­rye­ṇa bhū­ta­va­rṣā­di­ka­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­, pi­pī­li­kā­ṇḍa­saṃ­ca­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa bha­vi­ṣya­dva­rṣā­nu­mā­na­m ity e­va­mā­dya­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 30­0­,18~atha vā pū­rva­va­d ity a­kā­ra­ṇe­nā­pi pū­rva­ni­ṣpa­nne­no­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­no '­nu­mā­na­m­. ta­dvi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­nu­mā­naṃ tu śe­ṣa­va­d ity u­cya­te­. dvayor ekaḥ kālaḥ sā­mā­nya­m­, tena dṛṣṭaṃ sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ li­ṅga­sa­mā­na­kā­la­tve­na dṛṣṭam ity arthaḥ. e­ta­smi­n pakṣe pi­pī­li­kā­di­nā va­rṣā­nu­mā­naṃ pū­rva­va­d eva, sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭo­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ tu rū­pa­ra­sā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­ni­tya­tvā­dya­nu­mā­naṃ veti.

NBhū-YA 30­0­,23~atha vā pūrvaṃ ni­ṣpa­nna­m a­nu­me­yaṃ ya­syā­sti­, ta­tpū­rva­va­t­, yathā — na­dī­pū­ra­da­rśa­nā­d a­bhū­ta­vṛ­ṣṭi­r ity a­nu­mā­na­m­. pi­pī­li­kā­di­nā va­rṣā­nu­mā­naṃ tu śe­ṣa­va­t­. sā­mā­nya­to­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ tu tad e­ve­ti­. ke­va­lā­nva­yā­di­bhe­do 'pi pū­rva­va­dā­de­r evārtha iti vyā­khyā­ta­m­. ta­sye­dā­nīṃ la­kṣa­ṇo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ sva­rū­pa­pra­ka­ṭa­nā­rtha­m u­pa­nyā­saḥ­.

NBhū-YA 30­1­,14~tatra pa­ñca­rū­po '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī­, rūpāṇi tu — pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­, sapakṣe sa­tva­m­, vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, a­vā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­, a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ ceti. tatra sā­dhya­dha­rma­vi­śi­ṣṭo dharmī pakṣaḥ, tatra vyā­pya­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ hetoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­. tatra tasmin pakṣe vyāpya va­rta­te­, na tu pa­kṣai­ka­de­śe­, sa vyā­pya­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ka ity arthaḥ. sā­dhya­sa­mā­na­dha­rmā dharmī sa­pa­kṣaḥ­, tasmin sapakṣe sa­rva­smi­nn e­ka­de­śe­na vā hetoḥ vṛttiḥ sapakṣe sa­ttva­m­. sā­dhya­vyā­vṛ­tta­dha­rmā dharmī vi­pa­kṣaḥ­, tatra sa­rva­smi­n vipakṣe hetor a­vṛ­tti­r vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­. pra­mā­ṇā­vi­ro­dhi­ni pra­ti­jñā­rthe hetor vṛttir a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­. sā­dhya­ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­yoḥ sā­dha­na­syā­tri­rū­pa­tva­m a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­m­. sa dvi­vi­dhaḥ­. so '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kī dvividhaḥ — sa­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­bhe­dā­t­. tadyathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ kā­rya­tvā­d iti sa­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ­, sā­mā­nya­va­ttve saty a­sma­dā­di­bā­hye­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­d iti sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r iti. pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­r a­vi­dya­mā­na­vi­pa­kṣaḥ ke­va­lā­nva­yī­, sa pū­rva­va­d dvi­vi­dhaḥ­, a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­va­t sa­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­bhe­dā­d dvividha ity arthaḥ. tadyathā — vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­tā­ny a­dṛ­ṣṭā­dī­ni­, ka­sya­ci­t pra­tya­kṣā­ṇi pra­me­ya­tvā­t ka­ra­ta­lā­ma­la­ka­va­d ity ayaṃ sa­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko hetuḥ. tasminn eva pra­ti­jñā­rthe mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nā­m a­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­d a­sma­tsu­khā­di­va­d ity ayaṃ hetuḥ sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 30­2­,9~nanu ca vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­ve '­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va eva na syāt. tena vinā na bha­va­tī­ty ayam eva hi vya­ti­re­kaḥ­. sā­dhyā­bhā­vo hi vi­pa­kṣaḥ­, ta­trā­va­śyaṃ sā­dha­na­syā­sa­ttvaṃ khyā­pa­nī­ya­m­, anyathā sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ syāt. atha sā­dhyā­bhā­va­sya kha­pu­ṣpā­de­r niḥ­sva­bhā­va­tvā­d a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­pā­dā­nā­di­bhā­vo '­nu­pa­pa­nna­s tena hetor na tatra sattvaṃ tato ni­vṛ­tti­r veti tat kim idānīṃ vṛttir astu sāpi neti cet, na; tat kim idānīṃ mūkena bha­vi­ta­vya­m­? tad āha —

tasmān na ke­va­lā­nva­yī hetur a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 30­2­,25~tad etad a­yu­kta­m — yat tāvad vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­ve '­vi­nā­bhā­vo na syād iti, tan na; vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vo hy a­vi­nā­bhā­va u­cya­te­. sa ca ke­va­lā­nva­yi­no 'py asti. śa­bda­vyu­tpa­ttya­sa­mbha­va­mā­tre­ṇā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt, tathā hi — pra­ti­ga­ta­m akṣam iti vyu­tpa­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­n mā­na­sā­di­tra­yaṃ pratyakṣaṃ na syāt, a­ga­cchaṃ­ś ca gaur na syāt. tasmāl la­kṣa­ṇa­va­śā­d eva ta­ttva­vya­va­sthā­sā­dhye­na sā­dha­na­sya vyāptir a­vi­nā­bhā­va uktaḥ, so 'trāpy asty e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 30­3­,5~yac coktam — sā­dhyā­bhā­ve hetor a­sa­ttva­m eva vya­ti­re­ka­s ta­da­khyā­pa­ne ca sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; vipakṣe hi sati kiṃ tatra hetur asti? na vā? ity āṃ­śa­kā­pi syāt. na cātra vipakṣo 'sti, sa­rva­syā­pi sa­da­sa­drū­pa­sya pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. kha­pu­ṣpā­de­ś ca sa­drū­pa­tve­nā­sa­drū­pa­tve­na vā pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tve sā­dhya­tva­m eva, a­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tve vā kathaṃ tasya sā­dhyā­bhā­va­tvaṃ vi­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­dya­te­? na cā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­sya vi­pa­kṣa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. nāpi tatra hetoḥ sattvam asattvaṃ vā ci­ntya­te­. na hi na­khā­gra­sthe ha­sti­yū­the hetuḥ kim asti? na veti? bu­ddhi­ma­nto vi­cā­ra­m ā­dri­ya­nte­. yadi punar a­pra­mā­ṇa­ke­ṣu kha­pu­ṣpā­di­ṣu hetur nāstīty asyaiva vya­ti­re­ka­saṃ­jñā kri­ya­te­, bhavatv e­vaṃ­vi­dhe­na vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­yaṃ vya­ti­re­kī kin tū­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā­d vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­tti­r astīti ke­va­lā­nva­yī ka­thya­te­. vi­pa­kṣa­syā­pi lakṣaṇe dha­rmi­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ka­lpi­ta­sya ta­dbhā­va­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ko hy arthaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­tve­na loke pra­si­ddhaḥ­. tasmād u­kta­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­pa­kṣā­bhā­vo yasya sa ke­va­lā­nva­yī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 30­3­,18~ni­vṛ­tti­r yadi tasmin ne­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅga­s tu bhavata eva siddhāntaṃ bādhate — kṣaṇād ūrdhvaṃ nivṛttau va­stu­na­s tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­da­ni­vṛ­ttau ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ta­du­bha­yā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu '­vi­dhā­naṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaṃ ca' ityādi bā­dha­ka­m­. nañartho 'pi tavaiva pralayaṃ gataḥ, yena sato '­pa­ra­ma­bhā­vaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­si­. yasya ca hetor vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­na ga­ma­ka­tva­m­, ta­syā­va­śyaṃ vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­śra­ya e­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­, anyathā va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa vya­ti­re­kā­pra­tī­teḥ­, pratītau vā­nva­ya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­śra­yo 'pi ne­ṣṭa­vya­s tadbhāve tad astīti va­ca­nā­d eva ta­dga­ti­r bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti­. tasmāt sa­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­syā­vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­bhā­vā­t ke­va­lā­nva­yi­no na vya­ti­re­ki­tvaṃ nāpy a­he­tu­tva­m­, pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ka­tve saty a­vā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­yā­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tve ca sati sapakṣe va­rta­mā­na­tvā­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 30­3­,29~a­vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko vi­pa­kṣā­d vyāvṛttaḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­. yathā — sa­rva­vi­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­kaṃ sarvaṃ kāryaṃ kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­t­, yat sa­rva­vi­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­kaṃ na bha­va­ti­, tan na kā­dā­ci­tka­m­, yathā — a­kā­śā­di­. tathā sātmakaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­raṃ prā­ṇā­di­ma­tvā­t­, yan na sātmakaṃ na ta­tprā­ṇā­di­ma­t­, yathā lo­ṣṭhā­di­. pra­sa­ṅga­dvā­re­ṇa vā pra­yu­jya­te — nedaṃ ni­rā­tma­kaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­m­, a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, lo­ṣṭha­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 30­4­,9~nanu ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmi­ṇi dṛṣṭo dharmas ta­dvyā­pte­na hetunā sā­dhya­dha­rmi­ṇi vi­dhī­ya­te vā pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te vā, na cātmā kvacit prā­ṇā­di­vyā­pa­ka­tve­na dṛṣṭaḥ, tat kathaṃ jī­va­ccha­rī­re­ṣu prā­ṇā­dyu­pa­la­mbhā­d ā­tma­si­ddhiḥ­? ta­nni­vṛ­ttau ca gha­ṭā­di­ṣu prā­ṇā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti? a­thā­prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttve­na vyāptaṃ gha­ṭā­di­ṣu nairātmyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tena jī­va­ccha­rī­re­ṣv a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­ni­vṛ­ttau nai­rā­tmya­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti, naitad asti; a­dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­bhā­vā­si­ddhau gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ nai­rā­tmyā­si­ddheḥ­. pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t siddhir iti cet, katham i­dā­nī­m ā­tma­si­ddhiḥ pa­ra­syā­py a­prā­mā­ṇi­kā­? kathaṃ nai­rā­tmya­si­ddhiḥ­? a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­mā­tre­ṇa ca ta­tsi­ddhā­vā­ga­mi­ka­tva­m ātmani pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ syān nā­nu­me­ya­tva­m­. tasmād a­da­rśa­ne 'py ātmano ni­vṛ­ttya­si­ddheḥ prā­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­si­ddha­pra­ti­ba­ndha­tvā­n nā­tma­ni­vṛ­ttā­v eva ta­nni­vṛ­tti­si­ddhi­r ity a­ga­ma­ka­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 30­5­,2~atraike pa­ri­ha­ra­nti — gha­ṭā­di­ṣv ātmanā sa­mba­ndha­mā­traṃ nai­rā­tmya­m a­trā­bhi­pre­taṃ na tu ta­dra­hi­ta­tva­m­, ni­tya­vyā­pi­tvā­d ātmanaḥ tatsattvaṃ ve­cchā­di­s tatra siddhaṃ tasya jī­va­ccha­rī­re vya­ti­re­ki­ṇā prā­ṇā­di­ja­na­na­sa­ma­rthaḥ sambandhaḥ sā­dhya­te­. na ni­rā­tma­ka­m ity a­syā­ya­m arthaḥ — na sa­mba­ndha­mā­tro­pe­ta­m iti. gha­ṭā­di­va­da­prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. gha­ṭā­di­ṣu ca nairātmyaṃ prā­ṇā­dya­nu­tpa­ttyai­va ni­ści­ta­m iti. te tv evaṃ praṣṭavyāḥ — prā­ṇā­dya­nu­tpa­ttiḥ kim a­nva­ya­sā­ma­rthye­na gha­ṭā­di­ṣu nairātmyaṃ ga­ma­ya­ty āho svid vya­ti­re­ka­sā­ma­rthye­ne­ti­? kiṃ cātaḥ? sarvatra nairātmyaṃ syād ā­tma­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­va­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­n na kvacid a­nva­ya­si­ddhiḥ­. a­nu­mā­ne­nai­vā­na­va­sthā syāt. vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­n na vya­ti­re­ka­to 'pi nai­rā­tmya­si­ddhiḥ­. jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­sya dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tve tv i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. prā­ṇā­di­kā­ryā­nu­tpa­ttyā ta­tsa­ma­rtha­he­tvā­bhā­vo '­nu­mī­ya­te dā­ru­vā­syā­di­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­ve chi­dā­dya­nu­tpa­tti­va­da­to ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvā­di­do­ṣa iti cet, evaṃ tarhi prā­ṇā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­ttyā­, ta­tsa­ma­rtha­he­tuḥ chi­dā­dyu­tpa­ttau dā­ru­vā­syā­di­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­va­da­nva­ye­nai­vā­nu­mī­ya­ta ity a­pā­rtha­ko vya­ti­re­kī syād iti.

NBhū-YA 30­5­,16~a­tro­cya­te — "­lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣa­kā­ṇāṃ yasminn arthe bu­ddhi­sā­myaṃ sa dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­" ity u­kta­m­, gha­ṭā­di­ṣu ca nai­rā­tmya­m a­prā­ṇā­di­ma­ttvaṃ cety asminn arthe 'sty eva bha­va­tā­m asmākaṃ ca sa­mpra­ti­pa­tti­s tat kathaṃ nāyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­? kutaḥ? pra­mā­ṇā­d iti. kim anena vi­cā­re­ṇa­? ā­ga­mā­d anyato vā bha­va­tu­. vi­cā­re­ṇā­pi hi sa­mpra­ti­pa­ttiḥ ka­rta­vyā­, sā cet taṃ vināpi siddhā, kiṃ vi­cā­re­ṇa­? sa­mpra­ti­pa­nna­sya vicāre hy a­na­va­sthā syād iti. yadi ca gha­ṭā­di­ṣu nai­rā­tmya­bu­ddhi­r mithyā, tataḥ sā­tma­ka­tvaṃ samyag astu. tac cāpy a­ni­ṣṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 30­5­,25~yadi vo­bha­ya­tra sā­tma­ka­tva­m a­nā­tma­ka­tvaṃ vā syāt, ta­dā­nī­m ekatra prā­ṇā­di­sa­mbha­vo 'nyatra neti kiṃkṛto 'yaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sva­bhā­va­ta eveti cet, na; nityaṃ sattvam asattvaṃ ce­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. bu­ddhi­sa­dbhā­vā­sa­dbhā­va­kṛ­ta iti cet, na; prā­ṇā­pā­na­ni­me­ṣo­nme­ṣa­jī­va­na­ma­no­ga­te­ndri­yā­nta­ra­vi­kā­ra­bu­ddhi­su­kha­duḥ­khā­dī­nāṃ prā­ṇā­di­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. vibhoḥ sarvatra sa­dbhā­vā­d gha­ṭā­di­ṣv api sā­tma­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ā­tmā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­sya sā­tma­ka­tve­nā­bhi­hi­ta­tvā­t­, tasya ca prā­ṇā­dya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyai­va siddhiḥ. sā­tma­kā­nā­tma­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi kiṃkṛta iti cet, a­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­ta­m­, ta­dvi­śe­ṣyo 'pi ja­nmā­nta­ra­ja­prā­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­taḥ­. so 'pi ja­nmā­nta­ra­kṛ­ta ity a­nā­di­tvaṃ pa­ri­hā­raḥ­. na cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­nta­re­ṇa ka­sya­ci­n ni­ru­ddha­prā­ṇā­di­ka­syai­vo­tpā­daḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d u­tpa­nna­sya di­na­dva­ye­na vā­rddha­mā­sa­saṃ­va­tsa­rā­di­vi­ka­lpe­na vā prā­ṇā­di­ni­ro­dha ity ayaṃ viśeṣa u­pa­pa­dya­te­. pi­trā­di­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv api vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. jñānam eva pū­rvā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mi­taṃ kvacid e­vo­tpa­dya­te­. ki­ya­tkā­laṃ yāvad a­va­ti­ṣṭhe ta­da­nu­vi­dhā­ne na prā­ṇā­de­r apy u­tpa­tti­r a­va­sthā­naṃ ceti kim a­trā­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthye­nā­tma­nā ka­lpi­te­ne­ti cet, naitad asti; jñā­na­syā­pi hi nā­śi­tve­na pa­ra­lo­ki­tvaṃ pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­sa­ndhā­tṛ­tvaṃ ca na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tad yo 'sau pa­ra­lo­kī pū­rva­dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­sa­ndhā­nā­c ca sa e­vā­tmā­, te­nā­dhi­ṣṭhi­te śarīre prāṇā bhavanti nā­nya­the­ti­. evaṃ ca na kha­pu­ṣpā­di­ma­ttva­syā­pi siddhiḥ, kha­pu­ṣpā­deḥ prā­ṇā­dyu­tpa­ttau vi­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ke­nā­pi sā­ma­rthyā­si­ddhiḥ­, siddhau vā sa e­vā­tme­ti nāsti vi­vā­daḥ­.

NBhū-YA 30­6­,17~nanv evaṃ tarhi prā­ṇā­di­kā­rye­ṇa ta­ddhe­tu­r a­nu­mī­ya­te­, gha­ṭā­di­kā­rya­sya ca he­tu­ma­ttva­da­rśa­nā­d anvayo 'py astīti kathaṃ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­? na; vi­śi­ṣṭa­sā­dhye­nā­nva­yā­bhā­vā­t­. ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­ko hi prā­ṇā­di­he­tuḥ­, sā­dhya­sthā­vi­dhe­na ca na kvacid anvayaḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 30­6­,22~sā­mā­nya­si­ddhā­v a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta­ba­le­na de­śā­di­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa eva si­ddhya­ti­, na tu ni­tya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tatra hetoḥ sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t­. sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­si­ddhau pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d a­bhi­pre­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhi­r iti cet, ko 'yaṃ pa­ri­śe­ṣaḥ­? "­pra­sa­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe '­nya­trā­pra­sa­ṅgā­c chi­ṣya­mā­ṇe sa­mpra­tya­yaḥ­, pa­ri­śe­ṣaḥ­" . śi­ṣya­mā­ṇe sa­mpra­tya­yaḥ kuto bha­va­ti­? pra­sa­kta­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­ta­va­s tāvat pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­si­ddhā­v eva kṛ­tā­rthāḥ­. ta­du­pa­kṛ­ta­s tu maulo hetus ta­thā­vi­dha­sā­dhye­nā­nva­yā­na­pe­kṣa­s taṃ viśeṣaṃ sā­dha­ya­n ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ky eva sa­mpa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 30­7­,2~tasya sva­sā­dhye­na vyā­pti­sa­ma­rtha­nā­rtha­m itare he­ta­vaḥ­. tathā hi — kā­ra­ṇa­mā­tra­sā­dha­ke­na kā­rya­tve­na prā­ṇā­de­r ni­rhe­tu­ka­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m­, a­nya­kṛ­tā­v a­dṛ­ṣṭa­saṃ­skā­rau nānyasya phalata ity anena de­hā­dya­vya­ti­ri­kta­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m­, pū­rvā­bhya­sta­smṛ­tya­nu­ba­ndha­tvā­di­nā kṛ­ta­ka­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m ity evaṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­he­tu­bhyaḥ prāṇādeḥ sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vyāptiḥ kā­ka­tī­rā­da­rśa­na­nyā­ye­na pakṣa eva si­ddhya­ti­. sa e­vā­nva­ya iti cet, bhavatu nā­mai­va­m­; tathāpy anyatra pakṣād anvayo 'sya nā­stī­ti­. vya­ti­re­ki­tva­m uktam ity evaṃ sa­ma­rthi­ta­sya vya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ sa­mya­gdhe­tu­tvaṃ na vi­pa­kṣā­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa­, ḍi­tthā­di­si­ddhā­v api he­tu­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā sa­rva­vi­tka­rtra­bhā­ve kā­rya­tva­m eva na sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hy a­ce­ta­naṃ ce­ta­nā­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ pra­va­rta­ta iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. yatrāpi ku­mbha­kā­rā­di­r a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā­sti­, tatrāpi na tasyaiva ka­rtṛ­tva­m a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­kā­ra­ṇā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tve sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­sya vā­dṛ­ṣṭā­de­r na pra­vṛ­tti­s ta­dvi­ka­lā ca sāmagrī na kā­ryo­tpa­ttau sa­ma­rthā­. na hy e­ka­kā­ra­kā­pra­vṛ­ttā­v api kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ kvacid astīty a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­ka­le­bhyaḥ ku­lā­lā­dya­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­bhyo 'pi hetubhyaḥ kā­ryo­tpā­do na syāt tasmād yathā ku­lā­lā­dya­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ni da­ṇḍā­dī­ni ghaṭādau pra­va­rta­nte­, tathā sa­rva­jñā­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ny a­dṛ­ṣṭā­dī­nī­ti ku­lā­la­va­d gha­ṭā­di­ṣv api sa­rva­vi­daḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­m­, ataḥ sarvaṃ kāryaṃ sa­rva­vi­tka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­m iti si­ddha­m­. evam anyo 'pi vya­ti­re­kī sa­ma­rtha­yi­ta­vya iti.

NBhū-YA 30­7­,20~"­u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ hetuḥ" "tathā vai­dha­rmyā­d­" iti sūtraṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­śa­bde­nā­tra sā­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta uktas tena sā­dha­rmya­m­, sā­dhya­sye­ti pra­kra­mā­l la­bhya­te­. evaṃ ca vi­ru­ddha­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­pra­kā­ra­syā­si­ddha­sya ca vyu­dā­saḥ­. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­nai­ve­ty a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­śra­ya­ṇā­d a­nai­kā­nti­ka­syā­pi vyu­dā­saḥ­. bhā­gā­si­ddha­ni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ sādhyasya sā­dha­rmya­m eveti ka­rta­vya­m­. "evaṃ ca dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­tri­la­kṣa­ṇā­v a­nva­yi­nau la­bdhā­v­" iti tamoriḥ, na; kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­sa­ma­yo­r api he­tu­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. evaṃ tarhi sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m e­vā­stu­, tata eva hi sa­rva­he­tvā­bhā­sā­naṃ vyudāsaḥ siddhaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti, satyam evam e­ta­t­; tathāpy u­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­tyā­di vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ kṛ­ta­m­. sā­dha­rmyā­d iti vītasya lakṣaṇaṃ vai­dha­rmyā­d ity a­vī­ta­sye­ty ato dvividha eva hetuḥ — sva­rū­pe­ṇa hy a­rtha­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ vītasya la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, pa­ra­pa­kṣa­ni­ṣe­dhe­nā­vī­ta­sye­ti­. atha vā sā­dha­rmyā­d ity a­nva­yi­naḥ­, vai­dha­rmyā­d iti vya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ­, sa­mu­cci­taṃ cā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇa iti. tathā vai­dha­rmyā­d ity u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vai­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ hetur ity arthaḥ. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ cātra vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ ta­trā­rthā­tma­ka­he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­tha­mā­nta­m eva sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­pa­daṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. va­ca­nā­tma­kā­pe­kṣa­yā tu pa­ñca­mya­ntaṃ kṛ­ta­m­, tasyaiva prā­dhā­nye­na la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­va­ya­va­pra­stā­vā­t­. u­cya­mā­na­sya karmatvaṃ tatra ca ṣaṣṭhī yukteti cet, na; ni­mi­tta­tva­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t­. ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ cārthe sati ta­dda­rśa­na­m­, tato vi­va­kṣā­kra­me­ṇa śa­bdo­tpa­tti­r iti. ya­dā­nva­yyā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ pū­rva­va­dā­di­sū­tra­m­, tadā ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­syā­nu­vā­do '­va­ya­va­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtho dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. yadā tv anyārthaṃ tat sū­tra­m­, ta­dā­trai­vā­nu­ṣaṃ­ga­to '­nva­yā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­dhā­na­m iti. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­d yad va­ca­na­m ity a­dhyā­hā­ryaṃ nirdeśo vā­dhi­kṛ­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­sū­trā­t­. ni­ga­ma­na­la­kṣa­ṇe vā va­ca­na­gra­ha­ṇaṃ kṛtaṃ sa­rva­trā­pi dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. sā­dha­na­pa­da­sya li­ṅga­vā­ci­tvā­t­, sā­dha­rmyā­di­pa­da­va­t pa­ñca­mī­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; va­ca­na­vā­ci­tva­syā­pi vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t­. no­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sā­dha­rmyā­d utpannaṃ va­ca­na­mā­traṃ hetuḥ, kiṃ tu yat sā­dhya­sā­dha­naṃ sā­dha­na­tva­khyā­pa­ka­m ity arthaḥ, tad vyākhyātaṃ pa­ra­stā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 30­8­,23~etena he­tvā­bhā­sā­nā­m a­he­tu­tva­m uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­tā he­tu­va­dā­bhā­sa­mā­nā he­tvā­bhā­sāḥ­. "­sa­vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ru­ddha­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­sā­dhya­sa­mā­tī­ta­kā­lā he­tvā­bhā­sāḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. ta­syā­rtha­saṃ­gra­hā­rtha­m "­a­si­ddha­vi­ru­ddhā­nai­kā­nti­kā­na­dhya­va­si­ta­kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­mā­" iti vākyaṃ vyu­tpa­ttya­rtha­m anyathā vi­nya­sta­m­. sarvatra ta­tho­pa­nyā­se hi chāndasaḥ śrotā syād iti.

NBhū-YA 30­9­,4~"­a­trā­ni­ści­ta­pa­kṣa­vṛ­tti­r a­si­ddhaḥ­" — a­ni­ści­tā sa­ndi­gdhā­, vi­pra­ti­pa­nnā vā, nāstīti niścitā vā, pakṣe vṛttir yasya hetoḥ sa ta­tho­ktaḥ­. "­sā­dhyā­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ sā­dhya­tvā­t sā­dhya­sa­maḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. sa­mpra­ti­pa­ttya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sā­dhyā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ vyāpakaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ sā­dhya­tvā­d ity a­nta­rā­si­ddha­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­mā­da­pā­ṭho vā si­ddha­tvā­di­vya­rtho veti.

NBhū-YA 30­9­,10~pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­yo­r eva va­rta­mā­no vi­ru­ddhaḥ­. "­si­ddhā­nta­m a­bhyu­pe­tya ta­dvi­ro­dhī vi­ru­ddhaḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. si­ddhā­ntā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sā­dhya­dha­rma ity arthaḥ, tam a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya yo hetus taṃ viroddhuṃ śīlas ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaṃ vyāpnoti sa vi­ru­ddhaḥ­. katham a­ce­ta­no hetur a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ti­? u­pa­cā­re­ṇa — ta­tpra­yo­ktra­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ ta­dba­le­na vā te­nai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m ity u­pa­ca­rya­te­. u­pa­cā­re ca pra­yo­ja­na­m — vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddha­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 30­9­,17~"­pa­kṣa­tra­ya­vṛ­tti­r a­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ­" "­a­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ sa­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. paryāyo 'tra la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, buddhir u­pa­la­bdhi­r i­tyā­di­va­t­, ni­ru­kti­r vā­nyo­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 30­9­,21~"­sā­dhyā­sā­dha­kaḥ pakṣa eva va­rta­mā­no '­na­dhya­va­si­taḥ­"­. ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ sā­dhyā­sā­dha­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sā­dhya­vya­bhi­cā­re '­syā­nta­rbhā­va ity eke — yathā hi hetor u­bha­ya­tra vṛttir vya­bhi­cā­ra­s ta­tho­bha­ya­to vyā­vṛ­tti­r api vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­. yathā ca nai­ka­smi­nn ante vṛttis ta­thā­nai­ka­smā­d antād vyā­vṛ­tti­r iti sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­va­da­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo 'yam a­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ­. a­sa­dvi­pa­kṣo '­nu­pa­saṃ­hā­rya­ś ca tarhi katham a­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ­, yathā sarvaṃ kāryaṃ ni­tya­ja­nma­tvā­t sarvam anityaṃ pra­me­ya­tvā­d iti? nāpy anayoḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­me '­nta­rbhā­va­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ka­la­tvā­t­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ka­la­syā­pi ta­trā­nta­rbhā­ve hy a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syād iti. tasmān na pa­ñca­tvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ sa­vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ru­ddhe­tyā­di­sū­tra­m­, kin tu ni­da­rśa­nā­rtha­m — yathaite he­tvā­bhā­sā­s tathānyo 'pi he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­to he­tu­va­dā­bhā­sa­mā­no he­tvā­bhā­saḥ pra­tye­ta­vya ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 31­0­,6~"­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­te pakṣe va­rta­mā­no hetuḥ kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ­"­. "­kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ kā­lā­tī­taḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. ni­rdi­ṣṭa­pa­kṣo­pa­nyā­sā­na­nta­raṃ he­tū­pa­nyā­sa­kā­la­s ta­da­tya­ye­nā­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ kālam atītaḥ kā­lā­tī­taḥ­.

NBhū-YA 31­0­,10~"­sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­si­ddhā­v api trirūpo hetuḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­"­. pra­ka­ra­ṇa­yoḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­yoḥ siddhau samaḥ tri­rū­pa­tve­na­, tri­rū­pa­tvaṃ ca — pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­, sapakṣe sa­ttva­m­, vi­pa­kṣā­d vyā­vṛ­tti­r iti. "­ya­smā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇa­ci­ntā sa ni­rṇa­yā­rtha­m a­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­" iti sū­tra­m­. yasmān ni­tyā­ni­tya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t kim ayaṃ nityo vānitya ity eṣā pra­ka­ra­ṇa­ci­ntā­, sa vi­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­mbho he­tu­tve­no­ktaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­, yathā — nityaḥ śabdo '­ni­tya­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­, anityaḥ śabdo ni­tya­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti. vi­ru­ddha­vya­bhi­cā­rī tarhi pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­, vi­pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti, ucyate — tathāpi sa­ttvā­de­r vi­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r u­bha­yā­si­ddhi­vi­śi­ṣṭa­dha­rmā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ś cā­nya­ta­rā­si­ddhe­ti­. atha yo '­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­dya­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­si­ddha­tāṃ no­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­, ta­dvi­ṣa­yo 'yaṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­, vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo 'pi tarhi ye do­ṣā­nta­raṃ no­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ śa­knu­va­nti tān prati kin na he­tvā­bhā­sā­nta­ra­tva­m i­ṣya­te­? pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣā­nya­ta­ra­tvā­de­ś cānena la­kṣa­ṇe­na kathaṃ saṃgraha iti? ucyate — yasmāt pra­ti­pa­kṣa­si­ddhā­v a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇa­ci­ntā bha­va­ti­, sa pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma ity e­tā­va­d eva vyāpakaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. ni­rṇa­yā­rtha­m a­pa­di­ṣṭa ity etad a­nyā­rtha­m­. anyo 'pi he­tvā­bhā­so yenaiva ni­rṇa­yā­rtha­m a­pa­di­ṣṭa­s tasyaiva ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ na punaḥ pra­ti­vā­di­nā prā­śni­ke­na vā­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇā­rtha­m a­pa­di­ṣṭo '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 31­0­,28~athaiṣāṃ sa­ho­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­nā­vā­nta­ra­bhe­daḥ pra­pa­ñcya­te — nanu de­śa­kā­la­bhe­de­nā­na­ntaḥ­, sū­kṣme­kṣi­ka­yā sva­rū­pa­bhe­de­nā­py ananto he­tvā­bhā­sa­s tat kathaṃ tadbhedaḥ pra­pa­ñce­na vaktuṃ śakyata iti? ucyate — yady api caiṣāṃ sūkṣmo bhedo '­na­nta­tvā­n na śakyate va­ktu­m­, tathāpi sthū­la­dṛ­ṣṭi­m āśritya kiyanto bhedāḥ pra­da­rśya­nte vyu­tpa­ttya­rtha­m­.

NBhū-YA 31­1­,10~a­si­ddha­bhe­dā­s tāvat — sva­rū­pe­ṇā­si­ddhaḥ­, svarūpaṃ vāsiddhaṃ yasya so 'yaṃ sva­rū­pā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ, cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­d iti. nanu cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ rū­pā­dā­v asti, tenāsya vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­si­ddha­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na; rū­pā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­d dharmiṇi cā­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvaṃ na sva­rū­pa­to '­stī­ti­. ā­ha­ṅkā­ri­ka­ca­kṣu­r vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vā, jātyandhaṃ prati vā, sva­rū­pā­si­ddha­m iti. vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­si­ddho yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ paṭasya kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­. vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­ś cāsāv a­si­ddha­ś ceti. nanu śabde 'pi kṛ­ta­ka­tva­m asti, sa­tya­m­; na tathā pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­. na cānyatra pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m anyatra siddhaṃ bha­va­ti­. a­nya­ta­ra­sya vā vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­si­ddha­m­. anyas tv āha — vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇo 'pi hetur gamako 'sti, yathā — brāhmaṇo 'yaṃ pitror brā­hma­ṇa­tvā­d iti; yady evaṃ na­ṭā­dī­nā­m api brāhmaṇyaṃ kasmān na sā­dha­ya­ti­? teṣāṃ pitror brā­hma­ṇyā­bhā­vā­d iti cet; evaṃ tarhi pra­yo­ja­ka­sa­mba­ndhe­na pa­kṣa­sa­mba­ndho hetuḥ kathaṃ vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaḥ­? pra­ti­ba­ndha­śa­ktyā vā­nya­thā­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi brāhmaṇo brā­hma­ṇa­ja­nya­tvā­d ity evaṃ hetvarthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya sādhyaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti. vi­śe­ṣyā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve sati cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­t­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ cā­kṣu­ṣa­tve sati sā­mā­nya­va­ttvā­t­. bhā­gā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t­. nanu ca vā­yvā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m a­pī­śva­ra­pra­ya­tna­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t kathaṃ bhā­gā­si­ddha­tva­m iti? naitad asti, pra­ya­tna­sya tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhā­vā­na­nta­ra­śa­bda­sya tathā bhāvo hi pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­. na ce­śva­ra­pra­ya­tna­sya tī­vrā­di­bhā­vo 'sti ni­tya­tvā­d­, a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­te­śva­raṃ prati vā bhā­gā­si­ddha­tva­m­. ā­śra­yā­si­ddho yathā — asti pradhānaṃ vi­śva­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tvā­t­. ā­śra­yai­ka­de­śā­si­ddho yathā — nityāḥ pra­dhā­na­pu­ru­ṣe­śva­rāḥ­, a­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­. vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣyā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve sati kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­. nanu cā­si­ddha­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­n nāyam a­si­ddhaḥ­, sa­tya­m­, kiṃ tv e­ka­de­śī­yā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇo­ktaḥ­. vyarthatvaṃ tu dūṣaṇaṃ bhavaty eva kin tv a­si­ddha­tvaṃ nāsti, yasya tu śabde kṛ­ta­ka­tva­m a­si­ddha­m­, pra­tya­si­ddha­tva­m apy u­cya­te­. vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddho yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve sati kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­. vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ś cāsāv a­si­ddha­ś cety evaṃ vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣyā­si­ddho 'pi vyā­khye­yaḥ­. pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dau vā pa­kṣī­kṛ­te vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣyā­si­ddhaḥ­, vya­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddha­ś ca draṣṭavya iti. sa­ndi­gdhā­si­ddho yathā — dhū­ma­bā­ṣpā­di­vi­ve­kā­ni­śca­ye kaścid āha — a­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśo dhū­ma­va­ttvā­t­. sa­ndi­gdha­vi­śe­ṣyā­si­ddho yathā — adyāpi rā­gā­di­yu­ktaḥ ka­pi­laḥ­, pu­ru­ṣa­tve saty adyāpy a­nu­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­na­tvā­t­. sa­ndi­gdha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddho yathā — adyāpi rā­gā­di­yu­ktaḥ kapilaḥ sarvadā ta­ttva­jñā­na­ra­hi­ta­tve sati pu­ru­ṣa­tvā­t­. ta ete '­si­ddha­bhe­dā ya­do­bha­ya­vā­dya­si­ddha­tve­na vi­va­kṣi­tāḥ­, ta­do­bha­yā­si­ddhā bha­va­nti­, yadā tv a­nya­ta­ra­vā­dya­si­ddha­tve­na vi­va­kṣi­tā­s ta­dā­nya­ta­rā­si­ddhā bha­va­nti­.

NBhū-YA 31­2­,22~nāsty a­nya­ta­rā­si­ddho he­tvā­bhā­sa ity eke, tathā hi — pa­re­ṇā­si­ddha ity u­dbhā­vi­te yadi vādī ta­tsā­dha­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ na da­rśa­ya­ti­, tataḥ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d u­bha­yo­r a­si­ddhiḥ­. atha pramāṇaṃ da­rśa­ya­ti­, tataḥ pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pa­kṣa­pā­ti­tvā­d ubhayoḥ siddhaḥ. anyathā sādhyam apy a­nta­rā­si­ddhaṃ na ka­dā­ci­t si­ddhya­tī­ti vyarthaḥ pra­mā­ṇo­pa­nyā­saḥ syāt. yāvan na paraṃ pra­ti­pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­sā­dhya­te tāvat taṃ pra­tya­si­ddha iti cet, gauṇaṃ tarhy a­si­ddha­tva­m­, yathā ra­tnā­di­pa­dā­rtha­s tattvato '­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­s tā­va­nta­m api kālaṃ na mukhyaḥ, kin tu ta­dā­bhā­saḥ­. kiṃ ca he­tvā­bhā­sa­ś ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ity u­kta­m­, tataś cā­nya­ta­rā­si­ddho yadā he­tvā­bhā­sa­s tadā vādī ni­gṛ­hī­taḥ syān na ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya paścād a­ni­gra­ha iti yu­kta­m­. nāpi he­tu­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ paścād yuktaṃ ni­gra­hā­nta­tvā­d vā­da­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 31­3­,7~a­tro­cya­te — yadi vādī sa­mya­gdhe­tu­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no 'pi ta­tsa­ma­rtha­na­nyā­ya­vi­sma­ra­ṇā­di­ni­mi­tte­na pra­ti­vā­di­naṃ prā­śni­kā­n vā pra­ti­bo­dha­yi­tuṃ na śaknoty a­nya­ta­rā­si­ddha­tā­m api nā­nu­ma­nya­te­, ta­dā­nya­ta­rā­si­ddha­tve­nai­va ni­gṛ­hya­te­. svayam a­nya­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­ś ca pa­ra­pra­si­ddha ity e­tā­va­tai­vo­pa­nya­sto hetur a­nya­ta­rā­si­ddho ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 31­3­,13~vi­ru­ddha­bhe­dā­s tū­dā­hri­ya­nta iti śeṣaḥ. sati sapakṣe catvāro viruddhāḥ — pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ kā­rya­tvā­t­. sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­vā­yaḥ kā­rya­tva­m­. u­bha­yā­nto­pa­la­kṣi­tā sa­ttā­ni­tya­tva­m ity eke. ta­da­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa prāg a­bhā­va­syā­pi ni­tya­tvā­dyu­kta­m eva vi­ru­ddho­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­, anyathā na vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pi kā­rya­tva­m­. yadā tv ā­di­ma­ttva­m eva kā­rya­tva­m­, tadā pra­dhvaṃ­sa­sya nityatve 'pi kā­rya­tva­m astīty a­nai­kā­nti­kaṃ syān na vi­ru­ddha­m iti. vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­ttiḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve saty a­sma­dā­di­bā­hye­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­t­. arhaty arthe kṛ­tyā­bhi­dhā­nā­d gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­mā­traṃ grā­hya­tva­m u­kta­m­, te­nā­syā­pi pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ka­tva­m­. pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t­. pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — nityā pṛthivī kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­4­,16~asati sapakṣe catvāro viruddhāḥ — pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaḥ śabdaḥ pra­me­ya­tā­t­. pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaḥ śabdaḥ pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaḥ śabdo bā­hye­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­t­. vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaḥ śabdo '­pa­dā­tma­ka­tvā­t­. nanu catvāra eva vi­ru­ddha­bhe­dāḥ­, ye pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kā­s te, nānye ye pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tta­ya­s teṣām a­si­ddha­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­dha­rma­sya hi trayī gatiḥ — hetur viruddho '­nai­kā­nti­ko veti, naiṣa doṣaḥ; u­bha­ya­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­tve­no­bha­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, tulāyāṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. yathā tu­lā­dra­vyaṃ su­va­rṇā­dī­nā­m i­ya­ttā­pa­ri­cche­da­sā­dha­na­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­. tu­lā­nta­ra­pa­ri­cchi­nne­na dravyeṇa pra­mī­ya­mā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to vā sva­rū­pe­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­mā­naṃ prameyaṃ bha­va­ti­, tathā pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tta­yo '­si­ddha­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­d asiddhā bha­va­nti­. vi­ru­ddhā­nai­kā­nti­kā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gā­d viruddho '­nai­kā­nti­ko na vya­va­sthi­ta­ś ceti yat punar e­ta­tpa­kṣa­dha­rma­sya trayī gatir iti tatra kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­yo­r api pa­kṣa­dha­rma­ga­ti­tvā­d iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 31­5­,14~a­nai­kā­nti­ka­bhe­dā apy u­dā­hri­ya­nte­. pa­kṣa­tra­ya­vyā­pa­ko yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ pra­me­ya­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t­. a­sma­dā­dī­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­mā­traṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­trā­bhi­pre­ta­m­. tato nāsya pa­kṣa­tra­ya­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ vā pra­sa­jya­ta iti. pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — gaur ayaṃ vi­ṣā­ṇi­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — nāyaṃ gaur vi­ṣā­ṇi­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­tra­yai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — nityā pṛthivī pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t­. a­yo­gya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m evātra pra­tya­kṣa­tvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. pa­kṣa­sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — dravyāṇi di­kkā­la­ma­nāṃ­sy a­mū­rta­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­ttiḥ sa­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — na dravyāṇi di­kkā­la­ma­nāṃ­si­, a­mū­rta­tvā­t­. sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — na dravyāṇy ā­kā­śa­kā­la­di­gā­tma­ma­nāṃ­si­, kṣa­ṇi­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­5­,27~a­na­dhya­va­si­ta­bhe­dā­s tū­dā­hri­ya­nte­. a­vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — sarvam anityaṃ sa­ttvā­t­. a­vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — sarvam anityaṃ kā­rya­tvā­t­. vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — anityaḥ śabda ā­kā­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­t­. vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣa­vi­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — sarvaṃ dravyam anityaṃ kri­yā­va­ttvā­t­. a­vi­dya­mā­na­vi­pa­kṣo vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­ko yathā — sarvaṃ kāryaṃ nityam u­tpa­tti­dha­rma­ka­tvā­t­. a­vi­dya­mā­na­vi­pa­kṣo vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­r yathā — sarvaṃ kāryaṃ nityaṃ sā­va­ya­va­tvā­d iti. nanv a­vi­dya­mā­na­sa­pa­kṣo vi­dya­mā­na­vi­pa­kṣaḥ pa­kṣa­vyā­pa­kaḥ pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­ś cā­na­dhya­va­si­ta­bhe­dau kasmān no­dā­hṛ­tau­? tayoḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­d iti cet, evaṃ tarhi pra­dhā­nā­nvi­tā­ni sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇi ḍi­tthā­dya­nvi­tā­ni co­tpa­tti­ma­ttvā­d rū­pi­tvā­c cety e­va­mā­da­yo 'pi sa­mya­gvya­ti­re­ki­ṇaḥ syur iti, na; kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­bhā­gā­si­ddha­do­ṣā­t­. a­na­dhya­va­si­ta­bhe­dā­v etau bha­va­tā­m­, kṛ­tsno­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya cā­pra­ti­jñā­ta­tvā­t­. sā­mā­nya­he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇā­nu­vā­de­na hi ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇo 'pi lakṣaṇaṃ vihitaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­, te­nā­ti­vyā­pa­kaṃ na bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 31­6­,20~"­kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­bhe­dā­s tu" —

NBhū-YA 31­6­,22~ pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ru­ddhaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­pa­hṛ­ta­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya ity eko 'rthaḥ. yathā — anuṣṇo 'yam agniḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­6­,25~ "­a­nu­mā­na­vi­ru­ddho yathā" — pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ mū­rta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­6­,27~anye tv a­nu­mā­na­vi­ru­ddha­m a­nu­mā­naṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­nte­, tu­lyā­dhi­ka­nyū­na­ba­la­tve 'pi bā­dhya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tu­lya­ba­la­tve kiṃ kasya bādhakaṃ vā­cya­m­? vā bā­dhya­m­? bādhyaṃ hi nyū­na­ba­la­m eva syān na tu­lya­ba­la­m­. a­dhi­ka­ba­la­m api bādhakaṃ syān na bā­dhya­m­. nyū­na­ba­laṃ tu nyū­na­tvā­d eva du­ṣṭa­m­, kiṃ tasya bā­dha­ke­ne­ti­?

pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ro­dhy api tarhi na prā­pno­ti­, yasmād a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna­m a­śa­kya­bā­dha­m­, ta­dvi­ka­laṃ tu tata eva du­ṣṭa­m­, a­na­rthi­kā pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhā­. atha tri­rū­pa­sya pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhya­tve­nai­vā­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­vi­ka­la­tva­m­, hanta tarhi tri­rū­pa­sya mū­rta­tvā­de­r a­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tve­nai­va nyū­na­tva­m­, nā­nya­thā­.

nanu ca mū­rta­tvā­de­r a­nya­thā­si­ddha­tve­na du­ṣṭa­tva­m­, yataḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tve­nā­ni­tya­tvaṃ na mū­rta­tve­ne­ti­.

na; sā­dha­na­ni­ya­mā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­ne­kā­ni hi sā­dha­nā­ny e­ka­trā­pi sa­ma­rthā­ny a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­nte­, anyathā hi sā­va­ya­va­tvā­da­yo 'py a­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhā­v a­nya­thā­si­ddhāḥ syuḥ. kiṃ ca pra­tya­kṣā­ga­ma­vi­ru­ddha­yo­r apy a­nya­thā­si­ddha­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me kiṃ vā­cya­m­? na cā­nya­thā­si­ddho '­si­ddha­la­kṣa­ṇe­na saṃ­gṛ­hī­to 'sti nāpi vi­ru­ddhā­di­la­kṣa­ṇe­ne­ti­. kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­bhe­da­syai­va nā­mā­nta­raṃ kṛtaṃ syāt.

kathaṃ tarhi bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ­? u­bha­yo­r apy a­nu­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti.

na; ba­lā­ba­la­vi­śe­ṣā­d yad vi­cā­rya­mā­ṇaṃ ba­la­va­t pra­ti­bhā­ti ta­dbā­dha­ka­m a­nu­mā­ne­, yac cābalaṃ tad bā­dhya­m­. va­stu­ta­s ta­trā­nu­mā­naṃ ya­tho­ṣṇo­gni­r iti pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nya­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­d vi­ṣa­ya­ba­le­na pravṛttaṃ bā­dha­ka­m a­nu­mā­na­sya na tu to­yā­dā­v uṣṇam ity a­lā­ta­ca­krā­di­pra­tya­kṣaṃ vā. tatra hy a­nu­mā­na­sya ba­lī­ya­stvaṃ tathā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sva­rū­pa­sā­dha­ke­nā­nu­mā­ne­nā­ni­tya­tvā­nu­mā­naṃ bā­dhya­te­, dha­rmya­si­ddhaṃ vā. na cā­ni­tya­tve pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tvaṃ kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­pra­dhā­na­vā­da­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe hy a­lpa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m eva dra­vya­syo­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m­. tac ca kathaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ syāt? yato hy a­lpa­ta­ra­n nāsti, sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r u­cya­te­. a­na­va­dhi­ka­tve cā­lpa­ta­rā­di­bhā­va­sya tru­ṭi­pa­rva­tā­de­r a­na­nta­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d gu­ru­tva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­bhyāṃ viśeṣo na syāt. evaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sā­dha­kā­nu­mā­na­syā­ni­tya­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­d ba­lī­ya­stva­m­, mū­rta­tva­sya tu ni­tya­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d a­ba­la­tva­m­. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­sā­dha­kaṃ cedam a­nu­mā­na­m — a­ṇu­ta­ra­ta­mā­di­bhā­vaḥ kvacid viśrāntaḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­ta­ra­ta­mā­di­bhā­va­tvā­n ma­ha­tta­ra­ta­mā­di­bhā­va­va­d iti.

evaṃ sarvatra ba­lā­ba­la­va­ttā­dhi­ga­me­na bā­dhya­bā­dha­ka­bhā­vaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­yo­r niśceya iti.

NBhū-YA 31­7­,28~ "­ā­ga­ma­vi­ru­ddho yathā" — brā­hma­ṇe­na peyaṃ su­rā­di­, dra­va­dra­vya­tvā­t­, kṣī­ra­va­t­. nātra pā­na­mā­traṃ sā­dhya­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yat pā­pa­ni­mi­ttaṃ tac cā­ga­mai­ka­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­m­, nā­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. na hi kṣī­ra­pā­na­syā­pi pā­pa­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ dha­rma­he­tu­tvaṃ ca a­sma­dā­di­bhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇā­dhi­ga­ntuṃ śa­kya­te­. tasmād a­vi­ṣa­ye pra­vṛ­tta­m a­nu­mā­na­m ā­ga­me­na bā­dhya­te­. na tv a­rū­pa­vyā­pa­kā­tmā­nu­mā­na­m­, ā­di­tya­va­rṇā­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­tra­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­ke­nā­ga­me­na bā­dhya­te­. tad dhy a­nu­mā­naṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ye pra­vṛ­tta­m­, ā­ga­ma­s tv anyārtha iti.

NBhū-YA 31­8­,10~ "­pra­tya­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vi­ru­ddho yathā" — sarvaṃ tejo '­nu­ṣṇa­m­, rū­pi­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­8­,12~ "­a­nu­mā­nai­ka­de­śa­vi­ru­ddho yathā" — ni­tyā­śra­yāḥ sa­rve­ndra­va­ttva­rū­pa­ra­sa­ga­ndha­spa­rśā nityā a­pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­sa­mā­na­jā­tyā­ra­mbha­ka­tve sati pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vṛ­tti­tvā­t ta­dga­tai­ka­tvā­di­va­t­. saṃ­yo­ga­vi­bhā­ga­yoḥ sa­mā­na­jā­tyā­ra­mbha­ka­tvaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ cāsti, ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m a­pra­de­śa­vṛ­tti­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. a­ne­ka­tva­saṃ­khyā pa­ri­mā­ṇā­ra­mbhi­ke­ṣṭā ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ sa­mā­na­jā­tyā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. ta­trā­nu­mā­ne­na nai­mi­tti­ka­dra­vya­tva­pā­ka­ja­rū­pā­dī­nā­m eva nityatvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­, na tu sāṃ­si­ddhi­ka­dra­va­tvā­nā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­dī­nā­m iti.

NBhū-YA 31­8­,20~ "­ā­ga­mai­ka­de­śa­vi­ru­ddho yathā" — sarveṣāṃ de­va­rṣī­ṇāṃ śa­rī­rā­ṇi pā­rthi­vā­ṇi­, śa­rī­ra­tvā­d a­sma­dā­di­śa­rī­ra­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 31­8­,22~va­ru­ṇā­di­tya­vā­yvā­dī­nā­mā­py a­tai­ja­sa­vā­ya­vya­śa­rī­ra­śra­va­ṇā­t­. ta­tprā­mā­ṇyā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca dha­rmi­si­ddhi­r api na syād iti.

NBhū-YA 31­8­,24~nanu caite pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ru­ddhā­da­yaḥ pra­ti­jñā­yā eva doṣā, na hetor iti, na; ka­rma­ṇa­s tā­da­va­sthyā­d ity eke, na hy a­nya­thā­bhi­dhā­ne 'py agnir anyathā bha­va­ti­. kṛ­ta­ka­tva­m apy anyathā na bha­va­tī­ti he­tu­do­ṣā api na syuḥ, sa­tya­m­; sarvaṃ sādhanaṃ sva­vi­ṣa­ye samarthaṃ tad yady a­vi­ṣa­ye pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa pra­yu­kta­m a­rtha­si­ddhiṃ na ka­ro­ti­. tataḥ puruṣa e­vā­pa­rā­dhya­te­, yo '­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d a­vi­ṣa­ye prayuṅkte na tv a­ce­ta­na­sya sā­dha­na­sya kaścid u­pā­la­mbho 'sti. kin tu ta­ddvā­re­ṇa pu­ru­ṣa­syai­va doṣa u­dbhā­vya­te­. yathā ci­trā­di­kā­rya­dvā­re­ṇa ta­tka­rtu­r iti. evaṃ tarhi pra­ti­jñā­dvā­re­ṇā­pi ta­dva­ktu­r do­ṣo­dbhā­va­ne kācin na kṣatir iti pra­ti­jñā­do­ṣā api va­kta­vyāḥ­. te khalu pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhāḥ pra­ti­jñā­dvā­re­ṇo­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ vi­va­kṣi­tā­s tadā he­tu­do­ṣā iti.

NBhū-YA 31­9­,13~nanv anye 'pi sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­da­yaḥ pra­ti­jñā­do­ṣāḥ santi te kasmān noktāḥ? teṣāṃ pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhe­ṣv e­vā­nta­rbhā­vā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­tra­ya­ni­ya­ma­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, na cā­pra­mā­ṇe­na virodho 'sti. na śabdo '­rtha­pra­tyā­ya­ka iti sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. sāṃ­khya­syā­sa­tkā­rya­m iti sva­śā­stra­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. śāstraṃ pra­mā­ṇī­kṛ­tya pra­vṛ­tta­sya pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ śāstreṇa vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pra­ti­jña­yā vā śā­stra­sye­ti­. acandraḥ śaśīti pra­si­ddhi­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. hetur a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra iti pra­ti­jñā­pa­da­yo­r vi­ro­dhaḥ­. ta ime virodhā ā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhe '­nu­mā­na­vi­ro­dhe vā­nta­rbhū­tā draṣṭavyā iti.

NBhū-YA 31­9­,21~pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­sya tu bhe­dā­bhā­vā­t sā­mā­nye­no­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m uktam iti. ekatra dharmiṇi tu­lya­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r vi­ru­ddha­yo­r hetvoḥ sa­nni­pā­to vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī­ty eke yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­to '­sma­dā­di­bā­hye­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­t­; nityaḥ śra­va­ṇa­tvā­t śa­bda­tvā­di­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 31­9­,26~atrāhuḥ sa­ma­sta­vya­sta­pra­yo­gā­sa­mbha­vā­n nāyaṃ he­tvā­bhā­saḥ­, pṛthak sa­ma­sta­syā­nya­trā­sa­mbha­vā­d a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vya­sta­pra­yo­gaṃ yady ekaḥ kuryāt ta­do­nma­ttaḥ syāt. dvau ced vādinau yu­ga­pa­t ku­rvā­te­, tato '­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na syāt. atha kra­me­ṇa­, tataḥ pra­tha­ma­sya du­ṣṭa­tva­m a­du­ṣṭa­tvaṃ vā­va­ga­ta­m­? duṣṭatve katham a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­m­? a­du­ṣṭa­tve ta­tsā­dhi­te 'rthe ta­dvi­ru­ddha­he­to­r u­tthā­na­m eva na syāt, pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ru­ddha­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 32­0­,10~a­tro­cya­te — pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­pe­kṣyā­yaṃ he­tvā­bhā­so '­nya­ta­rā­si­ddha­pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­va­t yac coktam — pra­tha­ma­sya du­ṣṭa­tva­m a­du­ṣṭa­tvaṃ veti, tan na. vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­da­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­da­rśa­nā­t ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­pra­kā­śa­nā­rtha­m eva hi pra­ti­vā­dī dvitīyaṃ prayuṅkte vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­ne hi sandeho 'tra yukto nā­nya­ta­ra­pa­kṣa­ni­śca­ya ity a­bhi­prā­ya­vā­n­. yathā sa­mya­ktvā­sa­mya­ktvā­ni­śca­ye vi­pra­ti­pa­tte­r utthānaṃ ta­thā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo '­pī­ti­. a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ cobhayoḥ pra­ti­pa­tra­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa na pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­s tato no­bha­ya­pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ pra­sa­jya­te­. yadā vādī vi­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­dvā­re­ṇa svaheto sā­dhyā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­sa­ma­rtha­na­m i­ta­ra­sya tu kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­to­dbhā­va­naṃ ca kartuṃ na śa­kno­ti­, tadā vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī he­tvā­bhā­sa iti.

NBhū-YA 32­0­,20~sa­mya­gdṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhi­dhā­na­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. ta­ddvi­vi­dha­m — sā­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ ca. ta­trā­nva­ya­mu­khe­na dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhi­dhā­naṃ sā­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. ya­thā­ni­tyaḥ śabdas tī­vrā­di­dha­rmo­pe­ta­tvā­t­. yad yat tī­vrā­di­dha­rmo­pe­taṃ tat tad anityaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā su­khā­di­. vya­ti­re­ka­mu­khe­na dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhi­dhā­naṃ vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. yathā — yad anityaṃ na bhavati na tat tī­vrā­di­dha­rmo­pe­ta­m­, ya­thā­kā­śa­m iti sūtrato 'py u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­dvai­vi­dhya­m u­kta­m­. yad āha — "­sā­dhya­sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­" "­ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­d vā vi­pa­rī­ta­m­" iti. sādhyasya sā­dha­rmya­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­na he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇe vyā­khyā­ta­m­. taddharmaḥ sā­dhya­dha­rmaḥ sa bhavati vidyate yatra dharmiṇi sa ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. ta­dvi­pa­rya­yā­d iti sā­dhya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­. pū­rva­va­d asyāpi vyā­khyā­na­m­. atra pa­ñca­mya­rthaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. sā­dhya­sā­dha­rmyā­t ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī kim u­tpa­dya­te­? kiṃ vā jñā­ya­te­? na tāvad u­tpa­dya­te­, anyata u­tpa­nna­tvā­t ka­sya­ci­n ni­tya­tvā­c ca. nāpi jñā­ya­te­, pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ sā­dha­nā­nta­rā­d vā ni­ści­ta­tvā­t­. tasmād anyathā vyā­khyā­ya­te — vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m evātra dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syo­cya­te­. sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tu prāg eva laukikaḥ pa­rī­kṣa­ke­tyā­di­no­kta­m­. ta­da­nu­vā­de­na sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyaṃ cātra vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. pañcamī tu ta­dbhe­da­si­ddhya­rtha­m­. etad uktaṃ bhavati — pūrvokto dṛṣṭānto dvi­vi­dha­s ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vy a­ta­ddha­rma­bhā­vī ca. sā­dha­rmya­vā­n vai­dha­rmya­vā­n ity arthaḥ. tatra pūrva i­ta­ra­smā­t kuto bhinnaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya ity āha — sā­dhya­sā­dha­rmyā­d ity eva. dvitīye 'pi vyā­khyā­na­m­. yad etat tatraiva dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­la­kṣa­ṇe vaktavye '­trā­bhi­dhā­naṃ sa­bhe­do­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇa­pra­si­ddhā­rtha­m­. dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ity etat sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ ka­tha­m­? a­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­na ity a­dhyā­hā­re­ṇe­ty eko yad vā śā­strā­nta­re­ṣu dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ity a­bhe­de­na vya­va­hā­raḥ pra­si­ddha­s tasya gau­ṇa­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m atrāpy u­pa­cā­re­ṇa dṛṣṭānta u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ity u­kta­m­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­gu­ṇa­do­ṣā­bhyā­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­sya gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­va­ttva­m iti co­pa­cā­re pra­yo­ja­na­m­. vā­kyai­ka­de­śā hy a­va­ya­vā ity u­kta­m­, na cārtho vā­kyai­ka­de­śa­s tasmād va­ca­na­m eva mukhyata u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ na dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. ta­dva­ca­na­m ity a­dhyā­hā­ro vā­śra­ya­ṇī­ya iti. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­ca­na­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m ity ukte 'py u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sāḥ pratyuktā bha­va­nti­, teṣām a­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­ca­na­tvā­t­, tat kimarthaṃ sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇa­m iti? na; va­ca­na­do­ṣa­syā­pi vyu­dā­sā­rtha­tvā­t tathā ca va­kṣyā­maḥ­. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­va­dā­bhā­sa­mā­nā u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sāḥ­. ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ he­tvā­bhā­sa­va­d atrāpi dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. tattvam api ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t tadvad a­va­bhā­sa­te ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 32­2­,6~te co­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā a­ne­ka­pra­kā­rāḥ sā­dhya­vi­ka­laḥ sā­dha­na­vi­ka­la ity e­va­mā­da­yo 'ṣṭāv a­rtha­do­ṣā­ś catvāro va­ca­na­do­ṣāḥ­; ta evaite dvā­da­śa­bhe­dā ba­hu­bhi­r ā­cā­ryai­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­tā i­tyā­dā­v uddiṣṭā dra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­. tathā ca ta­dbhe­da­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ ta­du­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­ṇi dvā­da­śai­vo­cya­nte­. tatra gra­ntha­gau­ra­va­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­m anityaṃ mano mū­rta­tvā­d ity e­ta­smi­n prayoge sarvāṇy u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­ny ucyanta iti. yan mūrtaṃ tad anityaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r iti sā­dhya­vi­ka­laḥ­. a­ni­tya­tva­sā­dhye­na vikalaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r iti. yathā ka­rme­ti­sā­dha­na­vi­ka­laḥ­, mūrtatvaṃ sādhanaṃ tena vikalpo 'yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. yathā ā­kā­śa­m ity u­bha­ya­vi­ka­laḥ­, u­bha­ye­nā­ni­tya­tve­na mū­rta­tve­na ca vi­ka­laḥ­. kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­m ity ā­śra­ya­hī­no 'yaṃ dṛṣṭāntaḥ svayam asati dharmiṇi kim āśrayaḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­yoḥ vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. ta­da­pra­tī­tau va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa pratītau vā kiṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya pha­la­m­? pra­dhā­nā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'pi nā­pra­mā­ṇa­ke­na dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na ka­rta­vyaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­di­sa­ma­rtha­na­nyā­ye­na­. na hi su­khā­de­r ā­tmā­śri­ta­tve pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­kā­śa­ni­tya­tve ca pra­dhā­nā­di­si­ddhiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. ta­dvya­va­hā­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'py evaṃ kāryaḥ — pra­dhā­nā­dy astīti vya­va­hā­raḥ pre­kṣā­va­dbhi­r na ka­rta­vyaḥ­; pra­mā­ṇa­to '­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­rtha­tvā­t­, kha­pu­ṣpā­dy astīti vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. evaṃ tarhi he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yo­r nā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣaḥ­. pra­mā­ṇa­to '­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­nā­rtha­tvaṃ ca pa­ro­ktā­nā­m a­nva­ya­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­di­he­tū­nāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­na sa­ma­rtha­nī­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 32­2­,24~gha­ṭa­va­d ity a­vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­naṃ śa­bda­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ kecid icchanti kila. yad yad iti vīpsayā yad itthaṃ tat sarvam ity evaṃ vā vyāptiḥ pra­tyā­ya­te nā­nya­the­ti­. anye tv idaṃ dūṣaṇaṃ nā­nu­ma­nya­nte­, sa­rva­śā­stre­ṣv evaṃ pra­yo­ga­da­rśa­nā­t­. na pra­ti­vā­di­vā­caḥ svā­ta­ntrye­ṇa pra­mā­ṇa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­nu­gṛ­hī­ta­m­. tataś ca yadi pra­tya­kṣā­di­si­ddhā­sti vyāptis ta­dā­ni­tyaḥ śabdaḥ kā­rya­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d ity evam api pra­tī­ya­te­. atha na pra­tya­kṣā­di­si­ddhā tadā vīpsā sa­rva­gra­ha­ṇā­bhyā­m api na pra­tī­ya­te­. si­ddhā­nu­vā­dā­rthaṃ hi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­caḥ na tv a­si­ddha­vi­dhā­ya­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 32­3­,8~yad anityaṃ tan mūrtaṃ dṛṣṭam iti vi­pa­rī­ta­vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­na­m­. sā­dha­nā­nu­vā­de­na hi sādhyaṃ vi­dhā­ta­vya­m­, yena sā­dha­na­sya sā­dhya­si­ddhau sāmarthyaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ syāt. anyathā hy a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ syāt. na hi yo yaḥ kaścid a­gni­mā­n sa sa dhū­ma­vā­n ity evaṃ śabdād agninā vyāpto dhūmaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti. etau śa­bda­do­ṣā­v a­vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­na­vi­pa­rī­ta­vyā­ptya­bhi­dhā­nā­khyau­. pūrve catvāro '­rtha­do­ṣā ity ete ṣaṭ sā­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā u­cya­nte­.

NBhū-YA 32­3­,15~atha vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā u­cya­nte­. anityaṃ mano mū­rta­tvā­d ity e­ta­smi­nn eva prayoge yat tu nityaṃ tan mūrtam api na bha­va­ti­, yathā — pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r iti dṛṣṭāntaḥ sā­dha­nā­vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ­. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā­pe­kṣa­yā vā sā­dhya­vi­ka­lā­dī­nā­m api pūṃ­lli­ṅga­tā dra­ṣṭa­vyā­. sādhanaṃ mūrtatvaṃ ta­dvyā­vṛ­ttaṃ yasmāt pa­ra­mā­ṇoḥ sa ta­tho­ktaḥ­. yathā — karmeti sā­dhyā­vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ­, sādhyam a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ta­tka­rma­ṇo na vyā­vṛ­tta­m­. yathā ghaṭa ity u­bha­yā­vyā­vṛ­ttaḥ­, sādhyaṃ sādhanaṃ cobhayaṃ na vyāvṛttaṃ yasmāt sa ta­tho­ktaḥ­. yathā — kha­pu­ṣpa­m ity ā­śra­ya­hī­naḥ­. kaiścid vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte dha­rmya­bhā­vo do­ṣa­tve­na nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ta­nni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m ihāpy ā­śra­ya­hī­na uktaḥ. ke­va­lā­nva­yi­pra­stā­ve hy uktaṃ yatra vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­na siddhir iṣyate ta­trā­va­śyaṃ vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­śra­yo 'py eṣṭavyo va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa vyā­pti­si­ddhā­v a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. ā­kā­śa­va­d ity a­vyā­vṛ­ttā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, mū­rta­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ cā­kā­śā­d vyā­vṛ­tta­m­. na cānena śabdena ta­thā­bhi­hi­ta­m iti śa­bda­do­ṣo '­ya­m­. tulyārthe hi vatiḥ śrū­ya­te­, kathaṃ tato vyā­vṛ­tta­pra­tī­tiḥ­? na ca vīpsāṃ sa­rva­śa­bdaṃ cā­nta­re­ṇa sa­rva­smā­d vi­pa­kṣā­d vyāvṛttiḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ pra­tī­ya­ta ity ato '­trā­vyā­vṛ­ttā­bhi­dhā­na­m­. yad amūrtaṃ tad anityaṃ na bhavati ya­thā­kā­śa­m iti vi­pa­rī­ta­vyā­vṛ­ttā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, sā­dhya­vyā­vṛ­ttā­nu­vā­de­na hi sādhanaṃ vyāvṛttaṃ vi­dhā­ta­vya­m­. yena sādhyasya sā­dha­na­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­nā­bhā­va­sya sā­dhyā­bhā­va­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ ca pra­tī­ye­ta­. sā­dha­na­vyā­vṛ­ttā­nu­vā­de­na tu sādhyaṃ vyāvṛttaṃ yad ucyate tad idaṃ vi­pa­rī­ta­vyā­vṛ­ttā­bhi­dhā­naṃ na sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m­. na hi bhavati yatra nāsti dhūmas tatra sa­rva­trā­gni­r nā­stī­ti­. tasmād atrāpi dvau śa­bda­do­ṣau catvāro '­rtha­do­ṣāḥ sā­dha­nā­vyā­vṛ­ttā­da­ya iti vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā api ṣaṭ.

NBhū-YA 32­4­,19~"anye tu sa­nde­ha­dvā­re­ṇā­pa­rā­n aṣṭāv u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­sā­n va­rṇa­ya­nti — sa­ndi­gdha­sā­dhyo yathā — ma­hā­rā­jyaṃ ka­ri­ṣya­ty ayaṃ so­ma­vaṃ­śo­dbhū­ta­tvā­t­, vi­va­kṣi­ta­rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣa­va­t­. sa­ndi­gdha­sā­dha­no yathā — nāyaṃ sarvajño rā­gā­di­ma­ttvā­t­, ra­thyā­pu­ru­ṣa­va­t­. sa­ndi­gdho­bha­yo yathā — ga­mi­ṣya­ti svargaṃ vi­va­kṣi­taḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­, sa­mu­pā­rji­ta­śu­kla­dha­rma­tvā­d de­va­da­tta­va­t­. sa­ndi­gdhā­śra­yo yathā — nāyaṃ sarvajño ba­hu­va­ktṛ­tvā­d bha­vi­ṣya­dde­va­da­tta­pu­tra­va­t­. sa­ndi­gdha­sā­dhya­vyā­vṛ­tto yathā — yo ma­hā­rā­jya­n na ka­ri­ṣya­ti sa so­ma­vaṃ­śo­dbhū­to 'pi na bhavati yathānyo rā­ja­pu­ru­ṣaḥ­. sa­ndi­gdha­sā­dha­nā­vyā­vṛ­tto yathā — yas tu sarvajñaḥ sa rā­gā­di­ra­hi­taḥ­, yathā — sa­ma­sta­śā­strā­bhi­jñaḥ­. sa­ndi­gdho­bha­yā­vyā­vṛ­tto yathā — yaḥ svargaṃ na ga­mi­ṣya­ti sa sa­mu­pā­rji­ta­śu­kla­dha­rmo 'pi na bha­va­ti­, yathā — duṣṭaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­. sa­ndi­gdhā­śra­yo yathā — yaḥ sarvajñaḥ sa ba­hu­va­ktā­pi na bha­va­ti­, yathā bha­vi­ṣya­dde­va­da­tta­pu­traḥ­.­"

NBhū-YA 32­4­,31~"­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte pra­si­ddhā­vi­nā­bhā­va­sya sā­dha­na­sya dṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pa­mā­ne­na pakṣe vyā­pti­khyā­pa­kaṃ va­ca­na­m u­pa­na­yaḥ­. sa ca dvi­vi­dhaḥ­. tathā ca tī­vrā­di­dha­rmo­pe­taḥ śabda iti sā­dha­rmyo­pa­na­yaḥ­. na ca tathā tī­vrā­di­dha­rmo­pe­taḥ śabdo na bha­va­tī­ti vai­dha­rmyo­pa­na­yaḥ­.­" tathā ca sūtram — "­u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣa­s tathety u­pa­saṃ­hā­ro na tatheti vā sā­dhya­syo­pa­na­yaḥ­"­. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇe '­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v apekṣā yasya sa u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­pe­kṣaḥ dṛṣṭānte pra­si­ddhā­vi­nā­bhā­va ity arthaḥ. ta­the­tyā­di­nā dṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pa­mā­ne­ne­ty uktaṃ bha­va­ti­. sādhyasya sa­mba­ndha­tve­no­pa­saṃ­hā­ro '­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yo­pa­saṃ­hri­ya­ta ity u­pa­saṃ­hā­raḥ­. pa­kṣa­vyā­pi­tve­na khyā­pya­mā­no hetur ity arthaḥ. tathā co­pa­nī­ya­ta ity u­pa­na­yaḥ­. prā­sa­ṅgi­kaṃ cā­trā­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. a­va­ya­va­la­kṣa­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā tū­pa­saṃ­hri­ya­te '­ne­ne­ty u­pa­nī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ty u­bha­ya­trā­pi ka­ra­ṇa­vyu­tpa­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 32­5­,14~nanu co­pa­na­ya­va­ca­na­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­, vyāpter u­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­nai­va pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­. a­nta­rvyā­pti­si­ddhya­rtha­m iti cet, na; he­tu­va­ca­nā­t ta­tsi­ddheḥ­. cā­kṣu­ṣa­tvā­di­va­ca­nā­d api ta­tsi­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; tasya he­tvā­bhā­sa­va­ca­na­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca tathā ca cākṣuṣaḥ śabda ity u­pa­na­yā­d api na tasya pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­. kiṃ ca he­tu­va­ca­na­syā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgā­d u­pa­na­yā­d eva ta­da­rtha­si­ddheḥ­. tasmāc cha­bda­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­tī­ti­r api bha­vi­ṣya­ti­. a­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­mā­traṃ he­tu­va­co va­ktyu­pa­na­ye­na tu ni­ści­ta­śa­kti­kaṃ pa­kṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ cocyata iti cet, na; a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇa­mā­trā­bhi­dhā­na­sya ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­na­tvā­t­. pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­ni­ścā­ya­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m u­pa­na­ye­no­cya­ta ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, he­tu­va­co­va­da­syā­pi va­ca­na­mā­tra­tvā­n na hy asmād api pra­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. ta­tpha­lo­pa­saṃ­hā­rā­rtha­m iti cet, na; pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d dhe­tu­va­ca­na­m eva vā ta­da­rtha­m astu, a­nya­tho­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­na­pra­mā­ṇa­pha­lo­pa­saṃ­hā­rā­rtha­m apy a­va­ya­vā­nta­raṃ ka­ra­ṇī­yaṃ syād iti. svārthe tadartho dṛṣṭa ity apare yasmāt kila svā­rthā­nu­mā­ne vyā­pti­smṛ­tya­na­nta­raṃ tathā cāyam iti pa­rā­ma­rśa­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­da­na­nta­raṃ ca li­ṅgi­jñā­na­m ity ayaṃ dṛṣṭaḥ kramaḥ, sa cāvaśyaṃ vācyaḥ sva­pra­ti­pa­ttyu­pā­ya­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ hi pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­m iti, na; pa­rā­ma­rśa­jñā­nā­sti­tve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. u­pa­na­yā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, śobhanaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvaṃ ca syāt. kiṃ cā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­dhi­ga­te liṅge pa­rā­ma­rśa­jñā­naṃ kuto bha­va­ti­? mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣā­d iti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. kiṃ cā­tī­ndri­ye­ṣv api pra­tya­kṣa­pra­vṛ­ttya­bhyu­pa­ga­me '­nu­mā­nā­dyā­na­rtha­kya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā ca kāraṇaṃ ka­lpya­te­. na ca pa­rā­ma­rśā­khyaṃ kāryaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­, nāpi ta­da­bhā­ve kiṃcid dṛṣṭaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­, yatas tat ka­lpye­ta­. li­ṅga­da­rśa­na­vyā­pti­smṛ­ti­bhyā­m ayam a­gni­mā­n i­tyā­dya­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. kiṃ ca yadi nā­mā­dṛ­ḍha­ma­tiḥ punaḥ pu­na­rda­rśa­na­m a­pe­kṣa­te­, kim e­tā­va­tā parārthe 'py ā­vṛ­ttyo­pa­de­ṣṭa­vya­m­? kvacid āvṛttyā vyā­pti­smṛ­tya­pe­kṣi­tve dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­py ā­vṛ­ttyā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tasmāt sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m eva va­kta­vya­m iti; hetor a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­khyā­pa­nā­rtha­m u­pa­na­ya ity a­do­ṣaḥ­. ka­tha­m­? yathā kṛtako gha­ṭā­di­r anityo dṛṣṭaḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­nā na bā­dhya­te­, tathā ca kṛtakaḥ śabdaḥ, śabdo 'pi kṛtakaḥ sann anityaḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­naḥ pra­tya­kṣā­di­nā na bādhyata ity arthaḥ. na ca tathā śabdo '­kṛ­ta­kaḥ — ity asyāpy ayam arthaḥ — ya­thā­kā­śā­di nityam a­kṛ­ta­kaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­ta u­pa­la­bdha­m­, na ca tathā śabdaḥ; yato '­kṛ­ta­ka­s tāvan na bha­va­ti­, kṛ­ta­ka­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­n nāpi kṛtako 'pi san ni­tya­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bhya­te­; tasmād a­ni­tya­tvā­vi­nā­bhā­vy eva kṛ­ta­ka­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 32­6­,14~yat punar e­ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kte bā­dhā­sa­ma­ve­ta­la­kṣa­ṇa­m eva dūṣitaṃ syāt tasmād bā­dhā­vi­nā­bhā­va­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­n nā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ he­tu­rū­pa­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; yo hi trairūpyaṃ he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ācaṣṭe tanmate ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ dū­ṣi­ta­m e­vā­stu­, kā naḥ kṣatiḥ? vayaṃ tu pa­ñca­rū­pa­tvaṃ ca­tū­rū­pa­tvaṃ vā he­tu­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ brūmas tat katham a­smā­ka­m ayam u­pā­la­mbhaḥ­? na ca triṣv e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ pa­rya­va­si­taḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? pañcasu caturṣu vā tasmād a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sva­rū­pa­m a­jñā­tvai­va bā­dhā­vi­nā­bhā­va­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­d ity u­kta­m­. ko hy a­vi­nā­bhā­va­yu­kta­sya bādhāṃ brūte? tri­rū­pa­sya tu bādhā da­rśi­tai­va­. a­bā­dha­yai­va sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r vyartho hetur iti cet, na; a­bā­dhā­yā he­tu­dha­rma­tvā­d a­kṣa­jñā­na­va­t­. ya­thā­kṣa­jñā­na­sya ta­ttvā­ta­ttva­saṃ­śa­ye saty a­bā­dhā­ni­śca­ye­na ta­ttvā­dhi­ga­me '­kṣa­jñā­naṃ vyartham a­bā­dha­yai­va sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r iti codyaṃ na yu­kta­m­, a­bā­dhā­yā­s ta­ddha­rma­tvā­t­, tathā hetor a­bā­dhā­ni­śca­ye­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­dhi­ga­mo 'stu. na tu vai­ya­rthya­m iti. kiṃ cā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­rū­pā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me uṣṇo 'gniḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d i­tyā­de­r api ga­ma­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­bhā­vā­n neti cet. syād etat sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va nirdeśāḥ svayam iṣṭo '­ni­rā­kṛ­taḥ pakṣa u­cya­te­. na ca ta­thā­la­kṣa­ṇe pakṣe kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­de­r vṛttir ato '­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­d eva ta­syā­ga­ma­ka­tva­m iti. evaṃ tarhy a­ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tva­ni­śca­yā­d eva sā­dhya­si­ddhau vyartho hetuḥ syāt ta­da­ni­śca­ye tv a­ni­ści­taṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvaṃ kathaṃ ga­ma­kā­ṅga­m­? a­thā­ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tva­ni­śca­ye 'pi nā­nta­re­ṇa hetuṃ sā­dhya­si­ddhi­s tat kim ucyate — a­bā­dha­yai­va sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r vyartho hetur ity a­ni­rā­kṛ­tā­bā­dhi­ta­śa­bda­yoḥ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­t­. vā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­pe­kṣa­yai­va pakṣatvaṃ ta­dvṛ­tte­r hetoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m eveti vādinaḥ prāyeṇa saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nnā­s ta­da­bhi­prā­ya­va­śā­d a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ he­tu­rū­paṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­rū­pā­t pṛthag u­kta­m­, ta­tkhyā­pa­nā­rtha­m u­pa­na­ya­va­ca­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 32­7­,7~u­pa­na­yā­na­nta­raṃ ni­ga­ma­naṃ va­kta­vya­m­, tad ucyate — sa­he­tu­kaṃ pra­ti­jñā­va­dva­ca­naṃ ni­ga­ma­na­m­. tasmād ity a­nū­dya­mā­na­he­tu­sa­hi­taṃ sa­he­tu­ka­m­. pra­ti­jñā­va­d iti tat tulyaṃ na tu pra­ti­jñai­va­; ni­ga­ma­na­sya bhi­nnā­rtha­tve­na pra­ti­jñā­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. a­bhi­nnā­rtha­tve vā pu­na­ru­kta­tvaṃ syād iti. "­he­tva­pa­de­śā­t pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ ni­ga­ma­na­m­" iti sū­tra­m­. he­tva­pa­de­śā­d u­pa­na­ya­nā­d ity eke. vayaṃ tu brūmas tasmād ity ayaṃ he­tva­nu­vā­do he­tva­pa­de­śaḥ­. he­tva­pa­de­śe­na saheti prāpte mo­ha­ni­vṛ­tta­ye tṛ­tī­yā­sthā­ne pañcamy uktā, a­nya­tho­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­t prāg eva he­tva­pa­de­śe­na saha pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ pra­yo­kta­vya­m ity ā­śaṃ­kā­pi syāt. pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pu­na­rva­ca­na­m ivety u­pa­mā­tra dra­ṣṭa­vyā­. ni­ga­mya­nte pra­ti­jñā­da­ya e­kā­rtha­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pya­nte '­ne­ne­ti ni­ga­ma­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 32­7­,16~athedaṃ kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti? vā­kya­pa­ri­sa­mā­ptya­rtha­m ity eke. tad a­yu­kta­m­; ta­tsa­mā­ptau pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­t­. a­nu­mā­ne­na hy atrārthaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m iṣṭas te­nā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­li­ṅga­m eva vaktavyaṃ tataḥ sādhyaṃ svayam e­vā­va­ga­ccha­tī­ti­. ga­mya­mā­nā­rtha­syā­na­bhi­dhā­ne ni­da­rśa­nā­de­r apy a­na­bhi­dhā­na­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, bha­va­tu­, yadi ta­da­nta­re­ṇā­pi sā­dhya­si­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­. na hi vya­sa­na­m e­vai­ta­d asya yat siddhe 'py arthe 'vaśyaṃ vākyaṃ pū­ra­yi­ta­vya­m iti. api coktam — "­vi­du­ṣāṃ vācyo hetur eva hi ke­va­la­" iti yadarthaṃ dṛṣṭānta ucyate so 'rthaś cet siddhaḥ kiṃ ta­dva­ca­ne­na­. a­pra­ti­pa­nnā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­n prati yuktaṃ tad va­ca­na­m a­vi­nā­bhā­vi li­ṅga­pra­tī­tau ca tasmād idam ittham iti bhavaty eva pratītiḥ kiṃ tatra ni­ga­ma­ne­ne­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yasmān nedam a­na­rtha­kaṃ sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddhā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­sū­ca­ka­tvā­d asya. etad uktaṃ bhavati — a­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tvā­pra­ti­pā­da­ne 'py a­vi­nā­bhā­vo '­pra­ti­pā­di­ta eva syāt pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­va­da­sa­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­syā­pi he­tu­rū­pa­tvā­t ta­tpra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthaṃ ca ni­ga­ma­na­m­. tahā hi — tasmād anitya iti saty ārambho niyamaṃ ga­ma­ya­ty anitya eva tasmān na nitya iti sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddha­sya pra­ti­pa­kṣā­khya­syā­sa­ttvaṃ gamyate tataś ca nāyaṃ vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­rī na pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma iti siddhaṃ bha­va­ti­. nanu pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhā­va­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ vācyaṃ na ni­ga­ma­nā­khyaṃ va­ca­na­mā­traṃ vi­pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ prati va­ca­na­mā­tra­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d iti. evaṃ tarhi pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­si­ddhā­v api pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m eva vācyam na he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­di­va­ca­na­mā­tra­m iti pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­sā­dha­na­pra­mā­ṇa­sta­ba­ka­tvā­n na va­ca­na­mā­tra­m iti cet, ni­ga­ma­na­m api tarhi pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhā­va­sā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­sū­ca­ka­tvā­n na va­ca­na­mā­tra­m­. nanu sā­dhyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ prastutaṃ tad eva kriyatāṃ kiṃ sā­dhya­vi­ru­ddhā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­ne­ne­ti­, naitad asti, na hi pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­da­na­m a­nta­re­ṇa sā­dhyā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tathā coktam — "­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­bhyā­m a­rthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ ni­rṇa­yaḥ­" iti, kṛtam asya vyākhyānaṃ pu­ra­stā­d iti. yadi ni­ga­ma­nā­bhi­dhā­na­m a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tataḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­di­si­ddhau sa­ttva­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­sā­dha­na­m eva va­kta­vya­m­. "­a­sa­nto '­kṣa­ṇi­kā­s tasyāṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­ro­dha­taḥ­" i­tyā­di­nā bādhakaṃ pramāṇaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. tad a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­to hi tava ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. kasmān ni­ga­ma­nā­rtha­tvā­d bā­dha­ka­sya­. vi­pa­rī­ta­pra­sa­ṅga­pra­ti­ṣe­dho hy u­bha­yo­r arthaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dvā­re­ṇa hetor a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­ma­rtha­na­m u­bhā­bhyā­m apy a­bhi­pre­ta­m­. nanu cā­bhi­hi­te 'pi ni­ga­ma­ne tadarthaṃ prati yadā pra­ti­vā­dī vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tadāsau bā­dha­ke­nai­va pra­ti­bo­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­, na va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa­; tasmād bā­dha­ka­m eva va­kta­vya­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ni­ga­ma­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau hi bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇo­pa­nyā­so yu­jya­te­, he­tvā­dya­rtha­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­tsā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇo­pa­nyā­sa­va­t­. anyathā he­tvā­dya­va­ya­vo 'pi na va­kta­vya­s ta­da­rtha­sā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇo­pa­nyā­sa eva ka­rta­vyaḥ­. so 'pi na ka­rta­vya­s tadarthe vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no yena pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa pra­ti­bo­dha­yi­tuṃ śakyas tad eva va­kta­vya­m ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­. tasmād yadaiva yad a­va­ya­vā­rthaṃ prati vi­pra­ti­pa­dya­te paras tadaiva tad a­va­ya­vā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­nā­rthaṃ bādhakaṃ sādhakaṃ vā pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m ucyata ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­.

NBhū-YA 32­8­,29~so 'yaṃ pa­ñcā­va­ya­va­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ paramo nyāyaḥ ka­smā­t­? vi­pra­ti­pa­nna­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­t­, ka­thā­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­c ca. kā punar iyaṃ kathety ucyate — vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­noḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­haḥ kathā. sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­ra­hi­taṃ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ha­mā­traṃ kathā mā bhūd iti vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. sā dvividhā — vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā­, vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ka­thā ceti. yatra kathāyāṃ vī­ta­rā­go vī­ta­rā­ge­nai­va saha ta­ttva­ni­rṇa­yā­rthaṃ sā­dha­no­pa­la­mbhau ka­ro­ti­, sā vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā vā­da­saṃ­jña­kai­vo­cya­te na tatra vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā­nta­ra­m asti. yathā vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ka­thā­yā vāda iti sā­mā­nya­saṃ­jñā jalpa iti vi­ta­ṇḍe­ti ca vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñe­ti­. tatra ka­thā­tra­ye 'pi vāda iti saṃjñā vya­va­hā­ra­taḥ pra­si­ddhā­, katheti saṃjñā tu sūtrataḥ pra­si­ddhā­. yady api da­ṇḍa­ka­sū­tre kathety uddeśaḥ kaṇṭhokto nāsti tathāpy a­bhi­prā­ya­to 'sty e­vā­nya­thā katham u­tta­ra­tra vya­va­hā­raṃ sū­tra­kā­raḥ ku­ryā­t­? "­kā­rya­vyā­sa­ṅgā­t ka­thā­vi­cche­do vi­kṣe­paḥ­" iti. vicitrā hy asya sū­tra­kā­ra­sya pra­vṛ­tti­s tena pra­mā­ṇā­di­va­t katheti sā­mā­nyo­dde­śaṃ da­ṇḍa­ka­sū­tre kṛtvā paścād vā­da­ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍā iti vi­śe­ṣo­dde­śo na kṛtaḥ.

NBhū-YA 32­9­,22~vādānāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m api ka­ṇṭho­kta­m asti. tathā coktam — "­pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbhaḥ si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nnaḥ pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pa­ri­gra­ho vādaḥ" iti. e­ka­dha­rmi­sthau viruddhau dharmau pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣau ya­thā­ni­tyaḥ śabdo nityaḥ śabda iti, vi­ro­dha­s tu sa­hā­sa­mbha­vaḥ­, sa ca ya­thā­da­rśa­naṃ pra­tye­ta­vyaḥ­. tatra mū­rtā­mū­rta­tvā­dī­nāṃ kā­la­bhe­de­nā­py e­kā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­, sa­kri­ya­tva­ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­yo­ś ca kā­la­bhe­de­na mūrteṣv asti sambhava ity a­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, tathā sa­ttvā­sa­ttva­yoḥ kā­la­bhe­de­na de­śa­bhe­de­na vā gha­ṭā­di­ṣv e­vā­vi­ro­dho na tv ā­kā­śā­di­ṣv ity evam a­nya­trā­pi vi­ro­dhā­vi­ro­dhau ya­thā­da­rśa­naṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyau­. bhi­nna­dha­rmi­stha­yo­r virodha eva nāstīti jñā­nā­rtha­m e­ka­dha­rmi­stha­tva­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tatra pa­kṣa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­rū­pa­tā ka­thā­tra­ye 'py astīti vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m āha — pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha iti. tatra sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­gra­ha­ṇe­na vi­ta­ṇḍā­to vya­va­cchi­dya­te­. na hi vi­ta­ṇḍā­yā­m ubhayaṃ sā­dha­na­m u­pā­la­mbha­ś cā­bhi­dhī­ya­te­. jalpād a­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ pra­mā­ṇai­s tarkeṇa ca sā­dha­na­m u­pā­la­mbha­ś cāsmin kriyata iti pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbhaḥ­. atra sā­ma­rthyā­t pakṣe sā­dha­na­pra­ti­pa­kṣe vo­pā­la­mbho dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. tatra yadā mukhya eva pra­ti­pa­kṣa­s ta­dai­ka­sya sā­dha­na­śa­bda­sya lu­pta­ni­rde­śo dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. pra­mā­ṇai­s tarkeṇa ca sādhanaṃ sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­ś cotpatya ca dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 33­0­,8~pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na ka­rta­vya­m­, ga­mya­mā­na­tvā­t­. tathā hi — sādhyate '­ne­ne­ti sā­dha­na­m­, u­pā­la­bhya­te '­ne­ne­ty u­pā­la­mbhaḥ­. pa­ñcā­va­ya­vaṃ vākyaṃ tac ca pra­mā­ṇai­r a­va­ya­vai­r eva kri­ya­te­. teṣu cā­va­ya­ve­ṣu pra­mā­ṇa­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tte­r eva pra­mā­ṇa­mū­la­tvaṃ labdhaṃ tasmāt pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­. nā­na­rtha­ka­m­, nā­nā­rtha­ka­pra­yo­ga­ni­ya­ma­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­tvā­t­. vāde hi pra­mā­ṇa­mū­la­tve­na buddhau sthitāḥ pra­ti­jñā­da­yo '­va­ya­vāḥ sā­dha­nā­yo­pā­la­mbhā­ya ca vādinā pra­yo­kta­vyā vādasya vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā­tvā­t­. na ca vī­ta­rā­gāḥ pa­ra­va­ca­na­bu­ddhyā pra­va­rta­nte­. nanu jalpe 'pi kaścin na jñātvā he­tvā­bhā­sā­n pra­yu­ṅkte­. sa­tya­m­, tathāpy ādau sa­mya­gbu­ddhyā pra­yu­kta­sya pa­re­ṇā­bhā­sa­tve pra­ti­pā­di­te ja­lpā­ka­s ta­tsa­ma­rtha­nā­rthaṃ punar yatate vi­ji­gī­ṣu­tvā­n na ni­va­rta­te­, vāde tu vādī vī­ta­rā­ga­tvā­n ni­va­rta­te­. kiṃ cātmanaḥ pa­rā­ja­yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvai­kā­nta­pa­rā­ja­yā­d varaṃ saṃdeha ity a­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa jalpākaḥ sā­dha­nā­yo­pā­la­mbhā­ya vā­bhā­sā­n api prayuṅkte na tu vī­ta­rā­gaḥ­. tad ayaṃ pra­yo­ga­ni­ya­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇā­d ṛte na si­ddhya­ti­. pra­yo­ga­ni­ya­me­na jalpād bhidyate vādas tan nā­na­rtha­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 33­0­,21~idaṃ cā­nya­tpra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pra­yo­ja­na­m­. a­nta­re­ṇā­py a­va­ya­va­sa­mba­ndhaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­ny arthaṃ sā­dha­ya­nti ni­ṣe­dha­ya­nti ceti. asyārthaḥ — pra­ti­jñā­dya­va­ya­va­sa­mba­ndha­m a­nta­re­ṇā­pi yadā pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhiḥ svatantraiḥ ka­sya­ci­d arthasya siddhir u­pā­la­mbha­ś ca kri­ya­te­, tadāpi vāda iti jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tarkasya bhū­ta­pū­rva­tve­na vyāpāraḥ svā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ yat ta­rkā­nu­gṛ­hī­taṃ tad eva va­kta­vya­m­, na tu lau­kā­ya­ti­kai­r iva svayam a­pra­ti­pa­nna­m apīty atas ta­rka­gra­ha­ṇa­m api vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ kṛ­ta­m­. etat pū­rvā­cā­rya­ma­te­na vyā­khyā­ta­m­. svamate nanu pra­tya­kṣā­dya­nya­ta­maṃ sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sā­dha­na­m ity u­cya­te­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇā­rtha­m u­pā­la­mbha­s tau pra­mā­ṇe­nā­nu­mā­ne­na ni­ści­ta­sā­ma­rthyau tarkeṇa pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­dhe viṣayaṃ kṛ­ta­sā­ma­rthyau vā nai­yā­yi­ke­na vāde va­kta­vyā­v iti pra­mā­ṇa­ta­rka­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. jalpe 'py evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ ya­tho­kto­pa­pa­nna­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. vi­ta­ṇḍā­yā­m api sa iti pa­rā­ma­rśā­t­. evaṃ ca vā­dā­di­ṣu nai­yā­yi­ka­sya pra­vṛ­tti­r na prāpnoty a­na­rthā­śaṃ­ka­ye­ti co­dyā­na­va­kā­śaḥ­. tad etac codyaṃ pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­naṃ ca tarkasya pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­ne pra­yo­ja­na­ka­tha­na­pra­sa­ṅge­na pra­pa­ñci­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 33­1­,4~si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna iti kim arthaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­ni­ya­mā­rtha­m ity eke jalpe ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­vi­dhā­nā­d vāde ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhe ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­bhya­nu­jñā kri­ya­te­. tatra si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddha­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­pa­si­ddhā­nto '­bhya­nu­jñā­taḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna­gra­ha­ṇā­t pañca he­tvā­bhā­sāḥ­, adhika nyūnaṃ cety aṣṭāv eva vāde ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nī­ti­. yady anyāny apy u­dbhā­vya­nte­, tataḥ kiṃ prā­ya­ści­ttaṃ bha­ve­t­? vī­ta­rā­ga­tva­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. a­pa­si­ddhā­ntā­dya­ṣṭa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­no­dbhā­va­ne 'pi vī­ta­rā­ga­tvaṃ na ni­va­rta­te­. ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nta­ro­dbhā­va­ne tu ta­nni­vṛ­tti­r iti nātra pra­mā­ṇa­m asti. kiṃ ca vāde pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­dī­nā­m a­pā­rtha­ka­ni­ra­rtha­kā­dī­nāṃ cā­dū­ṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­s ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­tve vā kathaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­ni­ya­mo dū­ṣa­ṇa­syai­va ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­tvā­d a­pa­si­ddhā­ntā­di­va­t­. ni­ra­rtha­kā­pā­rtha­kā­dī­nāṃ tyā­gā­rtha­m u­dbhā­va­naṃ na ni­gra­hā­rtha­m iti cet, a­pa­si­ddhā­ntā­dyu­dbhā­va­naṃ gu­rvā­dī­nāṃ kiṃ ni­gra­hā­rthaṃ na khalu vāde vādināṃ pra­kṛ­tā­nu­pa­yo­gi­tva­pra­tī­ti­pū­rva­ka­pa­ri­tyā­gā­d anyo 'sti ni­gra­haḥ­? kha­rā­ro­ha­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tu jalpe 'pi nigraho na vi­du­ṣā­m a­nu­ma­taḥ pā­pa­he­tu­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 33­1­,17~anye tu va­rṇa­ya­nti — si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddhā­di­gra­ha­ṇa­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ni sarvāṇi vāde 'py u­dbhā­va­yi­na­vyā­ni­, kin tu vāde tyāgārthaṃ ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yo­s tu ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yā­rtha­m u­dbhā­vya­nta ity asya vi­śe­ṣa­sya jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m u­tta­ra­sū­tre cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ kṛ­ta­m­, nādāv iti. atha vā si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddhaḥ pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna­ś ca vādaḥ kartavya iti sū­tra­kā­raḥ śiṣyān śi­kṣa­ya­ti­. kecid vi­śu­ṣka­tā­rki­kāḥ si­ddhā­nta­vi­ro­dhe­nā­pi vādaṃ kurvanti — ya­the­śva­ra­jñā­na­m anityaṃ vi­bhu­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa gu­ṇa­tvā­d ity e­va­mā­di­ka­m­, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddha­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tathā coktam —

NBhū-YA 33­1­,28~sva­pa­kṣa­sā­dha­naṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ sā­dha­na­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ sā­dha­na­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ śa­bda­do­ṣa­va­rja­na­m­. na cety etaiḥ pa­ñca­bhi­r a­va­ya­vai­r u­pa­pa­nno vādaḥ kartavyo ye­nā­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ syāt śa­bda­do­ṣa­va­rja­na­m iti. ni­ra­rtha­kā­pā­rtha­kā­pra­tī­ta­pra­yo­gā­ti­dru­to­ccā­ra­ṇā­di­do­ṣa­va­rja­na­m ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 33­1­,31~atha vā vādo 'pi dvividho bhavati — śā­strā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­pū­rva­ka­s ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­ś ceti. tatra śāstram a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya si­ddhā­ntā­vi­ru­ddho vādaḥ ka­rta­vya­s tataś ca yena ke­na­ci­c chāstraṃ vi­ru­dhya­te­, tat sarvaṃ tasya vā­cya­m­. śāstram a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mya pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nno vādaḥ ka­rta­vya­s tasya tu śā­stra­vi­ro­dho na do­ṣa­tve­no­dbhā­va­nī­yaḥ­, kiṃ tu yena ke­na­ci­t pa­ñcā­va­ya­vo­pa­pa­nna­tvaṃ vi­ru­dhya­te tat sarvaṃ tasya ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m u­dbhā­va­nī­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 33­2­,7~vī­ta­rā­ga­ka­thā­pi dvividhā bhavati — sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣā vā pra­ti­pa­kṣā ca. tathā ca sūtram — "na pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­m api vā kuryāt pra­yo­ja­nā­rthi­tve­na­" — iti. evaṃ cā­vā­nta­ra­bhe­da­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ catasraḥ kathā bha­va­nti­, na tisra iti. vya­va­hā­ra­s tu vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā­tra­ye­ṇai­vā­stī­ti tisra eva vi­śe­ṣa­saṃ­jñā u­ddi­ṣṭāḥ­. atha vā tisra eva bha­va­ntu­, vādo 'pi hi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­no vi­ta­ṇḍai­ve­ti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. yatra tu vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ṇā saha lā­bha­pū­jā­khyā­ti­kā­mo jayārthaṃ pra­va­rta­te sā vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ka­thā­.

NBhū-YA 33­2­,13~nanu ca mo­kṣa­mā­rga­vi­ru­ddha­tvā­l lā­bhā­di­prā­pte­s ta­tpra­yo­ja­nā kathā na yu­kte­ti­, sa­tya­m­; neyaṃ mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā ka­rta­vyā­, kiṃ tu jñātvā va­rja­nī­ye­ti ni­rū­pi­tā­. yadā tu vī­ta­rā­go vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ṇā­kṣi­ptaḥ kathāṃ pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ pa­ro­pa­ro­dhā­n na śa­kno­ti­, tadāsau vī­ta­rā­ga­s tena vi­ji­gī­ṣu­ṇā saha pa­rā­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ jñā­nāṃ­ku­ra­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ ca tām eva ca­tu­ra­ṅgāṃ kathāṃ kuryān na hy a­nya­thā­sau vi­ji­gī­ṣuḥ pra­ti­bo­dha­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. tathā cāha — "­ta­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍe bī­ja­pra­ro­ha­saṃ­ra­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ ka­ṇṭa­ka­śā­khā­va­ra­ṇa­va­t­" iti. svātmani śi­ṣyā­dyā­tma­ni co­tpa­nna­s ta­ttvā­dhya­va­sā­yāṃ­ku­raḥ śā­kyā­di­mṛ­gai­r bha­kṣye­tā­pi yadi ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍā­bhyāṃ ka­ṇṭa­ka­śā­khā­bhyā­m ā­va­ra­ṇaṃ na kri­ye­ta­. ye cā­nu­tpa­nna­ta­ttva­jñā­nāḥ­, śi­ṣyā­da­ya­s teṣāṃ pra­ti­vā­di­na­ś cā­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ vī­ta­rā­ge­ṇā­pi jalpādau pra­va­rta­ta­vya­m ity u­kta­m­. a­nu­gra­ha­ś ca mo­kṣa­śā­strā­cā­ryā­di­ṣu śra­ddho­tpa­tti­dvā­re­ṇa bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33­2­,25~ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yo­s tarhi lakṣaṇaṃ vā­cya­m­. tad ucyate — "­ya­tho­kto­pa­pa­nna­cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­syā­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbho jalpaḥ" ya­tho­kto­pa­pa­nna iti sa­ma­sta­vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­nna iti. vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gi­tve 'py a­ṅgā­dhi­kye­nā­ṅga­hā­nyā ca ja­lpa­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yo­r vādād bhedaḥ. ja­lpa­syā­ṅgā­dhi­kya­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. evaṃ co­tsa­rgā­pa­vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­syā­ti­pyā­pi­tva­do­ṣaḥ­. apare tv e­ka­syo­pa­pa­nna­pa­da­sya lu­pta­ni­rde­śaṃ ma­nya­nte­. ayam arthaḥ — yathokte vā­da­la­kṣa­ṇe yad u­pa­pa­nnaṃ gha­ṭa­mā­naṃ te­no­pa­pa­nna u­pe­ta­ś cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbho jalpa iti. nanu cha­lā­di­bhi­r na ka­sya­ci­t sādhanaṃ nāpy u­pā­la­mbhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ty a­yu­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t teṣāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­tā ca sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇe vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe ca śrūyate iti. na caiṣāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ nai­vā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ na hy a­pra­mā­ṇi­kā ka­sya­ci­t siddhir asti. kiṃ co­pā­la­mbha­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva ta­da­rtha­si­ddheḥ sā­dha­na­gra­ha­ṇā­na­rtha­kyaṃ syād iti bhrāntaṃ pra­ti­sā­dha­ka­tva­m ity eke. yasya hi cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nai­r bhramaḥ kriyate ta­syai­tā­ni sā­dha­na­tvaṃ bu­ddhyā­dhya­va­si­tā­ni sā­dha­nā­nī­ty u­cya­nte­. taṃ prati vā sa­du­tta­ra­tvā­d ity asiddhaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­tā­pi bhrā­ntā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇai­va na tu pa­ra­mā­rtha­ta­ś cha­lā­dī­nāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka­tva­m apy asty a­sa­du­tta­ra­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 33­3­,13~nanu ca cha­lā­di­bhiḥ parasya bhramaḥ kartavya iti nāyaṃ sa­dā­cā­raḥ­. duṣṭaṃ prati duṣṭena bha­vi­ta­vya­m iti cet, evaṃ tarhi kha­ra­ca­pe­ṭa­vi­ṣa­dā­nā­strā­di­pra­yo­ge­ṇā­pi ta­syā­pa­kā­raḥ kartavyaḥ syād iti, naitad asti, dṛ­ṣṭā­pa­lā­pā­yo­gā­t­. vi­ji­gī­ṣa­vo hi cha­lā­dī­ny api sā­dha­nā­yo­pā­la­mbhā­ya ca pra­yu­ñjā­nā dṛ­śya­nte­, tataḥ sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­bu­ddhi­r apy a­ta­dvi­dāṃ bhavantī dṛ­śya­te­. so 'yaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­vā­daḥ kri­ya­mā­ṇo na do­ṣā­ya­. a­nu­vā­de ca pa­ri­tyā­gaḥ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vi­ji­gī­ṣu­va­nmu­mu­kṣu­bhi­r na pra­va­rti­ta­vya­m­, pa­rā­nu­gra­hā­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­ttā­nāṃ ca vyāmohaṃ vi­ji­gī­ṣu­va­ccha­lā­di­bhiḥ kartuṃ na śa­knu­va­ntī­ti­. na punar atra mu­mu­kṣū­ṇāṃ cha­lā­dī­ni pra­yo­kta­vya­tve­na vi­dhī­ya­nte­.

NBhū-YA 33­3­,21~apare tu parair da­ṇḍa­ka­to­ṭa­kā­dyu­pa­nyā­se­nā­ku­li­ta­bu­ddhī­nāṃ nai­yā­yi­kā­nā­m api kiyantaṃ kālaṃ cha­lā­di­pra­yo­ktṛ­tva­m i­ccha­nti­, yāvat sa­mya­ksā­dha­ne­ṣu smṛtir na bha­va­ti­. anyathā cha­lā­dī­nā­m a­nu­pa­nyā­se hy a­pra­ti­bhā­di ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m udbhāvya jayaṃ labdhāpy a­sa­dvā­di­no ga­cche­yu­r iti. bhā­ṣya­kā­ra­s tv āha — na sā­kṣā­ccha­lā­dī­nāṃ sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­ni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ṣya­te­. kiṃ tarhi? pra­mā­ṇai­r eva sādhana u­pā­la­mbhe ca kri­ya­mā­ṇe ta­dvi­ghā­tā­ya pareṇa cha­lā­dī­ni pra­yu­ktā­ni yadi no­dbhā­vya­nte­, tataḥ satsv api pra­mā­ṇe­ṣu dū­ṣi­ta­tva­pra­ti­bhā­sā­n na sādhanaṃ no­pā­la­mbhaḥ syāt. u­dbhā­vi­tā­ni cha­lā­dī­ni sa­ddū­ṣa­ṇā­ny e­tā­nī­ti pra­tī­ya­nte tathā pra­tī­tā­ni tu sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m a­ṅga­bhā­vaṃ ga­ccha­nti­. ni­ra­va­dye­bhyo hi pra­mā­ṇe­bhyaḥ sā­dha­na­m u­pā­la­mbha­ś ca bha­va­tī­ti­. "tad evam a­ṅga­bhū­tā­nāṃ cha­lā­dī­nā­m u­pā­dā­naṃ jalpe, na sva­ta­ntrā­ṇā­m­" iti.

NBhū-YA 33­4­,3~"sa pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nā­hī­no vi­ta­ṇḍā­" iti. sa ity anena jalpa eva sa­mba­dhya­ta ity a­pa­re­. tathā ca dvirūpā vitaṇḍā bhavati — vi­ji­gī­ṣu­vi­ta­ṇḍā vī­ta­rā­ga­vi­ta­ṇḍe­ti­. taṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­na­m api vā pra­yo­ja­nā­rtha­m ity anena vī­ta­rā­ga­vi­ta­ṇḍā­m āha. svapakṣa eva vai­ta­ṇḍi­ka­sya pra­ti­vā­di­pa­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yā­tra pra­ti­pa­kṣa uktaḥ. tasya sthā­pa­nā­sā­dha­na­m­, tena vikalo vādo jalpaś ca vi­ta­ṇḍe­ty u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 33­4­,8~nanu ca sā­dha­nā­bhā­vā­d abhāva eva pra­ti­pa­kṣa­sya prāptaḥ. pa­cya­mā­no hi pakṣa u­cya­te­. sā­dha­nā­bhā­ve tu vya­ktī­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhā­vā­n na pa­kṣa­tva­m­. tataś ca sa pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­no vi­ta­ṇḍe­ti vā­cya­m­. sthā­pa­nā­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­ka­m­. tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, yasmād vā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tve­na pakṣa u­cya­te­. ta­dvi­ru­ddha­tve­na pra­ti­vā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tve­na vā pra­ti­pa­kṣa iti, na tu pa­cya­mā­na­te­nai­va­. tathātve hy eka eva pakṣaḥ syāt, tataś ca vi­vā­dā­bhā­va­pra­sa­kti­r na hy e­ka­pa­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yā vā­di­no­r vivādo dṛśyate kiṃ ca nityaḥ śabda ity a­syā­pa­kṣa­tve tadvṛtteḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tva­pra­me­ya­tvā­de­r viruddhā nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ na vācyaṃ syāt. pa­kṣa­dha­rma­sya trayī gatir ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tasmād vā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­mā­tre­ṇa pa­kṣa­tva­m­, na pa­cya­mā­na­tve­nai­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33­4­,17~nanu ca yathā ni­rṇa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇe pa­kṣa­śa­bde­na ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ sā­dha­na­m u­kta­m­. ta­thā­trā­pi sa­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­hī­no vi­ta­ṇḍe­ty ukte 'pi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­sthā­pa­nā hīna iti gamyata eva. tasmān na sthā­pa­nā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ kāryam iti, na; pa­ra­ma­ta­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­tvā­t — vai­ta­ṇḍi­ka­sya na pakṣaḥ kaścid asti dū­ṣa­ṇa­mā­traṃ hi vi­ta­ṇḍe­ty eke ma­nya­nte­, ta­nni­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ sthā­pa­nā­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. pa­rā­bhi­pre­tā tu vitaṇḍā yathā na sa­mbha­va­ti ta­tho­cya­te — "­vi­ta­ṇḍa­yā va­rta­mā­no vai­ta­ṇḍi­kaḥ­. sa pra­yo­ja­na­m a­nu­yu­kto yadi pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, so 'sya pakṣa iti vai­ta­ṇḍi­ka­tvaṃ ja­hā­ti­. atha na pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tato nāyaṃ laukiko na pa­rī­kṣa­ka ity ā­pa­dya­te­, tataś co­nma­tta­va­du­pe­kṣa­ṇī­yaḥ syāt. athāpi pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­jñā­pa­naṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ brū­yā­t­, etad api tādṛg eva. yo jñā­pa­ya­ti­, yo jā­nī­te­, yena jñā­pa­ya­ti­, yac ca jñāpyate — etac ca­tu­ṣṭa­yaṃ cet pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, vai­ta­ṇḍi­ka­tvaṃ ja­hā­ti­. atha na pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, ta­dā­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­jñā­pa­naṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m ity etan no­pa­pa­dya­te­. vā­kya­sa­mū­ha­ś ca sthā­pa­nā­hī­no vi­ta­ṇḍā­. tasyā yady a­bhi­dhe­ya­m arthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, so 'sya pakṣaḥ sthā­pa­nī­yo bha­va­ti­. atha na pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, pra­lā­pa­mā­tra­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ bha­va­ti­, vi­ta­ṇḍā­tvaṃ ca ni­va­rta­ta­" iti tasmān nā­vi­dya­mā­na­pa­kṣa­sya dū­ṣa­ṇa­mā­traṃ vi­ta­ṇḍā­. kiṃ tarhi? yatra ka­thā­yā­m a­nya­ta­ra­vā­dī sva­pa­kṣa­sthā­pa­nāṃ nā­bhi­dha­tte­, pā­ri­śe­ṣyā­t sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhiṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇā­ny e­vā­bhi­dha­tte­. sā vi­ta­ṇḍe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33­5­,10~cha­la­jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha ity u­kta­m­. na cā­ni­ści­ta­sva­rū­pā­ṇāṃ cha­lā­dī­nāṃ sā­dha­no­pā­la­mbha­he­tu­tva­m astīti śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­, nāpi svavākye pa­ri­va­rja­naṃ pa­ra­vā­kye­ṣū­dbhā­va­naṃ ca kartuṃ śakyata iti. tasmāc cha­lā­di­sva­rū­paṃ vi­śe­ṣa­to 'pi va­kta­vya­m ity ata ucyate — "­va­ca­na­vi­ghā­to '­rtha­vi­ka­lpo­pa­pa­ttyā cha­la­m­" . va­ca­na­sya vighāto yaḥ kriyate '­rtha­vi­ka­lpo­pa­pa­ttyā tac cha­la­m­. vighāto ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m ity arthaḥ. a­rtha­vi­ka­lpo '­nya­thā­rtha­ka­lpa­naṃ ta­syo­pa­pa­ttiḥ sambhava iti. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe draṣṭavyaṃ he­tvā­bhā­sa­va­t­. na hi vi­śe­ṣo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­d a­nya­tsā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­syo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33­5­,19~"tat trividhaṃ vākchalaṃ sā­mā­nya­ccha­la­m u­pa­cā­ra­ccha­laṃ ca" iti. traividhyaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­trai­vi­dhyā­t­. yathā la­kṣa­ṇa­trai­vi­dhyā­c cha­la­trai­vi­dhya­m­, ta­tho­cya­te —

NBhū-YA 33­5­,23~ "­a­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­hi­te 'rthe vaktur a­bhi­prā­yā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā vā­kcha­la­m­"­. a­trā­rtha­gra­ha­ṇaṃ va­ca­na­syā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dho na sva­rū­pa­ta iti jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­. a­ne­kā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yi padaṃ vākyaṃ vā­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­syā­rthā­bhi­dhā­nā­ya prayoga e­vā­bhi­hi­to 'rtha ity uktas tasmin sa­ti­va­ktu­r a­bhi­prā­yā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ yatra va­ca­na­vi­ghā­te ta­dvā­ṅni­mi­ttaṃ chalaṃ vā­kcha­la­m­. nanv anyad api vā­ṅni­mi­tta­m eva cha­la­m­. sa­tya­m­, tathāpy anyatra sā­mā­nyā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ prā­dhā­nye­nā­stī­ti tenaiva vya­pa­di­śya­te­. na­va­ka­mba­la­ko 'yaṃ mā­ṇa­va­ka ity ukte, cha­la­vā­dy āha — kuto 'sya na­va­ka­mba­lā iti? pra­tya­gra­ka­mba­la­sa­mba­ndhi­tvaṃ vaktur vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, cha­la­vā­dī tu na­va­saṃ­khyā­va­cchi­nna­ka­mba­la­sa­mba­ndhi­tvaṃ tava vi­va­kṣi­ta­m ity a­dhyā­ro­pyā­sa­mbha­ve­na ni­rā­ka­ro­ti­. atrāyaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­kta­vyaḥ śabdārthaṃ bu­dhvā­bu­dhvā vā pra­ti­ṣe­dhaṃ ka­ro­ṣi­? yadi budhvā, tadā sā­mā­nya­śa­bdā­d ayaṃ viśeṣaḥ kutas tva­yā­va­ga­taḥ­? na hi sā­mā­nya­śa­bdaḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­pe­kṣo '­rtha­vi­śe­ṣaṃ vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­tuṃ yuktaḥ. sā­mā­nya­pra­yo­ge '­rtha­vi­śe­ṣaṃ prati vaktaiva praṣṭavyaḥ — kiṃ te vi­va­kṣi­ta­m iti? tatas ta­da­bhi­prā­yaṃ jñātvā ta­syā­bhya­nu­jñā­dū­ṣa­ṇaṃ vā vaktuṃ yuktaṃ na ccha­nda­taḥ­. pratyakṣe 'rthe śa­bda­pra­yo­ge cā­rtha­da­rśa­na­m eva ni­yā­ma­ka­m­, yathāyaṃ śveto dhā­va­tī­ty ukte śve­ta­syā­da­rśa­ne śuni dṛṣṭe ca śvā ito dhā­va­tī­ty eṣaiva vaktur vivakṣā ga­mya­te­. tathā pra­tya­gra­ka­mba­la­da­rśa­ne na­va­ka­mba­la­ko 'yaṃ mā­ṇa­va­ka iti vaktrā śabda uktas tena pra­tya­gra­ka­mba­lo 'tra vaktur vi­va­kṣi­ta iti pra­ti­pa­tti­r yuktā ta­da­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca ta­syā­pra­ti­pa­tti­la­kṣa­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ vā­cya­m­. na­va­ka­mba­lā asyeti pra­ti­pa­tti­s tu vi­pa­rī­tā tena vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ vā­cya­m­. a­thā­bu­dhvai­va śabdārthaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaṃ ka­ro­ṣi­, tathāpy a­pra­ti­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. atha navaḥ kambalo 'syeti vaktur a­bhi­prā­yo '­va­ga­ta eva mayā. tathāpi pra­ti­vā­di­nā­va­śyaṃ kiṃcid uttaraṃ va­kta­vya­m ity u­tta­ra­m uktam — "kuto 'sya nava kambalā iti? tathāpy u­tta­rā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d a­pra­ti­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. ta­thā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttau hi satyaṃ si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā vā" — ity uttaraṃ yu­kta­m­. na hi to­ya­pū­rṇaṃ ta­ḍā­ga­m ity ukte kuto '­trā­gni­r ity uttaraṃ yu­kta­m­. vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r vā ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, u­tta­ra­sya vi­pa­rī­ta­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. atha na­va­śa­bda­sā­dṛ­śyā­d atra saṃ­khyā­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­; tathāpi vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, vi­pa­rī­ta­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 33­6­,28~ "­sa­mbha­va­to '­rtha­syā­ti­sā­mā­nya­yo­gā­d a­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā sā­mā­nya­ccha­la­m­" . vi­va­kṣi­to dha­rma­jña­ś ca­tu­rve­dā­bhi­jña­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa sa­mbha­va­ti­, sa sa­mbha­va­ccha­bde­no­kta­s tam a­ti­kra­myā­ta­ddha­rmi­ṇy api vrātyādau yad va­rta­te­. sāmānyaṃ brā­hma­ṇa­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, ta­da­ti­sā­mā­nyaṃ tena sa­mbha­va­to 'rthasya yogād a­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā­ni­mi­ttaṃ yatra va­ca­na­vi­ghā­te­, ta­tsā­mā­nya­ccha­la­m­; sā­mā­nya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­d iti. aho nu khalv asau brā­hma­ṇa­ś ca­tu­rve­dā­bhi­jña ity ukte ke­na­ci­t­, nyā­ya­vā­dy āha — kim a­trā­śca­rya­m­? sa­mbha­va­ti brāhmaṇe ca­tu­rve­dā­bhi­jña­tva­m ity evam ukte, cha­la­vā­dī brā­hma­ṇa­tvaṃ ve­dā­bhi­jña­tve liṅgam uktam ity enām a­sa­dbhū­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nāṃ kṛtvā pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m āha — nāyaṃ hetur vrā­tye­nā­nai­kā­ntā­t­. kāraṇaṃ ced brā­hma­ṇa­tva­m­, tad vrātye 'pi brā­hma­ṇa­tva­m astīti so 'pi ve­dā­bhi­jñaḥ syād iti. tatrāpi pū­rva­va­nni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ vācyam — bu­ddhvā­bu­ddhvā vā pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ kri­ya­te­? yady a­bu­ddhvā­, tato '­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. atha buddhvā, tadāpy a­ya­thā­rthā­va­bo­dhā­d vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. atha ya­thā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v apy avaśyaṃ kiṃcid uttaraṃ va­kta­vya­m ity ato mayāpy evam u­tta­ra­m uktam iti, tathāpy u­tta­rā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­d a­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r vā, vi­pa­rī­ta­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. ka­smā­t­? he­tu­tvā­vi­va­kṣi­ta­tvā­t — na hy atra brā­hma­ṇa­tvaṃ li­ṅga­tve­no­kta­m­, ye­nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­nā kri­ye­ta­. nāpi brā­hma­ṇa­tva ve­dā­bhi­jña­tva­sya ja­na­ka­m e­vo­kta­m­, ye­nā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. kiṃ tarhi? brā­hma­ṇa­tve sati ca­tu­rve­dā­bhi­jña­tvaṃ bā­hu­lye­na dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d ā­śca­rya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ na bha­va­tī­ty bhi­prā­yaḥ­, su­kṣe­tra­tve sati śā­li­sa­mpa­tti­va­t­. yo­gya­tā­mā­trā­bhi­dhā­naṃ cedaṃ yathā sukṣetraṃ śā­li­sa­mpa­tti­yo­gyaṃ pra­ti­pa­nna­m­. tatra ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­tta­vai­gu­ṇyā­c chā­lya­sa­mpa­ttā­v apy ayogyaṃ no­cya­te­. tathā ke­ṣu­ci­d brā­hma­ṇe­ṣu ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­tta­vai­gu­ṇyā­d ve­da­jñā­nā­sa­mpa­ttā­v apy a­yo­gya­tvaṃ na yu­kta­m­. pra­śaṃ­sā­vā­do vāyam — yathā sa­mbha­va­nty asmin kṣetre śālaya ity anena kṣetraṃ stūyate ka­rṣa­kā­ṇāṃ tatra pra­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m­, tathā sa­mbha­va­ti brāhmaṇe vi­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­sa­mpa­d ity anena brāhmaṇaḥ pra­śa­sya­te­, tatra śra­ddho­tpā­da­nā­rtha­m a­va­jñā­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ ca; tato dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r u­pa­ca­ya­pa­ri­va­rja­na­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 33­7­,27~ "­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­ni­rde­śo­'­rtha­sa­dbhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dha u­pa­cā­ra­ccha­la­m­"­. a­bhi­dhā­na­sya dharmo yathārthaṃ pra­yo­ga­s tasya vikalpo 'nyatra dṛṣṭasya sa­ha­ca­ra­ṇā­di­ni­mi­tte­nā­nya­tra pra­yo­ga­s ta­nni­rde­śe '­rtha­sa­dbhā­va­sya mu­khyā­dhyā­ro­pe­ṇa pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­. kim uktaṃ bha­va­ti­? u­pa­cā­ra­pra­yo­ge mu­khyā­rtha­ka­lpa­na­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dha u­pa­cā­ra­ccha­la­m­. pra­ti­ṣe­dho mu­khyā­rthā­sa­mbha­ve­na va­ca­na­vi­ghā­taḥ­. mañcāḥ kro­śa­ntī­ty ukte cha­la­vā­dy āha — puruṣāḥ kro­śa­nti­, na mañcās teṣām a­ce­ta­na­tvā­t­, na hy a­ce­ta­nā­nāṃ kā­ṣṭha­saṃ­ghā­tā­nāṃ krośanaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tasmād a­yu­kta­m uktam — mañcāḥ kro­śa­ntī­ti­. tasyāpi pū­rva­va­nni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m — bu­ddhvā­bu­dhvā vā pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­? yady a­bu­ddhvā­, tato '­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. buddhvā ced vi­pa­rī­ta­bo­dhā­d vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. yasmād u­bha­ya­thā­pi mu­khya­gau­ṇa­pra­kā­re­ṇā­pi loke śāstre ca śa­bda­pra­yo­go dṛ­śya­te­. tena vaktā yatheṣṭaṃ mukhyaṃ gauṇaṃ vā śabdaṃ pra­yu­ṅkte­. tatra pra­dhā­na­śa­bda­pra­yo­ge pra­dhā­nā­rtha­syai­vā­nu­jñā pra­ti­ṣe­dho vā yu­jya­te­, bhā­kta­pra­yo­ge tu bhā­ktā­rtha­syai­ve­ti­. yadā tu gu­ṇa­bhū­taṃ śabdaṃ vaktā prayuṅkte paras tu pra­dhā­na­m a­dhā­ro­pya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ti­, sva­ma­nī­ṣa­yā pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ so na pa­ro­pā­la­mbha iti. "­vā­kcha­la­m e­vo­pa­cā­ra­ccha­la­m­, ta­da­vi­śe­ṣā­t­"­. u­bha­ya­trā­py a­rthā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­ne­ti­, na; ta­da­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­t — e­ka­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­ne '­rthā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­nya­tra gau­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne mu­khyā­rtha­ka­lpa­ne­ti katham a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? a­vi­śe­ṣe vā kiṃcit sā­dha­rmyā­d e­ka­ccha­la­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. vaktur a­vi­va­kṣi­tā­rtha­ka­lpa­nā va­ca­na­vi­ghā­ta­tvaṃ vā sādharmyaṃ cha­la­tra­ye 'py a­stī­tya­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅga­s tataś ca cha­la­dvi­tvaṃ yad a­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ tad api ni­va­rta­te­. tasmāl la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d u­pa­cā­ra­ccha­la­m apy a­rthā­nta­ra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 33­8­,16~u­pa­cā­ra eva nāsti kutas ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ chalam ity a­pa­raḥ­. tathā hi — ma­ñca­śa­bdaḥ kiṃ sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣaḥ pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu buddhiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­? athā ta­nni­ra­pe­kṣa iti? sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣa­ś cet, na tarhi gauṇas ta­tra­kṛ­ta­sa­ma­ya­tvā­n ma­ñca­va­t­. a­ne­kā­rthe­ṣv api saṃ­ke­ti­to go­śa­bdā­di­va­n mukhya eva. atha ta­nni­ra­pe­kṣa­s tathā sati kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ja­na­ye­t­? na hi śabdaḥ pra­dī­pā­di­va­dyo­gya­ta­yai­vā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? li­ṅga­va­tsa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­ba­le­na­. kiṃ ca sa­ma­ya­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­tve gau­ṇa­śa­bdā­nāṃ vyā­khyā­pe­kṣi­tvaṃ na syāt. sū­tra­vi­ro­dha­ś ca "­sā­ma­yi­ka­tvā­c chabdād arthe sa­mpra­tya­ya­sya­" iti. bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vi­ka­lpā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ś ca — yadi bhrāntāṃ pratītiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, tataḥ śabda evāsau na bha­va­ti­; śa­bdā­bhā­sa­tvā­t­. ā­pto­pa­de­śo hi śabda uktaḥ, na ca bhrā­ntya­rtha­m āptaḥ śabdam u­ccā­ra­ya­ti­. a­thā­bhrā­nta­jñā­na­ja­na­kaḥ­, tathā sati mukhya e­vā­sau­, śabdas ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gi­tvā­t­. ma­ñca­śa­bdaḥ pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa sākṣān na sa­mba­ddha­s tenāsau tasminn arthe gauṇa iti cet, ko 'yaṃ sā­kṣā­tsa­mba­ndhaḥ­? saṃ­yo­ga­s tāvad gu­ṇa­tvā­n na śabdānāṃ ke­na­ci­d asti. sa­ma­vā­ya­s tu sa­rva­śa­bdā­nā­m ā­kā­śe­nai­va­. sa­ma­ya­s tu pu­ru­ṣe­ṇā­pi sākṣād e­vā­nya­thā pra­tī­ti­r na syād ity u­kta­m­. na hi sa­mba­ddha­sa­mba­ddhā­d bhū­ta­la­śa­bdā­t tatstheṣu vṛ­kṣā­di­ṣu pra­tī­ti­r dṛṣṭā. kiṃ ca sa­mba­ddha­sa­mba­ndhā­d api yadi viśiṣṭāṃ pratītiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, tadā na gauṇaḥ śabdo, na hī­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ddha­sa­mba­ddhā­d api gu­ṇā­di­ṣu viśiṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­n gauṇa u­cya­te­. a­thā­vi­śi­ṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, tadāpy a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ śabda ity eva va­kta­vya­m­, na gauṇa iti pra­tā­ra­ka­śa­bda­va­t­. tasmān na gauṇaḥ śabdo '­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 33­9­,5~tad etad a­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­saṃ­mo­ha­na­mā­tra­m­, na viduṣāṃ manāṃsy a­nu­ra­ñja­ya­ti­. lokeṣv api mu­khya­gau­ṇa­bhā­ve­na śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­si­ddheḥ­. śa­bdā­rtha­vya­va­sthāṃ prati hi vya­va­hā­ri­ṇa eva pa­ṇḍi­tā­s tena vya­va­hā­ra­ta eva śabdārtho vya­va­sthā­pa­yi­ta­vyo 'yaṃ mukhyo 'yaṃ gauṇa iti. tasminn eva khalv arthe ke­na­ci­n ni­mi­tte­na pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ śabdo mukhyaḥ, ke­na­ci­d bhākta ity u­cya­te­. ya­thai­ka­smi­nn eva parvate bhū­dha­ra­s ti­ṣṭha­tī­tyā­diḥ kri­yā­śa­bdaḥ­, śveto ma­hā­ni­tyā­di­r gu­ṇa­śa­bdaḥ­, parvata i­tyā­di­r jā­ti­śa­bdaḥ­, savṛkṣa i­tyā­di­r dra­vya­śa­bdaḥ — ity evaṃ vya­pa­de­śa­bhe­daṃ śabdā ni­mi­tta­bhe­dā­t pra­va­rta­mā­nā la­bha­nte­. yathā vā sa eva śabdaḥ kvacid arthe pā­ri­bhā­ṣi­kaḥ­, kvacin nai­mi­tti­ka ucyate sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣi­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­ja­na­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi. samayo 'pi khalu dvividhaḥ — sā­dhā­ra­ṇo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ś ceti. tatra yo bahuṣv api śāstreṣu lokeṣu ca vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ­, sa sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ­, yathā — vṛ­ddhi­śa­bde­no­pa­ca­yo '­bhya­dhi­kī­bhā­va u­cya­te­. yas tu pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­śā­stre loke vā vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ­, so '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ­, yathā — "­vṛ­ddhi­r ā­dai­c­"­va­rṇa u­cya­te­. loke ca gṛhe gṛhe svā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa pu­trā­di­ṣu saṃjñā kri­ya­te­, ga­vā­di­ṣu ca sva­sa­ma­yā­dhi­kṛ­taiḥ saha gu­pta­vya­va­hā­rā­rtha­m apūrvaḥ śabdaḥ saṃ­ke­tya­ta iti. ta­trā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ śabdā yeṣu yeṣv artheṣu saṃ­ke­ti­tā­s teṣu teṣu ya­thā­rtha­pra­tī­tiṃ ja­na­ya­nto mukhyā eva. sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣi­ṇo 'pi ye jā­tyā­di­ni­mi­tto­pā­dā­ne­na sa­mi­tā­s te ta­nni­mi­tta­yo­gi­ṣv artheṣu mukhyā eva. ni­mi­tta­ni­ra­pe­kṣo 'pi vyo­mā­di­śa­bdo yasminn arthe pa­ri­bhā­ṣi­ta­s tasmin mukhya eva. ye tu sa­ha­ca­ra­ṇā­di­ni­mi­tto­pā­dā­ne­na sa­mi­tā­s te '­nā­di­kā­la­tve­na bhāktā iti pra­si­ddhāḥ­.

NBhū-YA 33­9­,25~tathā cā­nā­di­pra­si­ddhi­r u­lla­ṅgha­yi­tuṃ na śakyeti manvānaḥ sū­tra­kā­raḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­śā­stra­pra­si­ddhe­r a­nu­vā­daṃ karoti sma — "­a­ha­ca­ra­ṇa­sthā­na­tā­da­rthya­vṛ­tta­mā­na­dhā­ra­ṇa­sā­mī­pya­yo­ga­sā­dha­nā­dhi­pa­tye­bhyo brā­hma­ṇa­ma­ñca­ka­ṭa­rā­ja­sa­ktu­ca­nda­na­ga­ṅgā­śā­ṭa­kā­nna­pu­ru­ṣe­ṣv a­ta­dbhā­ve 'pi tadvad u­pa­cā­raḥ­" iti. a­ya­ṣṭi­kā­di­sva­bhā­ve­ṣv api brā­hma­ṇā­di­ṣu ya­ṣṭi­kā­di­ṣv iva va­rta­mā­naḥ śabda u­pa­cā­ra ucyata ity arthaḥ. tatra yaṣṭikāṃ bho­ja­ye­ti­, ya­ṣṭi­kā­sa­ha­ca­ri­to brāhmaṇo '­bhi­dhī­ya­te­. sthānāt — mañcāḥ kro­śa­ntī­ti­, puruṣā u­cya­nte­. tā­da­rthyā­t — ka­ṭā­rthā­ni vī­ra­ṇā­ni karoti kaṭaṃ ka­ro­tī­ti­. tad a­yu­kta­m­, karoty u­tpā­da­ya­tī­ty e­kā­rtha­tvā­n na co­tpa­nnā­nāṃ vī­ra­ṇā­nāṃ punar u­tpā­da­naṃ yu­kta­m­. kiṃ vā sa­tkā­rya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­n mukhye bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca. ka­rma­tva­vi­ro­dha iti cen na; jāyata iti kartṛtvaṃ ca saṃ­jñā­mā­tre­ṇa ka­rma­tvā­t tad uktam — trividhaṃ karma — nirvartyaṃ vikāryaṃ prāpyaṃ ceti, tan na sarvatra ja­na­ka­sya kā­ra­ka­tva­m iṣṭaṃ śa­bda­vi­dbhiḥ­, kiṃ tu dvi­tī­yā­di­vi­bha­ktyu­tpa­ttya­rthaṃ kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­ṣv api vi­va­kṣā­mā­tre­ṇa ka­rmā­di­saṃ­jñā kṛtā kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­m a­bhi­dha­tta iti. tasmād anyathā vyā­khyā­ya­te — ka­ṭā­rthā­ni vī­ra­ṇā­ny ā­nī­ya­nte­, kaṭa ā­nī­ya­ta iti kaścid u­pa­ca­ra­ti­, yūpārthaṃ dā­rvā­nī­ya­te iti. vṛttāt — yamo 'yaṃ rājā, kubero 'yaṃ rājā, tadvad eva vartata iti. mānād — ā­ḍha­ke­na mitān saktūn a­śnā­tyā­ḍha­ka­m a­śnā­tī­ti­. dha­ra­ṇā­t — tulayā dhṛtaṃ candanaṃ tulety u­cya­te­. sā­mī­pyā­d — gaṅgāyāṃ gāvaś ca­ra­ntī­ti­. yogāt — nīlaḥ śāṭaka iti. sā­dha­nā­t — annaṃ vai prāṇā iti. ā­dhi­pa­tyā­d — ayaṃ puruṣaḥ ku­la­m­, ayaṃ ca gotram iti. a­ta­dbhā­ve 'pi ta­dva­du­pa­cā­ra iti bruvatā gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yoḥ skha­la­dga­ti­kṛ­to 'pi viśeṣa u­kta­skha­la­dga­tiḥ śabdo gauṇo '­skha­la­dga­ti­s tu mukhya iti. tathā hi — mañcāḥ kro­śa­ntī­ty ukte kā­ṣṭha­sa­ṅghā­te­ṣv eva tāvad gatir bha­va­ti­, tasyāṃ vā­ca­ke­na bā­dhi­tā­yāṃ paścāt pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu gatir ity ata ekatra skha­li­tvā­nya­tra ga­ti­he­tu­r gauṇaḥ śabdaḥ, na tv evaṃ puruṣāḥ kro­śa­ntī­ty ukte kvacit skha­la­na­m asti. kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­c chabdānāṃ kra­ma­vyā­pā­ro na yukta ity api na vā­cya­m­, vā­kya­vi­cā­re ni­rū­pi­ta­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca vākyasya vi­cā­ra­pū­rva­ko '­rtha­ni­śca­yo na syāt. saṃ­ke­ta­mā­trā­pe­kṣi­tve ca gośabdaḥ kam arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ye­t­? vā­gā­dī­nāṃ sarveṣāṃ kvacid apy a­pra­tī­teḥ­, saṃ­ke­ta­ś cā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vṛttas tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 34­1­,3~evaṃ ca dugdhā gaur ity ukte kathaṃ paśur eva pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ­? pra­stā­vā­d iti cet, nanu pra­ka­ra­ṇa­va­śā­n nā­rtha­dhi­ṣa­ṇā iti mataṃ te vi­ru­dhya­te­, na ca go­śa­bdā­nā­m eva viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti, ya­du­pa­la­mbhā­d ayaṃ gośabdaḥ paśau samita iti smṛtvā tataḥ śabdāt paśur eva pra­tī­ye­ta­. tasmāt pra­ka­ra­ṇa­de­śa­kā­la­śa­bdā­nta­ra­sa­nni­dhā­nā­di nimittaṃ śa­bdā­rtha­pra­tī­tau sarvam a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, na samaya eva ke­va­laḥ­. sū­tra­kā­re­ṇā­pi na samaya eva ni­mi­tta­m ity u­kta­m­, yena pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­va­śā­d a­rtha­pra­tī­tau sū­tra­vi­ro­dhaḥ syāt. mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­me śa­bdā­khya­pra­mā­ṇa­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ syād — a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­yo hi śā­bda­vya­va­hā­ro dṛ­śya­te­, sa cā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣo mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va gṛhyata iti kiṃ śa­bda­pra­mā­ṇe­na­? na cāpto 'py a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­tī­ta­ye śabdam u­ccā­ra­ya­ti­; tasmān na sa­ma­yā­d eva śabdo 'rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. pra­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­pe­kṣā­c ca śabdāt kra­me­ṇā­py a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r bhavaty ato nā­nu­mā­ni­ky api pu­ru­ṣa­pra­tī­ti­r eṣṭavyā ma­ñca­stha­tve li­ṅgā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­ś ca, kiṃ tu kro­śa­ntī­ti pa­da­sa­hi­tā­n ma­ñca­śa­bdā­d eva ma­ñca­stha­pu­ru­ṣa­pra­tī­tiḥ­. ayaṃ ca mu­khya­gau­ṇa­yo­r viśeṣaḥ — pu­ru­ṣa­śa­bdaḥ khalu sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kri­yā­sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­na tiṣṭhati puruṣo 'sti puruṣaḥ kro­śa­tī­ty evaṃ prayuktaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­m e­vā­bhi­dha­tta iti mukhya u­cya­te­, ma­ñca­śa­bdaḥ punas tiṣṭhanti mañcāḥ sa­ntī­tyā­di­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­kri­yā­sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­na prayuktaḥ puruṣaṃ na pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, kin tu kriyā na mañceṣu sa­mbha­va­ti­, pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu ca sa­mbha­va­ti­. ta­tsā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇye­nai­va prayuktaḥ puruṣaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. tena tatra bhākta ity u­cya­te­. evaṃ gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­pra­yo­ge 'pi mu­khya­gau­ṇa­yoḥ pra­tī­ti­ja­na­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣo draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 34­1­,22~nanu cā­ta­smiṃ­s tad iti jñānaṃ bhrāntam uktaṃ tataś cāmañce puruṣe ma­ñca­jñā­naṃ bhrāntam eva, ta­ddhe­tu­ś ca gauṇaḥ śabdo '­pra­mā­ṇa­m e­ve­ti­, naitad asti; vi­ve­ka­taḥ pra­tī­teḥ­. puruṣo 'tra bhaktyā ma­ñca­śa­bde­no­kta iti vi­ve­ka­taḥ pratītiḥ kathaṃ bhrāntā syāt. a­vi­ve­ke­na hi pra­tī­ti­r bhrāntir bhavati yathā sthāṇau puruṣa e­vā­ya­m iti, nīla evāyaṃ sphaṭika iti. yadi punar evaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te sthāṇur evāyaṃ dū­rā­di­ni­mi­ttā­t pu­ru­ṣā­kā­ra­ta­yā pra­ti­bhā­ti­, śukla evāyaṃ sphaṭiko nī­lo­pā­dhi­va­śā­n nī­lā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­; tadā sa­mya­kpra­tī­ti­r eva na bhrāntir iti. evaṃ cā­ta­smiṃ­s tad iti bhrā­nta­jñā­na­he­tuḥ śabdo gauṇa iti lakṣaṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 34­1­,30~kiṃ ca yo yatra sākṣāt saṃ­ke­tya­te­, sa tatra mukhya u­cya­te­. yathā daṇḍīti śabdo daṇḍam u­pā­dā­ya puruṣa eva saṃ­ke­tya­te na tu daṇḍe, saṃ­ke­ti­naḥ tatra bādhake sati puruṣe pra­va­rta­te­. ma­ñca­śa­bda­s tu ma­ñca­tva­m u­pā­dā­ya sā­kṣā­nma­ñce­ṣu saṃ­ke­ti­taḥ­, tatra bādhake sati sthānān ni­mi­ttā­t puruṣe pra­va­rta­ta ity ato 'sti gau­ṇa­mu­khya­yo­r vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tad evam u­pa­cā­ra­sya sa­mbha­vā­t ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ chalam apy u­pa­pa­nna­m iti.

NBhū-YA 34­2­,8~"­pra­yu­kte hetau sa­mī­ka­ra­ṇā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa prasaṅgo jā­tiḥ­"­. pra­ti­pa­kṣe­ṇā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pā­da­naṃ sa­mī­ka­ra­ṇa­m­. sa ca prasaṅgo dvidhā kriyate — sā­dha­rmye­ṇa­, vai­dha­rmye­ṇa ca. yasmād āha — "­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyāṃ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ jā­ti­r­" iti. pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­pā­la­mbhaḥ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dha ity arthaḥ. u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe­ṣu va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­2­,13~pa­rā­ja­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. tad api saṃ­kṣe­pa­to dvi­vi­dha­m­, yad āha — "­vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­" iti. vi­pa­rī­tā kutsitā vā pra­ti­pa­tti­r vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. a­pra­ti­pa­tti­s tv ā­ra­mbha­vi­ṣa­ye '­nā­ra­mbhaḥ­. pakṣam a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya na sthā­pa­ya­ti­, pareṇa sthāpitaṃ vā na pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ya­ti­, pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ vā no­ddha­ra­ti­. "­ba­ha­va­ś cānayoḥ sūkṣmā bhe­dāḥ­"­. bahavo '­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­tā a­na­yo­r jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­yoḥ sūkṣmā bhedā a­vā­nta­ra­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­. tathā cāha — "­ta­dvi­ka­lpā­j jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­ba­hu­tva­m­" iti. tayor jā­ti­bhe­da­yo­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­bhe­da­yo­ś ca vi­ka­lpā­d a­vā­nta­ra­vi­śe­ṣā­j jñā­ti­ba­hu­tvaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­ba­hu­tvaṃ ca. ba­hu­tva­m a­trā­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­ta­tvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m anyathā ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­dvā­viṃ­śa­ti­bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva bahutvaṃ siddham ity a­na­rtha­kaṃ ba­hu­tva­gra­ha­ṇaṃ syād iti. tasmāt teṣāṃ jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­bhe­dā­nā­m a­na­ntā­nāṃ niḥ­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­naṃ na śakyata iti kiyanto bhedāḥ śi­ṣya­bu­ddhi­pra­ka­rṣā­rthaṃ la­kṣa­ṇo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhyāṃ pra­da­rśya­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 34­3­,10~tatra jā­ti­bhe­dā­s tāvat pra­pa­ñcya­nte — "­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyo­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpa­sā­dhya­prā­ptya­prā­pti­pra­sa­ṅga­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­nu­tpa­tti­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­he­tva­rthā­pa­ttya­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pa­ttyu­pa­la­bdhya­nu­pa­la­bdhi­ni­tyā­ni­tya­kā­rya­sa­mā­" iti. sa­ma­śa­bdaḥ pratyekaṃ sa­mba­dhya­te — sā­dha­rmya­sa­ma u­tka­rṣa­sa­ma ity evaṃ sarvatra yo­jya­m­.

NBhū-YA 34­3­,15~tatra "­sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmyā­bhyā­m u­pa­saṃ­hā­re ta­ddha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yo­pa­pa­tteḥ sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mau­"­. sā­dha­rmye­ṇā­nva­ye­na vai­dha­rmye­ṇa vya­ti­re­ke­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­ni­rva­ca­ne ta­ddha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yo dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rma­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rma ity arthas ta­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­mbha­vā­dau prasaṅgau jā­ye­te­, tau sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mau­. ta­trā­ni­tyaḥ śabdaḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t pa­ṭa­va­d ity evaṃ sā­dha­rmyo­pa­saṃ­hā­re kṛte, paraḥ pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ karoti — yady a­ni­tye­na paṭena sā­dha­rmyā­d anitya iṣyate ni­tye­nā­kā­śe­na sā­dha­rmyā­d a­mū­rta­tva­la­kṣa­ṇā­n nityaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? na hy atra viśeṣo 'sti ye­nā­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d anityo bha­va­ti­, na tu ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n nitya iti. yadi cā­ni­tya­pa­ṭa­sā­dha­rmyā­d anitya i­ṣya­te­, tadā ta­dvai­dha­rmyā­n nityaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? asti ca vai­dha­rmya­m api — paṭo rū­pā­di­mā­n­, śabdas tu ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa iti. na cātra viśeṣo 'sty a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tye­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, na punar a­ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­n ni­tye­ne­ti­. tathā yan nityaṃ tad a­kṛ­ta­kaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ ya­thā­kā­śa­m­, śabdas tu kṛ­ta­ka­s tasmād anitya ity evaṃ vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re 'py u­bha­ya­thā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m — yadi ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d anitya i­ṣya­te­, pa­ṭā­dya­ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­mū­rta­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­n nityaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? na cātra viśeṣo 'sti — ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tye­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, na punar a­ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­n ni­tye­ne­ti­. yadi ca ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tya­s ta­tsā­dha­rmyā­n nityaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? na cātra viśeṣo 'sti — ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tye­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, na punar ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n ni­tye­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 34­4­,10~"­a­na­yo­r u­tta­ra­m — a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­naḥ sā­dha­rmya­sya vai­dha­rmya­sya ca he­tu­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­pra­sa­ṅgo dhū­mā­di­va­d­" iti. ya­thā­gni­ma­tsā­dha­rmyā­d a­na­gni­ma­dvai­dha­rmyā­c ca dhūmād e­vā­gni­ma­ttvaṃ pa­rva­tā­dau si­dhya­ti­, na tv a­na­gni­ma­tsā­dha­rmyā­d a­gni­ma­dvai­dha­rmyā­c ca vṛ­kṣā­di­sa­mba­ndha­tvā­d a­na­gni­ma­ttva­m api si­dhya­ti­, ta­syā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­bhā­vā­t­. evam a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmya­sya ni­tya­vai­dha­rmya­sya cā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­na eva kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­deḥ sā­dha­ka­taṃ na tv a­vi­nā­bhā­va­vi­ka­la­syā­py a­mū­rta­tvā­de­r iti. tasmān ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d a­ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­c ca ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­r api prā­pno­tī­ty ayam a­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­4­,17~na cātra viśeṣo 'stīty a­si­ddha­m­, a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tva­ta­dvi­hī­na­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­syo­kta­tvā­t­. tathā ca sūtram — "­go­tvā­d go­si­ddhi­va­t ta­tsi­ddhiḥ­"­. kathaṃ punaḥ gotvāt sā­dhyā­vi­śi­ṣṭā­d gauḥ si­dhya­tī­ti­? go­vya­va­hā­raḥ sādhyata ity a­do­ṣaḥ­. atha vā go­tva­śa­bde­na ta­da­vi­nā­bhū­taṃ sā­snā­di­li­ṅga­m u­kta­m­, tad eva go­sā­dha­rmya­m a­go­vai­dha­rmyaṃ ca goḥ sādhanaṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­da­vi­nā­bhū­ta­tvā­n na tu prā­ṇi­tvā­dy api sā­dha­rmya­mā­traṃ ceti.

NBhū-YA 34­4­,24~"­sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­d u­bha­ya­sā­dhya­tvā­c co­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣa­va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­vi­ka­lpa­sā­dhya­sa­māḥ­"­. atra ṣaṇṇāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­nā­t ṣaḍ eva vākyāni dra­ṣṭa­vyā­ni­.

NBhū-YA 34­4­,27~sādhye dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­d a­ni­ṣṭa­dha­rma­pra­sa­ṅga u­tka­rṣa­sa­ma­s tad yathā — tasminn eva śa­bdā­ni­tya­tvā­nu­mā­ne paraḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te — yadi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d gha­ṭa­va­d anityaḥ śabdas tadā gha­ṭa­va­d eva sā­va­ya­vaḥ prā­pno­tī­ty u­tka­rṣa­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­4­,31~atha kṛ­ta­ka­tve saty api sā­va­ya­vaḥ śabdo ne­ṣya­te­, tathā saty anityo 'pi tarhi na syād a­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­śrā­va­ṇa­ś ca ghaṭo dṛṣṭaḥ śabdo 'pi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d a­śrā­va­ṇaḥ prāpnoty anityo 'pi vā neṣṭavyo vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d ity a­pa­ka­rṣa­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­5­,16~śabdo yadi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­nu­mā­ne­nā­ni­tyo va­rṇya­te­. tathā sati ghaṭo 'pi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­nu­mā­ne­nai­va varṇyaḥ syāt. a­thā­na­va­sthā­bha­yā­d ghaṭas te­nai­vā­nu­mā­ne­nā­ni­tyo na varṇyate tataḥ śabdo 'py avarṇyaḥ syād a­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti va­rṇyā­va­rṇya­sa­mau­. etau ca sā­dhya­sa­mā­d u­kti­bhe­da­mā­tre­ṇa bhinnau tena saṃ­gra­he­ṇa vyā­khyā­tau­.

NBhū-YA 34­5­,21~atha vi­ka­lpa­sa­maḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi. yathā — kiṃcin mūrtaṃ kiṃcid amūrtaṃ kiṃcit ka­ṭhi­na­m ity e­va­mā­di­dha­rma­vi­ka­lpa­s tathā kiṃcit kṛtakaṃ nityaṃ kiṃcid a­ni­tya­m ity eṣo 'pi vikalpaḥ syād vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 34­5­,25~atha sā­dhya­sa­maḥ­. yadi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d u­bha­yo­r a­ni­tya­tva­m­, tatas tarhi sā­dhya­tva­m ubhayoḥ syān na vā ka­sya­ci­d atha kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d api sādhyatvaṃ no­bha­yo­s ta­do­bha­yo­r a­ni­tya­tva­m api na syād vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 34­5­,29~eteṣāṃ ṣaṇṇām uttaraṃ "­kiṃ­ci­tsā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­si­ddhe­r vai­dha­rmyā­d a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­"­. yathā dhū­ma­va­ttvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇā­n ma­hā­na­sā­di­pa­rva­tā­di­pra­de­śa­yoḥ kiṃ­ci­tsā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­si­ddhi­r dṛṣṭā. u­pa­saṃ­hri­ya­te 'sminn ity u­pa­saṃ­hā­ro dṛṣṭāntaḥ sādhyaṃ vā hetur vā ka­rma­vyu­tpa­ttyā tasya siddhis tathā bhā­va­vya­va­sthā­. sā tu sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yoḥ pa­rva­tā­di­ma­hā­na­sā­di­pra­de­śa­yo­r dha­rma­vi­ka­lpe 'pi dṛṣṭā sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddhā­, na sarvo ma­hā­na­sā­di­dha­rmaḥ pa­rva­tā­dau si­dhya­ti­. nāpi ta­da­si­ddhā­v agner apy a­si­ddhi­r nāpi ma­hā­na­sā­dā­v a­nu­pa­la­bdho dharmaḥ pa­rva­tā­dau dṛṣṭo 'pi ni­va­rta­te­. nāpi dhū­ma­va­tāṃ dha­rmā­nta­ra­vi­ka­lpa­va­da­gni­ma­ttva­vi­ka­lpo 'pi bha­va­ti­, nāpy ubhayoḥ pra­de­śa­yo­r a­nu­me­ya­tva­m a­na­nu­me­ya­tvaṃ co­bha­yo­r iti seyaṃ vyavasthā sa­rva­vya­va­hā­ri­pra­si­ddhā śāstreṣv apy a­bhyu­pa­ga­tā ta­da­pa­lā­pe ca lo­ka­vi­ro­dhaḥ śā­stra­vi­ro­dhaḥ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca, sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv apy u­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣā­dī­nāṃ sa­mbha­vā­t­. tasmāt sā­dhya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yoḥ kiṃ­ci­tsā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­si­ddhe vai­dha­rmyā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yuktaḥ, sā­dhya­ni­rde­śā­c ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nto­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yena co­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhe­na sādhyam a­ti­di­śya­te sa dṛṣṭānta e­vo­pa­pa­dya­te na tasyāpi sādhyatvaṃ yuktam iti.

NBhū-YA 34­6­,21~"prāpya sādhyam aprāpya vā hetoḥ prā­ptyā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­prā­ptyā­sā­dha­ka­tvā­c ca prā­ptya­prā­pti­sa­mau­"­. hetuḥ sādhyaṃ prāpya sā­dha­ye­t­? aprāpya vā? na tāvat prāpya sā­dha­ye­d ubhayoḥ prā­ptyā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­ṅgu­lyo­r iva kiṃ kasya sādhanaṃ sādhyaṃ veti? nāpy aprāpya sādhyen na hy aprāptaṃ kāṣṭham agnir dahati pradīpo vā gha­ṭā­dya­prā­ptaṃ pra­kā­śa­ya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 34­6­,27~a­na­yo­r u­tta­ra­m — "­gha­ṭā­di­ni­ṣpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t pīḍane cā­bhi­cā­rā­d a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­"­. prā­ptya­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi mṛtpiṇḍa eva ku­lā­lā­di­bhi­r ghaṭaḥ kri­ya­mā­ṇaḥ pra­dī­pe­na pra­kā­śya­mā­na­ś ca dṛśyate na tu ta­dvi­pa­rya­yaḥ­. a­prā­ptya­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­bhi­cā­ra­ka­rma pīḍanaṃ kurvad u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tasmād u­bha­ya­thā­py ayuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­. "­prā­ptya­prā­ptya­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi hi pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­rtha­vṛ­tta­ya evaite sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­tvā­da­yo dharmā dṛṣṭās te ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kyāḥ­, sa­rva­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ro­dhā­d­" iti.

NBhū-YA 34­7­,4~"­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya kā­ra­ṇā­na­pa­de­śā­t pra­tya­va­sthā­nā­c ca pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na pra­sa­ṅga­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sa­mau­"­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­pi sādhanaṃ vā­cya­m­. kṛtakaṃ gha­ṭā­dya­ni­tya­m eveti nātra kā­ra­ṇa­m a­pa­di­ṣṭaṃ na cā­pra­mā­ṇi­kā siddhir asti. sā­dhya­syā­pi sā­dha­nā­na­bhi­dhā­na­pra­sa­ṅge­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ pra­sa­ṅga­sa­maḥ­. yathā ca — śro­tra­grā­hyaṃ śabdatvaṃ ni­tya­dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tathā śabdo 'pi nityaḥ syān na cātra viśeṣo 'sti gha­ṭā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­d a­ni­tye­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m­, na punaḥ śa­bda­tva­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­n ni­tye­ne­ti pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sa­maḥ­. tatra pra­sa­ṅga­sa­ma­sya sā­dhya­sa­mā­d u­kti­mā­tre­ṇa bhedaḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sa­ma­sya ca sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­bhyā­m ity ato 'nayoḥ saṃgrahe '­na­bhi­dhā­na­m­, sa­ma­stā­bhi­dhā­nā­pra­ti­jñā­nā­c cā­do­ṣaḥ­. tathā ca kiyanto bhedāḥ pra­da­rśya­nta ity u­kta­m­. tatra pra­sa­ṅga­sa­ma­sya tāvad u­tta­ra­m āha — "­pra­dī­po­pā­dā­na­pra­sa­ṅga­vi­ni­vṛ­tti­va­t ta­dvi­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­" .

NBhū-YA 34­7­,16~yathā gha­ṭā­di­pra­kā­śa­nā­yo­pā­tte pradīpe pra­dī­pā­nta­ro­pā­dā­na­pra­sa­ṅgo '­na­rtha­kaḥ­, pra­dī­pa­sya pra­dī­pā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­sya pra­tī­teḥ­; tathā dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣa­sya pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi siddhes ta­tpra­sa­ṅgo '­na­rtha­ka iti.

NBhū-YA 34­7­,20~pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sa­ma­syā­py u­tta­ra­m āha — "­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­he­tu­tve ca na hetur dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­" . pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta e­vo­kta­s tvayā, na tu dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya doṣaḥ kaścid ato do­ṣā­bhā­vā­n na hetur dṛṣṭāntaḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­he­tu­tve '­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­ne '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 34­7­,23~atha vā yo 'yaṃ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta uktaḥ sa ke­nā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa­? kiṃ yathā dṛṣṭāntaḥ sā­dha­ka­s tathā pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto 'pi sā­dha­kaḥ­? kiṃ vā yathā pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto '­sā­dha­ka­s tathā dṛṣṭānto 'py a­sā­dha­ka iti? prācīne pakṣe "­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­he­tu­tve nā­he­tu­r dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­"­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­t pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya hetutve '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne '­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ tāvat tvayāpi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhau he­tu­tva­m­, tataś ca ta­trā­va­yoḥ saṃ­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ saṃ­jā­te­ti siddho '­sma­tpa­kṣaḥ­. pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte tv adyāpi vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. dvitīye 'pi pakṣe pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­d dṛṣṭānto 'py a­sā­dha­ka iti bru­va­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ tāvat tvayāpi pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­he­tu­tva­m­, dṛṣṭānte tu vi­cā­rya­m iti. evaṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­sā­dha­ka­tva­si­ddhau pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya hetutve '­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­ne­nā­he­tu­r dṛṣṭānta ity u­bha­ya­pa­kṣe 'pi sūtraṃ sa­mba­dhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 34­8­,8~"prāg utpatteḥ kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­tpa­tti­sa­maḥ­"­. anityaḥ śabdaḥ kā­rya­tvā­d ity ukteḥ, paraḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te — prāg utpatteḥ śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kāryatvaṃ nāstīti nityaḥ prāptaḥ, nityasya co­tpa­tti­r a­nu­pa­pa­nne­ti­. a­nu­tpa­ttyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­nu­tpa­tti­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­8­,13~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­ta­thā­bhā­vā­d u­tpa­nna­sya kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­" . a­nu­tpa­nnaḥ khalu śabda eva nāsti kasya ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­ś ci­ntye­ta­? utpanno hi śabdaḥ śabdo bha­va­ti­, tadā cā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­kaṃ kāraṇaṃ kā­rya­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tasmān ni­tya­syo­tpa­tti­r a­nu­pa­pa­nne­ty ayam a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­8­,18~"­sā­mā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­yo­r ai­ndri­ya­ka­tve samāne ni­tyā­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t saṃ­śa­ya­sa­maḥ­"­. saty api kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­khye hetau saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­c chabde saṃśayo na ni­va­rta­te­. saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ca sā­mā­nya­gha­ṭa­yo­r ni­tyā­ni­tya­yoḥ sā­dha­rmya­m ai­ndri­ya­ka­tva­m­, tad asti śabde. atha saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇe saty api saṃśayo ne­ṣya­te­, tadā ni­śca­ya­kā­ra­ṇe saty api niścayo 'pi mā bhūd vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti saṃ­śa­ye­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ saṃ­śa­ya­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 34­8­,25~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­sā­dha­rmyā­t saṃśaye na saṃśayo vai­dha­rmyā­d u­bha­ya­thā vā saṃśaye '­tya­nta­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ni­tya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c ca sā­mā­nya­syā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­"­. sā­dha­rmyā­d ai­ndri­ya­ka­tvā­t saṃśaye 'pi vai­dha­rmyā­t kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­n na yuktaḥ saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, tasya vi­śe­ṣa­tvā­d atas ta­du­pa­la­mbhā­d a­ni­tya­ni­śca­ya e­vā­stu­. atha tato 'pi saṃśaya e­ve­ṣya­te­, tadā sā­dha­rmyā­d vai­dha­rmyā­d api saṃśaye '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne '­tya­nta­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kuto hy asau saṃśayo ni­va­rte­ta iti?

NBhū-YA 34­9­,4~yac coktam — saty api kṛ­ta­ka­tve saṃ­śa­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­dbhā­vā­c chabde saṃśayo na ni­va­rta­ta iti, tatrāha — ni­tya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d i­tyā­di­. sarvadā saṃ­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t sā­mā­nya­sye­ty arthaḥ. na hi śi­raḥ­pā­ṇyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­ne 'py ū­rdhva­tva­sā­mā­nyā­t saṃśaya u­tpa­dya­mā­no dṛ­śya­te­. tasmād ayuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­. saṃgrahe tv asyāpy a­na­bhi­dhā­naṃ vi­sta­ra­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­m­.

NBhū-YA 34­9­,10~"­u­bha­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­t pra­kri­yā­si­ddheḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­" . ubhayaṃ ca ta­tsā­dha­rmyaṃ co­bha­ya­sā­dha­rmyaṃ sā­dha­rmya­dva­ya­m ity arthaḥ. pra­kri­ya­ta iti prakriyā pakṣaḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­ś co­cya­te­. ta­trā­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ­, ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t tu pra­ti­pa­kṣa­si­ddhiḥ­. sā­dha­rmya­gra­ha­ṇa­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­. vai­dha­rmye­ṇā­pi sa­mā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 34­9­,14~u­bha­ya­vai­dha­rmyā­t pra­kri­yā­si­ddheḥ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma iti. asyāpi sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­bhyā­m u­kti­mā­tre­ṇa bhedaḥ. yadi tu vi­ru­ddhā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­va­t tri­rū­pe­ṇa sā­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­maḥ­, sā­dha­rmya­sa­ma­s tu sā­dha­rmya­mā­tre­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m ity u­cya­te­; ta­dai­ta­d vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m apy asti.

NBhū-YA 34­9­,19~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­pra­ti­pa­kṣā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddheḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ­"­. dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣā­pe­kṣa­yā pra­tha­ma­syā­tra pra­ti­pa­kṣa­tva­m­. tasmāt pra­ti­pa­kṣā­t pra­tha­ma­sā­dha­nā­t pra­ka­ra­ṇa­sya pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣa­sya siddheḥ. pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣa­syā­nu­tthā­na­m ity arthaḥ. kutaḥ? pra­ti­pa­kṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. pra­tha­ma­sā­dha­na­sya ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­d ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 34­9­,25~"­trai­kā­lyā­si­ddhe­r hetor a­he­tu­sa­maḥ­"­. hetuḥ sā­dha­na­m­, tat kiṃ sādhyāt pūrvaṃ? kiṃ vā pa­ścā­t­? uta yu­ga­pa­d iti? yadi pūrvaṃ sā­dha­na­m­, asati sādhye kasya ta­tsā­dha­na­m­? atha paścāt sā­dha­na­m­, pūrvaṃ sādhyaṃ katham utpannaṃ sādhanaṃ vinā? bha­vi­ṣya­da­vi­dya­mā­naṃ kathaṃ sā­dha­na­m­? atha yu­ga­pa­t sādhyaṃ sādhanaṃ ca, tathā kiṃ kasya sā­dha­na­m­? vi­dya­mā­na­tve­na dvayos tu­lya­tvā­d iti. hetur a­he­tu­nā na vi­śi­ṣya­ta ity eva pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­he­tu­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­0­,5~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "na, hetutaḥ sā­dhya­si­ddheḥ­" . na hi nirvartyaṃ jñāpyaṃ vā kiṃcid api sādhyaṃ hetum a­nta­re­ṇa si­dhya­ti­, he­tu­ta­s tu mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­ku­lā­lā­di­bhyaḥ pra­dī­pā­kṣa­dhū­mā­di­bhya­ś ca ghaṭādeḥ sādhyasya siddhir u­pa­la­bhya­te­. teṣām api trai­kā­lyā­si­ddheḥ sa­mā­na­tvā­d a­he­tu­tvaṃ prā­pta­m­, tataś ca sa­rva­he­tū­nā­m a­he­tu­tve prāpte na kaścit kvacit pra­va­rte­ta ni­va­rte­ta vety a­ndha­mū­kaṃ sa­rva­vyā­pā­ra­śū­nyaṃ ca jagat syāt, na caitad asti; tasmād dhetuta eva sā­dhya­si­ddhiḥ­. pū­rvā­pa­ra­sa­ha­bhā­vo 'pi ya­thā­da­rśa­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ — tatra ni­rva­rta­ko hetuḥ sarvo 'pi sādhyāt prāg eva. jñā­pa­ka­s tu kaścit prāg, yathā — a­kṣā­rkā­di­r u­tpa­dya­mā­nā­nā­m­. kaścit pa­ścā­d­, yathā — dhū­ma­śa­bde­cchā­di­r da­ha­nā­kā­śā­tmā­dī­nā­m­. kaścit sa­ha­bhā­vī­; yathā — rūpādiḥ spa­rśā­dī­nā­m­. yo­gya­tā­m a­nu­mā­yā­sa­ty api sādhye sā­dha­na­vya­pa­de­śaḥ­, saty api ca sādhane sā­dhya­vya­pa­de­śaḥ kriyata iti.

NBhū-YA 35­0­,17~"­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca" . yo 'yaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ sa kiṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhyā­t pū­rva­m­? kiṃ vā pa­ścā­t­? uta yu­ga­pa­d iti? yadi pū­rva­m­, tato 'sati pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­, kasyāyaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­? atha pa­ścā­t­, asati pra­ti­ṣe­dhe­, kathaṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­m­. atha yu­ga­pa­t­, tataḥ sā­dhye­ta­ra­yoḥ go­vi­ṣā­ṇa­yo­r iva pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. tad evaṃ trai­kā­lyā­si­ddheḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, ta­da­nu­pa­pa­ttau ca ni­ra­va­dyo hetuḥ siddha iti.

NBhū-YA 35­0­,24~"­a­rthā­pa­tti­taḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­si­ddhe­r a­rthā­pa­tti­sa­maḥ­" . yady a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­t kā­rya­tvā­d anityaḥ śabda iṣyate 'rthād āpannaṃ ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n nitya iti, asti ca śabdasya ni­tye­nā­pi sā­dha­rmya­m a­spa­rśa­tva­m­. evaṃ vai­dha­rmya­pra­yo­ge 'py a­rthā­pa­ttyā pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. asyāpi sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­bhyā­m u­kti­mā­tre­ṇa bhedaḥ. atha vā sā­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re sā­dha­rmye­ṇai­va pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ sā­dha­rmya­sa­maḥ — yady a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d anityaḥ śabdaḥ, arthād ā­pa­nna­m — ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n nitya iti. vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re vai­dha­rmye­ṇai­va pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ vai­dha­rmya­sa­maḥ — yadi ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­d anityaḥ śabdaḥ, arthād ā­pa­nna­m — a­ni­tya­vai­dha­rmyā­n nityaḥ śabda iti. vai­dha­rmye­ṇo­pa­saṃ­hā­re 'pi sā­dha­rmye­ṇa pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­rthā­pa­tti­sa­ma ity ataḥ sva­rū­pa­bhe­do 'sti.

NBhū-YA 35­1­,11~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­a­nu­kta­syā­rthā­pa­tteḥ pa­kṣa­hā­ne­r u­pa­pa­tti­r a­nu­kta­tvā­t­" . a­nu­kta­sya ni­tya­tva­pa­kṣa­syā­rthā­pa­tti­taḥ siddhim icchataḥ pakṣasya ni­tya­tva­sya hāniḥ prā­pno­ti­. ka­smā­t­? pa­kṣa­hā­ne­r a­nu­kta­tvā­t­. na cā­rthā­pa­tte­r itthaṃ sva­rū­pa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? yena vinā ya­nno­pa­pa­dya­te ta­da­nu­pa­pa­dya­mā­naṃ ta­tka­lpa­ya­d a­rthā­pa­tti­r u­cya­te­. na ca ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiṃ vi­nā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­r no­pa­pa­dya­te­, yena sā tāṃ ka­lpa­ye­t­. "­a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­c cā­rthā­pa­tteḥ­"­. yā ceyaṃ vā­kyā­rtha­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇai­vā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­, sā khalv a­nai­kā­nti­kī­, na hi ghanasya grāvṇaḥ pa­ta­na­m ity ukte 'rthād ā­pa­dya­te — dra­vā­ṇā­m a­pā­ma­pa­ta­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 35­1­,20~"­e­ka­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣe sa­rvā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t sa­dbhā­vo­pa­pa­tte­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­maḥ­" . yadi gha­ṭa­śa­bda­yo­r ekasya dharmasya kā­rya­tvā­khya­syo­pa­pa­tte­r a­ni­tya­tve — nā­vi­śe­ṣa i­ṣya­te­. nanv evaṃ tarhi sa­rva­bhā­vā­nā­m apy a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­sa­jya­te­, sa­dbhā­vā­khya­syai­ka­dha­rma­sya sa­rva­tro­pa­pa­tte­r iti.

NBhū-YA 35­1­,25~ta­tre­da­m ucyate — yadi sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ sa­rva­thai­vā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sā­dhya­te­, tadā pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. atha yena ke­na­ci­d a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tadā pra­me­ya­tvā­di­nā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­. atha ni­tya­tve­nā­ni­tya­tve­na vā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­vi­śe­ṣa­s tadāpy a­nu­mā­nā­di­nā vi­ro­dha­s tad āha — "­kva­ci­t ta­ddha­rmo­pa­pa­tteḥ kvacic cā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­vaḥ­"­. kvacid ghaṭādau ta­ddha­rma­syā­ni­tya­tva­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bdheḥ­, kvacid ā­kā­śā­dau vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­mā­ṇa­tā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­vaḥ sa­rvā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­bhā­va iti. athavā kvacid a­ni­tya­tvā­dau ta­tsā­dha­ka­sya dharmasya kā­rya­tvā­de­r he­tu­tve­no­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­mbha­vā­t­. kvacic ca sa­rvā­vi­śe­ṣe ca sa­dbhā­va­syā­nya­sya vā dharmasya he­tu­tve­nā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­va iti pū­rva­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 35­2­,10~"­u­bha­ya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r u­pa­pa­tti­sa­maḥ­" . yady a­ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tva­m i­ṣya­te­, nanv evaṃ ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇa­syā­spa­rśa­tva­syo­pa­pa­tte­r ni­tya­tva­m api kin ne­ṣya­te­? ity u­pa­pa­ttyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­pa­pa­tti­sa­maḥ­, na hy atra viśeṣo '­stī­ti­. sā­dha­rmya­vai­dha­rmya­sa­mā­bhyā­m asyāpy u­kti­mā­tra­bhe­daḥ­, na va­stu­bhe­daḥ­. u­kti­bhe­dā­d a­na­nta­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d a­do­ṣaḥ­, pra­pa­ñco­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t sūtrāṇāṃ pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­na­pra­kā­ra­vyu­tpa­ttya­rtha­tvā­c ceti.

NBhū-YA 35­2­,17~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­u­pa­pa­tti­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­jñā­nā­d a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­"­. u­bha­ya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r iti bru­va­tā­nu­jñā­taṃ tāvad a­ni­tya­tva­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r a­ni­tya­tva­m a­nu­jñā­ta­sya ca pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yuktaḥ. na cā­smā­bhi­r u­bha­ya­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tti­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te ye­nā­smā­kaṃ vyāghātaḥ prasaṅgo vā co­dya­te­. a­spa­rśa­tva­syā­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 35­2­,22~"­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve 'py u­pa­la­mbhā­d u­pa­la­bdhi­sa­maḥ­" . pṛ­thi­vyā­di­ṣu kā­rya­tva­si­ddha­ye ni­rdi­ṣṭa­sya sā­va­ya­va­tvā­khya­sya kā­ra­ṇa­syā­bhā­ve 'pi buddhyādau kā­rya­tva­m u­pa­la­bdha­m ity arthato '­pra­yo­ja­ko 'yaṃ hetuḥ, u­pa­la­bdhyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m u­pa­la­bdhi­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­2­,27~"­sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­syā­pi dhū­mā­de­r ga­ma­ka­tva­da­rśa­nā­d a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­" sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­śa­bde­nā­tra hetur u­pa­ca­ri­taḥ sthānān ni­mi­ttā­n ma­ñca­śa­bda­va­t­. atha vā sa­pa­kṣa­syai­ka­de­śo ya­syā­sā­v ity evaṃ ba­hu­vrī­hiḥ­. na khalv a­pra­yo­ja­ko nāma he­tvā­bhā­so '­si­ddhā­di­bhyo 'sti. ta­dvyā­va­rta­ka­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tti­tvaṃ ca dhū­mā­di­he­tu­ṣv apy asti. nāpi bhā­gā­si­ddha­tva­m e­vā­trā­pra­yo­ja­ka­tva­m­, bu­ddhyā­de­r a­pa­kṣa­tvā­t­, na hi buddhyādau sā­va­ya­va­tve­na kāryatvaṃ sā­dha­yi­tu­m i­ṣṭa­m­. evaṃ tarhi buddhyādeḥ kā­rya­tva­si­ddhi­r na syād ata āha — "­kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­d api ta­ddha­rmo­pa­pa­tte­r a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­"­. yathā ni­rdhū­ma­syā­gne­r nā­si­ddhi­r eva, pra­tya­kṣa­to li­ṅgā­nta­rā­c ca ta­tsi­ddheḥ­, tathā kā­rya­tva­syā­pi pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rā­d api siddher na buddhyādau ta­tsi­ddhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­. kiṃ punar atra pra­mā­ṇa­m­? tad ucyate — kāryaṃ bu­ddhyā­di­ka­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv asatsu prāg ūrdhvaṃ cā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­, pa­ṭā­di­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 35­3­,19~"­ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­bhā­va­si­ddhau ta­dvi­pa­rī­to­pa­pa­tte­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­maḥ­"­. tasya bu­ddhyā­di­kā­rya­sya yā­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, sāpi no­pa­la­bhya­te­. yady u­pa­la­bhye­ta­, ta­do­pa­la­bdhi­r eva syād ato '­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t ta­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­bhā­va­si­ddhi­s tatsiddhau cā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r vi­pa­rī­tā bu­ddhyā­de­r u­pa­la­bdhi­r u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tataḥ prāg ūrdhvam api buddhyādeḥ sadbhāvaḥ se­tsya­tī­ty a­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. na cātra viśeṣo 'sti. buddhyādeḥ prāg a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­bhā­va­m sā­dha­ya­ti­, na tu ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­la­mbha iti. a­nu­pa­la­bdhyā pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­3­,27~a­tro­tta­ra­m — "­a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­tma­ka­tvā­d a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­he­tuḥ­" . nāstīti jñānam a­nu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­. sā ta­tsva­bhā­va­ta­yai­va pra­tyā­tma­ve­dyā­ta­s ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­si­ddhe­ty a­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. yadāpy u­pa­la­bdhya­bhā­vo '­nu­pa­la­bdhi­s tadāpy u­pa­la­bdhya­bhā­va­sya pra­tyā­tma­ve­dya­tvā­t ta­da­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­si­ddhā­. tathā hi su­kha­jñā­naṃ me nāsti su­kha­jñā­na­m ahaṃ no­pa­la­bha ity a­nu­pa­la­mbha­tve­nai­va saṃ­ve­dya­te 'ta e­vo­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­d u­pa­la­bdhi­tvaṃ nā­śaṃ­ka­nī­ya­m­, na hi yathā vi­dhi­mu­khe­no­tpa­dya­mā­no­pa­la­bdhiḥ saṃ­ve­dya­te­, ta­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 35­4­,7~"­sā­dha­rmyā­t tu­lya­dha­rmo­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­ni­tya­sa­maḥ­" . a­ni­tye­na ghaṭena sā­dha­rmyā­d anityaḥ śabda iti bruvataḥ sa­rva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. asti hi ghaṭena sādharmyaṃ sa­rva­bhā­vā­nā­m a­sti­tvā­di­. na cātra viśeṣo 'sti yena gha­ṭa­sā­dha­rmyā­c cha­bda­syai­vā­ni­tya­tva­m­, na sa­rva­bhā­vā­nā­m iti. a­ni­tya­tve­na pra­tya­va­sthā­na­m a­ni­tya­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­4­,13~a­vi­śe­ṣa­sa­mā­da­syo­kti­bhe­dā bhedas tena ta­tro­kta­m u­tta­ra­m atrāpi dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. vyu­tpa­ttya­rtha­m anyad apy āha — "­sā­dha­rmyā­d asiddheḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­si­ddhiḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­sā­dha­rmyā­t­"­. sa­rva­ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ kim arthaṃ co­dya­te­? na hi sa­rvā­ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ktau śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ na si­dhya­ti­. atha yato '­ti­pra­sa­ṅga­s tato '­rtha­si­ddhi­r neṣṭā, yathā va­ca­na­mā­trā­d iti, nanv evaṃ saty a­sā­dha­ke­na va­ca­na­mā­tre sā­dha­rmyā­t tvayā śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­he­to­r a­si­ddhi­r iṣṭā. tataḥ kim? a­thā­sā­dha­ke­na sā­dha­rmyā­d dhe­tva­si­ddhe­r a­bhyu­pa­ga­me tva­du­kta­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syā­py asiddhiḥ prā­pno­ti­. ka­smā­t­? pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­nā­sā­dha­ke­na sā­dha­rmyā­d asti hi pra­ti­ṣe­dhye­na pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya sā­dha­rmya­m a­bhi­dhe­ya­tvā­di­. tasmād ayuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 35­4­,23~"­ni­tya­m a­ni­tya­bhā­vā­d anitye ni­tya­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r ni­tya­sa­maḥ­"­. a­ni­tya­tva­dha­rma­sya nityaṃ sarvadā sa­dbhā­vā­d dharmiṇo 'pi śabdasya sarvadā sadbhāvaḥ prā­pno­ti­. anyathā katham asati dharmiṇi dharmaḥ syāt? dharmiṇo 'pi sarvadā vya­va­sthā­ne nā­ni­tya­tva­m­. a­thā­ni­tya­tva­dha­rmaḥ sarvadā nāsti, tathāpy a­ni­tya­tvā­bhā­vā­n nityaḥ śabda iti ni­tya­tve­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ ni­tya­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­4­,29~a­tro­tta­ra­m — "­pra­ti­ṣe­dhye nityam a­ni­tya­bhā­vā­d anitye ni­tya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­bhā­vaḥ­"­. pra­ti­ṣe­dhye śabde nityam a­ni­tya­bhā­vā­d iti bru­va­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tva­m­. tataś cā­ni­tya­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho na yuktaḥ. a­thā­ni­tya­tvaṃ śabde nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tathāpi nityam a­ni­tya­bhā­vā­d ity asya hetor a­si­ddha­tvā­d ayuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­. atha mataṃ nā­ni­tya­tvaṃ mayā pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, kiṃ tu ni­tya­tva­m astīty u­pa­pā­dya­te­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m ity āha — "­ni­tyā­ni­tya­vi­ro­dhā­c ca". na hi vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­v ekatra sa­mbha­va­taḥ­. sambhave hi dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­pha­lā­na­rtha­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthi­nāṃ sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­ni­ya­mo na syāt. pra­dhvaṃ­sa­ś cā­ni­tya­tva­m­, na tasmin sati śa­bda­sa­dbhā­va iti. nanv evaṃ sati śa­bda­kā­le pra­dhvaṃ­sā­bhā­vā­n nityatvaṃ prā­pta­m­, na; bhā­vi­na­s ta­ddha­rma­tvā­d bhāvī nāśo '­ni­tya­te­ṣya­te­. yasya hi nāśo bha­vi­ṣya­ti ta­da­ni­tya­m ity u­cya­te­, nā­śa­yo­gya­tā­, vā­ni­tya­tā yo­gya­tai­vā­tro­pa­cā­re­ṇa pra­dhvaṃ­sa­śa­bde­no­kte­ti­.

NBhū-YA 35­5­,19~"­pra­ya­tna­kā­ryā­ne­ka­tvā­t kā­rya­sa­maḥ­"­. va­rṇā­tma­kaḥ śabdo 'nityaḥ pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­rī­ya­ka­tvā­t­, gha­ṭa­va­d ity ukte paraḥ pra­tya­va­ti­ṣṭha­te — pra­ya­tna­kā­ryā­ne­ka­tvā­d iti. pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­raṃ gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ janma dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, vya­va­hi­tā­nāṃ tu vya­va­dhā­nā­po­hā­d a­bhi­vya­kti­ś ca. tatra na jñāyate — kiṃ pra­ya­tnā­naṃ­ta­ra­m ā­tma­lā­bhaḥ śa­bda­sya­, āho svid a­bhi­vya­kti­r iti? na cātra viśeṣo 'sti yena śabdasya pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­ra­m ā­tma­lā­bha eveti ni­ścī­ya­te­. kā­rya­bhe­de­na pra­tya­va­sthā­naṃ kā­rya­sa­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 35­5­,26~a­syo­tta­ra­m — "­kā­ryā­nya­tve pra­ya­tnā­he­tu­tva­m a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ­"­. yatra hy a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vya­va­dhā­nā­dy u­pa­pa­dya­te­, tatra kā­ryā­nya­tve '­bhi­vya­kti­vya­ti­ri­kte janmani pra­ya­tna­syā­he­tu­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, na ca śa­bda­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vya­va­dhā­nā­di kiṃcid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tasmāc cha­bdā­tma­lā­bhe pra­ya­tna­sya nā­he­tu­tva­m iti. atha vā kā­ryā­nya­tve ja­nma­vya­ti­ri­ktā­yāṃ śa­bda­syā­bhi­vya­ktau pra­ya­tnā­he­tu­tvaṃ kasmād a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇo­pa­pa­tte­r a­bhi­vya­kti­he­tu­tvaṃ yato 'nyatra dṛṣṭam ity a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­, na śa­bda­syā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃcid asti yena pra­ya­tnā­d a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ syāt. api ca pra­ya­tna­sya tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhā­vā­c chabdasya ta­thā­bhā­va u­tpa­tti­pa­kṣa eva yu­jya­te­, na hi mahatā pra­ya­tne­na vya­jya­mā­na­m alpaṃ su­va­rṇā­di ma­ha­dbha­va­ti­. tasmād i­cchā­pra­ya­tna­dha­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­c chabdasya ve­go­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­va­d u­tpa­tti­r eva pra­ya­tnā­na­nta­raṃ śa­bda­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 35­6­,6~etena jā­ti­bhe­da­pra­pa­ñcā­bhi­dhā­ne­na ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­kā­rā­ś ca su­khe­nai­va vyu­tpā­di­tā bha­va­nti­. yady anye 'pi jā­ti­bhe­dāḥ santi, kasmān no­dā­hri­ya­nte­? sa­rve­ṣā­m u­dā­ha­rtu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. ka­smā­t­? sarvāṇi jā­tyu­tta­rā­ṇy u­dā­ha­rtu­n na śa­kya­nte­, ā­na­ntyā­t­. na cā­na­nta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me sū­tra­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, sū­trā­ṇā­m apy u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. kuta etad gamyate — sū­trā­ṇā­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rtha­tva­m eva, na punar e­tā­va­nta eva jā­ti­bhe­dā ity a­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha­tva­m iti ga­mya­te­? jā­tya­nta­re­ṇa pū­rva­pa­kṣa­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. yady a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­va­kṣi­taṃ syāt tadā sū­tra­kā­raḥ pū­rva­pa­kṣaṃ kurvaṃś ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­vya­ti­ri­ktāṃ jātiṃ na brū­yā­t­. uktaṃ ca jā­tya­nta­raṃ yathā —

NBhū-YA 35­6­,15~"­a­nya­d a­nya­smā­d a­na­nya­tvā­d a­na­nya­d ity a­nya­tā­bhā­vaḥ­" . śa­bdā­ni­tya­tva­pa­rī­kṣā­yā­m "­a­bhyā­sā­t­" iti pū­rva­pa­kṣaṃ kṛtvā "­nā­nya­tve 'py a­bhyā­so­pa­cā­rā­t­" ity anena dū­ṣi­ta­vā­n­. punaḥ pū­rva­pa­kṣa­vā­dy āha — yad idam anyad ity u­cya­te­, kim ātmano 'nyad u­tā­na­nya­d iti? yady anyat ta­dā­tma­hā­nā­n nāsty eva. a­thā­na­nya­t ta­dā­na­nya­tvā­d e­vā­nya­n na bha­va­tī­ty a­nya­tā­bhā­vaḥ — e­ṣā­na­nya­sa­mā jātiḥ.

NBhū-YA 35­6­,22~tathā "­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca saṃ­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ­" iti. yadi na vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sa­mpra­tī­ya­te­, ta­dā­stī­ti kathaṃ vetsi? atha sa­mpra­tī­ya­te­, tadāpi sa­mpra­tī­ya­ta iti sa­mpra­ti­pa­tti­r eva, sā na vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. atha vā yadi tadartho na sa­mpra­tī­ya­te­, tadā mle­ccha­bhā­ṣā­va­d a­pra­tī­tā­rtha­tvā­n na saṃ­śa­ya­he­tuḥ­. atha sa­mpra­tī­ya­te 'rthaḥ, tathāpi svārthaṃ sa­mpra­tyā­ya­ya­ntī sa­mra­ti­pa­tti­r eva — ity eṣā sa­mpra­ti­pa­tti­sa­mā jātiḥ.

NBhū-YA 35­6­,29~"­a­vya­va­sthā­tma­ni vya­va­sthi­ta­tvā­c cā­vya­va­sthā­yāḥ­"­. atra ṣa­ṣṭhī­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m abhāva ity a­dhyā­hā­rya­m­, pa­ñca­mī­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ na saṃśaya iti. yady a­vya­va­sthā­tma­ni na vya­va­sthi­tā­, ta­dā­tma­hā­nā­n nāsty eva. a­thā­tma­ni vya­va­sthi­tā­, tadāpi vya­va­sthā­nā­d vya­va­sthai­ve­ya­m — iti vya­va­sthā­sa­mā jātiḥ. tasmān na ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­r evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, a­nya­nya­sa­mā­dī­nāṃ co­tta­ra­m — "­ni­mi­ttā­nta­rā­t saṃ­jñā­nta­re saṃ­yo­jya­mā­ne 'rthe ta­thā­bhā­va­sya ni­rā­ka­rtu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d­" iti. na hi kārye kā­ryā­nta­ra­ja­na­ka­tve­na kā­ra­ṇa­śa­bde saṃ­yo­jya­mā­ne kāryatvaṃ ni­va­rta­te­. nāpi kāraṇe ca svā­tmā­kā­śā­dya­ja­na­ka­tve­nā­kā­ra­ṇa­śa­bde saṃ­yo­jya­mā­ne sva­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­va­rta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 35­7­,14~uktā jā­ti­bhe­dāḥ­. a­the­dā­nīṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ny u­cya­nte­. tāny api vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­ttyo­r vi­ka­lpā­n na saṃ­khyā­tā­nī­ty ataḥ saṃ­kṣe­pa­to vyu­tpā­dya­nte — " pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ­, pra­ti­jñā­nta­ra­m­, pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­saḥ­, he­tva­nta­ra­m­, a­rthā­nta­ra­m­, ni­ra­rtha­ka­m­, a­vi­jñā­tā­rtha­m­, a­pā­rtha­ka­m­, a­prā­pta­kā­la­m­, nyū­na­m­, a­dhi­ka­m­, pu­na­ru­kta­m­, a­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m­, a­jñā­na­m­, a­pra­ti­bhā­, vi­kṣe­paḥ­, ma­tā­nu­jñā­, pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m­, ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­gaḥ­, a­pa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­, he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ni­" iti. vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­tti­li­ṅga­tve­na vā­kyā­tma­kā­nā­m api pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­dī­nāṃ pa­rā­ja­ya­ni­mi­tta­tvā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­tva­m uktam iti.

NBhū-YA 35­7­,25~tatra "­pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmā­bhya­nu­jñā sva­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ­"­. yadi sva­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte ghaṭādau pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­kā­śā­de­r dharmaṃ ni­tya­tva­m a­nu­jā­nā­ti­, tadā dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tva­m eva ni­gra­ha­ni­mi­ttaṃ syāt, na pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ­. atha matam — pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmā­nu­jñā­nā­t sva­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaṃ ja­hā­ti­, dṛṣṭāntaṃ ca jahan ni­ga­ma­nā­nta­m eva pakṣaṃ ja­hā­tī­ti pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ity u­cya­te­, dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­hā­ni­r eva tarhy u­pa­cā­re­ṇa pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ity u­kte­ti­, naiṣa doṣaḥ, pa­kṣa­syā­tra dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. ka­tha­m­? "­dṛ­ṣṭa­ś, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­s tu pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­" — iti ta­mo­riḥ­. vayaṃ tu brūmaḥ — sā­dha­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­di­sā­dha­rmyā­t pakṣo 'tra dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­śa­bde­no­pa­ca­ri­taḥ­. sa­ha­ca­ra­ṇā­di­sū­tre '­syo­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­tta­syā­na­bhi­dhā­nā­d a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na; u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. na hi ta­trā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m asti, a­nya­thā­py u­pa­cā­ra­pra­vṛ­tteḥ — siṃho mā­ṇa­va­kaḥ­, agnir vaṭuḥ, sa­mu­dra­s ta­ḍā­gaḥ­, grā­mai­ka­de­śe 'pi dagdhe grāmo dagdha ity e­va­mā­di­. pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­pa­cā­ra iti cet, na; pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­ve 'py u­pa­cā­ra­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — yaṣṭikā bhuṅkte, mañcāḥ kro­śa­ntī­tyā­di­. asti cātra pra­yo­ja­na­m — pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi pra­ti­jñā­ta­m arthaṃ tyajataḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r e­ve­ti­. pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya yo dharmaḥ sā­dhya­vi­ro­dhī­, taṃ sādhye svapakṣe '­nu­jā­na­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­niḥ­, tad yathā — anityaḥ śabdaḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­, gha­ṭa­va­d ity evaṃ kṛte, paro brūte — yadi kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­d a­ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­d anityaḥ śabda i­ṣya­te­, nanv ā­kā­śa­va­d a­mū­rta­tvā­n ni­tya­sā­dha­rmyā­n nityaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? na cātrāsti viśeṣaḥ kaścid ity evaṃ pra­ti­vā­di­nā jā­ti­pra­yo­ge­ṇā­nya­thā vā­ku­lī­kṛ­to vādy āha — bhavatu nityaḥ śabda iti. tasya ni­tya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nā­ni­tya­tva­pra­ti­jñā hīyata ity ataḥ pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 35­8­,15~a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n neti cet — syāt ka­sya­ci­n matam — naiva ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ kiṃcin ma­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­ta iti; evaṃ tarhi na ka­sya­ci­j jayaḥ pa­rā­ja­yo veti vyarthā vāde pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. athāsti kiṃcin nimittaṃ yataḥ pa­rā­ji­to '­sā­dhu­vā­dī co­cya­te­; nanu tad eva ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. pra­ti­jñā­tyā­ge­na kathaṃ sā­dhu­vā­di­tva­m­? kathaṃ na pa­rā­ja­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 35­8­,20~nanu ca svayam anityaṃ śabdam a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya svasthātmā kathaṃ nityaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­? yadi nāma pra­ti­pa­dya­te '­ni­tya­dha­rma­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t saṃ­śa­yi­taḥ syād iti, na; parokte doṣam a­jā­na­taḥ si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­pa­hṛ­ta­ci­tta­sya ni­tya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. bhrānteḥ pu­ru­ṣa­dha­rma­tvā­d a­ni­ya­ta­ni­mi­tta­tvā­c ca. na ca viduṣaḥ sva­sthā­tma­naḥ kiṃcid api ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­pra­ti­pa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­sya­. saṃ­śa­yi­to 'pi ca vādī nātmanaḥ saṃśayaṃ pra­ka­ṭa­ya­ti­, ja­yā­kāṃ­kṣi­tvā­t­. kiṃ cātra ba­hu­no­kte­na­? yas tāvad yataḥ ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­t­? pra­ti­dṛ­ṣā­nta­dha­rma­m a­bhya­nu­jā­nā­ty anyathā vā pra­ti­jñā­ta­m arthaṃ ja­hā­ti­, tasya pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 35­9­,12~"­pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe dha­rma­vi­ka­lpā­t ta­da­rtha­ni­rde­śaḥ pra­ti­jñā­nta­ra­m­" . anityaḥ śabda ai­ndri­ya­ka­tvā­d ity asya sa­ttā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe pra­ti­jñā­te 'rthe dha­rma­vi­ka­lpe­na pra­ti­jñā­nta­raṃ karoti — yathā ghaṭo '­sa­rva­ga­taḥ­, evaṃ śabdo 'py a­sa­rva­ga­to 'nitya iti. tadartha iti sā­dhya­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sa­rva­ga­ta iti ni­rde­śaḥ­. iyam api pra­ti­jñai­va­, na ca pratijñā pra­ti­jñā­nta­ra­sā­dha­na­sa­ma­rthā­, ity a­sa­ma­rtho­pā­dā­nā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ity eke tad a­yu­kta­m­, he­tva­nta­raṃ hy etan na pra­ti­jñā­nta­raṃ he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tva­syo­pā­dā­nā­t­. "na ca pratijñā pra­ti­jñā­sā­dha­nā­yo­cya­mā­nā pra­ti­jñā­nta­raṃ bha­va­ti­, kiṃ tarhi? he­tvā­de­r a­na­nya­ta­maḥ­, sā­dhya­sā­dha­nā­yo­pā­dā­nā­t­. sā­dhya­tve­na hi nirdeśaḥ pra­ti­jño­cya­te­"­. sā­dha­nā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa tv a­si­ddha­ni­rde­śo 'pi na pratijñā ya­thā­kā­śaṃ mūrtaṃ yato rū­pā­di­ma­d iti.

NBhū-YA 35­9­,23~tasmād anyathā vyā­khyā­ya­te — "­sa­rva­m anityaṃ sattvād ity atra dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­ve­na pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kṛte, dharmo vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­ta­tva­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, tasya vikalpaḥ — pūrvaṃ pra­ti­jñā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­nā­na­bhi­dhā­naṃ pa­ścā­da­bhi­dhā­na­m iti. tadartha ity atra tad iti pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya pa­rā­ma­rśaḥ­, a­rtha­śa­bda­ś ca ni­vṛ­tti­vā­cī­, yathā ma­śa­kā­rtho 'yaṃ dhūma" iti. evaṃ tadarthaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ni­vṛ­ttya­rtha ity arthaḥ. nirdeśa iti sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­naṃ vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­taṃ sarvam a­ni­tya­m ity etat pra­ti­jñā­nta­raṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ he­tva­nta­ra­va­t­. tadyathā — a­vi­śe­ṣo­kte hetau pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe vi­śe­ṣa­m icchato he­tva­nta­ra­m­, ta­thā­trā­py a­vi­śe­ṣo­ktā­yāṃ pra­ti­jñā­yāṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­yāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­m icchataḥ pra­ti­jñā­nta­raṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 36­0­,8~"­pra­ti­jñā­he­tvo­r virodhaḥ pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ­" . yathā gu­ṇa­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ dravyaṃ rū­pā­di­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 36­0­,11~vi­pra­ka­rṣi­ṇāṃ bhāvānāṃ bhe­de­nā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi bhe­da­sa­dbhā­vā­n na virodha iti cet, na; va­ktṛ­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­nā­d yadi vyaktir ekaṃ no­pa­la­bha­se­, katham a­jā­nā­naḥ pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­ya pratijñāṃ ka­ro­ṣi­? na hy a­vyu­tpa­nnaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ko 'sti. a­tho­pa­la­bha­se gu­ṇa­dra­vya­yo­r bhedaṃ tathāpi bhe­de­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti vyāhato hetus tad evaṃ pra­ti­jñā­he­tva­bhi­dhā­na­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­t pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dho 'py atra pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dho draṣṭavyo he­tu­gra­ha­syo­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 36­0­,17~yac coktam — śramaṇā ga­rbhi­ṇī­tyā­dau pra­ti­jñā­yāṃ sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dho­dbhā­va­naṃ na yu­kta­m­, vya­rtha­tvā­d a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­pra­ti­jñā­pra­yo­ge­ṇai­vo­pa­saṃ­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­, pa­rā­ji­ta­sya ca pa­rā­ja­yā­bhā­vā­d bha­smī­kṛ­ta­jva­la­na­va­d iti. tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ sā­dha­nā­ṅga­tve­na prāk pra­ti­pā­di­ta­tvā­t­. evaṃ ca pra­ti­jñā­yā vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pra­ti­jña­yā vā virodhaḥ pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha ity u­bha­ya­thā vigrahe 'pi nāsti doṣaḥ. pra­ti­jña­yā he­tu­vi­ro­dha­syo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m — nāsty eko bhāvaḥ samūhe bhā­va­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­d iti. na hy e­kā­bhā­ve samūhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ty e­ka­sa­mu­cca­yo hi samūha iti.

NBhū-YA 36­1­,7~nātra pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ prayogo na hetoḥ, kin tarhi? he­tva­nta­ra­sā­dhi­ta­syo­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­naṃ tasmān nātra virodha iti cet, ī­dṛ­śa­m api yad u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­na­m­, pra­ti­jñā­he­tu­va­ca­naṃ tarhi kī­dṛ­śa­m­? kiṃ cā­va­ya­va­dva­ya­vā­di­na u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­ca­na­m apy a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m eva. na hi pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­nā­d a­nya­dva­ca­naṃ sā­dha­nā­ṅgaṃ tva­ye­ṣṭa­m­. pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­naṃ cā­va­ya­va­dva­ye niyataṃ tva­ye­ṣṭa­m­. na co­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­co he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­va­ca­sy a­nta­rbha­va­ti­. tasmād u­pa­saṃ­hā­ra­va­co 'pi tava ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 36­1­,13~yac coktam — na caikaṃ nāstīti bruvāṇaḥ kaścid ekaṃ sa­mu­cca­ya­rū­paṃ sa­mū­ha­m i­ccha­tī­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hi tava niḥśeṣaṃ jagat pra­tya­kṣa­m­, vi­ci­trā­bhi­prā­ya­va­nta­ś ca prāṇino dṛ­śya­nte­, te­nai­va­m api kaścid i­ccha­tī­ti sa­mbhā­vya­te­. lo­ka­pra­si­ddhā­rthai­ś ca śabdair vāde vya­va­ha­rtta­vya­m­. tena sa­mū­ha­śa­bda­syā­nya evārtha ity api na vā­cya­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­1­,18~yad apy uktam — vi­ro­dha­sya dvi­ṣṭha­tvā­t "tatra he­tu­pra­ti­jñā­yāḥ pṛ­tha­gbā­dho­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­yoḥ na kaścid a­rtha­bhe­da­" iti, sa­tya­m­, na va­stu­taḥ­, kiṃ tu vi­va­kṣā­to bhedo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te — yadā pratijñāṃ pra­mā­ṇī­ka­rtu­m i­ccha­ti­, tadā pra­ti­jña­yā hetor vi­ro­dhaḥ­. yadā tu hetuṃ pra­mā­ṇī­ka­ro­ti­, tadā pra­ti­jñā­yā hetunā virodha ity evam a­bhi­prā­ya­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ. samūhe bhā­va­śa­bda­pra­yo­gā­d ity ayaṃ vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇā­si­ddho na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha iti cet, na; pra­mā­ṇa­saṃ­pla­va­va­ddo­ṣa­saṃ­pla­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. dṛśyate hi loke 'py e­ka­smi­nn api vastuny a­ne­ka­do­ṣa­kī­rta­na­m­. kiṃ cā­ne­ka­do­ṣa­ni­śca­ye sati yo yadā sma­rya­te­, sa ta­do­dbhā­vya­te­. tenaika eva doṣo vaktavya ity ayaṃ niyamaḥ śāstre ne­ṣya­te­.

NBhū-YA 36­2­,7~ye 'pi pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dhā he­tvā­bhā­se­ṣv e­vā­nta­rbhā­vya­nte­, teṣām apy u­dbhā­va­yi­tuṃ vi­va­kṣā­bhe­de­na bheda uktaḥ kā­lā­tī­to­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­pra­stā­ve­, tan na pra­ti­jñā­vi­ro­dha­syā­pṛ­tha­gva­ca­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 36­2­,11~"­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe pra­ti­jñā­tā­rthā­pa­na­ya­naṃ pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­saḥ­" pra­ti­jñā­rtha­syā­pa­na­ya­na­m a­pa­hna­vaḥ­, ata eva pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­to 'sya bhedaḥ — tatra hy a­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­ti­jñā­rthaṃ tya­ja­ti­, na tu 'naivaṃ mayā pra­ti­jñā­ta­m­' ity a­pa­hnu­te­. atra punar anuṣṇo 'gnir ity asya pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhi­ta­tve­na pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kṛte vādī he­tvā­bhā­sa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­bha­yā­t ta­da­pa­hna­vaṃ karoti — sa­mpa­śya­dhva­ma­ho madhyasthāḥ sā­kṣi­ṇaḥ­. nāham a­nu­ṣṇa­m agniṃ bra­vī­mī­ty a­nu­kto­pā­la­mbho 'yam ity etat tasya pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti. "samo ga­myṛ­cchi­pra­cchi­" i­tyā­di­sū­tre dṛśeś ceti va­kta­vya­m ity anena sa­mpa­śya­dhva­m ity ā­tma­ne­pa­da­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­2­,20~nanu ca he­tvā­bhā­se­na ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya "kiṃ pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­sā­pe­kṣa­yā­? tad eva hi nyāyyaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ­, kim a­pa­rai­r a­śa­kya­pa­ri­cche­daiḥ klī­ba­pra­lā­pa­ce­ṣṭi­tai­r u­pa­nya­staiḥ­? evaṃ hy a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe tū­ṣṇīṃ­bha­va­ta­s tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vo ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. pra­pa­lā­yi­tva­m ity e­va­mā­dy api vācyaṃ syāt. tasmād etad apy a­sa­mba­ddha­m­" iti. tad etad a­yu­kta­m­; yasmāt "­ni­mi­ttā­pā­ye nai­mi­tti­ka­syā­py a­pā­yaḥ­" — ity anena nyāyena pra­ti­jñā­pa­hna­vā­d dhe­tvā­bhā­sa­do­ṣaṃ pa­ri­ha­rtu­m i­ccha­ti­, vi­ṣā­di­tyā­gā­t ta­nni­mi­tta­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­ra­va­t­, taṃ pra­tyu­cya­te — yadi pratijñāṃ tya­ja­si­, tatas te pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­so ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, na cet tya­ja­si­, tadā pū­rvo­kta­m eva. kiṃ ca sa­mya­ksā­dha­na­pra­yo­ge 'pi kaścij jā­tyā­di­bhi­r ā­ku­lī­kṛ­taḥ pra­ti­jñā­m a­pa­hnu­te­, tasyāpy etan ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, sa­mu­cca­yo vā; na kevalaṃ ta­nni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m idaṃ ceti. a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vā­de­na vā — mā bhūt tan ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, tathāpy anena pra­ti­jñā­saṃ­nyā­se­na tava nigraha iti. pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vā­dau saty a­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m eva tena — ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇaṃ bha­va­tī­ti­, ato na ta­syā­nya­d u­dbhā­vya­te pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­c cādoṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 36­3­,17~"­a­vi­śe­ṣo­kte hetau pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe vi­śe­ṣa­m icchato he­tva­nta­ra­m­" . yathā — nityā vedā a­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­ka­tvā­d ity asya jī­rṇa­kū­pā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tve­na pra­ti­ṣe­dhe kṛte, sa­mpra­dā­yā­vi­cche­de satīti vi­śe­ṣa­m icchato he­tva­nta­raṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, pū­rva­syā­sā­dha­ka­syo­pā­dā­nā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 36­3­,22~a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tve­nai­va ni­gṛ­hī­ta­sya vyarthaṃ he­tva­nta­ra­m iti cet, na; a­nai­kā­nti­ka­sya sa­ma­rtha­nā­t­. sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo 'yaṃ hetur na vya­bhi­ca­ra­tī­ty a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­pa­ri­hā­re kṛte saty ucyate — na tāvat prathamaṃ sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo hetur uktaḥ, idānīṃ tu vi­śe­ṣa­ṇo­pā­dā­ne 'pi he­tva­nta­raṃ bha­va­ti­, tasya tv a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ ta­da­va­stha­m eva, sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­yo­r a­na­nya­tvā­t­. yadi sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya sā­ma­rthya­m­, pūrvaṃ ni­rvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syo­pā­dā­naṃ kim artham iti?

NBhū-YA 36­4­,7~"­pra­kṛ­tā­d arthād a­pra­ti­sa­mba­ddhā­rtha­m a­rthā­nta­ra­m­" . nityaḥ śabdaḥ, a­spa­rśa­tvā­d iti hetuḥ, hetuś ca hi­no­te­r dhā­to­stu­n pratyaye kṛdantaṃ padaṃ bha­va­tī­ti­. padaṃ ca nā­mā­khyā­to­pa­sa­rga­ni­pā­ta­bhe­dā­c ca­tu­rvi­dha­m ity evaṃ prastutya nā­mā­dī­ni vyā­ca­ṣṭe­. tataḥ pra­sa­ktyā­nu­pra­sa­ktyā­nya­d apy a­rthā­nta­ra­m u­pa­di­śa­ti tad etat pra­kṛ­tā­nu­pa­yo­gi­tvā­n ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­4­,13~vā­di­na­s tāvad u­pa­nya­sta­sā­dha­na­sya sa­ma­rtha­ne kartavye tad a­kṛ­tvā­nya­sya pra­sa­ṅge­nā­pra­sa­ṅge­na cā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pa­rā­ja­ya­sthā­na­m­. pra­ti­vā­di­no 'pi ta­ddo­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­mā­trā­d a­pa­ra­syo­pa­kṣe­po '­rthā­nta­ra­ga­ma­na­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 36­4­,17~"­va­rṇa­kra­ma­ni­rde­śa­va­n ni­ra­rtha­ka­m­" . va­rṇa­kra­ma­ni­rde­śaḥ si­ddha­mā­tṛ­kā­pā­ṭhaḥ­, tena tulyaṃ va­rṇa­kra­ma­ni­rde­śa­va­t­. yatra prā­śni­ka­pra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ padārtho 'pi na vi­jñā­ya­te ta­nni­ra­rtha­ka­m­. yathā — nityaḥ śabdaḥ ka­ca­ṭa­ta­pā­nāṃ ja­ba­ga­ḍa­da­śa­tvā­t­, jha­bha­gha­ḍha­dha­ṣa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 36­5­,7~yady api ka­ca­ṭā­ta­pā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m apy arthaḥ kvacit pra­ka­ra­ṇe 'sti tathāpy evaṃ prayoge na padārtho 'pi kaścit pra­si­ddhaḥ­. prā­śni­kā­di­pra­si­ddhā­rthai­ś ca śabdair vāde vya­va­ha­rta­vya­m­. ta­da­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­yai­s tva­yā­rthā­n prati ka­rṇā­ṭā­di­śa­bdai­r iva bruvato '­rthā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­d e­vā­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. a­tya­lpa­m idam ucyate — ka­po­la­vā­di­ta­ka­kṣa­pi­ṭṭa­na­kā­dī­nā­m api vā­cya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­pa­ra­tvā­t sūtrāṇāṃ na teṣāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 36­5­,14~"­pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ trir a­bhi­hi­ta­m apy a­vi­jñā­ta­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rtha­m­"­. yad vācyaṃ trir a­bhi­hi­ta­m apy a­pra­tī­ta­pra­yo­gā­ta­dru­to­ccā­ri­tā­di­nā ni­mi­tte­na pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­vā­di­bhyāṃ na jñāyate ta­da­jñā­na­saṃ­va­ra­ṇā­yo­kta­m a­jñā­tā­rthaṃ nāma ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. yathā — a­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­ta­sa­rvā­rtha­grā­ha­ke­ndri­ya­jñā­nā­dhā­ra­ta­thā­ga­ta­vi­śu­ddha­jñā­na­grā­hya­vi­ṣa­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­dhā­ra­kṣa­pa­ṇa­ka­tī­rtha­ṅka­rā­di­sa­ttva­sa­ma­nu­ga­ta­pa­ṭa­sa­ttva­gha­ṭo na ghaṭaḥ śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tvā­t pa­ṭa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 36­6­,6~ni­ra­rtha­kā­d a­jñā­nā­rthaṃ na bhidyate '­rthā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti cet, nātra bā­hu­lye­na pa­da­pa­dā­rthā­nu­sa­ndhā­ne 'pi vā­rthā­pra­tī­te­r nāpy a­pā­rtha­kā­d abhedo 'sya, tatra hi vākyārtha eva na sa­mbha­va­ti­. atra tu sa­mbha­va­nn apy a­ti­dru­to­ccā­ri­tā­di­ni­mi­ttā­n na pra­tī­ya­ta iti. evaṃ tarhi vai "­jā­ḍyā­t pa­ri­ṣa­dā­da­yo na pra­ti­pa­dya­nta iti na vidvān ni­gra­ha­m a­rha­ti­" iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, u­bha­ya­sa­mma­tā hi prāśnikā bhavanti na jaḍāḥ. kiṃ cā­pra­tī­ta­pra­yo­gā­ti­dru­to­ccā­ri­tā­di­ni­mi­tte­ne­ty uktaṃ prā­śni­kā­n api bo­dha­yi­tuṃ na śa­kno­ti­, atha ca vidvān ity aho vi­dva­ttva­m­? yad apy uktam — "­pa­ri­ṣa­dā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­na­sā­ma­rthye jetā na syān na ni­gra­hā­rha­" iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; ekasya pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­pā­da­ne 'sti sā­ma­rthya­m anyasya nāstīti kathaṃ na ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­yau­? yadi pa­ri­ṣa­tpra­ti­pā­da­ne 'py a­sa­ma­rthaḥ kim ity a­bhyu­pa­ga­maṃ ka­ro­ti­? yu­kta­vā­di­tvaṃ cāsya kaḥ kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta iti?

NBhū-YA 36­6­,18~"­pau­rvā­pa­ryā­yo­gā­d a­pra­ti­sa­mba­ddhā­rtha­m a­pā­rtha­ka­m­" . ya­trā­ne­ka­sya padasya vākyasya vā pau­rvā­pa­rye­ṇa yogo nāstīty a­sa­mba­ddhā­rtha­tā gṛ­hya­te­. ta­tsa­mu­dā­yā­rtha­syā­pā­yā­d a­pā­rtha­ka­m­. yathā — daśa dā­ḍi­mā­ni­, ṣa­ḍa­pū­pāḥ­, ka­ṇḍa­ma­jā­ji­na­m­, pa­la­la­pi­ṇḍaḥ­, raurukaṃ kumāryāḥ pā­yya­m­, tasyāḥ pitā a­pra­ti­śī­na iti. etad e­vā­sa­mba­ddhaṃ vākyam a­sa­mba­ddhā­bhi­dhā­naṃ vocyata iti.

NBhū-YA 36­6­,24~"­a­va­ya­va­vi­pa­ryā­sa­va­ca­na­m a­prā­pta­kā­la­m­"­. pra­ti­jñā­dī­nā­m a­rtha­va­śā­t kamas teṣāṃ vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­6­,27~evam apy a­rtha­si­ddheḥ­. śa­bdā­pe­ta­va­d etad iti cet, na; evaṃ syān mataṃ yathā — gaur ity asya pa­da­syā­rthe goṇīti padaṃ prayuktaṃ pratītiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, na tu sā­kṣā­t­, tathā hi — go­ṇī­śa­bdā­d gośabde smṛtir bha­va­ti­, tataḥ smṛ­tyu­pa­sthā­pi­tā­d go­śa­bdā­d eva ka­ku­dā­di­ma­tya­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r iti. tathā pra­ti­jñā­dī­nāṃ vi­pa­rya­yā­bhi­dhā­nā­d ā­nu­pū­rvīṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tayā ca vā­kyā­rtha­m iti. tad idam a­si­ddha­m a­si­ddhe­na sādhyata ity a­pa­śa­bdā­t sā­dhu­śa­bda­pra­tī­tā­v a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r ity etad e­vā­si­ddha­m­, na hy asmin krame pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. kiṃ ca yas tāvad ubhayaṃ śabdam a­pa­śa­bdaṃ ca vetti, sa evaṃ pra­tye­tu­, strī­śū­drā­da­yaḥ śa­bdā­pa­śa­bda­vi­ve­kaṃ na jā­na­nti­, te katham a­pa­śa­bdā­c chabdaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya tato 'rthaṃ pra­ti­pa­tsya­nte­?

NBhū-YA 36­7­,8~dṛṣṭā cā­nu­bha­ya­ve­di­no 'pi na pa­ra­mpa­ra­yā pra­tī­tiḥ­, arthe a­sa­ma­rtha­sya ca śabde 'pi pra­tī­ti­ja­na­nā­sā­ma­rthyā­t na hy arthe 'pi bo­dha­ka­tvaṃ nā­mā­nya­d eva, ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­pra­tī­ti­ja­na­ka­tvā­t­. a­pa­śa­bda­ś cec chabde pratītiṃ ja­na­ye­d artha eva kin na ja­na­ya­ti­? na hy a­syā­rthā­t kiṃcid bhedaṃ śyāmo, yena taṃ pa­ri­ha­re­t­. a­kṛ­ta­sa­ma­ya­sya śabde 'pi pra­tī­tya­ja­na­nā­c ca — na hy ayam a­pa­śa­bdaḥ śabde 'pi sva­bhā­va­taḥ pratītiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, a­da­rśa­nā­t­. sa­ma­ya­va­śā­t tu ja­na­ya­nn artha eva kin na ja­na­ya­ti­? evaṃ hi pra­ti­pa­tti­pa­ra­mpa­rā­pa­ri­śra­maḥ pa­ri­hṛ­to bha­va­ti­. vi­pa­rya­ya­da­rśa­nā­c ca — śabdād arthaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­m icchanto '­pa­śa­bdai­r eva bahulaṃ vyu­tpā­dya­mā­nā lokā dṛśyanta iti vyarthaṃ śa­bdā­nvā­khyā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­7­,17~saṃ­skṛ­ta­śa­bda­vyu­tpa­ttya­rtha­tvā­n na vyartham iti cet, ko 'yaṃ śabdānāṃ saṃ­skā­raḥ­? na hy eṣāṃ pra­jñā­bā­hu­śru­tyā­di­saṃ­skā­raṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­, nāpy e­kā­nte­na śra­vya­tā­, nāpy a­rtha­pra­tyā­ya­ne kaścid a­ti­śa­yaḥ­, nāpi dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tā­, mi­thyā­pra­vṛ­tti­co­da­ne­bhyaḥ saṃ­skṛ­te­bhyo 'py a­dha­rmo­tpa­tteḥ­, pri­ya­hi­ta­sa­tya­va­ca­ne­bhyo '­pa­śa­bde­bhyo 'pi dha­rmo­tpa­tteḥ­. na ca va­ca­na­mā­tra­m ā­ga­ma­m ā­dri­ya­nte yu­kti­jñāḥ­, tasmān na saṃskṛto nāma kaścic chabdaḥ.

NBhū-YA 36­7­,22~śi­ṣṭa­pra­yo­gaḥ saṃskāra iti cet, ke śiṣṭāḥ? ye vi­di­ta­ve­dya­tā­di­gu­ṇa­yu­ktāḥ­. kaḥ punar eṣāṃ gu­ṇo­tka­rṣā­na­pe­kṣo '­lī­ka­ni­rba­ndho­, yat te 'mūn eva śabdān pra­yu­ñja­te nā­pa­rā­n­? na cātra kaścic chraddhe '­pa­ro­kṣaḥ sākṣī yata idam evaṃ ni­ści­nu­maḥ pra­yu­ñja­te nāma te śiṣṭāḥ. nanv evaṃ vayaṃ gu­ṇā­ti­śa­ya­m a­pa­śya­ntaḥ saṃskāraṃ ca ke­ṣāṃ­ci­c cha­bdā­nā­m a­nu­ma­nyā­ma­he ta­da­nvā­khyā­na­ya­tnaṃ vā, gu­ṇā­ti­śa­yā­bhā­vā­t­. saty api gu­ṇā­ti­śa­ye nā­nva­khyā­ne yatnaḥ ka­ra­ṇī­yaḥ­, ta­tsva­bhā­va­syā­nya­to 'pi siddheḥ, prā­kṛ­tā­pa­bhraṃ­śa­dra­vi­ḍā­ndhrā­di­bhā­ṣā­va­t­. na hi pra­ti­de­śaṃ bhāṣāṇāṃ kiṃcil la­kṣa­ṇa­śā­stra­m asti, atha ca sa­mpra­dā­ya­va­śā­t tās tathaiva lokas tadbhraṃśaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. tathā saṃ­skṛ­ta­śa­bdā­nā­m api pra­tī­ti­r bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti ja­ḍa­pra­vṛ­tti­r evaiṣā yā vyā­ka­ra­ṇe pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 36­8­,11~kiṃ ca loke 'pi vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kenāpi śabdena nyāyaṃ bruvataḥ śa­bda­skha­la­ne 'pi jaya eva dṛ­śya­te­, na pa­rā­ja­ya­s tan nā­pa­śa­bdaḥ pa­rā­ja­ya­sthā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 36­8­,13~a­va­ya­va­vi­pa­rya­ye ca yadi teṣāṃ sambandho na pra­tī­ya­te­, tato '­pā­rtha­kā­n na bhedo 'sya. atha pra­tī­ya­te tataḥ sā­dha­nā­ṅgā­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi kathaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­? na hy atra kaścit samayaḥ — pra­tyā­ya­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py evam e­vā­va­ya­vāḥ pra­yo­kta­vyā iti. sa evaiṣāṃ kramo ya­thā­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ sambandhaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. na hi vākye padānāṃ kra­ma­ni­ya­maḥ kaścid yathā — rājñaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­, puruṣo rājña iti. tasmān nā­prā­pta­kā­laṃ nāma ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 36­8­,20~ucyate — śa­bdā­pe­ta­va­d etad ity a­syā­ya­m arthaḥ — ya­thā­pa­śa­bdo ni­ya­ma­ka­thā­yā­m eva ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ ta­thā­prā­pta­kā­la­m a­pī­ti­. vi­jñā­nā­bhi­mā­ne­na sra­gdha­rā­di­ccha­ndo '­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­pi niyamaṃ kṛtvā vi­ji­gī­ṣa­vaḥ kecid vādaṃ kurvanto dṛ­śya­nte­. teṣāṃ ya­thā­pra­ti­jñā­tā­na­nu­pā­la­na­m eva doṣaḥ. kṛte hi niyame ya­thā­bhā­ṣi­ta­m eva ja­ya­pa­rā­ja­ya­yo­r nimittaṃ dyū­tā­di­ṣv iva; na tatrānyo 'sti nyāya iti.

NBhū-YA 36­8­,26~"­hī­na­m a­nya­ta­me­nā­py a­va­ya­ve­na nyūnam ". sā­dha­nā­bhā­ve sā­dhya­si­ddhe­r a­yo­gā­t tathā cā­va­ya­vi­vi­cā­re pa­ñcā­nā­m api sā­dha­nā­ṅga­tvaṃ sa­ma­rthi­taṃ tatraiva ca yathā nyūnaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, ta­tho­kta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 36­9­,9~"­he­tū­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­dhi­ka­m a­dhi­ka­m­"­. ekena kṛ­ta­tvā­di­ta­rā­na­rtha­kya­m iti. etad api ni­ya­ma­ka­thā­yāṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, pra­pa­ñca­ka­thā­yāṃ tu ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­n na doṣaḥ; sa­mpla­vā­n a­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu bha­va­ti­y evāyaṃ doṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 36­9­,13~"­śa­bdā­rtha­yoḥ pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ pu­na­ru­kta­m a­nya­trā­nu­vā­dā­t ". ya­nni­ṣpra­yo­ja­naṃ śabdasya pu­na­ru­ccā­ra­ṇaṃ pa­ryā­ye­ṇā­rthā­bhi­dhā­naṃ vā, pu­na­ru­ktaṃ tad ve­di­ta­vya­m­. tatra nityaḥ śabdo nityaḥ śabda iti śa­bda­pu­na­ru­kta­m­. nityo dhvanir a­vi­nā­śī śabda ity a­rtha­pu­na­ru­kta­m­. yat tu pra­yo­ja­na­va­śe­na śa­bda­syā­rtha­sya vā pu­na­rva­ca­na­m­, tan na pu­na­ru­kta­m­, a­nu­vā­da­tvā­t­; yathā — ni­ga­ma­ne­. tatra tasmād iti śa­bdā­nta­re­ṇa he­tva­rtha­syā­nu­vā­daḥ­. anityaḥ śabda iti tenaiva śabdena ta­syai­vā­rtha­syā­nu­vā­daḥ­. gaur gauḥ kā­ma­du­ghe­ti śa­bda­mā­tra­syai­vā­nu­vā­daḥ­. evaṃ vī­psā­dya­rtha­pau­naḥ­pu­nyā­dya­rthe­ṣv api śa­bda­mā­trā­nu­vā­do draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 36­9­,22~nanv evaṃ saty a­rtha­pu­na­ru­kta­m evaikaṃ vācyaṃ tato 'nyasya śa­bda­pu­na­ru­kta­syā­bhā­vā­d iti, satyam e­ta­t­; tathāpi bā­la­vyu­tpa­ttya­rthaṃ ta­syai­vā­vā­nta­ra­bhe­do­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­vi­va­kṣa­yo­tta­ra­sū­tra­m apy ā­ra­bhya­te —

NBhū-YA 36­9­,26~"­a­rthā­d ā­pa­nna­sya sva­śa­bde­na pu­na­rva­ca­naṃ pu­na­ru­kta­m­" . yathā sā­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhi­dhā­nā­n nyā­ya­la­bdhā­rtha­sya vai­dha­rmyo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­m iti. vyā­pti­si­ddhya­rthaṃ hy u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­, sā cai­ke­nai­vo­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­na pra­da­rśi­te­ti vyarthaṃ dvi­tī­ya­m­. e­ka­syā­sā­ma­rthye ca ke­va­lā­nva­yi­naḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­ṇa­ś ca vyā­pti­si­ddhi­r na syāt. yasyāpy a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­vā­n eva hetus tasyāpi nā­na­nva­yo vya­ti­re­ko nā­vya­ti­re­ko 'nvaya ity e­kā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva dvi­tī­ya­si­ddhe­r vyarthaṃ ta­dva­ca­na­m­. a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­tva­pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ dva­yā­bhi­dhā­na­m iti cet, kiṃ ta­tpra­tī­tyā­? na hi ta­tpra­tī­tiḥ sā­dha­nā­ṅga­m­? kiṃ tv a­vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­. sa ced asti, ta­dai­ko­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­nai­va ga­mya­te­. na ced asti, tadā dvayam apy a­sā­dha­na­m­, ni­tya­tva­si­ddhā­v a­mū­rta­tva­he­to­r vyo­ma­gha­ṭo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 37­0­,11~kathaṃ pu­na­ru­ktaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ­? ka­thā­va­sā­na­vi­ro­dhi­tvā­d ekena kṛ­ta­sye­ta­rā­na­rtha­kyā­c ceti. etad api ni­ya­ma­ka­thā­yā­m eva ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ nā­nya­tra­, vyā­ca­kṣā­ṇo hi ka­dā­ci­d a­sa­mya­kśra­va­ṇa­pra­ti­pa­tti­śaṃ­ka­yā sā­kṣi­pra­bhṛ­tī­nāṃ punaḥ punar brūyād api, na tatra cha­la­m­. nāyaṃ gurur na śiṣya ity ato na yatnataḥ pra­ti­pā­da­nī­ya iti cet, na; sākṣiṇāṃ yatnena pra­ti­pā­dya­tvā­t­, ta­da­pra­ti­pā­da­ne ca do­ṣā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, trir a­bhi­hi­ta­m ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­c ca. tad idam a­dhi­kā­n na bhidyata iti cet, sa­tya­m­; śa­bda­pu­na­ru­kta­va­da­vā­nta­ra­bhe­de­nā­dhi­ka­syā­pi pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. na cāsya muneḥ sū­tra­la­gha­vaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, kiṃ tarhi? śiṣyam ti­vi­stā­ra­ṇa­m­. tac ca tri­dhā­bhi­dhā­ne bhavati — kvacit saṃ­gra­haḥ­, kvacit pra­ma­ñcaḥ­, kvacin madhyamaṃ pra­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 37­0­,21~"­vi­jñā­ta­sya pa­ri­ṣa­dā trir a­bhi­hi­ta­syā­py a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇa­m a­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m­"­. pra­ti­vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­n ki­mā­śra­yaḥ pa­ra­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaṃ brū­yā­t­?

NBhū-YA 37­0­,25~nanv asti kaścid uttare sa­ma­rtho­, na pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇe­, nāsau tāvatā ni­gra­ha­m a­rha­ti­, sa­du­tta­re­ṇai­va ta­syā­mū­ḍha­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­, kiṃ pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇe­ne­ti­? na; u­tta­ra­sya ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca sa­du­tta­raṃ bra­vī­ti­, na ca pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­ti­, tad idaṃ vyā­ha­ta­m u­cya­te­. na cedaṃ pra­ti­jñā­ya­te — pūrvaṃ sarvam u­ccā­ra­yi­ta­vyaṃ paścād uttaraṃ vācyam iti. api tu ya­thā­ka­tha­ñci­d a­nu­bhā­ṣyo­tta­raṃ vācyam anyathā ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­m uttaraṃ pra­sa­jya­te­.

NBhū-YA 37­1­,4~yadi nāma pra­sa­ktā­nu­pra­sa­ktyā­ti­vi­stā­ri­tāṃ kathāṃ pra­ti­vā­dī no­ccā­ra­yi­tuṃ śaktaḥ, kas tasya vi­vā­dā­śra­ya­mā­tro­tta­ra­va­ca­ne sā­ma­rthya­vi­ghā­to yenāsau ni­gṛ­hya­ta iti cet, ucyate — yadi vādinā pa­kṣa­sā­dha­nā­nu­pa­yo­gī vistaraḥ kṛtaḥ ślo­kā­di­pā­ṭhaḥ­, kli­ṣṭo­pa­nyā­so vā, tadā vādina e­vā­rthā­nta­ra­ga­ma­na­m a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ vā ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. na ta­da­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇe doṣo 'pi, yadi sākṣiṇo ma­nya­nte­. atha sā­dha­no­pa­yo­gi­na­m akliṣṭaṃ co­pa­nyā­saṃ sākṣiṇaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­, tadā ta­da­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ṇe pra­ti­vā­di­naḥ kathaṃ nā­pra­ti­pa­tti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­? tatra yadi dviruktaṃ na vācyam iti kathā ni­ya­mya­te­, tadā prāk sa­rvā­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇe 'sti doṣo 'vaśyaṃ hi dū­ṣa­ya­tā­sya do­ṣa­syā­yaṃ viṣaya iti pra­ti­do­ṣa­pra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ pu­na­ra­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­ma­taḥ prāktanaṃ vyarthaṃ syāt. sarvaiḥ prāg a­nu­bhā­ṣi­ta­vya­m iti niyame tu prā­ga­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­do­ṣaḥ­. yadā tv a­ni­ya­ma­ka­thā­, tadā ya­the­ṣṭā­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇe 'pi na doṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 37­1­,15~nanu ca ko 'yaṃ ni­ya­maḥ­, trir a­bhi­hi­ta­syā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m iti? yadi tāvat pa­ra­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­rthā pra­vṛ­tti­s tadā śataśo 'pi tathā va­kta­vya­m­, yathāsya pra­ti­pa­tti­r bha­va­ti­. atha pa­ro­pa­tā­pa­nā­rthā pra­vṛ­tti­s tathāpi kiṃ trir a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­? sākṣiṇāṃ karṇe nivedya pra­ti­vā­dī ka­ṣṭā­pra­tī­tā­ti­saṃ­kṣi­ptā­di­bhi­r u­pa­dro­ta­vyo ya­tho­tta­ra­pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­mū­ḍha­s tūṣṇīṃ bha­va­ti­. na hi pa­ro­pa­tā­pa­na­pra­kra­me kaścin nyāyo yena kli­ṣṭā­pra­tī­tā­ti­dru­to­ccā­ri­tā­dī­ni pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­nte­, trir a­bhi­dhā­naṃ ca vi­dhī­ya­ta iti, na; trir a­bhi­dhā­na­gra­ha­ṇa­sya pa­ri­ṣa­da­nu­jño­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. yāvad dhi prā­śni­kai­r a­nya­ta­ra­syā­sā­ma­rthyaṃ na ni­ści­ta­m­, tā­va­dva­kta­va­ya­m iti. ubhābhyāṃ parīkṣya vidvāṃsaḥ pra­mā­ṇī­kṛ­tya sākṣiṇo '­bhya­nu­jñā­tā­s te paścād a­pra­mā­ṇī­ka­rtuṃ na yuktā iti.

NBhū-YA 37­1­,24~a­pra­ti­pa­tti­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­jñā­nā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­yo­r a­pra­ti­bhā­to nāsti bheda ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de­na bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. sā­ma­rthyā­d a­rtha­prā­ptā­v a­ti­pra­sa­ṅge­na pra­pa­ñcā­dhi­kā­ra­vi­ro­dhā­t­. yadi ca saṃ­gra­ha­ru­ci­tva­m­, tataḥ saṃgraho 'pi vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­ti­pa­tti­bhyāṃ kṛta eva, pra­pa­ñcā­dhi­kā­ra­s tu vi­sta­ra­ru­cī­n pra­tyā­ra­bdha ity a­do­ṣaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 37­1­,29~"­a­vi­jñā­tā­rthaṃ cā­jñā­na­m­" . yac ca vākyaṃ trir a­bhi­hi­ta­m api pa­ri­ṣa­da­va­ga­tā­rthaṃ pra­ti­vā­dī pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­nn api nārthataḥ sa­mya­ga­dhi­ga­ccha­ti­, ta­da­jñā­naṃ nāma pra­ti­vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 37­2­,7~"­ka­thā­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vo '­pra­ti­bhā vā­di­pra­ti­vā­di­no­r ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m i­ti­"­. nanu "­u­tta­ra­syā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pra­ti­bhā­" iti sū­tra­m­, sa­tya­m­; a­syai­vā­rthaḥ kathām a­bhyu­pa­ga­mye­tyā­di­no­ktaḥ­. katham iti? u­tta­ra­gra­ha­ṇa­m u­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ pū­rvo­pa­nyā­sa­syā­py a­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­pra­ti­bhe­ty a­bhi­pre­ta­m­. na cā­trā­pa­ri­jñā­na­mā­tra­m a­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ity a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, kin tarhi? va­ca­nā­na­dhya­va­sā­yaḥ­. a­na­dhya­va­sā­yā­d a­bru­va­to '­pra­ti­bhe­ty arthaḥ. atha vā pra­tha­ma­vā­di­no 'pi va­ca­na­m u­tta­ra­m a­tro­kta­m­. kathaṃ? pa­ri­ṣa­dā pra­ti­vā­di­nā kas te pakṣaḥ? kiṃ sādhanaṃ ca? iti praśne, tvam eva prathamaṃ brūhi — ity a­nu­yo­ge vā pa­kṣā­di­va­ca­na­m uttaraṃ bhavati tasmin vaktavye ya­dā­na­dhya­va­sā­ye­na tūṣṇīm āste, tadā vādino '­pra­ti­bhe­ti vā­cya­m­. pra­ti­vā­di­na­s tu ka­dā­ci­d a­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ kṛtvāpy u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sa­mbhā­vya­te śa­kti­vai­ci­trya­da­rśa­nā­t­. akṛtvā tv a­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m­. tū­ṣṇī­mbha­va­to '­pra­ti­bho­dbhā­va­ne 'pi na ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­m a­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­m­. yo hy a­pra­tyu­ccā­ra­ya­nn api yat kiṃcid bravīti na tūṣṇīm āste ta­syā­na­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 37­2­,21~"­kā­rya­vyā­sa­ṅgā­t ka­thā­vi­cche­do vi­kṣe­paḥ­" kiṃcit kāryaṃ vyāsajya yaḥ kathāṃ vi­cchi­na­tti­, sa khalv a­nya­ta­ra­ni­gra­hā­ntā­yaṃ kathāyāṃ svayam eva kathantaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­mā­no ni­gra­hā­rha iti. nanu yadi jva­rā­di­duḥ­khe­nā­bhi­bhū­taḥ pra­yo­ja­nā­ti­śa­ye­na vā tadā na vadati di­nā­nta­re ca va­di­ṣya­tī­ti kas ta­syā­pa­rā­dhaḥ syāt? etad eva sa­bhya­mi­la­nā­t prāg eva duḥkhaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vā ni­ve­da­ya­ti­. yat tu sabhyeṣu mi­li­te­ṣu duḥ­khā­di­ni­ve­da­na­m­, tad du­ṣṭā­bhi­prā­yaṃ pra­ka­ṭa­ya­ti kila — punaḥ punaḥ sabhyā na mi­li­ṣya­nti­, tato vādo na bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, tataḥ sa­mā­na­tai­va vidvadbhiḥ saha mama bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, na bhaṅga iti. yadi punas tadaiva jātaṃ cā­tu­rthi­ka­jva­rā­di­duḥ­khaṃ sākṣiṇo 'pi pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­, tadā na tasya doṣa iti. na cedam a­rthā­nta­re '­nta­rbha­va­ti­, sā­dha­no­pa­nyā­sa­pra­sa­ṅge­na ta­da­nu­pa­yo­gi­va­ca­na­m a­rthā­nta­raṃ sā­dha­no­pa­nyā­sa­m api paścāt ka­ri­ṣyā­mī­ty evaṃ vacanaṃ vikṣepa ity asti vi­śe­ṣaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 37­3­,9~"­sva­pa­kṣa­do­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t pa­ra­pa­kṣa­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgo ma­tā­nu­jñā­"­. yathā — cauras tvam, pa­ra­dra­vyo­pā­di­tsa­yā pra­vṛ­tte­r ity ukte, pa­ro­'­py āha — tvam apy evaṃ caura iti. pra­sa­ṅga­vyā­je­nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­nā­d adoṣa iti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­; vaktur a­bhi­prā­yo hi va­ca­nā­d a­va­ga­mya­te­. pūrvaṃ paścād vā nai­kā­nti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­no­kti­m a­nta­re­ṇa ca na jñāyate '­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvo­dbhā­va­nā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇā­ya­m evam ā­he­ti­. na ca vāde 'pi vyākhyān a­ga­myai­r vākyair va­kta­vya­m­, kiṃ co­bha­ya­pra­si­ddhyā hetor vi­pa­kṣa­vṛ­ttyā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. na ca mama pa­ra­svo­pā­di­tsa­yā pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. siddhā mamāpy a­si­ddhe­ti cet, a­si­ddha­tva­m eva tarhi vā­cya­m­, kiṃ pa­ra­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅge­na­? "yaś co­bha­yo­r­" i­tyā­di­nyā­ye­na prasaṅga iti cet, na; u­bha­yo­s tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tva­sya pra­mā­ṇa­to '­pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. kiṃ ca sva­pa­kṣa­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­re '­bhi­hi­te 'pi yadā taṃ vyā­mo­hā­n na paraḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, tadā ta­dvyā­mo­ha­ni­va­rta­nā­rthaṃ ta­tpra­ti­pa­nne­na nyāyena sa­hā­tmī­ya­nyā­ya­sya sa­mā­na­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tāṃ prasādhya yaś co­bha­yo­r i­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ kartuṃ yuktaḥ. yas tu svapakṣe na manāg api doṣaṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­ti­, kevalaṃ pa­ra­pa­kṣe doṣaṃ pra­sa­ñja­ya­ti — tvam api caura iti, sa khalv evaṃ bruvāṇaḥ pa­ra­ma­ta­m a­nu­jā­nā­ti pa­ra­ma­taṃ cā­nu­jā­na­taḥ ta­syai­ve­daṃ ma­tā­nu­jñā­khyaṃ ni­gra­hā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. ka­smā­t­? tena sva­do­ṣā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, pa­re­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 37­3­,26~"­ni­gra­haṃ prā­pta­syā­ni­gra­haḥ pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇa­m­" . pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo nāma ni­gra­ho­pa­pa­ttyā co­da­nī­ya­s ta­syo­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ nigrahaṃ prāpto 'sīty a­na­nu­yo­gaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 37­4­,8~etac ca kasya pa­rā­ja­ya ity a­nu­yu­kta­yā pa­ri­ṣa­dā va­kta­vya­m­, na khalu nigrahaṃ prāptaḥ svaṃ kaupīnaṃ vi­vṛ­ṇu­yā­d iti. nigrahaṃ prāptasya ja­yā­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m api na yu­kta­m­, ta­da­bhā­vā­t pa­rā­ja­yo 'pi na yuktas tasya ja­yā­pe­kṣi­tvā­d iti cet, na; u­bha­yo­r api na yuktas tasya ja­yā­pe­kṣi­tvā­d iti cet, no­bha­yo­r api yu­ktā­yu­ktā­na­bhi­jña­tve­na pa­ri­ṣa­do­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ya­tvā­t tā­da­na­va­dhe­ya­va­ca­na­tva­m evātra ni­gra­haḥ­. yadi punaḥ kiṃcid doṣam u­dbhā­va­ya­ti­, tadā pa­ra­do­ṣā­nu­dbhā­va­ne 'pi je­tai­vā­sau na ni­gra­ha­s tasya na­hi­sta­tta iti kṛtvā sarve doṣā va­kta­vyā­, a­va­ca­ne vā ni­gra­haḥ­, e­ke­nā­pi ta­tsā­dha­na­vi­dhā­nā­t­, e­ka­sā­dha­na­va­ca­na­va­t­. ya­thai­ka­syā­rtha­syā­ne­ka­sā­dha­na­sa­dbhā­ve 'py e­ke­nai­va sā­dha­ne­na ta­tsi­ddhe­r na sa­rvo­pā­dā­naṃ sā­dha­nā­ṅgā­va­ca­naṃ vā bha­va­ti­. sa­rva­sa­mbha­vā­d do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­ni­ya­ma­pū­rva­ka­vā­de tv e­kā­nu­bhā­va­ne 'pi yuktaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­jyo­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 37­4­,19~"­a­ni­gra­ha­sthā­ne ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­bhi­yo­go ni­ra­nu­yo­jyā­nu­yo­gaḥ­"­. adoṣe do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­m ity arthaḥ. yathā — sā­va­ya­va­tve­na pṛ­thi­vyā­deḥ kā­rya­tva­sā­dha­ne paro brūyād — a­pra­yo­ja­na­ko 'yaṃ he­tvā­bhā­sa iti. tasyedaṃ mi­thyā­bhi­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. na hy a­pra­yo­ja­ko nāma he­tvā­bhā­so 'sty a­si­ddhā­di­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ sa­pa­kṣai­ka­de­śa­vṛ­tte­s tu dhū­mā­di­va­dga­ma­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 37­4­,25~a­nu­pa­pa­nno­tta­ra­tvā­d u­tta­rā­pra­ti­pa­tti­r e­vā­ya­m ato '­pra­ti­bhā­to na bhidyata iti cet, na; a­pra­ti­bhā­yā­s tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­va­sva­rū­pa­tve­na vyā­khyā­ta­tvā­t­. kiṃ co­tta­ra­mā­traṃ tatra vi­va­kṣi­taṃ na tu sa­du­tta­ra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 37­4­,29~"­si­ddhā­nta­m a­bhyu­pe­tyā­ni­ya­mā­t ka­thā­pra­sa­ṅgo '­pa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­" . yathā — mī­māṃ­sā­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya kaścid a­gni­ho­traṃ sva­rga­sā­dha­na­m ity āha. sa caivaṃ pa­rya­nu­yu­jya­te — kathaṃ punar a­gni­ho­tra­kri­yā dhvastā satī sva­rga­sā­dhi­kā bha­va­tī­ty evaṃ pa­rya­nu­yu­kto '­na­bhyu­pa­ga­tā­tma­gu­ṇaṃ dharmaṃ ga­tya­nta­ra­m a­pa­śya­nn āha — tayā kri­ya­yā­rā­dhi­taḥ pa­ra­me­śva­raḥ phalaṃ dadāti rā­jā­di­va­t­. ta­sye­śva­rā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d apy a­pa­si­ddhā­nto ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­. kecit tu sūtrārthaṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti — ka­sya­ci­d arthasya ta­thā­bhā­vaṃ pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­vi­pa­rya­yā­t ka­thā­pra­sa­ṅgaṃ kurvato '­pa­si­ddhā­nto vijñeya iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­ti­jñā­tā­rtha­vi­pa­rya­yo hi pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r nā­pa­si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. tasmāc chāstram a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya ta­da­rtha­vi­ro­dhe­na kathāṃ pra­sa­jja­ya­to '­pa­si­ddhā­nta iti. atha vā sā­dha­na­vā­kye yā pra­ti­jñā­, ta­da­rtha­vi­pa­rya­yā­d eva pra­ti­jñā­hā­ni­r u­cya­te­. yā tu si­ddhā­rtha­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­mā­tre­ṇa pratijñā ke­na­ci­t pra­sa­ṅge­na kṛtā punas ta­da­rtha­vi­pa­rya­yā­t kathāṃ kurvato '­pa­si­ddhā­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 37­5­,18~"­he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca ya­tho­ktāḥ­" . he­tvā­bhā­sā­ś ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­ni kiṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­nta­ra­yo­gā­t­, pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ya­va­t­? na, kiṃ tarhi? yathoktāḥ he­tvā­bhā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇe­nai­va ya­tho­kte­na he­tvā­bhā­sa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­nī­ty arthaḥ. caśabdo dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­sā­va­ro­dha­kaḥ­. na ca ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­rthā­ni sū­trā­ṇi­, kiṃ tarhi? la­kṣa­ṇo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­pra­pa­ñco­pa­la­kṣa­ṇā­ni­. tasmād etena sū­tra­ka­lā­pe­na du­rva­ca­nā­dī­nāṃ sā­dha­nā­nu­pa­yo­gi­tve­na ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­tvaṃ ve­di­ta­vya­m­. ni­ya­ma­ka­thā­yāṃ tv a­pa­śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 37­5­,26~ra­ktā­mba­ra­s tv āha — a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ dvayoḥ. ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m anyat tu na yuktam iti ne­ṣya­te­. ta­trā­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ vādina eva ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ tu pra­ti­vā­di­na e­ve­ti­. siddhiḥ sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­ni­śca­ya­s tasya ni­rva­rta­ka­m a­ṅga­m­, tasya vacanaṃ sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­na­m­. ta­syā­nu­ccā­ra­ṇa­m a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ vādam a­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­pra­ti­bha­yā tū­ṣṇīṃ­bhā­vā­t sā­dha­nā­ṅga­syā­sa­ma­rtha­nā­d vā vādino '­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ prā­ra­bdhā­rthā­pra­sā­dha­nā­t­. vastutaḥ sa­ma­rtha­sā­dha­no­pā­dā­ne 'pi sā­ma­rthyā­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. na hy a­sa­ma­rthi­tā­t sā­dha­nā­t sā­dhya­si­ddhi­r iti. atha vā sādhyate '­ne­ne­ti sādhanaṃ tri­rū­pa­he­tu­va­ca­na­sa­mu­dā­yaḥ­, tasyāṅgaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rmā­di­va­ca­naṃ ta­syai­ka­syā­py a­va­ca­na­m a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­na­m­. atha vā tasyaiva sā­dha­na­sya yan nāṅgaṃ pra­ti­jño­pa­na­yā­di ta­syā­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­sya va­ca­na­m­. a­tha­vā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­yo­r e­ka­syā­bhi­dhā­ne­na siddher a­bhā­vā­t­, dvi­tī­ya­syā­sā­ma­rthya­m iti tasyāpy a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­syā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ vya­rthā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva. atha vā sā­dha­na­sya siddher yan nāṅgaṃ he­tvā­bhā­so '­si­ddhā­di­s ta­syai­ka­syā­pi vacanaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m a­sa­ma­rtho­pā­dā­nā­t­. tathā sā­dhyā­di­vi­ka­lpa­syā­na­nva­yā­pra­da­rśi­tā­nva­yā­de­r dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­sa­sya va­ca­na­m a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­na­m­. atha vā siddhiḥ sā­dha­na­m­, tadaṅgaṃ dharmo yasya vi­vā­dā­śra­ya­sya vā­da­pra­stā­va­he­toḥ sa sā­dha­nā­ṅga­s ta­dvya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­pa­ra­syā­py a­ji­jñā­si­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­sya śā­strā­śra­ya­vyā­jā­di­bhiḥ prakṣepo ghoṣaṇaṃ ca pa­ra­vyā­mo­ha­nā­yā­nu­bhā­ṣa­ṇa­śa­kti­vi­ghā­tā­dya­rthaṃ ca tad apy a­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, a­pra­stu­tā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. na hi kvacit kri­ya­mā­ṇaḥ prasaṅgo na pra­sa­jya­te nṛ­tya­gī­tā­de­r api pra­sa­ṅge­na sa­mbha­vā­t­. yathā — kaścin nai­rā­tmya­vā­dī brūyāt — nā­styā­tme­ti vayaṃ bauddhā brūmaḥ. ke bauddhāḥ? ye bu­ddha­śā­sa­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­tāḥ­. ko buddho? yasya śā­sa­ne­na bha­da­ntā­śva­gho­ṣo nāma pra­vra­ji­taḥ­. ko bha­da­ntā­śva­gho­ṣo­? yasya rā­ṣṭra­pā­la­kaṃ nā­ṭa­ka­m iti prasaṅgaṃ kṛtvā tataḥ pra­vi­śa­ti sū­tra­dhā­ra ityādi paṭhan nṛtyed gāyec ceti pra­ti­vā­dī sarvaṃ taṃ prasaṅgaṃ nā­nu­ka­rtuṃ śakta iti pa­rā­ji­taḥ syāt tasmān nṛ­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅga­va­da­ji­jñā­si­tā­nāṃ pra­sa­ṅga­pa­ra­mpa­rā­yā­tā­rthā­nāṃ sva­kri­yā­yā­c ca gho­ṣa­ṇa­m a­rthā­nta­ra­ga­ma­na­m eva, ji­jñā­sā­yāṃ tv adoṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 37­6­,29~a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­m iti na do­ṣo­dbhā­va­na­m a­do­ṣo­dbhā­va­naṃ he­tvā­bhā­sā­da­yo doṣās teṣām a­nu­dbhā­va­na­m a­pra­tyā­ya­na­m­. sā­dha­na­sya ni­rdo­ṣa­tvā­t­. sa­do­ṣa­tve 'pi pra­ti­vā­di­na­s ta­da­jñā­nā­t­. pra­ti­pā­da­nā­sā­ma­rthyā­d vā. na hi sann api doṣo na pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ pa­rā­ja­ya­he­tu­r bha­va­ti­. atha vā sā­dha­na­sya doṣas ta­syā­do­ṣa­syo­dbhā­va­naṃ pra­ti­vā­di­no ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m­, mi­thyo­tta­rā­bhi­dhā­nā­d iti. etan nyāyyaṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. anyat tu nai­yā­yi­ko­ktaṃ pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­di­kaṃ na yuktam iti ne­ṣya­te­. yathā na pra­ti­jñā­hā­nyā­de­r a­yu­kta­tvaṃ kīrtir uvāca tathā ta­lla­kṣa­ṇe­ṣv eva pū­rva­pa­kṣaṃ kurvatā pra­tye­ka­m ma­yā­bhi­hi­ta­m­. tatraiva ta­tpa­ri­ha­ra­tā kīrter a­pa­ri­jñā­na­m api pra­ka­ṭi­ta­m iti. pra­ti­jño­pa­na­yā­di­va­ca­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m ity atrāpi mohaḥ kīrteḥ pra­kṛ­tyā­di­sā­dha­nā­ṅga­tvaṃ sa­ma­rtha­ya­tā pra­ka­ṭi­taḥ­. yat tu mu­ni­pra­da­rśi­ta­m eva ni­gra­ha­sthā­naṃ bhā­ṣā­nta­re­ṇo­kta­m­, tad a­nu­jñā­ya­te eva. bhā­ṣā­nta­re­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne 'py arthasya ta­thā­tvā­vi­ro­dhā­d iti.

śrī­ma­dā­cā­rya­bhā­sa­rva­jña­vi­ra­ci­te nyā­ya­bhū­ṣa­ṇe saṃ­gra­ha­vā­rti­ke dvitīyaḥ pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 37­9­,6~a­va­si­ta­m a­nu­mā­na­m ā­ga­ma­sye­dā­nīṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m ucyate — "­sa­ma­ya­ba­le­na sa­mya­kpa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­na­m ā­ga­maḥ­"­. ya­trā­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­ne sa­ma­ya­syā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ pra­dhā­na­bhā­vo ga­mya­te­, ta­ccha­bdā­tma­ka­m a­śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ vā karaṇaṃ sa­ma­ya­sā­ma­rthye­nā­nu­bha­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­d āgama ity u­cya­te­. sa­ma­yā­vi­nā­bhā­va­yo­r vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ pa­śyā­ma­s te­nā­nu­mā­ne prasaṅgaḥ sa­ma­ya­gra­ha­ṇe­na ni­rva­rti­taḥ­. sa­ma­ya­sā­ma­rthyā­d api saṃśayo vi­pa­rya­ya­ś ca kvacid bha­va­ti­, tadarthaṃ sa­mya­ggra­ha­ṇa­m­. sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­vya­va­cche­dā­rthaṃ pa­ro­kṣa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 37­9­,13~nanu — "­ā­pto­pa­de­śaḥ śabdaḥ" iti lakṣaṇaṃ sau­tra­m­, sa­tya­m­; a­syai­vā­rtho 'yaṃ pra­ka­ṭi­ta­s tathā hi — u­pa­di­śya­te '­ne­nā­rtha ity u­pa­de­śaḥ sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣa­m a­rtha­pra­tī­ti­sā­dha­na­m u­cya­te­. na hi pra­tya­kṣā­d a­nu­mā­nā­d vā­va­ga­to 'rtha u­pa­de­śa­taḥ pra­ti­pa­nna ity u­cya­te­. nāpi sandigdho vi­pa­rya­sto vārtha u­pa­di­ṣṭa ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 37­9­,17~atha vā pra­tya­kṣa­sū­trā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­vya­va­sā­yā­tma­ka­pa­da­yo­r ihāpy a­nu­vṛ­tti­r dra­ṣṭa­vyā­, tato na saṃ­śa­ya­vi­pa­rya­ya­sā­dha­na­yoḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. evaṃ cā­pta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­, tena vya­va­cche­dyā­bhā­vā­t­, kiṃ tv a­dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nāṃ vākyānāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhā­v ā­pto­kta­tvā­he­tu­sū­ca­nā­rtha­m­. astu vā la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­m­, ya­dā­vya­bhi­cā­ryā­di­pa­da­yo­r i­hā­nu­vṛ­tti­r ne­ṣya­te­. u­pa­de­śa­śa­bda­ś ca mi­thyo­pa­de­śe 'pi dṛṣṭas ta­dā­pta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sā­rtha­ka­m iti. āpto hy a­jñā­na­rā­gā­di­do­ṣa­ra­hi­ta u­pa­de­ṣṭā bha­ṇya­te­, ta­du­pa­de­śaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m eva. tathā coktam —

NBhū-YA 38­0­,3~a­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­d a­la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti cet, na; pa­rā­pa­ra­bhe­de­na do­ṣa­kṣa­ya­syā­pi dvai­vi­dhyā­t­. ta­trā­pa­ra­syā­pta­sā­rya­mle­cchā­de­r aparo do­ṣa­kṣa­yaḥ­, pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­jñā­nā­di­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. pa­rā­pta­sya tv ī­śva­rā­deḥ paro do­ṣa­kṣa­yaḥ­, sa­rvā­rthe­ṣv a­jñā­nā­de­r a­tya­nto­cche­dā­d iti. nanv ā­pto­pa­de­śo 'pi śro­tṛ­pra­jñā­di­vai­gu­ṇyā­d a­sā­dha­naṃ saṃ­śa­yā­di­sā­dha­naṃ vā bha­va­ti­. tat katham e­kā­nte­nā­pto­pa­de­śaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, na; ta­syau­pa­cā­ri­ka­tvā­t­. na hi jñānam a­ku­rva­n saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­naṃ kurvan vā śabdaḥ kvacid ā­pto­pa­de­śo 'yam iti pra­si­ddhi­r asti, kiṃ tv āpto 'rthaṃ ye­no­pa­di­śya­ti parān ni­ścā­ya­ya­ti sa pa­re­ṣā­m a­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­ni­śca­yaṃ kurvann aṃ­ja­sā­pto­pa­de­śa ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 38­0­,11~atha vāptaś cāsāv u­pa­de­śaḥ­. yathā vaktā jñānam a­ku­rva­n saṃśayaṃ vi­pa­rya­yaṃ vā kurvan na loke 'py āpta u­cya­te­, kin tv a­vi­pa­rī­ta­m arthaṃ ni­ścā­ya­ya­nn evāptaḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ­, tathā śabdo 'py a­vi­pa­rī­tā­rtha­ni­śca­yaṃ kurvan āpta ity u­cya­te­. nanv evam ā­pta­vā­g iti laghu lakṣaṇaṃ ka­rta­vya­m­, na; a­śa­bdā­tma­ka­sya ce­ṣṭā­de­r a­na­va­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. u­pa­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇe tu sa­ma­ya­pū­rva­ke­ṇā­ṅgu­li­ce­ṣṭā­di­nā­pi yenārtha u­pa­di­śya­te­, tat sarvaṃ śabdākhyaṃ pramāṇaṃ la­bhya­te­. smṛ­ti­pra­tya­kṣa­vya­va­cche­do 'py ata eva la­bhya­te­. na hi śabdaṃ śrutvāpi smṛto 'rthaḥ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣo­pa­la­bdho vā kvacid ā­pte­no­pa­di­ṣṭa iti pra­si­ddhi­r asti. tasmāt sa­ma­ya­ba­le­na sa­mya­kpa­ro­kṣā­nu­bha­va­sā­dha­na­m āgama ity ayam eva sū­tra­syā­rtha iti.

NBhū-YA 38­0­,21~nanu ca pa­ro­kṣā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve śa­bda­syā­nu­mā­nā­d a­na­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vaḥ prāptaḥ. tathā cāha —

NBhū-YA 38­1­,1~mā­na­dvai­vi­dhya­si­ddhau me­ya­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ hetuḥ, me­ya­dvai­vi­dhye tu śa­ktya­śa­kti­ta iti hetuḥ. sākṣāt svā­kā­ra­jñā­na­ja­na­naṃ prati śaktatvaṃ śaktiḥ, pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa śaktatvaṃ tv aśaktiḥ pa­ryu­dā­sa­vṛ­ttyā­. tatra śakto 'rthaḥ svena rūpeṇa la­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­t sva­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. i­ta­ra­s tu sā­mā­nya­rū­pe­ṇa pra­tī­ya­mā­na­tvā­t sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­nu­mā­na­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. ke­śā­de­s tu pra­mā­ṇa­dva­yā­go­ca­ra­syā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ na sākṣān nāpi pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa śaktir ity ato nāsāv arthas tasmād a­na­rthā­dhi­mo­kṣa­taḥ tajjñānaṃ na pra­mā­ṇa­m a­na­rthā­dhi­mu­kteḥ a­rthā­dhi­ga­mā­bhā­vā­d ity arthaḥ. pra­ka­ra­ṇā­nte­re 'py amum e­vā­rtha­m āha — "­dvi­vi­dha evārthaḥ — pratyakṣaḥ pa­ro­kṣa­ś ca". tatra yo jñā­na­pra­ti­bhā­sa­m a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­v ātmano '­nu­kā­ra­ya­ti­, sa pra­tya­kṣa­s ta­da­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ va­stu­rū­paṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. anyas tu sākṣāt sva­bhā­vo­pa­dhā­na­sā­ma­rthya­ra­hi­to '­yu­kta­pra­ti­pa­tti­r eva, na cā­nya­da­rśa­ne '­nya­ka­lpa­nā yu­ktā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tasya nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­ta­yā syāt. sa hi pra­ti­ba­ddha­sva­bhā­vo ya­thā­vi­dha­si­ddha­s ta­thā­vi­dha­sa­nni­dhā­naṃ sū­ca­ya­ti­. sā­mā­nye­na ca sva­sa­mba­ndhi­no 'rthasya pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­na­m iti dve eva pra­mā­ṇe­, anyathā pra­ti­pa­ttya­yo­gā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 38­1­,15~a­tro­cya­te — me­ya­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ kena ga­mya­te­? yadi pra­mā­ṇa­dvai­vi­dhye­nai­va ta­de­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tvaṃ syāt. atha pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va­, ta­dā­nu­mā­naṃ vyarthaṃ syāt, pa­ro­kṣa­syā­pi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va si­ddha­tvā­t­. na ca pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va gṛ­hī­ta­sya pa­ro­kṣa­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe ca na pra­tya­kṣa­to dvai­vi­dhya­si­ddhiḥ­. pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­n nā­nu­mā­na­to 'pi dvai­vi­dhya­si­ddhiḥ­. pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa siddhau ca vi­ru­ddha­tvaṃ syāt, tṛ­tī­ya­syā­pi sa­mbha­vā­t­. śa­ktya­śa­kti­ta ity apy a­yu­kta­m — śa­ktya­śa­kti­bhe­do 'pi ke­nā­va­ga­mya­te­? iti pū­rva­va­t prasaṅgaḥ tasmād asiddhaṃ me­ya­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ kathaṃ sā­dha­na­m iti?

NBhū-YA 38­2­,3~yat tv a­tro­kta­m — "­vi­ṣa­ya­dvai­vi­dhyaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­ga­mya­m­. sa­dṛ­śā­sa­dṛ­śa­tva­pra­tī­ti­r hi pa­tī­te­r eva dharmaḥ, sa ca sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhaḥ­" iti, tad idaṃ vyā­mū­ḍha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m­; na hi pra­tī­ti­dha­rma eva pra­me­ya­m­, tasya śa­ktya­śa­kti­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­, na cā­na­rthā­nta­ra­sya pra­tī­ti­dha­rma­sya pra­tī­ti­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ sākṣāt pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa cāsti. kathaṃ ca pra­tī­ti­dha­rmo sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ sā­dṛ­śya­m u­cya­te­? ta­syā­nya­trā­vṛ­tte­r a­sā­dṛ­śya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. sa­mā­ro­pi­tā­kā­ra­ś ca na pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, sva­saṃ­ve­da­na­pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pi rā­gā­di­va­t pa­ro­kṣa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. "­sva­saṃ­ve­da­ne­nā­rtha­dha­rmaḥ pa­ro­kṣa­tā gṛ­hya­te­. parokṣaṃ tu dha­rmi­pra­tya­kṣā­nta­re­ne­ndri­ya­jñā­ne­na gṛ­hya­te­, tataḥ sa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­ti­s tataḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pa­ro­kṣa­tā­pra­tī­tā­v api va­stva­nu­mā­ne­na pra­tī­ya­ta­" iti cet, parokṣaṃ vastu i­ndri­ya­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pra­tī­ya­ta ity etad api na bu­dhyā­ma­he­. dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­s tā­dā­tmyā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi bhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­grā­hya­tvaṃ na na­ṣṭa­dhi­yo 'nyo brūyād iti.

NBhū-YA 38­2­,16~kiṃ ca yadi nāma pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ro­kṣa­bhe­de­na me­ya­dvai­vi­dhya­m­, tataḥ pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­ne dveṣa eva pramāṇa iti kutaḥ si­dhya­ti­, vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, pra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddhe­ś ceti. la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de­na ca pra­mā­ṇa­bhe­da­syā­pi vya­va­sthe­ṣṭā­. na ca tva­yā­dyā­pi me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ mā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­sya la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­, yena me­yā­nta­rā­bhā­vā­n mā­nā­nta­rā­bhā­vaḥ si­dhye­t­. na ca ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe­na tri­rū­pa­li­ṅga­ja­tve­na vā śabdasya saṃgrahaḥ śakyaḥ kartuṃ yena pra­mā­ṇa­sya sato '­trai­vā­nta­rbhā­vā­d iti hetur asiddho na syāt. na­nū­kta­m anyathā pra­ti­pa­ttya­yo­gā­d iti. satyam uktam idam ayuktaṃ tū­kta­m­, tathā hi — kṣāraṃ sa­mu­dro­da­ka­m hi­mā­la­yo girir u­tta­re­ṇa sthita ity e­va­mā­di­śa­bdā­d bhavaty a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na ca sā­kṣa­jā­, nāpi liṅgajā pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­dya­pra­tī­teḥ­. tasmān mā­nā­nta­raṃ śabda iti.

NBhū-YA 38­3­,4~nanu ca tri­rū­pa­li­ṅga­sū­ca­ka­syai­va śa­bda­syā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ tasya ca pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­tva­m eva ta­da­nye­ṣāṃ tu śabdānāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m eva nāsti. yad āha —

NBhū-YA 38­3­,10~pra­ti­ba­ndhe hi saty artho 'rthaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, yathāgniṃ dhūmo, vṛkṣaṃ śiṃ­śa­pe­ti­. na ca śabdānāṃ vastubhiḥ saha a­nya­ta­ro 'pi sambandho 'sti tena nā­rtha­si­ddhi­s tatas tebhyaḥ śabdebhyo nā­rtha­si­ddhi­r ity arthaḥ. va­ktra­bhi­prā­ya­pū­rva­kā­s tu śabdās tena te va­ktra­bhi­prā­ya­sū­ca­kā iti.

NBhū-YA 38­3­,15~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvan nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tā­bhā­vā­d iti. atha keyaṃ nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tā­? kiṃ sa­mba­ndha­mā­tra­m­? u­tā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­? sa­mba­ndha­mā­traṃ tāvad asty eva śa­bdā­rtha­yo­r vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. a­thā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­vā­d eva śabdasya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­m u­cya­te­, pra­tya­kṣa­va­t­. a­vi­nā­bhā­va­tve­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­nā­nu­mā­na­m eva śabdaḥ syāt, kaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ brū­yā­t­? a­thā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvā­bhā­vā­d a­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­m eva nāsti, tan na, akṣair vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. teṣāṃ svā­bhā­vi­ka­m a­rtha­pra­tyā­ya­ka­tva­m ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, pra­dī­pā­dya­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­. yathā ca pra­dī­pā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­pe­kṣyā­kṣā­ṇy arthaṃ sā­dha­ya­nti­, tathā śabdā api saṃ­ke­ta­smṛ­tyā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­pe­kṣyā­rthaṃ sā­dha­ya­nti­. a­ni­ya­ta­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo hi he­ta­va­s tena ka­sya­ci­t kiṃcit sa­ha­kā­rī­ti­. tasmān nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tā­yā­bhā­ve 'pi śa­bdā­nā­m a­rthā­sā­dha­ka­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 38­3­,25~syān matam — pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­nā­nā­m api svā­kā­ra­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ tā­dā­tmye­na­, bā­hyā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ tu ta­du­tpa­ttyā­. a­kṣā­ṇā­m apy arthaiḥ saha ta­du­tpa­tti­sa­mba­ndho 'sty eva tena sarveṣāṃ nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­ta­yai­vā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­m iti. tatra sa­mba­ndha­dva­ya­ni­ya­ma­sya ni­ra­sta­tvā­t kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddhe­ś cā­kṣā­rtha­yo­s ta­du­tpa­tti­r a­si­ddhā­.

NBhū-YA 38­4­,3~kiṃ cā­ti­ṭā­nā­ga­tā­rthaiḥ saha yo­gi­jñā­nā­nā­m api kaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­? na hi ta­da­rthā­nāṃ ja­na­ka­tva­m astīty uktaṃ prāk. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa tata u­tpa­tti­r iti cet, na; a­nā­ga­tā­rthā­nāṃ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­py a­ja­na­ka­tvā­t­. na hi taiḥ kiṃcij jñānaṃ sākṣād u­tpā­di­taṃ yena ta­dvā­sa­no­tpa­tti­kra­me­ṇa jñā­nā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa tata utpattiḥ ka­lpye­ta­. ta­jjā­tī­ya­syā­sti ja­na­ka­tva­m iti cet, na; ja­na­ka­syā­tī­ta­tvā­t­. na ca ta­jjā­tī­ya­tve 'py anyata utpannaṃ jñānam anyat pa­ri­cchi­na­tti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. e­ka­smā­t strī­su­va­rṇā­dya­rthā­d u­tpa­nna­sya jñānasya sa­rva­strī­su­va­rṇā­dya­rtha­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 38­4­,10~api caiva śa­bda­syā­py arthād utpattiḥ kin na ka­lpya­te­? tasyāpy a­rtha­ja­jñā­nā­hi­ta­vā­sa­nā­kra­me­ṇo­tpa­tteḥ­. vya­bhi­cā­rā­n neṣyate iti cet, syān matam — yadi śa­bdā­rtha­yo­s ta­du­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ syāt tadā na śabdaḥ ka­dā­ci­d apy arthaṃ vya­bhi­ca­re­t­, vya­bhi­cā­ra­pra­ti­ba­ndha­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­d iti. evaṃ tarhi bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣe­ndri­ya­yo­r apy a­rtha­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t pra­ti­ba­ndho nai­ṣṭa­vya­s tathā hi — indriyaṃ tāvad asatsv api ke­śā­dya­rthe­ṣu ta­nni­rbhā­saṃ jñānam u­tpā­da­ya­ti­. bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣe 'py asatsv api stryādiṣu ta­nni­rbhā­saṃ jñānaṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ty ato bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣa­je­ndri­ya­jñā­na­yo­r apy a­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ndho nai­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. sarvam i­ndri­ya­jñā­naṃ bhā­va­nā­pra­ka­rṣa­jaṃ ca nā­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ddha­m i­ṣṭa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ya­syai­vā­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­s tasyaiva ta­tpra­ti­ba­ddha­tva­m iti cet, nanv a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddhya­rthaṃ pra­ti­ba­ndho '­nvi­ṣya­te­. sa cet pra­ti­ba­ndha­si­ddhiṃ vināpi siddhaḥ, kiṃ pra­ti­ba­ndha­sā­dha­ne­na­? pra­ti­ba­ndha­si­ddhyai­vā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddā­v a­nyo­'­nya­saṃ­śra­ya­pra­sa­ṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 38­4­,21~kiṃ ca śa­bda­jñā­na­syā­pi yasya vya­bhi­cā­ro 'sti, tasya pra­ti­ba­ndho mā bhūt, yasya tv a­rthā­vya­bhi­cā­ro 'sti, ta­syā­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ kin ne­ṣya­te­? ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­pra­ti­ba­ndhe '­kṣa­jā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­sya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­pra­ti­ba­ndha­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. yathā cā­kṣa­jā­di­jñā­na­yo­r vya­bhi­cā­rya­vya­bhi­cā­ri­ṇo­r bhedaṃ tajjñā vi­ve­ca­ya­nti­, tathā śā­bda­jñā­na­yo­r apīti sarvaṃ sa­mā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 38­4­,26~yac coktaṃ "­va­ktra­bhi­prā­ya­sū­ca­kāḥ­" iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, tato 'rtheṣv a­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hy a­nya­pra­tī­tyā­nya­trā­pra­ti­pa­nne­ṣu pravṛttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. bhrāntitaḥ pravṛttau ca śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣe pra­vṛ­tti­ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 38­5­,2~śabdād vi­va­kṣā­pra­tī­tau tato '­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, na; vi­va­kṣā­yā apy arthena sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­d asaty apy arthe vi­va­kṣo­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. kā ceyaṃ vi­va­kṣā­? kiṃ śa­bdo­ccā­ra­ṇe­cchā­mā­traṃ­? kiṃ vānena śa­bde­nā­mu­m arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­yā­mī­ty eṣo '­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. kiṃ cātaḥ? śa­bda­ni­mi­tte­cchā­pra­tī­tau va­ktṛ­śro­troḥ śā­strā­di­ṣv api pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. na hi kaścid a­nu­nma­ttaḥ śa­bda­ni­mi­tte­cchā­mā­tra­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ śāstraṃ vā­kyā­nta­raṃ ca praṇetuṃ śrotuṃ vā pra­va­rta­te­. kiṃ ca ka­ca­ṭa­ta­pā­di­da­śa­dā­ḍi­mā­di­vā­kyaiḥ saha sa­rva­vā­kyā­nā­m a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sarveṣāṃ sva­pra­bha­ve­cchā­mā­trā­nu­mā­pa­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. a­thā­ne­na śa­bde­nā­mu­m arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­yā­mī­ty a­bhi­prā­yo vi­va­kṣā­, ta­tsū­ca­ka­tve­na śa­bdā­nā­m a­nu­mā­na­tva­m u­cya­te­. tathāpi vya­bhi­cā­rā­n nā­nu­mā­naṃ śabdaḥ śu­ka­sā­ri­ko­nma­ttā­da­yo hi na ta­thā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa vākyam u­ccā­ra­ya­nti­. api ca kiṃ sa­ma­ya­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ vākyaṃ tā­dṛ­śa­m a­bhi­prā­yaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­? ā­ho­svi­t sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣa­m iti? sa­ma­yā­na­pe­kṣa­tve sa­rva­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, na kaścid bhāṣān abhijñaḥ syāt. sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣa­s tu śabdo 'rtham eva kiṃ na ga­ma­ya­ti­? na hy ayam arthād bi­bhe­ti­, yena tatra sākṣān na pra­va­rtta­te­. na cā­bhi­prā­ya­pra­tī­ti­kra­me­ṇā­rtha­pra­tī­ti­r a­nu­bhū­ya­te­. yaś cā­śa­kya­sa­ma­ya­tvā­di­ke 'rthe śa­bdā­pra­vṛ­ttau nyāyaḥ, so '­bhi­prā­ye 'pi samāna ity a­bhi­prā­yā­va­ga­mo 'pi śabdān na syāt. yena vā pra­kā­re­ṇā­bhi­prā­ya­vi­śe­ṣe śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­s tenārtha e­vā­stu­, kiṃ pra­tī­ti­vi­ru­ddhe­na pā­ra­mpa­ryā­śra­ya­ṇe­na­?

NBhū-YA 38­5­,20~nanu cārthe sākṣāt śabdasya pra­vṛ­tti­m icchataḥ pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­ja­na­ka­tva­vi­ro­dha i­ndri­ya­va­t­. na hy abhinne viṣaye pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ yu­kta­m­; asti cā­kṣa­ja­śa­bda­ja­jñā­na­yo­r vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m­. tasmān nā­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m iti. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 38­5­,25~tatra pū­rvā­rddhe­na pratijñā kṛtā ta­tsā­dha­na­m u­ttrā­rddhe­no­kta­m­. naṣṭākṣo 'pi śabdād arthaṃ pra­tye­ti­, na tu pra­tya­kṣa­va­d īkṣata ity arthaḥ. etad eva spa­ṣṭa­ya­ti —

NBhū-YA 38­5­,29~tasmān ne­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ye śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 38­6­,2~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, yasmān nātra vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­da­kā­ri­taṃ pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ka­ra­ṇa­bhe­da­kā­ri­ta­m­. yadi tu vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­da­kā­ri­taṃ syāt tadā ta­tpū­rvi­kā pra­vṛ­tti­r ja­lā­gni­pra­tī­ti­pū­rva­ke­vā­bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­yā na syāt. kiṃ cā­gni­śa­bda­jā­yāḥ pratīteḥ pra­vṛ­tta­sya jñātur i­ndri­ye­ṇā­gni­prā­ptau saṃvādo na syāt. na hi ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sya jñā­na­syā­rthā­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­sya vā­rthā­nta­ra­prā­ptau saṃ­vā­da­vya­va­sthā loke 'pi dṛṣṭā. ta­da­bhā­vā­n na sa­tya­vā­di­tvaṃ ka­sya­ci­t syāt. pra­ti­jñā­pa­da­yo­ś ca vyāghāts tathā hi — "­a­nya­de­ve­ndri­ya­grā­hya­m­" — ity anena śabdena yo 'rtha u­cya­te­, sa kathaṃ śabdasya gocaro na bha­va­ti­? sākṣād a­go­ca­ra iti cet; pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi śabdāt tasminn arthe kiṃ pra­tī­ti­r bha­va­ti­? na vā? yadi na bha­va­ti­, tataḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­py a­go­ca­ra eva. atha bha­va­ti­, sā kim i­ndri­ya­ja­pra­tī­ti­tu­lyā­? ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇā vā? yadi ta­ttu­lyā­, tadā "na tu pra­tya­kṣa­m ī­kṣa­te­" ity anena vi­ro­dhaḥ­. ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇā cet, na tarhi pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­da­sā­dha­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 38­6­,14~dā­ha­śa­bde­na ca ko 'rtha ucyate — kim agnir u­ṣṇa­spa­rśo vā? rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣo vā? visphoṭo vā? tadduḥkhaṃ veti? kiṃ cātaḥ? sarve 'py ayam arthaḥ pra­tya­rtha­kṛ­ta­sa­ma­yā­c chabdāt tathaiva pra­tī­ya­te­. a­gni­śa­bda­s tv agnāv eva kṛ­ta­sa­ma­ya­s tenāsau vi­spho­ṭā­di­kaṃ nā­bhi­dha­tte­. agniś ca tataḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. yady evaṃ kim iti visphoṭaḥ tadduḥkhaṃ vā na bha­va­ti­? na, a­nya­kā­rya­tvā­t­, na khalu da­ha­na­pra­tī­ti­kā­ryaṃ vi­spho­ṭā­di­, kin tarhi? da­ha­na­de­ha­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­kā­rya­m­, su­ṣu­ptā­dya­va­sthā­yā­m a­pra­tī­tā­v apy agneḥ sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­d vi­spho­ṭā­de­r da­rśa­nā­t­, dū­ra­stha­sya cakṣuṣā pra­tī­tā­v apy a­da­rśa­nā­t­. tathā duḥ­kha­śa­bdā­t ta­tpra­tī­tau duḥ­khi­tva­pra­sa­ṅga ity api ni­ra­sta­m­, duḥ­kha­sa­ma­vā­yo hi duḥ­khi­tva­m­, na duḥ­kha­jñā­na­mā­tra­m­. yasya tu duḥ­kha­jñā­nā­n nānyad asti duḥkhitvaṃ tasya pa­ra­duḥ­kha­jñā­ne 'pi duḥkhitvaṃ pra­sa­kta­m­. tataś ca bu­ddha­syā­pi duḥkhitvaṃ syād a­sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ vā. pratyakṣaṃ ca buddhasya sa­rva­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­na­m i­ṣṭa­m­. tac ca sākṣāt ta­tsva­rū­paṃ svī­ku­rva­d arthasya grāhakaṃ bha­va­ti­. tena buddhasya pa­ra­duḥ­khaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛhṇataḥ pa­ra­syai­va duḥ­khā­kā­ra­tā­pa­tte­r duḥkhitvaṃ prā­pta­m­. etena rā­gā­di­ma­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgo 'pi draṣṭavya iti. tasmād abhinne 'pi viṣaye sā­ma­grī­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­t pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­, tena śabdān ne­ndri­yā­rthe sarvathā tulyā pra­tī­ti­r bha­va­tī­ty ato '­ndha­syā­na­ndha­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo 'py ayukta iti.

NBhū-YA 38­6­,30~nanu vi­dhi­vi­ṣa­ya­tve gha­ṭā­di­śa­bda­sya nāsty astīti padābhyāṃ sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyaṃ na prā­pno­ti­, nāstīti padena vi­dhi­vi­ro­dhā­d astīti padasya ca vai­ya­rthyā­d iti, naiṣa doṣaḥ; pra­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­na­pe­kṣa­sya śabdasya svā­rthā­nu­vā­da­mā­tra­ka­rtṛ­tvā­t­. yo hi brūte '­pra­ka­ra­ṇā­da­na­pe­kṣo 'pi śabdaḥ svārthaṃ vi­dha­tta­' iti, taṃ prati syād ayaṃ doṣaḥ. sā­mā­nye­nā­rtha­mā­trā­nu­vā­da­ka­tve tu ta­syo­bha­ya­thā­da­rśa­nā­t­. syāt sandehaḥ — kim asya vidhiḥ? uta pra­ti­ṣe­dha iti? tatra vi­dhi­vi­va­kṣā­yā­m asti ghaṭa ity āha, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­va­kṣā­yāṃ tu nāstīty āha. tatrāpi kvāsti kva ca nāstīti sandehe ta­nni­ścā­ya­kaṃ de­śa­vi­śe­ṣā­di­pa­daṃ pra­yu­ṅkte­, punar vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nta­ra­m ā­kā­ṅkṣa­ta­s ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nta­rā­bhi­dhā­yi padaṃ pra­yu­ṅkte­, yāvan ni­rā­kā­ṅkṣo bha­va­ti­. tad evaṃ vā­kye­nai­va niḥ­sa­ndi­gdho 'rthaḥ pra­tyā­yya­ta iti tad eva vastutaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, "padaṃ tv a­bhya­dhi­kā­bhā­vā­t smā­ra­kā­n na vi­śe­ṣya­ta­" iti. pra­mā­ṇa­tve 'py a­do­ṣaḥ­, sā­mā­nya­va­to '­rtha­mā­tra­syā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. ya­tho­rdhva­va­stu­mā­tre dūrāc cakṣuṣā niścite 'pi sthā­ṇu­tvā­di vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­ni­ści­ta­tvā­t­, ta­thā­ni­śca­yā­rthaṃ ta­du­pa­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­naṃ ca vyarthaṃ na bha­va­ti­, ta­thā­pa­de­na sā­mā­nya­va­to '­rtha­mā­tra­syā­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi kā­la­de­śā­di­vi­ka­lpe­na vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­va­ttva­da­rśa­nā­t syāt sa­nde­ha­s tataḥ pra­ti­pā­dyā­kā­ṅkṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ttve­na ni­ścā­ya­nā­rtha­m a­stī­tyā­di padaṃ sārthakaṃ bha­va­ti­. nāstīty anena sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­vi­ro­dho 'pi nāsti — tad eva hy a­nya­trā­nya­dā vā nāstīty u­cya­te­. khapuṣpaṃ sarvatra sarvadā nāstīty atra kā vārteti cet, atrāpi dṛṣṭam eva puṣpaṃ svā­bhā­vā­nya­tve­nā­tya­ntaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­. nanu kha­pu­ṣpa­śa­bdā­d e­vā­ya­m arthaḥ siddho, na hy ā­kā­śā­tma­kaṃ puṣpaṃ ka­dā­ci­t kvacid a­stī­ti­, sa­tya­m­; tathāpi yaḥ ke­na­ci­t pra­tā­ri­to 'nyena vā ni­mi­tte­na naiva pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, taṃ prati pa­dā­nta­raṃ sā­rtha­ka­m­. ākāśaṃ sarvatra sa­rva­dā­stī­ty atrāpi ayam eva nyāyaḥ.

NBhū-YA 38­7­,23~nanu yady ā­śa­ṅkā­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pa­dā­nta­ra­m i­ṣya­te­, ta­dā­po­ha eva śa­bdā­rtha­dṛ­ṣṭaḥ syāt. ko 'yam a­po­haḥ­? yaḥ śabdāt pra­tī­ya­te­. kaḥ śabdāt pra­tī­ya­te­? na kiṃ­ci­t­. bhrā­nti­mā­tra­tvā­d ity a­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. tad a­yu­kta­m­; śabdebhyo 'rthaṃ pa­ri­cchi­dya pra­va­rta­mā­na­sya ta­da­rtha­prā­ptya­rtha­kri­yā­saṃ­vā­de­na vi­saṃ­vā­da­ni­vṛ­ttau ta­dvyā­pta­sya bhrā­nta­tva­sya ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi a­bhrā­nta­tve 'yam eva nyāyaḥ. sa­tyā­nṛ­ta­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­vā­pra­sa­ṅga­ś cety u­kta­m­, saṃ­vṛ­ti­sa­da­sa­toḥ sa­tyā­nṛ­ta­vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, na; prāg eva vi­sta­re­ṇā­saṃ­vṛ­ta­tva­sya ni­rā­kṛ­ta­tvā­t­. api ca sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣa­sa­ma­rtha­ne va­stu­sā­mā­nya­sa­ma­rtha­ne ca vastuny api śabdaḥ pra­va­rta­ta iti vi­sta­re­ṇa sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. tat sarvam a­nu­smṛ­tya va­kta­vya­m ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­.

NBhū-YA 38­8­,2~evaṃ ca śa­bdā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tve sthite '­nu­mā­nā­d bhedaḥ sidhyate nā­nu­mā­naṃ śabdaḥ, pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 38­8­,4~asiddho 'yaṃ hetur ity a­pa­re­, tathā hi — gośabdo dharmī, ka­ku­dā­di­ma­da­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka iti sādhyo dharmaḥ, go­śa­bda­tvā­t­, sa­ṅke­ta­kā­lo­pa­la­bdha­go­śa­bda­va­t­. evam i­ndrā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m api i­ndrā­dya­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­yi­ta­vya­m iti tad etad a­yu­kta­m­; sa­ṅke­ta­kā­le '­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­si­ddhau dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 38­8­,8~kiṃ cā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­sya śa­bda­dha­rma­sya siddhāv api kathaṃ de­śā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭo 'rthaḥ si­dhya­ti­? na hi rū­pa­grā­ha­kaṃ cakṣuḥ ca­kṣu­ṣṭvā­d ity a­nu­mā­nā­d eva rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣaḥ si­dhya­ti­, evaṃ hi pra­tya­kṣa­syā­py a­nu­mā­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. pra­de­śa­vi­śe­ṣe '­gni­si­ddha­ye 'pi na kaścid evam a­nu­mā­naṃ karoti — a­gni­pra­ti­pā­da­ko 'yaṃ dhūmo dhū­ma­tvā­d iti. kiṃ tarhi? a­gni­mā­n ayaṃ pradeśo dhū­ma­va­ttvā­d iti. yadāpi dhūmaḥ pa­kṣī­kri­ya­te tadāpi tasya sa­mā­na­de­śa­sthe­nā­gni­nā sa­mba­ndhi­tva­si­ddhau pra­de­śa­vi­śe­ṣe 'gniḥ si­ddhya­ti­, na tv a­gni­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­mā­tra­sā­dha­nā­d eva. na caivaṃ śabdasya sa­mā­na­de­śa­sthe­nā­rthe­na vyāptiḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­te­. nāpi sa­mu­dra­vṛ­ddhiṃ ca­ndro­da­yā­di­va­t kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cchi­nne­nā­rthe­na go­śa­bda­sya vyāptiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. pa­dā­nta­ra­sa­nni­dhiṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ cāpekṣya gośabdo de­śā­dya­va­cche­de­nā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. liṅgany ū­na­li­ṅgā­nta­raṃ pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­kaṃ cā­na­pe­kṣyā­pi de­śā­dya­va­cchi­nna­m evārthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, vā­gā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­go­śa­bde­nā­ne­kā­nta­ś ca. vi­śi­ṣṭa­syā­vya­bhi­cā­ra iti cet, ko 'tra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­r eveti cet, na; dhū­ma­syo­rdhva­gā­mi­tvā­di­va­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tve­na­ka­ku­dā­di­ma­da­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­śe­ṣa­go­śa­bde­ṣv a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­dha­rma­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 38­8­,23~kiṃ ca liṅgam a­nā­pta­kṛ­ta­m api svasādhyaṃ na vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, śabdas tv a­nā­pta­kṛ­to '­sa­tya­rtha eva syāt. kiṃ ca liṅgasya pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­ni­śca­ye­nai­vā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­. śabdasya tv ā­pto­kta­tva­ni­śca­ye­na pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­nai­va­, na tu pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­ni­śca­ye­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 38­8­,28~kiṃ ca li­ṅga­syā­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­le­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­m­, śabdasya tu saṃ­ke­ta­mā­tre­ṇa­. sa e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­va iti cet, na; svā­bhā­vi­ka­pu­ru­ṣā­ya­tta­tva­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. svā­bhā­vi­ko hy a­vi­nā­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, sa­ṅke­ta­s tu pu­ru­ṣe­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­yī­ti­. vi­ru­ddhā­vi­ru­ddhā­rtha­bhe­dā­c ca — śabdo hi sā­snā­di­ma­d a­rtha­vi­ru­ddhe­ṣv api vā­gā­di­ṣu ta­da­nye­ṣu ca vyu­tpā­di­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ pra­yu­jya­mā­naḥ pratītiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. dhū­mā­di­li­ṅgaṃ tu nā­gnyā­di­vi­ru­ddhe­ṣu ja­lā­di­ṣv a­vi­nā­bhā­ve­na pratītiṃ ku­ta­ści­t pra­stā­vā­d api ja­na­ya­ti­. tasmān nā­nu­mā­naṃ śabdaḥ. kiṃ cā­pto­pa­de­śa­tve­na la­kṣa­ṇe­na pra­tya­kṣā­d api bhidyate iti.

NBhū-YA 38­9­,7~nanu cā­pto­kta­tvaṃ śabdasya kuto ni­ścī­ya­te­? sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ jñā­nā­jñā­nā­dyu­pa­pa­ttau sa­tyā­nṛ­ta­va­ktṛ­tva­sa­mbha­ve­na saṃ­śa­yā­dya­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­na ta­nni­śca­ye tu vyarthas ta­nni­śca­ya­s ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, cakrakaṃ vā syāt — yāvan nā­pto­kta­tva­ni­śca­ya­s tāvan na prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­vā­n na pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, ta­da­bhā­vā­n na ta­tsā­ma­rthya­m­, ta­da­bhā­vā­c ca nā­pto­kta­ni­śca­ya iti. atha sa­rva­vi­do '­tya­nta­vī­ta­rā­ga­syā­nṛ­ta­va­ktṛ­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t ta­tpra­ṇī­ta­syā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­ya iti, na; ta­tpra­ṇe­tu­r du­ra­nva­ya­tvā­t­. yady api ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ puruṣo 'sti, tathāpi ta­tpra­ṇī­to 'yam āgama iti kuto ni­ścī­ya­te­? ta­dā­ga­mā­d eveti cet, na; i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t — yāvad ā­ga­ma­sya prāmāṇyaṃ na si­ddhya­ti­, tāvan na pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ṇī­ta­tvaṃ si­ddhya­ti­, yāvac ca na ta­tpra­ṇī­ta­tva­si­ddhi­s tāvan na prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 38­9­,18~a­tro­cya­te — syād ayaṃ doṣo yadi sa­rva­syā­ga­ma­syā­pto­kta­tve­nai­va prāmāṇyaṃ sā­dhya­te­. yāvatā ka­sya­ci­d ā­pto­kta­tve­na ka­sya­ci­t pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­ne­ti­. na ca pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­na prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhau ca­kra­ka­m­, ka­smā­t­? a­ni­ści­te 'pi prāmāṇye '­rtha­saṃ­śa­yā­d eva pra­vṛ­tte­r u­kta­tvā­t­. na caivaṃ vyarthas ta­tprā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ­, a­nya­trā­pto­kta­tve­na prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhau dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­rtha­tvā­t­. pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­na ni­ści­ta­sya punar ā­pto­kta­tve­na niścayo '­na­rtha­ka iti cet, syād etad eva yad e­ka­vi­dha e­vā­ga­maḥ syāt. yāvatā sa dvividho dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­bhe­dā­t­.

NBhū-YA 38­9­,26~tatra dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nāṃ vākyānāṃ prāyeṇa pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­t prāmāṇyaṃ ga­mya­te­. tatra hy a­ni­ści­te 'pi prāmāṇye 'rthinaḥ kāpīḍayā pra­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­ti­. sva­rgā­di­ṣu punar a­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tve­na prā­pti­sa­mbhā­va­nā­pi nāsti, tena tatra vi­cā­ra­ka­sya prā­mā­ṇyā­ni­śca­ye pra­vṛ­tti­r na sa­mbha­va­ti­. tasmād a­dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nāṃ vā­kyā­nā­m ā­pto­kta­tve­na prāmāṇyaṃ niścitya ta­da­rthe­ṣu pre­kṣā­va­ntaḥ pra­va­rta­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 39­0­,5~kathaṃ punar a­tya­ntā­dṛ­ṣṭā­nāṃ vākyānāṃ pra­ṇe­tu­r a­da­rśa­ne 'py ā­pto­kta­tvaṃ pratyetuṃ śakyata iti? ucyate — "­kā­rī­riṃ ni­rva­pe­ta vṛ­ṣṭi­kā­maḥ­"­, "­pa­śu­kā­mo ya­je­ta­" "­pu­tra­kā­mo ya­je­ta­" ity e­va­mā­di­vā­kyā­nā­n tā­va­tpra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthye­na prā­mā­ṇya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­. pra­vṛ­tti­ś cātra vṛ­ṣṭyā­di­bhi­r a­tya­rthi­tvā­d anyasya ni­ści­to­pā­ya­syā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­ni­ści­ta­sā­ma­rthye­ṣu vai­dho­pa­de­śe­ṣv ā­tu­ra­va­t­. ji­jñā­sā­taḥ kā­pī­ḍa­yā­pī­ty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 39­0­,12~pra­vṛ­tta­syā­pi prāyeṇa vṛ­ṣṭyā­di­pha­lā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t prā­mā­ṇyā­va­ga­mo na yukta iti cet, "na; ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­vai­gu­ṇyā­t­"­. tatra ka­rma­vai­gu­ṇya­m — a­ya­thā­ka­ra­ṇa­m­, ka­rtṛ­vai­gu­ṇya­m — a­vi­dva­ttvaṃ prā­ya­ści­tti­tvaṃ ca ya­ja­mā­na­sya ṛtvijāṃ vā, sā­dha­na­vai­gu­ṇya­m — ha­vi­ra­saṃ­skṛ­ta­m u­pa­ha­taṃ vā mantrā nyū­nā­dhi­kā vā sva­ra­va­rṇa­bhra­ṣṭā vā, dakṣiṇā du­rā­ga­tā hīnā vā ninditā veti. teṣām a­nya­ta­ma­vai­gu­ṇye 'pi phalaṃ na ni­ṣpa­dya­te­. a­vi­gu­ṇe­bhya­s tu ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­ne­bhyaḥ pha­la­ni­ṣpa­tte­r nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­. loke 'pi a­gni­kā­mo dāruṇī ma­thnī­yā­d iti vā­kya­m­. tatra ka­rma­vai­gu­ṇya­m — mi­thyā­bhi­ma­ntha­na­m­, ka­rtṛ­vai­gu­ṇya­m — pra­jñā­pra­ya­tna­ga­taḥ pra­mā­daḥ­, sā­dha­na­vai­gu­ṇya­m — ārdraṃ suṣiraṃ vā dārv iti. ta­trai­ka­vai­gu­ṇye 'pi phalaṃ na ni­ṣpa­dya­ta iti. tāvatā nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­, gu­ṇa­yo­ge pha­la­ni­ṣpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. tad evaṃ lau­ki­ka­va­d vai­di­ka­vā­kyā­nā­m api dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nāṃ ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­sā­dha­na­vai­gu­ṇyā­bhā­ve sati pha­la­ni­ṣpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t prā­mā­ṇya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­, a­nu­mā­ya ca ta­tpra­ṇe­tu­r a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­da­rśi­tve­na pa­ra­mā­pta­tva­m a­va­dhā­rya­te­. na hy ajñasya ya­thā­rtho­pa­de­śa­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca ya­jña­vi­śe­ṣa­pha­la­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­bhā­vo '­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­go­ca­raḥ­. pra­tya­kṣā­pra­vṛ­ttau ta­trā­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­t sā­mā­nya­to 'py atra vyā­ptya­pra­si­ddheḥ­. ā­ga­mā­nta­re­ṇa ta­tpra­tī­tau vā­na­va­sthā syāt, sā ca pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnā­, kvacin mū­la­va­ktra­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca sa e­vā­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭe­ty a­va­ga­mya­te­. tatas ta­tpra­ṇī­tā­nāṃ sa­rva­vā­kyā­nā­m a­prā­mā­ṇya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t prā­mā­nya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 39­1­,15~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — yady anena pra­kā­re­ṇa prā­mā­ṇya­m u­cya­te­, tadā ye brā­hma­ṇā­di­va­dhaṃ svargasya mokṣasya vā sādhanaṃ va­da­nti­, ta­cchā­stra­syā­pi prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tatrāpy e­ka­de­śa­saṃ­vā­do­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tathā ji­na­bu­ddhā­dyā­ga­mā­nāṃ ca prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­; tad e­ka­de­śa­saṃ­vā­da­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. tasmāt yeṣām eva ve­da­vā­kyā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­mā­ne­na vā saṃvādaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti teṣām eva prā­mā­ṇya­m­. yeṣāṃ tu vi­saṃ­vā­da­s teṣām a­prā­mā­ṇya­m­. pū­rva­pa­kṣa­vā­kyā­ni ca tāni dra­ṣṭa­vyā­ni te­nā­pto­kta­tva­m api na vi­ru­dhya­te­. yeṣāṃ tu sa­pta­dvī­pā­dya­rthā­nāṃ na saṃvādo nāpi vi­saṃ­vā­daḥ­, teṣāṃ na prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yo nā­prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ­, sandeha eva ta­tre­ti­. evaṃ tridhā ve­da­vā­kyā­ni dra­ṣṭa­vyā­ni­. anyathā "­a­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­traḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­"­, "­e­ka­m evedaṃ na dvi­tī­ya­m­" "­a­jā­m e­kā­m­" i­tyā­di­vā­kyā­nā­m api prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś cā­di­tya­va­rṇaḥ puruṣo rū­pā­di­ra­hi­ta­ś ca; vyāpako '­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­tra­ś ca, a­dvi­tī­yo '­ne­ka­ś cai­tyā­di­vyā­ghā­taḥ syād iti. tasmāt pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­saṃ­vā­dā­d eva prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­sthā­pa­naṃ yu­kta­m­. tatra pa­śu­kā­me­ṣṭyā­dī­nā­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­no­tta­ra­kā­laṃ tāvat pa­śvā­da­yaḥ prā­pya­nte­, tatas ta­da­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d dharmo bha­va­tī­ty a­nu­mī­ya­te­. ka­tha­m­? ya­ja­mā­na­gu­ṇe­nā­kṛ­ṣṭā pa­śvā­da­yaḥ­, ya­ja­mā­naṃ praty u­pa­sa­rpa­ṇa­va­ttvā­t­, bha­kta­sū­pā­di­va­t­. pa­ri­śe­ṣā­d dha­rma­si­ddhiḥ­. tatsiddhau cā­gni­ho­trā­dī­nā­m api dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tva­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­. tathā hi — a­gni­ho­trā­ca­ra­ṇaṃ dha­rma­ni­ṣpā­da­ka­m­, śra­ddho­pa­gṛ­hī­ta­tve saty ā­ca­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, pa­śu­kā­me­ṣṭyā­dyā­ca­ra­ṇa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 39­2­,4~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — ṭa­ka­śā­strā­de­r apy e­ka­de­śa­saṃ­vā­do­pa­pa­tteḥ prāmāṇyaṃ pra­sa­jya­ta iti, tan na; a­bhi­prā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t — na brūma e­ka­de­śa­saṃ­vā­da­mā­tre­ṇa sarvasya prā­mā­ṇya­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ya­trai­ka­de­śa­saṃ­vā­da­s ta­tpra­ṇe­tu­r a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭṛ­tvaṃ pū­rvo­kte­na nyāyena vya­va­sthā­pa­ya­ti­. ta­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t prā­mā­ṇya­m ity u­kta­m­. na cā­nna­bha­kṣa­ṇā­di­vā­kya­saṃ­vā­do 'pi a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭṛ­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­d a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 39­2­,10~nanu ca cu­li­ka­mā­sā­di­jñā­naṃ divyaṃ ta­du­pa­de­ṣṭu­r a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭṛ­tvaṃ jñā­pa­ya­ti­, sa­tya­m­; kiṃ tu mū­lo­pa­de­ṣṭu­r e­vā­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭṛ­tvaṃ jñā­pa­ya­ti no­pa­de­ṣṭṛ­mā­tra­sya­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. mū­lo­pa­de­ṣṭā ca ve­da­pra­ṇe­tai­va ta­dvi­jñā­naṃ vedāṅge jyo­ti­rjñā­ne '­nta­rbha­va­ti cā­tu­rla­kṣyaṃ hi jyo­ti­rjñā­na­m­, tatra hi dra­vyā­yuḥ­strī­pu­ru­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇa­vau­rā­di­ga­ṇi­ta­m sarvam asti. tena tato 'rthaṃ vijñāya śa­bdā­nta­re­ṇa cu­li­ka­mā­sā­di­jñā­na­m u­pa­di­śya rā­gā­dyu­pa­ha­te­nai­va dṛṣṭārthaṃ ṭa­ka­śā­strā­di pra­ṇī­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 39­2­,16~ji­nā­di­bhi­s tu dṛ­ṣṭā­rthe­na va­ñci­tai­r a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­bhyā­sa­ja­ni­te­na mi­thyā­bhi­mā­ne­na sva­pa­kṣa­rā­ge­ṇa ca ve­da­ve­dā­ṅge­bhyo 'rthaṃ vijñāya sva­da­rśa­ne pra­tya­yo­tpā­da­nā­rthaṃ gā­ru­ḍā­di­kaṃ ca bhā­ṣā­nta­re­ṇo­pa­di­ṣṭa­m iti. vi­pa­rya­yo na kasmād iti cet, na; ta­da­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­syā­pi śā­nta­pu­ṣṭyā­bhi­cā­rā­di­pha­la­sya ya­jña­pra­kā­ra­sya jyo­ti­rjñā­nā­nta­ra­sya ce­ho­pa­di­ṣṭa­sya saṃ­vā­do­pa­la­mbhā­t­. ji­na­bu­ddhā­dyā­ga­me­ṣu ca yāni vai­di­ka­si­ddhā­ntā­dya­nu­pā­di­ṣṭā­rthā­bhi­dhā­yī­ni vā­kyā­ni­, teṣāṃ vi­saṃ­vā­da eveti kutas ta­tpra­ṇe­tṝ­ṇāṃ sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­?

NBhū-YA 39­2­,24~vedas tu yady a­sa­rva­jña­pra­ṇī­taḥ syāt tadā ji­nā­di­pra­ṇī­tā­ga­ma­va­t pu­rā­ṇā­dyā­ga­me­ṣv a­pa­ri­mi­te­ṣu na pra­mā­ṇa­tve­na pra­śa­sye­ta­. loke 'pi de­śā­nta­ra­sthi­tā­rtha­vā­rttā­yā­s ta­dva­ktṛ­gu­ṇa­do­ṣa­sa­nde­he 'pi pra­bhū­ta­vā­rttā­saṃ­vā­dā­t prāmāṇyaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ ka­ṇṭha­stha­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. na hy a­sa­rva­jñaḥ pu­sta­ka­ni­ra­pe­kṣo gra­nthā­nā­m a­ne­ka­sa­ha­srā­ṇi praṇetuṃ śa­kno­ti­. pra­ṇī­tā­ni ca yady a­pra­mā­ṇā­ni­, tadā pra­ti­rā­ṣṭra­m a­saṃ­khyā­taiḥ pu­ru­ṣai­r na gṛ­hye­ra­n­. kle­śa­bhū­ya­stvā­d dṛ­ṣṭā­rthā­nu­śa­yā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­ś ca.

NBhū-YA 39­3­,5~nanu ji­nā­dyā­ga­mo 'pi dṛṣṭaṃ pra­yo­ja­naṃ vināpi ba­hu­bhi­r gṛ­hī­ta­s tena tasyāpi prā­mā­ṇya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­, na; anyathā tasya gra­ha­ṇā­t­. a­dhya­ya­nā­dhyā­pa­ne ma­hā­bhā­gyaṃ śrutvā śūdrāḥ kecid a­dhya­ya­nā­dyu­tsu­kāḥ saṃ­jā­tā­s te cā­na­dhi­kā­ri­tve­na vedān a­dhye­tu­m a­la­bha­mā­nā ji­nā­di­nā khyātim icchatā sva­pra­ṇi­tā­ga­mā­dhya­ya­ne pha­lā­ti­śa­ya­m u­pa­va­rṇya pra­va­rti­tāḥ­, tais tv anye ta­thā­vi­dhāḥ pra­va­rti­tāḥ­, tair api anye brā­hma­ṇā­da­yo 'pi kecana ma­nda­pra­jñā dā­ri­drya­duḥ­kha­sa­nta­ptā­ś ca duḥ­kha­kṣa­yo­pa­de­śe­na patārya pra­va­rti­tāḥ — ity evaṃ ta­dā­ga­maḥ pracayaṃ gataḥ, na; ve­da­va­d va­na­sthai­r api sa­rvā­ga­mā­ba­hi­ṣkṛ­tai­ś ca kaṇṭhasthaḥ kri­ya­te­, nāpi brā­hma­ṇe­nai­vā­dhyā­pya­ma­na­stri­bhi­r eva varṇair '­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­naḥ pracayaṃ gataḥ. tasmān na ve­da­va­j ji­nā­dyā­ga­mā­nā­m api prāmāṇyaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­. yac coktaṃ tridhā ve­da­vā­kyā­ni — pra­mā­ṇā­nya­pra­mā­ṇā­ni sa­ndi­gdha­prā­mā­ṇyā­nī­ti­, tad a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­; a­sa­rva­jña­pra­ṇī­tā­nāṃ hi vākyānāṃ ka­dā­ci­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­m api sa­mbhā­vya­te­, sa­rva­jña­pra­ṇī­tā­nāṃ tv a­prā­mā­ṇya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. tathā coktam —

NBhū-YA 39­3­,19~pū­rva­pa­kṣā­rtha­tvā­d ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta­yo­r a­na­bhi­dhā­ne hy ā­ga­ma­sya pū­rva­pa­kṣā­rthā­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. anyathā hi śrotṝṇāṃ saṃ­mo­ha­ja­na­ka­tve­na ta­tpra­ṇe­tu­r a­nā­pta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ ca yu­kti­śā­stre­ṣu pū­rva­pa­kṣo­pa­nyā­saḥ kri­ya­te­. vedas tv ā­jñā­si­ddha­tve­no­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ pi­trā­di­vā­kya­va­t­, na hy atra yuktyā kaścid arthaḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­s tasmāc chu­ṣka­ta­rkā­bhyā­sa­ja­ni­ta­bhra­ma­syā­ya­m ullāpaḥ — pū­rva­pa­kṣā­rthā­ni kā­ni­ci­d ve­da­vā­kyā­nī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 39­3­,26~kathaṃ tarhi vi­ru­ddhā­rthā­nāṃ vākyānāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m­? na; vi­ru­ddhā­rthā­bhā­vā­t­. yo hi ve­da­vā­kyā­ṇāṃ tattvato 'rthaṃ na vi­ve­ca­ya­ti­, tasyaiva virodhaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ty u­di­tā­di­vā­kya­va­t­. tad yathā — "­u­di­te ho­ta­vya­m­"­, "­a­nu­di­te ho­ta­vya­m­"­, "­sa­ma­yā­dhu­ṣi­te ho­ta­vya­m­" — ity evaṃ vidhāya ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ nindāṃ karoti "śyāmo vā­syā­hu­ti­m a­bhya­va­ha­ra­ti­, ya udite ju­ho­ti­"­. "­śa­ba­lo vā­syā­hu­ti­m a­bhya­va­ha­ra­ti­, yo '­nu­di­te ju­ho­ti­" "­śyā­ma­śa­ba­lau vā­syā­hu­ti­m a­bhya­va­ha­ra­to­, yaḥ sa­ma­yā­dhyu­ṣi­te ju­ho­ti­" iti. asya virodhaṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­n āha — "­a­bhyu­pe­tya kā­la­bhe­daṃ do­ṣa­va­ca­nā­t­" iti. etad uktaṃ bhavati — yo yena kālo '­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­s tasya ta­tkā­la­m a­ti­kra­myā­nya­tra kā­la­bhe­de juhvato 'yaṃ doṣa ukta iti. ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m apy ā­ga­ma­vā­kyā­nā­m a­vi­ro­dhe­na vyākhyānaṃ ka­rta­vya­m­. na hy anyāny api śāstrāṇi ku­bu­ddhi­bhi­r vyā­khyā­tā­ni ya­thā­bhi­ma­ta­m arthaṃ jñā­pa­ya­nti­.

NBhū-YA 39­4­,8~ta­trā­dvai­tā­bhi­dhā­yī­ni vākyāni pa­ra­mā­tmā­rtha­tve­na pra­mā­ṇā­ni pra­kṛ­tya­bhi­dā­yya­jā­m ekām ityādi vākyaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇva­rtha­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­. pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo hi lo­hi­tā­di­rū­pa­yu­ktā a­ja­nmā­naḥ sa­dṛ­śa­m a­sa­dṛ­śaṃ ca kāryaṃ sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­mā­dya­na­nta­bhe­daṃ ja­na­ya­nti­. sa­ma­vā­yi kāraṇaṃ pra­kṛ­ti­s ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā strī­li­ṅga­tvaṃ sa­mu­dā­yā­pe­kṣa­yā tv ekām ity u­kta­m­, anyathā pra­dhā­na­syā­pi tri­gu­ṇa­tvā­d e­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. ta­thā­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­tra i­tyā­de­r apy ā­ti­vā­hi­ka­tai­ja­sa­śa­rī­rā­bhi­dhā­yi­tve­na pra­mā­ṇa­tva­m­, sthūle 'pi śarīre pu­ru­ṣa­śa­bdaḥ pravṛtto dṛṣṭaḥ kim uta tasminn a­nta­ra­ṅge­. atha vā pa­ra­mā­tmai­vā­tya­nta­ni­rma­la­tvā­d ā­di­tya­va­rṇa ity u­pa­ca­rya­te­. a­na­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­tra­m apy a­ṅgu­ṣṭha­mā­tre hṛ­tpra­de­śe '­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­ya­mā­d yo­gi­bhi­r u­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tve­no­pa­ca­rya­ta ity evam a­nye­ṣā­m api vā­kyā­nā­m a­vi­ro­dhe­na yatnato 'rthaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyo na tu pra­jñā­dā­ri­dryā­d ā­la­syā­d vā ya­thā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttya­śa­ktā­v a­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 39­4­,20~yat punar etat pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­saṃ­vā­de­nai­vā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; sva­rga­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­de­va­tā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­ga­ma­sya prā­mā­ṇyā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na ca su­kha­mā­traṃ svargaḥ ko hi bu­ddhi­mā­n u­pa­na­taṃ sukhaṃ pa­ri­hṛ­tya ja­nmā­nta­ra­bhā­vi­su­kha­mā­trā­rthaṃ ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇa­ya­jñā­di­ṣu ma­hā­pra­yā­se­ṣu pra­va­rta­te­? yaś ca pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­r ā­ga­ma­da­rśi­to '­ne­kā­ny a­bda­sa­ha­srā­ṇi yāvan nai­ra­nta­rye­ṇa su­kha­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tatra pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­va ity a­pra­vṛ­tti­r eva sva­rgā­rthi­nāṃ prāptā.

NBhū-YA 39­4­,26~kiṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣaṃ prati sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­yi­naḥ pa­vi­trā­pa­vi­trā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­yi­na­ś cā­ga­ma­sya na pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­saṃ­vā­do 'stīty a­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tathā hi — pa­ñca­ma­hā­ya­jñā­di­kaṃ gṛ­ha­stha­sya dha­rma­sā­dha­na­m­, yates tv a­dha­rma­sā­dha­na­m­. kiṃcit ka­sya­ci­t pavitraṃ tad e­vā­nya­syā­pa­vi­tra­m­. hiṃ­sā­di­ka­m api kvacid dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tve­no­kta­m­, kvacid a­dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tve­ne­ty e­vaṃ­vi­dhe ā­ga­ma­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­bhā­ge '­sma­dā­dī­nāṃ naiva pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m pra­va­rta­ta iti. śro­ddho­pa­gṛ­hī­ta­tve saty ā­ca­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ sā­mā­nya­mā­tra­sā­dha­kaṃ yadi syāt, na ca tad api yu­kta­m­; yataḥ ke­na­ci­d a­nā­pte­na pra­tā­ri­ta­sya ka­sya­ci­d a­dha­rma­sā­dha­na­m api śro­ddho­pa­gṛ­hī­taṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tasyāpi dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tve pra­tā­ra­kā­pra­tā­ra­ka­pra­ṇī­tā­ga­ma­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ syān na caitad u­pa­pa­nna­m­.

NBhū-YA 39­5­,9~yad api dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­si­ddhya­rthaṃ sā­dha­na­m uktam — de­va­da­tta­gu­ṇe­nā­kṛ­ṣṭāḥ pa­śvā­da­yo de­va­da­tta­m praty u­pa­sa­rpa­ṇa­tvā­d iti, naitad api yu­kta­m­. sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. a­nya­gu­ṇa­pre­ri­ta­syā­py a­nyā­bhi­mu­kha­m u­pa­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, na cātra bādhakaṃ kiṃcid asti, ye­nā­nya­gu­ṇa­pre­ri­tā­nāṃ pa­śvā­dī­nāṃ de­va­da­ttaṃ praty u­pa­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ na syāt.

NBhū-YA 39­5­,14~api ca dha­rma­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ kutaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­? su­kha­sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣo hi dharmaḥ pra­si­ddhaḥ­, tan na jñāyate dha­rme­ṇā­dha­rme­ṇa vā­kṛ­ṣṭāḥ­. kiṃ cāta eva daśamo guṇaḥ sidhyatv iti. dha­rmā­kṛ­ṣṭa­tva­si­ddhā­v api na ta­di­ṣṭe­s ta­ddha­rmo­tpā­da­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, ja­nmā­nta­ra­kṛ­ta­sya dha­rma­syā­dha­rma­sā­dha­no­pe­kṣa­syā­pi pha­la­dā­tṛ­tva­sa­mbha­vā­t­, ya­thā­bhi­cā­rā­ka­rṣa­ṇā­di­ka­rmā­nu­ṣṭhā­yi­nāṃ ḍā­ki­nī­ta­ntrā­di­ṣu krau­rya­ste­ya­mai­thu­nā­dya­ti­ni­ndi­ta­ka­rmo­pe­ta­vra­tā­nu­ṣṭhā­yi­nāṃ dha­ne­śva­rā­de­śe­na tacchatruṃ brā­hma­ṇā­di­ka­m api viśvāsya ghā­ta­ya­tāṃ cau­ryā­di­ka­rma­kā­ri­ṇāṃ ceti. ta­thā­nye­ṣā­m api dha­rmā­dha­rma­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­dha­nā­yo­ktā­nāṃ hetūnāṃ sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ sa­ndi­gdha­kā­lā­tī­ta­tvaṃ vā dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. na hi pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­m a­nta­re­ṇa vi­pa­kṣā­da­rśa­na­mā­trā­d dhetor vyāptiḥ si­dhya­ti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā hi — sa śyāmas ta­tpu­tra­tvā­t pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­ta­tpu­tra­va­t­, pakvāni tāni phalāny e­ta­cchā­khā­pra­bha­va­tvā­d u­pa­bhu­kta­pha­la­tvā­t­, '­lo­ha­le­khyo va­jra­ma­ṇiḥ pā­rthi­va­tvā­t­' — ity e­va­mā­dī­nā­m api hetutvaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 39­6­,1~dha­rmi­he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­grā­ha­kai­r eva pra­mā­ṇai­r vi­ro­dhā­t kā­lā­tī­to hetur bha­va­ti­, ta­da­bhā­ve sa­mya­gdhe­tu­r evety ayam api mi­thyā­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ­, ta­tpu­tra­tvā­dī­nā­m api sa­mya­ktva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi ta­tpu­tra­tvā­dī­nāṃ dha­rmyā­dya­nya­ta­ma­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na bādho 'sti, kin tū­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­nā ta­tpu­tra­rū­pa­da­rśa­ne­na­, ta­tpha­lā­svā­de­na­, lo­ha­vya­vā­pa­rā­pha­la­da­rśa­ne­na­, ā­pta­va­ca­ne­na veti.

NBhū-YA 39­6­,7~kiṃ ca kasyāpi bādho nāstīty a­sa­rva­vi­dā­va­ga­ma­ntu­m a­śa­kya­m­, ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­da­rśi­nāṃ ca bādhā bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ty ato '­sa­rva­vi­dbā­dā­nu­tpā­de 'pi sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­ti­ka­tvaṃ sa­ndi­gdha­kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvaṃ vā hetor dūṣaṇaṃ na ni­rva­rta­te­. na cā­ni­ści­ta­m a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ga­ma­kā­ṅgaṃ he­tu­rū­pa­tvā­t pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­va­t tasmād a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­śa­ya­tva­ni­śca­ye sā­dhyā­bhā­va­sā­dha­na­yo­r virodhaḥ pra­da­rśa­nī­yaḥ sa­mbhā­vi­tā­ga­ma­saṃ­vā­do vā­nya­thā­nu­mā­na­mā­traṃ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 39­6­,14~yat punar etat sa­pta­lo­kā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­nā­m ā­ga­mā­nāṃ sā­dha­ka­bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d ā­ga­mā­nta­rā­ṇā­m u­bha­ya­thā da­rśa­nā­c ca sa­ndi­gdhā­rtha­tva­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; i­ndri­yā­di­jñā­na­syā­py u­bha­ya­thā da­rśa­ne­na sā­dha­ka­bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­ve­na ca sa­ndi­gdhā­rtha­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­t tatra sa­nde­ha­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­na­syā­py u­bha­ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, sā­dha­ka­bā­dha­ka­yo­r apy u­bha­ya­thā dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t sa­ndi­gdhā­rtha­tva­m a­na­va­sthā vā syāt. atha yā­dṛ­śe­na ca­kṣu­rā­di­nā liṅgena vā janitaṃ ni­śca­ya­jñā­naṃ pra­vṛ­tti­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­rī­ti ni­ści­ta­m­, tā­dṛ­śe­nai­va ca­kṣu­rā­di­nā liṅgena vo­tpā­di­taṃ ni­śca­ya­jñā­naṃ bhrā­nti­ni­mi­ttā­nu­pa­la­mbha­mā­trā­d eva pra­mā­ṇa­pha­la­tve­na vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. a­nya­syo­bha­ya­thā darśane 'pi na tasya sa­ndi­gdhā­rtha­tva­m­, nāpy a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga iti. yady evam a­nye­ṣā­m ā­ga­mā­nā­m u­bha­ya­thā darśane 'pi pū­rvo­tta­rā­vi­ro­dhe­na vyā­khyā­tai­r ve­da­vā­kyai­r u­tpā­di­ta­sya ni­śca­ya­jñā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­ve 'pi sa­ndi­gdhā­rtha­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, mi­thyā­tva­ni­mi­tta­sya leśato 'py a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d ya­thā­va­d vyā­khyā­ta­ve­da­vā­kya­ja­ni­ta­jñā­na­sya dṛṣṭeṣv artheṣu sa­mya­ktve­nā­va­dā­ri­ta­sya dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 39­6­,28~anye tv a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve­na vedānāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ va­rṇa­ya­nti­. pau­rṣe­ya­tve hi durlabhaḥ prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ­, pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ do­ṣā­śra­ya­tve­na ta­tsaṃ­śa­yā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 39­7­,4~vede tu gu­ṇa­vā­n vaktā du­rjñā­na­s tena do­ṣā­bhā­vo 'py a­śa­kya­ni­śca­yaḥ­, kartur abhāve tu su­khe­nai­va ni­ścī­ya­te­. tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 39­7­,9~puruṣo hi do­ṣā­nā­m ā­śra­ya­s ta­da­bhā­ve kuto do­ṣā­śaṃ­ke­ti­. tad a­yu­kta­m­; yataḥ —

tataś ca —

NBhū-YA 39­7­,17~yathaiva hi rā­gā­di­pa­ri­ga­taḥ puruṣo mṛ­ṣā­vā­dī dṛṣṭaḥ, tadvat pa­ri­jñā­na­da­yā­di­yu­ktaḥ sa­tya­vā­dī­, tataś ca yathā śabde va­ktṛ­va­śā­n mi­thyā­rtha­tā­, tathā sa­tyā­rtha­tā­pī­ti sa ni­rva­rta­mā­naḥ tām api ni­rva­rta­ya­tī­ty ā­na­rtha­kya­m eva syāt. va­ktṛ­gu­ṇā­s ta­ddo­ṣā­n e­vā­pa­ghna­nti prāmāṇyaṃ tu svata eveti cet, na; svataḥ prā­mā­ṇya­sya prāg eva ni­ra­sa­tvā­t­. kiṃ cā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ siddhasya prāmāṇyaṃ prati guṇānāṃ he­tu­bhā­va­syā­nya­thā­tvaṃ ka­lpa­yi­tu­m a­yu­kta­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. api ca va­ktṛ­do­ṣā­s ta­dgu­ṇā­n e­vā­pa­dhna­nty a­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ tu svata evety evam api bruvato na sukhaṃ va­krī­bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 39­8­,3~api cā­pau­ru­ṣe­yo 'py avaśyaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­taṃ sa­ma­ya­m a­pe­kṣyā­rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ty anyathā hi bā­la­go­pā­lā­dī­nā­m api ve­da­pā­ṭha­śra­va­ṇa­mā­trā­t ta­da­rtha­pra­tī­tiḥ syāt. na cā­sa­ṅke­ti­tāḥ śabdāḥ kvacid apy artham a­bhi­da­dhā­nā dṛṣṭā. sa­ṅke­ta­ś ca pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa yady a­nā­pte­na kṛtaḥ, tadā tam apekṣya ve­da­syā­rtha­m a­bhi­da­dha­to '­prā­mā­ṇya­m eva pra­sa­kta­m­. āptenā kṛtaś cen nanv evam ā­pta­prā­mā­ṇyā­d eva prāmāṇyaṃ ve­da­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ bha­va­ti­. tataś ca vyartham a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvo­pa­va­rṇa­naṃ pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ro­dha­ś ca.

NBhū-YA 39­8­,10~sa­mba­ndha­ba­le­na śabdāḥ sa­ṅke­tā­na­pe­kṣi­ṇo 'rtham a­bhi­da­dha­tī­ti cet, sambandho 'py anityaḥ syāt? nityo veti? a­ni­tya­tve­, sa­ṅke­ta­va­d doṣaḥ. nityatve 'pi sarveṣāṃ ve­da­pā­ṭha­śro­tṝ­ṇāṃ ta­da­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. vyu­tpa­ttya­pe­kṣi­tvā­d a­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, syān matam — sthito 'sya vā­ca­ka­sya vācyena sambandhaḥ sa­ṅke­ta­s tu tam e­vā­bhi­jva­la­ya­ti­, yathā pi­tā­pu­tra­yo­r a­va­sthi­ta eva sambandhaḥ sa­ṅke­te­nā­bhi­dyo­tya­ta iti, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. yathā pi­tā­pu­tra­yo­r ja­nya­ja­na­ka­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sambandho '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ pra­tī­ya­te­, naiva śa­bdā­rtha­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­sti­tve pra­mā­ṇa­m asti.

NBhū-YA 39­8­,18~na nāsti, vya­va­sthā­da­rśa­nā­t­. śabda eva vācako 'rtha eva vācya ity eṣo vyavasthā nāsati sambandhe yuktā. sa­ṅke­ta­kā­ri­tai­ve­ti cet, na; vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­pi vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t — asya śa­bda­syā­ya­m artho vācako '­syā­rtha­sya cāyaṃ śabdo '­bhi­dhe­ya ity evam api hi saṅketaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­.

NBhū-YA 39­8­,22~a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca — yadi sa­ṅke­ta­ba­le­nai­va śabdo 'rthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, sa saṃketo nā­vā­ca­ke­na śabdena kartuṃ śa­kya­te­, sa­ṅke­ta­he­to­r api śabdasya vā­ca­ka­tvaṃ sa­ṅke­tā­nta­ra­sā­ma­rthyā­d ity a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tasmād asti śa­bdā­rtha­yoḥ svā­bhā­vi­kaḥ sambandha iti.

NBhū-YA 39­9­,4~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad vya­va­sthā­da­rśa­nā­d iti, tan na; vya­va­sthā­yā śa­kti­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. yā eṣāṃ śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhi­dhā­trī śaktiḥ, sārtheṣu nāstīti teneyaṃ vya­va­sthā­, anyathā hi sarveṣāṃ kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ vyaṃ­ja­kā­nāṃ ca vya­va­sthā­da­rśa­nā­t sva­kā­ryai­r vyaṅgyaiś ca svā­bhā­vi­kaḥ sambandhaḥ pra­sa­jya­te­.

NBhū-YA 39­9­,8~yad apy uktam — a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­. ni­ya­mā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t — nāyaṃ niyamo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te — vā­ca­ka­śa­bde­nai­va saṅketaḥ kri­ya­te­, kin tu a­nya­thā­pi — ya­thā­ṅgu­lyā­di­nā nirdiśya hastena saṃspṛśya vāyaṃ gaur iti saṅketaṃ ka­ro­ti­. vṛ­ddha­vya­va­hā­re­ṣu cā­vā­po­dvā­pā­bhyāṃ pa­rā­bhi­prā­ya­sthaṃ saṅketaṃ pra­ti­pa­dya­nte­. yathā ka­rṇā­ṭā­di­vya­va­hā­re­ṣv ārya iti sa­mba­ndha­vyu­tpa­ttya­rthaṃ sa­ṅke­tā­pe­kṣa­ṇe 'py ayaṃ nyāyo '­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. tasmāt sa­ma­ya­ba­le­nai­va śabdānāṃ vā­ca­ka­tvā­n na svābhikaḥ sambandho 'sti.

NBhū-YA 39­9­,15~de­śa­vi­śe­ṣe cā­ni­ya­mā­t — yathā co­ra­śa­bda­s ta­ska­ra­m āryeṣv a­bhi­dha­tte­, dra­vi­ḍe­ṣv o­da­na­m iti. svā­bhā­vi­ka­sa­mba­ndhe tv a­ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na hi dhūmaḥ kvacid agniṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti kvacij jalam iti. kiṃ ca yatra yatrārthe pu­ru­ṣe­ṇa śabdaḥ sa­ṅke­tya­te taṃ tam arthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­nn u­pa­la­bhya­te­. svā­bhā­vi­ka­sa­mba­ndhe tu dhū­mā­di­va­t pu­ru­ṣe­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ syāt. pu­trā­di­ṣu ca svecchayā nā­ma­ka­ra­ṇaṃ dṛ­śya­te­. tasmād a­va­sthi­ta eva sa­mba­ndhaḥ­. sa­ṅke­te­nā­va­dyo­tya­ta ity apy a­yu­kta­m­. vai­di­ka­śa­bdā­nā­m evārthaiḥ saha svā­bhā­vi­kaḥ sambandha iti cet, na; pra­mā­nā­bhā­vā­t­. na cātra viśeṣo 'sti, ye­nai­ka­tra śa­bdā­rtha­yoḥ svā­bhā­vi­kaḥ sambandho 'nyatra sāṃ­ke­ti­ka iti. nā­mā­khyā­to­pa­sa­rgā­dī­nāṃ co­bha­ya­tra vi­śe­ṣā­t­. nanu ca sāṃ­ke­ti­ka­tve śa­bdā­rtha­sa­mba­ndha­sya sarvatra ca vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­tvaṃ na syāt. sva­pu­trā­di­ṣu na­ra­siṃ­hā­di­sa­ṅke­ta­va­t­, dhṛ­tā­di­ṣu bha­vā­mi­trā­di­sa­ṅke­ta­va­c ceti na, a­si­ddha­tvā­t — naiva sarvadā sarvatra vya­va­hā­raḥ kaścid asti mle­cchā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­ṇā­m anyo '­nya­trā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 40­0­,5~ā­di­ma­ttvā­c ca sa­rva­vya­va­hā­rā­ṇā­m­, na­nda­vi­kra­mā­di­tya­śrī­ha­rṣā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. a­nā­di­tve tu dṛṣṭānto nāsti. ā­di­ma­ttve 'pi sa­ma­ya­kā­ra­pra­bhā­vā­d a­nya­smā­d vā ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­d bhūyaḥsv api de­śā­di­ṣu kaścid vya­va­hā­raḥ prasiddhiṃ gataḥ kaścin neti, yathā — rā­ma­rā­va­ṇa­yu­dhi­ṣṭhi­rā­di­nā­mā­ny eva pra­si­ddhā­rthā­ny adyāpi vya­va­ha­ra­nti na sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­nā­mā­ni­. ni­gha­ṇṭā­v u­ktā­nā­m api pa­ryā­ya­nā­nāṃ kiṃcid bahuṣv api śāstreṣu lokeṣu ca pra­si­ddhā­rthaṃ kiṃcin neti. nai­tā­va­tā svā­bhā­vi­ka­sāṃ­ke­ti­ka­sa­mba­nda­bhe­daḥ­.

NBhū-YA 40­0­,12~kiṃ ca sa­ṅke­ta­sya yady a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ syāt tadānyaḥ ka­lpa­ya­te­. yadā tv e­ka­trā­pi sa­ṅke­ta­sya sā­ma­rthya­m iṣṭaṃ ta­dā­nya­trā­pi sa­ma­yā­d eva śabdānāṃ vā­ca­ka­tvaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti vyarthā sa­mba­ndhā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­. na hy atra viśeṣo 'sti yena kvacit sa­ma­ya­sya sāmarthyaṃ kvacit sa­mba­ndhā­nta­ra­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 40­0­,17~sa­rva­trā­pi svā­bhā­vi­ka­sa­mba­ndha­syai­va sāmarthye dhū­mā­di­va­d ya­thā­bhi­pre­tā­rthe­ṣu śabdānāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r na syād ity u­kta­m­. pratyekaṃ śabdasya sarvair arthaiḥ sambandho 'stīti cet, yady evaṃ go­śa­bdā­d eva sa­rvā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa­ma­yā­pe­kṣi­tvā­d a­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, samaya eva tarhi astu, kiṃ si­ddho­pa­sthā­yi­nā svā­bhā­vi­ka­sa­mba­ndhe­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­ke­na ka­lpi­te­ne­ti­? ayogye samayo na yukta iti cet, nanu yo­gya­tā­py uktā śa­bdā­nā­m a­bhi­dhā­na­tva­m­, arthānāṃ tu a­bhi­dhe­ya­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 40­0­,23~yadi ca pratyekaṃ śabdasya sarvair arthaiḥ sambandho 'sti, sa pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­te­na sa­ma­ye­na ni­ya­mi­to '­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­tī­ti­he­tu­r bha­va­ti­; tadā vai­di­ka­śa­bdā­nāṃ sa­ma­ya­kā­rā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'rtha pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvaṃ na syāt. atha tatrāpi sa­ma­ya­kā­raḥ kaścid asti, tataḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­yo­r na kaścid vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. śaṅkā ca vedeṣv a­ni­vṛ­ttā — kiṃ do­ṣa­vā­n tatra sa­ma­ya­kā­raḥ­? atha gu­ṇa­vā­n iti? tataś cā­prā­mā­ṇya­śa­ṅkā­pi syād iti vyartho '­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­pra­yā­saḥ­.

NBhū-YA 40­1­,7~na cā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. na­nū­kta­m — kartur a­sma­ra­ṇā­d iti, na; vya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. a­thā­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­tvā­d iti vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tathāpi dṛṣṭānto nāsti — nityaṃ hi na sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­ka­m­, nāpy a­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­kaṃ­; kiṃ tv a­ka­rtṛ­ka­m e­ve­ti­. a­ka­rtṛ­ka­ka­tva­vi­va­kṣā­yā­n tu a­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vya­rtha­m­.

NBhū-YA 40­1­,11~jī­rṇā­rā­ma­kū­pā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­ś ca. saṃ­pra­dā­yā­vi­cche­de satīti cet, tathāpy a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetuḥ. na hi ni­tya­syā­kā­śā­deḥ sa­mpra­dā­yaḥ kaścid asti. pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­ve 'pi kartur a­sma­ra­ṇaṃ dṛṣṭam — santi hi a­ne­kā­ni a­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­kā­ni ślo­kā­dī­ni­, yeṣāṃ sa­mpra­dā­yo 'pi na siddhaḥ, na ca teṣām a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ bha­va­tā­pī­ṣya­te­.

NBhū-YA 40­1­,16~asiddho 'pi ayaṃ hetuḥ — pau­rā­ṇi­kā hi bra­hma­ka­rtṛ­ka­tvaṃ smaranti vaktrebhyo vedāḥ tasya vi­niḥ­sṛ­tā iti. "­pra­ti­ma­nva­ta­raṃ caiva śrutir anyā vi­dhī­ya­ta­" iti. kiṃ ca "yo vai vedāṃś ca pra­hi­ṇo­ti­" ity atra ve­de­nai­va ca bha­ga­vā­n rudraḥ kartā pra­ti­pā­di­taḥ­. kiṃ ca smṛ­ti­pu­rā­ṇā­di­va­d ṛ­ṣi­nā­mā­ṅki­tāḥ kā­ṇva­mā­dhya­ndi­na­tai­tti­rī­yā­dau śā­khā­bhe­daḥ katham a­sma­rya­mā­ṇa­ka­rtṛ­kāḥ­? atha vā yena dṛṣṭā pra­kā­śi­tā vā śākhā sā ta­nnā­mā­ṅki­tā­, na tu tena kṛ­te­ti­, tad idaṃ vyā­mū­ḍha­bhā­ṣi­ta­m­. tathā hi — yadi tāvad utsannā śākhā tena dṛṣṭā, tadā sa­mpra­dā­yā­vi­cche­da­vi­ro­dho '­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dṛ­kpra­ti­kṣe­pa­vi­ro­dha­ś ca. a­thā­nu­tsa­nnai­va sa­mpra­dā­ye­na dṛṣṭā, tadā yāvadbhiḥ u­pā­dhyā­yaiḥ sā dṛṣṭā pra­kā­ṣi­tā ca tāvatāṃ nā­ma­bhi­r aṅkitā syāt. kiṃ ca bu­ddhā­dyā­ga­mo 'pi bu­ddhā­di­bhi­r dṛṣṭaḥ pra­kā­śi­to vā, na tu pau­ru­ṣe­ya ity ukte kim u­tta­ra­m­? a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dha iti cet, pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­m evāha tasya katham a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ­? na cā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­va­śe­na va­stu­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­, kin tarhi? pra­mā­ṇa­va­śe­na­. na cātra vi­śe­ṣa­kaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m asti, yena vedeṣu śrū­ya­mā­ṇo 'pi kartā mi­thyā­nya­thā vā ka­lpya­te­, na bu­ddhā­dyā­ga­me­ṣv iti.

NBhū-YA 40­2­,9~etena ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­m a­dhya­ya­nā­nta­ra­pū­rva­kaṃ ve­dā­dhya­ya­na­tvā­d i­dā­nī­nta­nā­dhya­ya­na­va­d ityādi ni­ra­sta­m­, bu­ddhā­dyā­ga­mā­dhya­ya­ne 'pi tu­lya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 40­2­,12~yad apy a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve vedasya pa­ri­śe­ṣa­taḥ prā­mā­ṇya­m ity uktam — na tāvat a­nu­tpa­tti­la­kṣa­ṇa­m a­prā­mā­ṇya­m­, jñā­no­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. nāpi saṃ­śa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ 'kiṃ ju­hu­yā­m­? na vā?' i­tye­vaṃ­pra­kā­ra­saṃ­śa­yā­ja­na­nā­t­. nāpi vi­pa­rya­ya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, de­śā­nta­rā­di­ṣv a­bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t­. na cānyad a­prā­mā­ṇya­la­kṣa­ṇa­m asti, yato "­a­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ tridhā bhinnaṃ mi­thyā­tvā­jñā­na­saṃ­śa­yaiḥ­" iti. "­sa­ha­sra­śī­rṣā pu­ru­ṣaḥ­" i­tyā­de­s tu a­rtha­vā­da­tvā­n na ta­du­pa­ro­dhe­na vi­dhi­vā­kyā­nā­m apy a­prā­mā­ṇya­m­. co­da­nā­rthe ca pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­vṛ­tti­r niṣiddhā — dharmaṃ prati a­ni­mi­ttaṃ pratyakṣaṃ "­vi­dya­mā­no­pa­la­mbha­na­tvā­d­" i­tyā­di­nā­, te­nā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ ve­da­sye­ti­, yad apy a­yu­kta­m­; evaṃ hi sva­rga­kā­maḥ keśān u­tpā­ṭa­ye­t­, cai­tya­va­nda­naṃ kuryāt pu­ru­ṣā­di­bha­kṣa­ṇaṃ brā­hma­ṇā­di­va­dhaṃ ca kuryāt sva­rga­kā­maḥ — i­tye­va­mā­dī­nā­m api co­da­nā­nā­m a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ prāmāṇyaṃ ca pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­. jinaḥ sarvajñaḥ i­tyā­dī­nāṃ cā­rtha­vā­da­tvaṃ tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 40­3­,6~nanu ca pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve vedānāṃ ma­ntra­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r mantro hi ja­pya­mā­naḥ pha­la­dā­yī dṛṣṭo na ca tathā pau­ru­ṣe­yaṃ vā­kya­m­, tasmān na pau­ru­ṣe­yo veda iti, na; śai­va­si­ddhā­ntā­dī­nā­m apy a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tatrāpi hi mantrāḥ pha­la­dā­yi­naḥ santi. te 'pi vaidikā eveti cet, na; śū­drā­ṇā­m api pha­la­dā­yi­tvā­d vedeṣu ca śū­drā­ṇā­m a­dhi­kā­ro nāsti, a­na­dhi­kā­ri­ṇa­ś ca na mantrāḥ phalaṃ pra­ya­ccha­nti­.

NBhū-YA 40­3­,11~kiṃ ca prākṛtā api mantrāḥ phaladā dṛ­śya­nte­. na ca vedeṣu prākṛtaḥ śabdo 'sti tasmāt prā­kṛ­ta­ma­ntra­va­d vaidikā api mantrāḥ pau­ru­ṣe­yā iti.

NBhū-YA 40­3­,14~nanv evaṃ sarve puruṣā ma­ntra­kā­ri­ṇo bha­ve­yu­r iti, na; sa­rve­ṣā­m a­tu­lya­śa­kti­tvā­t­. ye hi sa­tya­sa­ṅka­lpā­s ta eva mantrān kartuṃ śa­knu­va­nti­. sa­tya­sa­ṅka­lpa­tā ce­śva­ra­sya svā­bhā­vi­kai­śva­rya­pra­bhā­vā­t­. ma­hā­rṣī­ṇāṃ cā­hiṃ­sā­bra­hma­ca­rya­sa­tyā­di­sthai­rya­pra­bha­vā­t ta­paḥ­pra­bhṛ­ti­pra­bhā­vā­d vā. sa ca itthaṃ prabhāvo ne­ta­ra­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m asti, tena sarveṣāṃ na ma­ntra­ka­rtṛ­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 40­3­,20~api ca kā­vya­syā­pi pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve sarve puruṣāḥ kā­vya­kṛ­taḥ syur na vā kaścid ity a­pū­rvai­ṣā vāco yuktiḥ. nanu kāvyaṃ ku­ru­vā­ṇaḥ puruṣo dṛśyate na mantraṃ ku­ru­va­nn iti, na; ma­ntra­kṛ­to 'py a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­bhyāṃ da­rśa­nā­t­. na cā­sa­rva­vi­dda­rśa­naṃ sa­ma­sta­va­stu­vyā­pi yena ta­nni­vṛ­ttā­v e­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­bhā­vaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 40­3­,24~kiṃ ca bhā­ra­tā­dī­ni kurvāṇo 'pi kaścid idānīṃ na dṛśyata iti teṣām apy a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kaś ca mantrāṇāṃ viśeṣo yena va­rṇa­pa­da­vā­kyā­tma­no 'pi santo '­kṛ­ta­kā iti? pha­la­ni­ṣpā­da­naṃ viśeṣa iti cet, na; pau­ru­ṣe­yai­r eva mu­drā­ma­ṇḍa­la­dhyā­nā­di­bhiḥ pha­la­ni­ṣpā­da­na­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 40­4­,2~na ca śa­bda­śa­kti­taḥ pha­la­ni­ṣpa­tti­r u­pāṃ­śu­mā­na­sa­yo­r ni­ṣpha­la­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t kā­la­vi­ka­lpā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, vi­dhya­bhi­sa­ndhi­vi­śe­ṣā­na­pe­kṣi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. pu­ru­ṣa­śa­kti­taḥ pa­la­ni­ṣpa­ttau ca nāyaṃ doṣaḥ. tena hi yatra yathā samayaḥ kṛtas tatra tathā sa­ma­yā­nu­pā­la­nā­t phalaṃ ni­ṣpa­dya­te­, ta­tsa­ma­bhi­vyā­hā­ra­sā­ma­rthyā­t­. sa eva vā de­va­tā­vi­śe­ṣa­s ta­tsa­ma­ya­m a­nu­pā­la­yaṃ­s tam a­nu­gṛ­hṇa­ti rā­jā­di­va­t­, tad evaṃ mu­drā­ma­ṇḍa­lā­di­va­n mantro 'pi sa­ma­ya­mā­tra­m eva tathā cai­ka­smā­d eva mantrāt sa­ma­ya­bhe­dā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na pha­la­bhe­do 'py u­pa­pa­dya­te '­nya­thā­gne­r dā­hā­di­va­d a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa phalaṃ syāt. ka­sya­ci­d a­ci­rā­t siddhir anyasya ci­rā­t­, a­pa­ra­sya bra­hma­ca­ryā­dya­pe­kṣa­ṇā­t­, ka­sya­ci­t tata e­vā­na­rtha ity evaṃ vikalpo na syāt.

NBhū-YA 40­4­,11~kiṃ ca sa­ma­yā­bhi­jñe­no­ccā­ri­ta­m e­kai­ka­m api akṣaraṃ vi­ṣā­pnu­tyā­di­kā­rtyaṃ kurvad u­pa­la­bhya­te­, ne­ta­raiḥ­. svā­bhā­vi­ka­tve tv a­gni­va­d a­ta­dvi­tpra­yo­ge 'pi svakāryaṃ kuryāt tasmān na mantro 'py a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 40­4­,15~kiṃ cā­pau­ru­ṣe­yo 'pi vedas tāvad a­vyā­khā­to nārthaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­, a­da­rśa­nā­t­. vyākhyānaṃ ca pau­ru­ṣe­ya­m­, pau­ru­ṣe­yā­c ca pra­ti­pa­ttau kathaṃ na do­ṣā­śa­ṅkā­? puruṣā hi vi­pa­rī­ta­m api śabdārthaṃ vyā­ca­kṣā­ṇā dṛ­śya­nte­. saṃ­vā­de­na prā­mā­ṇyā­bhyu­pa­ga­me cā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­ka­lpa­nā­na­rthi­kā ve­da­syā­pi ta­dvyā­khyā­na­va­t­. pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­saṃ­vā­dā­d eva prā­mā­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. na ca ta­dvyā­khyā­na­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­m a­nā­dya­vi­cchi­nna­sa­mpra­dā­ya­rū­pa­tvaṃ vā vedeṣv api vyā­khyā­na­bhe­da­syā­tya­nta­vi­ru­ddha­sya sāṃ­khya­vai­śe­ṣi­ka­mī­māṃ­sa­kā­di­kṛ­ta­sya da­rśa­nā­t­. na ca tatra ka­sya­ci­d e­vā­nā­di­tvaṃ na sa­rva­sye­ty atra pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. yadi cā­pau­ru­ṣe­yo vedaḥ, tadā ta­ccha­bdā­nā­m anya evārthāḥ syuḥ, pau­ru­ṣe­yā­ṇā­m api mle­cchā­ryā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m e­kā­rtha­tvaṃ nāsti kuto '­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­śa­bdā­nā­m­? tataś cā­gni­ho­tra­ha­va­nā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ śva­māṃ­sa­khā­da­nā­da­yo 'nya evārthā bha­vi­ṣya­ntī­ty āśaṅkā na ni­va­rta­te­. na ca ya eva lau­ki­ka­śa­bdā­nā­m arthāḥ, ta eva ma­dī­yā­nā­m ity evaṃ vedaḥ svayaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. jai­mi­ni­pra­bhṛ­ta­ya­s tu pra­ti­pā­da­ya­nto 'pi na pra­mā­ṇī­bha­va­nti­, pu­ru­ṣa­tvā­t­. na hi jai­mi­ni­r apy a­tī­ndri­yā­rtha­dra­ṣṭā bha­va­dbhi­r i­ṣya­te­, yena lau­ki­ka­vai­di­ka­śa­bdā­yo­r e­kā­rtha­tāṃ pa­śya­ti­. a­dṛ­ṣṭvā­bhi­da­dha­ta­ś ca vākyaṃ kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r api tasyārtho ni­ścī­ya­te yaḥ śabdaḥ kvacid a­ne­ke­ṣv apy artheṣu gṛ­hī­ta­sa­ma­yaḥ syāt, na ca vai­di­ka­sya śabdasya kasyāpy arthaḥ kvacit iti mle­ccha­śa­bda­va­d a­ni­ści­tā­rtha eva pra­sa­jye­t­.

NBhū-YA 40­5­,6~pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve tu nāyaṃ doṣaḥ. sa hi pa­rā­nu­ji­ghṛ­kṣa­yā pravṛttaḥ pra­si­ddhā­rthaiḥ saṃ­skṛ­ta­śa­bdai­r vedān ra­ca­yi­tvā svayaṃ vyā­khyā­ta­vā­n i­dā­nī­nta­na­gra­ntha­kā­ra­va­t­. tatas ta­tsa­mpra­dā­ye­nā­nye 'pi vyā­ca­kṣī­ra­n­. kvacit pa­dā­rtha­vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca pra­ka­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r apy arthān a­va­dhā­ra­ya­te śā­strā­nta­ra­va­t­. pratyakṣe 'pi lau­ki­ke­nā­gnyā­di­śa­bde­nā­vi­śi­ṣṭo vai­di­kā­gnyā­di­śa­bdaḥ kathaṃ na tadartha iti cet, nanv evaṃ sati pau­ru­ṣe­ye­nā­pi viśiṣṭaḥ kathaṃ na pau­ru­ṣe­ya iti? kiṃ ca lau­ki­ka­syā­gnyā­di­śa­bda­syā­rtha­va­ttvaṃ pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve­na vyā­pta­m­, tatrāyaṃ vaidiko '­gnyā­di­śa­bdaḥ kathaṃ pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ tyaktvā tadarthaṃ grahītuṃ śa­kno­ti­? u­bha­ya­m api hi gṛ­hṇī­yā­t jahyād vo­bha­ya­m a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 40­5­,14~api ca vākyasya nityatvaṃ sā­dhya­te­? varṇānāṃ veti? na tāvad vā­kya­sya­, va­rṇā­vya­ti­re­kā­t — na hi va­rṇa­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ vākyam asti. tathā ca va­rṇa­sa­mū­haḥ pa­da­m­, pa­da­sa­mū­ho vākyam — ity e­ta­tpra­pa­ñce­na prāk pra­sā­dhi­ta­m­. sa­mū­ha­ś ca vastuto na bhi­dya­te­, ka­lpa­nā­yā tu bhedaḥ. tathāpi ka­lpa­nā­yā jñā­nā­tma­ka­tvā­d a­ni­tya­tva­m eva. na ca vā­kya­ni­tya­tve pra­mā­ṇa­m asti, a­ni­tya­tve tu vā­kya­tvā­l lau­ki­ka­vā­kya­va­d ity a­nu­mā­na­m­. atha varṇā eva nityās teṣāṃ nityatve 'pi na prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhiḥ sa­rva­śā­strā­ṇāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­sa­tya­va­ca­nā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. na hy anya eva vaidikā varṇāḥ, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā a­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 40­5­,22~atha vedeṣu va­rṇā­nā­m ā­nu­pū­rvī nityā nā­nya­tre­ti­, na; ā­nu­pū­rvyā api śa­bdā­tma­ka­tve varṇebhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yadi ca va­rṇā­nu­pū­rvī nityā, ta­dā­gni­r ity a­kā­ra­ga­kā­ra­yoḥ pū­rvā­pa­ra­bhā­va­sya ni­tya­tvā­t ga­ccha­tī­tyā­dau vi­pa­rya­yā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. na ca va­rṇa­ba­hu­tva­m i­ṣya­te­, yena ga­ccha­tī­tyā­dau anyau e­vā­kā­ra­ga­kā­rā­v ucyete tayor eva ca hi­ma­va­dvi­ndhya­yo­r i­vā­nya­thā kramo na sa­mbha­va­ti­. kṛ­ta­kā­nā­m api he­tu­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­ni­ya­ma­va­tāṃ na kra­ma­vi­pa­rya­yaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­. yathā bī­jā­ṅku­ra­pa­trā­di­nā­m ṛ­tu­saṃ­va­tsa­rā­dī­nāṃ ca kuta eva ni­tyā­vi­ca­li­ta­sva­bhā­vā­nā­m iti? na hi pū­rvā­va­sthā­tyā­ga­m a­nta­re­ṇā­nya­thā­va­sthā sa­mbha­va­ti­. tyāge cā­ni­tya­tva­m­. api ceyam ā­nu­pū­rvī de­śa­kṛ­tā vā syād yathā pi­pī­li­kā­dī­nāṃ pa­ṅku­tau­, kā­la­kṛ­tā vā yathā — vṛ­ddhā­nu­pū­rvī bī­jā­ṅku­rā­dī­nāṃ ca. sā dvi­vi­dhā­py atra na sa­mbha­va­ti sa­rva­va­rṇā­nāṃ sa­rva­de­śa­vyā­pi­tvā­n ni­tya­tvā­c cā­kā­śā­tmā­di­va­t­. na cā­nya­thā­sti pau­rvā­pa­rya­m­. a­bhi­vya­kti­pau­rvā­pa­ryā­d varṇānāṃ pau­rvā­pa­rya­m iti cet, na; mi­thyā­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t — u­pā­dhi­dha­rmā­dhyā­ro­pā­t spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣu nī­lā­dyā­kā­rā­ro­pa­va­t­. kiṃ co­pā­dhi­ni­vṛ­ttau nī­lā­dyā­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­va­d a­bhi­vya­kti­ni­vṛ­ttau varṇānāṃ pau­ru­vā­pa­rya­ni­vṛ­tti­s tat kuto '­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 40­6­,13~a­nā­di­pra­vā­ha­tve­nā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­m iti cet, na; a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā hi — mle­ccha­vya­va­hā­rā­ṇā­m api mā­tṛ­vi­vā­hā­dī­nāṃ nā­sti­ka­va­ca­nā­dī­nāṃ ca pa­ra­lo­kā­dṛ­ṣṭā­tmā­dya­pa­vā­dā­nā­m a­nā­di­pra­vā­ha­tvā­d a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. teṣām api hi pa­re­bhyā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­raiḥ pravṛttiḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­, nā­nya­thā­; na hy a­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­raḥ kaścid apūrvaṃ vya­va­hā­raṃ pra­va­rta­ya­ti­. ā­di­sa­rge 'pi vya­va­hā­ra­sya pū­rva­sa­rga­da­rśa­nā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. na cā­di­sa­rga­s tva­ye­ṣṭaḥ­, pra­tha­ma­pu­ru­ṣo vā kaścid a­pū­rva­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­va­rta­yi­te­ti­. sa­rva­vya­va­hā­rā­ṇā­m a­nā­di­tvā­d a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta­. a­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d adoṣaḥ iti cet; tā­dṛ­śā­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tve siddhe ko guṇaḥ? pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhya­rthaṃ hy a­pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­, tac ca nā­sti­ka­va­ca­ne­ṣv api astīty a­sā­dha­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 40­7­,4~yad api sarveṣāṃ varṇānāṃ padānāṃ ca ni­tya­tva­si­ddhau pra­tya­bhi­jñā­khyaṃ sā­dha­na­m u­kta­m­, tad api a­si­ddha­tvā­d a­sā­dha­na­m­. na hi yo mayā kāṃcyāṃ śabdaḥ śrutaḥ, sa e­vo­jja­yi­nyāṃ śrūyata iti bha­va­ti­. nanu sa e­vā­nu­vā­ko '­ṣṭa­kṛ­tvo 'dhīta ity asti pra­tya­bhi­jñā­, tathā sarveṣu padeṣu varṇeṣu ca pratyekaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā dra­ṣṭa­vyā­, na; pra­dī­pā­di­ṣu vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. nanu ca liṅgasya vya­bhi­cā­rā­d a­sā­dha­na­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, pra­tya­bhi­jñā tu pra­tya­kṣa­m u­pa­nya­sta­m­. na ca pra­tya­kṣa­syā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­do­ṣo 'sti, ja­lā­di­jñā­na­syai­ka­tra bhrāntatve 'py anyatra pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. yatraiva hi bā­dhya­te­, ta­trai­va­pra­mā­ṇaṃ yuktaṃ na ca śabde pra­tya­bhi­jñā de­śā­nta­re kā­lā­nta­re pu­ru­ṣā­nta­re '­va­sthā­nta­re vā bādhyate iti, na; śabde 'pi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyāṃ bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t­. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa tāvad asmin deśe śabda u­tpa­nnaḥ­, śamito 'nena ka­la­ka­la ity u­tpā­da­vi­nā­śau gṛ­hye­te­. a­bhi­vya­kti­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­bhyā­m eva pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, na; ke­śa­na­khā­di­ṣv api evaṃ pra­sa­ṅga­s tatrāpi hi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­mā­tre­ṇa ni­tya­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­myā­bhi­vya­ktya­na­bhi­vya­kti­kṛ­tā­v u­tpā­da­vi­nā­śa­pra­tya­yā­v iti bruvāṇaḥ kena vā­rya­te­? na ca kvacid a­bhi­vya­ktya­na­bhi­vya­kti­kṛ­tā­v u­tpā­da­vi­nā­śa­pra­tya­yau dṛṣṭau. pra­tya­bhi­jñā tu sā­dṛ­śya­va­śā­d a­ne­ka­tra dṛ­śya­te­. api caiva lau­ki­ka­vā­kyā­nā­m api sarveṣāṃ ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tatrāpy a­ṣṭa­kṛ­tva u­ccā­ri­ta­m idaṃ vākyam a­ṣṭa­kṛ­tvo 'yaṃ paṭhitaḥ śloka ity asti pra­tya­bhi­jña sa­rva­vā­kyā­nāṃ ca nityatve prāg ukta eva doṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 40­7­,22~kiṃ ca vai­di­ka­śa­bde­nā­pi pa­ro­kṣā­dhye­tṛ­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam — de­va­da­tto '­dhī­te­, vi­ṣṇu­mi­tro 'dhīta iti. tac ca śa­bdā­bhe­de '­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. na hy a­ne­ka­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ da­ṇḍa­ccha­trā­di­kaṃ yadā yena dhṛtvā prakaṭaṃ kri­ya­te­, tadā tam a­nu­mā­pa­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­. tī­vra­ma­nda­ta­rā­di­bhe­do­pa­la­bdhe­ś ca na hi nityasya tī­vra­ta­rā­di­dha­rmo 'sti. nāpy e­ka­smi­nn a­kha­ṇḍā­tma­ni tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhe­do­pa­la­mbhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 40­8­,2~vyaṃ­ja­ka­tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhe­dā­t sa­mba­va­ti cet, kiṃ vyaṃ­ja­ka­tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhe­de­na śabde ta­thā­bhā­vaḥ kri­ya­te­? kiṃ vā vyaṃ­ja­ka­dha­rma e­vā­ro­pya­ta iti? na tāvat kri­ya­te­. na hi nityasya bhedaḥ ke­na­ci­d dhetunā kartuṃ śa­kya­te­. nāpi dha­rma­bhe­daḥ eva kri­ya­te­, tī­vra­tvā­di­dha­rma­sya śa­bda­tvā­di­va­t sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tve­na ni­tya­tvā­t­. a­bhi­vya­kti­bhe­da eva kriyata iti cet, na; tī­vra­tvā­di­vi­ru­ddha­dha­rma­bhe­da­syai­ka­trā­sti­tve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. asati ca tī­vra­tvā­di­dha­rma­bhe­de ta­thā­bhi­vya­kti­bhe­do '­sa­tyā­rtha­tvā­d vi­saṃ­vā­dy eva syāt. atha mu­khā­di­ṣu kha­ḍgā­di­dha­rmā­ro­pa­va­d vyaṃ­ja­ka­dha­rma eva śabde 'pi ā­ro­pya­te­, na, a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. kha­ḍgā­di­dha­rmo hi dī­rgha­tā­diḥ sa­mā­ne­ndri­ya­dṛ­ṣṭa e­vā­ro­pya­te nādṛṣṭo nā­nye­ndri­ya­dṛ­ṣṭo vā śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­ka­sya vā­yu­saṃ­yo­gā­deḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇai­vā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, kutas ta­ddha­rmā­ro­paḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­? na hi pi­śā­cā­di­dha­rmaḥ kvacid i­ndri­ya­bu­ddhyā­ro­pi­to dṛ­śya­te­, rū­pa­dha­rma­s tva­gi­ndri­ya­bu­ddhyā ceti.

NBhū-YA 40­8­,13~atha śro­tra­grā­hyaḥ kaścid arthaḥ śabdasya vyaṃ­ja­ka­s tī­vra­tvā­di­dha­rma­vā­n a­ni­tya­ś ce­ṣya­te­, na; tasyāpi śa­bdā­vya­ti­re­kā­t — sā­mā­nya­va­taḥ śro­tra­grā­hya­tvaṃ hi śa­bda­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­yu­kta­sya ca tato '­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­. śro­tra­grā­hya­sya sā­mā­nya­va­taḥ ka­sya­ci­d apy a­ni­tya­tve sa­rva­syā­py a­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­r vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti. u­tta­ra­trā­py a­bhi­vya­ktau doṣaṃ va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 40­8­,19~yac coktam — "­da­rśa­na­sya pa­rā­rtha­tvā­d­" iti. anena ki­lā­rthā­pa­tti­r uktā. katham da­rśa­na­m u­ccā­ra­ṇa­m­, tac ca pa­ra­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rtha­m­, sā cā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ śa­bda­ni­tya­tve­na syāt. yo hi gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndhaḥ śabdaḥ sa tadaiva naṣṭaḥ — ity a­ni­tya­tvā­di­nā ni­ya­ma­pū­rva eva śabdaḥ śrū­ya­te­. tena śa­bdā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na prā­pno­ti­. na hy a­gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndhā­c chabād a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r yu­kte­ti­. tasmād a­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttyā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­va­ga­mya­te — nānityaḥ śabdaḥ iti, naitad asti; dhū­mā­di­va­d a­ni­tya­tve 'py a­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­syo­pa­pa­tteḥ­.

NBhū-YA 40­9­,3~kiṃ cānena nyā­ye­nā­rtha­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­m ekatvaṃ ca tva­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, anyathā bā­hu­le­ye gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndho 'pi gośabdaḥ śā­ba­le­yā­di­ṣv a­gṛ­hī­ta­sa­mba­ndhaḥ kathaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttiṃ ku­ryā­t­? sā­mā­nya­syai­va śa­bdā­rtha­tvaṃ liṅgatvaṃ ca, ato na doṣa iti cet, na; sā­mā­nya­syai­va śa­bdā­rtha­tve sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­dya­bhā­vā­di­do­ṣa­syo­kta­tvā­t sā­mā­nya­vi­cā­ro li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­bhā­ve 'pi vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­vi­cā­re ta­dva­to­r eva sa­ma­rthi­ta­s tathā ta­dva­to­r vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­bhā­ve 'py a­do­ṣaḥ­. kiṃ ca yathā liṅgatvaṃ sā­mā­nya­syai­va tva­ye­ṣya­te­, tathā vā­ca­ka­tva­m api sā­mā­nya­syai­vā­stu­, vyā­pti­va­d vā­cya­vā­ca­ka­sa­mba­ndho 'pi sā­mā­nya­yo­r eva gṛ­hī­ṣya­ta iti kṣī­ṇā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. nanu gośabde kiṃ sā­mā­nyaṃ­? go­śa­bda­bu­ddhi­he­tu­tva­m­. yena khalu sā­ma­rthye­na sarve gośabdāḥ svātmany e­kā­kā­ra­bu­ddhi­he­ta­vo bhavanti tat sā­mā­nya­m­. na caika eva go­śa­bdaḥ­, tasya tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­bhe­da­bhi­nna­sya pra­si­ddha­tvā­t su­khā­di­bhe­da­si­ddhyā ca tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­. yady api go­śa­bde­ṣu sāmānyaṃ sākṣāt nāsti, tathāpi tatra pā­ca­kā­di­ṣv iva ka­tha­ñci­d asty eva sāmānyaṃ na hy anyathā bhinneṣv a­bhi­nnā­kā­raḥ pratyayaḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. tasmāt sā­mā­nyā­śra­ya­ṇe­nā­ni­tyā­nā­m eva śabdānāṃ vā­ca­ka­tvo­pa­pa­tte­r nā­rthā­pa­tti­to 'pi ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 40­9­,19~yad api sā­dha­na­m — nityaḥ śabdaḥ śrā­va­ṇa­tvā­c cha­bda­tva­va­d iti, tan na; a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. tathā hi — sva­rga­kā­maḥ śvamāṃsaṃ pu­rī­ṣā­di­kaṃ ca khāded ity e­va­mā­di­kā­nu­pū­rvī śro­tra­grā­hyā­, na ca nityā. sāpi nityeti cet, na; vai­di­ka­co­da­nā­va­t prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­da­rthā­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­ti­kra­me ca pra­tya­vā­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­thā­ve­da­pā­ṭha­ka­kṛ­tai­r doṣair vi­sva­rā­di­bhi­r a­nai­kā­nta­s teṣām api nityatve hi nityaṃ vi­sva­rā­di­do­ṣo­pa­ha­tā vedāḥ syuḥ.

NBhū-YA 40­9­,25~kiṃ ca tī­vra­ma­ndā­di­dha­rmai­r bhe­ryā­di­śa­bdai­ś cā­nai­kā­ntaḥ teṣām api nityatve pra­ti­ni­mi­ttaṃ śa­bda­bhe­do­pa­la­bdhi­r na syāt, e­ka­syā­pi hy anekaṃ vyaṃjakaṃ dṛṣṭam a­ne­ka­syā­py ekam iti. tataś ca śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­naṃ na syāt. na ca parokṣaṃ vyaṃjakaṃ vya­ṅgye­nā­nu­mī­ya­mā­naṃ kvacid u­pa­la­bdha­m­, yathā — kāryeṇa kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. atha ka­sya­ci­c chabdasya śa­bda­dha­rma­sya vā­ni­tya­tva­m a­pī­ṣya­te­. yataḥ pa­rko­ṣa­ni­mi­ttā­nu­mā­naṃ syāt tathā sati tenaiva śrā­va­ṇa­tva­m a­nai­kā­nti­ka­m­. kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ca sa­rva­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­na­sya va­kta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­0­,2~pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi hi śa­bdā­bhā­vo gṛ­hya­te­, yasmād i­ndri­ya­vyā­pā­re sati nāsti śabdo, vinaṣṭaḥ ka­la­ka­la iti jñānam a­saṃ­di­gdha­m abādhyaṃ ca bha­va­ti­, asati na bha­va­tī­ti­. pa­dā­rthā­nta­ra­pra­tya­kṣa­tve 'pi ayam e­vo­pā­yaḥ­. sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­d ayuktaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m iti cet, syād etad i­ndri­ye­ṇa śa­bdā­bhā­va­sya saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­dya­nya­ta­mo na kaścit sambandho 'sti, tasmān ne­ndri­ye­ṇa śa­bdā­bhā­vo gṛhyata iti, na; vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­khya­sya sa­mba­ndha­sya vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­t­. kasya punaḥ śa­bdā­bhā­vaṃ prati vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣya­tva­m­? ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lyā — ity ā­cā­ryāḥ­. ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lī ca tva­gi­ndri­ye­ṇa gṛ­hya­te­, bhi­nne­ndri­ya­grā­hya­yo­r api vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vaḥ surabhi dravyam ity ādau dṛṣṭas te­nā­trā­py a­vi­ru­ddha iti. gṛ­hā­di­pra­de­śo vā­stu­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­. yathaiva hi śabdasya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­, tathā ta­da­bhā­va­syā­pi­, yat, vi­ṣa­ya­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vi­śe­ṣya­tve­na vo­pa­la­bdha­m­, tat, ta­da­bhā­va­syā­pī­ti­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va­s tu vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­ti­va­śe­na vya­va­sthā­pya­te­, tena yatra vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tī­ti­r asti tatra de­śā­di­pra­tyā­sa­ttya­bhā­vo 'pi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va i­ṣya­te­. yathā go­kṣe­trā­di­bhiḥ śa­tru­gra­ha­na­kṣa­trā­di­bhi­ś ca de­va­da­tta­sye­ti­. pra­tya­kṣa­ni­mi­tta­tva­m apy asya pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­no­tpa­ttau vya­va­sthā­pya­te­. saṃ­yo­gā­di­va­n nai­ka­trā­ni­mi­tta­tve sa­rva­trā­py a­ni­mi­tta­tvaṃ yuktam iti tasmāt pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi śa­bda­syā­ni­tya­tvaṃ gṛ­hya­te­.

NBhū-YA 41­0­,18~kiṃ cānityaḥ śabdaḥ sā­mā­nya­va­ttve saty a­sma­dā­di­bā­hye­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇā­rtha­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t­. vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­c ca rū­pā­di­va­t­. na cātra jñe­ya­tva­m eva vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­taṃ ye­nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ syāt kiṃ tarhi? yo 'rthaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­mā­naḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d rāgaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, ka­sya­ci­d vi­dve­ṣa­m­, ka­sya­ci­n moham iti; ta­syā­bhā­vo 'tra vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­. tac cā­ni­tya­tvaṃ na vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­.

NBhū-YA 41­0­,24~itaś cānityaḥ śabdaḥ, tī­vra­tvā­di­dha­rma­yu­kta­tvā­t su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­va­t­. vyaṃ­ja­ka­dha­rma­tve hi śro­tra­grā­hya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­s te­nā­si­ddha­tvaṃ nā­śa­ṅka­nī­ya­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­1­,9~kiṃ ca vastutve sati kā­rya­tvā­d gha­ṭā­di­va­t­. a­si­ddha­m iti cet, na; i­cchā­pra­ya­tna­dha­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t­. i­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ tāvad — yā­dṛ­śa­śa­bda­m u­ccā­ra­yi­tu­m i­ccha­ti­, tādṛśa eva bha­va­ti­. a­bhi­vya­ktau ca nāyaṃ ni­ya­maḥ­, su­va­rṇā­dya­bhi­vya­ktā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇo­pā­ttā­t pra­dī­pā­t sa­rpā­de­r apy a­bhi­vya­kti­da­rśa­nā­t­. pra­ya­tna­dha­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tva­m api — tīvrāt pra­ya­tnā­t tīvraḥ śabdo, mandān mandaḥ, tī­vra­ta­ra­ma­nda­ta­rā­di­bhe­dā­t ta­thā­bhū­ta iti. tathā bhe­ryā­dya­bhi­dhā­tā­di­dha­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­yī dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­. na cā­kā­rya­syai­vaṃ pra­ya­tnā­di­dha­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hi pra­dī­pā­di­vyaṃ­ja­ka­bhe­dā­t ta­ddha­rma­bhe­dā­c ca gha­ṭā­di­vya­ṅgya­m a­nya­thā­nya­tho­pa­la­bhya­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. yadi caivaṃ kā­rya­dha­rmā­nu­ga­ta­tve­na gṛ­hya­mā­ṇa­syā­pi śabdasya kā­rya­tva­m a­si­ddha­m u­cya­te­, nanv evaṃ bu­ddhi­gha­ṭā­dī­nā­m api kāryatvaṃ kathaṃ si­dhya­ti­. tatrāpi hi śakyate vaktum — sati vyā­pa­ka­tva­ni­tya­tve bu­ddhi­gha­ṭā­dī­ni ca­kṣu­rā­di­mṛ­dda­ṇḍā­di­bhi­r yatra vya­jya­nte­, tatraiva gṛhyanta ity ataḥ kā­rya­tvā­vyā­pa­ka­tva­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­s tasmād gha­ṭā­di­va­t kā­ra­kā­ti­śa­ye­nā­ti­śa­yya­mā­na­tvā­t kṛtakaḥ śabdaḥ, kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­c cānityo '­sa­rva­ga­ta­ś ceti.

NBhū-YA 41­1­,23~kiṃ cā­kā­śā­di­va­d a­nu­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­va­tve śabdānāṃ ka­dā­ci­d apy u­pa­la­mbho na syāt. u­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­va­tve tu sa­rva­dai­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt, a­nu­pa­la­mbha­ni­mi­ttā­nā­m ā­va­ra­ṇā­dī­nā­m a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. vyaṃ­ja­kā­bhā­vā­d a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r iti cet, na; vyaṃ­ja­ka­sva­rū­pā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­1­,28~saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣa iti cet, na; ci­ra­ni­vṛ­tte 'pi dā­ru­pa­ra­śvā­di­saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣe śa­bdo­pa­la­bdhe­r vyaṃ­ja­ka­ni­vṛ­ttau ca vya­ṅgyo­pa­la­bdhi­r na yuktā pra­dī­pa­saṃ­yo­ga­ni­vṛ­ttā­v iva.

NBhū-YA 41­2­,2~prā­ptya­prā­ptya­sa­mbha­vā­c ca — yadi tāvad i­ndri­ya­prā­pti­m apekṣya saṃyogaḥ śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­kaḥ tadā bhe­ryā­di­saṃ­yo­ga­sya śro­tra­prā­ptya­bhā­vā­c cha­bda­vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvaṃ na syāt. i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ vyā­pa­ka­tvā­n na prā­ptya­bhā­va iti cet, na; sa­rva­de­śā­va­sthi­ta­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yo­gya­de­śā­va­sthā­ne sati vi­ṣa­yā­kā­re­ṇe­ndri­ya­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­taḥ ta­dvi­ṣa­yo­pa­la­bdhe­r na sa­rva­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; i­ndri­ya­ta­tprā­ptyā­di­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa yo­gya­de­śa­tva­sya sa­mbha­vā­t­. sa­tkā­rya­pra­dhā­na­yoḥ siddhau hi sāṃ­khya­da­rśa­na­si­ddhi­s tayā va­kṣya­ma­ṇa­nyā­ye­nā­nu­pa­pa­tti­s tena ta­tpra­kri­yā­py a­nu­pa­pa­nnai­ve­ti na vi­sta­re­ṇa pū­rva­pa­kṣya­te­.

NBhū-YA 41­2­,10~a­the­ndri­ya­prā­ptya­na­pe­kṣaḥ saṃyogaḥ śabdasya vyaṃ­ja­kaḥ­, tadāpi sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣa­vyaṃ­ja­ka­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. etena vaṃ­śa­da­lā­di­vi­bhā­go 'pi śabdasya vyaṃjakaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 41­2­,13~kiṃ cā­śri­ta­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­? a­nā­śri­ta­sya vā? yady ā­śri­ta­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­, tadā sā­mā­nya­va­d ā­śra­ye­ṇa sa­hā­bhi­vya­kti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ga­ndhā­di­va­d ā­śra­yā­na­bhi­vya­ktā­v apy a­bhi­vya­kti­r iti cet, na; ga­ndhā­de­r a­ni­tya­tvā­d u­tpā­da­ka­he­tu­bhi­r e­vo­pa­la­bdhi­yo­gya­syo­tpā­dā­t­. prā­ga­nu­pa­la­bdhi­yo­gya­sye­ndri­ya­prā­pta­syā­py ā­śra­yā­na­bhi­vya­ktā­v eva na ka­sya­ci­d a­bhi­vya­kti­r dṛṣṭā. pra­sve­da­spa­rśa­syā­pi vā­yu­sa­mba­ndhā­t sa­hā­śra­ye­ṇa pūrvasya nivṛttau vi­śi­ṣṭa­syo­pā­dā­n na ka­sya­ci­d a­va­sthi­ta­syā­śra­yā­bhi­vya­ktau paścād a­bhi­vya­kti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 41­2­,21~a­thā­nā­śri­ta­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­. tatrāpi — kim a­sa­rva­ga­ta­sya­? atha sa­rva­ga­ta­sya veti? yadi a­sa­rva­ga­to '­bhi­vya­jya­te­, tadā yatra yatra bhe­rī­da­ṇḍā­bhi­ghā­tā­di­r vyaṃjakaḥ tatra śa­bdā­bhi­vya­kti­r ity ayaṃ niyamo na syāt; a­vyā­pa­ka­sya gha­ṭā­di­va­t sa­rva­trā­sa­mbha­vā­t­? na hi gha­ṭā­dya­bhi­vya­ktya­rthi­no yatra yatra dī­po­pā­da­naṃ ku­rva­te­, tatra tatra gha­ṭā­dya­bhi­vya­kti­r bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 41­2­,27~atha vyā­pa­ka­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­, tadā sa­rva­śa­bdā­nā­m e­ka­de­śa­tvā­d yu­ga­pa­d a­bhi­vya­kti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, e­ka­de­śā­va­sthi­ta­gha­ṭā­di­va­t­. sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣo­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca, sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣe­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m e­vā­bhi­vya­kta­tvā­d a­kha­ṇḍā­tma­nā vyā­pa­ka­tvā­t­. sā­mā­nyai­r vya­bhi­cā­ra iti cet, na; teṣāṃ svā­śra­yā­bhi­vya­ktā­v e­vā­bhi­vya­kteḥ­. śabdānāṃ tv ā­śri­ta­tva­m eva tvayā ne­ṣṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­3­,3~nanu co­tpa­tti­pa­kṣe 'pi bhe­ryā­di­de­śe prā­du­rbhū­ta­sya śabdasya śro­tre­ṇā­prā­pte­r gra­ha­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na; sa­ntā­ne­na śro­tra­prā­pta­sya gra­ha­ṇā­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­3­,6~nanu śa­bda­sa­ntā­naḥ pra­mā­ṇe­nā­pā­sta­tvā­d a­nu­pa­pa­nnaḥ­, tathā hi — yadi svā­va­ru­ddhe na­bho­de­śe śabdam ā­ra­bha­te śabdaḥ, tadā śro­tra­de­śe śa­bdā­ra­mbhaḥ ka­dā­ci­d api na syāt. atha svā­va­ru­ddha­vya­ti­ri­kte na­bho­de­śe śabdam ā­ra­bha­te­, tadā bhe­ryā­di­de­śe jātaḥ śabdaḥ śro­tra­de­śa e­vā­ra­bha­tā­m­, kim a­nta­rā­la­de­śe śa­bdā­ra­mbhe­ṇa­?

NBhū-YA 41­3­,10~kiṃ ca sa­ntā­no­pa­ra­ma­he­tva­bhā­vā­d dvī­pā­nta­ro­tpa­nna­syā­pi śabdasya sa­ntā­ne­na śro­tra­prā­ptau śra­va­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ ca śabdaṃ nā­ra­bha­te śabdaḥ, śa­bda­tvā­t­, a­ntya­śa­bda­va­t­. ā­ra­mbha­ka­tve tu pramāṇaṃ nā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 41­3­,14~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvat kiṃ svā­va­ru­ddhe na­bho­de­śe śabdaḥ śabdam ā­ra­bha­te­? ta­dvya­ti­ri­kte veti? tatra pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣo nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. dvitīye tu pakṣe yad uktam — śro­tra­de­śa e­vā­ra­bha­tā­m­, kim a­nta­rā­la­de­śe śa­bdā­ra­bhe­ṇe­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; evam api sa­ntā­no­pa­pa­tteḥ­. śabdād utpanno hi śabdaḥ śa­bda­sa­ntā­na u­cya­te­. te­nai­ka­śa­bdā­ra­mbhe 'py u­pa­pa­nnaḥ sa­ntā­naḥ­. kiṃ ca saṃ­yo­gā­ra­mbha­va­t ta­du­pa­pa­tteḥ­; yathā i­ṣvā­di­ka­rma­, na pū­rva­saṃ­yo­gā­va­ru­ddhe na­bho­de­śe saṃ­yo­gā­nta­ra­m ā­ra­bha­te­, nāpy a­ti­dū­ra­pra­de­śe­; kin tu ta­tpra­tyā­sa­nne­, tataḥ krameṇa dū­ra­de­śe saṃ­yo­gā­ra­mbhaḥ­. tatha śabdo 'pi sva­pra­tyā­sa­nne pradeśe śa­bdā­nta­ra­m ā­ra­bha­te­, na svā­va­ru­ddhe­, dū­ra­de­śe vā.

NBhū-YA 41­3­,22~ni­ṣpra­de­śa­tvā­d ā­kā­śa­sya ta­tpra­de­śa­pra­tyā­sa­tti­r a­yu­kte­ti cet, na; a­vyā­pya­vṛ­tti­saṃ­yo­ga­śa­bdo­pā­dhi­kṛ­ta­tvā­t pra­de­śa­sya­. tatra bhe­ryā­kā­śa­saṃ­yo­gā­t ta­da­va­cchi­nne na­bho­de­śe śabda u­tpa­dya­te­, tataḥ śabdād bhe­rī­pra­tyā­sa­nna­mū­rta­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­gā­va­cchi­nne na­bho­de­śe śabda u­tpa­dya­te­, tataḥ punaḥ ta­ddra­vyā­na­nta­ra­mū­rta­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­gā­va­cchi­nne na­bho­de­śe śa­bdo­tpa­ttiḥ — ity evam u­tta­ro­tta­ra­pra­tyā­sa­nna­mū­rta­dra­vya­saṃ­yo­gā­pe­kṣaḥ śa­bdā­ra­mbho draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 41­3­,28~yad apy a­yu­kta­m — sa­ntā­no­pa­ra­ma­he­tva­sa­mbha­vā­d iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; ka­rma­sa­ntā­no­pa­ra­ma­va­t ta­du­pa­ra­mā­t­. yathā — ākāśe pra­kṣi­ptā­nā­m i­ṣvā­dī­nāṃ karmaṇaḥ ta­ra­ta­mā­di­bhā­ve­na ka­rmā­nta­rā­ra­mbha­ka­tva­m­, tato '­tya­nta­ma­nda­syā­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­t ta­tsa­ntā­no­pa­ra­maḥ­, tathā śa­bda­syā­pi tī­vra­ma­nda­ta­rā­di­bhā­ve­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­d a­tya­nta­ma­nda­syā­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­t ta­tsa­ntā­no­pa­ra­ma iti. tathā ca bhe­rī­de­śa­stha­s tīvraṃ śabdaṃ śṛ­ṇo­ti­, tato dūrastho ma­nda­m­; a­ti­dū­ra­stha­s tu ma­nda­ta­raṃ ma­nda­ta­ma­m iti. na caivaṃ nityatve tī­vra­ma­nda­ta­rā­di­bhā­ve­na śra­va­ṇa­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 41­4­,5~yac cedaṃ sā­dha­na­m — śabdaṃ nā­ra­bha­te śabdaḥ, śa­bda­tvā­d a­ntya­śa­bda­va­d iti ta­trā­dyā­di­śa­bda­pa­kṣī­ka­ra­ṇe­, dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tva­m — na hy a­nā­ra­mbha­ka­syā­dyā­di­bhā­va u­pa­pa­dya­te­. ko 'pi śabdo nā­ra­mbha­kaḥ — iti pra­ti­jñā­rthe si­ddhi­sā­dhya­tā­, a­ntya­śa­bda­syā­nā­ra­mbha­ka­tvā­t­. sa­rva­syā­na­ra­mbha­ka­tve sādhye dṛṣṭānto nāsti. a­ntya­vya­ti­ri­kta­syā­pi dha­rmi­tve­, dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tva­m­, na­ra­mbha­ka­syā­ntya­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. kiṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­yu­kta­m — na hi sa­ntā­nā­bhā­ve śa­bda­syā­ntya­tvaṃ si­dhya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 41­4­,13~śabdasya śa­bdā­ra­mbha­ka­tve 'pi pramāṇaṃ nāstīty etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, tathā hi — a­sma­dā­dī­ndri­ya­prā­ptaḥ śabdo dharmī, sa­jā­tī­yā­d utpanna iti sādhyo dharmaḥ, a­sma­dā­di­ba­hye­ndri­ya­pra­tya­kṣa­tve sati vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­t­, a­va­ya­vi­rū­pā­di­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 41­4­,17~gra­ha­ṇā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ti­ta­ś ca śa­bda­sa­ntā­naḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, na hi śrotram a­prā­pta­sya vi­ṣa­ya­sya grā­ha­ka­m­, bā­hye­ndri­ya­tvā­t­, sa­rva­śa­bda­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. prāptiś ca santānaṃ vinā na sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hi śabda āgatya śrotraṃ prā­pno­ti­, a­mū­rta­tve­na ni­ṣkri­ya­tvā­t­. nāpi śrotraṃ gatvā śabdaṃ prā­pno­ti­, uktād eva hetoḥ. śro­trā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­m api na tadā gacchad u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tasmāt sa­ntā­ne­nai­va śro­tra­prā­pta­syo­pa­la­bdhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 41­4­,23~nanv a­nya­thā­pi gra­ha­ṇo­pa­pa­ttau sa­ntā­nā­si­ddhiḥ­, tathā hi — sarve śabdā vyāpakā ā­ka­śa­va­t ti­ṣṭha­nti­. te vā­yu­saṃ­skā­ro­pa­kṛ­te­na śrotreṇa gṛ­hya­nte­. tatra go­vi­va­kṣā­pre­ri­to vāyuḥ sa­rva­di­kṣu sti­mi­tā­ni vā­yva­nta­rā­ṇi pra­ti­bā­dha­mā­naḥ śro­tra­de­śaṃ ga­ccha­ti­. te­nā­va­ra­ko vāyuḥ pro­tsā­rya­te­, tasmin pro­tsā­ri­te ca gośabda u­pa­la­bhya­te­. yad vā vi­va­kṣā­pre­ri­te­na vāyunā yaḥ śro­tra­de­śa­sya saṃ­yo­gaḥ­, sa eva śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­ka ity evaṃ bhe­ri­da­ṇḍā­bhi­ghā­tā­di­pre­ri­ta­syā­pi vāyoḥ śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti, na; ni­tya­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. śabdānāṃ ni­tya­tva­vyā­pa­ka­tva­si­ddhau hy eṣā prakriyā śo­bhe­ta­. ta­da­sa­mbha­va­ś ca pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­d uktaḥ. sādhitaṃ cā­ni­tya­tva­m tatsiddhau ca śa­bda­sa­ntā­na­ka­lpa­nai­va jyā­ya­sī­; na vyaṃ­ja­ka­ka­lpa­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 41­5­,9~spa­rśā­di­li­ṅgā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­ś cāyuktā vā­yu­ka­lpa­nā­. yadi hi vāyur vegena śro­tra­de­śa­m ā­ga­ccha­ti­, tadā ta­lli­ṅga­sya sparśasya su­ka­su­kā­śa­bda­sya vā tṛ­ṇa­ke­śā­di­ka­mpa­sya co­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt. yas tu vāyus tṛ­ṇā­di­ka­spa­rśa­ne 'py aśaktaḥ so 'pi ma­nda­tvā­d a­lpe­nā­pi pra­ti­vā­te­na pra­ti­ha­nya­te­, tataś ca pra­ti­vā­te bhe­rī­śa­bda­syā­gra­ha­ṇaṃ syāt. atha bhe­rī­da­ṇḍā­bhi­ghā­ta­jo vāyur ba­lī­ya­stvā­t pra­ti­vā­taṃ ni­rji­tyā­ga­ccha­ti­. tathā sati pra­ti­vā­ta­syā­pi tṛ­ṇā­di­sa­hi­ta­sya pra­tyā­ga­ma­naṃ syāt, me­ṣa­ni­rji­ta­me­ṣā­nta­ra­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­5­,16~kiṃ ca ta­dvā­yu­pra­ti­ghā­ta­jo 'pi śabdaḥ śrū­ye­ta­, na caitat kiṃcid u­pa­la­bhya­te­; tasmād ayuktā vyaṃ­ja­ka­vā­yu­ka­lpa­ne­ti­. yadi ca vāyoḥ śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ syāt, tadā yasya ka­sya­ci­d vāyor a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sa­rva­śa­bda­vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvaṃ syād rū­pā­lo­ka­va­t — yathaiva hi rū­pa­vyaṃ­ja­kā­nā­m ā­lo­kā­nāṃ pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­prā­ya­tṛ­ṇa­kā­ṣṭhā­di­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­nya­tve 'pi, na viśeṣaḥ kaścid iti. kenāpi kṛta ālokaḥ sarveṣāṃ yo­gya­de­śa­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ vyaṃ­ja­kaḥ­, tathā vā­yū­nā­m api he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­nya­tve viśeṣo nā­stī­ti­. kenāpi prerito vāyuḥ sa­rva­śa­bdā­nāṃ vyaṃjakaḥ syāt; sarveṣāṃ vyā­pa­ka­tve­nai­ka­de­śā­va­sthā­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­5­,24~vā­yu­saṃ­skṛ­taṃ śrotraṃ śabdaṃ gṛhṇāti — ity atrāpi pra­ti­ni­ya­mā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, ā­lo­kāṃ­ja­nā­di­saṃ­skṛ­ta­ca­kṣu­rva­t sa­rva­sa­rva­grā­ha­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­6­,2~prayogo 'py atra pra­da­rśya­te — sa­mā­ne­ndri­ya­grā­hya­sa­mā­na­de­śā­rthā­nāṃ gra­ha­ṇā­ya pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­ka­saṃ­skā­ryaṃ śrotraṃ na bha­va­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­c ca­kṣu­rva­t­. vi­ṣa­ya­saṃ­skā­ra­pa­kṣe tu śabdāḥ pa­kṣī­ka­rta­vyāḥ — śabdāḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­saṃ­skā­ryā na bha­va­nti­, sa­mā­ne­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tve sati yu­ga­pa­d i­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ddha­tvā­d e­ka­de­śa­sthā iva gha­ṭā­da­yaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 41­6­,7~ta­pta­tai­lā­di­ṣv a­gni­jvā­lā­yāḥ saṃ­skā­rā­nta­re­ṇā­bhi­vya­kte­r a­nai­kā­nta iti cet, na; a­bhi­vya­kte­r a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. a­va­sthi­ta­sya hi vyaktiś ci­ntya­te­, na ca jvālāyāḥ prā­ga­va­sthi­tau pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. etena su­dhā­di­ṣu toyair u­ṣṇa­spa­rśā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­, pṛthivyāṃ ga­ndhā­bhi­vya­kti­ś ca pra­tyu­ktā­. u­tpa­tsya­mā­nā­nāṃ ca sa­mā­na­de­śa­gra­ha­ṇe­na yu­ga­pa­d i­ndri­ya­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇe­na ca vya­va­cche­daḥ kṛtaḥ, tasmān nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­6­,13~ma­nda­pra­kā­śe­na śu­kla­rū­pā­bhi­vya­ktā­v api kṛ­ṣṇā­di­rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­vya­kte­r a­nai­kā­nta iti cet, na; vi­pa­kṣā­bhā­vā­t­. pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vya­ṅgya­tvā­bhā­vo hi sādhyaḥ, tena pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vya­ṅgyā­nā­m eva vi­pa­kṣa­tva­m­. na ca rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vya­ṅgya­tva­m asti, kṛ­ṣṇa­rū­pā­bhi­vyaṃ­ja­ka­pra­kā­śe­na sa­rva­rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m a­bhi­vya­kteḥ­. śuklaṃ tv a­tai­ja­sa­m api rūpam ī­ṣa­tpra­kā­śa­sva­bhā­va­m­, te­nā­lo­ka­vi­śe­ṣaṃ nā­pe­kṣa­te­. nai­tā­va­tā pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­vyaṃ­ja­ka­vya­ṅgya­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­6­,19~anye tv a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ sa­mā­na­dha­rmā­pa­nna­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m u­pā­da­da­te­, tan na; a­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­kā­ra­ka­kā­rā­dī­nāṃ hy a­sa­mā­na­dha­rma­tvā­t­. vai­dha­rmyā­bhā­ve hi va­rnai­ka­tvaṃ syāt. atha saty api vaidharmye śa­bda­tve­na sa­rva­śa­bdā­nāṃ sa­mā­na­dha­rma­tva­m­, tadā śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇā­di­rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m api saty api vaidharmye rū­pa­tve­na sa­mā­na­dha­rma­tva­m e­ve­ti­, kathaṃ vya­bhi­cā­ra­pa­ri­hā­raḥ­? yadi punaḥ sū­kṣma­sthū­lo jvā­lā­nu­jvā­lā­tva­vi­śe­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­tvaṃ sa­mā­na­dha­rma­tvaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tadā nāsiddhaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. yadi hi ka­kā­ra­syā­bhi­vya­ktau kha­kā­ra­sya sū­kṣma­tvā­d a­na­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­, tadā kha­kā­rā­bhi­vya­ktau ka­kā­ra­syā­bhi­vya­kti­r bha­va­tu­, sa­rṣa­pā­dya­bhi­vya­ktau ta­dde­śa­stha­bi­lva­dya­bhi­vya­kti­va­t­. atha ka­kā­rā­bhi­vya­ktau kha­kā­ra­syā­nu­jva­la­tve­nā­na­bhi­vya­ktiḥ­, tathāpi kha­kā­rā­bhi­vya­ktau ka­kā­rā­bhi­vya­kti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­; kṛ­ṣṇa­rū­pā­bhi­vya­ktau śu­kla­rū­pā­bhi­vya­kti­va­t­. tad evaṃ sataḥ śa­bda­syā­bhi­vya­ktau yu­ga­pa­dgra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgo '­pa­ri­hā­rya evety a­ni­tya­syai­va sa­ntā­ne­nā­ga­ta­sya gra­ha­na­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­, tatra do­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 41­7­,7~nanv a­ni­tya­tve 'pi tu­lya­do­ṣaḥ — ka­kā­rā­rthaṃ prerito hi vā­yu­va­rṇā­nta­ro­tpā­da­ka­vā­yu­bhi­r a­vi­śi­ṣṭha­tvā­t­, sa­rva­va­rṇā­n api kuryāt sa­rva­va­rṇā­nāṃ ta­trā­vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. a­thā­vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ka­kā­rā­rthaṃ prerito vāyuḥ ka­kā­ra­m eva kartuṃ śakto, na va­rṇā­nta­ra­m­. yady evaṃ vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ka­kā­rā­bhi­vya­ktya­rthaṃ prerito vāyuḥ ka­kā­ra­m eva saṃskartuṃ śakto, na va­rṇā­nta­ra­m iti tulyaḥ pa­ri­hā­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 41­7­,13~tad a­yu­kta­m­, kā­ra­ka­vyaṃ­ja­ka­yo­r vai­dha­rmyā­t­. kārake hi niyamo dṛ­śya­te­, na tu vyaṃ­ja­ke­. tathā hi — sa eva mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­ca­krā­di­kā­ra­ka­ni­ka­raḥ ku­lā­lā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa ni­ya­mi­taḥ śa­rā­va­m eva karoti ghaṭam e­ve­ti­, na tv evaṃ pra­dī­pā­kṣā­di­vyaṃ­ja­kaṃ ka­sya­ci­d a­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa ni­ya­mi­ta­m — ta­da­bhi­pre­ta­m evārthaṃ vya­na­ktī­ti­. a­sma­tpa­kṣe ca vāyūnāṃ kā­ra­ka­tva­m­, bha­va­tpa­kṣe vyaṃ­ja­ka­tva­m iti kathaṃ co­dya­pa­ri­hā­ra­yo­s tu­lya­tva­m­? tasmād anityāḥ sarve śabdāḥ. tan na ni­tya­tve­na vedasya prā­mā­ṇya­m­, kin tv ā­pto­kta­tve­ne­ti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­7­,21~"eṣv e­vo­pa­mā­nā­rthā­pa­tti­sa­mbha­vā­bhā­vai­ti­hyā­dī­nā­m a­nta­rbhā­vaḥ­"­. tasmāt trīṇy eva pra­mā­ṇā­ni­. atra yathā gaus tathā gavayaḥ — ity u­pa­mā­naṃ śa­bdā­nta­rbhū­ta­m­, vā­kya­rū­pa­tvā­t­, a­gni­mā­n a­ye­tyā­di­vā­kya­va­t­. u­pa­mā­na­rū­pa­tve­na bhede tu vi­dhya­rtha­vā­dā­nu­vā­dā­di­bhe­dā­d api pra­mā­ṇa­bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅga­s tataḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m ānantyaṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 41­7­,25~nanu ca a­ṭa­vyā­m aṭato ga­va­ya­pi­ṇḍa­da­rśa­ne saty anena sadṛśī madīyā gaur iti jñānaṃ yad u­tpa­dya­te­, tad u­pa­mā­na­m i­ṣya­te­. na ca tasya kvacid a­nta­rbhā­vaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, aṭavyāṃ sthitasya gṛ­hā­va­sthi­te gavi pra­tya­kṣā­deḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­d iti, naitad asti; prāg eva pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa a­nu­bhū­ta­tvā­t­. tadā ca smṛtir e­ve­ya­m — madīyā gaur anena sa­dṛ­śī­ti­. smṛ­ti­sā­dha­na­sya ca pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ tvayāpi ne­ṣṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­8­,7~sā­dṛ­śya­sya prāg a­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­d iti cet, naitad e­va­m­; pūrvam eva hi sā­dṛ­śya­vi­śi­ṣṭo gopiṇḍa u­pa­la­bdhaḥ­. ka­smā­d­? u­pa­la­bdhi­yo­gya­tvā­t sā­dṛ­śya­sya­, vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­va­t­. u­pa­la­bdhya­yo­gye vā sādṛśye a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­mā­ne­, ka­dā­ci­d api tan no­pa­la­bhye­tā­dṛ­ṣṭa­va­t­. tataś ca ga­va­ya­m u­pa­la­bhya paścād gāṃ paśyataḥ 'tena sa­dṛ­śī­ya­m­' — iti pra­tī­ti­r na syāt.

NBhū-YA 41­8­,12~kiṃ ca ma­dī­ya­yā gavā sadṛśo 'yam — ity eṣāpi pra­tī­ti­r bha­va­ti­. na caivaṃ ke­va­le­ndri­ye­ṇa pi­ṇḍa­mā­tra­smṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā vā ja­nya­te­, va­ne­ca­ra­ke­ndri­ye­ṇā­pi ma­hi­ṣā­di­pi­ṇḍa­mā­tra­smṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇā­pi vā ja­nya­te­. atha vi­śi­ṣṭa­pi­ṇḍa­smṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇe­ndri­ye­ṇa ja­nya­te­, nanv evaṃ sati ga­va­ya­sā­dṛ­śya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­pi­ṇḍa­da­rśa­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. anyathā hi vi­śi­ṣṭa­pi­ṇḍa­smṛ­ti­r na syāt, adṛṣṭe smṛ­tya­yo­gā­t­. sā­dṛ­śya­mā­tre­ṇa vi­śi­ṣṭa­da­rśa­ne 'py a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgo­, ma­hi­ṣā­de­r api sā­dṛ­śya­mā­tra­vi­śi­ṣṭa­da­rśa­nā­d iti. ga­va­yā­da­rśa­ne 'pi ta­tsā­dṛ­śya­da­rśa­naṃ pra­tī­tya­bhā­vā­d a­yu­kta­m iti cet, na ta­dda­rśa­na­sya ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­tvā­t­. ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ke­na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ga­va­ya­da­rśa­nā­t pūrvaṃ ta­tsā­dṛ­śyaṃ go­pi­ṇḍa­stha­m u­pa­la­bdha­m­, tena ta­du­pa­la­bdhya­bhi­mā­no na bha­va­ti­, pra­tha­ma­go­pi­ṇḍo­pa­la­mbha­kā­le go­tvo­pa­la­mbha­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 41­8­,22~nanv anena sa­dṛ­śī­ti­ga­va­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­pra­tī­teḥ kathaṃ smṛ­ti­tva­m­? evaṃ hi sa­vi­ka­lpa­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­pi smṛ­ti­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d iti, na; a­rthā­pa­tti­ta­s tatsiddheḥ — yady anena sadṛśī sā na syāt, tatas tayā sadṛśo 'yaṃ no­pa­la­bhye­ta­, sā­dṛ­śya­syo­bha­ya­ni­ṣṭha­tvā­d­. u­pa­la­bhya­te cāyaṃ tayā sa­dṛ­śaḥ­, tasmāt sāpy anena sa­dṛ­śī­ti­. prayogo 'pi — anena sadṛśī gauḥ, sva­sā­dṛ­śye­nā­syā­va­cche­da­ka­tvā­t­, yat sva­sā­dṛ­śye­na ya­syā­va­cche­da­ka­m­, tat tena sadṛśaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā — bhrātrā bhrā­tra­nta­ra­m­.

NBhū-YA 41­8­,28~kiṃ caivaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tve '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt, tathā hi — pūrvaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ vastu, e­ta­smā­t sthū­la­m­, e­ta­smā­d dī­rgha­m­, e­ta­smā­d hrasvam — ity e­va­mā­di­jñā­naṃ na tāvad u­pa­mā­na­m­, tasya sā­dṛ­śyā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. nāpi pra­tya­kṣā­dya­nta­rbhū­ta­m­, u­pa­mā­ne­na sahāsya tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­d ataḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā pra­sa­jya­te­. tasmād e­vaṃ­vi­dha­sya jñā­na­syā­rthā­pa­ttya­nu­mā­ne '­nta­rbhā­vaḥ­. smṛtitvaṃ cā­ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa­, ta­thā­rtha­sya da­rśa­nā­t­. tathā hi — kathaṃ jānīṣe tvam atra sthito 'nena sadṛśī sā gaur ity evaṃ pareṇa pṛṣṭaḥ, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va pūrvaṃ dṛṣṭā mayety evam eva ni­rdi­śa­ti­. e­ta­smā­t tat sthūlaṃ dīrgham i­tyā­di­jñā­na­syā­pi smṛtitve 'yaṃ nyāyo dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 41­9­,9~smṛter a­nu­bha­vā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­tvā­n ni­rvi­ka­lpa­kā­nu­bha­ve sa­vi­ka­lpa­kā­kā­rā­nu­kā­ri­ṇī smṛtir a­yu­kte­ti cet, na; ni­rvi­ka­lpa­lā­nu­bha­ve 'pi sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­bhā­va­sā­mā­nya sthū­la­tva­dī­rgha­tvā­di­ṣu sa­vi­ka­lpa­kā­kā­rā­yāḥ smṛter dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. dṛ­ṣṭā­nu­mi­tā­nāṃ hi niyogaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho vā na yukta iti.

NBhū-YA 41­9­,14~saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r u­pa­mā­nā­rthaṃ ity apare — kvacid yā­ga­vi­śe­ṣe ga­va­ya­syo­pa­yo­gaṃ śrutvā tadarthī kaścid '­yā­dṛ­śo gos tādṛśo ga­va­yaḥ­' — iti va­ne­ca­ra­vā­kyaṃ śrutvā ga­va­yā­nve­ṣa­ṇe pravṛtto 'ṭavyāṃ vṛ­tta­ka­ṇṭhaṃ go­sa­dṛ­śaṃ cārthaṃ dṛṣṭvāyaṃ gavaya iti pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. evaṃ yathā mā­ṣa­sta­mbaḥ tathā mā­ṣa­pa­rṇī­, yathā mu­dga­sta­mbaḥ tathā mu­dga­pa­rṇī­ti vākyaṃ śru­tvā­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­raḥ ta­tsā­dṛ­śyaṃ dṛṣṭvā tām oṣadhīṃ pra­ti­pa­dya bhai­ṣa­jyā­yā­ha­ra­ty evam anyo 'py u­pa­mā­na­sya viṣayo lokato bu­bhu­tsi­ta­vya iti. tatra vā­kya­ja­jñā­na­ja­ni­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­ja­ni­ta­smṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇe­ndri­ye­ṇa janitaṃ sā­rū­pya­jñā­na­m u­pa­mā­na­m­, saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­ś ca pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ ta­tpha­la­m iti.

NBhū-YA 41­9­,23~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yataḥ saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ prāg e­vā­pta­va­ca­nā­d u­tpa­nnā­, ga­va­ya­da­rśa­ne ta­tsmṛ­ti­r e­ve­ti­. tathā hi — kathaṃ jānīṣe 'yaṃ gavaya ity evaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ ke­na­ci­t­, va­ne­ca­ra­ka­va­ca­nā­d a­va­ga­to mayety evam e­vo­tta­ra­m a­bhi­dha­tte­, na tū­pa­mā­ne­na jā­nā­mī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 42­0­,5~tathā hi — yathā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ghaṭaṃ pa­śyā­mi­, dhū­me­nā­gniṃ jānāmy ā­ga­me­na svargam a­va­ga­cchā­mī­ti pra­mā­ṇa­tra­ya­ni­rde­śaṃ sarvatra vya­va­hā­ri­ṇaḥ kurvanta u­pa­la­bhya­nte­, na tv evam u­pa­mā­na­ni­rde­śaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttā­raḥ kvacit kurvanto dṛ­śya­nte­, tasmān no­pā­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m asti.

NBhū-YA 42­0­,10~adṛṣṭe gavaye saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­yu­kte­ti cet, na; a­pra­tya­kṣe 'pi śakrādau ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. saṃ­jñā­kā­ra­ṇa­m api kvacid a­pra­tya­kṣe putrādau dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, kim uta ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­m iti? ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­d a­yu­kta­m iti cet — syād etat — yathā śakrādau ne­tra­sa­ha­srā­di­kaṃ saṃ­jñā­gra­ha­ṇe ni­mi­tta­m asti, naiva ga­va­yā­di­ṣv iti. na; atrāpi ga­vā­di­sā­dṛ­śyaṃ ni­mi­tta­m u­pā­dā­ya ga­va­yā­di­saṃ­jñā vyu­tpā­dya­te­. ga­va­ya­tva­m eva ga­va­ya­saṃ­jñā­pra­vṛ­ttau nimittaṃ ta­da­gra­ha­ṇe kathaṃ ta­tsaṃ­jñā­pra­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, nanu ga­va­ya­tva­m api tata eva vākyāt pra­ti­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 42­0­,18~yathā ci­tra­le­khā­dyā­kṛ­tiṃ pradarśya kaścid vyu­tpā­da­ya­ti — i­tthaṃ­bhū­ta uṣṭraḥ, i­tthaṃ­bhū­to gaja iti. yad vā grī­vā­di­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­ne­no­ṣṭra­m­, da­ntā­di­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­ne­na gajaṃ ca vyu­tpā­da­ya­ti­. vyu­tpā­dya­mā­na­s tu tadā vākyād e­vo­ṣṭra­tva­ga­ja­tve 'pi pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. na hi grī­vā­da­ntā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­dvā­re­ṇo­ṣṭra­ga­jā­di­saṃ­jñā­vyu­tpā­da­ne ta­dvyu­tpa­tti­r na bha­va­ti­, pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ vā tatra sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 42­0­,24~nanu vākyād u­pa­plu­tā pra­ti­pa­tti­r āsīd u­pa­mā­nā­t tu saṃ­jñi­vi­śe­ṣā­va­cche­de­na vya­va­sthi­tā bha­va­tī­ti­, ko 'yam u­pa­pla­vaḥ­? na tāvad bhrāntiḥ, kā­lā­nta­rā­di­ṣv a­bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t­. nāpi saṃ­śa­yaḥ­, sthā­ṇu­pu­ru­ṣa­va­d vi­ka­lpā­tma­ka­tvā­na­nu­bha­vā­t­. go­sa­dṛ­śo gavayaḥ ity asyāḥ pratīteḥ sa­nde­ha­tve vi­pa­rya­ya­tve vā ta­nmū­lo­pa­mā­na­syā­pi ta­thā­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. pra­mā­ṇa­tve cāsyāḥ katham u­pa­pla­vaḥ­? saṃ­jñi­vi­śe­ṣā­ni­ṣṭa­tva­m u­pa­pla­va iti cet, na; ā­tmā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­ṇu­dha­rmā­dha­rmā­di­pra­tī­te­r u­pa­plu­ta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi tatrāpi ayam ātmā, idaṃ manaḥ, ayam aṇuḥ, ayaṃ dharma ity e­vaṃ­pra­kā­rā pra­tī­ti­r a­nu­mā­nā­d ā­ga­mā­d vā bha­va­ti­. kiṃ tarhi? ya­tre­cchā­da­yaḥ sa­ma­ve­tāḥ sa ātmā, yato yu­ga­pa­d jñā­nā­nu­tpa­ttiḥ tan manoḥ yato '­lpa­ta­raṃ nāsti, sa pa­ra­mā­ṇu­r ity e­vaṃ­pra­kā­rā pra­tī­ti­r bha­va­ti­. tathā cāsyāḥ pratīteḥ ko viśeṣo ye­no­bha­yo­r u­pa­plu­ta­tva­m a­nu­pa­plu­ta­tvaṃ vā no­cya­te­?

NBhū-YA 42­1­,13~nanu yatra go­sā­dṛ­śya­m asti sa ga­va­yaḥ­, tasya ga­va­ya­saṃ­jñā vety evaṃ saṅkete kṛte mā bhūd u­pa­mā­naṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m­, yadā tu yādṛśo gaus tādṛśo gavayaḥ — iti vā­kya­m­, tadā tataḥ sā­dṛ­śya­mā­traṃ pra­ti­pa­nnaṃ na saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­s tena ta­da­rtha­m u­pa­mā­na­m i­ṣya­te­. yadi vākyan na sambandhaḥ pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ­, a­na­rtha­kaṃ tarhi vā­kya­m­, sā­dṛ­śya­mā­traṃ hi go­smṛ­ti­sa­hi­te­nā­śru­ta­vā­kyo 'pi cakṣuṣā pra­ti­pa­dya­te­, na ca tataḥ sa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­tiḥ­. tasmād yādṛśo gaus tādṛśo ga­va­yaḥ­, tādṛśo ga­va­ya­saṃ­jña­kaḥ­, tā­dṛ­śa­sya ga­va­ya­saṃ­jñe­ty eke evārthaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. ya­the­cchā­di­li­ṅga ātmā, i­cchā­di­li­ṅga­syā­tma­saṃ­jñe­ty e­va­mā­di­vā­kyaiḥ saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha eva vyu­tpā­dya­te­. anyathā gaur ayam ity evaṃ saṅkete kṛte 'sya gośabdaḥ saṃ­jñe­ti­pra­ti­pa­tti­r atra pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ vācyaṃ sa­mā­na­nyā­ya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 42­1­,25~syād etat — asya ga­va­ya­śa­bdaḥ saṃjñeti vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tti­r na pūrvaṃ vākyād u­tpa­nne­ti ta­da­rtha­m u­pa­mā­na­m i­ṣya­te­, evaṃ tarhi gaur ayam ity evaṃ vākyād anyo 'py e­va­mbhū­to gaur iti pra­ti­pa­tti­r na jāteti tatrāpi pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ vā­cya­m­. kiṃ ca pi­ṇḍā­nta­re 'sya gośabdaḥ saṃjñeti pra­tī­ti­r na pū­rva­vā­kyā­d u­tpa­nne­ti pra­ti­pi­ṇḍaṃ saṃ­jñā­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ va­kta­vya­m­. tathā śa­bdā­na­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi pra­ti­pā­da­ka­pra­ti­pa­tro­r evam e­vā­bhi­prā­yaḥ — ī­dṛ­śa­sya sarvasya gośabdaḥ saṃ­jñe­ti­sā­ma­rthyā­t tv evaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti cet, sa­mā­na­m etad atrāpi — go­sa­dṛ­śo gavaya iti śabdād u­bha­yo­r evam a­bhi­prā­yo go­sa­dṛ­śa­syā­rtha­sya ga­va­ya­śa­bdaḥ saṃjñeti sā­ma­rthyā­t tv evaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti loke hi pra­stā­va­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­nya­thā­bhi­prā­ye 'pi a­nya­tho­kti­r dṛ­śya­te­, yathā — viṣaṃ bhuṅkṣva, māsya gṛhe bhu­ṅkṣve­ti­. te­nā­nya­tho­ktā­v api pra­ti­pa­ttu­r va­ktra­bhi­prā­yā­va­ga­ti­r bha­va­ti­. sā­ma­rthyā­d veti — sā­mā­rthya­m a­rthā­pa­tti­r yādṛśo gaus tādṛśo gavaya ity ukte 'rthād ā­pa­dya­te — go­sa­dṛ­śa­sya ga­va­ya­saṃ­jñe­ti­. pratibhā vā sā­ma­rthya­śa­bde­no­ktā atha vohaḥ, śaktir vā. tena gaur ayam iti saṅkete 'pi sarvasya go­jā­tī­ya­saṃ­jñā pra­ti­pa­dya­te­. ga­va­ya­saṃ­jñā ca go­sā­dṛ­śya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­sya­, yathā gaus tathā gavaya ity a­bhi­dhā­ne '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 42­2­,20~yady u­pa­mā­naṃ na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­raṃ tataḥ "­pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­no­pa­mā­na­śa­bdāḥ pra­mā­ṇā­ni­" ity atra sūtraṃ kimarthaṃ pṛthag u­kta­m­? naiṣa doṣaḥ, pra­mā­ṇa­ni­gra­ha­sthā­nā­bhyāṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­he­tvā­bhā­sā­dī­nā­m iva pra­yo­ja­na­va­śe­na pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. vi­bhā­ga­sū­tra­m eva nyū­nā­dhi­ka­saṃ­khyā­vya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m­, na da­ṇḍa­ka­sū­tra­m iti cet, na; prāg eva ghrā­ṇā­di­sū­tre­ṇa vya­bhi­cā­ri­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t trividhaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m ity atra.

NBhū-YA 42­2­,26~jā­ti­ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­vi­bhā­ga­sū­tra­yo­ś ca na ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­saṃ­khyā­ni­ya­mo 'sti — ity u­kta­m­. tasmād yathā jātīnāṃ kā­sāṃ­ci­t pṛthag abhāve 'py u­kti­bhe­de­na sammoho mā bhūt ity e­ta­da­rthaṃ ta­ddū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­kā­ra­vyu­tpa­ttya­rthaṃ ca pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­na­m­, ta­tho­pa­mā­na­sya pra­yo­ja­na­va­śe­na pṛ­tha­ga­bhi­dhā­na­m­. tat tarhi pra­yo­ja­naṃ vā­cya­m­, tad ucyate — śa­bda­prā­mā­ṇya­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 42­3­,11~pa­ri­kṣā­yāṃ "­ma­ntrā­yu­rve­da­sū­tre­ṇa­" "na, ka­rma­ka­rtṛ­tva­sā­dha­na­vai­gu­ṇyā­t­" i­tyā­di­nā ca śa­bda­prā­mā­ṇya­sa­ma­rtha­naṃ kṛ­ta­m­, na ca ta­tro­pa­mā­na­syo­pa­yo­gaḥ śrūyata iti, na; ta­trā­nṛ­ta­tvā­di­do­ṣa­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣa­sya prāmāṇyaṃ sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. u­pa­mā­na­sya pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­ne­na tv a­nya­thā­kṣe­pa­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa śa­bda­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ sa­ma­rthya­te­. ka­tha­m­?

NBhū-YA 42­3­,17~kecid āhuḥ — pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve śa­bda­syā­nu­vā­da­ka­tva­m eva, na prā­mā­ṇya­m­. ta­da­vi­ṣa­ya­tve ca sa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­vā­ca­ka­tva­m­, tathā hi — pa­dā­rtha­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyā­m a­pra­si­ddha­tvā­n na padena sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. śabdena cet pa­dā­rtha­pra­si­ddhiḥ­, kiṃ te­nai­va­? pa­dā­nta­re­ṇa vā? yadi te­nai­va­, ta­de­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. pa­dā­nta­re­ṇā­pi pa­dā­rtha­pra­si­ddhau tulyo doṣo '­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. atha vākyārthe pa­da­va­ca­nā­d — vā­kye­nā­rtha­m a­bhi­dhā­ya tatra padaṃ sa­ṅke­tya­te­.

NBhū-YA 42­3­,23~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yasmād vā­kyā­rtha­s tu pra­si­ddhā­rthā­nāṃ pa­dā­nā­m a­nva­ya­mā­tra­m­. pra­si­ddhā­ś ca te arthāś ca pra­si­ddhā­rthā­s te eva padyanta iti pa­dā­ni­. teṣām a­nva­ya­mā­traṃ vā­kya­sthā­rthaḥ­. atha vā prasiddhā arthā ye­ṣā­m­, tāni pra­si­ddhā­rthā­ni padyanta ebhir iti pa­dā­ni­, teṣām a­nva­ya­mā­traṃ vākyam evārtho vā­kyā­rthaḥ­. vākyād api nā­pra­si­ddho 'rthaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śakyata ity a­nva­ya­mā­tra­m ity u­kta­m­. tasmān na śabdasya prā­mā­ṇya­m — ity evaṃ kaiścid ākṣepe kṛte —

NBhū-YA 42­3­,30~ta­nni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­m u­pa­mā­naṃ ni­da­rśa­nā­rtha­tve­na pṛthag u­kta­m­. yathā kā­ryā­rthi­no '­pra­si­ddha­ga­va­ya­sya prasiddhaṃ go­sā­dṛ­śya­m u­pā­dā­yo­pa­mā­nā­khye­na vākyena saṃ­jña­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ kri­ya­te­, tathā kiṃcin ni­mi­tta­m u­pā­dā­ya śa­krā­di­pa­da­pa­dā­rtha­yo­r a­pī­ti­. na ca dṛṣṭe 'py a­nu­pa­pa­nna­tā nāma. dṛśyate hi pra­tya­kṣā­dya­pra­si­ddhe 'py arthe sā­dṛ­śyā­di­ni­mi­tta­m u­pā­dā­ya vākyena pa­da­sa­mba­ndhā­pra­tī­tiḥ kri­ya­mā­ṇā­, tasmān nā­pra­tya­kṣā­dya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve śa­bda­syā­vā­ca­ka­tve­na prā­mā­ṇya­m­. pra­tya­kṣa­nu­mā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tve 'pi nā­nu­vā­da­ka­tvā­d a­prā­mā­ṇyaṃ sa­mpla­va­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­, pra­ka­ra­ṇā­dya­pe­kṣa­sya vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­c ca. tathā caitad vā­kya­vi­cā­re pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­. tasmād a­nyā­rtha­m u­pa­mā­na­syo­dde­śa­sū­tre pṛthag a­bhi­dhā­na­ma­to na sū­tra­vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 42­4­,13~pṛthag u­pa­di­ṣṭa­syā­py a­la­kṣi­ta­sya sa­pra­yo­ja­na­tva­m a­nta­rbhā­vo vā sukhena jñātuṃ na śakyata ity ato la­kṣa­ṇa­m apy uktam — "­pra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­t sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­m u­pa­mā­na­m­" iti. pra­si­ddhā­t pra­jñā­tā­t sā­dha­rmyā­n ni­mi­ttā­d yad vākyaṃ ni­ṣpa­dya­te yathā gaus tathā gavaya i­tyā­di­ka­m­, tad eva sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­m u­pa­mā­naṃ sādhyasya saṃ­jña­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­sya sā­dha­na­m jñā­pa­ka­m­.

NBhū-YA 42­4­,18~atha vā saṃ­jña­saṃ­jñi­sa­mba­ndha­vi­ṣa­ya­jñā­naṃ sā­dhya­m­, tasya sādhanaṃ ni­ṣpā­da­kaṃ vākyam u­pa­mā­na­m­. evaṃ ca la­kṣa­ṇa­sū­trā­d api na śa­bda­vya­ti­ri­kta­m u­pa­mā­naṃ pra­tī­ya­te­. na caivaṃ vyākhyāne doṣo 'sti, ye­nā­nya­thā vyākhyānaṃ kri­ya­te­. loke 'pi hi u­pa­mī­ya­te '­ne­ne­ty u­pa­mā­naṃ vākyam eva pra­si­ddha­m­.

NBhū-YA 42­4­,23~pa­rī­kṣā­to 'py etad vyākhyānaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­. tathā hi — pū­rva­pa­kṣa­sū­traṃ tāvad — "­a­tya­nta­prā­yai­ka­de­śa­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­nā­si­ddhiḥ­"­. a­tya­nta­sā­dha­rmyā­t tāvan no­pa­mā­naṃ si­dhya­ti­, na hi bhavati — yathā gaus tathā gaur iti. prā­ya­sā­dha­rmyā­d apy a­si­ddhiḥ­, na hi bhavati — ya­thā­na­ṅvā­n evaṃ mahiṣa iti. e­ka­de­śa­sā­dha­rmyā­d apy a­si­ddhiḥ­, na hi sarveṇa sarvam u­pa­mī­ya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 42­4­,28~a­tro­tta­ra­sū­tra­m — "­pra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­nā­si­ddhe­r ya­tho­kta­do­ṣā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­"­. yady a­tya­nta­prā­yai­ka­de­śa­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­na­syā­si­ddhiḥ ta­dā­nya­thā­si­ddhi­r vācyā. a­thā­nya­thā­py a­si­ddhi­s ta­do­pa­mā­na­si­ddhi­r eveti vā­cya­m­. tad api dṛ­ṣṭi­vi­ru­ddha­m­, "­pra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­na­si­ddheḥ­"­. sa­rva­thā­pi dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — ta­trā­tya­nta­sā­dha­rmyā­t — ta­tkri­ya­yai­va ta­tkri­yā­nta­ra­m u­pa­mī­ya­te­, yathā rā­ma­rā­va­ṇa­yo­r yuddhaṃ rā­ma­rā­va­ṇa­yo­r iva iti. prāyaḥ sā­dha­rmyā­d api — gavā ga­va­ya­syo­pa­mā­na­m­. ma­hi­ṣa­sya tv a­va­ya­va­ra­ca­nā­di­sā­dha­rmyaṃ ta­da­pra­si­ddha­m­, tena na ta­syo­pa­mā­na­m­. yasya tu rūpeṇa balena vā sādharmyaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, tasya bhavaty e­vo­pa­mā­na­m — yā­dṛ­grū­pī yā­dṛ­gba­lī vāyaṃ gauḥ, tādṛśo 'sau mahiṣa iti. e­ka­de­śa­sā­dha­rmyā­d api — yathā rū­pa­mā­tra­ji­jñā­sā­yāṃ yādṛśaḥ sa­rṣa­paḥ­, tādṛśo merur iti. tasmād a­tya­nta­prā­yai­ka­de­śa­sā­dha­rmyā­d u­pa­mā­nā­si­ddhi­r ity a­nu­pa­na­nno 'yaṃ doṣaḥ. tad evaṃ pa­rī­kṣā­to 'pi śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣa e­vo­pa­mā­na­m iti ga­mya­te­. yady evaṃ śa­bda­pa­rī­kṣā­to 'sya pṛthak parīkṣā na yuktā, na; a­nta­rbhā­ve 'py a­rthā­pa­ttya­bhā­va­yoḥ pṛthak pa­rī­kṣā­kā­ra­ṇā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­sya sataḥ pramāṇe a­nta­rbhā­va­jñā­pa­naṃ pṛthak pa­rī­kṣā­yāḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m­. pṛthag uddeśe 'sya pra­yo­ja­na­m u­kta­m­, tad apy a­pa­rī­kṣi­ta­sya no­pa­pa­dya­te­. ataś ca nāyuktā pṛthak pa­rī­kṣā­pi­.

NBhū-YA 42­5­,17~a­nta­rbhā­va­s tu a­nu­mā­na evāsya pra­ti­ṣi­ddho na tv āgame '­nta­rbhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dho yathā śruto 'py asti. tathā ca pū­rva­pa­kṣa­sū­tra­m — "­u­pa­mā­na­m a­nu­mā­naṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddheḥ­"­. yathā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dhū­me­nā­pra­tya­kṣa­syā­gneḥ siddhiḥ, tathā pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ga­vā­pra­tya­kṣa­sya ga­va­ya­sya siddhis tasmād a­nu­mā­na­m e­vo­pa­mā­na­m­. atra pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­na­sū­traṃ kaṇṭhoktaṃ nāsti, a­bhi­prā­ya­ta­s tv asti; yatas tad a­bhi­prā­ya­m ā­śa­ṅka­te paraḥ — "­pa­rā­rtha­m u­pa­mā­na­m iti ce­t­"­, yad a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na pa­ro­kṣā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­m­, tad a­nu­mā­na­m u­kta­m­; na co­pa­mā­naṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­ba­le­na pra­va­rta­te­, kin tv ā­pta­prā­mā­ṇya­ba­le­na­. pra­si­ddho­bha­yoḥ pra­si­ddho­bha­ya­sya parasya pra­tī­tya­rthaṃ ta­tpra­si­ddha­sā­dha­rmya­m u­pā­dā­yo­pa­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­ya­tī­ty evaṃ cet ma­nya­se­, evaṃ sū­tra­kā­rā­bhi­prā­ya­m āśaṅkya paraḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m āha — "na, svayam apy a­syā­dhya­va­sā­yā­t­"­. vaktur apy u­pa­mā­na­vā­kyā­d a­dhya­va­sā­yo bhavaty eva, tasmān na pa­rā­rtha­m e­vo­pa­mā­na­m­. atrāpi co­dya­syā­sā­ra­tāṃ ma­nya­mā­naḥ sū­tra­kṛ­n na kiṃcid apy u­kta­vā­n­. na hi vaktur a­dhya­va­sā­yo na bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­, kin tu tasya tad u­pa­mā­naṃ na bha­va­ti­. ta­da­rtha­sya te­nā­nya­ta eva pra­ti­pa­nna­tvā­n na cāsāv ā­tma­pra­ti­pa­ttya­rthaṃ vākyam u­ccā­ra­ya­ti­, kin tu pa­rā­rtha­m eva. nanv a­nu­mā­na­vā­kya­m api pa­rā­rtha­m e­vo­ccā­rya­te­, tatas tena sa­ho­pa­mā­na­syā­vi­śe­ṣa ity āha — "­ta­the­ty u­pa­saṃ­hā­rā­d u­pa­mā­na­si­ddhe­r nā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­"­. u­pa­mā­naṃ hi yathā gaus tathā gavaya ity evam e­vo­pa­saṃ­hri­ya­te­, na tv a­nu­mā­na­va­d atra pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­dy apy u­cya­te­, na cā­nu­mā­naṃ yathā dhūmas ta­thā­gni­r ity evaṃ pra­va­rta­te­; tasmān na pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­ne­nā­py u­pa­mā­na­syā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tad evam ā­ga­ma­vi­śe­ṣa e­vo­pa­mā­naṃ pa­rī­kṣā­sū­tre­bhyo 'pi pra­tī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 42­6­,18~ca­tu­ṣṭva­pa­rī­kṣā­vi­ro­dha iti cet, na; pa­ñca­tvā­dyā­śa­ṅkā­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­tvā­t­. tathā ca "na, ca­tu­ṣṭva­m ai­ti­hyā­rthā­pa­tti­sa­mbhā­va­prā­mā­ṇyā­t­" ity a­ne­nā­dhi­kya­m eva pū­rva­pa­kṣi­ta­m­. tasyaiva ca pra­ti­ṣe­dha­m āha — "­śa­bdai­ti­hyā­na­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­d a­nu­mā­ne '­rthā­pa­tti­sa­mbha­vā­bhā­vā­na­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­c cā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­" iti. ya­the­ndri­ya­pa­ñca­tva­pa­rī­kṣā­yāṃ nyū­na­tva­m eva pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m ity ā­dhi­kyā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­n na vi­ru­dhya­te­, tathā pra­mā­ṇā­nā­m ā­dhi­kya­m eva pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m ataḥ tri­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­n na vi­ru­dhya­te­. ca­tu­ṣṭva­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi pa­dā­rtha­ṣo­ḍa­śa­tve­ndri­ya­pa­ñca­tva­jā­ti­ca­tu­rviṃ­śa­ti­tvā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­d dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 42­6­,26~nanu yadi sū­tra­kā­ra­sya śabde '­nta­rbhū­ta­m u­pa­mā­naṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, tadā ki­ma­rtha­m ai­ti­hya­va­d a­nta­rbhā­vo nā­bhi­hi­taḥ­? tritvaṃ vā pra­mā­ṇā­nāṃ kiṃ na kvacid u­kta­m­? na; asya sū­tra­kā­ra­syai­vaṃ­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t — yat si­ddhā­nta­m api kvacin nā­bhi­dha­tte śi­ṣyā­ṇā­m ū­hā­di­śa­ktya­ti­śa­ya­yu­ktā­nā­m eva pra­dhā­na­to '­trā­dhi­kā­ra iti jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­. ya­the­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ ṣaṭtvaṃ noktam atha ca ta­da­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tathā cā­di­ma­ttvā­dī­nāṃ hetūnāṃ gha­ṭā­bhā­va­sā­mā­nya­ni­tya­tvā­d i­tyā­di­nā vya­bhi­cā­re kṛte, bhā­ṣya­kā­raḥ svayaṃ pa­ri­hā­ra­m a­bhi­dhā­ya "­ka­smā­t punaḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­syā­smi­nn arthe sūtraṃ na śrū­ya­te­" ity a­nu­yu­jya idam āha — "­śī­la­m idam asya bha­ga­va­taḥ sū­tra­kā­ra­sya bahuṣv a­dhi­ka­ra­ṇe­ṣu dvau pakṣau na sthā­pa­ya­ti­, śā­stra­si­ddhā­ntā­t tattvaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttu­m a­rha­tī­ti ma­nya­te­. śā­strā­si­ddhā­nta­s nyā­ya­sa­mā­khyā­ta­m a­rtha­ga­taṃ ba­hu­śā­kha­m a­nu­mā­na­m­" iti. tathā "­vi­dyā­vi­dyā­dvai­vi­dhyā­t saṃ­śa­yaḥ­"­, "­ta­da­saṃ­śa­yaḥ pū­rva­he­tu­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­" ity a­bhi­dhā­ya "­kṛ­tsnai­ka­de­śā­vṛ­tti­tvā­t­" i­tyā­di­nā­va­ya­vyā­di­kaṃ ni­rā­kṛ­ta­sya sū­tra­kā­ra­s ta­tsa­ma­rtha­nā­rthaṃ sūtraṃ no­kta­vā­n­, na cai­tā­va­tā­va­ya­vyā­de­r a­si­ddhiḥ­. pra­dī­pa­sthā­nī­yā­ni ca pra­mā­ṇā­ny ādau yatnena pra­ti­pā­da­ya­n netaj jñā­pa­ya­ti — a­nu­kta­m apy ebhiḥ parīkṣya pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m iti. yadi punaḥ sū­tro­kta­m ā­jñā­si­ddha­m eva grāhyam iti, tadā parīkṣāṃ na ku­ryā­t­. tasmāt sū­tro­kta­m api parīkṣya pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­. pa­rī­kṣi­taṃ ca ya­tho­pa­mā­na­sya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­. tasmāt sthitam etat — u­pa­mā­naṃ śabde '­nta­rbhū­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 42­7­,22~a­rthā­pa­tte­r apy a­nu­mā­ne '­nta­rbhā­vo '­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­le­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­sā­dha­na­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 42­7­,24~keyam a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­?

NBhū-YA 42­8­,1~ta­trā­gni­sa­mba­ndhā­d a­na­nta­raṃ vi­spho­ṭā­di­kā­ryaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa dṛ­śya­te­, ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā agner dā­hi­kā­śa­kti­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. sāmānye '­nu­mi­te ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­na­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. śabdena ca sāmānye '­va­ga­te ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ śa­bda­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. u­pa­mā­ne­na vi­śi­ṣṭa­go­pra­ti­pa­ttau ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā vā­ha­do­hā­di­sā­ma­rthya­pra­ti­pa­tti­r u­pa­mā­na­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. rū­pa­jñā­nā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā cakṣuṣi pra­ti­pa­nne ta­da­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā jñā­na­ja­na­na­śa­kti­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­rthā­pa­tti­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­. jīvataḥ puṃso gṛhe '­bhā­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā ba­hi­rbhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­bhā­va­pū­rvi­kā­rthā­pa­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 42­8­,10~atrāhuḥ — saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣo 'gner dāhikā śaktiḥ, sā ca pra­tya­kṣe­ṇai­va gṛ­hya­te­. ta­trā­rthā­pa­tti­r a­na­rthi­kā­. a­nu­mā­na­pū­rvi­kā cā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ prāg eva ni­ra­stā­, ta­dva­to­r e­vā­vi­nā­bhā­vo gṛhyate ity atra tadvataḥ śa­bdā­rtha­sa­ma­rtha­ne śa­bda­pū­rvi­kā­py a­yu­kto­pa­nya­stā­. u­pa­mā­na­syā­pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tve ta­tpū­rvi­kā­py a­yu­ktā­. ta­thā­bhā­va­pū­rvi­kā­pi­, a­bhā­va­sya va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­nyā­ye­na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­.

NBhū-YA 42­8­,15~ba­hi­rbhā­va­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ kuta iti cet, a­nu­mā­nā­t­. tathā hi — ba­hi­rde­śe tiṣṭhati de­va­da­tto­, jī­va­na­sa­mba­ndhi­tve sati gṛhe '­nu­pa­la­bhya­mā­na­tvā­t­, ta­da­nya­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­pu­ru­ṣa­va­t­. jī­va­na­sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­si­ddhau cā­rthā­pa­tti­r api na syāt, ta­thai­ka­tra sthitasya puṃso '­nya­trā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pā­di­kā­py a­rthā­pa­tti­r a­nu­mā­na­m eva. tathā hi — vi­vā­da­vi­ṣa­yāḥ sarve deśāḥ de­va­da­tta­śū­nyāḥ­, de­va­da­ttā­va­ṣṭa­bdha­de­śa­vya­ti­ri­kta­tvā­t­, ta­tsa­nni­hi­ta­de­śa­va­t­. de­va­da­ttā­va­ṣṭa­bdhā­ste deśāḥ, ta­tsa­nni­hi­ta­de­śa­vya­ti­ri­kta­de­śa­tvā­d iti pra­tya­nu­mā­na­m iti cet, nedaṃ sā­dhī­yaḥ­, ca­ndrā­di­de­śe­nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­d a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­va­ca­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­c ca. tathāyaṃ de­va­da­tto rā­tri­bho­jī­, di­vā­bho­ja­na­ra­sā­ya­nā­di­si­ddhi­ra­hi­ta­tve sati pī­na­tvā­d u­bha­ya­pra­ti­pa­nna­na­kta­bho­ji­va­t­. vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­si­ddhau cā­rthā­pa­tte­r apy a­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. ca­kṣu­ṣa­s ta­jjñā­na­ja­na­na­śa­kti­pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­nu­mi­tā­nu­mā­na­m­, kri­yā­tve­na ka­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­, ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na śa­ktya­nu­mā­na­m iti. nanu ca śaktiḥ kvacid api na pra­tya­kṣā­, tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 42­9­,2~"­śa­kta­yaḥ sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ kā­ryā­rthā­pa­tti­go­ca­rāḥ­" iti. a­nu­mā­ne­nai­vā­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v a­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tasmān na śa­kti­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ā­nu­mā­ni­kī­ti­. yady a­vi­nā­bhā­ve­na śaktir na gṛ­hya­te­, ta­dā­rthā­pa­ttyā­pi sā pi­śā­cā­di­va­t kathaṃ ga­mya­te­? yato 'nyathā no­pa­pa­dya­ta ity ukte, saty e­vo­pa­pa­dya­ta iti labhyate — ayam eva cā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­, a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­rū­pa­tvā­t­. na hi evam u­pa­pa­ttya­na­va­ga­me '­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r a­va­ga­ntuṃ śa­kya­te­. tad u­bha­yā­va­ga­me ca gṛhīto '­vi­nā­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 42­9­,9~yatra sā­mā­nyā­kā­re­ṇā­py a­nva­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ nāsti, ta­trā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m iti cet, na; u­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. nanu śaktir e­vo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­, na; śakteḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­rū­pa­tve­na kvacit pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t­. tathā hi — yady a­vya­ti­ri­ktā­gnyā­de­r dā­hā­di­śa­ktiḥ ta­dā­gnyā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­d eva ta­tpra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­vya­ti­re­ka­vi­ro­dho vā. atha vya­ti­ri­ktā­, sā dā­hā­di­he­tu­r vā? na vā? yadi na hetuḥ, kathaṃ sā dāhād a­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­va­ga­mya­te­? a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha ta­ddhe­tuḥ­, sā kiṃ ke­va­lā­? a­gnyā­di­sa­hi­tā vā? kevalā cet, nanv a­gnyā­dī­nā­m a­he­tu­tvaṃ syāt tataś ca vi­pa­rī­tai­va he­tu­ka­lpa­nā syāt. a­thā­gnyā­di­sa­hi­tā­, nanv evaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇa­m eva śaktiḥ, sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ ca sarvam a­tī­ndri­ya­m­. atha na sarvaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ śaktiḥ, kiṃ tu vi­śi­ṣṭa­m­. ko 'tra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? yady a­ja­ha­dvṛ­tti­tva­m­, ta­dā­gni­tvā­di­sā­mā­nya­m au­ṣṇyā­di­gu­ṇo vā śaktiḥ. ca­ra­ma­tvaṃ vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. evam api saṃ­yo­gā­de­r anyā na śaktiḥ. kiṃ ca śa­kti­śa­bda­vā­cya­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ śaktir asti vā? na vā? yadi nāsti, a­vya­ti­ri­ktā vā asti; ta­dā­gnyā­de­r apy anyā śaktir na vācyā, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. atha śakter apy anyāsti śaktiḥ, na tarhi ca­ra­ma­m eva sa­ha­kā­ri­śa­ktiḥ­, ca­ra­ma­sya ca­ra­mā­nta­rā­bhā­vā­t­. tasmād anyo 'nyaṃ kā­ra­kā­ṇāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­bhā­va­va­c cha­kti­bhā­vo 'pi draṣṭavya iti.

NBhū-YA 42­9­,25~nanu ca ma­ntrā­di­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­d a­gni­saṃ­yo­ge saty api na dā­hā­di­kā­ryaṃ dṛ­śya­te­. tasmān na sā­mā­nya­saṃ­yo­gā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­kā­ra­ṇaṃ śaktir iti ta­da­nya­śa­kti­pa­kṣe 'pi kasmān na dā­hā­di­kā­ryaṃ bha­va­ti­? śakteḥ pra­ti­ba­ddha­tvā­d iti cet, na; sā­mā­nyā­t — saṃ­yo­gā­di­śa­kti­pa­kṣe 'pi samānaḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 43­0­,9~ta­tpra­ti­ba­ddha­tvaṃ tarhi śakteḥ kā­ryā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­m a­nta­re­ṇa kathaṃ ga­mya­te­? na hi sarvasya dai­va­ma­nu­ṣya­sya ma­ntra­dhyā­nau­ṣa­dhi­pra­yo­ga­sya pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka­syā­bhā­vo sa­rva­vi­dā­dhya­kṣe­ṇa kvacid a­va­ga­ntuṃ śa­kya­te­. kiṃ ca ja­na­ka­tva­m api mukhyaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­sya sā­ka­lya­m­, tac cā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t na kvacid dṛṣṭam ity a­nu­mā­na­to 'pi na gṛ­hya­te­. tasmān mu­khya­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­pra­ti­ba­ddha­śa­ktyoḥ pra­ti­pa­tti­r a­rthā­pa­tti­ta e­ve­ti­, na; tasyā api ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kya­nu­mā­nā­d a­vya­ti­re­kā­t­. yatra hi sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nva­ya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­pra­si­ddhau vi­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na vyā­pya­vyā­pa­ka­bhā­vaḥ sa­ma­rthya­te­, tatra vya­ti­re­kya­nu­mā­na­m u­kta­m­. asti cai­ta­drū­pa­m a­trā­pi­, tathā hi — yadi sa­rva­thā­py a­pra­ti­ba­ddha­śa­kti­ko 'gnir na syāt tadā dāhādi kāryaṃ na ku­ryā­t­; śa­kti­pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tva­yo­r vi­ro­dhā­t­. ma­ntrā­dya­nya­ta­me­nā­pi pra­ti­ba­ndhe kā­ryā­ka­rtṛ­tva­da­rśa­nā­d vi­ro­dhā­va­ga­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 43­0­,20~śakteś ca yo­gya­tā­khyā­yā eva pra­ti­ba­ndho­, na tu ca­ra­mā­yāḥ­. kā­ra­ka­sā­ka­lyaṃ hi caramā śaktir na ca tasyāḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, a­na­nta­ra­m eva kā­ryo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. a­nu­tpa­ttau vā na sā­ka­lya­m — pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­vo 'pi hi kā­ra­ṇa­m­, sa ca pra­ti­ba­ndhe sati nāstīti kathaṃ sā­ka­lya­m­? tasmād yo­gya­tā­khyā­yā eva śakteḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tena ca kā­ryo­tpa­tte­r virodha iti kā­ryo­tpa­tti­r vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­na pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­bhā­vaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­. ta­thai­ka­kā­ra­ka­vai­ka­lye 'pi kā­ryo­tpa­ttya­da­rśa­nā­t­, sāmastye sati kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­. ya­da­bhā­ve 'pi kāryam u­tpa­dya­te­, ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m eva na bha­va­ti­. yac ca kāraṇaṃ ta­dvai­ka­lye 'pi kathaṃ kāryaṃ bha­ve­t­? ity ataḥ kā­ryo­tpa­tti­vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­na sva­he­tu­sā­ma­styaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­. tasmān na ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­to '­rthā­pa­tti­r bhi­dya­te­, a­rthā­pa­ttiḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī­ti saṃ­jñā­bhe­da­mā­tra­m­. a­nva­yā­bhā­vā­n na ta­dā­nu­mā­na­m iti cet, na ke­va­lā­nva­yi­no 'pi vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­ve­na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 43­1­,7~api cā­vi­nā­bha­va­ba­le­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tva­m a­nu­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­. tena cā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ saṃ­gṛ­hī­tā­, kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m­? a­nva­ya­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­va­s tv a­vā­nta­ra­vai­dha­rmya­mā­tra­m­, tā­va­tai­va pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tve pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhe­dā­nā­m apy a­vā­nta­ra­vai­dha­rmya­m astīti pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tasmād a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­le­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­d a­rthā­pa­tti­r apy a­nu­mā­na­m iti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 43­1­,13~sambhavo 'py a­vi­nā­bhā­va­ba­le­nā­rtha­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tvā­t­, a­nu­mā­na­m eva. dro­ṇa­pū­ra­ṇa­kṣa­ma­syā­ḍha­ka­pū­rṇa­kṣa­ma­tva­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ sa­mbha­vaḥ­, sa­ha­srā­di­saṃ­khyā­vi­ṣa­ya­sya cai­ka­dvi­tryā­di­saṃ­khyā­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca. katham a­trā­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ­? sva­lpa­sa­mā­hā­ra­rū­pa­tvā­t pra­bhū­ta­sya­, sva­lpā­bhā­ve pra­bhū­tā­nu­pa­pa­tte­r iti.

NBhū-YA 43­1­,18~a­bhā­va­sya tu triṣv api ya­thā­sa­mbha­va­m a­nta­rbhā­va­s tathā hi — kau­ra­vā­dī­nāṃ sa­dbhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­d a­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­r apy ā­ga­ma­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nī dṛ­śya­te­. tatra pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­ka­lpa­nā­nu­pa­pa­nnā­. ā­tmā­di­ṣu ca rū­pā­dya­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś cā­nu­mā­nā­t­. tathā ja­la­pha­lā­dī­nāṃ pātena gu­ru­tva­pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­bhā­vo '­nu­mī­ya­te­. ta­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhi­pra­bhe­do­dā­ha­ra­ṇe­ṣv a­bhā­vā­nu­mā­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. bhū­ta­lā­di­ṣu gha­ṭā­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­tya­kṣā­t­, ka­ra­ta­lā­di­pra­ti­pa­tti­va­d a­kṣa­vyā­pā­ra­bhā­vā­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 43­1­,24~nanv anyatra ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvaṃ pa­rya­va­si­ta­m­, yasmād uktam —

NBhū-YA 43­1­,28~va­stu­ga­ra­ha­ṇā­bhā­va­jñā­na­yo­r ā­śu­bhā­vi­tve­na kramo na la­kṣya­te­, vṛ­kṣā­di­ka­mpa­da­rśa­nā­ni­lā­nu­mā­na­yo­r i­ve­ti­, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. va­stu­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­na­nta­raṃ nāstīty a­na­kṣa­jaṃ jñānaṃ bha­va­tī­ty atra na pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa rū­pā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'pi syāt, tatrāpy evaṃ śakyate vaktum — rū­pā­dī­nā­m ā­śra­ya­gra­ha­ṇe sa­ttā­rū­pa­tvā­di­gra­ha­ṇe vā­kṣa­vyā­pā­raḥ pa­rya­va­si­ta ity a­kṣā­na­pe­kṣa­m eva rū­pā­di­jñā­naṃ bha­va­tī­ti­. atha rū­pā­di­jñā­na­sya sākṣād a­kṣa­ja­tve 'pi bādhakaṃ nāsti, cakṣuṣā rūpaṃ pa­śyā­mī­tyā­di­pra­tī­te­ś cā­kṣa­ja­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­, yady evam a­bhā­va­jñā­na­syā­py a­kṣa­ja­tve bādhakaṃ na kiṃcid asti; pra­tī­ti­r apy asti — ca­kṣu­ṣai­va paśyāmy atra ghaṭo nā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 43­2­,14~sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vo 'tra bādhakaḥ iti cet, syād etat — sambaddhaṃ hi i­ndri­ya­m a­rtha­grā­ha­kaṃ bha­va­ti­, na cā­bhā­ve­na sa­he­ndri­ya­sya sambandhaḥ kaścid asti — na hy a­bhā­va­sya saṃyogaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo vāsti, ta­da­bhā­vā­t saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­da­yo 'pi na sa­mbha­va­nti­. tasmān nā­kṣa­ja­m a­bhā­va­jñā­na­m iti, naitad asti; sva­pa­ra­pa­kṣa­yo­r a­si­ddha­tvā­t­, tvatpakṣe tāvan na saṃyogaḥ sa­ma­vā­yo vā ka­sya­ci­d asti. ca­kṣu­rā­dī­nāṃ tu svārthaiḥ saha yo­gya­tā­khya eva sambandha iṣṭaḥ. sa cā­kṣa­jā­nu­bha­vā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­va­ga­mya­te­. a­kṣa­jā­nu­bha­va­ś ca bhū­ta­la­gha­ṭā­bhā­va­yo­r a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­s tena bhū­ta­la­syai­va gha­ṭā­bhā­va­syā­pī­ndri­ye­ṇa saha yo­gya­tā­khyaḥ sambandha siddha iti. matpakṣe 'pi saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhā­vā­di­r a­bhā­ve­ndri­ya­yoḥ sambandhaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­pa­ri­cche­de da­rśi­taḥ­. saṃ­yo­ga­sa­ma­vā­yā­di­ra­hi­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti cet, nāyaṃ ni­ya­ma­s tva­yā­bhyu­pa­ga­to­, nāpi mayā, ity ataḥ sva­ta­ntra­pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­yo­r apy a­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. saṃ­yo­gā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­ve 'pi hi vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­ya­va­śe­na vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­va i­ṣya­te­, anyathā go­mā­ni­tyā­di­pra­tya­yo na syāt. go­ma­ta­s tarhi i­ndri­ye­ṇa saṃ­yo­ge­, vya­va­hi­te vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭe 'pi gavi saṃ­yu­kta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣya­bhā­vā­d u­pa­la­bdhi­pra­sa­ṅga iti, nedaṃ sā­dhī­yaḥ­, kāryaṃ hi dṛṣṭvā kā­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­r ni­ścī­ya­te­, na ca ya­syai­ka­tra śaktir a­śa­kti­r vā, tasya sarvatra śaktir a­śa­kti­r veti nyāyo 'sti. na hi yathā ca­kṣu­ra­ṅgu­li­mā­tra­saṃ­yo­ge sati saṃ­yu­kta­sa­ma­vā­yā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­d rū­pa­tvā­di­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, tathā ha­sta­śa­rī­ra­jñā­na­m a­pī­ti­. vi­ci­tra­śa­kta­yo hi pa­dā­rthāḥ­, ka­sya­ci­t kvacit śaktir iti.

NBhū-YA 43­3­,2~vi­vi­kta­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhā­vā­c ca nābhāvaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­m­. yathā hi — pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­nā­m anyo '­nya­vya­va­cche­da­kaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­, na ta­thā­bhā­va­sya pra­tya­kṣā­di­bhyo vyā­va­rta­kaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m asti.

NBhū-YA 43­3­,6~na nāsti, yasmād uktam —

sa tarhi pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­vaḥ ke­nā­va­ga­mya­te­? yadi pra­me­yā­bhā­ve­na­, ta­de­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ — pra­me­yā­bhā­vo yāvan na siddhas tāvan na pra­mā­na­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­vaḥ si­dhya­ti­, yāvac ca na ta­tsi­ddhi­s tāvan na pra­me­yā­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r iti. pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­vo 'py anyena pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­ve­na pra­tī­ya­te­, so 'pi tarhi pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­vo 'yena pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­ve­na pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ­, so 'py a­nye­ne­ty a­na­va­sthā­. a­the­ndri­ya­va­d ajñāta eva pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­vaḥ pra­me­yā­bhā­va­pa­ri­cche­da­ka i­ṣya­te­, na; ma­tta­mū­rcchā­dya­va­sthā­yā­m api pa­ri­cche­da­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. va­stu­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­ti­yo­gi­smṛ­tya­pe­kṣa­tvā­d a­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; a­nu­mā­nā­ga­mā­bhyā­m api de­śe­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe tatra gha­ṭā­di­smṛ­tau ca ta­da­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. cakṣuṣā ca dūrād gṛ­hā­di­gra­ha­ṇe tatra sma­rya­mā­ṇā­nāṃ ma­ṇi­ra­tnau­ṣa­dhā­dī­nāṃ ra­sā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ cā­bhā­va­ni­śca­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tva­gi­ndri­ye­ṇā­py a­ndha­kā­re gṛ­hā­di­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe tatra satāṃ sma­rya­mā­ṇā­nāṃ dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ cā­sa­ttva­ni­śca­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. de­śa­sa­nni­dhī­ndri­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­lo­kā­dya­pe­kṣa­ṇe ca pra­tya­kṣa­m e­vā­bhā­va­pa­ri­cche­da­ka­m astu, tāvatī hi sāmagrī pra­tya­kṣa­syai­va dṛṣṭā. ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi yadi li­ṅga­va­d a­bhā­va­sya sāmarthyaṃ kvacid u­pa­la­bdhaṃ syāt, tadā yuktaṃ tasya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­m­, tathā hi — yataḥ ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­d dhe­tvā­di­gra­ha­ṇe '­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te­, tathā yataḥ ku­ta­ści­t pra­mā­ṇā­d bhū­ta­lā­di­gra­ha­ṇe­, yadi tatra dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya rū­pā­di­ci­śe­ṣa­sya cābhāvaḥ pra­tī­ye­ta­, syād a­bhā­va­sya pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­m­, pṛ­tha­ksā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe hi pra­mā­ṇā­na­ta­ra­tve '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 43­3­,28~yac cā­tro­kta­m — "­bhū­ta­lā­di­kaṃ dṛṣṭvā de­śā­nta­raṃ gataḥ pra­ti­yo­gi­na­m apūrvaṃ yadā pa­śya­ti­, ta­da­bhā­vaṃ tadaiva pra­ti­pa­dya­te — ayaṃ pa­dā­rtha­s tatra pradeśe nā­stī­ti­"­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pra­de­śo­pa­la­mbha­kā­la e­vā­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­bdha­tvā­t­. pra­ti­yo­gi­da­rśa­ne ca ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dhā­t smṛtir eva bha­va­ti­. na hi kathaṃ jā­nā­sī­ty a­nu­yu­ktaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ñca­kā­bhā­ve­na jā­nā­mī­ty a­bhi­dha­tte­, kiṃ tarhi? smarāmy aham — nāyaṃ ta­trā­sī­d iti. nāyaṃ dṛṣṭas tadeti cā­nu­smṛ­tiḥ — "nāyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭaḥ­"­, "­a­syā­bhā­vo dṛṣṭaḥ" ity eko 'rthaḥ, tathā hi — pra­de­śa­mā­tra­smṛ­tau pra­ti­yo­gi­da­rśa­ne 'pi sandeha eva bhavati — dṛṣṭa evāsau deśaḥ, kiṃ tu ayaṃ mayā na ni­rī­kṣi­taḥ — kiṃ ta­trā­sti­? nā­stī­ti­?

NBhū-YA 43­4­,9~syād etat — pra­ti­yo­gi­vi­vi­kta­va­stu­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­pe­kṣyā­bhā­vaḥ pramāṇaṃ bhavaty ataḥ pra­ti­yo­gi­vi­vi­kta­tvā­pra­tī­tau va­stu­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇe 'py a­bhā­va­ni­śca­ya­s tatra na bha­va­tī­ti­, sa tarhi vivekaḥ kena gṛ­hya­te­? yadi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa­, tataḥ kathaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­nā­bhā­vo na gṛ­hya­te­? vi­ve­ka­syā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. a­bhā­ve­nai­va grahaṇe tv i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tathā hi — yāvan na vi­ve­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ tāvan nābhāvaḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, yāvan nābhāvaḥ pramāṇaṃ tāvan na vi­ve­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 43­4­,15~ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te­, sa­vi­ka­lpa­ke­na ko '­pa­rā­dhaḥ kṛto, yatas tena grahaṇaṃ ne­ṣya­te­? pra­ti­yo­gi­jñā­naṃ vinā na yuktaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m iti cet, sa­tya­m­; tathāpi ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ke­nā­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇe sati paścād yadā yasya pra­ti­yo­gi­smṛ­tyā­di­sa­ha­kā­rī sa­mpa­dya­te­, tadā tasya sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ grahaṇaṃ bhavaty e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 43­4­,19~de­śā­nta­re tarhi paścād a­pū­rva­pra­ti­yo­gi­gra­ha­ṇe kathaṃ ta­da­bhā­va­syā­sa­nni­hi­ta­de­śa­sya sa­vi­ka­lpa­kaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­? smṛtir api na yuktā, ta­tsa­mba­ndha­tve­na prā­ga­na­nu­bhū­ta­tvā­t — na hi śuddhaṃ gāṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­nya­tra ta­tsvā­mi­naṃ paśyann asya gām ahaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n iti smartum a­rha­tī­ti­, na; mā­na­sa­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa ta­tsa­mba­ndhi­tve­nā­bhā­va­sya prāg eva gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­. etac ca vi­śi­ṣṭa­smṛ­tya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­va­ga­mya­te­, vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­va­d e­ta­smā­t ta­da­dhi­kaṃ sthūlam i­tyā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­c ca. atha vā paścād e­vā­bhā­va­sya ta­tsa­mba­ndhi­tvaṃ gṛ­hṇā­ti­. na ca ta­da­bhā­va­sya ta­dā­nī­m a­sa­nni­hi­ta­tve­nā­pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m­, pra­ti­yo­gi­sa­mī­pe 'pi ta­da­bhā­va­sya sa­ttvā­t­, go­tvā­di­va­d bhe­dā­bhā­vā­c ca. tataś ca yathā gotvaṃ pūrvaṃ pi­ṇḍā­nta­rā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m eva dṛṣṭvā paścāt pi­ṇḍā­nta­re ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭaṃ dṛṣṭvā pra­tha­ma­pi­ṇḍe 'pi ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­tve­nā­nu­sma­ra­ti — etad sārūpyaṃ ta­trā­ha­ma­drā­kṣa­m iti, tathā pra­ti­yo­gya­va­cche­de­na ta­tsa­mī­pa­sthaṃ ta­da­bhā­vaṃ gṛ­hī­tvā­nya­tro­pa­la­bdha­m api ta­da­va­cche­de­nai­vā­nu­sma­ra­ti — ayaṃ pa­dā­rtha­s tatra nāsīd iti. tasmān nābhāvaḥ pramāṇaṃ pṛthag a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 43­5­,8~a­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­pra­va­ktṛ­kaṃ pra­vā­da­pā­ra­mpa­rya­m aitihyaṃ pramāṇaṃ kaiścid i­ṣṭa­m­, yatheha vaṭe yakṣaḥ pra­ti­va­sa­tī­ti­. tac ca yady a­vi­ta­tha­m­, tadā śabde '­nta­rbhū­ta­m­. yadi nāma pra­yo­ja­nā­bhā­vā­d ā­pta­ni­rde­śo 'tra nāsti, nai­tā­va­tā­sya śa­bda­rū­pa­tā ni­va­rta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 43­5­,12~anye tu ceṣṭākhyaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ccha­nti­. kā punar iyaṃ ce­ṣṭe­ti­? pra­ya­tna­ja­ni­tā śa­rī­ra­ta­da­va­ya­vā­nāṃ kriyā ceṣṭā. sā nā­ṭya­śā­stra­pra­si­ddha­sa­ma­ya­ba­le­na lo­ka­kṛ­ta­sa­ma­ya­ba­le­na ca pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­prā­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­m a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣaṃ ca pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ntī pra­mā­ṇa­m i­ṣya­te­. tathā cā­ga­mā­n na bhi­dya­te­, ta­lla­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gi­tvā­t­. a­śa­bdā­tma­ka­tve na pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tve li­pya­kṣa­rā­ṇā­m api pra­mā­ṇā­nta­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­mā­na­nyā­ya­tvā­t­. a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na pra­ya­tnā­di­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve tv a­nu­mā­na­tvaṃ ceṣṭāyā dra­ṣṭa­vya­m iti. tad evaṃ vya­va­sthi­ta­m etat — "trīṇy eva pra­mā­ṇā­ni­"­.

NBhū-YA 43­5­,20~tataḥ kiṃ? na hy e­tā­va­tai­vā­pa­va­rga­si­ddhiḥ­. pramāṇaiḥ khalu ka­sya­ci­d vastuno he­ya­syo­pā­de­ya­sya vā ta­tsā­dha­na­sya vā­dhi­ga­mā­n niḥ­śre­ya­sa­m i­ṣya­te­. tac ca kecit pra­dhā­nā­di­kaṃ ma­nya­nte­. apare nai­rā­tmyā­di­ka­m ity e­va­mā­di­vi­pra­ti­pa­tteḥ sa­ndi­hā­naḥ pra­śna­ya­ti — kiṃ punar ebhiḥ pramāṇaiḥ pra­mā­ta­vya­m iti? ucyate — pra­me­ya­m­. pra­dhā­nā­de­s tu pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m eva nāsty atas ta­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ jñānaṃ bhrā­nta­tvā­n na niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sā­dha­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 43­6­,10~kiṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti pra­śnā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, pra­mā­vi­ṣa­yaḥ pra­me­ya­m ity u­kta­tvā­t­, na; pra­me­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t pra­śna­sya­. da­ṇḍa­ka­sū­tre pra­me­ya­pa­de­na ya­syo­dde­śaḥ kṛtas ta­sye­dā­nīṃ lakṣaṇaṃ va­kta­vya­m­. tad ucyate — ya­dvi­ṣa­yaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­na­m a­nya­jñā­nā­nu­pa­yo­gi­tve­nai­va niḥ­śre­ya­sā­ṅgaṃ bha­va­ti­, mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ ca saṃsāraṃ pra­ta­no­ti­, tat pra­me­ya­m­. tad eva tattvato jñātavyaṃ sarvadā bhā­vi­ta­vyaṃ ca. na tu kī­ṭa­saṃ­khyā­dy api pra­me­ya­m­, teṣāṃ jñānasya niḥ­śre­ya­sā­nu­pa­yo­gi­tvā­t­. tac ca­tu­rvi­dha­m — 1. he­ya­m­, 2. tasya ni­rva­rta­ka­m­, 3. hānam ā­tya­nti­ka­m­, 4. ta­syo­pā­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 43­7­,2~nanu ca dvā­da­śa­dhā sūtre prameyaṃ vi­bha­kta­m­, tathā ca — "­ā­tme­ndri­ya­śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­rtha­bu­ddhi­ma­naḥ­pra­vṛ­tti­do­ṣa­pre­tya­bhā­va­pha­la­duḥ­khā­pa­va­rgā­s tu pra­me­yaṃ­" iti sū­tra­m­. tuśabdo vi­śe­ṣa­ṇe asty anyad api pra­me­ya­m­, kiṃ tv ayaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­me­ya­sya nirdeśa ity arthaḥ. tasya la­kṣa­ṇa­to 'pi dvā­da­śa­vi­dha­tvaṃ ga­mya­te­, dvā­da­śā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 43­7­,8~ta­trā­tma­la­kṣa­ṇa­m — "­i­cchā­dve­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­su­kha­duḥ­kha­jñā­nā­dy ā­tma­li­ṅga­m­" iti. yathā vā i­cchā­dī­nā­m ā­tma­li­ṅga­tva­m­, ta­tho­tta­ra­tra va­kṣyā­maḥ­. liṅgam api ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. mu­ktā­tma­nā­m a­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­d a­la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti cet, na; prāg eva vi­cā­ri­ta­tvā­t­. dra­vya­kri­yā­va­ttva­va­d i­cchā­de­r apy a­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ dūṣaṇaṃ yathā bha­va­ti­, yathā na bhavati ca, tathā prāg eva vi­cā­ri­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 43­7­,14~"­ce­ṣṭe­ndri­yā­rthā­śra­yaḥ śa­rī­ra­m­"­. kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣe ce­ṣṭā­śa­bdo loke 'pi rūḍho '­dhā­va­ti­'­, '­la­ṅgha­te­' — i­tyā­di­va­t­. sā ceṣṭā ya­trā­ntyā­va­ya­vi­ni sa­ma­ve­tā ta­ccha­rī­ra­m­. i­ndri­yā­śra­ya­tvaṃ ne­ndri­ya­sa­ma­vā­yi­tva­m­, kiṃ tu ta­du­pa­ghā­tā­nu­gra­hā­bhyā­m i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ ta­thā­bhā­va­s te­ne­ndri­yā­śra­ya­tvaṃ śa­rī­ra­sya­. a­rthā­śra­ya­tva­m api — tasmin saty eva ta­da­va­cchi­nne cā­tma­pra­de­śe sarve 'rthāḥ su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­kaṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 43­7­,21~"­ghrā­ṇa­ra­sa­na­ca­kṣuḥ­tva­kśro­trā­ṇī­ndri­yā­ṇi bhū­te­bhyaḥ­" iti. vi­śe­ṣo­dde­śā­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthaṃ ca sū­tra­m­, sā­mā­nya­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ tu no­kta­m­; pa­ri­bhā­ṣā­to '­pī­ndri­ya­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tteḥ svayaṃ vo­hya­m­. tatra jighraty a­ne­ne­ti ghrā­ṇa­m­, ra­sa­ya­ty a­ne­ne­ti ra­sa­na­m­, caṣṭe '­ne­ne­ti cakṣuḥ, spṛśaty a­ne­ne­ti spa­rśa­na­m­. tac ca sthā­na­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t tvag ity u­pa­ca­rya­te vya­va­hā­rā­rtha­m­, śṛṇoty a­ne­ne­ti śro­tra­m­. evaṃ cātra vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­rthā­ni pa­ñca­sū­trā­ṇi­, vi­śe­ṣo­dde­śā­rthaṃ caikam iti ṣaṭsūtrī dra­ṣṭa­vyā­.

NBhū-YA 43­8­,1~bhūtebhyaḥ ity ā­haṃ­kā­ri­ka­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­. a­haṃ­kā­ro 'pi bhū­ta­śa­bda­vā­cya­s tasya ca tri­gu­ṇa­tvā­d ba­hu­va­ca­na­m apīty ā­śa­ṅkyā­ha — "­pṛ­thi­vyā­s tejo vāyur ā­kā­śa­m iti bhū­tā­ni­"­. tatra ca­tu­rṇā­m i­ndri­ya­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, ā­kā­śa­sya tu vi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­de­śa­sye­ndri­ya­sva­bhā­va­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m iti tattvam u­pa­ca­rya­te­. yad vā ka­rṇa­śa­ṣku­lī­saṃ­yo­gā­pe­kṣa­yā ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, tena bhūtebhya iti ni­mi­tta­pa­ñca­mī na vi­ru­dhya­te­. na hy e­ka­pra­kṛ­ti­tve vya­va­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m u­pa­pā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­; dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­t­. nā­nā­pra­kṛ­ti­tve tu pra­dī­pā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ prāg uktas tasmād bhau­ti­kā­ni pa­ñca­bā­hye­ndri­yā­ṇi­.

NBhū-YA 43­8­,10~"­ga­ndha­ra­sa­rū­pa­spa­rśa­śa­bdāḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­di­gu­ṇā­s ta­da­rthāḥ­"­. ta­da­rtha­tva­m e­vā­trā­rthā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya­ś ca guṇāś cety arthānāṃ vi­bhā­gaḥ­. sa­rva­syā­śri­ta­sya vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya cātra gu­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇe­na saṃ­gra­haḥ­. tataś ca bhāvo 'bhāvo vā yaḥ kaścid i­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, sa sarvo 'py artha iti. dehasya ca ce­ṣṭā­dyā­śra­ya­tve­na bho­gā­ya­ta­na­tve­na śa­rī­ra­tva­m i­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na cārthatvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 43­9­,4~ga­ndhā­dī­nāṃ tu pṛ­tha­gva­ca­naṃ prā­dhā­nye­na do­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­tva­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m­. yathā hi­ga­ndhā­dī­nā­m e­kai­ka­śo 'pi do­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­tva­m­, na ta­thā­nye­ṣāṃ dra­vya­gu­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ga­ndhā­dyu­pa­kṛ­tā­nāṃ do­ṣa­ja­na­ne sā­ma­rthya­m asti. tathā hi — ga­ndho­pa­kṛ­te­ṣu pu­ṣpa­vṛ­kṣā­di­ṣu rā­ga­dve­ṣā­da­yaḥ­, ra­so­pa­kṛ­te­ṣv ā­hā­ra­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu rū­po­pa­kṛ­te­ṣu nṛ­tya­sta­na­ma­ha­ttva­ke­śa­ba­hu­tvā­di­ṣu­, spa­rśo­pa­kṛ­te­ṣu śa­ya­nā­di­ṣu­, śa­bdo­pa­kṛ­te­ṣu vaṃ­śā­di­ṣu­, ra­tyā­dī­nāṃ ca pa­ñco­pa­kṛ­ta­tvaṃ ca­tu­sra­ya­dva­yo­pa­kṛ­ta­tvaṃ vā ya­thā­sa­mbha­vaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. ta­the­ṣṭa­vi­yo­gā­de­r a­bhā­va­syā­pi smṛ­tyā­ro­pi­ta­rū­pā­dyu­pa­la­kṣi­ta­sya do­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­tva­m iti. evaṃ ca "­do­ṣa­ni­mi­ttaṃ rū­pā­da­yo viṣayāḥ sa­ṅka­lpa­kṛ­tāḥ­"­, "­ta­nni­mi­ttaṃ tv a­va­ya­vya­bhi­mā­naḥ­" ity etayoḥ sū­tra­yo­r apy a­vi­ro­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 43­9­,14~"­bu­ddhi­r u­pa­la­bdhi­r jñānam ity a­na­rthā­nta­ra­m­"­. pra­dhā­na­syā­dyaḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo buddhiḥ, puṃsaḥ pra­ti­bi­mbo­da­ya­la­kṣa­ṇo bhoga u­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, vi­ṣa­yā­kā­re­ṇa buddheḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo jñānam — ity asya da­rśa­na­sya ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaṃ paryāyo 'pi la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­. pra­tī­tiḥ­, a­va­ga­maḥ­, vi­jñā­na­m — i­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m api a­rtha­bhe­da­ka­lpa­nā­yāṃ kiṃ va­kta­vya­m­? tatrāpy etad e­vo­tta­ra­m — pa­ryā­ya­śa­bda eva ete iti. sā ceyaṃ buddhir do­ṣa­ni­mi­tte­bhyaḥ pra­saṃ­khyā­ne­na ni­va­rti­tā a­pa­va­rga­he­tuḥ­, a­ni­va­rti­tā ca saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­r apy evaṃ jñā­ta­vyā­.

NBhū-YA 43­9­,22~"­yu­ga­pa­j jñā­nā­nu­tpa­tti­r manaso li­ṅga­m­"­. a­tī­ndri­ya­syā­nya­thā la­kṣa­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d ā­tma­va­n manaso 'pi liṅgaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­. ghrā­ṇā­de­r api ga­ndhā­di­jñā­naṃ liṅgam eva la­kṣa­ṇa­m iti. ātmā tāvad vyā­pa­ka­tvā­t sarvair indriyaiḥ sa­mba­ddhaḥ­, i­ndri­yā­ṇy apy a­ni­dra­sya pre­kṣa­ṇā­dya­va­sa­re tais tair arthaiḥ sa­mba­ddhā­ni­, tathāpi ga­ndhā­di­jñā­nā­ni yu­ga­pa­n no­tpa­dya­nte­, vyā­sa­ṅga­da­rśa­nā­t­. tatra yasya sa­nni­dhe­r a­sa­nni­dhe­ś ca jñā­na­syo­tpa­tti­r a­nu­tpa­tti­ś ca, tan manaḥ. pra­yo­ga­ś cātra — ā­tme­ndri­yā­rthā­da­yaḥ kra­ma­saṃ­yo­gi­sa­ha­kā­rya­nta­rā­pe­kṣāḥ­, sa­nni­hi­tā­nā­m api kra­ma­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ka­tvā­d va­stro­pa­kṣi­pta­ci­tro­tpā­da­kā iva va­rṇa­kā­da­yo manaso liṅgam ity a­sa­mā­sā­bhi­dhā­nā­t li­ṅgā­nta­ra­m api sūtram — su­khā­da­yaḥ i­ndri­ya­pa­ri­cche­dyāḥ pra­tya­kṣa­saṃ­ve­dya­tvā­d rū­pā­di­va­t­. bā­hye­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ sā­ma­rthyā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ su­khā­di­pa­ri­cche­da­kaṃ yad i­ndri­ya­m­, tan mana iti. smṛ­tya­nu­mā­nā­ga­ma­saṃ­śa­yā­di­jñā­nā­nāṃ ca ka­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tva­m i­ndri­ya­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ vā sā­dhya­te­, jñā­na­tvā­c ca­kṣu­rā­di­ja­ni­ta­jñā­nā­di­va­t­. i­cchā­de­r api kri­yā­tvā­t ka­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­tva­si­ddhau pa­ri­śe­ṣā­n manaḥ siddhim i­ccha­ti­. yad vā­kṣa­ja­tva­m i­cchā­dī­nāṃ api sādhyam ātma vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tve­na he­tu­nā­.

NBhū-YA 44­0­,10~yadi mano '­pī­ndri­yaṃ tataḥ kimarthaṃ pṛthag u­kta­m­? sa­rvā­rtha­tvā­bhau­ti­ka­tvā­di­vai­dha­rmyā­d ity eke. apare tu āha — ma­no­mū­la­tvā­t sa­rve­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ pra­vṛ­tteḥ­, ta­jja­yā­d eva sa­rve­ndri­ya­ja­ya­si­ddhi­r ato ma­no­ja­ye mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā­ti­ya­tnaḥ kartavya iti jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ manaḥ pṛthag uktam iti.

NBhū-YA 44­0­,15~"­pra­vṛ­tti­r vā­gbu­ddhi­śa­rī­rā­ra­mbhaḥ­"­. vāciko mānasaḥ kā­yi­ka­ś ca vyāpāraḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r ity arthaḥ. mano 'tra bu­ddhi­śa­bde­no­ktaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­vyu­tpa­ttyā­. sā ceyaṃ tri­vi­dhā­pi vi­hi­ta­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­bhe­de­na dvi­vi­dhā­. pravṛtteḥ puṇyaṃ pāpaṃ pha­la­m­. ta­dbhe­da­ś ca sūkṣmaḥ pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­tuṃ na śa­kya­te­, sthūlaś ca dha­rma­śā­stre­ṣu darśita iti.

NBhū-YA 44­0­,20~"­pra­va­rta­nā­la­kṣa­ṇā do­ṣāḥ­"­. vihite pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe ce puruṣaṃ pra­va­rta­ya­ntī­ti pra­va­rta­nā rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­hāḥ­. ta­lla­kṣa­ṇā­s ta­tsva­bhā­vā ity arthaḥ. anye tu va­rṇa­ya­nti — pra­va­rta­nā pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvaṃ rā­gā­di­ga­to dharmaḥ sva­saṃ­ve­dya­s ta­lla­kṣa­ṇaṃ cihnaṃ ye­ṣā­m­, ta­tho­ktāḥ­. sa­rva­thā­pi rā­gā­da­ya eva doṣā u­cya­te­. "­ta­ttrai­rā­śyaṃ rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­hā­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­t­" iti va­ca­nā­d ga­mya­te­.

NBhū-YA 44­1­,2~"­pu­na­ru­tpa­ttiḥ pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ­"­. pū­rvo­pā­ttaṃ śa­rī­rā­di­kaṃ hitvā punaḥ śa­rī­rā­dya­nta­ra­prā­pti­r ātmanaḥ pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ­, mṛtvā punar janmety arthaḥ. punar ity anādyā na ka­dā­ci­d ādyā yātmana utpattiḥ śa­rī­rā­di­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­. sā sarvā punar bha­va­ti­, na ka­dā­ci­t pra­tha­me­ty arthaḥ, tasmād a­nā­di­r ayaṃ pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ­. pa­rya­va­sā­na­m apy a­pa­va­rgaṃ vināsya nāstīty e­ta­jñā­pa­nā­rthaṃ ja­nma­ma­ra­ṇa duḥ­khā­ti­śa­ya­bhā­va­nā­rthaṃ ca de­hā­kṣā­bhyāṃ pre­tya­bhā­vaḥ pṛthag u­pa­di­ṣṭaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 44­1­,9~"­pra­vṛ­tti­do­ṣa­ja­ni­to 'rthaḥ pha­la­m­"­. pra­vṛ­tti­r doṣaś ca pū­rvo­ktā­s taiḥ kiṃcid vya­va­dhā­ne­na janito 'rthaḥ pra­yo­ja­naṃ pha­la­m­. dvividhaṃ hi pra­yo­ja­na­m — heyam u­pā­de­yaṃ ca. tatra heyaṃ mu­khya­gau­ṇa­bhe­da­bhi­nna­m a­ne­ka­pra­kā­raṃ duḥ­kha­m­. u­pā­de­yaṃ tv a­vi­du­ṣāṃ mu­khya­gau­ṇa­bhe­da­bhi­nnaṃ mu­kha­m­, viduṣāṃ tu sarvaṃ he­ya­m­, su­kha­syā­pi duḥ­kha­he­tu­tve­na pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. tathā ca "­sa­rva­duḥ­khaṃ vi­ve­ki­naḥ­" ity a­dhyā­tma­vi­daḥ­. tatra su­kha­duḥ­kha­yoḥ sva­ka­rmo­pā­rji­ta­tve­na sa­ma­tā­bhā­va­nā­rthaṃ phalaṃ duḥkhāt pṛthag u­pa­di­ṣṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­1­,16~"­bā­dha­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ duḥ­kha­m­"­. bā­dha­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ bā­dha­nā­sva­bhā­vaṃ mukhyaṃ duḥ­kha­m­, gau­ṇā­pe­kṣa­yā tu — bā­dha­nā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ yasya śa­rī­rā­de­s tat ta­tho­kta­m­. bādhanā pīḍā santāpa ity arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 44­1­,20~"­ta­da­tya­nta­vi­mo­kṣo '­pa­va­rgaḥ­"­. tasmān mu­khya­gau­ṇa bhe­da­bhi­nnā­d duḥkhād a­tya­nta­vi­mo­kṣaḥ satataṃ vi­cchi­nna­tā­, ātmano '­pa­va­rga iti. tad evaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d api dvā­da­śa­vi­dhaṃ pra­me­ya­m u­kta­m­, na tu ca­tu­rvi­dha­m iti.

NBhū-YA 44­1­,25~sa­tya­m­, dvā­da­śa­vi­dha­m u­kta­m­, kiṃ tu ta­ddvā­da­śa­vi­dha­m api he­yā­di­rū­pe­na caturdhā bhā­vya­mā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sa­ni­mi­ttaṃ bha­va­tī­ty ataś ca­tu­rvi­dha­m u­kta­m­. sū­tra­kā­ra­s tu nyā­ya­prā­ptaṃ cā­tu­rvi­dhya­m iti ma­nya­mā­naḥ sākṣān no­kta­vā­n­. na hi he­yā­di­rū­pā­ni­śca­ye śa­rī­rā­di­ṣv a­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r vai­rā­gyo­tpā­da­na­dvā­re­ṇa ta­da­tya­nta­vi­mo­kṣo '­pa­va­rgaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti ca­tu­rva­rgā­nta­rbhū­ta­tvā­c ca dvā­da­śa­vi­dha­syā­pi­.

NBhū-YA 44­2­,5~yady e­va­m­, cā­tu­rvi­dhya­m eva sū­tra­kṛ­tā kasmān no­kta­m­? na; pa­ra­ma­ta­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 44­2­,6~tatra sāṃkhyānāṃ matam — heyaṃ duḥkhaṃ ra­jo­vṛ­ttyā­tma­ka­m — "­dra­ṣṭṛ­dṛ­śya­yoḥ saṃyogo he­ya­he­tuḥ­"­, "tasya hetur a­vi­dyā­"­, "­ta­da­bhā­vā­t saṃ­yo­gā­bhā­vo hānaṃ taddṛśo kai­va­lya­m­"­, "­vi­ve­ka­khyā­ti­r a­vi­pla­vā hā­no­pā­yaḥ­" iti.

NBhū-YA 44­2­,10~śākyānāṃ ca — 1. duḥ­kha­m­, 2. sa­mu­da­yaḥ­, 3. vi­ro­dhaḥ­, 4. mārgākhyaṃ ca­tu­rā­rya­sa­tyaṃ jñānaṃ mu­ktya­rtha­m i­ṣṭa­m­. tatra 1. duḥkhaṃ saṃ­sā­ri­ṇaḥ skandhā — rū­pa­m­, saṃjñā, ve­da­nā­, vi­jñā­na­m­, saṃskāra iti pa­ñca­ska­ndhāḥ­. tatra "­bhū­ta­bhau­ti­ka­sa­mu­dā­yo rū­pa­m­" iti va­ca­nā­d ra­sā­di­r api rū­pa­ska­ndha u­cya­te­. yenārtho '­bhi­la­pya­te so '­bhi­lā­paḥ­, su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­r ve­da­nā­, bo­dhā­kā­ro vi­jñā­na­m­, śu­bhā­di­vā­sa­nā saṃskāra iti. eṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ri­tvaṃ duḥ­kha­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ ca pra­pa­ñce­na śākyaiḥ sa­ma­rthi­taṃ gra­nthā­ti­gau­ra­va bhayān ne­ho­cya­te­. 2. tasya hetuḥ sa­mu­da­yaḥ — śa­rī­re­ndri­ya­sthā­nā­di­ṣv ā­tmā­tmī­yā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­jā­gra­ha­la­kṣa­ṇā tṛṣṇā pradhānaṃ nimittaṃ sa­mu­da­yaḥ­. 3. vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­sya hy a­vi­dyā­ka­rmā­dyu­pa­nī­te­ṣv api ra­ja­ta­rā­jyā­di­ṣv a­pra­vṛ­tteḥ sa­rva­duḥ­kha­hā­naṃ ni­ro­dhaḥ­. 4. ta­syo­pā­yo nai­rā­tmya­jñā­naṃ mārgaṃ iti. tad evaṃ pa­ra­ma­te 'pi he­yā­di­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­jñā­naṃ mu­kti­ni­mi­tta­m i­ṣṭa­m­. ta­nma­ta­ni­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m ā­tmā­di­bhe­do­pa­nyā­saḥ kṛtaḥ.

NBhū-YA 44­2­,22~ta­trā­tma­jñā­ne sati pa­ra­lo­kā­kā­ṅkṣā bhā­va­ti­, nā­nya­the­ti — va­kṣyā­maḥ­. ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­de­ha­jñā­ne ca ta­trā­tma­bu­ddhi­r ni­va­rta­te­, tatas tadarthaṃ hiṃ­sā­di­kaṃ na ka­ro­ti­. duḥ­khā­ya­ta­naṃ ca pra­ti­pa­dya ta­trā­gra­ho ni­va­rta­te­. satsv api do­ṣa­ni­mi­tte­ṣu i­ndri­yā­ṇā­m a­pra­vṛ­ttau na do­ṣo­tpa­tti­s ta­tpra­vṛ­ttau vāvaśyaṃ do­ṣo­tpa­tti­r ity evam i­ndri­ya­sva­rū­paṃ jñātvā ta­tpra­tyā­hā­rā­rthaṃ ya­ta­te­. ya­ta­mā­na­s ta­da­rthe­ṣu vi­pā­ka­pha­la­va­t pa­ri­ṇā­ma­duḥ­kha­he­tu­tve­nā­va­ga­te­ṣū­pā­de­ya­bu­ddhiṃ tyaktvā vairāgyaṃ bhā­va­ya­ti­. mi­thyā­ta­ttva­bu­ddhī­nāṃ ca saṃ­sā­rā­pa­va­rga­he­tu­tvaṃ jñātvā mi­thyā­bu­ddhīḥ pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­ne­na ti­ro­bhā­vya ta­ttva­bu­ddhi­m a­bhyā­se­na pu­ṣṇā­ti­. ma­na­sa­s tu pṛthak pa­ri­gra­he pra­yo­ja­naṃ prāg e­vo­kta­m­. pra­vṛ­ttī­ś ca dha­rmā­dha­rmā­di ja­na­na­dvā­re­ṇa duḥ­kha­mū­laṃ jñātvā pa­ri­ha­ra­ti­. "na pravṛttiḥ pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­ya kṣī­ṇa­kle­śa­sya­" ity evaṃ do­ṣa­sva­rū­paṃ jñātvā tatkṣaye '­ti­ya­tnaṃ ka­ro­ti­. pre­tya­bhā­va­pha­la­yoḥ pa­ri­jñā­ne pra­yo­ja­na­m u­kta­m­. duḥkhaṃ ca bhā­va­nā­rthaṃ jñā­ta­vya­m­. bra­hmā­di­sta­mbā­ntaṃ viśvaṃ sarvaṃ duḥ­khā­nu­vi­ddhaṃ jñātvā tatra vi­ra­jya­te­, vi­ṣā­nu­vi­ddha­ma­dhvā­di­ṣv iva. a­pa­va­rgaṃ cā­nu­tta­ma­m a­na­nta­m a­ti­ni­rma­laṃ sa­rva­duḥ­kho­pa­ra­maṃ jñātvā ta­da­rtha­m eva ya­ta­te­. tad evaṃ dvā­da­śa­pra­kā­re­ṣv api ta­ttva­jñā­na­bhā­va­nā co­pa­yu­jya­ta ity ato 'pi dvā­da­śa­dhā pra­me­ya­m u­kta­m­. sa­ṅkṣe­pa­bhā­va­nā­rthaṃ ca tasya cā­tu­rvi­dhya­m ucyate —

NBhū-YA 44­3­,17~tatra "heyaṃ duḥkham a­nā­ga­ta­m­"­. atītaṃ hi pra­hī­ṇa­tvā­n na he­ya­m­, va­rta­mā­na­m apy u­pa­bho­ga­prā­pta­tvā­d a­śa­kya­hā­na­m u­pa­bho­ge­na tu hī­ya­te­. ata eva ta­ttva­vi­do '­nā­ga­ta­m eva duḥkhaṃ ma­nya­nte­, na va­rta­mā­na­m­. na hi va­rta­mā­na­m ā­dhyā­tmi­kā­di duḥkhaṃ hiṃ­sā­di­ra­hi­te­na śuddhena mārgeṇa pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­, a­hiṃ­sā­di­kra­me­ṇa ca pa­ri­ha­ra­to '­na­nta­m e­vā­gā­mi­duḥ­khaṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­nti­. a­nā­ga­ta­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­re ca viśiṣṭa e­vo­pā­yo 'sti, sa ca duḥ­kha­sū­tre pra­da­rśi­taḥ­, pra­da­rśa­yi­ṣya­te cā­gra­taḥ­. tasmād a­nā­ga­ta­m eva duḥkhaṃ hā­ta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­3­,25~tac ca duḥkham e­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­pra­kā­ra­m — śa­rī­raṃ­, ṣa­ḍi­ndri­yā­ṇi­, ṣa­ḍvi­ṣa­yāḥ­, ṣa­ḍbu­ddha­yaḥ­, sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ ceti. viṣayā kathaṃ ṣad iti cet, ucyate — ghrā­ṇā­dī­nāṃ pañcānāṃ ga­ndhā­da­yaḥ pa­ñca­vi­ṣa­yāḥ prā­dhā­nye­no­ktāḥ­. ṣaṣṭham indriyaṃ manas tena saṃ­ve­dya­mā­no yaḥ sukhasya duḥkhyasya ca hetur bha­va­ti­, sa ṣaṣṭho vi­ṣa­yaḥ­. ko 'sau su­kha­duḥ­kha­ṣa­ḍbu­ddhi­vya­ti­ri­kta iti cet, smṛ­ti­sa­ṅka­lpau — ity eke, ni­drā­la­syā­di­r ity anye. kāmādeḥ svā­va­cchi­nnā­tma­pra­de­śe su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ vā ce­ṣṭe­ndri­yā­rthā­śra­ya­tvaṃ veti. i­ndri­yā­ṇi vi­ṣa­yā­s ta­dbu­ddha­ya­ś ca duḥ­kha­sā­dha­na­tve­nai­va duḥkham ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 44­4­,5~sukhaṃ tu duḥ­khā­nu­ṣa­ṅgā­d duḥ­kha­m­. a­vi­nā­bhā­va­tva­m a­nu­ṣa­ṅgā­rthaḥ — sukhaṃ bho­ktu­kā­mi­nā­va­śyaṃ duḥkhaṃ bho­kta­vya­m­. duḥkhaṃ ca ji­hā­sa­tā­va­śyaṃ sukhaṃ hā­ta­vya­m­, vi­ve­ka­hā­na­syā­śa­kya­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 44­4­,8~anye tv āhuḥ — su­kha­duḥ­kha­yoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ ja­nya­ja­na­ka­bhā­vo 'sti, yathā hi kṣu­tpi­pā­sā­di­duḥ­khaṃ vinā a­nna­pā­nā­di­taḥ sukhaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti kṣu­dā­di­duḥ­kha­syā­pi su­kha­he­tu­tva­m­, tathā śa­rī­re­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu sne­ha­su­khaṃ vinā ta­dvi­yo­ga­taḥ ta­dvi­ro­dhi saṃ­sa­rga­to vā duḥkhaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti su­kha­syā­pi duḥ­kha­sā­dha­na­tva­m­, tato vi­ṣa­yā­d a­rthā­nta­raṃ na vā­cya­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­4­,13~naitad asti, kha­ṅga­pra­hā­rā­di­bhyaḥ su­khā­bhā­ve 'pi duḥ­kho­tpa­tteḥ­. kiṃ ca yathā viṣayo '­nu­bhū­ya­mā­na eva duḥ­kha­he­tuḥ­, na tathā su­kha­m­, kiṃ tu su­khā­pa­ga­mā­t duḥkham a­nu­bhū­ya­te­. ata eva su­kha­prā­ptau duḥkhaṃ na bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇāṃ bhrāntiḥ. vi­pā­ka­pha­lo­pa­bho­ga­su­kha­va­t sa­rva­syā­pi vi­ṣa­yo­pa­bho­ga­su­kha­sya pa­ri­ṇā­me '­ti­tī­vra­duḥ­kha­he­tu­tvā­t­. ataḥ sarveṣu su­kha­ta­tsā­dha­ne­ṣu ā­sa­kti­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, duḥ­kha­ta­tsā­dha­ne­ṣu dve­ṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ cobhayoḥ sa­ma­tā­bhā­va­nā­rtha­m­, sukham api duḥkham evety u­kta­m­. duḥkhaṃ bā­dha­nā­pī­ḍā­sa­ntā­pā­tma­kaṃ mukhyata eva duḥkham iti.

NBhū-YA 44­4­,21~ta­syai­ka­viṃ­śa­ti­pra­kā­ra­syā­pi duḥkhasya ni­rva­rta­ka­m a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m — avidyā tṛṣṇe, dha­rmā­dha­rmā­v iti.

NBhū-YA 44­4­,24~tatra samyag a­dhyā­tma­vi­dbhiḥ pra­da­rśi­ta­syā­rtha­sya vi­pa­rī­ta­jñā­na­m a­vi­dyā­, ta­tsaṃ­skā­ro 'pi a­vi­dyai­vo­cya­te­. ā­tmā­na­m a­dhi­kṛ­tya yad vartate śa­rī­rā­di a­pa­va­rga paryantaṃ tad a­dhyā­tma­m­, tad ye tattvato vi­ve­ca­ya­nti­, te samyag a­dhyā­tma­vi­da­s taiḥ pra­da­rśi­ta­m —

ity e­va­mā­di­. rā­gā­ndhā­nāṃ tu ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­jñā­na­m —

ity e­va­mā­di­. evam ā­tmā­di­ṣv a­pa­va­rgā­nte­ṣu rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­hai­r a­ndhī­kṛ­tā­nāṃ vi­pa­rī­ta­jñā­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. duḥ­kha­sū­tre ca kiṃcid u­dā­hṛ­taṃ tad i­hā­vi­dye­ty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­5­,9~"­pu­na­rbha­va­prā­rtha­nā tṛṣṇā" yathā vi­ṣa­saṃ­pṛ­kte­ṣv a­nna­pā­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv a­saṃ­pṛ­ktā­dhya­va­sā­ye 'pi pa­ra­sve­ṣv a­pa­ra­svā­dhya­va­sā­ye 'pi vitṛṣṇo na pra­va­rta­te­. so '­pra­va­rta­mā­no nā­na­rthe­na yu­jya­te­. tṛ­ṣṇā­gra­sta­s tu jānann api pra­va­rta­te­. so '­na­rthe­nā­pi yu­jya­te­. tathā śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­di­ṣu ya­syā­gra­ho 'sti, sa ja­nmā­nta­ra­m api prā­rtha­ya­mā­naḥ tathā pra­va­rta­te­. yathāsau pu­na­rbha­vi­tuṃ kai­ri­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­sthā­na­śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­di­bhi­r yu­jya­te­. vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­sya tu yadi kvacit ka­thaṃ­ci­n moho 'pi bha­va­ti­, tathāpy asau vai­tṛ­ṣṇyā­d a­pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ saṃsāraṃ nā­dhi­ga­ccha­tī­ty ataḥ tṛṣṇāpi duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­5­,16~avidyā tarhy a­sa­ma­rthe­ti cet, na; vi­tṛ­ṣṇa­syā­py a­vi­du­ṣo pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­pi sa­rpā­di­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­rā­sā­ma­rthya­va­d a­nya­trā­py a­sā­ma­rthyā­t­. na vitṛṣṇo 'pi niścalī sthātuṃ śaktaḥ, prā­ṇi­dha­rma­tvā­d ā­va­śya­ke 'pi karmaṇi vidvān vivecya hiṃ­sā­di­pa­ri­hā­ra­dvā­re­ṇa pra­va­rta­mā­no '­nā­ga­taṃ duḥkhaṃ na prā­pno­ti­.

NBhū-YA 44­5­,21~kiṃ ca duḥ­kha­sū­tro­kta­nyā­yā­t "teṣāṃ mohaḥ pā­pī­yā­n nā­mū­ḍha­sye­ta­ro­tpa­tteḥ­" iti sūtrāc ca niścitaṃ pradhānaṃ duḥ­kha­ni­mi­tta­m a­vi­dye­ti­. a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇa­yo­r ni­vṛ­ttā­v api śī­ta­vā­ta­dha­rma­sa­nni­pā­tā­di­bhyo duḥ­kho­tpa­tti­r dṛṣṭety ato dha­rmā­dha­rma­yo­r api duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ścī­ya­te­. nanu ca dharmaḥ su­kha­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetuḥ, kathaṃ duḥkhasya kā­ra­ṇa­m iti? na, su­kha­syā­pi duḥ­kha­tve­no­kta­tvā­t­. yaś cāyaṃ śa­rī­re­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­di­sa­mpā­da­na­dvā­re­ṇa su­kha­he­tu­r dharmaḥ so 'tra duḥ­kha­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­no­kta­s tasya kiṃ­ci­dvya­va­dhā­ne­na mahato duḥkhasya he­tu­tvā­t­. yas tu śuddhair ī­śva­ra­bha­kti­yo­gā­ṅgā­di­sā­dha­nai­r a­kā­mi­ta­pha­lai­r janitaḥ ta­ttva­jñā­na­śa­ma­sa­nto­ṣa­su­kha­he­tuḥ­, sa na duḥkhasya vya­va­dhā­ne­nā­pi hetur niḥ­śre­ya­sa­he­tu­r e­vā­sau­. tathā ca ta­da­rtha­m — "­ya­ma­ni­ya­mā­bhyā­m ā­tma­saṃ­skā­ro yogāc cā­dhyā­tma­vi­dyu­pā­yaiḥ­" ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 44­6­,7~hānaṃ duḥ­kha­vi­cche­daḥ­. dha­rmā­dha­rmā­rtha­kā­ma­vai­dya­śā­strai­r u­ktā­nā­m u­pā­yā­nā­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­ne 'py ā­dhyā­tmi­kā­di­duḥ­kha­vi­cche­dā­khyaṃ hānaṃ bha­va­tī­ti ta­dvya­va­cche­dā­rtha­m ā­tya­nti­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, na hi bra­hma­lo­kā­di­prā­pta­syā­py ā­tya­nti­kaṃ duḥ­kha­hā­na­m asti, dha­rma­kṣa­yā­d ā­vṛ­tti­śra­va­ṇā­t­, anyo '­nyā­bhi­bha­va­vyā­ghā­tā­di­śra­va­ṇā­c ca. a­pa­va­rga­prā­pta­sya tu duḥ­kha­he­to­r a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­de­r a­tya­nto­cche­dā­n na ka­dā­ci­t ka­thaṃ­ci­d duḥ­kha­sa­mba­ndha iti.

NBhū-YA 44­6­,13~ta­syā­tya­nti­ka­duḥ­kha­hā­na­syo­pā­yaḥ ta­ttva­jñā­na­m­. ta­du­pā­ya­tve cokta eva nyāyo duḥ­kha­sū­tre­. kiṃ viṣayaṃ ta­ttva­jñā­na­m a­pa­va­rga­ni­mi­tta­m­? ā­tma­vi­ṣa­ya­m­. nanu dvādaśa pra­me­ya­vi­ṣa­ya­m u­kta­m­, sa­tya­m­; kiṃ tv ātmanaḥ prā­dhā­nya­jñā­pa­nā­rtha­m ā­tma­vi­ṣa­ya­m ity u­kta­m­. ata evādau sa ni­rdi­ṣṭaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 44­6­,18~sa ca ni­tya­vyā­pa­kā­ca­la­ni­rma­la­sva­bhā­vo 'pi śa­rī­rā­di­bhi­r da­śa­bhi­r yogāt jā­ya­te­, mri­ya­te­, pra­de­śa­sthaḥ pra­va­rta­te­, ni­rva­rta­te­, rāgī, dviṣṭo, mūḍho, duḥkhīty evaṃ ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­rū­pe­ṇā­bhā­ti­. yadā tv evaṃ do­ṣa­yu­ktā­ni śa­rī­rā­dī­ni duḥ­khā­ntā­ni bhā­va­na­yai­va sa­ntya­jyā­tma­jñā­nai­ka­ra­ti­r bha­va­ti­, tadā svenaiva ni­tya­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇa pra­kā­śa­mā­no '­pa­va­rgaṃ prā­pyā­tya­nta­ni­rma­laḥ svātmany eva ti­ṣṭha­tī­ty ato '­pa­va­rgo 'nte '­bhi­hi­ta­s tataḥ paraṃ hā­ta­vya­prā­pta­vyā­bhā­vā­t­, sa­rva­vyā­pā­ra­ni­vṛ­tte­r iti. vede 'py ā­tmai­vā­ti­pra­ya­tne­na jñātavya ity u­pa­di­śya­te­, tathā coktam — "ātmā vāre draṣṭavyaḥ śrotavyo mantavyo ni­di­dhyā­si­ta­vyaḥ­"­.

iti. tathā "­ta­ra­ti śokam ā­tma­vi­t­" iti.

NBhū-YA 44­7­,6~sa dvividhaḥ — paraś cā­pa­ra­ś ca. ubhāv apy etau mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā jñā­ta­vyau­. tathā coktam — "dve brahmaṇī ve­di­ta­vye paraṃ cāparaṃ ca" i­tyā­di­.

NBhū-YA 44­7­,11~tatra pa­ra­mā­tmā bha­ga­vā­n ma­he­śva­raḥ­. tasya la­kṣa­ṇa­m — pa­ra­mai­śva­rya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­m­, saṃ­sā­ra­dha­rmai­r rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­ha­duḥ­khā­di­bhi­r a­nā­dya­saṃ­spṛ­ṣṭa­tva­m­, a­nā­di­sa­rva­jña­tva­m­, sa­ka­la­ja­ga­dvi­dhā­tṛ­tvaṃ ceti. katham e­vaṃ­la­kṣa­ṇo 'sau jñātavya iti? a­nu­mā­nā­d ā­ga­mā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 44­7­,15~ta­trā­nu­mā­naṃ tāvad ucyate — vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­m­, u­pa­la­bdhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­m­, abhūtvā bhā­vi­tvā­t­, va­strā­di­va­d iti. dha­rmi­vi­śe­ṣā­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t sandigdhaḥ pakṣa iti cet, na; vi­vā­da­vi­ṣa­yā­bhi­dhā­ne­na dha­rmi­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r yatra dharmiṇi vivādaḥ sa eva pakṣa iti. vi­vā­da­syā­ne­ka­rū­pa­tvā­d a­ni­śca­ya eveti cet, na; sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­dhā­ne­na ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhe­r bho­ja­nā­di­kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­va­ca­ne­na brā­hma­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­śca­ya­va­d iti. yatraiva bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­ka­tvaṃ vā­di­nā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ pareṇa nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tasyaiva vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­ta­śa­bde­nā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, nā­kā­śā­deḥ va­strā­de­r vā. ta­nnā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma vi­ro­dhe­nā­pi dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­si­ddhi­r iti ce­ta­na­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ va­strā­de­r apy asiddhaṃ ce­ta­na­syā­ka­rtṛ­tvā­d iti cet, na; ce­ta­na­pre­ri­ta­śa­rī­rā­deḥ pra­vṛ­tte­ś ce­ta­na­syai­va hi ka­rtṛ­tva­m­. svatantro hi karteti u­cya­te­. śa­rī­rā­de­ś ca svātantryaṃ nāsti, pu­ru­ṣā­bhi­prā­yā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t­, mṛ­ta­śa­rī­rā­deḥ ka­rtṛ­tvā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 44­7­,27~va­tsā­di­vi­vṛ­ddhya­rtha­m a­ce­ta­na­sya kṣirādeḥ svā­ta­ntrye­ṇa pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­la­mbhā­d iti cet, na; sā­dhye­nā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­t­. evaṃ hi sarvo 'pi hetur vya­bhi­cā­rī syāt. ce­ta­na­syā­ka­rtṛ­tve '­nu­mā­ne­nā­ga­me­na ca vi­ro­dha­s tathā hi — loke 'pi śā­stra­śi­lpā­di­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā jñā­na­vi­śe­ṣaṃ ta­tka­rtu­r a­nu­mi­no­ti­. ta­jjñā­na­ra­hi­tā­nāṃ cā­ka­rtṛ­tva­m e­ve­ti­. ā­ga­me­ṣv api ve­da­smṛ­ti­pu­rā­ṇā­di­ṣu jñānina eva kartṛtvaṃ śrū­ya­te­. "­vi­dvā­n ya­je­ta­" — i­tyā­di­va­ca­nā­d dha­rmā­di­ka­rtṛ­tva­m api ce­ta­na­syai­ve­ti­. nanu ca śā­stra­śi­lpā­di­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ jñā­ne­cchā­pra­ya­tna­va­to '­ce­ta­na­syai­va bu­ddhi­ta­ttva­sya­, na tu ce­ta­na­sye­ti­. tad idaṃ ma­hā­mo­ha­vi­jṛ­mbhi­taṃ ya­jjñā­na­vā­n a­ce­ta­na iti. yo 'sau jñā­ne­cchā­dī­nā­m ā­śra­yaḥ­, sa eva hy ātmā, na tato 'nyaś cetano 'stīti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ ca buddhiḥ, u­pa­la­bdhiḥ­, jñānam — i­tyā­di­śa­bdā­nāṃ pa­ryā­ya­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 44­8­,11~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — ka­sya­ci­d he­tu­mā­tra­sya yady a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­to­cya­te­, karmabhiḥ sa­rva­jī­vā­nāṃ tatsiddheḥ si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m iti, idaṃ tāvad a­sa­ba­ddhā­bhi­dhā­naṃ ni­gra­ha­sthā­na­m — bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­ka­tve sādhye kaḥ prastāvo '­ce­ta­naiḥ karmabhiḥ si­ddha­sā­dhya­to­dbhā­va­na­sya­? bu­ddhi­ma­tkṛ­taiḥ karmabhiḥ kṛtaṃ sthā­va­rā­di­kā­ryaṃ kathaṃ na bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­ka­m iti cet, na; vi­va­kṣi­tā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. bu­ddhi­ma­tā hi sā­kṣā­tkṛ­taṃ bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­kaṃ vi­va­kṣi­ta­m­, na tu pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­pi kṛ­ta­m­. bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­ka­m api hi karma yāvan na tacchaktiṃ jñātvā vi­jñā­na­va­tā­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ bha­va­ti­, tāvan na svakāryaṃ ka­ro­ti­. na hi bu­ddhi­ma­tkṛ­taṃ sthālyādi bu­ddhi­ma­d a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­ni­ra­pe­kṣa­m eva svakāryaṃ kartuṃ śa­kno­ti­. ta­ccha­rī­re­ṇai­vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. ta­ccha­rī­ra­syā­pi a­nya­bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇa­tve vā­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ī­śva­ra­sya śa­rī­rā­sti­tve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. na cā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­sya śa­rī­ra­syā­si­ddhau tasyāpy a­si­ddhiḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ka­rtṛ­tve­nai­va śa­rī­ra­yo­gaṃ sā­dha­ya­to '­pa­si­ddhā­nta­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ka­rtṛ­tva­sya tva­yā­ni­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m apy a­yu­kta­m­, pra­sa­ṅga­sya mū­lā­nu­mā­na­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 44­8­,25~nanv a­śa­rī­ra­sya mu­ktā­tma­va­d vyāpāra eva nāsti, ni­rvyā­pā­ra­sya ca ka­rtṛ­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, mu­ktā­tma­no vā ka­rtṛ­ta­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ko 'yaṃ vyā­pā­raḥ­? yady u­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ­, so '­mū­rta­tvā­n na ka­sya­ci­d ātmano 'stīti sa­rva­syā­tma­no '­ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. śa­rī­ra­syai­va hi mukhyam u­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di karma, tathā ca ka­rtṛ­tva­m api śa­rī­ra­syai­va mukhyaṃ syān nā­tma­naḥ­. tataś cā­nya­kṛ­taṃ ka­rmā­nye­no­pa­la­bhya bhujyata iti syāt tataḥ sāṃ­khya­śā­strā­di­ma­tā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ syāt. dhā­tva­rtha­la­kṣa­ṇa­ś ced vyā­pā­raḥ­, so '­śa­rī­ra­syā­py ā­kā­śā­de­r a­stī­ti­. mu­ktā­tma­nāṃ tu na ka­rmā­di­kṛ­tā­sti śaktir nāpi svā­bhā­vi­kī­ty a­ka­rtṛ­tva­m­. pa­ra­me­śva­ra­sya tu svā­bhā­vi­kī śaktir u­tta­mai­śva­rya­la­kṣa­ṇā­sti­, tena tasya ka­rtṛ­tva­m­. ta­thā­bhū­tā ca śaktiḥ kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣai­r vā­nu­mī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 44­9­,9~nanv evaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭa­ka­rtra­nu­mā­ne dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tā hetuś ca viruddhaḥ pra­sa­jya­ta iti. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 44­9­,14~asyārthaḥ — ku­mbha­kā­rā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ dṛṣṭānte yady a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ta­de­śva­rā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ na syāt tataś ca sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tā­, a­the­śva­rā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tva­m apy astīty a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tathāpi sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tā­; yasmād u­bha­ya­sa­mpa­ti­pa­ttau dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. na ce­śva­rā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvaṃ kvacid ubhayoḥ sa­mpra­ti­pa­nna­m­, yena sā­dhya­hī­na­tā na syāt. ya­thā­si­ddhe ca dṛṣṭānte na kevalaṃ sā­dhya­hī­na­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya­, hetor api vi­ru­ddha­tā syāt. yena yena dṛṣṭānte hetur vyāptaḥ, taṃ tam arthaṃ vyā­pti­ba­le­na sā­dha­ya­ti­. ghaṭādau ca dṛṣṭānte '­nī­śva­raḥ­, śa­rī­rī­, vi­nā­śī­, rā­gā­di­yo­gī ca kartā dṛṣṭas tena sādhye 'pi ta­thā­bhū­ta eva kartā prā­pno­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 44­9­,23~tad etad a­vi­di­ta­he­tu­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sva­rū­pa­syā­bhi­dhā­na­m­, tathā hi — kiṃ śa­bdo­pā­tta­sā­dhyā­pe­kṣa­yā sā­dhya­hī­na­tvā­di­do­ṣa u­cya­te­? kiṃ vā­bhi­prā­ya­vyā­pta­sā­dhyā­pe­kṣa­ye­ti­? prā­cī­na­pa­kṣe tāvan na sā­dhya­hī­na­tvā­di­dū­ṣa­ṇa­m — na hī­śva­ra­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ sādhyaṃ śa­bde­no­pā­tta­m­, kiṃ tarhi? bu­ddhi­ma­nmā­tra­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ sā­mā­nya­m­. tādṛśā ca sā­dhya­sā­mā­nye­na vyāptiḥ pra­si­ddhai­ve­ti kathaṃ sā­dhya­hī­na­tvā­dya­va­kā­śaḥ­? a­thā­bhi­prā­ya­vyā­pta­sā­dhyā­pe­kṣa­yo­cya­te­, tadā sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­nāṃ sā­dhya­hī­na­tvā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ — sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv api hi pra­ti­pa­tti­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­rtha­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­nu­mā­trā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa vyā­pta­tvā­n na hi ni­rvi­śe­ṣaṃ sāmānyaṃ pra­ti­pa­tti­pra­vṛ­ttyo­r vi­ṣa­ya­s tasya prāg eva si­ddha­tvā­d dā­hā­dya­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­c ca. nāpy a­gni­mā­tre­ṇa tadvattā sā­dhya­te­, de­śa­kā­la­vya­va­hi­te­nā­gni­nā ta­dva­ttā­yāḥ sā­dha­yi­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­, nāpi pra­de­śa­mā­tra­sya vai­pha­lyā­t tasmād ayaṃ pradeśaḥ te­nā­gni­nā­gni­mā­n ity ayam a­bhi­prā­yo vā­di­naḥ­. tathā ca tādṛśā sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa sā­dha­na­sya vyāpter a­sa­mbha­vā­d a­pra­vṛ­tti­r a­nu­mā­na­sya tato '­nu­mā­nā­d a­gnya­rthi­nāṃ de­śā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­bhi­mu­khye­na pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ pra­vṛ­tti­ś ca na syād iti. kiṃ cā­pū­rva­vi­śe­ṣā­pra­ti­pā­da­ka­tve­nā­nu­mā­na­sya gṛ­hī­ta­grā­hi­tve­na smṛ­ti­va­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. yaś cāpūrvo 'ṃśaḥ sā­dhya­te­, na tena dṛṣṭānte 'nvayaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti sā­dhya­hī­na­tvā­di­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga­s tasmād a­bhi­prā­ya vyā­pta­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddha­tve­na sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­nā­m a­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­nu­mā­na­pra­mā­ṇa­vā­di­tvaṃ ni­va­rta­te­. a­prā­mā­ṇya­vā­di­no 'pi virodhaḥ pra­pa­ñce­na prāg e­vo­ktaḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­syā­gau­ṇa­tvā­dī­tyā­di­pū­rva­pa­kṣa­dū­ṣa­ṇā­va­sa­re­. yad apy uktam — dṛṣṭānte hetur yena yena vyāpto dṛṣṭas taṃ taṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tī­ti­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hi ma­hā­na­sā­dau sthā­lyā­dī­nāṃ sambandhī dṛṣṭo dhūmaḥ sthā­lyā­di­ka­m api pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tī­ti­. sthā­lyā­di­nā na niyato dhūmas tena tan na pra­ti­pā­da­ya­tī­ti cet, ko 'yaṃ ni­ya­maḥ­? yad api nā­bhā­vā­d anyaḥ, tan na vidmaḥ. a­thā­vi­nā­bhā­va eva, ta­dā­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­bhi­r api kā­rya­tva­sya niyamo nāsti. ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­r api mā bhūt, ī­śva­rā­nī­śva­ra­tvā­da­yo hi ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, sā­mā­nye­na ca vyāptir na vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa­. na hi kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­di­bhi­r vi­śe­ṣa­ṇai­r agnir dhūmasya vyāpaka iti. nanu ca dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­t tā­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi tadvidā pra­tī­ya­te­, sa­tya­m­; atrāpi kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ka­rtṛ­vi­śe­ṣaṃ vi­śe­ṣya­vyā­pti­jñaḥ pra­ti­pa­dya­ta eva. viśeṣa vyā­ptya­na­bhi­jña­s tu dhūmād api na tā­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­tye­ti­, tathāpy a­gni­mā­tra­m a­nu­mi­no­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­0­,22~syād etat — tā­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa dhū­ma­mā­traṃ na vyā­pta­m­, dhū­ma­mā­trā­t tā­ra­ṇā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­na­nu­mā­ne 'py a­gnya­nu­mā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. a­nī­śva­ra­śa­rī­ri­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa tu kā­rya­mā­traṃ vyā­pta­m­, tena kā­rya­mā­trā­d apy a­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­pra­tī­tau kartur a­nu­mā­naṃ na yuktam iti, naitad asti; yadi hy a­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­pi kā­rya­mā­traṃ vyāptaṃ syāt, tadā yatra yatra kāryaṃ dṛ­śya­te­, tatra ta­trā­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­yu­kta­ka­rtṛ­si­ddhi­r ekasya dhū­mā­gni­si­ddhi­va­t­, na caitad asti; na hi kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­m a­sma­dvi­dhaḥ kartā ja­na­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­, ta­da­śa­kta­ś ca kathaṃ tatkartā vā te­nā­nu­mī­ya­te­? na ca dṛṣṭānte sa­mba­ndha­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa vyāptiḥ si­dhya­ti­, kā­rya­tvā­nu­ṣṇa­tvā­dī­nā­m api ta­thā­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na cā­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhau ka­rtṛ­tva­syā­py a­si­ddhi­r yuktā, na hi tejasaḥ kā­rya­tve­nā­nu­ṣṇa­tvā­si­ddhau a­ni­tya­tva­syā­py a­si­ddhiḥ­, pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ vā rū­pā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­nā­ni­tya­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­si­ddhau rū­pā­di­ma­ttva­syā­py a­si­ddhi­r yu­kte­ti­. śa­rī­ri­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhau hy a­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­ṅga­vi­ka­la­tvā­d a­sa­ma­rtho hetur naiva ka­rtṛ­mā­tra­sā­dha­ne hetoḥ ke­na­ci­d aṅgena vai­ka­lya­m asti, yena tatrāpy a­sa­ma­rtho hetuḥ syāt. kathaṃ ta­rhī­śva­ra­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhiḥ­? vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­na sa eva hetuḥ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­mā­ṇai­r u­pa­kṛ­taḥ sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na vya­va­ti­ṣṭha­mā­naḥ ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī bha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. na hy anyathā kṣityādeḥ ka­rtṛ­sā­mā­nyaṃ si­dhya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­1­,8~kathaṃ punar ī­śva­ra­kṛ­ta­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­pa­ri­jñā­ne 'pi ta­tsi­ddhiḥ­? kā­rya­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­t­. ya­thā­ga­ru­kṛ­ta­dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣā­pa­ri­jñā­ne 'pi tṛ­ṇā­di­kṛ­ta­dhū­ma­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dhūmam u­pa­la­bha­mā­na­s tṛ­ṇā­di­bhyo vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­m i­ve­ndha­na­m a­nu­mā­ya ta­trā­ptā­d a­ga­ru­saṃ­jñāṃ pratyeti svayaṃ vā saṃ­jñā­nta­raṃ ka­ro­ti­. ta­thā­sma­dā­di­kṛ­ta­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­bhyo vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­m u­pa­la­bha­mā­no '­sma­dā­dhi­bhyo vi­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ ka­rtā­ra­m a­nu­mā­ya ta­trā­ptā­d ī­śva­ra­saṃ­jñāṃ pra­tye­ti­, svayaṃ vā saṃ­jñā­nta­raṃ ka­ro­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­1­,14~yady apy a­nu­mā­trā­ga­ru­dra­vyaṃ na dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tathāpy anyena dṛṣṭam ī­śva­ra­s tu kenāpi na dṛṣṭa iti cet, kenāpi na dṛṣṭa iti kathaṃ jā­nī­ṣe­? na hi tvaṃ sa­rva­prā­ṇi­nāṃ darśanaṃ vetsi. kiṃ cā­dṛ­ṣṭe­ndri­yā­di­ke­nā­pi na dṛṣṭam iti ta­da­nu­mā­na­m api na syāt. na ca kriyāta eva sva­rga­na­ra­kā­di­pha­la­m­, tasyāḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na ja­nmā­nta­re pha­lā­ra­mbhe '­sā­ma­rthyā­t­. sū­kṣmī­bhū­tvā­va­ti­ṣṭa­te ity etad api na ke­na­ci­d dṛṣṭam iti kathaṃ ga­mya­te­? a­rthā­pa­tte­ś cet, na; a­rthā­pa­tte­r a­nu­mā­nā­nta­rbhā­vi­tvā­t­. tathā nā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­m e­ve­ndri­ya­m­, go­la­ke­nā­prā­pta­sya ca­ndrā­de­r gra­ha­ṇā­t­. a­prā­pta­sya ca grā­ha­ka­tvaṃ nāstīty u­kta­m­. ca­kṣu­rdṛ­ṣṭā­nte­nā­nye­ndri­yā­ṇā­m apy a­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­vya­ti­re­ki­tvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. pā­rthi­vā­pyā­di­rū­pa­tvaṃ ce­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ sā­dhi­ta­m ato 'pi nā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­m i­ndri­ya­m­. tasmād yathā su­khā­di­li­ṅge­na rū­pā­dyu­pa­la­bdhyā cā­tya­nta­pa­ro­kṣa­sya ka­rmā­kṣā­de­r a­nu­mā­na­m­, tathā kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rye­ṇe­śva­ra­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­1­,25~yathā ca ka­rmā­kṣā­dau vyaṃ­ja­ka­tvā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmo nā­pā­dya­te­, ta­the­śva­re 'pi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmo '­nī­śva­ra­tvā­di­r nā­pā­da­nī­yaḥ­. u­tka­rṣā­di­pra­sa­ṅga­sya vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhā­nāṃ ca sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣu sa­mā­na­tvā­n na tair a­nu­mā­na­sya vighātaḥ sa­rvā­nu­mā­nā­prā­mā­ṇya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. syād etat — yadi sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣū­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣā­bhyāṃ vi­śe­ṣa­vi­ru­ddhai­ś ca sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­ti­kṣi­pya­te­, tadā ka­rme­ndri­yā­gnyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­ve sati su­kha­duḥ­kha­rū­pā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­dhū­mā­di­vi­śe­ṣo no­pa­pa­dya­te­. atra tu sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe kiṃ no­pa­pa­dya­te yena ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dho '­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 45­2­,1~kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­m evātra no­pa­pa­dya­te­. na hy ā­ka­smi­kaṃ kāryaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, "nityaṃ sattvam asattvaṃ ca" i­tyā­dyu­kta­tvā­t­. nāpy a­ce­ta­ne­bhya eva hetubhyaḥ kā­ryo­tpā­do '­ce­ta­nā­nāṃ svataḥ pra­vṛ­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­t­, sva­bhā­ve­na hi pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­nu­pa­ra­ma­pra­sa­ṅga­s ta­ntvā­dī­nā­m api sva­taḥ­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca, vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 45­2­,6~karmāṇo 'py a­ce­ta­na­tvā­n na svataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r nāpi pra­va­rta­ka­tva­m­, na hy a­ce­ta­no hetuś ce­ta­nā­nā­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā kaścid a­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca. a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­r a­ce­ta­na­tve ca ni­ra­bhi­prā­ya­vyā­pā­ra­tvā­t ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­bhyo ghu­ṇā­di­pa­da­vi­nyā­sa­va­n na de­śā­di­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­vaṃ kāryam u­pa­pa­dya­te­. na hi sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­me­ṣv a­va­ya­va­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ bā­hyā­nā­m ā­bhya­nta­rā­ṇāṃ ca ni­ya­tā­ni­ya­ta­jā­tī­ye­ṣu ni­ya­tā­ni­ya­tā­m eva racanāṃ bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ni­ya­mi­to cetano hetuḥ kartuṃ śa­kno­ti­. bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­bhya eva hi ci­tra­le­khā­dyu­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇe­bhyaḥ sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­ma­jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­kṛ­ti­ṣv a­va­ya­va­ra­ca­nā­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mo­pa­la­bdhiḥ­. tathā ca vi­vā­dā­dhyā­si­tā­ni­, u­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­ni bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­tā­ny eva kāryaṃ ku­rva­nti­, a­ce­ta­na­tvā­t ci­trā­dyu­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇa­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 45­2­,16~bho­ktrai­vā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tvā­t siddhaḥ sādhyata iti cet, na; śa­rī­ro­tpa­tteḥ prā­kta­syā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d a­sva­ta­ntra­tvā­c ca. na hi ga­rbhā­di­duḥ­kha­prā­ptya­rthaṃ kvacid ātmanaḥ śa­rī­rā­di­kaṃ ka­ro­ti­. yadāpi tasya caitanyaṃ svātantryaṃ ca bha­va­ti­. tad api na ta­dra­sa­ma­la­dhā­tva­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­vi­ṣa­yaṃ jñā­na­m­. a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­śa­kti­m api hi jñātvā pra­va­rta­mā­na­sye­cchā­vi­ghā­taḥ kvacid api na syāt.

NBhū-YA 45­2­,21~na cāyaṃ sva­śa­rī­re 'py a­sthi­ma­jjā­śu­kra­śo­ṇi­tā­dī­nāṃ ta­tsaṃ­cā­ra­ṇā­ya nā­ḍī­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ca yathā hi sa­nni­ve­śaṃ kartuṃ jā­nā­ti­. nāpi pra­ti­di­naṃ śa­rī­ro­pa­ca­yā­rthaṃ ra­sa­ma­la­dhā­tu­bhā­ve­nā­hā­raṃ pā­ca­yi­tvā ra­sā­dī­n pṛthak pṛthak kṛtvā nā­ḍī­vi­śe­ṣai­r ya­thā­sthā­naṃ saṃ­cā­ra­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­. etena pitror api kartṛtvaṃ ni­ṣi­ddha­m­, na hi ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­jñā­ne­cchā­pra­ya­tnā­bhā­ve 'pi ta­tka­rtṛ­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, sarvasya sa­rva­ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sati bhā­va­mā­tre­ṇā­pi kartṛtve vyo­mā­de­r api ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yo hi jñātvā sve­ccha­yo­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­ni pra­yu­ṅkte­, sa eva loke śāstre ca svatantraḥ karteti pra­si­ddha­s ta­dbu­ddhī­cchā­pra­ya­tna­ni­ya­mi­tā­nā­m e­vo­pā­dā­nā­dī­nāṃ svayam a­ce­ta­nā­nā­m a­pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sa­nni­ve­śā­di­he­tu­tvaṃ yu­jya­te­, nānyathā mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­dī­nā­m iva. tad yo 'sau sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­me­ṣv a­nta­rba­hi­rva­rti­nāṃ sū­kṣmā­ṇā­m apy u­pā­dā­nā­dī­nāṃ jñā­ne­cchā­pra­ya­tnai­r ni­ya­ma­yi­tā sa bha­ga­vā­n ī­śva­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 45­3­,4~śa­rī­rā­di­ra­hi­to 'py ata e­vā­ya­m­. śarīrī hi ha­stā­di­nā sthā­va­rā­di­ṣu vyāpāraṃ kurvan ku­lā­lā­di­va­t pratyakṣa eva syāt. a­ntaḥ­śu­ṣi­re­ṣu cā­ti­sū­kṣme­ṣu ha­stā­de­r a­na­va­kā­śā­dra­sā­di­saṃ­cā­ra­ṇaṃ na syāt tataś ca rū­pa­pa­ri­va­rtā­va­ya­va­vṛ­ddhi­pu­ṣṭyā­di­kaṃ na syāt. duḥ­khā­di­yo­ge 'pi ta­da­bhi­bha­ve­na śa­kti­vyā­ghā­tā­t sā­ta­tye­na ca sthā­va­rā­dī­nāṃ ya­thā­rtha­m u­tpa­tti­vṛ­ddhyā­di­kaṃ na syād iti. evaṃ ca śa­rī­ra­vṛ­kṣā­di­kā­rya­m apy a­nī­śva­raḥ śa­rī­rā­di­yo­gī ca kartuṃ na śa­kno­ti­, kim uta bhū­bhū­dha­rā­di­kā­rya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 45­3­,11~bhū­bhū­dha­rā­de­ś ca kāryatvaṃ sā­va­ya­va­tve­na pra­tī­ya­te­. sā­va­ya­va­sya ni­tya­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­. kha­na­nā­di­nā cai­ka­de­śa­vi­nā­śa­da­rśa­nā­t­. a­va­ya­va­vi­nā­śe 'py a­va­ya­vi­vi­nā­śa ity ayuktaṃ sa­rvā­va­ya­vā­nā­śe 'py a­vi­nā­śa­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti. yac coktam —

NBhū-YA 45­3­,17~yady asya bhavataḥ ku­lā­lā­di­va­d ha­stā­dyu­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­di­rū­po vyāpāro nāstīti ka­lpya­te­. kathaṃ tarhi pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ ta­dvyā­pā­rā­t pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. ta­di­cchā­mā­trā­t tu na yuktā. na hi ku­lā­le­cchā­ta eva da­ṇḍā­dī­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­la­bhya­te­. rā­je­cchā­to ma­ntri­pra­bhṛ­ti­va­d ity a­yu­kta­m­. ma­ntri­pra­bhṛ­ta­yo hi rā­jñā­bhi­prā­yaṃ ku­ta­ści­d a­va­ga­mya pra­va­rta­nte­. pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­di­bhā­va­s tv a­ce­ta­naḥ­, sa kathaṃ tadicchāṃ veti? a­jā­nā­na­ś ca kathaṃ ta­di­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na pra­va­rta­ta iti?

NBhū-YA 45­3­,23~a­tro­cya­te — kim a­ne­nā­ka­smi­kī pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ pravṛttiḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tu­m iṣṭā? kiṃ vā ce­ta­nā­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­ka­rmā­di­ni­mi­ttā­? uta de­hā­di­ma­tpu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­ra­ni­mi­tte­ti­? na tāvad ā­ka­smi­kī ka­sya­ci­t pravṛttiḥ de­śa­kā­lā­di­ni­ya­mā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi ce­ta­nā­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­ka­rmā­di­ni­mi­ttā­, mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­di­ṣv a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­ce­ta­na­sya ca karmādeḥ svataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r a­nya­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tā ca prā­kpra­ti­ṣi­ddhe­ti­. śa­rī­rā­di­ma­tpu­ru­ṣa­vyā­pā­ra­ni­mi­ttā­pi sthā­va­rā­dyu­pā­dā­nā­dī­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r a­na­nta­ra­m eva pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­. tad evaṃ pa­ri­śe­ṣā­t mū­lā­nu­mā­na­sya si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣā­bhā­vā­c ce­śva­re­cchā­ta eva pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ pravṛttiḥ siddhā, ku­lā­la­sya tu vyā­ha­ta­śa­kti­tvā­n na ta­di­cchā­mā­trā­t da­ṇḍā­dī­nāṃ pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. ya­cco­kta­m a­ce­ta­naḥ kathaṃ bhāvaḥ ta­di­cchā­m a­nu­ru­dhya­te iti, tan na; śa­rī­ra­ta­da­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­ce­ta­na­tve 'py ā­tme­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na pra­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na hy ayaṃ sva­śa­rī­raṃ pre­ra­ya­n nātmā śa­rī­rā­nta­re­ṇa pre­ra­ya­ti­. karmaṇā pu­ru­ṣa­syo­pa­bho­gya­tve­na sa­ma­rpi­taṃ śa­rī­ra­m­, tena ta­di­cchā­va­śe­na pra­va­rta­ta iti cet, bhavatu nāmaivaṃ tathā yā­ce­ta­na­tvā­d i­cchā­mā­trā­n na pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­deḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r ity a­syā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ­. yathā ca bhā­va­tā­m ayaṃ viśeṣa uktas ta­thā­smā­bhi­r a­pī­śva­re­cchā­la­kṣa­ṇe viśeṣa ukta iti.

NBhū-YA 45­4­,8~api ca viṣayo 'pi ka­rma­ṇai­vo­pa­bho­gya­tve­na sa­ma­rpi­taḥ­. sa kiṃ na śa­rī­ra­va­d i­cchā­mā­tre­ṇa pra­va­rta­te­? ya­thā­bhū­te­na karmaṇā śarīraṃ sa­ma­rpi­taṃ na ta­thā­bhū­te­na viṣaya iti cet, evaṃ tarhi ya­thā­bhū­te­śva­ra­sye­cchā na ta­thā­bhū­tā ku­lā­lā­de­s te­ne­śva­re­cchā­ta eva pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­deḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r na daṇḍādeḥ ku­lā­le­cchā­mā­tre­ṇe­ti kim atra vi­ru­ddha­m­?

NBhū-YA 45­4­,13~kiṃ ca dhyā­na­vi­daḥ kecid a­bhi­dhyā­na­mā­tre­ṇa dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­va­d da­ṇḍā­di­ka­m api pre­ra­ya­nto dṛ­śya­nte­. tato 'pi pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­de­r ī­śva­re­cchā­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r nā­sa­mbhā­vyā­. śa­kti­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ ca pu­ru­ṣe­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tena ka­sya­ci­d īdṛśaṃ sāmarthyaṃ ya­di­cchā­mā­tre­ṇa sa­rva­pre­ra­ka­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 45­4­,18~kaś cāyaṃ vādināṃ moho ye­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­pū­rva­ka­tā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi karmaṇaḥ svā­ta­ntrye­ṇa hetutvaṃ vi­ru­ddha­m apy a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, bha­ga­va­ta­s tv a­ne­kā­ga­ma­yu­kti­pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m api ne­ṣya­te­. na ca karmāpi cidrūpaṃ yato "­a­ne­nā­haṃ kṛ­ta­m­" — iti jñātvā tasyaiva śa­rī­rā­di­bho­ga­yo­gyaṃ kṛtvā sa­ma­rpa­ye­t­. nāpi śarīraṃ ci­drū­pa­m­, yena '­a­syai­va ka­rma­ṇā­haṃ sa­ma­rpi­ta­m­' — iti jñātvā bhṛ­tya­va­d i­cchā­nu­ro­dhe­na pra­va­rte­ta­.

NBhū-YA 45­4­,24~nanu ca "­sva­rga­kā­mo ya­je­ta­" — ity a­ne­nā­ga­me­na pu­ru­ṣa­sya bhoktṛtvaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­, tac ca sa­rva­ka­rma­ṇāṃ bho­ga­sa­mpā­da­ka­tvaṃ śa­rī­rā­na­pe­kṣaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­. bhogyatvaṃ ca ta­di­cchā­nu­ro­dhi­tve sati bha­va­ti­. tasmāt śru­tā­rthā­pa­ttyā sa­rva­syai­vā­sya pra­ti­pā­da­ko vedaḥ ka­lpya­te­. na ca pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m ī­śva­re­cchā­nu­ro­dhi­tva pra­ti­pā­da­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­5­,1~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, yataḥ "­sva­rga­kā­mo ya­je­ta­" — ity yenāyaṃ niyogo dattaḥ, sa eva ta­tka­rma­kā­ri­ṇaṃ phalaṃ dā­sya­ti­, rā­jā­di­va­t­. ataḥ kṣī­ṇā­rthā­pa­tti­r na karmaṇaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­da­ya­ti­. sa­ma­rthi­taṃ ca vedasya pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 45­5­,5~kiṃ ca yathā karmaṇāṃ sū­kṣma­rū­pe­ṇā­va­sthā­na­m a­pū­rvo­tpā­da­ka­tvaṃ vā­rthā­pa­tti­taḥ śa­rī­rā­di­he­tu­tvaṃ ca ka­lpya­te­, tathā bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tva­m api śru­tā­rthā­pa­tti­taḥ kiṃ na ka­lpya­te­? anyathā hy a­ce­ta­naṃ karmaṃ sva­ka­rtā­ra­m a­jā­na­t kathaṃ tasyaiva phalaṃ sa­ma­rpa­ye­t­? ta­tsva­bhā­va­tve 'py ā­tma­lā­bhā­na­nta­ra­m eva phalaṃ sa­mpā­da­ye­t pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śa­va­t­. ce­ta­ne­cchā­pe­kṣi­tve tu nāyaṃ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­di­cchā­yā rā­jā­di­va­tkā­la­ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 45­5­,10~pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nā­m ī­śva­re­cchā­nu­ro­dhi­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­kaṃ pramāṇaṃ nāstīty etad apy a­ndha­ce­ṣṭi­ta­m­, a­nu­mā­na­syo­kta­tvā­t­, ā­ga­ma­sya va­kṣya­mā­ṇa­tvā­c ca. kiṃ ca vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­tāḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­da­yaḥ­, ka­sya­ci­d i­cchā­nu­ro­dhi­naḥ­, pra­vṛ­tti­ma­ttvā­d va­strā­di­va­t­. ya­sye­cchā­nu­ro­dhi­naḥ­, sa bha­ga­vā­n ī­śva­raḥ­. tasya hi sva­bhā­ve­na pa­ra­mai­śva­rya­sā­ma­rthyā­t sva­śa­rī­ra­ka­lpāḥ sarve bhāvās ta­di­cchā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na pra­va­rta­nte­. a­sma­dā­de­r ai­śva­ryā­bhā­vā­t ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­ka­rma­va­śā­t śva­śa­rī­ra­m e­ve­cchā­nu­ro­dhi saṃ­jā­ta­m iti ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 45­5­,15~yad apy āha —

iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; pra­me­ya­tvā­deḥ sa­da­sa­du­bha­ya­dha­rma­tve 'pi pra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddheḥ­. saddharmo hy asattve sādhye viruddha eva syāt. a­bhā­va­dha­rma­s tv asiddhe dharmiṇy asiddhaḥ syāt. dha­rmi­ṇa­s tu sattvena siddhau bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­yo '­sa­ttve­na siddhau tu vyarthaḥ pra­me­ya­tvā­di­he­tuḥ­. u­bha­ya­dha­rma­s tv a­nai­kā­nti­ka e­ve­ti­. tasmān na pra­me­ya­tvā­di­dha­rmo 'sattvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­5­,24~atha ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tvā­di­dha­rmaḥ pra­me­ya­tvā­di­nā pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, na tarhi dha­rmi­sa­dbhā­va­vā­ra­ṇa­m­, na hy agneḥ śai­tyā­di­dha­rma­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t sadbhāvaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­ddho bha­va­ti­. sā­mā­rthyā­d atra dha­rmi­sa­dbhā­vaḥ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te iti cet, na; ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tva­do­ṣā­t­. na hy asati dharmiṇi pra­me­ya­tvā­deḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­si­ddhi­s­. ta­da­si­ddhau ca kathaṃ ga­ma­ka­tva­m­? sva­rū­pe­ṇā­py asiddhaṃ pra­me­ya­tva­m­, na hi pra­mā­ṇe­nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sye­śva­ra­sya pra­me­ya­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. pra­mā­ṇe­na pratītau ca kathaṃ ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­ni­ṣe­dhaḥ­? ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­sā­dha­nā­d eva ta­tsva­rū­pā­si­ddheḥ­. a­ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇa pra­si­ddha­sya tu ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dho '­na­rtha­ka iti pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­sya dha­rmi­tva­m­. tasya pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­d eva pra­me­ya­tvaṃ nā­si­ddha­m iti cet, sa pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ vā? pramāṇaṃ cet, tenaiva ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dho bā­dhya­te­, ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syai­va pa­re­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tvā­t­. a­thā­pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tataḥ kathaṃ nā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣaḥ­? pra­mā­ṇā­t pra­me­ya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ pa­ra­syā­pra­mā­ṇā­t tu ka­rtṛ­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma ity ayaṃ viśeṣaḥ kutas tvayā ni­ści­taḥ­? pa­rā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­tva­pra­tī­te­r u­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. na mayā ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­me­ya­tva­yo­r e­ka­syā­pi siddhir i­ṣya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? pra­me­ya­tva­syā­ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tve­nā­nya­tra vyā­ptyu­pa­la­bdhe­r ihāpi pra­me­ya­tva­m icchato ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­ś codyata iti cet, na; pra­sa­ṅga­sya kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. sa­mā­na­m bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­va­m iti cet, na; pra­sa­ṅga­sya kā­ryā­nu­mā­nā­na­pe­kṣa­sya pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­si­ddhiḥ kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­sya tu pra­sa­ṅga­syā­na­pe­kṣa­syai­va pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­si­ddhi­r iti kathaṃ sa­mā­na­tā­na­yoḥ­? sa­mā­na­tve co­bha­yo­r īśvaraḥ kartā cākartā ca pra­sa­jya­te­. na caitad u­pa­pā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­, ka­rtṛ­tvā­ka­rtṛ­tva­yo­r ekatra vi­ro­dhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 45­6­,16~kiṃ cai­vaṃ­bhū­taḥ prasaṅgaḥ sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv api sa­mā­na­s tathā hi — ca­kṣu­rā­deḥ pra­me­ya­tva­m icchato '­ni­ndri­ya­tvā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, pu­ru­ṣa­sya pra­me­ya­tva­m icchato '­pa­ra­lo­ki­tvā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, agneḥ pra­me­ya­tva­m icchata e­ta­ddhū­mā­ja­na­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅga ity evaṃ sa­rvā­nu­mā­no­cche­daḥ pra­sa­jya­te­.

NBhū-YA 45­6­,21~na ca ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tvā­di­nā saha pra­me­ya­tvā­de­r virodhaḥ kaścid asti, yena pra­me­ya­tvā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­me ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tvā­di­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­sa­jya­te­. vyā­pa­ka­tvā­ṇu­tva­yo­r i­vai­ka­trā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ sa­hā­va­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇo 'sti virodha iti cet, na; u­bha­ya­pra­ti­pa­tti­m a­nta­re­ṇa vi­ro­dha­syā­dhi­ga­ntu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. ko­ṭi­yo­ja­na­pra­mā­ṇa­vi­ṣā­ṇi­tva­pra­me­ya­tva­yo­r i­vā­nya­trā­da­rśa­ne 'pi vi­ro­dhā­va­ga­ti­r iti cet, na; atrāpi vi­ro­dhā­si­ddheḥ­. kvacid deśe ka­sya­ci­t tā­dṛ­śa­m api astu viṣāṇaṃ ko vi­ro­dhaḥ­? syād virodho yadi ya­jjā­tī­yā vi­ṣā­ṇi­no dṛṣṭās ta­jjā­tī­ya­sya ka­sya­ci­t tādṛśaṃ viṣāṇaṃ brū­yā­t­. atrāpi ya­jjā­tī­yāḥ kartāro jñā­tā­ra­ś ca dṛṣṭāḥ, ta­jjā­tī­ya­syai­va yadi ka­sya­ci­j ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tvā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­; tadā syād vi­ro­dhaḥ­. ku­lā­lā­di­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sye­śva­ra­sya ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tvā­dya­bhyu­pa­ga­me tv a­vi­ro­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 45­7­,2~e­te­ne­śva­raḥ kṣityādeḥ kartā sarvatra jñātā vā na bha­va­ti­, pu­ru­ṣa­tvā­d va­ktṛ­tvā­d ity e­va­mā­da­yaḥ ku­he­ta­vo '­yu­ktāḥ­. tathā ne­śva­ra­ka­rtṛ­kaṃ kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­m­, pra­me­ya­tvā­d a­sma­dā­di­ni­rmi­te­ta­ra­tvā­d ā­kā­śā­di­va­d ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­. vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya śe­ṣā­bhya­nu­jñā­yāṃ sā­ma­rthyo­pa­pa­ttau ka­rtra­nta­ra­pra­si­ddhā­v a­pa­si­ddhā­nta­pra­sa­ṅgā­t pra­me­ya­tvā­sma­dā­di­ni­rmi­te­ta­ra­tvā­de­r ī­śva­ra­ka­rtṛ­tve­na vi­ro­dhā­si­ddheḥ­. sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ sa­ndi­ghā­bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vā — ba­lī­ya­sā ca kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­na sa­rva­sā­pī­śva­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­to­r bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. kāryasya hi śa­rī­rā­de­r bu­ddhi­ma­tkā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­no­tpa­ttau virodhaḥ pra­da­rśi­ta­s tena tasya sa­ndi­gdhā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m api nāstīti ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­d ba­lī­ya­stva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 45­7­,12~nanv i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭo­pā­dā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m eva pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­ṇaḥ pra­va­rta­nte­. ta­thai­ve­śva­ra­syā­pi pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­prā­pta­kā­ma­tvā­d a­nī­śva­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo '­sma­dā­di­va­t­. a­pu­ru­ṣā­rthā­yāṃ tu pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tai­va syād a­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­kri­yā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­tvā­t­. tadāha —

NBhū-YA 45­7­,20~kiṃ punar etad ī­śva­rā­nu­mā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m u­pa­nya­sta­m­? kiṃ vā sva­ta­ntra­sā­dha­na­m ī­śva­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­? na tāvad a­nu­mā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m­, ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­tve­na prāk sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­n ni­ra­va­dya­sya dhū­mā­nu­mā­na­va­n ni­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. sā­va­dya­tā­yāṃ vā saiva vācyā kim a­ne­nā­sa­mba­ddhe­na­? na hy anena hetoḥ kaścid doṣaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 45­7­,25~a­the­śva­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ sā­dha­na­m a­ne­no­kta­m — na jagataḥ sraṣṭā bha­ga­vā­n­, dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­yo­ja­na­vi­ka­la­tvā­n mu­ktā­tma­va­d iti, atrāpi yadi dharmi na pra­tī­ya­te ta­dā­śra­yā­si­ddho hetuḥ. atha pra­tī­ya­te­, tadā ta­dgrā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na bā­dhya­te­. pa­ra­pra­si­ddhi­mā­tre­ṇa ca yathā pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­si­ddhi­s tathā prāg eva pra­pa­ñci­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 45­8­,1~kiṃ ca sva­ni­śca­ya­va­d anyeṣāṃ ni­śca­yo­tpā­da­yi­ṣa­yā pa­rā­rthā­nu­mā­na­sya pra­vṛ­tti­m icchanty a­nu­mā­na­vi­daḥ­. tena svayaṃ ni­ści­ta­pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­r eva hetuḥ paraṃ pra­tyu­pā­de­yo 'nyathā svayam a­pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ­, tataḥ pra­ti­pā­da­ko 'pi na syāt. na hy a­vyu­tpa­nnaḥ pra­ti­pā­da­yi­tā kaścid asti.

NBhū-YA 45­8­,5~api cāyaṃ pareṇa pra­ti­pa­nna iti kutas ta­nni­śca­yaḥ­? śāstrād iti cet, na vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­kā­le ta­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. pra­mā­ṇa­tve vā he­tu­va­t sā­dhya­syā­pi tataḥ siddhir a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. pra­ti­vā­di­va­ca­nā­d dhe­tu­si­ddhi­r iti cet, tat kim i­dā­nīṃ­? pa­kṣa­ni­rde­śā­na­nta­ra­m anena pra­ti­vā­dī praṣṭavyaḥ — ko nu bhavataḥ prasiddho hetur iti? sa cā­jñā­nā­d anyato vā ni­mi­ttā­n na bra­vī­tī­ti kathaṃ tato he­tu­si­ddhi­r iti?

NBhū-YA 45­8­,11~tathāpi vi­cā­rya­m etat — kim arthaṃ pra­va­rta­te bha­ga­vā­n iti? pa­rā­nu­gra­hā­rtha­m ity eke. na ca sthā­na­śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­dya­nu­tpā­dya pa­rā­nu­gra­haḥ kartuṃ śakyata iti sthā­nā­di­ka­m api ka­ro­ti­. svā­tma­na­s tu na kiṃcit pra­yo­ja­na­m­. ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­ta­yā hi śaktaḥ pa­rā­rtha­m eva pra­va­rta­te­.

NBhū-YA 45­8­,16~nanv evaṃ sukham eva ja­na­ya­tu­, na hi ma­hā­nu­bha­vaḥ pareṣāṃ mo­ha­duḥ­khā­dyu­tpā­da­ne pra­va­rta­te­, vai­dya­va­d iti cet, na; a­pra­vṛ­ttyai­va ta­tsi­ddheḥ­. syān matam — yathā ga­ṇḍa­gu­lmā­di­vyā­dhi­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ dā­ha­cche­da­tī­vrau­ṣa­dhā­di­nā duḥ­kho­tpā­da­naṃ ma­hā­nu­bha­vo 'pi vaidyaḥ ka­ro­ti­, ta­the­śva­ro 'py a­dha­rma­vyā­dhi­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ duḥkham apy u­tpā­da­ya­tī­ti­, tac ca nai­va­m­; ka­smā­t­? a­pra­vṛ­ttyai­va tatsiddheḥ — a­ni­ṣṭa­sthā­nā­dyu­tpa­ttā­v a­dha­rmā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tve ca yadā bha­ga­vā­n na pra­va­rta­te­, tadā cā­dha­rma­sya vyā­dhi­duḥ­khā­nu­tpā­da­ka­tva­m­. kiṃ cādharmaṃ kasmāt kā­ra­ya­ti­? na hi ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ pravṛtto ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­s taṃ punaḥ kā­ra­ya­ti­, evaṃ hi kuvaidyaḥ syāt. na ce­śva­re­ṇā­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­syā­vi­hi­te pra­vṛ­tti­r a­dha­rmo­tpa­tti­ś ca sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­. ta­nni­mi­ttā­dha­rma­kṣa­pa­ṇā­rtha­m adharme 'pi pra­va­rta­ya­tī­ti cet, yady anyathā tasya kṣapaṇaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ti­, tadā ta­syā­kṣa­pa­ṇa­m eva nyā­yya­m­. kṣapaṇe hy a­dha­rma­vṛ­ddhi­s ta­tkṣa­pa­ṇe punar a­dha­rma­vṛ­ddhi­s ta­tkṣa­pa­ṇe punar ity evaṃ mahān a­na­rthaḥ­. paścāc chāntir bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti cet, a­saṃ­khyā­ta­ko­ṭi­ja­nma­su śāntir na bhūtā paścād bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti kā pra­tyā­śā­? kiṃ ca vaidyo 'pi vi­ve­ka­jñaḥ sa­ṅgra­ha­pa­ri­cche­daṃ jñātvā pra­va­rta­te­. bha­ga­va­ta­s tu sa­rva­jña­tvā­d a­ci­ki­tsye­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­r na yu­kte­ti­.

NBhū-YA 45­9­,2~a­tro­cya­te — yasya yad a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tasya tat sa­mpā­da­nā­rthaṃ yaḥ pra­va­rta­te sa parārthaṃ pravṛtta ity u­cya­te­. sukhaṃ ca sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m a­nā­di­vā­sa­nā­to '­bhi­pre­ta­m­, ta­tsa­mpā­da­nā­rthaṃ ca pra­va­rta­mā­no bha­ga­vā­n a­dha­rma­m apy a­nu­ṣa­ṅga­taḥ kā­ra­ya­ti­. na hy anyathā vi­ṣa­yo­pa­bho­ga­ni­mi­ttaṃ sukhaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. dha­rma­pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­dha­rmā­nu­pa­ra­me ca na tasmād dharmāt sukhaṃ bha­va­tī­ti ta­nni­mi­tta­su­kha­sa­mpā­da­nā­rthaṃ ta­tpra­ti­ba­ndha­ka­m a­dha­rma­m eva tāvat a­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya pha­la­dvā­re­ṇa ni­va­rta­ya­ty anyathā ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yasya tu prā­ya­ści­ttā­di­dvā­re­ṇa nivṛttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tasya tathā ni­vṛ­tti­yo­gya­syo­tpa­nna­tvā­t tathaiva nivṛttiṃ kā­ra­ya­ti­. tad evaṃ parārthaṃ pravṛtto 'py a­nu­ṣa­ṅga­to na­ra­kā­di­duḥ­kha­m api ja­na­ya­tī­ti­. evaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ca­kre su­kha­prā­rtha­nā­taḥ pa­ri­va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ yadā ka­sya­ci­t ka­dā­ci­t ka­thaṃ­ci­n mu­kti­mā­rga­pra­vṛ­tti­bī­jo­tpā­da­ne sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaṃ hetuṃ prā­pno­ti­, tadā tadbījaṃ ja­na­yi­tvā ta­tpu­ru­ṣaṃ mu­kti­mā­rge 'pi pra­va­rta­ya­ti­. tataḥ pra­ti­ja­nmā­bhyā­se­na pra­va­rta­ya­n saṃ­sā­ra­he­tū­n saṃ­skā­rāṃ­s ta­nū­kā­ra­ya­ti­. mu­ktyu­pā­ya­he­tū­n saṃ­skā­rāṃ­ś ca pra­tā­na­ya­ti tāvad yāvan mokṣaṃ prā­pa­ya­tī­ti­. tan na pa­rā­rtha­pra­vṛ­ttya­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi kaścid vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 45­9­,17~atha vā svārthaṃ eva pra­va­rta­te­. kiṃ tad bha­ga­va­taḥ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti cet, ja­ga­du­tpa­ttyā­dy eva. katham iti cet, su­kha­prā­pti­duḥ­khā­bhā­vā­v api kathaṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­? yadi tadarthaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­d i­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca, tadā bha­ga­va­to 'pi ja­ga­du­tpa­ttyā­dya­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­d i­ṣṭa­tvā­c ca tad eva pra­yo­ja­na­m­. kim arthaṃ tad iṣṭam iti cet, sukhaṃ kim arthaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sye­ṣṭa­m iti? yat kiṃcid e­ta­t­? tasmād yo yam artham a­dhi­kṛ­tya pra­va­rta­te­, ta­tta­sye­ṣṭa­tvā­t pra­yo­ja­na­m iti. na ca svārthaṃ pra­va­rta­mā­na­syā­nā­pta­kā­ma­tvā­d a­nī­śva­ra­tvaṃ pra­sa­jya­te­, yasya hi ya­thā­bhi­pre­taṃ na si­dhya­ti­, so '­nā­pta­kā­ma ity u­cya­te­. bha­ga­va­ta­s tu tat tathaiva si­dhya­tī­ti katham a­nā­pta­kā­ma­tva­m­?

NBhū-YA 45­9­,25~atha vā ā­di­tya­va­t sva­bhā­ve­nai­va pra­va­rta­te — ya­thā­di­tyaḥ sva­bhā­ve­na jagat pra­kā­śa­ya­ti­, pra­kā­śi­te ca jagati sva­ka­rmā­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­vai­ci­tryaṃ prāṇino '­nu­bha­va­nti­; tathā bha­ga­vā­n api sva­bhā­ve­nai­va ja­ga­tā­m u­tpa­tti­sthi­ti­vi­nā­śā­n ka­ro­ti­. prā­ṇi­na­ś ca ta­tka­rmā­nu­rū­paiḥ su­kha­duḥ­kha­jñā­nā­jñā­nā­di­bhiḥ saṃ­yo­ja­ya­tī­ti­. na ca sva­bhā­va­taḥ pravṛttau cai­ta­nya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, ce­ta­nā­nā­m api sva­bhā­va­ni­ya­mo­pa­la­bdheḥ­. viduṣo 'pi ka­sya­ci­d a­na­rtha­ke­ṣu tṛ­ṇa­kha­ṇḍa­nā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­ni­ya­mo­pa­la­mbhe­na svabhāva ni­ya­ma­vya­va­sthā­nā­t­. vyasanaṃ tad iti cet, bha­ga­va­to 'pi vya­sa­na­m e­vai­ta­t — ya­nni­ra­ti­śa­ya­jñā­nai­śva­ryo 'pi san yeṣāṃ bhāvānāṃ ya­do­tpa­tti­he­ta­vaḥ santi, tadā ta­ddhe­tū­n a­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya tān u­tpā­da­ya­tī­ti­. tac ca vyasanaṃ bha­ga­va­taḥ ku­ta­ści­n no­tpa­nna­m iti svabhāva ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 46­0­,8~na cā­dṛ­ṣṭo­pā­nā­di­he­tva­nu­rū­paṃ kāryaṃ kurvataḥ svā­ta­ntrya­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, sva­ta­ntrā­ṇā­m apy u­pā­dā­nā­dya­nu­rū­pa­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­kā­ra­ṇa­ka­pra­yo­ktṛ­tvaṃ hi svā­ta­ntrya­m u­cya­te­, tac cāsti ma­he­śva­ra­sye­ti­. yathā yathā bha­ga­va­taḥ kṣi­tyā­di­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tathā ta­thā­bhū­to bha­ga­vā­n a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­ba­le­na tasya ni­ra­va­dya­tve­na sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 46­0­,14~ā­ga­mā­d apy eko bha­ga­vā­n a­śe­ṣa­ja­ga­du­tpā­da­na­śa­kti­mā­n ni­ścī­ya­te­, yad āha — "eko rudraḥ na dvi­tī­yaḥ­" "yaḥ sūrya iva imāṃ lokān īśate ī­śa­nī­bhiḥ­" iti.

iti śve­tā­śva­ta­ro­pa­ni­ṣa­t­. tathā sa­rvo­pa­ni­ṣa­tsv api ja­ga­dvi­dhā­tṛ­tvā­di­dha­rma­kā­tma­jñā­naṃ mu­kti­ni­mi­ttaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­. tathā "­vi­śva­ta­ś cakṣur uta viśvato mukho viśvato bāhur uta vi­śva­ta­spā­t­"­, "saṃ bāhubhyāṃ dhamati saṃ ya­ttaiḥ­"­, "­dyā­vā­bhū­mī ja­na­ya­n deva ekaḥ" iti. punaś cāha — "­e­ta­sya cā­kṣa­ra­sya pra­śā­sa­ne gārgi dyā­vā­pṛ­thi­vī vidhṛte ti­ṣṭha­taḥ­" iti. ma­nvā­da­yo 'py āhuḥ —

ity e­va­mā­di­.

NBhū-YA 46­1­,6~na sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pa­ttā­v a­prā­mā­ṇya­m eṣāṃ pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­, me­dhyā­me­dhya­tva­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­nāṃ sva­rga­na­ra­kā­di­sva­rū­pa­ta­tsā­dha­nā­ṅga­sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­nāṃ ca vākyānāṃ prā­mā­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. na hi sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pa­tti­m a­nta­re­ṇo­pā­dā­na­pa­ri­hā­rā­v u­pa­pa­dye­te­, a­nya­smi­n pratīte 'nyatra pra­vṛ­ttā­v a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­ṅga­tvā­t pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ra­tva­m­, na sva­rū­pā­rtha­tva­m iti cet, na; sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­pa­tti­m a­nta­re­ṇa tatas ta­nni­ya­ta­yoḥ pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttyo­r a­yo­gā­t­. na hi śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­va­ca­sāṃ vi­dhya­ṅga­tve­nā­pi prāmāṇyaṃ pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­pa­ra­tvaṃ ca santo '­nu­ma­nya­nte­. tasmād "ātmā vāre dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­" i­tyā­di­vi­dhya­ṅga­tve 'pi ja­ga­tsra­ṣṭṛ­tva­sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­va­ca­nā­nāṃ ghṛ­ta­yū­pā­di­va­ca­sā­m iva ya­thā­rtha­tva­m eva sva­rū­pā­rtha­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 46­1­,16~yac coktam — ā­tma­jñā­naṃ yā­ga­pra­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ vi­hi­ta­m­, na tu mo­kṣā­rtha­m­; a­śru­ta­tvā­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; vedasya prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­ye '­rthi­nā­m ā­tmā­jñā­naṃ vināpy a­gni­ho­trā­di­jñā­nā­d eva pra­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­ti­, a­rthā­pa­tti­to vātmāpi jñā­ya­te­. a­prā­mā­ṇye tv ā­tma­jñā­na­vi­dhā­ne 'pi na pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. tasmān na yā­ga­pra­vṛ­ttya­rtha­m ā­tma­jñā­naṃ vi­hi­ta­m­, kiṃ tu mo­kṣā­rthaṃ­; vā­kyā­nta­re­ṣu śru­ta­tvā­t — "­ve­dā­ha­m etaṃ puruṣaṃ ma­hā­nta­m ā­di­tya­va­rṇaṃ tamasaḥ pa­ra­stā­t­", "tam eva vi­di­tvā­ti­mṛ­tya­m eti. nānyaḥ panthā vidyate '­ya­nā­ya­" ity e­va­mā­di­ṣu­. yā­gā­rtha­tvaṃ ca vā­kyā­nta­re 'pi na śrutam ity a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m eva ka­lpi­ta­m­. tasmād "­yā­va­j jīvam a­gni­ho­traṃ ju­hu­yā­t­" i­tyā­de­r iva vā­kyā­nta­ro­kta­pha­le­na sambandho ve­di­ta­vyaḥ­, "yasya ye­nā­rtha­sa­mba­ndhaḥ­" i­tyā­di­nyā­ye­na­. anyathā niṣphalo vidhir na ke­na­ci­d a­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­ta iti a­na­rtha­kaḥ syāt. pra­tya­vā­ya­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­m a­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­ta iti cet, na; tasyāpy a­śru­ta­tvā­t­. śru­ta­hā­nya­śru­ta­ka­lpa­nā doṣaś caivaṃ syāt. tasmān mu­ktya­rtha­m ā­tma­jñā­naṃ vi­hi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­2­,4~sa cātmā kiṃ­dha­rma­ko draṣṭavya ity a­pe­kṣā­yāṃ pū­rvo­ktā­ni vākyāni "­a­rū­pa­m a­ra­sa­m a­ga­ndha­va­t­" e­va­mā­dī­ni ca sa­mba­dhya­nte­. evaṃ cāgama bā­dhi­tve­nā­py a­prā­mā­ṇya­m ī­śva­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­he­tū­nāṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­2­,8~e­te­nā­sa­rvā­rtha­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­tvā­d a­sma­dā­di­jñā­na­va­d ity e­va­mā­de­r api dha­rmi­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tva­m ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvaṃ vā pūrvoktaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. na hy a­sa­rva­jña­tve bha­ga­va­to 'nanta kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ sa­mbha­va­ty a­na­dhi­ṣṭhi­te­bhyo '­ce­ta­na­he­tu­bhyaḥ kā­ryo­tpa­ttya­sa­mbha­vā­d a­ni­ści­ta­kā­ra­ka­śa­kte­r a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­c cety uktaṃ sa­ma­sta­kā­ryā­ṇā­m u­pā­dā­nā­dya­va­bo­ddhṛ­tve ca siddhaṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 46­2­,14~tataś ca yad uktam —

NBhū-YA 46­2­,19~na hy a­sa­rva­jñaḥ sarvajñaṃ jā­nā­tī­ti­, tad a­pā­sta­m­; ta­jjñā­na­jñe­ya­vi­jñā­na­ra­hi­ta­tve 'pi hi laukikaiḥ śā­stra­śi­lpā­dya­bhi­jñā­s ta­cchi­ṣyai­ś ca jñā­ya­nte­. anyathā jñā­no­pā­rja­nā­rthaṃ teṣāṃ śā­stra­śra­va­ṇā­di­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. yathā ca śā­strā­dya­na­bhi­jñaiḥ śā­strā­dya­bhi­jña­s ta­tkā­rye­ṇā­pta­va­ca­ne­na ca ni­ścī­ya­te­, tadvad a­sa­rva­jñai­r api sarvajña iti.

NBhū-YA 46­2­,24~yac coktam — pra­tha­ma­sa­rgā­pa­ri­jña­tva­m­, ta­tpa­ri­jñā­ne ca saṃ­sā­rā­nā­di­tva­vi­ro­dha iti, tad a­ti­jā­ḍya­vi­jṛ­mbhi­ta­m­; na hi kha­ra­ma­sta­ke vi­ṣā­ṇa­m a­pa­śya­nn andho bha­va­ti­. yad asti tat sarvaṃ pa­śya­tī­ty asataḥ pra­tha­ma­sa­rgā­de­r a­da­rśa­ne 'pi sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ na vi­ha­nya­te­. ku­tsi­ta­ra­sā­svā­da­nā­d apy a­yu­kta­m­. yasya hī­ndri­ye­ṇa ra­sa­ga­ndhā­di­vi­śe­ṣaṃ gṛhṇataḥ su­kha­duḥ­kha­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­di­yo­go bha­va­ti­, ta­syā­svā­da­nā­di­vya­pa­de­śa­s ta­tkṛ­ta­do­ṣo vā. bha­ga­va­ta­s tu ne­ndri­ya­jaṃ jñā­na­m­, nāpi rāgaḥ kvacid dveṣo vā, nāpi kiṃcit pa­vi­tra­m a­pa­vi­traṃ vā. kin tu yad ya­thā­va­sthi­taṃ kiṃcit tat tathā veti ni­tye­nai­va jñā­ne­na­, "­pa­śya­ty a­ca­kṣuḥ­" i­tyā­di­va­ca­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 46­3­,8~cakṣuṣā vinā kathaṃ pa­śya­tī­ti vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, u­pa­cā­rā­t­. ta­jjñā­na­syā­pa­ri­sphu­ṭa­tvā­śa­ṅkā­ni­vṛ­tti­r u­pa­cā­ra­sya pra­yo­ja­na­m­, nimittaṃ punaś cā­kṣu­ṣe­na jñā­ne­na­, sā­dha­rmya­m ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­pa­ro­kṣā­kā­ra­tva­m­. tasya hi sva­ka­ra­ta­la­va­t sarvo 'rtho '­pa­ro­kṣa e­ve­ti­. etena pra­tya­kṣa­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi vyākhyātaḥ — pra­mā­ja­na­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­n ne­śva­ra­jñā­naṃ mukhyaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­m­, nāpy a­kṣa­ja­nya­tve­na pra­tya­kṣa­m­, ni­tya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 46­3­,14~nityatvaṃ kuta iti cet, a­nu­mā­nā­d ā­ga­mā­c ca. tatra nityaṃ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­naṃ ga­ndhā­dha­rma­dhva­ni­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇā­rthā­nta­ra­ni­tya­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­t­, to­yā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­di­va­d ity a­nu­mā­na­m­. ga­ndhā­dha­rma­dhva­ni­nāṃ sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇā­ni kṣi­tya­pa­rā­tmā­kā­śā­ni­, tebhyo '­rthā­nta­raṃ yan nityaṃ dravyaṃ ta­dgu­ṇa­tvā­d ity arthaḥ. tatra kā­rya­to­yā­di­gu­ṇai­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ ni­tya­dra­vya­gu­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ni­tya­dra­vya­gu­ṇaiḥ saṃ­yo­gā­di­bhi­r vya­bhi­cā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tathāpi pā­ka­jaiḥ­, a­pa­rā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇaiḥ­, śabdena ca vya­bhi­cā­raḥ­, ta­nni­vṛ­ttya­rthaṃ ga­ndhā­dha­rme­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­m­. nanu pa­ra­ma­yo­gī ga­ndhā­di­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇe­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tasya vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇo jñā­na­m­, tac cā­ni­tya­m ity a­ne­kā­ntaḥ­, naitad asti; na hi karoti — ity eva kā­ra­ṇa­m­, kiṃ tarhi? ka­ri­ṣya­ty a­kā­rṣī­d ity api. yasmād "­a­ni­rdi­ṣṭa­kā­lāḥ pra­tya­yā­s triṣv api kāleṣu bha­va­nti­" — iti śa­bda­vi­daḥ­. tataḥ kā­ra­ṇā­d idaṃ kāryaṃ ni­ṣpa­nna­m i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'py asti, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­yo­r a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­pra­si­ddhe­ś ca.

NBhū-YA 46­3­,26~tad ayam artho ga­ndhā­dha­rme­tyā­di­vā­kya­sya — nityaṃ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­m­, kṣi­tyā­kā­śa­saṃ­sā­ri­pu­ru­ṣā­n ā­śri­ta­tve sati ni­tya­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­c cha­li­lā­di­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­rū­pā­di­va­d iti. pa­ra­me­śva­re­cchā­pra­ya­tnā­bhyā­m a­ne­kā­nta iti cet, na; tayor apy ata eva hetor ni­tya­tva­si­ddheḥ­, sādhyena vya­bhi­cā­rā­bhā­vā­c ceti.

NBhū-YA 46­4­,4~ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­kī vā hetus tathā hi — ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­yo bha­ga­vā­n­, ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tvā­t­, vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto '­sma­dā­diḥ­. a­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇaḥ pakṣa iti cet, na; a­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­d eva ke­va­la­vya­ti­re­ki­tva­m­, vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­pra­si­ddhau hy anvayo 'pi syāt. a­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvaṃ ca doṣam a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­taḥ sa­rvā­ni­tya­vā­di­naṃ pra­tyā­kā­śā­dau ni­tya­tva­si­ddhi­r a­nu­mā­nā­n na syāt. na cā­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa kvacin na nityatvaṃ gṛ­hya­te­, a­nā­dya­na­nta­sa­ttā­yāḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. a­ni­tya­tvaṃ gha­ṭā­di­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ta­dā­kā­śā­dau pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­ta iti, tataḥ kathaṃ ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? sā­ma­rthyā­d iti cet, kim idaṃ sāmarthyaṃ nāma? na hi pra­tya­kṣā­ga­ma­vya­ti­ri­kta­m a­nu­mā­nā­d a­nya­tpra­ti­pa­tti­sā­dha­na­m asti. a­thā­nu­mā­na­m eva sā­ma­rthya­m­, tato 'pi ni­tya­tva­si­ddhau kathaṃ nā­pra­si­ddha­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m­? kiṃ cātrāpy a­sma­dā­dau ni­tya­jñā­nā­nā­śra­ya­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ta­dī­śva­re pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhe ca sā­ma­rthyā­n ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­si­ddhi­r iti. yady evaṃ ni­tya­jñā­nā­nā­śra­yo bha­ga­vā­n na bha­va­tī­ty evaṃ sā­dhya­ni­rde­śaḥ ka­ra­ṇī­yaḥ­. ko 'tra vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? evaṃ kāraṇe 'pi sa e­vā­rthaḥ­, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­ya­sya vi­dhya­rtha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 46­4­,20~nanu ca ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­yoḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddhe­r ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­ni­vṛ­ttā­v eva ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­ni­vṛ­tti­r a­yu­ktā­, ni­tya­duḥ­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tva­ni­vṛ­ttā­v api ta­nni­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ca ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tve­na ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­si­ddhi­va­n ni­tya­duḥ­khā­śra­ya­tva­si­ddhi­r api syāt. vi­pa­kṣa­da­rśa­nā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­syo­bha­ya­tra­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti, naitad asti; ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tve­na hi ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­sya vyā­pti­pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇaiḥ kā­ka­tī­rā­da­rśa­na­nyā­ye­na pakṣa eva si­ddhya­ti­. na tv evaṃ ni­tya­duḥ­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tve­na ta­da­si­ddhā­v eva ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tvo­pa­pa­tteḥ­? sa­rva­dā­niḥ­śe­ṣa­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sā­ma­rthyaṃ hi ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­m ucyate tac ca duḥ­khā­di­mā­tre­ṇā­py a­bhi­bhū­ta­sya no­pa­pa­dya­te­, kuto nityair duḥ­kha­dve­ṣā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­bhū­ta­sye­ti­? tathā śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dyā­śra­ya­tva­si­ddhi­r api na co­da­nī­yā­, ta­da­bhā­ve­na ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­sya vi­ro­dhā­si­ddheḥ­.

NBhū-YA 46­5­,4~na caivaṃ ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tve­na vinā ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­m u­pa­pa­dya­te­, tathā hi — a­ce­ta­na­syā­sa­rva­jña­sya vā bhu­va­nā­dya­śe­ṣa­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ cā­nā­dya­na­nta­kā­la­m a­vyu­cche­de­na bha­ga­va­to '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, a­vyu­cche­de­nā­tra — tra­sa­sthā­va­rā­dya­na­nta­kā­ryo­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. tac ca sā­ta­tye­na sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sa­he­tu­ka­tve jñānasya na syāt. na hy e­kā­kā­ra­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­grī­ṇā­m a­vi­gu­ṇā­nāṃ pū­rvā­pa­ra­kā­lā­va­cchi­nnaḥ santānaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, a­ni­tyā­nāṃ khalu pa­rā­dhī­nā­tma­lā­bha­ta­yo­tka­rṣā­pa­ka­rṣā­di­yo­ga­sya ka­dā­ci­d a­va­śyaṃ­bhā­vi­tve­na sa­mbhā­vya­tvā­n na ta­tsā­ma­gryā­ya­tta­ja­nma­no jñānasya ni­ra­ti­śa­yo '­va­dhi­va­rji­taḥ santāna u­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 46­5­,12~kāraṇaṃ ce­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­m e­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. dhū­mā­gnyā­di­va­tsā­ma­rthyaṃ tu jñā­no­tpa­ttau śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­deḥ su­khā­dyu­tpa­ttau iva ni­ści­ta­m­, śa­rī­rā­dyu­tpa­ttā­v apy a­vi­dyā­tṛ­ṣṇā­deḥ sāmarthyaṃ ni­ści­ta­m­, te­nā­ni­tyaṃ jñānam icchataḥ sa­rva­saṃ­sā­ri­dha­rmā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ pra­sa­jya­te­. tataś ca ni­ra­ti­śa­yaṃ kartṛtvaṃ sa­rva­jña­tvaṃ ca vi­ru­dhya­te­, ta­dvi­ro­dhā­c ca ja­ga­du­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 46­5­,18~nityaṃ śa­rī­ra­m indriyaṃ ca bha­ga­va­ta iti cet, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­, yu­kti­vi­ro­dhā­c ca. evam eva ni­tya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca pa­tnyā­da­yo 'pi nityā e­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­. pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­dy eva śa­rī­ra­m ity apy a­yu­kta­m­, ce­ṣṭe­ndri­yā­rthā­śra­ya­tvā­bhā­vā­t­. bho­gā­ya­ta­naṃ ca śa­rī­ra­m u­cya­te­, na ca bha­ga­va­taḥ kiṃcid bho­gā­ya­ta­na­m asti. kṣi­tyā­di­mū­rti­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­ga­ma­vi­ro­dha iti cet, na; ta­syo­pa­cā­re­ṇa pravṛtteḥ śa­rī­ra­va­d i­cchā­mā­trā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­tvā­t­. anyathā ya­ja­mā­no 'pi śarīraṃ syāt. na ca cetanaṃ śarīraṃ yu­kta­m­. ta­the­ndri­ya­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, ā­kā­śa­ma­na­so­r apy a­dṛ­ṣṭo­pa­gṛ­hī­ta­tve­ne­ndri­ya­tvā­t­, ta­dvai­ka­lye vā­ni­ndri­ya­tvā­t­. na ce­śva­ra­sya dharmo 'dharmo vāsti, a­saṃ­sā­ri­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­. ke­va­la­dha­rmā­sti­tve ca pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. ni­tyā­ni­tya­vi­ka­lpā­sa­mbha­vā­t — nityatve ca jñānam eva nityam astu, ka­lpa­nā­gau­ra­va­pa­ri­hā­ra­ś caivaṃ bhavaty a­ni­tya­tve ca ta­tsā­dha­na­m a­nu­ti­ṣṭha­taḥ saṃ­hā­ra­ka­rtṛ­tvā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pa­ra­duḥ­kho­tpā­da­nā­de­r a­dha­rma­he­tu­tvā­t­. yac coktam a­jñā­na­m e­vā­dha­rma­he­tu­s ta­da­bhā­vā­d vi­śe­ṣa­to 'pi nādharma iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; jānataḥ pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā­ca­ra­ṇe '­syā­bhya­dhi­ka­prā­ya­ści­tta­śra­va­ṇā­t­. kṣī­ṇa­do­ṣa­sya nā­dha­rmo­tpa­tti­r iti cet, dha­rmo­tpā­do 'pi tasya nāsti tu­lya­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. tad evaṃ jñā­no­tpā­da­ka­he­toḥ śa­rī­rā­de­r a­bhā­vā­n nityam eva jñānaṃ bha­ga­va­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 46­6­,6~nanu ca jñā­na­mā­tra­syā­ni­tya­tve­nā­vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t kathaṃ ka­sya­ci­n ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? siddhau vā na kenāpi ka­sya­ci­d a­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­, sa­rva­trā­nā­śvā­sa­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, naitad asti; sā­ti­śa­ya­syai­va hi jñā­na­syā­ni­tya­tve­nā­vya­bhi­cā­ra u­pa­la­bdho­, na ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­sya­, ma­ha­ttvā­ṇu­tvā­di­va­t­. yaiś ca pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇai­r ni­tya­jñā­nā­śra­ya­tva­ni­ra­ti­śa­ya ka­rtṛ­tva­yoḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ tair e­vā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­na­sya jñā­na­tva­vi­bhu­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇa­tvā­de­r bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­m eva dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. na hi yathā jñā­na­tva­vi­bhu­dra­vya­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇā­de­r ni­tya­tve­na saha virodhaḥ kaścid asti yena ni­ra­ti­śa­ya­ka­rtṛ­tva­sya ni­tya­jñā­na­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa virodhaḥ pra­da­rśi­taḥ­, tathā jñā­na­tvā­de­r a­ni­tya­tve­na na vya­bhi­cā­raḥ si­dhye­t­. na ca vi­pa­kṣā­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­si­ddhiḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na cā­nya­trā­da­rśa­na­m eva vi­ro­dho­, ma­ha­ttvā­ṇu­tvā­de­r api ni­tya­tve­na vi­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, na caivaṃ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vo 'pi pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­d u­tpa­ttā­v a­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­sā­ma­rthya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­t kā­ryo­tpā­da­vi­ro­dha­sya dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvā­d a­gni­dhū­mā­di­ṣu­. anyathā kṣi­tyā­de­r apy u­pa­la­bdho­pā­dā­nā­di­sā­ma­rthya­ka­rtu­r abhāve 'pi kā­ra­ṇā­nta­re­bhyaḥ kā­ryo­tpa­ttā­v a­vi­ro­dha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ce­śva­ra­si­ddhi­r eva nāsti kasya jñānaṃ nityam anityaṃ vā ci­ntye­ta­? tasmāt kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­sya ba­lī­ya­stvā­t ta­tka­rtu­r yathā di­gde­śa­kā­lā­na­va­cchi­nnā­na­nta­ta­tkā­ryo­tpā­da­ka­tvā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­sma­dā­di­dha­rmai­r duḥ­khā­sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­bhi­r a­saṃ­spa­rśo '­nu­mī­ya­te­. tadvad a­ni­tya­jñā­na­dha­rma­śa­rī­rā­dya­pe­kṣa­ka­rtṛ­tvā­bhā­vo '­pī­ti­. tathā ca "satyaṃ jñānam anantaṃ brahma" iti śrutiḥ, "na tasya kāryaṃ karaṇaṃ ca" i­tyā­di­nā "­a­pā­ṇi­pā­daḥ­" ā­di­vā­kye­na cā­kṛ­ta­kaṃ jñā­na­m­, ni­ṣka­la­sya kartṛtvaṃ ca bha­ga­va­taḥ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­. i­cchā­pra­ya­tna­yo­r apy ata eva nityatvaṃ si­ddha­m­, śa­rī­rā­dya­bhā­ve tayor apy u­tpa­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ni­tya­tve­nai­ka­tve 'pi tayoḥ kā­rya­bhe­de­na bhedas trai­kā­li­ka­tvaṃ co­pa­ca­rya­te­, jñe­ya­bhe­de­na jñā­na­va­t­. yad a­trā­nu­ktaṃ pa­ro­kta­co­dya­pra­ti­sa­mā­dhā­naṃ pra­ti­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­kaṃ ca, tat "­ni­tya­jñā­na­vi­ni­śca­ye­" draṣṭavyaṃ svayaṃ cānyad apy ū­hya­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­7­,2~a­pa­ra­s tv āha —

NBhū-YA 46­7­,7~naiva nityaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m asti, va­stu­sa­dga­teḥ prā­mā­ṇyā­t­. yadi nāma vastu sato gatiḥ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, nityatvaṃ kiṃ nety āha — jñe­yā­ni­tya­ta­yā tasyā va­stu­sa­dga­te­r a­dhrau­vyā­t­. na hy a­nu­tpa­nne naṣṭe vā va­stu­ni­, ta­dga­ti­r yuktā. jñe­yā­ni­tya­tve­na jñā­na­syā­stv a­ni­tya­tva­m­, jñātā tu nitya evety atrāha — kra­ma­ja­nma­no jñānasya nityād u­tpa­tti­vi­śle­ṣā­t­. nityād e­ka­sva­bhā­vā­t kra­mo­tpa­tte­r a­sa­mbha­vā­d ity arthaḥ. sa­ha­kā­ri­kra­mā­d api na kramaḥ, a­pe­kṣā­yā a­yo­gā­t­. ni­tya­syā­nu­pa­kā­rya­tve pa­rā­pa­kṣā na yuktā. anitye '­pī­śva­ra­jñā­ne na pra­mā­ṇa­tā ka­thaṃ­ci­d a­nu­pa­kā­rya­tvā­t­. yo hi ka­thaṃ­ci­t ke­na­ci­d u­pa­kṛ­taḥ­, ta­da­nye­ṣā­m u­pa­kā­rā­rthaṃ ka­ru­ṇa­yo­pa­di­śa­ti­, sa lokasya pramāṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. na ce­śva­ra­sye­yaṃ vyu­tpa­tti­r asti. na hy a­kha­ṇḍi­taḥ paṇḍito bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 46­7­,17~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktaṃ nityaṃ pramāṇaṃ nai­vā­stī­ti­, tatra yadi pra­mā­sā­dha­naṃ nityaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­dhya­te­, tan na; a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­deḥ pra­mā­ṇa­sā­dha­na­sya ni­tya­tvā­t­. sā­ma­grya­va­sthaṃ tu na kiṃcin nityam ity atra si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­, a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇā­de­r apy a­ni­tya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­, nityaṃ naivāsti — e­tā­va­d vā­cya­m­, pra­mā­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­na­rtha­kaṃ­. pra­mā­ṇa­syā­pi ni­tya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­. na ce­śva­ra­jñā­na­m aṃjasā pramāṇaṃ phalaṃ cety u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­7­,22~a­thā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­jñā­naṃ nityaṃ nai­vā­stī­ty u­cya­te­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya hi ta­tsa­ttva­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­d e­vā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ ca si­ddha­m­. tathā ca vya­ti­re­kya­nu­mā­naṃ prāk sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­, tenaiva "­jñe­yā­ni­tya­ta­yā­" — i­tyā­di­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. na cā­rtha­ja­tve­nai­va jñā­na­syā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ ye­nā­rtha­sya kra­ma­bhā­vā­t jñā­na­syā­pi kra­ma­bhā­vaḥ syāt. tathā cā­ja­na­ka­syā­py arthasya vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ sa­ma­rthi­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe­. na cā­ja­na­ka­sya vi­ṣa­ya­tve sarveṣāṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, saṃ­sā­ri­pu­ru­ṣa­jñā­nā­nāṃ dha­rmā­di­sā­ma­grī­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mi­tā­nāṃ ni­ya­tā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­no­tpā­dā­t­. ata eva pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­naṃ sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­m u­pa­pa­nna­m­; ni­rhe­tu­ka­sya ni­ya­tā­rtha­tve ni­yā­ma­kā­bhā­vā­t­. sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ hi pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya svā­bhā­vi­ko dharma ity ā­kā­śā­ṇvā­dī­nāṃ sa­rva­ga­tā­sa­rva­ga­ta­tvā­di­dha­rma­va­n na pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­m a­rha­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 46­8­,5~nanu ca ni­tya­syai­ka­jñā­na­sya sa­rvā­rtha­vi­ṣa­ya­tve '­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rthā­nā­m api va­rta­mā­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, e­ka­jñā­nā­la­mba­na­tvā­t­, kṛ­ti­kā­di­va­d iti, naitad asti; yo­gi­jñā­naṃ khalv ekam apy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­nā­rtha­vi­ṣa­yaṃ sa­mā­dhi­ba­lā­d bha­va­ti­, na ca sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ va­rta­mā­na­tva­m­. yathā vā sa­ttā­khye­nai­ke­na sā­mā­nye­na sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m arthānāṃ nai­ka­de­śa­tva­m e­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ vā, pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dhā­t­. tatra ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d arthānāṃ de­śā­nta­raṃ gacchatāṃ na sattayā sa­ha­ga­ma­na­m­, nāpi sa­ttā­vi­yo­gaḥ­. tad e­ka­sa­mba­ndhi­tve teṣāṃ pū­rva­de­śā­dya­pa­ri­tyā­go 'pi nāsti — etac ca sā­mā­nya­sa­ma­rtha­ne vi­sta­re­ṇa pra­sā­dhi­ta­m­. tadvan ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­ne­nai­ke­na sa­mba­ddhā­nā­m arthānāṃ nai­ka­kā­lā­di­yo­ga ity a­nā­ga­to 'rthaḥ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­vi­ṣa­yaḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­rthyā­d va­rta­mā­nī­bha­va­n nā­ga­ma­m eva svabhāvaṃ hitvā bha­va­ti­, na tu ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­sa­mba­ndhaṃ ja­hā­ti­. va­rta­mā­na­sva­bhā­vaṃ hi­tvā­tī­ta­bhā­va­m u­pa­ga­ccha­n ne­śva­ra­jñā­na­sa­mba­ndhaṃ jahāti — ity evaṃ ca sati yaḥ kaścid arthaḥ pū­rva­dha­rma sa­drū­pa­m a­sa­drū­paṃ vā pa­ri­tya­jya dha­rmā­nta­ra­m ā­pa­dya­te­, sa sarvaḥ pa­ra­me­śva­ra­jñā­na­sa­mba­ddha e­vā­pa­dya­te­, sa­ttā­sa­mba­ndha­va­d iti.

NBhū-YA 46­8­,19~e­tā­vāṃ­s tu viśeṣaḥ — sattāyā sadbhiḥ sa­hā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vaḥ sa­ma­vā­yā­khyaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, te­nā­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rthaiḥ saha sambandho na bha­va­ti­. ma­he­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya tu sarvair apy arthaiḥ saha vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ṣa­yi­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, sa cā­tī­tā­dya­rthai­r apy astīti sa­ma­rthi­taṃ pra­tya­kṣa­la­kṣa­ṇe­. tad evam artha e­vā­nya­thā­nya­thā bha­va­ti­, ne­śva­ra­jñā­na­m­. tad dhy e­ka­sva­bhā­va­m apy a­nya­thā­nya­thā­bha­va­dbhi­r arthair a­nya­thā­nya­tho­pa­dhī­ya­mā­naṃ da­rpa­ṇa­spha­ṭi­kā­di­va­d a­nya­thā­nya­thā vya­pa­di­śya­te­. tan na me­yā­ni­tya­ta­yā­pī­śva­ra­jñā­na­syā­dhrau­vya­m­, nāpy a­vi­saṃ­vā­di­tvaṃ ni­va­rta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 46­8­,24~ya­dī­śva­ra­jñā­naṃ nārthe vyā­pri­ya­te nāpy arthād utpannaṃ ta­tsva­bhā­vaṃ vā, tataḥ kathaṃ tenārtho dṛṣṭa ity u­cya­te­, na; tena sambaddha e­vā­rtha­s tena dṛṣṭa ity ucyata a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rtha­va­d ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­9­,2~yad apy āha —

tad apy a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rtha­ta­jjñā­na­yoḥ sā­mā­nya­ta­dva­to­ś ca sa­mba­ndha­sa­ma­rtha­ne­na pra­tyu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 46­9­,6~yad apy āha —

tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hi yasya yāvaty arthe jñānam asti, te­no­ccā­ri­taḥ śabdas tāvato 'rthasya vācako bha­va­ti­. na ca jñānam eva vi­va­kṣā­, jñā­na­va­nto 'pi hi mau­na­vra­tāḥ kecid u­pa­la­bhya­nte­. ni­tyai­ve­cchā bha­ga­va­taḥ sa­rva­kṛ­tye­ṣu yathā de­śa­kā­lo­pā­dā­nā­dya­pe­kṣo­tpā­de 'py a­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa sva­bhā­va­to va­rta­te­, tataḥ kāryam api de­śa­kā­lā­dya­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇai­va bha­va­ti­, tasmād "­vi­va­kṣā­ni­ya­mo na ni­tya­syo­pa­pa­tti­mā­n­" — ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­; ni­tya­syā­pi dra­vya­gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­deḥ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­sya pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­mbhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 46­9­,16~yac coktam — "na hy a­kha­ṇḍi­taḥ paṇḍito bha­va­ti­"­, tad api ni­tyā­ni­tya­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nai­va ni­ra­sta­m­, svā­bhā­vi­kaṃ hi bha­ga­va­taḥ pā­ṇḍi­tya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 46­9­,19~nanu rā­gā­dya­na­nu­bha­ve kathaṃ ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣaṃ jā­nā­ti­? a­jā­nā­na­ś ca katham u­pa­di­śa­n pramāṇaṃ bha­va­ti­? rā­gā­dya­nu­bha­ve tu rā­gā­di­yu­ktaḥ prāptas tataś ca saṃsāry e­vā­sā­v iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, na hi rā­gā­di­jñā­nā­d eva tadvān bha­va­ti­, kiṃ tu ta­tsa­ma­vā­yā­t­. anyathā bu­ddhā­va­sthā­yā­m api rā­gā­di­ma­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgo ' a­rva­jña­tvaṃ vā.

NBhū-YA 46­9­,23~yac cā­tro­kta­m —

tasmād ā­rya­sa­tya­ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­da­rśa­na­mā­traṃ buddhasya sa­rva­jña­tva­m iti. evam api rā­gā­dya­na­nu­bha­ve kathaṃ duḥ­kha­sa­tya­da­rśa­na­m­, ta­da­nu­bha­ve vā kathaṃ na rā­gā­di­ma­ttva­m­?

NBhū-YA 47­0­,6~kiṃ cā­rya­sa­tya­ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­tma­ko buddhaḥ prāptaś ca­tu­ṣṭa­yā­nu­bha­vā­t­, a­na­nu­bha­ve tu ca­tu­ṣṭa­ya­syā­py a­ve­da­kaḥ kathaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? krameṇa vedaka iti cet, na; ekasya kra­ma­ve­da­ka­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. kiṃ ca mā­rga­ve­da­na­kā­le ni­ro­dha­ve­da­naṃ tasyāsti vā? na vā? yady asti, tadā vi­ro­dhā­tma­ka­tva­prā­pte mā­rgā­bhyā­se pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. atha nāsti, tathāpi na mā­rgā­bhyā­se pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, ta­tpra­yo­ja­nā­pra­tī­teḥ­. a­nu­mā­nā­d u­pa­de­śā­d vā jñātvā pra­va­rta­ta iti cet, a­nu­mā­nā­di­to 'pi ta­dā­kā­rā­nā­pā­ttau kathaṃ ta­dve­da­na­m­? yadi syāt pra­tya­kṣa­to 'pi ta­dā­kā­rā­nā­pa­ttā­v eva, ta­dve­da­naṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ty a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. vi­sta­re­ṇa cā­rthā­kā­ra­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­na­syā­pi ni­ra­sta­m­. tasmāt taṭastha eva bha­ga­vā­n īśvaraḥ pa­rā­tma­sthā­n rā­gā­dī­n paśyan na tadvān bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 47­0­,15~yad apy āha —

iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; yato '­nya­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­sya yā yathā śaktir asti, sā tathā kā­ryo­tpa­ttyai­va ni­ścī­ya­te­, hu­ta­bhu­ja­tṛ­ṇā­di­da­ha­na­ta­ṇḍu­la­vi­kle­da­nā­di­śa­kti­va­t­. tasmād yatra yathā kā­rya­prā­du­rbhā­vo dṛ­śya­te­, tatra tathā bha­ga­va­taḥ śaktir gamyata iti.

NBhū-YA 47­0­,23~yad apy āha —

tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yataḥ svā­bhā­vi­kī tasya śaktiḥ kā­ryā­nu­me­ye­ty u­kta­m­. nanu yadi ni­rhe­tu­ke­śva­ra­sya tādṛśī śaktis tato '­sma­dā­de­r api kiṃ na tādṛśī śaktir iti? atra va­stu­sva­bhā­vai­r uttaraṃ vācyam — ya evaṃ bhavati agner dā­ha­śa­kti­r asti, nā­kā­śā­de­r iti kasyātra pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ kri­ya­te­? yac coktam —

"­a­nya­thā yat kiṃcid a­bhi­dhā­ya ni­ru­tta­ra­s tatra kṛtaḥ pareṇa va­stu­sva­bhā­vai­r i­tyā­dyu­tta­ra­m uktvā tiṣṭhet tataḥ sarvo 'pi vijayī syād i­ti­"­. yad apy a­sa­t­, pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddhi­va­d a­nu­mā­nā­di­si­ddhe 'pi svabhāve pa­rya­nu­yuṃ­jā­naṃ praty etad uttaraṃ nyāyyam eva, anyathā dha­rmā­dha­rmā­pa­va­rgā­dau pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sā­dha­na­sā­dhya­tvā­di­sva­bhā­ve pa­rya­nu­yuṃ­jā­naṃ praty etad uttaraṃ na vācyaṃ syāt. ja­nmā­nta­ra­su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­ja­na­na­sva­bhā­vau dha­rmā­dha­rmā­vi­śi­ṣye­te­, na ca tā­dṛ­ksva­bhā­vau kvacid a­dhya­kṣe­ṇa siddhau. tataś ca tatrāpy evaṃ pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ syāt — yāvad itaḥ sā­dha­nā­d dharmasya janma, tāvad a­dha­rma­sya kha­pu­ṣpā­de­r vā kiṃ na? he­tu­pa­ra­mpa­rā­to 'pi yāvad asyaiva śaktir ā­yā­tā­, tāvad anyasya kiṃ na? — ity evaṃ sarvatra pa­rya­nu­yo­gaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­. tasmāt kutaḥ pra­mā­ṇā­d i­tthaṃ­sva­bhā­vo ni­ścī­ya­ta ity e­vaṃ­vi­dha eva pa­rya­nu­yo­go nyāyyaḥ. pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhe tu svabhāve pa­rya­nu­yo­go '­nu­pa­pa­nna e­ve­ti­. pa­ra­me­śva­ra­sya hi ta­thā­vi­dhaḥ svabhāvaḥ kā­ryā­nu­mā­na­ba­le­na siddhas tasmād a­yu­kta­s tatra pa­rya­nu­yo­ga iti.

NBhū-YA 47­1­,19~nanu tad a­nu­mā­na­m eva na yuktaṃ yad āha —

vi­va­kṣi­ta­m u­pā­dā­nā­di bu­ddhi­ma­d a­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­m­, sthitvā pra­va­rta­mā­na­tvā­d da­ṇḍā­di­va­t­. kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryaṃ bu­ddhi­ma­tkṛ­ta­m­, saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, gṛ­hā­di­va­t­. dha­rmā­di­ni­mi­tta­m­, bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhi­taṃ pra­va­rta­te­, a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­t­, gha­ṭā­di­va­d ity e­va­mā­di­ṣu kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu hetuṣu yadi sāmānyaṃ sā­dhya­m­, ta­de­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ siddhaṃ sādhyata ity arthaḥ. a­the­śva­rā­di­ṣṭhā­naṃ sā­dhya­m­, tato 'siddhiḥ dṛṣṭānte sā­dhya­hī­na­te­ty arthaḥ. saṃśayo vā dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­, da­ṇḍā­dā­v ī­śva­rā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­syā­ni­śca­yā­t­. atha vā saṃśayaḥ a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ te­nai­ve­śva­re­ṇa­, so 'pi hi sthitvā pra­va­rta­te­, na ca ke­na­ci­d a­dhi­ṣṭhi­to '­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. saṃsthāna vi­śi­ṣṭa­tva­m api tenaiva vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­m — va­stu­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­, vastutvaṃ ceśvare 'py a­stī­ti­. ta­thā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m api te­nai­vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 47­2­,5~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvat ta­tsi­ddha­sā­dha­na­m iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; na hy a­nī­śva­ra­vā­di­nāṃ kṣityādeḥ kartā ta­du­pā­dā­nā­de­r a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tā ca kaścit siddhaḥ, yena si­ddha­sā­dha­naṃ syāt.

NBhū-YA 47­2­,06~nanu ca ka­rma­ja­lo­ka­vai­ci­trya­m icchadbhiḥ saugataiḥ na ka­rtṛ­mā­tra­syā­dhi­kṣe­paḥ kri­ya­te­. na ca karmaṇo '­ce­ta­na­tvā­t tena si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, "­ce­ta­nā mānasaṃ karma" iti va­ca­nā­t ta­da­nya­sya ce­ta­na­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. ce­ta­na­syā­py a­nya­ce­ta­nā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tve '­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅga iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; na hi karmaṇaḥ ci­drū­pa­tve kiṃcit pra­mā­ṇa­m asti. tathā cātmaiva cai­ta­nya­yo­gā­c cetana iti va­kṣyā­ma­s tato '­rthā­nta­raṃ ca karma na ce­ta­na­m iti. api ca tasya karmaṇaḥ sa­ma­sto­pā­dā­nā­di­pa­ri­jñā­na­m asti vā? na vā? yady asti, tataḥ saṃ­jñā­mā­traṃ bhi­dya­te­. atha nāsti, tataḥ kathaṃ tasya ka­rtṛ­tva­m­? na hi yasya ta­ntvā­di­śa­kti­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ nāsti, sa paṭaṃ ra­ca­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­. cetano 'pi hi yo ya­trā­na­bhi­jñaḥ­, sa ta­trā­nya­bu­ddhyu­pa­gṛ­hī­taḥ pra­va­rta­mā­naḥ kāryaṃ ni­ṣpā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­, nā­nya­thā­. e­te­nai­ta­d api pra­ti­kṣi­pta­m­, yad āha —

kāryaṃ pra­tyu­pā­dā­nā­di­śa­kti­pa­ri­jñā­naṃ hi ni­rū­pa­ṇa­m u­cya­te­. na ca ka­rma­ṇa­s tad asti, ta­syai­ve­śva­ra­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yo hi idam atra śaktaṃ nedam atrety evaṃ nirūpya ja­ga­du­tpa­ttau pra­va­rta­te sa e­ve­śva­ra iti. ku­lā­lā­di­r ghaṭādau ta­du­pā­dā­nā­di­śa­ktiṃ ni­rū­pyai­va pra­va­rta­ta iti na dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­. ku­lā­lā­deḥ svātantrye ajño jantur anīśo 'yam ityādi virodha iti cet, na; sa­rva­tra­svā­ta­ntryā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. da­ṇḍā­di­pre­ra­ka­tve hi tasya svātantryaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, tā­va­tāṃ­śe­na ca dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 47­3­,8~yac coktam — '­ku­lā­lā­di­va­d īśvaro 'py anena preryaḥ syāt' — ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­, yo hi ya­trā­na­bhi­jñaḥ san pra­va­rta­ta sa ta­trā­nye­na jñā­na­va­tā preryata iti. yu­kta­m­, na ceśvaraḥ kvacid a­na­bhi­jñaḥ­, sa­rva­jña­tvā­t­. yac coktam ka­rtṛ­tva­si­ddhau sa­rva­jña­tva­si­ddhiḥ sa­rva­jña­tve c'a pre­ra­ka­tva­m ity a­nyo­nyā­śra­ya iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; na hi de­va­ku­lā­di­kā­rye­ṇa ta­du­pā­dā­nā­dya­bhi­jña­ka­rtra­nu­mā­ne '­nyo­nyā­śra­ya­do­ṣā­va­kā­śo '­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 47­3­,14~nanu yadi sarvajñaḥ śaktaś ce­śva­raḥ­, tataḥ kim ajñaṃ ja­na­ma­sa­dvya­va­hā­re pra­va­rta­ya­ti­? evaṃ hy a­nu­ci­ta­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­vi­ve­ka­jñaḥ syāt. ta­thā­bhū­ta­m a­dha­rma­pha­la­m a­nu­bhā­va­ya­nn u­ci­ta­kā­rye­vā­to 'sau vi­ve­ka­vā­n cet, naitad asti; yasmāt —

pāpaṃ kā­ra­yi­tvā ta­dvyā­va­rta­nā­ya dharme pra­va­rta­ya­tī­ti­. keyaṃ pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tā bha­ga­va­taḥ­? tad idam ā­yā­ta­m — "­pra­kṣā­lya tya­kṣyā­mi­" iti.

NBhū-YA 47­4­,10~kiṃ ca —

"­a­sa­tyo­pa­de­śa­syā­pi dānād asau pra­mā­ṇa­m iti mahad a­dbhu­ta­m­"­. a­thā­sa­tyā­ni śāstrāṇi ne­śva­ra­kṛ­tā­ni tadvad anyad api kāryaṃ ne­śva­ra­kṛ­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 47­4­,16~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad ajñaṃ ja­na­ma­sa­dvya­va­hā­re kiṃ pra­va­rta­ya­tī­ti­, tan na; vi­cā­ri­tvā­t­. vi­cā­ri­ta­m etat — yathā bha­ga­vā­n adharme 'pi janaṃ pra­va­rta­ya­n nā­yu­kta­kā­ra­yi­tā bha­va­tī­ti­. krī­ḍā­rtha­tve ca yaduktaṃ ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me­nai­va pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­. na hi bha­ga­va­taḥ krīḍā rā­jā­di­va­t su­khā­rthā­, kiṃ tu bā­la­krī­ḍā­va­t sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. kiṃcit sā­dha­rmyā­d bā­lo­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 47­4­,23~nanu rā­gā­di­vi­yu­kta­syau­dā­sī­nya­m eva yu­kta­m­, atha lo­ka­ka­rmā­dhi­pa­tyā­dau­dā­sī­nyaṃ la­bha­te­, ta­dā­nya­ka­rma­pa­ra­ta­ntraḥ katham ī­śva­raḥ­? kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 47­4­,28~a­thai­vaṃ­bhū­ta evāyaṃ kramas tam evāsau pra­kā­śa­ya­ti ceṣṭate ca ta­tka­ra­ṇā­ya­. e­vaṃ­bhū­ta eva kra­ma­sva­bhā­vo na mayā ni­vā­ra­yi­tuṃ śakyas tatra lokair ya­thā­yo­gaṃ vi­ha­rta­vya­m iti. nai­ta­t­; tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 47­5­,4~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­; tathā hi — rā­gā­di­vi­yu­kta­syau­dā­sī­nya­m eva yuktam iti — kim idaṃ pra­sa­ṅga­sā­dha­na­m­? uta sva­ta­ntra­m iti. yady u­dā­sī­no bha­ga­vā­n rā­gā­di­vi­yu­kta­tvā­n mu­kta­pu­ru­ṣa­va­d iti sva­ta­ntra­sā­dha­na­m u­cya­te­, tathā saty a­vi­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhya­rthaṃ dharmo pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­s tasya ca kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­nai­va pratīteḥ katham au­dā­sī­nya­si­ddhiḥ­? ta­da­pra­tī­tau vā­śra­yā­si­ddho hetuḥ.

NBhū-YA 47­5­,9~atha rā­gā­di­vi­yu­kta­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ta au­dā­sī­nyā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­rthaṃ prasaṅgaḥ kri­ya­te­, na; tasya kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. na hi rā­gā­di­yu­kte u­dā­sī­ne vā bha­ga­va­ti tra­sa­sthā­va­rā­dya­na­nta­kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. yac coktam — "­a­nya­ka­rma­ta­ntraḥ katham ī­śva­raḥ­" — iti, tan na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ce­ta­na­ta­ntraṃ hy a­ce­ta­na­m­, na tv a­ce­ta­naḥ­, tantraś cetanaḥ ku­vi­nda­ta­ntvā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­t­. na ca ka­rmā­nu­rū­paṃ kāryaṃ kurvann īśvaraḥ ka­rma­ta­ntro bha­va­ti­. na hi ta­ntvā­dya­nu­rū­pa­pa­ṭā­di­kā­rī ku­vi­ndā­di­s ta­ntvā­di­ta­ntra ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 47­5­,16~nanv evaṃ tarhi yathā ta­ntvā­di­ṣu satsv api kṛtārthaḥ ku­vi­ndā­diḥ pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryaṃ na karoty eva, ta­the­śva­raḥ­, kṛ­tā­rtha­tvā­t ka­rmā­di­ṣu satsv api u­dā­sī­naḥ kiṃ nāste? vayam api na jā­nī­maḥ­, sa eva praṣṭavyaḥ — kasmāt tvaṃ bha­ga­va­n no­dā­sī­na iti? vayaṃ tu kā­rya­da­rśa­ne­na ta­da­nu­rū­paṃ ka­rtā­ra­m a­va­ga­ccha­nto no­pā­la­mbha­m a­rhā­maḥ­. prāg uktaṃ ca parārthaṃ pra­va­rta­te­. parārthaṃ pra­vṛ­tta­syā­pi yathā duḥ­khā­di­ja­na­ka­tva­m­, ta­tho­kta­m­, tato "na kṣa­ta­kṣā­ra­ni­kṣe­paḥ­" — ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 47­5­,22~sva­bhā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­pa­kṣe 'pi yad uktam — "­ā­tma­ny apy vaśī nāsau" i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hi vaśīti kṛtvā ni­tyā­ni­tyā­di­ta­ttva­vi­pa­rya­yaṃ ka­ro­ti­, a­ka­ra­ṇe vā tasya vaśitvaṃ ni­va­rta­te­. kṣi­tyā­dya­na­nta­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tva­m eva hi vaśitvaṃ pa­ra­mai­śva­ryaṃ ceti.

NBhū-YA 47­5­,28~yad api "­śā­strā­nta­rā­ṇi­" i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; sa­rva­śā­strā­ṇāṃ sākṣād ī­śva­ra­pra­ṇī­ta­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. yac ca śāstraṃ sākṣād ī­śva­re­ṇo­kta­m­, tat satyam evātaḥ sa­tyo­pa­de­śa­dā­nā­t pra­mā­ṇa­m eva bha­ga­vā­n­. mi­thyā­jñā­nā­di­ni­mi­ttā­dṛ­ṣṭā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tva­dvā­re­ṇa sarvasya hetuḥ kartety ato 'sau sa­rva­śā­stra­kṛ­d apy u­cya­te­. na tv evam a­sa­tyo­pa­de­śa­dā­tā yathā sva­pne­ndra­jā­lā­di­ni­mi­tte­nā­lī­kā­rthā­nu­pa­di­śa­nta e­vā­sa­tyo­pa­de­śa­dā­tā­ro bha­ṇya­nte­, na tu ta­nni­mi­tta­pra­yo­ktā­ro '­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 47­6­,5~nanu cai­ka­syā­pi kā­rya­syai­kaḥ kartā, ba­ha­va­ś ca dṛ­śya­nte­. tathā ba­hū­nā­m apy eko ba­ha­va­ś ceti. ta­tka­tha­m a­va­ga­mya­te — sarvasya jagata eka e­ve­śva­raḥ kartā, na tu bahavo '­nī­śva­rā iti? uktam atra yaḥ pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭā­ni kā­ra­ṇā­ni pra­yu­ṅkte­, taiś ca na pra­yu­jya­te­; sa svatantraḥ kartety u­cya­te­. na cā­nī­śva­ra­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇva­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­ṣu bhū­bhū­dha­ra­śa­rī­rā­bhya­nta­rā­va­ya­vā­di­ṣu ca pa­ri­da­rśa­na­pū­rva­kaṃ pra­yo­ktṛ­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tatra bahavo 'py a­nī­śva­rāḥ kṣityādeḥ kartāraḥ prā­sā­da­vi­śe­ṣa­syai­vā­saṃ­khyā­tā api sta­na­ndha­yā iti.

NBhū-YA 47­6­,13~a­the­śva­rā eva bahavaḥ kṣityādeḥ kartāra i­ṣya­te­. tathā saty a­pa­si­ddhā­nta­s te prā­pno­ti­. e­ka­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇe ca ba­hva­bhyu­pa­ga­mo '­ni­ṣṭa­pa­ri­hā­re '­ti­kau­śa­laṃ khyā­pa­ya­ti­. kiṃ ca teṣām ī­śva­rā­ṇāṃ kim aiśvaryaṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­m a­nu­tta­mā śaktiś cāsti? na vā? yady asti, ta­dā­ne­ke­śva­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā kim? vai­ya­rthyā­t­. atha nāsti, tadā teṣāṃ ni­ya­ma­yi­tā kaścit prabhur asti, anyathā katham a­vi­ro­dhe­na sadā ja­ga­du­tpa­ttyā­di­ṣu pra­va­rte­ra­nn iti?

NBhū-YA 47­6­,20~nanu ca gu­ṇa­tā­ra­ta­mya­da­rśa­nā­d a­bhi­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣā­t sā­ma­rthya­sa­mbha­vaḥ prāg a­sa­ma­rtha­nā­m api paścād iti yuktam e­ta­t­, a­tya­nta­vi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya tu sva­bhā­va­si­ddha­sā­ma­rthyā­tma­no '­nu­ga­ma­ra­hi­ta­sya sā­dha­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t kutaḥ siddhiḥ? tad āha —

kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 47­7­,9~a­tro­cya­te — yadi kṣi­tyā­dī­nā­m īśvaraḥ kartā nāsty eva, tataḥ "­saṃ­sthā­na­sa­ṅga­mā­d bhāvāḥ kṛtāḥ kartā" ityādi sarvam a­yu­kta­m eva syāt. a­thā­sti­, tathāpi neśvare vivādaḥ kin tu ta­nni­tya­tve­. na cāsmābhiḥ prathamaṃ ni­tye­śva­ra­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ kṣityādiḥ sā­dhya­te­, kin tu bu­ddhi­ma­tka­rtṛ­mā­tra­pū­rva­ka­tva­m­. tato '­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­si­ddhā­nta­ba­le­na ī­śva­ra­si­ddhi­r a­nī­śva­ra­sya kṣi­tyā­dyu­tpa­ttā­v a­sā­ma­rthyā­d ity u­kta­m­. siddhe tu sā­mā­nye­ne­śva­re­, paścāt tasya nityatvaṃ vi­cā­rya­te­. tac ca vi­cā­ri­taṃ prāg iti. tataś ca "­svā­bhā­vi­ka­tve­na ta­ttva­sya­" ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 47­7­,17~api ca bhu­va­na­pra­kā­śa­na­tā­pa­na­sva­bhā­va­tve 'rkasya ja­ga­tta­tsva­bhā­vaṃ bhaved ity a­pū­rvai­ṣā vāco yuktiḥ. svā­bhā­vi­ka­tvaṃ nāsty a­rka­sye­ti cet, nanu vi­śi­ṣṭa­he­tu­ka­tve 'pi jagat ta­ddhe­tu­kaṃ bhaved iti samānaḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kiṃ ca ni­tyā­nā­m api go­tvā­śva­tvā­dī­nāṃ ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­pa­ñce­na prāk sa­ma­rthi­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 47­7­,21~"­ī­śva­rā­d ī­śva­ra­tva­sya­" ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­, dha­rmi­grā­ha­ke­ṇa kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­na bā­dhi­ta­tvā­d ā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvaṃ vā.

NBhū-YA 47­7­,24~yad api "­u­tka­rṣo 'sti gu­ṇā­nā­m­" i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hy ā­ga­mā­d ṛte śa­krā­dyu­tka­rṣa­sa­dbhā­ve 'sti pra­mā­ṇa­m­, na cā­ga­ma­s te pra­mā­ṇa­m­. ta­tprā­mā­ṇye vā tata eva ni­tya­sye­śva­ra­syā­pi siddhiḥ. bu­ddhā­ga­ma­ś cāsmākaṃ na pra­mā­ṇa­m­. kiṃ ca śa­krā­di­va­d a­nī­śva­ra­syā­pi yadi yo­gā­bhyā­sa­ta­pa­śca­ra­ṇā­dya­nu­ṣṭhā­nā­d vo­tka­rṣaḥ­, tataḥ sā­ta­tye­nā­saṃ­khyā tra­sa­sthā­va­rā­dyu­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śau na syātāṃ hiṃ­sā­dya­dha­rmo­tpā­da­nā­bhi­bha­vā­d ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 47­8­,1~nanu jñā­nā­di­pra­ka­rṣa­syā­bhyā­sa­pra­bha­va­tvaṃ sā­nu­ga­maṃ yaḥ pra­tyā­ca­kṣī­ta­, tasya ni­ra­nu­ga­me svā­bhā­vi­ka­tve kathaṃ na pra­ti­kṣe­paḥ­? yo hi grāmam api mu­ṣṇā­ti­, ta­syā­ra­ṇye trā­ṇā­sa­mbha­vi­ni kā­kṣa­me­ti­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; na hi vayaṃ jñā­nā­de­r a­bhyā­sā­t tā­ra­ta­mya­bhā­vi­naṃ prakarṣaṃ pra­tyā­ca­kṣma­he­, yogināṃ ta­thā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. ja­ga­tka­rtu­ś ca ta­tkā­ryā­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tti­ba­le­na svā­bhā­vi­ka­tvaṃ jñā­nā­de­r i­ṣṭa­m­, pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­kā­śā­de­r a­ṇu­tva­ma­ha­ttvā­di­va­t­. ni­ra­nu­ga­ma­sya pra­ti­kṣe­pe tu kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­de­r api pra­ti­kṣe­paḥ syāt. tatra bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­d a­nu­ga­ma­si­ddhā­v atrāpi tata eva siddhaḥ. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­sya va­stu­ni­vṛ­ttyo­ttā­dā­tmya­sya ca grahaṇe 'py a­ni­śca­yā­t ta­nmo­ha­ni­vṛ­tti­r eva bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­t kriyata iti cet, nanv evaṃ kṣi­tyā­dī­nāṃ ni­tyai­śva­ryo­pe­ta­ka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tve pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛhīte 'py a­ni­śca­yā­t ta­nmo­ha­ni­vṛ­tti­r eva bā­dha­ka­pra­mā­ṇe­na kriyata iti bruvāṇaḥ kathaṃ vā­rya­te­? co­dya­pa­ri­hā­ra­yoḥ sa­mā­na­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 47­8­,13~tad evaṃ sthitvā pra­vṛ­tti­saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣā­rtha­kri­yā­di­ṣu ne­ṣṭa­si­ddhiḥ nāpy a­si­ddhi­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte daṇḍādau bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­sya si­ddha­tvā­t­. sā­dhya­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣa­yā tu sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣv apy a­si­ddhi­r dṛṣṭānte syāt, etena saṃśayo 'pi dṛṣṭānte pra­tyu­ktaḥ­, sā­dhya­sā­mā­nya­sya ni­ści­ta­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 47­8­,17~yad api saṃśayo '­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yasmād u­bha­ya­saṃ­pra­ti­pa­nne vipakṣe vya­bhi­cā­ro­dbhā­va­naṃ yu­kta­m­, na ce­śva­ra­s tvayā pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 47­8­,19~kiṃ cā­ce­ta­na­sya kā­la­de­śā­de­r vi­ve­ka­śū­nya­sya sthitvā pra­vṛ­tti­r na sa­mbha­va­ti­, ce­ta­na­s tu svayaṃ de­śa­kā­lā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ ta­tpra­yo­ja­naṃ ca jñātvā sthitvāpi pra­va­rta­ta ity a­vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 47­8­,23~saṃ­sthā­na­m a­vi­śe­ṣo '­pī­śva­re­ṇā­nai­kā­nti­kaḥ ity etad api vyā­mo­ha­jṛ­mbhi­ta­m­, na hi va­stu­mā­traṃ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa­tve­na loke 'pi pra­si­ddha­m­, kiṃ tarhi? a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa ity u­cya­te­. pra­sā­dhi­ta­ś cā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣo '­va­ya­vī cātaḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa saṃsthānaṃ nāsty etad apy a­yu­kta­m­. kiṃ ca pa­ra­mā­ṇa­vo 'pi ku­ta­ści­d a­ti­śa­yā­t tri­ko­ṇa­ca­tu­ṣko­ṇa­va­rtu­lā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­sa­nta ity a­va­śya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m anyathā ta­tpra­ti­bhā­sa­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­do na syāt. yataś cā­ti­śa­yā­t tri­ko­ṇā­di­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ­, sa eva saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. sa ceśvare nāstīti kathaṃ bha­ga­vā­n api saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣa iti? yad apy a­yu­kta­m a­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­m api te­nai­vā­nai­kā­nti­ka­m iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, sa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­syā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tva­syā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t a­ce­ta­na­sya sataḥ kāryasya cā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvaṃ hi na bu­ddhi­ma­tpra­yu­kta­tvaṃ vya­bhi­ca­ra­ti­, na hi bha­ga­va­to '­ce­ta­na­tvaṃ kāryatvaṃ vā­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 47­9­,10~yad apy āha —

tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­ve hi ca­kṣu­rā­di­ṣv api da­nto­tthā­na­m a­pā­nā­di­ṣv api jihvāpi syāt. ta­ddhe­tū­nāṃ ni­rvi­ve­ka­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 47­9­,18~chā­gā­di­pu­rī­ṣā­de­r va­rtu­lī­ka­ra­ṇe pre­kṣā­va­taḥ kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m iti cet, chā­gā­dī­nāṃ tā­dṛ­śe­nai­va pu­rī­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇo­tsa­rga­kā­le sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ ca bha­va­tī­ti ta­nni­mi­tta­ka­rma­pha­la­sa­mpā­da­ka­tva­m eva pra­yo­ja­na­m­. etena ba­da­rī­ka­ṇṭa­ka­ma­yū­ra­ca­ndri­kā­di­vai­ci­trya­ka­ra­ṇe 'pi pra­yo­ja­naṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. tatrāpy avaśyaṃ ka­sya­ci­t sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā, darśanaṃ sparśanaṃ vā bha­va­tī­ty ato vicitraṃ prāṇināṃ ka­rmā­dhi­ṣṭhā­ya ta­da­nu­rū­paṃ phalaṃ kurvataḥ katham a­pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tva­m­? bhavatu vā ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­naṃ kā­rya­m­, tathāpi ne­śva­ra­syā­si­ddhi­s ta­da­nu­mā­na­sya ni­ra­va­dya­tvā­d­. yathā bā­la­krī­ḍā­kṛ­tā­ni ha­stya­śva­ra­thā­dī­ni ni­ṣpra­yo­ja­nā­ny api nā­ce­ta­nai­r eva hetubhiḥ kṛ­tā­ni­, tathā kṣi­tyā­dī­ny a­pī­ti­. na khalv a­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣa­ra­hi­ta­sya hetoḥ sā­dhya­sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ na yu­kta­m­. a­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣa­sa­dbhā­ve tu sa eva va­kta­vyaḥ­, kim anyena vi­ka­lpe­nā­sā­dha­nā­ṅge­ne­ti­?

NBhū-YA 48­0­,2~nanv a­si­ddha­tva­do­ṣo 'py a­trā­sti­, bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­vyā­pta­sya sa­nni­ve­śā­deḥ kṣi­tyā­dā­v a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. tadāha —

a­kri­yā­da­rśa­ne 'pi kṛ­ta­vṛ­ddhi­r bhavati prā­sā­dā­di­bhe­de­ṣv iva. yadi tādṛśaṃ sa­nni­ve­śā­di­kṣi­tyā­di­ṣv api syāt tadā tato '­dhi­ṣṭhā­tra­nu­mā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­sa­nni­ve­śā­di­da­rśa­ne tv a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tra­nu­mi­ti­r na yuktety āha —

va­stu­bhe­de dṛṣṭe saṃ­sthā­nā­di­vi­śe­ṣe ghaṭādau yaḥ prasiddho vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, pu­ru­ṣā­dhi­ṣṭhā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tasya, kṣi­tyā­di­ga­ta­syā­nu­mi­tiḥ saṃ­sthā­nā­di­śa­bda­sā­mye­nā­bhe­da­mā­trā­n na yuktā.

NBhū-YA 48­0­,13~ na hi pā­ṇḍu­śa­bda­sā­mye­nā­bhe­da­va­to vā­ṣpā­di­to 'py agnāv a­nu­mi­ti­r bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 48­0­,15~pra­tya­kṣā­bā­dhā­taḥ pā­ṇḍu­tvā­d a­gnya­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te­, ī­śva­rā­nu­mā­naṃ tu na bā­dhya­te­, tatas ta­tpra­vṛ­tti­r yukteti cet, nai­ta­t­, ya­smā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­0­,21~ ku­lā­lā­nu­pa­la­mbha evātra bādheti cet, īśvare kiṃ kim u­pa­la­mbho 'sti? tasmād gha­ṭa­va­lmī­kā­dī­nā­m iva va­stu­sā­dṛ­śyā­bhā­vā­n nā­nu­mā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. va­stu­sā­mā­nyā­bhā­ve 'pi śa­bdā­nu­vṛ­tti­ta e­vā­nu­mā­naṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­, yataḥ —

NBhū-YA 48­1­,3~ kiṃ ca yathā bha­ga­vā­n ni­tya­vyā­pi­tvā­di­dha­rma­yu­kta­s ta­thā­kā­śa­m api, ta­tre­śva­ra eva kā­ra­ṇa­m­, nā­kā­śa­m iti kuto 'yaṃ vi­bhā­gaḥ­? yadi ca sa­dbhā­va­mā­tre­ṇa kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ka­lpya­te­, tadā śā­strau­ṣa­dhā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­c caitrasya vra­ṇa­ro­ha­ṇe '­sa­mba­ddha­sya­, kiṃ sthāṇau kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na ka­lpya­te­? atha sthāṇau vyā­pā­rā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, yady evam ī­śva­ra­syā­pi­.

kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 48­1­,18~ a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — yādṛk sa­nni­ve­śā­di prā­sā­dā­di­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tādṛg eva yadi kṣi­tyā­di­ṣu syād iti, tan na; ma­ṭha­prā­sā­da­gha­ṭā­di­ṣu ta­dbhe­de­ṣu mithaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye 'py a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­pū­rva­ka­tvā­vya­bhi­cā­rā­t­. atha teṣu sa­rva­trā­kri­yā­da­rśa­ne 'pi kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­, na kṣi­tyā­di­ṣv iti; tat kim i­dā­nī­m a­kā­rya­tva­m eva kṣi­tyā­dī­nā­m­? na hi kṛ­ta­ka­tve­nā­pra­tī­ya­mā­nā­nāṃ kāryatvaṃ vaktuṃ śa­kya­m­. kṛ­ta­ka­tve­na pratītau ca kathaṃ na kṛ­ta­bu­ddhiḥ­? sarveṣāṃ tu prā­sā­dā­di­ṣv api kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r na bha­va­ti­, yathā ca ci­ra­nta­ne­ṣu prā­sā­dā­di­ṣu vyā­ptya­bhi­jña­syai­va kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­, vyā­pti­mū­ḍhā­nāṃ tv a­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r eva bhavati tathā kṣi­tyā­di­ṣv apīti na kaścid vi­śe­ṣaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 48­1­,26~pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhiḥ prā­sā­dā­di­ṣv iva na kṣi­tyā­di­ṣu bha­va­tī­ti cet, keṣāṃ na bha­va­ti­? kiṃ pra­si­ddhā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­nā­m apy uta vyā­pti­smṛ­ti­vi­ka­lā­nā­m­? pra­si­ddhā­vi­nā­bhā­vā­nā­m a­bhra­ṣṭa­sma­ra­ṇā­nāṃ tāvad bhavaty eva pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhiḥ­, loke 'pi hi vaicitryaṃ jagataḥ ke­na­ci­d dhātrā ni­rmi­ta­m ity asti pra­tī­tiḥ­. vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­smṛ­ti­vi­mū­ḍhā­nāṃ tu prā­sā­dā­di­ṣv api ke­ṣu­ci­n na pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­. nai­tā­va­tā teṣām a­pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­tva­m­. api caivaṃ vedeṣv api pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­bu­ddhi­r lau­ki­kā­nāṃ mī­māṃ­sa­kā­nāṃ ca na bha­va­tī­ty ataś ca tatrāpi pu­ru­ṣa­kṛ­ta­tva­sā­dha­nā­yo­ktā vā­kya­tvā­da­yo 'siddhā hetavaḥ syuḥ.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,5~kiṃ cā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhya­rtha­m apy uktaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­sā­dha­na­m asiddhaṃ syāt, na hi yādṛśaṃ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­gha­ṭā­di­ṣu dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yac cho­tra­grā­hyaṃ na bha­va­ti­, tādṛśaṃ śabde '­stī­ti­. tasmād dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dā­rṣṭā­nti­ka­vai­dha­rmya­mā­tra­m etat sa­rvā­nu­mā­ne­ṣu samānaṃ ne­śva­rā­nu­mā­na­syai­va bā­dha­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,9~ yat punar etat — pā­ṇḍu­dra­vyā­d iveti tad a­yu­ktaṃ­; pā­ṇḍu­tva­sya hi da­ha­na­si­ddhā­v a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvaṃ bā­dhi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvaṃ vā.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,11~ yat punar etat — na na bādhyata ity e­va­mā­di­, tan na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na khalu a­bā­dhā­ta e­vā­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­ttiṃ brūmaḥ, kiṃ tu pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tvā­di­rū­pā­ṇāṃ pañcānāṃ caturṇāṃ vā gra­ha­ṇā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,14~ yac coktam — anyathā ku­mbha­kā­re­ṇa i­tyā­di­, tatra ku­mbha­kā­ra­śa­bda­sya ko 'rtho '­bhi­pre­taḥ­? kim a­vi­va­kṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kaścic cetanaḥ kartā? kiṃ vā ca­krā­di­sā­ma­grī­yu­ktaḥ puruṣa iti? kiṃ cātaḥ? prathame pakṣe na kiṃcid bā­dhi­ta­m­, va­lmī­kā­de­r api ce­ta­na­ka­rtṛ­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. dvitīye tu pakṣe pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhā­pi bha­va­ti­, ca­krā­di­sā­ma­grī­yu­kta­pu­ru­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi va­lmī­kā­de­r u­tpa­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,19~ yat punar etat — ī­śva­ra­syā­py a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d abhāva iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; dṛ­śyā­nu­pa­la­mbho hy abhāvaṃ sā­dha­ya­ti­, nā­nu­pa­la­mbha­mā­tra­m­, dha­rmā­dha­rmā­de­r apy a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­2­,22~ yad apy āha — nanv evam adṛṣṭaṃ karmāpi na ka­lpa­nī­ya­m­, tat kim idānīṃ śu­ṣi­ra­m ity eva jā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ­? yadi hi karmāpi pa­ri­ka­lpyā­pa­ra īśaḥ ka­lpya­te­, tatas tato 'py a­pa­ra­m ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­, tad apy a­yu­ktaṃ­; karmaṇo hi kā­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­pa­ri­jñā­na­pū­rva­ka­pra­yo­ktṝ­tvā­bhā­vā­t mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­di­va­d a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tra­pe­kṣi­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­t ku­lā­lā­di­va­t pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­śa­ktī­ni kā­ra­kā­ṇi­. svecchayā pra­yuṃ­jā­na­s tu­lya­jñā­na­śa­kti­ka­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tra­nta­raṃ nā­pe­kṣa­ta iti katham a­na­va­sthā­? a­dhi­ka­jñā­na­śa­kti­ka­m a­pe­kṣa­te­, tato '­na­va­sthe­ti cet, na; yāvatsu tasya vyu­tpa­tti­s tāvatsv a­na­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­3­,1~na cā­dhi­kā­pe­kṣa­tve 'py a­na­va­sthā­, ni­ra­ti­śa­yā­n ni­vṛ­tteḥ­. yato hy a­nya­syā­dhi­kaṃ jñānaṃ sāmarthyaṃ ca nāsti, sa ni­ra­ti­śa­ye­na jñānena sā­ma­rthye­na ca yukto '­dhi­ṣṭā­tra­nta­raṃ nā­pe­kṣa­ta ity ato '­na­va­sthā ni­va­rta­te­. ni­ra­ti­śa­yā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me '­na­va­sthāṃ sā­dha­ya­taḥ pramāṇaṃ nāsti, kā­ryo­tpa­tti­vi­ro­dha­ś ca. tasmād yo ya­trā­na­bhi­jñaḥ­, sa tatrānyaṃ tajjñam a­pe­kṣa­te­, na tajjño 'py anyaṃ tajjñam iti.

NBhū-YA 48­3­,7~yadi tarhi bhū­bhū­dha­rā­di kāryaṃ pre­kṣā­va­tā kṛ­ta­m­, tadā ta­tsaṃ­sthā­naṃ kim iti a­ti­śo­bha­naṃ na bha­va­ti­? evaṃ tarhi yeṣāṃ bhū­bhū­dha­ra­pra­de­śā­nāṃ śa­rī­ra­vṛ­kṣā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ ca saṃ­sthā­na­m a­ti­śo­bha­na­m­, teṣāṃ kartā pre­kṣā­vā­n a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 48­3­,10~kiṃ ca kenāpi pra­jñā­kṛ­tā­nāṃ ci­trā­di­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m­, na sarveṣāṃ saṃ­sthā­na­m a­ti­śo­bha­naṃ bha­va­ti­. yathaiva hi pre­kṣā­vā­n eva ci­tra­kā­rā­diḥ vicitraṃ kāryaṃ kartum icchan kiṃcit śo­bha­na­saṃ­sthā­na­m­, kiṃcin ma­dhya­ma­saṃ­sthā­naṃ ka­ro­ti­; tathā bha­ga­vā­n api sarvajña eva vi­ci­tra­saṃ­sthā­naṃ jagat ka­ro­tī­ti­. atha vā śa­rī­re­ndri­ya­va­d bhū­myā­di­ka­m api prā­ṇi­ka­rmā­nu­rū­paṃ bha­ga­vā­n karoti — tatra devānāṃ dha­rma­ba­hu­la­tvā­d a­ti­śo­bha­naṃ saṃ­sthā­na­m eva ta­dbhū­myā­di­kaṃ ka­ro­ti­, nā­ra­ki­ṇāṃ tv a­dha­rma­ba­hu­la­tvā­t ta­dbhū­myā­di­ka­m a­śo­bha­na­saṃ­sthā­na­m eva ka­ro­ti­, idaṃ bhū­bhū­dha­rā­khyaṃ bhu­kta­śe­ṣa­dha­rmā­dha­rma­vi­pā­ka­va­tāṃ prāṇināṃ sthā­na­m­, tena ta­tsu­kha­duḥ­kha­pra­kā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ kṛ­ta­vā­n iti.

NBhū-YA 48­3­,18~ yat punaḥ "­jā­tya­nta­re pra­si­ddha­sya­" i­tyā­di­ślo­ka­dva­ya­m­; tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hi yathā vā­gā­di­ṣu navasv artheṣv abhinnaṃ nimittaṃ vinaiva gośabdaḥ pra­vṛ­tta­s tathā kṣi­tyā­di­ṣv a­pī­ti­. yadi hi gha­ṭā­di­ṣu kṣi­tyā­di­ṣu caikaṃ va­stu­ga­taṃ kā­rya­tvā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sāmānyaṃ nāsti, tataḥ kathaṃ saṃ­sthā­na­tve­na kāryatvaṃ sā­dhya­te­, kā­rya­tve­nā­ni­tya­tva­m iti? na hy atra viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti, ye­nā­ni­tya­tva­sā­dha­ne kṣi­tyā­di­ṣu kā­rya­śa­bda­sā­mya­mā­tra­tve­nā­si­ddhaṃ na bha­va­ti­, bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­pū­rva­ka­tva­sā­dha­ne tv a­si­ddha­m­. u­bha­ya­trā­pi gha­ṭā­di­r eva dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­s ta­trā­ni­tya­tve­na yathā kā­rya­tva­sya vyāptiḥ pra­si­ddhā­, tathā bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­pū­rva­ka­tve­ne­ty ubhayoḥ siddhir a­si­ddhi­r vāstu. na cā­ce­ta­nā­nāṃ viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti, yena bha­ṭā­di­he­ta­va e­vā­ce­ta­nā bu­ddhi­ma­da­na­dhi­ṣṭhā na pra­va­rta­nte­. kṣi­tyā­di­he­ta­va­s tv a­ce­ta­nā api bu­ddhi­ma­da­na­dhi­ṣṭhā eva pra­va­rta­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 48­3­,29~yat punar etat — "­ni­tya­vyā­pi­tvā­dya­vi­śe­ṣe '­pī­śva­ra eva kā­ra­ṇa­m­, nā­kā­śa­m iti kuto 'yaṃ vi­bhā­gaḥ­"­? iti, tad apy a­vi­cā­ri­tā­rtha­m­; kā­ryā­nu­mā­ne­nai­va vi­bhā­ga­sya pra­da­rśi­ta­tvā­t­. kumbhādau dṛṣṭānte hi bu­ddhi­mā­n eva kartā lau­ki­ka­pa­rī­kṣā­ṇāṃ pra­si­ddhaḥ­, na tv ā­kā­śa­m­, tena kṣityādau sādhye 'pi bu­ddhi­mā­n eva kartā si­dhya­ti­. sa e­ve­śva­raḥ­, a­nī­śva­ra­sya tatra sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­d ity u­kta­m­. etena "­śā­strau­ṣa­dhā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­d­" ityādy api ni­ra­sta­m­. yadi nāma vra­ṇa­ro­ha­ṇā­di­ṣu sthāṇoḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­n na ka­lpya­te­, bha­ga­va­taḥ kṣi­tyā­di­ṣu kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ kiṃ na ka­lpya­te­? na hy atrāpi pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vaḥ­, nā­pī­śva­raḥ pra­tya­kṣaḥ­, yena sthā­ṇu­va­d asya kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryaṃ praty a­sa­mba­ddha­tā gṛ­hya­te­.

NBhū-YA 48­4­,10~atha matam — ni­rvyā­pā­ra­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na yu­kta­m­, vyā­pā­ra­ś ce­śva­ra­sya sva­bhā­va­bhe­de­na vinā na yujyata iti. sva­bhā­va­bhe­de­na vineti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­de­na vinā? kiṃ vā dha­rma­bhe­de­na vinā? ā­ho­svi­d ā­tma­bhe­de­na vi­ne­ti­? tatra yadi sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­de­na vineti a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tato '­si­ddha­m­; yasmād ī­śva­ra­syā­pi sa­ha­kā­ri­bhe­do 'sty eva. tad a­ta­drū­pā­ka­ra­ṇe 'pi yathā na sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ya­rthya­m­, tathā va­kṣyā­maḥ­. atha dha­rma­bhe­de­na vinety a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tad apy a­si­ddha­m­; bha­ga­va­to 'pi dharmāṇāṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­ja­ga­tka­rtṛ­tva­ni­tya­tvā­dī­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­ra­bhe­do­pa­pa­tteḥ­. atha dharmāṇāṃ bhedena vi­nā­śe­na vinety a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tad apy a­si­ddha­m­; saṃ­yo­gā­di­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ vi­nā­śo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. atha sa­rva­dha­rma­vi­nā­śe­na vinā vyāpāro na yujyata iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; sa­rva­dha­rma­vi­nā­śe tu prā­ra­bdha­sya vyā­pā­rā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­thā­tma­bhe­de­na vinety arthaḥ, ta­tre­śva­rā­tmā kiṃ pa­ra­smā­n na bhi­dya­te­? kiṃ vā svasmād iti? pa­ra­smā­n na bhidyata ity a­yu­kta­m­, a­dvai­ta­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. advaitaṃ ca ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­. atha svasmān na bhi­dya­te­, ta­dā­nya­syā­pi kā­ra­ka­sya svasmād bhedo nāstīti na vyāpāraḥ syāt, tataḥ sarvaṃ jagan ni­ṣkā­ra­ṇaṃ syāt. atha sva­bhā­va­bhe­daḥ svā­tma­vi­nā­śa­s tena vinā vyāpāro na yu­jya­te­, tat kim idānīṃ vi­na­ṣṭa­sya vyāpāraḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­? a­thā­ja­na­ka­sva­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau ja­na­ka­sva­bhā­va­syo­tpa­ttau ca vyāpāraḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, na ni­tya­sye­ti­; etac ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhe ni­rā­ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 48­4­,28~ yat punar etat — "­ni­tya­syā­vya­ti­re­ki­tvā­t sāmarthyaṃ du­ra­nva­ya­m­" iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ta­tsa­ttva­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇā­d eva sā­ma­rthya­si­ddheḥ­, na hy anyathā kṣi­tyā­di­kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. go­tvā­de­ś ca sā­mā­nya­sya nityatve 'py a­nu­ga­ta­vyā­vṛ­tta­go­pra­tya­yā­di­ṣu sāmarthyaṃ vi­sta­re­ṇa pra­sā­dhi­ta­m­. ataś ca na nityasya sāmarthyaṃ du­ra­nva­ya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 48­5­,4~ yady api "yeṣu satsu" — i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; ka­rmā­de­r apy a­ka­lpa­nā­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. na hi pi­trā­di­ṣu satsu bhavataḥ śa­rī­rā­deḥ ka­rma­tṛ­ṣṇā­di­kaṃ he­tu­tve­no­pa­la­bhya­te­, tatas ta­tka­lpa­ne 'pi he­tū­nā­m a­va­sthi­tiḥ syāt. atha ka­rma­tṛ­ṣṇā­de­r e­ka­tra­sā­ma­rthyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­nya­trā­nu­mā­ne­na ga­mya­te­? bu­ddhi­ma­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­r apy ekatra sāmarthyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­nya­trā­nu­mā­ne­na kiṃ na ga­mya­te­? yatra dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tatra ga­mya­tā­m­, na kṣi­tyā­dyu­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇe­ṣv iti cet, ka­rma­tṛ­ṣṇā­de­r api yatra sāmarthyaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tatra ga­mya­tā­m­, na ga­rbha­śa­rī­rā­di­ṣv iti. śa­rī­ra­tvā­dya­vi­śe­ṣā­d ga­rbha­śa­rī­rā­di­ṣv api gamyata iti cet, a­ce­ta­na­tvā­dya­vi­śe­ṣā­t kṣi­tyā­dyu­pā­dā­no­pa­ka­ra­ṇe­ṣv api kiṃ na ga­mya­te­? bu­ddhi­ma­to 'py a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­mā­tra­sya sāmarthyaṃ ga­mya­tā­m­, ne­śva­ra­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d iti cet, yady evaṃ ka­rma­tṛ­ṣṇā­di­mā­tra­sya sādharmyaṃ gamyatāṃ na ja­nmā­nta­ro­tpa­nna­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. ga­rbha­śa­rī­rā­di­he­toḥ sā­ma­rthyā­t ja­nmā­nta­ro­tpā­da­si­ddhi­r iti cet, yady evaṃ kṣi­tyā­dyu­pā­dā­nā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­r bu­ddhi­ma­taḥ sā­ma­rthyā­d ī­śva­ra­tva­si­ddhi­r iti na kaścid vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tad evaṃ sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ bu­ddhi­ma­t pū­rva­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ­, kiṃcic ce­ta­na­taḥ­, kiṃcid a­nya­ta­ś cety etad apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 48­5­,18~nanv ī­śva­ra­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve vyarthaṃ karma syāt. karmaṇaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tve vā neśvaro '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 48­5­,22~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­; na hi ku­lā­la­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve ca­kra­da­ṇḍā­de­r vaiyarthyaṃ ca­krā­di­ni­rbha­rtsya vā gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ kulālaḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m­, ta­da­ni­rbha­rtsa­ne vā naiva kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. bhi­nna­pra­mā­ṇa­grā­hya­tvā­c ca. tathā hi — bu­ddhi­ma­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­nu­mā­ne­ne­śva­raḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, ja­nmā­di­vai­ci­trye­ṇa tu ka­rme­ti­. vicitraṃ hi kāryaṃ vi­ci­tra­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­bha­vaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā ci­trā­di­, tathā ca ja­nmā­di­kā­ryaṃ vicitraṃ dṛ­śya­te­.

NBhū-YA 48­5­,28~janma tāvad vi­ci­tra­m — ka­sya­ci­t praśaste kule janma ka­sya­ci­d a­pra­śa­ste­, ka­sya­ci­t sa­dha­ne­, ka­sya­ci­n ni­rdha­ne­. ta­ra­ta­ma­yo­ge­nā­pi draṣṭavyaṃ jā­ti­pra­jñā­śī­la­rū­pa­vai­rū­pya­vyā­dhi­vai­ci­tri­ye­ṇa ceti.

NBhū-YA 48­6­,2~tathā maraṇaṃ vi­ci­tra­m — ka­sya­ci­d garbhe, ka­sya­ci­j jā­ta­mā­tra­sya­, mā­sa­va­rṣā­di­kā­la­vi­ka­lpe­na­, dī­rgha­dī­rgha­ta­rā­di­duḥ­kha­vi­ka­lpe­na ca, pra­śa­stā­pra­śa­sta­ni­mi­tta­vi­ka­lpe­na ceti. na caitaj ja­nma­ma­ra­ṇa­vai­ci­tryaṃ bhū­ta­vai­ci­tryā­dy u­kta­m­, ā­hā­rā­di­ni­mi­ttā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi vai­ci­tryo­pa­la­bdheḥ­. pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ sva­bhā­ve­na vi­ci­tra­tvā­t ta­tkṛ­ta­ka­rma­vai­ci­tryā­d eva ja­nmā­di­vai­ci­trya­m iti ga­mya­te­, ta­da­dhi­ṣṭhā­nā­c ce­śva­ra­ś ci­trā­dyu­pa­ka­ra­ṇā­nā­m a­dhi­ṣṭhā­ne vāstīti katham i­ta­ra­syā­vai­yya­rthya­m iti?

NBhū-YA 48­6­,9~yad apy āha —

NBhū-YA 48­6­,12~ī­śva­ra­sya tu sva­bhā­va­pa­ri­ṇā­me 'pi nāsti saṃ­skā­rya­tā­to na bhū­myā­di­va­d api kā­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 48­6­,16~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hi pa­ri­ṇā­mā­d eva hetus tathā hi — sthi­to­pa­vi­ṣṭa­ga­ccha­tāṃ prāṇināṃ dhāraṇe svātmani jñā­no­tpā­da­ne ca bhū­myā­di­r a­vi­kṛ­to 'pi hetur u­pa­la­bhya­te­. ma­ṇi­vi­śe­ṣa­ś ca niścalo 'pi jñā­na­su­khā­di­he­tu­r dṛṣṭaḥ. ke­ṣu­ci­t kāryeṣu sva­bhā­va­pa­ri­ṇā­me­na he­tu­tva­si­ddhau sarvasya tathaiva hetutvaṃ vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­d iti cet, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ ca ni­ṣe­tsyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 48­6­,22~kiṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­ce­ta­nā­nāṃ ce­ta­nā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tve­na he­tu­tva­si­ddhau sa­rve­ṣā­m a­ce­ta­na­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t tathātvaṃ kiṃ nā­nu­mī­ya­te­? bhū­mi­spha­ṭi­kā­di­vi­kā­ra­sya hy a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d abhāvaḥ sidhyaty u­pa­la­bdhi­la­kṣa­ṇa­prā­pti­tvā­t­, na tv a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tu­s ta­syā­tī­ndri­ya­tvā­t­. ku­lā­lā­de­r ai­ndri­ya­ka­tvā­t tasya kathaṃ nā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d a­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r iti cet, na; sva­vya­ti­ri­kta­sya ce­ta­na­syā­pra­tya­kṣa­tvā­t­. śa­rī­ra­mā­traṃ tu ku­lā­lā­deḥ pra­tya­kṣa­m­, tasya cā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d abhāvaḥ si­dhya­tu­, na tato 'nyasya bu­ddhi­ma­ta iti. de­hā­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v e­ta­syā­bhā­va­si­ddhi­r a­de­ha­sya ka­rtṛ­tvā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­d iti cet, evaṃ tarhi mṛ­ta­syā­śa­rī­ra­tvā­j ja­nmā­nta­rā­ra­mbha­ka­tvaṃ na syāt, ta­tho­pa­la­mbhā­bhā­vā­t­. nāpi sadeha eva ja­nmā­nta­ra­m ā­ra­bha­te­, ta­tho­pa­la­mbhā­bhā­vā­d eva na hy ekaṃ de­ha­sa­ntā­naṃ tya­ktvā­nya­tra buddher a­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ ka­dā­ci­d dṛṣṭaḥ. bā­la­kau­mā­rā­di­bhe­de­ṣu saṃ­kra­ma­ṇa­va­d iti cet, na; a­va­sthā­bhe­de 'py e­ka­sa­ntā­na­tvā­t­. sa eva jī­va­tī­ti da­rśa­nā­t­. vi­pa­rya­ya­s tu ja­nmā­nta­re­ṇa ca bu­ddha­śa­rī­raṃ tyaktvā ga­rbha­śa­rī­rā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ kvacid dṛṣṭaḥ. svapne śa­rī­rā­nta­rā­nu­pra­ve­śo dṛṣṭaḥ iti cet, na; tasya hi mi­thyā­tvā­t­. satyatve hi suptasya prā­ṇā­di­ni­ro­dho 'py anyair u­pa­la­bhye­ta­. na cā­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇā­d vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭa­de­śe kā­ryo­tpa­tti­r dṛṣṭā tasmād ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭa­mā­trā­nu­vā­di­nāṃ pa­ra­lo­ka­si­ddhiḥ du­rla­bhe­ti­. tasmāt kā­rya­sā­mā­nye­na kā­ra­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­nu­mi­tau ta­tkā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­rū­pa­s ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi pra­ti­pa­tta­vyo 'nyathā ta­tsā­mā­nyā­nu­mi­ti­r eva syād iti. yad apy uktam — "­ta­smā­t pṛthag a­śa­kte­ṣv­" i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yasmād atrāpi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­dha­rmi­ṇi ghaṭādau ce­ta­nā­nāṃ ka­rtṛ­ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ pṛthag a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, tena kṣi­tyā­di­ṣv api saṃ­ha­tā­nā­m eva ka­rtṛ­ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ sā­ma­rthya­m a­nu­mī­ya­te­. teṣāṃ ka­rtṛ­ka­rmā­dī­nāṃ nityatvaṃ bhavatv a­ni­tya­tvaṃ vā, vyā­pa­ka­tva­m a­vyā­pa­ka­tvaṃ vā. ya­thā­bhū­tā­nāṃ ta­tkā­ryo­tpā­da­ka­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­thā­bhū­tā­nā­m eva siddhir a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vye­ty alam a­sa­dgra­hā­bhi­ni­ve­śe­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 48­7­,19~evaṃ tāvat pa­ra­mā­tmā nirṇītaḥ sā­mpra­ta­ma­pa­ra­mā­tmā vi­cā­rya­te saṃ­sā­ra­pha­lo­pa­bho­ktā nā­mā­na­nto '­pa­raḥ­. sa khalu bu­ddhyā­di­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m ā­śra­ya­bhū­to '­nu­mā­ta­vyaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 48­7­,22~buddher ādayo bu­ddhyā­da­yo jñānāntā i­cchā­da­ya ity arthaḥ. tathā ca sūtram — "­i­cchā­dve­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­su­kha­duḥ­kha­jñā­nā­ny ātmano li­ṅga­m­"­. vai­śe­ṣi­ka­pā­ṭha­pra­si­ddhyā tu buddhir ādir yeṣām iti dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. kathaṃ punar bu­ddhyā­di­bhi­r ā­tmā­nu­mī­ya­te­? tad ucyate — bu­ddhyā­da­yaḥ kvacit sa­ma­ve­tāḥ­, kā­rya­tvā­t­, gu­ṇa­tvā­d vā, rū­pā­di­va­t­. nanv atra sā­dhya­vi­ka­lo dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­, rū­pā­de­r ā­tmā­śri­ta­tvā­pra­si­ddheḥ­. vi­ru­ddha­ś ca hetuḥ sā­dhya­vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa vyā­pta­tvā­d iti, naiṣa doṣaḥ; sā­mā­nye­nā­śra­ya­mā­trā­śri­ta­tva­sā­dha­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­8­,4~evaṃ tarhi si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­, bu­ddhyā­dī­nāṃ śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­śri­ta­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, naitad asti, yo hi bu­ddhyā­dī­nāṃ nai­vā­śri­ta­tvaṃ gamyate taṃ prati tāvad ā­śri­ta­tva­m eva sā­dhya­te­, tatsiddhau ca śa­rī­rā­dyā­śra­ya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d ā­tma­si­ddhi­r bha­va­ti­. tathā hi — śarīraṃ bu­ddhyā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇaṃ na bha­va­ti­, bhū­ta­kā­rya­tvā­t­, gha­ṭā­di­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­8­,9~nanu sā­dhya­hī­naṃ ni­rda­rśa­na­m­, bu­ddhyā­di­śū­nya­tve­na ghaṭādeḥ pra­tya­kṣa­to '­dhi­ga­ntu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­d a­nu­mā­ne­nai­vā­dhi­ga­me cā­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti, na; gha­ṭā­dyā­śra­ya­tve ta­dda­rśi­bhi­r ba­hu­bhi­r bu­ddhyā­de­r grahaṇaṃ pra­sa­jye­ta­, bā­hye­ndri­ya­gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. na hi bhū­tā­śra­yi­ṇāṃ guṇānāṃ ni­ya­tai­ka­pu­ru­ṣa­grā­hya­tva­m a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇai­ka­grā­hya­tvaṃ ca dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. kiṃ ca yāvad ā­śra­yo­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgā­d rū­pā­di­va­n na hi bhū­ta­kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m āśraye saty apy a­tya­nto­cche­do dṛ­śya­te­. lā­va­ṇyā­di­va­d iti cet, na; lā­va­ṇyā­dī­nāṃ rū­pa­saṃ­yo­ga­spa­rśā­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­. na ca rū­pā­di­mā­traṃ mṛ­ta­śa­rī­re 'py a­tya­nta­m u­cchi­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 48­8­,16~kiṃ ca jī­va­ccha­rī­ra­va­d a­gha­ṭā­dā­v api bu­ddhyā­di­sū­ca­ka­sya pra­vṛ­ttyā­de­r u­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, dvayor bu­ddhyā­dyā­śra­ya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. jī­va­ccha­rī­re­ṣv eva pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­ja­na­na­sa­ma­rthaṃ bu­ddhyā­di­, na gha­ṭā­dau­. tena tatra saty api buddhyādau ta­tsū­ca­ka­sya pra­vṛ­ttyā­de­r a­nu­pa­la­mbha iti cet, na; ta­da­nu­pa­la­mbhe bu­ddhyā­di­mā­tra­syā­pi sattve pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. asattve 'pi pramāṇaṃ nāstīti cet, na; ta­thā­vi­dha­syā­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi yatra ka­dā­ci­d api pra­vṛ­ttyā­di­li­ṅgaṃ no­pa­la­bhya­te­, tatra bu­ddhyā­di­pra­si­ddhi­r asti. tathā bhūtaṃ vāstu mā vā bhūt, yat tāvat prasiddhaṃ buddhyādi ta­syā­bhā­va­s tāvad ghaṭādau ni­ści­ta­ta­lli­ṅga­sya tatra pra­vṛ­ttyā­dya­nya­ta­ma­sya ka­dā­ci­d apy a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. tato na sā­dhya­hī­naṃ ni­da­rśa­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 48­8­,25~e­te­ne­ndri­ya­ma­na­sāṃ ka­ra­ṇa­tve­na bu­ddhyā­dyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m eva syāt. ni­da­rśa­na­sya sā­dhya­hī­na­tvaṃ pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. evaṃ ca śa­rī­re­ndri­yā­di­gu­ṇa­tve pra­ti­ṣi­ddhe­, pa­ri­śe­ṣā­dya­trai­te guṇā va­rta­nte­, sa ātmeti ga­mya­te­.

NBhū-YA 48­8­,29~kiṃ ca yena kra­me­ṇe­cchā­da­yo guṇā u­tpa­dya­mā­nā dṛ­śya­nte­, tena kra­me­ṇai­ṣāṃ śa­rī­rā­śra­ya­tve saty u­tpa­tti­r na syāt. tathā hi — ya­jjā­tī­ya­syā­rtha­sya sa­nni­ka­rṣā­t sukham ā­tmo­pa­la­bdha­tvā­t­, ta­jjā­tī­ya­m arthaṃ paśyan ā­dā­tu­m i­ccha­ti­, seyam ā­dā­tu­m icchā e­ka­syā­ne­kā­rtha­da­rśi­no da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d bhavantī liṅgam ā­tma­ta­ttva­sya­. na hy a­nye­nā­nu­bhū­te su­kha­he­tā­v anyasya pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d icchā bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,4~tathā ya­jjā­tī­ya­syā­rtha­sya sa­nni­pā­te duḥkham a­nu­bhū­ta­vā­n ātmā, ta­jjā­tī­ya­m arthaṃ dṛṣṭvā dveṣṭi, so 'yaṃ dveṣa e­ka­syā­ne­kā­rtha­da­rśi­no da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d bhavan ā­tma­li­ṅga­m­. na hy a­nya­thā­sya da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d utpādaḥ sa­mbha­va­ty a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭe 'nyasya pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. nāpy a­nya­dī­yā­d duḥ­kha­he­tu­da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d anyasya dveṣaḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,9~ya­jjā­tī­ya­syā­rtha­sya sa­nni­pā­te su­kha­he­tuḥ duḥ­kha­he­tu­r vā­va­dhā­ri­ta­s ta­jjā­tī­ya­m arthaṃ paśyann īpsan ji­hā­sa­nvā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthaṃ pra­ya­ta­te­, so 'yaṃ prayatnaḥ e­ka­syā­ne­kā­rtha­da­rśi­no da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d bhavann ā­tma­li­ṅga­m­, pū­rvo­ktā­n nyā­yā­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,12~ya­jjā­tī­ya­syā­rtha­sya sa­nni­dhā­ne sukham u­pa­la­bdha­vāṃ­s ta­jjā­tī­ye 'rthe pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d uktasya sukham u­tpa­dya­te­, tad idaṃ su­kha­da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­na­jā­d rāgād u­tpa­nna­m ā­tma­li­ṅga­m­, ni­ya­ta­vi­ṣa­ye hi bu­ddhi­bhe­da­mā­tre na syād de­hā­nta­ra­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,15~tathā ya­jjā­tī­yā­rtha­sa­nni­pā­te duḥkham u­pa­la­bdha­vāṃ­s ta­jjā­tī­ya­m arthaṃ ci­re­ṇā­pi dṛṣṭvā ta­tpra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­d dviṣato duḥkham u­tpa­dya­te­, tad idaṃ duḥkhaṃ te­ddhe­tu­da­rśa­na­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­na­bhā­vi­no dveṣād utpannaṃ liṅgam ā­tma­naḥ­, na hy a­nya­thā­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­di­kra­maḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,18~kiṃ cānyad ū­rddha­tvā­di­dha­rma­ka­m arthaṃ dṛṣṭvā ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣā­yāṃ vi­mṛ­śa­n bu­bhu­tsa­te­, tato 'sya vi­śe­ṣa­da­rśa­nā­n ni­rṇa­ya­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, tad idaṃ jñānaṃ vi­ma­rśa­bu­bhu­tsā­bhyāṃ sa­hai­ka­ka­rtṛ­kaṃ gṛ­hya­mā­ṇa­m ātmano liṅgam iti. na hy adṛṣṭe '­nya­dṛ­ṣṭe vā smṛtiḥ pra­ti­sa­ndhā­naṃ ca bha­va­ti­, ta­da­bhā­ve ta­de­ka­ka­rtṛ­kā­ṇā­m i­cchā­dī­nā­m apy utpādo na syād iti.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,23~i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ kartṛtve 'py e­ka­ka­rtṛ­ka­tva­sa­mbha­vā­t nā­tma­si­ddhi­r iti cet, na; i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ nā­nā­tvā­d e­ka­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tte­s tataś cai­ke­ndri­ya­vi­ṣa­yo­pa­la­bdhā­v i­ndri­yā­nta­rvi­ṣa­ye smṛ­ti­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­di­kaṃ na syāt, dṛśyate ca tat; tasmān ne­ndri­ya­vṛ­tta­ya i­cchā­da­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 48­9­,27~kiṃ ce­ndri­yo­pa­ghā­te 'pi ta­dvi­ṣa­ye smṛ­ti­da­rśa­nā­t­, na cā­nu­bha­vi­tu­r u­pa­ghā­te smṛtiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­vi­gra­ha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t tataś ca bhi­nnā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa pravṛtteḥ ka­dā­ci­d dehaḥ khaṇḍaśo bha­ve­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­0­,1~kiṃ ca nā­nā­de­he­ṣu iva nā­nā­ce­ta­nā­nu­mā­pi­kā su­khā­di­vya­va­sthai­ka­smi­nn api dehe gṛ­hya­te­, vi­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca syād e­ka­gṛ­hā­va­sthi­tā­ne­ka­ce­ta­nā­nā­m iva ka­dā­ci­d vi­vā­dā­da­ya­ś ca pra­va­rte­ra­n­. śi­ṣyā­cā­ryā­di­sa­mba­ndho 'pi kvacic charīre gṛ­hye­ta­.

NBhū-YA 49­0­,4~ce­ta­nā­nī­ndri­yā­ṇi­, vya­va­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, sa­dgṛ­ha­stha­va­d iti cet, na; vya­va­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d eva hi pra­dī­pā­di­va­d a­ce­ta­nā­ni­. na ca rū­pā­di­ṣu vya­va­sthi­ta­vi­ṣa­yaḥ kaścic cetano 'sti yo 'tra dṛṣṭāntaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 49­0­,8~pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttyā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca — yasmād o­da­nā­dau dṛṣṭe ta­dra­sā­dya­nu­mā­nā­t puruṣaḥ pra­va­rta­te­, ni­va­rta­te vā. ta­ccā­nu­mā­naṃ na ca­kṣu­ṣo­, nāpi ra­sa­nā­deḥ­, sa­mbha­va­ti­, rū­pa­ra­sā­dī­nā­m a­nyo­nyā­dṛ­ṣṭa­tve­na ta­tsa­mba­ndha­sya ke­na­ci­d apy a­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­t­. svā­rtha­pa­rā­rthā­sa­mbha­vā­c ca — na svārthaṃ cakṣuḥ pra­va­rta­te­, svārthasya te­nā­na­nu­bhū­ta­tvā­t­. ra­sā­di­kaṃ ca pra­va­rta­mā­na­m apy a­nu­bha­vi­tuṃ na śa­kno­ti­. nāpi ra­sa­nā­dya­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­te­, saha ta­da­rthe­na ra­sa­nā­di­sva­rū­pā­pa­ri­jñā­nā­t­. nāpi ra­sa­nā­de­r eva pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tasya hi de­śā­dya­jñā­ne kva pravṛttiḥ syāt? tasmād eko rū­pa­ra­sā­dī­nāṃ i­ndri­ya­vya­ti­ri­kto '­nu­bha­vi­tā smartā vāsti, yo rūpaṃ dṛṣṭvā ra­sā­di­ka­m a­nu­mā­ya pra­va­rta­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 49­0­,17~deha eva tarhy astu, tathā coktam — "­cai­ta­nya­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ kāyaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­" iti. ko 'yaṃ kāyaḥ? kim a­va­ya­vāḥ­? ā­ho­svi­d a­va­ya­vī­ti­? yady a­va­ya­vāḥ­, tatas teṣāṃ ba­hu­tvā­d bhi­nnā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa pra­vṛ­ttyā­da­yo doṣāḥ pūrvoktā bha­ve­yuḥ­. kha­ṇḍa­kha­ṇḍī­kṛ­tā­nāṃ cā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ jñā­nā­da­yaḥ sva­li­ṅgai­r u­pa­la­bhye­ra­n­, rū­pā­di­va­t­. na hi rū­pa­ra­sā­da­yaḥ kha­ṇḍa­kha­ṇḍī­kṛ­tā­nā­m a­va­ya­vā­nāṃ no­pa­la­bhya­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 49­0­,23~atha ta­tsa­ṅghā­taḥ kāya uktaḥ, sa kim a­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ­? vya­ti­ri­kto vā? yady a­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ­, ta­dā­va­ya­vā eva nā­mā­nta­re­ṇo­ktāḥ­, tatra coktaṃ do­ṣa­jā­ta­m­. ke­na­ci­d dharmeṇa viśiṣṭā a­va­ya­vāḥ saṅghātaḥ — ity atrāpi ce­ta­na­ba­hu­tvā­di­do­ṣā­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­. atha vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ sa­ṅghā­taḥ­, sa sa­nni­ve­śa­rū­paḥ­? a­va­ya­vī vā syāt? u­bha­ya­thā­pi pra­ti­di­naṃ vi­nā­śa­tvā­t kā­lā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­te­ṣv artheṣu smṛ­ti­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­dya­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. saṃ­yo­ga­vi­śe­ṣo hi saṃ­yo­ga­sya ni­ve­śe­sa­ñca­ya­saṃ­sthā­nā­di­śa­bdai­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, tasya ca pra­ti­mu­hū­rtaṃ vināśo 'nyathā hy a­nna­pā­no­pa­bho­gā­nu­pa­bho­gā­bhyāṃ dehasya pu­ṣṭi­dau­rba­lyā­da­yo na syuḥ. saṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śā­c cā­va­ya­vi­no 'pi vi­nā­śaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49­1­,7~kiṃ ca yat pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ kṣī­ya­mā­ṇaṃ hetum ā­śri­tyā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­pa­rā­pa­ro­tpa­ttiḥ sa­ntā­ne­nai­vā­va­ti­ṣṭha­te­, yathā tailam āśritya pra­dī­paḥ­, tathā cā­hā­ra­m āśritya dehas ti­ṣṭha­ti­. tasmāt pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śī sa­ntā­ne­no­tpa­dya­mā­naḥ pra­dī­pa­va­d u­pa­la­bhya­te­, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­ya­te ceti.

NBhū-YA 49­1­,12~tathā ca yat kaiścid uktam — "­bā­la­kau­mā­rā­dya­va­sthā eva bhidyante na tv a­va­sthā­vā­n i­ti­"­, tan ni­ra­sta­m­, evaṃ hi pra­dī­pā­de­r api vi­nā­śa­si­ddhi­r na syāt, tatrāpy avasthā eva bhidyanta iti pā­da­pra­sā­ri­ko­pa­pa­tteḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49­1­,15~sa­tkā­rya­si­ddhi­ś ca pra­sa­jya­te — mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­gha­ṭa­ka­pā­lā­dya­va­sthā eva vya­ktā­vya­kta­sthū­la­sū­kṣma­dṛ­śyā­dṛ­śyā­dya­va­sthā eva bhi­dya­nte­. tathā ca pra­dhā­na­bra­hma­dvai­tā­di­si­ddhiḥ — e­ka­syai­va hi pṛ­thi­vyu­da­ka­jyo­ti­ra­ni­lā­dya­va­sthā e­ve­ti­. a­va­sthā­ś cā­va­sthā­va­to '­nya­tvā­na­nya­tvā­bhyā­m a­ni­rva­ca­nī­yāḥ — ity evaṃ pādau prasārya tiṣṭhann a­dvai­ta­vā­dī sāṃkhyaś ca kathaṃ pra­tyā­khyā­tuṃ śa­kya­te­? tasmād bhe­da­vā­da­bhi­ccha­dbhi­vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­d bhedo '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. sa ca dehe 'sti, bā­la­kau­mā­rā­di­dha­rmā­ṇāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­bhe­da­sya ca vi­ru­ddha­tvā­d iti. tad evaṃ de­ha­syā­py a­na­va­sthi­tvā­n na smṛ­ti­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­dyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 49­1­,23~kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d u­tta­ra­de­ha­sya pū­rva­de­hā­nu­bhū­te 'rthe smṛ­tyā­dyu­tpa­tti­r iti cet, kiṃ punaḥ pū­rva­de­ha u­tta­ra­de­haṃ prati sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m­? u­tā­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m­? ā­ho­svi­n ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­m iti? kiṃ cātaḥ? sa­ma­vā­yi­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­tve­, vṛ­ddha­śa­rī­ra­kā­le 'pi ta­dā­śra­ya­tve­na pū­rva­śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ gra­ha­ṇa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­sya kāryeṇa vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­t­. na ca sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­vṛ­ttau kā­rya­syā­va­sthā­naṃ kvacid asti.

NBhū-YA 49­1­,28~kiṃ ca dvayor bahūnāṃ vā dravyāṇāṃ dravyaṃ prati sa­ma­vā­yi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ na tv e­ka­sya­, na hy e­ka­dra­vyā­śri­taṃ dravyaṃ kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­ta iti. kiṃ cātaḥ? sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ dra­vya­syā­sa­ma­vā­yi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­sa­mbhā­vā­t­. kā­ryā­nā­dhā­ra­tve saty a­nya­ta­ra­yā pra­tyā­sa­ttyā pra­tyā­sa­nnaṃ yat kā­ra­ṇa­m­, tad a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,5~pra­tyā­sa­tti­s tu — kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yi­la­kṣa­ṇā­. yathā — a­va­ya­va­rū­pā­dī­nā­m a­va­ya­vi­rū­pā­di­bhiḥ saha kā­ryai­kā­rtha­sa­ma­vā­yi­la­kṣa­ṇā ca laghvī, ya­thā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­saṃ­yo­gā­de­r bu­ddhyā­di­bhiḥ sa­he­ti­.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,9~evaṃ ce­cchā­dī­nāṃ pra­ya­tnā­dyā­ra­mbhe ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­la­kṣa­ṇo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. a­va­dhṛ­ta­sā­ma­rthya­tvā­bhā­vā­n neti cet, sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe tarhi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m eva nāsti.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,12~a­thā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­sya yathā sa­rvā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇo­tpa­ttau sā­ma­rthya­m­, na ta­the­cchā­dī­nā­m­, tena teṣām a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ne­ṣṭa­m­, manaḥ saṃ­yo­ga­syai­va sa­ma­rtha­tvā­d iti, na; a­dṛ­ṣṭā­bhā­ve ma­naḥ­saṃ­yo­ga­sya sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­t­. a­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­pi vā a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m astu.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,16~kiṃ ca gu­ru­tva­dra­va­tvā­dī­nāṃ ka­rmo­tpa­ttā­v a­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, mūrter eva sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t­. na hi mū­rtya­bhā­ve kvacit kriyā bha­va­ti­, tasyā u­bha­yo­r atha sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­. na cāyaṃ niyamo 'sty e­ka­syai­va vā sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m ity āstāṃ tāvad ayaṃ vi­cā­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,20~tan na deho '­sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇa­m­, ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tve tu na sma­ra­ṇā­dyu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. pi­tṛ­pra­pi­tā­ma­hā­dya­nu­bhū­tā­rthe­ṣv api sma­ra­ṇā­di­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­2­,23~syād etat — nāsmākaṃ bau­ddhā­nā­m iva ni­ra­nva­yo vi­nā­śaḥ­, kin tv a­va­ya­vi­vi­nā­śā­na­nta­ra­m a­va­sthi­ta­saṃ­yo­gai­r a­va­ya­vai­r anyad dra­vyā­nta­ra­m ā­ra­bhya­te­. tatra yathā pū­rva­de­hā­śri­ta­rū­pā­di­vi­nā­śe 'pi ta­tsa­dṛ­śa eva rū­pā­da­ya­s ta­da­va­ya­va­rū­pā­di­bhi­r ā­ra­bhya­nte­, tathā pū­rva­de­ha­saṃ­skā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttā­v api ta­tsa­dṛ­śa eva saṃ­skā­ra­s ta­da­va­ya­va­saṃ­skā­rai­r ā­ra­bhya­te­, tataḥ pū­rva­de­hā­nu­bhū­te­ṣv api a­rthe­ṣū­tta­ra­de­he sma­ra­ṇā­dyu­pa­pa­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 49­3­,6~naitad asti, rū­pā­dī­nāṃ hi sarvatra kā­rya­dra­vye kā­ra­ṇa­gu­ṇa­pū­rva­kaḥ prā­du­rbhā­va­s tena yā­va­tpa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu gu­ṇā­nta­ra­prā­du­rbhā­vo na bha­va­ti­, tāvad yo '­va­ya­vī­, taiḥ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­bhiḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­py ā­ra­bhya­te­, tatra tatra ta­tsa­dṛ­śā eva rū­pa­da­ya u­tpa­dya­nta iti yu­kta­m­. na tv evaṃ pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣu saṃskārāḥ santi, a­na­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tvā­t­. a­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tve tu ce­ta­na­ba­hu­tvā­da­yo doṣā uktāḥ. śa­rī­ra­sya cā­nu­bha­vi­tṛ­tve­, tasyaiva saṃskāro 'stu, na, ta­da­va­ya­vā­nāṃ tato '­nya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­3­,12~kiṃ ca māṃ­sā­śi­nāṃ śarīraṃ śa­śa­ma­hi­ṣa­va­rā­hā­di­śa­rī­rā­va­ya­vai­r apy ā­ra­bhya­te­. tatas ta­dā­nu­bha­va­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇā­m api utpattau ta­da­nu­bhū­tā­rthe­ṣv api smṛ­tyā­di­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. atha vā śa­śa­ma­hi­ṣā­di­de­hā­va­ya­vā­nāṃ ca­rva­ṇā­dya­bhi­ghā­tā­d ā­pa­ra­mā­ṇva­nto vi­nā­śaḥ­, tena saṃskāro nā­nu­va­rta­ta iti. evaṃ tarhi bā­lā­di­śa­rī­rā­va­ya­vā­nā­m apy ā­pa­ra­mā­ṇva­nto vināśaḥ sarvatra saṃ­ca­ra­dbhi­r vā­yva­gni­ra­sā­di­bhiḥ kri­ya­te­, tatas ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­nu­vṛ­tti­r apy a­yu­ktā­. a­vi­nā­śe vā bā­lā­di­de­hā­va­ya­vā­nā­m a­ṅgu­lyā­dī­nāṃ ta­thā­bhū­tā­nā­m eva sa­rva­dai­va grahaṇaṃ syāt, pa­thyau­ṣa­dhā­di­kṛ­ta­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdhi­ś ca na syād iti. tasmāc cha­rī­ra­syā­pi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śi­tvā­t ne­cchā­dyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 49­3­,20~kiṃ ca pū­rvā­bhya­sta­smṛ­tya­nu­ba­ndhā­d i­tyā­di­nā­nā­di­r i­cchā­dī­nā­m āśraya iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tan na deha i­ndri­yā­ṇi vā prā­ṇā­di­r vā viṣayo ve­cchā­dī­nā­m āśrayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, de­ha­va­d i­ndri­yā­dī­nā­m apy a­nā­di­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 49­3­,24~ma­na­sa­s tarhi ni­tya­tvā­d i­cchā­dyā­śra­ya­tva­m astu, na; tasyāpi ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d vā­syā­syā­di­va­t­. a­si­ddhi­m iti cet, na; ta­tsa­ttva­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇai­r eva ka­ra­ṇa­tva­si­ddheḥ­. kiṃ ce­cchā­dyā­dhā­ra­sya vi­bhu­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­, ma­na­sa­s tu yu­ga­pa­jjā­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttyā­ṇu­tvaṃ pra­sā­dhi­ta­m­. manasaḥ khalu vi­bhu­tve­cchā­dhā­ra­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me­, saṃ­jñā­mā­tre vivāda iti.

NBhū-YA 49­3­,29~jñānam eva vā­sa­nā­bhi­r vāsitaṃ mana ity u­cya­te­, ta­dā­śra­ya e­ve­cchā­dya iti cet, na; a­sthi­ra­tve­na jñānasya vā­sa­nā­dyā­śra­ya­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. sthiraṃ hi vā­sa­ke­na vā­sya­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. sambaddhaṃ ca yathā — pu­ṣpā­di­nā va­strā­di­ka­m­. ā­śra­ya­tva­m api sthirasya sa­mba­ddha­sya ca dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yathā — ku­ḍyā­de­r iti. na ca jñānasya sthairyam asti, jñā­nā­nta­re­ṇe­cchā­di­nā vā vi­na­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. tasmān na jñānaṃ ke­na­ci­d vā­si­ta­m­, nāpi ka­sya­ci­d āśraya iti.

NBhū-YA 49­4­,6~nanv idam asiddhaṃ ni­da­rśa­naṃ na hi kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nāṃ sthiraṃ kiṃcid asti. nāpi sambandhaḥ ka­sya­ci­t­. va­strā­de­r api hi vāsanā pu­ṣpā­di­sa­hi­tā­t pū­rva­kṣa­ṇā­d vi­śi­ṣṭo­tpā­da eva. ā­śra­ya­bhā­va­s tu ku­ḍyā­de­r api. ja­na­ka­tva­vi­śe­ṣa e­ve­ti­. na, atrāpi dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­bhā­vā­t­. na hy a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nāṃ kiṃcid a­sa­mba­ddhaṃ bhi­nna­kā­laṃ ca vā­sya­mā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, nāpi bhi­nna­kā­la­syā­sa­mba­ddha­sya ca ka­sya­ci­d ā­śra­ya­tvaṃ dṛṣṭam iti.

NBhū-YA 49­4­,12~bī­jā­di­va­d iti cet atha manyase — yathā śā­li­bī­jā­d a­ṅku­ra­s ta­ccha­kti­vi­śi­ṣṭa u­tpa­dya­te­, tato 'pi pa­tra­nā­lā­di­kaṃ ta­ccha­ktya­nu­vi­dhā­ne­no­tpa­dya­mā­naṃ śā­li­bī­ja­m eva ja­na­ya­ti­, na yā­va­di­bī­ja­m­; a­ta­tpū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. tathā pū­rva­bu­ddhi­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­tta­ro­tta­raṃ bu­ddhya­nta­raṃ pū­rva­bu­ddhi­śa­ktya­nu­vi­dhā­ne­na sa­ka­lā­hi­ta­śa­kti­ka­lā­pa­m u­tpa­dya­te­. yac ca ta­du­tta­ra­bu­ddhi­ṣu pū­rva­bu­ddhi­śa­ktī­nā­m ā­dhā­na­m­, sā vā­sa­ne­ti­.

NBhū-YA 49­4­,18~na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t — na tāvad bī­jā­dī­nāṃ ni­ra­nva­yau vi­nā­śo­tpā­dau siddhau, nāpy u­tta­ra­bu­ddhi­ṣu pū­rva­bu­ddhi­śa­ktī­nā­m ādhānaṃ si­ddha­m­. bī­jā­dī­nāṃ tāvat sū­kṣmā­va­ya­vā­nu­vṛ­tti­r asti, śu­kra­śo­ṇi­tā­dya­va­ya­vā­nu­vṛ­tti­va­t­. yathā mātur udare śu­kra­śo­ṇi­tā­dya­va­ya­va­ni­vṛ­ttau ta­da­va­ya­vai­r a­va­sthi­tai­r eva ra­sā­va­ya­va­sa­hi­tai­r a­va­ya­vya­nta­ra­m ā­ra­bhya­te­. garbhān ni­ṣkrā­nta­syā­py a­va­ya­vi­ni­vṛ­ttā­v a­va­ya­vā­nu­vṛ­tti­r dra­ṣṭa­vyā­. tathā bī­jā­di­ni­vṛ­ttā­v api ta­da­va­ya­vai­r a­va­sthi­tai­r eva bhū­mya­va­ya­va­sa­hi­taiḥ pa­tra­nā­lā­di­ka­m ā­ra­bhya­te­. tatra śu­kra­śo­ṇi­tā­dya­va­ya­vaiḥ sthirāḥ sa­mba­ddhā­ś ca ra­sā­va­ya­vā bī­jā­dya­va­ya­vai­r bhū­mya­va­ya­vā­ś ca bhā­vya­nte­. te tathā bhā­vi­tā­s ta­da­vi­pa­rī­taṃ kāryam ā­ra­bha­nte­, tathā pū­rva­bu­ddhi­bhiḥ sthiraḥ sa­mba­ddha­ś cātmā bhā­vya­te­. kim uktaṃ bha­va­ti­? tatra saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kri­ya­te­, sa ca tathā bhā­vi­ta­s ta­dbu­ddhya­nu­kā­re­ṇa smṛtiṃ pra­ti­sa­ndhā­naṃ ca svā­tma­sa­ma­ve­taṃ ka­ro­tī­ty evaṃ ca sāṃkhyoktā pra­kri­yā­, na nai­yā­yi­kā­nāṃ siddhā, nāpi nai­yā­yi­ko­ktā prakriyā sāṃkhyānāṃ siddhā. tataś ca pa­kṣa­dva­ye 'py u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddho dṛṣṭānto nāsti. tataḥ kasyātra siddhiḥ syāt? yatra pakṣe smṛ­ti­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­ne co­pa­pa­dye­te­, tasya siddhiḥ. na cā­nā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ smṛtiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, a­nya­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­nye­na sma­ra­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­nya­thai­ke­na dṛṣṭo 'rthaḥ sarvaiḥ sma­rye­ta­. yathā cā­smā­ka­m a­nyā­nu­bhū­to 'rtho nānyena smaryata ity a­tro­bha­ya­pra­si­ddho 'sti dṛṣṭāntaḥ — sa­ntā­nā­nta­ra­m­, na tathā bhavataḥ kiṃcid u­bha­ya­pra­si­ddha­m u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m asti. sa e­vā­nu­bha­vaḥ smartā na dṛṣṭa ity asti dṛṣṭānta iti cet, mā bhūd a­nu­bha­vaḥ smartā. a­nu­bhā­vi­tā hi sma­rte­ṣya­te­, na cā­nu­bha­va e­vā­nu­bhā­vi­tā­, tayoḥ kri­yā­ka­rtṛ­rū­pa­yo­r e­ka­tvā­yo­gā­t­. na hi ccheda evac cheteti yu­kta­m­. yaś cā­nu­bhā­vi­tā sa yadi tathaiva smartā na bha­va­ti­, mā bhūt kā­lā­nta­re­ṇa bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­? tato 'nyasya ca kā­lā­nta­re­ṇā­pi smartṛtve sa­ntā­nā­nta­rā­ṇā­m api sma­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅga ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 49­5­,11~kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d a­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet atha manuṣe — syād ayaṃ prasaṅgo yady a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇā­nya­dṛ­ṣṭa­m anyaḥ sma­ra­tī­ty u­cya­te­, kin tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d anyatve 'pi smṛtir iti. bhi­nna­sa­ntā­na­bu­ddhī­nāṃ tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo nāsti, tena sa­ntā­nā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ smṛtir na bha­va­ti­. na punar e­ka­sa­ntā­ni­kī­nāṃ buddhīnāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo nāsti, yena pū­rva­bu­ddhya­nu­bhū­te 'rthe ta­du­tta­ra­bu­ddhī­nāṃ smṛtir na syād iti.

NBhū-YA 49­5­,16~na, nā­nā­tva­syā­va­ñca­nā­t­. nānātvaṃ hi smṛ­tya­sa­mbha­ve sā­dha­na­m u­kta­m­, tac ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi na va­ñci­ta­m­. na hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­bhi­dhā­ne­na ta­syā­si­ddha­tvā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­mo doṣaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te­, nāpi sva­pa­kṣa­si­ddhi­r anena kri­ya­te­. na hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t smṛtir iti — a­tro­bha­ya­pra­si­ddho 'sti dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49­5­,20~karpāse ra­kta­tā­va­d iti cet, athāpi syāt —

NBhū-YA 49­5­,23~na; sā­dha­na­dū­ṣa­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t — a­nva­yā­dya­bhā­vā­n na sā­dha­na­m­. na hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t smṛtiḥ karpāse ra­kta­tā­va­d ity anvayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. nāpi yatra na smṛtiḥ, tatra na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va iti vya­ti­re­ko 'sti. a­si­ddha­tvā­dya­nu­dbhā­va­nā­n na dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. na hi pū­rva­bu­ddhya­nu­bhū­te 'rthe u­tta­ra­bu­ddhī­nāṃ smṛtir na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­, tato nyatvāt sa­ntā­nā­na­ta­ra­bu­ddhi­va­d ity asya hetoḥ karpāse ra­kta­tā­va­d ity anena kaścid doṣaḥ pra­ti­pā­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 49­6­,2~pa­ri­śe­ṣā­si­ddha­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­d iti cet syād etat — na khalu pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­bha­va­smṛ­tyoḥ kvacid e­kā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yena tayor ā­tmā­śri­ta­tvaṃ pra­ti­pa­dye­ma­hi­. pa­ri­śe­ṣa­ś cā­si­ddhaḥ­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­ve­na smaraṇe 'py a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. a­thā­nya­tve smaraṇaṃ na dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, nanv ekatve 'pi na dṛṣṭam iti sa­mā­na­m­. kiṃ cā­nya­smi­n rakte 'nyad raktaṃ na dṛśyata iti. ka­rpā­sa­bī­je rakte ta­tsa­ntā­na­bhā­vi­no 'pi ka­rpā­sa­sya raktatā mā bhūt, tatrāpy ā­tmā­śri­tā ra­kta­te­ty a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­6­,8~kiṃ ca tvatpakṣe 'pi "­ka­rmā­na­va­sthā­yi­gra­ha­ṇā­t­" ity anena sūtreṇa bu­ddhī­nā­m ā­śu­ta­ra­vi­nā­śi­tvaṃ pra­ti­pā­di­ta­m­. tataś ca ye­nā­nu­bha­ve­nā­nu­bhū­to 'rthaḥ, sa naṣṭaḥ. kā­lā­nta­re smṛtiḥ kutaḥ syāt? saṃ­skā­rā­d iti cet, na; ta­syā­nu­bha­vā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t­. ta­da­rthā­nta­ra­sya ca ta­da­rtha­smṛ­ti­he­tu­tve hy a­ti­pra­sa­ṅga syāt. a­thā­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi yaḥ saṃskāro ye­nā­nu­bha­ve­na ja­ni­taḥ­, sa eva ta­da­rtha­smṛ­tiṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti nā­ti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, yady e­va­m­; tvayāpi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va eva ni­yā­ma­ko '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, tataḥ sa eva ni­yā­ma­ko 'stu, kiṃ ta­trā­nta­rga­ḍu­nā­tma­nā ka­lpi­te­na­?

NBhū-YA 49­6­,17~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad uktam — pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nu­bha­va­smṛ­tyoḥ kvacid e­kā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ na dṛṣṭam iti, tan na; dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. tathā hi — pūrvaṃ yam artham a­nu­bhū­ta­vā­n a­ha­m­, tam etarhi sma­ra­mī­ti­. yo 'ham a­nu­bha­vi­tā­, so 'haṃ smartety a­nu­bha­va­sma­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­bhi­nnā­tmā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­sa­mba­ndha­smṛ­tya­na­pe­kṣa­m ā­pto­pa­de­śā­na­pe­kṣaṃ ca ni­ści­no­ti­. na ceyaṃ bhrāntiḥ, vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­t­. su­khā­de­r api pra­tya­kṣa­tva­m a­pa­hnu­vā­no '­ne­nai­va nyāyena pra­ti­bo­dha­yi­ta­vyaḥ­. ta­thā­nu­sa­ndhā­ne­cchā­dve­ṣā­dī­nā­m apy e­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­to gṛhyate — yam aham a­sprā­kṣa­m­, tam etarhi pa­śyā­mī­ti taṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­ha­m e­ve­cchā­mi vā dveṣmi vā. tam icchan dviṣan vā pra­ya­te­, pra­ya­ta­mā­no 'haṃ tam arthaṃ prāpya sukhī duḥkhī vā saṃvṛtto '­smī­ti­. tad evam aham ity e­ta­smi­n vijñāne yo 'rthaś ca­kā­sti­, ta­da­dhi­ka­ra­ṇāḥ smṛ­tya­nu­sa­ndhā­ne­cchā­da­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­ntī­ty ataḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­py ātmā gṛ­hya­te­. na hy aham iti jñānaṃ sandigdhaṃ bhrāntaṃ vā, nāpi laiṅgikaṃ śābdaṃ vā.

NBhū-YA 49­6­,29~nāpi śa­rī­rā­la­mba­na­m­, ta­dā­la­mba­na­tve hi bā­lyā­va­sthā­yāṃ mūrkho 'haṃ sukhī sukhī duḥkhī vā­sa­m­, idānīṃ tu vidvān nirujo rogī vābhūt ity a­va­ga­mo na syāt, bā­lyā­di­śa­rī­rā­ṇāṃ bhi­nna­tvā­t­. na hi yo 'haṃ gauraḥ so 'haṃ kṛṣṇa iti.

NBhū-YA 49­7­,3~nanv asti — pīno 'haṃ gauro 'ham ity e­va­mā­di­pra­tya­yaḥ­, sa katham ā­tmā­la­mba­naḥ syāt, tasya pī­na­tvā­di­dha­rmā­sa­mbha­vā­t­? tat kim i­dā­nī­m ākhavaḥ santīti gṛham ā­dī­pya­te­. na hi nīlaḥ sphaṭika ity e­va­mā­di jñānaṃ yathārthaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty e­tā­va­tā śuklaḥ sphaṭika ity api mā bhūt. pīno 'ham ityādy api jñānaṃ śa­rī­ro­pā­dhi­ka­m ā­tmā­la­mbha­na­m eva. tatra yadi bhedaṃ ti­ra­sku­rva­d upajā tadā tad bhrāntam eva nīlaḥ sphaṭika i­tyā­di­ka­jñā­na­va­t­. atha pīno 'haṃ pī­na­śa­rī­ra­vā­n aham ity evaṃ pra­tye­ti­, tataḥ satyam e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 49­7­,11~asti ca bhe­de­nā­pi pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ — sthūlaṃ kṛśaṃ vā mama śa­rī­ra­m iti, gauraṃ kṛṣṇaṃ vā madīyaṃ śa­rī­ra­m iti. tathā — ma­mā­tre­cchā dveṣo veti, asti me pra­ya­tnaḥ­, sukhaṃ ma­mo­tpa­nnaṃ duḥkhaṃ veti, gu­ru­pra­sā­dā­n mayā viśiṣṭaṃ jñānaṃ prāptam ity evam i­cchā­da­yo 'pi bhe­de­nai­va pra­tī­ya­nte­. tathā — madīyaṃ cakṣur ity e­va­mā­di­jñā­na­m ā­tme­ndri­ya­bhe­da­grā­ha­kaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 49­7­,17~nanu madīya ātmety eṣāpi pra­ti­pa­tti­r asti, yady evaṃ pra­ti­pa­nna ātmā, pra­ti­pa­nne ca vivādo na yuktaḥ, sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­t­. a­ni­ṣṭā­pā­da­nā­rtha­tvā­d iti cet syād etat — mama śarīraṃ ma­me­ndri­yaṃ ma­me­cchā­da­ya ity atra śa­rī­rā­di­vya­ti­ri­kta­m ā­la­mba­na­m aham iti jñā­na­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­to ma­mā­tme­ty a­trā­tma­vya­ti­ri­kta­m ā­la­mba­naṃ pra­sa­jya­ta iti? na; a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na hi ma­mā­ya­m ātmeti śa­rī­re­cchā­di­va­t pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­, nā­pī­ndri­ya­va­d a­nu­mā­ne­na ma­tpra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­d anya ātmā pra­ti­bhā­ti­, kiṃ tv aham ity ātmānaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pra­ti­pa­dyā­tmā­nta­ra­vya­va­cche­de­na pa­ra­pra­tī­tya­rtha­m ātmeti ni­rdi­śa­ti — ma­mā­tmā­ha­m evety arthaḥ. yadā punaḥ śa­rī­ra­m indriyaṃ vā­tma­śa­bde­na ni­rde­ṣṭu­m i­ccha­ti­, tadā ma­mā­tme­ti bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­na­m e­ve­da­m­, śa­rī­rā­de­r apy ā­tmo­pa­kā­ra­ka­tve­na bhṛ­tya­va­d ā­tma­tve­no­pa­cā­rā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­7­,28~kiṃ ca ma­tpra­tya­ya­vi­ṣa­yā­d bhe­de­nā­tma­jñā­naṃ yadi bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­d bhrāntaṃ bha­va­ti­, śa­rī­rā­di­bhe­da­jñā­naṃ tu kasmād bhrā­nta­m­? na hy ekatra ke­śā­di­jñā­na­sya bhrāntatve sarvatra bhrāntatvaṃ yu­kta­m­, bhrā­ntā­bhrā­nta­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād ya­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­va­rta­mā­nā­nāṃ śa­rī­ra­bhe­dā­nāṃ mamety e­kā­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tve­na pra­ti­sa­ndhī­ya­mā­na­tvā­n ma­tpra­tya­yā­la­mba­nā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tva­m­, ta­the­cchā­dve­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­su­kha­duḥ­kha­bhe­da­jñā­na­bhe­dā­nāṃ trai­kā­li­kā­nāṃ mamety e­ka­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­na pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­t tad e­ka­smā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvaṃ tad e­ka­ka­rtṛ­ka­tvaṃ ceti.

NBhū-YA 49­8­,7~kiṃ cā­bhi­nna­sa­mba­ndhi­na i­cchā­di­bhe­dāḥ­, mamety e­ka­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­, e­ka­na­rta­kī­pra­ti­sa­ndhā­na­vi­ṣa­ya iva prekṣakāḥ — ity e­nu­mā­ne­nā­py e­kā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ smṛ­tya­nu­bha­ve­cchā­di­bhe­dā­nāṃ ni­ści­ta­m­. tasmād yad uktam — "­nā­nu­bha­va­smṛ­tyoḥ kvacid e­kā­dhā­ra­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­" ity etad a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 49­8­,12~yad apy uktam — "­pa­ri­śe­ṣa­ś cāsiddhaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve­na smaraṇe 'py a­vi­ro­dhā­d­" iti tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; śi­ṣyā­cā­ryā­di­bu­ddhī­nāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve 'pi smṛ­tyā­di­da­rśa­nā­t­. e­ka­sa­ntā­na­tve satīti cet; kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaṃ muktvā ko 'nyaḥ santānaḥ ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me vā ātmaiva nā­mā­nta­re­ṇā­bhyu­pa­ga­taḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 49­8­,17~u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­kṛ­taḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va eva santāna iti cet, na; sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­va­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­mā­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d u­pā­dā­ne­ta­ra­vi­bhā­gā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. ya­thā­smā­kaṃ ja­na­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi sa­ma­vā­yya­sa­ma­vā­yi­ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­bhā­gaḥ sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­t­, na tathā tava kā­ra­ṇā­nā­m u­pā­dā­ne­ta­ra­vi­bhā­ge nimittaṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. sa­ntā­na­ja­na­kaṃ yat tad u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, na; i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t — sa­ntā­na­ja­na­ka­tve­no­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­ja­nya­tve­na ca ta­tsa­ntā­na­tva­m iti. loke tu sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yā­nāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve sa­ntā­na­vya­va­hā­ra­s tad yathā — brā­hma­ṇa­sa­ntā­naḥ śū­dra­sa­ntā­na iti. ta­tpra­si­ddhyā cā­smā­bhi­r api śa­bda­pra­dī­pā­di­ṣu sa­ntā­na­vya­va­hā­raḥ kri­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 49­8­,27~tavāpi yady evam a­bhi­pre­taḥ sa­ntā­naḥ­, tataḥ kathaṃ na śi­ṣyā­cā­rya­bu­ddhī­nā­m e­ka­sa­ntā­na­tva­m­? na hy āsāṃ sa­mā­na­jā­tī­ya­tva­m­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo vā nāsti. tataḥ śiṣyasya yathā ci­ra­vya­va­hi­tā api buddhayaḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa kā­ra­ṇa­m iti tad a­nu­bhū­te 'py arthe smṛtir bha­va­ti­, ta­tho­pā­dhyā­ya­bu­ddha­yo 'py ā­ja­nma­pra­bhṛ­tyu­tpa­nnāḥ pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa kā­ra­ṇa­m iti. ta­da­nu­bhū­te 'py arthe smṛtir bha­ve­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,4~kiṃ ca dhū­ma­śa­bdā­dī­nā­m u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇaṃ vi­nai­vo­tpa­ttiḥ syāt. na hi teṣām apy a­nā­di­pra­ba­ndhe­na sa­mā­na­jā­tī­yaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m astīti śakyate va­ktu­m­. tathā ca jñā­na­syā­pi ga­rbhā­dā­v a­nu­pā­dā­nai­vo­tpa­ttiḥ syād iti pa­ra­lo­kā­bhā­vaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,7~atha dhū­ma­śa­bdā­nāṃ vi­jā­tī­ya­m apy u­pā­dā­na­m i­ṣya­te­, evaṃ tarhi jñā­na­syā­pi ga­rbha­śa­rī­ra­m evāstu na ja­nmā­nta­ra­jñā­naṃ ka­lpa­nī­ya­m­. ya­thā­da­rśa­naṃ hy u­pā­dā­na­m iṣṭam anyathā dhū­ma­śa­bdā­dī­nā­m apy a­nā­di­sa­ntā­naḥ ka­lpa­nī­yaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,11~nanu śa­rī­ra­syo­pā­dā­na­tve ta­syā­vi­śe­ṣā­d a­ne­ka­vi­ka­lpa­jñā­no­tpa­tti­r na syāt, na hi dhū­ma­śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ ta­du­pā­dā­nā­d a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­t viśeṣaḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­, na; vī­ṇā­dyu­pā­dā­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi śa­bda­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyo­pa­la­bdheḥ­. pra­ya­tnā­di­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­d atra vai­la­kṣa­ṇya­m iti cet, evaṃ tarhi pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ ra­sa­dhā­tvā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­j jñā­na­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ti­. na ca śa­rī­rā­nta­rva­rti­no '­va­ya­vāḥ pi­tta­vā­tā­da­yaḥ pra­tya­kṣāḥ­, yatas teṣāṃ vi­śe­ṣā­vi­śe­ṣau pratyakṣau syā­tā­m­; tayoḥ kā­ryai­ka­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,18~etena yad uktam — '­yā­dṛ­śā­d vā­tā­di­vai­ṣa­myā­n ma­ra­ṇa­m­, ta­nni­vṛ­ttau punar u­jjī­va­na­pra­sa­ṅga­' iti, tad apy a­pā­stā­m­; ma­ra­ṇa­he­to­r apy a­nta­rva­rti­tve­na kā­ryai­ka­sa­ma­dhi­ga­mya­tvā­n na ta­nni­vṛ­tti­r apy a­pra­tya­kṣā­. bā­hya­syā­pi hi pa­dā­rtha­sya hi ma­ra­ṇa­śa­ktya­śa­ktī na pra­tya­kṣe­; ma­ntrā­di­nā­pa­ha­ta­śa­kti­ṣu vi­ṣa­dra­vye­ṣu saṃ­skrā­mi­ta­vi­ṣa­śa­kti­ṣu ca da­dhyā­di­ṣv a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,23~etena yad uktam — '­ta­thā­bhū­tā­d eva vyā­dhi­vi­śe­ṣā­t kaścin mri­ya­te­, kaścin nety ato na vā­tā­di­vai­ṣa­mya­m api ma­ra­ṇa­sya he­tu­r­" iti, tad api ni­ra­sta­m­, ta­thā­bhū­ta­tva­sya ni­śce­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 49­9­,26~na ca ka­rma­ni­mi­ttaṃ ma­ra­ṇa­m api tvatpakṣe sa­mbha­va­ti­, karmaṇo '­na­va­sthi­ta­tve­na he­tu­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. vi­na­ṣṭa­syā­pi he­tu­tve­, mo­kṣā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. śa­ktyu­tpā­da­pa­ra­mpa­ra­yā ni­ya­ta­kā­la­pha­la­he­tu­tva­m­, karpāse ra­kta­tā­va­d iti cet, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­py a­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi karpāse 'pi ni­ra­nva­ya­vi­nā­śo­tpā­de raktatā sa­mbha­va­ti­. kiṃ tarhi? bī­jā­dya­va­ya­vā­nva­ye sa­tī­ti­. api caivaṃ bhū­ta­cai­ta­nya­vā­di­no 'pi śa­knu­va­nti vaktum — mā­tā­pi­tro­r anvaye ke­na­ci­t kṛtaṃ karma śu­kra­śo­ṇi­tā­di­śa­ktyu­tpā­da­pa­ra­mpa­ra­yā kiyati puruṣe ka­dā­ci­t phalati karma, vi­pā­ka­kā­la­s tv a­ni­ya­taḥ tva­yā­pī­ṣṭaḥ­. a­kṛ­tā­bhyā­ga­mā­di­do­ṣo 'py ubhayoḥ sama iti.

NBhū-YA 50­0­,9~yadi ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t smṛ­tyā­di­ni­ya­maḥ­, tadā bī­jā­ṅku­ra­pa­tra­nā­lā­di­va­d a­va­sthā­ni­ya­me­nai­va kā­la­ni­ya­me­na ca bha­ve­t­, tathā hi — bījād bhū­myu­da­kā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­n ni­ya­te­nai­va kā­le­nā­ṅku­ra eva bha­va­ti­, na pa­rṇa­nā­lā­dī­nā­m a­nya­ta­ma­m­. a­ṅku­rā­t patram eva bha­va­ti­, na nā­lā­dya­nya­ta­maṃ bījaṃ vā. patrān nālam eva bha­va­ti­. ya­thā­dṛ­ṣṭa­kā­la­ni­ya­me­na ta­ntva­na­nta­ra­m eva dvi­trā­di­mā­sa­vya­va­dhā­de­na vā. na caivaṃ smṛ­tya­nu­bha­vā­dī­nā­m a­va­sthā­ni­ya­maḥ­, kā­la­ni­ya­mo vāsti, tasmān na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­t smṛ­tyā­di­ni­ya­ma iti.

NBhū-YA 50­0­,16~kiṃ ca sa­rva­ka­rma­vā­sa­nā­nā­m e­ka­jñā­ne tā­dā­tmye­nā­va­sthā­nā­d e­ka­vi­pā­ka­kā­le sa­rva­vi­pā­ka­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dho vā bī­ja­va­d iti cet, syād etat — ya­thā­ṅku­ra­nā­lā­dya­ne­ka­vā­sa­nā­tma­ka­syā­pi bījasya na yu­ga­pa­t sa­rva­ja­na­ka­tva­m­, tathā jñānam apy a­ne­ka­saṃ­skā­rā­tma­kaṃ na yau­ga­pa­dye­na smṛ­ti­su­khā­dī­ni ca ja­na­ya­tī­ti­, na; a­na­hyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na mayā bījasya nā­lā­di­ja­ni­kā api śaktayaḥ i­ṣya­nte­, kin tu viśiṣṭaṃ bījaṃ vi­śi­ṣṭā­ṅku­ro­tpa­ttā­v eva śa­kta­m­, viśiṣṭo '­ṅku­ra­s tu vi­śi­ṣṭa­pa­rṇo­tpa­ttā­v e­ve­ti­. yu­ga­pa­dvi­ci­tra­śa­kti­yu­ktaṃ jñānaṃ na ca yu­ga­pa­dvi­ci­traṃ kāryaṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ty a­ti­yu­kti­ma­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­0­,24~atha kra­me­ṇo­tpa­dya­mā­nā­nāṃ jñānānāṃ kra­me­ṇai­va śa­kti­yo­gaḥ­, tataḥ krameṇa smṛ­tyā­dyu­tpa­tti­r api. kra­me­ṇā­pi śaktir bhavantī kim a­na­nta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­d eva bha­va­ti­? uta vya­va­hi­ta­kṣa­ṇā­d a­pī­ti­? yady a­na­nta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­d eva bha­va­ti­, tataḥ pa­ra­lo­ka­vā­da­sya datto ja­lāṃ­ja­liḥ syāt — a­rddha­mu­hū­rtā­nta­ri­tā­nu­bha­vā­de­r api smṛ­tyā­di­ja­na­na­ni­mi­tta­vā­sa­nā­dhā­ya­tvaṃ nāsti, kuto ja­nmā­nta­ra­kṛ­ta­sya ka­rmā­deḥ­? tvanmate hi na su­kha­duḥ­kha­ma­ra­ṇā­di­ja­na­na­śa­kti­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa pu­ṇyā­pu­ṇya­saṃ­skā­rā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m anyo 'rtho 'sti. śaktiś cā­na­nta­ra­kṣa­ṇā­d e­ve­ṣṭā­.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,3~atha vya­va­hi­tā­d api kṣaṇāt śaktir bha­va­tī­ti­, na; kā­la­vya­va­hi­ta­syā­ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­. pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇa tu sa­rve­ṣā­m apy a­nu­bha­va­ka­rma­ṇāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d e­ka­syā­pi sa­rva­śa­ktyu­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­tkā­rya­yau­ga­pa­dya­pra­sa­ṅga iti. tad eva dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,7~nanu ca kā­la­vya­va­hi­ta­m api sākṣāt kāraṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, yad āha —

NBhū-YA 50­1­,10~na hi pū­rvā­bhyā­sa­m a­nta­re­ṇa smṛ­tyā­di­pā­ṭa­vaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. tena smṛ­ti­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­di­pā­ṭa­vo­pa­la­mbhā­t ta­da­bhyā­sa­sya vya­va­hi­ta­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,12~vya­va­hi­ta­syā­vi­dya­mā­na­tvā­t kathaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti cet, a­vi­dya­mā­na­tva­m a­na­nta­ra­syā­pi tulyaṃ svakāle tu vya­va­hi­ta­syā­pi vi­dya­mā­na­tva­m­. kā­ryo­tpā­da­kā­le yad asti, tad eva kā­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, ko 'yam u­tpa­tti­kā­laḥ­? kiṃ kā­rya­kā­laḥ eva? atha tataḥ prāg iti? kā­rya­kā­la­tve dvayor e­ka­kā­la­tvā­t­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­vi­ve­kā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. a­rtha­kā­ryā­t prāk, tadā kā­ryā­bhā­ve kathaṃ ta­du­tpā­daḥ­? na hy asati dharmiṇi dharmaḥ. kiṃ ca ta­du­tpā­da­syā­pi ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, ta­tprā­kkā­la­bhā­vi­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,18~e­te­no­tpa­dya­mā­na­tā­pi pra­tyu­ktā­, pa­ryā­ya­tvā­c co­tpā­do­tpa­ttyu­tpa­dya­mā­na­tā­di­śa­bdā­nā­m­; tasmān na kā­rya­kā­le kā­ra­ṇa­m­, na kā­ra­ṇa­kā­le kāryam ato na pa­ra­spa­ra­taḥ sambandho 'pi. pā­ra­ta­ntryaṃ hi sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, siddhasya ca kiṃ pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m­? a­si­ddha­syā­pi svayam asataḥ kiṃ pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m iti? tasmāt ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tva­mā­tre kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­raḥ­. ta­dbhā­va­bhā­vi­tvaṃ vā nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ki­tva­m eva. na ca kā­la­vya­va­dhā­ne 'py astīti ci­ra­ni­vṛ­tta­m api kā­ra­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,25~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­, ni­vṛ­tta­syā­sa­ttvā­d a­sa­ta­ś ca ja­na­ka­tve śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r api ja­na­ka­tvaṃ syād a­sa­ttvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­1­,27~atha vinaṣṭaṃ prāg āsīt tena ta­jja­na­ka­m­, yadā tad asti tadā na ja­na­ya­ti yadā nāsti tadā ja­na­ya­ti sādhvī vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­. tad idam ā­yā­ta­m — jīvann aśakto 'haṃ mṛtas te putraṃ ja­na­yi­ṣyā­mī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­2­,1~kiṃ ca ni­vṛ­tta­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tve­, kā­ryo­tpā­dā­nu­pa­ra­ma­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. kā­ra­ṇa­vyā­vṛ­ttau hi kā­ryo­tpa­ttyu­pa­ra­maḥ — iti pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­m etad a­gni­dhū­mā­dya­ne­ko­dā­ha­ra­ṇā­t­, yadā tu vyā­vṛ­ttā­d api kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ­, tadā sā­ta­tye­na ta­tkā­ryo­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­ddhe­to­s ta­jja­na­na­śa­kti­vyā­ghā­tā­bhā­vā­t­, na hi vyā­vṛ­tta­sya punar vyā­vṛ­tti­r asti. na ca ta­da­va­sthe hetau kā­ryā­nu­tpā­daḥ­, tadāpy a­nu­tpā­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­vya­vā­vṛ­ttau ta­tkā­ryo­tpa­ttyu­pa­ra­ma iti cet, na; sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo 'pi vyā­vṛ­tta­syai­va he­tu­tvā­t tu­lya­nyā­ya­tvā­t vyā­vṛ­tta­sya ca punar vyā­vṛ­tti­r nāstīty u­kta­m­. yadi ca sa­ha­kā­ri­vyā­vṛ­ttā­v eva kā­rya­vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tadā vyāvṛttau ca kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ­, tatas tasyaiva he­tu­tva­m­, na na­ṣṭa­sya­; tatra he­tu­dha­rmā­na­nu­vṛ­tteḥ­. ni­tya­he­tu­vā­di­va­n mamāpi pa­ri­hā­ra iti cet, na; a­vya­ti­ri­kta­śa­ktya­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­n nityasya sa­ha­kā­ri­pra­ti­kṣe­pe cā­sa­mba­ddha­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 50­2­,12~e­te­nā­nā­ga­ta­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ pra­ti­kṣi­pta­m­. kiṃ cā­nā­ga­ta­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tve­, kā­ra­ṇa­ni­ṣpa­ttya­rthaṃ kāryam u­pā­da­tte — iti syād etac ca vi­ru­ddha­m­. nanu kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m api tasyāsty eva, na hi prā­gbhā­vi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ni­ṣi­dhya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? bhā­vya­vya­bhi­cā­rā­pe­kṣa­yā tasya kā­rya­tva­m apy astīti bha­ṇya­te­.

NBhū-YA 50­2­,16~yac ca kā­ra­ṇa­tve saty u­pā­dā­na­m­, ta­tkā­rya­tve bha­vi­ṣya­ti­; ko hy u­pā­dā­ne vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­mā­tre­ṇo­pā­dā­na­m iyatā kin na pa­ryā­pta­m iti? tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­; pa­ra­spa­raṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ prāg eva ni­ra­staḥ­. kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­naṃ ca sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­, tataḥ pa­ra­lo­kā­nu­mā­naṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ti­. na ta­du­pa­ro­dhe­na sa­ma­sta­ma­ryā­dā­m a­ti­kra­mya kāraṇe 'pi kā­rya­tva­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­2­,22~sa­rva­lo­ka­śā­stre­ṣu hi yan ni­ṣpa­ttya­rthaṃ yad u­pā­dī­ya­te­, tat tasya kā­ra­ṇa­m — iti pra­si­ddha­m­, na cai­ta­drū­paṃ bhāvino 'sti, tasmād bhūtam eva kāraṇaṃ bhā­vī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­2­,25~nanv evaṃ tarhi sarvasya bhūtasya kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. a­vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve tad eṣa kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­. a­thā­vya­bhi­cā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tve pū­rva­bhā­vaḥ­? tad api yat kiṃ­ci­t­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 50­3­,4~tad a­yu­kta­m­; a­kṛ­ta­ka­tva­ni­tya­tvā­dī­nā­m api kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­bhā­vā­n neti cet, tad a­yu­kta­m­;

NBhū-YA 50­3­,8~na hi ya­dṛ­cchā­taḥ saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇe kvacid virodho 'sti, ye­nā­rthā­nta­ra eva vyāpake kā­ra­ṇā­saṃ­jñā kri­ya­te­, nā­na­rthā­nta­re­. ja­na­ka­tvaṃ ca na yathā svātmanaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­thā­tī­tā­nā­ga­ta­yo­r api ja­na­ka­tvaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­3­,11~yac coktam — na kā­rya­kā­le kā­ra­ṇa­m­, na kā­ra­ṇa­kā­le kāryam ity ato na tayoḥ sambandho '­pī­ti­, tan na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­3­,13~yad apy uktam — pā­ra­ta­ntryaṃ hi sa­mba­ndha­s tac ca si­ddha­syā­si­ddha­sya vā no­pa­pa­dya­ta iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; he­tva­nā­ya­tta­tve hi kāryasya ni­rhe­tu­ka­tvā­n nityaṃ sattvam asattvaṃ vā syād a­nyā­na­pe­kṣa­tvā­t­. he­tva­pe­kṣi­tve vā kathaṃ na pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m­?

NBhū-YA 50­3­,17~tasmāt si­ddha­syā­si­ddha­sya vā­va­sthā­dva­ye 'pi pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m­. tathā hi — yady asiddhaṃ pa­ra­ta­ntraṃ na syāt, tato '­si­ddha­m eva sadā ti­ṣṭhe­t­, svayaṃ vā siddhyān ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­lā­di­yo­gaṃ no­pe­kṣe­ta­, tasmāt sva­bhā­va­to '­si­ddha­m eva he­tu­bhi­r balāt sādhyata iti pa­ra­ta­ntra­m­. ata e­vā­sa­tkā­rya­m u­cya­te­. kha­pu­ṣpā­dy api hetubhiḥ kiṃ na sā­dhya­ta­, iti cet, etad u­tta­ra­tra vi­cā­ra­yi­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 50­3­,22~si­ddha­syā­pi pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m­, sa­ma­vā­yi­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv a­va­sthā­nā­t­. dṛṣṭaṃ ca loke 'pi — siddhasya bhṛ­tya­pu­trā­deḥ pā­ra­ta­ntrya­m­. svātantryaṃ cet siddhaṃ ka­dā­ci­d api na vi­na­śye­t­, tasmād asti sambandho yadi nāma kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nā sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­3­,26~nanv a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nā­m api sā­ma­grya­va­sthaṃ ja­na­ka­m­, tac ca kā­rya­kā­le nāsti tat kathaṃ ja­nya­ja­na­ka­sa­mba­ndha iti? na; ni­ya­mā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. nāyaṃ niyamaḥ — sa­mā­na­kā­la­yo­r eva sambandha iti, kin tu ya­thā­da­rśa­na­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. ja­nya­ja­na­ka­sa­mba­ndha­s tv evam eva dṛśyate yat kā­ra­ṇa­sā­ma­grya­na­nta­raṃ kāryam iti. kṣa­ṇi­ka­vā­di­nāṃ tv asyaiva grahaṇaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. tena tanmate sa­mba­ndhā­sa­mbha­va u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 50­4­,3~na cā­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­va­t kā­la­vya­va­dhā­ne 'pi ja­nya­ja­na­ka­bhā­vaḥ kaścid aṃjasā pra­tī­ya­te­. tan na; na­ṣṭā­nu­tpa­nna­yo­r aṃjasā kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­. yadā khalu sā­ma­grya­va­sthaṃ kāraṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, ta­dai­vāṃ­ja­sā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­sa­mba­ndha­s tena vi­dya­mā­na­syai­va ja­na­ka­tva­m a­sa­tkā­rya­tvaṃ ca pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te­. kā­rya­sa­ttva­kā­le tu ja­na­ka­tva­ka­lpa­ne kiṃ syāt? a­vi­dya­mā­ne­na vi­dya­mā­naṃ janyata iti syāt — etac ca lo­ka­śā­stra­yo­r vi­ru­ddha­m­. tasmān na na­ṣṭa­syā­nu­bhā­vā­deḥ sma­ra­ṇā­di­ja­na­ka­tva­m­. na ca pū­rvā­bhyā­sa­m a­nta­re­ṇa smṛ­tyā­de­r utpattiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, tasmāt pū­rvā­bhyā­sā­d utpannaḥ saṃskāraḥ kaścid a­vi­na­śya­nn e­vā­va­sthi­taḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣa­prā­ptau smṛ­tya­nu­sa­ndhā­na­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­di­kaṃ ja­na­ya­ti­. ta­nni­vṛ­ttau cā­nya­ni­mi­tta­sa­dbhā­ve 'pi smṛ­tyā­di­kaṃ no­tpa­dye­ta iti yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­4­,13~a­nā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ tu pū­rvā­bhyā­sa­sya saha saṃ­skā­re­ṇa ni­vṛ­tta­tvā­t kutaḥ smṛ­tyā­di­kaṃ syāt? sa­ntā­ne­nā­va­sthi­tau ca jñā­na­sa­ntā­no­cche­dā­d yadi ta­syo­cche­daḥ­, tā­dā­tmya­vi­ro­dho vā. ni­raṃ­śa­syāṃ­śe­no­cche­dā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­4­,16~etena ka­rma­ja­syā­pi saṃ­skā­ra­syā­nā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ ja­nmā­nta­ra­pha­la­he­tu­tvaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­. tasyāpi jñānād a­vya­ti­re­ke jñā­nā­kā­ra­va­n no­pa­bho­gā­d api ni­vṛ­tti­r nāpi ku­ta­ści­d dhetoḥ. saṃ­skā­ra­vi­vi­kta­sya jñā­na­syo­tpa­ttau saṃ­skā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­vya­va­hā­raḥ saṃ­skā­ra­sya jñā­no­tpā­da­na­tvā­t ta­du­tta­raṃ ca jñānaṃ yady u­pā­dā­nā­kā­raṃ tataḥ saṃ­skā­rā­kā­ra­m eva bhaven no cet tadā jñā­nā­kā­ra­m api na bhaven ni­raṃ­śa­syāṃ­śe­nā­kā­rā­rpa­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­4­,22~ghṛ­tā­di­va­d iti cet, atha manyase — ya­thā­gni­sa­mba­ndhā­d ghṛ­ta­ja­tu­su­va­rṇā­di­kaṃ drutaṃ bha­va­ti­, śai­tya­sa­mba­ndhā­t punaḥ ka­ṭhi­na­m iti na su­va­rṇā­dyā­kā­ra­va­t sarvadā dru­tā­dyā­kā­rā­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tathā jñā­nā­kā­rā­nu­vṛ­ttā­v api na sarvadā saṃ­skā­rā­nu­vṛ­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 50­4­,26~na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t — na mayā kā­ṭhi­nya­dra­va­tvā­de­s tā­dā­tmya­m iṣyate yena dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­si­ddhiḥ syāt. dha­mā­dha­rmi­ṇo­r hy a­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vaḥ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ­, tena dha­rma­ni­vṛ­ttā­v api dharmiṇo '­nu­vṛ­tti­r yuktā, tādātmye tv a­nu­vṛ­ttya­na­nu­vṛ­ttī durghaṭe e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,2~atha jñānād a­rthā­nta­raṃ saṃ­skā­raḥ­, sa kim ā­śri­taḥ­? a­nā­śri­to vā? yady a­nā­śri­taḥ­, ta­dā­nya­trā­pi sva­kā­ryā­ra­mbha­kaḥ syāt, vṛ­kṣa­pha­lā­di­va­t — yathā vṛkṣāt pa­ti­tā­ni pha­lā­dī­ni pṛthag eva sa­ntā­nā­na­nta­rā­ṇi ku­rva­nti­, tathā saṃskārā api jñā­na­sa­ntā­naṃ pa­ri­tya­jya svaṃ svaṃ santānaṃ kuryuḥ, sa­ntā­nā­na­nta­ro­dbhū­tai­r vā saha kā­rya­ja­na­kāḥ­, sphuran du­hi­ta­ra i­vā­nya­pu­traiḥ sa­he­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,7~a­thā­śri­taḥ saṃ­skā­raḥ­, ta­dā­śra­yi­sa­mba­ndho vācyaḥ — saṃ­yo­gaḥ­, sa­ma­vā­yo vā na tva­ye­ṣya­te­. tā­dā­tmya­sa­mba­ndhe tv ā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, na hi svā­tmā­pe­kṣa­yā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vaḥ kvacid dṛṣṭaḥ. pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­ś ca pūrvaṃ tā­dā­tmya­sa­mba­ndhaḥ­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va e­vā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­va iti cet, na; kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve 'pi vṛ­kṣa­pha­lā­di­va­t pṛthag ga­ma­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,13~yat punar etan nai­yā­yi­kai­r api kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va eva ni­yā­ma­ka dṛṣṭas tataḥ sa evāstu kim ā­tma­ne­ti­, tan na; asmākaṃ jā­tyā­śra­ya­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­me­na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­sya ni­yā­ma­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,17~tatra jā­ti­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­mā­d yathā — śā­li­tva­bī­ja­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭā­d a­ṅku­ra­tva­śā­li­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m eva kāryaṃ bha­va­ti­, tataḥ śā­li­tva­pa­tra­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m eva bha­va­ti­, tataḥ śā­li­tva­nā­la­tva­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m ity evam u­tta­ro­tta­raṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. bī­jā­va­ya­vā­nu­vṛ­tte­r ā­śra­ya­ni­ya­mo 'py asti. tathā pū­rvā­bhyā­sa­vi­śe­ṣā­t saṃ­skā­ra­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tataḥ smṛ­ti­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­, tato '­nu­sa­ndhā­nā­di­vi­śe­ṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,23~ta­thā­śra­ya­ni­ya­mo 'pi — ya­trai­vā­bhyā­saḥ tatraiva saṃ­skā­raḥ­, yatraiva saṃskāraḥ tatraiva smṛ­tya­nu­sa­ndhā­nā­da­ya ity evaṃ niyama u­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 50­5­,26~yac coktam — ra­kta­tā­py ā­tmā­śri­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vye­ti­, tan na; a­nya­thā­pi ra­kta­to­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tathā ca bī­jā­va­ya­va­vā­sa­nā­kra­me­ṇa ra­kta­to­pa­pa­ttiḥ prāg u­kte­ti­. yathā tarhi bī­jā­va­ya­vai­r vāsitaiḥ ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­tve­na sa­mba­ddhe­ṣu bhū­mya­va­ya­ve­ṣu ta­tsaṃ­skā­raḥ kri­ya­te­, ta­thā­nu­bha­va­ja­ni­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­śra­yo '­nya­trā­pi ta­tsaṃ­skā­raṃ ka­ri­ṣya­ti­, na; ta­tsaṃ­skā­rā­śra­ya­bā­hu­lyā­gra­ha­ṇā­t — na hi yathā ra­kta­tā­saṃ­skā­ro ba­hvā­śra­yaḥ­, ta­tpha­lā­nāṃ yu­ga­pa­d u­pa­la­mbhe­na gṛ­hya­te­, ta­thā­nu­bha­va­saṃ­skā­ro '­pī­ti­. ta­thā­bhā­ve hi ka­rpā­sa­va­d e­ka­sa­ntā­nā­d a­pa­ri­mi­ta­sa­ntā­no­tpā­do 'pi syāt. yathā cai­ka­smā­t pra­dī­pa­sa­ntā­nā­d bahavo 'pi pra­dī­pa­sa­ntā­nā bha­va­nti­. sa­rve­ṣā­m a­tya­nto­cche­do 'pi ka­dā­ci­d bha­va­ti­. tadvad atrāpi syāt. tasmād e­kā­śra­ya­ni­ya­ta­tve­nai­ve­cchā­dī­nā­m e­ka­sa­ntā­na­ni­ya­maḥ kra­mo­tpā­da­ni­ya­ma­ś ceti.

NBhū-YA 50­6­,9~nanv āśrayo '­sa­taḥ­? sato vā syāt? a­sa­ta­s tāvad āśrayo nāsti, na hi kha­ra­vi­ṣā­ṇa­sya kaścid ā­śra­yaḥ­. ke­va­la­m a­sa­tkā­ra­ṇā­d u­tpa­tti­m ī­ha­te­, tato 'sataḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m eva sa­mbha­va­ti­, nā­śra­ya­tā sato 'pi nā­śra­yaḥ­, a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tvā­t — na hi sataḥ kiṃcid ā­śra­ye­ṇa kri­ya­te­. sthitiḥ kriyata iti cet, na; vya­ti­re­kā­vya­ti­re­kā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­vya­ti­re­ke­, sa eva kṛtaḥ syāt. na ca sva­rū­pa­m eva sthitiḥ, saty api svarūpe ga­ti­da­rśa­nā­t­. nāpi vya­ti­ri­ktā­, sthiter api vya­ti­ri­ktā sthitir ity a­na­va­sthā syāt. sthi­ti­he­tu­ś ca kathaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­ty ā­śra­yaḥ­? na hi ghaṭasya hetuḥ pa­ṭa­syā­dhā­ro yuktaḥ. tasmān na kaścit ka­sya­ci­d ādhāra iti.

NBhū-YA 50­6­,18~tad etad apy a­sa­t­, yat tāvad asato nāsty āśrayaḥ — ity a­trā­vi­vā­daḥ­. sato 'pi nāsti — etan na kṣa­mya­te­, dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — dṛṣṭo hi sata āśrayaḥ sa­ma­vā­yī saṃyogī ca. tatra rū­pā­dī­nāṃ ghaṭādiḥ sa­ma­vā­yī­, ja­lā­dī­nāṃ tu saṃ­yo­gī­ti­. na ca dṛṣṭaṃ vi­ka­lpa­śa­te­nā­py a­pā­ka­rtuṃ śa­kya­te­.

NBhū-YA 50­6­,23~ka­lpa­na­yai­vā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, na; dṛ­ṣṭā­dṛ­ṣṭa­ka­lpa­nā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yadi sthāṇvādau pu­ru­ṣā­di­ka­ka­lpa­nā­va­d anyatra dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­nya­tra ka­lpa­nā­, tadā nā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­syā­tya­ntā­sa­ttva­m­. atha pra­dhā­nā­di­śa­bda­vā­sa­nā­taḥ ka­lpa­ne­ti­, tad apy a­sa­t­, ni­ra­rthi­kā hi kalpanā katham a­rtha­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣv eva bha­ve­t­? vi­śi­ṣṭā­rtha­da­rśa­nā­t pra­ti­bu­ddhā vāsanā kalpanāṃ ja­na­ya­tī­ti cet, ko 'sāv arthasya vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sa eva hy ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­vo ya­da­bhā­vā­d a­nya­trā­rtha­da­rśa­ne 'py ā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­tva­pra­tī­ti­r na bha­va­ti­, ta­tho­tpa­tti­he­tu­r e­vā­dhā­ra iti cet, syād etat — pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­vi­nā­śi­nā­m a­pa­rā­pa­ra­de­śo­tpā­da­va­tā­m u­pā­dā­na­de­śo­tpa­tti­r ā­dhā­ra­sa­mā­ga­ma­kṛ­tā tena bhū­myā­di­r ja­lā­dī­nāṃ vi­śi­ṣṭā­va­sthāṃ kurvann ādhāra ity u­cya­te­. tasmād vi­śi­ṣṭa­he­tu­r e­vā­dhā­ra iti. na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­. syād etad eva, yadi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ syāt, tac cā­si­ddha­m iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,6~a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve tu siddhe dha­rma­dha­rmi­bhe­de ca sati bhū­ja­lā­dī­nā­m a­va­śya­m ā­dhā­rā­dhe­yā­bhā­vo '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­, ta­tpra­tī­te­r nī­la­spha­ṭi­kā­di­pra­tī­ti­va­d a­prā­mā­ṇyā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,8~yat punar etat — na hi sataḥ kiṃcid ā­śra­ye­ṇa kriyata iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; na hi hetur e­vā­śra­yo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ye­nā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra­tve cāśrayo na syāt. kiṃ tarhi? ā­śra­ya­da­rma­yo­gā­t­, ā­śra­ya­pa­ra­tvā­pa­ra­tvā­di­dha­rma­yo­gā­t pa­rā­pa­rā­di­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,12~i­he­da­m — iti pra­ti­pa­tti­ś cā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī nā­dhā­rā­dhe­ya­bhā­va­m a­nta­re­ṇa yuktā. yasya vā yena sthitiḥ kri­ya­te­, sa ta­syā­dhā­raḥ­. kra­me­ṇā­ne­ka­kā­rya­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ sthitiḥ, sā cā­va­ya­vi­gu­ṇa­ka­rmā­dī­nā­m ā­śra­ya­sā­ma­rthyā­d bha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,15~nanu ga­ti­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ sthitiḥ pra­si­ddhā­, sa­tya­m­, a­smā­bhi­r apy evaṃ vyākhyātā ta­dā­dhā­rā­bhā­ve hy a­ni­tyā­nāṃ vināśa eva gatir i­tyā­di­nā­.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,17~yady ādhāraḥ sthitiḥ, tadā śa­bda­bu­ddhyā­dī­nāṃ ni­tyā­dhā­ra­tvā­d asthitiḥ ka­dā­ci­n na syād iti cet, na; ta­nnā­śa­he­tva­bhā­va­sā­hi­ta­syā­dhā­ra­sya sthi­ti­he­tu­tvā­t­. nā­śa­he­tu­sa­mba­ndhā­t tu saty apy ādhāre na sthitir iti.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,21~yac coktam — yadi vya­ti­ri­ktā sthitiḥ, tataḥ sthiter apy anyā sthitir ity a­na­va­sthā syād iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; pra­kā­śa­sa­ttā­di­va­t ta­tsva­bhā­va­sya ta­tsva­bhā­vā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­. na hi yathā gha­ṭā­da­yaḥ pra­dī­pe­na pra­kā­śya­nte­, tathā pradīpo 'pi pra­dī­pā­nta­re­ṇa­. yathā vā dra­vyā­di­ṣu sattātaḥ sad iti pra­tya­yaḥ­, tathā sa­ttā­yā­m api sa­ttā­nta­rā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 50­7­,26~yat punar etat sthi­ti­he­tu­s ta­da­nya­sya sthātuḥ katham ādhāra iti, na; sthites ta­ddha­rma­tvā­t­. sthātur dharmo hi sthitiḥ tena taddhetuḥ sthātur ā­dhā­raḥ­, paṭasya tu ghaṭo na dharma iti.

NBhū-YA 50­8­,2~śa­bdā­di­he­tu­s tarhi ā­kā­śā­de­r ādhāraḥ prāptaḥ, śa­bdā­de­r ā­kā­śa­dha­rma­vā­t­, na; a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t — na brūmo dha­rma­mā­tra­sya he­tu­dha­rmi­ṇi ā­dhā­raḥ­, kiṃ tu yasya sthitiṃ prati yo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetuḥ sa ta­syā­dhā­ra iti. ā­tmā­kā­śā­de­s tarhi sthitiṃ prati ko '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇo hetuḥ? na kaścid ata eva teṣāṃ ni­rā­dhā­ra­tva­m — na hy ā­tmā­kā­śā­deḥ saṃyogī sa­ma­vā­yī vā kaścid ādhāraḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. sa­ha­kā­ri­mā­tre vā­dhā­ra­vya­va­hā­ro nāsti yathā tvatpakṣe na he­tu­mā­tra­m u­pā­dā­na­m ādhāro vā, kiṃ tu viśiṣṭa eva hetur yathā — daghnaḥ kṣīram e­vo­pā­dā­na­m­, kuṇḍam e­vā­dhā­ra iti. tadvad asmākaṃ he­tu­vi­śe­ṣaḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­śe­ṣo vā­dhā­raḥ­, sa ca saṃyogī sa­ma­vā­yī vā. ya­thā­bhū­te hy ā­dhā­ra­vya­va­hā­ro dṛṣṭaḥ, ta­thā­bhū­ta eva hetuḥ sambandhī vādhāraḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ­, na tv a­dṛ­ṣṭe­śva­rā­de­r a­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­8­,14~nanu yady ā­dhā­re­ṇa bhāvasya sthitiḥ paścāt kri­ya­te­, tadā sthi­tyu­tpa­tteḥ prā­ga­sthi­to bhāvaḥ syāt, vya­ti­ri­kto­tpa­nnā ca kathaṃ bhā­va­sya­? tā­dā­tmya­ta­du­tpa­ttiḥ sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­d iti. a­tro­cya­te — yasya paścād a­ca­la­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­, kra­me­ṇā­ne­ka­sa­ha­kā­ri­lā­bha­la­kṣa­ṇā vā sthitir bha­va­ti­, sa ta­da­pe­kṣa­yā bhavatv a­sthi­taḥ­, ko doṣaḥ? sa­dbhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā tu sthitiḥ paścāt kriyata ity etan ne­ṣya­te­, ta­du­tpā­da­ka­he­tu­bhi­r eva ta­tsa­dbhā­va­ka­ra­ṇā­t­. tā­dā­tmya­ta­du­tpa­tti­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­ve 'pi ka­tha­m­? bhāvasya sthitir ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, sa­mba­ndha­dva­ya­ni­ya­ma­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t­, tā­dā­tmya­sa­mba­ndha­sya ca ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. tataḥ sā­mā­nyā­de­r iva sthiter apy asti sambandhaḥ kaścid iti.

NBhū-YA 50­8­,22~sthi­ti­he­tu­r ādhāra ity e­ta­smi­nn api pakṣe na doṣaḥ kaścid iti.

NBhū-YA 50­8­,24~pra­sā­dhi­taṃ ca rū­pā­dī­nāṃ dra­vyā­śri­ta­tva­m­, tadvad i­cchā­dī­nā­m apy āśrayaḥ kaścid asti, yaḥ svayam a­nu­bhū­ya sma­ra­ti­, smṛtvā cā­nu­sa­ndha­tte­, a­nu­sa­ndhā­ya ce­ccha­ti­, dveṣṭi vā, tataḥ pra­ya­ta­mā­naḥ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā­nu­bha­va­ti­. yaś ca pa­ra­lo­kā­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­te sva­kṛ­ta­ka­rma­vi­pā­kaṃ ca yo '­nu­bha­va­ti­, sa katham asthiraḥ śa­rī­rā­di­la­kṣa­ṇo vā syād iti?

NBhū-YA 50­8­,28~e­te­nai­va kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ ni­ra­sta­m — na hi sarvasya kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve svayam a­nu­bhū­ta­syai­va smṛtir i­tyā­dyu­pa­pā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­.

NBhū-YA 50­9­,6~pra­tya­bhi­jñā­khye­na ca pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣv a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ gṛ­hya­te­. yasmād a­kṣa­vyā­pā­rā­na­nta­ra­m eva 'sa evāyaṃ spha­ṭi­kaḥ­' iti pū­rvā­pa­ra­kā­lā­va­cchi­nnā­rtha­grā­hi­vi­jñā­na­m u­tpa­dya­te­, ta­thā­ne­ka­kā­lā­va­cchi­nna­pra­mā­tṛ­sva­rū­pa­grā­hi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. tad yathā — ya­syā­ṅku­ra­m aham a­drā­kṣa­m­, ta­syā­ha­m e­ve­dā­nīṃ phalaṃ pa­śyā­mī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 50­9­,10~pra­dī­pā­di­ṣv iva bhrāntam iti cet, na; atra bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­t­. na caikatra bā­dhya­tve­na bhrāntatve siddhe, pra­tya­bhi­jñā­sā­dha­rmya­mā­trā­t sarvatra bhrā­nta­tva­ka­lpa­nā yuktā, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tathā hi — ja­la­ke­śā­di­jñā­na­syai­ka­tra bhrā­nta­tva­da­rśa­nā­t sarvatra bhrāntatvaṃ syāt. tasmād yad eva pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ bā­dhya­te­, tad eva bhrāntaṃ yu­kta­m­, ke­śā­di­jñā­na­va­n na sarvam iti.

NBhū-YA 50­9­,16~nanu ca sarvaṃ pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ bhrāntam e­vā­kṣa­ṇi­kā­kā­rā­va­bhā­si­tvā­t­. na cā­kṣa­ṇi­ko 'rthaḥ kaścid asti, tad āha —

NBhū-YA 50­9­,20~tathā hi — na tāvad aneko 'rthaḥ krameṇa kāryāṇi karoti e­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­. sa hy e­ka­sva­bhā­vo yāvatāṃ kā­ryā­ṇā­m u­tpā­da­ne sa­ma­rtha­s­, tāvanti sakṛd eva ku­ryā­t­, sa­ma­rtha­sya kṣe­pā­yo­gā­t­. kṣepe vā pra­tha­ma­kā­ryo­tpā­da­ko 'pi na syāt. pra­tha­ma­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­kā­le ta­syā­ga­mi­kā­ryo­tpa­ttā­v a­sā­ma­rthya­m iti cet, evaṃ tarhi na tataḥ ka­dā­ci­d ā­gā­mi­kā­ryo­tpa­ttiḥ­, ta­da­śa­kta­sva­rū­pā­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t­. pa­ri­tyā­ge vā na pū­rvo­tta­ra­kri­yā­he­to­r ekatvaṃ tadbhede ca prāptaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m­. nāpi yu­ga­pa­d eva ka­ro­ti­, tathā ni­rva­rta­na­sva­bhā­va­syā­pa­ri­bhraṃ­śā­t­. sa­ta­ta­m e­vā­rtha­kri­yā­yau­ga­pa­dyaṃ kuryāt ta­tsva­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau voktaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m iti. nāpi sa­ha­kā­ri­kra­ma­m apekṣya kra­me­ṇai­kaḥ kāryaṃ ka­ro­ti­, a­nu­pa­kā­ri­vya­pe­kṣā­yo­gā­t tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 51­0­,2~a­nu­pa­kā­ri­tvaṃ ca vya­ti­ri­ktā­vya­ti­ri­kto­pa­kā­rā­sa­mbha­vā­t — yadi hetor a­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­bhi­r u­pa­kā­raḥ kri­ya­te­, tadā sa eva kriyata ity ā­pa­dya­te­, tathā ca vyarthāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­s ta­drū­pa­sya prāg eva si­ddha­tvā­t­. vya­ti­ri­kta­ś ced u­pa­kā­raḥ­, sa tasyeti kaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­? tā­dā­tmya­pa­kṣe na vya­ti­re­kaḥ­. ta­du­tpa­tti­pa­kṣe 'pi yadi sa­ha­kā­ri­ni­ra­pe­kṣā­t tata u­tpa­ttiḥ­, tadā kathaṃ na vyarthāḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ­? ta­da­pe­kṣi­tve vā punas tataḥ u­pa­kā­ra e­ṣṭa­vya­s tataḥ pū­rva­va­d vya­ti­ri­ktā­vya­ti­ri­kta­pa­kṣa­yoḥ pra­sa­ṅga­s tato '­na­va­sthā syāt. tasmān na sa­ha­kā­ri­ṣv a­pe­kṣa­ṇaṃ yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­0­,10~śa­ktā­śa­kta­vi­ka­lpā­sa­mbha­vā­c ca — yadi śakto hetus tataḥ svayaṃ śa­kta­tvā­d eva kāryaṃ ka­ro­ti­, na sa­ha­kā­ri­bhiḥ kiṃ­ci­t­. a­śa­kta­ś ca sa­ha­kā­ri­sa­dbhā­ve 'pi na ka­ro­ti­, pāṣāṇa iva tailaṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­ṣu satsu śakto bha­va­tī­ti cet, evaṃ tarhi a­śa­kta­sva­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau sa­ha­kā­ri­taḥ śaktaṃ rūpam u­tpa­nna­m ity ā­pa­nna­m­, tathā cā­ni­tya­tva­m iti. tad evaṃ kra­me­ṇo­tpa­dya­mā­na eva hetuḥ krameṇa kā­rya­kā­rī bī­jā­di­va­n na tv eko 'kramaḥ kra­ma­kā­rī kaścid a­stī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­0­,16~prayogo 'py atra — yad a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­m­, tat san na bha­va­ti­. yathā śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­. sac ca sa­rva­m­, tasmāt kṣa­ṇi­ka­m iti. sa­ttva­syā­kṣa­ṇi­kā­t vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhya­rthaṃ kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­bhyā­m a­rtha­kri­yā­yo­gā­d iti bā­dha­ka­m u­kta­m­. śaktiḥ khalu bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, sa­rva­śa­kti­vi­ra­ha­s tv a­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. tac ca śa­kti­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sattvaṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­kā­ryo­tpā­de­na vyā­pta­m­. tena ta­tho­tpā­do '­kṣa­ṇi­kā­n ni­rva­rta­mā­naḥ svavyāpyaṃ sattvaṃ gṛhītvā ni­va­rta­te­, tasmān na sato '­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 51­0­,24~atra pra­ti­vi­dhī­ya­te — yadi tāvad a­kṣa­ṇi­kā­nā­m asattvaṃ pra­sā­dha­yi­tu­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tadā kasyātra dha­rmi­tva­m­? tasyaiva dha­rmi­tve­, ta­syai­vā­sa­ttvā­sā­dha­na­m a­yu­kta­m­. na hy asati dharmiṇi hetoḥ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­, na cāsati pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tve ga­ma­ka­tva­m­. tasmād asanto '­kṣa­ṇi­kā ity uktā pra­ti­jñā­. atha santo 'rthā a­kṣa­ṇi­kā na bha­va­ntī­ti pra­ti­jñā­rthaḥ­, tathāpi tasyāṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­ro­dhā­d ity asya kathaṃ pa­kṣa­dha­rma­tva­m­? atha sattvam eva hetuḥ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ sā­dha­ya­d a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvā­bhā­vaṃ sā­dha­ya­tī­ti­, tathāpi nānvayo na vya­ti­re­ka ity a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇaḥ kathaṃ hetuḥ, pra­ti­pa­kṣe 'pi sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. pra­dī­pā­dā­v asty anvaya iti cet, na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t — na hi pra­dī­pā­de­r api kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ si­ddha­m­; jātasya nā­śa­he­tu­pra­tī­kṣa­ṇā­d iti va­kṣyā­maḥ­. vya­ti­re­ka­ba­le­nai­vā­sya ga­ma­ka­tva­m iti cet, na; vai­dha­rmya­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­py a­bhā­vā­t­. śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­r eva dṛṣṭānta iti cet, na; tasya pra­ti­pa­ttya­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t — na hi sva­rū­pe­ṇā­pi yan na pra­dī­ya­te­, tat sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­dha­rma­ra­hi­taṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­te­, na cā­pra­ti­pa­nna­sya dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. śabdāt ta­tpra­ti­pa­tti­r asty eveti cet, sā kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? a­pra­mā­ṇaṃ vā? pramāṇaṃ cet, na; tā­dā­tmya­ta­du­tpa­tti­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. pra­ti­ba­ndhe hi va­stu­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­s tato '­kṣa­ṇi­ka­m api vastv a­stī­ti­. pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­ve 'pi pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me "­nā­nta­rī­ya­ka­tā­bhā­vā­t­" i­tyā­di­vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 51­1­,13~a­thā­pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tataḥ katham adṛṣṭo dṛṣṭāntaḥ si­dhya­ti­? a­pra­mā­ṇa­pra­tī­teḥ pra­ti­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte 'pi sa­mbha­vā­n na vya­ti­re­ka­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­syā­pi siddhiḥ.

NBhū-YA 51­1­,16~syād etat — pakṣa eva bā­dha­ka­sā­ma­rthyā­d a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhiḥ­. tathā hi — kṣa­ṇi­ka­syā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­ro­dha­ta ity u­kta­m­. te­nā­rtha­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sattvam a­kṣa­ṇi­kā­d vyāvṛttaṃ kṣaṇike '­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d a­nvi­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 51­1­,20~tad a­yu­kta­m­, vi­ro­dhya­pra­tī­tau vi­ro­dha­sya pra­tye­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. na hi da­ha­na­tu­hi­na­yo­r a­nya­ta­rā­pra­tī­tau vi­ro­dha­pra­tī­ti­r asti. kra­mā­kra­ma­vi­ro­dhi cā­kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ yadi pra­tī­ya­te­, tataḥ katham a­sa­t­, pra­ti­pa­tti­rū­pā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­t­? a­ta­tkā­ri­tve ca kathaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­? na hi tva­yā­rthā­nta­ra­m a­ja­na­kaṃ pra­tī­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­ne­ṣṭa­m­. a­thā­kṣa­ṇi­kaṃ naiva pra­tī­ya­te­, tataḥ kathaṃ tasya kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ virodho '­va­ga­mya­te­? na hi tayoḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va vi­ro­dhaḥ­, sva­rū­pe­ṇa virodhe hi sarvasya pra­la­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­1­,27~saṃ­vṛ­tti­si­ddhe­nā­kṣa­ṇi­ke­na vi­ro­dha­si­ddhi­r iti cet, saṃ­vṛ­tti­si­ddha­m api vā­sta­va­m kā­lpa­ni­kaṃ vā syāt. yadi vā­sta­va­m­, tataḥ kathaṃ ta­syā­sa­ttva­m­? kathaṃ vā­rtha­kri­yā­vi­ro­dhaḥ­? a­rtha­kri­yāṃ kurvad dhi vā­sta­va­m u­cya­te­. atha kā­lpa­ni­ka­m­, ta­dvi­ro­dhaḥ kiṃ vāstavaḥ kā­lpa­ni­ko vā? na tāvad vā­sta­vaḥ­, ka­lpi­ta­vi­ro­dhi­vi­ro­dha­tvā­t­, va­ndhyā­pu­tra­vi­ro­dha­va­t­. atha virodho 'pi kā­lpa­ni­ka eva, na tarhi pa­ra­mā­rtha­to '­kṣa­ṇi­ka­syā­rtha­kri­yā­yāṃ kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ virodha ity ato '­kṣa­ṇi­kā­t sattvasya vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhi­r apy a­pā­ra­mā­rthi­kī­ty a­vā­sta­va­vya­ti­re­ka­tvā­t sa­ttā­yāḥ­, ta­dā­ya­ttaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m apy a­vā­sta­va­m e­ve­ti­. tathā caitad a­śa­kya­m iva cchi­dra­pi­dhā­nā­yā­sa­ba­hu­laṃ kṣa­ṇa­bha­ṅga­vā­da­vya­sa­na­m e­ka­pra­hā­re­ṇa ni­ha­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­2­,9~syād etat — bī­jā­di­kā­ra­ṇa­kra­mā­d a­ṅku­rā­di­kā­rya­kra­ma­syo­pa­la­mbhā­d eva na kramāt kramiṇāṃ bhāva iti vya­ti­re­ko 'pi si­dhya­tī­ti cet, katham u­pa­la­mbhaḥ­? kiṃ kra­ma­va­ta eva kā­ra­ṇā­d ayaṃ kā­rya­kra­maḥ­? kiṃ vā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe­nai­vo­pa­la­mbha iti? yadi kra­ma­va­ta evāyaṃ kā­rya­kra­ma ity u­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, so '­kṣa­ṇi­kā­bhā­va­ni­śca­ye ka­tha­m­? na hy a­nyā­bhā­vā­ni­śca­ye '­tre­da­m evety u­pa­la­mbhaḥ pramāṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. a­bhā­va­ś cā­nu­pa­la­bdhyā­py dṛ­śya­syai­va ni­ścī­ya­te­. dṛśyatve cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­sya kvacid asti da­rśa­na­he­tu­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­2­,16~atha kra­ma­va­taḥ kā­ra­ṇā­t kā­rya­kra­ma ity a­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇe­nai­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, tadā nā­kra­mā­t kramiṇo bhāva iti kathaṃ ni­śca­yaḥ­? na hi pi­trā­di­taḥ pu­trā­di­ja­nma­da­rśa­nā­d eva ka­rmā­di­to na ta­jja­nme­ti niścayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­2­,18~syād etat — yathā da­ha­nā­d dhūma ity u­pa­la­mbhā­d eva nā­da­ha­nā­d dhūma iti niścayo bha­va­ti­, tathā kra­ma­va­taḥ kramiṇāṃ bhāva ity u­pa­la­mbhā­d eva nā­kra­mā­t kramiṇāṃ bhāva iti niścayo bha­va­ti­. viṣamo 'yam u­pa­nyā­saḥ­. tatra hi satsv apy anyeṣu da­ha­nā­bhā­vā­d dhūmo no­pa­la­bhya­te '­gni­sa­dbhā­vā­t tū­pa­la­bhya­ta ity a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhau kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­ni­ya­maḥ si­dhya­tu­, na punar atra satsv api krameṣu kra­ma­va­to '­bhā­vā­n na kramiṇāṃ bhāva ity u­pa­la­mbho 'sti, yena vya­ti­re­ka­si­ddhiḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 51­2­,27~u­pa­la­mbhe co­pa­la­mbha­la­kṣa­ṇā­rtha­kri­yā­kā­ri­tvā­d a­kra­ma­sya nāsattvaṃ ya­thā­da­rśa­naṃ ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vā­bhya­nu­jñā­taṃ yu­kta­m­, na sa­rvā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ sā­dhī­ya­s tathā hi — dhū­ma­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi na kā­ṣṭhā­dī­nā­m apy a­gni­sva­bhā­va­tā­, da­ha­na­ja­nya­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi na bha­sma­vi­spho­ṭā­dī­nā­m api dhū­ma­sva­bhā­va­tā­, tasmād a­ṅku­rā­di­ja­na­ka­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi bī­jā­dī­ny eva kra­ma­va­nti­, ne­śva­ra­śā­li­tvā­dī­ni­. tathā kra­ma­bhā­vi­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­ṅku­rā­dī­ny e­vai­ka­smā­d bījān no­tpa­dya­nte­, jñā­nā­dī­ni tu kā­ni­ci­d u­tpa­dya­nte­. tathā bījaṃ kra­me­ṇā­pi kiṃcit ka­ro­ti­, kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­t­, ca­krā­di­va­t­. evam a­ṅku­rā­de­r apy e­kai­kā­tma­naḥ kra­ma­ka­rtṛ­tvaṃ sā­dha­nī­yaṃ ca­krā­di­va­d iti. ya­thai­ka­smā­c cakrād gha­ṭā­dī­ni kra­me­ṇai­va bha­va­nti­, ku­ṭhā­rā­d vṛ­kṣa­cche­dā­dī­ni­, evam anyad api ma­ṇi­pra­bhṛ­ti­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­vaṃ krameṇa kāryāṇi kurvad u­pa­la­bdha­m iti. sā­dhya­sa­ma­tvā­d a­nu­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, pra­tya­kṣa­si­ddha­sya sā­dhya­sa­ma­tvā­yo­gā­t­. evaṃ hi na kiṃcid u­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ si­dhye­t­. sarvatra sā­dhya­sa­ma­tva­dū­ṣa­ṇa­syā­pra­tī­ghā­tā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­3­,11~nanu ca va­rta­mā­na­mā­tra­grā­ha­kaṃ pratyakṣaṃ na ta­tpū­rvo­tta­ra­kā­la­vyā­pi­tvaṃ pa­ri­cchi­na­tty a­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣa­jñā­ne pū­rvo­tta­ra­kā­lā­va­sthi­ta­rū­pe­ṇa vastu pra­ti­bhā­ti­, a­pū­rva­da­rśi­no 'pi pra­ti­bhā­sa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmān nā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­grā­hyaṃ kiṃ tu kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m eva pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi gṛhyate kṣa­ṇā­nta­rā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭaṃ hi vastu kṣa­ṇi­ka­m u­cya­te­. tac ca tathā pra­ti­bhā­ty e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­3­,17~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­pra­ti­bhā­si­tve hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­r api na syāt, kuta eva kra­ma­va­tkā­ra­ṇā­t­. kra­ma­va­tkā­ryo­tpā­da­si­ddhiḥ­? tathā hi — kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­r arthayoḥ syāt? a­rtha­jñā­na­yo­r vā? kiṃ vā jñā­na­yo­r iti?

NBhū-YA 51­3­,21~na tāvad a­rtha­yoḥ­, ka­ra­ṇa­kā­le kā­rya­sya­, kā­rya­kā­le kā­ra­ṇa­sya cā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. na cai­ka­syai­va grahaṇe kāryatvaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ vā sidhyati tayor i­ta­re­ta­ra­sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇā­t ta­ttva­vya­va­sthi­teḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­3­,24~sva­rū­pa­m eva kāryatvaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m iti cet, tathāpy e­ka­sva­rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇe 'syedaṃ kāryaṃ kāraṇaṃ vā iti pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ kutaḥ? pa­ra­spa­ra­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­nā­pra­ti­pa­ttau ca kāryeṇa kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­, kā­ra­ṇe­na kā­ryā­nu­mā­naṃ ca na syāt tathā ce­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthi­nāṃ ta­tsā­dha­ne­ṣu pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttī na prāpnuta ity a­pu­ru­ṣā­rthaṃ śāstram api syāt.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,2~tadbhāve bhāvāt ta­da­bhā­ve cā­bhā­vā­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vya­va­sthe­ti cet, na; e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­ve­di­nā tadbhāve bhā­va­syā­dhi­ga­ntu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. krameṇa dvayor api ve­da­na­m iti cet, kasya krameṇa ve­da­na­m­? na hi kṣa­ṇa­dva­yā­nu­gā­mi­tva­m ekasya ka­sya­ci­d asti, yasya krameṇa vedanaṃ syāt. dvayos tu kra­mo­tpa­nna­yo­r a­pī­ta­re­ta­ra­sva­rū­pā­saṃ­ve­da­nā­n na sa­mba­ndha­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. vi­ka­lpā­t sa­mba­ndhā­pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, vikalpaḥ khalu ka­ta­ra­t pra­mā­ṇa­m­? na hi pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­naṃ vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ pramāṇaṃ ta­vā­sti­. na cāyaṃ vikalpo '­nu­mā­na­m­, tri­rū­pa­li­ṅga­pū­rva­ka­tvā­bhā­vā­t­. nāpi pra­tya­kṣa­m­, ka­lpa­nā­po­ḍha­tvā­bhā­vā­t­. pra­tya­kṣa­gṛ­hī­tā­nu­sa­ndhā­tṛ­tva­m apy asya nāsti, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gra­ha­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,11~api ca ta­dbhā­vi­tva­mā­tre­ṇa kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tve ga­rda­bhā­di­bhā­ve 'pi dhū­mā­de­r bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t tasyāpi ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi ta­dbhā­vā­d a­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, naitad asti; yo hi dhū­mā­di­kṣa­ṇaḥ tadbhāve bha­va­ti­, sa kathaṃ ta­da­bhā­ve 'pi bha­va­ti­, u­tpa­nna­sya punar u­tpā­dā­yo­gā­t­? anya eva hi kṣaṇā ga­rda­bhā­dya­bhā­ve 'pi sa­mbha­va­nti tān prati ga­rda­bhā­de­s tv a­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,17~atha sa­ntā­na­syā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va i­ṣya­te­, na; sa­ntā­na­sya kṣa­ṇa­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. bhāve vā tasyaiva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­. kṣaṇānāṃ ca sā­ma­rthyā­na­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d a­sa­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgo '­rtha­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d vastuna iti.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,20~sa­ntā­na­ś cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka ity a­kṣa­ṇi­ka­syai­va sā­ma­rthya­m iṣṭaṃ syāt. santāno 'pi kṣaṇika eveti cet, na; tasyāpy a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­si­ddheḥ sā­ma­rthyā­si­ddhiḥ­. na hi kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­sthā­yi­nā­m anvayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­da­bhā­vā­d vya­ti­re­ka­syā­py a­si­ddhiḥ­, a­na­nva­yo na vya­ti­re­ka iti hi tva­yai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,24~tatrāpi sa­ntā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti cet, nanv evaṃ saty a­na­va­sthā syāt, ta­tsa­ntā­na­syā­pi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve­na sa­ntā­nā­nta­rā­pe­kṣi­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­4­,26~atha sā­mā­nye­nā­gni­bhā­ve dhū­ma­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­vā­n na dhū­ma­bhā­va ity a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti, na; atrāpi pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. na tāvat pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nva­yo gṛ­hya­te­, pratyakṣaṃ hi dvayoḥ krameṇa sva­rū­pa­mā­tra­grā­ha­ka­m­, na ja­nya­ja­na­ka­sa­mba­ndha­ve­da­ka­m na hy a­gni­saṃ­vi­ttyai­ve­ta­tsa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­tiḥ­, a­dṛ­ṣṭā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­syā­py a­gni­da­rśa­nā­d eva dhū­ma­ja­na­ka­tva­vi­ni­śca­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi dhū­ma­vi­ttyai­va ta­tsa­mba­ndha­pra­tī­tiḥ­, a­dṛ­ṣṭā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­syā­pi dhū­ma­da­rśa­nā­d e­vā­gni­ja­nya­vi­ni­śca­ya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,3~nanv a­gni­bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­d a­na­nta­ra­m eva dhū­ma­bhā­vo dṛ­śya­te­, tenāgniḥ kā­ra­ṇa­m­, dhūmaḥ kāryam iti, na; atrāpi sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. ta­dā­na­nta­rya­m api nā­gni­saṃ­vi­ttyā nāpi dhū­ma­saṃ­vi­ttyā gṛ­hya­te­. na hy e­kā­rtha­saṃ­ve­da­na­m a­pa­re­ṇā­dṛ­ṣṭaṃ sva­rū­pe­ṇā­na­nta­rya­m api grahītuṃ śa­kno­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,8~api ca kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­t kā­rya­bhā­vaḥ kathaṃ gṛ­hya­te­? kim ata eva bha­va­ti­? ā­ho­svi­d ato bhavaty eva? kiṃ vāto 'pi bha­va­tī­ti­? nātra pa­kṣā­nta­raṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. tatra yady ata eva bha­va­ti­, sā­ma­rthyā­d anyato bha­va­tī­ti ga­mya­te­. tatrāpi vi­ka­lpa­dva­ya­m — i­dā­nī­m­? anyadā veti? ya­dī­dā­nī­m ata eveti matiḥ. anyadā na hi bhavaty anyata iti syāt. a­nya­dā­py ata e­ve­ti­. nātra pra­tya­kṣa­sya vyāpāraḥ i­dā­nī­m api de­śā­nta­re­ṇa bhavaty anyata iti kutaḥ pra­tī­tiḥ­? na caivaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­ve ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,15~nāpy ato bhavaty evety a­va­dhā­ra­ṇa­m­, de­śā­nta­re kā­lā­nta­re ka­dā­ci­n na bhavaty evety ato nā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­ga­ti­r a­dhya­kṣā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,17~athāto 'pi bha­va­tī­ti pakṣaḥ, tatrāpi sā­ma­rthyā­d anyato 'pi bha­va­tī­ti svayam eva vya­bhi­cā­rā­va­ga­mā­n na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­, a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­si­ddheḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,20~a­thai­ta­da­bhā­ve na bha­va­tī­ty a­nu­pa­la­mbha­taḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, ko 'yam a­nu­pa­la­mbhaḥ­? pra­tya­kṣa­m­? a­nu­mā­naṃ vā? na tāvat pra­tya­kṣa­m­, tasya kṣa­ṇā­nta­rā­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. tena ca yathā nā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ ta­tho­kta­m­. nāpy a­nu­mā­na­m e­vā­nu­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, ka­smā­t­? a­nu­mā­na­syā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. tad yadi te­nai­vā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m­, ta­de­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣaḥ syāt. a­thā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­nta­re­ṇa­, tatrāpy a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nye­nā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­nta­re­ṇe­ty a­na­va­sthā syāt.

NBhū-YA 51­5­,24~etena pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­la­mbha­sā­dha­naḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va ity api pra­tyu­kta­m­, tathā hi — pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­la­mbha­śa­bde­na yady a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­v e­vo­cye­te­, tadā tayor a­gṛ­hī­ta­yoḥ sā­dha­ka­tvaṃ nāsti, grahaṇaṃ ca pra­tya­kṣe­nā­nu­mā­ne­na vā yathā na sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­tho­kta­m­. atha vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­grā­hi pra­tya­kṣa­m eva ta­tho­cya­te­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­. na pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa tadbhāve bhāvo gṛ­hya­te­, nāpi ta­da­bhā­ve 'bhāva ity u­kta­m­. a­vya­bhi­cā­re­ṇa kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pa­tta­vyo 'nyathā kāryāt kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­naṃ na syāt. pratyakṣaṃ tu kṣa­ṇā­nta­re 'pi na vyā­pṛ­ta­m­, kuto de­śa­kā­lā­na­nta­bhe­de­ṣu­?

NBhū-YA 51­6­,5~nāpi pra­tya­kṣa­pṛ­ṣṭha­bhā­vi­nau vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpau pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­la­mbha­śa­bda­vā­cyau­, tayor a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t­. na hy a­nu­mā­nā­d anyo 'pi vikalpaḥ pramāṇaṃ tva­ye­ṣya­te­. nāpi pra­mā­ṇa­pṛ­ṣṭha­bhā­vi­tve­na pra­mā­ṇo­pa­vā­raḥ­, taddhetoḥ pra­tya­kṣa­sya kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­grā­ha­ka­tve­na pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. nāpi pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­khyo hetuś ca pra­tya­kṣā­nu­pa­la­mbha­śa­bda­vā­cyau­, pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yo­r ekatra vyā­pā­rā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­khya­syā­py a­nu­mā­na­syā­va­tā­ro nāsti, tenaiva cā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇe tv i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yā­di­do­ṣa ukta iti. tasmān nārthayoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­va­ga­maḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­6­,14~nāpy a­rtha­jñā­na­yoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo gṛ­hya­te­, sa­mā­na­tvā­t­. na hy atra viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti. ye­nā­rtha­yo­r eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ na śa­kya­te­, jñā­nā­rtha­yo­s tu śakyata iti. kiṃ ca yo 'yaṃ pra­ti­bhā­ty arthaḥ, sa jñā­na­syai­vā­kā­raḥ — ity a­bhi­ma­ta­m­, na ca svā­tma­bhū­te­nā­rtha­kā­re­ṇa ja­nya­ja­na­ka­bhā­vaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. svātmani kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t­. tato 'nyaś cārthaḥ ka­dā­ci­n na gṛ­hya­te­, jñā­na­saṃ­śli­ṣṭā­saṃ­śli­ṣṭā­rthā­kā­ra­dva­yā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa sa­mba­ndhā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­nu­mā­na­syā­py a­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. na cā­rthā­kā­ra­da­rśa­ne­nā­rtha­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tva­vya­va­sthā­pa­na­m­, bhrā­nti­jñā­ne 'py a­rthā­kā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 51­6­,22~saṃ­vā­di­na e­vā­kā­ra­syā­rthā­d u­tpa­tti­r iti cet, kuto 'yam a­vi­nā­bhā­vaḥ siddhaḥ? kiṃ ca saṃvādo 'py a­rtha­kri­yā­? a­rtha­prā­pti­r vā? ta­du­bha­yaṃ jñā­nā­vya­ti­ri­kta­m­? a­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ vā? vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ cet, sādhane 'paro 'narthaḥ syāt. a­thā­vya­ti­ri­kta­m­, tatrāpi dvayī gatiḥ — tad eṣa jñā­na­m­? aparaṃ vā? yadi tad eva jñānaṃ punar u­tpa­dya­mā­na­saṃ­vā­daḥ­, ta­dā­bhrā­nti­jñā­ne 'pi syāt, bhrā­nti­jñā­na­m api punaḥ punar u­tpa­dya­ta eva. na hy eka eva bhrā­nti­jñā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­6­,29~a­thā­pa­raṃ spa­rśā­di­vi­jñā­na­m­, tad apy a­sa­t­; na hy a­rthā­nta­ra­vi­jñā­ne '­rthā­nta­ra­vi­jñā­na­sya saṃvādo '­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kena vā vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ca­kṣu­rā­di­vi­jñā­na­sya spa­rśā­di­vi­jñā­nā­t saṃvāda u­cya­te­? na hi nai­yā­yi­ka­va­t tvayā da­rśa­na­spa­rśa­nā­bhyā­m e­kā­rtha­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m i­ṣṭa­m­, nāpi pū­rvo­tta­ra­kā­la­vi­jñā­nā­nā­m e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­. tat kathaṃ jñā­nā­nta­ro­tpa­ttau pū­rva­jñā­na­sya saṃ­vā­daḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­7­,5~pa­ri­to­ṣā­d iti cet syād etat — ja­lā­dya­rtha­sya ca­kṣu­rvi­jñā­ne jāte 'py a­nā­śvā­saḥ tāvad yāvan na spa­rśā­di­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­. spa­rśā­di­jñā­ne ca pa­ri­to­ṣo bha­va­ti­, tato '­nā­śvā­sa­ni­vṛ­tteḥ prā­mā­ṇya­vya­va­hā­ra iti, naitad asti; pa­ri­to­ṣa­sya pū­rva­jñā­nā­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddheḥ — na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa spa­rśā­di­jñā­nā­d utpannaḥ pa­ri­to­ṣa­ś cakṣur vi­jñā­na­sa­tya­tva­pra­ti­ba­ddhaḥ kvacid u­pa­la­bdaḥ­, nāpy a­nu­mā­ne­na­, ta­tpra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddhā­v a­nu­mā­na­pra­vṛ­tte­r a­yo­gā­t­. na cā­pra­ti­ba­ddhā­d eva pa­ri­to­ṣā­t prā­mā­ṇya­si­ddhiḥ­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. kiṃ ca sva­pnā­di­ṣv api pa­ri­to­ṣa­sa­mbha­vā­t­. api ca —

NBhū-YA 51­7­,12~"­saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pramāṇaṃ cet pa­ri­to­ṣaḥ kim a­rtha­kaḥ­"­. yadi saṃ­ve­da­naṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­, tata e­vā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ­, kim aparaṃ pa­ri­to­ṣaḥ ka­ri­ṣya­ti­? saṃ­ve­da­nā­n na siddhaṃ ya­tpa­ri­to­ṣa­śa­tai­r api kathaṃ tatsādhyaṃ saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­pa­ra­sya hi pa­ri­to­ṣa­sya ka u­pa­yo­gaḥ­? a­rtha­sā­dha­na­m iti cet, katham a­nye­nā­nya­sya siddhiḥ? sa­mba­ndhā­c cet, sambandhaḥ kena siddhaḥ? pa­ri­to­ṣa­ta eveti cet, tatrāpi sa­mba­ndha­si­ddhi­r a­pe­kṣa­ṇī­ye­ty a­na­va­sthā­. saṃ­ve­da­nā­c cet, tata e­vā­rtha­si­ddhi­r iti vyarthaḥ pa­ri­to­ṣaḥ­. saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­rtha­si­ddhi­pa­kṣe 'py ukta eva doṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 51­7­,19~e­te­nā­rthā­vi­mu­kti­r api pratyuktā — tasyāḥ api saṃ­ve­da­nā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tve pa­ri­to­ṣa­va­n nā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­tva­m­. ta­da­na­rthā­nta­ra­tve 'pi svā­kā­ra­mā­tra­ve­da­nā­t bhrā­nti­jñā­na­va­n nā­rtha­sā­dha­ka­tva­m ity u­kta­m­. etena smṛ­tya­bhi­lā­ṣa­dve­ṣā­da­yaḥ pratyuktā iti. tasmān na jñā­nā­rtha­yo­r api kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ si­dhya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 51­7­,24~nāpi jñānayoḥ svā­tma­saṃ­vi­nmā­tra­tvā­t — na hi tvanmate jñānaṃ jñā­nā­nta­raṃ vetti. na ca kā­ra­ṇa­kā­le kā­rya­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ­, a­nu­tpa­nna­tvā­d eva, nāpi kā­rya­kā­le kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­vi­ttiḥ vi­na­ṣṭa­tvā­d eva. na cai­ka­rū­pa­saṃ­vi­ttā­v eva, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­r ity u­kta­m­. pa­ri­to­ṣā­vi­mu­kti­smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ tu pū­rvo­kte­nai­va nyā­ye­nā­trā­pi pra­ti­kṣe­po dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­, tataś cā­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­dhi­ga­mo 'py a­sa­mbha­vī te­nā­nu­mā­nā­d api jñānayoḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo '­śa­kya­ni­śca­yaḥ­. tad evaṃ va­rta­mā­nai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­gra­ha­ṇa­vā­di­nāṃ na ka­thaṃ­ci­t kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­da­pra­tī­tau cā­rtha­kri­yā­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ sattvam a­si­ddha­tvā­n na sā­dha­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,1~tathā kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ kā­ryo­tpa­tti­r vyāptety etad apy a­si­ddha­m­.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,3~nanu yady api pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­tti­r nāsti saṃvṛttyā tv asty eva tā­va­tai­vā­nu­mā­naṃ pra­va­rta­te­. pa­ra­mā­rtha­to hi śū­nya­tai­vā­va­śi­ṣya­te­. na tatra vya­va­hā­ra­he­tuḥ pra­mā­ṇa­vṛ­tti­s tasmāt saṃ­vṛ­ttyai­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,6~kā punar iyaṃ saṃ­vṛ­ttiḥ­? pra­mā­ṇā­nta­re­ṇa pra­tī­tya­bhi­mā­na­mā­traṃ saṃ­vṛ­tti­r a­nā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­vā­sa­nā­to '­rthā­dhi­mu­kti­r eva saṃ­vṛ­tti­r ity arthaḥ. a­vi­cā­ra­pra­tī­tya­rtho hi saṃ­vṛ­ttya­rthaḥ­. yathā kvacid de­va­da­ttā­dā­v adṛṣṭe 'pi dṛ­ṣṭā­bhi­mā­naḥ­, sa pa­rā­ma­rśā­n ni­va­rta­te tathā cāsau na pa­ra­mā­rthaḥ tathā sakalo 'pi lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra evam eveti saṃ­vṛ­tti­mā­traṃ sakalaṃ ja­ga­t­, tathā hi — a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­tā­ga­tiḥ pramāṇaṃ ca na tatrāsti pra­tya­kṣa­m a­nu­mā­na­m api vā.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,13~atha ta­rka­pra­mā­ṇa­ga­myaḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­. a­dṛ­ṣṭa­sa­mba­ndhā­t pa­rī­kṣā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­tti­r iti ta­rka­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ­. tathā hi — tadbhāve 'bhāva u­pa­la­bhya­te na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo '­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇa­m­. sambandho 'pi na ta­dbhā­va­bhā­ve­na saha kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syo­pa­la­bhya­te­. pra­ti­ya­nti ca laukikāḥ — yasmād ata idaṃ bha­va­ti­, tasmād asyedaṃ kāryam ity ata iyaṃ pra­tī­ti­s tarkataḥ a­rthā­pa­tti­to vā — yady etat kāryaṃ na syād ato 'sya bha­va­na­m eva na ghaṭata ity a­dṛ­ṣṭā­rtha­pa­ri­ka­lpa­nā­rthā­pa­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,20~tad a­yu­kta­m­, yadi hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­ṣa­yo bha­ve­t­, tataḥ tasya pra­tī­ti­s tarkato 'nyato vā syāt. na cāyaṃ tato bhāvād a­pa­re­ṇa rūpeṇa ni­rū­pya­te pra­ya­tna­va­tā­pi­. na ca ni­ya­me­na tato bhāva iti ku­ta­ści­t pra­tī­tiḥ­. tāvat kā­la­syai­va ta­dbhā­va­sya gra­ha­ṇā­n na vāsau ka­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 51­8­,24~atha tarkād a­rthā­pa­tte­r vā niyamaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, yata i­dā­nī­m e­ta­da­na­nta­ra­m u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tato '­nya­dā­py ata e­vai­ta­d ity a­nya­thai­ta­d eva na bha­ve­t­. tad a­yu­kta­m­, yadi nā­me­dā­nī­m ata u­pa­la­bhya­te '­nya­dā­pī­ti kutaḥ pra­tī­tiḥ­? evam eveti cet, ghaṭo 'pi pa­ṭā­na­nta­ra­m u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tatrāpy evaṃ bha­ve­t­. dṛśyate 'tra vya­bhi­cā­ra iti cet, a­ne­nai­va tarhi tatrāpy a­nā­śvā­saḥ­. a­nā­śvā­sa­pra­tī­ti­r nāsty eveti cet, a­dī­rgha­da­rśi­nāṃ bhū­yo­da­rśa­nā­d e­ta­t­. lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra evam eveti cet, yady evaṃ kathaṃ na saṃvṛttyā kā­rya­tā­di­ga­tiḥ­? a­ni­rū­pi­ta­ta­ttvā hi pratītiḥ saṃ­vṛ­tti­r matā. tathā caivam eva vya­va­hā­ro na kutaḥ? na lo­ka­vya­va­hā­re pa­ra­mā­rtha u­pa­yu­jya­te­, a­dhi­mu­kti­vi­bhā­ga­mā­tre­ṇa siddheḥ, sva­pna­ni­ya­ta­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­. pa­ra­mā­rtha­vi­cā­re­ṇa hi lo­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­pra­lo­pa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tasmāt kṣa­ṇi­ka­pa­kṣe 'pi saṃ­vṛ­tti­si­ddhiḥ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va iti.

NBhū-YA 51­9­,6~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m — yadi hi saṃ­vṛ­ttyai­va kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­s tataḥ sarveṣāṃ saṃ­vṛ­tti­sa­ttvaṃ syān na kiṃcit pa­ra­mā­rtha­sa­t si­dhye­t­. pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ kasyāpy a­rtha­kri­yā­sā­ma­rthyā­si­ddheḥ­. satyam e­vai­ta­d iṣṭam iti cet, sā­mā­nyā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­yo­gā­deḥ kiṃ na tathā sattvam i­ṣṭa­m­? tasya saṃ­vṛ­ttyā­py a­sā­ma­rthya­m iti cet, na a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­pra­ti­bhā­sa­syo­bha­ya­tra tu­lya­tvā­t­. tathā hi — yatra yatra cakṣuḥ pra­va­rta­te­, tatra tatra tai­mi­ri­ka­ke­śā­di­pra­ti­bhā­sa­va­n na sta­mbhā­di­pra­ti­bhā­so bha­va­tī­ti­. stambhādeḥ sā­ma­rthya­ga­ti­s tathā ma­hi­ṣā­di­ṣu ga­vā­nva­ya­bu­ddhi­r na bha­va­ti­. pa­ra­mā­ṇu­mā­tre­ṣu saṃ­yo­gā­di­ra­hi­te­ṣu cā­va­ya­vi­saṃ­yo­gā­di­bu­ddhi­r na bha­va­tī­ti sā­mā­nyā­de­r api sā­ma­rthya­ga­tiḥ­. kiṃ ca yady a­ni­rū­pi­ta­ta­ttvā­pra­tī­tiḥ saṃ­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tata eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vya­va­sthi­ti­r iṣṭā, tathā saty a­kṣa­ṇi­kā­nā­m eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ sa­rva­vya­va­hā­ri­pra­si­ddho '­bhya­nu­jñe­yaḥ­, kiṃ tatra sū­kṣma­vi­cā­re­ṇa­? sū­kṣme­kṣi­ka­yā hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo­cche­da eva syād uktāt nyā­yā­t­. tathāpy a­si­ddha­tvā­n na sattvena kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­si­ddhi­r nāpy a­rtha­kri­yā­yāḥ kra­mā­kra­mā­bhyāṃ vyā­pti­si­ddhiḥ­. sū­kṣme­kṣi­ka­yā­pi tvanmata eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na sa­mbha­va­ty a­nye­nā­nya­syā­pra­ti­ba­ddha­sya gra­ha­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. pra­ti­ba­ndha­ś ca dviṣṭhaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­nva­ya­grā­hi­ṇā na gṛhyata ity a­nu­mā­na­syā­pi ta­trā­pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­. a­sma­nma­te tu kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­syā­pi na gra­ha­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. pra­tya­kṣa­syai­ka­kṣa­ṇi­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­ni­ya­mā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tathā ca vyā­pti­gra­ha­ṇa­sa­ma­rtha­na­pra­stā­ve '­sma­dā­di­pra­tya­kṣa­m api a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­di­vi­ṣa­ye ka­dā­ci­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­he­tu­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­va­rta­ta iti sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. na hy anyathā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­di­pra­tī­tiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. a­nā­di­vya­va­hā­rā­bhyā­sa­nā­ta eveyaṃ pra­tī­ti­r iti cet, na; atrāpi pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. a­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭai­ka­kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­ve­da­na­vā­di­no hi vya­va­hā­ra­syā­nā­di­r a­bhyā­saḥ­, tato vā­sa­nā­, tato mi­thyā­pra­tī­ti­r ity etat sarvam a­ndha­pa­ra­mpa­rā­va­d a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­m iti.

NBhū-YA 51­9­,29~yathā cedam asya kāryam ity asyāḥ pra­tī­te­r vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d eva prā­mā­ṇya­m­, ta­thā­ne­nai­tā­ni krameṇa kṛtāny etāni yu­ga­pa­d iti pratīteḥ 'sa evāyaṃ spha­ṭi­kaḥ­' 'sa e­vā­ha­m­' ity e­va­mā­di­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā­ś ca vi­saṃ­vā­dā­bhā­vā­d eva prā­mā­ṇya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­, tu­lya­yo­ga­kṣe­ma­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­0­,4~atha vi­saṃ­vā­di­ny api pra­tya­bhi­jñā dṛ­śya­te­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­tī­tiḥ kiṃ na vi­saṃ­vā­di­ny api dṛ­śya­te­? yā vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī­, sā kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­r eva na bhavaty a­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­d iti cet. sa­mā­na­m atrāpi vi­saṃ­vā­di­nī yā, sā pra­tya­bhi­jñai­va na bha­va­tī­ti­. ta­dā­bhā­sa­tvā­d iti bhrāntāpi pra­tya­bhi­jñā­va­śyaṃ sā­dṛ­śya­ni­mi­ttā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyā­nya­thā sarvatra bha­ve­t­. sādṛśyaṃ tv a­nu­ga­tai­ka­va­stv a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti vi­cā­ri­ta­m­. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me ca kathaṃ sarvaṃ kṣa­ṇi­ka­m­?

NBhū-YA 52­0­,11~yac coktam — a­kṣa­ṇi­ko 'rthaḥ kiṃ krameṇa ka­ro­ti­? yu­ga­pa­d veti. ya­thā­da­rśa­na­m u­bha­ya­thā­pi karoti — yeṣu kāryeṣu yu­ga­pa­tsa­ha­kā­ri­prā­ptiḥ tāni yu­ga­pa­t ka­ro­ti­. yeṣu krameṇa sa­ha­kā­ri­prā­ptiḥ tāni kra­me­ṇai­va ka­ro­tī­ti­. ta­da­ta­drū­pā­kā­ra­ṇe sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ya­rthya­m iti cet, na; ta­tsā­hi­tye kā­rya­syai­va ni­ṣpa­tteḥ­. tair vināpi yady a­kṣa­ṇi­kaḥ kāryaṃ kuryāt syāt teṣāṃ vai­ya­rthya­m­. sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇa­s tasya kam u­pa­kā­raṃ ku­rva­ti­, yena tair vinā na ka­ro­tī­ti cet, kāryam eva kurvanty a­nyo­pa­kā­ra­ka­ra­ṇe hi sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­m eva na syāt, tathā hi — yadi tam eva ku­rva­nti­, tadā ta­tkā­ri­ṇa eva syur na ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ­. atha ta­da­nya­t tad akāryaṃ ku­rva­nti­, tathāpi kathaṃ ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇaḥ tena sahaikaṃ kāryaṃ kurvanto hi ta­tsa­ha­kā­ri­ṇo '­bhi­dhī­ya­nte­. na hi bha­va­tpa­kṣe 'pi yeṣāṃ rū­pā­lo­ka­ma­na­skā­rā­dī­nāṃ sa­ha­kā­ri­tva­m­, teṣām e­ka­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇā­nyaḥ pa­ra­spa­ro­pa­kā­ro 'sti. nāpy e­ka­sā­ma­grya­dhī­nā­nā­m iva sa­ha­kā­ri­ni­ya­maḥ­, ā­lo­ke­na ja­ni­ta­syā­pi vi­jñā­na­sya vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­no­tpa­ttiṃ pra­tyā­lo­ka­sa­ha­kā­ri­tvā­t­. tad apy ā­lo­ka­sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­jñā­na­m ā­lo­ke­na ja­ni­ta­m iti cet, na; kiṃ ke­va­le­na­? vi­jñā­na­sa­hi­te­na vā? ke­va­le­ne­ti cet, kathaṃ vi­jñā­no­pā­dā­naṃ vinā vi­jñā­no­tpa­ttiḥ­. utpattau vā pa­ra­lo­ka­si­ddhi­r na syāt. atha vi­jñā­na­sa­hi­te­na­, tad api vijñānaṃ yady ā­lo­ke­na ja­ni­ta­m­, ta­dā­lo­ka­sa­ntā­no 'py a­nā­di­r e­ṣṭa­vya­s tatra ca pra­tya­kṣa­bā­dhā­pi syāt. atha na ja­ni­ta­m­, tadā tasya vi­jñā­na­syā­nu­pa­kā­ra­ka e­vā­lo­kaḥ sa­ha­kā­rī katham a­nu­pa­kā­ri­ṇaḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­tvaṃ nāsti.

NBhū-YA 52­0­,30~bhavatu nā­mā­nu­pa­kā­ra­ko 'pi sa­ha­kā­rī­, tathāpi yadi tasya prāg eva śaktir asti, kiṃ na ka­ro­ti­? nāsti cet paścād apy aśaktaḥ kathaṃ ka­ro­ti­? paścāc chaktaś cet, śa­ktā­śa­kta­yoḥ kathaṃ nā­nya­tva­m­, vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sa­sya bhe­da­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d iti? naitad asti; sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ka­lyaṃ hi tasya śaktiḥ, ta­dvai­ka­lyaṃ cā­śa­ktiḥ­. tena sa­ha­kā­ri­vai­ka­lye prāg aśakta u­cya­te­; paścāt ta­tsā­ka­lye ca śakta iti. dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­r bhedaḥ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ­, tena śa­ktyu­tpā­de 'pi nāvaśyaṃ tadvata u­tpā­do­, śakter ni­vṛ­ttā­v api nāvaśyaṃ tadvato nivṛttiḥ pra­ti­ba­ndhā­bhā­vā­t­. katham a­rthā­nta­ra­m a­rthā­nta­ra­sya śaktir iti cet. ā­tmai­vā­tma­naḥ kathaṃ śaktiḥ? tā­dā­tmyā­d iti cet, a­tā­dā­tmyā­t kiṃ ne­ṣya­te­? sarvaṃ sarvasya śaktiḥ pra­sa­jye­ta iti cet. na; āloko vi­jñā­nā­d bhinno 'pi na sarvasya sa­ha­kā­rī tasya sva­he­tu­ni­ya­mā­t ta­tho­tpa­tti­r iti cet, sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ka­lya­m api sva­he­tu­ni­ya­mā­t ta­tho­tpa­nna­m­, yena ka­sya­ci­d eva śaktir na sa­rva­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 52­1­,12~kiṃ ca kā­ra­ṇa­m api nā­rthā­nta­ra­sya kāryasya yu­kta­m­, sarvaṃ sarvasya pra­sa­jye­ta­. sarvasya tato '­nu­tpā­dā­t tena na sarvasya ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­m iti cet, etad eva kutaḥ, yad a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ka­sya­ci­d eva tata u­tpa­ttiḥ­, na sa­rva­sye­ti­? va­stu­sva­bhā­va eṣa iti cet, tatkim a­sa­dgra­hā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­nā­trā­pi va­stu­sva­bhā­va evaiṣa yad a­rthā­nta­ra­tva­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi kiṃcid eva ka­sya­vi­d eva śaktir na sarvaṃ sa­rva­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 52­1­,18~ya­thai­vā­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­yo­r eva kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­, ta­thā­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­yo­r eva sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ka­lya­he­tvoḥ śa­kti­śa­kti­ma­dbhā­vaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­. ya­thā­lo­kā­di­sa­ha­kā­ri­sā­ka­lyaṃ cakṣuṣa eva śaktir na ghrā­ṇā­deḥ­, sva­vi­ṣa­ya­vi­jñā­no­tpā­da­ne tu rū­pa­syai­va sā śaktir na ga­ndhā­deḥ­, tathā hi — rūpam eva na­ya­nā­lo­kā­di­sā­ka­lye sati svātmani jñānam u­tpā­da­ya­d u­pa­la­bhya­te nāsati ta­tsā­ka­lye­. ata eva na śaktir eva hetuḥ, śa­kti­ma­to 'py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ he­tu­tvā­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 52­1­,26~yac coktam — śa­ktā­śa­kta­yo­r vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­d bheda iti, tan na; kā­la­bhe­de­nā­vi­ro­dhā­t­. yathā kri­yo­tpa­tteḥ pūrvaṃ niṣkriyaḥ spha­ṭi­kaḥ­, sa eva paścāt sakriya iti. sā­dhya­tvā­d a­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta iti cet, na; pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­sya sā­dhya­tvā­yo­gā­t­. evaṃ hi vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­d bhedo 'siddha ity api bruvāṇaḥ kathaṃ vā­rya­te­? tasmād yayor dha­rma­yo­r ya­thā­vi­ro­dho dṛṣṭaḥ, tayos ta­thai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. yathā sa eva hetuḥ svakāryaṃ prati śaktaḥ, kā­ryā­nta­raṃ praty aśakta ity e­ka­syai­va vi­ṣa­ya­bhe­de­na śa­ktya­śa­ktī na vi­ru­ddhe­, tathā kā­la­bhe­de­nā­pi śa­kti­bhe­de 'pi śa­kti­ma­da­bhe­da­sya pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddhe­r u­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 52­2­,6~yady api bhinnā śaktiḥ śa­kti­ma­to '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, tathāpi nāvaśyaṃ śa­ktā­śa­kta­yo­r bhedaḥ. ka­smā­t­? tvanmate 'pi dha­rma­bhe­dā­d dha­rmi­bhe­da­ni­ya­mā­si­ddheḥ­, tathā cābhinne 'pi kārye sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ pṛthag u­pa­yo­gaṃ da­rśa­ya­tā­bhi­hi­ta­m — yathā mṛ­tpi­ṇḍa­ku­lā­la­sū­trā­di­bhyo bhavato ghaṭasya mṛ­tpi­ṇḍā­d a­mṛ­tsva­bhā­ve­bhyo bhedaḥ ku­lā­lā­t tasyaiva saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ sūtrāt tasyaiva cakrād vibhaktaḥ sva­bhā­vaḥ­. tad evaṃ na ku­lā­lā­n mṛ­tsva­bhā­va­tā­, na mṛdaḥ saṃ­sthā­na­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tathā ca­kṣu­rvi­jñā­ne 'pi pū­rva­jñā­na­kṣa­ṇā­d u­pa­la­mbhā­tma­tā­, na­ya­nā­d rū­pa­gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gya­tā­, vi­ṣa­yā­t ta­ttu­lya­rū­pa­te­ty evaṃ sarvatra sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ pṛthag u­pa­yo­go draṣṭavya ity a­bhi­prā­yaḥ­. yathā cātra mṛ­dā­tma­tā­di­sva­bhā­va­bhe­de 'pi na kāryasya bhedaḥ, tathā śa­ktā­śa­kta­tā­di­sva­bhā­va­bhe­de 'py abhedo bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, a­bā­dhi­tai­ka­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­sya sa­mā­na­tvā­t­, sva­bhā­va­bhe­da­bā­dha­ka­sya ca vya­bhi­cā­ri­tvā­t­. atha nai­vā­bhi­nnā­tma­naḥ ka­sya­ci­t sva­bhā­va­bhe­da i­ṣya­te­, evaṃ tarhi sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇāṃ pṛthag u­pa­yo­ga­ka­tha­naṃ bā­lo­nma­tta­pra­la­pi­taṃ syāt. na ca pṛthag u­pa­yo­ga­m a­nta­re­ṇa kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ si­dhya­ti­, sa­rva­kā­la­bhā­vi­na­s trai­lo­kya­syā­pi kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ca kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣā­t kā­ra­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣā­nu­mā­naṃ na syāt.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,2~a­thā­ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­de­na sva­bhā­va­bhe­daḥ ka­lpya­te­, ta­tkiṃ­bhu­kti­bhe­da­mā­tre­nai­va vayaṃ pra­tā­ra­yi­ta­vyāḥ­? na hy a­ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­śa­kti­dha­rmā­kā­ra­śa­bdaiḥ sva­bhā­va­śa­bdā­rthā­d anyo 'rtho '­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, tvacchāstre 'py e­kā­rtha­tve­na vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,5~a­thā­ta­dvyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­do 'pi ka­lpa­nā­ta e­vo­cya­te­, asann eva tarhi vyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­daḥ­, ka­lpi­ta­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­, ra­jjvā­di­ṣu sa­rpā­dyā­kā­ra­va­t­. tataś ca vyā­vṛ­tti­bhe­de­na li­ṅga­li­ṅgi­sva­bhā­vo mithyaiva syāt — tasmān na dha­rma­bhe­dā­d eva dha­rmi­bhe­da iti.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,9~yat punar idam uktam — pra­tha­ma­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­kā­le 'py u­tta­ra­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­vo '­kṣa­ṇi­ka­syā­sty a­bhi­nnā­tma­ka­tvā­t­, ataḥ pra­tha­ma­kā­rya­kri­yā­kā­la e­vā­śe­ṣā­ṇi kāryāṇi kuryād iti, tad idaṃ mātā va­ndhye­tyā­di­va­t sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­d a­yu­kta­m­. yo hy u­tta­ra­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, sa katham ādau tatkāryaṃ ku­ryā­t­? atha ku­ryā­t­, na tarhy asāv u­tta­ra­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vaḥ­. na hi nī­lo­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ pī­tā­di­ka­m api ka­ro­ti­. na ca pra­tha­mo­tta­ra­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­va­bhe­dā­t tadvato 'pi bhedaḥ, sva­bhā­va­bhe­da­sya vya­bhi­cā­ri­tve­no­kta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,16~api ca yena sva­bhā­ve­na rūpaṃ rū­pā­nta­raṃ ka­ro­ti­, na tenaiva ra­sā­di­ka­m­, ra­sā­de­r api rū­pa­sva­bhā­va­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataḥ sarvaṃ rū­pa­kā­ryaṃ cakṣuṣā gṛ­hye­ta­. na caitad i­ṣṭa­m­, tasmād yathā rūpaṃ rū­pā­nta­ro­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­ve­na tad eva ka­ro­ti­, jñā­no­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­ve­na jñānam eva ka­ro­ti­, na rū­pā­di­ka­m­. ra­so­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­ve­na ca rasam eva, ga­ndha­spa­rśa­ja­na­na­sva­bhā­vā­bhyāṃ tāv eva ja­na­ya­tī­ti­. tadvad a­kṣa­ṇi­ko 'py ā­dya­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­ve­nā­dya­m e­vo­tpā­da­ya­ti na ta­du­tta­ra­m­. ta­du­tta­ra­kā­ryo­tpā­da­na­sva­bhā­ve­na ta­du­tta­ra­m eva ja­na­ya­ti­, nādyam u­tta­ro­tta­raṃ vā. evam u­tta­ro­tta­ra­kā­rye­ṣv a­na­nta­kā­la­bhā­vi­ṣv api pra­ti­ni­ya­tāḥ svabhāvā dra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,24~svabhāvā eva he­ta­vaḥ­, na sva­bhā­vī­ty apy a­yu­kta­m­, rū­pa­syā­py a­he­tu­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, sva­bhā­vā­nā­m eva he­tu­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­3­,27~atha na rūpasya sva­bhā­va­bhe­da i­ṣya­te­, kiṃ tv eka eva ta­thā­bhū­taḥ sva­bhā­vaḥ­, yena bhi­nnā­kā­raṃ bhi­nna­de­śaṃ ca kāryam u­tpā­da­ya­ti­. ta­syā­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­syai­va bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­kā­ryo­tpā­da­nā­nu­ro­dhe­na sva­bhā­va­bhe­daḥ kalpita iti.

NBhū-YA 52­4­,4~nanv evaṃ paro 'py a­bhi­nna­sva­bhā­va­syai­vā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­sya kra­ma­bhā­vya­ne­ka­sva­bhā­va­kā­ryo­tpā­da­nā­nu­ro­dhe­na sva­bhā­va­bhe­daṃ ka­lpa­ya­n no­pā­la­mbha­m arhati iti. na cā­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­tve­nai­va kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, trai­lo­kya­syā­py a­na­nta­ra­bhā­vi­naḥ kā­ra­ṇa­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tasmād yad eva kā­ryo­tpa­ttau vyā­pri­ya­te­, tad eva kā­ra­ṇa­m­. tataś ca nityam api kra­ma­vyā­pā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t krameṇa vyā­pri­ya­mā­ṇaṃ kra­ma­bhā­vi­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­. kra­ma­vyā­pā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ cā­kṣa­ṇi­ka­sya kra­ma­bhā­vi­kā­ryo­pa­la­mbhā­d e­vā­va­ga­mya­te­. yathā yu­ga­pa­t kā­ryo­pa­la­mbhā­d yu­ga­pa­dvyā­pā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 52­4­,11~ni­raṃ­śa­sya yu­ga­pa­dvyā­pā­ra­la­lpa­nā­pi na yukteti cet, yadi yu­ga­pa­d vyāpāraṃ vinaiva rū­pā­di­he­tu­r yu­ga­pa­d anekaṃ kāryaṃ ka­ro­ti­, ta­dā­smā­ka­m api kra­ma­vyā­pā­ra­ka­lpa­na­yā na kiṃcit pra­yo­ja­na­m­. ta­tsvā­bhā­vyā­d e­vā­kṣa­ṇi­kaḥ krameṇa kāryaṃ ka­ri­ṣya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 52­4­,15~nanu yady a­kṣa­ṇi­kaḥ kra­ma­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, tadā kiṃ na ta­tsva­bhā­va eva pra­ti­bhā­ti­? ka evam āha — na pra­ti­bhā­ti­? ta­tkā­ryā­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne 'pi kathaṃ ta­jja­na­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti cet, na; ta­tkā­ryā­ṇāṃ tato '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t ta­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa­ne teṣāṃ janako 'yam ity evaṃ pra­ti­bhā­so mā bhūd vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­gra­ha­ṇe vi­śe­ṣya­bu­ddhe­r a­nu­tpa­tteḥ sva­rū­pa­ta­s tu gṛhyata eva. yathā tvanmate ra­sā­dya­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ta­jja­na­na­sva­bhā­vaṃ rūpaṃ gṛ­hī­ta­m eva ni­raṃ­śa­syāṃ­śe­na gra­ha­ṇa­yo­gā­t­. na ca ra­sā­da­yo 'pi cakṣuṣā gṛ­hya­nte­. api ca pā­ṣā­ṇā­dī­nāṃ gurutvaṃ da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇai­va na gṛ­hya­te­. na ca tadbhinnaṃ tva­ye­ṣṭa­m­. nāpi tan nāsty eva. kiṃ ca kṣa­ṇi­ka­tā­dyā­kā­ro 'pi rū­pā­di­ṣu gṛ­hya­mā­ṇe­ṣu na pra­ti­bhā­ti­, a­nu­mā­na­vai­pha­lya­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­4­,25~gṛhīta eva kṣa­ṇi­ka­tā­dyā­kā­raḥ­, kiṃ tu ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­syā­pa­ṭu­tvā­t ta­nni­śca­yo na bha­va­tī­ti cet, yady evaṃ ni­tya­vyā­pi­tā­dyā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi pā­ṭa­vā­bhā­vā­n niścayo na bhavati — ity evaṃ kasmān na ka­lpya­te­? na ca sarvatra gra­ha­ṇā­syā­pa­ṭu­tvaṃ sa­mbhā­vya­te­. na hi kha­pu­ṣpā­da­yo 'pi arthā gṛhītā eva ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­syā­pa­ṭu­tvā­n na ni­ścī­ya­nta iti yu­kta­m­. kra­ma­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­ve tu kvacin niścayo 'py asti tena ta­dgra­ha­ṇa­sya kva­ci­da­pā­ṭa­va­ka­lpa­nā­pi yuktā tṛ­ṇā­di­gra­ha­ṇā­nāṃ ni­śca­yā­bhyāṃ pā­ṭa­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­5­,1~kra­ma­ka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­n na ka­dā­ci­t tato yu­ga­pa­tkā­ryo­tpa­tti­r iti cet, na; ta­tka­ryā­pe­kṣa­yā yu­ga­pa­tka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­5­,4~kra­ma­yu­ga­pa­tka­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­yo­r virodha iti cet, na; bhi­nna­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­vi­ro­dhā­t kā­ra­ṇā­kā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­va­va­t­. yathā sva­kā­ryā­pe­kṣa­yā­gnyā­diḥ kā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vo '­ta­tkā­ryā­pe­kṣa­yā tv a­kā­ra­ṇa­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, tadvān nityo 'pi hetuḥ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­t kra­me­ṇa­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d yu­ga­pa­d utpattiṃ ka­ro­tī­ty e­vaṃ­sva­bhā­vaḥ­. sva­bhā­va­ta­s ta­thā­bhū­ta­tve nityasya sa­ha­kā­rya­na­pe­kṣa­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ī­dṛ­śa­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t tasya, yad a­nya­sa­hi­ta eva yu­ga­pa­c ca kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ ka­ro­tī­ti­. ni­tya­syai­vaṃ svabhāvaḥ kuto 'bhūd iti cet, ni­tya­tvā­d eva, na ku­ta­ści­t­. ni­tya­syā­nā­de­r ni­rhe­tu­ka­sya hetuṃ pṛ­ccha­tī­ty aho pā­ṇḍi­tya­m pra­bhā­ta­bho­ji­naḥ­.

NBhū-YA 52­5­,13~yadi cāvaśyaṃ vayaṃ pra­ṣṭa­vyā­s tata evaṃ pṛccha — ni­tya­sa­dbhā­ve kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti? tatra vi­pa­kṣa­bā­dha­ka­sā­dha­naṃ vya­ti­re­kya­nu­mā­na­m ity uktam iti. ni­rhe­tu­ka­tve nityasya sarvatra sa svabhāvaḥ pra­sa­jye­ta ni­yā­ma­ka­he­to­r a­bhā­vā­d iti cet, na; ni­tya­sva­bhā­va­tve­nai­vā­nā­di­tvā­t­. yo hi svabhāvaḥ ka­dā­ci­d bha­va­ti­, sa he­tu­ni­ya­mā­n niyato yu­jya­te­, na tv a­nā­diḥ­. he­tu­ni­ya­mā­d eva ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­vo 'rtha iti nāyam ṛ­ṣi­sa­ma­bhi­vyā­hā­raḥ­, pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­tvaṃ ce­ta­ra­trā­pi sa­mā­na­m­. tathā ca ni­rhe­tu­kā­nā­m api go­tvā­śva­tvā­dī­nāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­sva­bhā­va­tvaṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi gṛhyata iti sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. pra­tya­bhi­jñā­yā­ś cā­prā­mā­ṇye '­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­gra­ha­ṇa­m api na prā­pno­ti­. e­ka­jā­tye­ka­sa­ntā­na­tva­syā­py a­si­ddheḥ­, kṣaṇānāṃ cā­nva­ya­gra­ha­ṇaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. tasmād a­bā­dhi­ta­pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­sya prā­mā­ṇya­m e­ṣṭa­vya­m­, ta­da­nya­pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­jñā­na­va­t­. spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣu ca pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ na bā­dhya­te­. kra­ma­yau­ga­pa­dyā­di­bā­dha­ka­sya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 52­5­,25~śa­rī­rā­di­ṣv iva spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣv api pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ sa­dṛ­śā­pa­rā­pa­ro­tpa­tte­r vi­ve­kā­gra­ha­ṇā­d a­vi­ta­tha­m iva pra­ti­bhā­tī­ti cet, na; u­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. na hi yathā śa­rī­ra­sya pra­ti­di­na­m u­tpa­tti­kā­ra­ṇa­m a­nna­pā­nā­di­, vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ cā­va­ya­va­kri­yā­di­, pra­mā­ṇe­no­pa­la­bhya­te­, tathā spha­ṭi­kā­deḥ pra­ti­kṣa­ṇa­m u­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇaṃ kiṃcid u­pa­la­bhya­te­. na cā­ka­smi­kaḥ ka­sya­ci­d vināśaḥ sa­mbha­va­ty u­tpa­tti­va­d vi­nā­śa­syā­py a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ hetuta e­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 52­6­,7~nanu ca vi­nā­śa­he­tu­r a­sā­ma­rthya­vai­ya­rthyā­bhyā­m a­pā­staḥ­, tathā hi — yady ayaṃ bhāvaḥ sva­he­to­r e­vā­na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­va u­tpa­nnaḥ­, tato 'sau nā­śa­yi­tu­m aśakya ity a­sā­ma­rthyaṃ nā­śa­he­toḥ­. na hy a­śu­kla­sva­bhā­vaḥ sva­he­to­r utpanno he­tva­nta­re­ṇa śu­kla­sva­bhā­vaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­. tadanyo nāśaś cet kri­ya­te­, tadā nā­śo­tpā­de 'pi kiṃ ta­sye­ti­? na hi nā­śe­nā­py asau nā­śya­te­. nāpy ā­vri­ya­te­, a­nā­vṛ­ta­sva­bhā­vo hy utpannaḥ katham ā­vṛ­ta­sva­bhā­vaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­? na khalu kṛ­ṣṇa­sva­bhā­vaḥ ke­na­ci­c chuklaḥ kri­ya­mā­ṇa u­pa­la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 52­6­,14~atha na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­vaḥ sva­he­to­r e­vo­tpa­nnaḥ­, tadā ta­tsva­bhā­va­ta­yai­va nāśād vyartho nā­śa­he­tuḥ­. yo hi ya­tsva­bhā­vaḥ sva­he­tu­ta u­tpa­nnaḥ­, sa punas tadbhāve he­tva­nta­raṃ nā­pe­kṣa­te­, pra­kā­śo­ṣṇa­ka­ṭhi­na­tvā­di­va­t — na hi pra­kā­śā­di­sva­bhā­vāḥ pra­dī­pā­da­yaḥ sva­kā­ra­ṇā­d utpannāḥ punaḥ pra­kā­śā­di­bhā­ve he­tva­nta­ra­m a­pe­kṣa­nte­. tasmād vināśaṃ prati ni­ra­pe­kṣo bhāvaḥ. sā­pe­kṣa­tve cā­va­śya­mbhā­va­ni­ya­mo na syād vastre rā­gā­di­va­t­. ataḥ kṛ­ta­kā­nāṃ gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n ni­tya­tā­pi syāt. yady api bahulaṃ vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇā­ni santi, teṣām api sva­pra­tya­ya­bhā­vā­dhī­naṃ sa­nni­dhi­tvā­n nāvaśyaṃ sa­nni­dhā­na­m iti kaścin na vi­na­śye­d api. na hy avaśyaṃ hetavaḥ pha­la­va­ntaḥ­, vai­ka­lya­pra­ti­ba­ndha­sa­mbha­vā­d iti. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 52­7­,2~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvan na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­va­syā­na­śva­ra­sva­bhā­va­sye­ti­, tan na; he­tvā­do­cche­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­d itthaṃ vi­ka­lpa­sya sarvatra sa­mbha­vā­t­, tathā hi — hetuḥ kiṃ bha­va­na­sva­bhā­vo bha­va­ti­? ā­ho­svi­d a­bha­va­na­sva­bhā­va iti? yady ādyaḥ pakṣaḥ, tadā svayam eva bha­va­ti­, ta­tsva­bhā­va­tvā­d iti vyartho hetuḥ. dvi­tī­ya­pa­kṣe tv a­sa­ma­rthaḥ­, na hy a­bha­va­na­sva­bhā­vaḥ śa­śa­śṛ­ṅgā­diḥ ke­na­ci­d u­tpā­da­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. tathā che­da­dā­hā­di­he­ta­vo 'pi. ta­tsva­bhā­vā­ta­tsva­bhā­va­pa­kṣa­yo­r vai­ya­rthyā­sā­ma­rthyā­bhyā­m a­nu­pa­pa­nnā dra­ṣṭa­vyāḥ­. tathā caivaṃ sa­rva­he­tu­pra­ti­kṣe­pa­sa­mbha­vā­n mokṣārtho 'pi prayāsaḥ śā­stra­śra­va­ṇā­dau vyartha iti.

NBhū-YA 52­7­,10~a­thā­gni­bhā­ve dhū­ma­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­ve vābhāvaḥ ity a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyā­m a­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r he­tu­he­tu­ma­dbhā­vaḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­ti­pa­nnaḥ sa vi­ka­lpa­śa­te­nā­py a­pā­ka­rtuṃ na śa­kya­te­. na ca bhāvasya ni­rhe­tu­ka­tve pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­lā­di­yo­gaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. yady evaṃ vināśo 'pi pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­lā­di­mā­n naiva ni­rhe­tu­kaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­kā­bhyāṃ ca nā­śa­he­ta­vo 'pi dṛśyante — gha­ṭā­de­r mu­dga­rā­da­yaḥ­, kā­ṣṭhā­de­r a­gnyā­da­ya­ś ceti.

NBhū-YA 52­7­,15~nanv a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 52­7­,18~asyārthaḥ — sa­ttā­mā­trā­nu­ba­ndhī nāśaḥ sa­ttā­sva­bhā­va evety arthaḥ. tena dhvaner anyasya vā sa­ttā­he­tu­ta e­vā­ni­tya­to­tpa­nnā na ni­rhe­tu­kī­. jā­ta­sva­bhā­vo he­tva­nta­raṃ nā­pe­kṣa­ta ity a­he­tu­ko nāśa uktaḥ. kā­ṣṭha­syā­pi nāgninā vināśaḥ kri­ya­te­, kiṃ tarhi? pūrvasya sva­ra­sa­ni­ro­dhe '­nya­syā­gni­nā­dhi­kṛ­ta­syo­tpa­ttiḥ­, a­nya­thā­gne­r a­rthā­nta­ro­tpa­ttau bhavet kāṣṭhasya da­rśa­na­m­. na hy a­rthā­nta­rā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­ja­nma­ni kāṣṭhaṃ nāma na dṛ­śya­te­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgo hy evaṃ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 52­7­,25~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, sa­ttā­nā­śa­yo­s tādātmye hi sa­rva­dai­vo­pa­la­bdhiḥ syāt sva­bhā­ve­na vi­ro­dhā­bhā­vā­d virodhe cai­ka­kṣa­ṇo­pa­la­mbho 'pi na syāt ta­dvi­ro­dhi­na­s ta­dā­tma­tve­na ta­tsa­ha­bhā­vi­tvā­t­. atha nāsya sva­bhā­ve­na vi­ro­dhaḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? sva­he­to­r e­vā­ya­m e­ka­kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī jātaḥ kṣa­ṇā­nta­re no­pa­la­bhya­te­. tathā cāha — bhāva eva kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti­dha­rmā nāśa ity u­cya­te­. yady evaṃ kṣa­ṇa­sthi­ti­r ity a­bhi­dhā­nā kṣaṇād ūrdhvam a­syā­sthi­tiḥ­. tathā kathaṃ tādātmyaṃ kra­mo­tpa­nna­yo­r e­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d bī­jā­ṅku­ra­va­t­, ata eva bhi­nna­he­tu­ka­tva­m e­ka­sā­ma­gryā­pa­nna­ja­nma­noḥ kra­mā­sa­mbha­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 52­8­,4~nanu yady ayaṃ bhāvo naṃṣṭā, tadā svayam eva naṃ­kṣya­ti­. ko hi nā­śa­vi­dhna­s tasya? na cen naṃṣṭā, tato naiva naṃ­kṣya­tī­ti­. naṃṣṭeti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ nā­śā­tma­ka eva? ā­ho­svi­n nā­śa­kṛ­d iti? yadi tāvan nā­śā­tma­ka eva ta­dai­ka­kṣa­ṇo­pa­la­mbho 'pi na syān nā­śā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­syo­pa­la­mbha­sa­mbha­vā­t­. u­pa­la­mbhe vā, sa­rva­dai­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt, ta­tsva­rū­pā­pa­ri­tyā­gā­t­. pa­ri­tyā­go vā sa eva nā­śo­tpā­da­s tasya va­stu­sva­rū­pa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t tasya ca tā­dā­tmyā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r e­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­. na hi tad eva tad asti, tad eva tan nāsti; yad eva sthitiḥ, tad e­vā­sthi­ti­r iti yu­kta­m­. atha naṃṣṭā nā­śa­kṛ­d ity u­cya­te­, tathāpi na tā­dā­tmya­m­, kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d a­gni­dhū­ma­yo­r iva. nāśasyā kā­rya­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. ta­da­ta­drū­pā­kā­ra­ṇā­c cā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ra ity asya vi­ro­dha­ś ca. atha naṃṣṭā naśvara ity u­cya­te­, naśvara ity asyāpi ko 'rtho nā­śa­sva­bhā­vaḥ­? nā­śa­kṛ­d vā? ity u­bha­ya­trā­py ukto doṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 52­8­,16~pra­kā­śā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto 'py a­yu­ktaḥ­, tathā hi — na tāvad a­sma­nma­te pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śā­dī­nā­m ekatvaṃ siddhaṃ nāpy e­ka­he­tu­ka­tva­m­. dra­vyo­tpa­ttya­nta­raṃ hi sā­ma­grya­nta­ra­taḥ pra­kā­śā­da­yo guṇā u­tpa­dya­nta iti naḥ si­ddhā­ntaḥ­. tvanmate tu pra­dī­pā­di­va­stu rū­pā­dyā­tma­ka­m evety asti pra­si­ddhi­r na tu ta­dvi­nā­śa­ka­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­. nāśo hy abhāva u­cya­te­. na ca bhāva e­vā­bhā­vaḥ­, tayor bhe­da­syā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na sa­rva­ja­na­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tvayāpi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. na ca bhā­va­syo­tpa­tti­kā­le 'pi sa­ttva­vi­cche­daḥ­, paścād iva prāg apy a­rtha­kri­yā­sā­ma­rthya­vi­ra­ha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­vi­nā­śe vā prāg iva paścād apy a­va­sthā­na­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ sthiter a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t­. paścād asya sa­rva­sā­ma­rthya­vi­ra­ha iti cet, nanu sa eva nāśaḥ sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­si­ddhaḥ sa ca paścād bha­va­tī­ti kathaṃ bhā­va­nā­śaḥ­, kra­ma­bhā­vi­no­r e­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d ity u­kta­m­. na cā­he­tu­ka­tve 'pi paścād bhā­va­ni­ya­maḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 52­8­,28~yac coktam — he­tva­pe­kṣa­tve nā­śa­syā­va­śya­mbhā­va­ni­ya­mo na syād vastre rā­ga­va­d iti tan na; a­ne­kā­ntā­t — sā­pe­kṣa­syā­pi ma­ra­ṇā­de­r a­va­śya­mbhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t­. prā­ṇā­di­ni­ro­dha­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ hi ma­ra­ṇa­m u­cya­te­, na ta­tsva­bhā­va­ta eva bhavaty a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­ni­mi­ttā­kṣi­tvā­t pra­dī­pā­deḥ sa­ntā­no­cchi­ttiḥ­, gha­ṭā­de­r a­sa­bhā­ga­kṣa­ṇo­tpa­ttiḥ­, ca­ndrā­de­r u­di­ta­syā­sta­ma­ya — ity e­va­mā­di­kaṃ ni­mi­tta­vi­śe­ṣā­pe­kṣaṃ kā­lā­nta­re­ṇā­va­śyaṃ bha­va­tī­ty ataḥ sā­pe­kṣa­tve 'py a­bhi­cā­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 52­9­,5~sa­ma­rthi­taṃ ca kā­ra­ṇā­nu­mā­na­m­, tato na hy avaśyaṃ hetavaḥ pha­la­va­nta ity etad apy a­yu­kta­m­. na cātra nāśasya hetuḥ kālo vā ni­ya­mya­te­, kiṃ tu kṛtakaṃ vastu ka­dā­ci­t ku­ta­ści­n na­śya­tī­ti­. te­nai­ka­dā gha­ṭā­di­ni­va­rta­ka­sya mu­dga­rā­deḥ pra­ti­ba­ndha­vai­ka­lya­sa­mbha­ve 'py a­nya­dā­nya­ta­ś ca gha­ṭā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­r bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti­. bha­va­tā­py etad a­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­, anyathā mṛtyoḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­pe­kṣi­tvā­d a­vya­bhi­cā­ro na syāt. pra­tya­yā­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣi­tve ca sa­rva­prā­ṇi­nāṃ ja­nmā­nta­ra­m eva maraṇaṃ syāt. na ca jāto 'pi kaścid amaraḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, sa­rva­prā­ṇi­nāṃ ma­ra­ṇa­dha­rmi­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. tasmād bāhulye 'pi hi ta­ddhe­to­r ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 52­9­,14~yat punar etat — agner a­rthā­nta­ro­tpa­ttā­v i­tyā­di­, tad a­yu­kta­m­, bhā­vā­bhā­va­yoḥ paras pa­ra­vi­ru­ddha­yo­r e­kā­tma­tvā­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d i­ta­rā­tma­hā­neḥ kathaṃ na­ṣṭā­tma­naḥ kāṣṭhasya darśanaṃ bhavet ta­da­bhā­vo­pa­la­mbhā­d eva tan no­pa­la­bhya­te tan nāstīti ca bha­va­ti­. tā­dā­tmya­vā­di­na­s tu dṛ­śya­mā­na­m eva kāṣṭham adṛṣṭaṃ naṣṭaṃ ceti syāt. a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi kathaṃ kaścid eva ka­sya­ci­n nāśa iti? sa eva pra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­, ya evaṃ va­da­ti­. dṛśyate hi da­ha­nā­d utpannaḥ kā­ṣṭha­syai­va nāśo, nā­kā­śā­deḥ­. na cāsau nāśaḥ kāṣṭham eva, pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ro­dhā­d anyata e­vo­tpa­nna­tvā­c ca. na co­tpa­nna­sya punar utpattiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 52­9­,22~na cā­rthā­nta­ra­tva­mā­tra­sā­myā­d dṛṣṭasya sva­bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣa­sya pra­tyā­khyā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. na hi yathā ghaṭaḥ pa­ṭā­de­r a­pra­kā­śa­kaḥ­, yathā pradīpo 'py a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti yu­kta­m­. yathā cā­nye­ṣā­m a­he­tu­r agniḥ, tathā dhū­mā­de­r api mā bhūd a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ity e­vaṃ­vi­dha­m e­ta­ddhṛ­da­ya­m­, ta­syo­tta­ra­m sva­bhā­va­pa­rya­nu­yo­ga­syo­bha­ya­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 52­9­,27~nanu bhāvena sva­ra­sa­ni­ro­dhi­nā naiva nā­śa­he­tu­r a­pe­kṣya­te­, ta­syā­sā­ma­rthyā­t kri­yā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c ca. a­sa­ma­rtha­s tāvan nā­śa­he­tuḥ siddhe hi bhāve na taṃ ka­ro­ti­. nāpy a­nya­ka­ra­ṇe tasya kiṃcid iti. ta­da­ta­drū­pā­ka­ra­ṇā­c cā­kiṃ­ci­tka­ro nā­pe­kṣya­te­. kri­yā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c ca kathaṃ vināśa iti hi bhā­vā­bhā­vaṃ ma­nya­nte­. tad ayaṃ vi­nā­śa­he­tu­r abhāvaṃ ka­ro­tī­ti prā­pta­m­. tatra yady abhāvo nāma kaścit kāryaḥ syāt svabhāvaḥ tataḥ sa eva bhāva iti nābhāvaḥ syāt. tasmād abhāvaṃ karoti bhāvaṃ na ka­ro­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­0­,4~kri­yā­pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'sya kṛtaḥ syāt tathāpy a­kiṃ­ci­tka­raḥ kim ity a­pe­kṣya­ta iti? tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, tathā hi — bhāvasya vināśaḥ kim asti vā? na vā? nāsti cet, sa­rva­dai­va bhā­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt ta­tsva­rū­pa­sya ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t­. a­tā­da­va­sthye ca kathaṃ nāsti vi­nā­śaḥ­, a­tā­da­va­sthya­syai­va vi­nā­śa­tvā­t­. athāsti vi­nā­śaḥ­, sa yady a­vya­ti­ri­ktaḥ tadā paścād iva bhāvasya prāg apy a­nu­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, paścād api vā prāg i­vo­pa­la­mbhaḥ syāt, ta­du­pa­la­mbha­vi­ghā­tā­nu­tpa­tteḥ­, utpattau ca pa­ścā­dbhā­vī vināśaḥ kathaṃ na he­tva­nta­rā­pe­kṣī­?

NBhū-YA 53­0­,11~yat punar etat — yady abhāvaḥ kāryaḥ syāt, tadā bha­va­tī­ti bhāva eva syād iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­; ni­mi­ttā­nta­rā­t saṃ­jñā­nta­ra­saṃ­yo­ja­ne 'py a­rtha­ta­thā­bhā­va­sya pra­ti­ṣe­ddhu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. vi­pra­ti­pa­ttya­vya­va­sthā­di­ṣu sa­mpra­ti­pa­tti­vya­va­sthā­di­saṃ­jñā­saṃ­yo­ja­na­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 53­0­,14~yad apy a­kiṃ­ci­tka­ro nā­pe­kṣya­ta iti. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; bhāvasya sā­ma­rthya­vi­ghā­taṃ kurvat katham a­kiṃ­ci­tka­raḥ­? sā­ma­rthyā­vi­ghā­pte ca prāg iva paścād api ka­rtṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo du­rni­vā­ra iti.

NBhū-YA 53­0­,18~nanv a­gni­ja­ni­te­na vi­nā­śe­na saha kaḥ sambandhaḥ kā­ṣṭha­sya­? na tāvad ā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vaḥ­, ku­ṇḍa­da­dhyā­di­va­d iva tayor u­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpi ta­du­tpa­ttiḥ­, kāṣṭhād a­nu­tpa­tteḥ­. na vā da­ha­nā­d u­tpa­ttiḥ­. ta­da­pe­kṣā­t kāṣṭhāt ta­du­tpa­tti­r iti cet, a­na­ti­śa­ya­lā­bhi­naḥ kā­pe­kṣā­? na ca kā­ryo­tpa­ttau kāraṇaṃ ta­da­va­stha­m eva naṣṭaṃ nāma. bhavaty a­rthā­nta­raṃ nāśaḥ. kāṣṭhaṃ kasmān na dṛ­śya­te­? ko 'yam a­rthā­nta­ro­tpa­tti­kā­ṣṭha­da­rśa­na­yo­r vi­ro­dha­s te­nā­rthā­nta­re­ṇa pa­ri­gṛ­hī­ta­tvā­d eva kāṣṭhaṃ na dṛśyata ity evam apy ā­va­ra­ṇaṃ ta­tkā­ṣṭha­sya prā­pta­m­. na caitad yu­kta­m­; ā­va­ra­naṃ hi darśanaṃ vi­ba­dhnī­yā­n nā­bhi­ghā­tā­dī­ni dra­vya­sā­ma­rthyā­nī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­0­,26~tad etad apy a­sa­t­, yat tāvan nāśena saha kaḥ sambandha iti. tan na, ā­śra­yā­śra­yi­bhā­vā­da­yaḥ sambandhā nai­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­nte­, kiṃ tu bhā­vā­bhā­va­yoḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­yoḥ eva sa­mba­ndhaḥ­. ta eva nā­va­ra­ṇa­ka­lpo nāśaḥ, ā­va­ra­ṇe­na hi da­rśa­na­śa­ktiḥ pra­ti­ba­dhya­te pra­cyā­vya­te vā. na tu nāśena ka­sya­ci­t pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ pracyāvo vā kri­ya­te­, nāśa eva hi kāṣṭhasya sa­rva­śa­kti­pra­cyā­vaḥ­. sa cā­gnyā­di­nā kṛta iti.

NBhū-YA 53­1­,6~nanu yadi nāśo 'pi kri­ya­te­, tadā tasyāpi nāśitvaṃ syāt, kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­t­. tataḥ punaḥ kā­ṣṭhā­de­r u­nma­jja­naṃ syāt. ha­ntṛ­ghā­te cai­tra­syā­nu­nma­jja­na­va­d iti cet, na; hantur nā­śa­he­tu­tvā­t­. na hi hantaiva caitrasya nāśaḥ, tayoḥ sa­ha­bhā­va­syā­pi da­rśa­nā­t­. nā­śa­he­to­ś cā­gnyā­de­r nivṛttau kā­ṣṭha­syo­nma­jja­na­naṃ mā bhūt, nāśas tu bhā­va­syā­bhā­vaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau ca bhāvasya kānyā gatiḥ, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­ye vidheḥ sa­mbha­vā­d iti?

NBhū-YA 53­1­,12~na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t — naiva nāśasya nāśitvaṃ si­ddha­m­. na­nū­tpa­ttyā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ katham a­si­ddhaḥ­? na; ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­mā­trā­d u­tpa­tteḥ­. yasya hi sa­ma­vā­yya­sa­ma­vā­yi­ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇe­bhya u­tpa­ttiḥ­, ta­syai­vo­tpa­nna­sya ni­vṛ­tti­r iti. bhā­va­dha­rma­vi­pa­rī­to hy a­bhā­va­dha­rmaḥ­, tena bhāve 'yaṃ niyamaḥ — kṛ­ta­ka­syai­va nāśaḥ, nāśa eva ca kṛ­ta­ka­sye­ti­. abhāve tv ayaṃ nāsti ni­ya­maḥ­, tathā hi — prā­ga­bhā­vo '­kṛ­ta­ka eva na­śya­ti­. pra­dhvaṃ­sā­bhā­vaḥ punaḥ kṛtako 'py a­vi­nā­śye­ve­ti­. na cāyaṃ sa­he­tu­ka­nā­śa­vā­di­nāṃ prasaṅga u­pa­pa­dya­te­, sa­he­tu­ka­syā­va­śya­mbhā­va­ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­t­. na hi sarvatra hetavaḥ sa­mbha­va­nti­.

NBhū-YA 53­1­,21~nanv evaṃ sarvatra vi­nā­śa­ni­vṛ­tti­he­ta­vo na santīty etad apy a­ni­śca­ya­m­. yady evaṃ nā­śa­syā­pi kvacin ni­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­tu­. śrūyate 'pi — kā­ṣṭha­kū­ṭa­pi­tro 'yam ā­tha­rva­va­śi­ṣṭhā­dī­nāṃ ca śarīraṃ naṣṭaṃ bha­smī­bhū­taṃ punar ma­he­śva­rā­nu­gra­hā­t pra­tyu­pa­sthi­ta­m­. mṛtāś ca punar u­jjī­vi­tā iti. dī­pā­lo­kā­da­yo 'pi kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣāḥ kecin naṣṭāḥ punar bhavanto dṛ­śya­nte­. tatra na jñāyate — kiṃ ta­nnā­śā­pa­ga­me punas ta eva bha­va­nti­? kiṃ vānye ta­tsa­dṛ­śā iti? na cā­nya­ta­ra­pa­kṣe 'pi bā­dha­ka­m asti.

NBhū-YA 53­1­,28~muktasya duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttau punar duḥ­khi­tva­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; he­tva­bhā­vā­t­. bhā­vo­tpā­da­ko hi hetur a­bhā­va­sya ni­va­rta­kaḥ­, muktasya tu duḥ­kho­tpā­da­ko nāsti hetuḥ, tena duḥ­khā­bhā­vo na ni­va­rta­te­. yathā śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dyu­tpā­da­ka­he­tva­bhā­vā­t ta­tprā­ga­bhā­vo na ni­va­rta­te­. śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r a­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­, na prā­ga­bhā­va iti cet, na; a­bhā­va­dvai­vi­dhyā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t tathā ca sūtram — "prāg u­tpa­tte­r a­bhā­vo­pa­pa­tte­ś ca" iti, caśabdo '­va­dhā­ra­ṇā­rtha i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­va­syā­pi prā­ga­bhā­ve '­nta­rbhā­vā­t­. ye tu ca­tu­rvi­dha­m a­bhā­va­m i­ccha­nti­, te caśabdaṃ sa­mu­cca­ye vyā­ca­kṣa­to tanmate 'pi nāvaśyaṃ prā­ga­bhā­va­sya ni­vṛ­tti­r muktasya duḥ­khā­di­prā­ga­bhā­vā­ni­vṛ­tteḥ­, ta­nni­vṛ­ttau hi mu­kta­syā­pi duḥ­khā­dyu­da­ya­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ syāt. na cāsāv apy a­tya­ntā­bhā­vaḥ­, sva­bhā­va­m u­kta­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, ī­śva­rā­kā­śā­di­va­t­. tato '­pa­va­rgā­rthaṃ prayāso vyarthaḥ syāt. tasmāt prā­ga­bhā­va­sya pra­dhvaṃ­sa­sya vā na sarvasya ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, kiṃ tu yasyaiva ta­tpra­ti­yo­gyu­tpā­da­kā hetavaḥ santi, tasyaiva ni­vṛ­tti­r iti ko 'tra vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 53­2­,12~nanv evaṃ bhā­va­syā­pi kṛ­ta­ka­sya sa­rva­syā­pi nāśo '­kṛ­ta­ka­sya tv anāśa evety ayaṃ niyamo na syāt, a­kṛ­ta­ko 'pi kaścit ku­ta­ści­d vi­na­śya­ti­. kṛtako 'pi kaścid dhe­tva­bhā­vā­n na vi­naṃ­kṣya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­2­,16~syād etad evaṃ yady a­kṛ­ta­ka­syā­pi bhāvasya ni­va­rta­ko hetuḥ ka­dā­ci­t ke­na­ci­d u­pa­la­bdhaḥ­, kṛ­ta­ka­sya vā yadi ni­va­rta­ko hetur nai­vo­pa­la­bhya­te­. tathā hi — dravyasya tāvad a­va­ya­vi­nā­śa­s ta­tsaṃ­yo­ga­vi­nā­śa­ś ca ni­va­rta­kau hetū pra­mā­ṇe­na pra­ti­pa­nnau­, tayor a­nya­ta­ro 'pi hetur ā­kā­śā­tmā­de­r na sa­mbha­va­ti­, ni­ra­va­ya­va­tvā­t­. kṛ­ta­ka­sya tu dravyasya sarvasya sā­va­ya­va­tvā­d avaśyaṃ ka­dā­ci­t ku­ta­ści­d a­va­ya­va­vi­yo­gaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti gha­ṭā­di­va­d iti. evaṃ gu­ṇā­di­ṣu kṛ­ta­kā­kṛ­ta­ka­va­rga­yo­r nā­śa­he­tū­nāṃ sa­mbha­vā­sa­mbha­vau pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ sā­dha­yi­ta­vyā­v e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­2­,24~sa­he­tu­ka­tve tāvan nāśasya ni­va­rta­ka­he­tva­sa­mbha­vā­d a­nā­śi­tvaṃ yu­kta­m­, ni­rhe­tu­ka­tve tu sa­rva­nā­śā­nāṃ nā­śi­tva­m a­pa­ri­hā­rya­m­. a­kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­n na nā­śi­tva­m­, kha­pu­ṣpā­dya­bhā­va­va­d iti cet, tadvad eva tarhy a­nā­di­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. tataḥ kha­pu­ṣpā­di­va­n na ka­dā­ci­d bhāva u­pa­la­bhye­ta­. ta­dvi­ro­dhi­naḥ sa­rva­dā­va­sthā­nā­t­. a­vi­ro­dhi­tve ca bhā­va­ta­nnā­śa­yoḥ sarvadā sa­ha­bhā­vaḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 53­3­,2~nanv e­ta­dbha­da­nte­na svayam e­vā­śa­ṅkya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­, yasmād uktam —

NBhū-YA 53­3­,5~ni­tyā­ni­tya­vi­ka­lpo hi na nāśe sa­mbha­va­ti­, tayor va­stu­dha­rma­tvā­t­. nāśasya cā­kiṃ­ci­ttvā­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, paścād bhavato '­kiṃ­ci­ttvā­yo­gā­t­. a­bha­va­ne vā na ka­dā­ci­n naṣṭo bhāvaḥ syāt, na hy a­si­ddha­nā­śo naṣṭo nāma, pra­tyu­tpa­nnā­va­sthā­yā­m i­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­3­,10~atrāha — na vai vināśo nāsty eva, sa tu nāsti yo bhāvasya bha­va­ti­. bhāva eva kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yī nāśaḥ, ta­ma­sya­ma­nda­sva­bhā­va­m ūrdhvaṃ vya­va­sya­ti­, na prā­gda­rśa­ne 'pi, pā­ṭa­vā­bhā­vā­t­. ta­dva­śe­na paścād vya­va­sthā­pya­te­, vi­kā­ra­da­rśa­ne­nai­va vi­ṣa­ma­jñai­r iti. tad etad apy a­sa­ṅga­ta­m­; yadi hi nāśo nāsti, tat kim ucyate — sa tu nāsti yo bhāvasya bha­va­tī­ti­? bhā­va­syai­va hi vināśo bhavann u­pa­la­bhya­te­, na tv anyasya ka­sya­ci­t­. na ca bhāva eva nāśaḥ, tasya bhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. na hi bhāvaḥ sva­rū­pe­ṇa naṣṭa iti pra­tī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 53­3­,15~yac coktam — darśane 'pi pā­ṭa­vā­bhā­vā­n na prā­gvya­va­sya­tī­ti­, tan na; yadi bhāvasya da­rśa­na­m eva nā­śa­da­rśa­naṃ syāt, tasya paṭutvaṃ kuto na? a­pa­ṭu­tve hi bhā­va­vya­va­sā­yo na syāt. atha bhāve 'sti tasya pā­ṭa­va­m­, nanu kiṃ tasya bhinno viṣayo ye­nai­ka­tra pā­ṭa­va­m a­nya­trā­pā­ṭa­va­m iti? tathā ca na bhāva eva nāśaḥ syāt. na ca nāśa iti saṃ­jñā­ka­ra­ṇā­d eva bhāvo bhā­va­sva­rū­paṃ ja­hā­ti­, a­tya­kta­sva­rū­pa­ś ca kathaṃ na prāg i­vo­pa­la­bhye­ta­?

NBhū-YA 53­4­,2~vi­kā­ra­da­rśa­ne­nai­ve­ty etad apy a­sa­mba­ddha­m­, nā­śa­syā­kiṃ­ci­ttve­na vi­kā­rā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. vi­kā­ra­kā­rī ca katham a­kiṃ­ci­d ity u­cya­te­? bhā­va­vi­kā­ra eva nā­śa­vi­kā­raḥ­, tayos tā­dā­tmyā­d iti cet, kiṃ sarva eva bhā­va­vi­kā­ro nā­śa­vya­va­sthā­pa­kaḥ­? kiṃ vā kaścid e­ve­ti­? sarvaś cet, na; a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. na hi yato 'pi vi­kā­rā­d bhāvasya sthitiṃ laukikā vya­va­sya­nti­, tato 'pi vi­nā­śa­m iti. u­tta­ra­vi­ka­lpā tu kaścid eva bhā­va­vi­śe­ṣo nāśaḥ syād vi­ṣa­va­t­. kṣa­ṇa­sthā­yi­tvā­c ca kṣaṇād ūrdhvaṃ sthi­tya­bhā­vo­tpa­tteḥ kathaṃ sa tu nāsti yo bhāvasya bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­?

NBhū-YA 53­4­,10~nanu sthi­tya­bhā­vo 'pi na tasya bhavaty a­rthā­nta­rā­na­rthā­nta­ra­vi­ka­lpo '­sa­mbha­vā­t­. tasmād i­tthaṃ­sva­bhā­vo 'sau sva­he­to­r utpanno yena svayam eva na ti­ṣṭha­tī­ti­. svayaṃ na ti­ṣṭha­tī­ti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ ta­da­va­stha e­vā­nu­pa­la­bhyaḥ­? kiṃ ca he­tva­nta­rā­na­pe­kṣaḥ svayaṃ nāśam a­nu­bha­va­tī­ti­? ta­da­va­stha e­vā­nu­pa­la­bhya­ta iti cet, kuta idam a­ma­ntrau­ṣa­dha­m i­ndra­jā­laṃ bhāvena śi­kṣi­ta­m­, yad ayam a­nu­tpa­nna­vi­nā­śo '­vya­va­dhā­nā­dū­ra­sthā­na­s ta­da­va­sthe­ndri­yā­de­r eva pu­ru­ṣa­sya ka­dā­ci­d adhyakṣo '­tya­kṣa­ś ceti? ko hy evaṃ śra­dda­dhī­ta pra­tyu­tpa­nnā­va­sthā­yā­m eva san bhāvaḥ paścāt tv a­sa­n­, na ca paścān na­śya­tī­ti­? atha svayaṃ paścān nāśam a­nu­bha­va­ti­, sa nāśo '­rthā­nta­ra­m­? a­na­rthā­nta­raṃ veti? a­he­tu­ka­nā­śa­vā­de 'pi samo doṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 53­4­,20~nanv etad apy āśaṅkya pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­, yad āha —

NBhū-YA 53­4­,23~ni­rhe­tu­ka­tve 'pi nāśasya ta­ttvā­nya­tva­vi­ka­lpaḥ samas tulyo doṣas ta­da­nyo­tpā­de bhāvaḥ kiṃ na dṛ­śya­te­? a­na­nya­tve 'pi sa eva bha­va­tī­ti sutarāṃ dṛ­śya­te­. a­tro­tta­ra­m — na tasya kiṃcid bha­va­tī­tyā­di­. na hy ayaṃ vināśo 'nyo vā kaścid bhāvasya bha­va­tī­ty āha, kiṃ tarhi? sa eva bhāvo na bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­5­,1~yadi hi ka­sya­ci­d bhāvaṃ brū­yā­t­, bhāvo 'nena ni­va­rti­taḥ syāt. tathā ca bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau pra­stu­tā­yā­m a­pra­stu­ta­m evoktaṃ syān na hi ka­sya­ci­d bhāvena bhāvo na bhūto nāma ta­dā­ya­m abhūto yadi svayaṃ na bhaved iti.

NBhū-YA 53­5­,5~satyam ā­śa­ṅki­ta­m­, na tu pa­ri­hṛ­ta­m­, tathā hi — yadi na tasya kiṃcid bha­va­ti­, tataḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'pi tasya na bha­va­tī­ty a­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sva­rū­pa­s ta­da­va­stha­tvā­t prāg e­vo­pa­la­bhye­ta­.

NBhū-YA 53­5­,8~nanu sa eva bha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­, satyam uktam idam ayuktaṃ tū­kta­m­; pra­mā­ṇa­pa­ri­dṛ­ṣṭa­syā­pa­hna­vā­yo­gā­t­. na hi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇo­pa­la­bhya­mā­no 'gnir agnir evāyaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti yu­kta­m­. kṣa­ṇa­mā­tra­m e­vo­pa­la­bhya­ta iti cet, kṣa­ṇā­nta­re kiṃ tasya jñā­na­m­? na kiṃcid iti cet, tat kiṃ no­pa­la­bhya­te­? svayaṃ no­pa­la­bhya­te svabhāva iti cet, prāg api tarhi no­pa­la­bhye­ta­, śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­va­t­. paścād eva bhāvo '­nu­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­va iti cet, nanv evaṃ bhi­nna­kā­la­tvā­d u­pa­la­bhyā­nu­pa­la­bhya­sva­bhā­va­yoḥ katham ai­kya­m­?

NBhū-YA 53­5­,15~kiṃ ca —

NBhū-YA 53­5­,18~yaś ca bhāvasya paścād a­bhā­vaḥ­, sa eva nāśa ity u­cya­te­. kathaṃ bhāvasya vināśo 'nyo vā kaścin no­cya­te­. atha bhāvasya vināśa u­cya­te­, kiṃ tu sa bha­va­tī­ti no­cya­te­. bha­va­tī­ty a­bhi­dhā­ne 'pi ko doṣaḥ? bhāva eva syād iti cet, tat kim i­dā­nī­m a­bhi­dhā­nā­d e­vā­rtha­sya rū­pa­pa­ri­va­rto bha­va­ti­? yadi bhāvo 'tra jāyata ity evam u­cya­te­, janmāpy a­bhā­va­sya kuta iti cet, kā­dā­ci­tka­tvā­d bhā­va­va­t­. a­kā­dā­ci­tka­tve tu pra­tyu­tpa­nnā­va­sthā­yā­m apy abhāvaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 53­5­,24~yac coktam — yadi hi ka­sya­ci­d bhāvaṃ brūyān na bhāvo 'nena ni­va­rti­taḥ syād iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; va­ca­na­sya jñā­pa­ka­tvā­t­. na hi va­ca­ne­na kiṃcin ni­va­rtya­te janyate vā, kiṃ tv a­bhū­ta­pū­rva­kaḥ ku­lā­lā­di­bhi­r yathā ghaṭo ja­nya­te­, tadvad a­bhū­ta­pū­rvaḥ sa eva gu­dga­rā­di­bhi­r ni­va­rtya­ta — ity ā­go­pā­lā­ṅga­nā­di pra­si­ddha­m etad a­nva­ya­vya­ti­re­ka­pra­tī­te­r u­bha­ya­trā­py a­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti. a­thā­ya­m a­bhi­prā­yaḥ — yadi ka­sya­ci­d bhāvaṃ brū­yā­t­, tadā na bhāvo 'nena nivṛttaḥ khyāpito bhaved iti. satyam eva tad; yadi ka­sya­ci­d bhāvaṃ bhā­vā­nta­ra­syo­tpā­daṃ brū­yā­t­, tadā na bhā­va­ni­vṛ­tti­r uktā bha­va­ti­. yadā tu ta­nni­vṛ­tte­r eva bhāvaṃ bra­vī­ti­, tadā kathaṃ bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau pra­stu­tā­yā­m a­pra­stu­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ na bha­va­ti­? na tasya kiṃcid bha­va­tī­ty a­bhi­da­dha­to hi bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttau pra­stu­tā­yā­m a­pra­stu­tā­bhi­dhā­naṃ pra­sa­kta­m ta­nni­vṛ­tte­r a­na­bhi­dhā­nā­t­.

NBhū-YA 53­6­,4~yat punar etat — ta­dā­ya­m abhūto yadi svayaṃ na bhaved iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; svayam api hy a­nu­tpa­nna­vi­nā­śaḥ katham a­bhū­taḥ­, pra­tyu­tpa­nnā­va­sthā­yā­m iva na hy a­nu­tpa­nna­rā­gaḥ svayam eva rakto bhavati — ity e­va­mpra­kā­ra­ka­m a­bhi­dhā­naṃ ma­ti­ma­tā ke­na­ci­t pra­mā­ṇī­kri­ya­te­. tasmād yathā prāg araktaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­d rā­go­tpa­ttā­v eva rakto bha­va­ti­, tathā prāg anaṣṭaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­n nā­śo­tpa­ttā­v eva naṣṭo bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­6­,09~nanu na bha­va­tī­ty ayaṃ pra­sa­jya­pra­ti­ṣe­dho na ka­sya­ci­d bhā­vā­bhi­dhā­yī­, pa­ryu­dā­sa e­vā­nya­thā syāt. na ca so 'pi yuktaḥ, ka­sya­ci­d a­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t­. yadi hi kiṃcin ni­va­rtye­ta­, tadā ta­dvya­ti­re­ki saṃ­spṛ­śye­ta ta­tpa­ryu­dā­se­na­, tac ca nāsti sarvatra ni­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­tī­ty ukte ka­sya­ci­d bhā­va­syai­va pra­tī­teḥ­. tathā cā­ne­nā­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­va evoktaḥ syān na tayoḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ vi­ve­kaḥ­. a­vi­ve­ke ca na pa­ryu­dā­saḥ­. tad evaṃ vya­ti­re­kā­bhā­vā­d anvayo 'pi na syāt ta­syai­ka­sva­bhā­va­sthi­ti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. sthitiś ca ta­da­nya­vi­ve­ke sati syāt sa ca nāstīty a­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­kaṃ jagat syāt. tasmād yasya nāśo bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­, sa svayam eva na bha­va­tī­ty uktaṃ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 53­6­,19~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­, yo hi abhāvaṃ nā­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­ti­, tasyaiva pra­sa­jya­pa­ryu­dā­sā­n u­pa­pa­ttā­v u­kta­nyā­ye­nā­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­kaṃ jagat pra­sa­jya­te­, nā­smā­ka­m­. yadi hy abhāvo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te tataḥ so 'vaśyaṃ bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­bhyu­pe­yo 'nyathā hi bhāva e­vā­bhā­vaḥ syāt. na ca pa­ryā­yā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva pra­ti­ṣe­dha­si­ddhiḥ­, na hi ghaṭādeḥ ka­la­śā­di­śa­bdā­bhi­dhā­ne­na kaścid a­rthā­ti­śa­yaḥ si­dhya­ti­. na cai­kā­tma­no '­ṃ­śa­bhe­do 'py asti yena kaścid evāṃśaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ṣa­yaḥ syān ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­tve ca pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­m eva syāt. tataś cā­ni­tya­tā­di­si­ddhi­r a­vā­sta­vī syāt. bhede tu bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s ta­ccha­bdā­v apy a­rtha­va­ntau syā­tā­m­. pra­sa­jya­pa­ryu­dā­sa­bhe­do 'py asti — pra­sa­jya­syā­bhā­va eva vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, pa­ryu­dā­sa­sya tu bhā­vā­nta­ra­m iti. bhāvayoḥ pa­ra­spa­ra­vi­ve­ko '­pī­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­va­s ta­tkro­ḍī­kṛ­to hi bhāvo bhā­vā­nta­ra­vi­vi­kta ity u­cya­te­. yady apy abhāvo 'pi bhā­va­vi­vi­ktaḥ­, tathāpy asau na pa­ryu­dā­sa­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, ta­dvi­vi­kta­syā­pi tasya ta­da­bhā­va­rū­pa­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 53­7­,2~nanu ya­dī­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vo 'pi bhāvād a­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tataḥ ta­dvyā­va­rta­ko 'para i­ta­re­ta­rā­bha­vo '­bhyu­pe­yaḥ­, punas ta­dvyā­va­rta­ko 'para ity a­na­va­sthe­ti­. pra­dī­pa­pra­kā­śa­va­n nā­na­va­sthe­ty eke. vayaṃ tu paśyāmaḥ — ta­trā­na­va­sthā nā­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­, ya­trā­na­va­stha­yā kiṃcid dṛṣṭaṃ vi­ru­dhye­ta­. na cātra dṛṣṭaṃ kiṃcid vi­ru­dhya­te­. yat tāvad ghaṭasya pa­ṭā­di­bhyo vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tayaiva ghaṭaḥ pa­ṭā­di­bhyo vyāvṛttaḥ siddhas tatra vyā­vṛ­ttya­nta­rā­na­va­stha­yā na kiṃcid vi­gha­ṭi­ta­m­. vyā­vṛ­tti­pa­ra­mpa­rā­gra­ha­ṇo­pa­kṣī­ṇa­śa­kti­tvā­d vastu vyāvṛttaṃ na si­dhya­tī­ti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇā­nā­m api gra­ha­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha cā­ni­rvi­ka­lpe­na me­ca­ka­jñā­ne­na vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, vyā­vṛ­ttyā­na­ntya­m api gṛ­hī­ta­m iti.

NBhū-YA 53­7­,11~nanu sva­rū­pe­ṇa tadvastu vyā­vṛ­tta­m­? a­vyā­vṛ­ttaṃ vā? yadi vyā­vṛ­tta­m­, ta­dā­na­rthi­kā­nyā vyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­. na ced vyā­vṛ­tta­m­, va­stu­sa­ṅka­ra­pra­sa­ṅga iti. sva­rū­pe­ṇe­ti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ vyāvṛttiṃ vinā? kim vā vyā­vṛ­tti­vya­ti­ri­kte­na rū­pe­ṇa­? vyāvṛttiṃ vineti na yu­kta­m­, vyā­vṛ­tte­r ni­tya­dha­rma­tvā­t­. yo hi dharmaḥ ka­dā­ci­d bha­va­ti­, tena vi­nā­nya­thā dharmī vya­pa­di­śya­te­, yathā ku­ṇḍa­le­na vinā puruṣo '­ku­ṇḍa­lī­ti­, nāśāt prāg anaṣṭa iti. na ca va­stva­nta­rā­d vyā­vṛ­tti­vi­hī­naṃ vastu ka­dā­ci­d asti, yathā na go­tva­vi­hī­no 'sti gaur nau­ṣṇya­vi­hī­no 'gnir iti. atha vyā­vṛ­tti­vya­ti­ri­kte­na rūpeṇa sva­rū­pe­ṇa vyā­vṛ­tta­m ity a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tad iṣṭam a­smā­ka­m­, bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na caivaṃ vyā­vṛ­tti­r a­na­rthi­kā­, yadi nāma dha­na­vya­ti­ri­kte­na rūpeṇa dhanī puruṣaḥ kim e­tā­va­tā dhanaṃ vyarthaṃ bha­ve­t­? tasmād i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vo 'pi bhāvād a­rthā­nta­ra­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 53­7­,23~yac coktam — sarvatra ni­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­tī­ty ukte ka­sya­ci­d bhā­va­syai­va pra­tī­te­r iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; na hy u­tpa­tti­r bhāvasya la­kṣa­ṇa­m­, yena ni­vṛ­tti­r bhavantī bhāvaḥ syāt, a­nu­tpa­tti­ma­tā­m apy ā­kā­śā­dī­nāṃ bhā­va­tvā­t­. sva­rū­pa­ni­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā cotpattiḥ pra­dhvaṃ­sa­sye­ṣya­te na tu prāg asataḥ sa­ttā­sa­mba­ndha­la­kṣa­ṇā­, kā­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­vā­ya lakṣaṇā vā.

NBhū-YA 53­8­,2~sva­rū­pa­ni­vṛ­tti­r apy ā­di­ma­ty e­vo­cya­te­. sā ca ni­vṛ­tti­r a­bhā­va­sva­rū­pe­ṇai­vā­di­ma­tī­, bhā­vo­pa­la­mbha­kā­le ta­drū­pā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t­. ā­di­ma­ttvā­c ca sa­he­tu­ka­tva­m­. sa­he­tu­ka­tvā­di­ma­ttva­mā­tra­sā­dha­rmyā­n ni­vṛ­tti­r bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­, nai­tā­va­nmā­tre­ṇa bhā­vā­nta­ra­tva­pra­sa­kti­r nāpy a­rtha­kri­yā­he­tu­tva­mā­tre­ṇa bhā­va­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ­, tva­du­kta­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. kiṃ tarhi? bhāvasya vastutvaṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­m­? dra­vyā­di­ṣv a­nu­ga­taḥ prā­ga­bhā­vā­di­bhyo vyā­vṛ­tta­ś ca dharmo va­stu­tva­m u­cya­te­, ta­tsaṃ­śli­ṣṭā­saṃ­śli­ṣṭa­tve­na bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r bhedaḥ. vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­na­pra­tī­ti­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na vā tayor bhedaḥ.

NBhū-YA 53­8­,10~sva­ta­ntra­pa­ra­ta­ntro­pa­la­bdhi­bhā­vā­d vā. tathā hi — bhāvaḥ sva­dha­rme­ṇai­va sa­mā­nā­sa­mā­na­la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­gi­bhyaḥ pratyekaṃ vyāvṛtta u­pa­la­bhya­mā­no vi­ve­cya­te — ayaṃ ghaṭo 'yaṃ paṭa iti, vi­la­kṣa­ṇo 'yaṃ vi­la­kṣa­ṇo 'yam iti vā. na tv evam a­bhā­vaḥ­, pra­ti­yo­gi­gra­ha­ṇaṃ vināpi sva­dha­rme­ṇa pratyekaṃ la­kṣya­te­. na khalv e­ka­trā­py ā­na­ntye­nā­va­sthi­tā­nā­m a­bhā­va­bhe­dā­nāṃ pratyekaṃ viśeṣaḥ pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­no 'pi la­kṣa­yi­tuṃ śa­kya­te­. ataḥ pra­ti­yo­gi­gra­ha­ṇa­ta eva pratyekaṃ ta­dvi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdhi­vya­va­sthā­pa­nā­t pa­ra­ta­ntro­pa­la­bdhi­r a­bhā­va­la­kṣa­ṇa­m ity ato na bhāva e­vā­bhā­vaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 53­8­,18~kiṃ ca tvayāpi bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do '­bhi­hi­taḥ­, tat katham e­ka­tva­m­? sa­rvā­rthā­nāṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d eva bhe­da­vya­va­sthā­. tato 'pi cen na bhe­da­vya­va­sthi­tiḥ­, na ka­sya­ci­t ku­ta­ści­d bhe­da­si­ddhi­r ity a­dvai­ta­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa­rva­śa­kti­r i­hā­pi­? bhā­va­sya­. yadi paścād bha­va­ti­, tato 'vaśyaṃ bhi­nna­he­tu­ko '­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyaḥ­. atha prāg apy asti, tadā prāg api bhāvaḥ kāryaṃ na kuryād iti du­ru­tta­raḥ pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. sa­rva­śa­kti­vi­ra­ho hi sa­rvā­kā­ra­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, tasya bha­va­na­m a­yu­kta­m iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ bhāvasya sa­rva­śa­kti­vi­ra­ho na bhavaty eva tathā ca prāg iva śakta eva bhāvaḥ syāt, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­dva­ye hi prakṛta evārthaḥ syāt, avṛkṣo na bha­va­tī­ti yathā. syād etat — bhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dha e­ve­ṣya­te­, sa tu kā­ra­ṇā­d bha­va­tī­ti neṣyate bhavatā hi va­stu­ta­s ta­ttvā­nya­tva­bhā­jā bha­vi­ta­vya­m­. tatroktaṃ dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. yasya tu vi­na­śya­to bhāvasya na kiṃcid bha­va­ti­, tasya na ta­ttvā­nya­tva­vi­ka­lpā­va­kā­śo 'sti — bhāve hy eṣa vikalpaḥ syād vidher va­stva­nu­ro­dha­taḥ­.

NBhū-YA 53­9­,2~yad api — ayaṃ bhāvasya bhāvo bha­va­tī­ty āha, tad api bhāvo na bha­va­tī­ty evoktaṃ bha­va­ti­. evaṃ hi ni­va­rti­to bhavati pra­ti­ṣe­dhe vidher a­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ata evāsya vināśe kaścin na hetus tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 53­9­,7~sati hi kārye kāraṇaṃ bha­va­ti­. na ca naśyataḥ kiṃcit kāryam iti.

NBhū-YA 53­9­,8~tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; bhā­va­pra­ti­ṣe­dho hi yadi kā­dā­ci­tkaḥ­, tataḥ kathaṃ na sa­he­tu­kaḥ­? sarvadā cen na ka­dā­ci­d apy a­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ vastu syād ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 53­9­,11~ta­ttvā­nya­tva­vi­ka­lpa­ś ca tavaiṣa do­ṣa­kṛ­n nā­smā­ka­m­. bhede hi pa­dā­rtha­vai­ci­tryo­pa­la­mbhā­t kaścit kīdṛśo dharmas tena gha­ṭa­vi­nā­śo ghaṭasya virodhī dharmaḥ sva­he­tu­ni­ya­mi­ta­sva­bhā­va u­tpa­nnaḥ­, tasminn utpanne kathaṃ ghaṭo 'stīty u­cya­te­? na­ku­lā­di­vi­ro­dhyu­tpā­de 'pi sa­rpā­di­ṣu sa­dvya­va­hā­ro dṛṣṭa iti cet, na; na­ku­lā­dī­nā­m u­pa­cā­re­ṇa vi­ro­dhi­tvā­t­, ta­tsā­dha­nā­d a­nna­prā­ṇa­va­t­. mukhyas tu bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r eva virodha iti.

NBhū-YA 53­9­,16~yat punar etat — bhāve hy eṣa vikalpaḥ syād iti, tad api sva­va­ca­na­vi­ro­dhā­d a­yu­kta­m­. tvayā hi bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s tā­dā­tmya­m u­kta­m­, tac ca ta­ttvā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me vi­ru­dhya­te­. ta­ttvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'pi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­do vi­ru­dhya­te­. yasya hi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­de­na bheda u­cya­te­, tasya kathaṃ tattvaṃ ta­ttvā­ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tvaṃ vā?

NBhū-YA 53­9­,20~yad apy a­yu­kta­m — abhāvo bha­va­tī­ti bru­va­tā­pi bhāvo na bha­va­tī­ty evoktaṃ bha­va­tī­ti­, tad api yat kiṃ­ci­t­. na hy a­bhi­dhā­ne vi­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­, kiṃ tarhi? arthe. nañartha eva tāvad vi­cā­rya­te — kim asti? nāsti vā? bhāvād a­rthā­nta­ra­m a­na­rthā­na­ta­raṃ ceti. ni­ści­ta­sya hy arthasya kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na­? kā­ra­ka­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na vā? vya­va­hi­tā­nva­ye­nā­py a­bhi­dhā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. na ca tvanmate nañarthaḥ kaścid asti, u­tta­ra­pa­dā­rtha­vya­ti­re­kā­vya­ti­re­kā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. bhāvo na bha­va­tī­ti kasyātra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­? kim ā­khyā­tā­rtha­sya­? nā­mā­rtha­sya vā? u­bha­yo­r veti? yady ā­khyā­ti­kā­rtha­pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, padā bhavo na pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaḥ syāt — na hi de­va­da­tto na bhuṅkta iti bho­ja­na­kri­yā­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d de­va­da­tta­syā­sa­ttvaṃ ga­mya­te­. atha nā­mā­rtha­sya pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, tathāpy a­pra­ti­ṣi­ddhā kriyā kiṃcid ā­śra­ya­m ā­kṣi­pa­ti­. te­nā­bhā­vā­bhā­vo nāma kaścid bha­va­tī­ti ga­mya­te­. a­tho­bha­yoḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, sa yadi bhā­va­kā­le­, tadā yadaiva bhāvo bha­va­ti­, tadaiva bhāvo na bha­va­tī­ti syāt. a­tho­tta­ra­tra ta­da­bhā­vā­bhā­va­yoḥ kra­ma­va­ttvā­t siddhaṃ bhi­nna­he­tu­ka­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,3~yac coktaṃ sati hi kārye kā­ra­ṇa­m iti, tad apy a­sa­t­; a­bhā­vā­nu­tpa­ttau hi ta­da­va­stha eva bhāvaḥ, kathaṃ naṣṭo nāma? nanv a­rthā­nta­ro­tpttā­v api ta­da­va­stho bhāvaḥ. kathaṃ naṣṭo nāma? na; bhāvasya bhā­va­tā­da­va­sthya­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d a­tā­da­va­sthye co­tpa­nne­, kathaṃ bhāvas ta­da­va­sthaḥ­? kāryam apy ata eva na ka­ro­ti­. sa­rva­śa­kti­vi­ra­ho hy a­syā­bhā­vo na tv a­rthā­nta­ra­mā­tra­m­. nanv a­bhā­va­sya sa­rva­bhā­va­dha­rma­vi­ve­ka­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­d u­tpa­tti­r na yuktā. sā hi bha­va­dha­rma e­ve­ti­, na; jñe­ya­tā­de­r bhā­va­dha­rma­syā­bhā­ve 'pi sa­dbhā­vā­t­, anyathā hy asāv ajñāta eva syāt. pra­ti­ṣe­dhe vidhiḥ katham iti cet, nanu bhā­va­syā­sau pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­nā­tma­naḥ sa­rva­śa­kti­vi­ra­ho 'py asau bhā­va­syai­va na tu svātmana eva sva­ya­m­, svā­tmo­pa­la­mbhā­di­ka­ra­ṇa­sa­ma­rtha­tvā­t­. yathā pra­kā­śa­s tamasa eva vi­ro­dhī­, nātmana iti.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,14~svayaṃ na bha­va­tī­ti ko 'rthaḥ? kiṃ svayam e­vā­ya­m a­bhā­vaḥ­? kiṃ vā svayam a­bha­va­naṃ ka­ro­ti­? uta bhavanaṃ na ka­ro­ti­? kiṃ vā na kiṃcit ka­ro­ti­? svayaṃ vā kiṃ­ci­t­? kiṃ vā svayam abhāvī bha­va­tī­ti­?

NBhū-YA 54­0­,18~ na tāvad bhāva eva svayam abhāvaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, vi­ro­dhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,19~ nāpi svayam a­bha­va­naṃ ka­ro­ti­, a­bha­va­na­sya ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,20~ atha bhavanaṃ na ka­ro­ti­, tadāpi vi­śe­ṣa­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c che­ṣā­bhya­nu­jño­pa­pa­tte­r anyat kiṃcit ka­ro­tī­ti prā­pta­m­.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,26~ atha kiṃcid api na ka­ro­ti­, tat kim u­dā­sī­no bhūtvā ti­ṣṭha­ti­? naiveti cet, tat kathaṃ na kiṃcit ka­ro­ti­? a­ku­rva­nn api na ti­ṣṭha­tī­ti cet, tat kiṃ de­śā­nta­raṃ vā kā­lā­nta­raṃ vā, a­va­sthā­nta­raṃ vā yāti? tathā ca de­śā­di­vyā­pī bhāvaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 54­0­,26~ atha svayaṃ na kiṃ­ci­t­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; nī­lā­di­sva­bhā­vo 'rthaḥ pra­tī­ya­mā­naḥ kathaṃ svayaṃ na kiṃcid ity u­cya­te­? atha paścād asau kiṃ­ci­t­, paścād apy asau ta­tsva­bhā­va eva na kiṃ­ci­t­? u­tā­ta­tsva­bhā­va iti? ta­tsva­bhā­va eveti cet, prāg api na kiṃcit syāt, sva­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. atha paścād a­ta­tsva­bhā­vaḥ san na kiṃ­ci­t­, a­ta­tsva­bhā­vaḥ paścāt kuto 'sau jātaḥ? sva­he­tu­to hi ta­tsva­bhā­vo '­ta­tsva­bhā­vā­d vyāvṛtta u­tpa­nnaḥ­, sa kathaṃ paścād apy a­ta­tsva­bhā­vaḥ syāt? na hi la­ghu­stva­bhā­vā­d vyāvṛttaḥ pāṣāṇaḥ ka­dā­ci­l laghuḥ syād iti.

NBhū-YA 54­1­,3~ etena svayam abhāvī bha­va­tī­ti pra­tyu­kta­m­, svayaṃ hy a­bhā­vā­d vyāvṛtto 'sau sva­he­tu­bhya u­tpa­nnaḥ­, kathaṃ ka­dā­ci­d abhāvī bhaved iti? tasmāt sva­he­to­r ayaṃ bhā­va­sva­bhā­va utpannaḥ ka­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­d e­vā­bhā­vī bha­va­ti­. yathā śuklaḥ paṭa utpannaḥ kā­ra­ṇā­nta­rā­d eva kṛ­ṣṇī­bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 54­1­,7~evaṃ tarhi bhāva e­vā­nya­thā­nya­thā bha­va­ti­, nābhāvo 'nyo 'sti. na; pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vā­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. sa ca sa­tkā­rya­tve sati yu­jya­te­. tasya cā­nu­pa­pa­ttiṃ va­kṣyā­maḥ­. pū­rva­sva­rū­pā­pa­ri­tyā­ge ca kathaṃ bhāvo 'nyathā bha­va­ti­? ta­drū­pa­syā­py u­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­tpa­ri­tyā­ge vā, sa e­vā­bhā­vaḥ paścād u­tpa­nna­s tasya rū­pa­pa­ri­tyā­ga­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­di­yu­kta­m­. pra­tī­ya­mā­na­ś cābhāvaḥ kathaṃ nāsti? na cet pra­tī­ya­te kiṃ­vi­ṣa­ya­s tarhi pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­? na hy asad ity anena tad eva vastv a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­, vi­vi­dha­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d va­stu­naḥ­. sa­da­sa­ccha­bda­yoḥ pa­ryā­ya­tvā­pra­si­ddhe­ś ca. nāpy a­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tasyāpi va­stu­tve­na vidher vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d avastu ca vastuno '­rthā­na­ta­raṃ pra­tī­ti­go­ca­rā­pa­nnaṃ tvayā ne­ṣṭa­m­. ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­ś ca pra­ti­ṣe­dho '­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva syāt tato pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ vastu sadā syāt, a­pra­mā­ṇa­taḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­si­ddheḥ­. sa­rva­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­pra­sa­ṅgo vā, va­ca­na­mā­tra­syā­pra­mā­ṇa­sya sarvatra sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­vi­ṣa­yo 'pi pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ kathaṃ va­stu­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­ka iti cet, ta­da­bhā­vā­bhi­dhā­yī kathaṃ na ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dha­kaḥ­? tayor eva bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r i­tthaṃ­dha­rma­tvā­t­, yad e­ka­vi­dhā­ne­ne­ta­ra­tpra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 54­1­,21~ata eva ca nā­pra­stu­tā­bhi­dhā­na­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, evam eva hi bhā­va­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ prastutā bhavati — yadi ta­nni­vṛ­tti­r e­vā­bhi­dhī­ya­te­. anyathā hi bhā­va­ni­vṛ­tti­pra­stā­vo 'pi na syād ity a­pra­yo­ga eva pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya­, ta­da­rthā­bhā­vā­t­.

NBhū-YA 54­1­,24~vi­ka­lpā­kā­raḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha iti cet, tat kim idānīṃ yat kiṃcid a­śa­ṅki­te­na va­kta­vya­m ity ayaṃ vidhir a­nu­ṣṭhā­tuṃ bha­va­tā­bhi­pre­taḥ­? sa hi vi­ka­lpā­kā­ro vastuno '­rthā­nta­raṃ kathaṃ ta­da­bhi­dhā­nā­d vastu pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ bha­va­ti­? na hi va­stva­nta­re '­bhi­hi­te va­stu­pra­ti­ṣī­ddhaṃ nāma. avastu ced vi­ka­lpā­kā­raḥ­, tathāpi kaḥ sa­mba­ndhaḥ­? yena ta­da­bhi­dhā­nā­d vastu pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ syāt. pra­ti­ṣe­dhya­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­na­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sambandha iti cet, siddhaṃ tarhi naḥ sa­mī­hi­ta­m­, nā­ma­mā­tre hi vi­vā­daḥ­. atha va­stu­dha­rmaḥ kaścit pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaḥ­, sa tasmād bhinnaḥ? abhinno vā? yadi bhinnaḥ, ta­dā­sma­n ma­tā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ­, a­thā­bhi­nnaḥ­, tadā tad eva vastu pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaḥ syān na caitad yu­kta­m­, na hi ghaṭo 'stīty asya yo 'rthaḥ, sa eva ghaṭo nāstīty asyāpy artha iti. vastuno '­va­sthā­vi­śe­ṣaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaḥ iti cet, na; tasyāpi bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­rthā­nta­ra­m iva pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­naḥ­, ta­thā­bhi­dhī­ya­ta iti cet, sa­mā­ro­pi­tā­rthaḥ­. tarhi pra­ti­ṣe­dha­s tathā cā­pra­mā­ṇa­m eva syāt. ra­jjvā­di­ṣu sa­rpā­di­vi­dhā­na­va­d bhedaḥ sa­mā­ro­pya­te­, nārtho 'pīti cet, pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya ko vi­ṣa­yaḥ­? arthaḥ? bhedo vā? yady artha eva, tataḥ punar āyātaṃ vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r e­ka­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m­. atha bhedaḥ, tataḥ kathaṃ na sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­na pra­ti­ṣe­dha­syā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­? sa­mā­ro­pi­ta­vi­ṣa­ya­syā­pi pā­ra­mpa­rye­ṇā­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­n nā­prā­mā­ṇya­m­, ma­ṇi­pra­bhā­yā­m iva ma­ṇi­jñā­na­sye­ti cet, kiṃ vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r e­ka­smi­nn evārthe pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ pa­ṭa­va­stra­śa­bda­yo­r iva? kiṃ vā śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇa­śa­bda­yo­r iva pra­ti­ni­ya­tā­rtha­pra­ti­ba­ndha iti? prācīne pakṣe, kathaṃ na pa­ryā­ya­tva­m­? pa­ryā­yā­bhi­dhā­ne ca kathaṃ vastu pra­ti­ṣī­ddhaṃ bha­va­ti­? dvitīye tu pakṣe śu­kla­kṛ­ṣṇa­yo­r iva siddhaṃ bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r a­nya­tva­m­. athāpi nī­lo­tpa­la­śa­bda­yo­r i­vai­ka­smi­nn arthe pra­ti­ba­ndha iti, na; tatrāpi vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d iti sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. yadi ca nī­lo­tpa­la­śa­bda­yo­r i­vai­ka­smi­nn arthe dha­rma­bhe­da­m āśritya vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhau pra­va­rta­ye­tā­m­, tadā de­śa­kā­la­bhe­de­nai­va pra­vṛ­tti­r na syān na hi bhavati prāg atra deśe ca yan nī­la­m­, tad eva paścād anyatra co­tpa­la­m iti. sa­kri­ya­ni­ṣkri­ya­va­d iti cet, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, na hi kṣa­ṇi­ka­tve kra­me­ṇā­ne­ka­dha­rma­yo­ga e­vā­tma­naḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. bhi­nna­he­tu­ka­tvaṃ ca sa­kri­ya­tva­ni­ṣkri­ya­tva­yo­r iva syāt. atha yo '­nya­dā­nya­tra pra­ti­ṣe­dhaḥ­, ta­syā­nu­pa­la­mbha eva viṣayo yasmād a­nu­pa­la­bdhi­r e­vā­rthā­nā­m a­sa­ttva­m iti. ko 'yam a­nu­pa­la­mbho nāma? yady u­pa­la­mbhā­bhā­vaḥ­, sa kathaṃ gha­ṭā­di­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­? na hy a­nya­syā­bhā­vā­bhi­dhā­ne­nā­nya­tpra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ bha­va­ti­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. nāpy a­nu­pa­la­mbhā­t ka­sya­ci­d bhāvaḥ siddhaḥ. vya­va­hā­ra­syai­va siddhir iti cet, sa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya­? ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­sya vā? sa­vi­ṣa­ya­sya cet, ko 'sau vi­ṣa­yaḥ­? sa eva vi­cā­ra­yi­tuṃ prā­ra­bdhaḥ­. ni­rvi­ṣa­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­sya tu sādhanaṃ na pra­mā­ṇa­m ity u­kta­m­. kiṃ ca yat tan nāstīti jñānaṃ gha­ṭā­dya­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­sā­dha­na­m­, tat kiṃ sa­vi­ṣa­ya­m­? ni­rvi­ṣa­yaṃ vā? ni­rvi­ṣa­yaṃ tāvan na sā­dha­na­m a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t — saty api ghaṭādau ku­ta­ści­n ni­mi­ttā­n nāstīti mi­thyā­jñā­naṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. atha sa­vi­ṣa­ya­m­? ko 'sya vi­ṣa­yaḥ­? na tāvad gha­ṭā­di­r eva, tasya de­śa­kā­lā­nta­ra­vya­va­hi­ta­tvā­d astīti jñā­na­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­c ca. nāpy a­rthā­nta­ra­mā­tra­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha ta­dvi­vi­ktaḥ pra­de­śā­di­r eva gha­ṭā­dya­nu­pa­la­mbha­vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, sa eva vā gha­ṭā­dya­nu­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, ta­da­bhā­va­vya­va­hā­ra­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. na bhū­ta­lā­diḥ va­stva­nta­ra­tvā­n na va­stva­nta­re pra­ti­pā­di­te­, pratīte vā, gha­ṭā­di­va­stva­bhū­ta­m iti pra­ti­pā­di­taṃ pratītaṃ vā bha­va­ti­. evaṃ hi va­stva­nta­ra­m eva nāśa ity a­smi­nma­te yad dū­ṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­, tat svayam eva pa­ri­hṛ­taṃ syāt. na ca ta­dvi­ve­kā­pra­tī­tau ta­dvi­vi­kta­gra­ha­ṇaṃ sa­mbha­va­ti­. ta­dvi­ve­ka­ś ca na bhū­ta­lā­di­sva­rū­pa­m eva, vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­, ta­tsaṃ­sa­rga­va­t­. ta­tsaṃ­sa­rgo 'pi bhū­ta­lā­di­sva­rū­pa­m eveti cet, na; vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­sya vi­śe­ṣyā­d a­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t­, da­ṇḍā­di­va­t­. abhede tu na pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti. yadi ca ghaṭo 'tra nāstīty asya jñā­na­syā­bhi­dhā­na­sya ca bhū­ta­la­m eva vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, na tato 'nyo gha­ṭā­bhā­vaḥ­, tadātra ghaṭo 'stīty asyāpi bhū­ta­la­m eva viṣayaḥ syāt, ghaṭo 'pi tato 'nyo na ka­lpa­nī­ya­s ta­tho­tpā­de­na viśiṣṭaṃ bhū­ta­la­m e­vo­bha­ya­trā­py astv iti. na caitad yu­kta­m­, tasmād gha­ṭa­sa­dbhā­va­va­d gha­ṭā­sa­dbhā­vo 'pi bhūtale tato 'nyaḥ pra­ti­bhā­ti­. evaṃ hi vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yoḥ prayogo 'py a­rtha­vā­n bha­ve­t­.

NBhū-YA 54­3­,14~sa­ma­stā­lo­kā­bhā­ve­, sva­gṛ­hā­di­ṣu tamo '­ndha­kā­ra iti pra­ti­bhā­ti­. na ta­trā­lo­ka­vi­vi­ktaṃ kiṃcid va­stva­nta­raṃ gṛ­hya­te­. spa­rśā­de­s tu na­ya­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d i­ndri­yā­nta­re­ṇa ta­dvi­vi­kta­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi nā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­, a­ndhā­de­r apy ā­lo­kā­bhā­va­pa­ri­cche­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ata eva nā­lo­ka­vi­vi­kta­jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­d apy ā­lo­kā­bhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­, tasyāpi na­ya­nā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­d a­ndhā­de­r api ta­thā­bhū­ta­jñā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­t­. gṛ­hā­di­rū­paṃ tv ā­lo­kā­bhā­vā­d eva na pra­ti­bhā­ti­. kṛṣṇaṃ tama iti pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d rū­pa­vi­śe­ṣa eva tamaḥ, tasya lo­ka­vi­vi­kta­sya gra­ha­ṇa­m ā­lo­kā­nu­pa­la­mbha iti cet, na; kṛ­ṣṇa­rū­pa­syā­lo­ke­na vinā gra­hī­tu­m a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. tathā pra­ti­bhā­sa­ś ca ni­mī­li­tā­kṣa­syā­py asti, na ca tā­va­tai­vā­lo­kā­bhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ­, sa­nde­ha­da­rśa­nā­t­. yadā tu cakṣur u­nmī­lye­kṣa­te­, tadā ni­ssa­ndi­gdha­s ta­da­bhā­va­ni­śca­yo bha­va­ti­. yathā tu cā­lo­ka­gra­ha­ṇaṃ prati cakṣur ā­lo­ka­m anyan nā­pe­kṣa­te­, tathā ta­da­bhā­va­gra­ha­ṇe 'py ālokaṃ nā­pe­kṣa­te­. yo hi bhāvo yāvatyā sāmagryā gṛhyate ta­da­bhā­vo 'pi tā­va­tyai­ve­ti­. tad evaṃ bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­s tā­dā­tmyā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sa­he­tu­ko nāśas tataś ca spha­ṭi­kā­di­ṣu pra­ti­kṣa­ṇaṃ vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇā­n u­pa­la­bdhe­r na kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­m atas tatra pra­tya­bhi­jñā­naṃ na bhrā­nta­m­. ta­thā­tma­ny api pra­tya­bhi­jñā­na­m i­cchā­dī­nā­m e­kā­śra­ya­tva­grā­ha­kaṃ na bhrā­nta­m­, a­bā­dhya­mā­na­tvā­t­. tad evam i­cchā­dī­nā­m āśrayaḥ śa­rī­rā­di­vi­ya­ti­ri­ktaḥ siddha iti.

NBhū-YA 54­4­,7~sa ki­mpa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaḥ­? iti vi­cā­rya­te —

NBhū-YA 54­4­,8~eke tāvad bā­lā­gra­śa­ta­sa­ha­sra­dhā­ka­lpi­ta­bhā­ga­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­kaṃ ma­nya­nte­. tad a­yu­kta­m­, sa­rva­śa­rī­re­ṣu su­kha­duḥ­khā­de­r a­nu­pa­la­mbha­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. ta­dā­śra­ya­sya sa­rva­trā­sa­mbha­vā­t­, krameṇa sarvatra sa­mba­dhya­te iti cet. na; yu­ga­pa­d api sa­rva­śa­rī­re­ṣu su­khā­dyu­tpā­da­da­rśa­nā­t­. ā­śu­bhā­vā­d yu­ga­pa­d a­bhi­mā­na iti cet, na; ni­tyā­śu­saṃ­cā­ri­tvā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ka­dā­ci­d ekatra sthitau śeṣāḥ śa­rī­rā­va­ya­vā nirjīvāḥ syuḥ. kiṃ cāṇutve saty āśu sa­ñcā­ri­tvaṃ ka­lpa­yi­tuṃ yu­kta­m­. na cātmano '­ṇu­tva­si­ddhau pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti.

NBhū-YA 54­4­,14~śa­rī­ra­mā­tra­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­m apy a­yu­kta­m­, dehasya vṛ­ddha­kṣa­yā­bhyā­m ātmano 'pi vṛ­ddhi­kṣa­ya­dha­rmi­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tataś cā­ni­tya­tvaṃ syāt; tasmād ā­kā­śa­va­d vyāpakaḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 54­4­,17~vyā­pa­ka­tve 'pi kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m iti cet, ucyate — ma­ccha­rī­raṃ mu­ktvā­nyā­ni mū­rta­dra­vyā­ṇi sa­rvā­ṇi­, ma­dā­tma­nā saṃ­yu­ktā­ni­, mū­rta­tvā­n ma­ccha­rī­ra­va­t­. dharmādeḥ svā­śra­ya­saṃ­yo­gā­pe­kṣa­sya gu­ru­tvā­di­va­d ā­śra­yā­nta­re vā­yyā­di­kri­yā­he­tu­tvā­t­. tathā yogī khalv a­ṇi­mā­ghṛ­ddhau prā­du­rbhū­tā­yāṃ se­ndri­yā­ṇi śa­rī­rā­ṇi a­saṃ­khyā­tā­ni nirmāya yu­ga­pa­d bhogān bhuṅkta iti śrū­ya­te­. tac caitad vibhau jñātari saty u­pa­pa­dya­te­, nāṇau de­ha­mā­tre vā. yadi ca de­ha­mā­traḥ syād ātmā, tadā sā­va­ya­vo vināśī ca syāt, vyā­pa­ka­pa­ra­mā­ṇu­vya­ti­re­ke­ṇa sa­rva­dra­vyā­ṇāṃ sā­va­ya­va­tva­vi­nā­śi­tvo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. tasmād vibhur ātmā, pa­ra­mā­ṇu­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­nā­śra­ya­tve sati ni­tya­dra­vya­tvā­t­, ā­kā­śa­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 54­5­,03~nityatvaṃ kuta iti cet, a­nā­di­tvā­t­. tad eva kuta iti cet, ucyate — pū­rvā­bhya­sta­smṛ­tya­nu­ba­ndhā­j jātasya ha­rṣa­bha­ya­śo­ka­sa­mpra­ti­pa­tteḥ pre­tyā­hā­rā­bhyā­sa­kṛ­tā­t sta­nyā­bhi­lā­ṣā­t­. na hi su­kha­duḥ­kha­sā­dha­nā­nu­smṛ­ti­m a­nta­re­ṇa ha­rṣa­bha­ya­śo­kā­de­r utpattiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. dṛśyante ca jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­pi ha­rṣā­da­yaḥ­, taiḥ smṛtir a­nu­mī­ya­te­, smṛtyā ca saṃ­skā­raḥ­, saṃ­skā­re­ṇa pū­rvā­bhyā­saḥ­. sa ceha janmani na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti ja­nmā­nta­ra­bhā­vī­ti ga­mya­te­, yathā su­pta­pra­ti­bu­ddha­sya ha­rṣā­da­yaḥ pū­rva­di­nā­bhā­vi­na­m abhyāsaṃ ga­ma­ya­nti­.

NBhū-YA 54­5­,16~nanv evaṃ tarhi di­nā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­ta­va­j ja­nmā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­ta­sya smṛ­ti­pra­sa­ṅga iti, na; ta­tsaṃ­skā­ra­sya ma­ra­ṇā­di­duḥ­khe­nā­ti­tī­vre­ṇa vi­na­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. ha­rṣa­bha­ya­śo­kā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­sya cā­ti­dṛ­ḍha­tvā­d a­vi­nā­śa iti eke. vayaṃ tu brūmaḥ — saty api saṃskāre ta­tpra­ti­bo­dha­ka­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­d api smaraṇaṃ na bha­va­ti­. yatra sa­tsū­dbo­dha­ka­ni­mi­tte­ṣu smaraṇaṃ na bha­va­ti­, ta­trā­va­śyaṃ saṃ­skā­ra­vi­nā­śaḥ ka­lpa­nī­yaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 54­5­,22~kāni punas tāni ni­mi­ttā­ni­, yebhyaḥ saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dho bha­va­tī­ty ucyate — pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­d iti. tathā ca sūtram — "­pra­ṇi­dhā­na­ni­ba­ndhā­bhyā­sa­li­ṅga­la­kṣa­ṇa­sā­dṛ­śya pa­ri­gra­hā­śra­yā­śri­ta­sa­mba­ndhā­nā­nta­rya­vi­yo­gai­ka­kā­rya­vi­ro­dhā­ti­śa­ya­prā­pti­vya­va­dhā­na­su­kha­duḥ­khe­cchā­dve­ṣa­bha­yā­rthi­tva­kri­yā­rā­ga­dha­rmā­dha­rma­ni­mi­tte­bhyaḥ­"­. su­smū­rṣa­yā manaso dhāraṇaṃ pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ ci­tta­sa­mā­dhā­na­m e­kā­gra­te­ty arthaḥ. sā­mā­nye­nā­rthaṃ smṛtvā ta­dvi­śe­ṣā­na­nu­sma­rtu­m icchan pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ ka­ro­ti­. ni­ba­ndha­s tv e­ka­gra­ntho­pa­ya­mo '­rthā­nā­m­. e­ka­gra­ntho­pa­ya­mā hy arthāḥ pa­ra­spa­raṃ smṛ­ti­he­ta­vo bhavanti ā­nu­pū­rvyā­nya­thā veti. atha vā sma­rta­vyā­nā­m u­pa­ni­kṣe­paḥ kvacit pradeśe vastre granthe vānyatra vā nibandha iti. abhyāsaḥ samāne viṣaye jñā­nā­nā­m a­bhyā­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tataḥ pū­rva­saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dhaḥ saṃ­skā­rā­ti­śa­yo­tpa­tti­ś ca sva­lpā­bhyā­se­na hi gra­nthā­va­dhā­ra­ṇe pū­rva­saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dho '­nu­mī­ya­te­, gṛ­hī­ta­vi­smṛ­tā­bhyā­sa­va­t­. liṅgaṃ dhūmādi da­ha­nā­deḥ smṛ­ti­he­tuḥ­. la­kṣa­ṇa­m — pa­śvā­dya­va­ya­va­sthaṃ cihnaṃ śṛṅgādi gotvasya smā­ra­ka­m­. sādṛśyaṃ ci­trā­di­ga­taṃ siṃ­hā­deḥ­. pa­ri­gra­haḥ sva­svā­mi­naḥ­. āśrayo grā­ma­ṇīḥ­, ta­da­dhī­na­sya smā­ra­kaḥ­, ta­dvi­pa­rya­ye­ṇā­śri­to vyā­khyā­taḥ­. sambandhaḥ śi­ṣyā­cā­ryā­dī­nā­m a­nyo­nya­smā­ra­kaḥ­. ā­na­nta­ryā­d iti ka­ra­ṇī­ye­ṣv artheṣu krameṇa smṛtiḥ. vi­yo­gā­d — yo yena kena vi­yu­ktaḥ­, sa taṃ sma­ra­ti­. e­ka­kā­ryā­t ka­rtra­nta­re smṛtiḥ. vi­ro­dhā­d vi­ji­gī­ṣa­mā­ṇa­yo­r e­ka­da­śa­nā­d i­ta­ra­tra smṛtiḥ. a­ti­śa­ya­prā­pteḥ — yena yato '­ti­śa­yaḥ prāptaḥ, prāptavyo vā, sa tam a­bhī­kṣa­ṇaṃ sma­ra­ti­. vya­va­dhā­nā­t — ko­śā­di­bhi­r a­si­pra­bhṛ­tī­ni­. sukhāt taddhetuṃ sma­ra­ti­, duḥ­kha­he­tuṃ ca duḥ­khā­t­. i­cchā­dve­ṣā­bhyāṃ yam i­ccha­ti­, yaṃ dveṣṭi, tam abhīkṣṇaṃ sma­ra­ti­. bhayāt — yato bi­bhe­ti­, taṃ sma­ra­ti­. a­rthi­tvā­t — ye­nā­rthī­, taṃ sma­ra­ti­. kriyayā — sthena ra­tha­kā­ra­m­. rāgāt — yatra stryādau viṣaye raktaḥ, taṃ sma­ra­ti­. dha­rmā­dha­rmā­bhyāṃ ja­nmā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­te­ṣv api smṛtiḥ.

NBhū-YA 54­6­,15~ni­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ cedaṃ sū­tra­m­, smṛ­ti­ni­mi­ttā­nāṃ saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dha­kā­nā­m a­pa­ri­saṃ­khyā­ta­tvā­t­. sarvāṇi ni­mi­ttā­ni dha­rmā­dha­rmā­bhyā­m a­nu­gṛ­hī­tā­ni saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dha­kā­ni bha­va­nti­. ta­tpra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­ni cā­pra­ti­bo­dha­kā­ni­, ata eva kaścid eva jā­ti­sma­ro bha­va­ti­, na sarvaḥ. tathā ca jai­gī­ṣa­vya­pra­bhṛ­tī­nāṃ yo­ga­ja­dha­rme­ṇā­nu­gṛ­hī­te­bhyaḥ saṃ­skā­re­bhyo '­ne­ka­sa­ha­sre­ṣu pū­rva­ja­nma­su ya­thā­nu­bha­vaṃ smṛtir bhūteti śrū­ya­te­. i­ta­re­ṣāṃ tu prāṇināṃ ja­nmā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­te­ṣu artheṣu sā­mā­nya­ta eva smṛtir bha­va­ti­, na tu de­śa­kā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇe­ti­, vi­śe­ṣa­smṛ­ti­he­tva­nu­grā­ha­ka­syā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣa­syā­bhā­vā­t­, pra­ti­ba­ndha­ka­sya sa­dbhā­vā­c ca. tathā caivam api smṛtir u­pa­la­bhya­te yathā — ayaṃ puruṣaḥ kvacin mayā dṛṣṭa eveti sma­rā­mi­, kva dṛṣṭa kadety etan na sma­rā­mi­. tathedaṃ mayā bhakṣitaṃ kva kadety etan na sma­rā­mī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 54­6­,25~nanu ca yadi ja­nmā­nta­re '­mu­ka­smi­n deśe vā kāle vāmum artham ahaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­vā­n ity evaṃ smṛtir na bha­va­ti­, tadā ja­nmā­nta­rā­nu­bhū­te­ṣu su­kha­sā­dha­nā­di­ṣu smṛtir bha­va­tī­ty atra kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m­? uktam atra ha­rṣā­di­sa­mpra­ti­pa­tte­r iti. na hy a­na­nu­bhū­ta­pū­rve­ṣu su­kha­duḥ­kha­sā­dha­na­vi­śe­ṣe­ṣu ta­dbhā­vā­nu­sa­ndhā­na­m a­nta­re­ṇa ha­rṣā­da­yaḥ sa­mbha­va­nti­. tathā tiryañco 'py a­pa­tyā­di­vi­yo­gā­c cho­kā­pa­nnāḥ ta­lli­ṅga­ta u­pa­la­bhya­nte­. jā­ta­mā­tra­sya ca bālasya ru­di­te­na śoko '­nu­mī­ya­te­. so 'pi pū­rvā­bhyā­saṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­. stanyam kṣī­ra­m­, ta­da­bhi­lā­ṣe­ṇa jā­ta­mā­tra­syā­pi bālādeḥ sta­na­de­śo­pa­sa­rpa­ṇaṃ dṛ­śya­te­. na ca teneha janmani sta­na­pā­na­m a­bhya­sta­m ato '­va­ga­mya­te pū­rva­ja­nmā­bhyā­sā­t pratyeha bha­va­tī­ti­, ya­tho­tta­ra­di­ne­ṣu pū­rva­di­nā­bhyā­sā­d iti. evaṃ pū­rva­pū­rva­ja­nma­su ta­da­bhyā­sa­syā­nu­mi­tā­nu­mā­nā­t siddhāv a­nā­di­tva­m ātmanaḥ si­dhya­ti­.

NBhū-YA 54­7­,4~na caivaṃ tarhi vi­ḍā­lā­dī­nāṃ pū­rva­ja­nma­sv api vi­ḍā­lā­di­bhā­vo '­nu­mā­ta­vyo 'nyathā kathaṃ mū­ṣi­kā­di­ṣv a­bhi­lā­ṣā­di­ni­ya­maḥ syād iti. satyam e­vai­ta­t­, na tv a­na­nta­ra­ja­nma­ny eveti ni­ya­maḥ­. yathā vi­dyā­śi­lpā­di­ṣu kauśalaṃ pū­rvā­bhyā­saṃ sā­mā­nye­nai­va ga­ma­ya­ti­, na tv a­na­nta­re dine tṛtīye caturthe vābhyāsaṃ ga­ma­ya­ti­, evaṃ vi­ḍā­lā­dī­nāṃ mū­ṣi­kā­di­gra­ha­ṇe kauśalaṃ pū­rvā­bhyā­sa­m a­nta­re­ṇa na yuktam ity e­tā­va­d a­nu­mī­ya­te­. sa tv abhyāso '­na­nta­re vā janmany a­ne­ka­ja­nma­vya­va­hi­te vā bha­va­tu­, nātra vi­śe­ṣa­he­tu­r asti.

NBhū-YA 54­7­,11~nanu jñā­na­ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­kha­vi­ro­dhī saṃ­skā­raḥ­, ta­syā­ne­ka­ja­nma­vya­va­hi­ta­sya kuto '­va­sthā­na­m­, pra­ti­pa­kṣa­jñā­ne­nā­ne­ka­pra­kā­re­ṇa ma­ra­ṇā­di­duḥ­khe­na ca vi­nā­śā­t­? na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t — pra­ti­pa­kṣa­jñā­nā­di­nā­va­śyaṃ saṃ­skā­ra­sya vināśa ity atra pramāṇaṃ nāsti. vi­sma­ra­ṇaṃ tu pra­ti­pa­kṣa­jñā­nā­di­ja­ni­ta­saṃ­skā­re­ṇā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa vā pra­ti­ba­ndhe 'py u­pa­pa­dya­te­. yathā gra­ntha­śi­lpā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­sya ta­tpra­ti­pa­kṣa­saṃ­skā­re­ṇe­ti­. yadi tu na dṛṣṭa eva ta­tsaṃ­skā­raḥ­, tadā yāvatā pra­yā­se­nā­pū­rva­sya gra­nthā­de­r grahaṇaṃ tā­va­tai­va gṛ­hī­ta­vi­smṛ­ta­syā­pi syāt. na cāyaṃ niyamo 'sti, tasmān na jñā­na­ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­khai­r naṣṭa e­ve­ti­. yas tu nāśam e­vā­bhyu­pai­ti­, tanmate mṛ­ga­va­rā­ha­śva­vi­ḍā­lā­dī­nāṃ sva­jā­ti­ka­rma­su kauśalaṃ na syāt. na hi teṣām atra janmani kaścid u­pā­dhyā­yo 'sti. e­kī­kṛ­tya po­ṣo­tā­nā­m api ta­tka­rma­kau­śa­la­da­rśa­nā­t­. nāpi teṣāṃ janmani janmani ta­jjā­tī­ya­tva­m eva, vi­ci­tra­ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­ne­ka­jā­ti­ṣu krameṇa ja­nma­sa­mbha­vā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 54­7­,23~bhavatu saṃ­skā­ra­syā­ne­ka­ja­nmā­va­sthā­na­m­, tathāpy a­na­nta­ra­ja­nma­bhā­vi­saṃ­skā­rā­na­bhi­bhū­yā­ne­ka­ja­nma­vya­va­hi­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇā­m eva vṛ­tti­lā­bho na yu­jya­te­. na hi ya­syā­ne­ka­saṃ­va­tsa­ra­vya­va­hi­tā­bhyā­sa­jaḥ saṃskāraḥ smṛtiṃ ja­na­ya­ti­, ta­syā­na­nta­ra­di­nā­bhyā­sa­jo na ja­na­ya­tī­ti­, na; u­kta­tvā­t — uktam atra śu­bhā­śu­bhā­khyaṃ karma saṃ­skā­ra­pra­ti­bo­dhe pradhānaṃ ni­mi­tta­m­. tena yataḥ ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣā­t ni­ya­ta­jā­ti­yo­gi­tva­m­, tata eva ta­jjā­ti­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇāṃ vṛ­tti­lā­bho '­nya­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇāṃ pra­ti­bo­dha­ś ceti. anyathā hi ta­tka­rmā­nu­pa­bho­gya­m eva syāt. tathā hi — śva­va­rā­hā­di­ja­nma­ny api yadi brā­hma­ṇā­di­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇāṃ vṛ­tti­lā­bhaḥ syāt, tato 'sya pu­rī­ṣā­di­bha­kṣa­ṇe maithune ca pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt. brā­hma­ṇā­de­s ta­dvi­ṣa­ye hi vi­ci­ki­tsai­vā­sti na rāga iti. tasmāj ja­nma­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­ka­rma­sā­ma­rthyā­t ta­jjā­ti­saṃ­skā­rā­ṇā­m eva vṛ­tti­lā­bha iti.

NBhū-YA 54­8­,6~ka­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­sā­ma­rthyā­d eva prāṇināṃ sva­ka­rma­su kauśalaṃ hi sa­mpra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca, kiṃ saṃ­skā­re­ṇe­ti cet, ka­rmā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'py ātmano '­nā­di­tvaṃ na ni­va­rta­te­. na hi karmaṇā vinā janma, nāpi janmanā vinā ka­rme­ti­.

NBhū-YA 54­8­,9~na ca ka­rma­he­tu­ka­tve 'pi dṛ­ṣṭa­pra­tyā­khyā­naṃ yu­kta­m­. dṛṣṭaṃ tāvad etat — yena yad a­bhya­sta­m­, tasya tatra kau­śa­la­m iti. a­na­nu­bhū­ta­pū­rva­ka­tve ca ma­ṇḍū­kā­de­r ma­kṣi­kā­di­ṣv iva bha­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­lā­ṣe­ṇa sa­rpā­di­bhya .­.­.­.­.­.­.­.­. iva ma­kṣi­kā­di­bhyo 'pi bhayān ni­va­rta­na­m eva syāt. na hi ma­ṇḍū­kā­di­nā­tra janmani sa­rpā­di­bhyo maraṇaṃ svayam a­nu­bhū­taṃ yena tasya sa­rpā­di­da­rśa­nā­d eva trāsaḥ syāt. tasmād a­ne­ka­ja­nmā­nta­ra­mṛ­tyu­duḥ­khā­nu­bha­va­ja­ni­ta­saṃ­skā­rā­t mṛ­tyu­he­tuṃ smarata eva bhayaṃ bha­va­ti­. ta­thai­ka­ku­la­sa­mbhū­tā­nā­m api brā­hma­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ka­sya­ci­t kasminn arthe '­va­ga­mā­dī­nāṃ ca ta­ra­ta­mā­di­yo­ge­na pā­ṭa­va­m a­pā­ṭa­vaṃ ca dṛ­śya­te­, tad api pū­rva­ja­nma­saṃ­skā­ra­vai­ci­tryā­d e­vo­pa­pa­dya­ta iti. tad evaṃ pū­rva­pū­rva­ja­nmā­nu­mā­nā­d a­nā­di­tva­si­ddhiḥ­, tataḥ kṛ­ta­ka­tvā­di­vi­nā­śa­he­tva­sa­mbha­vā­c ca ni­tyā­tme­ti sthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 54­8­,19~nanv ittham ā­tma­jñā­ne­na kiṃ pra­yo­ja­na­m­? ye­nā­trā­ti­ya­tnaḥ kṛtaḥ. pa­ra­lo­ka­si­ddhi­r eva pra­yo­ja­na­m­. a­ni­ści­te hi tasmin pa­ra­lo­ki­no 'siddheḥ pa­ra­lo­ka­syā­py a­si­ddhi­r iti. pre­kṣā­va­taḥ sva­rgā­rthā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­r na syād ataḥ pa­ra­lo­ki­sa­dbhā­ve­na pa­ra­lo­ka­sa­dbhā­ve ni­ści­te­, pa­ra­lo­ke pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, tato '­bhi­pre­tā­rtha­si­ddhiḥ­, tad evaṃ pa­ra­lo­ke pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­yo­gi­tvā­d a­dha­rma­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tvā­c ca niḥ­śre­yā­ṅga­m ā­tma­jñā­na­m­. a­dha­rma­kṣa­ya­he­tu­tvaṃ ca tasya "­ta­ra­ti śokam ā­tma­vi­t­" ity e­va­mā­dyā­ga­mā­d a­va­ga­nta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 54­8­,27~nanv ā­tma­jñā­naṃ mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā na ka­rta­vya­m­, tasya saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tvā­t­, tathā cāha —

doṣān pracchādya tṛṣṇā guṇān da­rśa­ya­tī­ty arthaḥ. tataś ca —

NBhū-YA 54­9­,8~tad etad a­yu­kta­m­. tathā hi — kiṃ śa­rī­rā­di­ṣv ā­tma­jñā­naṃ saṃ­sā­ra­ni­mi­tta­m­? kiṃ vā ta­dvya­ti­ri­kte­? yady ādyaḥ pakṣaḥ, tadā na kiṃcid bā­dhi­ta­m­, a­nā­tma­ny ā­tma­jñā­na­sya saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. dvitīye tu pakṣe pramāṇaṃ nāsti. na hi ya­tho­ktā­tma­pa­ri­jñā­ne sati kaścit saṃsārī dṛ­śya­te­.

NBhū-YA 54­9­,12~ā­tma­jñā­nā­d ātmani sneha iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hi yatra yatra jñānaṃ bha­va­ti­, tatra tatra sneha iti, asti vyāptis tṛ­ṇa­pa­śvā­di­da­rśa­ne 'pi sne­hā­nu­pa­la­bdheḥ­. tṛ­ṇā­di­ṣv ā­tmo­pa­yo­gi­tve­na da­rśa­nā­bhā­vā­n na sneha iti cet. evaṃ tarhy ātmany apy ā­tmo­pa­yo­gi­tve­na darśanaṃ nā­stī­ti­. tatrāpi sneho mā bhūt. ya­syā­tmo­pa­yo­gi­ni snehaḥ tasya kathaṃ nā­tma­nī­ti cet, na; ā­tmo­pa­yo­gi­ny a­vi­dyā­sā­ma­rthyā­t sne­ha­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­vi­dyā­kṣe­pe tv ā­tmo­pa­yo­gi­ṣv api na sneha iti.

NBhū-YA 54­9­,19~api ca pa­ra­lo­kī padārtha ātmety u­cya­te­. ta­tpa­ri­jñā­naṃ ca tvayāpi yatnena kṛtaṃ ta­dda­rśa­ne 'py ayaṃ doṣaḥ pra­sa­ktaḥ­. kṣa­ṇi­ka­tva­jñā­nā­t sne­ha­ni­vṛ­tti­r iti cet, na; kṣa­ṇi­ka­pa­kṣa e­vo­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­va­sya tva­ye­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. tataś cā­tma­tve­na pra­ti­pa­nne­ṣv a­na­nta­sa­ntā­ne­ṣv api sneho 'sty eva, nā­nya­thā­mo­kṣe pravṛttiḥ syāt tataś ca mo­kṣā­rtha­pra­vṛ­ttyu­pa­de­śo '­na­rtha­kaḥ­, tasmād ā­tma­sne­hā­d eva su­kha­sā­dha­ne­ṣv iva mo­kṣa­sā­dha­ne 'pi pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 54­9­,25~tena yad uktam — "yasya hi yatra snehaḥ, sa ta­tsu­khe­na ha­rṣa­vā­n­, yathā pu­trā­di­su­khe­na­" iti tat sva­jñā­na­sa­ntā­ne 'pi sa­mā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 54­9­,28~a­thā­nā­tma­vā­di­nāṃ sva­jñā­na­sa­ntā­ne 'pi nāsti snehaḥ pa­ra­sa­ntā­ne­ṣu ka­tha­m­? na hi ya­syā­tma­ny api na snehaḥ, tasya pa­ra­tre­ti yu­kta­m­. ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­ta­yā ka­ru­ṇā­taḥ paratra sneha iti cet. na; svā­rtha­sa­mū­ḍha­syā­bu­ddhi­pū­rva­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pa­rā­rtha­kri­yai­va ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­sya svārtha iti cet, evaṃ tarhi ga­ṇi­kā­ṅga­ma­rda­nā­dy api kuryāt tatrāpi pa­rā­rtho­pa­pa­tteḥ­. na­ra­kā­di­ga­ma­na­pra­sa­ṅgā­n na kriyata iti cet, nanu parārthe na­ra­kā­di­ga­ma­nā­ṅgī­ka­ra­ṇe mahatī ma­hā­nu­bhā­va­tā syāt. tasmād a­nā­tma­vā­di­no 'pi sva­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa pravṛtteḥ sva­bu­ddhi­sa­ntā­ne 'sty eva snehaḥ pu­trā­di­ṣv iva lo­ka­sya­. tataḥ ta­tsne­hā­t sukhaṃ tṛṣṇā, tato do­ṣa­ti­ra­skā­re­ṇa gu­ṇa­da­rśī śākyaḥ pa­ri­tṛ­ṣya­n ma­me­da­m iti, ta­tsā­dha­nā­ny u­pā­da­tte­, tena mamety a­bhi­ni­ve­śā­d bu­ddha­syā­pi saṃsāro na ni­va­rta­te­.

NBhū-YA 55­0­,9~"­sa­tyā­tma­ni pa­ra­saṃ­jñā­" — ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­, na hi sva­pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­mā­trā­d eva pa­ri­gra­ha­do­ṣā­da­yo bha­va­nti­, bu­ddha­syā­pi hi pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­mā­tra­m asty eva, a­nya­tho­pa­de­śa­dā­nā­dau na pra­va­rta­te­. ka­ru­ṇā­bhyā­sa­ś ca bhavatāṃ sa­rva­jña­tva­sā­dha­na­m i­ṣṭa­m­. na ca sva­pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­m a­nta­re­ṇa karuṇā sa­mbha­va­ti­. svā­tma­duḥ­khā­nu­sma­ra­ṇa­pū­rvi­kā hi pareṣu duḥ­kha­vi­yo­ge­cchā bha­va­ti­, sā ca kṛpety u­cya­te­. tasmān na sva­pa­ra­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­mā­traṃ tṛ­ṣṇā­pa­ri­gra­hā­dī­nāṃ ni­mi­tta­m­, kiṃ tarhi? mi­thyā­saṃ­ka­lpaḥ­, tathā ca bha­ga­vā­n vyāsaḥ —

NBhū-YA 55­0­,19~idaṃ ca tāvad atra vi­cā­rya­te — kim a­trā­tme­ti saṃjñaiva duṣṭā? kiṃ vā mamety aham iti vā jñānaṃ du­ṣṭa­m­? kiṃ vā ta­dvi­ṣa­ya eva duṣṭa iti?

NBhū-YA 55­0­,21~yady ātmeti saṃjñā duṣṭā, tadā vayam api saṃ­jñā­nta­raṃ ka­ri­ṣyā­maḥ­.

NBhū-YA 55­0­,22~a­thā­haṃ­kā­ro duṣṭaḥ, sa kathaṃ ni­va­rta­te­? kṣa­ṇi­ka­vi­jñā­na­vā­di­no 'py asty eva; i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­, idam aham a­nu­bhū­ta­vā­n idam ahaṃ jā­nā­mī­ti pra­tī­te­ś ca. atha pū­rva­saṃ­skā­rā­d a­nā­tma­vā­di­no '­haṃ­kā­raḥ­, sa nai­rā­tmyā­bhyā­sā­n ni­va­rta­te­, na; a­sa­mba­ndhā­t­. ni­ra­haṃ­kā­rā­bhyā­sā­c cā­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r yuktā, ni­rvi­ka­lpā­bhyā­sā­d vi­ka­lpa­va­t­, ta­ttva­jñā­nā­bhyā­sā­d a­ta­ttva­jñā­na­va­c ca. ātmā tu ta­ttvā­nta­ra­m­, kathaṃ ta­da­bhā­vā­bhyā­sā­d a­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­? va­ca­na­mā­tre­ṇa ni­rbu­ddha­tvā­bhyā­sā­d e­vā­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 55­1­,1~a­thā­tmā­haṃ­kā­ra­sya vi­ṣa­ya­s te­nā­tma­ni saty a­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r na prā­pno­ti­, na; sva­pa­ra­ma­tā­sa­mbha­vā­t — tvanmate tāvan nityasya ja­na­ka­tva­m eva nāsti. a­sma­nma­te tu nai­ka­syai­va ja­na­ka­tva­ma­taḥ sa­ha­kā­ri­vi­ra­hā­t saty api viṣaye '­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ­, saty apy agnāv i­ndha­nā­bhā­vā­d dhū­ma­ni­vṛ­tti­va­t­. tvayāpy etad a­va­śya­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m a­nya­thā­bu­ddhi­sa­ntā­nā­ni­vṛ­ttā­v a­haṃ­kā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r na syāt, tvatpakṣe buddher e­vā­tma­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 55­1­,7~atha ni­tya­tvā­di­jñā­naṃ tatra du­ṣṭa­m­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m yasmād a­ni­tya­tvā­di­jñā­nā­d ā­tma­ra­kṣā­dya­bhi­prā­ye­ṇā­kā­rye 'pi pravṛttiḥ syāt, yadā tv evaṃ jānāti —

NBhū-YA 55­1­,14~tadā śa­rī­rā­di­ṣu ni­ra­pe­kṣa eva bha­va­ti­. kutas ta­tpa­ri­gra­ha­dve­ṣā­da­yaḥ­? tathā ca pra­me­ya­vi­bhā­ga­sū­tre śa­rī­rā­di­ṣu he­ya­bu­ddhi­r ā­tma­ta­ttva­jñā­nā­d yathā bha­va­ti­, ta­tho­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­1­,17~nai­rā­tmya­jñā­naṃ saṃ­sā­ra­syai­va ni­mi­tta­m­, vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­na­tvā­t­, a­ni­tye­ṣu ni­tya­tvā­dhya­va­sā­ya­va­t­. a­si­ddha­m iti cet, syād etat — ātmano '­sa­ttva­m a­jā­ta­tvā­di­sā­dha­naiḥ sā­dhi­ta­m­, tan na nai­rā­tmya­jñā­naṃ mi­thye­ti­. tad a­yu­kta­m­; yasmāt —

sa­ttā­va­d a­sa­ttā­sā­dha­ne 'pi samāno doṣaḥ.

NBhū-YA 55­1­,24~nanv a­tro­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 55­2­,1~tasmin bhā­vā­nu­pā­dā­ne sa­dhya­syā­nu­pa­la­mbha­naṃ tathā hetur na ta­syai­vā­bhā­vaḥ śa­bda­pra­yo­gaḥ tatra nī­lā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya bhā­vā­śra­ya­tvaṃ sva­la­kṣa­ṇa­jñā­nā­hi­ta­vā­sa­nā­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya tv a­bhā­vā­śra­tva­m a­bhā­va­jñā­nā­hi­ta­vā­sa­nā­pū­rva­ka­tvā­t­. pra­me­yā­mū­rtā­di­vi­ka­lpaḥ punar u­bha­yā­śra­yaḥ sa­da­sa­to­r api pra­me­ya­tvā­mū­rta­tvā­di­dha­rma­sa­mbha­vā­t­. tad evaṃ śa­bdā­rtha­sya tri­pra­kā­ra­tva­da­rśa­nā­t tasminn ā­tmā­di­śa­bdā­rthe sandehe sati bhā­vā­nu­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ sādhyam ity ato nā­śra­yā­si­ddha­tvā­di­do­ṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 55­2­,7~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m­. śabdānāṃ hi va­stu­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m eva sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. vi­ka­lpa­pra­ti­ba­ndha­vi­ṣa­ya­tva­m ca pra­ti­ṣi­ddhaṃ prāg iti. kutaś cā­tmā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya bhā­vā­nu­pā­dā­na­tva­si­ddhiḥ­? ta­thā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­r iti cet, na; sā­dhya­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvā­t­, na hi bhavaty a­gnyu­pā­dā­no dhūmas ta­tho­pa­la­bdhe­r iti.

NBhū-YA 55­2­,11~kiṃ ca me­ru­pā­tā­lā­di­vi­ka­lpa­sya ta­dbhā­vo­pā­dā­na­tve nā­nu­pa­la­mbhe 'pi na me­ru­pā­tā­lā­de­r a­bhā­va­ni­śca­yaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 55­2­,13~kiṃ ca dha­rmā­dha­rma­bu­ddhā­di­vi­ka­lpa­syā­pi ta­du­pā­dā­na­tve­nā­nu­pa­la­bdhe­s teṣām apy abhāvaḥ syāt. sa­dvya­va­hā­ra­ni­ṣe­dho vā. atha teṣām astitve 'sty a­nu­mā­na­m­, tato na sa­dvya­va­hā­ra­ni­ṣe­dho 'pi tatra yuktaḥ, yady evam ā­tmā­dya­sti­tve 'py a­nu­mā­naṃ sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. te­nā­trā­py ayuktaḥ pra­ti­ṣe­dha iti.

NBhū-YA 55­2­,18~nanu ni­tya­syā­vi­kā­ri­tvā­t su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­saṃ­sa­rgā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, ta­du­pa­pa­ttau vā na nityatvaṃ tad āha — "­va­rṣā­ta­pā­bhyāṃ kiṃ vyomnaś carmaṇy asti tayoḥ pha­la­m­. ca­rmo­pa­ma­ś cet so 'nityaḥ kha­tu­lya­ś ced a­sa­tpha­laḥ­"­. tad apy a­yu­kta­m­. a­ni­tya­tve hy a­kṛ­tā­bhyā­ga­mā­di­do­ṣa­syo­kta­tvā­d e­ka­sa­ntā­na­ni­ya­mo 'pi na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty uktaṃ prāg iti.

NBhū-YA 55­2­,21~a­pa­ra­s tv āha — nityatve pu­ru­ṣa­syai­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t su­kha­duḥ­kha­ba­ndha­mo­kṣā­di­kra­mā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, sa­dai­vā­tmā sukhī duḥkhī ca syāt, ta­tsva­bhā­vā­vi­nā­śā­t­. nāpy anitya e­vā­kṛ­tā­bhyā­ga­mā­di­do­ṣaḥ­, tasmād a­ne­kā­nta­pa­kṣa eva ni­rdu­ṣṭaḥ­, tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 55­3­,1~pra­mā­ṇa­si­ddha­ś cā­ne­kā­nta­pa­kṣa ity āha —

NBhū-YA 55­3­,4~a­ne­kā­nta­taḥ sa­pta­pa­dā­rtha­jñā­nā­n mokṣa ity āha —

NBhū-YA 55­3­,10~ tatra "­ce­ta­nā­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t ta­dvi­ka­lpa­la­kṣa­ṇo jī­vaḥ­"­. tasyāś ce­ta­nā­yā vikalpāḥ pa­ryā­yā­jñā­na­su­kha­duḥ­khe­cchā­da­yaḥ­, te lakṣaṇaṃ yasyāsau jīvaḥ.

NBhū-YA 55­3­,13~ ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tv ajīva iti.

NBhū-YA 55­3­,14~ "­pu­ṇya­pā­pā­ga­ma­dvā­ra­la­kṣa­ṇa ā­sra­vaḥ­"­. āsrava iva ā­sra­vaḥ­. ka u­pa­mā­rthaḥ­? yathā ma­ho­da­dhi­r na­dyā­di­sa­li­lai­r a­ha­ra­ha­r ā­pū­rya­te tathā mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­dvā­rā­nu­pra­vi­ṣṭaiḥ ka­rma­bhi­r aniśaṃ prāṇī pūryata iti mi­thyā­da­rśa­nā­di­dvā­ra­m ā­sra­vaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,4~ "­ā­sra­va­ni­ro­dha­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ saṃ­va­raḥ­"­. saṃ­vri­ya­te '­ne­ne­ti saṃ­va­raḥ­. yathā ka­pā­ṭe­na saṃvṛte gṛhe duṣṭasya praveśo nāsti, tadvac chu­bhā­nu­ṣṭhā­ne­na saṃvṛte puṃsi pu­ṇya­pā­pa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ba­ndha­he­toḥ karmaṇaḥ praveśo nā­stī­ti­. a­bhi­na­va­ka­rmā­ga­ma­dvā­ra­saṃ­va­ra­ṇā­t saṃ­va­raḥ­.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,8~ "­e­ka­de­śa­ka­rma­sa­ṅkṣa­ya­la­kṣa­ṇā ni­rjja­rā­"­. ni­rja­re­va ni­rja­rā­, yathā ma­ntrau­ṣa­dha­ba­lā­di­bhi­r jī­rṇa­vī­ryaṃ viṣaṃ na ko­pa­ka­ra­m­, ta­tho­pā­ttaṃ karma ta­po­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ni­rjī­rṇa­ra­saṃ na saṃ­sā­ra­pha­la­pra­da­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,11~ "­ā­tma­ka­rma­ṇo­r a­nyo­nya­pra­ve­śā­nu­pra­ve­śa­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ sambandho ba­ndhaḥ­"­. bandha iva bandhaḥ. yathā ni­ga­ḍā­di­ba­ndhe­na baddhaḥ puruṣo '­sva­ta­ntraḥ­, tathā ka­rma­ba­ndhe­nā­pī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,14~ "­kṛ­tsna­ka­rma­vi­yo­ga­la­kṣa­ṇo mo­kṣaḥ­"­. ni­ga­ḍā­di­mu­kta­va­t svātantrye sati a­bhi­pre­ta­de­śa­ga­ma­nā­d eva pumān sukhī bha­va­tī­ty arthaḥ.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,18~syā­dvā­da­lā­ñchi­tā iti. syād asti, syān nāsti, syād asti ca nāsti ca, syād a­va­kta­vya­m­, syād asti cā­va­kta­vyaṃ ca, syān nāsti cā­va­kta­vyaṃ ca, syād asti ca nāsti cā­va­kta­vyaṃ ca — ity eṣā sa­pta­bha­ṅgī syādvāda ity u­cya­te­. ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭā jī­vā­da­yāḥ pa­ri­jñe­yāḥ­. kiṃ­la­kṣa­ṇā­sau sa­pta­bha­ṅgī­ti cet, ucyate "­e­ka­smi­n vastuni pra­śna­va­śā­d dṛ­ṣṭe­ṇe­ṣṭe­na ca pra­mā­ṇe­nā­vi­ru­ddha­vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­vi­ka­lpa­nā sa­pta­bha­ṅgī­"­. "tad yathā — syād ghaṭaḥ, syād a­gha­ṭaḥ­, syād ghaṭaś cā­gha­ṭa­ś ca, syād a­va­kta­vyaḥ­, syād ghaṭaś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād a­gha­ṭa­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād ghaṭaś cā­gha­ṭa­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ce­ti­"­.

NBhū-YA 55­4­,26~"tatra svā­tma­nā­sti ghaṭaḥ, pa­rā­tma­nā nāsti. gha­ṭa­bu­ddhya­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­vṛ­tti­li­ṅgaḥ svātmā yatra ta­dbu­ddhya­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ sa parātmā pa­ṭā­diḥ­. ka­pā­lā­dya­va­sthā ca. tatra svā­tma­nā­pi yadi nāsti ghaṭaḥ, tadā gha­ṭa­vya­va­hā­ra eva na syāt. tathā pa­rā­tma­nā­pi yady asti, tadā pa­ṭā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi tatra syāt. tasmāt sva­rū­pe­ṇa san ghaṭaḥ pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇa tv a­sa­nn­" iti.

NBhū-YA 55­5­,1~"uktaiḥ pra­kā­rai­r arpitaṃ gha­ṭa­tva­m a­gha­ṭa­tvaṃ ca pa­ra­spa­ra­to na bhi­nna­m­. bhede hi ta­dbu­ddhya­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­vṛ­tti­r na syāt tataś ca sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­dya­bhā­vaḥ syāt. na caivam asti, tasmāt ta­du­bha­yā­tma­ko 'sau krameṇa ta­ccha­bda­vā­cya­tā­m ā­ska­nda­n syād ghaṭaś cā­gha­ṭa­ś cety u­cya­te­. yadi ta­du­bha­yā­tma­kaṃ vastu ghaṭa ity e­vo­cya­te­, ta­de­ta­rā­tmā­sa­ṅgra­hā­d a­ta­ttva­m eva syāt. a­thā­gha­ṭa evety u­cye­ta­, ta­dā­tmā­nu­pā­dā­nā­d a­nṛ­ta­m eva syāt. na vastu tāvad e­ve­ti­. na cānyaḥ śabdas ta­du­bha­yā­tmā­va­sthā­na­tvā­bhi­dhā­yī vi­dya­te­. tato 'sau ghaṭo va­ca­na­go­ca­rā­tī­ta­tvā­t 'syād a­va­kta­vya­' ity u­cya­te­. gha­ṭā­tmā­rpa­ṇa­mu­khe­no­ktā­va­kta­vya­sva­rū­pa­ni­rū­pa­ṇe­na cā­di­śya­mā­naḥ sa evārtha iti 'syād ghaṭaś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca'. ni­rū­pi­tā­gha­ṭa­bha­ṅgyā­sa­ṅge­na pra­da­rśi­tā vaktavya vartmanā co­pa­de­śyaḥ sa evārtha iti "syād a­gha­ṭa­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca". ta­du­bha­yo­r a­bhi­dhā­na­kra­mā­kra­mā­rpa­ṇa­va­śā­d ā­vi­rbhū­ta­ta­dvya­pa­de­śaḥ sa evārtha iti syād ghaṭaś cā­gha­ta­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ceti.

NBhū-YA 55­5­,13~"evaṃ sarveṣv artheṣu sa­pta­bha­ṅgī yo­jyā­"­. na ta­thā­bhū­taḥ kaścid artho 'sti yatra sa­pta­bha­ṅgī nāsti.

NBhū-YA 55­5­,15~nanv e­kā­ntā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­n ni­ya­me­nā­ne­kā­ntā­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ prāptas tataḥ sa e­vai­kā­nta iti. kathaṃ sarvatra sa­pta­bha­ṅgī­ti­, na; a­ne­kā­nte 'py e­kā­ntā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. tathā hi syād e­kā­ntaḥ­, syād a­nai­kā­ntaḥ­, syād e­kā­nta­ś cā­ne­kā­nta­ś ca, syād a­va­kta­vyaḥ­, syād e­kā­nta­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād a­nai­kā­nta­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād e­kā­nta­ś cā­ne­kā­nta­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca" iti.

NBhū-YA 55­5­,21~a­tro­cya­te — yat tāvad e­kā­nta­gra­ha­ra­ktā­nā­m i­tyā­di­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; e­kā­nta­pa­kṣa eva ku­śa­lā­ku­śa­la­ka­rmā­dyu­pa­pa­tteḥ­, tathā hi — yadi ya eva karmaṇaḥ kartā, sa eva ta­tpha­lo­pa­bho­kte­ty ayam ekāntaḥ syāt, ta­de­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­prā­pti­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthā ta­tka­rma­su pre­kṣā­va­taḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r gha­ṭa­te­. a­ne­kā­nta­pa­kṣe tv a­nya­kṛ­ta­m apy a­nye­no­pa­bhu­jya­ta iti syāt. tathā ca bho­ja­nā­di­kri­yā­sv api pre­kṣā­va­tā na pra­va­rti­ta­vya­m­. rā­jā­di­kṛ­te­ṣv eva bho­ja­nā­di­ka­rma­su na­gna­śra­ma­ṇa­ka­syā­pi tṛptir bha­vi­ṣya­ti­, a­bha­va­ne hy e­kā­nta­gra­haḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 55­5­,28~kiṃ ca ni­tyā­ni­tya­yo­r doṣaṃ dṛ­ṣṭvā­ne­kā­nta­m a­bhyu­pa­ga­ccha­tā pa­kṣa­dva­ya­syā­py a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ syāt. ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me co­bha­ya­pa­kṣo­ktā api doṣāḥ prāptā iti. ka evaṃ vi­gra­nthā­d anyo doṣān pa­ri­ha­rtuṃ jā­nā­ti­? tasmān nitya e­vā­tmā­, ta­tsa­ma­ve­ta­su­kho­tpa­ttau sukhī, duḥ­kho­tpa­ttau duḥkhīty u­cya­te­. su­kha­duḥ­khā­dī­nā­m e­vo­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śau nātmanaḥ sa hi nityo 'pi tena tena dha­rme­ṇo­tpa­dya­mā­ne­na vi­na­śya­tā ca tadvān vya­pa­di­śya­te yathā da­ṇḍā­di­sa­mba­ndhā­sa­mba­ndhā­bhyāṃ daṇḍī kuṇḍalī chatrī vādaṇḍo '­ku­ṇḍa­lo '­cha­tra­ś ceti caitro vya­pa­di­śya­te­.

NBhū-YA 55­6­,6~ka­ṭa­mau­li­su­va­rṇā­rthī — ityādy apy a­yu­kta­m­, tatra hi pū­rvā­va­ya­vi­naḥ ka­ṭa­ka­tva­su­va­rṇa­tva­jā­ti­yu­kta­sya vināśa eva ta­dvi­nā­śo 'pi jātir ekāpi na vi­na­ṣṭā­, su­va­rṇa­tva­va­t ka­ṭa­ka­tva­syā­pi vya­ktya­nta­re pra­tya­bhi­jñā­nā­t­. uttaraṃ ca dravyaṃ ka­ṭa­ka­tva­yu­ktaṃ no­tpā­di­ta­m iti ta­da­rthi­naḥ śokaḥ, pū­rva­dra­vyaṃ ca mau­li­tva­yu­ktaṃ nāsīd idānīṃ tu ta­jjā­ti­yu­kta­m u­tpa­nna­m iti ta­da­rthi­naḥ pra­mo­daḥ­, su­va­rṇa­tve­nā­nu­yo­gaḥ pū­rvo­tta­ra­yo­r api a­va­ya­vi­no­r astīti ta­da­rthi­no mā­dhya­sthya­m­, yathā ke­na­ci­t ki­rā­ṭa­gṛ­he sthāpitaṃ dra­vya­m­. tac ca ki­rā­ṭe­nā­tmo­pa­yo­gaṃ kṛtvā ta­thā­bhū­taṃ tasya da­tta­m­. tato 'sau mā­dhya­sthya­m eva yāti.

NBhū-YA 55­6­,14~su­va­rṇa­tva­jā­ti­s tv a­va­ya­vā­va­ya­ve­ṣv apy asti, tena ta­da­va­ya­vi­nā­śe 'py a­va­ya­ve­ṣv a­na­nta­ra­bhā­vya­va­ya­vya­nta­re ca su­va­rṇa­pra­tya­ya­sā­ta­tyā­d a­vi­na­ṣṭā­bhi­mā­naḥ pra­dī­pa­ga­ṅgo­da­kā­di­va­d vā ta­tsa­dṛ­śa­ni­ra­nta­ra­bhā­vā­t tad eveti ma­nya­mā­naḥ tadarthī mādhyasthyaṃ yāti. tasmān naikasya ni­tya­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ceti. a­ni­tya­tvaṃ hi nāśitvaṃ pra­si­ddha­m­, nityatvaṃ cā­nā­śi­tvaṃ tac caitad ubhayaṃ vi­ru­ddha­tvā­n naikatra sa­mbha­va­ti­. na hi naṣṭam anaṣṭaṃ cety ekaṃ kiṃcit pra­ti­bhā­ti­.

NBhū-YA 55­6­,20~yady api ka­ṭa­mu­ku­ṭā­kā­ra­yo­r nā­śo­tpā­dau su­va­rṇa­kā­ra­sya ca ghrau­vya­m­, tathāpy atra ka­sya­ci­d ekasya ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­si­ddhiḥ tra­yā­ṇā­m ā­ka­rā­ṇā­m a­nyo­nya­dha­rmā­saṃ­sa­rgā­t­, saṃsarge vā ka­ṭa­kā­rthi­naḥ śo­ka­va­t pra­mo­da­mā­dhya­sthye 'pi syā­tā­m­. ata eva tra­yā­ṇā­m ā­kā­rā­ṇāṃ nai­kya­m­. bhede 'pi sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti cet, na; tadvati sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇyā­t­, da­ṇḍa­ku­ṇḍa­lā­dī­nāṃ bhede 'pi ta­dā­śra­ye puṃsi daṇḍī ku­ṇḍa­lī­tyā­di sā­mā­nā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇya­va­t­. yadi punar abhedaḥ syāt, tadā ka­ṭa­kā­kā­ra­gra­ha­ṇā­d eva mu­ku­ṭā­kā­rā­di­gra­ho 'pi syāt, gṛ­hī­tā­gṛ­hī­tā­kā­ra­yo­r e­ka­tvā­yo­gā­d ekatve vā kha­ra­ji­nā­dī­nā­m api bhedo na syāt. pa­ryā­yā­ṇāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ bhedo 'sty eva, na tu pa­ryā­ya­pa­ryā­yi­no­r iti cet, na; tatrāpi pa­ra­spa­ra­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇo­pa­la­mbhā­d bhe­da­si­ddheḥ­, tathā hi — ke­yū­rā­dau su­va­rṇa­kā­ro­pa­la­mbhe 'pi na ka­ṭā­kā­ro­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, tathā rā­jā­ta­ka­ṭā­kā­ro­pa­la­mbhe 'pi na su­va­rṇa­kā­ro­pa­la­mbhaḥ­, tasmād u­pa­la­mbhā­nu­pa­la­mbhā­di­vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­t kha­ro­ṣṭrā­dī­nā­m iva bheda e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 55­7­,2~nanv astu nāma bhedas tathāpi bheda evety a­yu­kta­m­; yataḥ syād bhedaḥ, syād a­bhe­daḥ­, syād bhedaś cā­bhe­da­ś ca, syād a­va­kta­vyaḥ­, syād bhedaś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād a­bhe­da­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād bhedaś cā­bhe­da­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ceti. tad evaṃ sarvaṃ ja­ga­tsa­pta­bha­ṅgyā­ghrā­taṃ na kiṃcid e­kā­nta­sā­dha­ne 'sty u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 55­7­,7~nanu jinasya mu­kta­tva­sa­rva­jña­tvā­di­sva­bhā­vaḥ kha­ro­ṣṭra­sū­ka­rā­di­sva­bhā­ve­bhyo '­ti­ni­kṛ­ṣṭe­bhya e­kā­nte­na bhinna iti kathaṃ nāsty u­dā­ha­ra­ṇa­m­? na hy evaṃ bhavantaḥ śa­knu­va­nti vaktum — mu­ktā­va­stho jinaḥ syān ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­maḥ­, syād a­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­maḥ­, syān ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ma­ś cā­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­maḥ­, syād a­va­kta­vyaḥ­, syān ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ma­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syād a­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ma­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ca, syān ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ma­ś cā­ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­ta­ma­ś cā­va­kta­vya­ś ceti. atrāpy evaṃ sa­pta­bha­ṅgī­ṣya­ta iti cet, tad etad a­pe­tā­ga­ma­yu­kti­kaṃ pa­ra­spa­rddha­yā­bhi­dhī­ya­mā­naṃ na vi­dva­nma­naḥ prī­ṇā­ti­. yadi khalu bhavantaḥ kha­ro­ṣṭra­sū­ka­rā­di­kaṃ jinam iva ka­dā­ci­d u­pā­sa­te­, pā­ṣā­ṇa­pu­rī­ṣā­di­kaṃ ca gu­ḍa­da­dhi­ta­krā­di­va­d bha­kṣa­ya­nti­, tadā na syād e­kā­nta­si­ddhiḥ­. ko hi ji­na­syā­ti­śa­yo yaḥ kha­ro­ṣṭrā­dau nāsty eva? ko vā kha­ro­ṣṭrā­de­r ni­kṛ­ṣṭa­bhā­vo yo nāsty eva jine yataḥ kha­ro­ṣṭrā­di­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa sa e­vo­pā­sya­te­? tathā pā­ṣā­ṇa­pu­rī­ṣā­dī­nāṃ ko doṣo yo gu­ḍā­di­ṣu nāsty eva, gu­ḍā­dī­nāṃ vā ko '­ti­śa­yo yaḥ pā­ṣā­ṇā­di­ṣu nāsty eva, yataḥ pā­ṣā­ṇā­di­pa­ri­hā­re­ṇa gu­ḍā­dī­ny eva bha­kṣya­nte­? athāsty eva kaścid a­trai­vā­ti­śa­yo ya­dva­śā­d atraiva pra­vṛ­tti­r iti, na tarhi sa­rva­trā­ne­kā­ntaḥ­. atha kvacid ekāntaḥ kvacid a­ne­kā­nta iti pakṣaḥ, evaṃ tarhi ya­trai­kā­ntaḥ sa tāvad dṛṣṭāntaḥ tava tv a­ne­kā­nta­si­ddhau na dṛṣṭāntaḥ kvacid asti, tathā hi — yady asmād bhinnaṃ tat tasmād e­kā­nte­na bhinnaṃ tato '­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­t kha­ro­ṣṭrā­di­bhyo ji­nā­di­va­t­. sa­ttvā­dyā­kā­re­ṇā­bhe­do 'py a­trā­stī­ti cet, na; ya­syā­kā­ra­syai­kā­nte­na bheda ubhayoḥ siddhaḥ, tasya dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­tve­no­pā­dā­nā­t­. atha na kasyāpy e­kā­nte­na bhe­da­si­ddhiḥ­, tataḥ u­pā­ya­syā­nu­pā­ya­sya bha­kṣyā­bha­kṣyā­di­vi­ve­ka­ni­ya­mā­bhā­vā­n na ka­sya­ci­t kvacit pra­vṛ­tti­ni­ya­maḥ prāpnoti — ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­7­,28~yat punar etat — svā­tma­nā­sti ghaṭaḥ pa­rā­tma­nā tu nā­stī­ti­, kim etena bha­va­ti­? yadi tāvad ekasya gha­ṭa­syā­ne­ka­dha­rma­yo­gi­tva­m iti, tadā nāsti vi­vā­daḥ­, e­ka­syā­pi dharmiṇo vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­tma­kā­ne­ka­dha­rma­yo­gi­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. atha bhā­vā­bhā­vo­bha­yā­tma­ko ghaṭa iti, u­bha­yā­tma­ka iti ko 'rthaḥ? yady u­bha­ya­dha­rma­kaḥ­, tadā nāsti vivāda ity u­kta­m­. atha ghaṭa eva ta­da­nyā­bhā­va iti, nanv evaṃ śā­kya­ma­taṃ bha­va­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­taṃ bha­va­ti­, vyā­vṛ­ttā­d anyā naiva vyā­vṛ­tti­r ity a­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. tatra ca dūṣāṇaṃ pra­pa­ñce­no­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­8­,5~nanv a­sma­nma­te bhā­va­ta­da­nyā­bhā­va­yo­r bhedo 'py asty u­bha­yā­tma­ka­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, na; a­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­mā­trā­d a­rtha­si­ddhe­r a­si­ddheḥ­. pra­mā­ṇa­to hi pa­dā­rtha­sa­dbhā­va­si­ddhiḥ­, pramāṇaṃ ca tvayā noktaṃ yatas ta­du­bha­yā­tma­ka­tva­si­ddhiḥ syāt. a­smā­bhi­s tūktaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m — yady ato '­rthā­nta­ra­m­, ta­da­ne­kā­nte­nai­va tato '­rthā­nta­ra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 55­8­,9~kiṃ ca vi­va­kṣi­taḥ pa­ṭā­dya­bhā­vo na gha­ṭā­tma­kaḥ pa­ṭā­dya­bhā­va­tvā­t­, ta­tpra­dhvaṃ­sa­va­t­. kathaṃ tarhi ghaṭaḥ paṭo na bha­va­tī­ti pra­ti­bhā­saḥ­? i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­va­ni­ba­ndha­no '­ya­m­. nanv i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­ve­na saha bhāvasya kaḥ sambandhaḥ sambandhe 'pi ghaṭe paṭo nāstīti pratītiḥ syād iti. yat tāvat kaḥ sambandha iti, tan na; u­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t — uktam atra bhā­va­ta­da­nyā­bhā­va­yoḥ sa­nni­dhi­vi­śe­ṣaḥ kaścit tāvad asti, yatas tayor vi­śle­ṣe­ṇa­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. tatra yatheṣṭaṃ saṃjñāpi kri­ya­tā­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­8­,16~yac coktam — sambandhe 'pi ghaṭe paṭo nāstīti pratītiḥ syād bhūtale gha­ṭā­bhā­va­pra­tī­ti­va­t­. tad a­yu­kta­m­; bhā­va­va­t sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­taḥ pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yathā bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣā­t pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyaṃ dṛṣṭam — kuṇḍe 'sti nī­lī­dra­vya­m iti, nīlaḥ paṭa iti mama pra­tī­tiḥ­, pratīto 'rtha ity e­va­mā­di­. evam a­bhā­va­sa­mba­ndha viśeṣo 'pi pra­tī­ti­vai­la­kṣa­ṇye hetur astīti ga­mya­te­. sarvatra hi kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa he­tu­vi­śe­ṣa­si­ddhi­r iti.

NBhū-YA 55­8­,22~api cā­bhā­va­sya pa­ra­ta­ntro­pa­la­bdhi­r ity u­kta­m­, tena yasya pra­ti­yo­gī ya­thā­bu­ddhyu­pa­sthā­pi­ta­s ta­da­bhā­va­sya tathā pra­tī­ti­r bhavaty ato bhū­ta­lā­dhe­ya­tve­na bu­ddhyu­pa­sthā­pi­ta­sya gha­ṭa­syā­bhā­vo bhū­ta­lā­dhe­ya iva pra­tī­ya­te — nāsty atra ghaṭa iti. yadā tu ta­tpra­ti­yo­gī ta­dā­tma­ka­tve­na bu­ddhyu­pa­sthā­pi­taḥ­, tadā ta­da­bhā­vo 'pi ta­dā­tmai­va pra­ti­bhā­ty aghaṭo 'yaṃ paṭa iti. tasmān na bhā­vā­bhā­va­yo­r ai­kya­m­.

NBhū-YA 55­8­,28~yac coktam — gha­ṭa­tva­m a­gha­ṭa­tvaṃ ca pa­ra­spa­ra­to na bhinnam iti, tad a­ti­vyā­mū­dha­bhā­ṣi­taṃ vi­dhi­pra­ti­ṣe­dha­yo­r a­bhe­da­sya sa­rva­lo­ka­pra­tī­ti­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 55­9­,2~pra­sa­jya­pa­ryu­dā­sa­pa­kṣe 'py a­bhe­dā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca — pra­sa­jya­pa­kṣe tāvad gha­ṭa­tvā­bhā­va e­vā­gha­ṭa­tva­m­, na ca tad eva ta­da­bhā­vaḥ­. sa­rpā­bhā­vo 'sarpa eva syāt tataś ca sa­rva­va­t ta­da­bhā­vā­d api bhayaṃ syāt, ta­dvi­vi­ktā­vi­vi­kta­pra­de­śa­yo­s tu­lyo­pa­la­mbha­ś ca syāt.

NBhū-YA 55­9­,5~pa­ryu­dā­sa­pa­kṣe 'pi gha­ṭa­tvā­d a­nya­da­gha­ṭa­tvaṃ pa­ṭa­tvā­di­ka­m u­cya­te­, tac ca bhinnam eva abhede hi gha­ṭā­di­ṣv api pa­ṭa­bu­ddhya­bhi­dhā­nā­nu­vṛ­ttiḥ syāt paṭe 'pi gha­ṭā­di­bu­ddhiḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 55­9­,8~pa­ṭā­tma­nā­sā­v aghaṭa ity apy a­yu­kta­m­. pa­ṭā­tma­nā hi kiṃ ghaṭaḥ sann aghaṭaḥ kri­ya­te­? atha jñāpyata iti? pra­tha­ma­pa­kṣe pramāṇaṃ nāsti — na hi yathā mṛtpiṇḍaḥ ku­lā­lā­di­bhiḥ gha­ṭā­tma­nā kri­ya­mā­ṇa u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tathā sa eva ta­dai­vā­nya­dā vā ke­na­ci­d aghaṭaḥ kri­ya­mā­ṇo dṛ­śya­te­. vinaṣṭo hi yady aghaṭaḥ syāt, tadā cāsau na ghaṭaḥ, tasmān na pa­ṭā­tma­nā ghaṭa e­vā­gha­ṭaḥ kri­ya­te­. nāpi jñā­pya­te­, mi­thyā­jña­pti­pra­sa­ṅgā­d a­ra­ja­te ra­ja­ta­jña­pti­va­t­. atha pa­ṭā­tma­nā na ghaṭaḥ pra­ti­bhā­tī­ty aghaṭo 'py asāv u­cya­te­, na; vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t­. yata eva pa­ṭa­rū­pe­ṇa na pra­ti­bhā­ty ata e­vai­kā­tma­ko 'sau ghaṭa evety u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 55­9­,16~api ca yatrāpy u­bha­ya­dha­rmā­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tve­no­bha­yā­tma­ka­tva­m u­cya­te­, tatrāpi na svā­tma­pa­rā­tmā­pe­kṣa­yā ta­du­bha­yā­tma­kaṃ yathā nīlaṃ ca ta­du­tpa­laṃ ceti. na hi pa­rā­tma­nā ta­nnī­la­m utpalaṃ cety u­cya­te­, kiṃ tu sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va tathā sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­tva­m api sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va vā­cya­m­. nā­nya­rū­pe­ṇa sattvam asattvaṃ vā mu­khya­m­, na hi su­va­rṇā­de­r mṛ­dā­di­rū­pe­ṇa sa­ttva­m­, nāpi kha­pu­ṣpā­deḥ sta­mbhā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­sa­ttva­m­, sva­rū­pe­ṇai­vā­sa­ttvā­d iti. tad yadi bhā­vā­nā­m u­bha­yā­tma­ka­tvaṃ syāt, tadā sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va ghaṭaś cā­gha­ṭa­ś ca syāt. pa­ra­rū­pe­ṇā­gha­ṭa­tve hi gauṇaṃ tad a­gha­ṭa­tvaṃ va­ṭu­mā­ṇa­va­kā­de­r a­gni­tva­siṃ­ha­tvā­di­va­d ato gauṇaṃ ta­du­bha­yā­tma­kaṃ vastu, mu­khya­ta­s tu sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va ya­dā­tma­kaṃ yat ta­dā­tma­ka­m eva tad iti.

NBhū-YA 55­9­,26~sva­rū­pe­ṇai­vo­bha­yā­tma­kaṃ vastv iti cet, na; i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­sva­bhā­vā­vya­va­sthi­teḥ prā­ṇi­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yathaiva hi prāṇināṃ su­khā­di­sa­ttva­m i­ṣṭa­m­, tathā tad a­sa­ttva­m a­ni­ṣṭa­m­. yathā ca duḥ­khā­di­sa­ttva­m a­ni­ṣṭa­m­, tathā tad a­sa­ttva­m i­ṣṭa­m­. tataś ca sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va sa­da­sa­dā­tma­ka­tvaṃ su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­sā­dha­nā­nā­m i­ṣṭā­ni­ṣṭa­tve­na vya­va­sthā­nā­t ta­tprā­pti­pa­ri­va­rja­nā­rthe pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­ttī na syā­tā­m­. api cāyaṃ su­khā­di­he­tuḥ sattvāt sva­kā­rya­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­vṛ­tto 'py a­sa­ttvā­n na śaknoti ka­rtu­m­, a­ku­rva­to 'py asya mokṣo nāsti sattvāt tad ayaṃ sa­ttvā­sa­ttvā­bhyā­m ā­kṛ­ṣya­mā­ṇaḥ kām avasthāṃ ca tat prā­pno­tu­? dustare hi vyasane na­gna­śra­ma­ṇa­ka­du­rbu­ddhi­nā­yaṃ varākaḥ patita iti.

NBhū-YA 56­0­,4~api ca tva­ttī­rtha­ṅka­ra­va­ca­naṃ kiṃ sa­tya­m­? ā­ho­svi­d a­sa­tya­m iti? satyam evety na yu­kta­m­, e­kā­nta­vā­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­thā­trā­pi sa­pta­bha­ṅgī­ṣṭā — syāt, sa­tya­m­, syād a­sa­tya­m­, syād u­bha­ya­m­, syād a­va­kta­vya­m ity e­va­mā­di­kā­, tadā pra­mā­ṇā­pra­mā­ṇa­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, syād vādasya sa­rva­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. tathā tva­ttī­rtha­ṅka­rā­ṇā­m apy a­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ syāt ku­tsi­ta­m­, syād a­ku­tsi­ta­m­, syād u­bha­ya­m­. cau­rā­dī­nā­m api ta­thai­ve­ti na kaścid vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. tathā cā­śra­vā­di­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ kila, vi­śi­ṣṭā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­va­tā­m eva saṃ­va­ra­ni­rja­rā­mo­kṣā bhavanty a­vi­śi­ṣṭā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­va­tāṃ tv ā­sra­va­ba­ndhā­v evety a­bhyu­pa­ga­maḥ­. tac co­bha­ya­m apy a­nu­ṣṭhā­naṃ yadā syād viśiṣṭaṃ syād a­vi­śi­ṣṭa­m ity a­vya­va­sthi­ta­m­, tadā katham ā­sra­vā­di­vya­va­sthā­?

NBhū-YA 56­0­,15~tathā jī­vā­jī­va­vya­va­sthā­py a­yu­ktā­. syādvāde hi jīvo 'py ajīvaḥ syād ajīvo 'pi jīvaḥ syād iti kutas tayor vya­va­sthā­? a­thā­vya­va­sthā­py asti; sā kiṃ pa­ra­mā­rtha­taḥ­? kiṃ vāsmān evam eva pra­tā­ra­ya­si­? na hy e­kā­nta­pa­kṣā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me kvacid vya­va­stho­pa­pa­dya­te­. yena ca pra­kā­re­ṇā­rthā­nāṃ vya­va­stho­cya­te­. sa eva teṣāṃ tāttvikaḥ svabhāvaḥ yas tv a­vya­va­sthi­ta­sva­bhā­vaḥ­, sa na tā­ttvi­kaḥ­, spha­ṭi­kā­deḥ pī­tā­di­sva­bhā­va­va­d u­pa­plu­ta­tvā­t­. tasmān na vastutaḥ sa­da­sa­dā­tma­kaṃ vastu.

NBhū-YA 56­0­,22~nāpi ni­tyā­ni­tyā­tma­ka­m­, tathā hi — yady ātmādi vastu svena pa­ryā­yi­rū­pe­ṇa ni­tya­m­, tadā va­stu­ta­s tan nityam eva, tatra pa­ryā­yā­ni­tya­tve­nā­ni­tya­tvaṃ ka­lpya­mā­naṃ gauṇam eva syāt. na ca sva­rū­pe­ṇai­va ca ta­nna­ṣṭa­m anaṣṭaṃ cety u­pa­pa­dya­te­. naṣṭam eveti ni­śca­ya­pū­rva­kaḥ­, sa­rva­prā­ṇi­vya­va­hā­ra­ś ca dṛ­śya­te­, so 'pi na syāt. a­thā­tma­naḥ su­khā­di­rū­pe­ṇā­ni­tya­tva­m apy asti, na; su­khā­de­s tato '­nya­tvā­t ta­da­nya­tvaṃ ca śā­kya­ma­ta­dū­ṣa­ṇa­pra­stā­ve sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­1­,1~a­na­nya­tva­m apy astīti cet, na; a­nya­tva­ni­śca­ye­nai­vā­na­nya­tva­sya bā­dhi­ta­tvā­c ca­ndrā­di­tya­yo­r iva. a­na­nya­tva­sya vā­sta­va­tve cā­nya­tva­m a­vā­sta­vaṃ tai­mi­ri­ko­pa­la­bdha­ca­ndrā­nta­ra­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 56­1­,4~ke­na­ci­d rūpeṇa nityaḥ puruṣaḥ ke­na­ci­d anitya iti bruvāṇa idaṃ ca praṣṭvyaḥ — atha te rūpe pu­ru­ṣā­t pa­ra­spa­raṃ ca kiṃ bhinne? u­tā­bhi­nne ceti? bhe­da­pa­kṣe tāvan na tayor ni­tyā­ni­tya­tve­na pu­ru­ṣa­sya ni­tyā­ni­tya­tva­m­, a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. a­bhe­da­pa­kṣe tu yenaiva rūpeṇa nityatvaṃ te­nai­vā­ni­tya­tva­m iti prā­pta­m­, ta­tro­kta­m eva dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. atha bhi­nnā­bhi­nne­, tatrāpi kiṃ yenaiva rūpeṇa bhedas te­nai­vā­bhe­daḥ­, atha rū­pā­nta­re­ṇe­ti­? yadi te­nai­va­, tadā punas tad eva dū­ṣa­ṇa­m atha rū­pā­nta­re­ṇa­, tato '­na­va­sthā­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś cedam ittham eveti niścayaḥ kvacin na syāt ta­nni­śca­yā­bhā­ve tu ta­tpū­rva­ka­vya­va­hā­ra­sā­dhyaḥ pu­ru­ṣā­rthaḥ ka­sya­ci­n na syāt. dṛśyate ca bu­ddhi­ma­tāṃ ni­śca­ya­pū­rva­kā­d vya­va­hā­rā­t u­ru­ṣā­rtha­s tasmān na ni­tyā­ni­tya­bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­dya­vya­va­sthe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 56­1­,14~mī­māṃ­sa­ka­pa­kṣe tu bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tvaṃ ni­tyā­nta­m a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m­. tanmate hi nitya e­vā­tme­ṣya­te­. ta­syā­ni­tyaiḥ su­khā­di­bhi­s tādātmyaṃ na yu­kta­m­, ni­tya­tvai­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­, su­khā­dī­nāṃ vā nā­nā­tva­m a­ni­tya­tvaṃ ca vi­ru­dhya­te­. na tv a­tā­dā­tmya­m apy asti, bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na cā­bhe­da­pa­kṣaḥ­, do­ṣā­bhi­dhā­nā­t­. bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'py a­bhe­da­pa­kṣa­s tva­yā­tya­ntaṃ na tyaktas te­nā­bhe­da­pa­kṣe pu­ru­ṣa­syā­ni­tya­tva­nā­nā­tva­pra­sa­ktiḥ­. bhe­da­pa­kṣe tv a­pra­sa­kti­r iti ji­na­ma­tā­nu­pra­ve­śaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 56­1­,21~etena sā­mā­nya­sya vyaktibhyo bhi­nnā­bhi­nna­tva­m apy a­pā­sta­m­. tatrāpi yā­va­tāṃ­śe­na bhedas tā­va­tāṃ­śe­na sā­mā­nya­vya­kti­dha­rmā­ni­ṣa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś ca ni­tya­tva­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­di­dha­rma­kaṃ sāmānyaṃ na syāt. vyaktīnāṃ vā sā­mā­nya­tā­dā­tmye­na ni­tya­tvā­dya­nu­ṣa­ṅgaḥ prāptas tathā cai­kā­nte­nā­ni­tya­tvā­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­di­dha­rma­kāḥ pra­dī­pā­da­yo 'pi no­pa­la­bhye­ra­n­. atha sāmānyaṃ ni­tya­tvā­di­rū­pe­ṇa vi­śe­ṣe­bhya e­kā­nte­na bhi­dya­te­. na tarhi ka­thaṃ­ci­t tad a­bhi­nna­m­, tad eva hi sā­mā­nya­sya rūpaṃ ya­dvi­śe­ṣe­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­m­, tac ca ni­tya­tvā­di­dha­rma­kaṃ nā­bhi­nna­m iti. bheda eva sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yoḥ sva­rū­pā­nta­re­ṇā­bhe­de 'pi nābhedaḥ sva­rū­pā­nta­ra­syā­sā­mā­nyā­tma­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 56­2­,2~nanu yady e­kā­nte­na bhinnaṃ sā­mā­nya­m­, ta­dā­de­śa­bhe­de­nā­pi ka­dā­ci­d u­pa­la­bhye­ta­, na; sva­rū­pā­di­bhi­r a­ne­kā­ntā­t­. yathā vā su­khā­da­yaḥ śa­rī­rā­n na de­śa­bhe­de­no­pa­la­bhya­nte­. kiṃ ca de­śa­bhe­do yady anyena de­śa­bhe­de­no­pa­la­bhya­te­, so 'pi de­śa­bhe­do 'nyena de­śa­bhe­de­ne­ty a­na­va­sthā­. pa­ra­mā­ṇvā­kā­śā­dī­nāṃ tu bhede 'pi de­śa­bhe­dā­bhā­vā­d abhedaḥ prāptaḥ. e­te­ne­ndri­ya­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. sva­rū­pa­bhe­da­s tu sā­mā­nya­vi­śe­ṣa­yo­r apy u­pa­la­bhya­te­, ni­tyā­ni­tyā­nu­ga­ta­vyā­vṛ­ttā­di­sva­rū­pa­bhe­da­pra­tī­te­r ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­. tad evaṃ dha­rma­dha­rmi­ṇo­ś cai­kā­nta­bhe­da­si­ddhau ni­tya­tva­vyā­pa­ka­tvā­di­dha­rmo­pa­pa­nnaḥ puruṣo jñā­nā­dyā­śra­yaḥ si­dhya­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 56­2­,11~nanu ca jñā­na­su­kha­duḥ­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ pu­ru­ṣa­sya na yu­kta­m­, pra­dhā­na­kā­rya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yad yat su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hai­r anvitaṃ tat sarvaṃ pra­dhā­na­kā­rya­m­, yathā śa­bdā­da­yo viṣayā iti, na; pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t — na hi pra­dhā­nā­sti­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti.

NBhū-YA 56­2­,15~na nāsty a­nva­ya­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­śa­kti­pra­vṛ­tti­kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­vai­śva­rū­pye­bhyo 'sti pra­dhā­na­m­. pradhatte vi­kā­rā­n pra­dhī­ya­nte vāsmin vikārā iti pradhānaṃ mū­la­bhū­taṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­. tac ca pañcabhyo vītebhyo ni­ścī­ya­te­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 56­2­,19~vi­vā­da­go­ca­rā­pa­nnā bhedā e­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­kā­, a­nvi­ta­tvā­t­, gha­ṭa­śa­rā­vā­di­va­t­. yat tad ekaṃ kāraṇaṃ tat pra­dhā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­2­,21~kiṃ ca pa­ri­mi­ta­tvā­n mū­lā­di­va­t­. yathā vrīhau saṃ­śli­ṣṭā­nāṃ mū­lā­ṅku­ra­pa­rṇa­nā­la­kā­ṇḍa­pra­sa­va­śū­ka­tu­ṣa­pu­ṣpa­kṣī­ra­ta­ṇḍu­la­ka­ṇā­nāṃ pa­ri­mā­ṇaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. tathā ca pa­kṣī­kṛ­tā­nāṃ bhe­dā­nā­m asti pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m — e­kā­de­śe­ndri­yā­ṇi­, pa­ñca­ta­nmā­trā­ṇi­, pa­ñca­bhū­tā­ni­, pa­ñca­vi­pa­rya­ya­bhe­dā ity e­va­mā­di­. tasmād ete 'pi bhedāḥ kvacid e­ka­smi­n kāraṇe saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭāḥ­. yatra saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭā­s tat pra­dhā­na­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­3­,5~kiṃ ca śaktitaḥ pravṛtteḥ triṣv api kāleṣu kā­rya­pra­vṛ­tti­sa­ma­rthā śaktir mṛ­tta­ttvā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nte­na­. mṛ­tta­ttvā­di­śa­kti­r api ta­tkā­ra­ṇe­ṣv a­va­sthi­tā ga­mya­te­, ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­śa­kti­r api ta­tkā­ra­ṇa­kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv ity evaṃ tāvad yāvad a­kā­ra­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­3­,9~śa­kti­śa­bde­na cā­vya­kta­rū­pe­ṇā­va­sthi­taṃ kāryam e­vo­cya­te­. tasya vya­kta­bhā­vā­pa­ttiḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r ity u­cya­te­. pravṛtteḥ prāg apy asti śaktiḥ, la­bdhā­tma­kā­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. pra­vṛ­tti­kā­le 'pi asti, ti­ro­bhā­va­da­rśa­nā­t­. ta­dū­rdhva­m apy asti, punaḥ pra­vṛ­tti­da­rśa­nā­t­. tad evaṃ yataḥ śakteḥ sarvaṃ vyaktaṃ pra­va­rta­te­, sā śaktiḥ sa­dā­va­sthā­yi­nī pra­dhā­na­m ity u­cya­te­.

NBhū-YA 56­3­,15~itaś cāsti pradhānaṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vo­pa­la­bdhe­r ā­sa­ndi­kā­di­va­t­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va­śa­bde­no­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­va u­cya­te­. u­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­ve­nā­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ hy e­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­pra­bha­va­tvaṃ dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ya­thā­sa­ndi­kā­dī­nāṃ­. asti ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇā­nāṃ bhūtānāṃ ca pa­ra­spa­ra­m u­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­vaḥ evaṃ ma­nu­ṣyā­dī­nāṃ cāto 'sty eṣām ekaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 56­4­,2~itaś cāsti pra­dhā­na­m­, vai­śva­rū­pyo­pa­la­bdheḥ­, kṣī­rā­di­va­t­. tad yathā — kṣīrād dadhi, dadhnas ta­kra­m­, ghṛtaṃ ca, ta­du­pa­yo­gā­t puṣṭis tato 'pi pu­trā­da­yaḥ­. ka­dā­ci­n mṛtasya śa­rī­ra­sya kvāthaḥ. ku­thi­ta­sya kṛ­mi­bhā­ve­na pa­ri­ṇā­maḥ­. kuthitaṃ śarīraṃ vṛ­kṣā­yu­rve­de vṛkṣāṇāṃ vṛ­ddhya­rtha­m iti śrū­ya­te­. tena ca vṛ­kṣā­ṇā­m api ta­tkā­rya­tva­m­, vṛkṣāc ca pha­la­m­, phalād rasas ta­du­pa­yo­gā­t pu­ṣṭi­ba­la­m ity etat sarvaṃ kṣīre 'sti kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r a­bhe­dā­d evaṃ sthā­va­rā­ṇāṃ ja­ṅga­me­ṣu sadbhāvo ja­ṅga­mā­nāṃ ca sthā­va­re­ṣv ity evaṃ jā­tya­nu­cche­de­na sarvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­kaṃ de­śa­kā­lā­kā­ra­ni­mi­tta­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­n na sa­mā­na­kā­lā­bhi­vya­kti­s tad etat sthā­va­ra­ja­ṅga­ma­vai­śva­rū­pyaṃ ja­la­bhū­myoḥ pā­ri­ṇā­mi­ka­m­. ja­lā­di­pa­ri­ṇā­mo 'py anyasya ka­sya­ci­t so 'py anyasya so 'py anyasya so 'py anyasya tāvad yāvad a­vi­bhā­gaḥ kvacid a­bhū­t­. yatra cā­vi­bhā­gaḥ­, tat pra­dhā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 56­4­,13~tad etat sarvam a­yu­kta­m — yat tāvad a­nvi­ta­tvā­d iti, tan na; a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t — puruṣā api cai­ta­nya­sa­ttva­jñe­ya­tvā­di­bhi­r anvitā iti. atha kā­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­saṃ­sa­rgi­tva­m a­nvi­ta­tva­m a­bhi­pre­ta­m­, tathāpi dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­sya sā­dhya­vi­ka­la­tvaṃ gha­ṭa­śa­rā­vā­dī­nā­m e­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­pū­rva­ka­tvā­si­ddheḥ­.

NBhū-YA 56­4­,17~atha ye bhedā ye­nā­nvi­tāḥ­, te ta­dā­tma­kā eva dṛṣṭā yathā ca­nda­ne­nā­nvi­tā­ni ca­nda­na­śa­ka­lā­ni ca­nda­nā­n na vya­ti­ri­cya­nte­. mṛdā cānvitā gha­ṭā­da­yo nā­mṛ­dā­tma­kāḥ tathā sarve bhāvāḥ su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hai­r a­nvi­tāḥ­, tasmāt sarve su­khā­dyā­tma­kā iti, na; a­si­ddha­tvā­t — na hi sa­rva­bhā­vā­nāṃ su­khā­dya­nvi­ta­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti.

NBhū-YA 56­4­,22~nanūktaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m — śa­bda­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­ga­ndhāḥ pañcāpi trayāṇāṃ su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hā­nāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­. ka­smā­t­? pañcānāṃ pa­ñcā­nā­m e­ka­kā­rya­bhā­vā­t­. sā­ttvi­ka­rā­ja­sa­tā­ma­sa­pa­ñca­ka­tra­yā­va­ro­dhā­rthaṃ vī­psā­bhi­dhā­na­m­. e­ka­kā­rya­bhā­vā­d ity atrāpi vīpsā dra­ṣṭa­vyā­.

NBhū-YA 56­4­,25~tatra sā­ttvi­kā­nāṃ pa­ñcā­nā­m ekaṃ kāryaṃ dṛṣṭam — pra­sā­da­lā­gha­va­pra­sa­vā­bhi­ṣva­ṅgo­ddha­rṣa­prī­ta­yaḥ­, tathā hi — putras te jāta iti śabdaṃ śrutvāsya prasādaḥ sva­sthe­ndri­yaṃ bha­va­ti­. dehasya laghutvaṃ lā­gha­va­m­, tu­ṣṭa­sā­dha­na­dā­tṛ­tvaṃ pra­sa­vaḥ­, tatraiṣā śaktir a­bhi­ṣva­ṅgaḥ­, ro­mā­ñca­na­m u­ddha­rṣaḥ­, prītiḥ sukham iti. evaṃ spa­rśā­di­ṣv api yo­jya­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­5­,4~tathā rā­ja­sā­nāṃ pa­ñcā­nā­m ekaṃ kāryaṃ dṛṣṭam — śo­ṣa­tā­pa­bhe­da­sta­mbho­dve­gā­pa­dve­ṣāḥ­. tatra putras te mṛta iti śabdaṃ śrutvāsya śoṣo bhavaty u­da­ka­prā­rtha­na­pa­ra­tva­m­, tāpo duḥ­kha­m­, bhedo '­śru­pra­sve­dā­me­dhyā­dyu­tsa­rgaḥ­, stambhaḥ — kiṃ ka­ro­mī­ty u­pā­yā­pa­ri­jñā­na­m­, a­ra­ti­r u­dve­gaḥ­, pra­ti­kū­la­ka­ra­ṇe­cchā­pa­dve­ṣaḥ­. evaṃ spa­rśā­di­ṣv api yo­jya­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­5­,8~tathā tā­ma­sā­nāṃ pañcānāṃ ekaṃ kāryaṃ dṛṣṭam — va­ra­ṇa­sā­da­nā­pa­dhvaṃ­sa­bī­bha­tsa­dai­nya­gau­ra­vā­ṇi­. tatra putras te mṛta iti śabdaṃ śrutvāsya varaṇaṃ kri­yā­pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ­, sādanaṃ vi­ṣa­ṇṇa­tā­, a­pa­dhvaṃ­sa­naṃ ni­ste­ja­stvaṃ pra­tya­ya­lo­po vā, bībhatso vi­kṣa­ta­rū­pa­tva­m­, dainyaṃ yat kiṃcit prā­rtha­na­pa­ra­tva­m­, gauravaṃ sva­ha­stā­dī­nā­m apy u­tkṣe­pa­ṇā­dya­sā­ma­rthya­m­. evaṃ spa­rśā­di­ṣv api yo­jya­m­. etaiś ca śa­bdā­di­bhi­r ā­ra­bdhā­ni pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­ni pa­ñca­ma­hā­bhū­tā­ni­, tasmāt tāny api sa­ttvā­dī­nāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣa­mā­tra­m­. tathā ka­ra­ṇā­tma­nāṃ su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hā­nāṃ tra­yo­da­śā­nāṃ tad eva kāryaṃ pra­sā­dā­di­. tathā de­va­ma­nu­ṣya­ti­rya­gyo­nyā­tma­kā­nāṃ pra­kā­śa­pra­vṛ­tti­ni­ya­mā­nāṃ tad eva kāryaṃ pra­sā­dā­di­. tasmāt sarvaṃ ja­ga­tsu­khā­dī­nāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­mā­tra­m iti.

NBhū-YA 56­5­,18~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m — yadi nāma śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ pra­sā­dā­di­kā­rya­ja­na­ka­tvaṃ su­khā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve kim ā­yā­tā­m­? na hy atra pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ kaścid asti. nanv a­tro­kta­m — śa­bdā­da­yaḥ su­khā­di­sva­bhā­vāḥ pra­sā­dā­di­ja­na­ka­tvā­t­, su­khā­di­va­d iti, na; kā­lā­tya­yā­pa­di­ṣṭa­tvā­t­. su­khā­di­sva­bhā­va­tve hi śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇai­ka­saṃ­ve­dya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgo ba­dhi­rā­dya­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. na hi su­khā­da­yaḥ śro­trā­di­vi­ka­laiḥ na gṛhyanta iti. śa­bda­spa­rśa­rū­pa­ra­sa­ga­ndhā­nāṃ pra­ti­ni­ya­te­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvaṃ ca na syād e­ka­sva­bhā­va­tvā­t­. nī­lā­di­bu­ddhi­va­d a­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa su­khā­di­bu­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca — yathā nī­lā­di­sva­bhā­ve vastuni sarveṣāṃ ta­ddra­ṣṭṝ­ṇā­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭo nī­lā­di­pra­ti­bhā­so bhavaty evaṃ yadi su­khā­di­sva­bhā­vo 'pi bāhyo 'rthaḥ syāt tadā tatra su­khā­di­pra­ti­bhā­so 'pi sarveṣāṃ ta­ddra­ṣṭṝ­ṇā­m a­vi­śi­ṣṭaḥ syāt, tasminn evārthe ka­sya­ci­t sukhaṃ ka­sya­ci­d duḥkhaṃ ka­sya­ci­t tīvraṃ ka­sya­ci­n mandam ity e­va­mā­di­vi­śe­ṣo na syāt. tasmān na su­khā­di­sva­bhā­vāḥ śa­bdā­da­ya iti.

NBhū-YA 56­6­,2~yac coktam — etaiś ca śa­bdā­di­bhi­r ā­ra­bdhā­nī­tyā­di­, ta­dvi­pa­rī­ta­m eva ka­lpi­ta­m­, yasmād ā­kā­śā­di­bhiḥ śa­bdā­da­ya ā­ra­bhya­nte­, na tu śa­bdā­di­bhi­r ā­kā­śā­dī­nī­ti­, ā­kā­śa­sya pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ca ni­tya­tvā­t­. na ca yena ya­dā­ra­bdha­m­, tat ta­dā­tma­ka­m eva. bhe­dā­bhā­ve hi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­va eva na syāt, si­ddhā­si­ddhā­va­stha­yoḥ svātmani kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t­. nāpy e­ka­jā­ti­tvaṃ ni­ya­me­na kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yoḥ­, pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­pi ku­vi­nda­tu­rī­pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ jā­ti­bhe­do­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na ca jā­ti­jā­ti­ma­to­s tādātmyaṃ siddhaṃ ye­nai­ka­jā­ti­tve 'pi kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r abhedaḥ syāj jā­ti­ta­dva­to­r a­tya­nta­bhe­da­sya vi­sta­re­ṇa pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­. sa­ttā­sa­mba­ndhi­tve­na ca pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m apy e­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. tataś ca —

ity ayam a­bhyu­pa­ga­mo vi­ru­dhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 56­6­,14~rū­pā­di­vai­dha­rmyā­c ca, na su­khā­di­sva­bhā­vāḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­da­yaḥ­. su­khā­dī­nāṃ pa­ri­ṇā­ma­vi­śe­ṣāḥ pṛ­thi­vyā­da­ya iti cet, te kiṃ su­khā­di­bhyo 'nye? ananye vā? anyatve pu­ru­ṣa­va­d a­tri­gu­ṇa­tva­m­. a­na­nya­tve tu rū­pā­di­ma­ttva­m ai­ndri­ya­ka­tvaṃ ca vi­ru­dhye­ta­, pra­dhā­na­va­t­. dha­rmā­nta­rā­pa­ttau sa­ttvā­di­ṣv eva pṛ­thi­vyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra iti cet, dha­rmā­nta­ra­sya tato 'nyatve pu­ru­ṣa­va­d a­tri­gu­ṇa­tva­m­. a­na­nya­tve ca pra­dhā­na­va­n ni­ya­ta­de­śa­kā­la­tvā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ sva­bhā­va­vai­la­kṣa­ṇyā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. ke­na­ci­d rū­pe­ṇā­nya­t ke­na­ci­t tad eva. nānyad ity atrāpy uktam eva. pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nāṃ ca dū­ṣa­ṇa­m­. ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­bhyā­m a­ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tvā­d iti cet, na; pa­ñca­viṃ­śa­ti­ta­ttvā­bhyu­pa­ga­ma­vi­ro­dhā­t­. na hi bu­ddhyā­dī­nāṃ pra­dhā­nā­d a­nya­tve­nā­va­ca­ne pa­ñca­viṃ­śa­ti­ta­ttvā­ny u­pa­pa­dya­nte­. vi­ru­ddha­dha­rmā­dhyā­sā­c ca mithaḥ śa­bdā­dī­nā­m i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ ca pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nāṃ ca bhe­da­si­ddheḥ­, katham a­nya­tvā­va­ca­na­m­? pu­ru­ṣa­syā­pi vā­nya­tvā­va­ca­naṃ syāt. api ca su­kha­duḥ­kha­mo­hā­nā­m e­ke­ndri­ya­saṃ­ve­dyā­rū­pā­di­tva­sā­dha­rmye 'py e­kā­nte­na bheda i­ṣya­te­. śa­bdā­dī­nāṃ tu pra­ti­ni­ya­te­ndri­ya­grā­hya­tvā­di­vai­dha­rmye 'pi nai­kā­nte­na bheda ity aho prā­mā­ṇi­ka­tva­m­. pra­tya­kṣā­di­no­pa­la­bhya­mā­ne 'pi su­khā­di­bhyaḥ śa­bdā­dī­nā­m a­tya­nta­bhe­de kiṃcit sā­dha­rmyā­d a­bhe­da­si­ddhā­v a­dvai­ta­si­ddhi­r eva syāt, gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇā­m api sā­dha­rmya­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. tasmān nā­nva­yā­t pra­dhā­na­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,2~nāpi pa­ri­mā­ṇā­si­ddhiḥ­, pa­ri­mi­tā­nā­m e­ka­kā­ra­ṇa­saṃ­sṛ­ṣṭa­tve dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­si­ddheḥ­. mū­lā­ṅku­rā­dī­nāṃ tu brī­hya­va­ya­ve­bhyo '­va­ya­vā­nta­ra­sa­hi­te­bhyaḥ pū­rva­pū­rvā­va­ya­va­vi­nā­śe sati kra­me­ṇo­tpa­tti­r naikatra saṃsargo 'sti. nāpy e­ka­smā­d u­tpa­ttiḥ­, sa­rva­kā­ryā­ṇāṃ ka­rtṛ­ka­ka­ra­ṇo­pā­dā­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­si­ddheḥ­. nāpy e­ko­pā­dā­na­pū­rva­ka­tvaṃ ka­sya­ci­d dra­vya­syai­ka­syā­py asti. a­thai­ka­jā­tī­yo­pā­dā­na­pū­rva­ka­tva­m­, tadā si­ddha­sā­dhya­tā­; dra­vyai­ka­jā­tī­ya­syai­vo­pā­dā­na­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. a­vā­nta­ra­jā­ti­bhe­da­s tu kṣi­tyu­da­kā­dyu­pā­dā­nā­nāṃ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­py u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tatas ta­da­pa­hna­ve pra­tya­kṣā­di­bā­dhā­pi syāt. su­khā­dī­nāṃ tu na kvacid u­pā­dā­na­tvaṃ si­ddha­m­, gu­ṇa­tvā­t­. tan na pa­ri­mā­ṇā­d api pra­dhā­na­si­ddhiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,11~e­te­no­pa­kā­ryo­pa­kā­ra­ka­bhā­vā­t pra­dhā­na­si­ddhi­r ity a­pā­sta­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,13~nāpi śa­kti­pra­vṛ­tteḥ pra­dhā­na­si­ddhiḥ­. triṣv api kāleṣu kāryaṃ kā­ra­ṇe­ṣv a­va­sthi­ta­m astīti ke­nai­ta­c chra­ddhe­ya­m­? na hi ka­nya­ko­da­re pu­tra­pau­trā­da­yaḥ prāg apy a­va­sthi­tāḥ santīty atra pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,17~etena vai­śva­rū­pya­he­tu­r api a­pā­staḥ­. sa­tkā­rya­tva­sā­ma­rthyā­d eteṣāṃ siddhir iti cet, na; ta­syai­vā­si­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi kāryasya prā­ga­sti­tve pramāṇaṃ kiṃcid asti.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,20~nanūktaṃ pra­mā­ṇa­m —

NBhū-YA 56­7­,23~ete cā­vī­ta­he­ta­vaḥ­. yady asat kriyate śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dy api kri­ya­te­, na tu kri­ya­te­; tasmāt sad eva kā­rya­m­.

NBhū-YA 56­7­,25~yadi ca ta­ntvā­di­ṣu pa­ṭā­di­kā­ryaṃ nāsti, tadā pa­ṭā­dya­rthi­na­s ta­ntvā­dyu­pā­dā­naṃ na kuryuḥ, ta­tkā­rya­śū­nya­tvā­d vī­ra­ṇā­di­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 56­8­,1~yadi cāsann eva paṭas tantubhyo bha­va­ti­, tataḥ sarvaṃ kāryaṃ bhaved a­sa­ttvā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­, na tu bhavaty ataḥ sa­rva­sa­mbha­vā­bhā­vā­n ni­ścī­ya­te — yad eva ya­trā­sti­, tad eva tato bha­va­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 56­8­,4~śaktasya ca kartṛtvaṃ sarvair e­ve­ṣya­te­. na ca śa­kti­vi­ka­laṃ śaktaṃ yu­kta­m­. śaktiṃ ca na kāryād anyāṃ pa­śyā­maḥ­. śakyaṃ ca kriyate tena nāsataḥ śakyatvaṃ yu­kta­m­. kiṃ ca yady asya kā­ra­ṇa­m­, tat tato bha­va­ti­. na cāsati kārye 'syedaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m ity u­pa­pa­dya­te­. tasmāt sad eva kāryam iti.

NBhū-YA 56­8­,9~tad etad apy a­yu­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 56­8­,10~yat tāvad a­sa­da­ka­ra­ṇā­d iti, tan na; pa­ra­ti­ba­ndhā­si­ddheḥ­. yadi nāma śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­dya­sa­t kri­ya­mā­ṇaṃ na dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, pa­ṭā­dya­py asan na kriyata iti kutaḥ? yathaiva hi śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇā­de­r a­sa­ttva­m a­kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ca sa­rva­lo­kā­vi­saṃ­vā­di­nā pra­tya­kṣā­di­nā pra­mā­ṇe­na si­ddha­m­, tathaiva pa­ṭā­dī­nāṃ prā­ga­sa­ttvaṃ kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ ca siddhaṃ kiṃ ne­ṣya­te­? kiṃ cā­sa­da­ka­ra­ṇā­d a­sa­tkā­ryaṃ kiṃ ne­ṣṭa­m­? tatrāpy evaṃ śakyate vaktum — yadi sat kriyate pu­ru­ṣā­dy apy kri­ye­ta­? na tu kri­ya­te­, tasmād a­sa­tkā­rya­m iti.

NBhū-YA 56­8­,17~yat tūktam u­pā­dā­na­gra­ha­ṇā­d iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; vi­ru­ddha­tvā­t­. yadi hi prāg apy asti kā­rya­m­, tatas tadarthaṃ ta­tkā­ra­ṇe­ṣu na kaścit pra­va­rte­ta­, vai­ya­rthyā­t — na hi loke yasya yad asti, sa tadarthaṃ yatata iti. nanu pṛṣṭhaṃ me kuru, keśān me kuru i­tyā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­da­rśa­nā­t sato 'pi kri­ya­mā­ṇa­tvaṃ si­ddha­m­, na ta­syau­pa­cā­ri­ka­tvā­t — pṛ­ṣṭha­ke­śā­di­ṣv anyad eva kiṃcit kāryaṃ kri­ya­te­, pṛ­ṣṭha­ke­śā­di­kaṃ tū­pa­cā­re­ṇa kriyata ity u­cya­te­, na tv aṃjasā tasya prāg eva ni­ṣpa­nna­tvā­t­. ni­ṣpa­nna­sya ca ni­ṣpā­da­nā­sa­mbha­vaḥ­, ta­trā­na­rtha­ko hetuḥ syāt. yady asann eva paṭas tantubhiḥ kri­ya­te­, vī­ra­ṇā­di­bhi­r api kiṃ na kriyata iti cet, na; vī­ra­ṇā­dī­nāṃ ta­trā­sā­ma­rthyā­t­. sā­ma­rthya­m eva kāryam iti cet, na śakteḥ kā­ra­ṇa­dha­rma­tvā­t tataḥ pa­ścā­dbha­va­tkā­ryaṃ kathaṃ ta­dā­tma­kaṃ syat? yogyatāṃ vijñāya ca pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­kā­ra­ṇo­pā­dā­na­m­, na tu kā­rya­da­rśa­nā­n na hy a­ni­ṣpa­nnaḥ paṭo draṣṭuṃ śa­kya­te­. kiṃ ca sarvaṃ sa­rvā­tma­ka­m ity e­vaṃ­vā­dī­nāṃ vī­ra­ṇā­di­ṣv api paṭo 'stīti kiṃ na taiḥ paṭaḥ kri­ya­te­? kasmāc ca na tāni pa­ṭā­rthi­bhi­r u­pā­dī­ya­nte­?

NBhū-YA 56­9­,2~etena sa­rva­sa­mbha­vā­bhā­vo 'pi pra­tyu­ktaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 56­9­,3~ya­tho­kta­m — śakyaṃ ca kriyate na cāsat kartuṃ śakyam iti, sat kathaṃ śa­kya­m­? na hi pradhānaṃ puruṣo vā ke­na­ci­t kartuṃ śa­kya­te­.

NBhū-YA 56­9­,5~yac coktam — kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vā­d iti, tad api vi­ru­ddha­tvā­pa­yu­kta­m­. yadi hi prāg apy asti kā­rya­m­, tadā kā­ra­ṇe­na kiṃ ka­rta­vya­m­? a­kiṃ­ci­tka­raṃ ca kathaṃ kā­ra­ṇa­m­? na hi kṣe­tra­jñā­nāṃ pa­ra­spa­raṃ kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­bhā­vaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. kā­rya­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ kā­ra­ṇe­na kriyate iti cet, sā yady asatī kri­ya­te­, tato '­sa­tkā­ryaṃ syāt. sati ced a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ ta­da­va­sthaṃ kā­ra­kā­na­rtha­kya­m­. a­bhi­vya­kte­r apy a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ kriyata iti cet, sāpi satī syād asatī vety a­pa­rya­va­sā­na­m­. sarvatra sa­ttvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me sarvaṃ sa­dai­vā­bhi­vya­kti­m ity ā­na­rtha­kya­m eva kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m­. etena dha­rmā­nta­rā­pra­vṛ­tti­lā­bhā­d yu­kti­bhe­daḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. yat kiṃcit pra­yo­ja­naṃ kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m u­cya­te­, tat sarvaṃ sa­rvā­kā­re­ṇa prāg e­vā­stī­ty ā­na­rtha­kya­m eva kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m­. yena vā­kā­re­ṇa prāg asti, sa ta­syā­kā­raḥ prāg asann eva paścād dhetubhyo bha­va­tī­ti kathaṃ nā­sa­tkā­rya­m­?

NBhū-YA 56­9­,16~mā­dha­va­ma­tā­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu sāṃ­khya­nā­śa eva syāt. ka­tha­m­? yadi hy a­bhi­vya­kti­r anyo vā kaścid dharmo 'sann eva kri­ya­te­, tato '­sa­da­ka­ra­ṇā­d ity e­va­mā­da­yo '­sa­ma­rthā hetavaḥ syus tataḥ sa­tkā­rya­tvā­si­ddhau vai­śva­rū­pyā­dya­si­ddheḥ pra­dhā­nā­dya­si­ddhi­r iti. na cātra viśeṣaḥ kaścid asti yena pa­ṭā­di­kā­rya­syai­vā­sa­taḥ ka­ra­ṇa­m­. sataś cā­tma­hā­naṃ ca na sa­mbha­va­ti­, ta­ddha­rma­sya tu ka­sya­ci­t sa­mbha­va­ty e­ve­ti­. na ca kiṃcid apy asan na bha­va­tī­ti śakyaṃ va­ktu­m­. vi­sphū­rja­tā­pi hi kā­ra­kā­ṇā­m avaśyaṃ kiṃcit phalaṃ vā­cya­m­, yad asiddhaṃ taiḥ sādhyata iti. yadi kiṃcin nāsaj jāyate na sa­nni­va­rta­te­, tadā de­śa­kā­lā­kā­ra­ni­mi­tta­pra­ti­ba­ndhā­n na sa­mā­na­kā­lā­bhi­vya­kti­r ity etad api vyā­ha­nya­te­. yadi hi sadaiva santy a­bhi­vya­kta­yaḥ­, kathaṃ na sa­mā­na­kā­lāḥ­? na cet santi, paścād api kathaṃ na bha­vi­ṣya­nti­? tathā de­śā­di­pra­ti­ba­ndho 'pi saṃś cen na ka­dā­ci­n ni­va­rti­ṣya­ta iti. sa­dai­vā­na­bhi­vya­kti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. a­thā­sa­nn eva pra­ti­ba­ndhaḥ tathāpi kuto '­na­bhi­vya­kti­r iti? yat punar etat — na vastutaḥ kiṃcid u­tpa­dya­te ni­va­rta­te vā, guṇānāṃ hi saṃ­yo­ga­vi­yo­ga­mā­tre pra­vṛ­tti­ni­vṛ­tti­vya­va­hā­raḥ­, sa­ttvā­dī­nā­m e­vā­nya­thā sa­nni­ve­śe kā­rya­bhe­do­pa­cā­raḥ śi­kyā­kṣa­sū­trā­di­va­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, a­va­ya­ve­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­syā­va­ya­vi­naḥ sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­t saṃ­yo­ga­sya cā­rthā­nta­ra­tvā­d u­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śa­dha­rma­ka­tvā­c ca kathaṃ na kiṃcid u­tpa­dya­te­? api ca ra­jjvā­dī­nāṃ mū­rta­tvā­t sā­va­ya­va­tvā­d a­va­ya­va­kri­yā­dvā­re­ṇā­nya­thā­nya­thā sa­nni­ve­śaḥ kartuṃ śa­kya­te­, sa­ttvā­dī­nāṃ vi­bhu­tva­ni­ra­va­ya­va­tvā­t­. pu­ru­ṣa­va­n nā­nya­thā­nya­thā sa­nni­ve­śeḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. viyogo 'pi vi­bhū­nā­m a­yu­ktaḥ­. kiṃ cā­rū­pā­di­ma­tāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi kathaṃ rū­pā­dyu­pa­la­bdhiḥ­? na hi vāyūnāṃ sa­nni­ve­śa­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi śu­klā­di­rū­pa­m u­pa­la­bhya­te­. yeṣāṃ hi ya­thā­bhū­tā rū­pā­da­yaḥ­, teṣām a­nya­thā­nya­thā­sa­nni­ve­śe 'pi ta­thā­bhū­tā eva rū­pā­da­ya u­pa­la­bhya­nte­, yathā kṛ­ṣṇa­ta­ntū­nā­m­. tasmān na gu­ṇa­sa­nni­ve­śa­mā­tre pṛ­thi­vyā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'ta eva na pra­dhā­na­syo­pā­dā­na­tva­m­. ta­du­pā­dā­na­tve hi pṛ­thi­vyā­dī­nāṃ vi­ci­tra­rū­pā­di­yo­gi­tvaṃ na syat, kā­rya­dra­vya­syo­pā­dā­na­rū­pā­dya­nu­vi­dhā­na­da­rśa­nā­t­. pra­dhā­na­syā­pi vi­ci­tra­rū­pā­di­yo­gi­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­me pa­ra­mā­ṇu­ṣv eva pra­dhā­na­saṃ­jñā kṛtā syād ekasya vi­ci­tra­rū­pā­di­yo­gā­sa­mbha­vā­d dra­vyo­pā­dā­na­sya cā­lpa­pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­nā­nā­tva­ni­ya­mo­pa­la­mbhā­t­. pa­ra­mā­ṇū­nāṃ ca su­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tvaṃ prāg eva pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m­. tasmān na su­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tve pu­ru­ṣa­sya pra­dhā­na­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. pra­dhā­na­sya ca su­khā­dyā­śra­ya­tve­, puruṣo ni­ṣprā­mā­ṇi­kaḥ syāt.

NBhū-YA 57­0­,16~nanu bhogyena bhoktur a­nu­mā­na­m uktam — sa­vi­kā­raṃ pra­dhā­na­m­, bho­ktra­vi­nā­bhū­ta­m­, bho­gya­tvā­d o­da­nā­di­va­t­. tathā pa­rā­rtha­ś ca­kṣu­rā­da­yaḥ­, saṃ­ha­ta­tvā­t­, śa­ya­nā­di­va­d iti, tad a­yu­kta­m­, bho­ga­sva­rū­pā­si­ddheḥ­. su­kha­duḥ­khe tajjñānaṃ ca loke 'pi bho­ga­tve­na pra­si­ddha­m­, tac ca bhavatā buddheḥ ka­ra­ṇa­sye­ṣṭa­m­. ta­da­nya­s tu kaḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya bhoga iti? etena pa­rā­rtha­tvaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­, ko hi de­hā­di­bhiḥ pu­ru­ṣa­syā­rthaḥ sa­mpā­dya­te­? dha­rmā­da­yo 'pi hi buddher e­ve­ṣya­nte­.

NBhū-YA 57­0­,23~nanu dvividhaḥ pu­ru­ṣā­rtha uktaḥ — śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­r gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­da­rśa­naṃ ca pūrvena bhoga uktaḥ, u­tta­re­ṇa mokṣa iti. kathaṃ bhoga iti cet, ucyate — buddher ākūtaṃ vi­di­tve­ndri­yā­ṇi vi­ṣa­yā­kā­re­ṇa pa­ri­ṇa­ma­nte­. tatas ta­di­ndri­ya­vṛ­ttyā­kā­re­ṇa buddheḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇaḥ­, tasyāṃ bu­ddhi­vṛ­ttau cai­ta­nyā­bhi­vya­kti­r na bha­va­ti­, yathā sū­rya­kā­ntā­d ity a­ra­śmi­sa­nni­pā­te ta­lā­di­ṣv a­gni­jvā­lā­bhi­vya­jya­te­, tathā vi­ṣa­ye­ndri­ya­ma­no­vṛ­tti­sa­nni­pā­te '­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­vṛ­ttau cai­ta­nya­m a­bhi­vya­jya­te­. so 'yaṃ buddher a­bhi­vya­ktiḥ pa­ri­ṇā­mo bhoga ity u­cya­te­. tatra yasya mate tra­yā­da­śa­vi­dhaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m­, tanmate ma­ha­tta­ttvaṃ bu­ddhi­śa­bde­no­cya­te­. ye tv e­kā­da­śa­vi­dhaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­m i­ccha­nti­, tanmate tu mana eva buddhiḥ, tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 57­1­,5~so 'yaṃ pra­kṛ­ti­pu­ru­ṣa­yo­r bho­ktṛ­bho­gya­la­kṣa­ṇo '­nā­di­sa­mba­ndho bandha ity u­cya­te­. sa cā­da­rśa­na­mū­la­s tenāsau da­rśa­nā­n ni­va­rta­te­, ta­nni­vṛ­ttau ca ni­ru­pā­dhiḥ puruṣaḥ sva­bhā­va­ni­rma­lo mukta ity u­cya­te­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 57­1­,10~punar apy uktam —

NBhū-YA 57­1­,23~tad evaṃ dvi­vi­dha­pu­ru­ṣā­rtho­pa­pa­tte­r na pa­rā­rtha­tvā­nu­pa­pa­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 57­1­,25~tad etad ā­kā­śa­ca­rva­ṇa­va­d a­nu­pa­pa­nna­m —

NBhū-YA 57­1­,26~yat tāvad a­gni­jvā­lā­va­c cai­ta­nya­m a­bhi­vya­jya­te iti, tan na; sa­tkā­rya­tva­ni­ṣe­dhā­d a­gni­jvā­lā­yā apy a­bhi­vya­ktya­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. sa­tkā­rya­pa­kṣe 'pi ti­ro­hi­ta­syā­bhi­vya­ktiḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, na ca tvanmate cai­ta­nya­sya ti­ro­bhā­vo 'sty a­pa­ri­ṇa­mi­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­. na hi vi­śi­ṣṭā­kā­ra­pa­ri­ṇa­tā­yā­m api buddhau citeḥ pū­rva­sva­bhā­vā­nya­thā­tvaṃ bhavaty a­pa­ri­ṇā­mi­tva­vi­ro­dhā­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­2­,3~sva­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi bho­gā­bhyu­pa­ga­me tu sa­dai­vā­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa bhogaḥ syāt tathā ca kaḥ puṃsaḥ pra­dhā­na­kṛ­to bhogaḥ? cai­ta­nyā­kā­re­ṇai­va buddheḥ pa­ri­ṇā­ma eva bhoga iti cet, sa kiṃ pu­ru­ṣa­ni­mi­tto vā? na vā? pu­ru­ṣa­ni­mi­tta­ś cet, na tarhy u­dā­sī­naḥ pu­ru­ṣaḥ­, sva­bho­ga­ka­rtṛ­tvā­t­. atha kri­yā­pa­ri­ṇā­mo 'pi tasya nāsti sa­nni­dhi­mā­tre­ṇa ka­rtṛ­tvā­t tena kurvann apy u­dā­sī­na ity u­cya­te­, na; a­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. yadi ni­rvyā­pā­ra­syā­pi sa­nni­dhi­mā­tre­ṇa ka­rtṛ­tva­m­, ta­dā­tma­nāṃ vyā­pa­ka­tve­na sarvatra sā­nni­dhyā­t sa­rvā­tmā­naḥ sarveṣāṃ kartāraḥ syuḥ. mu­ktā­tmā­no 'pi bhoktāraḥ syuḥ, ta­tsa­nni­dhi­mā­trā­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. atha bhogam a­ku­rva­nn eva bhoktā, na; a­pra­si­ddha­tvā­t — na hi bhu­ji­kri­yā­m a­ku­rva­nn eva kaścid bhoktā pra­si­ddhaḥ­. kiṃ ca mu­ktā­tma­nā­m api bho­ktṛ­tva­pra­sa­ṅgā­d vi­śe­ṣā­bhā­vā­t­. etena pra­ti­bi­mbo­da­yaḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. ci­ti­sva­bhā­vā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi sa­rva­puṃ­sāṃ vyā­pa­ka­tve­na sa­nni­dhā­nā­vi­śe­ṣe 'pi ca ka­sya­ci­d eva puṃsaḥ pra­ti­bi­mbo­da­yaḥ­, na sa­rva­puṃ­sā­m iti, kiṃkṛto 'yaṃ niyamaḥ kle­śa­ka­rmā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­kṛ­ta iti cet, na; kle­śā­de­r bu­ddhi­vṛ­tti­tvā­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­2­,17~nanu bu­ddhi­vṛ­tti­tve 'pi sva­svā­mi­sa­mba­ndha­ni­ya­mā­t pu­ru­ṣa­vṛ­tti­tvo­pa­cā­raḥ­, śrūyate hi — bhṛ­tyā­pa­rā­dhe­na svāmino daṇḍa iti, na; sa­rva­tho­dā­sī­na­sya svā­mi­tve­na dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­pra­si­ddheḥ­. vi­pa­rya­ye tu rā­jā­di­dṛ­ṣṭā­nto 'sti. svatvam apy u­pa­kā­ra­ka­syai­va bhṛ­tyā­de­r dṛ­ṣṭa­m­. na ca buddhiḥ puṃsaḥ sva­bhā­va­ni­rma­la­sya kiṃcid u­pa­kā­raṃ kartuṃ śa­kno­ti­.

NBhū-YA 57­2­,21~na­rta­kī­va­d ātmānaṃ da­rśa­ya­nty e­vo­pa­kā­ri­ke­ti cet, naitad asti; nartakī hi raṅgasya svā­tma­da­rśa­naṃ ja­na­ya­ntī svātmānaṃ da­rśa­ya­tī­ty u­cya­te­. na ca buddhiḥ puṃsaḥ kiṃcij ja­na­ya­ti sa­rva­thā­nu­pa­kā­rya­tvā­t­. na ca nartaky apy a­di­dṛ­kṣoḥ ka­sya­ci­d ātmānaṃ da­rśa­yi­tuṃ śa­kno­ti­. di­dṛ­kṣa­va­ś ca su­khā­bhi­lā­ṣā­t punaḥ punaś cakṣur vyā­pā­ra­ya­ntaḥ pa­śya­ntī­ti katham u­dā­sī­nāḥ­? tasmān no­dā­sī­na­sya bhogaḥ kvacit prasiddha iti.

NBhū-YA 57­2­,27~etena mokṣo 'pi pra­yu­ktaḥ­. kiṃ ca yasya sa­mba­ndhaḥ­, tasya ta­da­bhā­vā­n mokṣa ity u­cya­te­. bandhaś cā­jñā­na­m a­bhi­ma­taḥ­, yasmād uktam —

"­dha­rme­ṇa ga­ma­na­m ūrdhvaṃ ga­ma­na­m a­dha­stā­dbha­va­ty a­dha­rme­ṇa

NBhū-YA 57­3­,3~tac cā­jñā­na­rā­gā­di­kaṃ buddher eveṣṭaṃ na pu­ru­ṣa­sye­ti katham a­nya­kṛ­te­nā­jñā­nā­di­nā pu­ru­ṣa­sya ba­ndha­saṃ­sā­rā­dyu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­? na hi ta­ska­rā­pa­rā­dhā­t sādhūnāṃ bandho nyāyyaḥ, sā­dhu­kṛ­tā­d vā su­kṛ­tā­t ta­ska­rā­ṇāṃ mokṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 57­3­,7~na­nū­pa­cā­re­ṇai­va pu­ru­ṣa­sya ba­ndhā­di­ka­m ucyate yasmād uktam —

iti. na; ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­d u­pa­cā­ra­syā­py a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ sva­svā­mi­bhā­vo 'pi tvatpakṣe no­pa­pa­ya­ta ity u­kta­m­. bhi­nnā­bhi­nnā­nu­pa­pa­tte­ś ca — na tāvat sva­svā­mi­bhā­vaḥ pra­kṛ­ti­pu­ru­ṣā­bhyāṃ bhinnaḥ, svayam a­na­bhyu­pa­ga­mā­t­, na hi gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣa­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ tvayā kiṃcid a­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te­. a­thā­bhi­nnaḥ­, tadā pra­kṛ­ti­pu­ru­ṣa­yo­r a­nu­cche­dā­d a­nu­cche­dyaḥ sva­svā­mi­bhā­vaḥ­, tato mo­kṣā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 57­3­,16~ca­ri­tā­rthaṃ pradhānaṃ na pra­va­rta­te ity etad apy anena pra­tyu­kta­m­, pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­syā­nu­cche­dā­t­. ucchede vā pra­dhā­na­syā­py u­cche­daḥ­, tad a­bhe­dā­t­. e­te­nau­tmu­kya­ni­vṛ­ttiḥ pra­tyu­ktā­. śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­va­d vā — yathā śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhiṃ kṛtvā na ca­ri­tā­rthaṃ bha­va­ti­, punaḥ śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhi­da­rśa­nā­t­, tathā kṛtvāpi gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­da­rśa­naṃ punas ta­da­rtha­m eva pra­va­rte­ta­.

NBhū-YA 57­3­,21~syād etat — śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­bdhiṃ kṛtvā gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­da­rśa­nā­rthaṃ pra­va­rta­te­, tasminn api kṛte nāparaṃ pra­vṛ­tti­ni­mi­tta­m astīti kutaḥ pra­va­rte­ta­? yady evaṃ śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­mbhaṃ kṛtvā taṃ prati ni­vṛ­ttau­tsu­kya­tvā­d gu­ṇa­pu­ru­ṣā­nta­ra­da­rśa­na­m eva ka­ro­tu­, kimarthaṃ janmani janmani śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­mbha­m eva ka­ro­ti­? evaṃ hy a­pu­ru­ṣā­rthai­va prakṛteḥ pravṛttiḥ syāt — yadarthaṃ pravṛttā na tat sa­mpā­da­ya­ti­. śa­bdā­dyu­pa­la­mbhā­rthaṃ ca na pra­vṛ­tti­r gha­ṭa­te­, ta­trau­tsu­kyā­bhā­vā­j ja­nmā­nta­re­ṣu kṛ­ta­tvā­t­. a­pre­kṣā­pū­rva­kā­ri­tvā­d anyārthaṃ pra­vṛ­ttā­py anyat sa­mpā­da­ya­tī­ti cet, yady evaṃ saṃ­sā­ryā­tmā­rthaṃ pra­vṛ­ttā­pi ka­dā­ci­n mu­ktā­tma­no 'pi bhogaṃ sa­mpā­da­ye­d vi­ve­ka­vi­ka­la­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­4­,2~buddher ākūtaṃ vi­di­tve­tyā­dy apy a­yu­kta­m­, ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ vā­syā­di­va­n nā­kū­ta­pa­ri­jñā­na­m­, nāpi svataḥ pra­vṛ­tti­r iti.

NBhū-YA 57­4­,4~buddher api dha­rma­jñā­nā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tva­m a­yu­kta­m­, ka­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­ce­ta­na­tvā­c ca kha­ni­trā­di­va­t­. pu­ru­ṣa­syā­pi na dha­rmā­dya­dhi­ka­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ce­ta­na­tvā­n mu­ktā­tma­va­d iti cet, na; dha­rmi­dṛ­ṣṭā­nta­grā­ha­ka­pra­mā­ṇa­bā­dhi­ta­tvā­t­, na hi jñā­na­vya­ti­ri­ktaṃ caitanyaṃ ku­ta­ści­t si­ddha­m­. yasya jñānaṃ tasyaiva su­kha­duḥ­khe­cchā­dve­ṣa­pra­ya­tna­dha­rmā­dha­rma­saṃ­skā­rā­ś ceti sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. duḥ­kha­ta­ddhe­tu­vi­yu­kta­s tu loke 'pi muktaḥ pra­si­ddha­s te­nā­mu­ktā­tma­nāṃ duḥkhaṃ ta­nni­mi­tta­m a­dha­rmā­vi­dyā­di­kaṃ cā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m iti vya­va­sthi­taṃ tāvad ya­tho­kta­m — a­pa­rā­tma­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sā­ṅga­m iti.

NBhū-YA 57­4­,12~a­the­dā­nīṃ pa­ra­mā­tma­jñā­naṃ niḥ­śre­ya­sā­ṅga­tve­na va­kta­vya­m­.

NBhū-YA 57­4­,14~nanu ca pa­rā­pa­ra­bhe­de­nā­tma­jñā­naṃ naiva niḥ­śre­ya­sa­sā­dha­na­m­, ka­smā­t­? a­vi­dyā­rū­pa­tvā­d bhe­da­jñā­na­sya ca­ndrā­di­bhe­da­jñā­na­va­t­, tathā ca śrutiḥ — "­e­ka­m e­ve­da­m­, na dvi­tī­ya­m­"­, "­dvi­tī­yā­d vai bhayaṃ bha­ve­t­"­, "mṛtyoḥ sa mṛtyum āpnoti ya iha nāneva pa­śya­ti­"­, "sarvaṃ khalv idaṃ bra­hma­"­.

NBhū-YA 57­4­,25~a­nu­mā­na­m apy ucyate — sarvaṃ jagat pa­ra­mā­tma­no na bhi­dya­te­, sa­ttva­jñe­ya­tvā­di­bhyaḥ­, ta­tsva­rū­pa­va­t­. na ca pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ro­dhaḥ­, tasya bhe­dā­vi­ṣa­ya­tvā­t­. tad uktam —

NBhū-YA 57­5­,1~kiṃ ca sarvaṃ vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­taṃ bhe­da­jñā­naṃ bhrā­nta­m­, bhe­da­jñā­na­tvā­c ca­ndrā­di­bhe­da­jñā­na­va­t­. a­dvai­ta­jñā­naṃ bhe­da­jñā­na­sya bā­dha­ka­m eva ta­du­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­tvā­t­, śu­kti­kā­di­jñā­na­va­t­. ve­dā­rtha­pa­ryā­lo­ca­nā­d u­tta­ra­kā­la­m a­dvai­ta­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, bhe­da­jñā­naṃ tv a­nā­dya­vi­dyā­va­śā­t sarveṣāṃ prāg e­vā­sti­, tatas tan na bā­dha­ka­m­, ra­ja­ta­jñā­nā­di­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­5­,5~trai­lo­kyā­gra­ha­ṇe ca tato bhinnaḥ kathaṃ ghaṭaḥ pra­tī­ya­te­? na hi yenāśvo na dṛṣṭaḥ, so 'śvād bhe­de­nā­na­śvaṃ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śaknoti gha­ṭa­pa­ṭa­yo­r api bhedaḥ kathaṃ gṛ­hya­te­? yadi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­t­, la­kṣa­ṇa­yo­r api kathaṃ bhedaḥ? tatrāpi la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­śra­ya­ṇe '­na­va­sthā syāt. atha pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ, pra­ti­bhā­sa­yo­r api kathaṃ bhedaḥ? tatrāpi pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­śra­ya­ṇe '­na­va­sthā pra­sa­ra­ntī kena vā­rya­te­? i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­do­ṣā­c ca — yāvan na ghaṭaḥ paṭād vyāvṛttaḥ pra­tī­taḥ­, tāvan na ghaṭād vyāvṛttaḥ paṭaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śa­kya­te­, yāvac ca na ghaṭād vyāvṛttaḥ paṭaḥ pra­tī­ta­s tāvan na paṭād vyāvṛtto ghaṭaḥ pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ śakyata iti. sa­dā­kā­ra­pra­tī­tya­vi­śe­ṣā­c ca. na hy e­kā­kā­re­ṇa pra­tī­ya­mā­na­sya nānātvaṃ yu­kta­m­, a­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ro­cche­da­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. atha gha­ṭā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa nānātvaṃ pra­tī­ya­te­. gha­ṭā­dyā­kā­raḥ sa­dā­kā­rā­d anyo 'nanyo vā? yady anyaḥ, tato 'sann evāsau sato '­nya­tvā­c cha­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­t­. va­stu­na­ś cādvaitaṃ ci­ntya­te­. a­thā­bhi­nnaḥ­, tadā gha­ṭā­dyā­kā­ro 'pi sa­dā­kā­ra e­ve­ti­. kathaṃ bhedaḥ? tasmād a­vi­dyā­ni­ba­ndha­no 'yaṃ bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­saḥ sā cāvidyā bra­hma­ṇa­s ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­bhyā­m a­ni­rva­ca­nī­yā­. te­nā­dvai­ta­pa­kṣe 'pi ja­ga­dvai­ci­tryaṃ na vi­ru­dhya­te­. sva­pno­pa­la­bdhā­rtha­vai­ci­trya­va­d a­vi­cā­ra­kṣa­ma­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 57­5­,20~tad etat sarvam a­yu­kta­m­. yat tāvad ā­ga­ma­ba­le­nā­dvai­ta­sā­dha­na­m­, tan na; dvai­ta­pa­kṣe 'py ā­ga­ma­sa­dbhā­vā­t­. tatra śrutau tāvad uktam —

tathā — "dve brahmaṇī ve­di­ta­vye paraṃ cāparaṃ ca" i­tyā­di­.

tathā —

ity e­va­mā­di­. smṛtāv apy uktam —

ity e­va­mā­di­.

NBhū-YA 57­6­,6~tatra dvai­ta­pa­kṣe yāny a­dvai­tā­bhi­dhā­yī­ni vā­kyā­ni­, tāni pa­ra­mā­tma­vi­ṣa­ya­tve­nā­rtha­va­nti vyā­khye­yā­ni­. ekam evedaṃ paraṃ brahmeti dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. sarvaṃ ca jagad bra­hmā­dhi­ṣṭhi­ta­tve­na bra­hma­kṛ­ta­tve­na vā sarvaṃ khalv idaṃ brahmety u­kta­m­. evam anyāni vākyāny a­vi­ro­dhe­na vyā­khye­yā­ni­. yasya tu mate dvitīyaṃ na kiṃcid asti, tasya dvai­tā­bhi­dhā­yī­ni vākyāny a­pra­mā­ṇā­ny eva prāptāni na hi teṣām u­pa­cā­re­ṇā­py arthaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­, u­pa­cā­rā­ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­t­. na cai­ka­smi­nn e­vā­ga­me ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d vākyānāṃ prāmāṇyaṃ ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­prā­mā­ṇya­m ity atra nyāyaḥ kaścid asti. atha saṃ­sā­rā­va­sthā­yāṃ dvaitaṃ mo­kṣā­va­sthā­yāṃ tv a­dvai­ta­m ity u­bha­ye­ṣāṃ vi­ṣa­ya­vi­bhā­ge­na prāmāṇyaṃ va­rṇya­te­, tad a­yu­kta­m­; dvai­tā­na­bhyu­pa­ga­me saṃ­sā­ra­syai­vā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. yo hi tāvat pa­ra­mā­tmā saṃ­sthā­na­śa­rī­rā­dyā­kā­ro na bha­va­ti­, nāpy asau rā­gā­di­yo­gā­d de­va­ma­nu­ṣya­ti­rya­kṣu saṃ­sa­ra­ti­, "na tasya kāryaṃ karaṇaṃ ca vi­dya­te­" i­tyā­di­vā­kyai­s tasya sadaiva rū­pā­di­ra­hi­ta­tvā­saṃ­sā­ri­tva­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. ta­dvi­kā­ra­saṃ­sā­ro­pa­pa­tti­r iti cet, na; pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­kṣa­sya ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­6­,20~syān matir eṣā — dvividhā tasya pa­ra­mā­tma­naḥ śaktiḥ kri­yā­jñā­na­la­kṣa­ṇā­. tatra kri­yā­śa­kti­ta­s tāvat pradhānaṃ bha­va­ti­. pra­dhā­nā­t tu ma­ha­dā­di­vi­kā­ra­pra­pa­ñcaḥ­. kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­ś ca bhedo nāsti, tena pra­dhā­nā­deḥ kri­yā­śa­kti­to na bhedaḥ. śa­kti­śa­kti­ma­to­r api bhedo nāsty ataḥ sarvaṃ viśvaṃ bra­hmā­tma­ka­m­. jñā­na­śa­kti­ta­s tu jī­vā­tmā­no bha­va­nti­, te 'pi tato na bhi­dya­nte­. teṣāṃ cā­vi­dyā­va­śe­no­tpa­nnā­nāṃ rā­gā­di­yo­gā­t saṃ­sā­raḥ­, tatra ye jīvā a­vi­dyā­va­nta eva pare brahmaṇi layaṃ ga­ccha­nti­, teṣāṃ ma­ṇḍū­ka­cū­rṇa­va­d a­ni­rda­gdha­bī­ja­bhā­va­tvā­t punar u­ta­pa­tti­s tato rā­gā­di­yo­gā­t punaḥ saṃsāra iti. ye tu jñā­nā­gni­nā­dvai­ta­bhā­va­nā­sthi­rī­bhū­ta­la­kṣa­ṇe­na bhe­da­vā­sa­nā­khyaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­bī­jaṃ dagdhvā brahmaṇi lī­ya­nte­, teṣāṃ ni­rda­gdha­bī­ja­tvā­n na punar ā­vṛ­tti­s tathā ca śrutiḥ — "­kā­ma­ya­mā­no '­thā­kā­ma­ya­mā­no yo 'kāmo niṣkāma ā­tma­kā­ma ā­pta­kā­mo bha­va­ti­, na tasya prāṇā u­tkrā­ma­nti­, tatraiva sa­ma­va­lī­ya­nte brahmaiva san brahma ā­pno­ti­" iti. tathā "na pa­śya­tī­ty āhur ekī bha­va­ti­, na śṛ­ṇo­tī­ty āhur e­kī­bha­va­ti­" i­tyā­di­.

NBhū-YA 57­7­,5~tac ca nai­va­m­. ka­smā­t­? pa­ri­ṇā­ma­pa­kṣa­sya ni­ṣi­ddha­tvā­t­. na hi rū­pā­di­vi­hī­na­sya rū­pā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa pa­ri­ṇa­tau kiṃcit pra­mā­ṇa­m asti. sa­tkā­rya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c ca kā­rya­kā­ra­ṇa­yo­r abhedo 'pi ni­ṣi­ddhaḥ­. śa­kti­śa­kti­ma­to­r api bhedaḥ pra­sā­dhi­taḥ­. u­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ ca mūrtaṃ praty a­mū­rta­sya nāstīty u­kta­m­. tasmān ne­śva­ra­syo­pā­dā­na­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­. "­bra­hmai­va san" — i­tyā­dyā­ga­me­na yo­go­tka­rṣaḥ pra­śa­sya­te­. pa­ra­mo­tka­rṣā­n no hi yogī bra­hma­va­d a­tya­nta­ni­rma­la­tvā­d bra­hmai­ve­ty uktaḥ. ta­thā­bhū­ta eva san paraṃ brahma pa­śya­tī­ty arthaḥ. e­kī­bha­va­tī­ty atrāpy upamā draṣṭavyā — pa­ra­bra­hma­ni­ṣṭho hi yogī na dvi­tī­ya­m ā­tmā­na­m api pa­śya­ti­. te­nai­kī­bha­va­nn i­vai­kī­bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­. yad vā mu­ktai­ka­va­rgā­nta­rbha­va­nn e­kī­bha­va­tī­ty u­cya­te­. na tu vastuto '­rthā­nta­ra­bhū­tā­nā­m e­kī­bhā­vaḥ ka­dā­ci­t sa­mbha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 57­7­,15~nanu to­yā­dī­nā­m e­kī­bha­vo dṛśyate — toyaṃ to­yā­nta­re­ṇa saṃ­śli­ṣṭa­m e­kī­bha­va­ti­. dīpo dī­pā­nta­re­ṇa­, mṛn mṛ­da­nta­re­ṇa­, ghṛ­ta­tai­lā­di­kaṃ ghṛ­ta­tai­lā­dya­nta­re­ṇe­ti­, naitad asti; na hi to­yā­dī­nā­m api vastuta e­kī­bhā­vaḥ siddhaḥ. kiṃ tarhi? teṣāṃ pareṇa saṃ­śli­ṣṭā­nāṃ e­kā­va­ya­va­vyā­ra­mbha­ka­tve­nai­ka­tva­m u­pa­ca­rya­te­, vi­bhā­gā­da­rśa­na­mā­tre­ṇa vā. to­yā­di­va­d e­kī­bhā­vā­bhyu­pa­ga­me cātmanāṃ vināśo 'pi tadvad eva syāt, tasmān na mo­kṣā­va­sthā­yā­m apy a­dvai­ta­m­. ye tv ī­śva­ra­sya pa­ri­ṇā­maṃ ne­ccha­nti­, tanmate tu ne­śva­ra­sya kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­, kā­ryā­bhā­vā­t — na hi kāryam a­ku­rva­t kāraṇaṃ yu­kta­m­. na cā­tmā­na­m eva ka­ro­ti­, svātmani kri­yā­vi­ro­dhā­t­. saṃ­sā­ra­mo­kṣa­yo­r apy a­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­, ī­śva­ra­sya sadaiva mu­kta­tvā­t­. ta­dvya­ti­ri­kta­ba­ndhā­bhā­vā­c ca. a­vi­dyā­pra­yo­ktṛ­tva­m eva bha­ga­va­taḥ ka­rtṛ­tva­m iti cet, na; a­dvai­ta­pa­kṣe tasyāpy a­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ­. nānātve hi saty a­vi­dyā­pra­yo­ktṛ­tva­m api dṛ­ṣṭa­m­, ya­the­ndra­jā­lā­di­ka­rtā ma­ntrau­ṣa­dhā­di­pra­yo­ga­dvā­re­ṇa lau­ki­kā­nāṃ vi­pa­rya­ya­jñā­nā­khyā­m avidyāṃ pra­va­rta­ya­ti­. bhe­dā­bhā­vā­c ca keṣām a­vi­dyā­? kiṃ­la­kṣa­ṇā vā­vi­dyā­? kena ca ni­mi­tte­ne­śva­ra­s tāṃ pra­yu­ṅkte­? vidyāpi kā? yadi bra­hma­sva­bhā­vai­va­, tadā nityaṃ vi­dyā­stī­ty a­vi­dyo­tthā­na­m eva na syāt. na hi vidyāyāṃ satyām a­vi­dyā­va­kā­śaṃ la­bha­te­, tayoḥ sa­hā­va­sthi­ti­vi­ro­dhā­t­, a­vi­ro­dhe vā na ka­dā­ci­d a­vi­dyo­cchi­tti­r ity a­pa­va­rgā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 57­8­,2~ta­ttvā­nya­tvā­ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tva­pa­ri­hā­ro 'py a­yu­ktaḥ­, ta­ttva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d e­vā­nya­tva­si­ddheḥ­, a­nya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d vā­na­nya­tva­si­ddhe­r iti. katham u­bha­ya­thā­py a­ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tva­m­? ke­śo­ṇḍu­ka­sya jñānād a­nya­tve­na ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tvā­t­. tathā ca vi­pa­rī­ta­khyā­tiḥ sa­ma­rthi­tā­. tatraiva sa­da­sa­ttvā­ni­rva­ca­nī­ya­tva­pra­ti­ṣe­dho 'pi kṛtaḥ, sata e­ka­de­śa­kā­lā­kā­rā­nya­tve­na pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­d ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 57­8­,7~na ca ke­śo­ṇḍu­ka e­vā­vi­dyā­, kiṃ tu ta­da­va­bhā­si jñā­na­m­, ta­cco­tpa­tti­vi­nā­śa­dha­rma­ka­tvā­t kathaṃ kū­ṭa­sthā­d brahmaṇo na bhi­nna­m­? a­nā­di­tvaṃ cā­vi­dyā­yāḥ pra­vā­hā­pe­kṣa­yā­, anyathā pra­tya­kṣa­vi­ro­dho 'pi syāt. tasmād advaite saty a­vi­dyā­pi na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty ato nā­vi­dyā­kṛ­ta­bhe­dā­pe­kṣa­yā­pi bhe­dā­bhi­dhā­yī­ni ve­da­vā­kyā­ny a­rtha­va­nti sa­mbha­va­nti­.

NBhū-YA 57­8­,13~etena yad āhuḥ — "­pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­na­yo­r u­pa­pla­va­da­rśa­nā­d vedānāṃ tv a­nu­pa­pla­va­tvā­t­, na ta­tpra­ti­pā­di­ta­syā­dvai­ta­sya pra­tya­kṣā­nu­mā­nā­bhyāṃ bādhā" iti, tad apy a­pā­sa­ta­m­, ve­da­vā­kyai­r eva bā­dha­pra­ti­pā­da­nā­t­. kiṃ ca pra­tya­kṣa­syo­pa­plu­ta­tve ve­da­si­ddhiḥ kutaḥ syāt? a­gṛ­hī­tā­c ca vedān nā­rtha­pra­ti­pa­ttiḥ­. pau­ru­ṣe­ya­tvaṃ ca vedānāṃ sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­. tena pra­tya­kṣa­mū­la­tve­nai­ve­ṣāṃ prā­mā­ṇya­m­. a­nu­mā­na­syā­py u­pa­plu­ta­tve pa­da­vā­kyā­rthe­ṣu vi­pra­ti­pa­ttau kathaṃ ni­rṇa­yaḥ­? kuto vi­ru­ddhā­vi­ru­ddha­vyā­khyā­na­ni­śca­yaḥ­? sva­pa­ra­vā­kyā­nāṃ ca prā­mā­ṇyā­prā­mā­ṇya­ni­śca­yaḥ kuta iti? yad apy uktam — "­ā­hu­r vi­dhā­tṛ­pra­tya­kṣa­m­" i­tyā­di­, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­, ni­ṣe­ddhṛ­tve­nā­pi pra­tya­kṣa­sya sa­ma­rthi­ta­tvā­t pra­mā­ṇā­nta­rbhā­va­pra­stā­ve­. tena bhū­ta­lā­di­ṣu gha­ṭā­dya­bhā­va­va­d i­ta­re­ta­rā­bhā­vo 'pi pra­tya­kṣe­ṇa gṛ­hya­te­. tathā cā­kṣa­vyā­pā­ra­bhā­vā­nu­vi­dhā­yi­nī gha­ṭā­dī­nāṃ sa­ttā­saṃ­vi­tti­va­t pa­ra­spa­ra­bhe­da­saṃ­vi­tti­r api sa­rva­lo­kā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na bhavantī dṛ­śya­te­. tasmāt pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­py a­dvai­ta­jñā­naṃ bā­dhya­te­, a­ṅgu­lyā­gre ka­ri­śa­ta­m a­stī­tyā­di jñā­na­va­t­.

NBhū-YA 57­8­,27~yac coktam — vi­vā­dā­spa­dī­bhū­taṃ bhe­da­jñā­naṃ bhrāntaṃ bhe­da­jñā­na­tvā­c ca­ndrā­di­bhe­da­jñā­na­va­d iti, tad apy a­yu­kta­m­; vi­dyā­vi­dya­yo­r bhe­da­jñā­ne­nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. tasyāpi pa­kṣa­tva­m eveti cet, tat kim i­dā­nī­m a­vi­dyai­vai­kā­ti­, ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ tu nāsty eva? tathā cā­dvai­ta­si­ddhi­r api kutaḥ? bhrā­nta­jñā­ne­nai­vā­dvai­ta­si­ddhau bhe­da­si­ddhi­r api tataḥ syād a­vi­śe­ṣā­t­. a­thā­dvai­ta­jñā­naṃ bhrāntaṃ na bha­va­ti­, bhrāntād bhinnaṃ tarhi tat pra­ti­pa­tta­vya­m­. ta­dbhe­da­pra­ti­pa­tti­ś ca na bhrānteti kathaṃ nā­nai­kā­nti­ka­tva­m­?

NBhū-YA 57­9­,4~he­tva­rtha­ś ca kaḥ? kiṃ pra­ti­jñā­rtha eva? kiṃ vā tato '­rthā­nta­ra­m­? yadi pra­ti­jñā­rtha eva, ta­dā­rtha­pu­na­ru­kta­tvaṃ sā­dhyā­vi­śi­ṣṭa­tvaṃ ca syāt — na hi bhavaty agnir atra vahner iti. atha bhinna eva he­tva­rthaḥ­, tadāpy a­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. tathā dṛṣṭānto 'pi yadi pra­ti­jñā­rtha eva, tadā na sādhako '­si­ddha­tvā­t pu­na­ru­kta­do­ṣa­ś ca. bhe­dā­bhyu­pa­ga­me tv a­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. pra­ti­jñā­rtha­ś ca kaḥ? kiṃ pra­mā­ṇa­pra­me­ye­tyā­di­sū­tra­sya yo 'rthaḥ, sa eva? kiṃ vā tato 'nyaḥ? yadi pra­mā­ṇā­di­sū­trā­rtha eva sādhyaḥ, tataḥ si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­. tato 'nyaś cet, tadāpy a­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 57­9­,12~yad apy uktam — a­dvai­ta­jñā­naṃ bhe­da­jñā­na­sya bā­dha­ka­m eva, ta­du­tta­ra­kā­la­bhā­vi­tvā­c chu­kti­kā­di­jñā­na­va­d iti, tad apy a­nai­kā­nti­ka­m — nakhāgre ka­ri­śa­ta­m a­stī­ti­jñā­na­m a­nā­pta­va­ca­nā­t paścād bhavan na pū­rva­bhā­vi­na­s ta­da­bhā­va­jñā­na­sya bā­dha­ka­m iti. na cādvaite sā­dhya­sā­dha­na­pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­di­bhā­va u­pa­pa­dya­ta iti maunam e­vā­dvai­ta­m icchatā ka­rta­vya­m ity u­kta­m­.

NBhū-YA 57­9­,18~yat punar etat — trai­lo­kyā­gra­ha­ṇe tato 'nyaḥ kathaṃ ghaṭaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti, tan na; ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­bu­ddhau pra­ti­yo­gi­gra­ha­ṇa­m a­nta­re­ṇā­py a­bhā­va­pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. gṛ­hī­te­ṣu cā­bhā­ve­ṣu yathā yathā pra­ti­yo­gi­jñā­naṃ bha­va­ti­, tathā tathā ta­dvi­ka­lpe­na smṛtir eva bha­va­tī­ty uktam — yo 'sāv artho mayā dṛṣṭaḥ, sa etad ātmako na bha­va­tī­ty evaṃ smṛtiḥ sa­rvā­vi­saṃ­vā­de­na bhavantī dṛ­śya­te­. tasmān ni­rvi­ka­lpa­ka­jñā­ne­na trai­lo­kyā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi tato bhinna eva ghaṭo gṛ­hī­ta­s tato gha­ṭa­smṛ­ti­sa­ha­kā­ri­ṇe­ndri­ye­ṇa ghaṭād bhinnaḥ paṭa iti jñānaṃ sa­vi­ka­lpa­ka­m eva ja­nya­te­. tataś ca ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­yo doṣaḥ. e­ka­de­śā­va­sthi­tā­nāṃ ca gha­ṭa­pa­ṭā­dī­nā­m a­ṅgu­lyo­r iva yu­ga­pa­d api bhedo gṛ­hya­te­, tato 'pi ne­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 57­9­,27~yac coktam — kiṃ la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ? pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­d vā? iti, tan na; u­kto­tta­ra­tvā­t­. uktam a­trā­dā­v eva saṃ­śa­ya­vi­ṣa­ye la­kṣa­ṇa­bhe­dā­d bhedo ga­mya­te­. sarvatra ca saṃ­śa­ya­ni­mi­ttaṃ nāsti, tato nā­nā­va­sthā­. pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­dā­d bhede 'pi — nā­nā­va­sthā — na hi pra­ti­bhā­sā­nāṃ bhe­da­gra­ha­ṇe nārthānāṃ bhe­da­vya­va­sthi­ti­r i­ṣya­te­, ye­nā­na­va­sthā syāt. kiṃ tarhi? arthānāṃ bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­si jñānam ekam api pra­ti­bhā­sa­bhe­da ity u­cya­te­. ta­syā­gra­ha­ṇe 'pi ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sya nā­gra­ha­ṇa­m iti sa­ma­rthi­taṃ sa­ho­pa­la­mbha­ni­rā­ka­ra­ṇa­pra­stā­ve­.

NBhū-YA 58­0­,7~yat punar etat — sa­dā­kā­ra­pra­tī­tya­vi­śe­ṣā­d iti, tan na; tu­lya­pra­mā­ṇa­tvā­t — yata eva pra­mā­ṇā­t sa­dā­kā­ra­pra­tī­tya­vi­śe­ṣo '­va­ga­mya­te­, tata eva pra­mā­ṇā­d de­śa­kā­lā­va­ya­va­gu­ṇa­kri­yā­jā­tyā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­raiḥ pra­tī­ti­vi­śe­ṣo 'pi pra­ti­bhā­ty e­ve­ti­. vi­śe­ṣā­kā­rā­ṇāṃ sa­dā­kā­rā­d a­nyā­na­nya­tvā­bhyā­m a­nu­pa­pa­tte­r iti cet, ko 'yaṃ sa­dā­kā­raḥ­? kiṃ sa­ttai­va­? kiṃ tadvān iti? yadi sa­ttā­sā­mā­nya­m­, tadā tato bhinnā eva vi­śe­ṣā­kā­rāḥ­, sā­mā­nya­ta­dva­to­r bhe­da­sa­ma­rtha­nā­t­. na ca śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­va­d a­sa­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, śa­śa­vi­ṣā­ṇa­sya sa­ttā­sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­vā­d vi­va­kṣi­ta­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇāṃ tu sattā sa­mba­ndhi­tvā­t­. atha sa­ttā­vā­n eva sa­dā­kā­ra u­cya­te­, tataḥ sa­dā­kā­rā­n na de­śa­kā­lā­di­vi­śe­ṣā­kā­rā bhi­dya­nte­, tathāpi sa­dā­kā­rā­vi­śe­ṣā­d va­rgai­ka­tvaṃ sidhyatu na vya­ktyai­ka­tva­m­. vya­ktye­ka­tva­sā­dha­ne hi pra­tya­kṣā­di­vi­ro­dha uktaḥ. tathā ca sūtram — "­saṃ­khyai­kā­ntā­si­ddhiḥ pra­mā­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttyu­pa­pa­tti­bhyā­m­" iti. pra­mā­ṇā­nu­pa­pa­ttau tāvan na siddhiḥ sa­rva­vā­da­si­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pra­mā­ṇo­pa­pa­ttau ca pra­mā­trā­di­bhe­da­si­ddhi­s tathā coktam — "­ca­ta­sṛ­ṣu cedaṃ vidhāsu tattvaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya­ta­" iti. a­vi­dyā­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ sarvo 'yaṃ bhe­da­pra­ti­bhā­sa ity atrāpi pramāṇaṃ va­kta­vya­m­. na hi vā­ṅmā­tre­ṇa ka­sya­ci­d arthasya siddhiḥ, sa­rva­vā­da­si­ddhi­pra­sa­ṅgā­d ity u­kta­m­. pra­mā­ṇā­bhi­dhā­ne­na ca pra­ti­pā­dya­pra­ti­pā­da­kā­di­bhe­da­si­ddhi­r a­pa­ri­hā­rye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­0­,24~etena śa­bdā­dvai­taṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­, yad āhuḥ —

NBhū-YA 58­1­,1~yad ye­nā­nu­vi­ddha­m­, tat tato na bhi­dya­te­, yathā mṛ­dā­nu­vi­ddhā gha­ṭā­da­yo nā­mṛ­dā­tma­kāḥ­. yo vā yasya pa­ri­va­rtaḥ sa tato na bhi­dya­te­, yathā ca­ndra­pa­ri­va­rto ja­la­ca­ndraḥ śa­bda­pa­ri­va­rta­ś ca sarvo 'rthaḥ, śa­bdā­kā­re­ṇa pra­ti­bhā­sa­nā­t­. tasmāt sarvo 'rthaḥ śa­bdā­tma­ka iti. śabdā api sarvair varṇair a­nu­vi­ddhā­, varṇāś ca svarair a­nu­vi­ddhāḥ­, svarāś ca nā­de­nai­ke­nā­nu­vi­ddhā­s tasmād ekaṃ śa­bdā­tma­kaṃ sarvaṃ jagad iti. a­dvai­tā­bhi­dhā­nā­d eva vi­jñā­nā­dvai­ta­bra­hmā­dvai­ta­śa­bdā­dvai­tā­dī­nāṃ na kaścid vi­śe­ṣaḥ­. pra­ti­ṣṭhā­pa­na­pra­kri­yā­bhe­daṃ muktvā vi­jñā­nā­dvai­ta­m anyathā pra­ti­ṣṭhā­pa­ya­nti­, bra­hmā­dvai­ta­m a­nya­thā­, śa­bdā­dvai­ta­m a­nya­the­ty e­tā­va­n mā­tre­ṇā­dvai­ta­vā­di­nāṃ ma­ta­bhe­daḥ­, na tv advaite 'pi kaścid bhedaḥ tathā ca sū­tra­kṛ­tā sa­rve­ṣā­m a­dvai­ta­vā­di­nāṃ pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rtha­m ekam eva sūtram uktam — "­sāṃ­khyai­kā­ntā­si­ddhi­r­" i­tyā­di­. sa­tkā­rya­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­t na spa­rśā­dyā­kā­re­ṇa śa­bda­ta­ttva­sya pa­ri­ṇā­ma iti.

NBhū-YA 58­1­,12~nāpy a­vi­dyā­va­śe­na bhe­da­pra­tī­tiḥ­, avidyā hi mi­thyā­jñā­na­m u­cya­te­. tac ca de­śa­kā­la­bhe­de­na ni­mi­tta­bhe­de­na ca sva­rū­pa­ta­ś ca bhi­dya­te­. anyathā sarvatra sarvadā sarveṣāṃ ca ke­śā­di­bhrā­nti­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, ta­ttva­jñā­nā­nu­da­ya­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca, ni­mi­ttā­bhā­vā­t­. ni­mi­tta­sa­dbhā­ve ca ni­mi­ttā­nai­mi­tta­ka­yo­r bhe­dā­dvai­ta­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. tatrāpy a­vi­dyā­ta eva bheda iti cet, evaṃ tarhi na va­stu­ta­s ta­ttva­jñā­naṃ ku­ta­ści­d ka­dā­ci­d u­tpa­dya­ta ity a­pa­va­rgā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. a­vi­dyā­ni­mi­tta­tve ca ta­ttva­jñā­nā­pa­va­rga­yoḥ ke­śo­ṇḍu­kā­di­va­d a­vā­sta­va­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś ce­ta­ra­śā­stra­va­d a­dvai­ta­śā­stra­m apy a­pu­ru­ṣā­rthaṃ vastutaḥ prā­pta­m­.

NBhū-YA 58­1­,20~api ca mokṣaḥ kasya ci­ntya­te­? tasyaiva brahmaṇa ity a­yu­kta­m­, tasya sva­bhā­va­mu­kta­tvā­t­. saṃ­sā­ri­tve vā na kaścin mukto 'stīti mo­kṣa­ta­du­pā­ya­yoḥ ke­na­ci­d apy a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­d a­nu­pa­de­śa­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ta­da­nu­pa­de­śe ca kutas tatra pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­? pra­va­rta­mā­no 'pi yadaiko muktaḥ, tadaiva saṃ­sā­ro­cche­da­pra­sa­ṅgo 'nyasya saṃ­sā­ri­ṇo '­sa­mbha­vā­t­. a­vi­dyā­va­śā­n nā­tmā­bhi­mā­na iti cet, kim a­pa­va­rge 'pi avidyā na kṣīṇā? na ca muktād anyo 'py ātmāsti ya­syā­vi­dyā syāt. jī­vā­tmā­naḥ santīti cet, te kim anye? ananye vā? yady anye, ta­dai­ka­tva­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. atha muktād a­na­nye­, tataḥ kathaṃ jī­vā­tma­nāṃ saṃ­sā­raḥ­?

NBhū-YA 58­2­,2~etena ja­la­ca­ndra­va­d ity apu ni­ra­sta­m­. yathaiva hi rā­hu­ccha­nne candre na kvacij ja­la­ca­ndra u­pa­la­bhya­te­, evaṃ pa­ra­mā­tma­nā­pa­va­rga­prā­pte saṃsārī na kvacid u­pa­la­bhya­te­.

NBhū-YA 58­2­,4~su­kha­duḥ­khā­di­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­tti­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca — yathā yā­dṛ­śa­m ā­kā­śa­stha­sya candrasya rūpam u­pa­la­bhya­te­, tā­dṛ­śa­m eva sa­rva­ja­la­ca­ndrā­ṇā­m­, na pra­ti­ca­ndraṃ rū­pa­vya­va­sthā­sti­, tathā yā­dṛ­śa­m eva svātmanaḥ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā jñā­ne­cchā­di­kaṃ vā, tā­dṛ­śa­m eva sarvasya syāt pra­ti­pu­ru­ṣaṃ su­khā­di­vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. śa­rī­ra­bhe­dā­d vya­va­sthe­ti cet, na; a­dṛ­ṣṭa­tvā­t — bā­la­kau­mā­ra­yau­va­nā­di­śa­rī­ra­bhe­de 'pi vyavasthā na dṛṣṭā; pū­rva­śa­rī­re­ṣv a­nu­bhū­tā­ni su­khā­dī­ni śā­strā­dī­ni ca vṛ­ddha­śa­rī­re 'py a­nu­sa­ndha­tte — mama sukham āsīd iti.

NBhū-YA 58­2­,11~etena gha­ṭā­kā­śa­ma­ṭhā­kā­śā­dyu­dā­ha­ra­ṇaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­. kiṃ ca yathā gha­ṭa­ni­vṛ­ttā­v eva gha­ṭā­kā­śaṃ muktaṃ bhavaty evaṃ de­ha­ni­vṛ­ttā­v eva ta­da­va­cchi­nnaḥ pumān muktaḥ syād ity a­ya­tna­si­ddho mokṣaḥ prasaktaḥ tataś ca mo­kṣa­śā­straṃ vya­rtha­m­.

NBhū-YA 58­2­,15~de­ha­ni­vṛ­ttā­v apy a­vi­dyā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­s tatkṛto 'sti, ta­da­va­cchi­nna­sya pṛ­tha­gbhū­ta­sye­vā­tma­pra­de­śa­sya saṃsāra iti cet, na; vi­ka­lpā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ — sa hi de­ha­kṛ­taḥ saṃskāraḥ kiṃ de­ha­va­t pa­ri­cchi­nna­de­śaḥ­? kiṃ vā­kā­śa­sa­ttā­va­d vyāpaka iti? prācye pakṣe ci­tra­kū­ṭa­de­śa­sthe­na dehena svā­va­cchi­nna e­vā­tma­pra­de­śaḥ kṛ­ta­saṃ­skā­ra­s tatraiva ja­nmā­nta­raṃ ja­na­ye­t­, su­kha­duḥ­khā­dyu­pa­bho­go 'pi tatraiva syāt, a­nya­pra­de­śa­sya ta­tsaṃ­skā­re­ṇā­va­chi­nna­tvā­t­. atha gatvaraḥ saṃskāraḥ pra­de­śā­nta­ra­m apy a­va­chi­na­tti­, na; a­vi­dyā­dha­rmā­di­saṃ­skā­ra­sya ni­ṣkri­ya­tve­na ga­ma­nā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ­. kiṃ ca muktam api pradeśaṃ ga­tvā­va­cchi­ndyā­t­. ta­da­va­cche­de ca muktasya punaḥ saṃ­sā­ri­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­. ta­trai­vā­va­sthi­taḥ pra­de­śā­nta­re 'pi svakāryaṃ saṃskāraḥ ka­ro­tī­ti cet, evam api mu­kta­pra­de­śe 'pi kuryād iti sa eva pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 58­2­,25~a­thā­kā­śa­sa­ttā­va­d vyāpakaḥ saṃ­skā­raḥ­, tena tarhi sarve 'py ā­tma­pra­de­śā vyāptā iti. na kaścit pradeśo '­pa­vṛ­ktaḥ syāt. etena ma­ṇi­sū­trā­di­ni­da­rśa­naṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­, gha­ṭā­kā­śā­di­dhvā­nte­nā­syā­pi tu­lya­do­ṣa­tvā­t­. tasmān na sa­rva­de­he­ṣv eka e­vā­tme­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­3­,2~atha ta­ptā­yaḥ­pi­ṇḍā­d a­gni­ka­ṇā i­vā­tma­ta­ttvā­j jī­vā­tmā­no '­saṃ­khyā­tā u­tpa­dya­nte­. teṣāṃ saṃ­sā­ra­mo­kṣa­jñā­nā­di­vya­va­sthe­ti­, na; saṃ­sā­ri­ṇā­m apy ā­tma­nā­m a­nā­di­tva­sya pra­sā­dhi­ta­tvā­t kṛ­ta­kā­nāṃ cā­ni­tya­tva­pra­sa­ṅga­s tato '­pa­ra­lo­ki­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 58­3­,6~atha sa­mu­drā­d u­da­ka­va­t tata eva niḥ­sa­ra­nti­, punas tatraiva līyanta iti, na; sa­mu­dra­va­d brahmaṇaḥ sā­va­ya­va­tvā­di­do­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­ś ca sa­tkā­rya­vā­daḥ­, tena pa­ri­ṇā­ma­la­ya­pa­kṣe na dṛṣṭāntaḥ kaścid siddhaḥ.

NBhū-YA 58­3­,10~a­thā­vi­dyai­va jī­vā­tmā­, tasya cā­nā­di­tva­m a­saṃ­khyā­ta­tvaṃ saṃ­sā­ri­tvaṃ ca, ta­nni­vṛ­tti­ś ca mokṣa iti. sa kasyeti vā­cya­m­? brā­hma­ṇa­s tāvan na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. pra­dī­pa­ni­rvā­ṇa­va­d iti cet, tadarthaṃ kaḥ pra­va­rta­te­? jī­vā­tmai­ve­ti cet, na; ā­tma­ni­vṛ­tte­r a­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tvā­t­. a­vi­dyā­sva­bhā­vo hi jīvātmā kim artham ātmānaṃ ni­va­rta­ya­ti­? na ca ta­syā­tma­ni­vṛ­ttā­v upāyo 'sti. vidyā hi tāvan nā­vi­dyā­tma­ke jīve prā­du­rbha­va­ti­, vi­ro­dhā­t­. nāpi brahmaṇi tatra ni­tya­tvā­t­. na co­pā­yā­nta­re­ṇā­vi­dyā­yā ā­tya­nti­kaḥ kṣayaḥ sa­mbha­va­ti­. na ca mi­thyā­jñā­nā­d anyā kācid a­vi­dyā­sti­. jñānasya ca sa­rva­syā­śri­ta­tvaṃ sa­ma­rthi­ta­m­, te­nā­vi­dyā kasyeti vā­cya­m­. bra­hma­ṇa­s ta­tpra­de­śa­sya vā na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. na hy e­kā­śra­ya­tve su­kha­duḥ­kha­smṛ­tyā­dī­nāṃ vyavasthā sa­mbha­va­ti­, śa­rī­ra­bhe­de 'py a­nu­sa­ndhā­na­da­rśa­nā­t­. ga­rbha­śa­rī­rā­nu­bhū­te­ṣv a­na­nu­sa­ndhā­na­va­d iti cet, na; tatra smṛ­ti­he­toḥ saṃ­skā­ra­syā­nu­tpa­nna­tvā­d vi­na­ṣṭa­tvā­d vā­bhi­bhū­ta­tvā­d vā. śa­rī­rā­nta­re­ṣv apy evam iti cet, na; tatrāpy a­smṛ­ti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­. dṛśyate co­pā­dhyā­ya­sya śā­strā­rthā­dya­nu­smṛ­tiḥ­. tatas ta­tsaṃ­skā­ro '­na­bhi­bhū­ta e­vā­stī­ti ga­mya­te­. tataḥ śi­ṣyā­de­r api smṛ­ti­pra­sa­ṅga­s ta­dā­tmai­ka­tvā­t kau­mā­rā­di­śa­rī­re­ṣv iva. tasmāt pra­ti­śa­rī­raṃ su­kha­duḥ­kha­smṛ­tyā­di­vya­va­stho­pa­la­mbhā­n nā­nā­tme­ti­. nanu bha­va­tpa­kṣe 'pi sarve 'py ātmāno vyā­pa­ka­tvā­t sa­rva­smi­nn api śarīre santīti vya­va­sthā­nu­pa­pa­ttiḥ e­ka­smiṃ­ś ca śarīre sa­rva­pu­ru­ṣā­ṇāṃ liṅgaṃ gṛ­hye­ta­, na; a­dṛ­ṣṭa­ni­ya­mā­d vya­va­stho­pa­pa­tteḥ — ya­tkṛ­te­nā­dṛ­ṣṭa­vi­śe­ṣe­ṇa ya­ccha­rī­ra­m u­tpā­di­ta­m­, tat tasyaiva bho­gā­ya­ta­naṃ bhavaty ā­tmā­nta­rā­ṇāṃ tu tatra sa­nni­dhi­mā­tre­ṇa sattvaṃ na tv a­dhi­ṣṭhā­tṛ­tve­ne­ty ato nai­ka­smi­nn api śarīre sarveṣāṃ li­ṅgo­pa­la­bdhi­pra­sa­ṅga iti. tad evaṃ sthitam etat — saṃ­sā­ryā­tmā­no '­saṃ­khyā­tāḥ­, pa­ra­mā­tmā tv eka evety ataḥ pa­ra­mo­pā­sa­na­dvā­re­ṇa ke­ṣāṃ­ci­n mo­kṣa­ga­ma­ne 'py a­vi­ro­dhaḥ­. tasmāt pa­ra­mā­tma­no­pā­sa­nā­ṅga­tve­nā­pa­va­rga­sā­dha­na­tvā­d uktaṃ pa­ra­mā­tma­no '­pa­ra­mā­tma­bhyo '­rthā­nta­ra­tve­na pa­ri­jñā­na­m iti.

NBhū-YA 58­4­,9~kaḥ punas ta­syo­pā­sa­na­vi­dhi­r ity ucyate — sa co­pā­sa­na­vi­dhiḥ kle­śa­kṣa­ya­sa­mā­dhi­lā­bhā­rtha­m a­nu­ṣṭhā­na­m­. yena ke­na­ci­d u­pā­ye­na kleśā rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­hā­khyāḥ kṣī­ya­nte­, ma­he­śva­ra­vi­ṣa­yaṃ ci­ttai­kā­gryaṃ ca prā­pya­te­, sa upāyo '­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­mā­naḥ pa­ra­me­śva­ro­pā­sa­na­vi­dhi­r ity u­cya­te­, tatra "­yo­gā­c cā­dhyā­tma­vi­dhyu­pā­yaiḥ­" iti va­ca­nā­t­. pā­ta­ñja­lā­di­śā­stre­ṣv apy u­pa­di­ṣṭa upāyaḥ sva­śā­stra­vi­ro­dhe­na pra­ti­pa­tta­vyaḥ­. tatra yu­kti­sā­ma­rthyā­c ca "­pa­ra­ma­ta­m a­pra­ti­ṣi­ddha­m a­nu­ma­ta­m­" iti hi ta­ntra­yu­ktiḥ­. te­nā­jñā­nā­tma­kāḥ su­va­rṇa­dā­nā­dī­kṣā­da­ya upāyā nātra gṛ­hya­nte­, teṣāṃ rā­gā­di­kṣa­pa­ṇe sā­ma­rthyā­bhā­vā­t­. a­kṣa­pi­te­ṣu ca saṃ­sā­ra­ni­vṛ­tti­r na sa­mbha­va­tī­ti vi­cā­ri­taṃ duḥ­kha­sū­tre­. dvā­da­śa­vi­dha­pra­me­ya­ta­ttva­jñā­na­m a­nta­re­ṇā­nya­thā jñānaṃ nopāya ity api vi­cā­ri­ta­m­. dvā­da­śa­pra­me­ya­jñā­na­m api no­tpa­nna­mā­tra­m a­sa­hā­yaṃ rā­gā­di­ni­vṛ­ttau sa­ma­rtha­m­. kiṃ tarhi? yo­go­pā­yā­nu­ṣṭhā­na­sa­hi­ta­m­.

NBhū-YA 58­4­,21~yogaś ca vyu­tthi­tā­vyu­tthi­tā­va­sthā­bhe­de­na dvi­vi­dhaḥ­. tatra vyu­tthi­tā­va­sthā­yāṃ ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­yā­di­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ kri­yā­yo­gaḥ se­va­nī­yaḥ­. tathā coktam — "­ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­ye­śva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­ni kri­yā­yo­gaḥ­"­, "­kle­śa­ta­nu­ka­ra­ṇā­rthaḥ sa­mā­dhi­bhā­va­nā­rtha­ś ca". a­rtha­kra­ma­m ā­śri­tye­ha vi­pa­rya­ye­ṇa pāṭhaḥ kṛtaḥ. pā­ta­ñja­le tu sūtre sa­mā­dhi­bhā­va­nā­rthaḥ kle­śa­ta­nu­ka­ra­ṇā­rtha­ś ceti pāṭhaḥ. ta­trā­dhyā­tmi­kā­di­duḥ­kha­sa­hi­ṣṇu­tvaṃ tapaḥ. bā­hya­ni­mi­tta­ni­ra­pe­kṣaṃ śarīraṃ mānasaṃ ca duḥkham ā­dhyā­tmi­ka­m­, ma­nu­ṣya­pa­śvā­dī­ni bhūtāny a­dhi­kṛ­tyo­tpa­nna­m ā­dhi­bhau­ti­ka­m­, de­va­pra­yu­ktaṃ śī­tā­ta­pā­di­ni­mi­tta­m a­dhi­kṛ­tyo­tpa­nna­m ā­dhi­dai­vi­ka­m — tad etat tri­vi­dha­m api duḥkhaṃ śā­nta­bhā­ve­na niyamaṃ kṛtvā sa­ha­mā­na­sya dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ saṃ­ca­ya­kṣa­yau kurvat tapa ity u­cya­te­. tato dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yā­d yo­ga­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tuḥ śra­ddhā­dya­ti­śa­yo bha­va­ti­. a­dha­rma­kṣa­yā­c ca vyā­dhi­saṃ­styā­na­saṃ­śa­ya­pra­mā­dā­la­syā­dī­nā­m a­nta­rā­yā­ṇā­m u­pa­śa­maḥ­, tato '­nā­ku­laṃ cittaṃ sa­mā­dhī­ya­te­.

NBhū-YA 58­5­,4~nanu duḥ­khe­bhya­ś ci­tta­vi­kṣe­pa eva bhavaty ato na yo­gā­rthi­nā tapaḥ ka­rta­vya­m­, dha­rmā­dha­rma­yoḥ saṃ­ca­ya­kṣa­yau ca ja­pa­pra­tyā­hā­rā­di­bhya eva bha­va­taḥ­, ta­paḥ­sā­dha­na­tve tu pramāṇaṃ nā­stī­ti­, naitad asti, yo hy u­nmā­da­kā­mā­di­bhi­r a­bhi­bhū­taḥ­, sa kathaṃ ja­pa­pra­tyā­hā­rā­di­kaṃ kartuṃ śa­kno­ti­? atas tena tapaḥ ka­rta­vya­m­. yathā vastrasya sthūlo malaḥ sthū­lo­pā­ye­na ni­va­rtya­te­, sūkṣmas tu sū­kṣmo­pā­ye­ne­ti­. ta­thā­tma­naḥ sthūlo malas tāvat sthū­lo­pā­ye­na ni­va­rtya­te­, sūkṣmas tu paścāt sū­kṣmo­pā­ye­na ja­pa­pra­tyā­hā­rā­di­nā ni­va­rtya­ta iti.

NBhū-YA 58­5­,12~yac coktam — dha­rma­saṃ­ca­yā­de­s ta­paḥ­sā­dha­na­tve pramāṇaṃ nā­stī­ti­, tan na; ā­ga­ma­si­ddha­tvā­t­. tathā ca manuḥ —

NBhū-YA 58­5­,20~yady api tapaḥ sva­rgā­di­pha­la­ka­m api bha­va­ti­, tathāpi vi­śi­ṣṭa­jñā­na­vai­rā­gyā­di­sa­ha­kā­ryu­pa­kṛ­taṃ ci­tta­pra­sā­da­m e­ve­ṣa­dvya­va­dhā­ne­na ka­ro­ti­. prasanne tu citte tapo niyamaṃ cā­ndrā­ya­ṇā­di­kaṃ pa­ri­sa­mā­pya yo­gā­ṅgā­ny e­vā­nu­ti­ṣṭhe­ta­. yas tu pū­rva­ja­nma­kṛ­ta­ta­paḥ­sā­ma­rthyā­t pra­tyā­hā­rā­di­ṣu samartha eva, taṃ prati tapo no­pa­di­śya­te­, ta­da­rtha­sya si­ddha­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 58­5­,26~pra­śā­nta­ma­ntra­sye­śva­ra­vā­ci­no 'bhyāsaḥ svā­dhyā­yaḥ­. kṣu­dra­si­ddhi­he­tu­r a­pī­śva­ra­vā­cī mantro 'stīti ta­tpra­ti­ṣe­dhā­rthaṃ pra­śā­nta­gra­ha­ṇa­m­. pa­ra­mā­tmai­ka­ni­ṣṭhe­na bha­vi­ta­vya­m iti. jñā­nā­rtha­m ī­śva­ra­gra­ha­ṇaṃ yo­ga­śā­strā­rthā­bhyā­so vā svādhyāya iti. pa­ra­me­śva­ra­ta­ttva­sya bha­ktya­ti­śa­yā­t pra­ba­ndhe­nā­nu­ci­nta­naṃ pa­ryā­lo­ca­na­m ī­śva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­naṃ stu­ti­ja­pa­pu­ṣpā­di­bhi­r ā­rā­dha­naṃ vā. sa­rva­kri­yā­ṇāṃ pa­ra­ma­gu­rā­v arpaṇaṃ vā. ta­dvā­ca­ka­sya pra­ṇa­va­sya japas ta­da­rtha­bhā­va­naṃ ceti. seyaṃ ta­paḥ­svā­dhyā­yā­di­la­kṣa­ṇa­kri­yā­yo­ga­he­tu­tvā­d yoga ity u­cya­te­. sa ca kri­yā­yo­gaḥ saṃ­se­vya­mā­naḥ samādhiṃ bhā­va­ya­ti kleśāṃś ca ta­nū­ka­ro­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­6­,8~ke punar atra kleśāḥ kriyanto vety u­cya­te­. sa­mā­sa­to rā­ga­dve­ṣa­mo­hāḥ kleśāḥ, te hi sa­mā­dhi­pra­tya­nī­ka­tve­na saṃ­sā­rā­pa­tti­he­tu­tve­na ca puruṣaṃ kle­śa­ya­ntī­ti­. ta­trā­śa­kti­la­kṣa­ṇo rāgaḥ. a­sa­hi­ṣṇu­tva­la­kṣa­ṇo dvaṣaḥ mi­thyā­pra­tya­yo moha iti. nanu "­a­vi­dyā­smi­tā­rā­ga­dve­ṣā­bhi­ni­ve­śāḥ kleśāḥ" iti pa­ta­ñja­liḥ­. tato '­smi­tā­bhi­ni­śe­śa­yoḥ kiṃ nā­trā­bhi­dhā­na­m­? na; a­sa­mbha­vā­d a­trai­vā­nta­rbhā­vā­c ca. tathā hi — "­dṛ­gda­rśa­na­śa­ktyo­r e­kā­tma­te­vā­smi­tā­" iti la­kṣa­ṇa­m u­kta­m­. asyārthaḥ — "­pu­ru­ṣo dṛ­kśa­kti­r buddhir da­rśa­na­śa­ktiḥ­, tayor e­ka­sva­rū­pā­pa­tti­r i­vā­smi­tā bho­ktṛ­bho­gya­śa­ktyo­r a­tya­ntā­saṃ­kī­rṇa­yo­r a­vi­bhā­ga­prā­tvā­v iva satyāṃ bhogaḥ pra­ka­lpya­te­. sva­rū­pa­pra­ti­la­mbhe hi tayoḥ kai­va­lya­m eva bha­va­ti­" iti. etac ca pra­dhā­na­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­d bho­ga­pra­ti­ṣe­dhā­c ca pra­ti­ṣī­ddha­m­. vibhakte cā­vi­bhā­ga­jñā­na­m a­vi­dyai­va­, na tato '­nyā­smi­tā­. ta­thā­bhi­ni­ve­śa­la­kṣa­ṇa­m — "­sva­ra­sā­vā­hī viduṣe 'pi tathā rūdho '­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ­"­. yo 'yam ā­tmā­śī­rjā­ta­mā­tra­syā­pi sa­rva­prā­ṇi­no bhavati — mā na bhū­va­m­, bhū­ya­sa­m iti ma­ra­ṇa­trā­saḥ­, so '­bhi­ni­ve­śaḥ­. so '­nā­di­ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­khā­nu­bha­vā­rū­ḍha­vā­sa­nā­tma­tvā­t sva­ra­sa­vā­hī­ty u­cya­te­. sa ca ya­thā­tya­nta­mū­ḍhe­ṣu dṛ­śya­te­, tathā viduṣo 'pi jñā­ta­pū­rvā­pa­rā­nta­syā­rū­ḍhaḥ pra­tī­ya­ta iti. asyāpi mohe dveṣe vā­nta­rbhā­vaḥ­, a­va­śya­mbhā­vi­ni maraṇe jī­vi­tā­śā­ta­smiṃ­sta­d iti pra­tya­ya­rū­pa­tvā­t mohaḥ. viduṣo 'py a­dhyā­tma­do­ṣa­va­śā­d di­ṅmo­hā­di­va­n mohaḥ sa­mbha­va­tī­ty u­kta­m­. ma­ra­ṇa­duḥ­khā­sa­hi­ṣṇu­tva­m eva ma­ra­ṇa­trā­saḥ­, tena dveṣān na bhi­dya­te­. kiṃcid vai­dha­rmyā­d bhede tv ī­rṣyā­ma­nyu­mā­tsa­rya­ma­da­mā­nā­dī­nā­m api bhe­da­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tataś ca pa­ñca­tva­ni­ya­mo 'pi na syāt, tasmāt trividhaḥ eva kleśaḥ. tathā ca sūtram — "­ta­ttrai­rā­śya­rā­ga­dve­śa­mo­hā­rthā­nta­ra­bhā­vā­t­" iti. nanu doṣāṇāṃ trai­rā­śya­m u­kta­m­, kleśāḥ kiṃ tato 'nye? doṣā eva hi "na pravṛttiḥ pra­ti­sa­ndhā­nā­ya hī­na­kle­śa­sya­" ity atra kle­śa­śa­bde­na uktāḥ sū­tra­kṛ­te­ti­. ta ete kleśāḥ kri­yā­yo­ga­m a­nu­ti­ṣṭha­dbhi­r vi­dva­dbhi­r pra­ti­di­naṃ ta­nū­bha­va­ntaḥ pra­tya­kṣe­ṇā­py u­pa­la­bhya­nta iti. yathā ca kri­yā­yo­gaḥ kle­śa­kṣa­ya­he­tuḥ­, tathā yo­gā­ṅgā­ny apīty atas tāny apy a­ti­ya­tne­nā­nu­ṣṭhe­yā­ni­.

NBhū-YA 58­7­,7~kāni punas tāni yo­gā­ṅgā­ni kiyanti cety ucyante — "­ya­ma­ni­ya­mā­sa­na­prā­ṇā­yā­ma­pra­tyā­hā­ra­dhā­ra­ṇa­dhyā­na­sa­mā­dha­yo 'ṣṭāv a­ṅgā­ni­"­. aṅgāni ni­rva­rta­kā­nī­ty arthaḥ. sa­mā­dhi­taḥ ko 'nyo yogo yasya sa­mā­dhi­r aṅgam iti cet, sa­mā­dhi­r e­vā­ntya­pra­ka­rṣā­pa­nno yogaḥ, tasya pūrvaḥ sa­mā­dhi­r a­ṅga­m­, a­ntya­śa­bda­syā­dya­ma­dhya­śa­bda­va­t­. atha vā sarvo 'pi sa­mā­dhi­pra­ka­rṣaḥ pū­rva­sa­mā­dhi­ja­nya­tve­na yoga u­tta­ra­pra­ka­rṣa­ja­na­ka­tve­nā­ṅga­m iti. yadi sa­mā­dhi­ta eva sa­mā­dhi­r bha­va­ti­, nanv evam ekam evāṅgaṃ prāptam ato 'ṣṭāv a­ṅgā­nī­ti na vā­cya­m­, na; pū­rva­pū­rva­si­ddhā­v u­tta­ro­ttrā­si­ddheḥ­, na hi ya­mā­si­ddhau niyamaḥ si­dhya­ti­, ni­ya­mā­si­ddhau cāsanaṃ na si­dhya­ti­, ā­sa­nā­si­ddhau ca prā­ṇa­yā­mo na si­dhya­ti­, ta­da­si­ddhau pra­tyā­hā­ro na si­dhya­ti­, ta­da­si­ddhau dhāraṇā na si­dhya­ti­, ta­da­si­ddhau dhyānaṃ na si­dhya­ti­, dhyā­nā­si­ddhau ca sa­mā­dhi­r na sidhyaty ato ṣṭā­ṅgā­nā­m api yo­gā­ṅga­tva­m iti.

NBhū-YA 58­7­,19~"tatra de­śa­kā­lā­va­sthā­bhi­r a­ni­ya­tāḥ pu­ru­ṣa­sya śu­ddhi­vṛ­ddhi­he­ta­vo yamāḥ" śuddhir a­dha­rma­kṣa­yaḥ­, vṛddhir dha­rmo­pa­ca­yaḥ­. atha vā śuddhiś ci­tta­vai­ma­lya­m­, vṛddhir yo­go­tka­rśaḥ­. ta­ddhe­ta­vo ye de­śā­di­bhi­r a­ni­ya­tāḥ sa­rva­smi­n deśe '­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­nte sa­rva­smi­n kāle sa­rva­syā­m a­va­sthā­yā­m­, te yamā a­hiṃ­sā­da­yaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 58­7­,23~nanv a­hiṃ­sā­da­yo 'pi kaiścid de­śā­di­ni­ya­me­nā­nu­ṣṭhī­ya­nte­, yathā — tīrthe hiṃsāṃ na ka­ri­ṣyā­mi sa­rva­di­va­se­ṣu vā. a­yu­ddhā­va­sthā­yāṃ vā prā­ṇi­va­dhaṃ na ka­ri­ṣyā­mī­ti­. na; de­śā­dya­pe­kṣi­tve '­hiṃ­sā­dī­nā­m api ni­ya­ma­tvā­t­, ata eva gṛ­ha­sthā­deḥ pa­ra­mā­rtha­to niyamāḥ santi. yamair upeto hi yatir ity u­cya­te­. ya­mā­bhā­ve kathaṃ gṛ­ha­sthā­de­r ni­ya­ma­ni­ṣpa­tti­r iti cet, na; pra­va­rta­ka­dha­rma­ni­ṣpā­da­ka­ni­ya­ma­ni­ṣpa­tte­r a­vi­ro­dhā­t­. ni­va­rta­ko hi ya­ti­dha­rmaḥ­, ta­ddhe­ta­vo ni­ya­mā­bhra­ṣṭa­ya­m asya na ni­ṣpa­dya­nta iti.

NBhū-YA 58­8­,6~"­de­śa­kā­lā­va­sthā­pe­kṣi­ṇaḥ pu­ṇya­he­ta­vaḥ kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­ni­ya­māḥ­" tatra de­śā­pe­kṣi de­va­tā­pra­da­kṣi­ṇa­m­. kā­lā­pe­kṣi sa­ndhyo­pā­sa­na­m­. ja­pa­kri­yā tu śu­dhya­va­sthā­mā­tra­m a­pe­kṣa­te­. pu­ṇyā­ti­śa­yaṃ pra­ti­de­śā­dya­pe­kṣi­ta­tva­m asty a­na­nta­m­, śi­va­sa­nni­dhā­v i­tyā­di­śra­va­ṇā­t­. evam anye 'pi kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣā de­śā­dya­pe­kṣa­tve­na niyamā iti. pā­ta­ñja­lā­bhi­prā­ye­ṇa tu ni­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā yamāḥ, pra­vṛ­tti­la­kṣa­ṇā niyamā iti ya­ma­ni­ya­ma­la­kṣa­ṇaṃ dra­ṣṭa­vya­m­. tathā coktam — "­a­hiṃ­sā­sa­tyā­ste­ya­bra­hma­ca­ryā­pa­ri­gra­hā ya­māḥ­"­. "­śau­ca­sa­nto­ṣa­ta­paḥ­svā­yā­dhye­śva­ra­pra­ṇi­dhā­nā­ni ni­ya­māḥ­" iti.

NBhū-YA 58­8­,15~"­yo­ga­ka­rma­vi­ro­dhi kle­śa­ja­yā­rthaṃ ka­ra­ṇa­ba­ndha ā­sa­na­m­" yo­ga­kri­yā­yā vi­ro­dhi­naḥ kleśā vyā­dhyā­da­yaḥ­, teṣāṃ hy ā­sa­na­ja­yā­j jayaḥ śru­ya­te­. ka­ra­ṇā­ny atra śa­rī­rā­va­ya­vāḥ pā­dā­da­yaḥ­, teṣāṃ bandhaḥ saṃyamaḥ prā­ṇā­yā­mā­di­si­ddhya­rthaḥ­. tad āsanaṃ sthiraṃ su­khe­no­pa­ve­śa­na­m ity arthaḥ. tac ca pa­dma­ka­sva­sti­kā­dya­ne­ka­pra­kā­ra­m­.

NBhū-YA 58­8­,20~ko­ṣṭha­stha­vā­yoḥ śvā­sa­pra­śvā­sa­la­kṣa­ṇa­sya ga­ti­che­daḥ prā­ṇā­yā­maḥ­. pracchanne nivāte nirjane niḥśabde ca pradeśe ya­thā­su­kha­m āsanaṃ baddhvā re­ca­ka­pū­ra­ka­ku­mbha­ka­pra­kā­raḥ ka­rta­vyaḥ­. sa ca śanaiḥ śanair jetavyo va­na­ga­je­ndra­va­t­. yathā va­na­ga­je­ndraḥ pra­yo­ge­na śanair jī­ya­mā­no ma­hā­nta­m u­pa­kā­raṃ ka­ro­ti­, ha­ṭhā­da­pra­yo­ge­na gṛ­hī­ta­s tu vi­nā­śa­m eva karoti tathā vāyuḥ pra­yo­ge­ṇa śanair jī­ya­mā­no '­śe­ṣa­m adharmaṃ rā­gā­di­ma­laṃ ca nirnāśya yogaṃ prā­pa­ya­ti­, a­pra­yo­ge­ṇā­ti­kra­myā­va­gṛ­hī­ta­s tu vā­ta­gu­lmā­dya­na­rtha­m eva ka­ro­tī­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­8­,27~sa­mā­dhi­pra­ya­tnī­kā­rthe­bhyaḥ sa­ma­ntā­c cetaso vyā­va­rta­naṃ pra­tyā­hā­raḥ­. pra­tyā­hṛ­te hi ce­ta­sī­ndri­yā­ṇy api pra­tyā­hṛ­tā­ni bha­va­ti­. ka­smā­t­? ta­nmū­la­na­tvā­d i­ndri­yā­ṇāṃ pra­vṛ­tteḥ­. pra­tyā­hā­rā­bhi­yu­kta­sye­ndri­ya­ja­yaḥ sa­mā­dhi­lā­bha­ś ca bha­va­ti­, nā­nya­the­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­9­,10~de­śa­ba­ndha­ś cittasya dhā­ra­ṇā­. ko 'tra deśaḥ? kaś ca deśo cittasya bandha iti? śa­rī­rā­dya­va­ya­vaḥ pā­dā­diḥ­, bāhyo vā sū­rya­ma­ṇḍa­lā­di­r deśa ity eke. vayaṃ tu brūmaḥ — pa­ra­mā­tmai­vā­tra deśo '­bhi­pre­taḥ­, ta­dā­rā­dha­na­pra­vṛ­tta­tvā­n mo­kṣā­sthi­naḥ­. pā­dā­di­ṣu dhā­ra­ṇā­naṃ hi vi­ṣṇu­lo­kā­di­prā­ptiḥ phalaṃ śrū­ya­te­. cittasya manasaḥ pra­ya­tne­na dhāraṇaṃ ni­śca­lī­ka­ra­ṇaṃ bandha ity u­cya­te­, sā­dhā­ra­ṇe­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­9­,16~ta­trai­ka­tā­nā­tā dhyā­na­m­. tasmin dhā­ra­ṇā­de­śe dhye­yā­la­mba­na­sya pra­tya­ya­sya sadṛśaḥ pravāhaḥ pra­tya­yā­nta­re­ṇā­pa­re­ṇā­pa­rā­mṛ­ṣṭo dhyā­na­m­. ta­trai­ka­tā­na­te­ty ukte 'pi ci­tta­sye­ty a­nu­vṛ­tte­ś ci­tta­syai­ka­tā­na­te­ti ga­mya­te­. ma­na­sa­ś ca sa­dṛ­śa­pra­tya­ya­pra­vā­ha­ka­rtṛ­tva­m e­vai­ka­tā­na­te­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­9­,21~tad e­vā­rtha­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­sa­sva­rū­pe­ṇa śūnyam iva sa­mā­dhiḥ­. dhyānam eva dhye­yā­kā­ra­mā­tra­ni­rbhā­sa­pra­tya­yā­tma­ke­na sva­rū­pe­ṇa śūnyam iva yadā bhavaty u­pā­dhi­saṃ­sa­rgā­t spha­ṭi­ka­va­t tadā sa­mā­dhi­r ity u­cya­te­. yad vā dhyā­no­tka­rṣā­n ni­vā­tā­ca­la­pra­dī­pā­va­sthā­na­m i­vai­ka­trai­va cetaso '­va­sthā­naṃ sa­mā­dhi­r a­bhi­dhī­ya­te­. sa ca pra­jñā­lo­ka­ci­hnaḥ sa­mā­dhyu­tka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myā­d vi­pra­jñā­lo­ko­tka­rṣa­tā­ra­ta­myaṃ bha­va­ti­.

NBhū-YA 58­9­,26~tad evam etāni yo­gā­ṅgā­ni mu­mu­kṣu­ṇā sarveṣu bra­hmā­di­sthā­ne­ṣv a­ne­ka­pra­kā­rā­ṇi sā­ti­śa­ya­kṣa­ya­va­dha­ba­ndha­pa­ri­kle­śā­dī­ni duḥkhāni bhā­va­ya­tā sa­rva­trā­na­bhi­ra­ti­saṃ­jñi­taṃ paraṃ vai­rā­gya­m āśritya ma­he­śva­re tu a­tya­nto­tkṛ­ṣṭa­gu­ṇa­da­rśa­nā­t paramāṃ bhaktim āśritya ta­dda­rśa­nā­rtha­m a­tya­ntā­bhi­yo­ge­na se­vi­ta­vyā­ni­. tataḥ sa­mā­dhi­pra­ka­rṣā­ti­śa­yaṃ prāptāv a­ci­re­ṇai­va kālena bha­ga­va­nta­m a­nau­pa­mya­sva­bhā­vaṃ śivam a­vi­ta­thaṃ pra­tya­kṣa­taḥ pa­śya­ti­. dṛṣṭvā ni­ra­ti­śa­yaṃ śreyo '­pa­va­rgā­khyaṃ prā­pno­ti­. tathā coktam —

"tam eva vi­di­tvā­ti­mṛ­tyu­m eti"

ityādi ca.

NBhū-YA 59­0­,13~ā­tma­tvā­vi­śe­ṣe­ti kasmān nā­nya­da­rśa­nā­n mokṣa iti cet, na; anyasya sa­rvā­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t — na hy anyo 'py ātmā sa­rvo­tpa­tti­ma­tāṃ ni­mi­tta­m iti. di­kkā­la­yo­r api sa­rvo­tpa­tti­ma­tāṃ ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvā­d a­vi­śe­ṣa iti cet, na; a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 59­0­,17~nanv a­pra­mā­ṇa­ka­tva­m a­si­ddha­m­, yataḥ kālaḥ pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­ti­ka­ra­yau­ga­pa­dyā­yau­ga­pa­dya­ci­ra­kṣi­pra­pra­tya­ya­li­ṅgaḥ­, teṣāṃ vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pū­rva­pra­tya­ya­vi­la­kṣa­ṇā­nā­m u­tpa­ttā­v a­nya­ni­mi­ttā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. yad atra ni­mi­tta­m­, sa kālaḥ. kṣa­ṇa­la­va­ni­me­ṣa­kā­ṣṭhā­ka­lā­mū­hū­rtta­yā­m ā­ho­rā­trā­rdha­mā­sa­mā­sa­tva­rya­na­saṃ­va­tsa­ra­yu­ga­ka­lpa­ma­nva­nta­ra­pra­la­ya­ma­hā­pra­la­ya­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­ś ca sa­rva­kri­yā­ṇāṃ co­tpa­tti­sthi­ti­vi­nā­śa­he­tuḥ­, ta­dvya­pa­de­śā­t­. sa ca ta­lli­ṅga­vi­śe­ṣā­d eka eva kri­yā­bhe­dā­n ma­ti­va­t pā­ca­ka­va­d vā nā­no­pa­ca­rya­te­. gu­ṇa­va­ttvā­d a­nā­śri­ta­tvā­c ca dravyam iti.

NBhū-YA 59­0­,24~tathā dik pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­pra­tya­ya­li­ṅgā­, mū­rta­dra­vya­m avadhiṃ kṛtvā mūrteṣu e­vai­ta­smā­d idaṃ pū­rve­ṇe­daṃ pa­ści­me­ne­daṃ da­kṣi­ṇe­ne­ty e­va­mā­da­yo daśa pratyayā yato bha­va­nti­, sā dig iti. ni­mi­ttā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. dravyaṃ ca dik, gu­ṇa­va­ttvā­d a­nā­śri­ta­tvā­c ca. di­gli­ṅgā­vi­śe­ṣā­d ekatve 'pi sū­rya­saṃ­yo­go­pā­dhi­va­śā­t pra­cī­tyā­di­bhe­de­na daśa diśa ity u­pa­cā­raḥ­. tathā lo­ka­pā­la­pa­ri­gra­ha­va­śā­n mo­he­ndrī­yā­di­bhe­de­na ta­dda­śa­tvo­pa­cā­raḥ­. sa­rva­kā­ryo­tpa­ttyā­di­he­tu­tvaṃ ca diśo 'pi, ta­dvya­pa­de­śā­d gamyata iti.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,2~a­tro­cya­te — sā­mā­nye­na ni­mi­tta­mā­tra­pū­rva­ka­tve sādhye si­ddha­sā­dha­na­m­, ī­śva­rā­di­ni­mi­tta­tvā­t­. bhū­tā­tmā­ntaḥ­ka­ra­ṇa­ta­dgu­ṇā­di­vya­ti­ri­kta­ni­mi­tta­pū­rva­ka­tve sādhye tu dṛṣṭānto nāsti. nanu pa­ri­śe­ṣa­si­ddhi­r iṣṭā, yasmād uktaṃ teṣām i­tyā­diḥ­. teṣāṃ yu­ga­pa­dā­di­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ vi­ṣa­ye­ṣu pa­ṭā­di­ṣu pū­rva­pra­tya­yaḥ kri­yā­gu­ṇa­sā­mā­nyā­di­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇāḥ pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yāḥ ta­dvi­la­kṣa­ṇa­s tu yu­ga­pa­dā­di­pra­tya­ya eva teṣām utpattau kālād a­nya­ni­mi­ttaṃ na sa­mbha­va­tī­ty arthaḥ, na; pa­ri­śe­ṣa­syā­si­ddha­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,9~tathā hi — bha­ga­vā­n ī­śva­ra­s tāvat sarveṣāṃ jñā­nā­jñā­nā­tma­kā­nāṃ kāryāṇāṃ ni­mi­tta­m asti. ka­rme­dri­yā­di­kaṃ ca ya­thā­sa­mbha­va­m asti. na­vī­śva­rā­di­ni­mi­ttaṃ pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­ye­ṣv api sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tatas ta­nni­mi­tta­tve pa­ṭā­di­pra­tya­yai­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga iti, na; sa­mā­na­tvā­t — di­kkā­lā­yo­r api sa­rvo­tpa­tti­ma­tāṃ ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tvaṃ bha­va­dbhi­r i­ṣṭa­m­. tatas ta­nni­mi­tta­tve 'py a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga iti.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,14~nanu yu­ga­pa­dā­di­pra­tya­ye­ṣv eva kā­la­syā­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­tva­m­, pū­rvā­pa­rā­di­ṣv eva diśo '­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­ni­mi­tta­tva­m­, kā­ryā­nta­re­ṣu ca sarveṣu sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ tato nā­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga iti, na; ta­dā­tma­bhe­dā­t­. na hi kālasya diśo vā kā­rya­vi­śe­ṣaṃ pra­tyā­tma­bhe­do 'sti, abhinne cātmanā sa­rva­kā­rya­ni­mi­tta­tve ma­he­śva­ra­va­t kathaṃ kvacid a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,19~a­thai­ka­sye­ve­tthaṃ svabhāvo '­bhyu­pa­ga­mya­te — yena ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d utpattau sā­dhā­ra­ṇaṃ nimittaṃ bha­va­ti­, ke­ṣāṃ­ci­d a­sā­dhā­ra­ṇa­m iti. tathāpi na kiṃcit kā­la­ka­lpa­na­yā­, ma­he­śva­ra­syai­va tathā svabhāvaḥ ka­lpya­tā­m­. tasya hi ja­ga­nni­mi­tta­tvaṃ sā­dhi­ta­m­. di­kkā­la­yo­s tu na sa­rva­kā­rya­ni­mi­tta­tve 'sti pra­mā­ṇa­m­.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,24~nanu ta­dvya­pa­de­śā­d ity u­kta­m­, satyam uktam idam ayuktaṃ tū­kta­m­; na hi yena yad vya­pa­di­śya­te­, tat tasya ni­mi­tta­m ity asti vyāptiḥ, kā­ka­da­ṇḍā­dī­nāṃ gṛ­ha­pu­ru­ṣā­dya­ni­mi­tta­tve 'pi ta­dvya­pa­de­śa­ka­tvā­t­. u­tpa­ttyā­dy api rū­pā­di­nā vya­pa­di­śya­mā­naṃ dṛṣṭam — śuklam u­tpa­nna­m­, śuklaṃ ti­ṣṭha­ti­, śuklaṃ vi­na­ṣṭa­m iti.

NBhū-YA 59­1­,28~tṛ­tī­yā­sa­pta­mya­nte­nā­py a­ja­na­ke­na vya­pa­de­śo dṛ­śya­te­, yathā de­va­da­tta­sya sutaḥ kṛṣṇena rūpeṇa vi­śā­le­nā­kṣṇā co­tpa­nnaḥ­, śikhayā pa­ri­vrā­ja­ka­s ti­ṣṭha­ti­, raktena vāntena mṛtaḥ puruṣa iti. sabhāyāṃ me śūlam u­tpa­nna­m­, sabhāyāṃ caitras ti­ṣṭha­ti­, mṛtaś ceti. mama bhrā­ta­ryā­ga­te suta utpannaḥ tva­yyā­ga­te vṛṣṭir u­tpa­nne­ty e­va­mā­di­.

NBhū-YA 59­2­,3~atha yu­ga­pa­dā­di­pra­tya­ya­vi­śe­ṣā­ṇā­m eva nimittaṃ kāla i­ṣya­te­, na; yu­ga­pa­tpra­tya­yā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tathā hi — yat kā­rya­jā­ta­m e­ka­smi­n kāle kṛ­ta­m­, ta­dyu­ga­pa­t kṛtam ity u­cya­te­, tad yady eka eva kālas tataḥ sa­rva­kri­yā­ṇā­m e­ka­kā­lo­tpā­dā­n na kiṃcid a­yu­ga­pa­t kṛtaṃ syāc ci­ra­kṣi­pra­vya­va­hā­rā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅga­ś ca. yat khalu bahunā kālena kṛtaṃ ta­cci­re­ṇa kṛtam ity u­cya­te­. yac ca svalpena kālena kṛtaṃ tat kṣipraṃ kṛtam ity u­cya­te­. tac caitad ubhayaṃ kā­lai­ka­tve du­rgha­ṭa­m­.

NBhū-YA 59­2­,10~nanu ma­ṇi­va­d upā­dhi­bhe­dā­t kā­la­bhe­da­m ity uktam kaḥ punar a­tro­pā­dhi­bhe­daḥ­? kri­yā­bhe­da eveti cet, nanu yu­ga­pa­t kṛtam ity atrāpi kri­yā­bhe­do 'sty eva, kim ity a­yu­ga­pa­t pratyayo na bha­va­ti­?

NBhū-YA 59­2­,13~kra­ma­bhā­vi­kri­yā­bhe­daḥ kā­lā­bhe­da­vya­va­hā­ra­he­tu­r iti cet, kra­ma­bhā­va iti ko 'rthaḥ? yu­ga­pa­d a­nu­tpā­daḥ­. yu­ga­pa­d a­nu­tpā­da iti ko 'rthaḥ? e­ka­smi­n kāle '­nu­tpā­daḥ­. nanv evam i­ta­re­ta­rā­śra­ya­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ — yāvan na kālasya bhedaḥ si­dhya­ti­, tāvan na kriyāṇāṃ bhi­nna­kā­lo­tpā­da­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ kramaḥ si­dhya­ti­. yāvac ca kriyāṇāṃ na kra­ma­bhā­vaḥ si­dhya­ti­, tāvan na kā­la­syo­pā­dhi­bhe­dā­d bhedaḥ si­dhya­tī­ti­. tasmāt kri­yā­dha­rma eva kaścit kṣa­ṇa­pa­ryā­yaḥ kā­la­śa­bda­syā­rthaḥ­. ta­tsa­mā­hā­re­ṣu la­va­ni­me­ṣā­di­vya­va­hā­ro 'pi dra­ṣṭa­vyaḥ­, e­ka­sa­mā­hā­re­ṣu dvi­tryā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­t­, gu­ru­tva­sa­mā­hā­re­ṣu ka­rṣa­pa­lā­di­vya­va­hā­ra­va­c ca. evaṃ cai­ka­kā­la­m i­da­m­, ci­ro­tpa­nna­m­, kṣipram u­tpa­nna­m a­na­nta­ro­tpa­nna­m ity e­va­mā­di­vya­va­hā­ra u­pa­pa­dya­te­.

NBhū-YA 59­2­,23~etena pa­rā­pa­ra­vya­ti­ka­raḥ pra­tyu­ktaḥ­. ka­tha­m­? di­kkṛ­tā­pa­ra­tvā­dhā­re yū­nya­pa­ra­tva­m­, di­kkṛ­ta­pa­ra­tvā­dhā­re tu sthavire pa­ra­tva­m ity ayaṃ pa­rā­pa­ra­yo­r vya­ti­ka­raḥ­, so 'pi kā­lai­ka­tve du­rgha­ṭaḥ­. yathā hi bhū­mya­va­ya­vai­r ā­lo­kā­va­ya­vai­r vā ba­hu­bhi­r a­nta­ri­taṃ vastu vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ param iti co­cya­te­. svalpais tv a­nta­ri­taṃ sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­pa­ra­m iti co­cya­te­. tathā bahubhiḥ kṣaṇair a­ho­rā­trā­di­bhi­r vā­nta­ri­taṃ vi­pra­kṛ­ṣṭaṃ param iti co­cya­te­. svalpais tv a­nta­ri­taṃ sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭa­m a­pa­ra­m iti cocyata iti. ba­hva­lpa­bhā­va­ś ca gu­ru­tva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­di­va­d a­pe­kṣā­ni­ba­ndha­naḥ kā­lai­ka­tve durghaṭa iti.

NBhū-YA 59­3­,2~nāpi kriyaiva kālaḥ, ta­dvi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­, pa­ri­mā­ṇā­di­va­t­. ya­thai­ṣā­m ekaṃ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m­; eteṣāṃ bhinnaṃ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­tva­m­, ta­thai­ṣā­m ekaḥ kālaḥ, eteṣāṃ bhi­nna­kā­la­tva­m iti pra­tī­tiḥ­. tatra ya­thā­ṇu­tva­ma­ha­ttvā­da­yaḥ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣāḥ­, tathā kṣa­ṇa­la­vā­da­yaḥ kā­la­vi­śe­ṣā­s tathā hi — yato nā­lpa­ta­raṃ pa­ri­mā­ṇa­m­, tat pa­ra­mā­ṇu­tva­m­, tathā yato nā­lpa­ta­raḥ kālaḥ, sa kṣaṇa iti. evaṃ ca ta­lli­ṅgā­vi­śe­ṣā­d e­ka­tva­m ity a­yu­kta­m­, gu­ru­tva­pa­ri­mā­ṇā­de­r apy e­ka­tva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tu­lya­co­dya­pa­ri­hā­ra­tvā­t­.

NBhū-YA 59­3­,9~dra­vya­tva­m apy a­ne­nai­va pra­tyu­kta­m­. kālasya kri­yā­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve­na pa­ri­mā­ṇā­di­va­t pra­ti­bhā­sa­mā­nā­d a­nā­śri­ta­tva­m a­si­ddha­m­. pa­ri­mā­ṇā­de­r api vā­nā­śri­ta­syai­va vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tva­m astu. na ca vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­vi­śe­ṣa­ṇa­tve 'pi da­ṇḍā­de­r iva . . . . . . mattvam u­pa­la­bhya­nte­. tan na, gu­ṇa­va­ttva­m apy asti. saṃ­khyā­di­mā­tre­ṇa ca sā­mā­nyā­de­r api gu­ṇa­va­ttva­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­, tasmān na dravyaṃ kālaḥ.

NBhū-YA 59­3­,15~etena diśo 'pi dravyatvaṃ pra­tyu­kta­m­. mū­rta­dra­vya­dha­rma­tvā­d diśāṃ dī­rgha­tva­hra­sva­tvā­di­va­t ta­dvi­śi­ṣṭa­pra­tya­yā­nāṃ mūrteṣv eva bhā­vā­t­. da­śa­dhā­bhe­da­s tu diśāṃ vāstavo 'py astu ko vi­ro­dhaḥ­?

NBhū-YA 59­3­,18~nanu vā­sta­va­tve yathā vā­rā­ṇa­syāḥ pa­ści­me­na pra­yā­gaḥ­, tathā kā­nya­ku­bjā­d api syāt, na; a­nai­kā­ntā­t sa­nni­ka­rṣa­vi­pra­ka­rṣā­da­yo hi dharmā vāstavā i­ṣya­nte­. na ca yathā pra­ti­ṣṭhā­nā­pe­kṣa­yā sa­nni­kṛ­ṣṭaḥ pra­yā­gaḥ­, tathā kā­nku­bjā­pe­kṣa­yā­pī­ti­. tasmāt pra­ti­ni­ya­ta­ni­mi­ttā­pe­kṣa­yā prā­cyā­di­dha­rmā­ṇā­m apy a­bhi­vya­kti­r ity alaṃ pra­sa­ṅge­na­. tan na di­kkā­la­yoḥ sa­rvo­tpa­tti­ma­tāṃ ni­mi­tta­kā­ra­ṇa­tva­m­.

NBhū-YA 59­3­,23~api ca yady u­pā­dā­nā­dya­bhi­jña­sya kālasya diśo vā ja­ga­nni­mi­tta­tva­m i­ṣṭa­m­, tadā ma­he­śva­ra eva nā­mā­nta­re­ṇo­ktaḥ syāt. a­ce­ta­na­tve tv a­nu­pā­sya­tvā­t­, na ta­dda­rśa­naṃ śre­yaḥ­sā­dha­naṃ syāt. cetano hi rā­ja­rṣi­pra­bhṛ­ti­bhiḥ pra­ti­di­naṃ vi­na­ye­na dṛ­śya­mā­naḥ ka­dā­ci­t prasanno bhū­tvā­nu­gra­haṃ ya­thā­sā­mā­rthye­na kurvann u­pa­la­bhya­te­. nā­ce­ta­no '­sa­ma­rtho vā tasmāc chi­va­da­rśa­nā­d eva mokṣa iti.

NBhū-YA 59­4­,8~kaḥ punar ayaṃ mokṣa iti? eke tāvad va­rṇa­ya­nti — sa­ma­stā­tma­vi­śe­ṣa­gu­ṇo­cchi­ttau saṃ­hā­rā­va­sthā­yā­m ā­kā­śa­va­d ātmanaḥ sa­rva­dā­va­sthā­naṃ mokṣaḥ. ka­smā­t­? su­kha­duḥ­kha­yo­r a­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tve­na vi­ve­ka­hā­nā­nu­tpa­tteḥ­. na ca su­khā­rthai­va pre­kṣā­va­tā­m pra­vṛ­ttiḥ­, ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­rā­rtha­tve­nā­pi pra­vṛ­tte­r u­pa­la­mbhā­t­. na caitac chāstraṃ vi­ṣa­yi­ṇaḥ pra­tyā­ra­bdhaṃ yena ni­rvi­ṣa­ye mokṣe pra­vṛ­tti­r na syāt, kiṃ tu ye 'tyantaṃ duḥkhān ni­rvi­ṇṇāḥ­, tān prati duḥ­kho­cche­dā­rthaṃ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . mokṣe pra­va­rta­te­. teṣāṃ duḥ­kha­tra­yā­bhi­ghā­tā­t ta­du­cche­da­mā­trā­rthi­tvā­d iti.

NBhū-YA 59­4­,16~mo­hā­va­sthā­tvā­n mū­rcchā­dya­va­sthā­va­d atra vi­ve­ki­nāṃ pra­vṛ­tti­r na yuktety āhur anye ta­du­kta­m —

NBhū-YA 59­4­,22~kiṃ ca yathā saṃ­sā­rā­va­sthā­yāṃ sukham iṣṭaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā­ni­ṣṭa­m­, tathā mo­kṣā­va­sthā­yāṃ duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tti­r iṣṭā su­kha­ni­vṛ­tti­s tv a­ni­ṣṭe­ti­. sa­ma­vya­ya­pha­la­tvā­t tatra pra­vṛ­tti­r a­yu­ktā­. yad uktam —

NBhū-YA 59­4­,27~tasmāt pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ pra­vṛ­ttya­nya­thā­nu­pa­pa­tteḥ su­kha­saṃ­vi­tti­r mu­kta­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vyā­.

NBhū-YA 59­5­,11~yat punar etat — duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­rā­rthā­pi pra­vṛ­tti­r dṛ­ṣṭe­ti­, tan na; duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­ra­mā­trā­rthā­yāṃ pravṛttau dṛ­ṣṭā­ntā­si­ddheḥ­. tathā hi — duḥkhe sati su­kho­pa­bho­ga­syā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. ka­ṇṭa­kā­di­duḥ­kha­pa­ri­hā­ro 'pi su­kho­pa­bho­gā­rthaṃ evety asamo dṛ­ṣṭā­ntaḥ­. duḥ­khā­vi­nā­bhā­vi­tvaṃ tu vai­ṣa­yi­ka­syai­va su­kha­sya­, na tu ni­tya­sye­ti­.

NBhū-YA 59­5­,16~kuto muktasya su­kho­pa­bho­ga­si­ddhi­r iti cet, nanv a­rthā­pa­tte­r ity u­kta­m­. kiṃ cā­ga­mā­t­. uktaṃ hi —

NBhū-YA 59­5­,21~"­vi­jñā­na­m ānandaṃ brahma" iti ca.

NBhū-YA 59­5­,23~duḥ­khā­bhā­va­mā­tre 'yaṃ su­kha­śa­bda iti cet, na; mu­khya­gau­ṇā­sa­mbha­vā­t­. na tāvad añjasā duḥ­khā­bhā­va eva su­kha­m­. yena ke­na­ci­d ā­hā­re­ṇa kṣu­dduḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tte­r vi­śe­ṣā­d ā­na­nda­vi­śe­ṣo na syāt, tathā yu­va­ti­mā­tre­ṇa kā­ma­duḥ­kha­ni­vṛ­tte­r yu­va­ti­vi­śe­ṣā­d ā­na­nda­vi­śe­ṣo na syāt. ga­ndha­rū­pa­śa­bda­vi­śe­ṣe­bhya­s tu su­kha­vi­śe­ṣa eva bhavann u­pa­la­bhya­te­. tatrāpy au­tsu­kya­duḥ­khaṃ ni­va­rta­te iti cet, na; au­tsu­kyā­bhā­ve 'pi śa­bdā­di­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­ni­pā­te su­kha­vi­śe­ṣo­pa­la­bdheḥ­.

NBhū-YA 59­6­,1~tan na; duḥ­khā­bhā­va eva su­kha­m­.

NBhū-YA 59­6­,2~a­tho­pa­cā­re­ṇa duḥ­khā­bhā­ve su­kha­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te­, yathā bhā­rā­pa­ga­me sukhī saṃvṛtto '­smī­ti­, na mo­kṣa­syā­pu­ru­ṣā­rtha­tva­pra­sa­ktau pre­kṣā­va­tāṃ ta­trā­pra­vṛ­tti­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, tathā hi —

NBhū-YA 59­6­,7~kiṃ ca bhā­ro­dva­ha­nā­di­duḥ­khā­pa­ga­me pra­ti­ba­ndha­kā­bhā­vā­d i­ṣṭa­mā­ru­tā­di­sa­mā­ga­mā­d api sukhaṃ bha­vi­ṣya­tī­ti ma­nya­mā­naḥ sukhī saṃvṛtto 'smīty u­pa­ca­ra­ti­. naitad u­pa­cā­ra­ni­mi­ttaṃ mokṣe 'sti. na cā­saṃ­ve­dya­mā­ne 'pi duḥ­khā­bhā­ve bhākto 'pi su­kha­śa­bdaḥ pra­va­rta­te­.

NBhū-YA 59­6­,12~mū­rcchā­va­sthā­yā­m api pra­va­rte­ta su­ṣu­ptā­v a­va­sthā­yāṃ su­kha­śa­bda­pra­vṛ­tti­va­d iti cet, na; tatra saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­va­si­ddhau pra­mā­ṇā­bhā­vā­t­. anyasya khalv abhāvaḥ saṃ­ve­da­ne­na gṛ­hya­te­, saṃ­ve­da­na­sya cābhāvaḥ kena gṛ­hya­te­? yadi saṃ­ve­da­ne­nai­va tataḥ kathaṃ saṃ­ve­da­naṃ nāsti? tathā ca sa­rva­saṃ­ve­da­nā­bhā­ve­na sambandho 'pi liṅgasya pra­ti­pa­ttuṃ na śakyata iti. liṅgato 'pi na su­ṣu­pta­sya sa­rva­jñā­nā­bhā­va­ga­tiḥ­.

NBhū-YA 59­6­,18~kiṃ ca su­khe­nā­ha­m a­svā­psa­m ity a­nu­smṛ­teḥ sukhaṃ ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­naṃ ca su­ṣu­pta­syā­bhyu­pa­ga­nta­vya­m­. pū­rva­di­ne­ṣv api ta­da­bhyu­pa­ga­me 'yam eva nyāyaḥ; duḥ­kha­smṛ­tya­nu­pa­la­mbha­mā­trā­d a­nu­bha­vā­bhā­va­m a­nu­mā­ya nirduḥkho 'ham a­svā­psa­m ity enam arthaṃ su­khe­nā­ha­m a­svā­psa­m ity u­pa­ca­ra­tī­ti cet, na; smṛ­tya­nu­pa­la­mbha­syā­nu­bha­vā­bhā­va­si­ddhā­v a­nai­kā­nti­ka­tvā­t­. su­khā­nu­bha­va­smṛ­tau bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca.

NBhū-YA 59­6­,23~nanu yadi su­ṣu­ptā­va­sthā­yāṃ jñānam asti, tadā su­ptā­va­sthā­to mokṣasya ko vi­śe­ṣaḥ­? sa­rva­jñā­na­vi­ra­ho­pa­la­kṣi­tā su­ṣu­ptā­va­sthe­ty u­cya­te­, nānyathā vi­śe­ṣo­pa­pa­tteḥ­. tathā hi — bā­hye­ndri­ya­ja­jñā­no­pa­la­kṣi­tā tāvat jā­gra­da­va­sthā­, bā­hye­ndri­ye­ṣu ni­rvyā­pā­re­ṣu satsu yatra bā­hye­ndri­ya­ja­m iva jñānaṃ bāhyārthaṃ smaraṇaṃ bha­va­ti­, sā su­ptā­va­sthā­, ya­tro­pa­ra­te­ndri­ya­grā­ma­syā­śe­ṣa­vi­ka­lpa­śū­nya­sya su­kha­mā­trā­va­bhā­si jñā­na­m­, sā su­ṣu­ptā­va­sthā­. tatra ca sukhaṃ nityaṃ vā pra­ti­bhā­tu­, ni­drā­sa­ha­kā­ri­dha­rma­vi­śe­ṣa­ja­ni­taṃ veti. tasmān nā­saṃ­ve­dye duḥ­khā­bhā­ve su­kho­pa­cā­raḥ kvacit pra­si­ddhaḥ­, mukhyārthe bā­dha­kā­bhā­vā­c ca na khalu mokṣe su­khā­sti­tvā­bhi­dhā­yi­nā­m ā­ga­mā­nāṃ mukhyārthe bādhakaṃ kiṃcit paśyāmo yena bhāktam arthaṃ pra­ti­pa­dye­ma­hi­.

NBhū-YA 59­7­,11~su­kha­ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­na­yo­r ni­tya­tvā­n mu­kta­saṃ­sā­rā­va­sthā­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣa­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; ca­kṣu­rgha­ṭa­yoḥ ku­ḍyā­de­r iva su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­na­yo­r vi­ṣa­ya­vi­ṣa­yi­sa­mba­ndha­pra­tya­nī­ka­syā­dha­rma­duḥ­khā­deḥ saṃ­sā­rā­va­sthā­yāṃ sa­dbhā­vā­t­. tannāśe ca mu­ktā­va­sthā­yāṃ bhavati su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­na­yoḥ sambandhaḥ ku­ḍyā­di­nā­śe ca­kṣu­rgha­ṭa­sa­mba­ndha­va­t­. sa­mba­ndha­vi­ro­dhi­tva­mā­tre­ṇa ku­ḍyā­dyu­dā­hṛ­ta­m­, na ku­ḍyā­di­va­d a­dha­rmā­de­r vya­va­dhā­ya­ka­tva­m asti, a­mū­rta­vā­d e­ka­de­śa­yo­r vya­va­dhā­nā­sa­mbha­vā­c ca. kiṃ tu "tac ca mokṣe '­bhi­vya­jya­ta­" iti va­ca­nā­t sa­ma­stā­dha­rmā­di­ni­vṛ­ttau su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­na­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­vi­śe­ṣa­la­kṣa­ṇā­bhi­vya­kti­r bha­va­tī­ti ga­mya­te­. te­no­pa­cā­re­ṇā­dha­rmā­de­r vya­va­dhā­ya­ka­tvā­bhi­dhā­ne 'py a­do­ṣaḥ­. tasmād a­bhi­vya­kti­vi­śe­ṣā­n na mo­kṣa­saṃ­sā­ra­yo­r a­vi­śe­ṣaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 59­7­,23~tasya sa­mba­ndha­sya kṛ­ta­ka­tve­na ka­dā­ci­n nā­śa­pra­sa­ṅga iti cet, na; pra­dhvaṃ­se­nā­ne­kā­ntā­t­. vastutve satīti cet, na; dra­vyā­di­ṣv a­na­nta­ra­bhā­ve­na ta­da­si­ddha­tvā­t­. ta­da­nta­rbhā­ve vā sā­mā­nya­sa­ma­vā­yā­bhā­vaiḥ saha ta­tsaṃ­ve­da­na­sya sambandho na syāt. a­dṛ­ṣṭā­di­va­śā­t ka­rma­kā­ra­kaṃ vi­ṣa­yaḥ­, ta­jja­ni­taṃ jñānaṃ vi­ṣa­yī­ti cet, na; ī­śva­ra­jñā­na­sya ni­tya­syā­rthaiḥ saha sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­t­, a­sma­dā­di­jñā­na­syā­py a­tī­tā­nā­ga­tā­rthaiḥ saha sa­mba­ndhā­bhā­va­pra­sa­ṅgā­c ca. tasmān ni­tya­su­kha­saṃ­ve­da­na­yoḥ sa­mba­ndha­sya kṛ­ta­ka­tve 'pi vi­nā­śa­kā­ra­ṇā­bhā­vā­n ni­tya­tva­m e­ve­ti­.

NBhū-YA 59­8­,10~nanu rāgasya sa­mba­ndha­nā­tma­ka­tvā­n ni­tya­su­kha­rā­ge­na pravṛtto na mucyate na; rāgasya vi­ṣa­ya­śa­kti­la­kṣa­ṇa­tvā­t­. yo hi su­kha­sā­dha­ne­ṣu śa­bdā­di­vi­ṣa­ye­ṣv a­bhi­ṣva­ṅgaḥ­, sa rāga ity u­cya­te­. sa hi ba­ndha­nā­tma­kaḥ­, tasya vi­ṣa­yā­rja­na­ra­kṣa­ṇā­di­pra­vṛ­tti­dvā­re­ṇa saṃ­sā­ra­he­tu­tvā­t­. nitye tu sukhe yady api rāgaḥ, tathāpy asau sa­rva­vi­ṣa­yā­rja­nā­di­ni­vṛ­tti­mo­kṣo­pā­ya­pra­vṛ­tte­r eva hetuḥ, anyathā tasya sukhya prāptum a­śa­kya­tvā­t­. na hi ta­dvi­ṣa­ya­sā­dhya­m­, nāpi ta­tkṣi­ya­te­, yena vi­ṣa­ya­su­khā­rtha­m iva punaḥ punas ta­da­rthaṃ­. hiṃ­sā­di­ṣv api pra­va­rte­ta­. tan na ba­ndha­pra­sa­ṅgaḥ­.

NBhū-YA 59­8­,17~kiṃ caivaṃ dve­ṣa­syā­pi ba­ndā­tma­ka­tvā­t saṃ­sā­ra­duḥ­kha­dve­ṣe­ṇa pravṛtto na mu­cye­ta­. atha nāsty evāsya tatrāpi dveṣaḥ, tataḥ kathaṃ saṃ­sā­ra­he­tuṃ pa­ri­ha­ra­ti­?

NBhū-YA 59­8­,19~kiṃ cā­tya­nti­ka­duḥ­khā­bhā­va­rā­ge­ṇā­pi pra­vṛ­tta­sya mokṣo na syāt. duḥ­khā­bhā­ve na mānam astīti cet, kutas taṃ prā­rtha­ya­te­? rāgaṃ vi­nai­va­m eveti cet, ni­tya­su­khe 'pi tarhy asya rāgo nāsti tad api rāgaṃ vi­nai­va­m eva prārthyata iti yat kiṃcid e­ta­t­. tasmād vi­ṣa­ya­ra­ja­te­cchā­la­kṣa­ṇaḥ rāgaḥ puṇyaḥ, pu­ṇya­pra­vṛ­tti­he­tu­tvā­d ba­ndha­he­tu­r na tv a­rthi­tva­mā­tra­m­, dveṣo 'pi na ji­hā­sā­mā­tra­m kin tu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

śrī­ma­dā­cā­rya­bhā­sa­rva­jña­vi­ra­ci­te nyā­ya­bhū­ṣa­ṇe sa­ṅgra­ha­vā­rtti­ke tṛtīyaḥ pa­ri­cche­daḥ sa­mā­ptaḥ­. sampūrṇo 'yaṃ granthaḥ.